The American Historical Association's guide to historical literature: board of editors, George Frederick Howe ... [et al.] ; assisted by section editors, a central editor and others. sx61dm60n

Citation preview

| The American Historical Association’s

GUIDE TO

HISTORICAL LITERATURE

e

. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY NEW YORK e CHICAGO DALLAS « ATLANTA e SAN FRANCISCO

IN CANADA .

_ LONDON « MANILA

. BRETT-MACMILLAN LTD.

GALT, ONTARIO |

The American Historical Association’ s

7 BOARD OF EDITORS ——s> | George F rederick Howe, Chairman | ~ Gray Cowan Boyce, Thomas Robert Shannon Broughton

a Howard Francis Cline, Sidney Bradshaw Fay

| Michael Kraus, Earl Hampton Pritchard

| 7 Boyd Carlisle Shafer, ex officio

7 Assisted by Section Editors,

| oe and Others A Central Editor

New York THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 1961

© The Macmillan Company 1961

Successor to A Guide to Historical Literature, Copyright 1931 by The Macmillan Company. , All rights reserved—no part of this book may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing from the publisher,

except by a reviewer..who wishes to quote brief passages in a

connection with a review written for inclusion in magazine or | newspaper. ::

_ First Printing © | a

, The Macmillan Company, New York a , _ Brett-Macmiilan Ltd., Galt, Ontario | Printed in the United States of America

| Library of Congress catalog card number: 61-7602 |

Introduction The American Historical Association’s Guide to Historical Literature has - been produced under a strong conviction that History has much to contribute to a living generation. The book should be a valuable aid to students, teachers, : librarians and others who seek the most satisfactory works for historical studies. _ The Guide is in a sense a bibliographic panorama as well as an inventory of the best historical literature extant at the time of compilation. Its purpose is to _ furnish directions to the best means of gaining a broader knowledge of History. Although it is not designed for the specialist, it may serve to help him establish a good foundation for his later, more concentrated, research. It is an instrument

of education and general reference. , | Oo

, This Guide is primarily intended to serve those students or teachers who know English, the language of the annotations. The Board of Editors, however, recognizing that the best historical writings have been published in many languages, concluded that it would be unwise to ignore the best simply because, in any instance, it had been published in a language not now conventionally taught in the schools or colleges of the United States. Indeed, we have implicitly acknowledged the obligation of historians to learn to use the languages pertinent to particular fields of history. The works presented here show exactly why they should do so.

_ Certain sections relate to topics; the remaining sections apply to geographical areas and their peoples. That arrangement invites overlapping, which has been _ minimized but purposely not eliminated altogether. For geographical areas, general sections list works relating to regions or to more than one nation. National

sections. , : . , , ,

_ histories, which have been grouped for convenience, are treated in subsequent - Items published in 1957-1960, as the editing proceeded, are not systematically

covered but the late completion of some sections and the opportunity to insert additions in a few sections which were submitted on schedule have permitted

considerable attention to works published in those years. The standard pattern of organization within the sections has been closely

;V

approximated rather than rigidly imposed. It is as follows: , ,

| Bibliographies, libraries and special museum collections ,

_ Encyclopedias and works of reference a

_ Geographies, gazetteers and atlases _

, Anthropologic, demographic and linguistic works ——

Printed collections of sources > en ,

: vi Introduction , Shorter and longer general histories Histories of periods, areas and topics

Biographies — : } | Periodicals , , Government publications _

Publications of academies, universities and learned societies

The entries in each section and large subsection are numbered in sequence, each figure being preceded by the letters of the section or subsection. The same symbols are used in the index and the cross-references. , The present Guide resembles an earlier Guide to Historical Literature which was published in 1931, but it is larger and differs in more significant ways. The

organization and principles of inclusion and exclusion reflect a different world , outlook. Students of the histories of African, American, Asian, Australasian and

Oceanic peoples will find more assistance here. That result has been accomplished by curtailing the relative space allocated to the literature of European History. The reduction is much less, however, than it might have been if the proportion of excellent historical literature relating to European peoples were __ not so preponderant. The scale to which the European sections and subsections have been held has required good judgment and resourcefulness by the compilers. Each undertook to cover the principal aspects of his field of history to the extent that reliable literature permitted. In achieving full range they often

had to sacrifice depth. So | ,

The American Historical Association, which has sponsored the production of

this volume, promotes scholarship in America in many aspects of History. It aids individuals and groups to accomplish historical projects, as in this instance, without censoring the product. It does not attempt to establish historical orthodoxy. It relies on the thorough and impartial scholarship of its members. The present Guide, like its predecessor of 1931, was planned by a committee

of the American Historical Association and then completed by them, acting as , the Board of Editors. Professor Sidney Bradshaw Fay of Harvard University served on both groups. Having agreed upon the way the contents of the book should be organized and on the space to be allocated to the parts, the committee | invited the Section Editors to accept responsibility for their portions of the

whole and to obtain assistance as they needed from fellow scholars. , Compilation of the sections has been the work of many specialists, most of whom are members of the American Historical Association, who have gener-

7 ously donated their efforts to the cause of historical scholarship without personal remuneration. Their contributions were verified and standardized in the copy for the printer by a single Central Editor, employed by the Board of Editors, and by his assistants. His zealous efforts to obtain the material from Section Editors on schedule, to insure detailed accuracy and consistency in style and pattern, in conformity with the decisions of the Board of Editors, and to complete a prolonged and complex operation in an efficient manner were a large and important contribution which he maintained -until the manuscript had been delivered to

the printers. He then left the project, which was completed by the chairman |

and Nathan A. Haverstock, Editorial Assistant. a _

Introduction Vil The very substantial costs of preparing the manuscript for the printer were met by a generous grant to the American Historical Association from the Rocke- — | feller Foundation. The Librarian of Congress and many members of his staff were hospitable and invariably helpful to the project. Advice and assistance were received from Professor René Wellek of Yale University, representing the Mod-

, ern Language Association of America, and Mr. William S. Dix, acting in behalf |

after the Table of Contents. _ of the American Library Association. A list of contributing scholars is printed

_ The Board of Editors wishes to acknowledge here its particular indebtedness | , to Geoffrey Bruun, John W. Fairbank, Leo Gershoy and Arthur W. Hummel for critical counsel, to N. J. Anthony for preparing the index so dependably, to

the Central Editor and his assistants—Gay Haran, Virginia Rapport, Carol

| Shafer, Richard Stites and Marvelle Toney—for detailed verification, to Nora , _ Friedman and to Gay and Herbert Hammerman for their painstaking work as proofreaders, and to Ada Shearon of The Macmillan Company, for discerning

and cooperative action in our common effort to meet exacting standards. In the first section of this Guide, History’s potentialities and requirements , “are the major topic of a brief essay and of the listed publications. History’s indebtedness to other studies for important assistance in discovering, analyzing and interpreting historical evidence is there acknowledged. History has recipro-

cated in its own way. It has recorded the social context of many matters with which studies other than History are concerned. Persons who now wish to benefit from that manner of repayment by History will find that this Guide shows them the way and that the benefits are substantial.

: | Gray C. Boyce . Howard F. Cline , , , -, Sidney B. Fay , :| Rarl a , Michael Kraus 7 H. Pritchard | Boyd C. Shafer, ex officio : George F. Howe, Chairman . ; : , T. Robert S. Broughton

BLANK PAGE ©

- Table of Contents ————— PART I. INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL HISTORY | _ _ SECTION A HISTORY AND RELATED STUDIES - _.. Page I

_ Bert James Loewenberg ne

Reconstructing the Past oe ce A 1-298 Manuals of Historical Method Al-18 = 0 7 Persistent Problems oo A T9-4I

— Older Auxiliaries (and Their Histories) A 42-99 Newer Aids (and Their Histories) A 100-298 ee

The Continuing Quest for Fundamentals A 299-402. —

_ The Meaning of Man’s Past A 299-357 | ot The Scope and Function of Historical | ae

Literature A 358-402 a

_ The Doctrine and Practice of Historiography A 403-467,

a , | Erling M. Hunt 7 | | a = ;

TEACHING History - A 468-492 SECTION -B GENERAL REFERENCE RESOURCES Page 22 ! Constance M. Winchell and Shepard B. Clough

Guides 7 oS oe , os B 1-2 , Bibliographies of Bibliographies B 3-5

‘Library Catalogs 7. -. .BB6o-10 | Microfilms °— | 7 11-13 National Bibliographies B 14-54.

_ Historical Bibliographies | B 55-60 Social Science Bibliographies) B6l-69

_ Periodical and Newspaper Guides B 70-89 —~

Book Reviews| B 90-91 ——7 Dissertations B 92-104 Encyclopedias |B—133-152 B105-132 _Current Yearbooks | 7 Surveys _ — BI53-160 ~ — Bibliographies of Statistical Sources B 161-166 ©

Xx i - Table of Contents | | Biographical Dictionaries oe — -B167-177

Chronologies and Tables - B 178-188

Geographies, Gazetteers, and Atlases : ~~ B189-220

Guidebooks ,7BB226-253 221-225 Periodicals SECTION C WORLD HISTORY AND UNIVERSAL

TREATMENTS | , | Page 37 AuxiliaryWorld Instruments , ,| |CC1-38 Selected Histories 39-84. | | Races, Peoples, and Nations —_ C 85-134 — Topical Histories — € 135-293

| Ralph E. Turner ,

SECTION D HISTORY OF RELIGIONS Oo Page 48

Aids : | DIL |

| , Charles Samuel Braden a 7 , | | , Primitive Religions DD 42-47| Hinduism =D ,48-100

Buddhism p 101-172Jainism ~—D173-189

Sikhism oe D: D190-214 Religions of=China 215-246

|

Shintoism Oo — D247-284 © | Zoroastrianism —309-365 D285-308 Judaism , D Christianity 7 , | — D 366-627 | : Islam , a ~ D 628-730_ ss PART I, HISTORICAL BEGINNINGS a SECTION E REGIONS, PEOPLES, AND CULTURES: 3 ——

GENERAL AND PREHISTORIC Page 78

a John Otis Brew and Olaf Prufer = —- 7

General ; oe E1200 Europe E 21-38

Africa , FE 39-48 The Middle East , E 49-63 Northern Asia, Southeast Asia, and the Far — BT

East , , — E 64-83" , The New World | | BE 84-124 © |

- } _ Table of Contents - Xi SECTION F THE ANCIENT ORIENT Page 89

- , James B. Pritchard OS

Aids and Auxiliaries _ Fi-71 | Sources - F 72-139

| F146-180 -

Historiography and General Historiés — | FB 140-145

Special Areas SF Special Topics | | F 181-267 ,

-— Periodicals © © Oo — F 268-314 © SECTION G EARLY HISTORY OF ASIATIC PEOPLES Page 106

Earl H. Pritchard, Horace I. Poleman, T. H. Tsien, and John W. Hall

General. Works , | — Gi1-22 . | ‘India to the Mauryan Empire (321 B.c.) G 23-74

China to the Unification by Ch’in (221 B.c.) G 75-208 , Japan to the Introduction of Buddhism —

(552 A.D.) , Oo ~~ G 209-274

SECTION H ANCIENT GREECE AND - ‘THE HELLENISTIC WORLD Page 120

ek Carl A, Roebuck , ee _ Aids and Auxiliaries | , H 1-48

Sources H 49-90 Literary | H 49-74 — , Epigraphical H 75-82

: _Papyrological H 83-90 oe Historiography and General Histories ! H 91-125 Special Areas Periods|:H , H168-263 126-167 Special Special Topics _ , — H 264-381 Biographies ~~ H 382-401

, Periodicals - H 402-415 SECTION I ROME: REPUBLIC AND EMPIRE Page l 40 | | . T. Robert S. Broughton 7

General Aids , 11-52 Demographic. Studies 53-54

Sources ~ 155-70 _ General Histories , — - 171-78 | Special [79-155 SpecialPeriods Areas, 1—156-198

Special Topics 1199-392 Biographies 1393-427 —

Xil , Table of Contents | | tions - oe7 I, I428-436 Periodicals 437-441

‘Academy, University, and Society Publica- ee DB

_- PART IIL THE MIDDLE PERIOD IN EURASIA -

. AND NORTHERN AFRICA _

SECTION J GENERAL: EURASIA AND NORTHERN AFRICA |

| (ca. 476-1453 A.D.) Page 169 a OT Gray C. Boyce On Aids and Auxiliaries = J 1-32 General Histories ,ce| ,JJ47-58 33-46 = , _Special Special Areas Periods oe ee a .aJ59-66. Special Topics 67-98|

tions ,_aLe,J a99-114 Periodicals 115-126

University, Academy, and Society Publica- / OF

ss SECTION K MEDIEVAL EUROPE _ . Page 176

7 Gray C. Boyce ne Aids and Auxiliaries | | 43-61 K 1-42 — Sources , , , K General Histories oo | K 62-77

Special 7 | ,, K — 113-190 K78-112 | SpecialPeriods Areas

Special Topics , K 191-336 Economic and Social History ~K 337-531 Cultural History K 532-621| Biographies K 622-687

Periodicals K 688-710

SECTION L THE BYZANTINE EMPIRE = ~—_—~Page 204.

a| Aids Kenneth M. Setton oe oe and Auxiliaries 160

Sources L61-112 ©

Historiography and General Histories ~ L113-136 , Special L 137-153 SpecialPeriods. Areas |LL 154-193 : ,

Spevial Topics —L 194-396© Periodicals | | ~— L 397-412

Table of Contents Xiil a , SECTION M THE MUSLIM WORLD | Page 218 a

, es Bernard Lewis s———— Aids and Auxiliaries 7M 1-470 ,| Sources : a Moe48-51 , ,, , Historiography and General Histories , ~ ME 52-65

Special Periods |OS SO M > M91-169 66-90 Special Areas Special Topics a os ~ M170-305 © Periodicals : OS M 306-327

a , - PART IV. ASIA SINCE EARLY TIMES a SECTION N ASIA: GENERAL (ca. 200 B.c. to the Present) Page 233

: Earl H. Pritchard, Evelyn B. McCune, H. F. Schurmann ©

: 7 and Schuyler Van R.Cammann OS | Aids and Auxiliaries , , oe NE I-460 ©

General Histories , | ~ N 47-60 Special Topics N 61-134

Korea | , | , N 199-319 _ , Mongolia _. — ! NN320-365 Central Asia 366-424 _ Periodicals and Society Publications —- . N 135-198

Tibet NN 425-500

SECTION O CHINA oo Page 258

re Charles S. Gardner and Earl H. Pritchard ee

General Aids , O1-115 a , Anthropology and Sociology O 116-149 |

Demographic —O«O 150-166 LinguisticStudies Works| ~ 167-207 .

Sources a O 208-219 ,

Historiography and General Histories , , O 220-277.

Special Periods — 7 | © 0 278-752 © | Ch’in and Han Dynasties... O 278-323

, The Three Kingdoms and Six Dynasties 0 324-354

| Sui and T’ang Periods 0355-402 0 9

Five Dynasties and Sung Periods O 403-441 a

a , Nomadic Regimes: Liao, Chin, Yiian, BF

.| ete. | O 442-481 re _. Ming Period | O 482-535 Se , Ch’ing or Manchu Period a , O 536-637 | The Republic since 1911 0 638-708 oe -

The Communists O 709-752 , a

Special Areas — 0 753-786 —

xiv — Table of Contents _

Special Topics os 787-1121.

1833 O 787-819 oe _ International Contacts: Modern since ae =. 1833. , O 820-879 | 7 Influence of China on the West O 880-904 |

_ International Contacts: Traditional to ; | |

Law, Political Institutions, and Educa- | ,

tion : O 905-922 oe oo History and Conditions O 923-939 OB ,, Economic Religion _ O 940-975 So Christianity and Other Western Reli- , gions Be O 976-1010 | , Thought O 1011-1026 Literature and Music . . 01027-1060. Art O 1061-1101 ,

Biographies , O 1122-1128 Government Publications : 01129-1137.

. Science, Medicine, and Technology O 1102-1121

| Periodicals and Serials O 1138-1189 | SECTION P JAPAN Page 296° ae Hugh Borton and John Whitney Hall

General Aids P.1-59 | Sources , , P 71-103

Anthropology and Demographic Studies P 60-70 Historiography and General Histories P 104-134 |

Special Periods P 135-197 Special Topics Areas , PP 202-288. 198-201 , Special Biographies —. P289-313. Government Publications 7 P 314-329 | Serials and Periodicals , — P 330-350.

SECTION Q SOUTHEAST ASIA Sn Page 319

John M. Echols Oo oo

Bibliographies and Libraries — QiI-7 ,

Geographies _oo a |QQ12-13 8-11 General Histories Special Topics Periods' Q, Q 14-15 | Special 16-20

Burma. ae — Q21-53 | Indochina (Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos) an - Q 54-96

Indonesia ae , | oo Q 97-154 Malaya (including Borneo) : , ~- - - Q.155-177

- Table of Contents , XV , ,

The Philippines 178-243 _ Thailand © || _Q| Q244-270

SECTION R SOUTH ASIA | Page 335 ©

7 Horace I. Poleman re

- General Works , R17 Afghanistan _ , ~R 8-20 | Ceylon R21-81 Pakistan R 82-108 | India R, ~109-688 General Aids | R 109-192 oo ,

Studies R 193-211 ,

_ Anthropological and Demographic

_.. Linguistic Works an R 212-216. BS _° Historiography and General Histories §R 217-238 ,

_ _Histories of Special Periods R 239-614 | _._- Histories of Special Topics R 656-658 oe

Local Histories R 615-655 , ' | Serials and Periodicals R 659-688 a

Nepal, Bhutan and Sikkim R 689-694 | SECTION S THE MIDDLE EAST SINCE 1450 — Page 362

OF Roderic H. Davison | Fe Aids andHistories Auxiliaries -~§$ 1-62 © : General S 63-65 Ottoman Empire | —§ 66-133

Iran oo S 147-172

Turkish Republic . § 134-146 Arab History, General . , , S 173-176 | Syria and Lebanon 7 S 177-188 Palestine, 1918-1948 - — §$ 189-196 | Zionism and Israel a S 197-203 , Arab-Israeli Dispute, 1948- Oo , — § 204-207

,, TheIraq , , — § 208-212 Persian Gulf and Arabian Coasts S 213-215. Arabian: Peninsula S$ 216-220 . -| The - Egypt , S 221-247 Eastern Question S 248-296.

, Minority Groups , S 297-316 —| Society and Economy | S 317-346

Biographies and Memoirs S 347-448 Officialand Government Records ~$ 449-454 , Serials Periodicals S 455-491 ||

Xvi , Table of Contents - PART V. MODERN EUROPE = = — |

ee WalterL. Dorn oO , Auxiliaries So T 1-36

_ SECTION T EUROPE (GENERAL), 1450-1914 Page 383

Western Europe, 1450-1648 T 37-134 , Western Europe, 1648-1789 T 135-292 ©

French Revolutionary and Napoleonic Eu- Oo =

rope, 1789-1815 | , T 293-388

Science and Technology, 1500-1800 T 389-416

-~Economic _Rurope, 1815-1914 _ T 417-651 History of Western Europe, 1500- | | |

1914 _ 1 652-755

| SECTION U THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE ~—~=«sviPage 404.—

— CharlesE. Nowell , , |

| Auxiliaries — ,,. U | —-35-63 U 1-34 , Sources General Histories --U , —68-111 U 64-67 , Exploration , — Cartography , U 112-120 Commerce and Trading Companies its U 121-132 .

Colonization (by Nationalities) U 133-221

Colonial Institutions and Policies = = =~. U 222-235 Arctic and Antarctic Exploration : , — U 236-271

Historiography U 272-273 Biographies _ , U 274-291 Government Publications | , U 292-324 © Society Publications and Periodicals UY 325-359 © | SECTION V WESTERN AND CENTRAL EUROPE —_——~Page: 427

SUBSECTION VA THE UNITED KINGDOM ee «=. AND THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND ... + Page 427

; - : 7 | Sidney A. Burrell | | |

Auxiliaries a ae VA Collections of Sources VA1-52 53-69

Historiography and General Histories VA 70-83 Special Periods VA 84-171 | Special Areas — VA 172-304 Special Topics~oeVA VA550-656 305-549. | Biographies Government Publications VA 657-664

Official Printed Sources VA 665-689

| SS Oo _ Table of Contents OT xvii Society Publications and Periodicals VA 690-709 , Supplement a , ~ VA 710-715 |

STATES , Page 453 Franklin D. Scott , ,

| SUBSECTION VB SCANDINAVIA AND THE BALTIC |

Auxiliaries — ,44-54 VB 1-43 | Sources | : | VB | THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES VB 1-189

Historiography and General Histories — VB 55-65

Special Periods, Areas and Topics , VB 66-148 |

Biographies , VB171-189 149-170a , Periodicals a a VB THE BALTIC COUNTRIES , VB 190-222

Bibliographies and Encyclopedias VB 190-193

General Histories VB 194-197

_ Special Areas and Topics; Biography VB 198-220 .

Government Publication VB 2213 | | Periodical an VB222 SUBSECTION VC FRANCE AND THE LOW COUNTRIES Page 464

, Lynn M. Case and Jean Stengers _ , a

FRANCE | | ; VC 1-1280 Aids and _Auxiliaries VC 1-92 ae , Sources VC 93-115 , General Histories VC 116-145 |

Sixteenth Century VC 146-173 | | Eighteenth Century VC 203-252 © . The Revolution VC | Consulate and Empire VC253-338 339-379 oe ls Seventeenth Century VC 174-202.

, Restoration and July Monarchy : VC 380-397 , Second Republic and Second Empire VC 398-418 : Third and Fourth Republics , VC 419-497 :

Diplomatic History VC 498-541 7 _ Military History , VC 542-565 Social and Economic History © an VC 566-793 ,

Cultural History | VC 794-890 ~ Biographies : a VC 891-1231 | Government Publications VC 1232-1243 Academy and Society Publications VC 1244-1272 a Periodicals _ | VC 1273-1280 SO _ BELGIUM, THE NETHERLANDS, AND LUXEM- —

-—. ° BOURG VC 1281-1421 — Aids and Auxiliaries VC 1281-1294 _ |

XViii - Table of Contents — |

Sources =. VC 1295-1305, , General Histories Oo VC 1306-1316 4 Special Periods, Areas, and Topics VC 1317-1409 ,

Periodicals ; Fs VC 1410-1421 = se SUBSECTION VD SPAIN AND PORTUGAL Page 503

, , Charles Julian Bishko

‘SPAIN oe a VDVD 1-231 Aids and Auxiliaries 1-24 , |- ,

Sources , VD 25-34 | =

Historiography and General Histories — VD35-53 a Special Periods | VD 54-119 | a Special Areas and Topics — VD 120-216 | }

Government Publications VD217... —

Publications of Learned Societies VD 218-231 a | ,

| PORTUGAL | _ VD 232-341 Aids and Auxiliaries —. WD 232-252 | Collections of Sources , VD 253-258 Historiography and General Histories VD 259-270 oo

Special Periods | VD 271-294 ,

Special Topics . _ CS VD 295-331 a Serials and Periodicals VD 332-341

SUBSECTION VE ITALY Page 526

: Catherine E. Boyd He

Sources : | VE 29-33.

Aids and Auxiliaries | | VE 1-28, 466. Historiography and General Histories , VE 34-41 7

Special Periods since ca. 1350 VE 42-225 Special Areas 7 | VE 226-295 ‘Cultural History | , VE 296-349

Other Special Topics : - VE 350-391 | Biographies . , VE 392-436 _ _ Government Publications _ , 3 WE 437-438 |

oe Society Publications and Periodicals —. VE 439-465, SUBSECTION VF GERMANY, AUSTRIA AND... |

SWITZERLAND , Page 549 Hajo Holborn , : 0

Auxiliaries VE11-18 1-10 - | Sources oea ,oeVF

, Historiography and General Histories. __ es ME 19-30 | ,

Special Periods | a VF 31-219 Individual German States. | . ~ VE 220-238

_ Table of Contents xix Austria | :| |VF 239-272 Switzerland | a VF 273-288 | Special Topics : VF 289-347

Biographies Periodicals 7 -| |aaVF VF348-355 356-383 ,

, SECTION W EASTERN EUROPE Page 567

— os , S. Harrison Thomson | a |

_Bibliographies GENERAL CS | Wi-71 | and General Aids W 1-6 |

Geographies, Gazetteers, and Atlases W7-10 ae , | Demographic Studies. - W 11-17 , | Linguistic Guide , W 18 Historiography and General Histories — W 19-31

Periodicals CS W 60-71 , ! POLAND W 72-267 Special Periods and Topics | W 32-59

Bibliographies . ! W 72-80 a Encyclopedias and Works of Reference _ W 81-86 Geographic, Anthropological, and Demo- SO | graphic Works W 87-100 a Sources > , ,~W 101-108

Historiography and General Histories _ W 109-124 _ Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 125-235

a

Biographies 7 W 236-255 Periodicals W 256-267 _ CZECHOSLOVAKIA WW 268-445 Auxiliaries | W286-309 268-285| oe Sources a _aW Historiography and General Histories W 310-324

Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 325-406

Biographies’ So ~ W 407-434 . , - YUGOSLAVIA W 446-585 Auxiliaries — | | W 446-463, | Sources | W 464-466 | | Academy Publications and Periodicals | W 435-445 ,

, Historiography and General Histories W 467-470 Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 471-545 a

,

Biographies W 546-550 ROMANIA — — W 586-723 , , Auxiliaries _ oo W 586-598 | Academy Publications and Periodicals W 551-585 | :

Sources Oe W 599-607 Historiography and General Histories W 608-621 —

Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 622-707 ,

Biographies a W 708-713 ae

XX Table of Contents

Periodicalsoe .W 714-723 | : HUNGARY | | W 724-910 Auxiliaries _ oo — W 724-761 ce

| Sources W 762-787 - oe Historiography and General Histories W 788-800 | , Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 801-891 Biographies | W906-910 892-905 Periodicals W BULGARIA | |OO 911-1044a Auxiliaries WW 911-935.

Sources , W 936-943 oe

Historiography and General Histories W 944-957 | |

, Special Periods, Areas, and Topics W 958-1010 -

| Biographies W 1011-1020 , Academy, Society, and University Publica- Oo oe, 7

tions W |W 1021-1038 Periodicals 1039-1044 ALBANIA , | | W 1045-1096 Aids and Auxiliaries | W 1045-1061 ae Sources | W 1062-1063 — a | Special Periods and Topics | W 1064-1088 eS

|

Biographies and Periodicals | ~ W41089-1096 7 , : GREECE W 1097-1375 _ Bibliographies | a — - W 1097-1119 © a ,

Sources , W 1120-1138... : General Histories W 1139-1154 ae Special Periods W 1155~1241

Special Areas and Topics W 1242-1328 : , Biographies W 1329-1348 oe | Periodicals - W 1349-1375 oo SECTION X RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION (INCLUDING

THE RUSSIAN EMPIRE IN ASIA) a -. Page 621

, Aids and Auxiliaries 7 , X 1-67

Sources | X 68-86 | Historiography , oe ~X 87-124 General Histories . §& 125-136 Special Periods a X 137-305 Special Areas a os, X 306-375

Special Topics X 376-477 Biographies, Memoirs, Collected Writings , — & 478-540

tions | : X 541-577 | Periodicals | , 578-631 University, Academy, and Society Publica- a

Addenda | | | a X 632-666 —

| oe : Fable of Contents XX1

| ~~ PART VIL THE AMERICAS | , SECTION Y THE AMERICAS: GENERAL Page 646 |

| _ ~ Lyle N. McAlister | ,

Aids and Auxiliaries ; | — -¥ 1-50

Discovery _ , Y 69-86 © |

_. Historiography and General Histories Y 51-68 |

_ Exploration-and Colonization Y 87-116 ,

_ Coast , Y 117-154 American Miscellany 7 Y 155-161 —

The Spanish Borderlands and the Pacific a - ,

, Inter-American Relations oo Y 162-193

Periodicals — Y 194-205 Serials ; - Y 206-209

|,

SECTION Z LATIN AMERICA Page 656

a Howard F. Cline a : General Aids | . Z1-68 Auxiliaries , , Z69-131

_ Printed Sources and Teaching Materials Z 132-217 — ,

Historiography and General Histories Z 218-236

Special Periods | , Z 237-344 ,| Special Areas (post-1830) Z 345-551 Special Topics — £552-815

7 Biographies | — Z 816-867 © Official Publications _ an Z 868-870

tions , , Z 871-875 Periodicals , — Z 876-887

| Academy, Society, and University Publica- , _

SECTION AA BRITISH AND DUTCH AMERICA _ Page 697

| oo oe Alfred L. Burt and Rudolf A.J.Van Lier — ,

, BritIsH AMERICA | | AA 1-357 British North America AA 1-269 Aids and Auxiliaries. AA 1-42 a Oo

| Sources AA 43-50) oeoe ~ General Histories a AA 51-64

a :_-Special Periods AA 65-81 , Special Areas — AA 82-105 Special Topics _ AA 106-199 | Biographies AA 200-2420 0 oe| - Official Government Records AA 243-248 .

SO Society Publications and Periodicals AA 249-269 a 7

XXil Table of Contents British Caribbean Colonies and Bermuda AA 270-357 |

DuTCH AMERICA , , AA 358-378

SECTION AB UNITED STATES OF AMERICA | Page 711

OO Michael Kraus , , , .

Aids and Auxiliaries , OO AB1-29 —— Historiography AB 30-35. Pictorial Histories oo , oe AB:36-38 — Short Collections of Documents | oO _ — AB 39-44 —

7 General Histories ! AB 45-85 , Special Periods , AB 86-383 Special Topics, |AB | AB513-623. 384-512 Biographies Documents and Collections of Writings , AB 624-681 University and Society Publications an AB 682-712 Periodicals a AB 713-721. PART VII. AFRICA | , :

| SECTION AC AFRICA | | Page 745

|| GENERAL Vernon McKay re STUDIES , , AC 1-290 Bibliographies and Libraries AC 1-31 er

Geographies and Atlases AC 32-41 a | Anthropological and Demographic Works AC 42-52 a

Linguistic Works , AC 53-58 CF , Sources , AC 59-66 - .

Surveys , ACAC67-77 oe Special Areas 78-95 a Oo Special Topics AC 96-200 Biographies | AC 201-216 a | Government Publications _ , AC 217-224 | . ,

Serials and Periodicals oo, AC 225-290 , NORTHERN AFRICA AND THE EAST AFRICAN | |

Horn | AC 291-353

| Algeria, Morocco, and Tunisia AC 291-314 ©

Libya and the Sudan | AC 315-331 Ethiopia and the Somalilands AC 332-345) oo

The Sahara oo AC 346-353 AFRICA SOUTH OF THE SAHARA AC 354-545

British and Former British West Africa AC 354-400 :

British East Africa AC 401-425,

The Rhodesias and Nyasaland AC 426-445 Former French Territories AC 446-477 OO | Former Belgian Territories _ AC 478-484 © : ,

- Table of Contents XXill ) Portuguese Territories | AC 485-498 | Spanish Territories , AC 499-502

| Liberia | AC 503-508 , | Union of South Africa Oo AC 509-537 ] British High Commission Territories AC 538-545 ee

ss PART VIII. AUSTRALASIA AND OCEANIA | oe SECTION AD AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND | -

oo ~ (WITH ANTARCTICA) Page 770 a - Andrew Delbridge Osborn — Oo ,

AUSTRALIA — | |_AD AD1-211 | | Aids and Auxiliaries 1-36 © oO

Sources _ | AD 37-40 ee General Histories 7 AD 41-45

Special Periods © AD 46-60 |, Special Areas , , . AD 61-93 a Special Topics AD 94-154 | Biographies " Co AD 155-186 i

Government Publications AD 187-193 : Serials and Periodicals == AD 194-211 a:

NEW ZEALAND 7 ; | AD 212-388 ,

Auxiliaries, Sources, and General Histories AD 212-254 7

Special Periods Oo AD 255-297 Special Areas and Topics. AD 298-351. ,

Biographies AD 352-375 | , Government Publications —__ AD 376-381 /

Serials and Periodicals oo AD 382-388 a

ANTARCTICA , _ AD 389-395 SECTION AE OCEANIA | Page 784 oe 7 — | Harold Whitman Bradley a

Aids | oe | AB I-I4 ~

| Anthropology and Ethnology "AE 15-38 Demographic Studies _ - | , AE 39-44

Linguistic Works _ , AE 45-46 Special Periods, Areas, and Topics — AE 47-98 ©

_ Periodicals and Serials of Learned Societies AE 99-105

_ PART IX. THE WORLD IN RECENT TIMES |

_ SECTION AF RECENT HISTORY Page 790 Walter C. Langsam and Reginald C. McGrane. - SO

Aids and Auxiliaries AF 1-30

- {XIV Table of Contents a

Collections of Sources _ AF 31-47 . |

Shorter Histories of Contemporary Europe , AF 48-56 | Longer Histories of Contemporary. Europe AF 57-59 | ,

Western Europe between Two World Wars AF60-97 ©

Western Europe since 1945 | AF98-154 > a| Central and East Eastern Europe The Middle since 1914 , AF AF 155-205 206-233

Asia , , _ AF 234-242 ; Africa | ,| |ooAF Antarctica AF243-244 245-248 |

| North America. . AF 249-254 Histories of Special Topics _ ae Oo AF 255-302

Biographies and Memoirs _ _ AF 303-352.

Government Publications AF 353-370 |

— tions | | AF 371-386 °

University, Academy, and Society Publica-

| SECTION AG THE WORLD WARS a Page 805 | Basil H. Liddell Hart and Hugh M. Cole ne

WORLD War I AG 1-130 Official Histories AG 1-13 BS

General Histories aa Command Problems, AG AG 14-17 18-32 OB The WesternFront Front AG AG 33-44 | The Eastern 45-49oe| |

The Near East | AG 50-66 Naval and Maritime Aspects AG 67-75 , /

: AirWar and Technical Aspects | AG 76-83 Aims, Psychological Warfare | AG 84-87 Economic and Social Aspects AG 88-97 | _ Biographies and Autobiographies : AG 98-130

WORLD War II : AG 131-258 General Command Works ProblemsAG AG 131-137 138-155 7 a,

Northwest Europe, 1939-1940 AG 156-162 | The Mediterranean and Middle East AG 163-177 © .

The Eastern Front AG 178--181 , Oo The Pacific and Southeast Asia AG 182-193. , Europe, 1941-1945 AG 194-200

Naval Aspects AG 201-205. | Air and Air Defense AG 206-213 —

, Technology AG 214-221 | , Resistance, Espionage, Propaganda AG 222-228 , Economic Aspects ‘ , AG 229-233 — Biography and. Autobiography AG 234-258 ,

- , Table of Contents XXV SECTION AH INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: = |.

~ POLITICAL — : mo - Page 816 |

oO Henry L. Roberts and Janis A. Kreslins | | INTERNATIONAL POLITICS , AH 1-100.

~Power Aids and andPower General Works , AH 1-25 ' ] Politics | AH 26-31 | |

Self-Determination AH 32-33 oo Political Philosophies and Ideologies AH 34-76 , |

War; Military Problems = — AH77-87 a Peace, Disarmament, and Collective Security AH 88-100 |

- JNTERNATIONAL RELATIONS SINCE WoRLD ] |

War I Oo , AH 101-268 Documents; Treaties AH 101-123

Armistice and Peace Treaties a AH 124-159 | | Inter-War Years AH 160-206 : Diplomacy of World War II AH 207-245 Postwar International Relations AH 246-268 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION AND AD-

MINISTRATION , AH 269-453

Reference Works and General Studies AH 269-288 ,

League of Nations | AH 289-336 —

United Nations | ee AH 337-385 , ,

Permanent Court of International Justice and International Court of Justice AH 386-395

Regional Organizations AH 396-444 a Mandates, Dependencies, Trusteeships AH 445-453 _

,Documentary PRACTICE AH 454-512 Sources and Yearbooks AH 454-470

INTERNATIONAL LAW AND _ DIPLOMATIC

General Studies AH 471-485 Special Topics , 507-512 AH 486-506 Diplomacy , AH PERIODICALS | AH 513-560 SECTION AI INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS:

~NON-POLITICAL Page 843 Henry L. Roberts and Janis A. Kreslins :

ECONOMIC AI 1+205

lications | AI 1-17 | International Economic Organizations Al 18 .

Bibliographies, Yearbooks, and Official Pub-

International Conditions and Tendencies Al 19-88 | |

International, Trade AI 89-115 Finance Al 116-147 , Raw Materials | Al 148-165

XXV1 , Table of Contents — Economic Development, Technical Assist- : ance, Underdeveloped Economies AI 166-176

International Communications and Transport AI 177-185 ! .

-SOCIAL Periodicals AI 186-205 | Al 206-234

Labor AI 206-211 Population Problems AI 212-234

CULTURAL | AI 235-250 General , AI 235-237 Press, Radio, Etc. CO AI 238-241

Propaganda and Public Opinion AI 242-250 ,

, INDEX , Page 855

| List of Contributors , René Albrecht-Carrié, Professor of History, Barnard College, Columbia Uni-

_ versity, New York. -

, Worth. : , Paul J. Alexander, Professor of History, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

Edgar Anderson, Professor of History, San Jose State College, California. —

George G. Arnakis, Professor of History, Texas Christian University, Fort

Frederick B. Artz, Professor of History, Oberlin College, Ohio. | -- Thomas A. Bailey, Professor of History, Stanford University, California. _ Elemer Bako, Hungarian Reference Librarian, Slavic and Central European

: Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. |

Edwin Swift Balch,* Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. ,

a Minneapolis. an

, Paul Walden Bamford, Associate Professor of History, University of Minnesota, George Barany, Assistant Professor of History, University of Denver, Colorado. Arthur H. Basye,* Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire. | Robert D. Baum, Lecturer in African Affairs, The School of Advanced International Studies, The Johns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C.

Paul H. Beik, Professor of History, Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania. :

York. , , , ,

Bernard Bellush, Assistant Professor of History, The City College, New York. Harry J. Benda, Assistant Professor of History, University of Rochester, New

, Charles ville. Julian Bishko, Professor of History, University of Virginia, Charlottes-

Cyril E. Black, Professor of History, Princeton University, New Jersey. ,

Arthur E. R. Boak,* University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. ,

Stig Boberg, Stadsbiblioteket, Gothenberg, Sweden. GY. Bobrinskoy, Professor of Sanskrit, University of Chicago, Illinois. Wilfred D. Borrie, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia. |

_ XXVil

| Hugh Borton, President, Haverford College, Pennsylvania. ,

nois. | , ,

_ Gray Cc. Boyce, Professor of History, Northwestern University, Evanston, IIli* Contributors to the original Guide whose estimates have been re-used. ,

sota. : Tilinois. SO , ,

XXVIII List of Contributors | |

Catherine E. Boyd, Professor of History, Carleton College, Northfield, Minne-

Richard M. Brace, Professor of History, Northwestern University, Evanston,

Charles S. Braden, Professor-emeritus of the History and Philosophy of Religions, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois.

- ville, Tennessee. , , | ,

Harold Whitman Bradley, Professor of History, Vanderbilt University, Nash-

| , Washington, D.C. ,

David J. Brandenberg, Associate Professor of History, American University,

Wisconsin. | | | ] , :

Charles Breunig, Assistant Professor of History, Lawrence College, Appleton,

John Otis Brew, Director, Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. _ Crane Brinton, Professor of History, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa-

, chusetts. |

ton, New York. , | a — vania. , ,

John F. Brohm, Assistant Professor of Anthropology, Harpur College, Bingham-

T. Robert S. Broughton, Professor of History, Bryn Mawr College, Pennsyl-

Louise F. Brown,* Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, New York. _ |

Geoffrey Bruun, Ithaca, New York. |

University, New York. : i

Sidney A. Burrell, Associate Professor of History, Barnard College, Columbia

, Minneapolis.

Alfred Leroy Burt, Professor-emeritus of History, University of Minnesota,

| _ David Lyman Buttolph, Instructor, Manhattan School of Music, New York. John Frank Cady, Professor of History, Ohio University, Athens. , Rondo Emmett Cameron, Associate Professor of History, University of Wiscon-

sin, Madison. ,

Schuyler Van Renssalaer Cammann, Professor of History, Chinese Studies, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.

tions, New York. , oe ,

a John C. Campbell, Director, Political Studies, The Council on Foreign Rela-

, New York.

Vincent Phillip Carosso, Associate Professor of History, New York University,

, Lynn Marshall Case, Professor of History, The College, University of Pennsyl-

vania, Philadelphia. , , : ,

New Jersey. 7 7

Richard D. Challener, Associate Professor of History, Princeton University, Wing-Tsit Chan, Professor of Chinese Philosophy and Culture, Dartmouth Col-

| lege, Hanover, New Hampshire. a , | James Franklin Clarke, Associate Professor of Eastern European History, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. , | ,

List of Contributors : , XX1xX ,

-. ington, D.C. , , a

, York. | , = ,

-. Howard F. Cline, Director, Hispanic Foundation, Library of Congress, Wash- , Shepard Bancroft Clough, Professor of History, Columbia University, New :

Hugh Marshall Cole, Senior Analyst, Operations Research Office, The Johns

Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. ,

University, New York. ! , a

: Rosalie L. Colie, Assistant Professor of History, Barnard College, .Columbia . Helen F. Conover, Bibliographer, Africana Section, General Reference and

Bibliography Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. |

Judith S. Cousins, The National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. > , ~ David Cowan, Lecturer in Arabic, School of Oriental and African Studies,

__ University of London, England. a |

_University, Arbor. a _ | , , New Jersey. , |

Robert I. Crane, Associate Professor of History, University of Michigan, Ann

_ Wesley Frank Craven, Edwards Professor of American History, Princeton ,

consin, Madison. a , |

Merle Eugene Curti, Turner Professor of American History, University of Wis-

William Stearns Davis,* University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. —, Roderic Hollet Davison, Professor of History, George Washington University,

Urbana. , New Hampshire. ,

_ Washington, D.C. ! | Bn

Clarence Ernest Dawn, Associate Professor of History, University of Illinois, Albert Lowther Demaree, Professor of History, Dartmouth College, Hanover,

| tions, New York. a

William Diebold, Jr., Director of Economic Studies, Council on Foreign Rela-

Sidney Ditzion, Assistant Professor of History, The City College, New York. | William Shepherd Dix, Librarian, Princeton University, New Jersey. _ Walter Louis Dorn, Professor of History, Columbia University, New York. _ David Lloyd Dowd, Associate Professor of History, University of Florida,

Gainesville. | , -

Glanville Downey, Professor of Byzantine Literature, Dumbarton Oaks Re-

, search Library, Washington, D.C. ,

| vania, Philadelphia. |

Mark J. Dresden, Associate Professor of Iranian Studies, University of Pennsyl-

of Michigan. 7 Lo ;

Arthur L. Dunham, Ivy, Virginia; Professor of History, Emeritus, University

George M. Dutcher,* Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut. ,

ford, Ohio. | OF | versity, Ithaca, New York. —

William E. Echard, Instructor, Department of History, Miami University, OxJohn Minor Echols, Director, Department of Far Eastern Studies, Cornell Uni-

ton. | .

XXX | | List of Contributors ,

Albert Elsen, Associate Professor of Fine Arts, Indiana University, Blooming-

‘ Poul Enemark, Stadsbiblioteket, Arhus, Denmark. :

York. ! ton, D.C. _ 7

Fritz Theodor Epstein, Slavic Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. |

| John Edwin Fagg, Associate Professor of History, New York University, New Bernard B. Fall, Associate Professor of History, Howard University, Washing- .

Henry G. Fischer, Assistant Curator, Department of Egyptian Art, Metropoli-

tan Museum of Art, New York. ,

Edward W. Fox, Associate Professor of Modern European History, Cornell |

University, Ithaca, New York. ,

, Tenney Frank,“ The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. , _ John Hope Franklin, Professor of History, Brooklyn College, New York. , J. William Frederickson, Professor of Economics, North Park College and Theological Seminary, Chicago, Illinois. ‘Carl Joachim Friedrich, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Holden Furber, Professor of History, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. John G. Gagliardo, Instructor in History, Amherst College, Massachusetts. Charles Sidney Gardner, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

, Zygmunt J. Gasiorowski, Research Fellow, Russian Research Institute, Har- ,

vard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |

Peter J. Gay, Assistant Professor of History, Columbia University, New York.

Betty George, Specialist in African Affairs, Washington, D.C. Uldis Germanis, H6gre Allmanna Liaroverk, Solna, Sweden.

- Leo Gershoy, Professor of History, New York University, New York. i J. Frank Gilliam, Associate Professor of History and Classics, State University

of Iowa, Iowa City. ,

Myron Piper Gilmore, Professor of History, Harvard University, Cambridge,

Massachusetts. oe

Frank H. Golay, Professor of History, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

a Leland N. Goodrich, Professor of International Organization and Administration, The School of International Affairs, Columbia University, New York. William D. Gray,* Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. Wood Gray, Professor of History, George Washington University, Washington,

D.C. ,

Adolphus W. Greely,* Chief Signal Officer, U.S. Army, 1887-1906. Hans Gustav Giiterbock, The Oriental Institute, University of Chicago, Illinois. Oscar Halecki, Professor of Eastern European History, Fordham University,

, New York. , gan, Ann Arbor. |

John Whitney Hall, Director, Center for J apanese Studies, University of Michi-

List of Contributors | XXXi _ Clarence Herbert Hamilton, Professor of the History and Philosophy of Reli-

~ gion, Graduate School of Theology, Oberlin, Ohio. , Peter Hardy, Lecturer in the History of Muslim India, School of Oriental and , African Studies, University of London, England. | Clarence Henry Haring, Professor-emeritus of History, Harvard University, — ,

Cambridge, Massachusetts. — 7 : Virginia D. Harrington, Associate Professor of History, Barnard College, Co-

ley. , , | , ington, D.C. : lumbia University, New York. a

Richard Herr, Associate Professor of History, University of California, Berke- |

Frederick G. Heymann, Professor of History, University of Alberta, Calgary. __ Martin J. Higgins, Rt. Rev., Professor of History, Catholic University, Wash-

: Lawrence. , oo , ,

Frank H. Hodder,* late Professor of American History, University of Kansas, , William Richey Hogg, Assistant Professor of World Christianity, Perkins School |

Connecticut. |

___. of Theology, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas.

Hajo Holborn, Townsend Professor of History, Yale University, New Haven,

Daniel C. Holtom, Baptist Foreign Missionary Society, Yokohama, Japan

| (until 1941), and now, San Gabriel, California. |

Michael E. Howard, King’s College, University of London, England. . George Frederick Howe, Department of Defense, Washington, D.C. — Arthur W. Hummel, formerly Chief, Division of Orientalia, Library of Con-

| New York. ! gress, Washington, D.C.

_. Erling M. Hunt, Professor of History, Teachers College, Columbia University, | Jacob Coleman Hurewitz, Professor of Government, Middle and Near East

Institute, Columbia University, New York. | | ,

Fred Israel, Instructor in History, The City College, New York. —| Gabriel Jackson, Assistant Professor of History, Wellesley College, Massa- |

-_chusetts. ,

York. , |

Arthur Jeffery, Professor of Semitic Languages, Columbia University, New

Charles Jelavich, Associate Professor of History, University of California, Berkeley. , John M. B. Jones, Lecturer in Arabic, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, England. :

York. /

Alphonse G. Juilland, Associate Professor of Romance Languages, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. .

Zuhair Jwaideh, Chief, Near Eastern and North African Law Division, Law

Library, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. ,

George McT. Kahin, Professor of History, Cornell University, Ithaca, New

XXXil , , List of Contributors | Firuz Kazemzadeh, Assistant Professor of History, Yale University, New

Haven, Connecticut. , oo

George O. Kent, Department of State, Washington, D.C. , Clinton W. Keyes,* Columbia University, New York. = | a

Bethesda, Maryland. — , | | , Lennart K jellberg, Universitets Bibliotek, Uppsala, Sweden.

, Mathias Charles Kiemen, O.F.M., Academy of American Franciscan History, —

fornia, Los Angeles. a Halvdan Koht, Oslo, Norway. - 7 , |

Frank Joseph Klingberg,* Emeritus Professor of History, University of Cali- :

Arvi Korhonen, Helsinki, Finland. a

Edward A. Kracke, Jr., Associate Professor of Middle Chinese Literature and |

Institutions, University of Chicago, Illinois. ,

Michael Kraus, Professor of History, The City College, New York. | Janis A. Kreslins, The Library, Council on Foreign Relations, New York. ,

| Connecticut. , -

Leonard Krieger, Associate Professor of History, Yale University, New Haven,

Ann K. 8. Lambton, Professor of Persian, University of London, England. |

David S. Landes, Professor of History, University of California, Berkeley. Walter Consuelo Langsam, President, University of Cincinnati, Ohio. Bernard Lewis, Professor of History, School of Oriental and African Studies,

University of London, England. : ee

Naphtali Lewis, Professor of Classics, Brooklyn College, New York. |

| William H. Lewis, Specialist on African Affairs, Washington, D.C. _

Office, London, England. Folke Lindberg, Stockholm, Sweden. , : Basil H. Liddell Hart, Military Historian and Consultant to the British War

India. , , ~ New York. | a

Oliver James Lissitzyn, Associate Professor of Public Law, Columbia University, —

Clinton Herbert Loehlin, Professor, Mission Compound, Ferozepore, Punjab, — | Bert James Loewenberg, Professor of American History, Sarah Lawrence Col~ lege, Bronxville, New York. Rayford Whittingham Logan, Professor of History, Howard University, Wash-

, ington, D.C. |

| York. a |

Val R. Lorwin, Professor of History, University of Oregon, Eugene. |

| Leo Albert Loubere, Assistant Professor of History, University of Buffalo, New

David Magie,* Princeton University, New Jersey. :

Cincinnati, Ohio. ,

Jacob Rader Marcus, Ochs Professor of Jewish History, Hebrew Union College,

ter, England. | , | ,

, Bradford G. Martin, Department of Persian Studies, University of Manches-

So OS List of Contributors XXXili ,

Georgia. , , a York. : ;

Joseph James Mathews, Professor of History, Emory University, Atlanta,

_ Garrett Mattingly, Professor of European History, Columbia University, New Lyle N. McAlister, Professor of History, University of Florida, Gainesville.

, Evelyn B. McCune, Diablo Valley College, Concord, California. ‘Reginald Charles McGrane, Professor-emeritus of History, University of Cin-

- ¢einnati, Ohio. .

Donald Vernon McKay, Professor of African Studies, School of Advanced International Studies, The Johns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. Gaudens Megaro, late Professor of History, Queens College, New York. _ Roger Bigelow Merriman,* Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vania. | : |

York. , Dakota. , ,

Agnes Kirsopp Lake Michels, Professor of Latin, Bryn Mawr College, Pennsyl-

Philip Ira Mitterling, Assistant Professor of American History, Hobart and

- William Smith Colleges, Geneva, New York. :

Theodor E. Mommsen, Professor of History, Cornell University, Ithaca, New _ James Neilson, Professor of History, State Teachers College, Mayville, North

| Urbana. 7 ,

John Noon, Lecturer on African Affairs, School of Advanced International _ Studies, The J ohns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. , Charles Edward Nowell, Professor of American History, University of Illinois,

| Wilhelm Odelberg, Kunglig Biblioteket, Stockholm, Sweden. , |

Otakar OdloZilik, Professor of History, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.

F. Ogden, Chief, Near Eastern Section, Division of Orientalia, Library , _ Robert of Congress, Washington, D.C. ,

‘William. A. Oldfather,* University of Illinois, Urbana. oe Nils William Olsson, Department of State, Washington, D.C. |

Andrew Delbridge Osborn, Librarian, University of Sydney, Australia. Jess Norman Parmer, Assistant Professor of History, University of Maryland,

College Park. | oo University of London, England. a , lumbia. — me , , Oo _ Frank W. Pitman,* Pomona College, California. | |

Vernon J. Parry, Lecturer in Arabic, School of Oriental and African Studies, David Henry Pinkney, Jr., Professor of History, University of Missouri, Co-

_ Washington, D.C. ,

Horace- Irvin Poleman, Chief, Division of Orientalia, Library of Congress, .

, Illinois. , 7 ,

Sidney Irving Pomerantz, Professor of History, The City College, New York. Earl Hampton Pritchard, Associate Professor of History, University of Chicago,

XXXIV List of Contributors ; ,

, Ohio. | | , , vania. as ee

James Bennett Pritchard, Professor of Old Testament Literature, Church Divinity School of the Pacific, Berkeley, California. | , Olaf Prufer, Curator of Anthropology, Cleveland Museum of. Natural History,

, Howard A. Reed, American Friends Service Committee, Philadelphia, Pennsy]Bodo L. O. Richter, Associate Professor of Romance Languages, University of

Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. ,

Hampshire. | a ,

, Robert Edgar Riegel, Professor of History, Dartmouth College, Hanover, New 7 Helen Anne Rivlin, Assistant Professor of Middle Eastern and European History,

. _ University of Maryland, College Park. : a Henry Lithgow Roberts, Professor of History and Director of The Russian Institute, Columbia University, New York. : ,

University, Evanston, Illinois. , ,

Carl Angus Roebuck, Associate Professor of Classical Languages, Northwestern

Francis Millet Rogers, Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures, Har-

vard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. , ,

Robert Samuel Rogers, Professor of Latin and Roman Studies, Duke Uni-

versity, Durham, North Carolina. , , , oe

, University, Normal. , , oo |

Gunther E. Rothenberg, Assistant Professor of History, Illinois State Normal | Inez Scott Ryberg, Professor of Latin, Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, New York.

York. , , , , -| JensIllinois. . , Arup Seip, Oslo, Norway. | | Arshag Ohannes Sarkissian, Analyst, Middle Eastern and European Affairs,

Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. | , _

Dean M. Schmitter, Assistant Professor of English, Columbia University, New

, Herbert Franz Schurmann, Lecturer in Sociology and Near Eastern Languages,

University of California, Berkeley.

Franklin Daniel Scott, Professor of History, Northwestern University, Evanston,

Kenneth Meyer Setton, Lea Professor of Medieval History, University of Penn-

sylvania, Philadelphia. ,

- Thor Sevéenko, Assistant Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures, Co-

lumbia University, New York. ,

Lauriston Sharp, Professor of History, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Mary Lucille Shay, Assistant Professor of History, University of Illinois, Urbana. Augustus H. Shearer,* Librarian, Grosvenor Library, Buffalo, New York. | Josef Silverstein, Assistant Professor of History, Wesleyan University, Middle-

town, Connecticut. . oe | | | | University, New York. , | oo Leslie Francis Smith, Associate Professor of History, University of Oklahoma, Stavro Skendi, Assistant Professor of Albanian and Balkan Slavic, Columbia

Norman. ,

List of Contributors | XXXV , - Jean Stengers, Professor of History, University of Brussels, Belgium. _ Ferris J. Stephens, Associate Professor of Assyriology, Yale University, New

| Haven, Connecticut. , 7 .

vania.

John Hall Stewart, Bourne Professor of History, Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.

_ Lily Ross Taylor, Emeritus Professor of Latin, Bryn Mawr College, Pennsyl-

Samuel Harrison Thomson, Professor of History, University of Colorado, Boulder. Mary E. Townsend,“ Teachers College, Columbia University, New York.

T. H. Tsien, Far Eastern Library, University of Chicago, Illinois. , , , Harriet E. Tuell,* Somerville, Massachusetts.

Ralph Edmund Turner, Durfee Professor of History, Yale University, New

New York. - | Haven, Connecticut. , , 3

Glyndon Garlock Van Deusen, Professor of History, University of Rochester,

. Rudolf A. J. Van Lier, Landbouwhogeschool, Wageningen, The Netherlands. | Robert Van Niel, Assistant Professor of History, Russell Sage College, Troy, New York.

Haven, Connecticut. | , Walter Francis Vella, Cleveland Public Library, Ohio. | | | Milos M. Velimirovic, Instructor, History of Music, Yale University, New

_ Cornelius Clarkson Vermeule, III, Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Massachusetts.

7 _ Washington, D.C. , !

Francis Wagner, East European Accession-Index Project, Library of Congress,

John M. Ward, University of Sydney, Australia.

| versity. | , York. ,

Robert Kiefer Webb, Assistant Professor of History, Columbia University, New Bernerd C. Weber, Associate Professor of History, University of Alabama, Uni-

René Wellek, Sterling Professor of Comparative Literature, Yale University, |

,AllenNew Haven, Connecticut. B. West,* late Professor of Ancient History, University of Cincinnati,

Ohio. a ,

Constance M. Winchell, The Libraries, Columbia University, New York. |

Toronto, Ontario. |

Frederick Victor Winnett, Professor of Oriental Languages, University of = |

- Joseph Ezra Wisan, Professor of History, The City College, New York. ; William Wiseley, formerly Department of Defense, Washington, D.C. John Baptist Wolf, Professor of History, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. —

Gordon Wright, Professor of History, Stanford University, California. , Norman P. Zacour, Associate Professor of History, Franklin and Marshall Col- ,

lege, Lancaster, Pennsylvania. =

I. INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL HISTORY

, , , _ SECTION A -- History and Related Studies — BERT JAMES LOEWENBERG * and ERLING M. HUNT

Events of the last quarter century have-altered the face of the world. While these have transformed the contours of life, they have likewise deflected the direction of thought. The course of history has begun to change the course of historical thinking. History as experience and history as theory are in flux. A

! global depression, a second global war, and an era of global belligerence have , | tinged the facts of life with new connotations and weighted the concept of ex-

perience with more complicated meanings. a

| _ Two pervasive characteristics account for the shift in historical attitudes. One is growth, the other is complexity. The map of historical objective is being redrawn to meet alterations in the scale of experience, the depth of insight, and the projection of knowledge. Experience, insight, and knowledge have propelled _ historians toward different judgments, fresh understandings, and novel methods. The expansion of time, space, and learning has expanded the historian’s outlook. Time has extended the span of history by its own inexorable movement,

_ but the character of change has accelerated the impact of time on the human mind..Contemporary experience is more readily apprehended in measures of

portent than in units of chronology. — 7

Nowhere has time moved more swiftly than in the conquest of space. A

revolution took place when geographical relations began to be expressed in air

_ hours instead of terrestrial miles. Distant places have ceased to exist, and it is proximity rather than remoteness that speaks to the imagination. A society in which every center has an airport has no real periphery. Only outermost space

and projectile. |

_ retains the allure of distance, and distance has become the most relative of words in languages that have added startling meanings to atomic, jet, fission, Historians, concerned with temporal or spatial parts, cannot fail to be con‘cerned with the whole. If it is still difficult to define the significant, it is becom_ *¥n addition to Professor Loewenberg (whose entries are unsigned), the following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Erling M. Hunt (EMH), Geoffrey Bruun (GB), Walter L. Dorn (WLD), Peter Gay (PG), John W. Hall (JWH), George F. Howe (GFH), Earl H. Pritchard (EHP), Ralph E. Turner (RET).

1,

2 Guide to Historical Literature a ing less difficult to discern the insignificant. That the light of significance may emerge wherever the student probes remains the historian’s hope. But there is

less faith that incandescence is likely to emerge from the acquisition of randomdata. The maxim that light follows research has been modified by the working principle that light follows research informed by sharply-posed hypotheses. The ‘precious documents of the historian do not reveal the past unaided. They reveal the past only when they are reconstructed with insight, that is when they are

| imaginatively assessed and creatively analyzed. , Learning has widened the range of scholarly vision as historical events have

narrowed the range of human isolation. New unities have been discovered among older diversities. The Atlantic and the Pacific were as broad in the days | of Christopher Columbus and Sir Francis Drake as they are in the present era. But engines made by man have transmuted oceans and mountains; barriers have

become links. It was discovered during the so-called period of normalcy that deserts, mountains, and oceans were no bar to the sweep of economic malaise. More recently it has been recognized that neither technology nor politics is simply local in consequences. _

The circle that historians are required to draw around their subjects has constantly widened; but scholars, in part because of the widening circumference

, of relations, have tended to draw progressively smaller ones. To the accustomed divisions of historical’ inquiry, as political, constitutional, diplomatic, and economic, have been added such divisions as global, urban, business, entrepreneurial,

divided again. : ,

and technological. Research areas have been divided and subdivided and then ! The search for meaning is synonymous with recorded history itself, but the , altering shape of the world has added new dimensions to the nature of the inquiry. Modern history and. modern scholarship have communicated a special : urgency to the perennial quest for meanings. Problems of the unexplored rela- , tions among the special disciplines have intensified the quest. Despite indisputable evidence of achievement, approbation of history has been far from universal. Leading historians have felt compelled to ask where their profession was tend-

ing and what the historians believed they were accomplishing. Scholars in other areas have raised searching queries about the method, meaning, and purpose of historical research. Critical barbs have rarely been aimed at methodological techniques as such. Old and tried historical methods are still.accounted true; it is their adequacy that is suspect. Few are inclined to doubt the efficacy of | numismatics, paleography, or epigraphy in instances where these techniques are

applicable. No one is disposed to disparage the method of meticulous crossexamination of documents or whatever other legacies of the past remain to be interrogated. Disputed is the sufficiency of standard devices, not their continuing relevance. Disputed too is the often-held conviction that the raw evidence _

transmitted from the past tells its own story. The ancient dilemmas of the historian have been aggravated by the broaden- _ ing scope of learning in science, social science, and the humanities. Unlike the

nineteenth century, when advances in knowledge enhanced the prestige of history, twentieth century learning has raised basic problems about historical method, historical] relevance, and historical knowledge. oe :

, History and Related Studies | , 3 The revival of theoretical interests has invigorated historical study. Since all = questions cannot be of equal import, scholars are compelled to appraise the criteria of importance. Their efforts to evaluate measures of meaning ultimately require analysis of the grounds of choice and selection. Once embarked on that course, studies in the theory of knowledge, the basis of values, and the definition

of purpose are inescapable. Historians in pursuit of meanings. are, in fact if not ee in name, involved in the philosophy of history. Such historians distinguish be-

, tween the canons of method employed in recording history and the speculative analysis of the process of history itself, the difference between history as recorded experience and history as actuality. The distinction, valid methodologically, nevertheless makes it apparent that the connections between the two are _ Intimate and vital and that the one cannot be comprehended without the other. The history of the human mind is a record of sustained human effort to define

meanings of the cosmos, of nature, of man, and of society. Historians are deeply immersed in the attempt. The references that follow illustrate how they

_ have participated and how they may be reinforced. BE RECONSTRUCTING THE PAST tion prepared for Cambridge University, but : | | useful to students of British history elseManuals of Historical Method | - where. [EMH] | :Al.. Langlois, - All.Charles Renier, Gustaaf J. History, its purV., and Charles pose and method. Boston, 1950. .. Seignobos. Introduction to the study of his- A12. Vincent, John M. Historical research: tory. Reprint, N.Y., 1912. Tr. by G. B. Berry an outline of theory and practice. Reprint, from Introduction aux études historiques N.Y., 1929. Practical manual for a beginner (Paris, 1898). A widely-used, methodical rather than a philosophical treatment for a

treatment of historical criticism. and synthe- historian. , sis along common-sense lines. | A113. ——. Aids to historical research. A2. Bernheim, Ernst. Lehrbuch der his- N.Y., 1934. Twelve brief essays on aspects of

torischen Methode und der Geschichts- external criticism: diplomatics, palaeogra_ philosophie. 6th ed., Leipzig, 1908. The phy, chronology, etc., with a bibliography

, _ classic work on historical method. | for each. [EMH] fg |

A3. Wolf, Gustav. Einfihrung in das Al4. Hockett, Homer C. The critical

| Studium der neueren Geschichte. Berlin, method in historical research and writing. 1910. Inclusive in range and indispensable N.Y., 1955. Revised and expanded version

for German history. , of Introduction to research in American hisA4,. Meyer, Eduard. Kleine Schriften. 2 vy. . tory (1931). Practical manual for graduate Halle, 1910-24. Contains discussions of. students, providing an exposition and exam-

, theory and method in ancient classical his- ples of historical criticism, detailed advice

tory. a OO , on techniques, well-selected lists of . bibli-

| A5. Feder, Alfred L. Lehrbuch der ge- ographies and guides, and a brief survey of schichtlichen Methode. 3rd rev. ed., Regens- United States historiography. [EMH] .. burg, 1924. An approach to historical method A15. Barzun, Jacques, and Henry F. Graff.

by a professor in a Catholic theological The modern researcher. N.Y., 1957. Read-

seminary. — | , , able exposition of research techniques and

A6. Fling, Fred M. The writing of history. approaches to synthesis. Major attention to New Haven, 1920. Concise treatment of maturity in organization and. presentation, historical materials, emphasizing critical and to good writing. Selective bibliography.

analysis. , - - [EMH] oc cS

AT. Bauer, Wilhelm. Einfiihrung in das Al6. Parker, Donald .D. Local history:

Studium der Geschichte. 2nd ed., Tiibingen, how to gather it, write it, and publish. it.

1928. - | : | : Ed. by Bertha E. Josephson. N.Y., 1944. | _ A8. Gustavson, Carl G. A preface to his- Surveys types of sources; offers practical ad-

tory. N.Y., 1955. , | .-vice On research, organization, and publicaA9. George, Hereford B. Historical evi- tion. Includes a bibliography. [EMH] |

dence. Oxford, 1909. Admirable, brief, logi- A17. Nevins, Allan. The gateway to his-

cal discussions of different types of evidence. tory. Boston, 1938. Chapters, for “general |

_ A110. Guide for research students working readers,” on the value of history; sources © on historical subjects. N.Y., 1959. Introduc- and critical method; libraries, archives, and

4 | Guide to Historical Literature | , historical societies; and the relation to his- thor begins with the statement that explana-

tory of geography, sociology, biography, and tion is a “vague concept” which, after an

literature. [EMH] | _ exploration of its ramifications, he provides A18. Gottschalk, Louis R. Understanding with content. 7

history: a primer of historical method. N.Y., A31. White, Morton G. “Historical ex1950. Considers the objectives of historians, planation.”’ Mind, 52 (July 1943): 212-29. methods of historical research, and the the- Distinguishes between attempts to explain

ory of history. [EMH] facts by reference to other facts.and attempts

| |social ] to find explanations by recourse to other i disciplines. The first is labeled “hisPersistent P roblems toricist’”; the second, “cultural organi-

Causal Analysis — , cism.” a,

A19. Cassirer, Ernst. Das Erkenntnisprob- on Saker amare K. Prat

lem in der Philosophie und Wissenschaft der aN MOTHS Msinsderg. Xplananon In Dsneuveren Zeit. 4 v. Berlin, 1906-57. A classic suppl. v. 14 (London, 1935): 113-53

; | ar: | . tory. Aristotelian Society proceedings, . and authoritative study. [WLD] , Ppl. V- neon, ° ° A20. ——. The problem of knowledge: . ; | philosophy, science and history since Hegel. Continuity and Change New Haven, 1950. — | A33. Boas, George. “‘Aristotle’s presup-

A21. Deininger, Whitaker T. “Some re- positions about change.” American journal , flections on epistemology and historical in- of philology, 68 (Oct. 1947): 404-13.

quiry.” Journal of philosophy, 53 (July 5, A34. Einstein, Louis. Historical change. .

1956): 429-42. Incisive treatment of the Cambridge, Eng., 1946. An attempt to assess _ leading issues involved in a consideration of the meaning of change as it affects history. these topics. Particularly valuable for its Two chapters are particularly suggestive: 13, exposition of the similarity of problems con- “Some explanations of change,” and 15,

fronting investigators in other than the his- ‘The meaning of history.” | |

torical field. ) A35. Lamprecht, Sterling P. Nature and A22. Mandelbaum, Maurice H. “Causal _ history. N.Y., 1950. Precise attempt to difanalysis in history.” Journal of the history ferentiate the processes of inquiry between of ideas, 3 (Jan. 1942): 30-50. Part of a history and physics.

suggestive symposium on this topic. A36. McKeon, Richard. ‘“‘Aristotle’s con-

A23. Cohen, Morris R. “Causation and its ception of the development and the nature application to history.” Journal of the his- of scientific method.” Journal of the history

tory of ideas, 3 (Jan. 1942): 12-29. of ideas, 8 (Jan. 1947): 3-44. A closely

: A24. Goldenweiser, Alexander. “The con- reasoned exposition and evaluation.

cept of causality in the physical and social A37. Berlin, Isaiah. Historical inevitability. sciences.” American sociological review, 3 London, 1954. A lucid essay. To refrain

~ (Oct. 1938): 624-36. - | from making moral judgments, the author

A25. Maclver, Robert M. Social causa- insists, “is one of the great alibis, pleaded tion. Boston, 1942. A full-length study rep- by those who cannot and do not wish to resenting the fruit of a long career of specu- face the facts of human responsibility, the

lative thought. existence of a limited but nevertheless real A26. Teggart, Frederick J. “Causation in area of humanfreedom....” © © : historical events.” Journal of the history of |

ideas, 3 (Jan. 1942): 3-11. Difficulties in-- Logie | ,

herent in the language of causation; sugges- A38. Cohen, Morris R., and Ernest Nagel, en mss of d oe tense” against law, Proc- An introduction - to logic and_ scientific

| A27. Feuer, S. “Causality in the method. N.Y,,philosophers 1934, A standard treatment . . Lewis 99 eh y two distinguished which social sciences.” Journal of philosophy, 51 tai terial ‘basic for historical analy-

| (Nov. 1954): 681-95. General: discussion sis Alans materia’ y

with Pertinent comments on human powers A39. Nagel, Ernest. “Some issues in the A28. Hempel, Carl G. “The function of logic of historical ‘analysis. The scientific

: general laws in history.” Journal of philoso- monthly, 74 (March 195 2): 162-69. . phy 39 (Jan. 1942): 35— 48 - A40. Sabine, George H. “Logic and social

. | 1939): 155-76.

moe? ° ° : : studies.”” Philosophical review, 48 (March

Explanation ~ , . A411. J¢rgensen, Jgérgen A treatise of for-

. A29. Dray, William. Laws and explana- mal logic. 3 v. Copenhagen and London, .

tion in history. London, 1957. 1931. One of the fundamental histories of ,

_A30. Gardiner, Patrick. The nature of his- the development of logic, V. 1 treats historitorical explanation. London, 1952. A tightly cal development; 2, systematic exposition; constructed philosophical -investigation. Au- while v, 3 is a discussion and criticism. ©

7 History and Related Studies 5 Older Auxiliaries (and Their Histories) research, but remains valuable as one of | ; the pioneer studies in the United States. Philology , , | } A54. Sapir, Edward. Language: an intro- | A42. -Vendryes, Joseph. Language: a lin- duction to the study of speech. N.Y., 1921.

guistic introduction to history. London, A noted work in the history of anthropol1925. Tr. by Paul Radin from La langue: ogy that still stirs controversy and cannot _ introduction linguistique a l’histoire (Paris, be considered outmoded. Emphasizes the 1921). . Specifically oriented to historical role of the individual and individual linguis-

problems by a master of the subject. tic forms.

A43. Drexel, Albert, ed. Atlas linguisticus. | | . _ Innsbruck, 1934. Contains a series of maps Archaeology BF

_ Showing the spread of languages from an- 55, Daniel, Glyn E. A hundred years of | tiquity to modern times, particularly in archaeology. London, 1950. A competent

Europe and Asia. [RET] | survey. , A44, Bloomfield, Leonard. Language. N.Y., "456, Hogarth, David G., ed. Authority

1933. Revision of an earher book accom- and archaeology, sacred and profane: essays plished . after twenty years’ further study. on the relation of monuments to Biblical and

, Authoritative. [RET] | - classical literature. London and N.Y., 1899. ,

. s ® e 43 °

__A45. Meillet, Antoine, and Marcel Cohen, iq but valuable. Essays by specialists in eds. Les langues du monde. New ed., Paris, various fields with an especially rewarding ~

: _ 1952. Indispensable. [RET] introductory essay by the editor.

| A46. Deroy, . Louis. L em prunt linguistic. A57. Deonna, Waldemar. L’archéologie: | : Paris, 1956. Borrowings in the main lan- on domaine, son but. Paris, 1922. Suggests _

guages of Europe and Asia. Full bibliogra- the need for a more inclusive definition of

|_phy. [RET] . ae . the field without regard to specific times : _ A47, Pedersen, Holger. Linguistic science = and places; a broadly based treatment. | in the 19th century: methods and results. —_458_ Petrie, Sir William M. F. Methods Tr. by John W. Spargo. Cambridge, Mass., and aims in archaeology. London and N.Y.,

1931. oe ) . 1904. Practical handbook by a great EgypAds. Wundt, Wilhelm M. Volkerpsycho- tologist. Contains a chapter on the nature

logie: eine Untersuchung der Entwicklungs- of archaeological evidence. . |

: gesetze von Sprache, Mythus, und Sitte. 10 me | v. in 13. Leipzig, 1900-26. By one of the great founders of modern psychology. Deals Chronology |

with the evolution of language and related A59. Cavaignac, Eugéne. Chronologie de

aspects. . oe Vhistoire mondiale. 2nd ed., Paris, 1934.

A49. Langer, Susanne K. “On Cassirer’s A60. Below, Georg A. H. von. Uber his, theory: of language and myth.” The philoso- torische Periodisierungen. Berlin, 1925. phy of Ernst Cassirer (Evanston, Ill., 1949), A61. Milham, Willis I. Time and _ time-

pp. 381-400. [Paul A. Schilpp, ed., The li- keepers. N.Y., 1947. oe brary of living .philosophers, 6.] Cogent A62. Callahan, John F. Four views of ,

analysis of Cassirer’s theories, by the trans- time in ancient philosophy. Cambridge, ,

lator of his basic linguistic study. The author Mass., 1948. Conceptions of Plato, Aristotle,

| is herself a philosopher. _ . Plotinus, and Augustine are analyzed. :[RET]

_ A50. Cassirer, Ernst. Language and myth. A63. Brandon, Samuel G. F. Time and

N.Y., -1946.-Tr. by Susanne K. Langer from mankind: an_ historical .and philosophical Sprache und :Mythos (Leipzig, 1925). Influ- study of mankind’s attitude to the phe-

ential and thought-provoking study. bya nomena of change. London, 1951.. | , learned idealist. Ch. 1 discusses language . A64. Gent, Werner. Das..Problem der

, and myth. in the development of culture; Zeit: eine historische und::: systematische | ch. 3, language and conception Untersuchung. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1934, A51. ——. “Le langage et la construction Broad in scope and reflective in substance. du monde:des objets.” Journal de psycho- [RET] oo

logie, 30 (1933): 18-44. Contains additional A65. Zawirski, Zygmunt. L’évélution de } insights on problems vital to historical think- la notion du temps. Cracow, 1936.

ing and research. OS, A66. Pot, Johan H. J. van der. De Peri-

A52. ——. “The influence of language upon odisiering der geschiedenis. The Hague, _ the development of scientific thought.” 1951. A survey of efforts. at periodization Journal of philosophy, 39 (June 1942): 309— in world history and proposals for future ap27. Provocative discussion by an outstanding plication. [RET]

philosopher,. whose own contributions to A67. Irwin, Alfred M. B. The Burmese

this field heighten its import. and Arakanese calendars. Rangoon, 1909. . A53. Whitney, William D. Language and Tables for the concordance of dates in Burthe study of language. Sth ed., N.Y., 1892. mese chronology with Christian chronology Represents the older school of philological from 1739 to 2000 a.p. [RET]

6 Guide to Historical Literature , A68. Havret, P., J. Chambeau, and Pierre A80. Mason, William A. A history of the | Hoang. Mélanges sur la chronologie chinoise. art of writing. N.Y., 1920. Old but useful )

Shanghai, 1920. [Variétés sinologiques, 52.] short, general treatment. [RET] 7 SO Exposition of Chinese calendar and dating A81. Angelo, Pietro d’. Storia della scritsystem, with tables for conversion into Chris- tura. Rome, 1953. Brief. Concerned with |

tian chronology. [RET] : - both oriental and western systems of writing.

A69. Libby, Willard F. Radiocarbon dat- [RET] ing. See E13. | A82. Fevrier, James G. Histoire de l’écriA70. Ginzel, Friedrich K. Handbuch der ture. Paris, 1948. mathematischen und technischen Chrono- -A83. Higounet, Charles. L’écriture. Paris,

_ logie: das Zeitrechnungswesen der Volker. 1955. |

3 v. Leipzig, 1906-14. Study of broad his- A84. Sethe, Kurt H. Vom Bilde zum

torical sweep from Egypt to modern times. Buchstaben. Leipzig, 1939.

While these volumes require adjustment in A85. Jensen, Hans. Die Schrift. Gliick-

terms of contemporary scholarship and re-. stadt, 1936. | a

cent data is lacking, the work is still a A86. Chiera, Edward. They wrote in clay: _

model for thoroughness and scope. _ the Babylonian tablets speak today. Cam- , A71. Breasted, James H. “‘The beginnings bridge, Eng., 1939. |

of time-measurement and the origin of our A87. Blum, André. On the origin of paper.

calendar.” The scientific monthly, 41 (Oct. Tr. by Harry M. Lydenberg. N.Y., 1934. 7 1935): 289-304. Specialized discussion by From ancient China to European beginnings : a famous expert in the history of ancient © of paper making.

times. . | A88. Hunter, Dard. Paper making through A72. Nilsson, Martin P. Primitive time- eighteen centuries. N.Y., 1930.

reckoning: a study in the origins and first A89. Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut. One hundevelopment of the art of counting time dred books about book making: a guide to among the primitive and early culture peo- the study and appreciation of printing.

ples. Lund, Swe., 1920. A thorough histori- N.Y., 1949. . | cal account. | A90. Oswald, John C. A history of print-

: , A73. Zeuner, Friedrich E. Dating the past: ing: its development through five hundred

an introduction to geochronology. 4th ed., years. N.Y., 1928. Survey of printing in the rev. and enl., London, 1958. A modern study West and its spread from Europe to North

which takes the most recent findings of ge- America. |

ology into chronological account. A91. Dahl, Sven. History of the book.

; . — N.Y., 1958. Originally published in Danish;

Diplomatics; Printing and Publishing translated also into French and German.

A74. Mabillon, Jean. De re diplomatica Authoritative. ,

libri VI in quibus quidquid ad veterum in- A92. Bogeng, Gustav A. E., and others.

. strumentorum antiquitatem, materiam, scrip- Geschichte der Buchdruckerkunst. 2 v. turam et stilium. 3rd ed., 2 v., Naples, 1789. Dresden, 1930-41.

: First systematic study of diplomatics, the A93. Gonzalez Blanco, Edmundo. Hisstudy of critical methods of establishing toria del periodismo desde sus comienzos , authenticity of documents, by the great hasta nuestra época. Madrid, 1919.

founder of the subject. } A94, Salmon, Lucy M. The newspaper and

A75. ——. Librorum de re diplomatica the historian. N.Y., 1923. One of the first

supplementum. Paris, 1704. Supplement to efforts to deal systematically with special

A74. problems of research and method arising in A76. Hall, Hubert, ed. A formula book recent periods.

of English official historical documents. 2 v. A95. Weill, Georges J. Le journal: oriCambridge, Eng., 1908-09. V. 1 is devoted gines, évolution et réle de la presse péri-

] to English documents; v. 2, to judicial and odique. Paris, 1934. Excellent general his-

ministerial records. tory of newspapers and periodicals—Euro-

: A77, ——. Studies in English official his: pean, North American, Islamic, Chinese, | torical documents. Cambridge, Eng., 1908. and Japanese. Bibliographies. Coverage restricted to England, but basic A96. Minster, Hans A. Die moderne for the area. Noteworthy as marking a be- Presse: das Zeitungs- und Zeitschriftenwesen

ginning in methodology. | im In- und Ausland. 2 v. Bad Kreuznach,

A78. Harrison, Wilson R. Suspect docu- 1955. | |

1958. | Numismatics :

ments: their scientific examination. N.Y.,

A79, Lehmann, Paul J. Zur Palaographie A97. Friedensburg, Ferdinand. Die Miinze und Handschriftenkunde. Munich, 1909. im der Kulturgeschichte. 2nd ed., Berlin, Discussion of Latin handwriting and pale- 1926. Comprehensive account of the culography; notable for inclusion of a history tural significance of coins and coinage.

, of the latter. ~ A98. Luschin von Ebengreuth, Arnold. |

, History and Related Studies 7 Allgemeine Miimzkunde und Geldgeschichte | A111. Schattschneider, Elmer E. Party —

des Mittelalters und der neueren Zeit. 2nd government. N.Y., 1942. Presentation of a — | ed., Munich and Berlin, 1926. Exhaustive theory of democratic politics. in which the study of money—uses and economic roles. political party is viewed as the creative in-

_A99. Lane-Poole, Stanley E., ed. Coins strument. oo oo

: and medals: their place in history and art. A112. Simon, Herbert A. Administrative

_ 3rd ed., London, 1894. Remains an excel- behavior: a study of decision-making proclent introduction to the subject, with bio- esses in administrative organization. N.Y..,

: | graphical and geneological materials. 1947. Constructs a theory of administrative

| functions and a theoretical basis for re- |

Newer Aids (and Their Histories) search. Se So , | A113. Morstein Marx, Fritz, ed., }Elements .

Political Science | of public administration. N.Y., 1946. Obser-

A100. Contemporary political science. vations of a perceptive student of the subParis, 1950. [UNESCO publication no. 426.] ject. As in most modern works in this area,

Invaluable for comparative appraisals. . rigid structural analyses of administrative A101. Leiserson, Avery. “Problems of functions are integrated with fluid relationmethodology in political research.” Political ships of informal groups and their effects on | science quarterly, 68 (Dec. 1953): 558-84. bureaucratic behavior, — a

Brief introduction to problems of research. All4. Levi, Werner. Fundamentals of ! A102. Finer, Herman. Theory and practice world organization. Minneapolis, 1950. A of modern government. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1949. blending of administration, politics, institu-

Contains as much theory as practice, mean- _ tional analysis, and history. ingfully and explicitly related. — A115. Morgenthau, Hans J. Politics among A103. Lasswell, Harold D., and Abraham nations: the struggle for power and peace. Kaplan. Power and society: a framework N.Y., 1948. Excellent example of the merger

for political inquiry. New Haven, 1950. Defi- _ of disciplines. ,

nition of a research theoretical framework for politi—:| ! cal science extending the convenEconomics tional boundaries. , A116. Hutchison, Terence W. The signifiA104. Sabine, George H. ‘“‘What is a po- cance and basic postulates of economic the-

litical theory?” The journal of politics, 1 ory. London, 1938. A basic volume of theo-

(Feb. 1939): 1-16. A life-long student of retical analysis. - _

political philosophy raises some _ serious A117. Weber, Max. General economic

queries. | history. Tr. by Frank H. Knight. Glencoe, A105. Neumann, Franz L. “Approaches Ill., 1950. A readily accessible translation of

to the study of political power.” Political this fundamental work. science quarterly, 45 (June 1950): 161-80. A118. Heilbroner, Robert L. The worldly Incisive suggestions by a sharply inquiring philosophers. N.Y., 1953. General history of

| student. | the development of economic theories. A106. Oakeshott, Michael. “Rationalism A119. Samuelson, Paul A. Foundations of

in politics.” The Cambridge journal, 1 (Nov. economic analysis. Cambridge, Mass., 1947. ~ and Dec. 1947): 81-98, 145-57. A critique General survey of concepts and hypotheses of rationalism as the ultimate method of employed by economists.

social and political problems. . A120. Ellis, Howard S., ed. A survey of

A107. Gouldner, Alvin W., ed. Studies in| contemporary economics. V. 1. Philadelphia, - Jeadership: leadership and democratic ac- 1948. This and the following volume contain tion. N.Y., 1950. Directed to the issue of prime documents for the historian. and suc-

manipulation of the many by the few. cinct surveys of economic concepts. |

: A108. Babbitt, Irving. Democracy and A121. Haley, Bernard F., ed. A survey of } leadership. Boston, 1924. Reprint, 1952. Im- contemporary economics. V. 2. Homewood,

portant attempt to consider a fundamental IIl., 1952. |

‘problem in philosophical rather than nar- A122. Cole, Arthur H. “Committee on Rerower terms. The introduction summarizes search in Economic History.” The Journal

| the author’s general position. [GFH] of economic history, 13 (winter 1953): 79-_ A109. Neumann, Franz L. The democratic 87. A substantive report.

and the authoritarian state. Glencoe, IIl., A123. Dillard, Dudley D. The economics 1957. Contribution by a close student of of John Maynard Keynes. N.Y., 1948. Sen- |

both. oe sible and readable account of the theories of A110. Neumann, Sigmund, ed. Modern one of the great thinkers of the modern era.

political parties: approaches to comparative A124. Friedrich, Carl J. Alfred Weber’s politics. Chicago, 1956. A pioneer attempt theory of the location of industries. Chicago, to study modern political parties compara- 1929. Clear account of the position of an

Exhaustive and important bibliogra- important social theorist. | _ tively. phies. A125. Hoover, Edgar M. The location of

8 | Guide to Historical Literature , | , economic activity. N.Y., 1948. An exposition London, 1913. Comprehensive though brief of location theory, adding dimensions to the account.

phenomena of social movement. A139. Vidal de La Blache, Paul M. Prin-

A126. Miller, William, ed. Men in busi- ciples of human geography. Tr. by Millicent | ness: essays in the history of entrepreneur- T. Bingham. N.Y. and London, 1926. An ship. Cambridge, Mass., 1952. Illustrates the important corrective to the Ratzel school of development of entrepreneurial research and interpretation. While giving full scope to in-

| the social science orientation of business fluence of environment, takes account of the |

history. | creative role of man in bending the environA127. Sombart, Werner. Der Bourgeois: ment to his needs. Munich, 1913. Tr., The quintessence of capi- A140. Brunhes, Jean. Human geography: talism, London, 1915. Searching investigation an attempt at a positive classification, prinof the role of the business group and its ciples, and examples. Tr. by T. C. LeCompte.

social affiliates. 2nd rev. ed., Paris, 1912. Substantive as well

| At28. Lauterbach, Albert T. Man, mo- as methodological. Surveys the field and ex-

tives, and money: psychological frontiers of | emplifies the scholarly technique which the economics. Ithaca, 1954. Successful explora- author helped to develop. tory investigation of the relationships be- A141, ———. Etude de géographie humaine: tween economic and psychological factors. Virrigation, ses conditions géographiques, ses | ' A129. Katona, George. Psychological anal- modes, et son organisation dans la péninsule | ysis of economic behavior. N.Y., 1951. Sup- _ibérique et dans T’Afrique du nord. Paris,

plemented by Al28. 1902. A specialized study illustrating the apA130.. Dickinson, Zenas C. Economic mo- plication of method. _

tives: a study in the psychological founda- A142. George, Hereford B. The relations tions of economic theory. Cambridge, Mass., of geography and. history. 5th rev. ed., Ox-

1922. | | ford, 1924. A good, standard description of . A131. Myrdal, K. Gunnar. The political the ‘relationship between geographical conelement in the development of economic ditions and political developments.

. theory. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. Perspica- A143. Alisov, Boris P., and others. Kurs cious study by a renowned Scandinavian klimatologii. 3 pts. in 2 v. Leningrad, 1952-—

scholar. oe 54. Pt. 1 is a general treatment of climaA132. Clark, Colin. The conditions of eco- tology; pt. 2 deals with certain historical

nomic progress. See AJ20. developments in climate, including a refuta-

a tion of Huntington’s thesis that drought im- |

Geography ; pelled the migrations from central Asia; pt. A133. Ratzel, Friedrich. Anthropogeo- 3 discusses climate of the earth’s lands.

graphie. 2 v. Stuttgart, 1882-91. [Bibliothek [RET] geographischer Handbiicher.] As one of the A144, Aubert de la Riie, Edgar. Man and . pioneer studies of relationships between lands the winds. Tr. by Madge E. Thompson.

and peoples, this is a classic. Ratzel’s work N.Y., 1955. : .

likewise carved out an area of specialism A145. MHassinger, Hugo. Geographische and became the forerunner of a school. The Grundlagen der Geschichte. 2nd ed., Freirole of environment is accorded heavy causal burg, 1953. [Heinrich Finke, Hermann

stress. , Junker, and Gustav Schaurer, Geschichte : A134. Semple, Ellen C. Influences of geo- der fiihrenden Volker, 2.] | .

graphic environment, on the basis of Ratzel’s A146. Brown, Lloyd A. The story of maps. —

system of anthropo-geography. N.Y., 1911. See U/19. - | A standard account of geographic influences. -. A147, Bagrow, Leo. Die Geschichte der Important for itself as well as for its influ- Kartographie. See U//5. ence in making Ratzel’s work available in A148. Franz, Giinther. Historische Karto-

English. | graphie: Forschung und Bibliographie. Bre-

| A135. Febvre, Lucien, and Lionel Batail- men, 1955. Very useful bibliography in addilon. A geographical introduction to history. tion to a discussion of .modern historical Tr. by E.G. Mountford and J. H. Paxton. map-making. ve

London and N.Y., 1925. Follows Vidal de A149. Peattie, Roderick. Geography in

| La Blache in making qualifications to the human destiny. N.Y., 1940. Popular but | pronouncements of Ratzel and his school. informative. [GB]

A136. -Hassinger, Hugo. Geographische , ,

Grundiagen der Geschichte. 2nd ed., Frei- Demography ,

burg, 1953. A150. Spengler, Joseph J., and Otis D. A137. Sorre, Maximilien. Les fondements Duncan, eds. Demographic analysis: selected de la géographie humaine. 3 v. in 4. Paris, readings. Glencoe, Ill., 1956. Highly satis-

1943-52, factory introduction to a technical subject. A138. Keltie, Sir John S., and Osbert J. R. A151. ——, eds. Population theory and

Howarth. History of geography. N.Y. and policy: selected readings. Glencoe, 1956. Sup-

me History and Related Studies | 9 plies a theoretical framework and illustra- origins. N.Y. and London, 1939. A prime

tions of its application. historical source of the human mind indi- | A152. Hauser, Philip M., ed. Population cating the concern of western man in the

and world politics. Glencoe, 1958. Explores study of his origins. : . the interrelations of demography and other A166. Herskovits, Melville J. Man and social sciences in papers contributed by lead- his works: the science of cultural anthro- . ing experts in the field. ; pology. N.Y., 1948. A well reasoned exposi- — A153. Lavedan, Pierre. Histoire de Pur- tion of the scope of the discipline. =. banisme. V. 2, Renaissance et temps mo- A167. Benedict, Ruth. Patterns of culture.

dernes. Paris, 1941. N.Y., 1934. Case study of three tribes. His-

A154. Dickinson, Robert E. The west torically significant for development of the European city: a geographical interpretation. concept of the culture pattern and its popu-

London, 1951.Homer larization. CS A168. Barnett, G. Innovation:ee the :© Anthropology basis of cultural change. N.Y., 1953. One of

A155. Ratzel, Friedrich. The history of the better analyses of culture change in i

mankind. 3 v. London and N.Y., 1896-98. which the author exploits modern psycholTr. by A. J. Butler from V6lkerkunde (2nd ogy, anthropology, and sociology. rev. ed.,°2 v., Leipzig, 1894-95). Of major A169. Niedermann, Joseph. ‘Kultur: Werhistorical: importance. A synthesis of anthro- den und Wandlungen des Begriffs und seiner

- pological knowledge to its time. . _ Ersatzbegriffe von Cicero bis Herder. Flor- . A156; Durkheim, David E. The elementary ence, 1941. Provocative study of the intelforms of the religious life: a study in reli- lectual vicissitudes of the concept of culture.

gious sociology. London and N.Y., 1915. A170. Boas, Franz. The mind of primitive : Tr. by J..W. Swain from Les formes élé- man. N.Y., 1911. A crucial document in the

. mentaires de la vie religieuse: Le systéme history of ideas that deals with relations of

totémique en Australie (Paris, 1912). By a culture to the physical environment, racial prominent figure in social research who has_ traits, and characteristics of the primitive

influenced anthropology, psychology, and mind. |

sociology alike. Particularly significant for A171. Wissler, Clark. Man and culture.

: theoretical development of functionalism. N.Y. and London, 1923. Still relevant. for A157. ——. The division of labor in so- the study of culture patterns, traits, and

ciety. Tr. by George Simpson. Glencoe, Ill., stages. :

1947, — A172. White, Leslie A. The science of cul-

| A158. Penniman, Thomas K. A hundred ture: a study of man and civilization. N.Y.,

- revised. 7 history. |

years of anthropology. 2nd ed., London, 1949. Paperback reprint, 1958. Thesis that 1952. A basic source brought up to date and culture is a determinant of man’s life and A159. Kroeber, Alfred L. Anthropology: A173. ———. ““Man’s control over civilizarace, language, culture, psychology, pre- tion: .an anthropocentric illusion.” The scienhistory. 2nd ed., N.Y.,- 1948. A schematic tific monthly, 66 (Mar. 1948): 235-47. discussion by one of the foremost theorists A174. Kluckhohn, Clyde. Mirror for man:

in the subject. . the relation of anthropology to modern life.

A160. ——. The nature of culture. Chi- N.Y.; 1949. Non-technical exposition of the cago, 1952. A collection of earlier papers boundaries and purposes of «anthropology.

devoted to the idea of culture. A175. Gilfillan, S. Colum. The sociology :

A161. Kroeber, Alfred L., and others. — of invention. Chicago, 1935. Lucid treatment Anthropology today: an encyclopedic inven- of the role of invention and its influence as , tory. Chicago, 1953. Research report of field a fulcrum of culture change. _ 7

work and theoretical findings in every A176. Lowie, Robert H. The history of branch of the field. Full bibliographies. ethnological theory. N.Y.,. 1937. Pivotal . _ Al62. Tax, Sol, and others, eds. An ap-_— study of the evolution of ideas in a critical

praisal of anthropology today. Chicago, branch of social research. : . — 1953. . | A177. Malinowski, Bronislaw K. A scien-

| A163. Kroeber, Alfred L., and Clyde tific theory of culture, and other essays. Kluckhohn. Culture: a critical review of Chapel Hill, 1944. A sober approach to concepts and definitions. Cambridge, Mass., culture in terms of psychological behavior. 1952..{Papers of the Peabody Museum, 47.] A178. Kardiner, Abram. The individual A probing effort at clarity and redefinition. and his society: the psychodynamics of A164, Myres, Sir John L. The influence of primitive social organization. N.Y.,. 1939. A

anthropology on the course of political pathbreaking effort to understand the rela- © science. Berkeley, 1916. Provocative study of tions of personality and culture in neo-

intellectual relationships. *Freudian terms. A case study of two primi-

A165. Casson, Stanley. The discovery of tive societies, introducing the concept of man: the story of the inquiry into human basic personality structure. —__

10 Guide to Historical Literature © A179. Kardiner, Abram, and others. The stemming from traditional views of social psychological frontiers of society. N.Y., change. | 1945. A further development of AJ/78, with A192. Parker, Harold T. “A tentative re-

additional materials, | flection on the interdisciplinary approach A180. Klineberg, Otto. Tensions affecting and the historian.” South Atlantic quarterly,

international understanding. N.Y., 1950. 56 (Jan. 1957): 105-11. Mature comments , [Social Science Research Council bulletin, on the relations of social science approaches

- 62.] Besides its substance, this monograph to history. :

presents a critical survey of the literature of A193. Lazarsfeld, Paul F., and Morris national character and gives measured stress Rosenberg, eds. The language of social re-

to problems of method. | search: a reader in the methodology of .

A181. Bidney, David. Theoretical anthro- social research. Glencoe, IJl., 1955. A basic | pology. N.Y., 1953. By a critic of cultural volume which supersedes most of the earlier determinism and proponent of possibilities of | ones covering aspects of the same field. .

human controls. | , A194, Wootton, Barbara. Testament for

| A182. ——. “Human nature and the cul- social science: an essay in the application of | , . tural process.” American anthropologist, 49 scientific method to human problems. Lon-

(July-Sep. 1947): 375-99. . - don, 1950. Lessons from the notebook of a

A183. Stern, Curt. Principles of human celebrated scholar, renowned for the pracgenetics. San Francisco, 1949. Straightfor- tice of scientific analysis in humanitarian ward account by one of the foremost re- terms and for humanitarian purposes.

search analysts. A195. McLaughlin, Isabella C. “History

A184. Simpson, George G. The meaning and _ sociology: a comparison of their

of evolution: a study of the history of life methods.” American journal of sociology, 32 and of its significance for man. New Haven, (Nov. 1926): 379-95. Possesses historical 1949, The best and most readable account as well as methodological significance.

_ of this vital aspect of human history. A196. Gurvitch, Georges, and Wilbert E.

: A185. Loewenberg, Bert J., ed. Charles Moore, eds. Twentieth century sociology.

| Darwin: evolution and natural selection. N.Y., 1945. A symposium reflecting the state Boston, 1959. A selection of basic Darwinian of sociology at the time.

' materials to which Wallace and Huxley selec- A197, Merton, Robert K. Social theory |

a tions are added. and social structure. Rev. ed., Glencoe, IIL, | ~ A186. Hogben, Lancelot T. Genetic prin- 1957. Collected papers. Essays on influence ciples in medicine and social science. N.Y. of bureaucratic structure on personality, on and London, 1931. A specific exemplifica- sociology of science, and on the sociology of tion oriented to the needs of scholars in knowledge deserve close examination.

allied areas. A198. Parsons, Talcott. The structure of

A187. Aubrey, Edwin E. “Social psy-. social action. 2nd ed., Glencoe, 1949, chology as liaison between history and so- A199, Parsons, Talcott, Robert F. Bales, ciology.” Am. hist. rey., 33 (Jan. 1928): and Edward A. Shils. Working papers in

257-77. : | the theory of action. Glencoe, 1953.

: A188. Gillin, John P., ed. For a science of A200. Parsons, Talcott, and Edward A.

: social man: convergences in anthropology, Shils, eds. Toward a general theory of ac- |

psychology, and sociology. N.Y., 1954. A tion. Cambridge, Mass., 1951. Significant | group of suggestive essays by careful spe- analytical investigation which lies at the core

cialists in their respective fields. | of one phase of historical interpretation. |

7 - A201. Parsons, Talcott. The social system.

Sociology Oo Glencoe, 1951. A_ theoretical exploration

A189. Kaufmann, Felix. Methodology of with large implications for historical method. , the social sciences. N.Y., 1944. One of the A202. Weber, Max. The theory of social

best books on its subject, by a well-trained and economic organization. Tr. by Talcott scholar equipped with philosophic knowl- Parsons. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1947. The work of ,

edge. : a master analyst.

A190. Weber, Max. On the methodology A203. Becker, Howard P. Through values of the social sciences. Ed. by Edward A. _ to social interpretation. Durham, 1950. EsShils and Henry A. Finch. Glencoe, Ill, pecially valuable for development and partic1949. New edition of a classical presentation. ularization of the concept of secularization. |

In these discussions the founder of the A204. Bernard, Luther L., and Jessie S.

Archiv fiir Sozialwissenschaft. stresses his Bernard. Origins of American sociology: the view that the concern of the social sciences social science movement in the United States. is with the real possibilities of human life. N.Y., 1943. An inescapable monograph in

_ A191. Bock, Kenneth E. The acceptance the history of ideas.

of histories: toward a perspective for social A205. Bendix, Reinhard, and Seymour M.

science. Berkeley, 1956. Discusses difficulties Lipset, eds. Class, status and power: a reader involved in the analysis. of social process in social stratification. Glencoe, Ill., 1953. A

| History and Related Studies , 11 useful selection of theoretical papers con- of motivation theory rooted in sex and agtaining among others one by Talcott Parsons, gression for society.

*““A revised analytical approach to the theory A220. ——. The ego and the id. Tr. by

ofA206. social stratification.” oe Joan Riviere. London, 1927. Halbwachs, Maurice. The psychol- A221. —-——. New introductory lectures on

ogy of social class. Tr. by Claire Delavenay. psychoanalysis. Tr. by W. J. H. Sprott. N.Y.

Glencoe, 1958. Work of a distinguished and London, 1933. |

French student of Durkheim in which he A222. ——~. The problem of anxiety. Tr.

discusses the influence of class membership by Henry A. Bunker. N.Y., 1936.

and identification. : - A223. Schoenwald, Richard L. “Historians

, A207. Potter, David M. People of plenty. and the challenge of Freud.” Western hu- |

: Chicago, 1954. An exemplification of social manities review, 10 (spring 1956): 99-108.

| science concepts by a historian dealing with A very pertinent article. | United States history. First two chapters A224. Lasswell, Harold D. “Impact of illuminate the pertinence of the so-called psychoanalytic thinking on the social ‘sci- |

_behavioral sciences. ences.” Leonard D. White, ed., The state of — A208. Barnes, Harry E., ed. An introduc- the social sciences (Chicago, 1956), pp. 84— _

tion to the history of sociology. Chicago, 115. | 1948. | | A225. Stoodley, Bartlett H. The concepts . | . of Freud. Glencoe, Ill., 1958. Clearly points

Psychology, Psychiatry, and Psychoanalysis yt the cleavage in Freud’s thinking between | A209. Woodworth, Robert S. Contempo- a biological and an interpersonal frame of rary schools of psychology. Rev. ed., N.Y., reference. Suggests a close intellectual kin1948. A helpful survey; confined to the 20th ship between Freud and Durkheim.

century. | A226. Sargent, Stephen S., and Marian W. : A210. Koffka, Kurt. Principles of Gestalt Smith, eds. Culture and personality. N.Y., psychology. N.Y., 1935. A leader in develop- 1949. Papers by psychologists, psychiatrists,

ment of this branch of the subject explains and anthropologists.

its principles and meanings. A227. Sullivan, Harry S. Conceptions of

A211. Newcomb, Theodore M. Social psy- modern psychiatry. 2nd ed., Washington, chology. N.Y., 1950. An exemplary text. 1947. Presentation of a psychiatric theory A212. Murphy, Gardner. Historical intro- based on interpersonal relations which has

duction to modern psychology. Rev. ed., had wide influence. -

N.Y., 1949, Temperate and judicious. A228. Thompson, Clara M. PsychoanalA213. Jones, Alfred Ernest. The life and ysis: evolution and development. N.Y., 1950.

work of Sigmund Freud. 3 v. N.Y., 1953— Historical account unmarred by author’s own .

57. Already the standard analytical biogra- neo-Freudian affiliations. | | phy, told with sympathy and learning. A229. American Psychiatric Association.

A214, Hoselitz, Berthold F., and Walter One hundred years of American. psychiatry. A. Weisskopf, eds. “The psychological ap- N.Y., 1944. A collaborative work. proach to the social sciences.” American A230. Fromm, Erich. Escape from freejournal of economics and sociology, 12 (Oct. dom. N.Y., 1941. Analysis of culture and

1952): entire issue. | personality along neo-Freudian lines. Nazi A215. Allport, Gordon W. Personality: a Germany is employed as a case study.

psychological interpretation. N.Y., 1937. A231. Roheim, Géza, ed. Psychoanalysis Searching examination of personality theory, and the social sciences. 3 v. N.Y., 1947-51. stressing the singularity of personality. A An indispensable source for ideas as well as

- non-psychoanalytical approach. | reference. A216. ———. The use of personal docu- — A232. Brosin, Henry W. “A review of the

ments in psychological science. N.Y., 1942. influence of psychoanalysis on current Cogent methodological prescriptions of great thought.” Franz G. Alexander and Helen

value to historians. : Ross, eds., Dynamic psychiatry (Chicago, A217. Asch, Solomon E. Social psychol- 1952), pp. 508-53. A rewarding survey filled

: ogy. N.Y., 1952. Much more than the text with reflections helpful to students of soci-

it was designed to be. Assumptions of _ ety. :

: Gestalt psychology serve as the criteria for A233. Murphy, Gardner. Personality: a | critiques of assumptions employed by psy- biosocial approach to origins and structure.

| -chologists. Also contains a critical review of N.Y., 1947. Excellent survey by one of the |

cultural relativism. clearest developmental psychologists. |

A218. Blum, Gerald S. Psychoanalytic A234, Lewin, Kurt. Field theory in social theories of personality. N.Y., 1953. Summary — science. N.Y., 1951. oe of conventional and deviant hypotheses; A235, ———-. A dynamic theory of person-

bibliographical references. ality: selected papers. Tr. by Donald K.

A219. Freud, Sigmund. Civilization and Adams and Karl E. Zener. N-Y., 1935. Emits discontents. London, 1930. Implications phasizes the “private world” of the actors in

12 Guide to Historical Literature | | social situations, counter to behavioral tury. Indispensable to the student of early

emphases. modern science. [WLD] A236. Kluckhohn, Clyde, Henry A. Mur- A252. Dampier, William C. A history of

ray, and David M. Schneider, eds. Person- science and its relations with philosophy and ality in nature, society, and culture. 2nd ed. religion. 4th ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1948. rev. and enl., N.Y., 1953. Instructive collec- A253. Taton, René, ed. Histoire générale tion of materials prefaced by introductions des sciences. Paris, 1957 ff. To be complete

which together offer a theoretical intro- in3v. .

duction. A254. Moulton, Forest R., and Justus J. A237. Linton, Ralph. The cultural back- Schifferes, eds. The autobiography of science.

ground of personality. N.Y., 1945. Group of N.Y., 1945. Covers 16th—20th centuries; one

| lectures by an outstanding anthropologist in of the best compilations of this order. | which the concept of status personality is A255. Toulmin, Stephen E. The philosophy

_ presented. . | of science. London, 1953. ‘, | A238, ——. The study of man. N.Y., 1936. A256. Guerlac, Henry. “Three eighteenth- : Anthropological text famed for develop- century social philosophers: scientific influ-

ment of the concepts of role and status. ences on their thought.” Science and the

. | modern mind, ed. by Gerald Holton (Boston,

Mathematics : 1958), pp. 1-16. A series of illuminating reA239. Kline, Morris. Mathematics in west- marks concerning Montesquieu, Voltaire,

ern culture. N.Y., 1953. | and Baron d’Holbach, and an inquiry of the A240. Cajori, Florian. A history of mathe- extent to which they were influenced by

matics. Rev. and enl. ed., N.Y., 1919. Newton.

| A241. Smith, David E. History of mathe- A257. Butterfield, Herbert. The origins of

matics. 2 v. Boston, 1923-25. Reliable source modern science, 1300-1800. N.Y., 1951. An for the investigator in other disciplines. - arresting, sweeping survey, the merit of which A242. Whitehead, Alfred N. An introduc- lies in considering the hurdles that had to tion to mathematics. London and N.Y., 1911. be overcome before science could be placed

| Paperback reprint, 1958. Incomparable for ona solid foundation. [WLD] |

its charm and lucidity as well as for its A258. Hall, Alfred R. The scientific rev-

. authority. : olution, 1500-1800: the formation of the

; A243. Bell, Eric T. The development of modern scientific attitude. London, 1954.

mathematics. N.Y., 1940. Best introduction to the scientific revolution

A244. ——. Men of mathematics. N.Y., of this period. Excellent introductory chap- ,

1937. Informative and well-written biograph- ter on background. :

ical accounts of leading mathematicians. A259. Crew, Henry. The rise of modern ' A245. Boyer, Carl B. The concepts of the physics. 2nd ed., Baltimore, 1935. A brief | calculus: a critical and historical discussion — survey. of the. derivative and the integral. N.Y., A260. Cajori, Florian. A history of physics. : | 1949. The standard and most recent account. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1929. A standard work and . A246. Lazarsfeld, Paul F., ed. Mathemati- _ ready tool for non-specialists. cal thinking in the social sciences. Glencoe, A261. Einstein, Albert, and Leopold In-

Iil., 1954. Basic. feld. The evolution of physics. N.Y., 1938.

oe c History of physical concepts of the late 19th Science Oo | and early 20th centuries, distinguished by its

_ A247, Miller, Hugh. History and science: authorship and for the clarity with which a study of the relation of historical and difficult problems are presented. theoretical knowledge. Berkeley, 1939. In- A262. Chase, Carl T. The evolution of

teresting and suggestive. | modern physics. N.Y., 1947.

A248. Sarton, George A. L. A guide to A263. Doig, Peter. A concise history of the history of science. Waltham, Mass., 1952. astronomy. London, 1950. | A249, ———. Introduction to the history of A264. Grant, Robert. History of physical

| science. 3 v. in 5. Baltimore, 1927-48. More astronomy, from the earliest ages to the , of an encyclopedia than a history; indis- middle of the 19th century. London, 1852.

pensable for period from classical times to Remains the best and most substantial genbeginning of the 14th century. Written by a eral account. No more recent study has yet pioneer historian of science, these volumes replaced it as a reference work for other

cover world culture and treat science in its specialists. |

| widest context. Unsurpassed for biographical A265. Davidson, Martin. The stars and

-and bibliographical data. the mind: a study of the impact of astroA250..———. The life of science: essays in- nomical development on human _ thought.

| the history of civilization. N.Y., 1948. — 2nd ed., London, 1948.

A251. Thorndike, Lynn. A_ history of A266. Partington, James. R: A short hismagic and experimental science. 8 v. N.Y., tory of chemistry. 2nd ed., London, 1948. 1923-58. Complete to end of the 17th cen- Excellent introduction. [WLD] |

_ ° History and Related Studies 13 A267. Stillman, John M. The story of | A286. Guthrie, Douglas. A history of medi-

early chemistry. N.Y.,.1924. Covers to middle cine. Philadelphia, 1946. 7

. of the 18th century. The most comprehen- A287. Shryock, Richard H. The develop| sive work for the period, especially valuable ment of modern medicine. Philadelphia, | for its quotations from original sources, 1936. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1947. Modern research .

A268. Leicester, Henry M. The historical of high caliber. | |

background of chemistry. N.Y., 1956. The A288. Sigerist, Henry E. Civilization and

most recent overall study, notable for its disease. See C2/8. |

| sweep and inclusiveness. — | A289, ———. A history of medicine. N.Y., ; A269. Clow, Archibald, and Nan L. Clow. 1951. Traverses the primitive periods of the The chemical revolution. London, 1952. On history of medicine and illustrates the per-

industrial chemistry. [WLD] vasive belief in “laws of magic” as constants | A270. Adams, Frank D. Birth. and devel- in the operation of nature. opment of the geological sciences. Baltimore, A290. Leonardo, Richard A. History of !

able survey. - | | . | ,

1938. Paperback ed., 1954. Excellent, read- medical thought. N.Y., 1946.

A271. Needham, Joseph. A history of Technology | embryology. Cambridge, Eng., 1934. Clear A291. Hansen, Alvin H. “The technologi| and imaginative account which transcends cal interpretation of history.” Quarterly jour-

the scope implied by the title. nal of economics, 36 (Nov. 1921): 72-83.

A272. Singer, Charles J. The evolution of Reflections of a noted economist. anatomy. London, 1925. Paperback ed., N.Y., A292. Singer, Charles J., and others, eds. 1957. Valuable survey by a recognized stu- A history of technology. See C177.

dent. [WLD] ce wt ~ A293. Wolf, Abraham. A history of sci-

A273. ——. A history of biology. Rev. ed., ence, technology and philosophy in the 16th, | N.Y., 1950. Useful for reference and par- 17th and 18th centuries. 2 v. London, 1935ticularly helpful for its surveys of general 39. 2nd ed., 1950-52. Very helpful, especially

developments. for reference. Full illustrations enhance the A274. Nordenskidld, Erik. The history of | value of these volumes. : |

biology. Tr. by Leonard B. Eyre. N.Y., 1928. A294. Dickinson, Henry W. A _ short Full narrative account as well as a com- history of the steam engine. Cambridge,

pendium. Contains excellent bibliography of | Eng., [1938]. continental sources. | A295. Dugas, René. Histoire de mécanique. A275. Abetti, Giorgio. The history of Neuchatel, 1950.

astronomy. N.Y., 1952. _ A296. Brocklehurst, Harold J., and Arthur

A276. Farber, Eduard. The evolution of P. M. Fleming. A history of engineering. — chemistry. N.Y., 1952. | London, 1925. | A277. Beringer, Carl C. Geschichte der A297. Gould, Rupert T. The marine

Geologie. Stuttgart, 1954. chronometer, its history and development.

_ A278. Fierz-David, Hans E. Die Entwick- London, 1923.

lungsgeschichte der Chemie. 2nd ed., Basel, A298. Mach, Ernst. The science of me-

1952. | — : chanics. Tr. by T. J. McCormack. 4th ed.,

A279. Graebe, Carl, and Paul Walden. Chicago, 1919. Broad in scope. | Geschichte der organischen Chemie. 2 v. | | |

Berlin, 1920-41. THE CONTINUING QUEST FOR

Medicine FUNDAMENTALS |

A280. Garrison, Fielding H. An introduc- The Meaning of Man’s Past

tion to the history of medicine. Philadelphia, | , |

1929, | A299, Harrison, Frederic. The meaning A281. Mettler, Cecilia C. History of medi- of history, and other historical pieces. Lon-

cine. Philadelphia, 1947. This and the above don and N.Y., 1894. Four of these papers are encyclopedic works of reference. [WLD] treat the uses and importance of the study

} A282. Stern, Bernhard J. Society. and of history. - |

, medical progress. Princeton, 1941. A300. Teggart, Frederick J. Theory and

- A283. Wiepgen, Paul. Geschichte der processes of history. 2 v. in 1. Berkeley, Medizin: die historische Entwicklung der 1941. Learning and clarity characterize these Heilkunde und des arztlichen Lebens. 2 v. in attempts to explain a theory of history and

3. Berlin, 1949-55. evolve a comprehensive historical hypoth_ A284. Brunn, Walter von. Geschichte der esis of social change. | Chirurgie. Bonn, 1948. A301. ——-. Rome and China: a study of A285. Castiglioni, Arturo. A history of correlations in historical events. Berkeley, medicine. Tr. and ed. by Edward B. Krumb- 1939. An effort to test hypotheses of the

. haar. N.Y., 1941. Comparable to Shryock in theory of history presented in the author’s |

coverage and dependability. earlier works. :

14 Guide to Historical Literature a A302. Gardiner, Patrick, ed. Theories of A317. Hodges, Herbert A. Wilhelm Dilhistory. Glencoe, Ill., 1959. An exceedingly they: an introduction. London and N-.Y., useful selection containing an essay by 1944. The standard introduction to Dilthey’s

Bertrand Russell on historical materialism, thought, with an appendix of translated

papers on the Toynbee debate, and a Series passages. | - : on the nature of historical explanation. § A318. Kroeber, Alfred L. Configurations 7

These follow a selection of classical theorists of culture growth. Berkeley, 1944. An enter-

from Vico to Croce, . prise of exceptional interest, scope, and

~ A303. Frankel, Charles. The faith of rea- value; an attempt to establish by the verison: the idea of progress in the French _fiable data of history (not by theorizing) the

enlightenment. N.Y., 1948. Thoughtful vol- patterns and peaks of all known civilizations. ume by a philosopher which has significant [GB] : words for historians. A319. Lovejoy, Arthur O. “‘Present stand-

| A304. Walsh, William H. An introduction points and past history.” The journal of to philosophy of history. N.Y. and London, philosophy, 36 (Aug. 1939): 477-89. Ap1951. Deals with the underlying issues of praisal of the influence of historical presents history critically. Brief but lucid discussions in grounding knowledge of historical pasts.

of Kant, Herder, and Hegel. A sharp and A320. Randall, John H., Jr. “On under-

pertinent distinction is made between “criti- standing the history of philosophy.” The cal’ and “speculative” philosophies of his- journal of philosophy, 36 (Aug. 1939):

tory. 460-74. A reasoned, fully developed stateA305. Hook, Sidney. The hero in history. ment illustrating the view of history as deal-

~ Reprint, Boston, 1955. ing with consequences of events whether in A306. Muller, Herbert J. The uses of the a “past present” or a contemporary “living past. N.Y., 1952. present.” A307. Rothacker, Erich. Geschichtsphilo- A321. Aron, Raymond. “The philosophy

sophie. Munich and Berlin, 1934. Reprint of history.”.Marvin Farber, ed., Philosophic

1947. thought in France and the United States A308. Halévy, Daniel. Essai sur Paccéléra- (Buffalo, 1950), pp. 301-20. Survey of the

tion de Phistoire. Paris, 1948. issues in the whole field, concluding with the

A309. Roupnel, Gaston. Histoire et destin. admonition that “the moment has come for

Paris, 1943. the philosophy of history to free itself from A310. Wetter, Gustavo A. Der dialektische the historical absolutism instilled into it by

Materialismus: seine Geschichte und sein’ the Marxist tradition.”

System in der Sowjetunion. See AH48. A322. White, Morton G. “Toward an

: A311. Weber, Alfred. Kulturgeschichte als = analytic philosophy of history.” Philosophic

| Kultursoziologie. 2nd ed., Munich, 1950. thought in France and the United States, pp.

A312. Seidenberg, Roderick. Posthistoric 705-25. Far-ranging discussion. of the prob-

man. Chapel Hill, 1950. An attempt to phi- lems involved in attempts to define the losophize from the evidence of history that meanings of history and its methods.

mankind, by substituting intelligence for A323. Toynbee, Arnold J. A study of his- |

instinct, has entered a course of develop- tory. 10 v. N.Y. and London, 1934-54. .

ment (“historic determinism”) in which so- Unquestionably the most extended, impor- _ cial organization will eliminate individual tant, and controversial restatement of the

freedom, [GFH] idealist position in modern times. The writ-

: A313. Hofer, Walther. Geschichtsschreib- ing of this monumental work was inspired ung und Weltanschauung. Munich, 1950. by the urge to span the conceptual gap beAlthough dealing primarily with the great tween the view of the “archivists” and the historian Friedrich Meinecke, this is one of view of those who try to see history as a

| the most complete expositions of the his- whole, as the unified life of man. It was

: toricist position. | also inspired by a conviction that the present A314, Nietzsche, Friedrich W. The use and age is a revolutionary one. Religion, though abuse of history. Tr. by Adrian Collins. N.Y., not necessarily the Judaic-Christian, is cen-

1949. 2nd ed., 1957. Stemming from a réali- _ tral to the author’s theme. }

zation that historicism exercises a psycho- A324. ——. A study of history. Abridgelogical restraint on action and hence on ment by D. C. Somervell. 2 v. N.Y. and culture, Nietzsche upholds action, a higher London, 1947-57. integration between contemplation and doing. A325. Sorokin, Pitirim A. “Arnold J. A315. Wright, Willard H., ed. The phi- Toynbee’s philosophy of history.” Journal of losophy of Nietzsche. N.Y., 1937. Includes modern history, 12 (Sep. 1940): 374-87. , the major works, but is not generally con- A326. Crossman, Richard H. S. “The

sidered a good translation. mystic world of Arnold Toynbee.” New

A316. Kluback, William. Wilhelm Dilthey’s republic, 117 (July 14, 1947): 24-26. philosophy of history. N.Y., 1956. Brief ana- © A327. Ashley Montagu, Montague F., ed.

lytical survey. Toynbee and history: critical essays and

| , , History and Related Studies | 15 reviews. Boston, 1956. A group of critically self-knowledge, an indispensable ‘instrument

important essays, including ones by Pieter for building up our human universe.” Geyl, G. J. Renier, Sir Ernest Barker, Geof- . A340. Kuhn, Helmut. “Ernst Cassirer’s | frey Barraclough, W. H. Walsh, Walter philosophy of culture.” The philosophy of Kaufmann, and comment by Toynbee. Ernst Cassirer (Evanston, IIl., 1949), pp. | A328. Padover, Saul K. “Kautsky and the 547-74. [Paul A. Schilpp, ed., The library materialist interpretation of history.” James of living philosophers, 6.] Cassirer’s influ- -

L. Cate and Eugene N.. Anderson, eds., ence has been widespread, and this discus- : Medieval and historiographical essays in sion contains pertinent comments for hishonor of James Westfall Thompson’ (Chi- _ torians.

cago, 1938), pp. 439-64. Cogent analysis A341. Randall, John H., Jr., “Cassirer’s

with suggestive comments on the develop- theory of history as illustrated in his treat- | ment of dialectical materialism. - ment of Renaissance thought.” The philoso- | : A329. Hook, Sidney. From Hegel to Marx: _ phy of Ernst Cassirer, pp. 691~728. studies in the intellectual development of A342. Cassirer, Ernst. The philosophy of

Karl Marx. N.Y., 1936. Full and clear treat- the Enlightenment. Tr. by Fritz C. A. Koelln ment of this highly significant transition in and James P. Pettegrove. 2nd ed., Boston,

intellectual history. . 1955. Highly important contributions on the

A330. Warth, Robert D. “Leon Trotsky, development of history, its relations to ro| writer and historian.” Journal of modern his- manticism, and its internal intellectual de-

tory, 20 (Mar. 1948): 27-41. , velopment.

A331. Sabine, George H. Marxism. Ithaca, A343. Geyl, Pieter. Use and abuse of his1958. Series of lectures by a political philos- tory. New Haven, 1955. A distinguished opher, treating the Marxist philosophy in Dutch historian points to the partisan. abuses

| human rather than abstract terms. of history and cites the historically oriented

| A332. Bober, Mandell M. Karl Marx’s _ perspective as one of its uses. | |

| interpretation of history. 2nd rev. ed., Cam- A344, Barraclough, Geoffrey. History in

bridge, Mass., 1948. The standard treatment a changing world. Norman, Okla., 1956.

in English. Provocative discussion of the factors that

A333. Mathews, Shailer. The spiritual in- have altered the intellectual attitudes of a terpretation of history. Cambridge, Mass., leading British historian. Especially impor-

1916. A. wise and tolerant statement of the tant for evaluations of the influence of World |

influence of. ‘“‘spiritual forces” in historical War II, the concept of western Europe, and

development. oe the analysis of the doctrine of historical A334. Kennick, William E. “The language continuity.

| of religion.” The philosophical review, 65 A345. Collingwood, Robin G. The idea of

(Jan. 1956): 56-71. Since most discussions history. Oxford, 1946. Influential philosophy of the spiritual interpretation are intimately of history. The author, a philosophical iderelated to one or all of the major world re- alist, denies assertions of the scientific schools

| ligions, philosophical analysis of the lan- of history and holds with Hegel that ‘“‘there

guage of religion becomes an essential part is no history except the history of human of the historian’s equipment. This study is a_ life . . . as rational life, the life of. thinkrare example in a virtually barren field. ing beings.”’ One of the best introductions

. A335. Milburn, Robert L. P. Early Chris- to the problems involved in the changing tian interpretations of history. London and concepts of history is to be found in N.Y., 1954. A basic discussion. _ the handling of critical problems, pp. 205— A336. McLaughlin, Robert W. The spirit- 334. ual element in history. N.Y. and Cincinnati, A346. Strauss, Leo. “On Collingwood’s 1926. An essentially Christian interpretation philosophy of history.” The review of meta-

| of history.» , physics, 5 (June 1952): 559-86. A sharply A337. Rosenstock-Huessy, Eugen F. M._ critical view of Collingwood’s assumptions The Christian future: or, the modern mind and their consequences. |

outrun. N.Y., 1946. Arresting statement by A347. Harris, R. W. ‘“‘Collingwood’s idea

a historical scholar. — of history.” History, n.s. 37 (Feb. 1952):

A338. Léwith, Karl. Meaning in history: 1-7. Sympathetic account which suggests :

the theological implications of the philoso- the appeal of Collingwood’s metaphysics.

| phy of history. Chicago, 1949. Among a A348. Collingwood, Robin G. The histori-

series of discussions on various leaders in cal imagination: an inaugural lecture. Oxthe development of historical thought are ford, 1935. While valuable for itself, this | - two suggestive essays, “Progress versus Prov- essay is essential for an understanding of

| idence”. and “The Biblical view of his- the author’s intellectual development.

tory.” : A349. Kahler, Erich von. Man, the. measA339. Cassirer, Ernst. Am essay on man. ure: a new approach to history. N.Y., 1943.

N.Y., 1953. Contends that history together Stimulating discussion adding new dimenwith art and poetry “is an organon of our — sions to the humanist tradition.

16 Guide to Historical Literature A350. Butterfield, Herbert. Man on his cago, 1951: Basic study of a leader in the past: the study of the history of historical development of historical theory. | scholarship. Cambridge, Eng., 1955. Excel- A364. Troeltsch, Ernst D. Der . Historislent account by a noted English scholar, mus und seine Probleme. Tubingen, 1922. — with particular emphasis on beginnings of In a class with Meinecke for fervent and |

the- German historical school. Leopold von clear analysis of this philosophical position; Ranke and Lord Acton are accorded special and, like him, Troeltsch centers historical _

| attention. _ interest onand thehuman problems of meaning and | A351. ———. History relations. value. London, 1951. | A365. ——. Christian thought, its history | A352. Lovejoy, Arthur O. The great chain and application. London, 1923. A basic expoof being. Cambridge, Mass., 1936. Contains sition. Indicates the manner in which a relasome suggestive chapters on the “chain of tional standpoint develops into an idealistic

being” in modern European thought. [PG] position. Reveals some of the intellectual A353. ———. Essays in the history of ideas. sources of Mannheim’s faith.

Baltimore, 1948. Stimulating collection of A366. Mannheim, Karl. “Troeltsch, Ernst.” Lovejoy’s most significant essays. [PG] Encyclopaedia of the social sciences (N.Y., A354. Joad, Cyril E. M. Guide to philoso- 1935), v. 15, pp. 106-07. Significant, brief

phy. N.Y., 1936. | analysis in which the author, in expounding |

A355. ——. A guide to modern thought. the philosophical position of a leading theo- —

N.Y., 1933. ; rist, exemplifies his own. A356. Whittaker, Thomas. Reason: a phil- A367. Heussi, Karl. Die Krisis des His-

osophical essay: with historical illustrations torismus. Tubingen, 1932. . (Comte and Mill, Schopenhauer, Vico, Spi- A368. Popper, Karl R. The poverty of

_ noza). Cambridge, Eng., 1934. historicism. London, 1957. A trenchant criti- , A357. Mellone, Sydney H. The dawn of — cism of all hypotheses which suggest the posmodern thought: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. sibility of prediction in history and assume

} London, 1930. A _ popular introduction. “that this aim is attainable by discovering

[WLD] the ‘rhythms’ or thethe‘patterns,’ the ‘laws’ or ‘trends’ that underlie the evolution of

The ScopeLiterature and Function of Historical history.” ; | A369. White, Morton G. “The attack on | the historical method.” The journal of phiA358. Lamprecht, Karl G. What is his- losophy, 42 (June 1945): 314-31. Analysis tory? Five lectures on the modern science of of the historicist position. history. N.Y. and London, 1905. Tr. by E. A. A370. Croce, Benedetto. History, its theAndrews from Moderne Geschichtswissen- ory and practice. Tr. by Douglas Ainslie.

] schaft (Berlin, 1905). Expounds a theory N.Y., 1921.

: of explanation which rests upon the demon- A371. ——.. History as the story of liberty.

stration within each period of a dominant’ Tr. by Sylvia Sprigge. N.Y., 1941. An elaboquality of its inner life, but attributes that ration of Croce’s philosophy of history.

quality to processes of social evolution. A372. Beard, Charles A. ‘“‘That noble A359. Meinecke, Friedrich. Die Entste- dream.” Am. hist. rev., 41 (Oct. 1935): 74—

hung des Historismus. 2 v. Munich, 1936. 87. Pungent statement in development of the

One of the clearest presentations of the relativistic debate.

historicist’s faith, by an outstanding ex- A373. Beard, Charles A., and Alfred

ponent of historical idealism. Vagts. “Currents of thought in historiogra-

A360. ——. Staat und Persodnlichkeit. phy.’ Am. hist. rev., 42 (Apr. 1937): 460— Berlin, 1933. The historicist position ex- 83. An expository article; one of the vehicles emplified in the connections between per- by which relativism entered historical thought

sonality and the state. in America. | A361. Anderson, Eugene N. “Meinecke’s A374. Marks, Harry J. “Ground under

Ideengeschichte and the crisis in historical our feet: Beard’s relativism.” Journal of the

| thinking.” James L. Cate and Eugene N. history ef ideas, 14 (Oct. 1953): 628-33. A Anderson, eds., Medieval and historiographi- clear presentation of Beard’s thesis.

cal essays in honor of James Westfall A375. Mannheim, Karl. Ideology and

Thompson (Chicago, 1938), pp. 361-96. Utopia: an introduction to the sociology of Sympathetic appraisal of Meinecke and the knowledge. Tr. by Louis Wirth and Edward German historians ideologically related to Shils. N.Y., 1936. One of the most influential

him. | modern studies in this area. Although MannA362. Engel-Janosi, Friedrich. The growth heim did not consider himself a_ relativist, of German historicism. Baltimore, 1944. he directed concentrated attention to the

Brief but helpful. issue of the possibility of historical knowl-

| A363. Ashton, John. Wilhelm Dilthey and edge, gave specific content to definitions of his early critique of historical reason. Chi- “ideology,” and provided the concept of

History and Related Studies , 17

thetical precision. series of essays. , | A376. Hinshaw, Virgil G., Jr., “The epis- A388. Nowell, Charles E. “Has the past a _

the “sociology of knowledge” with hypo- approach to history. N.Y., 1940. A revealing

temological relevance of Mannheim’s soci- place in history?” Journal of modern history, _

ology of knowledge.” The journal of phi- 24 (Dec. 1952): 331-40. oo

losophy, 40 (Feb. 1943): 57-72. A cogent A389. Powicke, Sir Frederick M. Modern

and critical exposition. So historians and the study of history. See

A377. Merton, Robert K. “The sociology VA75. a

of knowledge.” Georges D. Gurvitch and A390. Romein, Jan. “Theoretical history.” Wilbert E. Moore, eds., Twentieth century Journal of the history- of ideas, 9 (Jan. sociology (N.Y., 1945), pp. 366-405. Able 1948): 53-64. A Dutch historian’s intersummary and critique of the entire field by a pretation of the meaning of the term and

well-known social theorist. its implications. A378. Mandelbaum, Maurice H. The prob- A391. Mandelbaum, Maurice. ‘‘Concernlem of historical knowledge: an answer to ing recent trends in the theory of historirelativism. N.Y., 1938. Most complete in- ography.’ Journal of the history of ideas, vestigation of the relativist position. The 16 (Oct. 1955): 506-17. Descriptive and

_ first part treats Croce, Dilthey, and Mann- analytical essay in which some form or va- |

: heim, considered as relativists, paralleled by riety of the relativist approach is ascribed selected counter-relativists; the second part to United States historians. Also contends presents an analysis of historical knowledge that conclusions reached on the issues of

and the philosophy of history. | historical knowledge depend upon the gen-

| A379. Oppenheim, Felix E.“In defense of eral theory of knowledge held by the analyst. relativism.’ The western political quarterly, A392. Randall, John H., Jr. Nature and 8 (Sep. 1955): 411-17. Spirited defense of historical experience: essays in naturalism

the relativist position. - | and in the theory of history. N.Y., 1958.

A380. Loewenberg, Bert J. “Some prob- Collection of previously published papers lems raised by historical relativism.” Journal with additional materials, part of which deal

: of modern history, 21 (Mar. 1949): 17-23. with the evaluation of a theory of history.

Penetrating and provocative. [GFH] A393. Aron, Raymond. Introduction a la

A381. Hook, Sidney. “A pragmatic cri- philosophie de Vhistoire: essai sur les limites tique of the historico-genetic method.” Es- de Tlobjectivité historique. Paris, 1938. A says in honor of John Dewey on the occa- full-scale and probing effort to define what

sion of his seventieth birthday (N.Y., 1929), Dilthey called a “critique of historical pp. 156-74. Analysis of the “genetic fallacy” reason.”

demonstrating that history cannot explain A394, ——. Essai sur la théorie de ’his-

everything, particularly “origins.” toire dans PAllemagne contemporaine: la

A382. Becker, Carl L. Everyman his own _ philosophie critique de Vhistoire. Paris, 1938.

historian. N.Y., 1935. Contains, among other Elaboration of the analysis presented in provocative papers, the famous essay with A393. this title, which is another important docu- A395. Friedell, Egon. “Truth in history.” ment in the development of the relativist The living age, 338 (Aug. 1930): 674-81.

argument. — Critique of Ranke’s methodology as under-

A383. Zagorin, Perez. “Carl Becker on stood by the author. Friedell insists that the } history: Professor Becker’s two histories, a historian’s prime function is to endow the skeptical fallacy.” Am. hist. rev., 62 (Oct. past with meaning.

1956): 1-11. | : A396. Droysen, Johann G. Outline of the

A384. Gershoy, Leo. “Zagorin’s interpreta- principles of history. Boston, 1893. Tr. by - tion of Becker: some observations.” Am. EE. B. Andrews from Grundriss der Historik

hist. rev., 62 (Oct. 1956): 12-17. (3rd ed., Leipzig, 1882). A publication of

A385, Strout, Cushing. The pragmatic re- the famous historian’s notes prepared for volt in American history: Carl Becker and the use of his students. Significant for presCharles Beard. New. Haven, 1958. Exami- entation of principles of interpretation which nation of the theoretical position of Beard are critical both of determinism and pure and Becker which concludes that the posi- objectivity. tion espoused was not sufficiently grounded A397, Santayana, George. “History.” Rea-

in philosophy. | | son in science (N.Y., 1906), ch. 2. [The life

A386. Nichols, Roy F. “Confusions in of reason, 5.] Clear statement of a philo| historical thinking.’ Journal of social phi- sophic mood.

losophy and jurisprudence, 7 (July 1942): A398. Strong, Edward W. ‘‘How is prac- — 334-43. Points to certain limitations in the tice of history tied to theory?’ The journal historian’s attitudes and equipment and _ of philosophy, 46 (Sep. 1949): 637—44. This

stresses the need for greater conceptual and the following are reflective articles rich breadth. in fruitful comments. A387. Ware, Caroline F., ed. The cultural A399, ———. “Fact and understanding in ~

18 Guide to Historical Literature . history.” Jour. of philos., 44 (Nov. 1947): | Thompson. Chicago, 1938. Contains essays

617-25. by former students of Professor Thompson A400. Rossi, Pietro, Lo storicismo tedesco on Meinecke, Moser, Kautsky, and Theodore contemporaneo. Turin, 1956. Able criticism Roosevelt.

of the continental idealists from the view- A412. Sampson, Ronald V. Progress in

point of critical realism. : the Age of Reason: the seventeenth century A401. Pierce, Donald J. An introduction to the present day. Cambridge, Mass., 1956. to the logic of the philosophy of. history. Historical and critical development of phi-

Toronto, 1939. . losophies of history treated under the fol-

A402. Bloch, Mare L. The historian’s lowing categories: theological or metaphysicraft. Tr. by Peter Putnam. N.Y., 1953. cal monism, secular monism, sociological

Examines the problem of the uses of history — theories, relativistic theories. | and the methods required to make history A413. Stern, Fritz R., ed. The varieties of | significant. Presents the view that human history, from Voltaire to the present. N.Y., experience is a unified whole, that historical 1956. Selections from United States and

analysis is dynamic. OC , | A414.continental Brailsford,historians. Henry N. Voltaire.

THE DOCTRINE AND PRACTICE OF N.Y. and London, 1935. The author, seek-

HISTORIOGRAPHY ing to establish Voltaire as an exponent of the doctrine of historical continuity, exem| A403. Fitzsimons, Mathew A., Alfred G. plifies it in the process. | Pundt, and Charles E. Nowell, eds. The de- A415. Zerffi, George G. “Voltaire in his

velopment of historiography. Harrisburg, relation to the study of general history, from 1954. Collaborative summary of the whole’ aq philosophical point of view.” Transactions development of historical writing. Encyclo- of the Royal Historical Society, 10 (1882), pedic; contains material not easily accessible 344-70. Makes a case for Voltaire’s pessi-

in other works. mism and his lack of any theory of historical A404. Barnes, Harry E. A history of his- continuity.

torical writing. Norman, 1937. Descriptive A416. Neff, Emery E. The poetry of hisaccount from the origins of history to the tory. N.Y., 1947. A study of the great literary

New history. craftsmen of modern historical writing. Se- |

A405. Toynbee, Arnold J. Greek historical verely criticizes scientific history as conthought from Homer to the age of Heraclius. ceived by the 19th century, and particularly ‘London, 1924. The record of Greek criticis- | Ranke, who is taken as its chief exponent. _. ing Greek, by a distinguished English classi- A417. Black, John B. The art of history:

cist and historian. : a study of four great historians of the eight-

A406. Bury, John B. The ancient Greek eenth century. London and N.Y., 1926. Sig-

, historians. N.Y., 1909. A companion to nificant treatment of Voltaire, Hume, Rob. Toynbee which casts light on the problems ertson, and Gibbon.

of Greek thought. A418. Peardon, Thomas P. The transition

A407. McKeon, Richard. “Plato and Aris- in English historical writing, 1760-1830. totle as historians: a study of method in the N.Y. and London, 1933. Covers the era from

history of ideas,” Ethics, 51 (Oct. 1940): Hume to Lingard and treats the develop66-101. Suggestive statement by a well- ment of rationalism, romanticism, and na-

known philosopher devoted to classical tionalism. studies. A419. Usher, Roland G. A critical study A408. Shotwell, James T. An introduc- of the historical method of Samuel Rawson

tion to the history of history. N.Y., 1922. Gardiner. St. Louis, 1915. Searching examiHeipful in understanding the issues involved nation of Gardiner’s technique. _

in reconstructing the past, as illustrated by A420. Fueter, Eduard. Geschichte der

| sources of ancient history. neveren Historiographie. Munich and Berlin,

| A409. Frank Tenney. “Roman histori- 1911. French tr., by Emile Jeanmaire, His-

ography before Caesar.” Am. hist. rev., 32 toire de Ilhistoriographie moderne, Paris, (Jan. 1927): 232-40. Presentation of funda- 1914. A detailed account beginning with the mental data by an acknowledged expert. Renaissance and ending at 1870. BiographiA410. Thompson, James Westfall, and cal notices of the major historians are fuller Bernard J. Holm. A history of historical than the critical estimates of their works. writing. 2 v. N.Y., 1942. A compendium of The French translation really amounts to a

historical writings. Especially valuable for second edition. | | | estimates in the areas of Thompson’s spe- A421. Gooch, George P. History and hisCialties in the Middle Ages; notable sections torians in the nineteenth century. London on Syrian, Armenian, and Persian historians. and N.Y., 1913. Remains standard for the

A4it. Cate, James L., and Eugene N. period covered; the best general account in

Anderson, eds. Medieval and historiographi- English. |

cal essays in honor of James Westfall |= A422. Von Laue, Theodore H. Leopold

History and Related Studies 19 . Ranke: the formative years. Princeton, 1950. historiography and provide information and A423. Schmitt, Bernadotte E., ed. Some insights to be found nowhere else in western historians of modern Europe. Chicago, languages. The Ku shih pien [Symposium on

1942. | ancient Chinese history] (2 v., Peiping, 1926A424. Ritter, Moriz. Die Entwicklung der 30) is a series of letters and comments on

Geschichtswissenschaft. Munich and Berlin, methodology and articles on early Chinese

1919, | history by numerous scholars which reflect A425. Guilland, Antoine. Modern Ger- the thinking and scholarship of the new :

| many and her historians. London and N.Y., school of critical scholarship developing in

1915. Informed and critical account by a China at the time. [EHP] ~ |

Swiss scholar. Includes Niebuhr, Ranke, . A437. Chin, Yi-fu. Chung-kuo shih-hsiieh-

Mommsen, Sybel, and Treitschke. shih. [A history of Chinese historiography.] : A426. ——. “German historical publica- Shanghai, 1946. Best general history of tions, 1914-1920.” Am. hist. rev., 25 (July Chinese historiography. Surveys works of 1920): 640-59. Continues the discussion the various periods, and generally discusses

presented in A425, , | the official histories, private histories, and

A427. Acton, John E. E. D., baron. “Ger- sources and historical methods. [EHP] man schools of history.” English historical A438. Teng, S. Y. “Chinese historiography

review, 1 (Jan. 1886): 7-42. Reprinted in in the last fifty years.” Far eastern quarterly, | his Historical essays and studies (London, 8 (Feb. 1949): 131-56. 1907). Full survey enhanced by critical esti- A439. Borton, Hugh. “‘A survey of Japa-

mates. Oo oo nese historiography.” Am. hist. rev., 43 (Apr. A428. Below, Georg A. H. von. Die 1938): 489-99. See Pl07.

deutsche Geschichtsschreibung von den Be- A440. Butterfield, Herbert. The Englishfreiungskriegen bis zu unsern Tagen. 2nd man and his history. See VA71. rev. ed., Munich and Berlin, 1924. Begins A441. Hovde, Brynjolf J. The Scandinawith era since the French Revolution and vian countries, 1720-1865. See VB66. presents; with sharp insight, the thesis that A442. Westergaard, Waldemar. “Danish , conservatism, particularly as developed by history and Danish _ historians.” Journal of thinkers in the romatic era, should guide the modern history, 24 (June 1952): 167-80.

historians. — A443. Gilbert, Felix. “German _histori-

A429. Kohn, Hans, ed. German history: ography during the Second World War.” - some new German views. London and Bos- Am. hist. rev., 53 (Oct. 1947): 50-58. — ton, 1954. A. compilation of essays not read- A444, Deleito y Pefuela, José. “Quelques

ily accessible. elsewhere. | données sur Vhistoriographie en Espagne de

A430. Holborn, Hajo. ‘“‘“Greek and mod- 1900 a 1930.” Revue de synthése historique,

ern concepts of history.” Journal of the his- n.s. 24 (Dec. 1930): 29-49. tory of ideas, 10 (Jan. 1949): 3-13. Brief A445. Bourgin, Georges. “Histoire con--but penetrating survey which makes sugges- temporaine d’Italie.” Revue historique, 175

tive comparisons. — (Jan.-June, 1935): 316-97. |

A431. Engel-Janosi, Friedrich. Four stud- A446. Barbagallo, Corrado. “The condiies in French romantic historical writing. tions and tendencies of historical writing in Baltimore, 1955. Deals with Chateaubriand, Italy today.’ Journal of modern history, 1 de Barante, Thierry, and de Tocqueville. (June 1929): 236-44.

[fWLD] : A447. Fairbank, John K. “East Asian A432. Geyl, Pieter. Debates with histo- views of modern European history.” Am.

rians. Groningen and London, 1955. hist. rey., 62 (Apr. 1957): 527-36. One of

A433. Mason, Mary G. Western concepts the few studies of this order available in

, of China and the Chinese, 1840-1876. N.Y., English. [JWH] |

1939, A448. Vucinich, Wayne S. “Postwar Yugo-

| A434. Bodde, Derk. “Types of Chinese slav historiography.” Journal of modern hiscategorical thinking.” Journal of the Ameri- tory, 23 (Mar. 1951): 41-57. can Oriental Society, 59 (June 1939): 200- A449. Mosely, Philip E. ‘‘The post-war 19. A rare type of analysis which might well historiography of modern Bulgaria.” Jour.

other areas. , . W945. |

Serve aS a model for similar treatments of mod. hist., 9 (Sep. 1937): 348-66. See

A435. Hummel, Arthur W. ‘What Chinese A450. Rose, William J. “Polish historical : historians are doing in their own history.” writing.” Jour. mod. hist., 2 (Dec. 1930):

Am. hist. rey., 34 (July 1929): 715-24. 569-85. A436. ——, ed. and tr. The autobiography A451. Odlozilik, Otakar. ““Modern Czech-

of a Chinese historian: being the preface oslovak historiography.” The Slavonic and

[of Ku Chieh-kang] to a symposium on an-_ east European review, 30 (June 1952): 376—

cient Chinese history (Ku shih pien). Leiden, 92. |

| 1931. Ku’s preface and Hummel’s introduc- A452. Werstadt, Jaroslav. “The philosotion range over the whole field of Chinese phy of Czech history.” The Slavonic review

20 — Guide to Historical Literature = Slavonic and east European review], ~ TEACHING HISTORY 3[The (Mar. 1925): 533-46. (Erling A453. Borsody, Stephen. “Modern Hun-M. - ; Hunt)

garian historiography.” The journal of mod- A468. Johnson, Henry. Teaching of his- »

ern history, 24 (Dec. 1952): 398-405. See tory in elementary and secondary schools,

W729. | | with applications to allied studies. Rev. ed.,

A454, Bauer, Raymond A. “The psycho- N.Y., 1940. Outstanding in its analysis of cultural approach to Soviet studies.” World aims, procedures, and resources in history politics, 7 (1954): 119-32, Stimulating in- teaching. Extensive bibliography includes

terpretation in a much culled field. European publications. : A455. Krieger, Leonard. “Marx and En- A469. Horn; ..Ernest. Methods of instrucgels as historians.’’ Journal of the history of tion in the social studies. N.Y., 1937. [Re-

ideas, 14 (June 1953): 381-403. | port of the Commission on the Social Stud-

A456. Mazour, Anatole G., and Herman ies of the American Historical Association,

7 E. Bateman. “Recent conflicts in Soviet his- pt. 15.] Mature and systematic consideration toriography.” Journal of modern history, of teaching methods and the learning process,

24 (Mar. 1952): 56-68. | with attention to the use of textbooks, col-

A457. Carson, George B. ‘“‘Changing per- lateral reading, visual aids, and firsthand exspective in Soviet historiography.” South perience in effective teaching of history and Atlantic quarterly, 47 (Apr. 1948): 186-95, other social studies.

Deals particularly with the 1930’s. A470. Wesley, Edgar B., and Stanley P.

A458. Tompkins, Stuart: R. “Trends in Wronski. Teaching social studies in high : Communist historical thought.” The Slavonic schools. 4th ed., Boston, 1958. Comprehenreview, 13 (Jan. 1935): 294-319. Emphasis sive survey of professional thought and

on the earlier period. | 7 practice in the teaching of history and other

| A459. Mazour, Anatole G. “Modern Rus- social studies in the United States. : sian historiography.” Journal of modern his- A471, Johnson, Henry. An_ introduction

tory, 9 (June 1937): 169-202. to the history of the social sciences in |

A460. Kraus, Michael. The writing of schools. N.Y., 1932. [Report of the Commis- :

| American history. See AB30. | : sion on the Social Studies of the American A461. Bellot, Hugh H. American history. Historical Association, pt. 2.] Brief survey,

and American historians. See AB32. . chiefly of history teaching in Europe. | A462. Carbonell, Diego. Escuelas de _his- A472. Tryon, Rolla M. The social sciences |

toria en América. See Z2/8. as school subjects. N.Y., 1935. [Report. of

- A463. Gibson, Charles, and Benjamin the Commission on the Social Studies of the | Keen. “Trends of United States studies in American Historical Association, pt. 11.] Latin American history.” Am. hist. rev., 62 Detailed but badly organized treatment of

(July 1957): 855-77. See Z220. history and related subjects in United States A464. Behrens, C. B. A. “History and the schools.

universities.” The twentieth century, 160 A473. Committee on American History

(Oct. 1956): 330-38. in Schools and Colleges. American history

: A465. Theory and practice in historical in schools and colleges. Directed by Edgar study: a report of the Committee on Histori- B. Wesley. N.Y., 1944. Values, status and

| ography. N.Y., 1946. [Social Science Re- nature of instruction, and recommendations.

search Council,.Bulletin no. 54.] A probing A474, McGrath, Earl J., ed. Social science

| analysis of the major issues of historiogra- in general education. Dubuque, Ia., 1948. phy undertaken by a group of historians Incidental attention to history within the with the assistance of colleagues in philoso- introductory social science courses in 21 phy. Written largely from standpoint of ob- U.S. colleges as of 1948. jective relativism. Contains an excellent and A475. Perkins, Dexter. “We shall gladly exhaustive bibliography on historiography teach.” Am. hist. rev., 62 (Jan. 1957): 291and the philosophy of history, as well as a 309. Mature and thoughtful consideration of set of propositions and a chapter on ter- the role of historians as college teachers, of

minology in historical writing. the relation of research to teaching and inA466. The social sciences in historical terpretation, and of the qualities of effective

study: a report by the Committee on His- teaching. |

toriography. N.Y., 1954. [Social Science Re- A476. United Nations Educational, Sciensearch Council, Bulletin no. 64.] Second _ tific and Cultural Organization. History, gestudy, by a succeeding committee, emphasiz- ography, and social studies: a summary of ing the social science approach to historical school programmes in fifty-three countries. problems. Contains useful footnote citations. Rev. ed., Paris, 1953. Notes, in chart form, _ A467. Gottschalk, Louis R. The use of the titles of history, geography, and civics personal documents in history, anthropology, courses taught in successive grades of eleand sociology. N.Y., 1945. [Social Science mentary and secondary schools.

Research Council, Bulletin no. 53.] A477. Great Britain. Ministry of Educa-

History and Related Studies | — 2) tion. Teaching history. London, 1952. Chang- _ tentialities of history and some related social |

ing purposes of school instruction; empha- sciences for school instruction. :

ses, teaching procedures, and resources; and A484, Stern, Fritz R., ed. The varieties of

a note on teacher preparation. . history, from Voltaire to the present. See A478. Incorporated Association of Assist- A4J3. |

ant Masters in Secondary Schools. The A484a, The Service Center [of the Ameri-

teaching of history. Cambridge, Eng., 1950. can Historical Association] for Teachers of

, A manual reflecting changing thought and History publishes useful pamphlets on major ,

practice since 1925. historical topics. Washington, 1957 ff.

A479. Josserand, L., ed. L’enseignement de __ Phistoire. 1951. Essaysinon the aims Journals | and methodsParis, of history teaching schools. |

_ Lists resources for keeping abreast of chang- A485. The social studies. Philadelphia,

ing scholarship. ve 1909 ff. (8 issues per year. Title varies.)

| A480. Weniger, Erich. Die Grundlagen A486. Social education. Washington, 1937

_ des Geschichtsunterrichts. Leipzig, 1926. ff. (8 issues per year.) a

Development of history teaching in Ger- A487. American heritage. N.Y.; 1949 ff.

many prior to Hitler’s regime; its purposes (Bimonthly.) |

tions of teachers. | -_terly.)

and problems; responsibilities and qualifica- A488. History. London, 1912 ff. (Quar- |

A481, ———. Neue Wege im Geschichtsun- A489, History today. London, 1951 ff. terricht. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1949. Proposed (Monthly.)

adjustments following World War II. A490. L’information historique. Paris,

A482. Zinoviev, M. A. Soviet methods of 1938 ff. (5 issues per year.) For history teaching history. Tr. by A. Musin-Pushkin. teachers.

Ann Arbor, 1952. Concerned with history A491. Geschichte in Wissenschaft und teaching in secondary schools. Procedures Unterricht: Zeitschrift des Verbandes der and teacher preparation, both directed to- Geschichtslehrer Deutschlands. Stuttgart,

ward Communist indoctrination. | 1950 ff. (Monthly. )

- A483. Beard, Charles A. The nature of A492. Internationales Jahrbuch fur Ge_ the sociai sciences in relation to objectives schichtsunterricht. Brunswick, 1951 ff. (An- | of instruction. N.Y., 1934. [Report of. the nual.) Programs and textbooks in many naCommission on the Social Studies of the tions, with reciprocal evaluations by teachers

American Historical Association, pt. 7.] Po- and professors. |

, SECTION B | General Reference Resources CONSTANCE M. WINCHELL and SHEPARD B. CLOUGH |

_ This section lists international and general reference sources basic to all types of historical research. Materials concerned with special periods or particular

countries are treated in the appropriate sections of this Guide.

, Additional titles and more detailed annotations may be found in: , GUIDES | : B5. Bibliographic index: a cumulative

; . bibliography of bibliographies. N.Y., 1938 ff. Bl. Winchell, Constance M. Guide to An alphabetical subject index of bibliogra-

reference books. 7th ed., Chicago, 1951. phies, both separately published and those Supplement, 1950-52, Chicago, 1954. Sec- included in books and periodicals. Although ond supplement, 1953-55, Chicago, 1956. A devoted primarily to the United States, there : general guide to basic reference books Mm is selective coverage of non-English language

, all fields and in various languages, with em- materials. Published quarterly with annual phasis on English language materials. and four-year cumulations. B2. Malclés, Louise-N. Les sources du travail bibliographique. Geneva and _ Lille, LIBRARY CATALOGS | 1950 ff. A French counterpart to Bl, par-

ticularly strong in materials in the romance Printed catalogs of the world’s large li-

languages and for other European countries. braries are very important as universal bibli-

| _ ographies in that they contain books of all | BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF periods and in many languages. Among the

BIBLIOGRAPHIES most useful are: | B6. A catalog of books represented by

B3. Besterman, Theodore. A world bibli- Library of Congress printed cards issued to

ography of bibliographies and of biblio- July 31, 1942. 167 v. Ann Arbor, Mich.,

graphical catalogues, calendars, abstracts, 1942-46. Supplement: cards issued August 1, digests, indexes, and the like. 3rd and final 1942-December 31, 1947. 42 v. Ann Arbor, ed., rev. and enl., 4 v., Geneva, 1955-56, 1948. The Library of Congress, Author cataInternational bibliography of some 80,000 log: a cumulative list of works represented separately published bibliographies of books, by Library of Congress printed cards. 24 v. manuscripts, and patents. Classified with Ann Arbor, 1953. Continued by monthly,

alphabetical index. quarterly, and annual cumulations. Since

B4,. Totok, Wilhelm, and Rolf Weitzel. 1956 entitled The national union catalog. Handbuch der Dbibliographischen Nach- Of primary importance. Authors and main

| 22 , |

schlagewerke. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1954. A _ entries only. |

selective bibliography of bibliographies de- B7. Library of Congress catalog: a cumu- | signed primarily for student use. Emphasis lative list of works represented by Library on European and United States works. Latin of Congress printed cards. Books: subjects, America, Africa, and Australia are not in- 1950-54. 20.v. Ann Arbor, 1955. Continued

cluded. by quarterly and annual supplements. |

General Reference Resources 23 : B8. British Museum. Catalogue of printed of Learned Societies, 1941-1945. Comp. by | books. 95 v. London, 1881-1900. Supple- Lester K. Born. Washington, 1955. Lists

| ment, 1900-05. 15 v. London, 1900-05. Re- microfilms of materials from medieval times print, 68 v., Ann Arbor, 1946-1950, General to the 18th century, giving contents of the catalogue of printed books. London, 1931 ff. 2,652 reels included in the project.

(In: progress.) This 19th century catalog of |

one of the world’s largest libraries has long NATIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES 7

been indispensable. A new edition, published | 1931-56, covers the letters “A-Dez.” Publi- Most countries with a long publishing | cation of this series is now to be discontinued history have produced bibliographies of in favor of a photographic reprint of the works published within the country. These official catalog of the British Museum, to usually consist of a retrospective bibliogra-

start with the letter “G,” continue in rapid phy from the beginning of printing to the :

succession through the alphabet, and then time of publication. In this section are listed

to return to the letter “A.” The schedule national bibliographies of the United States, | calls for completion of this publication in Great Britain, France, and Germany. Others

six years; and while it will not have the care- may be found in appropriate sections. Comful editing of the earlier work, it will be up prehensive lists are contained in B/, B2, and

, toB9.date. | oe | the following: ———. Subject index of the modern B14. U. S. Library of Congress. Current works added to the library of the British national bibliographies. Comp. by Helen F. Museum in the years 1881-1900. Ed. by Conover. Washington, 1955. Lists the cur-

G. K. Fortescue. 3 v. London, 1902-03. rent national bibliographies of some 65 | Supplements, 1901-45. V. 1-11, London, countries, and also notes periodical indexes, 1906-53. (In progress.) Subject index is to government publications, and directories of

modern works only. , periodicals and newspapers.

- B10. Paris. Bibliothéque Nationale. Cata- B15. Pinto, Olga. Le bibliografie nazionali. | logue général des livres imprimés de la 2nd ed., rev. and enl., Florence, 1951. [BibBibliotheque Nationale: auteurs. Paris, lioteca di bibliografia italiana, 20.] Lists the 1897 ff. This great catalog, started in 1897 national bibliographies of more than 70

and still incomplete, covered in 1955 to countries. Annotated. |

“Tendil.”” Personal authors only. Each vol- B16. Bibliographical services throughout ume includes titles acquired up to date of the world. Prepared in accordance with the

| recommendation of the International Adeepublication. | visory Committee on Bibliography. Paris, “MICROFILMS ° 1951 ff. (Annual.) These annual reports } describe the bibliographical services of the

Many materials needed for research are various countries of the world, including now being reproduced photographically. national bibliographies, official publication Lists of such reproductions are becoming lists, union catalogs, etc. ,

increasingly useful to. the scholar. Catalogs |

of special projects dealing with particular United States :

countries or subjects will be found in. the : | appropriate sections. A few of the more gen- B17. Evans, Charles. American bibliogra-

| eral lists are: | phy: a chronological dictionary of all books, B11. Philadelphia Bibliographical Center pamphlets and periodical publications printed

and Union Library Catalogue. Union list of in the United States of America from the microfilms. Rev., enl., and cumulated ed., genesis of printing in 1639 down to and inAnn Arbor, 1951. Supplement, 1949-52. Ann cluding the year 1820; with bibliographical Arbor, 1953. A union list of microfilms held and biographical notes. 13 v. Chicago, 1903—

by more than 200 cooperating United States . 55. Arranged chronologically, full biblio- |

libraries. Indicates location of negative and graphical information with indexes of au-

, positive copies. Basic volume includes news- thors, publishers, and subjects in each volpapers, but supplement omits them as they ume. Final date changed to 1800. A projected

are included in B/2, | 14th volume would include additions and a . B12. U. S. Library of Congress. News- master index to all volumes.

papers on microfilm. 2nd ed., comp. under B18. Shaw, Ralph R., and Richard H. the direction of George A. Schwegmann, Shoemaker. American bibliography: a pre- — ,

Jr., Washington, 1953. Records holdings in liminary checklist. 1801 ff. N.Y., 1958 ff. A - United States libraries of foreign and do- preliminary attempt to fill the gap between

- mestic newspapers. All other serials are Evans and Roorbach. ]

listed in B11. | B19. Sabin, Joseph. A dictionary of books |

: B13. ———. British manuscripts project: a relating to America, from its discovery to

checklist of the microfilms prepared in Eng- the present time. 29 v. N.Y., 1868-1936. |

land and Wales for the American Council Arranged alphabetically; covers to mid-19th

, 24 Guide to Historical Literature century. Both this and BI7 indicate loca- logue.” Charlottesville, 1950. Provides intion of copies. | dexes to B29, B20. Roorbach, Orville A. Bibliotheca B32. Wing, Donald G. Short-title cata-

americana, 1820-1861. 4 v. N.Y., 1852-61. logue of books printed in England, Scotland, This and B2/ are booksellers’ catalogs with Ireland, Wales, and British America, and of

very brief.information. . English books printed in other countries,

B21. Kelly, James. The American cata- 1641-1700. 3 v. N.Y., 1945-51. Brings the logue of books published in the United record started in B29 down to 1700. Locates States from Jan., 1861 to Jan., 1871. 2 v. copies in United States and British libraries.

N.Y., 1866-71. Reprint, 1938. B33. Morrison, Paul G. Index of printers, B22. The American catalogue of books, publishers and booksellers in Donald Wing’s 1876-1910. 9 v. in 13. N.Y., 1876-1910. ‘“Short-title catalogue.’ Charlottesville, 1955. National bibliography, each volume cover- Provides indexes to B32. ing a span of years. Arranged alphabetically B34. The English catalogue of books ...

by author and title with separate subject issued ...in Great Britain and Ireland.

volumes. After 1900 authors, titles, and sub- 1801 ff. London, 1864 ff. (Irregular.) Cur-

jects are in one alphabet. ; rent lists of books published in the United B23. The United States catalog. N.Y., Kingdom, superseding the annual volumes

1900-28. See comment under B24. of B35,

B24. The cumulative book index. N.Y., B35. The English catalogue of books... | 1898 ff. Comprehensive record of United issued in the United Kingdom, being a con-— States publications and, since 1928, of books __ tinuation of the “London” and “British’’ published in the English language in other catalogues. 1835 ff. London, 1837 ff. (An-

parts of the world. The quinquennial, bien- nual.) |

nial, semi-annual, and monthly cumulations B36. The publishers’ circular and booksupplement the four editions of B23. Au- _ sellers’ record. London, 1837 ff. A weekly thors, titles, and subjects in one alphabet. which includes new lists of current publicaB25. The publishers’ weekly: the Ameri- _ tions. . ; can book trade journal. N.Y., 1872 ff. In- B37. The British national bibliography. cludes weekly lists of new publications. | — 1950 ff. London, 1950 ff. A comparatively B26. The publishers’ trade list annual. new national bibliography. Appears weekly, 1873 ff. N.Y., 1873 ff. (Annual.) Publishers’ with periodic cumulations and annual _ vol-

catalogs arranged alphabetically. umes. Dewey Decimal classification’ with

B27. Books in print: an author-title-series = author indexes. | ee

index to “The publishers’ trade list annual.” — B38. The British national bibliography: 1948 ff. N.Y., 1948 ff. (Annual.) Serves as cumulated index, 1950-1954. Ed. under the

| index with separate author and title indexes. direction of A. J. Wells. London, 1955. B28. Church, Elihu D. A catalogue of |Cumulated index to B37. books relating to the discovery and early

history of .North and South America, form- France |

ing a part of the library of E. D. Church. |

| Comp. and annotated by George W. Cole. B39. Brunet, Jacques C. Manuel du 5 v. N.Y., 1907. Reprint, 1951. Catalog of a __ libraire et de Pamateur de livres. 5th ed., 9 v.,

rich private library, arranged chronologi- Paris, 1860-90. (V. 9, Dictionnaire de géocally with author and title index. Contains graphie ancienne et moderne, by P. facsimiles of title pages, etc. _ | Deschamps.) This bibliography of rare, im-

en portant, or noteworthy books is especially ’ Great Britain strong in French materials and in works | published before the 19th century. V. 9 is a

. B29. Pollard, Alfred W., and Gilbert R. very useful geographical dictionary of place

Redgrave. A short-title catalogue of books names, giving their Latin or early forms. printed in England, Scotland, and Ireland, B40. Grasse, Johann G. T. Trésor de livres and of English books printed abroad, 1475- __rares et précieux. 7 v. Dresden, 1859-69. 1640. London, 1926. Frequently cited as Covers much the same ground as B39, but . S. F. C. Alphabetically arranged. An indis- is stronger in German titles. | pensable record of early printed books with B41. Quérard, Joseph M., ed. La France a few locations, primarily in British libraries. _ littéraire, ou dictionnaire bibliographique des

B30. Bishop, William W. A checklist of | savants, historiens et gens de lettres de la American copies of “Short-title catalogue” France, ainsi.que des littérateurs étrangers books. 2nd ed., Ann Arbor, 1950. By S. 7. C. qui ont écrit-en francais, plus particuliérecode number, indicates locations of copies ment pendant les XVIII° et XIX® siécles. _ :

in United States libraries. | 12 v. Paris, 1827-64. Arranged alphabetically | B31. Morrison, Paul G. Index of printers, by author, giving brief biographical and

publishers and booksellers in A. W. Pollard bibliographical information. Covers the 18th

and G. R. Redgrave, “A _ short-title cata-. and early 19th century to about 1826. |

, General Reference Resources , 25 B42. Quérard, Joseph M., and others, eds. annual continuation of B49, which is a La littérature francaise contemporaine, 1827—_ cumulation of the record in B5/. .

| 49; le tout accompagné de notes biogra- B51. Deutsche Nationalbibliographie. Leipphiques et littéraires. 6 v. Paris, 1842-57. zig, 1931 ff. The current publication in two | |

Continues B4] to 1849. | series: A, weekly classified list of books and

- B43. Lorenz, Otto, and others, eds. Cata- pamphlets available from book dealers; B, | logue général de la librairie francaise, 1840-__ semi-monthly, lists materials outside the : ‘ 1925. V. 1-34. Paris, 1867-1945. Usually book trade, e.g., theses, reprints, etc.

cited as Lorenz. The standard French list, : | oe

published to cover periods ranging from West Germany : ,

three to 25 years. For each period there are B52. Deutsche’ Bibliographie, 1945-50. .

author and subject volumes. a Frankfurt-am-Main, 1953 ff. (In progress.) |

| B44. “Biblio”: catalogue des ouvrages The cumulated record for five years.

parus en langue francaise dans le monde B53. Bibliographie der deutschen Biblioentier. Oct. 1933 ff. Paris, 1933 ff. (Monthly. thek. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1951 ff. Continua- : Ten issues per year with annual cumula- tion of B52. Cumulates the record in the tions.) The current trade bibliography. Dic- weekly issues of B54.

tionary arrangement. B54. Deutsche’ Bibliographie: wochent-

B45. Bibliographie de la France: journal liches Verzeichnis. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1953 général de Vimprimerie et de Ia librairie. ff. (Weekly.) [Published 1947-52 as BiblioParis, 1811 ff. The standard weekly list. graphie der deutschen Bibliothek.] Attempts Arrangement and parts issued vary. Annual to include a record of all books published

: | in the German language in Germany and |indexes. :oe,| HISTORICAL other countries. Germany || BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

B46. Heinsius, Wilhelm, and others, eds. -

Allgemeines Biicher-Lexikon. 1700~1892. 19 B55. International bibliography of historiv. Leipzig, 1812-94. With some overlapping cal sciences. Ed. for the International Comthis and B47 cover German book production mittee of Historical Sciences. 1926 ff. [Paris],

from 1700 to 1911. } 1930 ff. (Annual.) A selected, classified list

B47. Kayser, Christian G., and others, eds. of historical publications (periodical articles Volistindiges Biicher-Lexikon. 1750-1910. as well as books). of various countries cover-

36 v. Leipzig, 1834-1911. . ing political, constitutional, religious, cultural,

B48. Deutsches Biicherverzeichnis der economic, and social aspects. Although later Jahre 1911-40: eine Zusammenstellung der im volumes have appeared, v. 15, to cover deutschen Buchhandel: erschienenen Biicher, 1940-46, has not yet been published. MeanZeitschriften und Landkarten, mit einem while it may be supplemented by B56—57. Stich- und Schlagwortregister. 22 v. Leipzig, B56. Palumbo, Pier F. Bibliografia storica 1915-43. Continues the record of B47, for internazionale, 1940-1947: con una introduthe most part in five-year cumulations ar- zione sullo stato degli studi storici durante e

ranged by authors with subject indexes. dopo la seconda guerra mondiale. Rome, : Since World War II the record of German 1950. International in scope; lists books and

national bibliography has been recorded periodical articles. ;

both in East Germany (Leipzig) and West B57. Frewer, Louis B. Bibliography of hisGermany (Frankfurt). Each claims to cover _ torical writings published in Great . Britain publications of both areas, but neither is and the empire, 1940-1945. Oxford, 1947. complete, so that it is well to consult both. Record of books and periodical articles. For complete record see B14. The more com- B58. Franz, Giinther, and others. Biicherprehensive of the current bibliographies kunde zur Weltgeschichte, vom Untergang

are: — ’ des rémischen Weltreiches bis zur Gegenoe | wart. Munich, 1956. Selective bibliographies

East Germany with brief annotations listing relatively recent B49. Deutsches Biicherverzeichnis, 1941— historical literature on various countries.

1950: Verzeichnis der Deutschland, Gester- B59. Foreign affairs bibliography: .a sereich, der Schweiz und im iibrigen Ausland lected and annotated list of books on interna-

herausg. deutschsprachigen Verlagsschriften tional relations. 1919-52. 3 v. N.Y. and - - » SoWie der wichtigsten Veroffentlichun- London, 1933-55. [Council on Foreign Rela- | gen ausserhalb des Buchhandels. Leipzig, tions.] Very useful bibliographies with criti1952 ff. (In progress.) A. continuation of cal annotations, based on bibliographies ap-

B48, a cumulated record for the period 1941— pearing quarterly in Foreign affairs, but | 50. List by authors in four volumes, and _ revised and enlarged. an

subject index still in process. Po B60. Historical abstracts, 1775-1945: a

~ B50. . Jahresverzeichnis des deutschen quarterly of abstracts of historical articles

_ Schrifttums. 1945/46 ff. Leipzig, 1948 ff. The appearing currently in periodicals the world

26 Guide to Historical Literature . over. Ed. by Erich H. Boehm. March, _ science politique. Paris, 1953 ff. (Annual.) | 1955 ff. Vienna, 1955 ff. (Quarterly.) Ab- This and B69, published by UNESCO, constracts of articles on political, diplomatic, tain current records of books and periodical economic, social, cultural, and intellectual articles from many countries.

history. ~ : B69. International bibliography of eco-

: nomics. Bibliographie internationale de

(Annual.) |

SOCIAL SCIENCE BIBLIOGRAPHIES science économique. 1952 ff. Paris, 1955 ff. B61. Bibliographie der Staats- und Wirtschaftswissenschaften: internationale Monats- PERIODICAL AND NEWSPAPER

hefte der Buch- und Zeitschriftenliteratur : GUIDES uber Volk, Wirtschaft, Kultur und Politik. | 1905-41. 37 v. Dresden and Berlin, 1906-41. = The finding of material in periodicals and

(Monthly (irregular). Suspended publica- newspapers is of primary importance in histion.) Title varies: until 1936 was usually torical research; thus indexes become essen- : Bibliographie der Sozialwissenschaften with tial. Locating files of the journals wanted | variant subtitles. A comprehensive, interna- is also necessary, and from this need has

| tional bibliography; classified with annual evolved the union list which indicates the

author and subject indexes. Lists both book holdings of libraries. Below are listed the . | and periodical material in the social and outstanding national union lists of periodicals

political sciences. and newspapers, and the general indexes to B62. Bibliographie der Sozialwissen- periodicals. : | Buch- und Zeitschriftenliteratur des Gesamt- Periodical Lists

_ schaften: internationale Dokumentation der gebiets der Sozialwissenschaften. GdOttingen,

1950 ff. A somewhat abridged continuation B70. Union list of serials in libraries of of B6l. the United States and Canada. 2nd ed., ed.

| B63. A London bibliography of the social by Winifred Gregory, N.Y., 1943. Supplesciences. 4 v. London, 1931. Supplements, ments, Jan. 1941-Dec. 1943, N.Y., 1945; June 1929-May 1950, London, 1934-55. Jan. 1944-Dec. 1949, N.Y., 1953. This monu- [London School of Economics and Political mental work lists alphabetically some 120,000 Science Studies: Bibliographies, 8.] Most ex- periodicals in many languages to be found

tensive subject bibliography in the field. in United States libraries, with indication of | Basic set consists of three volumes arranged exact holdings. An indispensable aid to stu-

by subject and one-volume author in- dents. |

dex. B71. New serial titles: a union list of B64. Grandin, A. Bibliographie générale serials commencing publication after Decem-

| des sciences juridiques, politiques, écono- ber 31, 1949. Washington, 1954 ff. [Joint | miques et sociales de 1800 a 1925-1926. 3 v. Committee on the Union List of Serials.] Paris, 1926. Supplements, v. 1-19, 1926-50, (Monthly with annual cumulations.) Con- © Paris, 1928-51. (In progress.) An important tinues the record in B70. Lists holdings ° classified bibliography with indexes by au- in so far as reported by libraries to the Com-

thors and subjects. Lists books and disserta- mittee. tions published in French in France and B72. New serial titles: classed subject ar-

other countries, particularly Belgium and rangement. Jan.-May, 1955 ff. Washington,

Switzerland. | 1955 ff. (Monthly, no cumulations.) Lists

| B65. Current sociology. La sociologie con- periodicals reported in. B7J, since 1955, by temporaine. 1952 ff. Paris, 1952 ff. (Quar- a subject arrangement. : | terly.) An international current bibliography B73. British union-catalogue of periodicals:

published by UNESCO. Some issues are on a record of the periodicals of the world, |

specific subjects, giving current trends in im- from the 17th century to the present day, in

| portant aspects of sociology. | British libraries. Ed. by James D. Stewart B66. International bibliography of sociol- with Muriel E. Hannond and Erwin Saenger.

: ogy. Bibliographie imternationale de so- V. 1-2. London and N.Y., 1955-56. (in | ciologie. 1952 ff. Paris, 1952 ff. (Annual.) progress.) The British counterpart of B70.

Issued as numbers of B65. Lists books and To list more than 140,000 titles in some 440 articles from almost 500 periodicals of many libraries with indication of holdings. Arrange-

| countries. | ment varies from that used in B70, and thus B67. International political science ab- gives a different approach to identifying

stracts. Documentation politique interna- titles. .

| tionale. Paris and Oxford, 1951 ff. (Quar- B74. List of serial publications of foreign terly.) An international abstract journal governments, 1815-1931. Ed. by Winifred »

sponsored by UNESCO. | | Gregory for the American Council of B68. International bibliography of political Learned Societies, American Library Asso-

.science. Bibliographie internationale de ciation, National Research Council. N.Y.,

: General Reference Resources — 27 1932. A union list indicating holdings in 1947 British periodicals only, although

United States libraries. | previously indexed United States and some | B75. Ulrich’s periodicals directory: a clas- foreign periodicals. — | sified guide to a selected list of current B83. Historical abstracts: a quarterly cov-

periodicals, foreign and domestic. 8th ed., ering the world’s periodical literature, 1775-

ed. by Eileen C. Graves and Carolyn F. 1945. N.Y., 1955 ff. March issue contains

Ulrich, N.Y., 1956. A selected, classified index. See B60. | bibliography of current periodicals in various B84. Bibliographie der deutschen Zeit-— languages.. Indicates the index in which a __ schriftenliteratur, mit Einschluss von Sammelspecific periodical. is indexed. Published tri- werken. 1896 ff. Leipzig, 1897 ff. [Interna-

ennially. tionale Bibliographie der Zeitschriftenliteratur, , A.] (Semiannual.) Extensive index to Ger-

, Periodical Indexes man periodicals. A companion set to B76.

— ; . - B85. Italy. Camera dei Deputati. Biblio- |

B76. Bibliographie der fremdsprachigen teca. Catalogo metodico degli scritti conZeitschriftenliteratur. Repertoire bibliogra- tenuti nelle pubblicazioni periodiche italiane

phique international des revues. International ¢@ straniere. 10 v. Rome, 1885-1935. Impor-

index to periodicals. 1911-20, 1925 ff. Leip- tant Italian index to Italian and foreign zig, 1911 ff. [Internationale Bibliographie periodicals, 1883-1930. Material covered is der Zeitschriftenliteratur, B.] Important, jimited to biographical and critical informa-

| comprehensive series which indexes some jon about persons.

: 1,400 periodicals in the principal non-German _

European languages. Subject arrangement ‘ Lists . with author indexes. | Newspaper

B77. International index to periodicals. B86. Brigham, Clarence S. History and

,

N.Y., 1907 ff. Title and coverage vary. Until bibliography of American newspapers, 16901955 indexed a selected list of periodicals in 1820. 2 v. Worcester, 1947. Arranged alpha-

7 the humanities and science including, before betically by states and towns; lists more , World War II, a number of foreign titles. than 2,100 newspapers with indication of

: Beginning with v. 43 (1955), indexes about locations of files. | ,

175 English language periodicals in the social B87. American newspapers, 1821-1936: a

sciences and the humanities. _ union list of files available in the United B78. Poole’s index to periodical literature. States and Canada. Ed. by Winifred Gregory.

1802-81. Rev. ed., 2 v., Boston, 1893. Sup- N.Y., 1937. [Bibliographical Society of plements, Jan. 1882-Jan. 1, 1907, 5 v., America.] Continues B86 in period covered. Boston, 1887-1908. A 19th century subject Gives exact holdings. index to 470 United States and English B88. U. S. Library of Congress. Check-list

periodicals. of foreign newspapers in the Library. Comp. , B79. Nineteenth century readers’ guide to under direction of H. S. Parsons. Washingperiodical literature, 1890-1899, with sup- ton, 1929. As there is no union list of forplementary indexing, 1900-1922. Ed. by eign newspapers in United States libraries Helen Grant Cushing and Adah V, Morris. for this period, this checklist of files in the

2 v. N.Y., 1944. An author, subject, and Library of Congress is helpful. :

illustrator index to 51 English language B89. ———. Postwar foreign newspapers: a | periodicals. In some cases the indexing con- union list. Washington, 1953. Reports hold-

tinues beyond 1899 to the point when the ings in 76 United States libraries. Includes periodical was added to the list of one of Russian, but not Latin American, news-

the Wilson indexes. . papers. oe B80. Readers’ guide to apenas naieoate ,

1900 ff. N.Y., 1905 ff. Basic index by author, BOOK REVIEWS | _ subject, and title to the contents of a selected . list of general periodicals. Semi-monthly B90. Bibliographie der Rezensionen. 1900— , and monthly issues cumulating at intervals 43. 77 v. Leipzig, 1901-44. [Internationale into annual and three-year volumes. Bibliographie der Zeitschriftenliteratur, C.] B81. Annual magazine subject index: a (Annual. Ceased publication.) A compre-— subject index to a selected list of American hensive index to book reviews in German and English periodical and society publica- periodicals and, for the years 1911-15 and tions. 1907-49, 43 v. Boston, 1908-52. A 1925-43, those in other languages. Includes subject index to periodicals not indexed in _ scholarly and specialized books, and covers other periodical indexes; particularly strong many English and United States periodicals

in local history periodicals. No more pub- not indexed in B9/. ,

lished. , - B91. The book review digest. 1905 ff.

_ B82. The subject index to periodicals. 1915 N.Y., 1905 ff. (Monthly with annual cumuff. London, 1919 ff. (Annual.) Originally a lations.) Indexes and digests of selected book

classed list, but now a subject index. Since reviews from some 75 United. States and

28 Guide to Historical Literature

| | sertations. ae : | | | Nationale. Catalogue des théses et écrits

English periodicals, principally general in unmiversités francaises, 1810-1900. Paris, 1903.

character. _ : This and B100 contain lists of French dis- DISSERTATIONS | , B100. France. Ministére de l’Education

Lists of doctoral dissertations are im- académiques. 1884/85 ff. Paris [etc.], 1885 ff. _ . portant to those wishing to find material on B101. Mundt, Hermann. Bio-bibliographa given topic or discover subjects which have __isches Verzeichnis von Universitats- u. Hoch- . already been treated. Some of the few schuldrucken (Dissertationen) vom Ausgang general lists in various countries may be des 16. bis Ende des 19. Jahrhunderts. Leip- | found below. In addition to these, many uni- zig, 1934 ff. German dissertation lists, coverversities issue lists or abstracts of their own ing all dissertations published to the end of dissertations, which are not included here. the 19th century.

| B92. U. S. Library of Congress. List of B102. Klausmann, Rudolf. Systematisches American doctoral dissertations. 26 v. Wash- Verzeichnis der Abhandlungen welche in den

ington, 1913-40. Lists the printed disserta- Schulschriften sa&mtlicher an dem _ Pro- © — tions (1912-38) of some 45 universities. The | grammtausche teilnehmenden Lehranstalten

: most extensive bibliography of this period; .. . erschienen sind. 1876-1910. 5 v. Leipzig, | , ceased publication after appearance of B93. 1889-1916. Includes dissertations of later — B93. Doctoral dissertations accepted by 19th and early 20th centuries.

American universities. 1933/34-1954/5S. B103. Jahresverzeichnis der Deutschen Comp. for the Association of Research Hochschulschriften. 1885 ff. Berlin and LeipLibraries. 22 v. N.Y., 1934-55. (Annual.) zig, 1887. (Annual.) Comprehensive and

The most comprehensive list for this period, well indexed. |

arranged by subject field with author index. B104. Madrid. Universidad. Catalogo de | No cumulations. Ceased publication, the las tesis doctorales manuscritas existentes en listings to be taken over by and issued in the la Universidad de Madrid. Madrid, 1952. A

index volume of B94. . | cumulated: catalog of Spanish dissertations. — B94.. Dissertation abstracts: a guide to dis- ° sertations and monographs available in ENCYCLOPEDIAS

microfilm. Ann Arbor, 1952 ff. Formerly . | |

Microfilm abstracts (Ann Arbor, 1938-51). General encyclopedias in various languages Abstracts of dissertations of more than sev- are useful for beginning research on many enty universities which have been microfilmed topics, both for the information contained by University Microfilms Service. Title and therein and for the bibliographies usually frequency have varied. Now monthly with appended to articles. There are many foreign

annual author and subject indexes. encyclopedias which are universal in content

B95. List of doctoral dissertations in his- but especially strong in material relating to

tory now in progress at universities in the the country of publication. Of these, only a

United States. Washington, 1909 ff. A useful few are listed below. Others may be found list previously published annually. Now is- in sections devoted to particular countries. sued by the American Historical Association United States encyclopedias for the most somewhat irregularly, but approximately part use the “continuous revision policy,” . every three years. Arranged by field of his- | which means that with each annual printing

tory with author indexes. a some changes are made, but that the whole

B96. Canadian Bibliographic Centre. Ca- encyclopedia is not completely revised. A nadian graduate theses in the humanities and systematic survey is continually under way, social sciences, 1921-1946. Ottawa, 1951. and articles are revised or rewritten in an — Cumulated list of Canadian dissertations, ar- organized plan according to need. In some ranged by subject with an author index and years more is done than in others.

English and French subject indexes. B105. The encyclopedia americana. 30 v.

B97. Index to theses accepted for higher N.Y. and Chicago, 1957. For many years a | degrees in the universities of Great Britain standard encyclopedia using the continuous

, and Ireland. 1950/51 ff. Ed. by P. D. Rec- revision policy. The 1957 edition is in a

ord. London, 1954 ff. (Annual.) The first of | new format and shows considerable revision.

its kind for dissertations completed in British Particularly strong in information about ;

universities. | United States cities, institutions, biography,

B98. University of London. Historical etc., and in its articles on scientific and

research for university degrees in the United technical subjects. , | | |

Kingdom. 1931/32 ff. London, 1933 ff. B106. Encyclopaedia britannica: a new

[Bulletin of the Institute of Historical Re- survey of universal knowledge. 24 v.. Chisearch. Theses supplements.] Annual list of | cago, 1957. The most famous encyclopedia

dissertations in history. . | in English. Established in England in 1768

B99. Maire, Albert. Répertoire alphabé- and through the 11th edition (1911) pubtique des théses de doctorat és lettres des lished there. Main feature of the early edi-

General Reference Resources | 29 tions, particularly the 9th and 11th, was Folge von genannten Schriftstellern. Ed. by , the fundamental plan of including long Johann S. Ersch and Johann G. Gruber. 167 monographic articles written by outstanding v. Leipzig, 1818-50. Usually cited as Ersch | scholars. Many of these still have value for and Gruber. Incomplete, but an excellent ex-

historical research. The detailed analytical ample of its type. | |

- indexes are essential for tracing particular B116. Der grosse Brockhaus. 16th rev.

| items. With the 14th edition (1929), the ed., 12 v., Wiesbaden, 1952-57. The most

publishing was transferred to the United recent edition of a standard German encyStates and the general plan changed to in- clopedia characterized by numerous short

| clude short articles on small subjects, al- articles on small subjects. |

though some long articles are retained. This B117. Meyers Konversations-Lexikon. | was the last numbered edition, as since that Meyers Lexikon. 8th rev. ed., Leipzig, 1936 time the continuous revision policy has been _ ff. (In progress.) Another standard German

used. | encyclopedia characterized by short articles | B107. Chambers’s encyclopaedia. New ed., on small subjects. Earlier editions up to the

15 v., London and N.Y., 1955. Completely 6th had longer articles still occasionally |

new edition of a long established British useful. work, published in 1950, revised 1955. In- B118. Enciclopedia italiana di scienze, tended for the “educated layman,” this is an _lettere ed arti. See VE17.

authoritative encyclopedia written from the B119. Enciclopedia universal ilustrada

| British point of view. : europeo-americana. 70 v. in 72. Barcelona, , B108. Encyclopédie, ou dictionnaire rai- 1907-30. Appendix, 10 v., 1930-33. Annual sonné des sciences, des arts et des métiers, supplements (irregular), 1934 ff. Often cited

| par une société de gens de lettres. Ed. by as Espasa. Includes both long and_ short

Denis Diderot and Jean L. d’Alembert. 36 v. articles, bibliographies, good illustrations, Lausanne and Bern, Switz., 1780-82. Famous maps, etc. Especially useful for Spanish and 18th century encyclopedia, founded and writ- Spanish American subjects, biography, geogten by scholars of the time. Still useful for raphy, etc. A dictionary feature is the inclu-

students interested in this period. sion of equivalents in French, Italian,

B109. La grande encyclopédie: inventaire English, German, Portuguese, Catalan, and raisonné des sciences, des lettres et des arts. Esperanto. Ed. by André Berthelot, Hartwig Deren- B120. Bol’shaia sovetskaia entsiklopediia. bourg, and others. 31 v. Paris, 1886-1902. V. 1-44. Moscow, 1949-56. (In progress.)

The most important French encyclopedia. New edition of the Soviet encyclopedia,

An excellent authority in many fields, strong showing considerable revision. Earlier edi-

| in medieval and Renaissance subjects, and tion was published in 65 v., 1927-47. | for the biography, literature, history, etc., B1i21. The Americana annual: an encyclo-

, of continental Europe. | pedia of current events. 1923 ff. N.Y., 1923

B110. Larousse, Pierre A. Grand diction- ff. The English language encyclopedias are naire universel du XIX® siécle. 17 v. Paris, usually kept up to date by annual surveys 1866-90. This and BlJ1—113 are parts of a issued as supplements, which over a period _ series of encyclopedias by the same publisher, of years furnish a valuable record of coneach different and each filling.a special need. temporary events. Some of the outstanding

| All combine features of encyclopedia and annuals of this kind are the above and

dictionary, and include numerous short arti- B122-123, each of which is useful for the : cles on small subjects. Strong in biography, current history of the year covered, includ- . even of minor names, individual works of ing survey articles, necrology lists, biog-

literature, and historical topics. raphies of outstanding personalities, statistics, B111. Nouveau Larousse illustré: diction- etc.

naire universel encyclopédique. Ed. by B122. Britannica book of the year. 1938 ff. Claude Augé. 8 v. Paris, 1898-1907. Chicago and London, 1938 ff.

B1i12. Larousse du XX® siécle. Ed. by B123. New international year book: a .

Paris, 1953. © _ ff. N.Y., 1908 ff. | B113. Larousse mensuel illustré: revue en- B124. Aprleton’s annual cyclopaedia and

Paul Augé. 6 v. Paris, 1928-33. Supplement, compendium of the world’s progress. 1907

cyclopédique universelle. Ed. by Claude Augé register of important events. 1861-1902. 42 | and Paul Augé. 1907 ff. Paris, 1907 ff. v. N.Y., 1862-1903. Very useful 19th century

Bil4. Zedler, Johann H. Grosses voll- annual encyclopedia, giving in each volstandiges Universal-Lexikon . aller Wissen- ume a survey of events of the year cov-

schaften und Kiinste. 64 v. Halle, Ger., 1732- ered. 50. One of the world’s great encyclopedias, | |

still valuable for biography, bibliography, SPECIAL ENCYCLOPEDIAS

and history of the 16th and 17th centuries. B115. Allgemeine Encyclopadie der Wis- B125. Dictionnaire des sciences écono_ senschaften und Kiinste in alphabetischer miques. 2 vois. Paris, 1956-58. Alphabetical

30 Guide to Historical Literature : by subject. Many short articles, a few with B136. Europa: the encyclopaedia of bibliography. Includes some biography. Europe; a survey of world economic and | B126. Diplomaticheskii slovar’. [Diplomatic social conditions, a directory of international

| dictionary.] 2 v. Moscow, 1948-50. Historical administration, and of European political, indictionary of diplomacy and international dustrial, financial, cultural and scientific or- . relations covering materials from the 16th ganisations. London, 1946 ff. (Loose-leaf.) century to May 1947. International in scope This and BJ37—138 are published by Europa

with emphasis on Russia. Publications. Each gives descriptive surveys — B127. Dizionario di economia politica. Ed. of the countries and governments included.

by Claudio Napoleoni. Milan, 1956. Long, B137. Orbis: the encyclopaedia of extrasigned monographs with bibliographies on European countries; a survey and directory

large subjects. No biography. of political, industrial, financial, cultural and

B128. Dizionario di politica. Ed. by the scientific organisations in the continents of Partito Nazionale Fascista. 4 v. Rome, 1940. Africa, America, Asia and Australasia. Lon-

International in scope. Prepared under the don, 1938 ff. (Loose-leaf.) | ' Fascist party, but covering all periods. B138. The Middle East. 1948 ff. London, |

B129. Enciclopedia di scienze politiche, 1948 ff. (Loose-leaf.) :

economiche e sociali. Bologna, 1956 ff. A B139. Political handbook of the world: :

new encyclopedia with long, signed articles, parliaments, parties and press. Jan. 1, 1927

including bibliographies; some biography. ff. N.Y., 1927 ff. (Annual.) Gives chief

First volume covers ‘‘A-Ben.” governmental officials, party programs, and B130. Encyclopaedia of the social sciences. the names of newspapers with political Ed. by E. R. A. Seligman and Alvin John- affiliation, editor, etc.

son. 15 v, N.Y., 1930-35. First comprehen- B140. Almanach de Gotha: annuaire | sive encyclopedia of the social sciences in généalogique, diplomatique et _ statistique.

English, still important although now out of 1763 ff. Gotha, Ger., 1763 ff. (Annual. Sus-

date. International in scope, but fuller for pended publication in 1941.) A standard the English-speaking world and western handbook, particularly useful because of its Europe than for other regions. Long, signed . long span of publication. Each volume is in articles with bibliographies and considerable two sections: pt. 1, genealogies of the royal

biography. — and princely houses of Europe; pt. 2, deBi31. Handwérterbuch der Sozialwissen- scriptive information about the various schaften. Stuttgart, 1952 ff. (In progress.) countries, with lists of principal executive, Successor to Conrad’s Handwé6rterbuch der legislative, and diplomatic officials of each.

Staatswissenschaften (4th ed., 8 v., 1923-29.) B141. The international year book and Most comprehensive German work in its statesmen’s who’s who. 1953 ff. London, field. Long articles, signed by specialists, 1953 ff. Issued by the publishers of Burke’s with bibliographies. Publication of new edi- Peerage, this includes (1) international ortion is proceeding concurrently in different ganizations and reigning royal families; (2)

parts of the alphabet. the states of the world, giving constitution

B132. Staatslexikon: im Auftrag der and government, area and population, sta-

Gorres-Gesellschaft. Ed. by Hermann Sacher. tistics of education, commerce, religion, etc.;

5th ed., 5 v., Freiburg im Breslau, 1926-32. (3) biographical sketches of some 8,000

A standard German work written from the world leaders. |

Catholic point of view. Almanacs such as those listed below are very useful compilations of miscellaneous

YEARBOOKS | information and statistics. Older volumes are

. excellent sources of contemporary events.

There are various types of yearbooks, such B142. The world almanac and book of as those giving governmental, political or facts. 1868 ff. N.Y., 1868 ff. (Annual.) Prob-

statistical information, almanacs of miscel- MI Ss he b et ” d ; t wi del d

. Janeous data, annual surveys of events, edu- a ve © rei S nown and most widely use

cational directories, etc. ™m us wae on S. 1 " 1947 ff

| B133. The statesman’s year-book: statistical S % d ‘by Den PGole a aul Ac ‘at : and historical annual of the states of the NY. 19 47 rs An 1 eA ssocia

world, 1864 ff, London and N.Y., 1864 ff. Neo 000th (Annual.) “A newer work, A long-established, reliable manual of de- B144,. Whitaker, Joseph. An almanack. |

scriptive and statistical information about 1869 ff Lond :1868 ff (A 1) Th the governments of various countries. London, - (Annual.) © . ce : standard British ,almanac.

yearbook. | | : ook. Annuaire démographique. 1948 ff. pas . .

b B134. United Nations. Demographic year- B145. Almanach Hachette: petite encyclo-

° (Annual.) Standard French almanac.

N.Y., 1949 ff. An international statistical Pédie Populaire. 1894 ff. Paris, 1894 ff. B135. ——. Statistical yearbook. N.Y.., More detailed records of current events

1948 ff. International in scope. are given in such annuals as the following.

, General Reference Resources , 31 B146. The annual register of world events. B153. Facts on file: a weekly world news London.and N.Y., 1758 ff. (Title varies.) digest with cumulative index. N.Y., 1941 ff.

Reviews the year’s happenings and includes (Loose-leaf.) .

obituaries. B154. Keesing’s contemporary archives:

: B147. american yen Renae vt weekly diary oncontinually importantkept wore events and progress. 0-19, 1925-50. N.Y., index up events to date. Alaris July 1, 1929-51. (No more published.) Survey arti- 1931 ff. London, 1931 ff. (Loose-leaf.) Also

cles, signed by specialists, on politics and issued in German, with some changes and government, economics and business, social altered emphasis, as Archiv der Gegenwart.

conditions, science, humanities, etc. Includes B155. Les archives internationales’

bibliography. “Pharos.” Paris, 1944 ff. (Loose-leaf.) | . . . ae B156. Survey of international affairs. Ed. International directories of institutions of by Arnold J, Toynbee and others. 1920/23 | higher ccucation, academ’cs: fared ded. ff. London, 1925 ff. This and BJ57 are anTh tollowine cree are Tequen fi nee fh L nual surveys of world politics and history

The 0 te be are ; So iy natin al. u d published under the auspices of the Royal loos! directories emented by nauonal an Institute of International Affairs. Some years

ai Ci TICS. include extra volumes on special subjects.

Won tR01 /On 1ol ao, ss Belearten _ From 1920/23 to 1927 contained appendices TROL. 1914 / Berlin / 930 ff Somewhat ire. of documents which are continued from 1928

~ > , , ° ~ by BIS7. C lidated index, 1920-1930,

ularly published, but for many years the and supplementary “yolumes, published in most comprehensive of these directories. In 1932 indexes B156 from 1920 to 1930 and _ some years divided into sections, giving so- 757 from 1928 to 1930. cieties and other organizations in one part B157. Documents on international affairs. and universities in the other. The latest edi- j998 g. London, 1929 ff. (Annual.) See

tion, 1952-56, covers universities and iS comment under BI56. __ |

issued in two parts, Europa and Aussereu- B158. Schulthess’ europiischer Geschichtsropa. Inelides names of faculty members alender. 1861-1940. 81 v. Munich, 1861-— and an index to names. } 1942. (Annual.) Annual survey of world B149. Index generalis: general yearbook history, arranged by country and _ then of universities and of higher educational chronologically. No more published. institutions, academies, archives, libraries, B159. L’année politique. 1874-1905. 1st scientific institutes, botanical and zoological series) ed. by André Daniel, 32 v., Paris, gardens, museums, observatories, learned so- 1875-1906. (Annual.) This and BI60 give Cieties. . . . Paris, 1919 ff. Prench oO. a chronological review of the principal politpart to B148. Suspended publication 1940- ical, diplomatic, economic, and social hap51. Title varies, and some volumes have penings of France and the Union Francaise. subtitles in English, some in French. Includes B160. L’année politique. 1944/45 ff. 2nd names of faculties, officers, etc., with alpha- series, ed. by André Siegfried, Edouard

betica’ fd O£ of | mac. 1947. ff. Bonnefous, and J. B. Duroselle, Paris, 1945 U.index. e worid learnmg. Lonff. (Annual.) don, 1947 ff. (Annual.) Continues the section

on institutions of learning formerly published |

in Europa and Orbis. Lists learned societies, STATISTICAL SOURCES

museums, libraries, universities, etc., with BIBLIOGRAPHIES

names officers andsources faculties. No name .countries ..., ae a index. }of: ‘Statistical for individual

-B151. The yearbook of the universities of Will be found under country. The following the Commonwealth. 1914 ff. London, 1914 than one cCantte to statistics covering more

ff. Title varies. Detailed information about . |

British Commonwealth universities. B161. U. ; ° Library of Congress. National B152. Universities of the world outside C€@SUSes and vital statistics in Europe, 1918-

-“ ha To Ste 1939: an annotated bibliography. Washing-

U. S. A. Ed. by Merritt M. Chambers. t 1948. Suppl 1940-48. Washi - Washington, 1950. Treats more than 2,000 1948 Ve UPP arene : at nes ington,

institutions of higher education in some 70 — - very d offic: 1st e to © panonal countries. A companion volume to American of the vadious Countries of Herone. ications

universitles and colleg es. B162,. ———. Statistical bulletins: an anno-

| | : tated bibliography of the general statistical CURRENT SURVEYS bulletins of major political subdivisions of | the world. Prepared by Phyllis G. Carter. There are sevéral loose-leaf services which Washington, 1954. Arranged by continent

give extracts from newspapers and current and then by country. Lists periodicals issued digests of world news which are useful as by an official agency more frequently than |

- contemporary surveys. annually.

32 Guide to Historical Literature B163. ——. Statistical yearbooks: an an- biographical dictionaries, Festschriften, etc. notated bibliography of the general statistical International, with emphasis on German. yearbooks of major political subdivisions of B168. Biography index: a cumulative index the world. Prepared by Phyllis G. Carter. to biographical material in books and magaWashington, 1953. Full bibliographical data, zines. N.Y., 1947 ff. (In progress.) Pub-

including dates of first and most recent lished quarterly, cumulating annually and issues, types of statistics covered, fre- triennially. Indexes biographical material ap-

quency, etc. — pearing in books and periodicals in the B164. ——. General censuses and vital English language during the period covered. statistics in. the Americas. Prepared under Universal in scope. Includes indexes by

the supervision of Irene B. Taeuber. Wash- trade or profession. | ington, 1943. An annotated bibliography of B169. Hyamson, Albert M. A dictionary historical censuses and current vital statis- of universal biography of all ages and of all

tics. | peoples. 2nd ed., entirely rewritten, N.Y., B165. U. S. Bureau of the Census. Sum- 1951. Index to the names appearing in some

maries of biostatistics: maps and charts, 24 standard biographical dictionaries, — population, natality, and mortality statistics.

Prepared in cooperation with Office of the International Biographies Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs, 17 v. | : Washington, 1944-45. Each volume covers a B170. Biographie universelle (Michaud)

separate country: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, ancienne et moderne. New ed., rev. and enl., | Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Re- 45 v., Paris, 1854-65. Important universal | : public, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, biographical dictionary of the 19th century, ‘Haiti, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, with emphasis on the French. In most cases

Uruguay, Venezuela. the articles are longer and more carefully B166. Inter-American Statistical Institute. edited than those in B/71J. Bibliography of selected statistical sources of B1i71. Nouvelle biographie générale depuis the American nations. Bibliografia de fuentes les temps Jes plus reculés jusqu’a nos jours, estadisticas escogidas de las naciones Ameri- avec les renseignements bibliographiques et

| canas. Washington, 1945. A comprehensive Vindication des sources a consulter. Ed. by guide giving detailed information about the Jean C. F. Hoefer. 46 v. Paris, 1853-66. | Statistical publications of the American na- Covers much the same ground as B/70, but - tions, indicating censuses, yearbooks, current includes more names, many of them minor,

etc. with shorter articles. When : :serials, advisable to consult both.possible it is B172. Jodcher, Christian Gottlieb. Allge-

, BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARIES meines Gelehrten-Lexicon. 4 v. Leipzig, 1750Biographical dictionaries. are useful in oe E ortsetzung und Erganzungen, A-

} , omuleus. 7 v. Leipzig, 1784-1897.

many kinds of research. In many countries B173. Th Centu lopedi £

there are two main types, the retrospective B d 5 new Cemlury cyclopedia 0 dictionary and the current record. The othe es. 3 : y Cratence L. Barnhart and

former is usually a scholarly work including , thers. 3 v. N. °, 1954. More than twice as | sketches of persons no longer living, often — 8° the earlier Century cyclopedia of with bibliographies of works by the person names, this edition contains entries for over

, and of those about him. These may refer to 100,000 Proper names, Persons, places, char-

manuscripts and source materials of great aE orca’ events, etc. ° as

. . ce ;

value to the history student. The current 174. Webster’s biographical dictionary. record is contained in various types of Springfield, Mass., 1943, A useful one-vol‘‘Who’s who” volumes, for the most part fol- ume wor S cke pronunciations and concise

lowing an established pattern, giving very biograP ical sketches of more than 40,000

concise personal and career information. : . .

Biographical dictionaries of particular coun- d Br. penn ger: Eduard M. Moniteur des tries will be found under country. Here are ates: Biographisch-genealogisch-historisches

listed indexes to collected biography and a We Menthe thaltene ne eee aaiog ew works of international scope, both gen- geschichtlichen Persdnlichkeiten aller Zeiten

eral and current. | und Nationen von Erschaffung der Welt bis

| auf den heutigen Tag. 9 v. Leipzig, 1869-82.

oe Indexes , Very comprehensive, including some names

not easily found elsewhere. Sketches limited

B167. Arnim, Max. Internationale Per- to three or four lines. sonalbibliographie, 1800-1943. 2 v. Leipzig, B176. Current biography: who’s news and 1944-52. Comprehensive index to personal why. 1940 ff. N.Y., 1940 ff. (Monthly, exbibliographies, often leading to biographical cept Aug., cumulating annually.) A current : information, contained in books, periodicals, work with fairly long discursive sketches of

General Reference Resources 33 an average of 400 biographies annually. In- A useful arrangement of calendars showing

cludes bibliographies. every day upon which Easter can fall, old

| B177. Who’s who in America. The monthly — and new style calendars, etc. supplement: a current biographical reference B187. Harbottle, Thomas B. Dictionary of : service. Dec. 1939 ff. Chicago, 1939 ff. battles from the earliest date to the present (Monthly.) Supplement to Who’s who in time. N.Y. and London, 1904. Statistics of _ America, with cumulative indexes. Interna- forces engaged, losses, etc. | tional in scope, but covers primarily the B188. Bodart, Gaston. Militair-historisches United States. Ceased publication, 1959. Kriegs-Lexiken (1618-1905). Vienna, 1908.

| | CHRONOLOGIES, A dictionary of battles. TABLES |

Handbooks of dates and historical tables -»-« GPOGRATIIES, GAZETITEERS, | are useful aids. A few of the more general . :

and comprehensive are listed below. Geographical bibliographies, gazetteers,

B178. Keller, Helen R. The dictionary of and atlases are essential for historical work. dates. 2 V. N.Y., 1934, One of the most com- The Wright and Platt Aids to geographical prehensive lists, giving an outline of events esearch should be consulted for further infrom the earliest times to 1930. Arranged by formation. Here are listed only a few of the country and then chronologically, No index. mogt general titles.

of dates (1911). | | Pt. 1 is based on Joseph Haydn’s Dictionary -

: B179. Langer, William L., ed. An ency- Geographies

| clopaedia of world history, ancient, medieval . . and modern, chronologically arranged. See __ B189. Wright, John K., and Elizabeth T.

C7... Platt. Aids to geographical research: bibliB180. Putnam, George Palmer, and George - ographies, periodicals, atlases, gazetteers and

Haven Putnam. Dictionary of events: a other reference books. 2nd ed., compl. rev., handbook of universal history. N.Y., 1936. N.Y. 1947. [American Geographical SoThis. edition covers noteworthy events of ‘lety research series, 22.] An invaluable history from the earliest times through 1935, ™anual to research aids, including materials

InB181. parallel columns. _ in many languages. . Delorme, Jean. Chronologie des B190. Cox, Edward G. A reference guide

civilisations. Paris, 1949. [Clio: Introduction to the literature of travel, including voyages, aux études historiques.] Chronological tables %¢08"aphical descriptions, adventures, shipfrom 3000 B.c. to A.D. 1945 with alphabetical Wrecks and expeditions. See U2.

index. B191. Engelmann, Wilhelm. Bibliotheca

_B182. Morison, M. Time tables of mod- geographica: Verzeichnis der Zeit der Mitte ern history, A.D. 400-1870. 2nd ed., West- des vorigen Jahrhunderts biz zu Ende des minster, 1908. Parallel tables of the history Jahres 1856 in Deutschland erschienenen of various countries, with genealogical tables, Werke tiber Geographie und Reisen, mit

- chronological lists of rulers, etc. Einschluss der Landkarten, Pidane und An-

B183. Steinberg, Sigfrid H. Historical sichten. Leipzig, 1858. Arranged by geo-

tables, 58 B.C.-A.D. 1945. With a foreword 8taPhical location with subject index.

by G. P. Gooch. 3rd ed., London, 1949. Oe Tabular chronology arranged in parallel col- Current Geographical Surveys umns by period. Includes scientific and cul- | | tural events as well as political and eco- B192. Bibliographie géographique inter- .

nomic history. . nationale. 1891 ff. Paris, 1894 ff. (Annual.)

| B184. Mayer, Alfred. Annals of European Probably the most important of the annual civilization, 1501-1900. Foreword by G. P. surveys. Classified with author index. Full,

| Gooch. London, 1949. A chronological rec- signed annotations. :

ord of biographical and bibliographical in- B193. Bibliotheca geographica. 1891formation giving, year by year, the authors 1912. 19 v. Berlin, 1895-1917. Classified and titles of great books published, paint- with author index. Lists more titles than ings, music, and other cultural events. Com- B/92, but without annotations. No more

plements the outlines of political his- published.

tory. | B194. Geographisches Jahrbuch. 1866 ff. B185. “Genealogical tables and lists.” The Gotha, 1866 ff. (Annual, irregular.) ComCambridge modern history, v. 13 (N.Y., prehensive survey of published works in

1911), pp. 1-205. Tables of rulers and royal = special geographical fields, the fields varying

houses, church rulers, elected officials, from year to year.

etc. B195. Bibliographie cartographique interB186. Fry, Edward A. Almanacks for nationale. 1936 ff. Paris, 1938 ff. (Annual,

students of English history. London, 1915. irregular.) Lists general, political, and topo-

34 Guide to Historical Literature graphical maps and atlases, road maps, maps | Atlases | of cities, etc. | } Large general atlases are essential for

Gazetteers many types of historical research. Below are | | i listed recent editions of some of the outB196. Chambers’s world gazetteer and standing atlases published in various coungeographical dictionary. Ed. by T. C. Collo- tries. In some historical work it is also cott and J. O. Thorne. Edinburgh and Lon- necessary to use earlier atlases, as bounda- don, 1954. Issued in the United States as ries and political divisions change and new Macmillan world gazetteer and geographical discoveries are recorded. Historical atlases dictionary (1955). A small general gazetteer. are compiled especially to show the state of

Indicates pronunciation. the world and of special areas at particular B197. The Columbia Lippincott gazetteer — periods.

of the world. Ed. by Leon E. Seltzer with B204. Aguilar, José, Elisa Garcia Araez, the geographical research staff of Columbia and Antonio Villarroya. Atlas universal University Press and the cooperation of the Aguilar. Madrid, 1954. This and B205-211 American Geographical Society. N.Y., 1952. are folio atlases, each universal in scope,

A successor to Lippincott’s new gazetteer with particular attention to maps dealing (1906). Lists some 130,000 geographical with the country in which the atlas was names, including both political subdivisions published. Most of them have political, eco-

-~ and geographic features, giving pronuncia- nomic, and physical maps with gazetteer

tion, population, location, altitude, economic indexes. ,

and cultural facts, etc. Of first importance. B205. Atlante internazionale della ConThe older Lippincott is still useful for his- sociazione Turistica Italiana. 5th ed., rev.,

torical information. Milan, 1957.

B198. Vivien de Saint-Martin, Louis, and B206. Atlas international Larousse poliLouis Rousselet. Nouveau dictionnaire de tique et économique. Ed. by Jean Chardon_ géographie universelle. 7 v. Paris, 1879-95. net. Paris, 1950. : An older work still of great importance for B207. Atlas mira. Ed. by A. N. Baranov its detailed information. Contains longer and others. Moscow, 1954. articles than B/97, and includes many minor B208. Atlas Mira. Ukazatel’ geografi-

European and Asiatic places as well as the cheskikh nazvanii. Moscow, 1954.

names of tribes and races. B209. Kremling, Ernst. Grosser I R O

B199. Webster’s geographical dictionary: Weltatlas: Jubliaumsausgabe; mit meist zehna dictionary of names of places with geo- farbigen Landkartenseiten mit tber 125,000 graphical and historical information and Namen, einem ausfiihrlichen Landerlexikon, _ pronunciations. Rev. ed., Springfield, Mass., Bildern aus aller Welt, Flaggentafel und 1955. Contains more than 40,000 geographi- zwei Registern. 10th ed., Munich, 1954. cal names, historical as well as current. Cross B210. Rand McNally and Co. Rand Mcereferences for equivalent and alternative Nally commercial atlas. N.Y., 1956. (An-

spellings of names that have been changed. nual.) | Usual gazetteer information. B211. The Times atlas of the world. Mid- : B200. Besnier, Maurice. Lexique de géo- century ed., ed. by John Bartholomew, Longraphie ancienne. Paris, 1914. Very brief in- don, 1955 ff. (In progress.)

| formation about each place, but full refer- B212. Collier’s world atlas and gazetteer: ences to the ancient writers in whose works _ presenting the world in its geographical,

the place is mentioned. physical and commercial aspects. N.Y., 1953.

B201. Deschamps, Pierre C. E. Diction- This and B2/3-216 are slightly smaller but naire de géographie ancienne et moderne. generally useful atlases including the same Paris, 1870. Also issued as v. 9 of Brunet’s types of information as B204-—211. | Manuel du libraire (B39). Arranged alpha- B213. Encyclopaedia Britannica. Encyclobetically by the medieval name with index paedia Britannica world atlas: physical and

of modern names. political maps, geographical comparisons, a

: | B202. Grasse, Johann G. T. Orbis latinus: glossary of geographical terms, a gazetteer oder, Verzeichnis der wichtigsten lateinischen index, geographical summaries, world spheres

Orts- und Landernamen. Rev. ed. by Fried- of influence. G. Donald Hudson, geographirich Benedict, Berlin and N.Y., 1909. Re- cal ed., under direction of Walter Yust. Chiprint, 1922. Very useful list of Latin names. cago, 1949, Only first edition includes an index to mod- B214. Goode, John P. Goode’s world

ern names. . atlas, physical, political and economic. Ed.

: B203. Smith, Sir William. A dictionary of | by Edward B. Espenshade, Jr. 9th ed., N.Y.,

Greek and Roman geography. 2 v. London 1953. |

and Boston, 1873-78. An earlier work still B215. Hammond’s ambassador — world

useful for ancient geography. atlas. Maplewood, N.J., 1954.

General Reference Resources 35 , B216. Oxford University Press. Oxford Another series particularly useful for the economic atlas of the world. Prep. by the 19th century is (B222) Murray’s handbooks, Economist Intelligence Unit and the Carto- published in London since 1836. There © graphic Department of the Clarendon Press. © were numerous editions of each volume, and

Oxford, 1954. | they covered many countries of Europe,

B217. Shepherd, William R. Historical northern Africa, and southern Asia. |

atlas. 8th ed., Pikesville, Md., 1956. Long a In organization and general plan (B223) basic atlas; out of print for many years. The Muirhead’s blue guides (Les guides bleues) 8th edition is an offset of the 7th revised and are similar to Baedeker. Started in 1922, enlarged edition of 1929, with special supple- various volumes were issued in London by . ment of nine pages of maps for the period Benn and in Paris by Hachette, primarily since 1929. Maps are excellent and cover for European countries. After World War Il from ancient times to 1945. Standard in its publication was revived in two series. Muir-

field. | | head’s blue guides are still published in B218. Muir’s atlas of ancient and classical English by Benn and a number of new edi- a

history. 2nd ed., ed. by George Goodall and tions have appeared. In addition, (B224) :

R. F. Treharne. London and N.Y., 1956. Nagel’s guidebooks began publication in Another standard atlas. Published with vary- 1949 by arrangement with Hachette. Earlier ing titles, e.g., Philip’s historical atlas, Put- volumes were called Les guides bleues, but

nam’s historical atlas. In some cases both later volumes have been issued as Nagel’s

parts are published in one volume. guidebooks. There are series in several lan-

B219. Muir’s historical atlas: medieval and guages including English, French, German, modern. 8th ed., ed. by George Goodall and _ Italian, and Spanish, which for the most part

R. F. Treharne. London and N.Y., 1952. deal with the various countries of Europe.

See comment under B28. (B225) Fodor’s modern guides, published

B220. Fox, Edward W. Atlas of European in New York by McKay since 1953, is a history. N.Y., 1957. A new atlas done on new Series, modern in format and tone with different principles. Most of the maps are _ illustrations and maps. Volumes have been physical rather than political, with a mini- issued for several European countries which mum of place names. Designed to be used are informative for the modern traveler, but

with college textbooks. not so useful for historical purposes. |

GUIDEBOOKS PERIODICALS | Guidebooks, both old and new, are fre- B226. Agricultural history. Washington, quently very helpful for historical and geo- 1927 ff. (Quarterly.)

- graphical information, for locations and B227. Agricultural history review. Readdescriptions of places and buildings, for help ing, Eng., 1953 ff. (Irregular.) |

in identifying streets, churches or buildings B228. The American archivist. Cedar which have changed name or ceased to Rapids, Ia., 1938 ff. (Quarterly.) exist, for maps and city plans at particular B229. American Association for State and

dates, etc. In some cases there are individual Local History. Bulletins. Washington, 1941 ff.

guides to particular places, but especially (irregular.) useful because of their scope and varied B230. American Catholic Historical Soeditions are the series of guidebooks cover- ciety of Philadelphia. Records. Philadelphia, ing various countries. The most famous is 1886 ff. (Quarterly.) (B221) Baedeker, a name that has become B231. American heritage. N.Y., 1949 ff. . almost synonymous with guidebooks. This (Bimonthly.) German series was started in 1839 and cov- B232. The American historical review.

] ered many countries. Most volumes saw N.Y., 1895 ff. (Quarterly.)

numerous editions and were published in B233. Economia e storia: rivista italiana. German, English, and French. Baedeker di storia economica e sociale. Rome, 1954 ff.

enjoyed its greatest popularity before World (Quarterly.)

War I, although some new editions were B234. The economic history review. Lonpublished between the world wars and a_ don, 1927 ff. (3 nos. per year.) few since World War II. Material is skill- B235. The English historical review. Lon-

fully organized, the information accurate don, 1886 ff. (Quarterly.) |

and given in condensed but very usable B236. Historische Zeitschrift. Munich, form. Numerous excellent maps and city 1859 ff. (Quarterly, 1859-76; bimonthly, | plans add to the geographical and historical 1877 ff.)

value of the series. There are volumes for B237. History. London, 1912 ff. (Quar- :

most of the countries of Europe, for the _ terly.) : United States, Canada, and a few Asiatic B238. History today. London, 1951 ff. . countries such as Palestine and India. | (Monthly.)

36 Guide to Historical Literature B239. The journal of economic history. B247. Revue de synthése. Paris, 1931 ff. N.Y., 1941 ff. (Quarterly. ) (Irregular. ) | B240. Journal of the history of ideas. B248. Revue historique. Paris, 1876 ff. |

N.Y., 1940 ff. (Quarterly.) : (Frequency varies.)

B241. The journal of modern history. B249. Rivista storica italiana. See VE443.

Chicago, 1929 ff. (Quarterly.) B250. Speculum: a journal of mediaeval

B242. Journal of southern history. Baton studies. Cambridge, Mass., 1926 ff. (Quar-

Rouge, etc., 1935 ff. (Quarterly.) terly.)

B243. Journal of world history. See C84. B251. Tijdschrift voor geschiedenis. Gro-

. B244. Przeglad historyczny [Historical re- ningen, Neth., 1886 ff. (Four times a year.)

view.] Warsaw, 1905 ff. (Irregular.) B252. Vierteljahrschrift fiir Sozial- und B245. Revue d’histoire économique et so- Wirtschaftsgeschichte. Leipzig and Stutt-

ciale. Paris, 1908 ff. (Quarterly. ) gart, 1903 ff. (Quarterly. ) |

B246. Revue d’histoire moderne et con- B253. Voprosy istorii. Moscow, 1945 ff. temporaine. Paris, 1954 ff. (Quarterly.). (Monthly. )

, , SECTION C , World History and Universal Treatments

, RALPH E. TURNER * , , World history is more than the sum of its parts, and has a literature of its - own. A student of this field finds himself obliged to depend upon secondary scholarship, particularly in historical literature. The primary sources of any Major subject of world history are voluminous, scattered, recorded in diverse languages and systems of writing, and unmanageable by individual scholars. When a student turns to a secondary work of general history, he usually en-

critically aware. , : | : |

counters an expression of some particular outlook on life of which he must be

Much explanation of mankind’s experience with typical problems is not

historical but anthropological, geographic, or sociological. Underlying many of

. those publications is the assumption that certain peoples and cultures are “primitive” and that an analysis of their ways of living will yield a better com- prehension of “origins” and a corresponding key to understanding the past. In its present state, the literature of world history may be less able to furnish © reliable historical information than to invite historical investigation and interpretation. Tomorrow’s students of the world’s past may be more fortunate than today’s, but today’s students are far from destitute of meritorious works. _ While the entire Guide can serve a student of world history, this section contains works which are concerned directly with the history of mankind, in either a universal or an inter-regional treatment of important topics. Works relevant to world history will also be found in Section A, particularly on the subjects of chronology and periodization, philosophy of history, and certain auxiliary | studies applicable to all fields of history. With few exceptions, bibliographies, encyclopedias, atlases, and gazetteers are listed among the works of general

reference in Section B. _ . ,

, , , 37

.* This section: has been. derived from an incomplete though lengthy compilation by Professor” Turner, whose work was interrupted before he made a final selection. Therefore, its structure and contents reflect in an abnormal degree the judgment of the editors. The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Geoffrey Brunn (GB), Shepard Clough (SC), J. S. Cousins (JSC), Walter L. Dorn (WLD), George F. Howe (GFH). Bert J. Loewenberg (BJL).

| 38 Guide to Historical Literature AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS Lucien L. Gallois, eds. Géographie uni-

| verselle. 15 v. Paris, 1927-48.

C1. Herre, Paul, ed. Quellenkunde zur C14. Brunhes, Jean, and Camille Vallaux. —

Weltgeschichte. Leipzig, 1910. Old but ex- La géographie de Vhistoire. See VC59. —

cellent. C15. Ancel, Jacques. Géographie des fron- | C2. Die Weltliteratur: biographisches, tieres. Paris, 1938.

| literarhistorisches und bibliographisches Lex- C16. Palmer, Robert R., ed. Atlas of world

ikon in Ubersichten und Stichwortern. Ed. history. Chicago, 1957. Mainly concerned by Erich Frauwallner and others. 3 v. Vi- with political organization. Conventional |

enna, 1951-54. Good bibliographies. view of the western tradition through the

C3. Grandin, A. Bibliographie générale 19th century; separate approach to the 20th

des sciences juridiques, politiques, eco- century. [GFH] | 7

nomiques et sociales. See B64. C17. The Columbia Lippincott gazetteer

C4, Index translationum. ist ser., Paris, of the world. See B197. ~ - 1932-40. (Quarterly.) 2nd ser., Paris, 1949 ff. C18. Leonhardt, Karl. Atlas zum Welt(Annual.) The League of Nations’ Interna- geschichte. 5th ed., Offenburg, 1956.

: tional Institute of Intellectual Cooperation C19. Bengston, Hermann, and _ others.

issued the first series of this international Grosser historischer Weltatlas. 2nd ed., Mubibliography of translations, UNESCO the nich, 1954 ff. Part 1, dealing with prehistory second. Increasingly complete as to coun- and antiquity, is probably unexcelled.

tries and bibliographical information in- C20. Fischer, Alois. Das neue Weltbild in

cluded. Both series carry an index of au- geographischstatistischer Darstellung. Vienna, thors. Employs Universal Decimal Classifi- 1949. cation system, with history, geography, and © C21. ——. Neue Weltstatistik: Zahlen, biography in category 9 for each country. Daten, Karten. 2nd ed., Vienna, 1952. Re-

[GB] oo, . vision of C20. Extremely valuable, short

C5. Franz, Giinther, and others. Biicher- statistical and geographical aid. Includes kunde zur Weltgeschichte, vom Untergang data derived from national censuses and indes rémischen Weltreiches bis zur Gegen- ternational compilations as late as 1951..

wart. See B58. . | C22. Philip, George, and T. Swinborne C6. Critical bibliography of the history, Sheldrake, eds. The chambers of commerce

| philosophy and organization of science and atlas. London, 1925, , -

the history of civilization. Ed. by George | C23. Herrmann, Albert. Katastrophen, Sarton and others. Brussels, 1913 ff. (An- Naturgewalten und Menschenschicksale.

nual.) | Berlin, 1936,

C7. Langer, William L., ed. An encycio- C24. United Nations. Statistical yearbook. paedia of world history, ancient, medieval N.Y., 1948 ff. and modern, chronologically arranged: a C25. Woytinsky, Wladimir S. Die Welt in revised and modernized version of Ploetz’s Zahlen. 7 v. Berlin, 1925-28. Although em“Epitome.” Boston, 1940. Rev. ed., 1952. phasizes modern Europe, includes other areas |

The foremost relatively complete chronology anda broad scope. _ : 7 of world history. Mainly concerned with C26. Carr-Saunders, Alexander M. World political, military, and diplomatic events, population: past growth and present trends.

| partlytively because cultural history is not effec- See Al214. | : presented by the method used. C27. National Bureau of Economic ReC8. Ploetz, Karl J. Epitome of ancient, search. International migrations. Ed. by Wal- . |

mediaeval and modern history. Rev. and enl. ter F. Willcox. 2 v. N.Y., 1929-31. Valuable

- ed., Boston, 1933. This standard book of its analysis of world population growth and kind was enlarged by sections on Asia and movement since 1650. [GB] America and published as an epitome of C28. Davie, Maurice R. World immigra-

universal history. tion. N.Y., 1949. Modern centuries only and

C9. ——. Auszug aus der alten, mittleren, the Atlantic migration in particular. [GB] neueren und neuesten Geschichte. 28th ed., C29. Woytinsky, Wladimir S., and Emma

Wurzburg, 1957. S. Woytinsky. World commerce and govern-. C10. Stein, Werner. Kleiner Kulturfahr- ments: trends and outlook. See Al42.

plan: die wichtigsten Daten der Kulturge- C39. ——. World population and produc- | schichte. 6 v. Berlin, 1946—51. oe tion: trends and outlook. N.Y., 1953. Also

_ C11. United Nations. World weights and very valuable. [GB] | measures. N.Y., 1955. A_ Statistical hand-— C31. Kirsten, Ernst, Ernst W. Buchholz, book of international and national weights, and Wolfgang Kollmann, eds. Raum und >

measures, currencies, etc. - . Bevolkerung in der Weltgeschichte. 2 vy.

| C12. Misch, Georg. Geschichte der Auto- Wiirzburg, 1955-56.

biographie. Latest and most complete ed., C32. George, Pierre. Introduction a Pétude _

2 v. in 4, Bern, 1949-55. | géographique de la population du monde. -C13. Vidal de La Blache, Paul M., and Paris, 1951. |

, World History and Universal Treatments 39 C33. Balandier, Georges, and J. F. M. _ rejection of the traditional Christian point

Middleton, eds. International index of social of view. |

and cultural anthropology. N.Y., 1958. C43. Raleigh, Sir Walter. The history of

C34. Die Religion in Geschichte und Ge- the world. London, 1614. |

genwart. Ed. by Hermann Gunkel and Leo- C44. Bossuet, Jacques B. Discours sur | pold Zscharnack. 3rd ed., 5 v., Tiibingen, histoire universelle. Paris, 1681. Keeps uni-

1955. , | re - versal history within Catholic Christian the- :

C35. Whittaker, Edmund T. From Euclid ology, but ends with the age of Charle- } | to Eddington: a study. of conceptions of magne. the external world. Cambridge, Eng., C45. Bruzen de la Martiniére, Antoine A. | ,

1949, : a Introduction 4 Phistoire de P Asie, de l’Afrique |

- C36. Ginzel, Friedrich K. Handbuch der et de PAmérique. 2 v. Amsterdam, 1735. A mathematischen und technischen. Chrono- companion volume to Pufendorfi’s on the _ logies das Zeitrechnungswesen der Volker. principal states of Europe.

See A70. | C46. Bower, Archibald, John Campbell, C37. Arnold-Baker, Charles, and Anthony and others. An universal history, from the

Dent. Everyman’s dictionary of dates. Lon- earliest account of time to the present, com-

don and N.Y., 1954. . piled from original authors. 65 v. London,

, C38. Carter, Thomas F. The invention of 1736-68. Introduced practice of cooperative printing in China and its spread westward. scholarship in multi-volume historical enter-

2nd ed., N.Y., 1931. prises. Last great rendering of world history

re 7 in exclusively Christian terms. Broadened : | ' and has had important effects on historical

| SELECTED WORLD HISTORIES significantly the scope of the subject matter,

World history, in contrast with ethnocen- thinking. |

tric history like the Hellenic epics, Hebrew C47. Millot, Claude F. X. Elémens d’hisOld Testament, and Roman legends, was _ toire générale. 9 v. Paris, 1772-73. English first. produced during the last two centuries tr., 5 v., Worcester, Mass., 1789. B.c. by Hellenized orientals. By synchroni- C48. Voltaire, Francois M. A. de. Essai zation and systems of periodization, they sur histoire générale et sur les moeurs et brought Greek, Roman, and oriental history esprit des nations. 7 v. in 8. Geneva, 1756. into a single perspective. Christian historians C49. Oncken, Wilhelm, ed. Allgemeine reinterpreted that inheritance according to Geschichte. 45 v. Berlin, 1879-93. A collectheir belief that the Incarnation was the tive history universal in scope but national pivotal event of the human past. The concept in treatment, with meager connections beof world history appeared in Islamic culture, tween volumes. Blends all available knowlbut did not persist. In Asiatic countries it did edge of intellectual, religious, economic, and not arise. In the western cultural tradition it political history, but treatment of the Far has been a persistent element, but until East is inadequate. Certain volumes are out-

modern times was based upon a restricted standing. |

. comprehension of the world. The rise of C50. Ranke, Leopold von. Weltgeschichte. | national states in Europe inspired the study 9 v. Leipzig, 1883-88.

| of .national histories, although not to the C51. Lavisse, Ernest, and Alfred Ram-

] exclusion of all historiography of world baud, eds. Histoire générale du IVeme siécle 7 scope. The Americas responded to the same 4a nos jours. 12 v. Paris, 1893-1901. The influences. The world histories listed below unity of this cooperative history surpasses are. illustrative of the changes in the past that of the Oncken work and its scope is

fifteen centuries. | | greater. The point of view is strongly C39. Orosius, Paulus. Seven books of his- European.

tory against the pagans. Tr. by Irving W. C52. Heeren, Arnold H., Friedrich A.

_ Raymond. N.Y., 1936. An influential history Uckert, Wilhelm von Giesebrecht, Karl G.

, of the world as seen by a 5th century Chris- Lamprecht, and Hermann Oncken, eds.

tian. | Allgemeine Staatengeschichte. 53 separate

_ C40. Belleforest, Francois de. L*histoire works. Gotha, Hamburg, and Stuttgart,

universelle du monde. Paris, 1577. Compares 1829-1925. |

customs and cultures by geographical areas, C53. Lindner, Theodor. Weiltgeschichte including Africa, Asia, Europe, and the seit der Vélkerwanderung. 9 v. Berlin, 1901—

Americas. 16. Both Asian and European expansion are C41. Doglioni, Giovanni N. Compendio treated. Intellectual and technological develhistorico universale. Venice, 1601. A true opments are given within a political-geo-

world history and example of Renaissance graphical framework. |

interests. | | C54. Andrews, Charles McL., John Fiske,

C42. Cliver, Johannes. Historiarum totius and others. A history of ali nations from mundi epitome. Leiden, 1637. A departure the earliest times, being a universal historical from traditional periodization, but not a _ library. 24 v. Philadelphia and N.Y., 1905. In

40 Guide to Historical Literature the main a revised, condensed version of C66. Valentin, Veit. Weltgeschichte:

C49, giving more attention to the Americas. Volker, Manner, Ideen. 2 v. Amsterdam, C55. Petit, Edouard, ed. Histoire uni- 1939. Conceives of world history as a strug-

. verselle illustrée des pays et des peuples. 8 v. gle to give ever larger groups or societies | Paris, 1913-24. Good accounts of social and the four great possessions, religion, knowl-

economic developments at a sacrifice of edge, art, and power, under economic and

universal to nationalistic history. moral conditions which are bearable, a

| C56. Berr, Henri, ed. L’évolution de Phu- process marked by recurrent crises and by manité: synthése collective. Paris, 1920 ff. military or cultural conflicts.

| A substantial departure from earlier efforts C67. Bowle, John, ed. The concise ency-

to organize universal history by periods, clopedia of world history. London, 1958. areas, ethnic units, stages, and cycles. History | Not a reference work, but an attempt to suris conceived to be that of mankind, society, vey world history in one volume.

, inter-societal relations, in continuous evolu- C68. Turner, Ralph E. The great cultural | tion. Although undue weight is given to traditions. 2 v. N.Y., 1941. From earliest Europe and the West, it is the best organized times to the 4th century a.D. Based on findand most complete treatment of world his- ings and methods of analysis of studies aux-

tory. To be complete in 100 v. | iliary to historical interpretation.

C57. The history of civilization. Ed. by C69. Pirenne, Jacques. Les grands couCharles K. Ogden and Harry E. Barnes. rants de Phistoire universelle. 7 v. Neuchatel, |

N.Y. and London, 1924 ff. An expansion of 1944-56. Broad and frequently illuminating the Berr series in some respects, and a ~- survey of the great civilizations, sustaining

translation of some of its volumes. the thesis that landbound societies remain

C58. Petit, Maxime. Histoire générale des rigid and authoritarian whereas those leavpeuples. 3 v. Paris, 1925-26. Useful work ened by trade and maritime ventures tend

with a broad point of view. to foster a spirit of liberty and individualism.

C59. Histoire du monde. Ed. by Eugéne [GB] | |

Cavaignac. Paris, 1922 ff. Organized on the C70. Ruestow, Alexander. Ortsbestimprinciples of geography, population, and mung der Gegenwart: eine universalgechronology, with the world divided into schichtliche Kulturkritik. 3 v. Erlenbach and zones which are treated first individually and Ziirich, 1950-57. Uses the tools of modern next in their contacts with each other. The disciplines—anthropology, archaeology, sovolumes are individually excellent, with bib- ciology, and psychology—and reviews pres- |

liographies and maps. | ent state of western culture in light of the C60. Histoire générale. Ed. by Gustave history of power and freedom.

Glotz and Robert Cohen. Paris, 1926 ff. C71. Laviosa Zambotti, Pia. Origini e

Concerned with pre-history and history to diffusione della civilta. Milan, 1947. Reprint, 1453. Good integration of geography, tech- 1950. Good bibliographies round out this nology, economics, art, and literature with excellent study.

other aspects of the past. C72. Webb, Walter P. The great frontier:

_ C61. Peuples et civilisations: histoire an interpretation of world history since Cogénérale. Ed. by Louis Halphen and Philippe tumbus. See Y/55. —

a Sagnac. Paris, 1926 ff. A new and successful C73. The University of Michigan history | approach to universal history. Some vol- of the modern world. Ed. by Allan Nevins

umes are unsurpassed. and Howard M. Ehrmann. Ann Arbor,

C62. Propylaen Weltgeschichte: der Werde- 1958 ff. Comprehensive history of the lead- ) gang der Menschheit in Gesellschaft und ing nations and regions of the world, with Staat, Wirtschaft und Geistesleben. Ed. by heavy emphasis on the last two centuries. Walter Goetz. 10 v. Berlin, 1930-33. Empha- Each volume is a discrete unit with its own sizes the cultural development of mankind. bibliography. 15 v. projected. [GB]

Excellent. , C74. Durant, Will. The story of civilizaC63. .Barbagallo, Corrado. Storia uni- tion. 6 v. N.Y., 1935-57. A colorful exposiversale. New, rev. and enl. ed., 5 v. in 10, tion of Old World history, emphasizing Turin, 1950-54. Overwhelmingly political. characters and events. Loose in structure,

| Excellent bibliographies. | captivating rather than profound, and some-

C64. Bley, Wulf, ed. Revolutionen der what superficial. [GB] Weltgeschichte. Munich, 1933. A world his- C75. Crouzet, Maurice, ed. Histoire génétory with western emphasis and centered on’ rale des civilisations. 7 v. Paris, 1953-59.

a concept of revolution. Central theme is the contact and cumulative C65. Clio: introduction aux études his- exchanges between civilizations from situa-

toriques. Paris, 1934 ff. The plan of this tions separated either geographically or Series of manuals is that of a universal his- chronologically. Argument leads toward

tory. Individual volumes are of highest qual- critical choice of today’s underdeveloped ity. As an introduction to a study of uni- peoples between liberal and communist civi-

versal history it has superior merit. lizations. Excellent bibliographies. |

World History and Universal Treatments 41 C76. Akademiia Nauk, SSSR. Wsemir- unit founded upon shared physiologic traits, naia istoriia. Ed. by Eugenii M. Zhukov and has its history. Racism and other, less emoothers. Moscow, 1955 ff. An official Marxist tional, ideas about race have been influential

interpretation, beginning with “primitive upon the course of history. A people traces , communistic societies” and slave-holding its sense of unity to a certain degree of

societies of ancient times. It is planned to shared historical experience, while the more treat in 10 volumes world history through intense feeling of narrower unity among a World War IJ. All volumes will express his- nation rests on a sense of destiny as well as

torical materialism. of history, and seeks political expression. | C77. Kroeber, Alfred L. Configurations. The substance of world history is the inter-

of culture growth. See 43/8. | . relationships of races, peoples, and nations

‘C78. Toynbee, Arnold J. A study of his- and the interplay of their activities in suctory. 10 v. N.Y. and London, 1934-54. 2 v._ cessive epochs. Besides the works listed abridgement by D. C. Somervell, N.Y. and below, additional references pertinent to — London, 1947-57. One historian’s courageous races, peoples, and nations will be found in

effort to synthesize world history from the Section A. a :

investigations by predecessors and contem- C85. Boule, Marcellin, and Henri V. Valporaries, in the course of which a theory of lois. Les hommes fossiles: éléments de paléthe development of civilizations is formu- ontologie humaine. 4th ed., Paris, 1952.

lated and illustrated. If erroneous in details C86. Brodrick, Alan H. Early man: a and intuitive rather than wholly empirical, survey of human origins. London, 1948. . | the work has relevance and value of a high C87. Foster, Thomas S. Travels and setorder. For further comment see A323. tlements of early man: a study of the origins

[GFH] | of human progress. London, 1929, Darwin-

‘C79. Dawson, Christopher H. The dy- ian. Broad generalization about prehistoric namics of world history. N.Y., 1956. Stimu- migrations of man and guesses concerning lating compilation from Dawson’s critical the points, times, and places of human di-

writings on sociology and culture, edited by vergence. a

John J. Mulloy. [GB] | C88. Goldenweiser, Alexander A. AnthroC80. Northrop, Filmer S. C. The meeting pology: an introduction to primitive culture.

of East and West: an inquiry concerning N.Y., 1937. |

world understanding. N.Y., 1946. An at- C89. Kroeber, Alfred L. Anthropology: tempt to interpret and compare civilizations race, language, culture, psychology, prehis-

of the Orient and Occident by analyzing tory. See A159. :

their cultural ideals. [GB] C90. Herskovits, Melville J. Man and his

C81. Diez del Corral, Luis. El rapto del works: the science of cultural anthropology.

Europa. Madrid, 1954. English tr., by See A/66. |

Horace V. Livermore, N.Y., 1959. The uni- C91. Ware, Caroline F., ed. The cultural versalization of European culture and its approach to history. See A387. - .

implications for Europe and the world. [GB] C92. Queen, Stuart A., and John B. C82. Fueter, Eduard. World history, 1815- Adams. The family in various cultures.

1920. N.Y., 1922. Despite its age, this work Philadelphia, 1952.

of a Swiss historian still remains one of the C93. Letourneau, Charles. La condition

[WLD] | sations. Paris, 1903. :

most intelligent surveys of the 19th century. de la femme dans les diverses races et civili-

C83. Salis, Jean R. de. Weltgeschichte C94. Ainsworth-Davis, James R. Cooking der neuesten Zeit. 2 v. Ziirich, 1951-55. through the centuries. N.Y. and London, C84. Journal of world. history. Paris, 1931. 1953 ff. (Quarterly.) A tri-lingual outlet by C95. Pittard, Eugene. Les races et l’his-

which examples of. contents of the collabora- _toire. Paris, 1924. Tr., by V. E. C. Collum, tive history in preparation by the Interna- Race and history: an ethnological introduc-

tional Commission for a History of the tion to history, N.Y., 1926. A standard

Scientific and Cultural Development of Man- work with a substantial bibliography. kind are made available prior to its publica- C96. Coon, Carleton S., Stanley M. Garn, tion in final form. Six volumes on the devel- and Joseph B. Birdsell. Races: a study of the opment of peoples and cultures have been problem of race formation in man. Spring-

| | field, Ili., 1950. :planned. | C97. Boyd, William C. Genetics and the . Faces of man. Boston, 1950. RACES, PEOPLES, AND NATIONS C98. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. EvoluAny treatment of world history is con- tion, genetics and man. N.Y., 1955. cerned primarily with the peoples of the C99. Count, Earl W., ed. This is race: an past. Three major subdivisions of mankind anthology selected from the international have been accepted as instruments of literature on the races of man. N.Y., 1950. thought: race, people, and nation. Race,. a C190. Biasutti, Renato, and others. Le

42 Guide to Historical Literature razze e i popoli della- terra. 3 v. Turin, C122. Kohn, Hans. The idea of nation-

1941. : | alism: a study in its origin and background. C101. Blumenbach, Johann F. De generis See AH59. , | a

humani varietate nativa. Gottingen, 1775. C123. ———-. Prophets and peoples: studies

3rd ed., 1795, First to go beyond color to in nineteenth century nationalism. N.Y., — skull, texture of hair, and other traits in 1946.

identifying races. Source of many 19th cen- C124. Earle, Edward M., ed. Nationalism tury ideas about the inequalities of races. and internationalism. N.Y., 1950. C102. Montagu, M. F. Ashley. Statement C125. Meinecke, Friedrich. Weltbiirgertum

on race. N.Y., 1951. und Nationalstaat. See VF 109. on

1957. 1927. | oe

C103. Frazier, Edward F. Races and cul- C126. Barker, Ernest. National character

ture contacts in the modern world. N.Y., and the factors in its formation. London, | C104. United Nations Educational, Scien- C127. Johannet, Réné. Le principe des natific and Cultural Organization. The race tionalitiés. Paris, 1923.

| question in modern science. N.Y., 1956. C128. Nationalism: a report by a study

C105. Shodo, Shinmei. Shi-teki minzoku group of members of the Royal Institute of riron. [History of treatises on race theories.] International Affairs. London, 1939. Tokyo, 1948. Summarizes western theories C129. Gooch, George P. Nationalism. rather than offering an Asian view. London, 1920. The course of nationalism in C106. André, Pierre J. L’Islam et les Europe and Asia from the French Revolu-.

races, 2 v. Paris, 1922. tion to 1919,

C107. Linton, Ralph, ed. Most of the C130. Snyder, Louis L. The meaning of world: the peoples of Africa, Latin America, nationalism. New Brunswick, N.J., 1954.

and the East today. N.Y., 1949. C131. Sturzo, Luigi. Nationalism and inter-

C108. Die neue grosse Vélkerkunde. Ed. nationalism. N.Y., 1946.

by Hugo A. Bernatzik. 2nd ed., 3 v., Frank- C132. Baron, Solo W. Modern nationalism

furt-am-Main, 1954. , and religion. N.Y., 1947.

C109. Preuss, Konrad T. Lehrbuch der C133. Cobban, Alfred. National self-de-

Volkerkunde. Stuttgart, 1939. Valuable as termimation. See AH32.

an introduction to the subject. C134. Hertz, Friedrich O. Nationality in

Paris, 1932-33. ) :

C110. Barenton, Hillaire de. L’origine des _history and politics. London, 1944. langues, des religions, et des peuples. 2 v. :

C111. Montandon, George. L’ologénése TOPICAL HISTORIES

culturelle: traité d’ethnologie. Paris, 1934. Philosophy C112. Abel, Wilhelm. ‘““Wachstumsschwan-

kungen mittel europdischer VO6lker seit dem C135. Brie, G. A. de. Bibliographia philoMittelalter.” Jahrbiicher fiir Nationaloékono- sophica, 1934-1945, 2 v. Brussels, 1950-

mie, 142 (July 1935): 670-92. 54. | 7 | C113. Schwidetzky, Ilse. Das Problem des C136. Bibliographie de la _ philosophie.

Volkertodes: eine Studie zur historischen Paris, 1937 ff. (Semiannual.) | Bevolkerungsbiologie. Stuttgart, 1954. C137. Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, and

| C114. Landry, Adolphe, and others. others. History of philosophy, eastern and Traité de démographie. Paris, 1945. western. 2 v. London, 1952-53. | C115. Chevalier, Louis. Démographie gé- C138. Gomperz, Theodor. Greek thinkers:

nérale. Paris, 1951. a history of ancient philosophy. Tr. by Laurie

C116. Reinhard, Marcel R. Histoire de la Magnus and G. G. Berry. 4 v. London, population mondiale, 1700-1948. Paris, 1949. 1901-12. A fundamental source for both C117. Isaac, Julius. Economics of migra- Greek philosophy and the history of critical tion. N.Y., 1947. An economic and socio- opinion and evaluation. [BJL] logical study of the movement of free indi- C139. Boer, Tyitze J. de. The history of

viduals for the years since 1815. [WLD] philosophy in Islam. Tr. by Edward R. C118. Lavedan, Pierre. Histoire de Pur- Jones. London, 1903. Reprint, 1933. The best

banisme. 3 v. Paris, 1926-52. volume on this subject. [BJL]

C119. Pinson, Koppel S. A bibliographical C140. Whitehead, Alfred N. Adventures

introduction to nationalism. N.Y., 1935. of ideas. N.Y., 1933. | C120. Shafer, Boyd C. Nationalism: myth C141. Westermarck, Edward A. The origin and reality. N.Y., 1955. and development of the moral ideas. 2 v.

C121. Hayes, Carlton J. H. The historical London, 1906-08. | :

evolution of modern nationalism. N.Y., C142. Lecky, William E. H. History of .

1931. 5th printing, 1955. A sequel to his European morals from Augustus to Charleearlier Essays on nationalism (N.Y., 1926), magne. 3rd rev. ed., 2 v., N.Y., 1879. in which he appraises the strength of na- C143. Brinton, Crane. A history of western |

tionalism as a force in history. morals. N.Y., 1959. A rapid review in which |

oe , World History and Universal Treatments — «43 the results of Christian religious faith and Agriculture ; alternative bases for morals are appraised. | C163. Gras, Norman S. B. A history of

_ Political Theory and Institutions Sa ttG europe and America, ond ed., C144, Cassirer, Ernst. The myth of the C164. Jensen, Lloyd B. Man’s foods: nutri-

State. New Haven, 1946. | tion and environments in food gathering and

: -.C145. Gierke, Otto F. von. The develop- food producing times. Champaign, Ill.,

ment of political theory. N.Y., 1939. 1953. | C146. Dunning, William A. A history of C165. Hehn, Victor. Kulturpflanzen und | political theories. 3 v. N.Y. and London, Haustiere in ihrem Ubergang aus Asien nach

1920-43. | Griechenland und Italien sowie in das tbrige — _€147. Wigmore, John H. A panorama of Europa. 7th ed., Berlin, 1902. 7 ;

the world’s legal systems. 3 v. St. Paul, 1928. C166. Antonius, Otto. Grundztige einer Describes sixteen major systems. , Stammesgeschichte der Haustiere. Jena, 1920. C148. Seagle; William. The history of law. The author modified his conclusions some-

2nd ed., N.Y., 1946. Comprehensive sum- What in Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, :

raphies. — . | 294-303. a oo,

mary and interpretation. Chapter bibliog- Verhandlungen, v. 90 (Vienna, 1944), pp.

C149. Maine, Sir Henry J. S. Lectures on C167. Food and Agriculture Organization

, the early history of institutions. N.Y., 1875. Of the United Nations. Agriculture in the C150. Rose, Arnold M., ed. The institu- world economy. Rome, 1955. ae tions of advanced societies. Minneapolis, C168. Gottschalk, Alfred. Histoire de

1958, , Palimentation. 2 v. Paris, 1948. | C169. Hintze, Kurt. Geographie und Ge. : . schichte der Ernahrung. Leipzig, 1934. Mathematics and Science Oo C170. Curwen, Eliot C., and Gudmund

C151. Newman, James R. The world of Hatt. Plough and pasture. N.Y., 1953. mathematics. 4 v. N.Y., 1956. Excerpts with C171. Francis, Clarence. A history of food introduction of mathematical writings, and its preservation. Princeton, 1937,

mostly modern and western. [GB] } C172. Bennett, Richard, and John Elton.

C152. Struik, Dirk J. Concise history of History of corn milling. 4 v. London, 1898mathematics. 2 v. N.Y., 1948. 1904. ee : C153. Smith, David E. A history of mathematics. See A241 . ; ; Technology C154. Hogben, Lancelot. Science for the

citizen. N.Y., 1938. Relates scientific ad- C173. Feldhaus, Franz M. Die Technik vances to social progress. Difficult style. [GB] der Antike und des Mittelalters. Potsdam,

| C155. Becker, Carl L. Progress and power. 1931.

Stanford, 1936. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1949. Brief, C174. Franchet, L. Les premiers instru- jiluminating survey of the human epic. [GB] ments de labour et leur évolution. Lausanne,

C156. Neugebauer, Otto. The exact sci- 1932. ;

ences in antiquity. See F254. C175. Forbes, Robert J. Studies in ancient

C157. Taton, René, ed. Histoire générale technology. 6 v. Leiden, 1955-58. | des sciences. Paris, 1957 ff. To be complete C176. Schrecker, Paul. Work and history:

in 3 v.. | | an essay on the structure of civilization. C158. Dannemann, Friedrich. Die Natur- Princeton, 1948. |

wissenschaften in ihrer Entwicklung und in C177. Singer, Charles J., and others, eds. _ ihrem Zusammenhange. 2nd ed., 4 v., Leip- A history of technology. 5 v. Oxford, 1954—

zig, 1920-23. : 58. A monumental collective effort, authori-

C159. Kraus, Paul. Jabir ibn Hayyan: con- tative, well-planned, and _ well-illustrated. tribution 4 Vhistoire des idées scientifiques | Covers from prehistoric times to 1900. Most dans Islam. 2:v. Cairo, 1942-43. [Mémoires chapters include source references and bib-

: de I’Institut d’Egypt, 44—45.] | liographies. [GB] |

C160. Mieli, Aldo. La science arabe et son C178. Poirier, René. L’épopée des grands role dans Pévolution scientifique mondiale. travaux de la Tour de Babel a la cité de

Leiden, 1938. Patome. 2 vy. Paris, 1957.

| C161.. Berriman, Algernon E. Historical C179. Rickard, Thomas A. Man and

: metrology. N.Y. and London, 1953. Analyzes metals: a history of mining in relation to the archaeological and prehistoric evidence con- development of civilization. 2 v. N.Y., 1932.

cerning weights and measures. C180. Agricola, Georgius. De re metallica. | C162. Sarton, George A. L. Introduction English tr. by Herbert C. Hoover and Lou

to the history of science. See A249. H. Hoover. London, 1912; N.Y., 1950. Rich

For other, works on the history of science annotations make this a general history of see A247-279, metallurgy. [GB]

44 Guide to Historical Literature — C181. Johannsen, Otto. Geschichte des C202. McDowell, Carl E., and Helen M. Eisens. 3rd rev. ed., Diisseldorf, 1953. Gibbs. Ocean transportation. N.Y., 1954.

: C182. Uccelli, Arturo, ed. Storia della C203. Zechlin, Egmont. Maritime Weligetecnica dal medio evo ai nostri giorni. Milan, schichte. 2 v. Hamburg, 1948-49,

| 1944. Collaborative product, magnificently C204. Hornell, James. Water transport: illustrated, but lacking notes or bibliography. origins and early evolution. Cambridge, Eng.,

C183. Usher, Abbott P. A _ history of 1946. | :

mechanical inventions. Rev. ed., Cambridge, C205. Gibson, Charles E. The story of the

Mass., 1954. ship. N.Y., 1948. . C184. Kirby, Richard S., and others. En- C206. Anderson, Romola, and Roger C.

gineering in history. N.Y., 1956. Sweeping Anderson. The sailing-ship: six thousand

in scope. Useful bibliography. years of history. London, 1947.

C185. Royal Microscopic Society. Origin C207. Lefebvre des Noéttes, Richard. De and development of the microscope. Ed. by la marine antique a la marine moderne: la Alfred N. Disney, Cyril F. Hill, and Wilfred révolution du gouvernail. Paris, 1935.

E. W. Baker. London, 1928. , C208. ——-. La force motrice animale a travers les ages. Paris, 1924. Economic History C209. Dollfus, Charles, and Edgar de —

. . ele . Geoffroy. Histoire de la locomotion terrestre.

. C186. André, Louis. Histoire économique 4, paris 1935-36.

depuis l’antiquité jusqu’a nos jours. 6th ed., C710. ’ Gregory, John W., and C. J.

. Paris,C187. 1939. . Gregory. The story of the road. 2nd ed., Cipolla, Carlo M. Money, prices, | ondon. 1938. and civilization in the Mediterranean world, C211. Steinman. David B.. and Sara R. fifth to seventeenth century. Princeton, 1956. Watson, Bridges and their builders. N.Y.

Excellent introduction to the history of 49447. : ,

money and banking. [SC] ___ C212. Black, Archibald. The story of C188. Ciark, Colin. National. and per tunnels. N.Y., 1937. _ | capita incomes. N.Y., 1948, C213. Robins, Frederick W. The story of

London, 1945. , *s / A

C189. Stark, Werner. The history of eco- water supply. London, 1946. nomics in its relation to social development. C214. Buffet. Bernard. and René Evrard.

C190. Kaulla, Rudolf. Beitrage zur Entste- Lites powsble a travers les ages. 2nd ed. | _ hungsgeschichte des Geldes. Bern, 1945. C215. Kiely, Edmond R. Surveying instruC191. Weber, Max. Wirtschaft und Ge- nents: their history and classroom use. N.Y.,

| 1954. 1924. ‘e, . selischaft. 4th ed., Tiibingen, 1956. 1947.

C192, ——. Gesammelte aufsatze zur C216. Straub, Hans. A history of civil

sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte. Tubingen, engineering. London, 1952

C193. Allen, George C. Western enterprise the an ° of dictillathen Leiden 19 mead of

in far eastern economic development. N.Y., | ’ C194. Ashworth, William. A short history Medicine

of the international economy, 1850-1950. C218. Sigerist, Henry E. Civilization and

London and N.Y., 1952. ; . disease. Ithaca, 1943. Twelve historical

C195. Lorwin, Lewis L. The international = occays on social, religious, legal, etc., attilabor movement: history, policies, outlook. tudes toward disease. [GB]

N.Y., 1953. . C219. Diepgen, Paul. Geschichte der C196. Heaton, Herbert. A history of trade Medizin. 2 v. in 3. Berlin, 1949-55. and commerce. New and rev. ed., London, C220. Stemplinger, Eduard. Antike und 1941. to. moderne Volksmedizin. Leipzig, 1925. C197, Lacour-Gayet, Jacques, ed. Histoire C221. Gordon, Benjamin L. Medicine

| de commerce. 6 v. Paris, 1950-55. throughout antiquity. Philadelphia, 1949.

C198. Lefranc, Georges. Histoire du com- Medicine as developed by various peoples of

merce. 2nd ed., Paris, 1948. early times. [GB]

C199. Luzzatto, Gino. Storia del commer- C222. Shryock, Richard H. The develop-

cio. Florence, 1914. ment of modern medicine. See A287.

C200. Warmington, Er IC H. The commerce C223. Filliozat, Jean. La doctrine classique

| 1292. grecs. Paris, 1949. Transportation - |

between the Roman empire and India. See qe jg médecine indienne et ses paralléles

| | E. Art and Architecture C201. Fayle, Charles A short history

1933. of art. N_Y., 1937.

of the world’s shipping industry. London, C224. Cheney, Sheldon. A world history |

World History and Universal Treatments , 45 : C225. Propylaen-Kunstgeschichte. 16 v. and not individuality or nationality except as

Berlin, 1923-29. aspects of an intellectual environment.

C226. The encyclopedia of world art. N.Y., C237. Faure, Elie. Histoire de Tart. 4 v. 1959 ff. Magnificent illustrations and com- Paris, 1909-21. Tr. by W. Pach, 5 v., N.Y.,

ment by leading historians of art. 15 v. 1921-30; reprint, 1937. Imaginative, inter- |

planned. [JSC] pretive, and not recommended for details. C227. Holt, Elizabeth B., ed. A docu- Abundant illustrations. :

mentary history of art. 2nd ed., 2 v., Garden C238. Muther, Richard. The history of City, N.Y., 1957-58. Reprint from Literary modern painting. Rev. ed., 4 v., N.Y., 1907. ~- sources of art history (Princeton, 1947). Tr. from Geschichte der Malerei (5 v., Leip-

Anthology of texts from Theophilus to zig, 1899-1902). |

Goethe. [JSC] — - | C239. Woermann, Karl. Geschichte der C228. Panofsky, Erwin.. Meaning in the Kunst aller Zeiten und Volker. 3 v. Leipzig, visual arts. Garden City, 1955. Stimulating 1900-11. 2nd ed., 6 v., 1915-22. |

essays on problems of iconography and C240. Gardner, Helen. Art through the

iconology. Concluding chapter relates prog- ages. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1948. An admirable

ress in history of art in the United States. survey. [JSC] z

[JSC] oe C241. Mégroz, Rudolphe L. Profile art ~ C229. Thieme, Ulrich, and Felix Becker, through the ages: a study of the use and

eds. Allgemeines Lexikon. der bildenden _ significance of profile and silhouette from Kiinstler von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. the Stone Age to puppet films. N.Y., 1949. | |

37 v. Leipzig, 1907-50. Thorough factual C242. Stites, Raymond S. The arts and

compilation of biographical and other in- man. N.Y., 1940. So formation. | - C243. Reichwein, Adolf. China and Eu-

| ~ €230. Michel, André, ed. Histoire de Part rope: intellectual and artistic contacts in the depuis les premiers temps chrétiens jusqu’a eighteenth century. Tr..by J. C. Powell. N.Y.,

| nos jours. 8 v. Paris, 1905-29. Broad in 1925.

scope, but correspondingly brief on indi- C244. New York Museum of Modern Art. vidual styles or periods. Probably unsur- Masters of modern art. Ed. by Alfred H. passed as a general cooperative history of Barr. N.Y., 1954. / art since early Christian period. Useful C245. Vollmer, Hans. Allgemeines Lexikon

bibliographies. | der bildenden Kiinstler des XX. Jahrhun-

C231. Martin, Henry, ed. La grammaire- derts. 4 v. Leipzig, 1953-58. A continuation | des styles: collection de précis sur Phistoire of Thieme and Becker’s universal and com-

de Part. 3rd ed., 15 v., Paris, 1927-30. A set prehensive treatment. a | of small volumes covering architecture, C246. Haftmann, Werner. The mind and sculpture, painting, and design. Emphasizes work of Paul Klee. N.Y., 1955. } occidental and particularly French art. C247. Grohmann, Will. Paul Klee. N.Y.,

[JSC] | , | 1955. | os |

| C232. Histoire universelle des arts des C248. Berckelaers, Ferdinand L. (vseud., | temps primitifs jusqu’a nos jours. Ed. by Michel Seuphor). Piet Mondrian, life and Louis Réau and others. 4 v. Paris, 1930-39. work. Amsterdam, 1956.

[1, Georges Contenau and Victor Chapot, C249. Fletcher, Banister F. A history of L’art antique—Orient, Gréce, Rome; 2, Louis architecture. N.Y., 1943. ,

Réau, L’art primitif—l art mediéval; 3, Louis C250. Fletcher, Banister, and Banister F.

| Réau, La Renaissance—lart moderne; 4, Fletcher. A history of architecture on the

Serge Elisséeff and others, Arts musulmans— comparative method. 7th rev. ed., London, Extreme Orient (Inde, Indochine, Insulinde 1924. Reference work with illustrations and Chine, Japon, Asie centrale, Tibet).] Ap- _ plans. proach is that of comparative history. Illus- C251. Mukerjee, Radhakamal. Man and trations are adequate, bibliographies useful. his habitation. London, 1940. — , V. 4 is among the best available on its sub-— C252. Giedion, Siegfried. Mechanization

: ject.C233. ; takes command. N.Y:, 1948. The effects of Springer, Anton H. Handbuch der mechanization on human beings. [GB] | Kunstgeschichte. 11th ed., 5 v., Stuttgart and C253. Joseph, David. Geschichte der BauLeipzig, 1920-21. Factual and unimaginative. kunst vom Altertum bis zur Neuzeit. 3 v. in

C234. Lavedan, Pierre. Histoire de Vart. 4. Berlin. 1902-09. Little on Far East or

2 v. Paris, 1944-49. : South America

_ -€235. Carotti, Giulio. A history of art. C254. Choisy, Auguste. Histoire de l’archi-

3C236. v. N.Y., 1908-23. tecture. 2 v. Paris, 1899. } Carriere, Moriz. Die Kunst im C255. Kimball, Sidney F., and George H.

Zusammenhang der Culturentwickelung und Edgell. A history of architecture. London die Ideale der Menschenheit. 3rd ed., 5 v., and N.Y., 1918. A reliable but very compact

Leipzig, 1877-86. An effort to show that history. -

fundamental laws of aesthetics -govern art, C256. Grorius, Walter. The new archi-

46 Guide to Historical Literature | tecture and the Bauhaus. Tr. by P. Morton sound to the New Oxford history of music

Shand. N.Y., 1937. | (C270). C257. Johnson, Philip C. Mies van der C274. Myers, Kurtz. Record ratings. Ed.

Rohe. N.Y., 1953. by Richard S. Hill. N.Y., 1956. Good critical C258. Chase, George H., and Chandler estimates of musical recordings. Covers

R. Post. A history of sculpture. N.Y., 1924. through 1955. . | A useful summary. | C275. The guide to long-playing records.

: C259. Ritchie, Andrew C. Sculpture of the 3 v. N.Y., 1955. [1, Irving Kolodin, Orches-

_ art. .

twentieth century. N.Y., 1952. . tral music; 2, Philip L. Miller, Vocal music; | C260. Schaefer-Simmern, Henry. Sculpture 3, Harold C. Schonberg, Chamber and solo.

- in Europe today. Berkeley, 1955. instrument music.|] Generally reliable; among

C261. Seymour, Charles, Jr. Tradition and the best of the critical guides. :

experiment in modern sculpture. See 759/. C276. Hall, David. The record book. | C262. Sweeney, James J. Henry Moore. International ed., N.Y., 1948. Valuable de-

N.Y., 1946. | spite the rapid progress of the recording Music and the Performing Arts - C277. Sachs, Curt. Eine Weltgeschichte

| des Tanzes. Berlin, 1933. A brief work. con-

_ €263. Grove, Sir George, ed. Dictionary taining bibliography with which to delve of music and musicians. 3rd rev..ed., 6 v., further into the subject. N.Y., 1927-28. 5th ed., 9 v., 1955. In spite C278. Leloir, Maurice. Dictionnaire des of disproportion and omissions, this has been costumes et de ses accessoires, des armes, et | the standard work in English for many des étoffes, des origines 4 nos jours. Paris,

years. , 1951. Authoritative; mainly western. | C264. Burney, Charles. A general history C279. Klein, Julius L. Geschichte des of music. Ed. by Frank Mercer. Reprint, Drama’s. 13 v. in 15. Leipzig, 1865-86. 2 v., N.Y., 1958. After 175 years, this most C280. Bowers, Faubion. Theatre in the informative and charmingly written 18th East: a survey of Asian dance and drama. century work stands up as a great example N.Y. and Toronto, 1956.

: of the history of music. | C281. Bogeng, Gustav A. E. Geschichte C265. Combarieu, Jules. Histoire de la des Sports aller Volker und Zeiten. 2 v.

musique des origines au début du XXé siécle. Leipzig, 1926. oe

New ed., 3 v., Paris, 1948-50. The most re-

_ liable work in this field in French. Literature , | C266. Dufourcq, Norbert, ed. La musique

des origines a nos jours. Paris, 1946. Articles C282. Prampolini, Giacomo. Storia uni‘by specialists covering the world of music _ versale della letteratura. 5 v. Turin, 1933-38. since the ancients, with extensive bibliog- |. C283. Queneau, Raymond, ed. Histoire des

raphies. . 7 littératures. Bruges, 1955 ff. Inclusive. BibC267. Einstein, Alfred. A short history of liography assists pursuit of special branches music. 3rd U.S. rev. ed., N.Y., 1947. Concise of the world’s literature.

and popular. C284. Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft. |

C268. Harmon, Alec, and Wilfred H. Ed. by Oskar Walzel. 30 v. Potsdam, 1923| Mellers. Man and his music. 4 v. Fair Lawn, 43. | N.J., 1957. General and non-technical. C285. Shipley, Joseph T., ed. Dictionary

| C269. The Oxford history of music. Ed. of world literature: criticism, forms, tech-

by William H. Hadow. 6 v. Oxford, 1901-05. nique. N.Y., 1943; London, 1945. New rev.

: 2nd ed., ed. by P. C. Buck, 8 v., London, ed., 1953. Extremely concise. Includes dra- |

1929-38. Authoritative. matic literature. oo oe

C270. New Oxford history of music. N.Y. C286. Algemene literatuur Geschiedenis.

and London, 1954 ff. Projected 11 v. A Ed. by Franz de Backer and others. 6 v.

comprehensive, detailed treatment of each Utrecht, 1943-55.

phase of the development of music. - C287. Auerbach, Erich. Mimesis. Prince-

C271. Sachs, Curt. The rise of music in ton, 1953. the ancient world, East and West. N.Y., 1943. |

C272. ———. The history of musical instru- Warfare ] ,

| ments. N.Y., 1940. Authoritative. C273. History of music in sound [Album C288. Nef, John U. War and human progof records.] Ed. by Gerald Abraham. [RCA ress. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. A_ classic Victor LM 6015, 6016, 6029, 6030, 6031, liberal study on the question of whether war 6057, 6137.] From ancient and oriental music is a major determinant of economic and

| through the growth of instrumental music technological progress. [WLD]

and the symphony, the opera, and other com- C289. Delbriick, Hans, and others. Ge-

plex forms. Designed as a supplement in _ schichte der Kriegskunst. See 7208. _

, _ World History and Universal Treatments , 47 ~~ €290. Montross, Lynn. War through the C292. Clausewitz, Karl von. On war. Tr.

| ages. See AH85. by James J. Graham. New and rev. ed., 3 v., : C291. Phillips, Thomas R., ed. Roots of | London, 1908. | | strategy. Harrisburg, 1940. Translation of a C293. Rothfels, Hans. Carl von Clause-

selection of military classics. witz: Politik und Krieg. Berlin, 1920.

SECTION D 7 CHARLES SAMUEL BRADEN *

Writings of importance in the history of religions greatly exceed the dimensions of this section. A select list appears here. Bibliographies in the books which are individually mentioned will lead to almost everything published which has

genuine significance in the general field. Other references in the regional and national sections should also be consulted.

GENERAL | a BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND erage of European sources in French, Ger-

MUSEUMS man, and Italian as well as Latin.

D4. Bibliographic index: a cumulative bibD1. Barrow, John G. A bibliography of _ liography of bibliographies. See B5. Refer to bibliographies in religion. Ann Arbor, 1955. such topics as religion, religions and their Annotated list of bibliographies of books subdivisions, the various countries, and spedealing with religion, including works in most _ cific religions.

of the major languages of the world. Heavily D5. Index bibliographicus: directory of weighted on the side of the Bible and the current periodical abstracts and _ bibliogra- | Christian tradition, it does have a section on _— phies. V. 2, comp. by Theodore Besterman.

non-Christian religions. Under Christianity Paris, 1952. [UNESCO pub. no. 863.] See | it covers the Catholic Church, the Reforma- section on religion and theology, pp. 12-14.

tion, the Protestant sects, and includes an Lists the major magazines of Europe and extensive section on persons who have fig- the United States dealing with religion, inured prominently in the field of religion. cluding English, French, Swiss, Italian, Span-

Well indexed. | ish, Finnish, Russian, Danish, Belgian, and |

D2. Besterman, Theodore. A world bib- Portuguese. liography of bibliographies and of _ biblio- D6. Haydon, A. Eustace. “Twenty-five graphical catalogues, calendars, abstracts, years of history of religions.” The journal of digests, indexes, and the like. See B3. Refer religion, 6 (Jan. 1926): 17-40. Survey of to theology, religion, and other appropriate literature in the history of religions from.

headings in the field. 1900 to 1925, with discussion of the chief

D3. Malclés, Louise N. Les sources du books published during that period. Is di-

travail bibliographique. V. 2 (Geneva, 1952), vided into three parts: (1) outstanding gains ch. 13, “Sciences religieuses.” Excellent cov- of the period, (2) a survey of changes in * Professor Braden gratefully acknowledges the assistance and counsel of the following scholars

in preparation of bibliographies of the various faiths: on Buddhism, Clarence H. Hamilton;

Chinese religions, Wing-Tsit Chan; Christianity, Richey Hogg; Hinduism, G. V. Bobrinskoi; Islam, Arthur Jeffery; Judaism, Jacob Marcus; Shinto, D. C. Holtom; the Sikhs, C. H. Loehiin. AS

, , _ History of Religions | 49 method, and (3) clarification of the meaning und Religionswissenschaft. 5 v. and register. of religion. Major works of the 19th century Tiibingen, 1927-32. 3rd ed., 1957 ff.

are mentioned in a preliminary sketch. D14. Encyclopédie des sciences religieuses.. D7. Braden, Charles S. “Research in the Ed. by F. A. Lichtenberger. 13 v. Paris, history of religions.” Journal of Bible and 1877-82. religion. Abstracts of articles appearing in D15. Encyclopaedia of religion and ethics. 1946-47, 16 (Jan. 1948): 51-54; 1947-48, Ed. by James Hastings: and others. 13. v. 17 (Apr. 1949): 120-23; 1948-49, 18 (Jan. N.Y., 1908-27. Most complete coverage in 1950): 48-52; 1950-51, 19 (July 1951): English of the entire- field of religion. All 142-45; 1952-53, 21 (Oct. 1953): 262-67; articles by competent specialists, generally at 1954-55, 23 (July 1955): 213-18. A series high scholarly level. Index volume is in-

of abstracts of articles on the history of valuable for study of special topics. Com- -

religions published in major periodicals of | prehensive bibliographies. the United States, Europe, and some oriental D16. The new Schaff-Herzog encyclopedia — countries. The series will continue. Does not of religious knowledge. Ed. by Samuel M.

include articles on either Christianity or Jackson. 13 v. N.Y., 1908-14. Primarily

Judaism, but the Journal has published a concerned with Christianity and Judaism, but comparable series on research in archaeol- some attention is given to other religions. ogy, the Old Testament, the New Testament, Has been supplemented and brought up to

the psychology of religion, and the sociology date by publication of D17. :

- of religion. See indices in annual volumes. D17. Twentieth century encyclopedia of D8. ———. The scriptures of mankind. N.Y., religious knowledge. Ed. by Lefferts A. 1952. Introduction. to the scriptures of the Loetscher. 2 v. Grand Rapids, 1955. Most

raphies of each. - phies.

world’s living religions, with selected bibliog- articles are accompanied by select bibliogra-

D9. International bibliography of the his- D18. The sacred books of the East. Ed. by tory of religions. Leiden, 1952 ff. Annual. F. Max Miller. 50 v. Oxford, 1897-1910. D10. The mythology of all races. Ed. by Selected portions of many sacred texts, transL. H. Gray. 13 v. Boston, 1916-32. Rich in lated by scholars who. have provided in addi-

notes and bibliography. | _ tion copious historical and literary introduc-

D11. Pinard de la Boullaye, Henry. tions and explanatory notes. Bibliogra- |

L’étude comparée des religions: essai critique. —phies. _

2 v. Paris, 1922—25. The value of this work D198. Finegan, Jack. Archeology in world for the modern reader lies in its critique of religions. Princeton, 1952. Bibliography in

the various approaches to the history and footnotes. comparison of religions. Ample bibliogra-

phies with discussion of major works. LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES ~

D12. Diehl, Katharine S. Religions, myth- | . |

ologies, folklores: an annotated bibliography. D20. Histoire générale des religions. 5 v. New Brunswick, 1956. Good but quite Paris, 1944-51. Comprehensive coverage of _ limited, especially in foreign language items. the entire field, with separate sections written Organized in three sections: (1) universal by competent European specialists. Much religious knowledge, (2) religions exclusive fuller treatment of Christianity than any of the Judeo-Christian tradition, and (3) the other faith. Extensive bibliographies, espe-

Judeo-Christian tradition. cially valuable for French sources, both Libraries and museums rarely cover the books and periodicals.

entire field of the history of religions, but D21. Lehrbuch des Religionsgeschichte. 4th tend to specialize in some particular areas. In ed., ed. by Alfred Bertholet and Edward the United States the libraries of Harvard, Lehmann, 2 v., Tiibingen, 1924-25.

Yale, and the University of Chicago are D22. Frazer, Sir James G. The golden

outstanding. The Chicago Historical Museum _ bough. 3rd ed., 12 v., N.Y., 1935. Not prop(formerly the Field Museum), the Oriental erly a history of religion, but touches almost Institute of the University of Chicago, the every important aspect of religion. More con-

American Museum of Natural. History in cerned with older religions and those of New York, and the Smithsonian Institution in primitive societies, but makes frequent referWashington are rich in exhibits bearing on ence to the major ones. Lengthy bibliography some phases of religion. The British Museum covers practically all principal sources, in-

notable. century.

in London, both as museum and library, is cluding journals, to beginning of the 20th

. D23. Moore, George F. The history of

ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF religions. 2 v. N.Y., 1919. 2nd rev. ed.,

REFERENCE 1924-25. V. 2 covers Judaism, Christianity, ‘D13.and Islam: v. 1, the other major religions. Die Religion in Geschichte und Good bibliographies. Noteworthy for care-

Gegenwart: Handworterbuch fiir Theologie ful, objective scholarship. os

50 Guide to Historical Literature HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS ff. (Quarterly.) Written by experts for non-

es 3 woe technically equipped readers. 7

Modern tendencies m” the w orld’s religions D33. Archives de sociologie des religions.

are described in the following books. Paris. 1956 ff. (Semiannual.’

D24. Charles S. Modern tendnae - (Semiannual.) — orworld -sBraden, requent articles onhthe history of some . encies in religions. N.Y., 1933. f relici in periodicals on D25. Haydon, A. Eustace. Modern trends P7#S° OF Feligion appear Mm perromcas on

. esworld 5 | archaeology. For many 1934. others tare? not listed in religions. Chicago, wT here D26. Widgery, Alban G. Living religions see Ulrich’s periodicals directory (B75). ° ? ; : D34. Journal of Bible and religion. Brattle-

. "7 ff. (Quarterly.) | and modern thought. N.Y., 1936. | boro, Vt., 1932 ff. (Quarterly.) D27. Braden, Charles S. War, communism, D35 Jou i : f relivi y: Chi 1921

and world religions. N.Y., 1953. > VOUFHAN O© Femgion. Waicago, ,

. | D36. Quellen der Religions-Geschichte.

PERIODICALS Gottingen, 1909 ff. |

D28. American Theological Library Asso- D37. Religionsgeschichtliche Bibliografie. ciation. Index to religious periodical litera- 10 v. in 5. Leipzig, 1914-23. . ture, 1949-1952. Chicago, 1953. Indexes 31 D38. Religionsgeschichtliche. Giessen, 1903

periodicals not included in the general ff. |

periodical indices. Designed as a continuing D39.. Review of religion. N.Y., 1936-58.

project, with further volumes planned. (Quarterly to 1950; semiannual, 1950 ff.) D29. International index to periodicals. See Regular feature is a bibliographical section

B77. Indexes at least 35 periodicals which listing current articles concerning religion in | from time to time carry articles, mostly a wide range of eastern and western periodi-

: scholarly, on the history of religion. The cals. These are classified under general,

other periodical indices are worth consulting primitive, ancient, oriental, and Judeo-

also, though most of these articles are more Christian. | |

superficial. D40. Revue de Ilhistoire des _ religions. D30. American journal of archaeology. Paris, 1880 ff. (Quarterly.) Cumulative index,

Cambridge, Mass., 1885 ff. (Quarterly.) . v. 1-44, . | |

'D31. Antiquity: a quarterly review of D41. Southwestern journal of anthropolarchaeology. Gloucester, Eng., 1927 ff. ogy. Albuquerque, 1945 ff. (Quarterly.) Not Ranges over the world, with religion only limited to archaeology of the Southwest or

one of its varied interests. to primitive religions, Frequent articles from D32. Archeology. Cambridge, Mass., 1948 the Orient and elsewhere. : |

| PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS | Much of the study of primitive religions D46. Radin, Paul. Primitive religion, its has been done by anthropologists. Almost nature and origin. N.Y., 1937. Extensive

. every book on anthropology has at least a bibliography. . | chapter on religion, usually describing it at For specific primitive religions see (1) the primitive level. Many provide ample Encyclopaedia of religion and ethics (D15),

bibliographies. articles on particular peoples; (2) bibliog- — D42. Taylor, Edward B. Primitive culture: raphies in titles here mentioned; (3) mono-

researches into the development of mythol- graphs on the religions of specific peoples, | ogy, philosophy, religion, art, language, and or chapters on religion in monographs on | custom. 4th rev. ed., 2 v., London, 1903. particular peoples; (4) indices in periodicals A pioneer book usually listed in the bibliog- | mentioned in this subsection and in the one

religion in general. : , | D43. Durkheim, Emile. Les formes ele- PERIODICALS |

| raphies of those who write on primitive on religion in general. mentaires de la vie religieuse. Paris, 1912.

D44. Schmidt, Wilhelm. The origin and Frequent articles on primitive religions growth of religion: facts and theories. Tr. or aspects of them are found in anthroby H. J. Rose. London, 1931. A manual pological and ethnological journals, as well

7 founded upon the 12 v. Ursprung des Gotte- as in publications of the universities and | sidee (Minster, 1926-55), but containing museums of the world. For a listing of additional material. Good résumé and cri- these see Udrich’s periodicals directory

tique of the development of the historic study (B75) under anthropology. See also the fol-

of religions, with ample bibliographical lowing. _ : | ,

notes, including chiefly works of continental D47. U. S. Library of Congress. Biological

scholars. _ | sciences serial publications: a world list, 1950-

D45. Lowie, Robert H. Primitive religion. 1954. Comp. by John H. Richter and Charles © N.Y:, 1924. | | . P. Daly. Philadelphia, 1955,

, History of Religions 51

| Se HINDUISM

Four of the eleven usually regarded as Sanskrit literature.’ N.Y., 1900. See D468,

| world religions were born in India—Hindu- p. 70. |

ism, Jainism, Buddhism, and Sikhism. Due D54. Winternitz, Moriz. A history of In| to its world-wide spread, Buddhism has come _ dian literature. 2 v. Calcutta, 1927-33. Dis- , to be regarded generally as a separate reli- cusses at length the greater number of sacred gion and is usually so treated by historians. texts of Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and

But Jainism and Sikhism, despite the fact Sikhism—all parts of Indian literature. Rich :

that each has a scripture of its own and in- in notes and bibliogtaphical suggestions. — _ sists upon separate listing as a religion in the D55. Bloomfield, Maurice. A Vedic conIndian national census, are frequently treated cordance. Cambridge, Mass., 1910. [Harvard

as merely sects of Hinduism. A number of oriental series, 10.] Useful for linguistic, | | the books cited here include them as such. literary, and liturgical study. Text in SanHowever, each does have a history and skrit. For detailed description see Diehl, | literature of its own, and is dealt with sepa- Religions, mythologies, folklores (D12).

rately in this section at the conclusion of See also The sacred books of the East

: the bibliography on Buddhism. (D1I8). V. 1, 2, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 22, 23, 25,

} , 26, 30, 32-34, 38, 41-46, and 48 contain

BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND translations accompanied usually by intro-

, MUSEUMS _ ductions, bibliographies, and critical notes on -

: | There some Hindu source material. For detailed | | is no general bibliography on Hin-. content see index volume, p. xvi. duism as a whole. Two of limited coverage In the United States the chief centers of |

are listed below. . oO study of Indian culture, including its reli-

D48. Dandekar, Ramchandra Narayan. gions, are Harvard, Yale, the University of |

Vedic bibliography: an up-to-date, compre- Pennsylvania, Johns Hopkins University, the : hensive, and analytically arranged register of | University of Chicago, and the University of all important work done since 1930 in the California. All of these have extensive library field of the Veda and allied antiquities, in- resources in the field. Among the museums,

cluding the Indus Valley civilization. Bom- the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, where bay, 1946. [New Indian antiquary, extra Ananda Coomaraswamy was curator, has

ser. 7.] . | ' valuable material, particularly on the ancient

D49. Renou, Louis. Bibliographie védique. Harrapan civilization and Indian art. Paris, 1931. For detailed description see |

D48, p. 105. | — LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES | Bibliographies may also be found in the works that follow. : There are comparatively few longer his-

- D50. Farquhar, John N. An outline of the tories of the whole of Hinduism, and most religious literature of India. London, 1920. of these are now old. The major writers, such Lists, describes, and indicates vernacular as Barth, Hopkins, and Monier-Williams, translations where such exist of most of the will be found listed in bibliographies of

basic documents for a study of Hinduism, most textbooks on the history of religion. . It is, therefore, an extensive bibliography |More recent works are the following.

on an important aspect of Hinduism. D56. Eliot, Sir Charles N. E. Hinduism | D51. Harvard oriental series. Cambridge, and Buddhism. 3 v. London, 1921; reissue, Mass., 1891 ff. V. 2, 7, 8, 17, 19, 20, 24, 25, N.Y., 1954. The greater portion deals with

31, 32, 38, and 39 contain translations and/ Buddhism. |

, or commentary on some of the Hindu D57. Pratt, James B. India and its faiths.

- gacred books, together with introduction and Boston, 1915. A traveler’s record. critical notes. Many furnish extensive bib- D58. Glasenapp, Helmuth von. Der Hinliographies on their area of interest. For duismus Religion und Gesellschaft im heutidetails see the Harvard University Press gen Indien. Munich, 1922. catalog in The publishers’ trade list annual. D59. Morgan, Kenneth W., ed. The reliD52. Dasgupta, Surendra N. A history of gion of the Hindus. N.Y., 1953. Written by Indian philosophy. 5 v. Cambridge, Eng., distinguished Indian scholars, each covering

1923-55. Most detailed history of the phi- a phase of Hinduism. oe : losophy of India, by one of her greatest D60. Macnicol, Nicol. The living religions | scholars. While philosophy is the primary of the Indian people. London, 1934. Hisconcern, religious. thought is set forth in torical development of each religion, with

every period. Little bibliographical material limited bibliography. 5

except in footnotes, mostly original sources See also Dasgupta, A history of Indian .

from which the author worked. philosophy (D52), which deals with the deD53. Macdonell, Arthur A. A history of veloping religious thought in successive |

52 Guide to Historical Literature periods of Indian history; Dasgupta, Hindu study of the Hindu god Vishnu, his origin mysticism (D94), which treats the major and development, incarnation, etc. Elaborate

periods of Hindu religious development; notes and documentation, but no formal and Radhakrishnan, Indian philosophy _ bibliography. List of abbreviations reveals

(D86). the |original Sanskrit sources employed. Since much of devotional Hinduism cen-

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS ters about one or another of the great gods of the sects, especially Krishna and Rama, Later scholars have tended to write on see also the following. more limited periods of Hinduism. Pre-Vedic D71. Otto, Rudolf. India’s religion of religion is discussed in the following. grace. N.Y., 1930. D61. Marshall, Sir John H. Mohenjo-daro D72..-Cave, Sydney. Redemption, Hindu

and the Indus civilization. See G53. and Christian. London, 1919, D62. The Cambridge history of India. V. D73. The Bhagavad Gita. Tr. and inter-

1, Ancient India. See R247. preted by Franklin Edgerton. 2 v. Cam-

: Vedic Hinduism has been much studied. bridge, Mass., 1946. [Harvard oriental series,

| See D48—49 above, and the following. | 38—39.] Notes on the bibliography and

D63. Griffith, Ralph T. H., tr. The hymns — exegesis of the Gita. Lists and evaluates sevof the Rigveda. 3rd ed., 2 v., Benares, 1920- _ eral of the major translations.

26. Translation and commentary. , D74. The Bhagavad Gita. Tr. by SarveD64. Griswold, Hervey D. The religion of palli Radhakrishnan. N.Y., 1948. Contains

| the Rigveda. London, 1923. Well documented introductory essay, Sanskrit text, English _ from original as well as secondary sources. translation and notes, and select bibliog-

, Extensive bibliography. raphy. D65. Shende, N. J. The religion and philosophy of the Atharvaveda. Poona, 1952. | Modern Period | Includes bibliography listing other studies of the Vedas as a whole and individual Vedas. ©= D75. Farquhar, John N. Modern religious D66. Deshmukh, Panjabrao S. The origin movements in India. N.Y., 1915. -

and development of religion in Vedic litera- D76. Sarma, Dittakavi S. Studies in the . ture. London, 1933. Includes the Brahmanas. renaissance of Hinduism in the 19th and

Extensive bibliography. 20th. centuries. Benares, 1944. Account of

_ There have been many studies of the rise of the major modern movements withUpanishads and the philosophies growing in Hinduism, built around certain outstandout of them. Most of these are listed in bib- ing. figures, including Ram Mohun Roy, | liographies of the two following works. _ Ranade, Swami Dyananda, Ramakrishna, Sri ] . D67. Hume, Robert E. The thirteen prin- Aurobindo, Tagore, Gandhi, and S. Radha-

cipal Upanishads. 2nd rev. ed., Madras, 1949. krishnan. Rich in biographies of the modern

| Translated from the Sanskrit, with outline period. Extensive bibliography.

| of the philosophy of the Upanishads and D77. Elmore, Wilbur T. Dravidian gods

: an annotated bibliography. Included in the im modern Hinduism. N.Y., 1915. Religion

bibliography are translations of collected and at the village level and its relation to his-

} single Upanishads, or selections, some with toric_religion. | text, and the text editions of single and D78. Whitehead, Henry. The village gods

collected Upanishads, as well as treatises on of Southern India. 2nd ed., Madras, 1921. them. | Based on personal observations. Covers an D68. Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli. The prin- area hardly touched in books on Hinduism cipal Upanishads. London, 1953. Contains in general.

selected bibliography listing major transla- D79. Kane, Pandurang V. History of

tions of single and groups of Upanishads, as dharmasastra. 4 v. Poona, 1930-53. Highly

well as expositery and critical works in detailed history of and commentary on an-

“English. The author is the ranking philoso- cient and medieval religious and civil law. A

| pher of India today. | fifth volume is in progress. The major sects of Hinduism are discussed

in standard works on Hinduism, and their HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS bibliographies mention some of the principal

monographs. —_. On the subject of Indian art, including

D69. Bhandarkar, Sir Ramkrishna G. religious art, the following should be conVaisnavism, Saivism and minor religious sys- sulted. .

tems. Strasbourg, 1913. An outstanding work. D80. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. Bibliog- |

See also ‘“Sects-Hindu” in Encyclopaedia of | raphies of Indian art. Boston, 1925. Covers religion and ethics (D115); and “Vaisnavism,” the whole cultural environment in which the

“Saivism,” etc., in index volume. art of India has developed. | D70. Gonda, Jan. Early aspects of Vish- D381. ——. History of Indian and Indonuism. Utrecht, 1954. Detailed and scholarly mesian art. London, 1927. Lists principal

- History of Religions | 53 museums where Indian art is found. Exten- mysticism: mysticism in Maharashtra. Poona,

sive bibliography. | | 1933. [History of Indian philosophy, 7.]

)D82. Kramrisch, Stella. The art of India: Traces briefly the development of Indian

traditions of Indian sculpture and archi- mysticism to the age of Jnanesvara in the

tecture. N.Y., 1954. | 13th century. Also considers intellectual,

: D383. ——. The Hindu temple. 2 v. Cal- democratic, synthetic, personalistic, and: cutta, 1946. Superbly illustrated. Bibliog- activistic mysticism. Considerable biographi- |

raphy. cal material as well as discussion of the | For Hindu liturgy see metaphysics and ethics of each period. D84. Stevenson, Margaret. The rites of ~D94. Dasgupta, Surendra N. Hindu mys-

the twice-born. London, 1920. Not so much _ ticism. Chicago, 1927. Historical account of what Hindus think and believe as what they development of mysticism in India. Includes do, their rituals, feasts, etc. Includes the life sacrificial mysticism, that of the Upanishads,

(D54). |

story of a typical Brahman, a section on Yoga mysticism, Buddhistic mysticism, and times and seasons, and on temple worship. devotional mysticism in its classical and Hindu literature is covered in Macdonell, popular forms. |

A history of Sanskrit literature (D53) and : |

Winternitz, A history of Indian literature BIOGRAPHY

On philosophy see Dasgupta, A history For information concerning — important of Indian philosophy (D52), and works of figures in ancient and medieval India see Deussen, Hiriyanna, Radhakrishnan, and general sources on Hinduism. Especially

others in bibliographies found in books men- consult index, Encyclopaedia of religion and

tioned above. See also the following. ethics (D15). On more recent figures see

D85. Bernard, Theos. Hindu philosophy. bibliography in Sarma, Studies in the renaisN.Y., 1947. Very brief sketch of the major sance of Hinduism (D76).

schools, with a selected bibliography of gen- |

SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS / .schools. D86. Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, and Charles Moore, eds. A source book in In- A fairly complete list will be found under eral works on Hindu philosophy and these UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND |

| dian philosophy. Princeton, 1957. anthropology and ethnology in ‘Science of | Formal treatises on the ethics of Hinduism man,” Biological sciences (D47). include the two following works.

| D87. Hopkins, E. Washburn. Ethics of PERIODICALS

India. New Haven, 1924. An objective dis- |

cussion of the ethics of successive historic For a lengthy list of Indian periodicals, periods of Hinduism. No formal bibliog- many of which carry articles on religion raphy, but contains documentation in foot- from time to time, see Ulrich’s periodicals notes, chiefly from original sources. directory (B75). Among the most important

D88. Mackenzie, John. Hindu ethics. Lon- are the following. © | | |

don, 1922. Less objective than Hopkins. D95. Calcutta review. Calcutta, 1844 ff. On Indian mysticism, including Yoga, [University of Calcutta.] (Monthly.) Deals there is a considerable popular literature. only occasionally with religion, more often

Paul Brunton has several books on Yoga _ with philosophy. , .

practice. A fairly extensive list of works, D96. The Indian antiquary: a journal of | eastern and western, dealing with it in its oriental research. 62 v. Bombay, 1872-1933. more serious aspects may be found in | Succeeded by New Indian antiquary (1938 D89. Bernard, Theos. Hatha Yoga: the ff.). (Monthly.) Particularly valuable for

report of a personal experience. N.Y., 1944. archaeological material bearing on religion.

Bibliography, pp. 63-64. | The following are modern periodicals of See also the following. : popular rather than scholarly nature, but p90. Behanan, Kovoor:T. Yoga, a scien- valuable as representative of the religion of

tific evaluation. N.Y., 1937. An attempt to the period. | | |

study it by western scientific methods. D97. The Aryan path. Bombay, 1930 ff. D91. Coster, Geraldine. Yoga and western (Monthly.)

psychology, a comparison. 3rd ed., London, D98. Indian social reformer. Bombay,

1943. Approaches Yoga from the standpoint 1894-1953. (Weekly.) In its later years pub- |

of western psychology. | ~ lished as an organ of the Prarthana Samaj,

D92. Otto, Rudolf. Mysticism east and one of the modern reform groups of Hin-

west: a comparative analysis of the nature of | duism.

mysticism. Tr. by Bertha L. Bracey and D99. Prabuddha bharata: or awakened

Richindra C. Payne. N.Y., 1932. Meister India. Calcutta, etc., 1898 ff. (Monthly.) Eckhart is the chief western mystic studied. D100. Vedanta kesari. Madras, 1940 ff,

D93. Ranade, Ramchandra D. Indian (Monthiv.) ,

54 Guide to Historical Literature

BUDDHISM | | BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND D111. March, Arthur C. A Buddhist bib-

MUSEUMS liography. London, 1935.

z D112. Pratt, Ida A. Buddhism: a list of

D101. Farquhar, John N. An outline of references in the New York Public Library.

the religious literature of India. London, N.Y., 1916. |

| 1920. Lists the major Buddhist original Most of the larger university libraries con: sources in Pali and Sanskrit, with indication tain the major translated source materials | of translations into European vernaculars. for the study of Buddhism. At Harvard, Yale, An up-to-date listing of translations in the University of Pennsylvania, University of the Sacred. books of the Buddhists and the Chicago, and University of California major |

Pali Text Society Translation series, both Sanskrit and Pali sources may be found. — edited in the beginning by T. W. Rhys Davids The American Academy of Asiatic Studies

(the former in collaboration with his wife, in San Francisco has specialized in BudC. A. F. Rhys Davids) and both now under _ dhistic studies. Oxford has long been a center the editorship of I. B. Horner, is included in of Buddhist research, and the Oxford Press | the bibliography of A source book in Indian has published the Sacred books of the philosophy (D86). This work also lists most Buddhists series and translations of the Pali of the major scholarly studies of Buddhism Text Society in English. Distinguished work by Indian, Japanese, and western scholars. has also been done in France and Germany. } In the notes and bibliographies in these vol- In Japan there are several societies for the umes may be found almost all the really study of Buddhism. See Steinilber-Oberlin,

Significant studies of Buddhism. The Buddhist sects of Japan (D146), pp.

D102. Thomas, Edward J. The life of 302-3. There is also some activity in Ceylon. ©

Buddha as legend and history. See DJ67. Celebration of the 2600th anniversary of the

D103. Nanjio, Bunyiu. A catalogue of the Buddha in Burma has been the occasion of

. Chinese translation of the Buddhist Tripit- | renewed interest in the study of Buddhism

aka. Oxford, 1883. Rev. ed., Tokyo, 1929. among eastern scholars, resulting in publicaCatalogs all books accepted in the Chinese tion of a number of new translations and Tripitaka and a complete set published in studies of Buddhist sources. Japan. See also Steinilber-Oberlin, The Buddhist sects of Japan (D146), p. 297. — D104. Bibliographie bouddhique. 1928 ff. © ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

Paris, 1930 ff. (Annual.) Edited by various REFERENCE

well-known French scholars. All significant . ‘bliogravhi fi Buddhist studies i any Tangoage, both in gyScroler articles and) biblggraphies on

| books and periodicals, are listed, usually with found in DI3-19. The Buddhist sects of

critical comment. Indisp ensable for period Japan (D146), p. 301, lists seven dictionaries

covered. ‘For detail as to publishers, etc., and encyclopedias on Buddhism, all in

a and for other Buddhist bibliographies not j, hae panese.

See also

noted her © See B arrow, A bibliograp hy of D113. Hébégirin: dictionnaire encyclo-

| bibliograp hies in religion (D1), D. 104, pédique du bouddhisme d’aprés les sources

D105. Held, Hans L. D eutsche Biblio- chinoises et japonaises. Ed. by Paul Demié- ~ | . graphie des Buddhismus. Munich, 1916. ville. 2 v. Tokyo, 1929-30

7 D106. Gard, Richard A. A select bibliog- oo a : raphy for the study of Buddhism in Burma , |

1958. D107. ———. A bibliography for the study D114. Conze Edward, Buddhism: its es-

in western languages. Rangoon and Tokyo, SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

of Buddhism in Thailand in western lan- sence and development. N.Y., 1954. :

guages. Bangkok, 1957. D115. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. Buddha

D108. ———. A bibliography for the study and the gospel of Buddhism. London, 1916. | of Buddhism in Ceylon in western languages. Reprint, 1928. Includes selected bibliography, |

2nd ed., Berkeley, 1957. mainly of secondary sources.

D109. Hamilton, Clarence H. Buddhism in D116. Humphreys, Christmas. Buddhism. India, Ceylon, China and Japan: a reading Harmondsworth, Eng., 1951. [Pelican series.]

: guide. Chicago, 1931. Includes the major Popular work by a western Buddhist.

sources for a systematic study of Bud- D117. Morgan, Kenneth W., ed. The path dhism. : of the Buddha. N.Y., 1956. All the authors D110. Humphreys, Christmas. A Buddhist are distinguished Buddhists, each writing on students’ manual. London, 1956. An analysis some aspect of his faith or of Buddhism in of the Mahayana scriptures may be found his own country. Excellent selected bibliog-

on pp. 249-60. | raphy and extensive glossary.

, History of Religions 55 D118. Rhys Davids, Caroline A. F. Out- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS

lines of Buddhism: a historical sketch. Lon- 7

don, 1934. D132. Kern, Hendrik. Histoire du BudSee other works by same author on various ‘hisme dans PInde. Tr. by Gedeon Huet.

aspects of Buddhism and translations of orig- 2 V- Paris, 1901-03. | ,

inal sources. Mrs. Rhys Davids was asso- _ D133. Getty, Alice. The gods of northern ciated with her husband in editing many Buddhism. London, 1914.

writings from the Pali. D134. McGovern, William M. Introduc-

| tion to Mahayana Buddhism. London, 1922. : D135. Suzuki, Daisetz T. Outlines of LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES Mahayana Buddhism. London, 1907. D119. Rhys Davids, Thomas W. Bud- D136. Landon, Kenneth P. Southeast Asia, dhism, its history and literature. Rev. ed, crossroad of religions. Chicago, 1947. A per-

N.Y., 1926. See also his Buddhist India cePtive and sympathetic study. _ 7 (N.Y., 1902) and numerous translations of D137. Ray, Hiharranjan. An introduction original source materials. Author was editor to the study of Theravada Buddhism in

of the Sacred books of the Buddhists series Burma. Calcutta, 1946.

| (London, 1895 ff.), as well as the publica- , D138. Wells, Kenneth E. Thai Buddhism,

tions of the Pali Text Society. its rites and activities. Bangkok, 1939. D120. Eliot, Sir Charles N. E. Hinduism D139. Huth, Georg, tr. and ed. Geschichte and Buddhism. 3 v. London, 1954. des Buddhismus in der Mongolei, aus dem - —121.° Glasehapp, Helmuth von. Der ‘Tibetischen des Jigs-med nam-mk’a. 2 v.

Buddhismus in Indien und im Ferner Osten. ‘Strasbourg, 1892-96.

Berlin, 1936. | D140. Griinwedel, Albert. Mythologie du

D122. Oldenberg, Hermann, Buddha: sein Buddhisme au Tibet et en Mongolie basée Leben, sein Lehre, sein Gemeinde. 6th ed., SUF la collection lamaique du Prince Oukh-

Stuttgart, 1914. English tr., by William Hoey, tomsky. Paris, 1900. , : Buddha: his life, his doctrine, his order, For the principal works on religion in

- London, 1882. A standard German work. Tibet see subsection on Tibet in Section N.

D123. Pratt, James B. The pilgrimage of Didi. Hodous, Lewis. Buddhists and

Buddhism and a Buddhist pilgrimage. N.Y., Buddhism in China. N.Y., 1924.

1928. : D142. Reichelt, Karl L. Truth and tradiD124. Ward, Charles H. S. Buddhism..2 v. tion in Chinese Buddhism. Shanghai, 1927. |

London, 1947-52. _. D143. Beal, Samuel. A catena of Buddhist scriptures from the Chimese. London, 1871.

For other works on Buddhism in China HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS see subsection on religion in Section O. D125. Dutt, Nalinaksha. Early monastic D144. Anesaki, Masaharu. History of Jap-

. Buddhism. 2 v, Calcutta, 1924. anese religion. London, 1930. The major - D126. Saunders, Kenneth J. Epochs in Part of this work, by a ranking Japanese Buddhist history. Chicago, 1924. Buddhist scholar, is devoted to Buddhism. D127. Hsiian-tsang. Si-yu-ki: Buddhist rec- D145, Eliot, Sir Charles N. E. Japanese

ords of the western world. Tr. by Samuel Buddhism. London, 1935, 0 ,

Beal. London, 1884. New ed., Calcutta, 1957 D146. Steinilber-Oberlin, Emile. The ! ff. A basic Chinese source, good for Bud- Buddhist sects of Japan. Tr. by Marc Loge. dhism in India in the T’ang dynasty pe- London, 1938. Contains valuable annotated

riod. : bibliography of books, chiefly Japanese, con-

| pi28. On Yuan Chwang’s travels im cerning Japanese Buddhism in gener al and India, 629-645 A.D. Ed. by T. W. Rhys _ its various sects. Also lists the chief Buddhist

} Davids and S. W. Bushell. 2 v. London, periodicals and leading Japanese societies

— 1904-05. oo for the study of Buddhism. —

-—129. Fa-hsién. A record of Buddhist D147. Suzuki, Daisetz T. An introduction : kingdoms: being an account by the Chinese 0 Zen Buddhism. N.Y., 1949. The outmonk Fa-Hien of his travels in India and Standing Zen authority. See also his numerCeylon (A.D. 399-414). Tr. by James Legge. Ous other works.

Oxford, 1886. . | D148. Dasgupta, Shashi B. An introducD130. Itsing. Mémoire composé a_ tion to Tantric Buddhism. Calcutta, 1950.

Pépoque de la grande dynastie T’ang sur les

religieux éminents qui allérent chercher la HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

a. Chavannes. Paris, 1894. Art | loi dans les pays d’Occident. Tr. by Edouard

| D131. ——. A record of the Buddhist re-

ligion as practised in India and the Malay D149. Anesaki, Masaharu. Buddhist art. archipelago (A.D. 671-695). Tr. by Junjiro Boston, 1915.

Takakusu. Oxford, 1896. D150. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. His-

56 Guide to Historical Literature tory of Indian and Indonesian art. See D8/. D166. Anesaki, Masaharu. “Ethics and D151. Foucher, Alfred C. A. L’art greco- morality.” Encyclopaedia of religion and bouddhique en Gandhara. Paris, 1905. ethics (D15), v. 5, pp. 447-S5. :

D152. Griinwedel, Albert. Buddhist art im ~ India. Tr. by A.1901. C. Gibson. Rev. and enl. | ed., London, | BIOGRAPHIES

D153. Fenollosa, Ernest F. Epochs of There are numerous biographies of the |

Chinese and Japanese art. Rev. ed., 2 v., Buddha in several European languages, most

N.Y., 1913. of them semi-popular or popular. The more

D154. Vogel, Jean P. Buddhist art in valuable critical studies are those of T. W. India, Ceylon and Java. Tr. by A. J. Bar- Rhys Davids, C. A. F. Rhys Davids, Her-

nouw. Oxford, 1936. mann F. Oldenberg, and

D155. Gordon, Antoinette K. Thibetan re- D167. Thomas, Edward J. The life of |

ligious art. N.Y., 1952. Buddha as legend and history. 3rd ed., N.Y.,

| materials. | 1952. Critical and well documented. Good

| Philosophy bibliography, especially of original source D156. Bahm, Archie J. Philosophy of the For other Buddhist personalities see the Buddha. N.Y., 1959. A provocative inter- following.

pretation. D168. Hui Li. The life of Hiuen Tsiang.

D157. Conze, Edward, ed. Buddhist texts Tr. by Samuel Beal. London, 1911. through the ages. N.Y., 1954. Fresh transla- D169. Shunjo (Japanese priest). Honen, tions from Pali, Sanskrit, Tibetan, Chinese, the Buddhist saint. Tr. by Harper H. Coates

and Japanese. and Ryugaku Ishizuka. Kyoto, 1925.

D158. La Vallée-Poussin, Louis de. Le D170. Anesaki, Masaharu. Nichiren, the dogme et la philosophie du Bouddhisme. Buddhist prophet. Cambridge, Mass., 1916.

Paris, 1930. One of the outstanding French : scholars in the field. See also his other books

on Buddhism and his translations of source UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND

materials. SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS D159. Takakusu, Junjiro. The essentials | . . of Buddhist philosophy. Ed. by Wing-tsit | T ye most notable Series IS peat of the rau Chan and Charles A. Moore. Honolulu, ext society, Tully listed in the bibhography 1947. of A source book in Indian philosophy D160. Hamilton, Clarence H. Buddhism, (D860).

a religion of infinite compassion. N.Y., 1952. D171. A number of volumes of the HarPp. 126-32 and 148-55 illustrate Mahayana vard oriental series deal with Buddhism.

| philosophies. ,

D161. Keith, Arthur B. Buddhist philoso- PERIODICALS | phy in India and Ceylon. Oxford, 1923. . D162. Murti, T. R. V. The central phi- Most of the periodicals included in D30losophy of Buddhism: a study of the Ma- 4/ contain studies of aspects of Buddhism. —

dhyamika system. London, 1955. Steinilber-Oberlin, The Buddhist sects of

D163. Thomas, Edward J. The history of Japan (D146) lists some twenty periodicals Buddhist thought. London, 1933. Well docu- in Japan dealing with Buddhism in general

mented; good bibliography. | or some of the major sects, all but one of D164. La Vallée-Poussin, Louis de. La them in Japanese. Articles on Buddhism ap-

morale bouddhique. Paris, 1927. pear in journals relating to Asia cited in D165. Tachibana, Shundo. The ethics of | Section N. See also . Buddhism. London, 1926. Systematic treat- D172. Zeitschrift fir Buddhismus. Mu-

ment by a Japanese Buddhist scholar. nich, 1914-31. (Annual.) |

JAINISM | | . BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, bibliographie jaina. Paris, 1906. For detail AND MUSEUMS _. see DI, p. 105, or D2,-p. 70.

| D174. ——. “Notes de _ bibliographie

There are no centers of specialized study of jaina.’’ Journal asiatique, 10th ser., 14 (JulyJainism in the West, but wherever Hinduism Aug. 1909): 48-148. For detail see D2.

is studied the major materials on Jainism will D175. Klatt, Johannes. Specimen of a

be found. literary-biblicgraphical Jaina-onomasticon. D173. Guérinot, Armand A. Essai de Leipzig, 1892. .

, | | History of Religions 57 ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS - D185. Shah, Umakant P. Studies in Jaina |

OF REFERENCE art. Benares, 1955, A Jaina rather than ob: we , jective study, but asserted by them to be a

onan . adgition to, works listed below, see lucid, comprehensive, and critical review of —

D176. Gaina Sutras. Tr. from Prakrit by he ev ainie India and symbol worSacred b yacopr i m s. t Ono’ BI 4-95. On Jaina art see also under “Hinduism.” acted DOOKS OF the hast, ANG TOT D186. Tatia, Nathmal. Studies in Jaina

D177. The sacred books of the Jainas. philosophy. Benares, 1951 Ed. by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. Arrah and = 4497, Mehta, Mohan L. Outlines of Jaina

Lucknow, various dates. For detailed list see | hilosophy. Bangalore, 1954 | A source book in Indian philosophy (D86), P pay: S > aoe —

p. 653. |

See also Farquhar, An outline of the re- ACADEMY PUBLICATIONS

ligious literature of India (D50); and Winternitz, A history of Indian literature (D54). The Jaina Academy publishes a lengthen-

| : ing list of Jain studies in English and Ger-

, GENERAL HISTORIES , man as well as in the Hindi, available to -—P178. Glasenapp, Helmuth von. Der members of the World Jain Mission. These

Jainismus. Berlin. 1925. studies would hardly be classed as objective,

D179. Guérinot, Armand A. La religion but are valuable for the materials they pre-

djaina. Paris, 1906. sent. A list of those available is included in

D180. Jaini, Jagmandar. Outlines of Jain- The voice of Ahimsa, v. 7, nos. 3-4, Pp.

ism. Ed. by F. W. Thomas. Cambridge, Eng., 109. 1916. Reprint with corrections, 1940.

_ D181. Schubring, Walther. Die Lehre der | . Jainas. Berlin and Leipzig, 1935. PERIODICALS D182. Stevenson, Margaret. The heart of D188. The voice of Ahimsa. Aliganj

Jainism. London, 1915. . (Etah), U. P., India, 1951 ff. Especially D183. ——-. Notes on modern Jainism. ctresses the cardinal Jain principle, Ahimsa, Oxford, 1910. , , but carries occasional scholarly articles, usually by Jains, on aspects of Jainism. Reviews

HISTOR OF eerie PERIODS books in the field. ~

: D189. The Jain antiquary. Arrah, Bihar,

| D184. Shah, Chimanlal J. Jainism in India, 1935 ff. (Irregular.)

north India, 800 B.C.-A.D. 526. N.Y., 1932. See also subsection on “Hinduism.”

SIKHISM

1931.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, D193. Blunt, Sir Edward A. H. The

AND MUSEUMS caste system of northern India. London,

The Sikh religion is often treated as a D194. Hutton, John H. Caste in India, its

sect of Hinduism, and materials on Sikhism nature, function and origins. 2nd ed., Bomwill generally be found in centers of Hindu bay and N.Y., 1951.

studies. Bibliographies on Hinduism usually | | carry references to the rise and development |

0 f the Sikh faith. SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

7 | D195. Archer, John C. The Sikhs in rela-

ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS tion to Hindus, Moslems, Christians, and

, OF REFERENCE _ Ahmadiyyas: a study in comparative religion. ] } Princeton, 1946. A mine of information on D190. Kahn Singh. Encyclopedia of Sikh the Sikhs. : literature. 4 v. Amritsar, 1930. A standard D196. Cunningham, Joseph D. A history dictionary and encyclopedia of the two of the Sikhs from the origin of the nation _ Granths, recognized as authentic by the to the battles of the Sutlej. Ed. by H. L. O.

Sikhs. In the Gurmukhi language. Garrett. New and rev. ed., London, 1918.

D191. Risley, Sir Herbert H. The people Reliable and readable history from _ the of India. 2nd ed., ed. by W. Crooke, Cal- British viewpoint. The 41 appendices are

cutta and London, 1915. especially useful.

D192. The Adi Granth: or the holy scrip- D197. Princep, Sir Henry T. History of the tures of the Sikhs. Tr. by Ernest Trumpp. Punjab and the rise, progress and present

London, 1877. The introduction is valuable, condition of the sect and nation of the Sikhs. but the translation leaves much to be desired: London, 1846.

58 Guide to Historical Literature D198. Rama Krishna, Lajwanti. Les Sikhs. | D206. Sinha, Narendra K. Rise of the

Paris, 1933. Sikh power. 2nd ed., Calcutta, 1936. History D199. Sardha Ram. Sikhan de Raj di _ of the struggle for independence before RanVidya. Lahore, 1892. An old classic, in the jit Singh. |

Gurmukhi language, on theSikhs. history and| || | customs of the D200. Singh, Teja, and Ganda Singh. A Cultural )

short history of the Sikhs. V.1 (1469-1765 ye D207. Singh, Sir Jogendra. Sikh cereBombay, 1950, Excellent, concise history, monies. Bombay, 1941.

using much source material in Urdu and D208. Loehlin, C. H. The Sikhs and their Persian, and written from a fairly objective pook. Lucknow, 1946.

, viewpoint. | D209. Singh, Mohan. An introduction to | ; Panjabi literature. Amritsar, 1951. LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES D210. Shromani Gurdwara Parbandhak

D201. Gupta, Hari Ram. History of the Committee. Sikh Rahit Maryada. Amritsar,

Sikhs. 3 v. Calcutta, 1939-44. 1950. The official book of worship and disci-

D202. Macauliffe, Max A. The Sikh re- _ Pline. ;

, ligion, its gurus, sacred writings, and authors. D211. Singh, Sher. The philosophy of 6 v. Oxford, 1909. The standard work on Sikhism. Lahore, 1944. Rather diffuse, but the subject. Embodies the traditional views With some good insights. ae

of leading gyanis of the time, so needs to be D212. Singh, Jodh. Gurmati_ Nimai. La-_ | used with caution. hore, 1945. Exposition of the Guru’s teach- | ings, in the Gurmukhi language.

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

D203. Narang, Sir Gokul C. Transforma- BIOGRAPHIES

ti f Sikhism. 3rd ed., Lahore, 1946. , an Arya Samiist td ed., Lahore, 1946. By See Macauliffe above (D202). D204. Singh, Khushwant. The Sikhs. Lon- D213. Singh, Ganda. Life of Banda Singh don. 1953. Useful for the more modern Bahadur. Amritsar, 1935. A scholarly work,

| sian and Gurmukhi.

movements and recent: history. | written from much source material in Per-

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS D214. Keay, Frank E. Kabir and his folPolitical

lowers. London, 1931.

| D205. Banerjee, Indubhusan. Evolution of PERIODICALS the Khalsa. Calcutta, 1936. Valuable survey of the rise of the Sikh state. See under “Hinduism.”

_ THE RELIGIONS OF CHINA , BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, China (D232); Krause, Ju-Tao-Fo (D227);

AND MUSEUMS and the following. D215. Creel, Herrlee G. Confucius, the

Most of the source materials that have man and the myth. N.Y., 1949. _ been translated into English may be found D216. Fung, Yu-lan. A history of Chinese in libraries of the larger universities of the philosophy. 2 v. Princeton, 1953.

| United States. Many original texts also are D217. Encyclopedia of books on China. in such libraries as those of Harvard, Yale, London, 1927.

Columbia, Stanford, Cornell, University of , ,

Chicago, and University of California. Ox- ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS | ford University in England has been a cen- OF REFERENCE

ter for Chinese studies, and important work , oo na | has been done in Germany andwae France. : Articles on every aspee t of China’s rebe . ligions, usually with bibliography, may greater number of books dealing withincluded . ee? , adreligion ;The found in the standard encyclopedias in China cover all of the so-called in D13-19. See also three religions of China—Confucianism, Ta- D218. Chan, Wing-Tsit. “Chinese terminol-

oism, and Buddhism. For Encyclopedia more specialized rm er wes see | aan ogy.” of religion, ed. by Ver-

works seeand subsection on early on China in Sec- ilius Ferm (N.Y., tion G subsection religion in Section il 1945) ond °

O. The most extensive general bibliographies ~—— |

are found in Shryock, The origin and devel- GENERAL HISTORIES :

opment of the state cult of Confucius Older single volume treatments of China’s

| (D233); Chan, Religious trends in modern religion by Joseph Edkins, James Legge,

, History of Religions 59 Herbert A. Giles, E. H. Parker, and others N.Y., 1932. Contains extensive bibliograare listed in the above mentioned bibliogra- phies in Chinese, Japanese, and the various : phies of Creel, Fung Yu-lan, Shryock, and European languages.

| others. Listed below are more recent works. D234. Johnston, Sir Reginald F. Con-

D219. Hughes, Ernest R., and K. Hughes. fucianism and modern China. London, 1934. |

Religion in China. London, 1950. D235. Wilhelm, Richard. K’ungtse und

D220. Clennell, Walter J. The historical der Konfuzianismus. Berlin and Leipzig, — development of religion in China. 2nd ed. 1928. English tr., Confucius and Con-

London, 1926. fucianism, N.Y., 1931. Even this is not a

D221. Maspero, Henri. Les religions critical life.

chinoises. Paris, 1950. Authoritative dis- | D236. Liu Wu-chi. Confucius, his life and

- cussion. | | time. N.Y., 1955.

| D222. Weber, Max. The religion of China: D237. Crow, Carl. Master Kung. N.Y.,

Confucianism and Taoism. Tr. and ed. by 1938. | Hans H. Gerth. Glencoe, Ill., 1951. D238. Collis, Maurice. The first holy one. D223. Wei, F. Cho-min. The spirit of Chi- N.Y., 1948.

nese culture. N.Y., 1947. D239. Lin Yutang. The wisdom of Con-

D224. Yang, Yung-ch’ing. China’s religious fucius. N.Y., 1938. } heritage. N.Y., 1943. Popular and lacking For the Confucian classics and other in bibliography. Interesting as one of the works on Confucius see subsection on early

| few books in English on Chinese religions China in Section G, and for works on Con-

by a Chinese. — fucian philosophy see subsection on thought D225. Reichelt, Karl L. Religion in Chi- in Section O.

nese garment. N.Y., 1951. | D226. Soothill, William E. The three re- .

ligions of China. 2nd ed., London, 1923. TAOISM

Friedrich E.Désiré A. Ju-Tao-Fo: pay ae . |‘2227. . bee ? .Krause, . _ D240. Marceron, J. B. Bibliographie - Ostasiens, Munich, 1924 Contains extensive 40 Taoisme . . . suive d'une biographie des

biblio raph f Bi ° ks th principaux sinologues, japonistes, et autres biography of Huropean wor S on tie savants adonnés a Pétude de P’extréme Orient. religions and philosophies of eastern Asia. .

D228. Wieger, Léon. A history of the re- Paris, 1898. | . livi altbeliefs ? a :and es philosophical. : D241. Wieger, Taoisme. igious opinionsLéon. in Us} 1911-13. V. 12taiv.listHsien of th

: . Taoist canon

China from the beginning to the present sien, - Y. 4 contains a lst 0 ©

Hsien, 1927. | . aspero, Henri. élanges _pos-

time. Tr. by Edward T. C. Werner. . Hsien D242. Ma Henri. Mél D229 Groot. JaneM J. M. Th lisi thumes lesLereligions histoire ty PAT OS de. Oe FeAgrous Chine.sur V. 2, Taoisme.et Paris, 1950.de la

system of China. 6 v. Leiden, 1892-1910. D243 oo op Sdé d N *, 1 D230. Doré, Henri. Researches into Chi- svatde ———. LES procedes de NOT 1€ nese superstitions. Tr. by M. Kennelly. 10 v Principe vital dans le religion taoiste an-

Shanghai, 191 4-33. ; : ‘ * cienne.” Journal asiatique, 229 (1937): 177-

7 French writers on Chinese religion may oad Welch, Holmes. The parting of the

e found in Histoire générale de Taoist religions :; : way: Lao Tzu and the movement.

(D20), v. 4, pp. 539-40. Boston, 1957. The latter part of the book D231. Day, Clarence B. Chinese peasant —. thi f the be tory of Taoi »

cults. Shanghai, 1940. Extensive bibliogra- the some fa ° © MIStOry OF * aoism,

phy. 5245. The wisdom of Lao Tau, Tr. and D232. Chan, Wing-Tsit. Religious trends ed. b Lin Yutane NY. 19 48. mm. AT an

in modern China. N.Y., 1953. Discussion Sex also subsec tion ” on reli ion in Sec-

limited to trends inin Confucianism, Taoism, tion O° sion and Buddhism China in the last half | I©

century; but the excellent, comprehensive

bibliography includes the most important PERIODICALS | older sources, both western and Chinese, for

a study of religion in China. Chinese titles © Occasional articles on Chinese religions appear in Chinese script as well as trans- appear in periodicals included in D28—-41],

,Section in the long list of in periodicals relating to to | , | |literation. Asia in N, and those relating CONFUCIUS AND CONFUCIANISM — China at the end of Section O. See also

| oo - D246. Lowenthal, Rudolf. The reli-

D233. Shryock, John K. The origin and gious periodical press in China. Peiping, development of the state cult of Confucius. 1940.

60 Guide to Historical Literature

SHINTOISM | BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, SHORTER GENERAL HISTORY

AND MUSEUMS D256. Harada, Tasuka. The faith of J

While a number of United States universi- | N.Y., 14. Ay ASUS ANE LAT 0 “pan.

tiesJapanese have concerned themselves with the study : : : of culture in general, including political and economic aspects, none has LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES Fonal SP coral nee to Smunto, her has D257. Anesaki, Masaharu. Histery of 5een a hnsuch al ‘elation hip t ere hisbetween Japanese London, 1930. refa close relationship thisreligion. erence to the social and Special moral life of the ,

and the national government, especially iM nation. more recent times, most of the major SOUICES D258. . Religious life of the Japanese concerning at least Shinto may be found in people. Tokyo, 1938. Excellent introduction such places as Columbia University, Uni- to the religious systems of Japan prior to _

versity of Michigan, Northwestern Univer- World War IL. |

sity, and the University of California. D259. Gundert, Wilhelm. Japanische Re-

: . , . N.Y., 1938.

_ D247, Holzman, Donald. Japanese re- jigionsgeschichte. Tokyo and Stuttgart, 1935.

ligion and philosophy: a guide to Japanese D260. Holtom, Daniel C. The national reference and research materials. Ann Arbor, faith of Japan: a study in modern Shinto.

. D248. Kato, Genchi, Karl Reitz, and Wil- D261. Kato, Genchi. A study of Shinto, ,

liam Schiffer. A bibliography of Shinto in the religion of the Japanese nation. Tokyo,

western languages from the oldest times 1996 Author was professor of Shinto in the

till 1952. Tokyo, 1953. , . . Imperial University of Tokyo.

D249, Kato, Genchi. Shinto shoseki mo- D262. ——. Shinto no shukyo hattatsukuroku. [A bibliography of Shinto.] 2 v. ghiteki kenkyu. [A historical study of the

Tokyo, 1938-53. Complete listing of publi- — geyelopment of Shinto as a religion.] Tokyo,

cations in the Japanese language. 1935. Authoritative and voluminous

See also general bibliographies on Japan. , ° | ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

OF REFERENCE D263. Aston, William G. Shinto: the way D250. Shinto dai jiten. [The Shinto ency- of the gods. London, 1905. Deals mainly clopedia.] 3 v. Tokyo, 1937-40. A thesaurus with early Shinto of the classical period. of information for the study of Shinto in all D264. Schurhammer, Georg. Shinto: the

itsD251. aspects. | way of the gods in Japan, according to re- | Nihongi: chronicles of Japan from ports of Japanese and Jesuit missionaries in

: the earliest times to A.D. 697. Tr. by Wil- the 16th and 17th centuries. Bonn and Leipliam G. Aston. 2 v. London, 1896. 1 v. ed., zig, 1923. In German and English. 1924. Indispensable for study of Shinto tra- D265. Chamberlain, Basil H. The inven-

dition. | , tion of a new religion. London, 1912. CritiD252. Ko-ji-ki: or records of ancient mat- cism of efforts of the Japanese government

ters. Tr. by Basil H. Chamberlain. New ed., of the Meiji era to resuscitate Shinto as the

: with annotations by W. G. Aston, Kobe, _ state religion. | )

1932. From creation to 628 a.p. Equally in- D266. Holtom, Daniel C. Modern Japan dispensable with the Nihongi for a knowl- and Shinto nationalism: a study of present

edge of early Shinto. day trends in Japanese religions. Rev. ed.,

D253. Florenz, Karl. “Ancient Japanese Chicago, 1947. rituals.” Transactions of the Asiatic Society D267. Supreme Commander for the AIof Japan, ser. 1, 27 (1899): 1-112; reprint, lied Powers. Religions m Japan. Tokyo,

ser. 2, 2 (1927): 99-164. 1948. Includes various SCAP directives D254. Kogoshui: gleanings from ancient concerning religion during the occupation,

| stories. Tr. by Genchi Kato and Hikoshir6 as well as much information on present sys- ] Hoshino. 3rd ed., Tokyo, 1926. From early tems of Japan.

part of the 9th century. D268. Kishimoto, Hideo, ed. Japanese re-

D255. Satow, Sir Ernest M. “Ancient ligion in the Meiji era. Tr. by John Howe. Japanese rituals.’ Transactions of the Asi- Tokyo, 1956. Shinto, Buddhism, and Chris- | atic Society of Japan, ser. 2, v. 2 (Tokyo, tianity of the era are discussed, each by a. 1927). Translation of 9 of the 27 rituals leading authority. (norito). Indispensable for a first-hand D269. Satow, Sir Ernest M. “The revival

knowledge of early Shinto ceremonies and of pure Shintau.” Transactions of the Asi| belief. atic Society of Japan, ser. 2, v. 2 (Tokyo,

, History of Religions , 61 1927). Valuable for study of Shinto in late annotated translation of the official text-

Tokugawa era. books on ethics used in elementary schools | of Japan at the time of Pearl Harbor.

| HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS | : ,| : | ,UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND , , Political SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS D270. Hall, Robert K., ed. Kokutai no D279. Transactions of the Asiatic So- ,

hongi: cardinal principles of the national ciety of Japan. Ser. 1, 50 v., Tokyo, 1872entity of Japan. Tr. by John O. Gauntlett. 1923; ser. 2, 1924-40; ser. 3, 1948 ff. Index | Cambridge, Mass., 1949. An important edu- to v. 1-50, List of books published by the cational and political policy document of Asiatic Society of Japan, Yokohama, 1923. the Japanese government for war and pre- Catalogue of the contents of all books of war years, based on Shinto teachings. | second series is included in an appendix of D271. Ballou, Robert O. Shinto, the un- _ ser. 3, v. 1. conquered enemy. N.Y., 1945. Shinto in D280. Meiji Seitoku Kinen Gakkai kiyo.

relation to Japanese nationalism. [Transactions of the Meiji Japan Society.]

D272. Hibino, Yutaka. Nippon shindo Tokyo, 1914 ff. Published since 1952 by the ron: or the national ideals of the Japanese Meiji Shrine of Tokyo. In Japanese with people. Tr. by A. P. McKenzie. Cambridge, short English summaries. _

Eng., 1928. | D281. Monumenta Nipponica: studies on D273. Honaga, S. The national spirit of Japanese culture, past and present. Tokyo,

| Japan. London, 1916. 1938 ff. (Semiannual.) Published by Sophia

: : German.

D274. Hozumi, Nobushige. Ancestor-wor- University. Contains important papers on ship and Japanese law. 2nd ed., Tokyo, 1912. Shinto. Articles are in English, French, and

, Cultural and proceedings | the D282. Japan Transactions Society. London, 1893 ff. of _architecture. D273. Akiyama, Aisaburo. Shinto and its | Kyoto, 1936. Main types of PERIODICALS Shinto architecture, with drawings and pho- |

tographs. D283. Jinja Shimpo. [Shinto Shrine news.]

| D276. Japan. Bureau of Religions. Hand- Tokyo, 1946 ff. Weekly newspaper of Shinto. book of the old shrines and temples and A record of current Shinto activities, but their treasures in Japan. Tokyo, 1920. includes critical and interpretative discus-

: D277. Kato, Genchi. A study of the de- — sions.

velopment of religious ideas among the Japa- D284. Shiikyd jiho. [Review of religions.] nese people as illustrated by Japanese phal- Tokyo, etc., 1947 ff. (Monthly.) Articles on —

| licism. Tokyo, 1924. [Transactions of the all religions, including Shinto. Asiatic Society of Japan, ser. 2, v. 1 suppl.] Most magazines dealing with Japanese D278. Hall, Robert K. Shushin: the ethics culture have occasional articles on Shinto.

of a defeated nation. N.Y., 1949. Includes See the various periodical indices. | |

| LAOROASTRIANISM | | BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, comprehensive history of the rise and de-

- AND MUSEUMS velopment of the faith, an extensive bibli7 : | ography which includes most studies of con-

Comparatively few scholars have worked sequence, both occidental and _ oriental, intensively in the field of Zoroastrianism in down to publication date. — recent years. Universities which have inter- D287. Saklatwalla, Jamshedji E. A _bibli-

be found. —

ested themselves in the Near and Middle ography of religion (mainly Avestan and

East include Columbia, Chicago, and Michi- Vedic). London and Bombay, 1922. Alphagan. Here adequate research materials may betical list with a few notes.

D285. Casartelli, Louis C. “The literary = ~&NCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

activity of the Parsis during the past ten REFERENCE : |

years (1883-1893) in Avestan and Pehlevi ] studies.”’ Transactions of the 9th Congress D288. Olmstead, Albert T. History of the

36. : F172.

of Orientalists, 2 (London, 1893), 528- Persian empire, Achaemenid period. See

D286. Dhalla, Maneckji N. History of D289. West, Edward W., ed. and ter.

Zoroastrianism. London, 1938. The author, Pahlavi texts. 5 v. Oxford, 1880-97. [The a high-priest of the Parsis, offers, besides a sacred books of the East, 5, 18, 24, 37, 47.]

62 Guide to Historical Literature SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES D300. Vermaseren, Maarten J. Corpus

Cn . inscriptionum et monumentorum religionis

D290. Dhalla, Maneckji N. Zoroastrian pithriacae. The Hague, 1956. Very exten-

civilization from the earliest times to the — give bibliography and indices. | downfall of the last Zoroastrian empire, 651 D301. Zaehner, Robert C. Zurvan, A

A.D. N.Y., 1922. ; . . Zoroastrian dilemma. Oxford, 1955. Con- — D291. ——. History of Zoroastrianism. cerned primarily with the Sassanian period

(See D296.) . i and in particular the Zervanite sect and its | D292. Nyberg, Henrik S. Die Religionen tenets. Almost half the book is devoted to |

des alten Iran. See F202. texts other than Avestan which are relative

| | | to the god Zurvan, Extensive bibliography

LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES on Zoroastrianism.

D293. Herzfeld; Ernst E.. Zoroaster and | —

his world. 2 v. Princeton, 1947. Highly tech- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS |

nical study of Zoroastrianism, largely lin-

| guistic, involving historical as well as textual D302. Dawson, Miles M. The ethical reli- , | criticism of the Avestan texts. Numerous gion of Zoroaster. N.Y., 1931. Largely a bibliographical items in footnotes. book of quotations from the Zoroastrian D294. Lommel, Herman. Die Religion scriptures bearing on ethical questions. Non- Zarathustras. See F208.D303.—Buch,critical. , Morganlal A. Zoroastrian

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS ethics. Baroda, 1912. |

| : D304. Dhalla, Maneckji N. Zoroastrian

D295. Bailey, Harold W. Zoroastrian theology. N.Y., 1914. : problems in ninth century books. Oxford, D305. ——. Our perfecting world. Lon-

1943. don, 1930. D296. Clemen, Carl C.,See ed. F136. Fontes, | his- : toriae religionis persicae. D297. Duchesne-Guillemin, . Jacques. BIOGRAPHIES

notes. +2 . 7 1917. ) _

Loroastre: étude critique avec une traduction D306. Jackson, Abraham V. W. Zoroaster,

commentée des Gatha. See F133. , the prophet of ancient Iran. See F205.

D298. Moulton, James H. Early -Zoro- D307 Zoroastrian studies N.Y

astrianism. London, 1913. Bibliography in jg5g — " ee . D308. Henning, Walter B. H. Zoroaster,

D299, ——. The treasure of the Magi: a politician or witch doctor? See F207. study of modern Zoroastrianism. London, PERIODICALS

HISTORIES OF| SPECIAL AREAS | . See periodicals suggested in D28—41, espe-

For histories of Mithraism, an outgrowth cially those dealing with the Near and

of Zoroastrianism, see Sections H and I. Middle East. |

JUDAISM |

Since it is practically impossible to keep tion to the bibliography of modern Jewish

7 Judaism as a religion separate from general history. Cincinnati, 1935. | history of the Jewish people, many items in D311. Pfeiffer, Robert H. Introduction to

this bibliography are necessarily concerned the Old Testament. See F194.

with the latter. All these do treat Judaism D312. Shunami, Shlomo. Bibliography of. as a very important feature of Jewish culture. Jewish bibliographies. Jerusalem, 1936. Ex- —

tensive but selected bibliography of the BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND Old Testament as a whole and each part,

MUSEUMS Bible editions, commentaries, versions, intro| ductions, history and religion of Israel, the

D309. Barrow, John G. A bibliography of | Apocrypha, the Pseudepigrapha, etc.

bibliographies in religion. (See DJ.) On pp. Libraries of the major Christian theo105-22 are listed in chronological order logical seminaries provide wide coverage of scores of bibliographies in English, German, ancient Judaism as related to the Old TestaFrench, Italian, and Hebrew, some annotated ment. The Hebrew Union College in Cinand classified, others simply listing titles. cinnati and the Jewish Theological Seminary

Includes most, if. not all, bibliographies of New York have the most extensive col-

published prior to: 1950. 7 lections of both primary and _ secondary D310. Marcus, Jacob R. A brief introduc- source materials covering pre-Christian and

| History of Religions 63 -post-Christian periods. Other valuable col- LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES . ,

lections are at Johns Hopkins, the University | Ce ;

of Pennsylvania, and New York Public D326. Baron, Salo W. A social and reliLibrary. Increasingly the Hebrew University gious history of the Jews. 2nd ed., N.Y., |

in Jerusalem is: becoming a center of re- 1952 ff. ,

- search in this field. _- D327. Dubnow, Simon. Weltgeschichte | | des Jiidischen Volkes von seinen Uranfangen , . bis zur Gegenwart. 10 v. Berlin, 1925-30... ee NCE WORKS OF D328. Finkelstein, Louis, ed. The Jews:

. . | their history, culture, and religion. 2 v.

D313. Encyclopedia Biblica. Jerusalem, N.Y., 1949. Contains 35 chapters, each on .

1950 ff. In Hebrew. a special period or topic, several on religion.

D314. Encyclopaedia judaica. 10 v. Berlin, Detailed notes and extensive bibliographies. — 1928-34. The 10 v. go through the letter Popular. “TT.” Discontinued after Hitler purge of D329. Graetz, Heinrich H. Geschichte der

Jews in Germany. | Juden von den 4Altesten Zeiten bis auf die D315. The Jewish Encyclopedia. Ed. by Gegenwart. 11 v. in 13. Leipzig, 1897-1911. Cyrus A. I. Singer and others. New ed., 12 v., English ed., 6 v., N.Y., 1927. The classic

N.Y. and London, 1901-06. Reprint, 1916. history, but antiquated in part.

Scholarly and complete. ; ~~ p330. Montefiore, Claude G. The Old D316. The universal Jewish encyclopedia. Testament and after. London, 1923. A his10 v. N.Y., 1939-43. More popular than the tory of the Jewish faith from the viewpoint above. Should be used with caution. Good Of a leading liberal Jewish scholar.

for material on 20th century. | | See also D/3-19. °- Oo HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

GEOGR APHIES. GAZETTEERS. AND D331. Oesterley, William O. E., and Theo-

| ATL ASES dore H. Robinson.2nd Hebrew its a origin and .development. ed.,religion: London,

D317. Smith, George A. The historical 1937.

geography of the Holy Land. See F34. D332. Smith, Henry Preserved. The reli-

D318. ——. Atlas of the historical geog- gion of Israel. N.Y., 1914. ,

raphy of the Holy Land. London, 1915. See Pfeiffer, Introduction to the Old TestaD319. Wright, George E., and Floyd V. ent (D311) for numerous other titles. Filson, eds. The Westminster historical atlas D333. Pfeiffer, Robert H. History of New |

| ism. : :

to the Bible. See F36. | Testament times. N.Y., 1949. This. andthe | | : -following work deal with Hellenistic JudaPRINTED vormcns oe D334. Marcus, Ralph. “A selected bibliog-

raphy (1920-1945) of the Jews in the: HelD320. The Babylonian Talmud. Ed. by J. _ lenistic Roman period.” Proceedings of the

Epstein. 35 v. London, 1935-52. American Academy for Jewish Research, 16

D321. Corpus codicum hebraicorum medii (1946-47): 97-181. | .

aevi. Copenhagen, 1956 ff. Planned to con- D335. Grayzel, Solomon. A history of the tinue through the years presenting Hebrew Jews from the Babylonian exile to the estaband Judeo-Arabic manuscripts found in lishment of Israel. Philadelphia, 1950. Pop-

various libraries, which are of particular ular. .

value as literary sources or because they D336. Moore, George F. Judaism in the represent an especially important text. Each _ first centuries of the Christian era. 3 v. Camvolume contains introduction and notes by bridge, Mass., 1927-30. No bibliography, but

- -a specialist in the field. . indices to passages cited in the Old and D322. Midrash Rabbah. Ed. by H. Fried- | New Testaments, the Apocrypha and Pseudeman and. Maurice Simon. 2nd ed., London, pigrapha, the Greek and Latin authors, the 1951. English translation with glossary, Talmud and Midrash, and from authorities

notes, and indices, | in the age of the Tannaim and Amoraim

| D323. The Yale Judaica series. Ed. by indicate the basic sources. V. 3 contains Julian Obermann. New Haven, 1948 ff. additional notes and numerous bibliogr aphiD324. The Zohar. Tr. by Harry Sperling cal notations. and Maurice Simon. 5 v. London, 1931-34. On medieval Judaism see the three follow-

| ing works. | |

SHORTER GENERAL HISTORY D337. Bernfeld, Simon, ed. Die Lehren

| des Judentums—nach den Quellen—heraus- |

D325. Margolis, Max L., and Alexander gegeben vom Verband der deutschen Juden. Marx. A history of the Jewish people. Phila- 5 v. Berlin, 1920-29.

delphia, 1927. Bibliographies. D338. Marcus, Jacob R. The Jew in the

64 Guide to Historical Literature

Cincinnati, 1938. on . , medieval world: a source book, 315-1791. The Synagogue

D339. Roth, Cecil. ““The Jews in the Mid- D346. Friedlander, Moriz. Synagoge und dle Ages.”’ Cambridge medieval history, v. Kirche in ihre Anfangen. Berlin, 1908.

7 (N.Y., 1932): 937-49. - D347. Krauss, Samuel. Synagogale alter-

On Judaism in the modern period see timer. Berlin, 1922, ,

D340. Philipson, David. The reform move- See also articles in encyclopedias (D313— ment in Judaism. New and rev. ed., N.Y., 316), each with bibliography. 1931.

See also chapters on Jewish publications Other Topics _ ° inJewish thebook American Jewish year book and The . . annual; and the frequent book D348. Scholem, Gerhard. Major trends in articles in the Year book of the Central Con- Jewish mysticism. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1946. Ex-

ference of American Rabbis and those of — tensive notes and bibliography. : other rabbinical groups. Also see the general See also “Cabala” in The Jewish encyclo- —

periodical indices, and the various publica- pedia (D315). ; ; .

below. items in D350-365., |

tions of academies, societies, etc., noted For other special topics consult indices of

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS BIOGRAPHIES From the standpoint of religion there is D349. Wininger, Salomon. Grosse jiidische little advantage in an approach by areas. National-Biographie. 7 v. Cernauti, 1925-36. Religion will be found discussed to some See also “Biography,” Universal Jewish extent in the regional histories of Jews, of | encyclopedia, which lists general Jewish bio-

there are many. graphical compilations by languages, coun: | | which tries, and professional and personal interests; HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS and ‘“‘Biographische Literatur,’ Encyclopaedia

| chiefly in German. | Political judaica, for very extended bibliography,

Most important in the contemporary period is that of Zionism, which while not GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS

religious per se, has a religious ‘aspect.

, There is an enormous bibliography on the There are official publications of the subject. The modern period begins with the Israeli government, but few deal with reli-

writings of Theodore Hertzl. . gious questions. | D341. Kiev, Mary N. “A bibliography of Zionism.” The Brandeis Avukah annual of UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND

1932 (Boston, 1932), pp. 735-805. SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS D342. Palestine and Zionism: a cumulative

author, title and subject index to books, D350. American Jewish archives. Cincin-

pamphlets and periodicals. N.Y., 1946 ff. nati, 1948 ff. (Semiannual. ) See also articles in encyclopedias men- D351. American Jewish Historical Society. tioned above, each with bibliography; The Publications. Baltimore, 1893 ff. Israel year book; Book review digest, sub- D352. American Jewish year book. N.Y.,

ject index; and various newspaper and maga- 1900 ff. | | zine indices. a D353. Hebraica. Chicago, 1884-95. (Irreg-

ular.) Succeeded by American journal of

Cultural : Semitic languages and literatures, 1895-1942

(quarterly); The Journal of Near Eastern

Liturgy, Holidays, etc. studies, 1942 ff. (quarterly).

See articles in encyclopedias (D313-316). D354. Hebrew Union College annual. Cin-

a cinnati, Wide culture, range of Religious art |1924 Jewishff.history, andstudies religionof in D343. “Judaism and art.” The Jews: their English, French, German, Hebrew, and

| history, culture, and religion (D328), ch. Yiddish.

24. Extensive bibliography. D355. Historia judaica. N.Y., 1938 ff. | D344. Idelsohn, Abraham Z. Jewish music —_(Irregular.)

in its historical development. N.Y., 1929. D356. Jewish book annual. N.Y., 1942 ff.

Music from earliest times. Published by the Jewish Book Council of

; | America. Annotated list of books by Jews Literature and about Jewish subjects published in the D345. Waxman, Meyer. History of Jewish United States. Also contains articles on literature from the close of the Bible to literary topics. Only partly religious.

1935. 4 v. N.Y., 1930-41. D357. Jewish quarterly review. Phila-

, | History of Religions 65 delphia, 1910 ff. Published by Dropsie Col- for the United States to 1942. Briefer cov-

lege. Principally religious. erage of other countries, but complete cov- | D358. Jewish social studies. N.Y., 1939 erage of Palestine. Not limited to religion, ff. (Quarterly.) Published by the Conference but most Jewish periodicals concern themof Jewish Relations. Only occasional articles selves with the Jewish faith to some degree.

bearing on religion, but contains reviews of See also current American Jewish year

religious books. book (D352) for periodicals. D359. Judaism: a quarterly journal of Other periodicals which deal with the oo

Jewish life and thought. N.Y., 1952 ff. Pub- Old Testament and the Jewish faith in some

| lished by the American Jewish Congress. of its periods, but not published by Jews,

D360. Proceedings of the American Acad- are the following. a

emy for Jewish Research. Philadelphia, D362. The journal of Bible and religion.

1928 ff. (Annual.) : Garden City, 1933 ff. [National Association of Biblical Instructors.] (Quarterly.) 7 PERIODICALS D363. The Journal of Biblical literature.

Philadelphia, 1881 ff. [Society of Biblical D361. “Periodicals and press.” The uni- Literature and Exegesis.] »

versal Jewish encyclopedia (D3/6). Brief D364. The journal of Semitic studies. Man- |

, history of the press in Europe by countries, chester, Eng., 1956 ff. (Quarterly.). with descriptive list of all periodicals which D365. The journal of Jewish studies. Camappeared for as much as twenty years. Same _ bridge, Eng., 1948 ff. (Quarterly.) =

CHRISTIANITY a

MUSEUMS tradition. | . | D371. Grant, Robert M. “The future of : The most complete bibliographical work the ante-Nicene fathers.” Journal of religion, BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND the book devoted to the Judeo-Christian

concerning Christianity in all its phases is 30 (Apr. 1950): 109-16. Discusses and

_ D366. Barrow, John G. A bibliography of — evaluates major works dealing with the ante- ;

bibliographies in religon (D1). Here may Nicene fathers during the last century.

be found practically every bibliography of D372. Metzger, Bruce M. Index of articles .

religion published prior to 1950. on the New Testament and early church

| D367. Case, Shirley J., ed. A bibliographi- published in the Festschriften. Philadelphia,

cal guide to the history of Christianity. Chi- 1951. [Journal of Biblical literature, Mono-. |

cago, 1931. A selected bibliography covering graph series, 5.] Classified with author index.

the entire range of Christian history up to See also Malclés, Les sources du travail

1931. Besides the general field, covers the bibliographique, v. 2, ch. 13 (D3). |

| church in the Roman empire, the West, the D373. Rouse, Ruth, and Stephen C. Neil. British Isles, eastern Christianity, the Amer- A_ history of the ecumenical movement. ican church, and the newer fields. Well clas- Philadelphia, 1954. Bibliography of every

sified, indexed, and annotated. aspect of the ecumenical movement from 7 D368. Allison, William H. “History of 1517 to and including formation of the

Christianity.” A guide to historical literature =©=World Council of Churches in 1948. Through

(N.Y., 1931), pp. 233-75. A more highly the use of bibliographies in many of the selective bibliography than D367, and more works listed, almost every book or document |

: fully annotated. of importance to the field is included.

Because of the above excellent bibliog- . D374. Vollmar, Edward R. The Catholic |

raphies, which should be available in most Church in America: an_ historical bibliog| large libraries dealing with religion, many raphy. New Brunswick, 1956. Covers period ] items are not repeated here. In addition to 1850-1950. Since 1950 the author has pub-

the major standard works which are re-_ lished an annual bibliography of writings | peated, the attempt here is to cover the on church history in the May issue of the

period since 1931 in somewhat greater de- Historical bulletin. In both cases the bibliogtail. © . | raphy is selective but extensive. — | ‘D369. Senaud, Auguste. Christian unity: D375. The guide to Catholic literature. Ed. _

a bibliography. Geneva, 1937. [World’s Com- by Walter Romig. Detroit and Grosse Pointe, mittee of YMCA.] Selected titles concerning Mich., 1940 ff. (Quadrennial.) An author' international relations between the churches subject-title index in one alphabet. Books

and international Christian movements. and booklets in all languages, on all subCovers period from about 1850 to 1937. jects, by Catholics or of particular Catholic

| D370. Diehl, Katharine S. Religions, interest, published or reprinted since Jan. 1, mythologies, folklores: an annotated bibliog- 1888, with descriptive and critical. notes. | raphy. (See DJ2.) More than two-thirds of Other valuable material may be found by

66 Guide to Historical Literature reference’ to such items as bibliography, languages, including the works listed below. biography, church. and state, Middle Ages, D393. Migne, Jacques P., ed. Patrologiae

| cursus———, completus: series graeca. See L77. | 7etc. |ENCYCLOPEDIAS : | D394. ed. Patrologiae cursus comAND WORKS OF pletus: scriptores latini. 221 v. Paris, 1844—-

, ~ REFERENCE 64. } . as D395. Roberts, Alexander, and James The standard encyclopedias and diction- ? , wt

aries listed below may be found in most Donaldson, trs. and eds. The ante-Nicene

research libraries. fathers. New ed., 10 V., N.Y., 1911-19.

D376. Hastings, James, and others, eds. A . D396. Schaff, Philip, tr. and ed. Select dictionary of the Bible, dealing with its library of the Nicene and post-Nicene fathers language, literature, and contents, including of the vhristian church. 14 v. N.Y., 1886-90

| the Biblical theology. 5 v. Edinburgh and __D397- Schaff, Philip, and Henry Wace, trs. N.Y., 1898-1904, Reprint, 1911-12. and eds. Select library of the Nicene and _ D377. ——. Dictionary of the Bible. Edin- post-Nicene fathers of the Christian church.

burgh and N.Y 1909 | , 2nd series. 14 v. N.Y., 1890-1900,

D378. — Dictionary of Christ and the D398. Die griechischen christlichen

gospels. 2. v. Edinburgh and N.Y., 1906-08. Schriftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte.

D379. ———. Dictionary of the apostolic Leipzig, 1910 ff. . or

| church. 2 vy, Edinburgh and N.Y., 1916-18. , 2399. Corpus scriptorum ecclesiasticorum = D380. ——. Encyclopaedia of religion and _!#tinorum. Vienna, 1866 ff.

ethics. (See D/5.) : } Among newer multi-volume sets are the

D381. Cheyne, Thomas K., and John S. dnc eas . .

‘Black, eds. Encyclopaedia biblica. 4 v. N.Y. : - Corpus christianorum: series latina.

and London 1899-1903 Turnhout, Belg., 1953 fff. Scholarly intro-

D382. The Catholic encyclopedia. Ed. by ductions, critical notes and bibliographies. .

| Charles G. Herbermann and others. 16 v. D 401. Corpus scriptorum christianorum | N.Y., 1907-14. Supplement, 1922. orientalium. Ed. by I. B. Chabot and others.

| D383. The new Schaffi-Herzog encyclo- Paris and Leipzig, 1903 ff. 7. | pedia of religious knowledge. (See DJ/6.) D402. The fathers of the church: a new

| D384. Mathews, Shailer, and Gerald B. translation. Ed. by Ludwig Schopp | and | Smith, eds. A dictionary of religion and others. N.¥ . 1947 ff. To be comp lete Mm 72

ethics. N.Y. 1921. | V.s including all outstanding patristic writ-

D385. Ferm Vergilius, ed. An encyclo- (28S) Some not hitherto translated. Each

pedia of religion. N.Y 1945. volume contains brief introduction, selected D386. Dwight Henry O., Henry A. bibliography, and critical notes. |

Tupper, Jr. and BE dwin M. Bliss eds. The D403. Enciclopedia cattolica. 12 v. Vatican — | encyclopedia of missions. 2nd rev. ed., N.Y. City, 1949-54. Most longer articles provide

and London, 1904. : | bibliographies. |

: D387. Smith, Sir’ William, and Henry . : Wace, eds. Dictionary of Christian biog- _ SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

raphy. 4 v. London, 1877-87. : , . D388. The Jewish encyclopedia. See D315. Cprittinn eee, Coote’ E. History of | the

For a long list. of foreign language dic- D405. N ure’. NO ae rater Fep i |

tionaries and encyclopedias see D367, pp. | h 7 vewman, ert El. , Manual o

18-20 churchSchubert, history. 2 Hans v. Philadelphia, 1900-03. . D406. von. Outlines of

- GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND church history. Tr. by Maurice A. Canney.

ATLASES | | London and N.Y.,A 1907. : : _ 2407. Walker, Williston. history of the D389. Baly, Denis. The geography of the Christian church. N.Y., 1918. Reprint, 1934.

| Bible. N.Y., 1956. D408. Guignebert, Charles A. H. ChrisD390. Grollenberg, Luc H. Atlas of the ianity, past and present. N.Y., 1927. Tr. | , Bible. See F35. from Le Christianisme antique (Paris, 1921) , - D391. Kraeling, Emil G. Rand McNally and Le Christianisme mediéval et moderne

Bible atlas. See F37. , (Paris, 1922). D392. World atlas of Christian missions. ; D409. Nagler, Arthur W. The church in Ed. by Harlan P. Beach and Charles H. _ history. N.Y., 1929.

Fahs. N.Y., 1911. For evaluations of the above works see | .D367-368.

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF D410. Baker, Archibald G., ed. A short :

, SOURCES history of Christianity. Chicago, 1940. A ,

. Basic digestwritings of church history. Bibliography, mostly — of the early church fathers of items since 1930. |

have appeared in various editions in different D411. Cairns, Earle E. Christianity through

, , History of Religions 67 the centuries. Grand Rapids, 1954. The translated into English. See Jules Lebreton, interpretation is that of conservative Chris- The history of the primitive church (4 v.,

permeated with a Christian philosophy London, 1942-47). . _ | oftianity history. | D431. Latourette, Kenneth S. A history of 7 D412. Dawson, Christopher H. Religion the expansion of Christianity. See D530. and the rise of western culture. N.Y., 1950. D432. Liorca, Bernardino, and _ others.

Through the 13th century. . Historia de la Iglesia catélica. 3 v. Madrid,

D413. Gifford, William A. The story of 1950. By Catholic writers. | |

the faith: a survey of Christian history for D433. Mourret, Fernand. A history of the

| the undogmatic. N.Y., 1946. Catholic Charch. Tr. by Newton Thompson. D414, Hudson, Cyril E., and M. B._ V. 1-4. St. Louis, 1930-45, |

Reckitt. The church and the world. 3 v. Lon- D434. Poulet, Charles. Histoire du Chrisdon, 1938. V. 3 deals with the church in tianisme. 4 v. Paris, 1933-49. A luminous

England since 1800. exposition of the internal life of the church.

D415. Hughes, Philip. A history of the D435. Troeltsch, Ernst. The social teach-

church. Rev. ed., 3 v. N.Y., 1935-49. ing of the Christian churches. 2 v. N.Y., | D416. Latourette, Kenneth S. A history of | 1931. The outstanding book in its field. |

Christianity. N.Y., 1953. Each chapter con- |

tains a selected and usually annotated bib- | HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS liography.

D417. McNeill, John T. Environmental Early Church |

} factors in Christian history. Chicago, 1939. a D418. McSorley, Joseph. An outline his- For books on the early church see D367,

tory of the church by centuries (from St. pp. 34-56, and D368, pp. 247-52, where Peter to Pius XII). 5th ed., St. Louis and most of the standard works prior to 1931 London, 1946. Excellent bibliography by are listed.

periods, largely Catholic sources. D436. Barnes, Ernest W. The rise of

_ D419. Richardson, Cyril C. The church Christianity. London, 1947. through the centuries. N.Y. and London, D437. Bultmann, Rudolf. Primitive Chris-

1938. . tianity in ifs contemporary setting. London, D420. Rowe, Henry K. History of the 1956.

| Christian people. N.Y., 1931. D438. Case, Shirley J. The social triumph

| of LONGER the ancient church. N.Y., 1933. GENERAL HISTORIES D439. Cerfaux, Lucien. La communauté

apostolique. Paris, 1943. Many interesting

D421. Baur, Ferdinand C. Geschichte der observations.

Christlichen Kirche. 5 v. Tiibingen, 1853- D440. Cochrane, Charles N. Christianity 63. | , and classical culture: a study of thought and D422. Gieseler, Johann K. L. A text-book action from Augustus to Augustine. See 1299. of church history. Tr. by Samuel Davidson. D441. Cullmann, Oscar. The early church.

Sv. N.Y., 1857-80. London, 1956. Discussion of various aspects

D423. Hagenbach, Karl R. Kirchenge- of life and thought of the early church schichte von der altesten Zeit bis zum 19. rather than a history of the church. BibJahrhundert. 7 v. Leipzig, 1869~72. liographical footnotes. See other books by

| _ D424, Schaff, Philip. History of the Chris- same author. :

tian church. New and rev. ed., 7 v., N.Y., D442. Craig, Clarence T. The beginning

1882-1910. : of Christianity. Nashville, 1943.

D425. Ten epochs of church history. Ed. D443. Daniel-Rops, Henry. L’église des by John Fulton. 10 v. N.Y., 1896-1900. apotres et des martyrs. Paris, 1948. "D426. Paget, R. Harold, ed. An outline of | D444, Enslin, Morton S. Christian be-

Christianity. 5 v. N.Y., 1926. ginnings. N.Y., 1938. Rather radical.

D427. Chastel, Etienne L. Histoire du D445. Klausner, Joseph. From Jesus to

Christianisme depuis son origine jusqu’a nos Paul. N.Y., 1943. By a distinguished Jewish

jours. 5 v. Paris, 1881-83. scholar. _ For commentary on many of the above D446. Goguel, Maurice. The birth of

and for additional older titles see D367-368. Christianity. London, 1953. Selected bib-

| D428. Boulenger, Auguste. Histoire géné- liography, including a number of the more

rale de VPéglise. 9 v. in 10. Lyon, 1931-50. recent books, and numerous bibliographical

D429. Fargues, Paul. Histoire du Chris- references in footnotes. _ a |

tianisme. 6 v. Paris, 1934. _ D447. Leitzmann, H. A history of the - D430. Fliche, Augustin, and Victor Martin, early church. Tr. by. B. L. Wolf. 3 v. Loneds. Histoire de Véglise depuis les origines don, 1950.

jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1945 ff. By various D448. Mackinnon, James. From Christ to Roman Catholic authors. To be completed Constantine. London, 1936. Bibliographical

in 26 volumes. Some have already been notes included in footnotes. , |

68 - Guide to Historical Literature , | , D449. Manson, T. W. The beginning of D467. Below, Georg A. H. von. Die

| the Gospel. London, 1950. | Ursachen der Reformation. Berlin, 1917.

D450. Riddle, Donald W. Early Christian For additional information on the above life as reflected in its literature. Chicago, works and for other titles see D367, pp.

1936. | | 95-106. On the Catholic Counter-Reforma-

D451. Torrey, Charles C. Documents of tion see D367, pp. 106-08. ’ the primitive church. N.Y., 1941. D468. Holl, Karl. Gesammelte Aufsatze

D452. Weiss, Johannes. The history of zur Kirchengeschichte. 3 v. Tiibingen, 1928-

primitive Christianity. Tr. by F. C. Grant 32. |

and others. 2 v. N.Y., 1936-37. Contains D469. Mackinnon, James. The origins of

many radical suggestions. | the Reformation. N.Y., 1939. Useful sum-

D453. Werner, Martin. Die Enstehung des = mary by a competent specialist. Bibliography.

Christlichen Dogmas. Bern, 1941. D470. Bainton, Roland H. The Reforma-

_ tion of the sixteenth century. Boston, 1952. _

Medieval Church Popular summary.

| - , D471. ——. Bibliography of the conti-

For numerous standard works on the nental Reformation: materials available in

Medieval church published before 1931 see English. Chicago, 1935. | an D367, pp. 57-90, and D368, pp. 252- D472. ——. Here I stand: a life of Martin

| | 54. a D454. . Luther. N.Y., 1951. Includes excellent bibAddison, James T. The medieval liography, listing major books on Luther missionary: a study of the conversion of and sources for his life.

northern Europe, A.D. 500-1300. N.Y., 1936. D473. Buchwald, George, comp. D. Martin Careful and accurate account of missionary Luthers Leben und Lehre. Giitersloh, 1947.

methods. : D474. Lortz, Joseph. Die Reformation in D455. Arquilliére, Henri X. L’église au Deutschland. See VF53.

Moyen Age. Paris, 1931. Excellent essays. D475. Pascal, Roy. The social basis of the D456. Baldwin, Marshall W. The medieval German Reformation: Martin Luther and

papacy in action. N.Y., 1940. his times. London, 1933. .

D457. Browne, Laurence E. The eclipse D476. Schwiebert, Ernest G. Luther and

| of Christianity in Asia from the time of his times: the Reformation from a new

Muhammad until the fourteenth century. perspective. St. Louis, 1950. Comprehensive _ Cambridge, Eng., 1933. Based on extensive and competent; by a Lutheran. Extensive

reading in original and’.secondary sources. bibliography, particularly rich in German Oo D458. Coulton, George G. Five centuries sources; elaborate notes.

of religion. See K283. D477. Thiel, Rudolf. Luther. Tr. by Gustav D459. ——. Inquisition and liberty. Lon- K. Weincke. Philadelphia, 1955.

don, 1938. Strongly anti-Catholic. D478. Carew Hunt, Robert N. Calvin.

} D460. Daniel-Rops, Henry. La iglesia en London, 1933. Bibliography includes extenJos tiempos barbaros. Tr. from French. Bar- sive French sources. celona, 1956. Excellent selected bibliography D479. Mackinnon, James. Calvin and the 7 includes a number of the better recent studies Reformation. London, 1936.

of the period. | D480. Farner, Oskar. Huldrych Zwingli. | D461. Elliott-Binns, Leonard E. The be- Ziirich, 1946. |

ginnings of western Christendom. London, D481. Bender, Haroid S. Conrad Grebel,

1948. oo c.1498-1526, the founder of the Swiss D462. Spinka, Matthew. A history of the Brethren sometimes called Anabaptists.

| Balkans: a study of the spread of Byzantine Goshen, Ind., 1950. Scholarly. culture among the Slavs. Chicago, 1933. D482. Menno Simons’ life and writings.

| Thorough and competent. | Scottdale, Pa., 1936. Semi-popular. , D483. Russell, Elbert. The history of Quakerism. N.Y., 1942. Standard work, by .Thea Reformation Quaker author. . guages. , tensive research. -.

For special bibliographies on the Reforma- D484. Wilbur, Earl M. A history of Unition see DI, pp. 259-65, which lists some tarianism. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1945-52. fifty such works in various European lan- By a United States Unitarian. Based on exD463. Fisher, George P. The Reformation. D485. Spinka, Matthew. John Hus and the

, New and rev. ed., N.Y., 1906. Czech reform. See W333.

D464. Lindsay, Thomas M. A history of D486. Constant, Gustave. The Reforma-

the Reformation. 2 v. N.Y., 1906-07. tion in England. Tr. by R. E. Scantlebury | D465. Smith, Preserved. The age of the and E. I. Watkin. 2 v. N.Y., 1934-42. Roman

Reformation. N.Y., 1920. | Catholic, but fairly objective

D466. Walker, Williston. The Reforma- D487. Hughes, Philip. The Reformation tion. N.Y., 1900. | in England. See V A504. |

. : History of Religions 69 D488. Janelle, Pierre. The Catholic ref- D498. Ferm, Virgilius. The American

ormation. Milwaukee, 1949. Summary by a church of the Protestant heritage. N.Y.,

Roman Catholic. _ a 1953. D489. Jedin, Hubert. Geschichte des D499. The year book of the churches.

Konzils von Trient. Freiburg, 1949. N.Y., 1957 ff. Provides a list of main deposiD490. Kidd, Beresford J. The Counter- tories of church history material and sources Reformation, 1550-1600. See VF57. covering the larger denominations. D491. Durant, Will. The Reformation: a

history of European civilization from Wyclif Eastern Orthodox Churches to Calvin, 1300-1564. N.Y., 1957. 1500. Brandreth, Henry R.::-T. An outline

eneral | . . . . |

| oo guide_ Modern to thePeriod study of eastern Christendom. | ~ London, 1951. Selected, annotated bibliog- | Ger || |:general raphy on Easternsections—Russian, Orthodox Church in . andthe its various Few good general treatments of the church Greek, Coptic, Armenian, etc. |

as a whole after the Reformation are in 501. Attwater, Donald. The Christian |

single volumes, except at the popular level, churches of the East. Rev. ed., 2 v., Milbut may .be found in multi-volume and waukee, 1947-48. By a Roman Catholic. shorter histories of the church included vy, 1 deals with the eastern churchés in above (D404—435). See also listings in D367 = ggmmunion with Rome. | and bibliographies in the histories of La- D502. Zernov, Nicolas. The church of the tourette, McSorley, Mourret, and others. eastern Christians. London, 1942. Bibliog-

: a ; eS. :

D492. Nichols, James H. History of Chris- raphy. | scholarly survey of the period. church. London, 1945. Bibliography. |

tianity, 1650-1950. N.Y., 1956. A _ recent D503. _ The Russians and_ their

Roman Catholic, | | | For older books see D367, pp. 145-69.

ON ory of te Pmnal Moves , Catholic Church from the Renaissance to th Det ee’ Walt ce a t ch sonra

the French Revolution. 2 v. Dublin, 1915. oust Or te World Lounchl’ of Vahurches.

- ae. | N.Y., 1956. By a Roman Catholic. Extensive bibliography. _ bibliography, including Excellent both pri d

D494. of McSorley, Joseph. An outline his- seconda ty =See “arces D4/8. 8 primary an tory the church by centuries. .. About half this work deals with the modern A Does. Rouse, Ruth, and Stephen C. Neil.

. } ae of the ecumenical movement. | period. p495. Mourret, Fernand. A history of the ° . , eatsSee Catholic Church. Tr. by Newton Thompson. fi D506. Nasser t poor William A., ed. The

7 v. St. Louis, 1930-55. V. 5 deals with the (ust assembly of the World Council of

Ample bibliographies. urches held at Amsterdam August 22nd to |modern an 7period. September 4th, 1948. N.Y., 1949. Official Protestantism a | r oO N507 The Evansto ' i; , There are various books which state the ; 2 ae &Vanston report: second’ assembasic nature of Protestantism, such as the or tas orld Council of Churches, 1954. two following and others, but the history of ans _ Protestantism becomes that of a multitude Indie the ner Benet. church of one of denominations and sects. In so limited a 1947. L e d an 1954. oware’s UMOn, ~

one work about each. os Protestants. N.Y., 1947. } |

_ bibliography it is impossible to include even - London, . |

D496. Nichols, James H. Primer for HISTORIES OF SPECIAL ARE AS

D497. Anderson, William K., ed. Protes- Eastern Churches } | tantism: a symposium. Nashville, 1944. ae oo

Basic older histories of Protestantism will See D367, ch. 7, which lists the older sigbe found in D15-16 and the Encyclopaedia ificant histories; and D377, p. 257. For britannica. Since the greater number of Prot- more recent books see above (D500-503).

estant sects are in America, the more Sig-

nificant books on each are listed in bibliog- Western Europe Oe raphies of Sweet (D523-525), Clark (D519),

Mayer (D521), and Twentieth century en- See D367, ch. 4 for pre-Reformation : cyclopedia of religious knowledge ({D17). period, and ch. 5 for later centuries.

For a number of minority groups see Braden D509. Hermelink, Heinrich. Das Christen(D518); and A bibliographical guide to the tum in der Menscheitsgeschichte von der

history of Christianity (D367), ch. 8. See Franzéschen Revolution bis zur Gegenwart. |

also the following. ==> : V. 1, 1789-1835. Stuttgart, 1951. General

70 Guide to Historical Literature

- France. | | raphy. | survey dealing chiefly with Germany and American Catholicism. N.Y., 1941. Bibliog-

| D510. Herman, Stewart W. Its your souls D523. Sweet, William W. The story of

we want. N.Y., 1943. Contemporary account religion in America. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1950.

] of the impact of Adolf Hitler and Nazism Useful survey with extensive bibliography. |

on Christianity in Germany. D524. ——. Religion on the American D511. Keller, Adolf, and George Stewart. frontier: a collection of source materials.

| Protestant Europe: its crisis and outlook. 3 v. N.Y. and Chicago, 1931-39. [1, The

N.Y., 1927. Protestant Europe in the post- Baptists; 2, The Presbyterians; 3, The Con- | World War I,: pre-Hitler period. Bibliog- gregationailists.]

raphy. : D525. ——-. Methodism in American hisD512. Keller, Adolf. Christian Europe to- tory. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1953. Extensive bibliog-

| day. N.Y., 1942. Protestant Europe at the raphy.

' height of the Hitler regime. Bibliography. D526. Torbet, Robert G. A history of the

D513. Tobias, Robert. Communist-Chris- Baptists. Philadelphia, 1950. Extensive bib-

tian encounter in east Europe. Indianapolis, liography. |

1956. Extensive bibliography, including most D527. Wentz, Abdel R. The Lutheran of the significant books on.the subject of | Church in American history. 2nd ed., Phila-

| Christianity and Communism. delphia, 1933. Authoritative survey. BibSee also McSorley (D418). liography.

: . D528. Wilbur, Earl M. A history of UniBritish Isles } tarianism. See D484.

| | D529. Zenos, Andrew C. Presbyterianism

For older books see D367, ch. 6. in America. N.Y., 1937.

D514. James, Edwin O. A history of Chris-

tianity in England, London, 1949, Brief, Missions and Younger Churches lected bibliography listing significant books For older works on the history of mis-

popular, but comprehensive. Contains se- , On various periods. | sions see D367, pp. 215-22. |

| D515. Moorman, John R. H. A history of D530. Latourette, Kenneth S. A_ history the church in England. London, 1953. of the expansion of Christianity. 7 v. N.Y.,

Bibliographies. | | | _ 1937-45. The most complete history of mis-

| | sions.Christianity In thein the very extensive bibliographies Americas - may be found most of the significant books | | | | and articles on missions in general and on For books published prior to 1931 see the various countries into which Christian D367, ch. 8, where histories of most of the missions have extended. denominations may be found. For lack of See also D504—-508.

space, only books on a few of the larger D531. Dewick, Edward C. The Christian

| denominations are included below. attitude to other religions. Cambridge, Eng., D516. Addison, James T. The Episcopal 1953. A balanced statement.

Church in the United States, 1789-1931. D532. Kraemer, Hendrik. Religion and

, N.Y., 1951. Well written. | the Christian faith. London, 1953. Brings up | D517. Atkins, Gaius G., and Frederick L. to date the discussion begun in his wellFagley. History of American Congregation- known The Christian message in a nonalism. Boston, 1942. Sympathetic and com- Christian world (N.Y., 1947).

. prehensive. Bibliography. D533. Van Dusen, Henry P. World Chris-

D518. Braden, Charles S. These also be- _ tianity—yesterday, today, tomorrow. N.Y.,

lieve. N.Y., 1949. Brief account of the rise 1947. |

and development of thirteen minority reli- D534. World Christian handbook. London, gious groups, with briefer mention of many 1957.

more. Objective but sympathetic. Well docu- a : ee and. with bibliographies on each HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

D519. Clark, T. The1949. small Brief sects of «Political | America. Rev.Elmer ed., N.Y., descrip-

: tion of some 200 groups. Bibliography. D535. Ryan, John A., and Francis J. D520. Garrison, Wilfred E., and Alfred T. Boland. Catholic principles of politics. N.Y., DeGroot. The Disciples of Christ, a history. 1941. Earlier edition appeared under title

| St. Louis, 1948. Extensive bibliography. Church and state (N:Y., 1936).

D521. Mayer, Frederick E. The religious D536. Sturzo, Luigi. Church and _ state. bodies of America. 2nd ed., St. Louis, 1956. N.Y., 1939. Extensive bibliography. oe

| Brief history of each denominational group D537. Pfeffer, Leo. Church, state and

and selected bibliography. freedom. Boston, 1953. Deals chiefly with

.D522. Maynard, Theodore. The story of the United States. Extensive bibliography. :

, History of Religions ne i D338. Mecham, John Lloyd. Church and mented history of development of the liturgy

state in Latin America. See Z574. _ of the Eucharist. oe

D539. Stokes, Anson P. Church and state D555. Hislop, David H. Our heritage in

in the United States. See AB485. public worship. N.Y., 1935. Major varie- . - 2540. Sykes, Norman. Church and state’ ties of Christian worship and how they

in England in the 18th century. Cambridge, arose. i _ Eng., 1934. Thoroughly competent treat- D556. Maxwell, William D. An outline of

ment. Christian worship: its development and | forms. London, 1936. a | |The Papacy D557. Shepherd, Massey H., Jr. The Ox, |Since ford American prayer book commentary. : the popes have played a leading N.Y., 1950. Selected bibliography. 7 :

role in the political arena, as well as the D558. Righetti, Mario. Historia de la spiritual, works on history of the papacy are _ liturgia. Tr. from Italian. 2 v. Madrid, 1955.

included here. : By a consultant to the Sacred CongregaD541. Attwater, Donald, ed. A dictionary. tion of Rites of the Catholic Church. Exten-

of the popes from Peter to Pius XII. Lon- _ sive bibliographies. oo OS oe don, 1939.

D542. Mann, Horace K. The lives of the Literature |

popes in the early Middle Ages. 2nd ed., For books relating to the Old Testament

18 v., London, 1925-32, ; by Christian as well as Jewish scholars see

| D543. Pastor, Ludwig von. The history of nder Judaism, especially Pfeiffer, Introducthe popes from the close of the Middle Ages. sign to the Old Testament (D311). See

See T127. , also for both Old and New Testaments.

D544. Pichon, Charles. Histoire du Vati- D559. The interpreter’s Bible. 12 v. N.Y.,

, can. Paris, 1946. _ . 1951-57, Liberal in approach. Most of the D545. Schmudlin, J. Papstgeschichte der more significant books will be found listed neuesten Zeit. 3 v. Munich, 1933-36. Con- jn bibliographies of the several volumes.

tinuation of Pastor’s work, covering period Most important books concerning the 1800-1922. Based largely on the archives. New Testament will be found in the fol-

lowing. :

Cultural , D560. Chicago Society of Biblical Re-

oe . . search. The study of the Bible today and

Christian Art, Music, and Architecture tomorrow. Ed. by Harold R. Willoughby. _ For bibliographies on Christian art, Chicago, 1947. See especially chs. 3, 6, 12,

music, and architecture, as well as worship 16, 18, 19, 20, and 24.

and liturgy, see DJ, pp. 313-30. Numerous D561. Nash, Arnold S., ed. Protestant older books on these subjects are included in _ thought in the twentieth century. See D590.

D367, pp. 26-29, 51-52, and 69. D562. Parvis, Merrill, ed. New Testament

_ 2546. Duchesne, Louis M. O. Christian — literature: a bibliography. V. 1. Chicago, worship, its origin and evolution. Sth ed., 1948.

London, 1949. Classic study of the Latin 1563. Scott, Ernest F. The literature of liturgy to the time of Charlemagne. the New Testament. N.Y., 1932. Selected

: _ 2547. Lowrie, Walter. Art in the early bibliography. _

church. N.Y., 1947. Selected bibliography; D564. Tenney, Merrill C. The New Testa-

_. 500 illustrations. | ment, an historical and analytic § survey. D548. Morey, Charles R. Christian art. Grand Rapids, 1953. Includes a conservative N.Y., 1935. So introduction listing major books in the field _ D549. Dickinson, Edward. Music in the’ and indicating those regarded as definitely history of the western church. N.Y., 1902. conservative. 7 Various reprints. | D565. Goodspeed, Edgar J. A history of D550. Nommer, E. E. Twenty centuries early Christian literature. Chicago, 1942.

| of Catholic music. Milwaukee, 1948. Selected bibliography. — | ;

| D551. Wellesz, Egon. A history of Byzan- The two following works, in the selections | tine music and hymnography. See L386. they include and in biographical and bib-

; liographical notes, furnish a fair index of D552. Altmann, Ulrich, ed. Hilfsbuch zur times.

Worship and Liturgy = the great Christian literature since. Biblical

Geschichte des Christlichen Kultus. 3 v. D566. Kepler, Thomas S., comp. The fel-

Berlin, 1941-47. : : lowship of the saints: an anthology of ChrisD553. Beckmann, Joachim. Quellen zur tian devotional literature. N.Y., 1948. Covers Geschichte der Christlichen Gottesdienste. all Christian history. Bibliography. .

_ Giitersloh, 1956. D567. Shuster, George N., ed. The world’s

D554. Dix, Gregory. The shape of the great Catholic literature. N.Y., 1942. An| liturgy. London, 1945. Elaborate, well-docu- thology with selections from the whole range

72 Guide to Historical Literature | of Christian history. Valuable notes and Christian thought, reflecting the rise of

bibliography. | liberalism and, in reaction to it, the rise of

; fundamentalism, by the rise Ethics : of continentalfollowed theology in andturn neo-orthodoxy D568. Beach, Waldo, and H. Richard and their spread to Britain and America, may Niebuhr. Christian ethics: sources of the be traced in the following works (D584-—

living tradition. N.Y., 1955. Presents basic 587). |

ethical sources from the Bible to the present D584. Horton, Walter M. Contemporary | day, with selected bibliography of primary continental theology. N.Y., 1938. Lists and and secondary sources on each individual.or evaluates major continental theologians, both

period. | . Catholic and Protestant, as well as their chief

D569. Carter, Paul A. The decline and writings prior to 1938. revival of the social gospel. Ithaca, 1956. D585. ——-. Contemporary English theolSocial and political liberalism in Protestant ogy. N.Y., 1936. Lists and discusses the

| churches of the United States, 1920-40. works of leading English Catholic and Prot| D570. Hall, Thomas C. History of ethics estant theologians, liberal and orthodox,

within organized Christianity. N.Y., 1910. prior to 1936. :

| D571. Hopkins, Charles H. The rise of the D586. Mackintosh, H. R. Types of modern social gospel in American Protestantism, religious theology. London, 1937. Standard

1865-1915. See AB326. survey from Schleiermacher to Barth. —

D572. Ramsey, Paul. Basic Christian ethics. D587. Williams, Daniel D. What presentN.Y., .1950. Includes bibliography listing day theologians are thinking. N.Y., 1952. most of the significant ancient and modern The major continental, British, and American books in the field of Christian ethics. theologians and their chief works are listed, D573. Widgery, Alban G. Christian ethics discussed, and evaluated in relation to the

: in history and modern life. N.Y., 1940. following topics: The Bible and Christian First four chapters constitute a history of truth, Christian ethics and society, Jesus

| developing Christian ethics from time of the Christ and the church. |

gospels to the present. Bibliographical notes oo }

| include major works in the field. The importance of Sdéren Kierkegaard in oo. . modern theology may be seen in the transChristian Doctrine — | lation of his works and the growing bibliogD574. Harnack, Adolf von. History of raphy concerning him. dogma. Tr. by N. Buchanan and_ others. D588. Lowrie, Walter. Kierkegaard. Lon-

7 v. London, 1896-99, | don, 1938. Valuable synopsis of Kierke-

D575. Seeberg, Reinhold. Lehrbuch der gaard’s works and a selected bibliography Dogmengeschichte. Reprint, 3rd and 4th eds., concerning him and his influence on theo-

4 v. in 5, Gratz, 1953-54. 7 Jogians of the 20th century.

D576. Allen, Alexander V. G. The con- D589. Bretall, Robert, ed. A Kierkegaard tinuity of Christian thought. Boston, 1884. anthology. Princeton, 1946. Valuable. Bib-

Various reprints. , liography lists books. and periodicals, par-

D577. Fisher, George P. History of Chris- ticularly in English, and selected works

oO tian doctrine. N.Y., 1903.. oF from other languages.

} D578. Loofs, Friedrich. Leitfaden zum

. Studium der Dogmengeschichte. Sth ed., 2 A valuable statement of the present state

v., Halle, 1951-53. of thinking within Protestantism is

, , D579. Workman, Herbert B. Christian D590. Nash, Arnold S., ed. Protestant

thought to the Reformation. London, 1911. thought in the twentieth century. N.Y., 1951. D580. McGiffert, Arthur C. Protestant Survey of what has happened in the whole

thought before Kant. N.Y., 1911. range of thought with respect to the Old

D581. ———. Rise of modern religous ideas. Testament, the New Testament, the philos-

N.Y., 1915. | ophy of religion, systematic theology, ChrisFor descriptions of these and other earlier tian ethics, church history, etc. Each chapter

works see D368, pp. 264-67, and D367, is by a competent specialist. The most im-

pp. 29-30. portant books in each area are evaluated. D582. ———. A history of Christian thought. ; : | | | 2 v. N.Y., 1932-33. Briefer, less technical Monasticism | than Harnack, with extensive references to For bibliographies on monasticism in gen| sources. eral and on the several orders see DiI, pp. | | D583. Hocedez, Edgar. Histoire de la 236-56; D367, pp. 73-77, 125-26; D368, théologie au XIX siécle. 3 v. Paris, 1947-48. pp. 258-60; D416, pp. 234-35 and 444-46. Standard survey of 19th century Roman D591. Heimbucher, Max J. Die Orden und

] Catholic theology, by a Jesuit. Kongregationen de Katholischen Kirche. 3rd More recent movements in Protestant ed., 2 v., Paderborn, 1933-34.

, _ History of Religions , 73 D592. Coulton, George G. Five centuries biographies, most of them popular, but some

of religion. See K283. _ with bibliographies, deal with Protestants as

D593. Wishart, Alfred W. A short history | well as members of other faiths. Among these |

of monks and monasteries. Trenton, N.J., © are the following (D604-608). |

1900. Bibliography. | | | D604. Hutchinson, Paul. Men who made

D594. Workman, Herbert B. The evolu- the churches. Nashville, 1930. | 7 |

tion of the monastic ideal. London, 1913. D605. Bach, Marcus. The circle of faith.

Good bibliography of original sources. N.Y., 1957. oe

Do a -p606. Attwater, Donald,N.Y., ed. Modern Mysticism Christian revolutionaries. 1947. , For bibliographies on the mystics and D607. Finklestein, Louis, ed. American mysticism see DJ, p. 379; “Mystique,” Dic- spiritual autobiographies: fifteen self-por-

tionnaire de_ théologie catholique; and __ traits. N.Y., 1947. 7 : “Mysticism,” The Catholic encyclopedia. - D608. Institute for Religious and Social D595. Jones, Rufus M. Studies in mystical Studies, Jewish Theological Seminary of

religion. N.Y., 1909. . | America. Thirteen Americans: their spiritual D596. ——. The flowering of mysticism: autobiographies. N.Y., 1953. |

| sources. , above.

: the Friends of God in the fourteenth cen- Significant books continue to appear on tury. N.Y., 1939. Solidly based on original the great reformers. See under Reformation,

. D597. Underhill, Evelyn. Mysticism. Rev. ‘D609. McConnell, Francis J. John Wesley. ed., N.Y., 1930. The classic work in this N:Y., 1939. By a Methodist bishop. field. Contains extensive bibliography on the D610. Piette, Maximin. John Wesley in the

lives and works of the great mystics; general evolution of Protestantism. Tr. by J. B.

works on mysticism, philosophy, psychology, Howard. N.Y., 1937. By a French Catholic. - and theology of mysticism and the mystics; Among biographies of great modern Chrisetc. Texts and translations of original writ- tian leaders who have been related to the ings of the great mystics, as well as biogra- worldwide outreach of Christianity are the phies and monographs concerning them. following.

| | / D611. Chaturvedi, Benarsidas, and Mar-

BIOGRAPHIES jorie Sykes. Charles Freer Andrews, a nar-

| 7D598. rative. N.Y., 1950. Great missionary to India Dargan, Marion. Guide to American and friend of Gandhi. : . 7 biography. See AB16. See subject index under D612. Brown, William Adams. A teacher

religion. - — and his times: a story of two worlds. N.Y.,

. D599, Current biography. N.Y., 1900 ff. 1940. Autobiography of a theologian and

Published monthly and cumulated in annual leader in ecumenical movement. volumes, with cumulative index through each D613. Zabriskie, Alexander C. Bishop _ decade. Biographies are classified by profes- Brent, a crusader for Christian unity. Phila-

sion in appendix, but not as to particular delphia, 1948. .

faith... | | D614. Fosdick, Harry Emerson. The living See also D368, pp. 268-74, for list of of these days. N.Y., 1956. A leading liberal

collective biographical works and individual minister tells the story of the fundamentalist-

_ biographies published before 1931. modernist conflict, in which he played a

D600. Diehl, Katharine S. Religion, my- leading role. thologies, folklores: an annotated bibliog- D615. McConnell, Francis J. By the way: raphy. New Brunswick, 1956. See pp. 178 ff. an autobiography. N.Y., 1952. Author has for a number of collective biographies of been leader in the social gospel movement,

saints and martyrs. — : and onetime president of the Federal Council For Catholic biographies there are several of Churches. : | sources. See the following. — D616. Mathews, Basil J. John R. Mott,

D601. Brown, Stephen J. M. An index of world citizen. N.Y., 1934. oS Catholic biographies. Dublin, 1930. | : D617. Fisher, Galen M. John R. Mott, - )602. Kerff, Heinrich, ed. Biographia architect of co-operation and unity. N.Y.,

catholica. St. Louis, 1927. Includes 7,300 1952. World leader in Y.M.C.A. and misindividual biographies and 1,000 works of _ sions.

| collective biography, all in German. D618. Wheeler, William R. A man sent

_ D603. Holweck, Frederick G. A biograph- from God: a biography of Robert E. Speer. ical dictionary of the saints. St. Louis, 1924. Westwood, N.J., 1956. Outstanding missionSee also under biography in Romig, The ary statesman.

guide to Gatholic literature (D375). D619. Schweitzer, Albert. Out of my life

_ There is no index to Protestant biography. and thought. Tr. by C. T. Campion. London See D367, pp. 182-88, for certain Protestant and N.Y., 1933. See also other numerous

, leaders in America. A number of collective books about him. ,

, 74 Guide to Historical Literature | UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND . D621. Catholic historical review. Wash-

, SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS ington, 1916 ff.

There exists at present no index to the : PERIODICALS

| various societies, academies, and universities ' which publish either periodicals or mono- D622. American’ ecclesiastical review. graphs. A search through the Union list of | Washington, 1889 ff. [Catholic University of

serials and supplements will disclose most of | America.] (Monthly.) © : :

those of the English-speaking world. Prob- D623. Church history. Scottdale, Pa. and ably the best sources of information for Berne, Ind., 1932 ff. [The American Society both American and European organizations of Church History.] (Quarterly.)

: are in such magazines as Revue d’histoire D624. The journal of ecclesiastical history. |

ecclésiastique and Revue des sciences philo- London, 1950 ff. (Semiannual.) | sophiques et théologiques. Numerous Catholic D625. Revue dhistoire ecclésiastique. Lou-

societies throughout the world publish vain, 1900 ff. (Quarterly.) a

| annual or occasional monographs, such D626. Theologische Literaturzeitung. Halle

as and Berlin, 1876 ff. (Monthly.)

| D620. Catholic Record Society. Publica- All of the above carry extensive reviews of

tions. London, 1904 ff. books in the field. |

, The Jesuits, Franciscans, Dominicans, and D627. Zeitschrift fiir Kirchengeschichte. : others are active in publishing studies relat- Gotha and Stuttgart, 1876 ff. (3 nos. per

ing to their own histories. The Catholic year.) |

University of America publishes several Many of the periodicals listed in D28-4]

aS well as the following: | carry articles on phases of the history of | series, i Christianity. See also D368, pp. 274-75. }

| : ISLAM

LIBRARIES, AND D636. Caetani, Leone. Chronographia |BIBLIOGRAPHIES, MUSEUMS islamica. See M27. | Se . a . D637. Lane-Poole, Stanley. The Moham- |

| D628. Chauvin, Victor C. Bibliographie edan dynasties: chronological and genea-

See M14. See M28. : D629. Gabrieli, Giuseppe. Manuale di bib- D638. Faris, Nabih A., ed. The Arab

des ouvrages arabes ou relatifs aux Arabes. jogical tables with historical introductions.

liografia musulmana. See M3. - heritage. Princeton, 1944. , D630. Pareja Casafias, Félix M. Islamo- There are various translations of the D631. Pfannmiiller, Gustav. Handbuch D639. Bell, Richard. The Quran, with der Isiam-literatur. Berlin, 1923. critical rearrangement of the Surahs. 2 v.

_logia. See M22. Quran, among them ,

- D632. Sauvaget, Jean. Introduction a Edinburgh, 1937-39. Phistoire de Orient musulman: élements de D640. Le Coran. Tr. and ed. by Régis

bibliographie. See M1. Blachére. 2 v. Paris, 1947-51.

, Distinguished scholarly work in the field D641. Kramers, Johannes H. De Ko-

of Islam has been done in a number of uni- yan, uit het arabisch vertaald. Amsterdam,

versities in Germany, France, Holland, Scan- 1956. Oe |

, dinavia, Great. Britain, and the United States. D642. Rodwell, John M., tr. The Koran.

| At the University of London, the Sorbonne, 2nd ed., London, 1876. Reprint, London and such universities as Harvard, Yale, Prince- Ny, 1909. There are various other sectarian ton, Columbia, and Chicago, and at Hartford translations which circulate widely, but need

| Theological Seminary will be found the major to be ysed with caution.

research materials. Complete translations of the Traditions or

| the Hadith are not yet available. One col-

REFERENCE lated. ,

ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF lection, that of al Bukhari, has been trans-

| D643. El-Bokhari: les Traditions islami| D633. The encyclopaedia of Islam. See ques. Tr. by O. Houdas and W. Marcais.

F3i. | | 4v. Paris, 1903-14. D634. The shorter encyclopedia of Islam.

| Ed. by H. A. R. Gibb and J. H. Kramers. GEOGRAPHY Ithaca, 1953.

D635. Hurgronje, Christiaan S. Verspreide D644, Hazard, Harry W., and Hereward Geschriften. 6 v. Bonn and Leipzig, 1923- L. Cooke. An atlas of Islamic history. 3rd

27. — ed., Princeton, 1954. a

History of Religions — 75.

: of Islam. M177. OS } Books listed here and See in the following , subsection are limited as far as possible to Spanish Islam

SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES D663. Arnold, Thomas W. The preaching ,

those dealing chiefly with history of the , og | Islamic faith, and not that of the Moslem D664, Dozy, Reinhart P. A. Histoire des world in its political and general cultural Musulmans d’Espagne. See V DOO. | , | sense. - . D665, Lévi-Provencal, Evariste. Histoire de | D645. Cragg, Kenneth. The call of the Espagne musulmane. See VD59. .

minaret. N.Y., 1956. D666. Gonzalez Palencia, Angel. Historia D646.” Guidi, Michelangelo. Storia della de la Espana musulmana. See M121.

religione dell’ Islam. 2nd ed., Turin, 1949. |

D647. Hurgronje, Christiaan S. Moham- Sects of Islam medanism. SeeEmanuel. M172.Abn-Manstr. ~4° | =~. NARI. } ae D667. al-Baghdadi, D648. Kellerhals, Der Islam: ° *eMoslem .

. cael . schisms and sects: being the history of the

Basel Tonnes seine Lehre, sein Wesen. various philosophic systems developed in | ar 9 Morgan Kenneth. ed. Islam: the Islam. Pt. 1, tr. by Kate C. Seelye, N.Y., 1920; straight path. NY., 1958. Brief account, by Poa , PL p y aprenan ©. war! rer avy:

distinguished Muslim scholars, of the rise, don e. 7 y | mw y

development, and spread of Islam; its major — D668 Donaldson, Dwight M “The Shi‘ite beliefs and practices; and its contemporary religion: a_ history of Islam in Persia and expression in the major areas of the Islamic Irak. London, 1933.

wore. — India. D669. London, Hollister, 1953. John N. .;— —The Shi‘a of LONGER GENERAL HIS TORIES D670. Noldeke, Theodor. Zur Ausbreitung

D650. Brockelmann, Carl. Geschichte der des Schiitismus. Leipzig, 1923. _

Islamischen Vdélker und Staaten. Munich, D671. Arendonk, Cornelius van. De op1939, English tr., by Joel Carmichael and komst van het Zaidietische imamaat in

Moshe Perlmann, History of the Islamic Yemen. Leiden, 1919. |

peoples, N.Y., 1947. D672. Strothmann, Rudolf.. Das Staats-

Caetani, Leone. Annali dell’ Islam. recht der Zaiditen. Strasbourg, 1912. SeeD651. M26. D673. Ivanov, Vladimir A. A brief survey

: D652. Dias, Eduardo. Arabes e Muculma-. Of the evolution of Ismailism. Leiden, 1952.

nos. 3 v. Paris, 1922. | D674. Goldziher, Ignac. Die Zahriten, ihr

D653. Hitti, Philip K. History of the Lehrsystem und ihre Geschichte. Leipzig,

Arabs. 4th ed., London, 1949. 1884.

D654. Huart, Clément I. Histoire des Be

Arabes. 2 v. Paris, 1912—13. : HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

D655. Miiller, Friedrich A. Der Islam im , Political )

Morgen und Abenland. 2 v. Berlin, 1885-87.

D675. Arnold, Thomas W. The caliphate.

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS Oxford, 1924, .

. a , D676. Bergstrasser, Gotthelf. Grundztige

D656. Margoliouth, David S. The early ges islamischen Rechts. Berlin, 1935.

owe: of 677, Majid,East. and Herbert LoMohammedanism. _ Liebesny, Jr.N.Y., Law inKhadduri, the Middle V. 1, -| | Des 7. Wellhausen, Julius. Prolegomena Origin and development of Islamic law.

zur altesten Geschichte des Islams. Berlin, Washington, 1955. |

a 65 8 Von Grunebaum Gustave E D678. Milliot, Louis. Introduction a :

a of! - -o~- -Pétude du droit musulman. Paris, 1953. _

, Medieval islam: a study in cultural orienta- D679. Muir, Sir William. The caliphate,

Hor ceo U I A R L’Islam its rise, decline, and fall. See M66.

temporainraraaat Paris, 1980. Oger, 4/asram ConSanhiri, vers ‘Abd al-Razzak Ahmad.des " Le califat: son D680. évolution une société

ney oe Chinn 19 Go R. Modern jyations orientales. Paris, 1926. , |

:

‘D661. Ghirelli, Angelo. El renacimiento Tibineen feo Rudolf, Das Chalifat.

musulman. Barcelona, 1948. D682. Tyan, Emile. Les institutions du HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS droit public musulmane. 2 v. Paris, 1954.

Expansion of Islam Economic ,

- D662. André, Pierre J. L’Islam et les D683. Aghnides, Nicolas P. Mohammedan

races. 2 v. Paris, 1922. theories of finance. See M254. BO

“3 | 1935. a

76 , Guide to Historical Literature -

Cultural étude de la philosophie musulmane. Paris, _

Muslim Art D708. Horten, Max J. H. Die Philosorhie _ D684. Creswell, Keppel A. C. Early Mus- ges Islam. Munich, 1924.

lim architecture. 2 v. Oxford, 1932-40. D709. Menasce, Pierre J. de. Arabische , , | D685. Dimand, M. S. Handbook of Mo- phijosophie. Bern, 1948. [Bibliographische _ hammedan art. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1944, [Metro- Einfiihrungen in das Studium der Philoso-

, politan Museum of Art.] _— phie,and 6.] | Ernest. Diez. D686. Gliick, Heinrich, _ Die Kunst des Islams. 3rd ed., Berlin, 1939. Theology

|,

D687. Kramers, Johannes H. Over de D710. Gardet, Louis, and M. Anawati. , Kunst van de Islam. Leiden, 1953. Introduction a la théologie musulmane. Paris

D688. Marcais,4Georges. Manuel d’art 1948 musulman. v. Paris, 1926-27. : 8 soo | . , ss D711. Macdonald, Duncan B. Develop-

D689. Richmond, Ernest T. Moslem archi- ment of Muslim theology, jurisprudence, and | tecture, 623 to 1516: some causes and con- ee as sequences. London, 1926 , constitutional theory. N.Y., 1903. D690. Ziauddin, M. A monograph on orend See MON Arent J. The Muslim. :

Moslem calligraphy. Calcutta, 1936. ° °

Rites, Ceremonies, Worship Moslem Mystics and Mysticism D691. Bousquet, Georges H. Les grandes D713. Arberry, Arthur J. An introduction

pratigques rituelles de I’Islam. Paris, 1949. to ae oe of Sufisin. See en 7 3. 1 — . D692. Calverley, Edwin E., tr. Worship in er Niassignon, Louis, Essai sur les

Islam: being a translation, with commentary OFigines du lexique technique de la mystique , and introduction, of al-Ghazzali’s Book of |'™usulmane. 2nd ed., Paris, 1954.

the Ihya’ on the worship. Madras, 1925. D715. Nicholson, Reynold A. Studies in . FS - Islamic mysticism. Cambridge, Literature D716. ——. The mystics ofEng., Islam.1921. Lon-.

D693. Brockelmann, Carl. Geschichte der on, 1914. | | arabischen Litteratur. See M18. : _ D694. Browne, Edward G. A literary his- , Social tory of Persia. See M258. a

D695. Gibb, Hamilton A. R. Arabic litera- D717. Levy, Reuben. The social structure

ture. London, 1926. of Islam. See M194.

' D696. Gonzalez Palencia, Angel. Historia

de la literatura arabigo-espafiola. 2nd ed., | BIOGRAPHIES

. Barcelona, 1945.

D697. Schmidt, Bertha. Ubersicht der There are numerous biographies of Motiirkischen Literatur. Heidelberg, 1916. hammed in the chief European languages, D698. Storey, Charles A. Persian litera- many of them popular or semi-popular. The

ture. See M19. | better of these will be found in bibliogra. oO_phies of the few mentioned The Koran D718. Blachére, Régis. Lehere. probléme de | * D699. Bell, Richard. Introduction to the Mahomet: essai de biogranhie critique du

| |Qur’an. Edinburgh, 1953. fondateur de Islam. See M286. , D700. Blachére, Régis. Introduction au D719. Buhl, Frants P. W. Das Leben

: Coran. Paris, 1947. : Muhammeds. See M279. :

| D701. Jeffrey, Arthur. The Qur’an as D720. Watt, W. Montgomery. Muhammad

. scripture. N.Y., 1952. at Mecca. See M284. - | D702. Noldeke, Theodor, and others. Ge- D721. ——-. Muhammad at Medina. See _ sehichte des Qorans. 3 v. Leipzig, 1909-38. M285.

The Traditions . . UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND

D703. Guillaume, Alfred. The traditions SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS | | of Islam. Oxford, 1924.

D704. Robson, James, tr. An introduction D722. Bibliotheca islamica.. Leipzig and |

to the science of tradition. London, 1953. Istanbul, 1929 ff. |

oe . D723. islamica. Philosophy andStudia Ethics (Annual.)

Paris, 1953 ff.

D705. Boer, Tjitze J. de. A history of | D706. Donaldson, Dwight M. Studies in oe | Moslem ethics. London, 1953. D724. Al-Andalus. Madrid, 1933 ff. (Semi- _ D707. Gauthier, Léon. Introduction a annual.) | ,

philosophy in Islam. London, 1933. PERIODICALS

History of Religions : 77 D725. Der Islam. Berlin, 1910 ff. (Annual.) D729. Revue du monde musulman. Paris,

D726. Die Welt des Islams. Berlin, 1913 1906-26. (Quarterly.) |

ff. (Annual.) D730. The Muslim world. N.Y., 1911 ff. . D727. Islamic culture. Hyderabad, 1927 ff. (Quarterly.) | (Quarterly.) . Also consult periodical indices for articles - D728. Revue des études islamiques. Paris, bearing on Islam in contemporary journals

1927 ff. (Quarterly.) Replaces the follow- dealing with the history of religions and ing. | with the Near and Middle East.

os JI. HISTORICAL BEGINNINGS ©

| SECTION E , , Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric JOHN OTIS BREW and OLAF PRUFER

- Compared with other learned disciplines, archaeology is new. For some centuries it existed as a source of inspiration for the Renaissance, as a factor in _. the Gothic revival, or simply as an antiquarian hobby. During the last quarter of the 19th century and the first half of the 20th, archaeology developed as a © humanistic subject in universities and museums, applying scientific techniques borrowed from the natural and physical sciences and working increasingly _ Closely with the social sciences, particularly with anthropology. The growth has been rapid and the scholarship in the field is still exceptionally dynamic. One of the results has been a serious problem for the bibliographer.

To understand the various fields of prehistory, it is necessary to know the | field work in progress at any given time and the relatively few centers in the | world where developments in archaeology are focused. For example, the continued study of the Palaeolithic in western Europe is brought to a head by

annual conferences in the so-called “capital of the Palaeolithic,” Les Eyzies, ; in the Dordogne district of France. Here in 1958 Professor Movius inaugurated the excavation of a previously untouched site in the main section where the en- _ tire Upper Palaeolithic will be unveiled for a fresh look during the next few years. In North America, centering around museums and universities in Flagstaff, Tucson, Albuquerque, Santa Fe, Denver, and Mexico City, scholars are

, 78 ,

, tracing the history of man in the New World from the earliest hunting cultures , to the high civilizations which made such a striking impression on invading Europeans. In Egypt, where archaeology has a history of its own, the new

UNESCO Documentation Center is a milestone in the growth of the field to maturity. Even in the farther reaches of Buryat, Mongolia, which people from the West can now visit, Professor Okladnikov and his Russian colleagues are making new discoveries which are shrinking the prehistoric world and bringing the Old World and the New World together on the level of our early Lithic cul-

tures. In several larger metropolitan centers there are great institutions of

Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric , 79 archaeology, such as the Musée de l’Homme in Paris; the Archaeological Institute in London; The Peabody Museum, with its unique anthropological library,

in Cambridge, Massachusetts; and the National Museum, Tokyo. a The bibliography presented in this section includes titles of well-known standard works and recent publications of outstanding importance. It does not , lay claim to completeness, but rather attempts to give leads to the important , avenues of study. A large part of the literature of prehistoric archaeology is still in the form of articles in scientific journals. The leading journals. which carry these can be identified from the selections given. Included also are certain works with extensive bibliographies. From these the interested reader can take

up the thread if he wishes. a :

_ GENERAL | cal section presents the evidence under con-

. ventional headings of Lower, Middle, and | El. Clark, John G..D. Archaeology and Upper Palaeolithic. Also included are secsociety. 3rd ed., Cambridge, Mass. and Lon- tions on the Mesolithic and Neolithic periods.

don, 1957. Deals with archaeology as a | E77. Heizer; Robert F. “Long range dating : science. Includes sections on the nature of in archaeology.” Anthropology today, ed. by archaeological evidence, types of sites, Alfred L. Kroeber, Chicago, 1953, pp. 3-42. chronology, economic and cultural recon- Outlines a number of methods for the dating struction, and the role of prehistory in the of archaeological remains. Of special interest

: life of contemporary man. ~ to those who wish to know how and to what : | E2. Clark, Wilfred E. Le Gros. History degree of accuracy archaeological remains

of the primates. 4th ed., London, 1954. Ex- can be dated. | cellent introduction to primate evolution, | E8. Hooton, Earnest A. Up from the ape.

_ discussing theoretical concepts of evolution, 5th ed., N.Y., 1954. The most comprehensive

| fossil primates, and palaeontological evidence textbook on physical anthropology that has from Oligocene tree shrews to Upper Palaeo- appeared to date. In addition to presenting

lithic sapiens forms. | the detailed fossil record of man’s ancestry, E3. ———. The fossil evidence for human _ there are sections dealing with man’s primate

evolution. Chicago, 1955. Presents in an ab- relations, the primate life cycle, individual

breviated and critical form the principal life cycle, heredity and race, and the an-

evidence for human evolution that can be thropology of the individual. deduced from the fossil record. Includes sec- E9. Keesing, Felix M. Culture change: an tions dealing with morphological and phylo- analysis and bibliography of anthropological genetic problems, discussions of the fossil sources to 1952. Stanford, 1953. Valuable

remains, and a chapter on the origin of the — bibliography. 7 .

Hominidae. E10. Kiihn, Herbert. Das Erwachen der E4. Ehrich, Robert W., ed. Relative chro- Menschheit. Frankfurt am Main and Ham-

nologies in Old World archaeology. Chicago, burg,-1954. Sketches the Palaeolithic archae-

- 1954, The result of reevaluating the archaeo- ology -.of the Old World, including much logical sequences of Egypt, Mesopotamia, interesting information concerning the history Asia Minor, Iran, China, and the Aegean in of discovery and research. Also included are

the light of recent researches and dating discussions on Stone Age art, a topic on methods. Provides. a foundation for new which the author qualifies as a world re-

chronologically interrelated studies of the nowned expert. | |

area sequences in question. | E11. ——. Der Aufstieg der Menschheit.

- ES. Gjessing, Gutorm. Circumpolar Stone Frankfurt’: am Main and Hamburg, 1955. A Age. Copenhagen, 1944. Examines certain sequel to E10. Offers a lucid survey of the prehistoric manifestations of the Arctic lands Old World Neolithic, including the begin-

which seem to have a circumpolar distribu- nings of civilization in Mesopotamia and | : - tion. The author concludes that similarities Egypt. Includes many interesting. facts on | are due to a common cultural foundation the history of prehistoric investigations in

} ~ which must have had its roots in ancient the areas concerned. ee

Asiatic Stone Age culture. | E12. Leakey, Louis S.. B. Adam’s. an- | E6. Grahmann, Rudolf. Urgeschichte der — cestors. London, 1953. Summary of the Old Menschheit. 2nd ed., Stuttgart, 1956: A’ good World Palaeolithic with a heavy slant toward

and readable history of the Old Stone Age, Africa. Includes interesting discussions on with special reference to Pleistocene geology flint working, the more interesting since the

and human palaeontology. The archaeologi- author himself is an adept at that art. |

80 Guide to Historical Literature , , E13. Libby, Willard FF. Radiocarbon methods covering techniques of excavation dating. 2nd ed., Chicago, 1955. Describes and preservation of antiquities, archaeologithe radiocarbon method of dating, in recent cal photography, publication methods, etc. |

; gist. |

years of increasing importance in chrono- Provides an interesting insight into aspects _

logical ordering of prehistoric remains. In- of archaeological research.

cluded is a section by F. Johnson on the 7

specific use of this method to the archaeolo- , EUROPE

E14. Menghin, Oswald. Weltgeschichte der E21. Breuil,’ Henri. Four hundred centuries Steinzeit. Vienna, 1931. Though largely out of cave art. ‘Tr. by Mary E. Boyle. Mon-

of date, this is one of the fundamental tignac, France, 1952. Superb study by the

studies of Old World prehistory. The author, world’s greatest living authority on _pre-

: a follower of the Viennese “Kulturkreis” historic art. Lavishly illustrated. Restricted

school, presents his material within a theo- to wall art, i.e. paintings, engravings, and bas

retical framework no longer acceptable. The reliefs. Included are nine essays on. the | importance of this work lies in the sheer bulk origins of art, geographical distribution of of material dealt with and in the attempt decorated caves, chronology and evolution of at giving a world-wide culture classification cave art, technology of production, and the .

| by stages. | , | fauna represented. Art history of the Upper

E15. Milojéi¢é, Vladimir, and Hermann Palaeolithic of western Europe is presented , Bengtson. Grosser Historischer Weltatlas. in terms of two cycles belonging to the

_ 2nd ed., 2 v.. Munich, 1954. The two volumes Aurignacian-Périgordian and the Solutrean-

(atlas and text) of this cartographic study Magdalenian respectively. of prehistory are complementary, each map E22. Childe, Vere G. The Bronze Age. in. the atlas volume having its descriptive Cambridge, Eng. and N.Y., 1930. Excellent counterpart in the text volume. Included introduction to the European Bronze Age, - are maps outlining the distribution of pre- containing sections on the three standard historic cultures from the Palaeolithic to subdivisions of this period—Early, Middle, the Sth century A.D.; others showing pre- and Late. Includes a very useful chapter on historic settlement types reconstructed from Bronze Age typology, and theoretical secarchaeological remains; and three detailed, tions on implications of the Bronze Age,

| world-wide synoptic charts of culture periods and on metallurgy and trade. OO

| and their interrelationships. An indispensable E23. -———. Prehistoric migrations in work to all interested in Old World pre- Europe. Cambridge, Mass. and Oslo, 1950.

history and archaeology. Discusses the: European prehistoric evidence

E16. Movius, Hallam L., Jr. “The Old from the Upper Palaeolithic to the Iron Age Stone Age.” Man, culture and society, ed. by in terms of migrations and diffusion from Harry L. Shapiro, N.Y., 1956, pp. 49-93. the Aegean via the Balkans, via the MediterE17. Oakley, Kenneth P. “Dating fossil ranean route through Spain, and from Russia.

| human remains.” Anthrorology today, ed. Included is an interesting and informative

by Alfred L. Kroeber, Chicago, 1953, pp. section on archaeological postulates such as 43-57. Discusses two fundamental ways of “race” and “culture,” mechanisms of culture | - dating fossil human remains—relative dating change, chronology, and parallel evolution. and absolute dating. The former method in- The author introduces the interesting con- | volves the study of the fossil remains in cept of “crises” at the end of the Neolithic |. their natural context; the latter involves and Bronze Ages. scientific methods such as radiocarbon dat- E24, ———. The dawn of European civiliza-

ing, fluorine testing, etc. . tion. Sth ed., N.Y., 1951. In this classic work

E18. ——. Man the tool-maker. 3rd ed., Childe outlines the development of prehis-

} London, 1956. A short, excellent, though toric Europe from the beginning of the

very general, introduction to the Palaeolithic, Neolithic to the Middle Bronze Age. A read-

including valuable and detailed discussions able, essential synthesis of the European

| on tool-making technology. Also there are prehistoric evidence, attempting to trace the ; sections on culture sequences in relation to roots of civilization back to the Aegean

geology, evolution of Palaeolithic cultures, and Hither Asia. :

and implements associated with remains of E25. Clark, John G. D. The Mesolithic _

fossil man. | settlement of northern Europe. Cambridge, — |

. E19. Permanent International Committee Eng., 1936. An authoritative survey of the | of Linguistics. Linguistic bibliography for the Mesolithic cultures of northern Europe. ~

year 1950 and supplement for previous years. Includes interpretative sections on_ the | Utrecht and Antwerp, 1952. A continuing Tanged Point cultures, the Lyngby culture,

source of great importance. the Maglamose culture, and a variety of E20. Wheeler, Sir Robert E. M. Archaeol- = microlithic assemblages. |

ogy from the earth. Oxford, 1954. Harmonds- E26. ——. Prehistoric Europe: the eco- _ worth, Eng., 1956. A study of archaeological nomic basis. London, 1952. This fundamental

Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric Si study examines archaeological remains in the is the only comprehensive summary in Eng-

: light of cultural, technological, economic, lish of the Palaeolithic of European Russia.

and environmental reconstruction. Evidence Included are sections on Pleistocene geology, . is taken from archaeological remains, early fauna and flora, skeletal remains, and dishistorical sources, and the folk-cultures sur- cussions of Lower and Upper Palaeolithic viving in certain marginal areas of Europe. _ sites. Sections on. diverse subsistence. activities, E32. Guyan, Walter U., ed. Das Pfahibauhouses and settlements, technology, trade, problem. Basel, 1955. This superb study, pub- |

and transportation are included. . lished in commemoration of the first cen-

E27. ——. Excavations at Star Carr. Cam- tenary of lake dwelling research, discusses

: bridge, Eng., 1954. Results of an important in several definitive papers the nature of the Mesolithic excavation in Yorkshire, Eng, Swiss lake dwellings, with special refer-

| Included are sections on the archaeological ence to the much disputed question of : finds, lake stratigraphy, pollen analysis, vege- whether they were built on piles in open tational history, and fauna. The fundamental water or on dry ground. The authors conclu-

| ' importance of this work to the study of sively prove the latter hypothesis by means

European prehistory lies in its emphasis on of detailed and meticulous archaeological environmental and cultural: reconstruction. examinations of the evidence and by exten_ Though somewhat specialized, it is an excel- sive use of pollen diagrams from the sites. lent example of the new reconstructional and E33. Hawkes, Charles, and Jacquetta interpretative approach. evolved in’ recent Hawkes. Prehistoric Britain. London, 1948.

years. , co - 2nd ed., Harmondsworth, Eng., 1949. Sur-

| E28. Coon, Carleton S..The races of vey of prehistoric Britain from the Palaeo-

Europe. N.Y., 1939. A study of European lithic to the Roman colonization of the isphysical anthropology. Discusses the racial lands. Readable and concise. | populations of Europe in terms of skeletal E34. Hencken, Hugh O’Neill. Indo-Euromaterials from archaeological deposits rang- pean languages and archaeology. Menasha, ing from the Old Stone Age to the Iron Age. Wis., 1955. Attempts to delineate in space

Second part is devoted to contemporary and time the spread of Indo-European

: populations of Europe. Though largely out- speakers, and to correlate the distribution of.

dated today, this is a classic well worth archaeological assemblages with linguistic

studying, and still represents the most com- groups. | |

plete summary of the skeletal evidence de- E35. Navarro, José M. de. “Prehistoric

| rived from archaeological sites. routes between northern Europe and Italy

E29. Gaul, James H. The Neolithic period defined by the amber trade.” Geographical in Bulgaria. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. Ex- journal, 66 (1925): -481-504. Outlines the amines the Neolithic archaeology of Bul- great amber trade routes from the Baltic to garia. Included are discussions of the West Italy and the Aegean which played such a Bulgarian Painted culture, Boian-A culture, vital role in the development of prehistoric

Bulgarian Mound culture, the evidence from Europe. : :

Bulgarian caves, and chapters on anthropo- E36. Pallottino, Massimo. The Etruscans. metric evidence and the Early Bronze Age. See 187.

In view of recently revived interest in the E37. Tackenberg, Kurt, ed. Der Neander-

earliest Neolithic of the southern Balkans, thaler und seine Umwelt: Gedenkschrift zur this study provides a particularly good back- -Erinnerung an die Auffindung im Jahre ~. ground to those interested in the earliest 1856. Bonn, 1956. The series of papers by

European agricultural communities. various authors contained in this book disE30. Gimbutas, Marija. The prehistory of | cusses the Neanderthal problem in the light | eastern Europe. Pt. 1, Mesolithic, Neolithic of physical anthropology, geology and en-. and Copper Age cultures in Russia and the vironment, and archaeology. It provides a

Baltic .areas. Cambridge, Mass., 1956. The good summary of all the aspects connected _ definitive study in English of the prehistory with the question of Neanderthal man and, of eastern Europe from the end of the Old because of its conciseness, is well worth Stone Age to the beginning of the Bronze reading. Age. For the first time the entire evidence is E38. Zotz, Lothar F. Alitsteinzeitkunde drawn together in one volume. Especially Mitteleuropas. Stuttgart, 1951. Excellent valuable because much of the original litera- summary of the Old Stone Age of central ture is in. Russian or Polish, languages not and east central Europe, discussing the inreadily: understood in western Europe and _ ternal and external relationships of the vari-

| America. Oo ous Palaeolithic industries. | E31. Golomshtok, Eugene A. “The Old Stone Age in European Russia.’ Transac- AFRICA tions of the American Philosophical Society, : 29 ns., pt. 2 (Mar. 1938): 191-468. This E39. Balout, Lionel. Préhistoire de : monograph, though somewhat out of date, Afrique du Nord. Paris, 1955. A monu-

82 ~ Guide to Historical Literature OS mental volume dealing: with the prehistory continent, including rock paintings and enof North Africa from the earliest Palaeo- gravings as well as sculpture. lithic to the Neolithic. The first part is de- E47. Leakey, Louis S. B. Stone Age. Africa: voted to methodological questions and to an outline of prehistory in Africa. London, | problems of chronology, geology, climatol- 1936. Covers the entire Stone Age of Africa. ogy, palaeontology, etc. The second part Though somewhat out of date, is an excellent deals with the Palaeolithic sequence, with and useful introduction to the prehistory of

special reference to the Aterian problem. the dark continent. |

The third part covers the terminal Palaeo- E48. ——. Tentative study of the Pleistolithic industries of the Iberomaurusian cene climatic changes and Stone-Age culture and Caspian, and the Neolithic, with special sequence in northeastern Angola. Lisbon, reference to rock paintings and engrav- 1949. This monograph covers the interre-

ings. | re , lated geological and Palaeolithic sequences. E40. Baumgirtel, Elise J. The cultures of of Angola. Of special interest is the discus-

prehistoric Egypt. V. 1. Rev. ed., London, sion of the Sangoan culture. Also included 1955. Detailed survey of the Pre-Dynastic, are sections on terminology and method, and |

Neolithic cultures of Egypt. : a chapter attempting to correlate the Angola |

E41. Breuvil, Henri. “L’Afrique préhis- sequence with those of other parts of Africa. torique.” Cahiers d’art (Paris, 1931): 61- | | 122. Though partially. out of date, this is = THE MIDDLE EAST , one of the best and most readable summaries ~ _ of prehistoric Africa from the Lower Palaeo- E49, Albright, William F. The archaeology lithic to the. arrival of the first Europeans. of Palestine. Harmondsworth, Eng., 1949. Also. includes a‘ valuable section on prehis- Survey of ancient Palestine from the Old

toric art in Africa. . Stone Age to Graeco-Roman times. Included

- E42. Briggs, Lloyd C. The Stone Age are sections relating the archaeology to disraces of northwest Africa. Cambridge, Mass., coveries at Jericho. Although somewhat out1955. Thus’far the most comprehensive sum- dated, this little book still represents the mary of human remains of the Stone Age of | best summary of the prehistory and archae- _

northwest Africa; between Lybia and the ology of the Bible lands. | os

Atlantic on the one hand, and the Mediter- E50. Andrae, Walter. Das Wiederer-_. ranean and southern Sahara on the other. standene Assur. Leipzig, 1938. Excellent For those interested in the physical anthro- summary of the Mesopotamian city of pology and prehistory of Africa, this study is Assur. Of particular interest and value be-

indispensable. oo cause the author presents lengthy reconE43. Caton-Thompson, Gertrude, and Eli- structions not only of the various archi-

nor W. Gardner.. The desert Fayum. 2 v. tectural phases of the city, but also its

| London, 1934. A detailed study covering the political and social life as reflected in the | | prehistoric sequence of the Fayum desert in archaeological record and epigraphic evilower Egypt from the Lower Palaeolithic to dence. :

the Neolithic. : . oo E51. Braidwood, Robert. The Near East E44. Clark, John D. The Stone Age and the foundations for civilization. Eugene,

cultures of ‘northern Rhodesia. Claremont, Ore., 1952. Presents evidence for the earliest Cape, 1950. An outline of the Stone Age known agricultural village communities in sequence of this region, with special sections the Near East. Includes sections discussing devoted to its geology, and appendices on the theoretical, geographical, and ecological — the fauna and human remains found in asso- aspects of the problem. An indispensable ciation with some of the archaeological ma- study to all interested in the beginnings of

: terials. Good and concise summary of the civilization in the Old World. | | Palaeolithic of central Africa. - : E52. Childe, Vere G. New light on the

| E45. Cole, Sonia M. The prehistory of east most ancient East. 4th ed., N.Y.., 1953. This Africa. Harmondsworth, Eng., 1954. Com- classic work gives an outline of the rise of prehensive summary, including discussions civilization in Egypt, Mesopotamia, and | of the fossil evidence, Palaeolithic and Meso- India, and attempts to show the interrelated-

lithic industries, Neolithic complexes, and ness of cultural phenomena involved. the abundant. artistic manifestations such as E53. ——-. Man makes himself. 4th ed., rock paintings and engravings. There are N.Y., 1954.. Readable and clear account of

| also sections dealing with environmental the origins of higher civilization in Meso-

background and with the early historic in- potamia and Egypt. Contains an outline of fluences from Egypt; Ethiopia (Aksum), and Childe’s theoretical concepts of culture de-

Arabia. velopment, his “‘revolutions,” and valuable E46. Frobenius, Leo. “L’art africain.” chapters on intellectual achievements and

Cahiers d’art (Paris, 1931): 7-55. This splen- progress of man during the periods in ques- ~

did and well illustrated paper summarizes the tion. : | i

prehistoric art .of Africa. Covers the entire E54. Frankfort, Henri. The birth of civili- _

Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric 83 zation in the Near East. Garden City, 1956. excavations at Ur in southern Mesopotamia,

‘While presenting the archaeological evidence the author presents in popular:form the hisfor the beginnings of civilization in the Near tory, as documented: by archaeology, of this

‘East and. Egypt, the author suggests that crucial site from the Al Ubaid phase to that each of the two great areas involved de- of Ur in the days of Nebuchadnezzar (about

veloped along lines based on their different 600 B.c.). ne 7 |

fundamental ‘forms.’ Mesopotamia’s devel- E63. ———. A forgotten kingdom. Haropment is rooted in the original formation of - mondsworth, 1953. A lucid account of his

independent city states, while Egypt’s rise excavations in northwestern Syria at the im- | depended on a fundamentally unified re- portant sites of Archana Alalakh and al

ligious and political system under a single Mina. Chronologically this report covers the ruler. period from circa 3400 B.c. to 1286 A.D., E55. Ghirshman, Roman. Iran. Harmonds- the latter date marking the end of the cru-

worth, 1954. This comprehensive and emi- _ sader’s port of St. Symeon. The book pronently readable study summarizes the history vides a good chronological cross-section of Iran as recorded by archaeology from the through the culture sequence of this part of

Palaeolithic to the Sassanian period in the the Near East. | , first millennium A.D. | | | : | E56. Gurney, Oliver R. The Hittites. 2nd NORTHERN ASIA, SOUTHEAST ASIA,

ed., Harmondsworth, 1954. History of the AND THE FAR EAST |

Hittites described on the basis of excavated oo |

remains and Hittite written documents. Pro- E64. Andersson, Johan G. Children of the

| vides excellent reconstructions of the Hittite yellow earth. London, 1934. This popularized : state, its social and political organization, summary of the prehistory of northern China law, and economy. There also are sections includes sections on the geology and palaeon language and race, religion, literature, ontology of the area. Principal discussions

and art. - Oe ‘revolve around -the Neolithic sequences of

7 E57. Kenyon, Kathleen. Digging up Jericho. Honan and Kansu provinces. There also are . ‘London and N.Y., 1957. A lucid and fascinat- sections on Peking man and the interpretaing account of ancient Jericho, with special tions of the archaeological remains in terms reference to recent discoveries of extremely of grave symbolism, the death cult, magic,

: early Neolithic levels which antedate the etc. - :

invention of pottery. a ~ «K65. ———. Researches into. the prehistory E58. Lloyd, Seton. Early Anatolia. Har- of the Chinese. Stockholm, 1943. Enlarged mondsworth, 1956. This readable book and revised version of the author’s earlier discusses the prehistory and archaeology of | views regarding the six prehistoric stages he

| Anatolia from the beginning of the Neolithic had postulated for northwestern China. Gives to the Phrygian period of the Iron Age. In- much archaeological material on predynastic cluded are informative sections on method- China. Worth studying even though its |

ology and the history of research. Emphasis chronological considerations are not too well ‘is on pre-Hittite archaeology. founded. : | — “E59. McCown, Donald E. The compara- =: E66. Chang, Kwang-chih. “A brief survey

tive stratigraphy of early Iran. Chicago, 1942. of the archaeology of Formosa.” South-

| Analysis of the ceramics of various early western journal of anthropology, 12 (Winter Iranian sites. These are correlated with the 1956): 371-86. Excellent summary dealing early wares (Halaf, Samarra, and Al Ubaid) with the prehistoric sequence from the Midof Mesopotamia, whence a chronology is dle Neolithic to historic times. Bulk of pre-

derived for the Iranian sequence. historic remains of the island appears related ' E60. Perkins, Ann L. The comparative to Southeast Asian materials, which is also _ archeology of early Mesopotamia. See F224. supported by evidence of physical anthro- | E61. Schaeffer, Claude F. Stratigraphie pology. Very useful because it is the first

comparée et chronologie de LPAsie occ- summary of its kind to appear in English. |

identale, Ite et Ike millénaires. London, E67. Groot, Gerard J. The prehistory of 1948. In this lavishly ilustrated, monu- Japan. Ed. by B. S. Kraus. N.Y., 1951. First

mental study the author compares. the comprehensive survey of the prehistory of | archaeological evidence from a large number Japan to appear in English. The extremely

of sites, ranging from Iran to Cyprus, in an involved and complicated evidence, notably : attempt to establish area-wide chronological that of the Jomon culture, is presented in :

links during the second and third millennia, considerable detail and with great clarity. |

| B.c. Included is a section trying to demon- Being the only one of its kind, this book is

Strate relationships between certain Iranian indispensable to all who study the archaeol-

materials and China. ; ogy of the Far East.» E62. Woolley, Sir Charles L. Ur of the ° E68. Jettmar, Karl. “The Karasuk culture

Chaldees. Harmondsworth, 1938. Subsequent and its south-eastern affinities.’ Museum of | reprints, In describing his seven years of Far Eastern Antiquities, Bulletin 22, Stock-

84 , Guide to Historical Literature holm, 1950, pp. 83-126. Summarizes the Palaeolithic cultures of southern and eastern Metal Age archaeology of western Siberia. Asia.” Transactions of the American Philo-

Also attempts to correlate the finds sophical Society, 38 n.s., pt. 4 (1948): 329-

with extra-Siberian sequences, notably with 420. This fundamental and indispensable

China. ce monograph outlines the Lower Palaeolithic

_ E69. Krishnaswamy, V. D. “Progress in culture sequences of India, Burma, Java, and _ prehistory.” Ancient India, 9 (New Delhi, North China, defining and describing the 1953): 53-79. An overall survey of the Stone typical chopper/chopping tool assemblages Age history of India, including sections on of Asia. Includes sections on the Pleistocene

| the Lower and Upper Palaeolithic industries, geology of the regions concerned and an

the Mesolithic complex, and Neolithic re- exhaustive bibliography. |

mains of the Indian subcontinent. Author E76. ——. “Palaeolithic and Mesolithic attempts to relate the Indian evidence to sites in Soviet central Asia.” Proceedings of

extra-Indian sequences. | the American Philosophical Society, 97 E70. Lal, B..B- “Further copper hoards (1953): 383-421. Summarizes the Palae-

from the Gangetic:basin and a review of the _ olithic and Mesolithic remains in terms of problem.” Ancient ‘India, 7 (1951): 20-39. three areas. The earliest finds, from Samar-

, This important papér examines the nature kand, are related to the Tayacian. They are

and distribution: of -a large number of iso- succeeded by several Mousterian sites such | lated hoards of copper implements found in as Teshik Tash, which has also yielded re-

| the Gangetic basin. The chronological posi- mains of Neanderthal man. The full Upper tion is not clear. Older views favored an Palaeolithic seems absent; the sequence is

identification with the post-Indus civilization taken up again in the Late Upper Palaeolithic “Aryan” invaders, but recent evidence seems _ or early Mesolithic times and carried through

to suggest that these hoards represent the to the Neolithic. This summary is useful

remains of a hitherto. unknown “‘pre-Aryan” because most of the original sources, being population of northern and northeastern in Russian, are not readily accessible to west-

| India.E71.| ——. ern“Proto-historic Europeans and Americans. investigation.” E77. ——. “Palaeolithic archaeology in

Ancient India, 9 (1953): 80-102. A com- southern and eastern Asia, exclusive of prehensive review of the proto-historic se- India.” Pts. 1 and 2. Journal of world hisquences of India, including the greater Indus__ tory, 2, nos. 2 and 3 (Paris, 1955): 257- | valley sequence, the upper Gangetic basin 82, 520-53. Covers much the same ground sequence, and. evidence from central, west- as the author’s earlier monograph (1948),

: ern, and south India. Includes some very but the material..is brought up to date and

valuable, as yet otherwise unpublished, ma- includes the Upper Palaeolithic evidence terials obtained in the course of recent ex- from southern and eastern Asia as well. Also

_ plorations in the Indian desert. a from the standpoint of the general reader

E72. Li, Chi. The beginnings of Chinese _ this paper is easier to absorb. | civilization. Seattle, 1957. The three lec- E78. Piggott, Stuart. Prehistoric. India.

tures published'‘m.this book represent a most Harmondsworth, Eng., 1950. Comprehensive lucid and readable ‘Short summary of Chinese survey of prehistoric India from the Old

prehistory from':.the Palaeolithic to the Stone Age to circa 1000 B.c. The main disBronze Age. A.:good introduction to early cussion.:-centers around the Indus valley

China. .. civilization and its enigmatic downfall. There

| E73. Maringer, Johannes. “Einige Faust- also are sections on the Early Bronze Age keilartige Gerate.von Gongenyama (Japan) peasant communities in the western Punjab, und die Frage des Japanischen Paliolithi- as well as the “Aryans” and the hymns of the

7 kums.” Anthropos, 51 (Fribourg, Switz., Rigveda. in relation to the collapse of the 1956): 175-93, An important paper present- Indus valley civilization.

ing what may be the first evidence for a E79. Srinivasan, K. R., and N. R. Banerjee. Palaeolithic occupation of Japan. The tools ‘Survey of south Indian megaliths.” Ancient

are hand-axe like, including chopper and India, 9 (1953): 103-15. The megalithic

chopping tools and flake tools. Author be- monuments af south India have always been lieves that this complex may be related to an interesting problem. Mainly the question

the Patjitanian industry of Java. of chronology is a baffling one. Investiga- | | E74. Mode, Heinz A. Indische Friith- tions of these structures lead the author to kulturen. Basel, 1944. An interesting and the conclusion that they represent a common stimulating study. which attempts to link the cultural background. The discovery of enigmatic Indus valley civilization of India Roman and other coins in some of the mega-

to the Middle East and the Aegean. Despite —_liths demonstrates that at least some of them

its interest, must be read with caution be- were erected as late as the first century A.D.

cause. much of it is unsubstantiated and Some of the funeral pottery can also be

speculative. cross-dated with Roman pottery levels at : E75. Movius, Hallam L., Jr. “The Lower Arikamedu. |

, ~ Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric 85 E80. Subbarao; Bendapudi. The person- 1956. First of two volumes on an early pre-

ality of India. Baroda, India, 1956. Sum- historic culture found in caves on the |

marizes present knowledge on the archaeology Durango-Coahuila boundary in northern } | and prehistory of India from the Old Stone Mexico. The material resembles that of the Age to the beginning of the historical period. | Basketmaker cultures of southwestern United

Includes a few interesting theoretical con- States, V..2 to be published soon. cepts, such as that classifying archaeological E87. Bennett, Wendell C., and Junius B. regions of India into areas of attraction and Bird. Andean culture history. N.Y., 1949. _

| areas of relative isolation. Attempts to cor- Excellent summary of prehistory of the | relate the latter with contemporary tribal Peruvian area from earliest pre-pottery cul-

India. : , , tures through the Inca civilization. The secE81. Terra, Hellmut de, and Hallam L. tions on geology and aboriginal technology Movius,. Jr. “Research on early man in are also good. -

Burma.” Transactions .of the American E88. Brainerd, George W. The Maya

Philosophical Society, 32 n.s. (1943): 265— civilization. Los Angeles, 1954. This small

394, Presents evidence for the presence of book, less than 100 pages, is the handiest :

| Palaeolithic man in Burma. Several phases of instrument for obtaining quickly a general

the Lower Palaeolithic Anyathian industry idea of the Maya culture. Presents the form- | have been distinguished. This industry forms ative and classic stages, and treats archi- : - part of the chopper/chopping tool complex tecture, religion, calendar and mathematics, of Palaeolithic tools. Many of the artifacts ceramics, graphic arts, dress, settlement

are fashioned of fossil wood. There also is a plan, social organization, economy, and chapter on the Neolithic of Burma. population. There are brief concluding stateE82. Wheeler, Sir Robert E. M., A. Ghosh, ments about the post-classic and post-conand Arikamedu Krishnadeva. “An Indo quest stages of Maya culture. Roman trading station on the east coast of § E89. Brew, John O. The archaeology of India.” Ancient India, 2 (1946): 17-124. Alkali Ridge, southeastern Utah. Cambridge, | This site near the former French colony of Mass., 1946. Detailed report on the excavaPondicherry is crucial to the prehistory of tion of a series of sites in southeastern Utah, south India since it provides a chronological with a review of the prehistory of the Mesa : fixed point for cross-dating with other sites. Verde division of the San Juan Basketmaker- | Furthermore, it contains interesting evidence Pueblo culture and some observations on for the extent of Roman trade connections archaeological systematics. in early imperial times. Roman trade ma- E90. Chamberlain, Robert S. The conquest

terials here permit for the first time accurate and colonization of Yucatan, 1517-1550. |

dating of certain essentially prehistoric cul- (See Z255.) | ture assemblages. E91. Covarrubias, Miguel. Mexico south:

E83. Wu, Chin-ting (G. D. Wu). Pre- _ the isthmus of Tehuantepec. N.Y., 1946. Exhistoric pottery in China. London, 1938. cellent description of the prehistoric and Discusses in considerable detail the various — historic cultures south of the Valley of Neolithic ceramic complexes of northern Mexico by an artist who was also an archae| China. Particularly useful to those interested ologist. and anthropologist. An _ attractive in pottery relationships between China and book, copiously illustrated with paintings

| photographs. |

the West. | and drawings by the author and many THE NEW WORLD E92. Ford, James A., and Gordon R.

Willey. “‘An interpretation of the prehistory

E84. Amsden, Charles A. Prehistoric of the eastern United States.’ American southwesterners from Basketmaker to Pueblo. anthropologist, 43 n.s. (1941): 325-63. The

| Los Angeles, 1949. The most carefully pre- first effective, systematic treatment of the pared consideration of the Basketmaker II prehistoric cultures of our southeastern and Basketmaker III periods, foundation of states. Provides the basic framework upon

the Pueblo cultures in southwestern United which archaeologists in that area operate. , States. Exceptionally well written and well E93. Griffin, James B., ed. The archaéology

illustrated. : , of eastern United States. Chicago, 1952. A

E85. Anthropological Society of Washing- large, well illustrated festschrift for Professor ton. New interpretations of aboriginal Amer- Fay-Cooper Cole, including 29 essays on

ican culture history. Washington, 1955. A aspects of the archaeology of the United | Series of essays by prominent Americaiists. States east of the Rocky Mountains and a It is somewhat uneven, but gives a reason- thorough bibliography. Several of the papers ably good coverage of the main areas and deal with the difficult problem of relating

trends in New World archaeology. historic tribes with prehistoric sites and | E86. Arroyo de Anda, Luis, Manuel. cultures in this area. | Malonado-Koerdell, and Pablo Martinez del E94, Haury, Emil W. The stratigraphy and

Rio. Cueva de la candelaria. Mexico, D.F., archaeology of Ventana Cave. Tucson, 1950. :

86 Guide to Historical Literature , | A report of the excavation, in a southern plete single publication to date on the pre-

Arizona cave, of one of the longest and most historic architecture of Mexico for the Maya

— complete stratigraphic sequences yet discov- area, including also a considerable amount | | : ered in the New World. The levels extend of information about pottery, metal work. from early Lithic cultures up to modern ing, and other minor arts and crafts. Excep-

times. tionally well illustrated. |

a E95. Kelemen, Pal. Medieval American E102. Martin, Paul S., George I. Quimby, | art. 2 v. N.Y., 1943. Covers architecture, and Donald Collier. Indians before Colum-

sculpture, pottery, weaving, metal working, bus. Chicago, 1947. Summary of North |

| ‘semi-precious stones, murals, and manu- American archaeology, including. a good scripts of all the prehistoric high cultures introduction to the subject and well selected from the Pueblo Indians at Mesa Verde in illustrations. The dating is outmoded, but Colorado to the Incas of the Andes. Besides the general presentation is efficient and

a 414 pages of text, there are 306 plates, some _ inclusive. with aS many as eight photographs each. E103. Montgomery, Ross G., Watson There is also a good bibliography. Smith, and John O. Brew. Franciscan AwaE96. Kidder, Alfred V. An introduction to tovi. Cambridge, Mass., 1949, The excavathe study of southwestern archaeology. New tion and conjectural reconstruction of a 17th Haven, 1924. The first inclusive, systematic century Spanish mission establishment at a presentation of southwestern archaeology. Hopi Indian town in northeastern Arizona.

Although outmoded in some respects, itis an In this monograph architecture, history, extremely valuable basic book for the area. archaeology, and anthropalogy are blended Includes a section on the surviving and ex- in the descriptions of early Spanish contacts

tinct historic pueblos. with an Arizona Pueblo culture. | :

E97. Kluckhohn, Clyde, and Paul Reiter. E104. Morley, Sylvanus G. The ancient Preliminary report on the 1937 excavations. Maya. 3rd ed., rev. by George W. Brainerd, Albuquerque, 1939. Description of certain Stanford, 1956. A standard classic, first pubexcavations in the Chaco division of the San lished in 1946 by the director of field work — Juan area in southwestern United States. at Chichén Itza for the Carnegie Institution Especially important because of observations of Washington. Thoroughly revised ten years

on archaeological systematics. later by one of the more competent and

E98. Kroeber, Alfred L. Cultural and imaginative Maya scholars, Lavishly illus-

natural areas of native North America. trated. |

Berkeley, 1939. Thorough survey of pre- E105. Phillips, Philip, James A. Ford, and |

| historic and historic aboriginal North Amer- James B. Griffin. Archaeological survey in , can cultures in their geographic and ecologi- the lower Mississippi alluvial valley, 1940-

cal settings. | 1947. Cambridge, Mass., 1951. Detailed re-

E99. Lothrop, Samuel K., W. F. Foshag, port of one of the most ambitious archaeoand Joy Mahler. Pre-Columbian art. N.Y., logical surveys ever attempted in the New 1957. The most superbly illustrated book on World. Includes correlation of sites to the -

: American Indian art ever published. It is sequentially dated shifting channels of the actually the catalog of the Robert Woods Mississippi river. Bliss collection, a large part of which is on E106. Proskouriakoff, Tatiana. An album

, exhibit in the National Gallery of Art in of Maya architecture. Washington, 1946. A | Washington. The collection includes a full series of rendered drawings with accompany-

typological representation of prehistoric ing explanatory text of outstanding pre- 7

work in gold and other metals. It also illus- historic Maya buildings and other archi| trates the outstanding accomplishments in _ tectural features, by the outstanding architect sculpture in the round, textile, and pottery on the staff of the Carnegie Institution of

designs, as well as carvings in semi-precious Washington.

stones. There are 167 magnificent pictures in E107. Redfield, Robert. The folk culture color and approximately the same number in of Yucatan. Chicago, 1941. Analysis of the :

} black and white. . present population of the Yucat4n peninE100. MacGowan, Kenneth. Early man in sula by a leading social anthropologist. the New World. N.Y., 1950. Of books on Describes the two heritages, Spanish and : the earliest archaeological manifestations in Indian; and traces the history of the changes the New World, this is the easiest for the in specific traits from prehistoric to modern

. layman. It does not make any attempt at times.

completeness or detail, and was written E108. Roberts, Frank H. H., Jr. Shabik’-

before radiocarbon dating was applied to the eshchee village: a late Basketmaker site in problem. It is, however, an excellent indica- the Chaco canyon, New Mexico. Washingtion for those interested only in a few of the ton, 1929, Short monograph describing a —

major artifact assemblages. _ classic Basketmaker III site in southwestern

E101. Marquina, Ignacio. Arquitectura United States, with important general ob-

prehispanica. Mexico, 1951. The most com-_ servations on subterranean and _ semi-sub-.

Regions, Peoples, and Cultures: General and Prehistoric , 87 terranean. houses in western North America E116. Stallings, William S., Jr. Dating pre-

and northeast Asia. | historic ruins by tree-rings. Santa Fe, 1939. }

E109. Roys, Ralph L. The Indian back- Clearest concise statement of dendrochroground of colonial. Yucatan. Washington, nology as applied to southwestern archae-

1943. A monograph resulting from archae- ology. |

ological and historical researches of the E117. Stephens, John L. Incidents of travel _ Carnegie Institution of Washington. Presents in Central America, Chiapas, and Yucatan.

oe in considerable detail Maya culture at the 2 v. N.Y., 1841. Several subsequent editions. | time of the conquest, and the immediate One of the best of early scientific travel | developments in social and economic realms books, containing a large number of sketches | under the cacique system established by the and ground plans made by the author at

Spaniards. . prehistoric sites in the Maya region.

F110. Sahagtin, Bernardino de. Florentine E118. Thompson, John Eric S. The rise

codex: general history of the things of New = and fall of Maya civilization. Norman, 1954.

| Spain. Tr. by Arthur J, O. Anderson and. Well written and detailed description of one

Charles E. Dibble. In 13 pts. (8 published of the major American Indian cultures by through 1957). Sante Fe, 1950 ff. A contem- the outstanding living scholar in the field. porary ethnography produced in the Valley Prehistoric codices and many sculptures and of Mexico shortly after the Spanish conquest. paintings permit a more elaborate reconThe most valuable single document on the struction of the Maya civilization than is civilization which dominated Mexico at the possible with any other prehistoric American

| time. Originally published in Spanish and culture, although much along the same line Aztec. Latest ed. in Spanish is Historia can be done for the Aztecs and Incas. general de,las cosas de Nueva Espafia (5 V., E119. Tozzer, Alfred M. Landa’s “Relacion

. Mexico, 1938). Other editions exist in vary- de las cosas de Yucatan.” Cambridge, Mass., ing degrees of completeness in Spanish, 1941. Translation of the most important early

- French, and English. | Spanish document describing Maya civilizaE111. Sayles, Edwin B., and Ernest Antevs. tion as found by the European conquerors.

The Cochise culture. Globe, Ariz., 1941. The source material presented by Landa Careful definition of an important early includes practically every phase of social southwestern culture. Ethnological materials anthropology of the ancient Mayas, together | and the sites are described by Sayles and the with the history of Spanish discovery, the geological situation is ably presented by conquest, and ecclesiastical and native his- |

Antevs. tory. It presented the first accurate knowl- | E112. Sellards, Elias H. Early man in edge of the hieroglyphic writing, and is :

America. Austin, 1952. Reasonably detailed especially complete on Maya religion and discussion of Lithic cultures in the New _ rituals. The editorial notes are, in themselves,

World, with particular emphasis on the a major contribution to American archae| faunal associations and an extensive bib- ology.

liography. E120. Vaillant, George C. Aztecs of E113. Smith, Watson. Kiva mural decora- Mexico: origin, rise and fall of the Aztec tions at Awatovi and Kawaika-a, with a sur- nation. Garden City, 1941. An archaeological

vey of other wall paintings in the Pueblo classic of the prehistoric high cultures of

| Southwest. Cambridge, Mass., 1952. Fully the Valley of Mexico. The first four chapters illustrated description of a series of pre- deal with predecessors of the Aztecs. The historic and early historic ceremonial wall Aztec period is described with much more

paintings uncovered in the ruins of Hopi detail than is usually possible for prehistoric |

Pueblo villages in northeastern Arizona. De- cultures because of the existence of pretailed comparisons are made with other in- historic codices and early historic writings digenous murals in the Southwest. This book in the area, An outstanding example of the records one of the most important manifesta- blending of archaeology with written history. . tions of aboriginal American Indian art, not E121. Wauchope, Robert, ed. Seminars in

previously systematically presented. archaeology: 1955. Salt Lake City, 1956.

| E114. Spinden, Herbert J. Ancient civiliza- Report of four conferences, each with a tions of Mexico and Central America. 3rd number of papers dealing with culture con-

ed, N.Y., 1928. Useful basic statement of tact situations between indigenous and the high civilizations of northern Central European groups, cultural continuity and |

| America and Mexico. Clearly written and suitability, cultural isolation, and the funcwell illustrated, but does not reflect re- tion and. development of communities as searches of the second quarter of the 20th _ reflected in the findings of American archae- :

century. ology. Many of the important current E115. ——. A study of Maya art. Cam- theories of American prehistory are presented

.;{

| bridge, Mass., 1913. A classic treatise, ad- in interesting, full discussion and in lan- |

photographs. follow. |

mirably illustrated with drawings and guage which the non-specialist can easily

88 : Guide to Historical Literature E122. Willey, Gordon R., and Philip scribed under Paleoeastern, Paleowestern, Phillips. Method and theory in American and Paleonorthern traditions and non-pro- . archaeology. Chicago, 1958. The best intro- jectile point assemblages. Human skeletal | duction available under one cover to the remains are also discussed, and there is a theoretical problems in American archaeol- chapter on the peopling of North America. ogy. The overall ‘“‘historical-developmental”’ E124. ———. Prehistoric Indians of the

interpretation is presented in considerable Southwest. Denver, 1947. Most complete | detail, but broad outlines of the various single statement available in published form

| stages are clear. It is the only treatment of on archaeology of the United States South- | this subject in book form to date, and has west. Covers the Basketmaker-Pueblo culan excellent bibliography which will lead the ture, including early historic Pueblo, the reader into both details and theory of the Athabascans, Hohokam, Mogollon, Sinagua, subject as they appear in articles in the and Patayan. All sides of the important moot

various professional journals. | ' points are fairly presented and handled with | | E123. Wormington, Hannah M. Ancient restraint. There 1s an appendix by Erik K. man in North America. 4th ed., Denver, Reed describing modern pueblos, outstanding

| 1957. The outstanding book and most de- archaeological sites exhibited by federal, state _ tailed treatment of early remains covering or local agencies, and a list of museums in oo

: | the so-called Lithic periods. These are de- the area.

SECTION F | ee JAMES B,. PRITCHARD * 7 , A little more than a quarter of a century.ago A. T. Olmstead wrote in his introduction to the Near East section in the original Guide, “So rapidly, indeed,

are new discoveries enlarging and defining knowledge of the ancient Near East | that historical works concerning them become superannuated as speedily as do : those on contemporary times.” The truth of this observation is here demonstrated by the fact that only about a dozen titles listed in 1931 have been included in the following list, compiled by six specialists who have attempted to

appraise the present historical resources for this same area. , The phenomenal growth of new historical documents from the ancient Near East has not only made the older works antiquated, but has made it difficult for scholars to produce a synthesis of the history of the entire area. The absence of recent general histories which can be recommended is conspicuous in the follow- | ing list. Even such a basic subject as the chronology of the ancient Orient is still a matter for debate. New materials coming from excavations, as well as new interpretations of former data, are modifying considerably older conclu- | sions and theories. Consequently the user of this bibliography should pay special _

attention to the concluding section on periodicals. ,

BIBLIOGRAPHIES logical bibliography. 1947-58. 11 v. Leiden, . a1948-59. An admirably comprehensive list F1. Porter, Bertha, and Rosalind L. Moss. of current publications dealing with ancient

Topographical bibliography of ancient Egyp- Egypt, with abstracts of varying length detian hieroglyphic texts, reliefs, and paintings. pending on the scope and complexity of the ~ 7 v. Oxford, 1927-51. 2nd ed., V. 1, 1960. work treated. Recent bibliographies prior. to

A highly valuable work which presents the this one are described in pp. 9-11 of v. 1.

ancient Egyptian material belonging toa given [HGF] |

site. Includes a number of maps and plans. F3. Pratt. Ida A. Ancient Egypt: sources , Indexes of personal names, periods, etc. of information in the New York Public | facilitate cross-reference. [HGF] Library. N.Y.. 1925. Supplement, 1942. Con- © F2. Janssen, Jozef M. A. Annual _Egypto- tains the bulk of Egyptological literature

—~89 |

* The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: M. J. Dresden (MJD), Henry G. Fischer (HGF), Hans G. Giiterbock «HGG), Ferris J. Stephens (FJS),

and F. V. Winnett (FVW). .

90 Guide to Historical Literature.

through 1938 or 1939). [HGF] Arabia. , through 1940 (most foreign publications cited contains index to articles on pre-Islamic

| | F4. Berghe, L. vanden, and B. A. van F14. Field, Henry. Bibliography on south-

Proosdij, eds. Bibliographie analytique de western Asia. 3 v. Coral Gables, Fla., 1953— Passyriologie et de Parchéologie du Proche- 56. |

Orient. Leiden, 1956 ff. Only v. 1 is in print, F15. U. S. Library of Congress. The Arabut sponsorship by the Rencontre Internation- bian peninsula: a selected, annotated list of ale Assyriologique guarantees that the com- periodicals, books and articles in English. plete work will be of first importance. [FJS] See $20.

F5. Pohl, Alfred. “Keilschriftbiblio- F16. Ettinghausen, Richard, ed. A selected |

graphie.” Orientalia: commentarii periodici and annotated bibliography of books and pontificii instituti biblici, v. 9 ff. (1940 ff.). periodicals in western languages dealing with Complete coverage of the field, including the Near and Middle East, with special embooks, periodical articles, and book reviews; phasis on mediaeval and modern times.

no evaluations. [FJS] Washington, 1952. Supplement, 1954.

F6. Schwartz, Benjamin. The Hittites: a list F17. Henning, Walter B. H. Bibliography of references in the New York Public Li- of important studies on old Iranian subjects. brary. N.Y., 1939, Detailed and, up to date Teheran, 1950. Does not aim at completeof publication, almost complete bibliography ness, but constitutes a minimum bibliography

of books and articles in various fields of for work on this subject. Omits works in

Hittite and related studies. [HGG] Arabic and Persian. [MJD]

See also Laroche, “Catalogue des textes .

, texts. , 7 , |Peter. REFERENCE F7. Thomsen, Die Palistina-Litera- :

hittites” (F111) for bibliography of Hittite ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

tur: eine internationale Bibliographie in F18. Vandier, Jacques. Manuel d’archésystematischer Ordnung mit Autoren- und ologie égyptienne. 3 v. Paris, 1952-58. This Sachregister. 6 v. Leipzig and Berlin, 1911- compilation has detailed references and 56. Indispensable tool for locating the scat- many, small illustrations. After covering pretered historical writings on Palestine. Now history and the first three dynasties in the

| complete for the years 1895-1939, first volume, the second deals with architec-

F8. Internationale Zeitschriftenschau ftir ture and the third with statuary. Reviews, A.

Bibelwissenschaft und Grenzgebiete. Stuttgart, Arkell, Bibliotheca orientalis, 11 (1954): 47.

| 1952 ff. (Semiannual.) Analysis of literature and I. E. S. Edwards, ibid., 12 (Mar. 1955): — which has appeared in 393 journals and 59 and 14 (Jan. 1957): 23. [HGF] , periodicals. Brief description of contents in F19. Bonnet, Hans. Reallexikon der

some cases. | agyptischen Religionsgeschichte. Berlin, 1952.

F9. Weidner, Ernst, ed. Archiv fiir Orient- Sound and comprehensive encyclopedia of forschung. Berlin and Graz, 1926 ff. (Bi- Egyptian religion; well documented. Many : monthly. Title varies.) Bibliographies in this articles contain bibliography. Review, H.

| periodical contain a selected list of most Frankfort, Bibliotheca orientalis, 10 (Nov.

important works on Palestine and Syria. 1953): 220 [HGF] F10. ‘Elenchus bibliographicus biblicus.” F20. Wreszinski, Walter. Atlas zur altaeBiblica: commentarii editi cura pontificii gyptischen Kulturgeschichte. 3 pts. Leipzig,

instituti biblici. Rome, 1920 ff. (Quarterly.) 1923-39. A very large collection of excellent Bibliographies of books, articles, and reviews and well reproduced photographs, mostly in western languages and in Hebrew of ma- from tomb paintings and reliefs, illustrating

terial in the Biblical field. The sections on the various aspects of Egyptian life. Each “Historia biblica,’ ‘“Archaeologia biblica,” plate is accompanied by explanatory text and

and ‘‘Geographia biblica’” are particularly sometimes by supplementary photographs | relevant. No appraisal of the quality or and drawings. Part 3 is devoted exclusively scope of the works listed is attempted. to the Old Kingdom. [HGF] F11. Répertoire d’épigraphie sémitique. F21. Helck, H. Wolfgang, and Eberhard V.5 (Paris, 1928), pp. i-Ixxxiii. A complete, Otto. Kleines Worterbuch der Aegyptologie. chronologically arranged bibliography of pre- Wiesbaden, 1956. Useful and reliable handIslamic Arabia up to 1928. For later publi- book, though the selection of topics is not cations see the following (F/2—16). [FVW] — as well balanced as it might be and there are F12. Moubarac, Y. “Eléments de biblio- serious omissions in the references. [HGF]

graphie sud-sémitique.” Revue des études F22. Ebeling, Erich, Bruno Meissner, and

islamiques, 23 (1955): 121-76. — Ernst Weidner. Reallexikon der Assyriologie. |

F13. Moscati, Sabatino. “Bibliographie Berlin, 1932 ff. A series of articles ranging : sémitique.” Orientalia, 16 (1947): 103-29, 17 in length from a few sentences to more than (1948): 91-102, 19 (1950): 445-78, 22 60 pages; scope of the subjects is intended (1953): 1-24, 26 (1957): 73-115. Last page to cover virtually everything of interest to

: The Ancient Orient , 91 the Assyriologist. Over 1,000 pages and 63 - GEOGRAPHIES AND ATLASES plates of photographic reproductions are now in print, but these only reach to the F32. Hommel, Fritz. Ethnologie und Geoletter F. There is considerable unevenness graphie des alten Orients. Munich, 1926. in value of the articles, but the work as a Useful as a systematic and detailed treatment

whole is indispensable. [FJS] of the subject; but only the first half of the

F23. Gunkel, Hermann, and Leopold book is concerned with Mesopotamia, and Zscharnack, eds. Die Religion in Geschichte it is considerably in need of revision in light | und Gegenwart. 2nd ed., 6 v., Tibingen, of more recent research. [FJS]

1927-32. Represents the best of German F33. Lees, G. M., and N. L. Falcon. “The

scholarship for the period. Now being revised geographical history of the Mesopotamian

in a 3rd edition. plains.”’ The geographical journal, 118 (Mar. F24. Vigouroux, Fulcran G., ed. Diction- 1952): 24-39. Contains important informa-

, naire de la Bible. 5 v. Paris, 1895-1912. tion concerning the ancient location of the

Supplements, 1926 ff. Roman Catholic dic- head of the Persian Gulf; disagrees with tionary which has been brought up to date belief of many archaeologists. [FJS]

with many supplements. , F34. Smith, George A. The historical

F25. *Entsiqldpédiyeh Migra’it (Encyclo- geography of the Holy Land. 25th ed., N.Y., paedia biblica). Jerusalem, 1950 ff. Biblical 1932. Although some identifications have encyclopedia in modern Hebrew, fully illus- been superseded by subsequent excavations

trated and annotated. : and research, this remains the standard work , F26. Hastings, James, and others, eds. A in the field of Palestinian geography. The

dictionary of the Bible. See D376. | maps are clear and useful. | ¥F27. Galling, Kurt. Biblisches Reallexikon. F35. Grollenberg, Luc H. Atlas of the Tiibingen, 1937. [Otto Eissfeldt, ed., Hand- Bible. Tr. and ed. by Joyce M. H. Reid and

: buch zum Alten Testament.}] A handbook H.H. Rowley. London and N.Y., 1956. A de: of the results of Palestinian archaeology, ar- pendable atlas, beautifully illustrated and

_ ranged in brief articles on such topics as accompanied by full text. principal excavations, elements of material, F36. Wright, George E., and Floyd V.

and religious culture. Full documentation for Filson, eds. The Westminster historical atlas

| the period up to early 1930’s. to the Bible. Rev. ed., Philadelphia, 1956. F28. Barrois, Augustin G. Manuel d’arché- Eighteen large plates of maps in color of ologie biblique. 2 v.. Paris, 1939-53. Well Bible lands, including one of excavated sites illustrated and fully. documented analysis of | in modern Palestine. Particularly useful are the results of archaeology in Biblical Pales- the index of Arabic names identified with

| tine, according to cultural elements and Biblical places in Palestine and Syria, and a~

institutions. : topographical concordance to the Bible.

| F29. Rowley, H. H., ed. The Old Testa- F37. Kraeling, Emil G: Rand MeNally | ment and modern study: a generation of Bible atlas. Chicago, 1956. In addition to 22 discovery and research. Oxford, 1951. Very color maps of Bible lands, contains a study useful book which aims “‘to survey the sig- of the history of the land from patriarchal nificant work that has been done during the times down through the period of the early

_ last thirty years in order to bring out the Christian church. changes that have come about and the new F38. Abel, Félix M. Géographie de Ia trends that have appeared.” Chapters by Palestine. Rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1933-38. | recognized scholars on archaeology, criticism Most complete study of the physical, hison various sections of the Hebrew Bible, torical, and political geography of Palestine. textual criticism, Semitic epigraphy and He- V. 2 contains an. alphabetical listing of brew philology, Hebrew religion, and Old Biblical cities and other historical places

~ Testament theology. — a with full discussions of the proposed identiF30. Willoughby, Harold R., ed. The study _ fications with modern places. : of the Bible today and tomorrow. Chicago, F39. Dussaud, René. Topographie histori1947. Symposium of 24 articles which take que de la Syrie antique et médiévale. Paris, stock of the state of Biblical research to 1927. Standard work for historical geography

date of publication. Important for a per- of Syria, containing 16 maps, a good bib- , spective in the various fields of the subject. liography, and an index of place names. F311. The encyclopaedia of Islam. Ed. by Arrangement is by districts. _ M. Th. Houtsma and others. 4 v. Leiden and -. F40. Wissmann, Hermann von, and Maria London, 1913-36. Supplement, 1938. Many H6fner. Beitrage zur historischen Geographie

: of the articles dealing with pre-Islamic des vorislamischen Siidarabien. Mainz, 1953. : Arabia are out-dated. A new, revised edition Very important contribution to both the is In process of publication under. editorship geography and ancient history of southern

of Johannes H. Kramers, Hamilton A. R. Arabia. Contains two maps and excellent

Gibb, Bernard Lewis, and others. [FVW] bibliography. [FVW] — . | ro

92 — Guide to Historical Literature | | LINGUISTIC WORKS F49. Ungnad, Arthur. Grammatik des Akkadischen. 3rd ed., Munich, 1949.

F41. Gardiner, Alan H. Egyptian grammar: F350. Deimel, Anton. Sumerisches Lexikon. | being an introduction to the study of hiero- Pt. 2. 4 v. Rome, 1928-50. Undertakes to glyphs. 3rd ed., London, 1957. This authori- list all cuneiform signs and sign groups, tative work is both a series of lessons and arranged in the conventional order which a treatise on Middle Egyptian. For those not has become standard among Assyriologists.

. intending to study the language, it is of value Because of the rapid advance of research, | chiefly for its highly informative introduc- | such a work is incomplete as soon as printed.

. tion, but also a useful source of information This one is now in need of extensive revision, | on such subjects as “The titulary and other but still very useful. [FJS] designations of the king,” Egyptian numbers, F51. Gelb, Ignace J., and others, eds. The weights and measures, “The divisions of time Assyrian dictionary of the Oriental Institute and method of dating,” and “The transcrip- of the University of Chicago. Chicago, ©

tion of Egyptian proper names.’ [HGF] 1956 ff. This project has been in process

F42. Ranke, Hermann. Die Agyptischen several decades, and now begins to present Personennamen. 2 v. Gliickstadt, 1935-52. results. A volume is planned for each letter | As a reference work these two volumes are of the Roman. alphabet used in transcribessential to the specialist. The discussions in ing Akkadian words, listing every known _v. 2 are of more general interest. Review, word in the language and quoting repreJ. A. Wilson, Journal of the American sentative texts from each period in which Oriental Society, 73 (June 1953): 99. [HGF] — the word occurs. Pending completion of this

F43. Grapow, Hermann. Die bildlichen work, the following should be used. [FJS]

Ausdriicke des Aegyptischen. Leipzig, 1924. _ F52. Bezold, Carl. Babylonisch-assyrisches

Similes, metaphors, and similar literary de- Glossar. Heidelberg, 1926. |

vices, compiled under subject headings and F53. Hrozny, Friedrich. Die Sprache der quoted in German translation. An authori- Hethiter. Leipzig, 1917. Of historical value

/ tative presentation of material that is im- only. First presentation of the decipher-

portant for understanding the ancient Egyp- ment of the Hittite language; now superseded

tian mind. [HGF] by recent grammars. [HGG] ,

F44. Erman, Adolf, and Hermann Gra- F534. Sturtevant, Edgar H., and E. Adepow, : eds. Worterbuch der aegyptischen laide Hahn. A comparative grammar of the Sprache. 6 v. Leipzig, 1926-53. The stand- Hittite language. Rev. ed., New Haven, 1951 ard dictionary of the ancient Egyptian lan- ff. Emphasis is on comparison with Indoguage, consisting of five volumes, each with European. V. 1, by Sturtevant, treats phonola corresponding volume of references, and a ogy and morphology. V. 2 will be by Miss sixth volume of German into Egyptian. The Hahn on syntax. Supersedes the first edition last is particularly useful for non-specialists, of 1933. [HGG]

though the coverage of German word lists F55. Sturtevant, Edgar H., and George

is not always adequate. [HGF] Bechtel. A Hittite chrestomathy. Phila-

F45. Poebel, Arno. Grundziige der sumer- delphia, 1935, Primarily for self-study of ischen Grammatik. Rostock, 1923. Remains Hittite. Contains sign list and selected texts the fundamental grammar of Sumerian al- in cuneiform copy, transliteration, and Eng-

though there are a number of more recent lish translation with explanatory notes.

publications. At some points needs to be [HGG]

supplemented and improved by later works F56. Sturtevant, Edgar H. A Hittite glos-

such as the following (F46). [FJS] | sary. 2nd ed., Philadelphia, 1936. SuppleF46. Falkenstein, Adam. Grammatik der ment, 1939. The subtitle, “Words of known

, Sprache Gudeas von LagaS. 2 v. Rome, or conjectured meaning with Sumerian and

1949-50. Akkadian words occurring in Hittite texts,” F47. Christan, Victor. Beitrige zur su- describes the character of the glossary, which,

- merischen Grammatik. Vienna, 1957. Useful by definition, is not a full dictionary of the

, discussion of the many moot points of Hittite language. Superseded by F58, but still

Sumerian grammar. [FJS] | the only glossary of Hittite in English —

~ F48. Soden, Wolfram von. Grundris der [HGG]

- akkadischen Grammatik. Rome, 1952. [Ana- -F57. Friedrich, Johannes. Hethitisches. lecta orientalia, 33.] Systematic treatment Elementarbuch. 2 pts. Heidelberg, 1940-46. of the subject in great detail. Contains intro- Pt. 1 is a short descriptive grammar; pt. 2 . duction of a historical nature, giving the gives selected Hittite texts in transliteration, place of Akkadian in the Semitic family of | with references to pt. 1 in footnotes and with

| languages and the various historical periods brief comments, and also contains a supplein its development. While it is of primary ment to the grammar. Glossary to words

importance for the specialist, the non-special- contained in the texts is superseded by F58.

ist may find the following work more useful [HGG] .

as a handbook. [FJS] F58. ——. MHethitisches Worterbuch: |

| The Ancient Orient ) 93 kurzgefasste kritische Sammlung der deu- F67. ——. “Altsabaische Texte, If.” tungen hethitischer Worter. Heidelberg, 1952. Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des So

Like Sturtevant’s Hittite glossary, this is not Morgenlandes, 39 (Vienna, 1932): 173-

7 a whose full meaning dictionary, but only contains words 226. , | . is either. known or con- F68. ——. “Studien zur Lexikographie

- jectured. Sumerian and Akkadian words oc- und Grammatik des Altsiidarabischen, I-III.” curring in Hittite are listed separately, as Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenare also words of other Anatolian languages. schaften philosophisch-historische Klasse, |

[HGG] 178, no. 4 (Vienna, 1915); 185, no. 3 F59, -~——. Entzifferungsgeschichte der (1917); 213, no. 3 (1931). Rhodokanakis

_ hethitischen Hieroglyphenschrift. Stuttgart, has contributed more than any other scholar

1939, Brief account of decipherment of the to the elucidation of South Arabic. His Hittite hieroglyphs from beginnings to 1938. works are of fundamental importance.

Written before discovery of the Karatepe [FVW]

| bilinguals, and shows what was achieved F69. Pirenne, Jacques. Paléographie des

without the latter. [HGG] inscriptions sud-arabes: contribution a la

F60. ——. Extinct languages. N.Y., 1957. chronologie et 4 Vhistoire de l’Arabie du. Account of the technique and history of sud antique. V. 1. Brussels, 1956. A-more decipherment of unknown scripts and lan- detailed exposition of views enunciated in

_ guages for the general reader. Contains chap- _his earlier work, La Gréce et Saba. For a-

ters on Hittite (written in cuneiform) and detailed criticism see Albert Jamme, La on Hittite hieroglyphs. [HGG] | paléographie sud-arabe de J. Pirenne (Wash- |

F61. ——~. Kleimasiastische Sprachdenk- ington, 1957). [FVW] | |

miler. Berlin, 1932. [Hans Lietzmann, ed., F70. Ryckmans, Gonzague. “Langues et Kleine Texte fiir Vorlesungen und Ubungen, écritures sémitiques: II, Groupe du Sud.” 163.] Representative collection of texts in F. G. Vigouroux, ed., Dictionnaire de la the various languages of ancient. Anatolia Bible, supplement (Paris, 1952), cols. 318— except Hittite. Contains selected Hattic, Hur- 34. Contains a table of alphabets and_ bib-

rian, Luwian, and Urartaen texts and acom- __ liography. [FVW] |

plete (to date of publication) collection of F71. Kent, Roland G. Old Persian: gram| inscriptions in Eteo-cypriote, Lycian, Carian, mar, texts, lexicon. New Haven, 1950. 2nd Lydian, and Phrygian, as well as some minor ed., 1954. Indispensable for study of inscrip-

groups. [HGG] _ tions of the Achaemenian kings, which are

F62. ———. Einfithrung ims Urartaische. given in transcription and accompanied by ~ Leipzig, 1933. Brief but reliable grammar of translation. For some criticisms see review Urartaen; an introduction to the study of by E. Benveniste, Jour. Am. Oriental Soc., the language. Selected texts in transliteration 75 (July-Sept. 1955): 195. [MJD]

and German translation, with full philo- | |

logical commentary. [HGG] | PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES

F63. Speiser, Ephraim A. Introduction to | :

Hurrian. New Haven, 1941. [The annual of F72. Breasted, James H. Ancient records

| the American schools of oriental research, of Egypt: historical documents from the , 20.] The standard work on this language. earliest times to the Persian conquest, col-

[HGG] lected, edited, and translated with com-

_ F64. Gordon, Cyrus H. Ugaritic handbook: mentary. 5 v. Chicago, 1906-07. Although revised grammar, paradigms, texts in. trans- - this admirable series is now out of date, literation, comprehensive glossary. 3 v. Rome, there is no recent work that is by any means 1947. [Analecta orientalia, 25.] Rev. ed., comparable in scope. Newer translations of

| Ugaritic manual, Rome, 1955. [Analecta some of the texts, by John A. Wilson, will

orientalia, 35.] Standard work on the Ca-_ be found in Pritchard, Ancient near eastern

naanite texts found at Ras Shamra, but does texts (F124). [HGF] not include a translation. The author’s F73. Lewis, Bernard, ed. Land of en-

_ translations of the texts appear in Ugaritic chanters: Egyptian short stories from the

literature (Rome, 1949). | earliest times to the present day. London, F65. Hofner, Maria. Altsiidarabische 1948. The larger part of this collection is

Grammatik. Leipzig, 1943; reprint, 1949. from ancient Egyptian and Coptic literature, [Porta linguarum orientalium, 24.] The only ably translated by Battiscombe Gunn, with adequate grammar of South Arabic. [FVW] some explanatory notes added. Review, B. _ F66. Rhodokanakis, Nikolaus. “Altsa- van de Walle, Bibliotheca orientalis, 6 (May

baische Texte, I.” Sitzungsberichte der Aka- 1949): 99. [HGF] _ | 7 demie der Wissenschaften, philosophisch- F74. Lefebvre, Gustave, ed. and ter.

historische Klasse, 206, no. 2 (Vienna, 1927). Romans et contes ézyptiens de lépoque Translation, with commentary, of some of pharaonique. Paris, 1949. Up-to-date transthe longest and most important Sabaean in- lation, with commentary, of the major prose

scriptions. [FVW] ] literary works; very useful bibliographies for

94 Guide to Historical Literature each piece. Review, Z. Zaba, Bibliotheca dischen Ké6nigsinschriften; 2, Maximilian

orientalis, 7 (Nov. 1950): 172. [HGF] Streck, ed., Assurbanipal und die letzten — F75. Schott, Siegfried. Altagyptischen assyrischen KOnige bis zum Untergange Nini-

Liebeslieder: mit Marchen und Leibesge- vehs; 3, Franz H. Weissbach, ed., Die schichten. Ziirich, 1950. Accurate and deft Keilinschriften der Achdmeniden; 4, Stephen

translation of an important category of H. Langdon, ed. Die neubabylonischen

Egyptian poetry, and a study of the same in KoOnigsinschriften; 5, Moses Schorr, ed., the context of other literature. [HGF] | Urkunden des Altbabylonischen Zivil- und — F76. Wiseman, Donald J., ed. and tr. Prozessrechts; 6, Jérgen A. Knudtzon, ed., Chronicles’ of Chaldaean kings (626-556 Die El-Amarna-tafeln; 7, Arthur Ungnad, B.C.) in the British Museum. London, 1956. ed., Babylonische Briefe aus der Zeit der Here are published for the first time im- Hammurapi-Dynastie.] Translations of this portant new parts of this type of Babylonian work can now be improved at many points, literature. Preface contains references to but it remains the most comprehensive cololder publications, giving remainder of the lection of printed sources in translation. |

known material of this type. [FJS] [FJS]

F77. Weidner, Ernst. “Die assyrischen F83. Neugebauer, Otto, and Abraham Eponymen.” Archiv fiir Orientforschung, Sachs, eds. Mathematical cuneiform texts. | 13 (1941): 308-18. This treatment of the New Haven, 1945. Documents in this volume ancient lists of eponyms should be used in are sufficiently extensive to offer a fair imconnection with the long article by Arthur pression of the main types of Babylonian

Ungnad, ‘““Eponymen,” Reallexikon der Assy- mathematical texts. The latter are translated |

pp. 412-17. [FJS] raphy. [FJS] | a riologie, v. 2 (Berlin and Leipzig, 1938), and explained in detail. Extensive bibliogF78. Gelb, Ignace J. ‘““Two Assyrian king F84, Eisser, Georg, and Julius Lewy. Die

: lists.” Journal of near eastern studies, 13 Altassyrischen Rechtsurkunden vom Kiiltepe. (Oct. 1954): 209-30. Main purpose of this 2 v. Leipzig, 1930-35. [Mitteilungen der article is to give the complete text of the Vorderasiatisch-aegyptischen Gesellschaft, two ancient copies of the “List.” It is pre- 33, 35.] Although the documents translated sented in very legible photographs and in here originated in a region outside Meso-

transliteration and translation. [FJS] potamia proper, they have a direct bearing F79. Poebel, Arno. “The Assyrian king on the economic history of upper Meso-

list from Knorsabad.” Journal of near east- potamia at the beginning of the second milern studies, 1 (July 1942): 247-306, 1 (Oct. lennium sB.c. A considerable number of 1942): 460-92, 2 (Jan. 1943): 56-90. ‘‘The similar texts have been published since 1935, Assyrian king list,’ an ancient document but this remains the most comprehensive and now known in two original copies, undertook best study available on the subject. [FJS]

to give the names of all the Assyrian kings, F85. Ungnad, Arthur, and Marian San fathers’ names, and length of reigns down Nicolo, eds. Neubabylonische Rechts- und | to and including Shalmaneser V (726-722 Verwaltungsurkunden. Leipzig, 1929. RepreB.c.). This article is the first thorough sentative of a large number of such texts study of the text, and amounts to a kind of already published. Contains translations and

chronological history of Assyria. [FJS] critical notes on 902 texts, arranged in sysF80. Jacobsen, Thorkild P. The Sumerian tematic fashion according to subjects. A

king list. Chicago, 1939. Critical edition and glossary was published by Ungnad in 1937.

reconstruction of an ancient Sumerian com- [FJS] |

position which undertook to list the names of F86. Waterman, Leroy, ed. and tr. Royal

all rulers of the land of Sumer, arranged correspondence of the Assyrian empire. 4 v. -

according to ruling dynasties, from earliest Ann Arbor, 1930-36. First two volumes contimes to about the beginning of the second tain transliteration and translation of. all millennium B.c., together with the length of the cuneiform texts (1,471 in number) pubreign of each ruler. Although the absolute lished in Robert F. Harper, Assyrian and chronology adopted by the author has been Babylonian letters (14 v., Chicago, 1892revised by later scholars, the book remains 1914). V. 3 contains a commentary on each.

the most definitive work in print on this letter; and v. 4 consists of several short primary Sumerian source. [FJS] studies of subjects suggested by the letters, a F81. Luckenbill, Daniel D. Ancient rec- selected glossary, and numerous indexes. | ords of Assyria and Babylonia. 2 v. Chicago, The translations could now be improved at 1926-27. Essential work for specimens of many points, but the work remains a useful inscriptions of virtually’ all the Assyrian compendium of this type of literature. [FJS]

. kings. Later translations of texts from several F87. Ebeling, Erich R. Neubabylonische kings are mentioned elsewhere. [FJS] » Briefe. Munich, 1949. [Abhandlungen der

'F82. Vorderasiatische Bibliothek. 7 v. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Leipzig, 1907-16. [1, Francois Thureau- philosophisch-historische Klasse, n.s., 30.] Dangin, ed., Die sumerischen und akka- ‘The 327 letters translated in this work come

The Ancient Orient | . 95 from several different museum collections work is indispensable for the study of ancient and represent such ancient cities as Sippar, law. [FJS]

Uruk, Nippur, and Ur as their places of F95. Borger, Riekele. Die Inschriften

origin. They may be regarded as representa- Asarhaddons Koenigs von Assyrien. Graz, | tive of a fairly large body of such sources, 1956. [Archiv fiir Orientforschung, 9.] Transto which references will be found in the literation, translation, and critical notes for

notes. [FJS] ; more than twice the number of texts of

- F88. Parrot, André, and Georges Dossin, King Esarhaddon than were included in the eds. Archives royales de Mari. Paris, 1950 previous collection of his texts (1927). ff. The first six volumes contain translitera- Contains many tablets and fragments hithertion and translation of the letters of this to unpublished. [FJS]

important archive; v. 7, economic texts; and F96. Michel, Ernst. “Die Assur-Texte Sal-.

v. 15 furnishes a grammar of Akkadian as manassars III (858~-824).” Die Welt des

used in the letters from Mari. [FJS] Orients, 1 (1947-52): 5-20, 57-71, 205-22,

F89. Dijk, Johannes J. A. van. La sagesse 255-71, 385-96, 454-75; 2 (1954-57): 27suméro-accadienne. Leiden, 1953. Attempts 45, 137-57, 221-33. The most complete colto classify into rational categories the various ection of this king’s inscriptions. Gives kinds of Sumerian “wisdom” literature. In- transliteration, translation, and full critical

cludes description of each type and samples notes. [FJS]

in transliteration and translation with critical F97. Ebeling, Erich, Bruno Meissner, and

commentary. [FJS] Ernst Weidner. Die Inschriften der altas-

, F90. Falkenstein, Adam, and Wolfram syrischen K6nige. Leipzig, 1926. The 122 invon Soden, eds. and trs. Sumerische und _ scriptions translated here represent 21 differakkadische Hymnen und Gebete. Ziirich and ent rulers of Assyria from about 2000 to

: Stuttgart, 1953. Gives a brief history of 1250 B.c. They report mainly the activities Sumero-Akkadian literature against the back- of these rulers in building or restoring temground of general cultural history, and dis- ples, but occasionally accounts of military cusses the poetical religious literature as to campaigns are given. [FJS]

its structure, style, language, and content. F98. Gadd, Cyril J.. and Léon Legrain. Most of the book is: devoted to translation Ur excavations: texts. V. 1, Royal imscriponly of 127 examples of the poetical reli- tions. London, 1928. Includes translations

gious literature. [FJS] of inscriptions representing rulers of Baby- —_

F91. Driver, Godfrey R., and Sir John C. lonia from early Sumerian times to Cyrus, | | Miles. The Assyrian laws. Oxford, 1935. but principally from the earlier part of this Essential for history of Mesopotamian law. period. [FJS] } Legal commentary occupies more than two- F99,. Pritchard, James B., ed. Ancient - thirds of the volume; the remainder is trans- near eastern texts. (See FJ24.) The portion jiteration and translation of the texts with concerned directly with Mesopotamia con-

critical notes and glossary. [FJS] sists of selections from different types of :

F92. Driver, Godfrey R., and Sir John C. ancient sources, including myths, epics, and Miles, eds. and trs. The Babylonian laws. 2 legends; legal codes and documents; hisv. Oxford, 1952-55. Other translations of the torical and historiographic documents; rituals, | laws are equally good, but this work is im- hymns, and prayers; didactic and wisdom portant for its discussion of the meaning and literature; lamentations; and letters. The pres-

significance of them. [FJS] entation of similar material from other conF93. Goetze, Albrecht. The laws of temporary cultures provides a perspective of , Eshnunna. New Haven, 1956. [The annual their relation to the whole. [FJS] of the American schools of oriental re- F100. Sommer, Ferdinand, ed. and tr.

search, 31.] Of available excerpts of ancient Die Abhhijava-Urkunden. Munich, 1932. | law codes now known to have preceded that [Abhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie | of Hammurabi, the “Laws of Eshnunna” are der Wissenschaften, philosophisch-historische the most extensive. This work offers what Abteilung, n.s., 6.] Presentation, in trans- .

should be regarded for some time as a _ literation and German translation, of all

definitive treatment of the subject. The text Hittite texts known to 1932 dealing with the —

is presented in photograph, hand copy, country of Abhiyawa. The discussion of transliteration, translation, and critical notes. whether this country is Mycenean Greece

[FJS] may be over-critical, but the book is indisF94, Falkenstein, Adam. Die neusumer- pensable as collection and thorough inter-

ischen Gerichtsurkunden. 3 v. Munich, 1956— _ pretation of the sources. [HGG]

57. The 224 texts treated in these volumes F101. Sommer, Ferdinand, and Adam

were written in a period of about 50 years Falkenstein. Bilingue. Munich, 1938. [Abat the beginning of the second millennium handlungen der Bayerischen. Akademie der

. B.c. They are records of litigation in the Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische

| courts on matters of family relationships and Abteilung, n.s., 16.] Source book; translitera- : many kinds of business transactions, This tion and German translation of a decree of

96 Guide to Historical Literature King Hattusili I of the Old Kingdom, with F112. Giiterbock, Hans G. “The deeds of full philological commentary. [HGG] Suppiluliuma.” Journal of cuneiform stud: F102. Weidner, Ernst F. Politische Doku- _ ies, 10 (July-Dec. 1956): 41-68, 75-98, 107—

} mente. Leipzig, 1923. [Boghazk6i-Studien, 30. Transliteration and translation of a

8—9.] Transliteration and German transla- primary source. :

tion of the Akkadian treaties found before F113. ——. “Die historische Tradition _ 1914 in the Hittite capital. Though parts und ihre literarische Gestaltung bei Babyhave been retranslated, this book retains its loniern und Hethitern bis 1200.” (See F/41.)

value as the only collection. [HGG] _ Contains some literary and Old Hittite his| F103. Sommer, Ferdinand, and MHans torical texts in transliteration and German

Ehelolf. Papanikri. Leipzig, 1924. [BoghazkGi- __ translation. |

Studien, 10.] Transliteration and German © F114. Goetze, Albrecht. Kizzuwatna. New translation of a Hittite ritual text, with philo- _ Haven, 1940. [Yale oriental series, Re| logical commentary. Still a standard work. searches, 22.] Establishes the localization of

[HGG] : the country of Kizzuwatna in Cilicia. ConF104. Gotze, Albrecht. Hattusilis. Leipzig, tains the pertinent sources, both Akkadian

1925. [Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatisch- and Hittite, in transliteration and transla-

aegyptischen Gesellschaft, 29, no. 3: Heth- tion. [HGG] |

itische Texte, no. 1.] For comment on this F115. Konig, Friedrich W. Handbuch der

and the following see F110. : chaidischen Inschriften. 2 pts. Graz, 1955-—

F105. ———. Neue Bruchstiicke. Leipzig, 57. [Archiv ftir Orientforschung, 8.] Author 1930. [Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatisch- uses the name “‘Chaldisch” for the language — aegyptischen Gesellschaft, 34, no. 2: Heth- called Urartaen by others. Collection of

itische Texte, no. 5.] the =~ cuneiform inscriptions in cuneiform

F106. ——. MadduwattaS. Leipzig, 1928. copy, transliteration, and German transla[Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatisch-aegyp- tion. Text restorations and translations are tischen Gesellschaft, 32, no. 1: Hethitische less certain than indicated. To be used with

Texte, no. 3.] caution, but thus far the only complete col-

, F107. Gotze, Albrecht, ed. and tr. Die lection. [HGG]

Annalen des Mursilis. Leipzig, 1933. [Mittei- F116. Pritchard, James B., ed. Ancient — lungen der Vorderasiatisch-aegyptischen Ge- mear eastern texts. (See F124.) Contains sellschaft, 38: Hethitische Texte, no. 6.] translations of Hittite texts and bibliographiF108. Friedrich, Johannes, ed. Staatsver- cal references. [HGG] trage. 2 v. Leipzig, 1926-30. [Mitteilungen F117. Sturtevant, Edgar H., and George der Vorderasiatisch-aegyptischen Gesell- Bechtel. A Hittite chrestomathy. (See F55.)

} schaft, 31, no. 1; 34, no. 1: Hethitische Contains translations of historical sources.

Texte, nos. 2, 4.] | F118. The Holy Bible: revised standard

F109. Otten, Heinrich. Die Uberlieferun- version. N.Y., 1952. Most recent translation gen des Telipinu-Mythus. Leipzig, 1942. of the Bible by 32 scholars under Protestant [Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatisch-aegyp- © auspices. Variant readings of the manuscripts tischen Gesellschaft, 46, no. 1: Hethitische occasionally indicated in footnotes.

Texte, no. 7.] - F119. The Holy Bible: translated from

: F110. Brandenstein, Carl G. von. Bildbe- the original languages with critical use of | schreibungen. Leipzig, 1943. [Mitteilungen all the ancient sources by members of the

| der Vorderasiatisch-aegyptischen Gesell- Catholic Biblical Association of America.

schaft, 46, no. 2: Hethitische Texte, no. 8.] Paterson, N.J., 1952 ff. Roman Catholic The above eight volumes (F/04-110) com- translation with textual notes at end of each

prise the representative collection of Hittite | volume. Competent and useful.

| texts in transliteration and German trans- F120. La Sainte Bible: traduite en fran-

lation. Each is provided with critical ap- c¢ais sous la direction de PEcole Biblique de | paratus in footnotes, a philological commen- Jérusalem. Paris, 1956. Roman Catholic tary, and indices of Hittite words, names of translation produced by a number of dis7 gods, persons, and places or countries. Only tinguished scholars, generously supplied with a few of the texts presented in this series are footnotes indicating variant readings and also available in English translation, but brief introductions to the individual books. : even for the latter the fully annotated pres- F121. Diringer, David. Le iscrizioni anticoentation in this series maintains its value.. ebraiche palestinesi. Florence, 1934. Fully —

[HGG] | annotated list of all Hebrew inscriptions F111. Laroche, Emanuel. “Catalogue des found in Palestine to time of publication.

textes hittites.’ Revue hittite et asianique, F122. Moscati, Sabatino. L’epigrafia , 14 (1956): 33-38, 69-116; 15 (1957): 30-89. ebraica antica, 1935-1950. Rome, 1951. Con-

A list of all Hittite texts and of Boghazkéy tinuation of F/2/, containing material found |

texts in other languages, with bibliography subsequently. | os of transliterations and translations. To be F123. Gressmann, Hugo, ed. Altoriencompleted in subsequent issues. [HGG] talische Texte und Bilder zum Alten Testa-

The Ancient Orient _ 97 ment. 2nd ed., 2 v., Berlin, 1926-27. Best [Quellen der Religionsgeschichte, 15, group scholarly view of material available ‘in the 6.] Translation of the Avestan Yast, with

early 1920’s. Translations of the most impor- introduction. [MJD]

- tant texts from Egypt, Mesopotamia, Pales- F133. Duchesne-Guillemin, Jacques. Zo-

| tine-Syria, and south Arabia by Ranke, Ebe- _roastre: étude critique avec une traduction | ling, Gressmann, and Rhodokanakis appear commentée des Gatha. Paris, 1948. Besides

in v. 1. V. 2 contains pictures of monu- a translation of the Gathads with commen-

ments and artifacts. : tary, contains chapters on Indo-Iranian re-

F124. Pritchard, James B., ed. Ancient ligion, Iran before Zoroaster, and Zara-

near eastern texts relating to the Old Testa- thustra’s work. [MJD]

ment. 2nd ed., Princeton, 1955. Translations F134. Darmesteter, James. Le Zendof Egyptian, Sumerian, Akkadian, Hittite, Avesta. 3 v. Paris, 1892-93. [Annales du Aramaic, Phoenician, and South Arabic Musée Guimet, 21, 22, 24.] Thus far the texts by thirteen competent scholars, with only complete Avesta translation which | bibliographical and philological notes. makes full use of the Pahlavi commentary.

F125. Corpus inscriptionum semiticarum. The date of its appearance necessitates con-Inscriptiones himyariticas et sabaeas con- = stant consultation of the more recent litera-

_ tinens. 3 v. Paris, 1889-1931. Tabulae, 3 v., . ture. [MJD] | | |

1889-1932. Only about a third (985) of the F135. Barr, Kaj, ed. Avesta. Copenhagen, known South Arabic inscriptions have been 1954. Danish translation of important parts

| published in the Corpus. A great majority of the Avestan Yasna, YaSt, and Vendidad, | | of the others will be found in F/26 or in with introduction and list containing expla-. Le Muséon. The Dedanite, Lihyanite, Tha- nations of Avestan terms and concepts.

mudic, and Safaitic inscriptions are being [MJD] :

published in pt. 5 of the Corpus. [FVW] - F136. Clemen, Carl C., ed. Fontes hisF126. Répertoire d’épigraphie sémitique. toriae religionis persicae. Bonn, 1920. ColV. 5-7, Inscriptions sud-arabes. Ed. by lection of extracts from the classical authors

Gonzague Ryckmans. Paris, 1928-50. Con- dealing with Persian religion. [MJD] |

tains all the South Arabian inscriptions pub- F137. Cameron, George G. Persepolis lished to about 1942, with the partial excep- treasury tablets. Chicago, 1948. Study of the

tion of those already published in the Persepolis treasury tablets in the Elamite

Corpus. V. 5 contains a complete, chrono- language found by the Oriental Institute of

| logically arranged bibliography of pre-Is- Chicago Persepolis expedition. Translitera-

lamic Arabia to 1928. [FVW] tion and translation of a hundred odd tablets

F127. Branden, Albertus van den. Les of importance for political and economic inscriptions thamoudéennes. Louvain, 1950. history, religion, and archaeology, dating

Only comprehensive treatment of the so- from first half of the Sth century B.c. | called “Thamudic” inscriptions (all those [MJD]

published to 1950). Many problems still F138. Driver, Godfrey R., ed. and tr.

await solution. [FVW] Aramaic documents of the fifth century B.C.

“F128. Ryckmans, Gonzague. “Inscriptions Oxford, 1954. Abr. and rev. ed., 1957. Docu- | sud-arabes.”” Le Muséon, v. 40-69 (1927—- ments from the chancery of the Persian _ | 56). Translation, with commentary, of the satrap of Achaemenian Egypt containing

many inscriptions recovered in recent years. instructions issued by this chancery to the A regular feature in each issue of this pub- subordinate administrative officers in Egypt.

lication. [FVW] | [MJD] | | -

F129. Jamme, Albert. ‘“South-Arabian in- = F139. Kraeling, Emil G., ed. The Brookscriptions.” Pritchard, Ancient near eastern lyn Museum Aramaic papyri: new docu-

texts (F124), pp. 506-13. ments of the fifth century B.C. from the

F130. Wolff, Fritz. Avesta: die heiligen Jewish colony at Elephantine. New Haven, Biicher der Parsen tibersetzt auf der Grund- 1953. Collection of documents in Aramaic lage von Chr. Bartholomae’s Altiranischem of importance for Achaemenian history.

Worterbuch. [Leipzig], 1910. Reprint, 1924. [MJD] Translation of all of the Avesta exclusively || :

Bartholomae. [MJD] , based on the Old Iranian dictionary by Chr. HISTORIOGRAPHY F131. Taraporewala, Irach J., ed. The F140. Dentan, Robert C., ed. The idea of |

divine songs of Zarathustra. Bombay, 1951. history in the ancient Near East. New Haven, One of the most recent and most expert 1955. Contains essays on historiography in — products of Parsee scholarship on the Aves- Egypt, Mesopotamia, Iran, and Israel, writtan Gatha. Text, translation, and commen-_ ten by specialists in each ‘of these areas. tary; appendices, glossary, indices, and bib- F141. Giiterbock, Hans G. “Die historische

liography. [MJD] - Tradition und ihre literarische Gestaltung

F132. Lommel, Herman. Die Yast’s des bei Babyloniern und Hethitern bis 1200.” Awesta. Gottingen and Leipzig, 1927. Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie und vorderasi-

98 Guide to Historical Literature atische Archdologie, 42 (Aug. 1934): 1-91, Museum of Art. Pt. 1, From the earliest 44 (Jan. 1938): 45-149. The author dis- times to the end of the middle kingdom.

tinguishes between contemporary documents Pt. 2, The Hyksos period and the new kingas historical sources and writings based on dom. N.Y., 1953, 1959. Accurate, well writ-

the memory of events by persons of later ten description of a collection with a backtimes. This work deals with the latter cate- ground equivalent to the whole history of | gory. Second part of the article is important each period. Well illustrated; superior bibli| to the historian of Mesopotamia proper be- ography. [HGF] cause the Hittites adopted and preserved F150. Steindorff, George, and Keith C. portions of Babylonian historical tradition. Seele. When Egypt ruled the East. 2nd ed.,

[FJS] Chicago, 1957. Concise and readable account | of Egyptian culture and history which con-

| | GENERAL HISTORIES: revision centratesofon new kingdom. Extensive thethe second edition includes new F142. Meyer, Eduard. Geschichte des Al- material not available in other histories

tertums. See H/21/. mentioned here. [HGF]

F143. The Cambridge ancient history. V. |§=- «F151. Save-Sdderbergh, Torgny. Agypten

1-4. Cambridge, Eng., and N.Y., 1928-31. und Nubien: ein Beitrag zur Geschichte

See H118. | | altagyptischer Aussenpolitik. Lund, Swe., —

, F144. Kern, Fritz, and others. Historia 1941. Reliable, full-scale treatment of Mundi: ein Handbuch der Weltgeschichte. Egypt’s relations with Nubia. [HGF] V. 2-3. Bern, 1953-54, V. 2 contains con-

tributions by 13 well-known scholars in the Mesopotamia

field. The article of H. S. Nyberg, v. 3, pp. | : 56-115, is important for later Mesopota- F152. Scharff, Alexander, and Anton mian history after the downfall of the As- |. Moortgat. Agypten und Vorderasien im | syrian and Neo-Babylonian empires. Altertum. Munich, 1950. Second part of F145. Schmokel, Hartmut. Geschichte des this volume covers the history of Babylonia alten Vorderasien. Leiden, 1957. Useful con- and Assyria from earliest times through the

| densed history, so arranged that one may Persian period. Particularly valuable for its

obtain a complete story of historical events bibliography. [FJS] |

by reading only the first half of each chap- § F153. Smith, Sidney. Early history of Aster. Second half of each chapter is devoted to syria to 1000 B.C. London, 1928. Since it is

| the corresponding cultural history. [FJS] impossible to separate Assyria’s fortunes

: | from affairs of her neighbors, this book cov-

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS ers a somewhat wider scope than Assyria -_ proper. The chronology must be com-

| Egypt pared with results[FJS] of more recent study. F146. Drioton, Etienne, and Jacques Van- F154. Olmstead, Albert T. History of Asdier. Les peuples de Vorient méditerranéen. syria. N.Y., 1923. Covers the whole subject,

V. 2, L’Egypte. 3rd ed., Paris, 1952. The and based on original sources known and most up-to-date and comprehensive history understood at the time. No similar work has of ancient Egypt. Review, T. Save-Sdder- been produced since. [FJS]

bergh, Bibliotheca orientalis, 13 (May-July F155. Edzard, Dietz O. Die “Zweite

1956): 118-23. [HGF] Zwischenzeit” Babyloniens. Wiesbaden, 1957.

F147. Wilson, John A. The burden of Concerned with period from the fall of the | Egypt. Chicago, 1951. Paperbound ed., The third dynasty of Ur to reunification of the culture of ancient Egypt, 1956. Stimulating land under Hammurabi, an important era and authoritative treatment of Egyptian his- hitherto inadequately treated. Firmly based tory, written from a somewhat controversial on original sources. [FJS] viewpoint, but offering an abundance of fact F156. Kupper, Jean R. Les nomades en and sound observation. Useful footnote ref- Mésopotamie au temps des rois de Mari.

erences. [HGF] | : Paris, 1957. Impact of the nomad upon

F148. Breasted, James H. A history of | Mesopotamian life during the time of HamEgypt from the earliest times to the Persian murabi and his immediate predecessor. Evi- conquest. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1909. A classic ac- dence is drawn mainly from the documents

count of Egyptian history, the finished prod- from Mari. [FJS] |

uct of the author’s. Ancient records of F157. Goossens, Godefroy. “L’Assyrie

Egypt (F72). Still well worth reading, al- aprés l’empire.”” Compte rendu de la troi- |

though many new developments have ap- siéme rencontre assyriologique internationale

peared since the 1909 version. [HGF] (Leiden, 1954), pp. 84-100. After some atF149. Hayes, William C. The scepter of tention to the causes of the empire’s downEgypt: a background for the study of the fall, paints a gloomy picture of complete Egyptian antiquities in the Metropolitan destruction of the high culture down to the

The Ancient Orient 99 ‘Sassanian time, except for a brief revival of | Arab heritage (Princeton, 1944), pp. 25-57. urban economy under the Parthians. [FJS]. Excellent survey. [FVW]

F158. Gelb, Ignace J. Hurrians and Su- F167. ‘Ali, Jawad. Ta’rikh al-Arab qabl barians. Chicago, 1944. Contrary to pre- al-Islam. [History of the Arabs before vailing previous views, the author regards Islam.] 6 v. Bagdad, 1951-57. Scholarly

these two names as representing two distinct and comprehensive, with full documentation.

ethnic groups, and undertakes to present Arabic text. Review, G. Ryckmans, Le | | ancient Near East. Covers virtually the F168. Albright, William F. ‘The chro-

their status within the framework of the Muséon, 69 (1956): 204. [FVW] : entire historical period down to Neo-Baby- nology of the Minaean kings of Arabia.”

lonian times. [FJS] : Bulletin of the American schools of oriental | : research, 129 (Feb. 1953): 20-24. Asia Minor | F169. ——. “Dedan.” Geschichte und

Altes Testament (Tiibingen, 1953), pp. 1-12. }

F159. Goetze, Albrecht. Kleinasien. 2nd ([Beitrége zur historischen Theologie, 16.]

ed., Munich, 1957. The standard work on Important contribution to the early history oe civilization of pre-classical Anatolia. First of northern Arabia, especially valuable for |

published in 1933; the 1957 edition is fully discussion of chronology of the kingdoms revised and largely rewritten. Emphasis is on of Dedan and Lihyan. [FVW]

E56. |

Hittite period, based on the Boghazkdéy F170. Caskel, Werner. Lihyan und Li-

texts; but prehistory, Assyrian merchant col- hyanisch. Cologne, 1954. First comprehenonies of Cappadocia, the kingdom of Urartu, sive treatment of the Dedanite and Lihyanite and western Anatolia are also treated. Bibli- inscriptions, but many of the translations ographies for individual sections. [HGG] proposed are questionable, as is the chroF160. Gurney, Oliver R. The Hittites. See nology. [FVW]

| F161. Bilabel, Friedrich. Geschichte Vor-JahrIran | derasiens und Agyptens vom 16-11.

hundert vy. Chr. Heidelberg, 1927. Divided F171. Pra&Sek, Justin V. Geschichte der into a first part, which is a coherent account Meder und Perser bis zur makedonischen of Egyptian and Hittite history, and a sec- Eroberung. 2 v. Gotha, 1906-10. Dated but ond part containing detailed discussions of _ still useful account of earlier history of sources and problems. Outdated in places, Medes and Persians. [MJD]

but still useful. [HGG] F172. Olmstead, Albert T. History of the : Persian empire, Achaemenid period. Ed. by

| - Palestine-Syria George G. Cameron. Chicago, 1948. Collec- .

| tion of essays on Achaemenian history, cul-

F162. Noth, Martin. Geschichte Israels. ture, civilization, and religion, rather than a | 3rd ed., G6ttingen, 1956. Concise and origi- systematic survey. [MJD]

| nal history of Israel. F173. Hanéar, F. “Die Skythen als F163. Oesterley, William O. E., and Theo- Forschungsproblem.” Reinecke Festschrift _ dore H. Robinson. A history of Israel. 2 v. (Mainz, 1950), pp. 67-83. Valuable review Oxford, 1932. Covers from the Exodus to of Russian publications since 1930 on the the Bar-Kokhba revolt in 135 a.p. Even Scythians. [MJD] though in need of revision, considered a ' F174. Rostovtzeff, Mikhail I. Skythien und standard history from the traditional ortho- der Bosporus. V. 1, Kritische Ubersicht der

' doxy of literary criticism. Ssehriftlichen und archdologischen Quellen. :

| F164. Kittel, Rudolf. Geschichte des Berlin, 1931. Critical review of the literary

: Volkes Israel. 5th-7th eds., 3 v., Gotha, 1921- and archaeological documentation on the 29. Many other eds. Old but standard his- Scythians in southern Russia. See also Ira-

tory from beginnings down to the Babylonian nians and Greeks in south Russia (Oxford, Exile. | 1922) by the same author. [MJD] F165. Olmstead, Albert T. History of F175. Ghirshman, Roman. L’Iran_ des

Palestine and Syria to the Macedonian con- origines 4 PIslam. Paris, 1951. English tr., quest. N.Y., 1931. Aims to bring the Bibli- Iran from the earliest times to the Islamic . cal. and archaeological sources available at conquest, Harmondsworth, 1954. Rich, imag-

the end of the 1920’s into a synthesis. For inative, and in most respects expert ac- , method see author’s essay, “Hebrew history count. The lack of documentation (only , and historical method,” Persecution and the English translation includes a selected .

liberty (N.Y., 1931), pp. 21-54. bibliography) makes utilization and appre- | : ciation of the book at times difficult. [MJD] , South Arabia — F176. Geiger, Wilhelm, and Ernst Kuhn,

} eds. Grundriss der iranischen Philologie. 2 v.

F166. Levi della Vida, Giorgio. “Pre-is- Strasbourg, 1895-1904. Survey. of the history, , | lamic Arabia.” Nabih A. Faris, ed., The literature, languages, and geography of Iran,

100 , Guide to Historical Literature , , , both pre-Islamic and Islamic. Still the only land of the Hittites (London, 1910). Alhandbook and, therefore, indispensable in though the historical chapter is outdated

spite of its date. [MJD] and further excavations of old and new

- F177. D’iakonov, I. M. Istoriia Midii. sites have increased the knowledge of Hittite :

[History of the Medes.] Moscow and Lenin- archaeology, the treatment of sites in their grad, 1956. Political, sociological, and cul- natural setting retains its value. [HGG]

tural history of the Medes and the Median F187. Pedersen, Johannes. Israel: its life _ State, based on extensive source materials and culture. 2 v. London, 1926-40. Cultural

from which, in a number of cases, bold history of Israel, by topics of major im-

conclusions are drawn. [MJD] portance. | F178. Christensen, Arthur E. Les Kaya- F188. Noth, Martin. Die Welt des Alten

nides. Copenhagen, 1931. Critical study of Testaments. 2nd ed., Berlin, 1953. While in-

the Avestan kavis, the later Kayanids, leg- tended as an introduction to the background endary Iranian dynasty, previous to the of the Bible, it is well documented with ref-

Achaemenians. [MJD] erences to the most important literature on F179. ——. Die Iranier. Munich, 1923. the subjects with which it deals.

The only comprehensive treatment of an- F189. Nielsen, Ditlef, ed. Handbuch der cient Iranian culture until the end of the altarabischen Altertumskunde. V. 1, Die

Achaemenian period, based on Iranian and altarabische Kultur. Copenhagen and Leipnon-Iranian source materials. Includes a zig, 1927. Best introduction to South Arabian summary survey of Iranian history from civilization; but Fritz Hommel’s chapter on Alexander the Great to end of the Sassanian the history stands in need of considerable re-

period. [MJD] : vision. [FVW| —— F180. Cameron, George G. History of

early Iran. Chicago, 1936. Political history Religion of Elamites, Medes, and pre-Achaemenian

Persians. [MJD] : F190. Cerny, Jaroslav. Ancient Egyptian | religion. London, 1952. Compendious treat-

| HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS ment ofoman Egyptian religion but down through times. Excellent, usefulness imGeneral Culture , paired by lack of references. [HGF] : F191. Kees, Hermann. Der Gotterglaube F181. Erman, Adolf, and Hermann Ranke. im altern Agypten. 2nd ed., Berlin, 1956. Agypten und aegyptisches Leben im Alter- Comprehensive, well-documented account of

| tum. Tiibingen, 1923. Revision, by Ranke, the Egyptian gods. Review, J. Vandier, Bibli-

of Erman’s classic work of the same title. otheca orientalis, 14 (Jan. 1957): 34. [HGF] Remains the most comprehensive account of F192. Dhorme, Edouard. Les religions de the various aspects of ancient Egyptian life. Babylonie et d’Assyrie. 2nd ed., Paris, 1949.

| [HGF]F182.Includes discussion of the nature of reFrankfort, Henriette A., and others. ligious thought among Babylonians and AsThe intellectual adventure of ancient man. syrians; their mythology; and the temple, Chicago, 1946. An essay on speculative clergy, and their functions. Bibliographical _ thought in the ancient Near East. [FJS] notes. [FJS] F183. Meissner, Bruno. Babylonien und F193. Kramer, Samuel N. Sumerian mythAssyrien. 2 v. Heidelberg, 1920-25. Long ology. Philadelphia, 1944. Discusses the the standard history of culture and civiliza- scope and significance of Sumerian mythol-

| tion of ancient Mesopotamia. Although it ogy, and sketches the content of a large secan be supplemented by many detailed stud-. lection of literary compositions, enhanced by

es which have appeared more recently, no translations of portions of the texts. An a other such comprehensive treatment of the authoritative work. [FJS]

subject is available. [FJS] co F194. Pfeiffer, Robert H. Introduction te

_ F184. ——. Die babylonisch-assyrische the Old Testament. N.Y., 1941. Most com-

Literatur. Berlin, 1928. May be used to prehensive introduction in English to the supplement the older work of Otto Weber, literature of the Old Testament, arranged Die Literatur der Babylonier und Assyrer according to books of the Hebrew canon. (Leipzig, 1907); but the serious student will Good bibliography and references to the need to search current periodical literature great variety of views on questions of dates,

i _ on the various categories of literature men- composition, and interpretation. — tioned in these publications. [FJS] 7 F195. Eissfeldt, Otto. Einleitung in das

| F185. Braidwood, Robert J. The Near East Alte Testament unter Eimschluss der Arokand the foundations for civilization. See ryphen und Pseudepigraphen: Entstehungs-

E35]. geschichte des Alten Testaments. Tiibingen, F186. Garstang, John. The Hittite empire. 1934. Standard German introduction. London, 1929. Valuable guide to early lit- F196. Lods, Adolphe. Histoire de la _ literature. Supersedes this author’s book, The térature hébraique et juive depuis les ori-

The Ancient Orient’ | {01 gines jusqu’a la ruine de Vétat. juif (135 and E. Herzfeld on Zoroaster and Zoroasaprés J.C.). Paris, 1950. Introduction.to the trianism. The author’s own conclusions are books of the Old Testament and the Apoc- partly based on new materials. [MJD]

rypha according to the canons of literary F208. Lommel, Herman. Die Religion

criticism. Zarathustras. Tiibingen, 1930. Discussion of F197. Bentzen, Aage. Introduction to the Zoroastrian religion and theology, with a

: Old Testament. 2nd ed., 2 v., Copenhagen, concluding chapter on the pre-history of

~ 1952. Incorporates the newer views of the this religion. [MJD] Scandinavian school of Biblical criticism. F209. Zaehner, Robert C. The teachings F198. Albright, William F. From the Stone of the magi: a compendium of Zoroastrian Age to Christianity: monotheism and the beliefs. London and N.Y., 1956. Account of | historical process. Baltimore, 1940. A philo- the main doctrines of the Zoroastrians based sophical and historical inquiry into the de- on original (Pahlavi) texts, which are given

velopment of man’s idea of God from pre- in translation. [MJD] ,

historic antiquity to the time of Christ. F210. Christensen, Arthur E. Etudes sur ' F199. Ryckmans, Gonzague. “Les re- le zoroastrisme de la Perse antique. Copen- —

ligions arabes préislamiques.” Histoire géné- hagen, 1928. Critical remarks on analysis of

rale des religions, ed. by Maxime Gorce and. the Avestan YaSts (hymns); remarks on the os Raoul Mortier, v. 4 (Paris, 1947), pp. 307—- Vendidad and on Zurvanism. [MJD]

- 32. Excellent survey with extensive bibli- F211. Clemen, Carl C. Die griechischen

ography. [FVW] und lateinischen Nachrichten tiber die perF200. Jamme, Albert. “La religion sud- — sische Religion. Giessen, 1920. Companion

arabe préislamique.” Histoire des religions, volume to his Fontes historiae_ religionis | ed. by Maurice Brillant and René Aigrain, Persicae (F136), containing comments on v. 4 (Paris, 1956), pp. 239-307. Contains, the texts given in the latter. [MJD] among other things, a critique of Ditlef F212. Benveniste, Emile. The Persian reNielsen’s theories on South Arabian religion. ligion according to the chief Greek texts.

[FVW] : Paris, 1929. Critical evaluation of the data

F201. Widengren, Geo. “Stand und Auf- on Zoroaster and Persian religion contained gaben der iranischen Religionsgeschichte.” in Herodotus, Strabo, Theopompus, and Numen, 1 (Leiden, 1954): 16-83, 2 (1955): Plutarch, and comparison with the Iranian | _ 47-132. Documented survey of problems of texts. [MJD] the history of Iranian religion; full biblio- F213. Bidez, Joseph, and Franz Cumont.

graphical references. [MJD] Les mages hellénisés: Zoroastre, Ostanés et

F202. Nyberg, Henrik S. Die Religionen Hystaspe d’aprés la tradition grecque. 2 v. : des alten Iran. Tr. from Swedish by H. H. Paris, 1938. Collection of passages of Greek — Schaeder. Leipzig, 1938. Collection of imagi- and Latin authors dealing with biogra- | native, often brilliant, but sometimes contro- phies, works, and doctrines of Zoroaster, versial essays on ZarathuStra, his work (the- Ostanes, and Hystaspes. [MJD]

ology, eschatology, Zoroastrianism), ancient |

Iranian religion (the “Mithra community,” | Art |

the “Gatha community”), and the Avestan OS

canon. [MJD] . F214. Smith, William S. A_ history of

F203. Duchesne-Guillemin, Jacques. Or- Egyptian sculpture and painting in the old mazd et Ahriman: Paventure dualiste dans kingdom. 2nd ed., London, 1949. PenetratPantiquité. Paris, 1953. Collection of essays ing and detailed study of the earlier phases on Iranian religion dealing with such topics of Egyptian art up to, and to some extent | as Ahura Mazdah, Ahra Manyu, the religion into, the middle kingdom. Well illustrated.

of the Avesta, Iran and Judaism, Iran and [HGF] |

Greek thought, Hermetism and Gnosis, and F215. ———. Ancient Egypt as represented

Zervan and Mazdeism. [MJD] oo in the Museum of Fine Arts. 3rd ed., Bos-

F204.. Herzfeld, Ernst E. Zoroaster and ton, 1952. This description of the large Bos-

his world. See D293. : ton collections incorporates an excellent

#205. Jackson, Abraham V. W. Zoroaster, brief account of Egyptian history and the the prophet of ancient Iran. N.Y. and Lon- history of Egyptian art. Well illustrated.

don, 1899. In spite of its age, still a highly [HGF]

useful book on Zoroaster and his work. De- F216. Aldred, Cyril. The development of

tailed bibliography. [MJD] | ancient Egyptian art. 3 v. London, 1949-51.

F206. ———. Zoroastrian studies: the Ira- Inspiring introduction to the subject, with a nian religion and various monographs. N.Y., large and good selection of illustrations,

1928. | each accompanied by full information.

F207. Henning, Walter B. H. Zoroaster, Covers the three major periods to end of

| politician or witch doctor? London, 1951. the 18th dynasty. [HGF]

Critical discussion in lecture form of the F217. Schafer, Heinrich. Von Agyptischer results of investigations of H. S. Nyberg Kumst. 3rd ed., Leipzig, 1930. A masterly

102 Guide to Historical Literature exposition of the methods and conventions Mesopotamian art in the peripheral regions.

employed in Egyptian representational art. llustrated by special drawings and excellent :

Well illustrated. [HGF] photographs. [FJS]

F218. Vieyra, Maurice. Hittite art, 2300- F226. Gadd, Cyril J. History and monu750 B.C. London, 1955. Good presentation ments of Ur. N.Y., 1929. Because the city of Hittite art; with the term “Hittite” being of Ur existed in virtually all periods of used in a broad sense to include the early Babylonian and Assyrian history and _ beBronze Age and the late period from down- cause it has been excavated to its lowest

fall of the Hittite empire to the Assyrian levels, its history amounts to that of the

conquest. Includes good reproductions, short whole country told from the point of view of

bibliography, and detailed notes on individual a single city. [FJS] . : | works of art. [HGG] | F227. Bittel, Kurt. Grundziige der Vor-

F219. Bossert, Helmuth T. Altanatolien. und Friihgeschichte Kleinasiens. 2nd _ ed., Berlin, 1942. [Die Altesten Kulturen des Tiibingen, 1950. Presentation of the archaeoMittelmeerkreises, 2.] The most comprehen- logical material of Anatolia, excavations, sive collection of pictures, the majority per- sites, stratigraphy, etc., with discussion of taining to the Hittites, but including other its bearing on reconstruction of the pre-

| periods and regions of Anatolia down to classical history. Detailed bibliography.

such works of the Greco-Roman period as [HGG] show elements of local tradition. [HGG] F228. Lloyd, Seton. Early Anatolia. See F220. Akurgal, Ekrem. Spaethethitische £58. Bildkunst. Ankara, 1949. Thorough analysis F229. Albright, William F. The archaeolof the art of the so-called late Hittite period ogy of Palestine. Harmondsworth, 1949, Syn(ca. 1200-700 B.c.). Reproductions of good thesis of results of Palestinian archaeology

' photographs; line drawings in text. [HGG]_ by the leader in the field. While it does not F221. Pope, Arthur U., ed. A survey of contain references, these often can be found Persian art from prehistoric times to the in the author’s From the Stone Age to present. 6 v. London and N.Y., 1938-39. Christianity (F198) and in F230.

Discussions of unequal value, by a large F230. ——-. Archaeology and the religion ,

| group of scholars, of development of Iranian of Israel. Baltimore, 1942. Designed to comart from the Stone Age to the present. Iilus- plement the treatment of Israelite religion trated with many figures and plates, some given in FI98. Ample documentation.

of which are excellent. [MJD] | F231. Pritchard, James B. The ancient

F222. Minns, Ellis H. “The art of the Near East in pictures relating to the Old |

northern nomads.” Proceedings of the Brit- Testament. Princeton, 1954, Contains 769 ish Academy, 28 (1942): 47-99..An expert illustrations of monuments, artifacts, and survey with good bibliographical references. other objects which illustrate the culture

[MJD] and history of theographical ancient Near East. Bibli- . details for each illustration. Archaeology F232. Watzinger, Carl. Denkmiler Palastinas. 2 v. Leipzig, 1933—35. Well-illustrated

F223. Parrot, André. Archéologie méso- and judicial presentation of results of Palespotamienne. 2 y. Paris, 1946-53. V. 1 gives _tinian archaeology, now badly out of date.

a full history of exploration and excavation F233. Langhe, Robert de. Les textes de in Mesopotamia in modern times. V. 2 is Ras Shamra-Ugarit et leurs rapports avec le devoted to (1) techniques of modern archae- milieu biblique de PAncien Testament. 2 v. ology, from the organization of the expedi- Gembloux, 1945. Most useful discussion of tion to publication of the results; and (2) the rich cache of texts discovered in North

. the problems of origins of Mesopotamian Syria at Ras Shamra. Full documentation

civilization and of chronology, both raised and bibliography. , | by archaeological work here and open to F234. Rathjens, Carl. Sabaeica: Bericht further investigation. [FJS] tiber die archaologischen Ergebnisse seiner

F224, Perkins, Ann L. The comparative zweiten, dritten und vierten Reise nach | archeology of early Mesopotamia. Chicago, Siidarabien. 2 v. Hamburg, 1953-55. Based | , 1949, Synthesis of results of much archae- on the author’s journeys in the San‘a area in ological work, giving descriptions of the 1931, 1934, and 1937-38. Illustrates and material remains as well as comparative describes the monuments of the area: aquestratigraphy of the sites. Covers the prehis- ducts, cisterns, terraces, sculpture, pottery, toric era from the Hassunah to Gaura and etc. A valuable source book. [FVW]

Ninevite periods. [FJS] —_ F235. Rathjens-v. Wissmannsche SiidaraF225. Frankfort, Henri. The art and archi- _ bien-Reise. 3 v. Hamburg, 1931-34. [1, Jotecture of the ancient Orient. Baltimore, hannes H. Mordtmann and Eugen Mittwoch,

| 1955. Traces the history of art in Meso- Sabdische Inschriften; 2, Carl Rathjens and potamia from about 3500 B.c. to beginning of |. Hermann von Wissmann, Vorislamische AIthe Persian period, and shows influences of {fertiimer; 3, C. Rathjens and H. von Wiss-

The Ancient Orient — 103 , mann, Landeskundliche Ergebnisse.]| Report archaeology on the north coast of the of the first archaeological expedition ever Euxine from the Danube to the Caucasus. . conducted in the Yemen. Includes excava- Cambridge, Eng., 1913. Still an outstanding

tion in 1927-28 of a temple of the goddess contribution to the study of archaeological

Dhat-Ba‘dan at Huqaqa, in the San‘a area, evidence from southern Russia. [MJD] and much material recorded at other neigh-

boringTawfik, sites. [FVW] | Chronology | F236. Mohammed. Athar Ma‘in : fi jauf al-Yaman. [The monuments of Ma‘in F246. Smith, Sidney. Alalakh and chronolin the Yemenite Jof.] Cairo, 1951. In Arabic, ogy. London, 1940. This work appeared with résumé in French. The author, an ento- early in the recent controversy about Babymologist on the staff of Fuad I University, lonian chronology, and now represents a Cairo, while engaged in fighting locusts in moderate position between the traditional the Yemen in 1944—45, took the opportunity and the ultra low chronology which many of exploring the Jof, the old Minaean home- cuneiformists are adopting. There is a

land. [FVW] : tendency among some scholars to return | F237. Jaussen, Antonin J., and Raphaél toward Smith’s position. [FJS] Savignac. Mission archéologique en Arabie. F247. Landsberger, Benno. ‘“‘Assyrische

| 3 v. Paris, 1909-22. The most important K6nigsliste und ‘Dunkles Zeitalter.’”’ Journal collection of epigraphical and archaeologi- of cuneiform studies, 8 (1954): 31-45, 47-—

cal material from north Arabia, the fruits 73, 106-33. After an exhaustive study of | of three expeditions made to Mada‘in both old and new sources, the author favors |

Salih (ancient el-Hegr), el-‘Ula (ancient a higher chronology for the period before

Dedan), and Teima in 1907, 1909, and 1910. 1500 B.c. than most scholars who have in-

[FVW] vestigated the subject in recent years. [FJS]

: F238. Bowen, Richard, and others. The F248. Goetze, Albrecht. “On the chro-

early Arabian necropolis of Ain Jawan, a nology of the second millennium B.c.” Jourpre-Islamic and early Islamic site on the nal of cuneiform studies, 11 (1957): 53-61, Persian Gulf. New Haven, 1950. Devotes 63-73. Author adduces evidence from Hitconsiderable attention to the tumuli of el- tite material in support of his view that the

Hasa and Bahrein as well. [FVW] ~ chronology should be based somewhat

F239. Fakhry, Ahmed. An archaeological higher than that accepted by a number of journey to Yemen (March-May, 1947). 3 v. Assyriologists. Bibliographical motes serve

Cairo, 1952. The fruits of a journey by an as guide to the controversy concerning Egyptian scholar to Sirwah, Marib, and the chronology. [FJS] | Minaean J6f. Important for its photographs § F249. Beeston, Alfred F. L. “Problems of and sketch-plans of the Marib dam, temples, Sabaean chronology.” Bulletin of the School

etc. [FVW] of Oriental and African Studies, 16 (1954):

F240. McCown, Donald E. The compara- 37-56. Dates the beginning of the Sabaean tive stratigraphy of early Iran. See £59. era ca. 110 B.c. and reduces the number of F241. Herzfeld, Ernst E. Archaeological Sabaean mkrb to 15. [FVW] history of Iran. London, 1935. See below. F250. Ryckmans, Jacques. L’institution F242. ———. Iran in the ancient East: monarchique en Arabie méridionale avant archaeological studies presented in the Tislam (Ma‘in et Saba.) Louvain, 1951. Based Lowell lectures at Boston. London and N.Y., ona study of titles employed by the Minaean

1941. Archaeology of Iran from earliest pre- and Sabaean rulers, the author is able to |

historic times to end of the Sassanian period, solve a great many chronological problems - with illustrations. A developed version of and present the most reliable arrangement of

F241. [MJD] these monarchs yet proposed. Extensive | F243. Vanden Berghe, L. “Iran, de stand bibliography. [FVW] |

van de archaeologische onderzoekingen in F251. McCown, Donald E. “The relative | Iran.” Jaarbericht no. 13 van het Voorazia- stratigraphy and chronology of Iran.’ Robtisch-Egyptisch Genootschap, pp. 347-93. ert W. Ehrich, ed., Relative chronologies in Area by area survey (in Dutch) of the Old World archeology (Chicago, 1954), pp. status of archaeological investigations in 56-68. The author’s The comparative stratigIran. Many bibliographical references. raphy of early Iran (F240) is basis of this

[MJD] | | : paper, which considers new evidence, criti-

F244, Schmidt, Erich F. Persepolis. 2 v. cisms, chronology of Baluchistan cultures,

Chicago, 1953-57. Account of the activities and that of Iranian sites. [MJD]

- and results of excavations at Persepolis by . | | Ernst E. Herzfeld (1931-34) and Schmidt _ : Miscellaneous (1935-39). Beautifully printed and magnifi- | cently illustrated. [MJD] F252. Lucas, Alfred. Ancient Egyptian

F245. Minns, Ellis H. Scythians and materials and industries. 3rd ed., London, | Greeks: a survey of ancient history and 1948. Reliable and detailed treatment, con-

104 Guide to Historical Literature , taining much information essential to the styles and techniques from prehistoric to total picture of Egyptian civilization. Final Persian period; ample illustrations. [FJS] | chapter contains a historical summary. F261. Meek, Theophile J. Hebrew origins.

[HGF] , Rev. ed., N.Y., 1950. Scholarly inquiry into F253. Clarke, Somers, and Reginald Engel- _ origins of Hebrew people, law, God, priest-

bach. Ancient Egyptian masonry: the build- hood, prophecy, and monotheism. ing craft. London, 1930. This lucid, original, F262. Meyer, Eduard. Die Israeliten und

and well-illustrated work covers all phases ihre Nachbarstamme. Halle, 1906. Memof the subject from quarrying stone to con- orable contribution to the history of Israel. struction of the various architectural ele- Obviously out of date, but contains much

ments. Provides fundamental information to of permanent importance. : : an understanding of Egyptian art and archi- _ F263. Greneberg, Moshe. The Hab/piru.

tecture. [HGF] New Haven, 1955. [American oriental series, a F254. Neugebauer, Otto. The exact sci- © 39.] Fully documented statement of the prob-

| ences in antiquity. Princeton, 1951. Deals lem. of equating the Hab/piru with the

with mathematics and astronomy, compares Biblical Hebrews. | Babylonian and Egyptian knowledge and F264. Grohmann, Adolf. Siidarabien als treatment of them, and considers their rela- Wirtschaftsgebiet. 2 v. Vienna and Briinn, tion to the origin and transmission of Hel- 1922-33. Thorough discussion of ancient and

lenistic science. [FJS] modern South Arabian economy, natural

F255. Contenau, Georges. La médicine en resources, agriculture, industry, and trade. Assyrie et en Babylonie. Paris, 1938. Syn- [FVW] thesis of Babylonian and Assyrian ideas of © F265. Weidner, Ernst. ‘‘Das Reich Sargons human anatomy, disease, and treatment, von Akkad.” Archiv fiir Orientforschung, 16 drawn from numerous original texts and (1953): 1-24. All references to the Arabian works of art. Discusses relation of medicine regions of Magan and Helubha are brought to magic. Includes extensive quotations from together and discussed. [FVW]

the texts and a lengthy bibliography. [FJS] F266. Christensen, Arthur E. Les gestes F256. Speiser, Ephraim A. “The Sumerian des rois dans les traditions de Iran antique. problem reviewed.” Hebrew Union College Paris, 1936. Study of the royal glory, kings, | annual, 23 (1950-51): 339-55. Weighs the and heroes in narrative literature of the evidence of Sumerian origins for two con- Sassanian epoch, the model king and royal flicting views: (1) the Sumerians were not legends in the ancient Medo-Persian religion.

| the first inhabitants of the land of Sumer; [MJD]

| (2) they were themselves the founders of F267. Taqizadeh, Hasan. Old Iranian calthe earliest prehistoric culture of lower endars. London, 1938. Expert discussion of

Mesopotamia. [FJS] the many involved problems connected with

F257. Leemans, W. F. The old Babylonian = ancient Iranian calendars. [MJD] merchant: his business and his social posi- , tion. Leiden, 1950. Valuable discussion of PERIODICALS

economic life of the period indicated. [FJS] |

F258. Falkenstein, Adam. “La cité-temple General

sumérienne.” Cahiers d’histoire mondiale, 1 | (Apr. 1954): 784-814. Discusses the inter- F268. Journal of the American Oriental play of economic, political, and religious Society. New Haven, 1843 ff. (Irregular - forces on early Babylonian society. Con- quarterly.)

clusions are based on documents mainly F269. Journal of near eastern studies. |

from the period before 2000 B.c. [FJS] _ Chicago, 1942 ff. (Quarterly.) _

F259. Jacobsen, Thorkild. “Early political F270. The Journal of Semitic studies. development in Mesopotamia.” Zeitschrift. Manchester, 1956 ff. (Quarterly.)

fiir Assyriologie und vorderasiatische Archa- F271. Bulletin of the American schools of — ologie, n.s. 18 (Aug. 1957): 91-140. Soundiy _ oriental research. New Haven and Baltimore,

based on author’s thorough knowledge of the 1919 ff. (Quarterly.)

“ original sources. Covers period from the be- F272. Bibliotheca orientalis. Leiden, 1943

ginning to end of the first empire, with a ff. (Quarterly.) brief indication of how lines of political F273. Orientalia. Rome, 1920-30; n-ss., development proceeded from this point. 1932 ff. (3 nos. per year, 1920-34; quarterly, Copious footnotes furnish much informa- 1935 ff.) | tion of a technical nature on subjects pe- = F274. Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde ripheral to the main theme. [FJS] des Morgenlandes. Vienna, 1887 ff. (IrreguF260. Frankfort, Henri. Cylinder seals: a lar.) | oo, documentary essay on the art and religion F275. Orientalistische lLiteraturzeitung.

of the ancient Near East. London, 1939. Berlin and Leipzig, 1898 ff. (Monthly.). The standard handbook on Mesopotamian F276. Archiv fiir Orientforschung. Berlin glyptique. Traces development of various and Graz, 1923 ff. (Irregular.)

, _ -The Ancient Orient 105 F277. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgen- F296. Jahrbuch fiir kleinasiatische Forlandischen Gesellschaft. Leipzig, 1847 ff. schung. Heidelberg and Istanbul, 1950. ff.

(Irregular quarterly.) (Semiannual.) Turkish title, Anadolu arastir#278, Mitteilungen der deutschen Orient- malari. _ Gesellschaft zu Berlin. Berlin, 1899 ff. (Ir- F297. Anatolian studies. London, 1951 ff.

regular.) (Annual.) F279. Le Muséon. Louvain, 1882 ff.a, ,

(Quarterly.) Hittite Materials oe

, _ _—Egypt F298. Wissenschaftliche Veréffentlichungen

| ; oe der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft. Leipzig,

#280. Annales du service des antiquités Stuttgart, and Berlin, 1900 ff.

de gypte. Cairo, 1900 ff. (Annual.) _ F299. Keilschrifturkunden aus BoghazkOi. F281. The journal of Egyptian archaeol- Berlin, 1921 ff. (Irregular.) ogy. London, 1914 ff. (Quarterly.) |

F282. Ancient Egypt. London, 1915-35. ;; (Irregular annual. Title varies.) Palestine and Syria

F283. Proceedings of the Society of Bibli- wae aus

cal Archaeology. London, 1878-1918. (Ir- F300. Journal of Biblical literature. N.Y.,

regular.) | 1881 ff. (Semiannual, 1881-1911; quarterly,

F284. Recueil de travaux relatifs a la Ol me vo Ei die alttest dich

_ philologie et a Varchéologie égyptiennes et Wj ° nate Guo ur 7 Berlin. 1881-1942,

assyriennes. Paris, 1870-1923. (Irregular.) 1949 ff f. Giessen and berlin, — ,

| 1904, Cirreeular.) Ptologique. Paris, 1880- “F392, Revue biblique. Paris, 1881-1941, : F286. Revue de Egypte ancienne. Paris, 1945 ff. (Quar terly. Title varies.)

2. F303. Palestine exploration quarterly. 192531. (irregular. don, 1869 ff. (Title varies.)

Lon-

reeulany nO SBYPtologle. Bans, 199 H. “F304, Zeitschrift des deutschen PalistinaF288. Kémi: revue de _ philologie et veeoe Leip 71 8 1878 i. a rregular. ) 1 et W@archéologie égyptiennes et coptes. Paris, 3 - Sy ria; revue art oriental e

d’archéologie. Paris, 1920 ff. (Quarterly.) 1928 ff. (Quarterly. ) F306. Vetus Test t Leiden. 1951 ff

. F289. Bulletin de la Société Francaise ( Quarterly.) estamentum, Leiden, . veep toNole Paris, 1949 Ht. (3 nos. per F307. Israel exploration journal. Jerusalem,

(Annual. ) . — , .

F290. Bulletin de TInstitut Francais ae Og aren) ‘on Coll ,

| d’Archéologie Orientale. Cairo, 1901 ff. D3 y - Hebrew Union ol ege annual. See F291. Chronique d’&gypte. Brussels, 1925 F309. Biblica. Rome, 1920 ff. (Quarterly.)

ff. ({rregular.)

F292. Zeitschrift fur agyptische Sprache Miscellaneous

und Altertumskunde. Berlin, 1863 ff. (Fre-

quency varies.) F310. Journal of cuneiform studies. New

F293. Mitteilungen des Deutschen Archio- Haven, 1947 ff. (Quarterly.) | logischen Instituts, Abteilung Kairo. Wies- F311. Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie und baden, 1930-43, 1956 ff. (Semiannual.) vorderasiatische Archaologie. Berlin, 1890 ff.

: (Irregular. Title varies.)

Anatolia F312. Revue d’assyriologie et d’archéologie orientale. Paris, 1884 ff. (Quarterly.)

: F294. Kleinasiatische Forschungen. V. 1 F313. Irag. London, 1934—40, 1947 ff. Sup-

| only. Weimar, 1930. plement, 1944. (Semiannual.)

_ F295. Revue hittite et asianique. Paris, F314. Sumer: a journal of archaeology in

1930 ff. (Irregular.) Iraq. Baghdad, 1945 ff. (Semiannual.)

| Oo - SECTION G 7 - EARL H. PRITCHARD,* HORACE I. POLEMAN, T. A. TSIEN, and JOHN W. HALL |

, This section deals with the beginning of civilizations in southern and eastern Asia. Systematic archaeological work in this area, except for Japan, only began in the 20th century, and has been seriously interrupted by foreign and domestic wars. Nevertheless, important discoveries have been made, especially in India, China, and southeast Asia, which confirm the existence of highly developed civilizations in India and China by the 3rd and 2nd millenniums B.c. Future archaeological work will unquestionably greatly expand our knowledge about , the development of early civilizations in the area. General works and a few relating to Korea and southeast Asia are given in the first subsection, but major details about the pre-history and early history of these two regions will be found in Sections N and Q. The detailed treatment of India, China, and Japan in this section is supplemented in Sections R, O, and , P, where general histories and various bibliographies, aids, and guides which

| relate to India, China, and Japan as a whole are listed. Periodicals which carry articles on the early history of these areas are also included in Sections N, O,

, P, and R.

GENERAL WORKS Studies in physical anthropology, 1.] Val-

uable articles by Helmut de Terra, Hallam

| Gi. Beardsley, Richard K., and others. L. Movius, G. H. R. von Koenigswald,

Bibliographic materials in the Japanese lan- Edwin A. Colbert, and Franz Weidenguage on far eastern archaeology and _ reich. | ethnology. Ann Arbor, 1950. Thorough sur- G3. Weidenreich, Franz. Giant early man

vey of works relating to Japan, continental from Java and south China. N.Y., 1945. — :

eastern Asia, and Micronesia. Largest num- [Anthropological papers of the American ber of the 1,063 titles relate to Japan. Museum of Natural History, 40.] Discussion G2. Early man in the Far East. Ed. by of early man in eastern Asia. Review, W. W. W. W. Howells. Detroit, 1949. [American Howells, Am. jour. physical anthrop., ns. . Association of Physical Anthropologists, 4 (Sep. 1946): 404.

* Professor Pritchard is responsible for general planning and compilation, and for the subsection on General Works; Poleman for India; Pritchard and Tsien for China, with some suggestions

, 106

from Charles S. Gardner; and Pritchard and Hall for Japan.

Early History of Asiatic Peoples 107 G4, ——. Apes, giants, and man. Chicago, history.” Transactions of the Asiatic Society

1946. | | of Japan, 2nd ser., 6 (Dec. 1929): 5-19. G5. Van Es, L. J. C. The age of pithe- G17. Umehara, Sueji. “Deux grandes dé- |

canthropus. The Hague, 1931. | ~ couvertes archéologiques en Corée.’” Revue

G6. Menghin, O. Weltgeschichte der des arts asiatiques, 3 (Mar. 1926): 24~33. Steinzeit. Vienna, 1931. A general theory G18. Heekeren, H. R. van. The Stone Age ©

about the spread of Stone Age culture in of Indonesia. The Hague, 1957. | Asia. G19. ———. The Bronze-iron Age of IndoG7. Heine-Geldern, Robert. ‘“Urheimat nesia. The Hague, 1958.

und friheste Wanderungen der Austro- G20. Heine-Geldern, Robert. The archae-

nesier.”” Anthropos, 27 (May-Aug. 1932): ology and art of Sumatra. Vienna, 1935. | : 543-619. Theory as to the spread of Stone G21. Wales, H. G. Quaritch. - Prehistory

: Age cultures and peoples. and religion in southeast Asia. London, G8. ——. “China, die ostkaspische Kultur 1957. An effort to show the continuity beund die Herkunft der Schrift.” Paideuma, 4 tween the religion of megalithic and Dong~ (1950): 51-92. A theory on the origin and sonian cultures and that of later times.

spread of writing. G22. Beyer, H. Otley. Philippine and east G9. ——. “Sudostasien.” Georg H. Asian archaeology and its relation to the

_ Buschan, ed., Iustrierte Volkerkunde, pt. 3, origin of the Pacific islands populations.

v. 2 (2nd ed., Stuttgart, 1923). Quezon City, 1948. [National Research

G10. Bishop, Carl W. Origin of the far © Council of the Philippines, Bulletin 29.] Sum-

eastern civilizations. Washington, 1942. mary of Philippine archaeology and an

[Smithsonian publication 3681.] Brief booklet attempt to relate it to Pacific migrations. presenting clearly a dominantly diffusionist

, interpretation which emphasizes the near : eastern origin of major cultural elements. INDIA TO THE MAURYAN EMPIRE Although out of date in many respects, it (321 B.C.)

contains much basic data. a . G11. Movius, Hallam L., Jr. “The lower Bibliographies

palaeolithic culture of southern and eastern Di Asia.” Transactions of the American Philo- c*. Das a Hi. C. . Bronoerap hy or sophical Society, ns. 38 (pt. 4, 1948): 329- Premistoric incian antiquities.” Journa’ 0 420 ? the Asiatic Society of Bengal, n.s. 27 (1931):

G12. —_. “Palaeolithic archaeology.” 5-96. Valuable list of articles and books Cahiers @histoire mondiale, 2 (1954-55); °% anthropological, geological, and archae-

257-82. 520-53 | ological discoveries in India, Ceylon, and

G13. Beyer H Otley, ed. Proceedings of Burma. the fourth far eastern prehistory and the P 624. Sree vous. Bibliogr apie vediaue. anthropology division of the eighth Pacific aris, 1721. vclatic © wand. 0 atic sof

science congresses combined. Pt. 1, Pre- the Wed Tl: hed tO 1930. T rch de

history, archaeology and physical anthropol- perio dical articles isne ° > ahcrudes ogy. 2 v. Quezon City, P. 1, 1956. Eight "G95 Dandekar, Ramchandra N. Vedic

papers on China, four on Japan, five on bibliocravh Bomba 1946. Continues Formosa, and two on the Philippines. V. 3 R ar ie hr to 1945 ’ AuNUE is to contain seven more on the Philippines enous dibnography to , :

and one on southeast Asia. |

G14. Umehara, Sueji and Fujita Ryosaku. Ethnology and Language Chisen ko-bunka sdkan. [Survey of ancient ] , Korean culture.] 3 v. Kyoto, 1948. Detailed G26. Guha, Biraja S. An outline of the

_ study of Korean archaeology and history’ racial ethnology of India. Calcutta, 1937. from earliest times to 313 a.p. Review, M. Probably the most authentic study of the Loehr, Far eastern quar., 14 (May 1955): subject, by an eminent anthropologist. ,

«416. : : G27. Law, Bimala C. Tribes in ancient G15. Umehara, Sueji and Hamada Kosaku. © India. Poona, 1943. Citations from Sanskrit Keishu kinkan-tsuka to sono iho. [The gold and Pali literature on tribal groups: precrown tomb at Kyongju and its treasures.| Mauryan and post-Mauryan. Keijo (Seoul), 1924. This publication of the G28. Shafer, Robert. Ethnography of anJapanese government-general of Korea con- cient India. Wiesbaden, 1954. Provocative

| tains a text and 156 plates relating to an study based on names occurring in the early Silla tomb. A summary and plate titles Mahabharata.

are in English. See also the two following G29. Lévi, Sylvain, Jean Przyluski, and

articles, Jules Bloch. Pre-Aryan and pre-Dravidian G16. Sansom, George B. “An outline of in India. Tr. by Prabodh C. Bagchi. Cal-

recent Japanese archaeological research in cutta, 1929. Valuable linguistic study. Does ' . Korea, in its bearing upon early Japanese not include Harappa script.

| 108 Guide to Historical Literature ,

, , | raphy. :

Sources and Translations period as well as Vedic; extensive bibliog-

tion ‘ '

| Thee, pie Hymnen des Rigveda. Ed. by G43. Subbarao, Bendapudi. The person-

19 5 The ufrecht. 3rd ed., Wiesbaden, ality of India. Baroda, 1956. Traces develop-- | 5 "epee best edition of the Rigveda in ment of Indian culture in the prehistoric and

transuteration; a recent reprint. — protohistoric periods with liberal use of G31. Der Rig-Veda aus dem Sanskrit Ins maps and synoptic charts

Deutsch iibers. von Karl Friedrich Geldner. G44. Ancient India. Ed. by Edward J.

3 Vv. Cambridge, Mass., 1951. [Harvard ori- Rapson. Cambridge, Eng., 1922. [The Cam-

ental series, 33-35.] Best scholarly transla- ridge history of India, 1.] Written before

: | | Lo the discovery of Harappa culture. Begins G32. The hymns of the Rigveda. Tr. by with the Aryan invasions and concludes with Ralph T. H. Griffith. 3rd ed., 2 v., Benares, the Mauryan period

1920-26. Only complete English translation, G45. La Vallée-Poussin, Louis de. Indo- |

but leaves much to be desired. Because of fyropéens et Indo-Iraniens: V’Inde jusque its inaccuracies it should be used for research vers 300 av. J.-C. Paris, 1924. [Histoire du only with the Sanskrit text and commentaries. onde, 3.] Origin of the Aryans and the | However, the student without a knowledge history of Vedic India are discussed in many of Sanskrit can get a fair idea of Vedic ideas general histories, This account will serve as by reading this translation. | an introduction. } :

| G33. Rigveda Brahmanas. Tr. by Arthur G46. Sarkar, Subimal C. Some aspects of B. Keith. Cambridge, Mass., 1920. [Harvard the earliest social history of India (pre-

oriental series, 25.] A very literal and exact Buddhistic ages), London, 1928. Treats archi-

manas. and positi men. G34. Hymns ofathelage, Atharva-Veda. Tr. by lage, and position of women Maurice Bloomfield. Oxford, 1897. [Sacred Prehistoric Indus Civilizatio: books of the East, 42.] Very sound and renistorie Anus VAvilizaton readable translation. ,: G47. Mackay. y, Ernest J. H. The Indus E G35. The hymns of the Samaveda. Tr. by — gjvilization. London. 1935. A popula . translation of these two important Brah- tecture, housing, dress, sex relations, mar-

Ralph T. H. Griffith. 2nd ed., Benares, 1907. Ggunt “eens popmear 36 Only English translation; faulty. G48. Piggott, Stuart. Prehistoric India to

G36. The Veda of the Black Yajus school. 49909 B.c. Harmondsworth, Eng., 1950. Popu-

Tr. by Arthur B. Keith. 2 v. Cambridge, Jar account with a wealth of information.

Mass., 1914. [Harvard oriental series, 18~19.] G49. Wheeler. Sir Robert E. M. The Indus Excellent translation of this most important giyilization. Cambridge, Eng. 1953. [The

Yajurvedic text. , Cambridge history of India, suppl. vol.] G37. Pancavimsa-brabmana. Tr. by Willem = Compact information on the period, with a

7 Caland. Calcutta, 1931. Excellent transla- pibjiographic guide to more detailed sources.

tion of an important text. . G50. Pafichanana Mitra. Prehistoric India, G38. The Grihya-Sutras. Tr. by Hermann igs place in the world’s cultures. 2nd ed., Okenberg. 2 v. Oxford, 1886-92. [Sacred Calcutta, 1927. Includes a brief treatment of books of the East, 29-30.] The best anthol- finds at Mohenjo-daro; covers races and cul-

ogy of its kind. — a ; tures, geology and geography, palaeolithic, G39. The thirteen principal Upanishads. — jyesolithic, and neolithic remains.

Tr. by Robert E. Hume. 2nd ed., London G51. Brown, W. Norman. “The beginand N.Y., 1931. There are more popular yings of civilization in India.” Journal of translations, but this still remains the fhe American Oriental Society, 59 (Dec. best introduction to a study of the Upani- 1939): supplement, 32-44. Discusses the

shads. . . Amri, Harappa, Jhukar, and Jhangar culG40. The Satapatha-Brahmaga. Tr. by tures, with emphasis on the Harappa and its Julius Eggeling. 5 v. Oxford, 1882-1900. jossible relationship to Mesopotamian cul[Sacred books of the East, 12, 26, 51, 53, ture.

54.] Very good translation of this repre- G52. Dikshit, Kashinath N. Prehistoric

sentative Brahmana text. ; civilization of the Indus Valley. Madras,

G41. The texts of the White Yajur-Veda. 1939, Brief estimate of the civilization by Tr. by Ralph T. H. Griffith. Benares, 1899. one associated with the preservation of the. Only English translation of this text; faulty. cites.

Oe G53. Marshall, Sir John H. Mohenjo-daro - General Works and the Indus civilization: being an Official | account of archaeological excavations at

G42. The Vedic age. London, 1951. [The |Mohenjo-daro carried out by the government |

history and culture of the Indian people, of India betwen the years 1922 and 1927. ed. by Ramesh Chandra Majumdar and 3 v. London, 1931. Monumental work by Achut D. Pusalker.] Includes the prehistoric the director of excavations.

, Early History of Asiatic Peoples 109 G54. Mackay, Ernest J. H. Further ex- G67. Keith, Arthur B. The religion and

cavations at Mohenjo-daro: being an official philosophy of the Veda and Upanishads. 2 v. | | account of archaeological excavations car- Cambridge, Mass., 1925. [Harvard oriental | ried out by the government of India between series, 31-32.] Indispensable reference work the years 1927 and 1931. 2 v. Delhi, 1938. for study of the Vedic period.

A thorough study. 7 - G68. Lal, B. B. ‘“‘Protohistoric investiga-

G55. ——. Chanhu-daro’ excavations, tion.” Ancient India, no. 9 (1953): 80-102. 1935-36. New Haven, 1943. Thorough de- Covers the progress made in this field ‘of

scription by director of the expedition. Indic research. |

G56. Sen, Dharani. ‘‘Prehistoric researches G69. Macdonell, Arthur A. Vedic mythol- , in India.” Man in India, 33 (July-Sep. ogy. Strasbourg, 1897. [Grundriss der indo1953): 185-94, Account of recent work. arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde, 3.] G57. Krishnaswami, V. D. “Progress in Not as exhaustive as Hillebrandt; presents prehistory.” Ancient India, no. 9 (1953): different points of view. 53-79, Detailed account of recent work. G70. McCrindle, John W. Ancient India G58. Hunter, Guy G. R. The script of as described by Ktésias the Knidian: being Harappa and Mohenjodaro and its connec- a translation of the abridgement of his tion with other scripts. London, 1934. The “Indika” by Photios, and of the fragments of _

Harappa script has not been deciphered. that work preserved in other writers. LonProblems and-.some of the hypotheses are don, 1882. Ancient natural history of the

included in this work. : Indus region. . G59. Frankfort, Henri. ‘““The Indus civili- G71. ——, tr. The invasion of India by

zation and the Near East.’’ Annual bibliog- Alexander the Great as described by Arrian, raphy of Indian archaeology (Leiden, 1932), Q. Curtius, Diodorus, Plutarch, and Justin. 1-12. Detailed comparison of the findings in 2nd ed., Westminster, 1896. Important source

IndiaMonier-Williams, with early near easternMonier. civilizations. material. |: | G72. Indian epic -——s Wedie India , poetry ... with a full analysis of the Oo _ Ramayana and the Maha-Bharata. London

| — G60. Apte, Vinayak M. Social and reli- | and Edinburgh, 1863. A study based on early gious life in the Grihya-sitras, with brief editions. Will need revision with use of the surveys of social conditions in Vedic litera- Poona edition of the Mahabharata and the

ture (from the Rigveda to the Srauta-siitras) Baroda edition of the Ramayana. | and in early Avestan literature. Ahmedabad, G73. Stein, Sir Mark A. Archaeological 1939. Indispensable for study of ,the late reconnaissances in north-western India and

Vedic period. | south-eastern Iran. London, 1937. Thorough | G61. Bhargava, Purushottam L. “Pre- survey of ancient routes and sites. |

Mauryan history according to the Purdnas.”’ G74, ———. On Alexander’s track to the The Indian historical quarterly, 28 (Sep. Indus: personal narrative of explorations on

| 1952): 232-39. Brief contribution to a little the north-west frontier of India. London, |

explored field of research. , 1929, Ancient sites and routes. G62. Bloomfield, Maurice. The religion of -

the Veda. N.Y., 1908. Still the best account CHINA TO THE UNIFICATION BY

ofG63. the Vedic B.C.)oes | Foote,religious Robert ideas. B. TheCHIN Foote(221 collection of Indian prehistoric and protohistoric Bibliographies, Chronologies, and Guides antiquities. V. 2, Notes on their ages and | — a distribution. Madras, 1916. Valuable for its G75. Goodrich, L. Carrington. “Archaeol-

plates and descriptions of the items. ogy in China: the first decades.” The journal

G64. Hillebrandt, Alfred. Vedische Mytho- of Asian studies, 17 (Nov. 1957): 5-16. -logie. 3 v. Breslau, 1891-1902. The stand- Review of archaeological work in China from

ard, comprehensive work on the subject, the 1920's to the present. although author’s interpretations are not G76. ——. “Antiquity: to the fall of always generally accepted. Shang (ca. 1028 B.c.).”” Harley F. MacNair,

G65. Hopkins, Edward W. The great epic ed., China (Berkeley, 1946), pp. 41-53. _ Of India, its character and origin. N.Y., Earlier summary of Chinese pre-history. | 1901. Standard analysis of the Mahabharata, G77. Kaizuka, Shigeki. Chiigoku kodai based on early editions. The Poona edition shigaku no hatten. [Development of the study

requires a reworking of this study. of ancient Chinese history.] 3rd ed., Tokyo, G66. Kaegi, Adolf. Life in ancient India: 1946. Valuable survey of the status of

studies in Rig Vedic India. Tr. by R. Arrow- studies on early Chinese history as of the end

smith. Calcutta, 1950. Reprint of an earlier of World War II, although Kaizuka has work based on conjectural interpretation of failed to utilize the all-important work on hints in the Rigveda. Suggestive but not the Shang period, Tung Tso-pin, Yin li p’u

exhaustive. : (See G/79).

, 110 Guide to Historical Literature G78. Hu, Hou-hsiian. Wu-shih-nien chia- appearing in stone, bronze, and bone inscripku-hsiieh lun chu mu. [A bibliography of tions are given and an index to all characters the study of shell and bone inscriptions, in the modern form is included. 1899-1949.] Shanghai, 1952. List of 148 G88. Sun, Hai-po. Chia-ku-wen pien. [List books and 728 articles relating to the Shang of characters found in shell-and-bone in-

: period written by over 300 scholars since _ scriptions.] 5 ts’e. Peiping, 1927. Vocabulary

discovery of the remains. oo of 1,006 legible and 1,112 illegible characters G79. Jung, Yiian. Chin-shih shu lu-mu. found in the oracle-bone inscriptions of the

[Bibliography of Chinese archaeology.] Nan- Shang dynasty.

king, 1936. Classified catalog of 977 works G89. Jung, Keng. Chin-wen pien. [List of on archaeology: bronzes, coins, seals, stone, characters found in bronze inscriptions.] Rev. jade, oracle bones, pottery, bamboo and ed., 5 ts’e, Shanghai, 1939. Vocabulary of woden tablets, and works relating to par- 1,382 legible and 924 illegible characters

ticular localities. with 8,001 variant forms found in bronze | G80. Bishop, Carl W. “The chronology of inscriptions of the Shang and Chou dyancient China.” Journal of the American nasties. A supplement, Chin-wen hsii-pien

} Oriental Society, 52 (Sep. 1932): 232-47. (2 ts’e, Shanghai, 1935), includes 951 legible Perhaps few of the conclusions reached by with 6,084 variant forms for the Ch’in and

Bishop can now stand, but the article is Han periods. Both series include careful

illustrative of the problem of chronology in citations of sources and indexes to characters early China. For more recent details.on the in the modern form. Shang period see Tung Tso-pin, Yin li p’u,

mentioned below; and also the follow- Sources and Translations ing. .

G81. Dubs, Homer H. “The date of the G90. Legge, James. The Chinese classics: Shang period.” T’oung pao, 40 (1951): 322~ with a translation, critical and exegetical

| 35 and 42 (1954): 101-05. notes, prolegomena, and copious indexes. 2nd

, rev. ed., 5 v. in 8, Oxford, 1893-95. Reprint, include the four books and part of the thir- _

Paleography and Language , Peiping, 1939. Translations in this series

G82. Couvreur, Séraphin. Dictionnaire teen classics: 1, Confucian analects [Lun vii], classique de la langue chinoise. 3rd ed., The great learning [Ta hsiieh], and The docHsien-hsien, 1911. Especially valuable for its ftrine of the mean [Chung yung]; 2, The specific examples of classical usage. For works of Mencius [Meng-tzu]; 3, The Shoo

other dictionaries see Section O. king [Shu ching], or The book of historical G83. Dobson, W. A. C. H. Late archaic documents; 4, The She king [Shih ching]

' Chinese. Toronto, 1959. Deals with the lan- (Book of poetry); 5, The Ch’un ts’ew [Ch’un]

guage of such classical texts as the Mo-tzu, ch’iu], with The Tso chuen [Tso chuan] Mencius, Chuang-tzu, and Tso-chuan. (Spring and autumn annals, with Tso comClaims to have laid the foundation for a mentary), including specimens of the com-

systematic and scientific study of the gram- mentaries of Kung-yang and Ku-liang. Others

mar of classical Chinese. of the classics translated by Legge, not in-

G84. Karlgren, Bernhard. Philology ‘and cluded in this series, are The Hsiao king ancient China. Oslo, 1926. An important [Hsiao ching] (Book of filial piety) in the

work. Sacred books of the East, v. 3 (1879); The

G85. ——. “On the script of the Chou Yi king [I ching] (Book of changes) in v. dynasty.” Bulletin of the Museum of Far 16 (1882); and The Li ki [Li chi] (CereEastern Antiquities, 8 (1936): 157-81. monial records) in v. 27-28 (1885) of the For other important works on the Chinese same series. The I-li, or Book of etiquette

language by Karlgren see Section O. and ceremonial, is translated by John Steele G86. T’ang, Lan. Ku-wen-tzu-hsiieh tao- (2 v., London, 1917); and the Chou li lun. [An introduction to Chinese paleog- (Rituals of Chou) is translated into French

raphy.] 2 ts’e. Peiping, 1935. Discussion of | by Edouard Biot, Le Tcheou-li, or Rites des the scope, history, and sources for study of Tcheou (3 v. in 2, Paris, 1851). The Erh ya, ancient Chinese writing and on the origin, an early dictionary, the thirteenth classic, principles of construction, and changes of has not been translated.

styles of the Chinese script. A standard French translation of many of G87. Ting, Fu-pao. Shuo-wen chieh-tzu the classics is by Séraphin Couvreur (Ho-

ku-lin. [Collected commentaries on the an- chien-fu and MHsien-hsien, 1895-1916, with

cient etymological dictionary.] 66 ts’e. various later reprints at Hsien-hsien and the Shanghai, 1930-32. Supplement, 16 ts’e, most recent in Paris since 1950). 1935. Collection. of all available com- Other especially important translations in| mentaries on the Shuo-wen, compiled by Hsii- clude the following (G9/-96). Shen about 100 a.D., arranged in the order G91. Waley, Arthur, tr. The book of songs.

of the original dictionary. Ancient forms London and Boston, 1937. :

Early History of Asiatic Peoples | 111 G92. ~-—, tr. The analects of Confucius. classics, v. 5, and by Séraphin Couvreur,

London and N.Y., 1938. Tch’ouen tsiou et Tso tchouan (3 v., Ho-

G93. Soothill, William E., tr. The analects chien-fu, 1914; Paris, 1951). Their historical

of Confucius. Yokohama, 1910. importance and authenticity are discussed in

G94. Karlgren, Bernhard, tr. The book of William Hung’s ‘‘Prolegomena” (in Chinese) decuments and The book of odes. Stock- to this edition; Ssu-ho Ch’i, “Professor Hung

: holm, 1950. ) | on the Ch’un-ch’iu,” Yenching jour. soc. G95. Lyall, L. A., tr. Mencius. London, studies, 1 (June 1938): 49-71; Bernhard 1932, : Karlgren, “On the authenticity and nature of | G96. Wilhelm, Richard, tr. Li Gi: das the Tso-chuan,” Gd6tesborgs . hégskolas

Buch der Sitte des alteren und jungeren Dai. = arsskrift, 32 (1926): 3-65; and Henri Mas| Jena, 1930. pero, “La composition et la date du Tso-

The standard Chinese edition of the thir- tchouan,” Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques, teen classics is the one with commentaries 1 (1931-32): 137-215. See also Everard D.

of Han and T’ang scholars and critical notes H. Fraser and J. H. S. Lockhart, Index to |

by Juan Yiian, published in Nan-chang in the Tso-chuan (London, 1930). | 1815 and reprinted in the Ssu-pu pei-yao G99. Kuo yii [Discourses of the states].

(Shanghai, 1927-36). Concordances to the With commentary by Wei Chao (197-278).

texts of the classics and to quotations in Ssu-pu pei-yao ed., 6 ts’e, Shanghai, 1927. | some of the commentaries are included in . Collection of historical conversations ar-

the Harvard-Yenching Institute Sinological ranged under eight feudal states, covering

index series. about the same period as the Tso-chuan. G97. Shang shu [Shu ching]. [The classic Partly, but inadequately, translated by Charles of history.] With commentaries by K’ung An- de MHarlez as “Koue yii (Discours des kuo, Lu Te-ming, and K’ung Ying-ta,.and royaumes),” pt. 1, in Journal asiatique, 9th

critical notes by Juan Yiian. Nan-chang, ser., 2 (July-Aug. 1893): 373-419 and 3 1815. Reprinted in 6 ts’e in the Su-pu pei- (Jan.-Feb. 1894): 5-91; and pt. 2 as Koue yao, Shanghai, 1927. Probably the most vyii (Louvain, 1895). An index was published

useful edition of the Classic of history, the by the Tohd Bunka Kenkyusho (Kyoto, |

oldest book of Chinese historical documents. 1934). , .

The most recent critical translation is by G100. Chan-kuo ts’e. [Plots of the warring Bernhard Karlgren, The book of documents _ states.] Annotated by Kao Yu (ca. 168-212)

(G94), reprinted from Bulletin of the with amended commentaries by Yao Hung Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities, 22 (ca. 1100-1146) and others. Ssu-pu pei-yao (1950): 1-81. See also v. 20 (1948): 39-315 ed., 6 ts’e, Shanghai, 1927. Collection of and 21 (1949): 63-206 of this publication state documents, anecdotes, and writings of : - for valuable ““Glosses on the Book of docu-. the diplomatic school covering the period |

ments.” Older translations by Legge in The from about 453 to 209 B.c. This edition is | Chinese classics (G90), v. 3, and by arranged under the various states, but an-

Couvreur (Ho-chien-fu, 1897 and MHsien- other (Ssu-pu_ ts’ung-k’an ed., Shanghai, hsien, 1926) are available. A valuable con- 1929) is arranged by chronological order of

cordance with punctuated text and index various passages. Partially translated in

was prepared by Ku Chieh-kang, Shang-shu Franz Hiibotter, Aus den Plinen der kémpf?ung-chien, and published by the Harvard- enden Reiche .. . nebst den entsprechenYenching Institute at Peiping, 1936. For a den biographien . .. des Se-ma Ts’ien (Berdiscussion of the work and the controversies lin, 1912) and in “Tales of the warring kingabout the authenticity of its various books dom,” George Kao, ed., Chinese wit and see Herrlee G. Creel, Studies in early Chinese humor (N.Y., 1946), pp. 47-57. The text is

culture (Baltimore, 1937), pp. 21-96; and indexed in the T’ung-ch’ien series of the Paul Pelliot, ““Le Chou king et le Chang chou Centre d’Etudes Sinologiques de Pekin, Uniche wen,’ Mémoires concernant TAsie — versité de Paris (Peiping, 1948). |

| orientale, v. 2 (Paris, 1916). G101. Chu-shu chi-nien. [The annals of . G98. Ch’un-ch’iu ching chuan yin-te. the bamboo books.] Tr. by James Legge in | [Combined concordance to Ch’un-ch’iu, The Chinese classics (G90), v. 3; and by }

Kung-yang, Ku-liang and Tso-chuan.] Comp. Edouard Biot in the Journal asiatique, 3rd by Hung Yeh and others. 4 v. Peiping, 1937. __ser., 12 (Dec. 1841): 537-78 and 13 (May }

The most useful edition, with punctuated 1842): 381-431. The Bamboo annals is an

texts and complete index, of the Ch’un-ch’iu ancient chronicle covering the period from

(Spring and autumn annals of the state of antiquity to 295 B.c. The translations are

Lu), Tso-chuan, Kung-yang chuan, and Ku- based on the current text, which is generally . liang chuan (the last three works traditionally considered to be a forgery. The original text, considered as different commentaries on the written on bamboo tablets: and discovered

: Ch’un-ch’iu) covering the period 722-468 in 279 a.D. in an ancient tomb, has been lost, B.c. Texts of the Ch’un-ch’iu and Tso-chuan but fragments of it have been reconstructed were translated by Legge in The Chinese by Wang Kuo-wei and are included in his

112 Guide to Historical Literature , Hai-nin Wang Ching-an hsien-sheng i-shu G119. Wilhelm, Richard, tr. Fruhling und

, (Shanghai, 1936), ts’e 3. Herbst des Lii Bu We. Jena, 1928. ,

: G102. Ssu-Ma, Chien. [Shih-chi.] Les G120. Forke, Anton. “The Chinese

mémoires historiques de Sema Ts’ien. Tr. by | sophists.” Journal North China Branch of Edouard Chavannes. 5 v. in 6. Paris, 1895~- the Royal Asiatic Society, 34 (1901-02): 1I1905. Translation by a great French sinolo- 100.

gist of the first 47 chapters of the first great Concordances, accompanying the text, to : comprehensive history of China, covering Chuang Tzu, Mo Tzu, and Hsii Tzu are in-

| the period to about 99 B.c. Best edition in cluded in the Harvard-Yenching Institute Chinese is the one with the collected com- Sinological index series.

mentaries of Pei Yin (5th century), Ssu- G121. Ch’u tz’u [Elegies of Ch’u] Anno| ma Cheng (8th century), and Chang Shou- tated by Wang I (d. 158 a.p.) and Hung Hsingchieh (8th century) and punctuated with tsu (1090-1155). Ssu-pu pei-yao ed., 6 ts’e, critical notes by Takigawa Kametaro, under Shanghai, 1927. Anthology of early poems, | the title Shih-chi hui-chu k’ao-cheng (10 v., including the Li sao, attributed to Ch’ti Ytian

Tokyo, 1934). (ca. 338-288 B.c.), and imitations of those |

G103. Erh-shih-erh tzu. [Twenty-two phi- poems by later writers. The Li sao was losophers.] Ed. by Chang Yii. Hangchow, translated by James Legge, “The Li sao

1874-77. Reprinted in the Ssu-pu pei-yao, in poem and its author,” Journal of the Royal Shanghai, under separate titles. A collection Asiatic Society (July 1895): 571-99; Lim of writings of ancient Chinese philosophers. Boon Keng, The Li sao: an elegy on enPhilosophical works in translation, aside countering sorrows (Shanghai, 1929); and

from those under the classics, include the Yang MHsien-yi and Gladys Yang, Li sao |

a following (G104-120). | and other poems of Chu Yuan (Peking,

: G104. Waley, Arthur, tr. The way and its 1953). A complete translation is David

power. London, 1934. Both a study of Hawkes, Ch’u tz’u: the songs of the south Taoism and a translation of the Tao te ching (Oxford, 1959). See also G208. |

[Lao Tzu]. G122. Shan-hai ching. [Classic of moun-

' ~ G105. Duyvendak, Jan J. L., tr. and ed. tains and rivers.] With commentaries by Kuo

| Tao té king. French ed. with revised Chinese P’o (276-324) and Hao I-hsing (1757-1825).

, text, Paris, 1953; English ed., London, Ssu-pu pei-yao ed., 4 ts’e, Shanghai, 1933.

1954. : An early work of geography and mythology,

| Gi06. Legge, James, tr. “The writings of probably produced in the Chou dynasty. Kwang-zze” Chuang Tzu. Sacred books of There are several incomplete translations,

the east, v. 39-40. London, 1891. | including Otto Manchen-Helfen’s ‘‘The later G107. Giles, H. A., tr. Chuang Tzu. 2nd books of the Shan-hai king,” Asia Major,

ed., Shanghai, 1926. | 1 (1924): 550-86. It is indexed in the T’ung :

| G108. Fung [Feng], Yu-lan, tr. and ed. Chien series of Centre d’Etudes Sinologiques

Chuang Tzu. Shanghai, 1931. de Pekin, Université de Paris (Peiping, G109. Giles, Lionel, tr. Taoist teachings 1948).

pe the book of Lieh Tzu. London, General Works G110. Forke, Anton, tr. Yang Chu’s gar- G123. Creel, Herrlee G. The birth of

: den of pleasure. London, 1912, _ China. London, 1936; N.Y., 1937. Although G111. Morgan, Evan, tr. and ed. Tao, the no longer up-to-date, this is by all odds the

great luminant: essays from Huai-nan-tzu. best general account of the beginning of

London, 1935. Chinese civilization from the Stone Age

G112. Mei, Yi-pao, tr. The ethical and through the Shang and early Chou periods political works of Motse. London, 1929. to about 770 B.c.

| G113. Forke, Alfred, tr. and ed. Me Ti G124. Lii, Ssu-mien. Hsien-Ch’in shih. des Sozialethikers und seiner Schiller philo- [History of the pre-Ch’in period.] Shanghai,

| sophische Werke. Berlin, 1922. 1941. Covers the history of China to 221 B.c. G114. Dubs, Homer H., tr. The works of G125. Ku, Chieh-kang, and others, eds.

| Hsimtze. London, 1928. , Ku shih pien. [A symposium on ancient G115. Duyvendak, Jan J. L., tr. The book Chinese history.] 7 v. in 10. Peiping and

of Lord Shang. London, 1928. Shanghai, 1927-41. Collection of critical

G116. Liao, W. K., tr. and ed. The com- studies by modern historians of ancient : plete works of Han Fei Tzu. V. 1. London, Chinese history and historical materials. The

1939. authenticity of ancient literatures is discussed

G117. Maverick, Lewis, ed. T’an Po-fu and controversial opinions are represented. and Wen Kung-wen, trs. Selections from the The preface to v. 1 by Ku Chieh-kang is

Kuan-tzu. Carbondale, Ill., 1954. translated by Arthur W. Hummel, The auto-

G118. Giles, Lionel, tr. and ed. Sun Tzu = biography of a Chinese historian (Leiden,

on the art of war. London, 1910. 1931). V. 7 includes a monograph, “An _

Early History of Asiatic Peoples 113 — introduction to ancient Chinese history,” by period of ancient Chinese history.] Shanghai,

Yang K’uan. 1943. Attempts to interpret some of the G126. Consten, E. von Erdberg. Das alte legends in Chinese literary sources, such as

| China. Stuttgart, 1958. Recent summary ac- the primitive national groups, deluge, eclipse :

count of early Chinese history. of the Hsia, five emperors, and myths before G127. Maspero, Henri. La Chine antique. the Yellow Emperor.

Paris, 1927. Rev. ed., 1955. As much so- G139. Kuo, Mo-jo. Chung-kuo ku-tai she-

: ciological as historical, it is probably hui yen-chiu. [A study of ancient Chinese

the most widely used general history and society.] Rev. ed., Shanghai, 1947. First edianalysis of Chinese civilization to 221 B.c. tion appeared in 1930 as the earliest attempt Completed just before the great archaeologi- to interpret ancient Chinese society with cal discoveries revolutionized knowledge of Marxist theories. The author brings up many

early China, its early parts are now com- new points from both archaeological and pletely out of date and many of its later literary sources, but sometimes makes hasty conclusions and generalizations are either too conclusions without sufficient evidence. | precise of sweeping. Nevertheless, an indis- G140. Wittfogel, Karl A. “The society of :

pensable book. . : prehistoric China.” Zeitschrift fir SozialG128. ——.:Mélanges posthumes sur les forschung, 8 (1939): 138-86. This and the religions et Phistoire de la Chine. 3 v. Paris, three following works present particularizéd

1950. [1, Les religions chinoises; 2, Le theories which are suggestive rather than

Taoisme; 3, Etudes historiques.] Valuable definitive.

studies by a great French scholar. V. 2 G141. ——. “The foundations and stages

: | should be read along with H. G. Creel, of Chinese economic history.” Zeitschrift “What is Taoism?” Jour. Am. Oriental Soc., fir Sozialforschung, 4 (1935): 26-60.

76 (July-Sep. 1956): 139-52. G142,. ——. “Die theorie der orientalischen

G129. ——. “Légendes mythologiques _ gesellschaft.” Zeitschrift fiir Sozialforschung,

dans le Chou king.” Journal asiatique, 204 7 (1938): 90-122. _ |

(Jan.-Mar. 1924): 1-100. | G143. -——. Oriental despotism. New

G130. Hirth, Friedrich. The ancient his- Haven, 1957. | :

tory of China to the end of the Chou G144. Eberhard, Wolfram. Lokalkulturen

dynasty. N.Y., 1908. Critical account of in alten China. 2 v. Leiden and Peking, 1942—

early Chinese history prior to the great 43. These two volumes expand his ideas on - archaeological studies. Now antiquated in “Early Chinese cultures and their develop- _

many respects. | ment, a working hypothesis,” Annual report

G131. Granet, Marcel. La_ civilisation of the Smithsonian Institution (Washington,

chinoise. Paris, 1929. English tr.. London and 1937). These works are suggestive, but go N.Y., 1930. This and the six following ~. beyond available facts.

works present Granet’s Durkheimian inter- G145. Siren, Osvald. A history of early pretations of Chinese history and society. Chinese art. V. 1, The prehistoric and preHis conclusions are often either too sweep- Han periods. London, 1929. A_ standard

ing or too precise. / work, well illustrated.

G132. ——. La religion des Chinois. Paris, G146. Bodde, Derk. “‘Feudalism in China.” 1922. : ‘Rushton Coulborn, ed., Feudalism in history : G133. ——. La pensée chinoise. Paris, (Princeton, 1956), pp. 49-92. Well-balanced

1934. | discussion.

G134, ———. Etudes sociologiques sur la G147. Ch’en, Wen-t’ao. Hsien-Ch’in tzu- |

Chine. Paris, 1953. jan-hsiieh kai-lun. [Introduction to the study

G135. ——. La féodalité chinoise. Oslo, of the natural sciences in the pre-Ch’in

1952, period.] Shanghai, 1933. Survey of contribu- _

G136. ———. Fétes et chansons anciennes tions to astronomy, mechanics, optics, acous- |

de la Chine. Paris, 1919. 2nd ed., 1929. tics, biology, physiology, engineering, agri- ,

English tr. by Evangeline D. Edwards, Lon- culture, and natural study. © | :

don and N.Y., 1932. Essentially a transla- G148. -Maspero, Henri. “L’astronomie tion and interpretation of the Book of poetry _chinoise avant les Han.” T’oung pao, 26 [Shih ching]. This and the following work (1928-29): 265-356. Good account of are pioneer sociological interpretations of astronomy in early China. See also the folearly Chinese society based on early legends _ lowing.

- and songs which are often too sweeping and G149. Chatley, Herbert. “Ancient Chinese overdrawn, but nevertheless stimulating and astronomy.’ Royal Astronomical Society oc-

suggestive. — casional notes, 5 (1939): 65-74.

G137. ——. Danses et légendes de la G150. Dubs, Homer H. “The beginnings Chine ancienne. 2 v. Paris, 1926. of Chinese astronomy.” Journal of the Amer-

G138. Hsii, Ping-ch’ang. Chung-kuo ku- ican Oriental Society, 78 (Oct-Dec. 1958):

shih ti ch’uan-shuo shih-tai. [The legendary 295-300. ,

114 : Guide to Historical Literature G151. Eberhard, Wolfram. “Neuere chines- Rudolph, Jour. Asian studies, 17 (Nov. - ische und japanische Arbeiten zur altchines- 1957): 116. ischen Astronomie.” Asia Major, 9 (1933):

592-611. ‘The Bronze Age of Shang and Early Chou

Early Man and the Stone Age _ G161. Li, Chi. The beginnings of Chinese ] civilization. Seattle, 1957. Brief but up-toG152. Pei, Wen-chung. Chung-kuo shih- date account illustrated by material from ch’ien shih-ch’i chih yen-chiu. [A study of |An-yang (the Shang capital), by one of the prehistoric period of China.] Shanghai, China’s greatest archaeologists.

| 1948. Comprehensive study of. the paleolithic G162. Cheng, Te-k’un. ‘The origin and

and neolithic periods of China as generalized development of Shang culture.” Asia Major, , from discoveries and researches during the 6 (July 1957): 80-98. Summary of latest

last twenty or thirty years. studies on the Shang period, including those -G153. Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre. Early made in Communist China. :

man in Chima. Peking, 1941. [Institut de Géo- G163. Tung, Tso-pin. An interpretation of

| _ biologie, Publications, 7.] Best general ac- the ancient Chinese civilization. Taipei, 1952. count as of 1941. Expanded, especially in Brief but substantial summary of the instirégard to technical details, in his Fossil men tutions, modes of life, religion, sciences, and

(Peking, 1943). arts of the Shang dynasty, translated from

G154, Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre, and an article which appeared in the Ta-lu tsaWen-chung Pei. Le néolithique de la Chine. chih [Continent magazine], 3 (1951). Peking, 1944. [Institut de Géo-biologie, Pub- G164. Creel, Herrlee G. Studies in early lications, 10.] General survey of China’s Chinese culture. Baltimore, 1937. Basic and neolithic period as understood in the early scholarly; deals with problem of the Hsia

1940’s. dynasty and various questions of the Shang G155. Andersson, Johan G. Children of period.

the yellow earth: studies in prehistoric G165. Ferguson, John C. Li-tai chu-lu | China. Tr. by E. Classen. London, 1934. chi-chin mu. [Catalog of recorded bronzes Popular account of early archaeological dis- of sucessive dynasties.] .Ch’ang-sha, 1939.

coveries in China by a Swedish geologist who Classified catalog of bronze objects as .

was a prominent participant. | | recorded in some eighty different Chinese

G156. ——. “Researches into the pre- works on archaeology published before 1935, history of the Chinese.” Bulletin of the Mu- together with transcribed inscriptions and seum of Far Eastern Antiquities, 15 (1943): sources.

1~304. A basic study on the neolithic culture G166. Hsia, Nai, and others, eds. Hui-

of China. For continued studies by Anders- hsien fa-chiieh pao-kao. [Report on excavason see the Bulletin, nos. 17 (1945) and 19 tions at Hui-hsien, Honan.] Peking, 1956. (1947). See also the review by W. C. Pei, Recent excavations of five sites relating to Quarterly bulletin of Chinese bibliography, the periods of Shang, Chan-kuo, and Han,

n.s. 7 (1947): 1. under auspices of the Institute of Archeol- .

G157. Wu, D. G. Prehistoric pottery in| ogy, Academia Sinica, Peking in 1950-52. China. London, 1938. Important early study G167. Hu, Hou-hsiian. Yin-hsii fa-chueh. dealing with the black pottery discoveries [Excavations of the Shang ruins.] Shanghai,

among others. , 1955. Comprehensive account of the excavaG158. Academia Sinica, Institute of His- tions at An-yang, Cheng-chou, and Wei-hui

tory and Philology. Ch’eng-tzu-yai: the in Honan, and at other sites in Shantung _ ]

black pottery culture site of Lung-shan-chen and Hopei provinces, covering the fifteen | | in Li-ch’eng-hsien, Shantung province. Tr. by expeditions of Academia Sinica and other - Kenneth Starr. Ed. by Chi Li and others. undertakings after 1949. | New Haven, 1956. [Yale University publica- G168. ———. Chia ku hsiieh shang shih lun tions in anthropology, 52.] First important ts’ung. [Collected studies of the bone inscripaccount of a black pottery site. The original tions and the history of the Shang dynasty.] of this work appeared in Chinese with Eng- 1st-3rd series, 7 ts’e, Chengtu, 1944-45. Collish summary in 1934. Notes, explanations, lection of essays on the family system, reli- ~ and a bibliography have been added by the _ gion, climate, agriculture, and other subjects —

translator. relating to the Shang dynasty, based on interG159. Liang, S. Y. “The Lungshan culture: pretation of the oracle-bone inscriptions. a prehistoric phase of Chinese civilization.” Includes bibliography of the study of bone Quarterly bulletin of Chinese bibliography, inscriptions, which has been revised and re-

1 (Sep. 1940): 251-62. } published in Shanghai, 1952. See G78. -

G160. Cheng, Te-k’un. Archaeological G169. Jung, Keng. Shang-chou i-ch’i

studies in Szechwan. Cambridge, Eng., 1957. t’ung-k’ao. [The bronzes of Shang and Chou.]

Largest parts deal with prehistoric sites, 2 v. Peiping, 1941. Comprehensive study of stone implements, pottery, ete. Review, R. €. the types, dating, inscriptions, motifs, rub-

| Early History of Asiatic Peoples 415 bing, etc. of Chinese bronzes, with discus- sist of objects preserved in foreign collec- |

sions of the various kinds of vessels and tions, and include oracle bones, weapons, _

musical instruments. tools, bronze vessels, moulds, pottery, marble, .

G170. Karlgren, Bernhard. “Yin and Chou jade, and stone. in Chinese bronzes.” Bulletin of the Museum G182. White, William C. Bronze culture of Far Eastern Antiquities, 8 (1936): 9-154. of ancient China: an archaeological study of This and the following article are important bronze objects from northern Honan, dating

on early Chinese bronzes. _ from about 1400 B.C.-771 B.C. Toronto,

G171. ——. “New studies on Chinese 1956. bronzes.” Bulletin of the Museum of Far G183. ——. Bone culture of ancient China. |

Eastern Antiquities, 9 (1937): 1-117. Toronto, 1945. | G172. Yetts, Walter P. The Cull collection G184. Wu, Tse. Ku-tai shih: Yin-tai nu-li-

of Chinese bronzes. London, 1939. chih she-hui shih. [The history of antiquity: G173. Wenley, Archibald, and others. A a history of the slave society of the Yin ; descriptive and _ illustrative catalogue of dynasty.] Shanghai, 1949. New ed., 1953.

Chinese bronzes. Washington, 1946. A leftist interpretation which assembles a G174. Kuo, Mo-jo. Liang-chou chin-wen- mass of material without successfully demon-

tz’u ta-hsi. [Collection of bronze inscriptions strating that the Shang period was domiof the western and eastern Chou dynasties.] nantly a slave society. See review, H. S. 8 v. Tokyo, 1935. Contains 5 v. of illustra- Levy, Jour. Asian studies, 16 (Nov. 1956):

tions and Creel, 3 v. of critical studies. 122. G175. Herrlee G. “Bronze

inscrip- ,

tions of the western Chou dynasty as his- Later Chou Period torical documents.” Journal of the American Oriental Society, 56 (Sep. 1936): 335-49. G185. T’ung, Shu-i. Ch’un-ch’iu shih. [HisG176. Li, Chi, and others, eds. An-yang tory of the spring and autumn _ period.] fa-chiieh pao-kao. [Preliminary reports of Shanghai, 1946. Covers the period 722-468 . excavations at An-yang.] 4 v. Peiping, 1929- _—_B.c

| 35. Earliest detailed reports on excavations G186. Yang, K’uan. Chan-kuo shih. [His-

at this Shang capital. , tory of the warring states.] Shanghai, 1955. |

} G177. Loehr, Max. Chinese Bronze Age General treatise on political, social, and weapons: the Werner Jannings collection in| economic history and institutions of the

the Chinese National Palace Museum, Pe- period (453-221 B.c.), with valuable chapking. Ann Arbor, 1956. Catalog of Shang ters on industry, commerce, and land sys| and Chou bronze weapons, with descriptions, tem, and detailed documentation.

illustrations, and plates: A long introduc- G187. Walker, Richard L. The multi-state | tion discusses the various weapons and prob- system of ancient China. Hamden, Conn., ee

lems of their origin and dating. 1954. Relations between feudal states of the G178. Menzies, J. M. Oracle records from late Chou period. a

the waste of Yin. Shanghai, 1917. Early ac- Gi88. Soothill, William E. The hall of count of the oracle bones, by one of the light: a study of early Chinese kingship. discoverers of the famous Shang site. London, 1951. The ancient Chinese instituGi79. Tung, Tso-pin. Yin li p’u. [The tion, the ming-t’ang, and the sacrificial

chronology of the Shang dynasty.] 4 ts’e. rituals connected with it. ,

Li-chuang, 1945. Introduction to the Shang G189. Karlgren, Bernhard. “Legends and calendar, chronology, and institutions as cults in ancient China.” Bulletin of the Mu| generalized from many related fragments of seum of Far Eastern Antiquities, 18 (1946): bone inscriptions and other materials, by the 199-365. Important study by a great Swedish

leading authority on. the subject. ~ Siologist.

G1890. Tung, Tso-pin, and others. Yin-hsii G190. Hsii, Chung-shu. “Ching-t’ien chih-

wen-tzu. [Oracle bone inscriptions of the tu t’an-yuan.” [A study of the Ching-t’ien Shang.] Ist-2nd series, 4 v., Shanghai and system.] Chung-kuo wen-hua yen chiu huiTaipei, 1948-53. [Archaeologica sini¢a.] The k’an. [Bulletin of Chinese studies.] 4 (1944):

first two series contain 21,034 oracle bone 121-56. Valuable study of the ancient wellinscriptions excavated by Academia Sinica field system of agriculture. « during fifteen expeditions between 1928 and G191. Read, Thomas T. “Chinese iron:

1936. A third series (pt. 1, Taipei, 1957), a puzzle.” Harvard journal of Asiatic studies, |

edited by Chang Ping-ch’tian, consisting of 2 (Dec. 1937): 398-407. Discusses the prob-

published. | China.

reconstructions from broken pieces, is being lem of when iron began to be used in

G181. Umehara, Sueji. Kanan anyo iho. G192. White, William C. Tombs of old [Selected ancient treasures found at An- lLo-yang. Shanghai, 1934. Deals with mayang, Yin sites.] Kyoto, 1940. Collection of terials, principally from the later Chou plates, with an introduction to the ancient period, which generally were not scientifically

relics of the Shang dynasty. The plates con- excavated. :

, 116 , Guide to Historical Literature G193. ———. Tomb tile pictures of ancient period. Tr. by L. T. Chen. London, 1930.

China. Toronto, 1939. Important early study, now somewhat

G194. Umehara, Sueji. Raku-yo kin-son antiquated so far as dating is concerned, kobo shuei. [Selected relics from the ancient which emphasizes the political aspects of

, tombs of Chin-ts’un, Loyang, Honan.] early Chinese thought. Kyoto, 1937. Collection of plates with a G205. Mei, Yi-pao. Mo Tse... the negstudy of the bronzes, lacquer, sculptures, lected rival of Confucius. London, 1934. '- mirrors, jewelry, jade, etc. dating from the The life and times of Mo Ti.

late Chou period. : G206. Richards, Ivor A. Mencius on the

| Gi95. Ch’ang-sha fa-chiieh pao-kao. [Re- mind: experiments in multiple definitions. port of the excavation in Ch’ang-sha.] Comp. London, 1932.

by Institute of Archaeology, Academia Sinica. G207. Waley, Arthur. Three ways of Peking, 1957. Field report on excavation of thought in ancient China. London, 1939. An various sites at Ch’ang-sha in 1951, relating important work dealing with Chuang Tzu, primarily to the Warring States and Han Mencius, and the Legalists.

| periods. G208. ———. The nine songs: a study of G196. Ch’ien, Mu. Hsien-Ch’in chu-tzu shamanism in ancient China. N.Y., 1955. | hsi-nien. [Chronological studies of the pre- Translation and interpretation of nine songs

| Ch’in philosophers.] 2nd ed., 2 v., Hong from the Elegies of Ch’u (Ch’u tzu) of ~ Kong, 1957. Critical studies of the dates of about the 3rd century B.c.

various ancient Chinese philosophers. | _ GIT. Creel, ene Confucius: the JAPAN TO THE INTRODUCTION yth. G. N.Y., 1949; London, 1951. Thorough scholarship, but somewhat OF BUDDHISM (552 A.D.) | controversial in that it emphasizes Confucius Bibliographies and Aids

- aS a precursor of democracy.

G198. ———. Chinese thought: from Con- G209. Beardsley, Richard K. “Japan be-

: fucius to Mao Tse-tung. Chicago, 1953; fore history: a survey of the archaeological

London, 1954. Larger part relates to the record.” The far eastern quarterly, 14 (May early period, and is the most readable and 1955): 317-46. Discussion of recent archae-

| dependable short account of early Chinese ological work in Japan which brings his thought available in a western language. more general bibliography (G/) up to date. . G199. Dubs, Homer H. Hsiintze . . . the G210. Nakaya, Jiujir6. Catalogue of works moulder of ancient Confucianism. London, _ relating to the Stone Age in Japan (in for-

1927. Deals. with life and times of Hstin Tzu, eign languages), 1868-1927. Tokyo, n.d. Brief

the last of the great early Confucians. bibliography published by the AnthropologiG200. Forke, Alfred. Geschichte der altern cal Institute of Tokyo Imperial University.

chinesischen Philosophie. Hamburg, 1927. G211. Sieffert, René. “Etudes d’ethnoStandard German work on early Chinese’ graphie japonaise.” Bulletin de la Maison

— thought. Franco-Japonaise, n.s. 2 (1952): 7-110. G201. Fung [Feng], Yu-lan. A history of Selected bibliography of works in Japanese,

Chinese philosophy. V. 1. Tr. by Derk well-chosen and with excellent descriptive

: } Bodde. 2nd ed., Princeton, 1952. Most annotations.

: thorough account of early Chinese thought G212. Groot, Gerard. ‘Archaeological

available. This volume covers period to activities in Japan since August 15, 1945.” about 100 B.c. First appeared in Chinese American anthropologist, n.s. 50 (Jan.-Mar.

. under title Chung-kuo che-hsiieh shih 1948): 166-71. | (Shanghai, 1931). | G213. Batchelor, John. ‘“‘Helps to the study

G202. Hu, Shih. Chung-kuo che-hsiieh of ancient place names in Japan.” Trans-

shih ta-kang. [An outline history of Chinese actions of the Asiatic Society of Japan, 2nd philosophy.] Shanghai, 1919. 15th ed., 1930. ser. 6 (1929): 52-102. Standard work by a Somewhat older account than Fung’s which pioneer student.

differs considerably with him on various SO points of fact and interpretation. For a Ethnology and Language statement of some of its main ideas see Hu’s |

Ph.D. dissertation at Columbia (1917), pub- G214. Matsumoto, Nobuhiro. Le Japonais lished under the title The development of _ et les langues austroasiatiques: étude de vothe logical method in ancient China (Shang- cabulaire comparé. Paris, 1928. Contains

hai, 1922). | useful summary of theories about Japanese G203. Hughes, Ernest R., ed. and tr. affinities. | Chinese philosophy in classical times. Lon- G215. Chamberlain, Basil H., and M. > don and N.Y., 1942. Handy and generally Ueda. “‘A vocabulary of the most ancient sound account of early Chinese thought. words of the Japanese language.” TransacG204,. Liang, Ch’i-ch’ao. History of Chi- tions of the Asiatic Society of Japan, 16

nese political thought during the early Tsin (1889): 225-85. SO oo

Early History of Asiatic Peoples 117 G216. Chamberlain, Basil H. “The lan- General Works

guage, mythology and geographical nomen-— vege cen ot. | : , clature of Japan viewed in the light of Aino G27, Aston, William G. “Early Japanese studies.” Memoirs of the Literature College history.” Transactions of the Asiatic Society , (Tokyo. Imperial University), 1 (1887): of Japan, 16 (1889): 39-75. Pioneer study

1-75. Important monograph. on ancient chronology, now superseded by

G217. Hasebe, Gonjin. Nihon minzoku no _Gaspardone and by Groot. 7 eee seiritsu. [The establishment of the Japanese G28. Bishop, Carl W. “The historical

people.] Tokyo, 1949. geography of early Japan. Geographical

G218. Kiyono, Kenji. Kojinkotsu ni moto- "eVview, 13 (Jan. 1923): 40-63, Penetrating zuku Nihonjin no jinshugaku teki Kenkya. discussion of racial and cultural origins.

[An ethnological study of the Japanese G229. Gaspardone, Emile. La chrono-

people based on ancient skeletal remains.] ‘ogie ancienne du Japon.” Journal asiatique, Tokyo, 1949. An account by the foremost 230 (Apr.-June 1938): 235-77. Critical study

advocate of the theory that the Japanese or the complex problem of early Japanese , people evolved on the Japanese islands, such CHLONOO8Y. 7 evolution being more important than influ- _ G230. Groot, Gerard. “An essay on early ences from outside the islands. | Japanese history.” Transactions of the AsiG219. Matsumoto, H. “Notes on the atic Society of Japan, 3rd ser. 1 (1948): 24—

Stone Age people of Japan.” American 46. Deals with problem of chronology. _ : anthropologist, n.s. 23 (Jan.-Mar. 1921): 50- G231. Kobayashi, Yukio. Nihon kéko-, 76. Analysis of Stone Age skeletal remains, %#ku gaisetsu. [Introduction to the archaeG220. Nishioka, Hideo, and W. Egbert ology of Japan.] Tokyo, 1951. Probably the Schenck. “An outline of theories concern- ™OSt convenient survey of the work of Jap aing the prehistoric people of Japan.” Amer- ese archaeologists. Presents detailed descrip-

ican anthropologist, ns. 39 (Jan-Mar. [tions of the life of the Jomon, Yayoi, and

: 1937): 23-33. | tomb periods. The author, ‘a leading disciple : G221. Origuchi, Shinobu. Kodai kenkyii. of Hamada Kosaku, is cited as an example |

[Studies of antiquity.] 3 v. Tokyo, 1954. of the Hamada school. tae ey ge

[Origuchi Nobuo zenshi, 31.] Studies of the G232. Shiratori, Kurakichi, Shindai shi no mythological record from the ethnological Shinkenkyi. [New studies of the history of

point of view. } the Mythological Age.] Tokyo, 1954. Critical

interpretations of the myths contained in - :. the Kojiki and Nihonshoki. A collection of Sources and Translations pioneering articles originally published be-

. ay . fore World War. II. .

gn or ona aie Basil H., tr Transia- "233. Tsuda, Sokichi. Nihon koten no

cient matters.” 2nd ed., Kobe, 1932. Careful kenkyi. [Studies of ancient Japanese classics. ] translation of a very important early histori- 2 V- Tokyo, 1948-50. Contains the majority

cal text. First edition appeared in Transac- Of Tsuda’s now famous critical studies of tions of the Asiatic Society of Japan, 10 such works as the Kojiki and Nihonshoki.

(1882), supplement. G234. Umehara, Sueji. Nihon kékogaku

G223. Kinoshita, Iwao. Koziki. Aelteste Yonk0. [Essays on Japanese archaeology.] japanische Reichsgeschichte. 2 v. Tokyo, Tokyo, 1940. Collected articles by the lead1940. V. 1 includes the original text and an (28 figure in the Kyoto. school. Especially

index; v. 2, transliteration in Roman letters, $004 on bronze relics of the tomb

and name and item glossary. _ period.

G224. Aston, William G., tr. Nihongi: :

chronicles of Japan from the earliest times Neolithic Period

to A.D. 697. 2 v. London, 1896. [Transactions and proceedings of the Japan Society, G235. Groot, Gerard J. The prehistory of

- London, suppl. 1.] Careful translation with Japan. Ed. by Bertram S. Kraus. N.Y., 1951. OO commentary of the first official history of Best survey in a western language, by a |

Japan. | scholar and practical fieldworker. Contains

G225. Florenz, Karl. Japanische Mytho- valuable bibliography of Japanese and west- logie: Nihongi, “Zeitalter der Gotter.” Tokyo, ern works.

1901. Contains annotated translation of G236. Haguenauer, Charles. Origines de la ,

first five chapters of this basic early histori- civilisation japonaise: introduction a Vétude | cal text and sections of the Kojiki, Kijiki, de préhistoire du Japon. Paris, 1956. Devotes

and Fudoki. | much attention to linguistic evidence. AddiG226. ———. Die historischen Quellen der tional volumes planned.

Shinto-Religion aus dem Altjapanischen und G237. ——. “Notions d’archéologie ja- — Chinesischen. Leipzig, 1919. Contains trans- ponaise.’’ Bulletin Maison Franco-Japonaise,

lations, with notes, of passages from the 3 (1931): 1-74. Earlier survey of the neo-

Kojiki, Nihongi, and Kogoshii. lithic period.

118 Guide to Historical Literature G238. Hitchcock, Romyn. ‘“‘The ancient G251. Torii, R. “Etudes archéologiques pit dwellers of Yezo, Japan.” Annual report et ethnologiques: les Ainou des Iles Kouof the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian __riles.” Imperial University of Tokyo, Journal Institution for the year ending June 30, 1890, of the College of Science, 42 (1919): 1-337.

pp. 417-27. Principal study of the Ainu of the Kuriles,

G239. ——. “The Ainos of Yezo, Japan.” by a distinguished pioneer Japanese anthro- _

Annual report of the Board of Regents of _ pologist. |

the Smithsonian Institution for the year end- ‘G252. Yawata, Ichird. Nihonshi no reimei.

ing June 30, 1890, pp. 429-500. . [The dawn of Japanese history.] Tokyo, | G240. Kidder, J. Edward, Jr. The Jomon 1953. Careful study of the Jomon and Yayoi pottery of Japan. Ascona, Switz., 1957. Lat- cultures, the relationship between them, and _ est and most complete study in a western the nature of continental influence. a language of the oldest neolithic pottery of

, Japan. Well illustrated. See also his Japan Dawn of History: The Dolmen Age

before Buddhism (London and York, 1959). G253. Conrady, A. “Zu derNew Frage nach

G241. Morse, Edward S. Shell mounts of Alter und Herkunft der sog. Japanischen | Omori. Tokyo, 1879. Account of the first Dolmen.” Ostasiatische Zeitschrift, 4 (Jan.excavation of a Japanese prehistoric site. . Mar. 1916): 229-47,

: G242.. Munro, Neil G. Prehistoric Japan. G254. Daifuku, Hiroshi: “The early culYokohama, 1908. Now outdated, but still tures of the island of Kyushu, Japan.”

the most comprehensive study. Southwestern journal of anthropology, 5 G243. Nakaya, Jiujiro. “Contribution a (autumn 1949): 253-71. étude de la civilisation néolithique du G255. Gots, Morikazu. Nihon kodai

Japon, touchant particuligrement les do- bunka kenkyii. [Studies of ancient Japanese maines de distribution et de civilisation.’ culture.] Tokyo, 1937. Articles on the tomb | Revue des arts asiatiques, 6 (1929-30): 151— culture of Japan from the point of view of |

67. the Tokyo school.

G244. ——-. “L’influence des civilisations G256. Gowland, W. “The burial mounds continentales sur l’Age de Pierre au Japon.” and dolmens of the early emperors of Japan.” Revue des arts asiatiques, 7 (1931-33): 141— Journal of Royal Anthropological Institute

55, of Great Britain and Ireland, 37 (Jan.-June

| G245. ——. “Figurines néolithiques au 1907): 10-46.

| Japon.” Documents: archéologie, beaux-arts, G257. ——. “The dolmens and _ burial 7 -ethnographie, variétés, 2 (1930): 25-32. mounds in Japan.’ Archaeologie, 5 (1897): | G246. Ohyama, Kashiwa. “Korekawa- 439-524. Funde von Korekawa, eine characterischen G258. Hashimoto, Masukichi. Téyéshi jd steinzeitlichen Station von Kame-ga-oka yori mitaru Nihon jékoshi kenkya. [Ancient Typus der Nord-Ost J6mon-Kultur.” Shizen- Japan studied in the light of far eastern gaku Zasshi, 2 (1930): E 11-41. Scholarly history.] Tokyo, 1956. Critical study of presentation with a general introduction on Chinese documents relating to ancient Japan.

divisions of the Jamon culture. One of.the best treatments of the “Yamadai G247. ——. “Yayoi-Kultur: eine prahis- problem.” —

torische Kultur der japanischen Inseln.” G259. Morimoto, Rokuji. “L’Age du

Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Vélker- Bronze au Japon et l’expansion de la civili-

kunde Ostasiens, Jubilaums band, v. 1 Sation des Han vers lest.’ Revue des arts

(Tokyo, 1933), pp. 127-34. asiatiques, 8 (1934): 65-76.

G248. Sansom, G. B. “An outline of re- G260. Saits, Tadashi. Nihon kéko gaku cent Japanese archaeological research in zukan. [Japanese archaeological illustraKorea in its bearing on early Japanese his- tions.] Tokyo, 1955. tory.” Transactions of the Asiatic Society of G261. Suematsu, Yasukazu. “Japan’s relaJapan, 2nd ser. 6 (1929): 5-19. Short but tions with the Asian continent and the Koimportant summary of Japanese theories. rean peninsula (before 950 a.D.).” Journal

G249. Schnell, Ivar. “Prehistoric finds of world history, 4. (1958): 671-87. Valufrom the island world of the Far East.” able account representing the most recent

Bulletin of the Museum of far eastern an- = scholarship on the subject. |

tiquities, 4 (1932): 15-104. Valuable as a G262. Takahashi, Kenji. “Bronze culture | summary, but not sufficiently based on con- of ancient Japan.” Proceedings of 3rd Pan-

temporary Japanese studies. | Pacific Science Congress (Tokyo), 2 (1926):

| G250. Sternberg, Leo. “The Ainu prob- 2499-2513.

lem.” Anthropos, 24 (Sep.-Dec. 1929): 755- G263. Wedemeyer, André. Japanische | 99, A thought-provoking article on the pos- _Friihgeschichte: Untersuchungen zur Chronosible relations of the Ainu with southern logie und territorial Verfassung von Alt- | Pacific peoples, by a Russian political exile japan bis zum 5. Jahrh. N. Chr. Tokyo,

long resident among the Ainu. 1930.

a Early History of Asiatic Peoples 119 Institutions, Religion, and Mythology G269. Matsumoto, Nobuhiro. Essai sur la

| mythologie japonaise. Paris, 1928. :

G264. Anesaki, Masaharu. ‘Japanese G270. Matsumura, Takeo. Nihon shinwa | mythology.” The mythology of all races, v.8 no kenkyi. [Studies of Japanese mythology.] (Boston, 1928), pp. 207 ff. Relates the tra- 3 v. Tokyo, 1954-55. From the comparative ditional myths and legends of ancient Japan mythological approach.

and contains a useful bibliography. G271. Ota, Akira. Nihon jédai_ shakai G265. Florenz, Karl A. “Die stattliche und _soshiki no kenkyi. [A study of the social

gesellschaftliche Organization in alten organization of ancient Japan.] Rev. ed., Japan.” Mitteilungen der deutschen Gesell- Tokyo, 1955. Detailed exposition of the uji | - schaft fiir Natur- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens (clan) and be (corporation) systems of (Tokyo), 5 (1890): 164-82. Good account social organization.

of the clan (uji) period prior to 645. G272. Satow, Ernest M. “Ancient Japa-

G266. Inoue, Mitsusada. Nihon kodaishi nese rituals.” Transactions of the Asiatic Sono shomondai. [Problems of ancient Japanese _ ciety of Japan, 7 (Mar. 1879): 95-126, 393-

history.] Tokyo, 1949. Studies of social and 434; 9 (Aug. 1881): 183-211. | political life of the Japanese prior to G273. Toma, Seita. Nihon kodai kokka.

645 A.D. | , [The ancient Japanese state.] Tokyo, 1946. . G267. Kat6, Genchi. A study of Shint6é, Marxist treatment, emphasizing the com-

the religion of the Japanese nation. Tokyo, munal aspects of life in ancient Japan and 1926. Important work on early Shinto, but origins of the “emperor system.”

reflects the traditional point of view. G274. Wakamori, Tard. Nihon kodai

. G268. Martin, Jean M. Le Shintoisme, re- — shaki. [The ancient society of Japan.] Tokyo, | ligion nationale. 2 v. Hong Kong, 1924-27. 1949. Written from an anthropological point Detailed study of ancient and primitive of view; emphasizes the family system of

ligious bias. oe :

Shinto, marred by author’s own personal re- © organization. ,

| SECTION H

CARL A. ROEBUCK *

Selections listed here reflect the considerable amount of recent scholarship in the earlier periods of Greek history and in Greek colonial areas. Publications

, which are more strictly institutional or more interpretative than cultural have received greater attention because bibliographical guidance to the latter type is so readily available in standard history textbooks. Certain works which are useful for both Greek and Roman history, such as bibliographies, encyclopedias and works of reference, geographies, gazetteers and atlases, and the great series

of literary sources are included in this section.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES brief critical comment. Useful for the non-

, specialist.

: Hi. Marouzeau, Jules, and Juliette Ernst, H4. Broughton, T. Robert S. “Other re-

eds. L’année_ philologique: bibliographie cent publications—Ancient history.” The critique et analytique de Vantiquité greco- American historical review. (Quarterly.) latine. Paris, 1927 ff. (Annual.) The stand- Current listing of books and articles on anard bibliography for classical studies, with cient history, mainly Greek and Roman. sections for Greek and Roman history and HS. Nairn, John A. Classical hand-list. institutions. Entries include both publication 3rd rev. ed., Oxford, 1953. Useful manual data and brief notices of subject matter. containing bibliographical lists for the fields Comprehensive and detailed; primarily for and disciplines of classical studies in gen-

specialist use. | eral. One section is assigned to history and H2. “Geschichte.” Bibliotheca philologica civilization.

classica. Leipzig, 1873-1943. [Bursians

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortsschritte der , Epigraphy

klassischen Altertumswissenschaft.] (Annual. )

Until 1943 the standard bibliography for H6. Tod, Marcus N. “Epigraphy, Greek.” classical studies, with sections for Greek Oxford classical dictionary. Very good short and Roman history. Listed both current items bibliography.

| | and, at intervals, had state-of-the-subject syn- H7. ——. “The progress of Greek epigratheses. Now replaced by Marouzeau. ~ phy.” Journal of Hellenic studies, 34 ff.

120

H3. The year’s work in classical studies. (1914 ff.). Biennial survey containing useful Bristol, Eng., 1906-47. [English Classical comment on the current publication of inAssociation.] (Annual.) Contains current scriptions and on works making use of items for Greek and Roman history with epigraphical evidence. .

_ * The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Charles S, Braden (CSB) and Naphtali Lewis (NL).

, Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 121 Papyrology ancillary disciplines; Greek and Latin gramoe ; mar; history of the ancient Near East, __ Bibliographies of papyrological publica- Greece, and Rome; Greek and Roman public

tions appear in (H8) Journal of Egyptian and private life; philosophy, science, and : archaeology; (H9) Revue des études grecques; religion; archaeology of the Near East, (H10) Journal of juristic papyrology ; and Greece, and Rome; Greek literature; Latin (H11) Chronique d’Egypte. In addition, a jiterature; ancient and classical tradition in

bibliography on file cards is issued to sub- the medieval period; Byzantine history and |

scribers several times per year by the Fonda- jiterature; two further medieval areas. Voltion Egyptologique Reine Elisabeth, Brussels. ymes of use for Greek and Roman history

[NU] are noted individually in this and Section I . of this Guide. ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS H19. Bengtson, Hermann. Einfthrung in

, OF REFERENCE die alte Geschichte. See 3. Excellent man-

| _ ual to introduce the student to the serious

H12. Paulys Realencyclopadie der classi- study of Greek and Roman history.

| schen Altertumswissenschaft. Rev. ed., ed. H20. Gercke, Alfred, and Eduard Norden, | by Georg Wissowa, Wilhelm Kroll, and eds. Einleitung in die Altertumswissenschaft. others. Ist ser. (A-P), 23 v.; 2nd ser. (R-Z), 3rd rev. ed., 3 v., Leipzig, 1927-35. Informa8 v.; suppl. 8 v. Stuttgart, 1894 ff. (In tive introductions by various scholars to the progress.) The standard long encyclopedia separate fields of classical antiquity and for classical studies in general. Articles are scholarship. . authoritative, with ample bibliography, and H21. Whibley, Leonard, ed. A companion the work is indispensable for reference use. to Greek studies. 4th ed., Cambridge, Eng., Completion is planned with about four more . 1931. Useful reference book for general involumes in several years. Supplement vole formation on Greek antiquity. umes have enabled it to keep generally up-to-

date and amplify its topics. GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND

H13. Daremberg, Charles V., and Ed- ATLASES ,

mond Saglio, eds. Dictionnaire des antiquités :

grecques et romaines. 5 v. in 9. Paris, 1877-— H22. Cary, Max. The geographic back1919. Old, but still useful for political and ground of Greek and Roman history. Ox- | social institutions. Has ample references to ford, 1949. Succinctly and pointedly written

- source material. - survey of the geography of the classical H14.: The Oxford classical dictionary. Ed. world, both Mediterranean and _ outlying

by Max Cary, Alfred Nock, and others. regions. It admirably correlates physical en- | Oxford, 1949. A useful and sound dictionary vironment and historical development, not

for general classical reference. See the re- only general factors as climate and food view:‘by -A. S. Pease and S. Dow, Classical . supply, but also specific topographical fea- | weekly,44 (Apr. 9, 1951): 225, for correc- tures. tion, ‘éfiticism, and supplementary reference. H23. Semple, Ellen C. The geography of

H15. Liibker, Friedrich H., ed. Reallexi- the Mediterranean region: its relation to kon des klassischen Altertums. 8th rev. ed. amcient history. N.Y., 1931. Descriptive by J. Geffcken, E. Ziebarth, and others, treatment of the general geographic condiLeipzig, 1914. Medium-length encyclopedia, tions of the Mediterranean, barrier-boundabut with considerable citation of books and ries, vegetation, and the like. Vividly written |

articles. : with keen observation of the topographical H16. Smith, Sir William. Classical dic- features and ample reference to classical tionary of biography, mythology, and ge- sources. _ | co ography. 4th rev. ed. by George E. Marindin, H24. Philippson, Alfred. Das Klima

‘London, 1894. 24th impression, 1932. Me- Griechenlands. Bonn, 1948. Technical treat-

- dium-length encyclopedia. — ment of Greek climate (no real changes from

H17. ——. Dictionary of Greek and _ antiquity), with references to antiquity. |

Roman antiquities. 3rd rev. ed. by S. W. H25. Myres, Sir John L. Geographical

Wayte and G. E. Marindin, 2 v., London, history in Greek lands. Oxford, 1953. A col1890-91. Reprint, 1914. Some articles still of | lection of the author’s lectures and articles

value. | : _ published in various journals. All concern H18. Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft. the relation of Greek history to its physical |

Ed. by Iwan von Miller, Robert von Pohl- environment, but some deal with specific

mann, and Walter Otto. Rev. ed., approx. areas rather than general topics. } 90 v. published, in preparation, and planned, H26. Thomson, James O. History of an- :

Munich, 1920 ff. Handbooks to the various cient geography. Cambridge, Eng., 1948.

disciplines and areas for the study of an- Complete treatment of the history of ancient

tiquity. It is planned in 12 parts with numer- geography, with sections on actual knowlous volumes in each: introductory and edge and theory for each major period. Also

122 Guide to Historical Literature | an interesting section on the influence of in Greek society, perceptible in vestigial

classical geographical theory. survivals in the historical period. The warrior

H27. Cary, Max, and Eric H. Warmington. class is particularly treated and analogies

| The ancient explorers. N.Y., 1929. Studies drawn with African social systems. |

of the voyages of exploration in the outlying H37. Rose, Herbert J. Primitive culture in

areas of the ancient world. Greece. London, 1925. Examines in non- |

H28. Meritt, Benjamin D., Henry T. technical fashion the survivals and vestiges | Wade-Gery, and Malcolm F. McGregor. of primitive institutions in classical Greece. “The gazetteer.” The Athenian tribute lists, Concludes that most were simply vestiges,

| v. 1 (Cambridge, Mass., 1939), pp. 461- with no great significance for their own

566. See H179. - period. H29. Bengtson, Hermann, and Vladimir H38. Halliday, William R. Indo-European

Milojcic. Grosser historischer Weltatlas. V.1, folk tales and Greek legend. Cambridge,

Vorgeschichte und Alterfum. 2nd ed., Mu- = Eng., 1933. Useful group of studies in. ,

nich, 1954. Up-to-date and useful atlas for Greek myth and legend, valuable for the general reference, with 100 maps. Covers method of treatment as well as relating cerancient history up to the Sth century a.pD. tain Greek material specifically to Indo-

_ Accompanied by an explanatory text. | European folk stories.

index of names. H30. Kiepert, Heinrich. Atlas antiquus.

, 12th rev. ed., Berlin, 1902. Twelve maps and DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES : H31. Philippson, Alfred. ‘“Topographische H39. Myres, Sir John L. Who were the _ Karte des westlichen Kleinasien, 1/300,000.” Greeks? Berkeley, 1930. [Sather classical Petermanns Mitteilungen Erganzungsheft, lectures, University of California, 6.] A vonos. 167 (1910-11), 177, 180 (1913-14), and luminous study of the evidence of ethnology, 183 (1914-15). The most useful and easily language, religion, and tradition bearing on accessible maps for detailed reference to the origin of the Greeks. The archaeological western Asia Minor. Chief defect is the old- material is somewhat out of date, but parfashioned spelling of Turkish place-names, ticularly valuable are the discussions of folk

factors. : | the Greek people. London, 1926. General

now Officially modernized. memory and the influence of geographical ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS H40, Jardé, Auguste F. The formation of

H32. Angel, J. Lawrence. “Skeletal ma- study on the growth of the Greeks as a

terial from Attica.” Hesperia, 14 (1945): people with discussion of the prehistoric mi-

. 279-363. Mainly technical, but with a use- grations, dialects, and the like; also a treatful introduction on physical anthropology ment of unity and particularism in historical

and Greek material. 7 Greece. o

H33. Thomson, George D. Studies in an- H41. Beloch, Karl J. Die Bevélkerung der cient Greek society. V. 1, The prehistoric griechisch-romischen Welt. Leipzig,:: 1886.

Aegean. London, 1949. Important for its Still the standard comprehensive treatment

approach and new viewpoints, but weak in of this difficult subject for the Greek and archaeological data and somewhat cavalier Roman world, although revisions have been in interpretation of Homeric evidence. The made for various areas and fields. In general, author analyzes early Greek society in terms Beloch’s figures for Greece are probably

| of social anthropology with lengthy dis- rather low, particularly for the archaic period

cussions of totemism, kinship, matriarchy, of its history. , etc. H42. Gomme, Arnold W. “Population.” , H34. ——. Studies in ancient Greek so- Oxford classical dictionary, pp. 717-18. Oxciety. V. 2, The first Greek philosophers. ford, 1949. A succinct and useful discussion London, 1955. Analysis of Greek society in of the type of evidence for the difficult sub-the archaic period to elucidate the historical ject of population in ancient Greece, with reasons for the movement from religion to _estimates.for some of the states. _

philosophy. Explanation is found in the H43. ——. The population of Athens in

changing social structure on Marxist prin- the fifth and fourth centuries B.C. Oxford, ciples, but the theory finds a somewhat Pro- 1933. Thorough and cautious treatment of |

crustean bed in the evidence. the evidence on population for Athens about | H35. Willetts, R. F. Aristocratic society in| which we are best informed. Gomme sugancient Crete. London, 1955. Discusses so- gests approximately 175,000 citizens and

cial institutions in Dorian Crete. 110,000 slaves in 431 B.c. The latter esti-

H36. Jeanmaire, Henri. Couroi et courétes: mate is particularly sensible in contrast to essai sur Péducation spartiate et sur Iles rites the extravagant figures sometimes suggested.

d’adolescence dans Tantiquité hellénique. Discussed, Revue des études anciennes, 38

Lille, 1939. A voluminous study based on (Jan.-Mar. 1936): 61. |

the thesis of a primitive system of age classes H44. Segré, Arturo. “Note sull’ economia

Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 123 | di Atene nel IV secolo av. Cr.” Studi italiani vidual periods of Greek history are condi filologia classica, 22 (1947): 133-163. Cal- veniently collected in the bibliographies to

culation of Athenian population from the the separate chapters of the Cambridge

amount of grain consumption. ancient history (H118).

H45. Sargent, Rachel L. The size of the H49. Herodotus. Herodoti historiae. Ed. slave population at Athens during the fifth by Karl Hude. 3rd ed., 2 v., Oxford, 1927.

and fourth centuries before Christ. Urbana, [Oxford classical texts.] Greek text of 1924. A sound and useful attempt to esti- Herodotus. mate the slave population in classical H50. ——. Herodotus. Ed. by Heinrich | Athens: less than 100,000 in the 5th cen- Stein. 6th ed., 5 v., Berlin, 1901. Greek text : tury and under two-thirds that in the 4th. with useful commentary for language and See also Arnold W. Gomme, “The slave pop- interpretation of the text.

ulation of Athens,” Journal of Hellenic H51. How, Walter W., and Joseph Wells.

studies, 66 (1946): 127-29. A commentary on Heredotus. 2 v. Oxford, , | 1936. Historical and geographical commen-

tary.

LINGUISTIC WORKS H52. Herodotus. History. Tr. by George | H46. Atkinson, Basil F. C. The Greek Rawlinson. 4th ed., 4 v., London, 1880. language. London, 1931. A non-technical, H53. ——-. History. Tr. by George C.

descriptive, and historical account. of the Macaulay. 2 v. London, 1890. Reprint, 1914.

ancient Greek language, written before the H54. Thucydides. Thucydidis historiae. : decipherment of Mycenaean Greek (1953). Ed. by Henry S. Jones and Johannes E. H47. Ventris, Michael, and John Chad- Powell. 2nd ed., 2 v., Oxford, 1942. [Oxwick. Documents in Mycenaean. Greek. ford classical texts.] Greek text of Thucyd-

Cambridge, Eng., 1956. In 1953 Ventris and ides. : Chadwick published an article describing H55. Gomme, Arnold W. An historical

, the process of decipherment and included commentary on Thucydides. 4 v. Oxford, some translations of Mycenaean Greek in 1944. Excellent and thorough linguistic, his-

the Linear B script, thus pushing back the torical, and interpretative commentary. See

_ documentary horizon of Greek history 500 also Bernard W. Henderson, The great war years to about 1200 B.c. This book gives a between Athens and Sparta (London, 1927). - description of the language, an estimate of H56. Thucydides. History. Tr. by Benjathe historical information obtained, and pub- min Jowett. 2nd ed., Oxford, 1900.

lishes translations of 300 tablets and vo- H57. ———-. History. Tr. by Richard Craw- } cabulary. Indispensable for this new field of ley. N.Y., 1950. [Everyman’s library.] |

study in Greek history. H58. Xenophon. Xenophontis historia

-H48. Dow, Sterling. “Minoan writing.’ graeca. Ed. by Edgar C. Marchant. Oxford, American journal of archaeology, 58 (Apr.- 1901. [Oxford classical texts.] Greek text of June 1954): 77-157. Valuable article for | Xenophon.

the problem of literacy in Late Bronze Age .-H59. ——-. Works. Tr. by Henry G. | Greece and its cessation with the dissolution Dakyns. 3 v. in 4. N.Y., 1890-97. of Mycenaean civilization. Contains useful H60. Hellenica Oxyrhynchia cum Theobibliography for this new field of study in pompi et Cratippi fragmentis. Ed. by Ber-

Greek history. nard P. Grenfell and Arthur S. Hunt. Ox-

| ford, |1909. [Oxford classical texts.] GreekThis | ere: text of the Oxyrhynchus historian.

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES papyrus fragment of unknown authorship

| Literary : revealsfor a sound historian whose fragments | a | The are valuable the year 396-5 B.c. The | chief series of texts in which the classi- question of authorship has long been de-

cal authors are published are: the Teubner bated, but is still unresolved. (See H109.) , series (Bibliotheca scriptorum graecorum et . H61. Demosthenes. Demosthenis orationes. romanorum Teubneriana); the Oxford classi- Ed. by Samuel H. Butcher and W. Rennie.

| cal texts (Scriptorum classicorum bibliotheca 2nd ed., 3 v., Oxford, 1903-31. [Oxford , Oxoniensis); the Budé series with French classical texts.] Greek text of Demosthenes.

translation, introductions, and commentary © H62. ———. Public orations. Tr. by James | | (Collection des universités de France, H.and Charles A. Vince. 3 v. London, 1926~-

publiée sous le patronage de l Association 35. [Loeb classical library.] Guillaume Budé); the Loeb series with Eng- H63. Aristotle. Aristoteles politica. Ed. lish translation, introductions, and commen- by Otto Immisch. 2nd ed., Leipzig, 1929. tary (The Loeb classical library). Listed [Bibliotheca . Teubneriana.] Greek text of

below are plain texts of historical writers Aristotle’s Politics.

from these series, historical commentaries H64. ———. The politics of Aristotle. Tr. useful for their interpretation, and transla- by Sir Ernest Barker. Oxford, 1946. Barker’s tions. Primary. sources for the study of indi- introduction, appendices, and notes are very

124 Guide to Historical Literature | helpful in interpretation of the Politics. A zig, 1915-24. Very useful selection of Greek

good translation. inscriptions of historical significance, pub-

- He65. ——. De republica atheniensium. lished with brief commentary and _ bibli-

| Ed. by Frederick G. Kenyon. Oxford, 1920. ography. | . [Oxford classical texts.] Greek text of Aris- H79. Tod, Marcus N. A selection of

| totle’s Constitution of Athens. _ Greek historical inscriptions. 2 v. Oxford, , H66. Polybius. Polybius. Ed. by. Theodor 1933-48: Good selection of significant in- | Buttner-Wo6bst. 6 v. Leipzig, 1882-1904. scriptions of the 6th, Sth, and 4th centuries [Bibliotheca Teubneriana.] The best com-_ B.c., published with adequate commentary.

plete Greek text of Polybius’ History. H80. Hill, Sir George F. Sources for

H67. Walbank, Frank W. A historical Greek history. 2nd ed., rev. by R. Meiggs commentary on Polybius. V. 1. Oxford, and A. Andrews, Oxford, 1951. Collection 1957. First volume of a new, thorough com- of primary source material, literary and epi-

mentary of Polybius. graphical, for the 5th century B.c.

H68. Polybius. History. Tr. by Evelyn S. H81. Welles, Charles Bradford. Royal cor-

Shuckburgh. 2 v. London, 1889. respondence in the Hellenistic period: a

‘H69. Godolphin, Francis R. B., ed. The study in Greek epigraphy. New Haven, 1934. ‘Greek historians. N.Y., 1942. Translations Comprehensive selection of the rescripts

_ of the major Greek historians. issued by the Hellenistic monarchs, with

| H70. Plutarch. Vitae. Ed. by H. Lindskog generous commentary. | and K. Ziegler. 4 v. in 8. Leipzig, 1914-35. H82. Supplementum epigraphicum grae-

| [Bibliotheca Teubneriana.] Greek text of cum. Ed. by Jacobus J. Hondius. Leiden,

Plutarch’s Lives. 1923. ff. New documents and discussions.

brary. |

H71. ——-. Lives. Tr. by Bernadotte Perrin. Inscriptions are published also in H406 and

11 v. London, 1914-26. [Loeb classical li- 4/2. :

H72. ——. Lives. Tr. by John Dryden. Papyrological

Rev. ed. by Arthur H. Clough, 3 v., N.Y.,

- 1912-14. H83. Mitteis, Ludwig, and Ulrich Wilcken,

H73. Jacoby, Felix, ed. Die Fragmente der eds.. Grundziige und Chrestomathie der |

| griechischen Historiker. 3 v. in 7. Berlin, | Papyruskunde. 2 v. in 4. Leipzig and Berlin, _ , 1923-58. The standard collection of frag- 1912. This and H84—87 discuss the discipline ments of the Greek historians, with com- and technique of papyrology. [NL] _ mentary. For those authors not yet included H84. Schubart, Wilhelm. Einfithrung in die.

| see Fragmenta historicorum graecorum, ed. Papyruskunde. Berlin, 1918.

by C. and T. Miller (5 v., Paris, 1841-70). H85. -——. Griechische Palaeographie. a H74. Botsford, George W., and Ernest G. Munich, 1925. [Handbuch der AltertumsSihler. Hellenic civilization. N.Y., 1915. | wissenschaft, 1.] Collection of source material in translation H86. Hunt, Arthur S. “Papyrology.” Enfor teaching purposes; excellent selection. cyclopaedia britannica. 14th ed., London, 1929. Also subsequent editions.

Epigraphical H87. Kenyon, Sir Frederic G. Books and readers in. ancient Greece and Rome. 2nd H75. Larfeld, Wilhelm. Griechische Epi- — ed., N.Y., 1951. | .

graphik. 3rd ed., Munich, 1913. [Handbuch H88. David, Martin, and Bernhard van der. Altertumswissenschaft, v. 1, pt. 5.] A Groningen. Papyrological primer. 3rd ed., handbook for the study of Greek epigraphy. Leiden, 1952. This and H89~90 contain selec-

H76. Meritt,. Benjamin D. Epigraphica tions of papyri. [NL] attica. Cambridge, Mass., 1940. [Martin H89. Hunt, Arthur S., and Campbell C..

classical lectures (Oberlin College), 9.] Col- Edgar. Select papyri. 2 v. London, 1932-34. lection of four lectures on reading, recon- [Loeb classical library.] V. 1, private docu-

struction, lettering, and restoration of epi- ments; v. 2, official documents. |

graphical texts; an introduction to the tech- H90. Page, D. L. Greek literary papyri.

| niques of epigraphy. 2 v. London, 1942. [Loeb classical library.] Hi77. Inscriptiones graecae. Berlin, 1877 ff.

The corpus of the Greek inscriptions of Eu- HISTORIOGRAPHY rope. Material is arranged by geographical

- locality; texts of the documents and brief H91. Bury, John B. The ancient Greek

bibliography are given. With 14 v. to date, historians. N.Y., 1909. Separate studies of

the publication is not yet complete (see the historiography of the principal Greek H6), but inscriptions for Attica, Argolis, historical writers. and Thessaly have been published in a sec- H92. Stier, Hans E. Grundlagen und Sinn

ond edition. der griechischen Geschichte. Stuttgart, 1945. H78. Dittenberger, Wilhelm. Sylloge in- Attempt to formulate a new interpretation of scriptionum graecorum. 3rd ed., 4 v., Leip- Greek history, which is long, verbose, and

oo Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 125 sometimes unintelligible in its thought and concerned with the problem of the composilanguage. Much of the comment, however, tion of Herodotus’ history—the first organi-

is provocative and stimulating. The author zation and coordination of facts. Myres ' gives no consideration to social and eco- compares the arrangement to the principle nomic conditions, and ultimately explains of composition used in the pediment of a

the meaning of Greek history as a mystique Greek temple rather than to the artless nar- |

—a clash between a European idea of free- _rative of his predecessors. | :

dom and an Aryan idea of order. H102. Glover, Terrot R. Herodotus. Berke| H93. Momigliano, Arnaldo. Contributo ley, 1924. [Sather classical lectures (Unialla storia degli studi classici. Rome, 1955. versity of California), 3.] A genially written

Collection of separate studies and reviews and somewhat WHerodotean study of the |

printed in various journals, dealing mainly historian and various aspects of his history. with historiography. The author’s inaugural H103. Finley, John H., Jr. Thucydides. address on George Grote at the University Cambridge, Mass., 1942. Good general acof London (pp. 213~31) is particularly sig- - count of Thucydides’ History, with empha-

nificant. sis on the intellectual and stylistic influences H94. Sanctis, Gaetano de. Studi di storia which affected the: conception and expresdella storiografia greca. Florence, 1951. sion of his work. 7

[Il pensiero storico, 34.] Collection of the H104. Romilly, Jacqueline de. Thucydide

author’s journal articles on historiographical et Pimpérialisme athénien: la pensée de lhisproblems connected with Hecataeus, Herodo- torien et la genése de Doeuvre. Paris, 1951. tus, Thucydides, and Xenophon, thus giving Analysis of the thought of Thucydides and

a short exposition of the Greek historians the unity of his History, using his concepof the classical period. A useful bibliography tion of imperialism as a key. Subtly reasoned

of de Sanctis’ work is added. and organized, demanding a close knowledge

_ H95. Cary, Max. The documentary sources of the history for use. | of Greek history. Oxford, 1927. Informally H105. Romilly, Jacqueline de. Histoire et written and stimulating survey of the value raison chez Thucydide. Paris, 1956. Study of non-literary sources for Greek history— of the thought and historiography of Thucydinscriptions, papyri, coins, and archaeologi- ides in relation to its formal expression.

cal material. | H106. Cochrane, Charlies N. Thucydides H96. Milne, Joseph G. Greek and Roman and the science of history. Oxford, 1929.

coins and the study of history. London, Examines the influence of Hippocratean

1939. A brief and useful little book which medical science on Thucydides’ thought. illustrates the value of numismatic evidence H107. Grundy, George B. Thucydides and for Greek and Roman historical studies. the history of his age. 2nd ed., 2 v., Oxford, H97. Tod, Marcus N. Sidelights on Greek 1948. Valuable chiefly for the historical

history. Oxford, 1932. Collection of three background of Thucydides’ work, rather general studies: the use of epigraphical evi- than as an interpretation of Thucydides. dence, arbitration processes between Greek VV. 1 contains useful surveys of the economic

states, and political clubs in Greek cities. background. of Sth century Greece, the

H98. Pearson, Lionel. Early Ionian his- art of war, and a lengthy survey of the probtorians. Oxford, 1939. Brief account of the lems of composition of the history. V. 2 is early Ionian logographers and individual a collection of separate essays on Thucydtreatments of Hecataeus, Xanthus, Charon of _idean topics.

Lampsacus, and Hellanicus of Lesbos. Re- H108. Jacoby, Felix. Atthis. Oxford, 1949. constructions of their work are attempted Authoritative but very specialized treatment and important fragments discussed, but no of the tradition of Athenian history as rep- general estimate of their historiographical resented in the school of writers known as

significance offered. : the Atthidographers.

_ H99. Pohlenz, Max. Herodot, der erste H109. Bloch, Herbert. “Studies in historiGeschichtschreiber des Abendlandes. Leip- cal literature of the fourth century B.c.” zig, 1937. Good general study of Herodotus Harvard studies in classical philology, sup.

and his claim to be the father of history, v. 1, pp. 303-76. Cambridge, Mass., 1940.

with a defense of his techniques and the Excellent but specialized treatment of the

unity of his work. problem of authorship of the Hellenica of

H100. Powell, J. Enoch. The history of | Oxyrhynchus, the Attic history of Androtion, Herodotus. Cambridge, Eng., 1939. [Cam- and the relationship between Theophrastus’ bridge classical studies, 4.] The composition Laws and Aristotle. of Herodotus’ history from a detailed study H110. Barber, Godfrey L. The historian of cross-references and the weak points in Ephorus. Cambridge, Eng., 1934. A neces-

| the general argument. Its bases for analysis sarily technical book reconstructing Epho-

are not fully established. rus’ work and estimating the rhetorical in-

. H101. Myres, Sir John L. Herodotus, fluence of Isocrates on his style and histori-

father of history. Oxford, 1953. Primarily | ography. |

| 126 Guide to Historical Literature SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES Good bibliographies. Revision of earlier volumes is in process.

H111. Bengtson, Hermann. Griechische H119. Glotz, Gustave, R. Cohen, and _ Geschichte von den Anfangen bis in die others, Histoire grecque. 4 v. Paris, 1925-38.

romische Kaiserzeit. Munich, 1950. [Hand- [Histoire générale.] The standard long hisbuch der Altertumswissenschaft, v. 3, pt. 4.1 tory of Greece in French. Separate chapters Excellent and up-to-date history of Greece, carry an adequate amount of bibliography with adequate citation of bibliography and with notice of controversial points and some. notice of points of controversy. Unorthodox discussion. Like the Cambridge ancient hisin beginning the Hellenistic period in 360 ory, the earlier material is somewhat dated.

with the accession of Philip I. H120. Beloch, Karl J. Griechische Ge-

Hii2. Bury, John B. History of Greece gchichte. 2nd ed., 4 v., Berlin, 1912-27. One to the death of Alexander. 3rd ed., rev. by of the standard modern German histories of R. Meiggs, London, 1951. A standard history Greece, particularly valuable for chronoof Greece to the time of Alexander, brought —Jogical discussion and its unorthodox views

_ up-to-date by its careful revision. Has ade- of earlier Greek history before the Persian quate detail and good emphasis (possibly wars, Succinctly and clearly written with a too full on military campaigns) for the clear thesis of evolution in the Greek his-

historical narrative. The notes have been torical process. Pt. 2 of each volume contains almost completely rewritten, and contain 4 series of appendices on various problems careful comment and citation of sources and of the narrative presented in pt. 1.

bibliography. A good introduction for the H121. Meyer, Eduard. Geschichte des serious student of Greek history. — , Altertums. Ed. by H. E. Stier. 2nd ed., 5 v.,

_ 113. Cohen, Robert. La Grece et Vhel- — Stuttgart, 1928-56. One of the standard, lcnisation du monde antique, 2nd ed., Paris, jong ancient histories in German; basic for

1948. [Collection Clio, 2.] Short history of its synthesis of Near Eastern and Greek

Greece to the Roman conquest, with good history. Its later volumes, dealing mainly with emphasis on cultural development and biblio- Greek history, have been or are in the procgraphical discussion of the general problems ggg of being revised.

arising in connection with each chapter. De- H122. Sanctis, Gaetano de. Storia dei |

signed as a book for students beginning the Greci dalle origini alla fine del sec. V. 2 v.

serious study of Greek history. oo. Florence, 1939. General history of Greece to

H114. _Wilcken, Ulrich. Griechische Ge- the end of the Sth century, with particular schichte im Rahmen der Altertumsgeschichte. emphasis on cultural growth, which is skil| 8th ed., Munich, 1958. [Geschichte der fully interrelated with the narrative. UnorthoVolker und Staaten.] A history of Greece qox in various views, e.g., the Dorian invavividly and straightforwardly written to give gion is rejected as historical fact and Nicias a rapid narrative. Non-dogmatic and pleads js made the instigator of the Athenian at-

no special causes and theses. tacks on Melos and Sicily. The bibliography

H115. Botsford, George W., and Charles as been brought up to date by A. MomiA. Robinson, Jr. Hellenic history. 4th ed., gliano, Appendice bibliografia (1940-52) alla N.Y., 1956. An up-to-date general history, Storia dei Greci di G. de Sanctis (Florence,

well illustrated. College text. 1954). |

7 H116. Rostovtzeff, Michael I. History of 123. Busolt, Georg. Griechische Ge-

the ancient world. V. 1. 2nd ed., Oxford, schichte. 3 v. in 4. Gotha, 1893-1904. Very 1930. The first volume of Rostovtzeff’s sur- detailed account of Greek history to the 5th

vey contains a short history of Greece century s.c. Still valuable for its detail and

with emphasis on its social and economic vyery full citation and discussion of the litdevelopment; excellent illustrative ma- erary source material.

terial. H124, Berve, Helmut. Griechische Ge7 a schichte. 2nd ed., 2 v., Freiburg, 1950-52. : LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES [1, Von den Anfdngen bis Perikles; 2, Von

| Perikles bis zur politischen Aufldsung.] |

H117. Grote, George. A history of Greece. H125. Pohlmann, Robert von. Geschichte New ed., 10 v., London, 1888. The “classic” der sozialen Frage und des Sozialismus in

history of Greece in English, still valuable der antiken Welt. 3rd ed., 2 v., Munich, to the student for its treatment of Athenian 1925. democratic principles. (See H93.) —

H118. The Cambridge ancient history. Ed. by J. B. Bury, S. A. Cook, F. E. Adcock, HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

and M. P. Charlesworth. V. 1-8. Cambridge, Bronze Age | Eng., and N.Y., 1923-39. The standard long history of the ancient world in English, of H126. Schachermeyr, Fritz. Die altesten which v. 3~8 are indispensable for Greek Kulturen Griechenlands. Stuttgart, 1955. Syn-

history. The work is of multiple authorship. thesis and interpretation of the earliest

Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 127 period of Greek history up to the Middle ‘‘Homeric’” society. The author has thor- — Bronze Age (ca. 2000 B.c.). It is to be fol- oughly correlated the material elements delowed by a similar treatment of the Middle scribed in Homer’s poems—arms, dress,

and Late Bronze Age. houses, etc.,—with the archaeological ma-

, H127, Childe, V. Gordon. The dawn of _ terial of the Near East and Greece from European civilization. 4th ed., London, 1947. 1600 to 700 B.c. One of the important books

‘Contains (pp. 15-79) a survey of prehistoric in the field of early Greek history. - |

Greek civilization, valuable for its synthesis H136. Burn, Andrew R. The world of | H128. Glotz, Gustave. La _ civilisation 900-700 B.C. London, 1936. General ac- | égéenne. 2nd ed., Paris, 1952. Social and count based on Hesiod’s poems, | :

with European and Anatolian prehistory. Hesiod: a study of the Greek middle ages,

economic character of Aegean civilization. | Out of date in much of its archaeological Archaic Greece , oe

data, but a useful synthesis for the study of : |

| the institutions of prehistoric Greece. Listed below are only some of the recent H129. Hall, Harry R. The civilization of treatments of special topics in this period. Greece in the Bronze Age. London, 1928. See also the local histories, political and

Account of the Minoan-Mycenaean civiliza~- economic history, and, for general accounts, tion of the Aegean, very well illustrated and the longer histories, particularly H118—120. utilizing the archaeological data fully to the H137. Démargne, P. La Créte dédalique: date of its publication. Useful for its correla- études sur les origines d’une renaissance. tion with Egypt and the Near East, but now Paris, 1947. [Bibliotheque des écoles fran-

faulty in its Minoan focus. | caises d’Athénes et de Rome, 164.] Crete is H130. Wace, Alan J. B. Mycenae: an made the focus for a study of the intricate , archaeological history and guide. Princeton, problem of connection between Mycenaean 1949. Primarily concerned with the archaeo- and historical Greece and between the Near

logical remains at Mycenae, but with a East and Greece in the obscure period from useful chapter on the character of its civili- the 10th to 8th centuries B.c. Clearly orzation. See also the introduction to H47. ganized and with a moderate, sensible treatH131. Nilsson, Martin P. Homer and ment of difficult problems. Mycenae. London, 1933. Excellent treatment H1138. Cook, Robert M. “Ionia and Greece

of the relationship between the ‘‘Homeric’ in the eighth and seventh centuries B.c.”’ institutions of the Iliad and the Odyssey Journal of Hellenic studies, 66 (1946): 67and those of Mycenaean Greece. It perhaps 98. Excellent survey of the evidence bearing finds too many parallels for modern scholar- | on the problem of Ionia’s role in the develship, but the problem has not been restudied opment of archaic Greece, particularly in from this point of view. Probably the best colonization and trade. Cook concludes that

introduction for the serious student to the its role was secondary. .

' history of this period. | H139. Mazzarino, Santo. Fra Oriente e } See also H47 on the new documentary Occidente: ricerche di storia greca arcaica.

evidence available for Mycenaean Greece. Florence, 1947. [Il pensiero storico.] Study of the social and cultural relationship be-

, Homeric Greece tween the Ionian Greeks and the East. While

conceived as a synthesis, in execution it H132. Daniel, John F., Oscar Broneer, breaks down into a series of separate studies and Henry T. Wade-Gery. “The Dorian in- of minutely detailed problems. Of more vasion.” American journal of archaeology, value to the specialist than the student; diffi-

52 (Jan.-Mar. 1948): 107-18. cult to use because of its involved organiza-

| H133. Hammond, N. G. L. “Prehistoric tion and lack of index. Review, C. Roebuck,

Epirus and the Dorian invasion.” Annual of Classical philology, 45 (July 1950): 194. the British School at Athens, 32 (1931-32): H140. Ehrenberg, Victor. “When did the 131-79. Examination of the tradition and Polis rise?” Journal of Hellenic studies, 57

route of the Dorian invasion. (1937) :147-59. The age of Pericles marks

H134. Finley, Moses I. The world of the beginning of decline of the Greek city

Odysseus. N.Y., 1954. Short and “‘popular’’ state, when statesmen began to detach them-

account of Homeric society, with a good but selves from the state. | |

too inflexible interpretation of the institu- H141. Andrewes, Antony. The Greek tytions. See also HJ3J and, for the literary rants. London, 1956. Discusses the major tradition, H364; also Henry T. Wade-Gery, Greek tyrants and tyrannies of archaic Greek : The poet of the Iliad (Cambridge, Eng., history. A short but good and balanced ac-

1952). | count. ae

H135. Lorimer, Hilda L. Homer and the H142. Ure, Percy N. The origin of tyranny.

monuments. London, 1950. Primarily for Cambridge, Eng., 1922. Study of the rise of specialist use, but a necessary starting point the major tyrannies of the archaic period in for any study of the material background of | Greece, connecting their origin very directly

128 Guide to Historical Literature with the growth of a capitalistic and trading H153. Niese, Benedictus. Geschichte der class in Greek society, of which the tyrants griechischen und makedonischen Staaten.

| | were the leaders. The evidence is rather 3 v. Gotha, 1893-1903. Valuable for its

slight for the thesis. comprehensive use and citation of the literH143. McGregor, Malcolm F. “Cleisthenes ary source material, although dated in its of Sicyon and the Panhellenic festivals.” interpretations. :

Transactions and proceedings of the Ameri- H154. Kaerst, Julius. Geschichte des Helcan Philological Association, 72 (1941): lJenismus. 2nd ed., Leipzig, 1927. Emphasizes 266-87. Panhellenic festivals in the 6th cen- the cultural diffusion of Hellenism.

tury B.C. H155. Jouguet, Pierre. Macedonian imH144. Burn, Andrew R. “Dates in early _ perialism and the Hellenization of the East. Greek history.” Journal of Hellenic studies, London, 1928. Alexander’s empire and Hel55 (1935): 130-46. Revision of the chronol- __lenistic monarchies, with focus of attention

~ ogy of archaic Greek history, lowering the on Egypt. , |

traditional dates and suggesting new syn- H156. Berve, Helmut. Das Alexanderreich

chronisms. auf prosopographischer Grundlage. 2 v. in 1.

H145. Prakken, Donald W. Studies in) Munich, 1926. Technical and detailed; valu- -

Greek genealogical chronology. Lancaster, able for reference. ,

Pa., 1943. Review, M. McGregor, American 41157. Ehrenberg, Victor. Alexander and journal of philology, 65 (July 1944): 290. the Greeks. Tr. by R. Fraenkel von Velsen. Oxford, 1938. Examination of the political

° relationship between Alexander and _ the

| Classical Greece | _ Greeks of Asia Minor primarily.

Listed below are general treatments. See H158. Wilcken, Ulrich. “Zur Entstehung also local histories, particularly of Athens; des hellenistischen KG6nigskultes.” Sitzungs- | political, economic, and cultural history; berichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wisand, for general accounts, the longer his- senschaften: philosophisch-historische Klasse,

tories, especially H118—120. 1938: 298 ff. Study of the organization of

* H146. Laistner, Max L. W. A history of | the ruler cult in the Hellenistic monarchies. the Greek world from 479 to 323 B.C. 3rd H159, Bengtson, Hermann. Die Strategie ed., London, 1957. [Methuen’s history of in der hellenistischen Zeit: ein Beitrag zum the Greek and Roman world.] Good general antiken Staatsrecht. 3 v. Munich, 1937-52.

account of the history of Greece in the Discussed in A. Aymard, “Esprit militaire |

classical period. : et administration hellénistique,” Revue des H147. Zimmern, Sir Alfred E. The Greek études anciennes, 55 (1953): 132-45.

commonwealth. Sth ed., Oxford, 1931. A H160. Meyer, Ernst. Die Grenzen der sound, popular account of the society and hellenistischen Staaten in Kleinasien. Zurich

economic structure of 5th century Athens. and Leipzig, 1925. For the Wars of the H148. Freeman, Kathleen. Greek city Successors and the 3rd century B.c. (to the

states. London, 1950. General account of in- Peace of Apamea).

dividual Greek city states. H161. Jones, Arnold H. M. The Greek

| city from Alexander to Justinian. See 1/82. * gs . 162. Fine, John van A. “The background | Hellenistic Period of the social war of 220-17 B.c.” American

: H149. Cary, Max. A history of the Greek journal of philology, 61 (Apr. 1940): 129-

world from 323 to 146 B.C. 2nd rev. ed. 65. . ] London, 1951. [Methuen’s history of the H163. Holleaux, Maurice. Rome, la Gréce, Greek and Roman world.] Compact and well et les monarchies hellénistiques au_ IIe

organized general history. siécle avant J. C. Paris, 1921. Basic study of

H150. Tarn, William W. Hellenistic civili- the diplomatic relations in the early phases zation. 3rd rev. ed., London, 1952. Series of the Roman conquest of Greece. , of general studies on the Hellenistic king- H164,. Aymard, André. Les premiers rapdoms and their institutions. Valuable intro- ports de Rome et de la_ confédération

| duction for the study of this period. achaienne. Bordeaux, 1938. Very detailed ex~ #YI51. Rostovtzeff, Michael I. The social amination of the initial stages of the Roman

and economic history of the Hellenistic conquest of Greece in its diplomatic and

world. 3 v. Oxford, 1941. Indispensable for political aspects. . the study of Hellenistic history. A very com- H165. Bickermann, Elias J. ‘‘Bellum Philip-

prehensive interpretation with full discussion; picum: some Greek and Roman views con-

bibliography in the notes (v. 3). cerning the causes of the Second Macedonian H152. Droysen, Johann G. Geschichte des. War.” Classical philology, 40 (July 1945):

Hellenismus. 2nd ed., Gotha, 1877. The 139-48. Interesting study in the historiog“classical” history of the Hellenistic period raphy of this period.

which established it as a field of study in H166. Oost, Stewart I. Roman policy in

Greek history. Epirus and Acarnania in the age of the

, Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 129 Roman conquest of Greece. Dallas, 1954. D. C. MacGregor, Cambridge, Eng., 1933.

[Arnold Foundation studies (Southern H176. Kahrstedt, Ulrich. Staatsgebiet und

Methodist University), 4.] Staatsangehorige in Athen: Studien zum H167. Accame, Silvio. Il dominio romano _ offentlichen Recht Athens. V. 1. Stuttgart,

, in Grecia dalla guerra acaica ad Augusto. 1934. [Gd6ttinger Forschung, 4.] Not an

Rome, 1946. Excellent study of relations of authoritative, systematic study, but lively, the Greek communities with Rome between hypothetical, and open to _ considerable

146 and 31 B.c. | criticism; provocative, but with sound obSee also under local histories (Hellenistic | servation. See review cited in H177.

kingdoms), political, economic and cultural H177. ———. Untersuchungen zur Magihistory, and biographies. H/J18 is particu- stratur in. Athen. Stuttgart, 1936. Review,

larly useful for the narrative and for W. S. Ferguson, American journal of philol-

bibliography. ogy, 59 (Apr.H178. 1938): 229. Highby, Leo I. The Erythrae decree:

| contributions to the early history of the

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS Delian league and the Peloponnesian con-

| Aegean Area federacy. Leipzig, 1936. Technical study of an important document for the organization

Athens oo | of the Delian league, with useful discussion _ H168. Hignett, Charles. A history of the of early alliances in Greece. See also H194.

Athenian constitution to the end of the H179. Meritt, Benjamin, Henry T. Wade- | fifth century B.C. Oxford, 1952. Scholarly | Gery, and Malcolm McGregor. The Athenian treatment of the development of the Athenian __ tribute lists. 4 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1939-53. constitution, discussing its successive phases Definitive publication of the tribute lists of - of growth from the early monarchy and _ the Athenian empire. The texts are published

aristocracy to the decline of the Athenian in v. 1 and 2, and historical interpretation

empire. in v. 3. Particularly valuable for the financial H169. Ferguson, William S. “The Sala- organization of the empire and an account minioi of Heptaphylai and Sounion.” of the Delian league. V. 4 contains the of Athenian gentile organization. H180. Meiggs, Russell. “The growth of

Hesperia, 7 (1938): 1-74. Useful for study index. :

H170. Guarducci, Margherita. “L’origine Athenian imperialism.” Journal of Hellenic e le vicenale del genos attico dei Salaminii.” studies, 63 (1943): 21-34. Development of —_Rivista di filologia classica, 76 (1948): 223— the Athenian empire in the Sth century B.c.

37. | H181. Burn, Andrew R. Pericles and Hi71i. Cloché, Paul. La démocratie Athens. London, 1948. A general account.

athénienne. Paris, 1951. Discusses the evolu- H182. Ehrenberg, Victor. “The foundation | tion of Athenian government from Solon to of Thurii.” American journal of philology, 322 B.c. and gives a general historical ac- 69 (Apr. 1948): 149-70. Pericles’ conception count. Well balanced and moderate treat- of the colony was Panhellenistic, not nar-

ment. rowly Athenian.

H172. Bonner, Robert. J. Aspects of H183. ———. “Pericles and his colleagues

Athenian democracy. Berkeley, 1933. [Sather between 441 and 429 B.c.” American journal classical lectures (University of California), of philology, 66 (Apr. 1945): 113-34. 11.] These published lectures cover the main H184, Fuks, Alexander. The ancestral con-

facets of political life in Athens—the judi- stitution: four studies in Athenian party ciary, freedom of speech,. citizenship, etc. politics at the end of the fifth century B.C.

A clear and moderate presentation. London, 1953.

H173. Larsen, Jakob A. O. “Cleisthenes H185. Lang, Mabel. ‘The revolution of and the development of the theory of the 400.” American journal of philology, 69

democracy at Athens.” Essays in political (July 1948): 272-89. Study of the oligarchic theory presented to George H. Sabine. revolution in Athens in 411 B.c. Ithaca, N.Y., 1948. Discussion of isonomia H186. Dorjahn, Alfred P. Political for-

as characteristic of early democracy in _ giveness in. old Athens: the amnesty of 403 |

Athens. See also H289. B.C. Evanston, Ill., 1946. [Northwestern Uni-

H174. Carcopino, Jérome. L’ostracisme versity studies in the humanities, 13.] athénien. Paris, 1935. Account of the origin H187. Cloché, Paul. La politique étrangére (Cleisthenean) and working of the institution d’Athénes de 404 4 338 av. J. C. Paris, 1934.

of ostracism and a review of the cases A reasonably objective and clear account of of its practice. Will be replaced by a new’ Athenian foreign policy in the 4th century

study by E. Vanderpool and A. Raubitschek, __B.c.; perhaps too eulogistic of Demosthenes

Agora. — Macedon. — ,

using the ostraka found in the Athenian and unfair to the conceptions of Philip of H175. WHeadlam-Morley, Sir James W. H188. Accame, Silvio. La lega ateniese Election by lot in Athens. 2nd ed., rev. by del secolo IV. a.c. Rome, 1941. The organi-

130 Guide to Historical Literature . zation and historical circumstances of the H1i99. Feyel, Michel. Polybe et Phistoire

second Athenian empire. de Béotie au IIe siécle avant notre ére.

H189. Ferguson, William S. Hellenistic Paris, 1942. For discussion of this and H206 Athens. London, 1911. Best general study of see A. Aymard, “La Gréce centrale au IIIe

Athens in this period. | siécle avant J. C.,” Revue historique, 196

190. ———-. Athenian tribal cycles in the (July-Sep. 1946): 287-316. : . Hellenistic age. Cambridge, Mass., 1932. H200. Hanell, Krister. Megarische Studien.

Technical chronological study. Lund, Swe., 1934. Not a history of Megara, } H191. Dinsmoor, William B. The archons but an interesting treatment of its religious _

of Athens in the Hellenistic age. Cambridge, institutions to determine its prehistoric affili- 7 Mass., 1931. A technical chronological ations. Also compares them with those of its study. Revision in The Athenian archon list colonies, thus iluminating the relations bein the light of recent discoveries (N.Y., tween mother-city and colony in Greece.

1939). H201. Westlake, Henry D. Thessaly in the H192. Dow, Sterling. Prytaneis: a study of fourth century. London, 1935. Narrative his-

the inscriptions honoring the Athenian coun- tory of Thessaly, with good appreciation of cillors. Athens, 1937. [Hesperia supplement, the policies of Jason and Philip II for its

| 1.] A technical epigraphical study which col- consolidation against the anarchy of its lects and discusses the decrees passed in aristocratic local governments. |

honor of the Prytaneis in Athens. Valuable H202. Wallace, William. “The demes of for the chronological detail and study of Eretria.” Hesperia, 16 (Apr.-June 1947): the Athenian council in the Hellenistic 115-46. Study of the organization of Eretria

period. oe based on epigraphical evidence. H193. Pritchett, William K.; and Benjamin H203. Lerat, Lucien. Les Locriens de

D. Meritt. The chronology of Hellenistic Pouest. 2 v. Paris, 1952. [1, Topographie et | Athens. Cambridge, Mass., 1940. Technical ruines; 2, Histoire, institutions, prosopograchronological study. For revisions and fur- phie.} ther study see W. K. Pritchett and O. Neuge- H204. Parke, Herbert W., and D. W. | bauer, The calendars of Athens (Cambridge, Wormell. The Delphic oracle. 2 v. Oxford,

~ Mass., 1947). : 1956. History of the oracle and (v. 2) a

| H1i94, Athenian studies presented to Wil- collection of the oracles. liam Scott Ferguson. Cambridge, Mass., H205. Poulsen, P. Frederik S. Delphi. Lon-

| 1940. [Harvard studies in classical philology, don, 1920. General descriptive study of the 51 and sup. v. 1.] Two volumes of studies in oracle. Greek history, of which those in sup. v. I are H206. Flaceliére, Robert. Les Aitoliens a centered on various problems of Athenian Delphes: contributions 4 YVhistoire de la history. See in particular J. A. O. Larsen, Gréce centrale au Tile siécle av. J. C. Paris,

“The constitution and original purpose of 1937. the Delian League,” pp. 175-213; and H. T. H207. Daux, Georges. Delphes au Ile et Wade-Gery, ‘““The peace of Kallias,” pp. 121— au Ier siécle. Paris, 1936. Very detailed,

56. technical study utilizing epigraphical sources. H195. Judeich, Walther. Topographie von For the early history of the oracle see H204. |

Athen. 2nd ed., Munich, 1931. [Handbuch

der Altertumswissenschaft, 3.] A standard Pelopomnesus handbook. For the Agora see the excavation H208. Will, Edouard. Korinthiaka: rereports in Hesperia, 1931 ff.; and fora recent cherches sur histoire et la civilisation de general account of Athens with good bib- Corinthe des origines aux guerres médiques. liography, Ida C. T. Hill, The ancient city Paris, 1955. Very thorough study of the early

] of Athens: its topography and monuments history of Corinth, noteworthy for its full

(London, 1953). a use of the archaeological evidence necessary a for Greek history in the archaic period, but Central Greece - attempting a full synthesis of all the sources H196. Cloché, Paul. Thebes de Béotie, of information. Valuable for early Greek

des origines 4 conquéte romaine. Namur, economic history. Belg., 1952. A general narrative history of H209. Roussel, Pierre. Sparte. Paris, 1939. Thebes, rather weak for its early history and A short, balanced, and well-written study of in constitutional problems, but excellent for early Sparta, correlating its internal institu-—

, the 4th century B.c. tions with the expansion of its influence in H197. Bersanetti, G. M. “Pelopida.” Greece. Athenaeum, 27 (1949): 43-101. | ~#H210. Chrimes, Kathleen M. T. Ancient H198. Carrata, Thomas F. Egemonia Sparta, a re-examination of the evidence.

beotica e potenza maritima nella politica di Manchester, 1949. Rather technical investigaEpaminonda. Turin, 1952. [Univ. di Torino, — tion, but not a historical account, of Spartan Pubblicazione delle Facolta di Lettere e Filo- institutions. Studies inscriptions of the Hel-

sofia, 4.] : lenistic and Roman periods for survivals of

| Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 131 earlier custom, and attempts to trace them examination of the juridical character of back to the early period of Spartan history. the. Macedonian army assemblies, with a H211. Michell, Humfrey. Sparta. Cam- detailed study of each recorded meeting. bridge, Eng., 1952. Study of the. institutions H222. Callart, P. Philippes, ville de Mace-

of Sparta, particularly sensible on the eco- dome. Paris, 1937. |

nomic problems of land tenure, use of - |

money, and the like; but perhaps too anti- The Islands

quarian on social and political aspects of H223. Pendlebury, John D. S. The | Spartan life, and rather uncritical in its use archaeology of Crete. London, 1939. Excel-

of source material. lent survey of the development of Minoan

212. Hammond, N. G. L. “The Lycurgan civilization and of the archaeological sites , reforms at Sparta.” Journal of Hellenic and excavation on Crete. For Dorian (early) a

studies, 70 (1950): 42-64. Crete see H35. ,

| H213. Hampl, Franz. “Die lakedaimon- — 224, _Effenterre, Henri van. La Créte et

_ ische Peridken.” Hermes, 72 (1937): 1-39. Je monde grec de Platon a Polybe. Paris, 7 H214. Kroymann, Jiirgen. Sparta und 1948, A study of Crete in the 4th century

Messenien: Untersuchungen zur Ueberliefe- and Hellenistic period, with interesting secrung der messenischen Kriege. Berlin, 1937. tions on the connection between Plato’s Laws [Neue philologischer Untersuchungen, 11.] and Cretan law, and studies of the political Tradition of the Messenian-Spartan wars in institutions of the Hellenistic period. Dis-

__ the archaic period. oe cussion of this and H137 in Y. Béquignon,. H215. Roebuck, Carl A. A history of Mes- “De la Créte mycénienne A Ja Créte hel-

senia from 369 to 146 B.C. Chicago, 1941. — |énistique,” Journal des savants, 1949, 38-55.

Political history of the “new’’ state of Mes- H225. Larsen, Jakob A. O. “Perioeci in _ senia and its struggle to preserve its identity Crete,” Classical philology, 31 (Jan. 1936):

in 4th century and Hellenistic Greece. 11-22. See also M. Guarducci, “Intorno ai H216. Callmer, Christian. Studien zur perieci di Creta,” Rivista di filologia e Geschichte Arkadiens bis zur Grindung des = @jstruzione classica, 66 (1936): 356-63.

_ Arkadischen Bundes. Lund, 1943, H226. Laidlaw, William A. A history of

_H217. Gardiner, Edward N. Olympia, its Delos, Oxford, 1933. General history of the history and remains. Oxford, 1925. A gen- jsland from Panionic sanctuary to trading eral, descriptive account of the sanctuary. city of the late Hellenistic period. The .emFor excellent illustrations see W. Hege and phasis is on the later phase of Delos’ history _ G. Rodenwaldt, Olympia (London, 1936). when it was the center in the Aegean for

Northern Greece , theJohn grainH. and slave trade. estates | am . H227. Kent, “The temple

H218. Cross, Geoffrey N. Epirus: a study of Delos, Rheneia, and Mykonos.” Hesperia, in Greek constitutional development. Cam- 17 (Qct.-Dec. 1948): 243-338. Based on the bridge, Eng., 1932. Survey of Epirote his- epigraphical documents from Delos. See also

tory which fits it into the general context of 7376. |

Greek history. Main emphasis is on the con- . 4228, Pouilloux, Jean. Recherches sur stitutional development with its curiously phistoire et les cultes de Thasos. V. 1, De

limited monarchy. la fondation de la cité 4 196 ay. J. C. Paris, H219, Casson, Stanley. Macedonia, Thrace = 4954. | | and Illyria. Oxford, 1926. Mainly topographi- H229. Fraser, Peter M., and George E. cal and geographical description of these Bean. The Rhodian Peraea and islands. Oxareas, but with estimates of their economic ford, 1954. Epigraphical studies. For the

bases and useful material for the regions history of the island see H. van Gelder,

before consolidation of the Macedonian Geschichte der alten Rhodier (Leiden, 1900), kingdom under Philip and Alexander. out of date in many respects, but still useful. - Thronbesteigung Philipps II. Munich and

H220. Geyer, Fritz. Makedonien bis zur |

Berlin, 1930. [Historische Zeitschrift Beiheft, Colonial Areas .

19.] General treatment of Macedonian his- :

tory up to the accession of Philip II. The Black Sea |

narrative of Macedonia’s struggle to main- H230. Minns, Ellis H. Scythians and tain its independence of Athens is well Greeks. See F245.

worked out, but there is little discussion of H231. Rostovtzeff, Michael I’ Iranians and the monarchy and popular assembly in arms, Greeks in South Russia. Oxford, 1922. Study

which are akin to Homeric institutions. of the separate development and eventual H221. Granier, Friedrich. Die make- fusion of the Greek colonists and Scythians donische MHeeresversammlung, ein Beitrag in the colonial area of the Black Sea. Some

zum antiken Staatsrecht. Munich, 1931. of its archaeological data is obsolete, par-

[Miinchener Beitrdge zur Papyrusforschung ticularly for the earlier period.

und antiken Rechtsgeschichte, 13.] Exhaustive H232. ———. Skythien und der Bosporus.

132 , Guide to Historical Literature V. 1, Kritische Ubersicht der schriftlichen of Cyrene in Libya in its early period, its und archiologischen Quellen. See F/74. institutions and relations with the natives. «233. Tessen, Aleksandr A. Grecheskaia Includes a catalog of the sculpture found on kolonizatsiia severnogo Prichernomoria. Len- the site, and accounts and plans of its priningrad, 1947. Review, S. V. Kiselev, Vestnik ©ipal buildings of this period. _

drevnei istorii, 3 (1948): 117. _ H244. Roebuck, Carl A. “The organiza-

tion of Naukratis.” Classical philology, 46 |

Sicily and Magna Graecia (1951): 212-20. Internal organization of

H234. Beaumont. R. L. “Greek influence the Greek trading colony at Naukratis and in the Adriatic Sea before the fourth cen- ts relation to the Egyptian government. See

tury B.c.” Journal of Hellenic studies, 56 also H313. .

in this area. 7 .

(1996): 159-204. Early Greek colonization Yellenistic Kingdoms

H235. Bérard, Jean. Bibliographic topo- een eae Geeah the Arak eancneat graphique des principales cités grecques de exancer reat to the Arad conquest. Pitalie méridionale et de la Sicile dans O*f0rd, 1948. Brief study of Hellenism in Vantiquité. Paris, 1941. Bibliography of the ~©2YPt With a useful chapter on papyrology Greek colonial o egion of Sicily and south and a bibliography. See also items listed for

Italy Roman Egypt in Section I. . _ large . . ge| ——. H246. Michael H236. LaRostovtzeff, colonisation grecque de .I.. A

Vitalie méridionale et de la Sicile dans Station Feyp t Me had “ century B.C. Vantiquité: Phistoire et la légende. 2nd ed., archives INL] ” > Based on “enon's Paris, 1957. Very thorough study of the H247. Préaux. Claire. Les G Kevot colonization of Sicily and southern Italy, davre 1 hi 4 ©. BES MaTECS CN NEYPIEs important for its synthesis of legend and apres les arcinves oc Zenon. Brussels, 1947.

historical evidence H248. ———. L’économie royale des La-

237 Dunbabin Thomas J. The western gides. Brussels, 1939. General account of

| Greeks. Oxford, 1948. Comprehensive study eclaer re the hetheien ae, OM | le.” of the Greek cities of the colonial area of Re al-Enc clovi die eum, 16 nN St tte L. 1935.

Sicily and southern Italy, with full treatment 1 47.99 St dy v. f Pt C uttgart, )s of their political, social, and economic de- e " ganization udy © Olermale economic velopment. Fundamental for problems of : és . | colonization and commerce in early Greek ~ wee ' Welles, Charles B rh he Drolemaic history, as well as for the study of this par- ACMUMIS'TaOn Wk ByPt. € journal 0

ticular area juristic papyrology, 3 (1949): 21-47.

- H238. Ciaceri, Emanuele. Storia della H251. Bevan, Edwyn R. A history of

Magna Graecia. 3 v. Rome, 1927-32. De- tBypt under the Ptolemaic dynasty. London,

tailed general history of the foundation and ona } .

development of the Greek colonies of south- gq H252. Otto, Walter G. A. Zur Geschichte

ern Italy and Sicily, with emphasis on the er Zeit des 6 Ptolemiers: ein Beitrag zur

° ’ . is ee .

process of Hellenization and relations with Politik und zum Staatsrecht des Hellenismus.

the native communities. z ery 1934. qu B H239. Pace, Baigio. Arte e civilta della - » Ane mcrmann | engtson. Zur

Sicilia antica. 4 v. Rome and Milan, 1935-49, Geschichte des Niederganges des Ptole-

| H240. Wuilleumier. Pierre Tarente des m4aerreiches: ein Beitrag zur Regierungszeit origines a la conquéte romaine. Paris, 1939. Obst Ml Peoremaers. eee 1938. Detailed history of Tarentum, with full syn- heod, Manni, Eugenio, 1 pgitto tole-

. 106

thesis of the evidence, maico nei suoi rapporti politici con Roma. Rivista di filologia classica, 77 (1949): 79-

Mediterranean ,The , . ;Western . ; H255. Bikerman, :Elie. Institutions des Soe aren ay Be jemonto. Hispania Séleucides. Paris, 1938. General study of

rla e , Vv. .

the foundation and growth of the Greek Sereucid ear See aso the approcolonies in Spain, with a virtually complete P HS6. Bouché. Leclercq Auguste. Histoire

collection and illustration of the archaeologi- des Séleucides. 2 v. Paris, 1913-1 4. . cal remains. Fundamental for the study of _H257. Otto, Walter G. A. “Beitrige zur

H 749. C colonia he Wity, Seleukiden-geschichte des 3 Jahrh. vor

199 242. Clerc, Michel. Massilia, 2 v. Paris, Christ.” Abhandlungen der bayerischen Aka-

9. History of Marseilles. | demie der Wissenschaften, new ser. 11 (1934).

Afri H258. Jansen, Herman L.1943. Die politik rica Antiochus der IV. Oslo, H243. Chamoux, Francois. Cyréne sous H259. Swain, Joseph W. “‘Antiochus Epiphla monarchie des Battiades. Paris, 1953. anes and Egypt.” Classical philology, 39 Comprehensive history of the Greek colony (Jan. 1944): 73-94,

Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 133. H260. Bellinger, Alfred R. “The end of H269. McDonald, William A. The political the Seleucids.” Transactions of the Con- meeting places of the Greeks. Baltimore, necticut Academy of Arts and Science, 38 1943. [Johns Hopkins University studies in

/ (1949): 51-102. | archaeology, 34.] A study of the types of H261. Marcus, Ralph. “‘A selected bib- buildings the Greeks developed to house their liography (1920-1945) of the Jews in the various political bodies. Emphasis is primarily Hellenistic-Roman period.” Proceedings of on architectural form of the buildings, but the American Academy for Jewish Research, the material is correlated to the type of polit-

16 (1946-47): 97-181. ical body and its functional needs. —

- H262. Tarn, William W. The Greeks in H270. Bonner, Robert, and Gertrude Bactria and India. 2nd ed., Cambridge, Smith. The administration of justice from

Eng., 1951. Indispensable for the study of Homer to Aristotle. 2 v. Chicago, 1930-38. Hellenization in the Middle East. Skilful use A rather specialized treatment with considerof numismatic evidence in historical recon- able controversial argument. V. 1, after an

struction. | initial discussion of the Heroic Age, early

H263. Hansen, Esther V. The Attalids of | Attica, and the law givers, centers on a hisPergamon. Ithaca, N.Y., 1947. Comprehen- tory of the courts in Athens. V. 2 covers

sive study of the Pergamon kingdom. practice and procedure in classical Athens, OO

| with useful material for the political aspects

| HISTORIES TOPICS _ of wreA. justice. A. Neoi: a contri ge OF rarSPECIAL . Forbes, Clarence Neoik: a contriPolitical Institutions and Theory bution to the study of Greek associations.

H264. Larsen, Jakob A. O. ‘‘Histoire des Middletown, Conn., 1933. [American Philoinstitutions—antiquité.” Rapports présentés logical Association philological monographs, au IXe¢ Congrés International des Sciences 2.] Study of the ephebate and age classes. Historiques, 1 (Paris, 1950): 385-416. An . , estimate (in English), with useful bibliogra- | Federal Institutions phy, of the state of scholarship for Greek H272. Larsen, Jakob A. O. Representative political institutions at time of this publi- government in Greek and Roman history.

cation. | Berkeley, 1955. [Sather classical lectures H265. Busolt, George, and Heinrich Swo- (University of California), 28.] The use of

boda. Griechische Staatskunde. 2nd ed., 2 v., representative institutions in the Greek city Munich, 1920-26. [Handbuch der Altertums- states, federal leagues, and Roman provincial wissenschaft, 4.] A handbook for the study assemblies. Based on the generation of study

| of Greek political institutions, very system- of which the separate products may be seen

atically organized for reference. Pt. 1 treats in a series of articles in Classical philology the general organization of Greek com- from 1925. See also H286. munities (tribal and urban); pt. 2, Sparta, H273. Aymard, André L. Les assemblées Crete, and Athens in considerable detail; pt. de la confédération achaienne. Bordeaux, 3, international relations. Contains excellent 1938. Very detailed; important for the orbibliography, citation of source material, and ganization of Greek federations in the Hel-

notice of controversial points; also lengthy _lenistic period. | historical introduction as well as the institu-

tional analyses. International Relations ; — _ H274. Walbank, Frank W. “The problem City State Institutions of Greek nationality.” The phoenix, 5 (1951): H266. Fustel de Coulanges, Numa D. 41-60. A consciousness of belonging to the La cité antique: étude sur le culte, le droit, same people, if not a-Greek nation. les institutions de la Gréce et de Rome. 14th H275. Phillipson, Coleman. International reprint, Paris, 1893. A “classic” study of the law and custom of ancient Greece and nature of the ancient city state, with a logical Rome. 2 v. London, 1911. An old study, but

rather than historical interpretation. not yet superseded.

H267. Glotz, Gustave. The Greek city and H276. Martin, Victor. La vie internationale its institutions. Paris, 1929. Tr. by N. Mal- dans la Gréce des cités. Paris, 1940. General linson from La cité grecque (Paris, 1928). treatment with broad scope of the forms and | General account of the character and work- organization of international relations among ing of Greek political institutions at succes- the Greek city states. The political nature sive stages in the evolution of the Greek of the city, imperialism, peace treaties, arbi-

city state from the Homeric city through the tration, and other such topics are discussed. 4th century B.c. Review, V. Ehrenberg, There is adequate citation of source material

Gnomon, 5 (Jan. 1929): 1. and bibliography.

H268. The Greek political experience: H277. Hammond, Mason. “Ancient im-

studies in honor of William Kelly Prentice. perialism: contemporary justifications.” Har-

studies. (1948): 105-61.

Princeton, 1941. Collection of short, general vard studies in classical philology, 58-9

134 Guide to Historical Literature — H278. Ferguson, William S. Greek im- the insight of a statesman of practical experiperialism. N.Y., 1913. Brief but illuminating ence. For Aristotelian theory see H64.

general history of imperialism from that of H288. Sinclair, Thomas A. A history of the city states, Athens and Sparta, through Greek political thought. London, 1952. A Alexander and the Hellenistic monarchies to succinct and clearly written sketch of the

the Hellenistic leagues. development of Greek political thought.

H279. Schaefer, Hans. Staatsform und H289. Vlastos, Gregory. ‘“Isonomia.” Politik: Untersuchungen zur griechischen American journal of philology, 74 (Oct.

Geschichte des 6. and 5. Jahrhunderts. Leip- 1953): 337-66. Examination of the term in

| zig, 1932. Examines Greek political termi- its political context. |

nology with reference to interstate relations H290. Jones, John W. The law and legal for the 6th and 5th centuries. The author theory of the Greeks. Oxford, 1956. Treats

| discovers an “agonal” character in them the function and character of law in the

which was transformed in the late Sth cen- Greek city state. :

_ tionship. tury to a more formal and businesslike Hellenistic Political Theoryrela- . - |

H280. Hampl, Franz. Die griechischen H291. Fritz, Kurt von. The theory of the Staatsvertrage des 4 Jahrhunderts v. Christi mixed constitution im antiquity: a critical - Geb. Leipzig, 1938. Examination of the cir- analysis of Polybius’ political ideas. N.Y., cumstances calling forth the interstate treaties 1954. Very detailed and complete study of in 4th century Greece, and discussion of the genesis and development of the theory

their character. of the mixed constitution; related in par-

H281. Momigliano, Arnaldo. “La koine ticular to Roman historical development, but : _ eirene dal 386 al 338 a. C.” Rivista di filo- with discussion of the roots of the theory in logia, 62 (1934): 482-514. The movement Greek political philosophy. A survey of towards a common peace among the Greek _Polybius’ background is given.

| states in the 4th century B.c. | H292. Kaerst, Julius. Studien zur EntH282. Martin, Victor. “Sur une interpré- wickelung und theoretischen Begrimdung der tation nouvelle de la ‘Paix du roi.””””» Museum Monarchie im Altertum. Leipzig, 1898.

helveticum, 5-6 (1948-49): 127-39. H293. Goodenough, Erwin R. “The politi-

H283. Roos, A. G. “The peace of Sparta cal philosophy of Hellenistic kingship.” Yale | of 374 B.c.” Mnemosyne, 4th ser., 2 (1949): classical studies, 1 (1928): 55-102. -Criti-

265-85. cism of Kaerst’s discussion. H284. Taeger, Fritz. Der Friede yon 362- H294,. Zancan, Paola. Il monarcato ellen-

361: ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der panhel- istico nei suoi elementi federativi. Padua,

| lenischen Bewegung im 4 Jahrhundert. Stutt- 1934.

gart, 1930. [Tubinger Beitrage zur Alter- H295. Heuss, Alfred. Stadt und Herrscher | tumswissenschaft, 11.] The general peace des Hellenismus in ihren staats- und vélkermade among the Greek states in 362-61 after rechtlichen Beziehungen. Leipzig, 1937.

the battle of Mantinea. Valuable for study H296. Hammond, Mason. City state and of the Panhellenic movement towards a _ world state in Greek and Roman political

common peace in the 4th century. theory until Augustus. Cambridge, Mass., H285. Aymard, André. “Philippe de Macé- 1951. General thesis is the failure of the doine O6tage 4 Thébes.”’ Revue des études an- Romans to transfer adequately the Greek

ciennes, 56 (1954): 15-36. Hostages in clas- theory of the best state to Roman theory sical Greece, as well as study of the tradi- and practice, hence the failure of the empire.

tion of Philip’s stay in Thebes. It is written for the political theorist and

H286. Larsen, Jakob A. O. “Representa- scientist in general, and contains a sketch tive government in the Panhellenic leagues.” of the development of Greek political

. Classical philology, 20 (Oct. 1925): 313- _ theory. | 29; 21 (Jan. 1926): 52-71. Study of the

: institutional form of the Panhellenic leagues Economic History , established by Philip II of Macedon and his

successors. For recent bibliography see Carl H297. Walbank, Frank W. “Histoire soRoebuck, ‘The settlements of Philip II with ciale—antiquité.’”’ Rapports présentés au DXe¢

the Greek states in 338 B.c.,” Classical Congrés International des Sciences Histori-

philology, 43 (Apr. 1948): 73-92. ques, 1 (Paris, 1950): 261-79. Survey (in |

.. English) of the position and trends of

, Classical Political Theory interpretation in Greek and Roman social H287. Barker, Sir Ernest. Greek political and economic history. Author discusses the

theory. 4th ed., London, 1951. History of opposite poles of approach: (1) that the Greek political theory from its origins economic forces of the ancient world were through Plato, with emphasis on Platonic primitive and undeveloped in contrast to © theory. Excellent treatments of the Republic | medieval and modern society, and (2) the and Laws, analytic and explanatory with “modernizing” interpretation which ascribes

, | Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 135 a special form of capitalistic development.to detailed study of the production of grain in

Greek and Roman society. ancient Greece—types grown, yield, system

H298. Heichelheim, Fritz. Wirtschaftsge- of farming, and the like. | schichte des Altertums vom Palaolithikum H307. Finley, Moses I. Studies in land and

bis zur Volkerwanderung. 2 v. Leiden, 1938. credit in ancient Athens, 500-200 B.C.: the

A massive study with complex bibliography. Horos inscriptions. New Brunswick, N.J., | For a slighter and general account see J. 1952. Technical study of the “mortgage”

Toutain, The economic life of the ancient inscriptions of Attica, complementary to that

world, tr. by M. R. Dobie (N.Y., 1951). of Fine (H308) in that the author’s viewH299. Bliimner, Hugo. Technologie und point is that of an economic historian; an

Terminologie der Gewerbe und Kiimste bei investigation of real estate security as part

den Griechen und Romern. 4 v. in 3,.Leip- of a study of Greek business practice. ]

zig, 1875-87. 2nd rev. ed. of v. 1, Leipzig, © H308. Fine, John van A. Horoi: studies in

1912. Valuable for reference. mortgage, real security, and land tenure in

H300. Michell, Humfrey. The economics ancient Athens. Baltimore, 1951. Technical

of ancient Greece. Rev. ed., Cambridge, study from a legal approach of the “mort-

_Eng., 1956. General, mainly descriptive, ac- gage” inscriptions of Attica, valuable for | count of the economy of Aegean Greece, the problem of land tenure and sale. Fine | with chapters on agriculture, mining, labor, suggests that land was not alienable until the

etc. Useful introduction to the field with a late Sth century in Athens. |

synthesis of the information. - H309. Hasebroek, Johannes. Griechische

H301. Glotz, Gustave. Ancient Greece at Wirtschafts- und Gesellschaftsgeschichte bis work: an economic history of Greece from zur Perserzeit. Tiibingen, Ger., 1931. Inter| the Homeric period to the Roman conquest. pretation of Greek economic organization as Tr. by M. R. Dobie. London, 1926. A _ primitive in its forms and essentially of the primarily descriptive account of the organi- “household” type (see H297). Reviews, M.

zation of economic activity in ancient Cary, Journal of Hellenic studies, 49 (Jan.Greece, written for the general reader. Its June 1929): 108 and 52 (Jan.-June 1932):

interpretation of the institutions is conceived 147. | along “‘modernizing” lines like that of Beloch H310. ———. Staat und Handel im alten and Meyer. See also H297. Griechenland. Tiibingen, 1928. Tr. by L.

_H302. Seltman, Charles T. Greek coms: Fraser and D. C. MacGregor as Trade and a history of metallic currency and coinage politics in ancient Greece (London, 1932). A down to the fall of the Hellenistic kingdems. criticism of the “modernizing” interpretation | 2nd ed., London, 1955. General introduction of Greek economic organization, and devel-

to the history of Greek coinage. Arranged opment of the thesis that economic consider- | on a combined geographical and chrono- § ations had no part in the political actions of

logical scheme, discussing the principal the Greek state. Criticized for its misinter- :

Greek issues and metrology; perhaps too pretation or neglect of archaeological and : “traditional” in its account of early Greek numismatic evidence. coinage. A convenient manual for consulta- H311. Sutherland, Carol H. V. “Corn tion is Barclay V. Head, Historia numorum and coin: a note on Greek commercial

(2nd ed., London, 1911). monopolies.”” American journal of philology,

; | | 64 (Apr. 1943): Use of silver in Finance the grain trade.129-47. Criticism of Hasebroek’s H303. Andreades, Andreas M,. A history views (H310).

| of Greek public finance. Tr. by C. N. Brown. H312. Roebuck, Carl A. “The economic

Cambridge, Mass., 1933. General history of | development of Ionia.” Classical philology, | the public financing of Greek states, useful 48 (Jan. 1953): 9-16. Population estimate and

for its synthesis and collection of evidence, study of the trade developed to provide the | although now out of date with respect to food supply of Ionia in the archaic period.

Athens. The rhythm of Ionian growth was similar to H304. Ferguson, William S. The treasurers that of the rest of Greece, the significant

. of Athens. Cambridge, Mass., 1932. Finan-. transition in development occurring in the

cial history of the Athenian empire, particu- last quarter of the 7th century. /

larly valuable for the last phase of the H313. ——-. “The grain trade between | Peloponnesian War. For the earlier period Greece and Egypt.’ Classical philology, 45

see H179. (Oct. 1950): 236-47. Study of this trade in

; | the archaic period, with anGreek estimate the Agriculture respective roles of those statesof which H305. Vickery, Kenton F. Food in early — shared in the foundation of Naukratis. Greece. Urbana, 1936. [University of Illinois H314. Ehrenberg, Victor. The people of

Studies in the social sciences, 20.] _ Aristophanes: a sociology of old Attic H306. Jardé, Auguste F. Les céréales dans comedy. 2nd ed., Oxford, 1951. The plays Pantiquité grecque. Paris, 1925. Valuable and of Aristophanes (and Euripides) are used to

136 Guide to Historical Literature reconstruct a picture of society and eco- on aspects of Greek civilization—science,

nomic life in late 5th century Athens. Very mathematics, etc. |

readable, but the evidence is of such a H328. Gardiner, Edward N. Athletics of : nature that a proper perspective is difficult the ancient world. Oxford, 1930. General

to obtain. | treatment of ancient athletics, but with the

H315. Hopper, R. J. “The Attic silver main emphasis on Greek and Roman games mines in the fourth century B.c.” Annual of and sports. Discussion of the festivals is

the British School at Athens, 48 (1953): secondary. Well illustrated. |

200-54. Based mainly on the epigraphical H329. Sarton, George A. L. A history of

evidence. | science: ancient science through the golden

- 316. Larsen, Jakob A. O. “Roman age of Greece. Cambridge, Mass., 1952. Greece.” An economic survey of ancient H330. Farrington, Benjamin. Science and :

| Rome, v. 4 (Baltimore, 1938), pp. 334-435. politics in the ancient world. London, 1939. Valuable for period of Roman conquest and H331. Jaeger, Werner W. Paideia. Tr. by ~ Delos in particular. See also H227. Gilbert Highet. 3 v. Oxford, 1939-44. Greek

H317. Bolkestein, Hendrik. Wohltatigkeit intellectual and spiritual development. Interund Armenpfiege im vorchristlichen Altertum. prets the thought and ideals expressed in the

Utrecht, 1934. | literature from Homer through Plato.

| H332. Snell, Bruno K. Die Entstehung

Military History des Geistes: Studien zur Entstehung des europaischen Denkens bei der Griechen. 3rd

H318. Kromayer, Johannes, and Georg ed., Hamburg, 1955. Tr. by T. G. RosenVeith. Heerwesen und Kriegfihrung der meyer as The discovery of the mind: the _ Griechen und Romer. Munich, 1928. [Hand- Greek origins of European thought (Cambuch der Altertumswissenschaft, 4.] The pridge, Eng., 1953). Collection of separate

| standard handbook for military science in gtudies on Greek thought, arranged chrono-

the Greek and Roman world. | logically to give a synthesis of its growth. H319. Adcock, Frank E. The Greek and = [he emphasis is on those qualities which are

Macedonian art of war. Berkeley, 1957. traditional in European thought.

[Sather classical lectures (University of Cali- 41333. Marrou, Henri I. Histoire de l’édufornia), 30.] History of battle tactics and cation dans Pantiquité. 2nd ed., Paris, 1950.

Strategy. Excellent history of the methods and aims -H320. Rodgers, William L. Greek and of Greek and Roman education. Roman naval warfare: a study of strategy, 31334. Ueberweg, Frederick, Max Heinze,

tactics and ship design from Salamis (480 and Karl Praechter. Grundriss der Ge-

B.C.) to Actium (31 B.C.). London, 1937. schichte der Philosophie. Pt. 1, Das Altertum. H321. Grundy, George B. The great Per- 12th ed., Berlin, 1926.

_ sian War and its preliminaries: a study of H335. Burnet, John. Early Greek phithe evidence, literary and topographical. fosophy. 4th ed., N.Y., 1930. Discussion of London, 1901. Very thorough and detailed pre-Socratic philosophy. account of the strategy, tactics, and battles H336. Grube, Georges M. A. Plato’s

of this war, and critique of the Herodotean thought. London, 1935. |

_ account from that point of view. : H337. Taylor, Alfred E. Plato, the man

: H322. Tarn, William W. Hellenistic mili- and his work. 6th ed., London, 1949. tary and naval developments. Cambridge, H338. Jaeger, Werner W. Aristotle. Tr. :

Eng., 1930. by R. Robinson. Oxford, 1934.

: H323. Launey, Marcel. Recherches sur les H339. Ross, Sir William D. Aristotle. 3rd _

armées hellénistiques. Paris, 1949. ed., London, 1937.

H324. Parke, Herbert W. Greek mercenary H340. DeWitt, Norman W. Epicurus and soldiers from the earliest times to the battle his philosophy. Minneapolis, 1954.

of Ipsus. Oxford, 1933. Study of the prac- H341. Pohlenz, Max. Die Stoa. 2 v. tice of mercenary service in the Greek Gottingen, 1948.

armies for the archaic and classical periods. | .

| Particularly useful for the 4th century. Religion _

H325. Griffith, Guy T. The mercenaries of H342. Nilsson, Martin P. Geschichte der the Hellenistic world. Cambridge, Eng., 1935. —_ griechischen Religion. 2nd ed., 2 v., Munich,

| | 1941-50. [Handbuch der AltertumswissenCultural History schaft, 5.] Standard handbook and _ history

Se ce for the study of Greek religion. Well docu-

Civilization and Thought mented, with good bibliography, notice of

H326. Croiset, Maurice. La civilisation de controversial points, and interpretation of .

1943. religious life. [CSB] _ H327. Livingstone, Richard W. The legacy H343. Roscher, Wilhelm H., ed. Ausfiihr-

la Gréce antique. N.Y., 1925. Reprint, Paris, the main conceptions and practices of Greek

of Greece. Oxford, 1921. Separate chapters liches Lexikon der griechischen und rém-

, _ Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World 137 ischen Mythologie. 6 v. in 9, and 3 sup. v. H357. ——-. Greek piety. Tr. by H. J.

Leipzig, 1884-1937. Valuable for reference. Rose. Oxford, 1948. General statement of H344. Picard, Charles. Les religions pré- Greek religious attitude toward the world helléniques (Crete et Mycénes). Paris, 1948. and life. Particularly valuable for the Hel-

General treatment of pre-Hellenic religion, lenistic period. |

clearly and cautiously written aS a com- H358. ———. Greek popular religion. N.Y., |

pendium and introduction to the subject. 1940. | Excellent bibliography. ; H345. Nilsson, Martin P. Minoan- Literature . Mycenaean religion and its survival in For the Greek historians see HistoriogGreek religion. 2nd rev. ed., Lund, Swe., raphy. , , 1950. Somewhat technical, but important as H359. Schmid, Wilhelm, and Otto Stahlin. - establishing the continuity of the great cycles Geschichte der griechischen Literatur. 2 pts.

of legend from Mycenaean to historical in 8 v. Munich, 1920-48. Pt. 1, classical

| Greek times. Greek literature; 2, post-classical to 530 a.pD. H346. Farnell, Lewis R. The cults of the H360. Sinclair, Thomas A. A history of Greek states. 5 v. Oxford, 1896-1908. Sur- classical Greek literature from Homer to vey of the main deities, the origin and ritual Aristotle. London, 1934. Convenient short of their cults in the various Greek states. history of Greek literature with good em-

Historical and descriptive rather than inter- phasis and balance. ,

pretative. [CSB] H361. Bowra, Sir Cecil M. Ancient Greek

- H347. Cook, Arthur B. Zeus. 3 v. in 5. literature. Rev. ed., Oxford, 1952. [Home

Cambridge, Eng., 1914-40. Highly detailed university library.] A short, well organized and scholarly study of the development of sketch of Greek literary development.

the principal Greek divinity. Numerous notes H362. Wright, Frederick A. A history of and bibliographical items cover almost every later Greek literature. London, 1932.

aspect of Greek cults. Valuable for refer- H363. Gomme, Arnold W. The Greek at-

ence. [CSB] titude to poetry and history. Berkeley, 1954.

H348. Deubner, Ludwig A. Attische Feste. [Sather classical lectures (University of Cali- \

Berlin, 1932. Account of the origin and prac- fornia), 27.] Contains inter alia a discussion

tice of the main religious festivals of the of the literary techniques of narration used Athenian state, arranged under the various by Herodotus and Thucydides. gods who were honored rather than as a H364. Bowra, Sir Cecil M. Traditien and calendar. Well illustrated from the scenes design in the Iliad. Oxford, 1930. |

on Athenian pottery. | H365. ——. Greek lyric poetry from

H349. Kern, Otto. Die Religion der Alcman to Simonides. Oxford, 1936. Griechen. 3 v. Berlin, 1926~-38. General his- H366. Pohlenz, Max. Die griechische tory of Greek religion from Homer to the Tragdédie. 2nd ed., 2 v., Gottingen, 1954. A

end of antiquity. [CSB] | massive and thorough discussion of Greek

_ 4350. Harrison, Jane E. Prolegomena to . tragedy. : bridge, Mass., 1922. Athens. London, 1941. Primarily a study of

the study of Greek religion. 3rd ed., Cam- H367. Thomson, George D. Aeschylus and

H351. Murray, Gilbert H. Five stages of the social origins of Greek drama, but pts. Greek religion. 3rd ed., Boston, 1951. A 1 and 2 deal with the social evolution of the

short, general account. [CSB] Greek state from tribal to urban society. H352. Guthrie, William K. C. The Greeks (See H33.) and their gods. Boston, 1951. H368. Murray, Gilbert H. Aristophanes.

H353. Moore, Clifford H. The religious Oxford, 1933. |

thought of the Greeks from Homer to the H369. Dobson, John F. The Greek ora-

Mass., 1925.Vittorio : OSD. From Art | | H354. Macchioro,

triumph of Christianity, 2nd ed., Cambridge, tors. London, 1919. °Short general study.

Orpheus to Paul: a history of Orphism. N.Y.., H370. Beazley, Sir John D., and Bernard

1930. Ashmole. Greek sculpture and painting to the H355. Festugiére, André M. J. Personal end of the Hellenistic period. Cambridge,

religion among the Greeks. Berkeley, 1954. Eng., 1932. Well illustrated publication of [Sather classical lectures (University of chapters in the Cambridge ancient history.

California), 26.] H371. Anderson, William J., Richard P.

H356. Nilsson, Martin P. Cults, myths, Spiers, and William B. Dinsmoor. The archioracles and politics in ancient Greece. Lund, tecture of ancient Greece. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1951. Account of the part played in polit- 1950. Handbook of. ancient Greek. archiical life by religious institutions; e.g. politi: tecture with very generous citation of bibcal influence in the removal and duplication Jliography. It is descriptive and technical of cults, and political use of mythological rather than interpretative of the forms and

argument in diplomacy. influence of Greek building.

138 Guide to Historical Literature © oe H372. Fyfe, Theodore H. Hellenistic archi- H385. Homo, Léon. Périclés: une expéri-

tecture. Cambridge, Eng., 1936. ence de démocratie dirigée. Paris, 1954. | H373. Gerkan, Armin von. Griechische H386. Hatzfeld, Jean. Alcibiade: étude

Stadteanlagen. Berlin, 1924. Types and physi- sur histoire d’Athénes 4 la fin du V® siécle.

cal growth of the Greek city state. Paris, 1940. Biography of Alcibiades is used

H374. Wycherley, Richard E. How the as a study of-the history of Athens at the end Greeks built cities. London, 1949. An ex- of the 5th century. A serious and careful

| cellent and non-technical survey of Greek treatment of the first “individual” in Greek architecture from a functional and descrip- history. : | tive point of view. Brief, but good bibliog- H387. Cloché, Paul. Demosthénes et la raphy and notes. See also #269. fin de la démocratie athénienne. Paris, 1937.

H375. Lawrence, Arnold W. Classical Biography and interpretation of the career

sculpture. New ed., London, 1944. General of Demosthenes, with an analysis of his prin-

account of the development of Greek and _ cipal public speeches. | Roman sculpture. H388. Jaeger, Werner W. Demosthenes,

- +H376. Richter, Gisela M. A. The sculp- the origin and growth of his policy. Camture and sculptors of the Greeks. Rev. ed., bridge, Eng., 1938. Not essentially a biogNew Haven, 1950. History of Greek sculp- raphy nor historical reconstruction of the ture, including evolution of its main types, period, but an interpretation of the speeches and the surviving monuments from the as documents of Demosthenes’ thought and archaic through the Hellenistic period. action. Emphasis on the formative part of _ H377. Bieber, Margarete. The sculpture of his career to 348.

: the Hellenistic age. N.Y., 1955. H389. Momigliano, Arnaldo. Filippo il H378. Swindler, Mary H. Ancient paint- Macedone. Florence, 1934. Brief appraisal

ing from the earliest times to the period of of the career and aims of Philip of .Mace-

- Christian art. New Haven, 1929. donia in his program of Greek unification.

H379. Pfuhl, Ernst. Malerei und Zeich- Emphasis is on his foreign policy and appre-.

nung der Griechen. 3 v. Munich, 1923. ciation of Philhellenism as a political tool | H380. Beazley, Sir John D. The develop- for use in Macedonia and Greece. ment of Attic black-figure. Berkeley, 1951. H390. Wiist, Fritz R. Philipp II. von [Sather classical lectures (University of Cali- Makedonien. Munich, 1938. Detailed and

fornia), 24.] well documented study of Philip’s career,

- #381. Payne, Humfry. Necrocorinthia: a with full discussion of points of controversy study of Corinthian art in the archaic period. and considerable sympathy towards Philip

Oxford, :1931. and his ideas. | H391. Hampl, Franz. “Alexander der

BIOGRAPHIES Grosse und die Beurteilung geschichtlicher PersOnlichkeiten in der modernen Histori| The fragmentary evidence for Greek his- ographie.” Nouvelle Clio, 6 (Mar.-Apr. tory hardly allows biographical studies to be 1954): 91-136. Survey of historical judgmade save in a very broad manner. These ments, ancient and modern, on Alexander’s “lives” should, for the most part, be con- career and political ideas. sidered as period studies focusing around H392. Robinson, Charles A., Jr. Alexander

individual careers. the Great: the meeting of East and West in

H382. Woodhouse, William J. Solon the world government and brotherhood. N.Y., liberator. Oxford, 1938. Study of Solon and 1947, A somewhat idealistic and romantic.

the Solonian reforms, with emphasis on their account of Alexander. .

agrarian and social character. Valuable for H393. Schachermeyr, Fritz. Alexander der ' study of early Greek land tenure (see H307—- Grosse: Ingenium und Macht. Graz, Austria,

308). Solon’s reform consisted in breaking 1949. Review, T. Brown, American journal the system of limited slavery which placed of philology, 72 (Jan. 1951): 74. citizens in bond to private individuals since H394. Tarn, William W. Alexander the

their land was inalienable. _ Great. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1948. V. 1 is

_ #383. Berve, Helmut. Miltiades: Studien a short narrative of Alexander’s career; v. 2, zur Geschichte des Mannes und seiner Zeit. discussion of the sources and various probBerlin, 1937. [Hermes Einzelschriften, 2.] lems. The most generally useful account of H384, Bengtson, Hermann. “Einzelperson- Alexander for the serious student.

lichkeit und Athenischer Staat zur Zeit des H395. Wilcken, Ulrich. Alexander der

Peisistratus und des Miltiades.” Sitzungs- Grosse. Leipzig, 1931. Tr. by G. S. Richards, bericht der bayerischen Akademie der Wis- London, 1932. Excellent narrative account senschaft, 1 (1939). Study of the individual and appreciation of Alexander, emphasizing in relation to the state in the period of the the apparent growth of his ideas. Also conPeisistratid tyranny. Takes issue with the tains valuable discussion of Panhellenism in

point of view of Berve, above. the 4th century.

, Ancient Greece and the Hellenistic World | 139 H396. Manni, Eugenio. Demetrio : Polior- H405. Gnomon. Munich, 1925 ff. A review |

cete. Rome, 1951. journal for general classical publications, H397. Berve, Helmut. “Die Herrschaft des including history. Full-length reviews by

Agathokles.”’ Sitzungsbericht der bayerischen | competent authorities.

Akademie der Wissenschaft, 5 (1952). H406. Hesperia: journal of the American - H398. Tarn, William W. Antigonos School of Classical Studies at Athens. Balti-

Gonatas. Oxford, 1913. Biographical study more, 1931 ff. Publishes archaeological maof the “refounder’” of the Macedonian mon- terial from the excavations of the American

archy in the 3rd century. School, and also some historical articles,

H399. Walbank, Frank W. Aratos of mainly epigraphical. | |

Sicyon. Cambridge, Eng., 1933. Useful for H407. Historia. Wiesbaden, 1950 ff. Arti-

Greek history in the 3rd century B.c. cles, reviews, and summaries of the more | H400. Treves, Piero. “Studi su Antigono inaccessible material (in Russian) in Greek Dosono.” Athenaeum, 13 (1935): 22-56. and Roman history. Editorial board and H401. Walbank, Frank W. Philip V of authorship are international. Macedon. Cambridge, Eng., 1940. Review, H408. Journal of Hellenic studies. London, P. Treves, Journal of Hellenic studies, 63 1880 ff. The most important English publica-

(1943): 117. tion Reviewing for articles inisGreek history and | archaeology. comprehensive, PERIODICALS detailed, and of high quality.

| H409. Klio: Beitrage zur alten Geschichte

In addition to the periodicals listed below, und Beihefte. Leipzig, 1902-44. The most there are a large number for general classical important German journal for articles in

studies or special fields within that area ancient history until its publication was : which publish articles of use for Greek terminated in 1944. It published also a series history. The original Guide contains a full of monographs as Beihefte.

list current at its time of publication. For a H410. Vestnik drevnei istorii. Moscow, current list see L’année philologique (H1). 1936 ff. Chief Russian journal for publicaAmong American universities, Harvard, Yale, tion of articles, reviews, and summaries of |

| and California publish studies in classical meetings. |

philology containing historical articles. | H411. The Phoenix: the journal of the

H402. The American historical review. Classical Association of Canada. Toronto,

N.Y., 1895 ff. Publishes an occasional article 1947 ff. Some excellent general: articles on of general interpretative nature in Greek his- Greek history. Non-technical.

tory, and carries short reviews of important H412. Bulletin de correspondance hel-

books and a listing of current publication lénique. Paris, 1876 ff. Mainly archaeological

of articles and books in ancient history. material, but also epigraphical studies and

H403. The American journal of philology. publication of inscriptions from French ex-

Baltimore, 1880 ff. Publishes articles of spe- _ cavations. i

cialist nature in Greek history, full-length H413. Revue des études anciennes. Borreviews, and lists of current publications— deaux, 1899 ff. This and H414-415 contain

mainly philological. articles in ancient history and philology.

H404, Classical philology. Chicago, 1906 H414. Revue des études grecques. Paris, ff. Articles of specialist nature in Greek his- 1888 ff.

tory, reviews, and list of current publica- H415. Rivista di filologia e di istruzione

tions—mainly philological. -classica. Turin, 1873 ff.

| SECTION I T. ROBERT S. BROUGHTON * |

The space devoted to political, constitutional, and legal history in this section may seem disproportionately large, but it reflects fairly the nature of material available and the fields in which Roman contribution was greatest. Advances in

social and economic history and the increasing importance of the study of | Roman provinces are reflected in the greater space allotted to them here than in the original Guide. The subsections on general cultural history, literature, , religion, and art and archaeology have been enlarged in view of excellent recent work in these fields and increasing scholarly interest in them. For many works on classical antiquity it will be necessary to refer to the sections on Near East

, and Greek history. On the other hand, writings dealing with the history of the Greek East during the Roman period have been included here. In general, apart from a few outstanding exceptions, references have been restricted to books, and those to articles in current journals, avoided. However, the journals where - current discussions may be found are listed. BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND graphie classique: bibliographie critique et

MUSEUMS analytique de lantiquité greco-latine pour la | periode 1914-1924, ed. by Jules Marouzeau

The current literature on Roman history (2 v., Paris, 1927-28). | . is contained mainly in classical and historical Earlier material was presented in two anperiodicals, of which lists appear in Sections nual bulletins entitled ““Revue des comptes

F and H as well as in this one. A brief rendus d’ouvrages relatifs 4 l’antiquité clas-

bibliography of articles in ancient (including sique” and ‘‘Revue des revues: bibliographie Roman) history published in periodicals ap- analytique des articles de periodiques relatifs pears quarterly in The American historical ' a Vantiquité classique’ in Revue de philo-

review. logie from 1876 to 1925. The most important annual bibliography Even more complete were the general

| of books and articles is L’année philologique annual lists and the surveys of the literature (H1). It succeeds Dix années de biblio- on separate topics in Bursians Jahresbericht * The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Arthur

140 | |

E. R. Boak (AERB), James F. Gilliam (JFG), Agnes K. Michels (AKM), Robert S. Rogers (RSR), Inez S. Ryberg (ISR), Lily R. Taylor (LRT), Cornelius C. Vermeule, IIIT (CCV). Comments by the following, appearing in the original Guide, are also included: William S. Davis (WSD), Tenney Frank (TF), William D. Gray (WDG), Clinton W. Keyes (CWK), David Magie

(DM), William A. Oldfather (WAOQO), Allen B. West (ABW). . |

a Rome: Republic and Empire 141 liber die Fortschritte der klassischen Alter- does not entirely supersede the full discussion

- tumswissenschaft (Leipzig), which ceased and analysis of the ancient sources in /4, publication in 1945. The first numbers of _ below, and for the empire’/).

Lustrum: internationale Forschungsberichte 14. Rosenberg, Arthur. Einleitung und aus dem Bereich des klassischen Altertums, Quellenkunde zu rémische Geschichte. Berlin,

ed. by H. J. Mette and A. Thierfelder 1921. |

(Gottingen, 1957 ff.), a journal planned I5. Peter, Hermann W. G. Die geschichtalong the same lines, have recently appeared. _liche Literatur iiber die rémische Kaiserzeit | The year’s work in classical studies (H3) bis Theodosius I und ihre Quellen. 2 v. Leip-

contains brief annual bibliographies. [AERB, zig, 1897. |

TRSB] 7 | I6. Laistner, Max L. W. The greater The libraries best equipped for the study Roman historians. Berkeley, 1947. [Sather

of Roman history are those of the larger classical lectures, 37.] universities. Harvard, Columbia, Yale, 17. Sandys, Sir John E. Latin epigraphy. Princeton, Cornell, Chicago, and the Uni- 2nd rev. ed., by S. G. Campbell, Cambridge, versity of California at Berkeley have excel- Eng., 1927. Best guide in English to the study

lent collections. Chicago is strong in editions of Latin inscriptions. | | of ancient authors and in _ dissertations; 18. Cagnat, René. Cours d’épigraphie

Princeton in texts, inscriptions, and papyri; latime. 4th rev. ed., Paris, 1914. Excellent; Michigan in papyri and inscriptions; while the standard work in French. Yale has the Wheeler collection on Roman 19. Dessau, Hermann. “Lateinische Epi-

law. graphik.” Alfred Gercke and Eduard ' The best collections of Greek and Roman Norden, eds., Einleitung in die Altertumsart and antiquities on the North American wissenschaft, v. 1 (3rd rev. ed., Leipzig, continent are in the Metropolitan Museum 1927). Valuable brief account by a master. of Art, New York; Museum of Fine Arts, 110. Ruggiero, Ettore de. Dizionario epiBoston; and the Museum of the University grafico di antichita romane. Ed. by G. Cardi-

of Pennsylvania. Other collections of con- nali and A. Ferrabino. Rome, 1895 ff.

siderable importance are in the Fogg Art [Istituto Italiano per la Storia Antica.]

Museum at Harvard; Museum of Industrial Arranged alphabetically under appropriate 7 Arts, Providence; the Art Institute and the titles with commentary and bibliography the Field Museum, both in Chicago; Art Mu- | historical information contained in inscripseum, St. Louis; Walters Art Gallery, Balti- tions. more; Royal Museum of Art, Toronto; Yale, I11. Gordon, Arthur E., and Joyce S. _ Cornell, Princeton, Washington, and Stan- Gordon. Album of dated Latin inscriptions. ford Universities; and the Universities of 2 v. Berkeley, 1958. (In progress.) New and Michigan, Cincinnati, Chicago, and Cali- indispensable aid to the scientific study of

fornia. inscriptions. Excellent } 112.| Mommsen, Theodor.photographs. Die rodmische ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF Chronologie bis auf Caesar. 2nd rev. ed.,

REFERENCE _ Berlin, 1859. Pioneer modern work, still a , , sound introduction to the problems of The general dictionaries and encyclopedias Roman chronology. |

of classical studies listed in Section H are 113. Leuze, Oskar. Die rémische Jahr, equally valuable for Roman history. See also ziahlung. Tiibingen, 1909. Important attempt

the following: to explain Roman chronology of the kings

| Il. Jones, Henry Stuart. Companion to and the early republic. For careful chrono-

Roman history. Oxford, 1912. Deals mostly logical analyses see W. Unger, R6mische with matters that may be illustrated from Chronologie and B. Niese, Grundriss der material remains in ‘architecture, war, reli- rdmischen Geschichte nebst Quellenkunde, gion, economic life, amusements, and art. both in Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft Antiquated in details, but not superseded. (H18). 12. Sandys, Sir John E., ed. A companion 114. Clinton, Henry F. Fasti romani: the to Latin studies. 3rd ed., Cambridge, Eng., civil and literary chronology of Rome and 1921. Reprint, 1925. Thirty-five sections by Constantinople from the death of Augustus twenty-eight specialists cover informatively to the death of Justin II. 2 v. Oxford, 1845-— many fields of Roman history, law, the army, 50. V. 1 contains detailed chronological

and private, public and cultural life. For list tables from a.p. 15 to 578; v. 2, chronologi- |

of authors and titles see the original Guide, cal and historical investigations. The author’s

p. 182. , , Fasti hellenici, v. 3, which covers from B.c I3. Bengtson, Hermann. Einfiihrung in die 280 to 14 a.p., is useful for Roman history. alte Geschichte. 2nd ed., Munich, 1953. Now ‘All volumes require revision in light of rethe best combined introduction, critique of cent discoveries.

sources, and bibliographical aid for both 5. Peter, Karl L. Zeittafeln der rémischen Roman history and allied disciplines; but Geschichte zum MHandgebrauch und _ als

142 Guide to Historical Literature Grundlage des Vortrags in hoéheren Gymna- sketch in highly rhetorical style written in sialklassen mit fortlaufenden Belegen und __ the first century after Christ.

Ausziigen aus den Quellen. 6th rev. ed., 122. Plinius Secundus, Caius (the elder). Halle, 1882. Covers from B.c. 753 to 476 #£Naturalis historia. Ed. by Karl F. T. MayA.D. Correct in outline, but antiquated in hoff. 5 v. Leipzig, 1875-1906. Tr. by Harris

details. Rackham and W. H. S. Jones, London and 116. Goyau, Georges. Chronologie .de Cambridge, Mass., 1949 ff. (in progress)...

| PEmpire Romain. Paris, 1891. Covers period Pliny the elder, who filled high civil and from B.c. 31 to 541 a.p. Useful, but also re- military offices, was considered the most

| quires revision. Summary chronological tables learned Roman of his time. In 77 a.p. he | may be found at the end of each volume of published his Natural history in 37 books,

the Cambridge ancient history. a compendium of natural science derived ,

¥17. Degrassi, Attilio. Fasti consulares et from many sources. Books 2-6, dealing . triumphales. 2 v. Rome, 1947. [Inscriptiones primarily with geography and ethnography, © italiae, 13.] New edition of all the inscrip- depend in part on Agrippa’s survey, but add tional fasti, which incorporates recent dis- information from other sources and from coveries and supersedes the edition by Pliny’s own time. [AERB, TRSB] Theodor Mommsen in v. 1 of the Corpus 123. Ptolemaeus, Claudius. Geographia, inscriptionum latinarum. Lists, with full cita- Ed. by Karl Muller and C. T. Fischer. 1 v. tion of evidence, the consuls, dictators, in 2 pts. Paris, 1883-1901. See below. censors, and triumphs from the regal period 124, ———. Die Geographie des Ptolemaeus: to 13 a.p. The same author has published an Galliae, Germania, Raetia, Noricum, Panedition with commentary of Inscriptiones noniae, Ulyricum, Italia: Handschriften, Text, latinae liberae rei publicae (Florence, 1957), und Untersuchung. Ed. by Otto Cuntz. Ber-

a useful work for ready reference. lin, 1923. This and 123 together constitute

118. ———. I fasti consolari dell’ impero a complete scholarly edition, with annotation romano dal 30 avanti Christo al 613 dopo and commentary, of the work written by the Christo. Rome, 1952. The most complete list, Alexandrian astronomer and mathematician _ 7 superseding all previous ones. Extremely use- about 150 a.p. to accompany his maps. With

ful indexes. Review, R. Syme, Jour. Rom. the aim of locating accurately, according to

studies, 43 (1953): 148. | tables of latitude and longitude, all places

} 119. Broughton, T. Robert S. The magis- between 10° south and 60° north from the : trates of the Roman republic. 2 v. Lancaster, western islands to Java, it sums up the geo- : Pa., 1951-52. [Monographs of the American graphical knowledge of antiquity and marks Philological Association, 15.] List, year by the close of ancient scientific geographical year, of all known Roman magistrates from study, A richer source of ancient materials 509 to 31 B.c., with statements on their activi- may be found in Strabo’s Geography. [AERB,

ties, and citations of ancient sources and TRSB] © .

significant modern bibliography. Provides a 125. Geographi graeci mimores. Ed. by survey of Roman family history. Handbook Karl Miller. 2 v. Paris, 1882. See below.

of a type never before attempted; indispen- 126. Geographi latini mimores. Ed. by

sable for the student of Roman republican Alexander Riese. Heilbronn, Ger., 1882. This

history. For additional material see Ronald and 125 are useful collections of brief Syme, Classical philology, 50 (1955): 127- treatises of varying importance. New editions

38; Historia, 4 (1955): 52-71. [LRT] | needed.

| 120. Prosopographia imperii romani saecu- 127. Itimeraria romana. Ed. by Otto | : lorum I, Ii, III, consilio et auctoritate Aca- Cuntz and Joseph Schnetz. 2 v. Leipzig, demiae Scientiarum Regiae Borussicae. Ed. 1929-40. [1, Itineraria Antonini Augusti et by E. Klebs, H. Dessau, and P. Rohden. 3 v. burdigalense; 2, Ravennatis anonymi cosmoBerlin, 1897-98. 2nd ed. rev. and enl., 1932 graphia et guidonis geographica.] See below. ff. Indispensable for period from the battle 128. Die Peutingersche Tafel. Ed. by Konof Actium to the reign of Diocletian. Lists in rad Miller. Stuttgart, 1916. This and 127 are alphabetical order, as far as possible accord- modern editions of ancient itineraries, of ing to gentile names, members of the sena- which the Antonine derives from a descrip-

torial and equestrian orders, many imperial tion of roads in the time of Caracalla. Im- : freedmen, a number of client princes, and portant in the study of ancient communi- | prominent provincials, with full citation of cations. inscriptional, numismatic, and literary evi-

a |for TheRoman atlaseshistory. listed inThose Section are also. | .dence. | useful ofHKiepert | , GEOGRAPHIES, G AZETTEERS, AND (H30) and _Bengtson and Milojéi¢ (H29) | ATLASES deserve special mention. , 129. Tabula imperii romani. Map of the 121. Mela, Pomponius. De chorographia. Roman empire based on the Carte internaEd. by Carlos Frick. Leipzig, 1880. A brief tionale du monde au millioniéme. Twelve

Rome: Republic and Empire 143 maps have been published at different times the provinces, cited later in this section, conand places from Edinburgh, 1931, to Mo- tain valuable geographical material. Among

gontiacum (Mainz), 1940. these should be mentioned Gsell on Africa

130. Edizione. archeologica della Carta (J172), Jullian on Gaul (1/59), and Colling@italia al 100,000. Florence, 1928 ff. [Isti- wood on Britain (1/57). See also the studies tuto Geografico Militare.| Now almost com- of German and Austrian limes (J/66). and

plete. , | those in Syria (J186—187). In Syria, Africa, 131. Forma italiae. 6 fasc. Rome, 1926- and now increasingly in Italy and Britain, | 48. [Unione Accademia Nazionale d’Italia.] excellent use is being made of the tech132. Map of Italy. Ed. by Plinius Fraccaro _ niques of aerial photography. See _.

and Mario Baratta. In Grande Atlante geo- 143. Bradford, John. Ancient landscapes: grafico (4th ed., Novara, 1938). Map of studies in field archaeology. London, 1957. ancient Italy especially useful for historical 144. Nissen, Heinrich. Italische Landes-

purposes. kunde. 2 v. Berlin, 1883-1902. Still a funda133. Carte archéologique de la Gaulle mental reference work for its detailed inforromaine. Ed. by Adrien Blanchet. 10 fasc. mation on the geographical regions of Italy

Paris, 1931-46. [Académie des Inscriptions (v. 1) and the political geography of the | et Belles-Lettres.]. Based on the 1 to 200,000 Roman regions (v. 2). Historical and de-

: maps of the Service Géographique descriptive accounts of the towns. - | l’Armée. Plans call for 81 fascicles. 145. Tomassetti, Giuseppe. La campagna | 134. Map of Roman Britain. Southampton, romana antica, medicevale e moderna. 4 v. 1924. 3rd ed. rev., 1951. [Ordnance Survey.] Rome, 1910-26. V. 1 covers economic, ad135. Atlas archéologique de PAlgérie. Ex- ministrative, and cultural conditions from planatory text by Stéphane Gsell. Algiers and ancient to modern times; v. 2-4 contain

Paris, 1902-11. [Gouvernement Général de topographical data following the Roman

l’ Algérie. | . : roads in alphabetical order to about 20 miles

: 136. Atlas archéologique de la Tunisie. from the city. Review of v. 1-3, T. Ashby,

Explanatory text by E. Babelon, R. Cagnat, Jour. Rom. studies, 2 (1912): 275; of v. 4, } and S. Reinach. Ist ser., Paris, 1892-1913; Jour. Rom. studies, 16 (1926): 268.

2nd serv., 1914 ff. 146. Ashby, Thomas. The Roman cam137. Carta arqueologica de Espafia. 2 pagna in classical times. London, 1927.

sheets. Madrid, 1941-45. Presents with careful observation and ac-

438. Thomson, James O. History of ancient curate description of the ancient remains the geography. Cambridge, Eng., 1948. See H26. results of thirty years of exploration. 139. Cary, Max, and Eric H. Warmington. 147. Bagnani, Gilbert. The Roman camThe ancient explorers. N.Y., 1929. See H27. pagna and its treasures. London, 1929. Con-

| Also see Henry F. Tozer, A history of an- venient guide, with excellent comments and cient geography (2nd ed. rev. by M. Cary, good illustrations, to ancient and more recent

Cambridge, Eng., 1935). sites and monuments from the Tiber to 140. Jung, Julius. Grundriss der Geo- Tarracina. SO |

graphie von Italien un dem Orbis romanus. 148. Afzelius, Adam. Die romische Ero2nd rev. ed., Munich, 1897. Comprehensive berung Italiens. Copenhagen, 1942. Historical work on the geography of the Roman world, geography of the Roman conquest of Italy,

dealing with physical and historical geog- presenting a careful analysis of the area and raphy, ethnography, topography of cities, population under Roman control at each | and Roman administration. Philippson, be- stage.

low, should also be used for physical 149. Thomsen, Rudi. The Italic regions

geography, ethnography, and economic con- from Augustus to the Lombard invasion. ditions of the Mediterranean lands. [AERB, Copenhagen, 1947. A thorough geographical

TRSB] | | and administrative history of the Augustan 141. Philippson, Alfred. Das Mittelmeer- regions. |

gebiet,. seine geographische und kulturelle - 150. Beloch, Karl J. Campanien: Ge-

Eigenart. 4th ed., Leipzig, 1922. schichte und Topographie des antiken Neapel : _ ¥42.. Cary, Max. The geographic back- und seiner Umgebung. 2nd rev. ed., Breslau,

: 1949. See H22. region. Students of the geography and topography 151. Ramsey, Sir William M. Historical

7 ground of Greek and Roman history. Oxford, 1890. A still useful study of an important of Rome, Italy, and the provinces may profit- geography of Asia Minor. London, 1890. ably consult modern guide books such as [Royal Geographical Society, Supplementary

Baedeker (B221), Les guides bleues (B223), papers, 4.] The fundamental pioneer work. : and (for Italy) the series issued by the Supplemented and corrected by material in Touring Club Italiano in. Milan. Many sites Monumenta Asiae Minoris antiqua (v. 1-7, . in Italy are described in the series Municipie Manchester, 1928-56); Louis Robert, Etudes

e colonie, published by the Istituto di Studi anatoliennes (Paris, 1937); L. Robert, Villes | Romani in Rome. Many books on history of d’Asie Mineure (Paris, 1935); L. Robert,

144 Guide to Historical Literature La Carie (v. 2, Paris, 1956); A. H. M. Jones, comprise public records of all sorts as well

| Cities of the eastern Roman provinces (Ox- aS private archives and correspondence. For ford, 1939); and scattered observations in L. the history of Roman Egypt they are inRobert, Hellenica (v. 1-10, Paris, 1940-55). valuable. Similar in character, but less im152. Bussard, René. Topographie historique portant, are ostraka, or records on potsherds,

| de la Syrie antique et médiévale. Paris, 1927. coming mostly from the same country. The | _ Essential for detailed study of the historical principal publications of papyri and ostraka geography of Syria. See also 1187. and bibliographies of literature concerning | them are referred to in Section H and below

DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES © 192-197). | The great importance of Roman coins for | 153. Beloch, Karl J. Die Bevélkerung der chronology, politics, economics, and history

griechisch-rémischen Welt. Leipzig, 1886. of art has been increasingly recognized. |

See H4]. The chief works on Roman coins are listed

154. Boak, Arthur E. R. Manpower short- below (1374-392). Current material will be age and the fall of the Roman empire in the found in Numismatic literature, other numisWest. Ann Arbor, 1955. An important con- matic journals, and the section on numis-

tribution which presents evidence for lack matics in L’année philologique.

of manpower in the late empire for produc- Under archaeological material may be intion, administration, and military service. Re- cluded other material remains of Roman view, A. H. M. Jones, Econ. hist. rev., 9 civilization which have survived to the pres-

(1956-57): 379. ent time and often illuminate more strictly

, historical material. The catalogues of mu-

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF seums containing public and private collec-

SOURCES tions are the best guides to material of this , , |kind. Some handbooks are listed below There is as yet in English no good intro- (1347 ff.). New discoveries and excavations duction to the sources of Roman history. are regularly reported in the American jour- | Some works in other languages are men- nal of archaeology, the Bulletin de corretioned under Works of Reference, above, spondance hellénique, and the Archdoloand valuable notes on a number of source’ gischer Anzeiger. Excellent bibliography problems may be found in volumes of the appears in the annual volumes of Fasti

Cambridge ancient history (177). The vari- archaeologici. [AERB, TRSB] ous types of sources may be described briefly 155. Lewis, Naphtali, and Meyer Reinhold. here with indications where they may most Roman civilization: selected readings, edited

conveniently be consulted. with introduction and notes. 2 v. N.Y., 1951-—

The literary sources comprise both the 55. Excellent selection of passages in trans-

historical works of Greek and Latin authors lation from literary sources, inscriptions, and and their other writings which throw light papyri. V. 1 covers the period of the republic

upon various aspects of life in the Romap andv. 2 the empire. Many documents are world. Editions, translations, and critical translated for the first time, and material on estimates of the most important writers on many aspects of Roman civilization is inRoman history are given below (193-99, 123— _ cluded. Select bibliography. | 131), and works of other authors are listed 56. Peter, Hermann W. G., ed. Histori- in the section on Latin literature. Texts corum romanorum reliquiae. 2 v. Leipzig, and translations of a large part of the literary 1870-1905. Rev. ed. of v. 1, 1914. The stand-

sources are available in the collections as ard collection of surviving fragments of the mentioned in Section H. Most important of lost works of ancient Roman annalists and : such series are the Oxford classical texts, the historians. [AERB] Bibliotheca Teubneriana, the Corpus Para- 157. Malcovati, Henrica, ed. Oratorum vianum, the Loeb classical library (for Eng- romanorum fragmenta liberae rei publicae. lish translations), and the Guillaume Budé 2nd rev. ed., Turin, 1955. The only good

series (for French translations). Existing edition of fragments of orators of the refragments of the lost works of ancient his- publican period. Bibliography and com-

torians are in collections listed in Section H mentary. |

| and in 156-57, below. 158. Corpus inscriptionum latinarum. Ed. - The inscriptions consist chiefly of laws, by many scholars for the Preussische Akatreaties, decrees, dedications, and honorary demie der Wissenschaften. V. 1-16 in many and funerary inscriptions. They contribute parts and supplements. Berlin, 1863 ff. [1, to knowledge of the Roman administrative Inscriptiones antiquissimae; 2, Hispaniae; 3, system as well as the social and economic Asiae, provinciarum Europae, lIllyrici; 4, conditions. The principal collections of in- Parietariae Pompeianae, _Herculanenses, scriptions for Roman history are listed below Stabianae; 5, Galliae Cisalpinae; 6, Urbis

(158-70). Romae; 7, Britanniae; 8, Africae; 9, Cala- : Papyri, found in large numbers in Egypt, briae, Apuliae, Samnii, Sabinorum, Piceni; 10,

~ Rome: Republic and Empire 145 Bruttiorum, Lucaniae, Campaniae, Siciliae, epigraphical documents for these reigns, Sardiniae; 11, Aemiliae, Etruriae, Umbriae; many of them otherwise difficult of access. | 12, Galliae Narbonensis; 13, Trium Galliarum 170. Charlesworth, Martin P. Documents _ et Germaniarum instrumenti domestici; 14, illustrating the reigns of Claudius and Nero. Latii veteris; 15, Instrumentum domesticum Cambridge, Eng., 1939.

urbis Romae; 16, Diplomata militaria.|. The Many items of importance for Roman his-

great. standard collection of Latin inscriptions. tory are included in collections mentioned 159, Ephemeris epigraphica: corporis in- in Section H. Newly discovered or recently -scriptionum latinarum supplementum. Ed. by published Latin inscriptions are published

158. | : .

Istitutt Archaeologici Romani. 9 v. in 8. annually in Revue archéologique, and printed | Berlin, 1872-1913. Forms a supplement to separately in Année epigraphique. |

| 160. Inscriptiones Italiae. Ed. by Unione SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES Accademia Nazionale. Rome, 1936 ff. (In 171. Boak. Arthur E. R A history of Rome

progress.) A new series in which the in- t 565 A.D. 4th ed., N.Y., 1955. A clear

scriptions of Italy, both Greek and Latin, and concise survey, based on excellent knowlare to be reviewed and published. Includes edge of sources and modern discussions those in the older collections and those more 4g wey adapted to both students and gen-

disco vered. readers. Select bibliography of works , | .recently Inscriptiones graecae| eral ad res romanas in English . pertinentes. Ed. by Académie des Inscriptions 172 Frank Tenney. A history of Rome “et Belles-Lettres. 3 v. Paris, 1902-28. Useful jy "1993. A readable and scholarly nar. collection of Greek inscriptions important rative to the death of Constantine » ith a for Roman history. Still incomplete and not short summary of the following , century

al 162, ir ell edited. lati d : PAlvéri 1 Written particularly for general readers, it

. inscriptions atines Oe 1 AIBETIC. Vv. 1, emphasizes relations with American democ-

Inscriptions de la_ proconsulaire. Ed. by racy. Good on social and economic condi~ Stéphane Gsell. Paris, 1922. Revision and tions but now in need of some revision

| supplement, with commentary, of the Latin Sele ct bibliography ;

inscriptions of the same region as 158, v. 8; 173. Cary, Max : A history of Rome down complete for its date. The first fascicles of to the time of Constantine. London, 1935. A Y oeated by H. G. Pflaum, have recently sensible and well-proportioned general his- ,

163. Cagnat, René, Alfred Merlin, and tory _mtable for students and general Louis Chatelain, eds. Inscriptions latines de 174 Vogt Josef. and Eduard Kornemann PAfrique (Tripolitaine, Tunisie, Maroc). Rémische Geschichte. Berlin and Leipzig, Paris, 1923. This and /64—65 bring revisions 1933. A compact history, somewhat a dvanced

_ and much supplementary material to previ- for beginners. Includes ‘the period down to ous collections of inscriptions for their re- the 7th century A.D. Most interesting for its

Peace ~— Brief commentary and fresh and challenging treatment: of the em-

“\64 Ma ys eas . pire. Good notes and bibliographies. , erlin, Alfr ed, ed. Inscriptions Jatines 175. Niese, Benedictus. Grundriss der

OCs ges ar d3.BW d romischen Geschichte nebst Quellenkunde.

Perkins, eds. The inscriptions of Roman >! ¢d., Munich, 1923. [Handbuch der AlterTripolitania Rome and London. 1952 tumswissenschaft.] Excellent reference work, | 166. Esp éran dieu. Emile. e d. Inscr iptions containing a concise and accurate narrative latines de Gaule (Narbonaise). > vy. Paris of political history, reliable estimates of

- ° . -? sources, but little treatment of social, eco-

1929, Revisions and supplementary material nomic, or cultural history ’

for this region of Gaul. , 176. Aymard, André, and Jeannine Au-

167. Jalabert, Louis, and René Mouterde, boyer. Rome et son empire. Paris, 1954 Syrie Inserip Nair 5999.55 ost on [Histoire générale des civilisations, 2.] Lively able due to lack of recent ‘general collection and p enetrating SUTVEYs with little historical

of Svrian inscriptions narrative, of the evolution of civilization in

168: Dessau P Hermann ed. Inscriptiones the ancient world during the period from latinae selectae 3 v. in 5 "Berlin, 1892-1916 Roman expansion in Italy to the 4th century ° " oe? .-..*’ after Christ, with emphasis on the unity proThe most valuable selection of Latin im- gyceg by the Roman empire. Mlle. Auboyer Sedonoe ina convenient form. Notes and contributes chapters on eastern and southern

169. Ehrenberg, Victor, and Arnold H. “*S!2 11 the same period. M. Jones, eds. Documents illustrating the reigns of Augustus and Tiberius. 2nd ed., LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES Oxford, 1955. This and--170 together present 177. The Cambridge ancient history. .V:;. a convenient and well edited collection of | 7-12. Cambridge, Eng. and N.Y., 1923-39.

146 Guide to Historical Literature These volumes, the works of many scholars im Etruria and in Latium. Oxford, 1924. See

under one editorial board, constitute, with below. :

| their companion volumes of plates, the most 185. -———. Iron Age im Italy: a study of ample and up-to-date treatment we possess those aspects in the early civilization which of the development of Rome and the Roman are neither Villanovan nor Etruscan. Oxford, world to the time of Constantine in its many 1927. This and 184 are works of remarkable political, social, economic, and cultural scholarship, well illustrated, which together aspects. The narrative is direct and the treat- present for their date a clear discussion of ment factual. Detailed bibliographies. (See the archaeological evidence and give a com-

H1I18.) | prehensive view of Iron Age Italy. Italy 178. Pareti, Luigi. Storia di Roma e del before the Romans, by the same author mondo romano. 4 v. Turin, 1952-55. (In (Oxford, 1928), summarizes for general progress.) A large-scale history of Rome and readers the results of the more technica!

Italy from 1000 B.c. Conceived on broad studies. [AERB, TRSB] |

lines and marked by independence; profusely 186. Whatmough, Joshua. The foundations

illustrated. With v. 4 the series reached of Roman Italy. London, 1937. Valuable at-

69 A.D. , | tempt to coordinate, region by region, the , -— jinguistic and archaeological evidence for HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS — “he _ development of pre-Roman Italy. Review, F. N. Pryce, Jour. Rom. studies, 27

7 Pre-Roman Italy : (1937): 260. |

187. Pallottino, Massimo. The Etruscans. . 179. Kaschnitz-Weinberg, Guido. Italien Tr. by J. Cremona. Harmondsworth, Eng., mit Sardinien, Sizilien und Malta. Munich, 1955. Convenient survey of the present state _ 1950. [Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft, of questions relating to Etruscan origins, ex6.] Convenient summary covering the period pansion, political organization, cultural deup to ca. 1000 B.c. Detailed bibliographies velopment, and language. Good notes, select

with each section. | bibliography. 180. Montelius, Gustav O. La civilisation . 188. Ducati, Pericle. Etruria antica. 2nd

primitive en Italie depuis l’introduction des ed., 2 v., Turin, 1927. Extensive and balmétaux. 2 v. Stockholm and Berlin, 1895- anced survey of Etruscan history and culture, 1910. Still important, especially because of especially valuable on Etruscan art. Review the illustrations, for the study of remains of of ist ed., G. de Sanctis, Rivista di filologia,

prehistoric civilization in Italy. [AERB, 55 (1927): 101.

TRSB] , 189. ——-. Le probléme étrusque. Paris, 181. Duhn, Friedrich K. von. Italische 1938. Impartial presentation of the problem

Graberkunde. 2 v. Heidelberg, 1924-39. The of Etruscan origins, the evidence and oppos-

, great work on interpretation of archaeologi- ing theories. Summary history of Etruscan

cal material found in early Italian cemeteries. research and critical estimate of bibliography.

V. 2. on the Veneti, the Picentes, and the 190. Dennis, George. The cities and cemeIapyges was completed and supplemented teries of Etruria. New ed. by W. M. Lindsay, by Franz Messerschmidt. [AERB, TRSB] 2 v., London, 1907. A still important work of 182. Messerschmidt, Franz. Bronzezeit und reference for the topography, history, and _ frithe Eisenzeit in Italien, Pfahlbau, Terra- archaeology of cities and sites in Etruria. mare, Villanova. Berlin and Leipzig, 1935. 191. Heurgon, Jacques. Recherches sur

Critical survey of evidence and interpreta- histoire, la religion et la civilisation de |

tions, presenting clearly the position reached Capoue préromaine des origines 4 la deuxiin the study of ethnology and development éme guerre punique. Paris, 1942. Study of

of prehistoric Italy. Good bibliography. early Campania, of Etruscan and Samnite Review, G. M. A. Hanfmann, Am. jour. Capua; a local history which illuminates a

archaeol., 40 (1936): 394. considerable region of early Italy as well as

~ 183. Saflund, L. Gosta. Le terremare delle its relations with Rome. provincie di Modena, Reggio Emilia, Parma, 192. Holland, Louise A. The Faliscans in Piacenza. Lund, Swe., 1939. Detailed investi- prehistoric times. Rome, 1925. [Papers and gation of all terramara sites which, by show- monographs of the American Academy in : ing that there is no necessary connection Rome, 5.] Excellent study of the early history between the terramaricoli and the Villano- of the region, based on archaeological evi-

vans or the Romans, has set the study of dence.

Bronze Age ethnology and archaeology in a |

_ new perspective. Review, C. F. C. Hawkes Regal Period and Republic |

and E. Stiassny, Jour. Rom. studies, 30 ee | (1940): 89. Ancient. Historians 184. Randall-MacIver, David. Villanovans 193. Livius, Titus. Ab urbe condita liber. and early Ktruscans: a study of the early Ed. by Wilhelm Weissenborn. 6 v. Leipzig, Iron Age in Italy as it is seen near Bologna, 1850-56. Other editions and _ translations.

Rome: Republic and Empire 147 Livy of Patavium (8.c. 59-17 4.p.), though Greek, by rhetorical elaboration, and by lack also a rhetorician and a philosopher, devoted _ of historical sense. [AERB, TRSB]

| himself to his history of Rome after 31 B.c. 196. Polybius. Historiae. Rev. ed. by T.

These 142 books covered the period from Biittner-Wobst, 2 v., Leipzig, 1882-89. Text the landing of Aeneas to the death of Drusus and tr. by W. R. Paton, 6 v., London and (9 B.c.). Books 1-10 (to 293 B.c.), 21-45 Cambridge, Mass., 1922-27. [Loeb classical

(218-167 B.c.), and a fragment of 91 (on library.] (See also H68.). Polybius. (ca. Sertorius) have been preserved. Of the re- 203-ca. 120 B.c.) of Megalopolis, began a

mainder there exist epitomes, periochae, and _ political career in the Achaean League, but a few excerpts. Livy was enthusiastic about was deported to Rome in 167 B.c. and lived Rome’s distant past, where he found exem- there in close association with Scipio Aemil-

plars of true Roman virtue and morality, ianus and other leading Romans. Impressed and the basis for a genuine patriotism. He was by the strength of Roman institutions, he preeminently successful in creating a great wrote his universal history of the period _ literary masterpiece. Though he was not 220-145 B.c., with a preliminary survey be-

systematically critical of his sources, some ginning with 264, in order to explain to the |

of which were later annalists, his candor and Greeks the nature of. “fortune’s fairest love of truth, and his frequent use of good work,” the hegemony of Rome. Of forty sources like Polybius, made him as good a _ books, the first five have survived in entirety, guide as the Roman world possessed. See A. and there are considerable fragments of the

Klotz in. Realencyclopddie, 13: 816-52 rest, including descriptions of the Roman

(712). [WAO, TRSB] . constitution and the Roman army in book

194. Appianus. Historia romana. Ed. by 6. Polybius’ accuracy, his usual impartiality, Lovidicus Mendelssohn. 2 v. Leipzig, 1879- his experience in politics and war, and his

| 81. Other eds. Tr. by Horace White, J. D. sense of political realities, combine to make Denniston, and E. I. Robson, 4 v., London his “pragmatic” history, in spite of literary and Cambridge, Mass., 1912-13. [Loeb deficiencies, one of the most important hisclassical library.] Appian, an Alexandrian tories of ancient times. See Bury (H9/), Greek, held office in Alexandria. Upon re- pp. 191-223; Walbank (H67). [AERB,

ceiving Roman citizenship, he became a TRSB] _ 7

knight and an imperial procurator. Under 197. Caesar, Caius Julius. Commentarii Antoninus Pius he wrote his history in 24 de belio gallico. Ed. by T. Rice Holmes, books, almost entirely military and arranged London, 1914. Text and tr. by H. J. Edwards, in geographical order, covering the period London and Cambridge, Mass., 1914. [Loeb from the founding of Rome to Trajan. Books classical library.] 6-7 (on the Spanish and Hannibalic wars) 198. ———. Commentarii de bello civili. Ed. and 11-17 (on the Syrian, Mithridatic, and by A. Klotz, Leipzig, 1950. Text and tr. by

Civil wars) are complete, but the rest are A. G. Peskett, London and N.Y., 1914.

fragmentary or lost. Appian was an admirer [Loeb classical library.] Julius Caesar (100-

of Rome. Though often found lacking in 44 B.c.), orator and man of letters, wrote,

learning and judgment, he is valuable, par- under the modest title of Commentarii, ma-

ticularly in preserving material from earlier terials of history that served both as a parti- |

sources. Review, E. Schwartz, Realencyclo- san apology and the greatest of memoirs. pddie, 2: 216. See also E. Gabba, Appiano The work on the Gallic war is in general fair

e la storia delle guerre civili (Florence, and accurate as history and a fine example

1956). [WAO, TRSB] of plain style. Seven books were probably

3195. Dionysius of Halicarnassus. De an- published in 51 to justify his military and

tiquitatibus romanarum quae supersunt. Ed. political policy. Three books covering events by C. Jacoby. 4 v. Leipzig, 1885-1905. Ed. of 49 and 48 are even more openly apoloand tr. Earnest Cary, on basis of version by _ getic. Hirtius, his secretary in Gaul, added

Edward Spelman, 7 v., 1937-50. [Loeb book 8 of the Gallic war, a narrative of 51 classical library.] Dionysius, a rhetor and and 50 intended to connect the two works.

historian who resided in Rome after 30 B.c.. Anonymous continuations on the Alexanpublished in or after 7 B.c. the twenty books drian, African, and Spanish wars are good of his history of Rome, covering the period historical accounts, but poor in style (ed.

from the origins to 265 B.c., the date at and tr. by A..G. Way, London and Cam-

which Polybius’ narrative begins. Only books _ bridge, Mass., 1955). [WAO, TRSB]

1-10, part of 11, and some fragments remain. 199. Sallustius Crispus, Gaius. C. Sallusti | His work was designed to present a favorable Crispi Catilina, Jugurtha, orationes et episview, against current anti-Roman propa-_ tulae excerptae de historiis. Ed. by A. W.

| ganda, of the origins and virtues of the Ahlberg, Leipzig, 1919. [Bibliotheca Teub-

Romans, and in this resembles Livy. His neriana.] Ed. and tr. by A. Ernout, 2 v., oo quotations of sources are valuable, but his Paris, 1941-46. [Budé series.] Tr. by J. C. narrative is vitiated by his endeavor to Rolfe, London and Cambridge, Mass., 1921. prove that the Romans were originally [Loeb classical library.] Sallust (86-ca. 35

148 Guide to Historical Literature B.c.), a Caesarian who became proconsul pino. Histoire romaine: la république roof Africa Nova in 46 and is said to have maine de 133 a 44 avant J.C. 1 v. in 2. been guilty of extortion, retired from public Paris, 1935-36. [1, Des Gracques a Sulla; 2, life by 44 to devote himself to historical César.] Almost entirely by Carcopino. Wide writing. His monographs on the Catilinarian in scope, critical, vigorously written; an

conspiracy and the war with Jugurtha re- important work on an important period,

main; but of the five books of his histories, _ which demands consideration even when covering the years 78-67 B.c., only some dissent seems necessary.

| speeches, letters, and a quantity of fragments 1104. Scullard, Howard H. A history of survive (ed. by E. Maurenbrecher, Leipzig, the Roman world from 753 to 146 B.C. 2nd 1891-93). His style is severe and his inter- rev. ed., London, 1951. [Methuen’s history pretations are colored by his popular back- of the Greek and Roman world.] The 1934

ground, but they. do penetrate beneath the edition brought up to date. A judicious, | claims of all political factions and are based sober, and readable history. Select bibli-

on more accurate investigation than might ography. :

be expected. [AERB, TRSB] 1105. Marsh, Frank B. A history of the

; ;Historians Roman world to 30 London, B.C. 2nd1953. rev. Modern ed. byfrom H. H.146 Scullard,

1100. Mommsen, Theodor. History of [Methuen’s history of the Greek and Roman Rome. New ed., 4 v., London and N.Y., world.] By way of correction of the 1935 1911. [Everyman’s library.] Tr. by W. P. edition, Scullard has added valuable notes ~ Dickson from Rdémische Geschichte (3 v., and appendices to this useful history, and | 1854-56; 12th-13th ed., 3 v., Berlin, 1920—- revised the bibliography. 23). Account of the growth of the Roman 1106. Altheim, Franz. Epochen der rostate from its origins to the death of Julius mischen Geschichte. 2 v. Frankfurt-amCaesar. Although there is little documenta- Main, 1934-35. [1, Von den Anfdngen bis

tion or discussion of special problems, nar- zum Beginn der Weltherrschaft; 2, Weltherrrative and judgments reveal thorough mas- schaft und Krise.| A lively, original, and at tery of the sources. Disillusionment with the times audacious, survey of periods and move1848 revolution led the author to depreciate ments from early Rome to the late republic, the Gracchi, Cicero’s public career, and the with emphasis on religious developments.

senate of the late republic, and to exalt 1107. Piganiol,: André. La conquéte ro-

Caesar, who gave promise of founding a maine. 4th ed., Paris, 1944. Clear and stimu-

new era. Special chapters are devoted to lating narrative of Roman history to the

Roman social, economic, intellectual, and battle of Actium, particularly useful on the religious development. Much of the work, — early period. especially in the earlier part, is now anti- 1108. Ryberg, Inez S. An archaeological

quated, but as a whole it remains one of record of Rome from the seventh to the

the classics of historical literature. [AERB, second century B.C. London and Philadel-

TRSB] | phia, 1940. A standard discussion of the 1101. Sanctis, Gaetano de. Storia dei contribution of Roman archaeological dis-

Romani. 4 v. Turin and Florence, 1907-53. | coveries.to history of the kingship and the A great history, the parts of which differ in. republic.: See also author’s earlier study,

| scope, purpose, and usefulness, particularly ‘Early Roman traditions in the light of due to the long interruption between pts. 1 archaeology,’ Memoirs of the American |

and 2 of v. 4. V. 1-2, by their independent Academy.in Rome, 7 (1929): 7-118. [LRT] analysis of sources, recalled scholars from 1109. Beloch;:Karl J. Rémische Geschichte a

too great scepticism of Rome’s early tradi- bis zum Beginn. der punischen Kriege. Bertion, but now require revision. V. 3 is an out- lin, 1926. Critical discussion of Roman

| standingly complete narrative of 260-200 conquest and colonization in Italy, charac-

B.c., but needs supplement on constitutional terized by great acumen and independence, and economic questions. Pt. 1 of v. 4 carries but marred by capricious judgments. the story through the period of expansion 1110. Frank, Tenney. Roman imperialism. _ to 167 B.c.; and pt. 2 is a distinguished sur- N.Y., 1914. Analysis of the conditions and

vey of art, architecture, and religion in motives of Roman expansion leads to the ~ Rome .of the 2nd century B.c. [TF, TRSB] conclusions that Rome was little inclined 1102. Pais, Ettore. Histoire romaine: des to aggression, that, analogies to modern origines 4a Pachévement de la conquéte (133. commercial imperialism were lacking until av. J.C.). 2nd ed., Paris, 1940. Considerable late in the 2nd century B.c., and that indirevision and enlargement of ist ed. Much vidual commanders, like Caesar, were more of Pais’ hypercritical analysis of early tra- | expansionistic. [ABW, TRSB] dition and of his daring reconstruction has I111. Scullard, Howard H. Roman politics, been corrected by Jean Bayet, who brought 220-150 B.C. Oxford, 1951. Detailed review

the book up to date. of personal and party alignments in Roman 1103. Bloch, Gustave, and Jér6me Carco- political life during the period. Especially

Rome: Republic and Empire 149 valuable for interpretations of Fabius Cunc- Stresses the roles and traditions of Caesar tator and Cato the censor. Review, L. T. and the younger Cato.

Taylor, Am. jour. of philology, 73 (July 1120. Syme, Ronald. The Roman revolu- |

1952): 302. | | tion. Oxford, 1939. Brilliant survey and pene-

1112. Drumann, Wilhelm K. A. Geschichte trating interpretation of movements, parties,

: Roms in seinem Ubergange von der repub- and policies in Rome from 60 B.c. to the : likanischen zur monarchischen Verfassung: death of Augustus, based on a detailed study

oder Pompeius, Caesar, Cicero, und ihre of the prosopography of the governing , Zeitgenossen nach genealogischen Tabellen. classes. Select. bibliography. Review, A. 2nd rev. ed., by P. Groebe, 6 v., Berlin, Momigliano, Jour. Rom. studies, 30 (1940): 1899-1929, Exhaustive study of the late re- 75.

public im biographical form arranged in 4121. Marsh, Frank B. The founding of alphabetical order according to gentes. In- the Roman empire. 2nd rev. ed., Oxford, dispensable reference work, especially valu- 1927. Covers in detail the period from the

able for full citations of sources. [AERB, death of Sulla to the death of Augustus.

TRSB] * : Valuable primarily for a critical survey of 1113. Carcopino, Jéréme. Autour des _ constitutional problems and interpretations ) Gracques: études critiques. Paris, 1928. In- of the aims of the leading statesmen. [AERB,

genious essays on problems in the history of | TRSB] | studies, 18 (1928): 228. the Roman empire. 2 v. Oxford, 1928-31.

the Gracchi. Review, H. M. Last, Jour. Rom. 1122. Holmes, Thomas R.-The architect of 1114, ———. Sylla: ou, la monarchie man- V. 1 is a thorough review, with complete quée. Paris, 1931. Valuable analysis of many documentation and appendices on disputed

points of detail; but the main thesis, that questions, of the political and military hisSulla’s position as dictator was a near mon-___ tory of the period from the assassination of

archy for which the time was not yet ripe, Julius Caesar to 27 B.c. In v. 2 the same

remains unconvincing. methods are applied with less unity and 1115. Badian, Ernst. Foreign clientelae clarity to the principate of Augustus. (264-70 B.C.). Oxford, 1958. Important, a though perhaps too narrow, interpretation The Principate and the Autocracy

of Roman foreign policy in terms of the in- to ee |

stitution of clientship and related ideas, and Amcient Writers

, the connections formed by Roman _ noble 1123. Augustus. Res gestae divi Augusti:

families. - ex monumentis Ancyrano et Apolloniensi. 1116. Holmes, Thomas R. The Roman re- Ed. by T. Mommsen. 2nd ed., Berlin, 1883.

public and the founder of the empire. 3 v. Composed by Augustus shortly before his Oxford and N.Y., 1923. Especially valuable death and set up as a public inscription in for military history of the period from the Rome and provincial cities, this major text - dictatorship of Sulla to the assassination of placed before the Roman world his interJulius Caesar; not as good on social and _ pretation and report of his career. Mommpolitical problems. Full documentation and sen’s commentary remains fundamental. The

, discussion of problems in- appendices. fragments found in Antioch of Pisidia were ©

1117. ———. Caesar’s: conquest of Gaul. published by William M. Ramsay and Anton | 2nd rev. ed., Oxford, 1911. Remains indis- von Premerstein, Monumentum — Anti| pensable for the study of Caesar’s campaigns ochenum (Leipzig, 1927). Jean Gagé, Res —

in Gaul. gestae divi Augusti ex monumentis Ancyrano

1118. Meyer, Eduard. Caesars Monarchie et Antiocheno latinis, Ancyrano et Apollound das Principat des Pompeius: imnere niensi graecis (Paris, 1935) provides a con| Geschichte Roms von 66 bis 44 v. Chr. 3rd venient and up-to-date text and commentary, rev. ed., Stuttgart, 1922. Distinguished study with a calendar of the most important dates. of the period, broad in scholarship and keen drawn from the Fasti. [AERB, TRSB] in analysis. Emphasizes how Caesar’s policies 1124. Velleius Paterculus, Caius. Ad M. and honors pointed toward a divine mon- Vinicium libri duo. Ed. by A. Bolaffi. Turin,

archy, while Pompey’s career provided major 1930. Ed. and tr. (with Res gestae divi precedents for Augustus. At times misunder- Augusti) by Frederick W. Shipley, London

stands the institutions of the free re- and N.Y., 1924. [Loeb classical library.]

public. Brief sketch of Roman history in two books 1119. Taylor, Lily R. Party politics in the (published in 30 a.p.), of which the first is age of Caesar. Berkeley, 1949. [Sather clas- only partially preserved. The second deals sical lectures, 22.] Penetrating and lively with period of the civil wars and the reigns

analysis of the practical working of the of Augustus and Tiberius. Vellius is biased

Roman political system in the late republic, in favor of his old commander, Tiberius, and with descriptions of the manipulations by his minister, Sejanus, but provides a useful

individuals and groups of the assemblies, the contrast to the Tacitean interpretation. — _ voting, religious restrictions, and the courts. ¥125. Tacitus, Caius Cornelius.. Annales.

150 Guide to Historical Literature Ed. by Charles D. Fisher. Oxford, 1906. don and N.Y., 1914~28. [Loeb classical li[Oxford classical texts.] 7th rev. ed., by E. brary.] Dio (ca. 155-ca. 235), of Nicaea Koestermann, Leipzig, 1952. [Bibliotheca . of Bithynia, senator and twice consul, wrote . Teubneriana.] Tr. by George G. Ramsay, a history of Rome in 80 books, covering the 2 v., London, 1904-09. Other eds. and trs. period from the founding of Rome to his 1126. ———. Historiae. Ed. by C. D. Fisher. second consulship with Alexander Severus

Oxford, 1910. [Oxford classical texts.] Ed. in 229. Books 36-54 (68-10 B.c.) are preby C. Halm and G. Andresen, rev. by E. served intact, while 55-60 (8.c. 9-46 A.D.) Koestermann, Leipzig, 1952. [Bibliotheca are abbreviated, and 17, 79-80 are extant Teubneriana.] Tr. by G. G. Ramsay, Lon- only in part. Other parts can be reconstructed don, 1915. Text and tr. by Clifford H. from the epitomes of Xiphilinus (for books: Moore, 2 v., London and N.Y., 1925-31. 36 on) and Zonaras (for books 1-21, 44—-

These two works constitute a history of 80) and the Excerpta Constantiniana. He Rome from the accession of Tiberius in 14 appears to have based his narrative of the .

A.D. to the death of Domitian in 96. Of the early period on an annalistic tradition, from Annals there are preserved the almost com- 68 to the Augustan age in part on Livy, the

| plete narrative of the reign of Tiberius early empire on some imperial annalistic

(books 1-6), a portion of Claudius’ and _ tradition, and his own period on his own most of Nero’s (books 11-16); and of the observation. He fails to understand the free Histories the narratives of the civil wars republic and reads later developments into after Nero’s death, the revolt of Civilis, and early imperial institutions, but his interest the beginning of the siege of Jerusalem in constitutional matters, laws, decrees of (books 1—5). Like a dramatist, Tacitus em- the senate, and his personal knowledge of the phasizes persons, situations, character, and late period make it necessary to consider his moral factors. His view of the principate statements of fact even when interpretations

was colored by his idealization of the free are disregarded. See E. Schwartz, Realen- | republic and his personal experience of cyclopddie, 3: 1648-1722. [WAO, TRSB] despotism under Domitian. For him, there- 1129. Scriptores historiae Augustae. Ed. fore, the principate tended toward despotism by E. Hohl. 2 v. Leipzig, 1927. Text and tr. © and was characterized by a decline in virtue. by David Magie, 3 v., London and N.Y.,— His interest is primarily in the court and the . 1921-32, Collection of lives, composed on

senate and only secondarily in the provinces, the model of Suetonius, of Roman em- | and his omission of strategic detail makes perors from Hadrian to Numerian (117-284

him a poor military historian. Yet his bril- A.D.), including Caesars and usurpers. Lackliant and varied style, moral elevation, hon- ing the preface, it remains unknown whether est record of fact, and psychological insight | Nerva and Trajan were once included. The make him a great writer and the indispensa- lives from Philip to the first part of Vable historian of the early empire. See Bessie lerian (244-253) have been lost. The authorWalker, The Annals of Tacitus (Manchester, ship, time of writing, and credibility of 1950); R. Syme, Tacitus (Oxford, 1958). these lives are much disputed. Some, if not

| [DM,1127. TRSB] all, of the six authors named are a single Suetonius Tranquillus, Caius. De person. The date, which purports to be that vita duodecim Caesarum. Ed. by M. Ihm. of Diocletian or Constantine, may be Julian Leipzig, 1907. Enl. ed., 1923. Ed. and tr. by or Theodosius I. Covert anti-Christian propa-

| John C. Rolfe, rev. ed., 2 v., London and ganda favors a setting in the late 4th cen- | N.Y., 1928-30. [Loeb classical library.] tury. The earlier lives up to Caracalla make Suetonius (ca. 70-ca. 140) was an erudite use of Latin sources and are more reliable

biographer and collector of information who than the later ones, which make more use of influenced greatly both biography and his- Greek sources, but all must be treated with tory. While secretary ab epistulis to Hadrian reserve. See N. H. Baynes, The Historia

he wrote and dedicated to his patron, Septi- Augusta, its date and purpose (Oxford,

cius Clarus, the praetorian prefect, his lives 1926). . of the Caesars from Julius to Domitian. In 1130. Ammianus Marcellinus. Rerum

these he brought together under rubrics gestarum libri XXXI. Ed. by C. U. Clark.

, much evidence of great value from many 2 v. Berlin, 1910-15. Text and tr. by John | sources, but also included on an equal basis CC. Rolfe, rev. ed., 3 v., London and Cam- , much trivial gossip and partisan writing. bridge, Mass., 1950. [Loeb classical library.] See Friedrich Leo, Die griechisch-rémische Ammianus Marcellinus (ca. 330—ca. .400), Biographie (Leipzig, 1901); Wolf Steidle, a Greek from Antioch, after distinguished Sueton und die entike Biographie (Munich, service in the imperial army under Con-

1951). [WAO, TRSB] | stantius and his successors resided in Rome

1128. Cassius Dio Cocceianus. Historia and wrote in Latin 31 books. This work, a romana. Ed. by Ursulus P. Boissevain. 5 v. history covering the period 96-378 A.D., is

Berlin, 1895-1931. Ed. and tr. by Herbert a continuation of Tacitus. Only the part B. Foster, 1905; rev. by E. Cary, 9 v., Lon- (books 14-31) on the years 353-378 has

Rome: Republic and Empire 151 survived. His tolerance of other views, balanced account of the imperial system

shrewd observation of character, sound from Augustus to Commodus. |

| judgment, and objectivity make him the most 1138. Dessau, Hermann. Geschichte der

reliable source for the period and, in spite rémischen Kaiserzeit. 2 v. Berlin, 1924-30. of a strained and rhetorical style, the last Covers period from 44 B.c. to 69 av. V. 1 great historian of the ancient world. See deals with the reign of Augustus; v. 2, pt. 1 FE. A. Thompson, The historical work of with the Julio-Claudian emperors; and pt. 2 Ammianus Marcellinus (Cambridge, Eng., is a survey of the lands and peoples of the 1947); Max L. Laistner, The greater Roman empire. A work of immense erudition and _ historians (Berkeley, 1947). [AERB, TRSB] independent, at times questionable, interpre-

1131. Orosius, Paulus. Historiae adversum tations, written in a difficult style. :

' paganos. Ed. by K.~Zangemeister. Leipzig, 1139. Gardthausen, Victor. Augustus und 1889. Tr. by I. W. Raymond, N.Y., 1936. seine Zeit. 2 v. in 6. Leipzig, 1891-1904.

A Spanish presbyter who, with encourage- Appendix, 1916. A monumental work, still |

ment from St. Augustine, wrote a universal the chief reference for evidence bearing on history in seven books to refute the charge the life and administration of Augustus and against the Christians that the evils of the | various aspects of the world of his day. V. 1

time were due to the anger of the pagan contains the text; v. 2, the footnotes and gods. He used portions of the lost epitomes references.

of Livy and the histories of Tacitus. 1140. Marsh, Frank B, The reign of |

| Tiberius. London, 1931. Clear and impartial :

Modern Writers account of this principate, particularly im-

1132. Gibbon, Edward. The history of the portant for careful analysis of the literary decline and fall of the Roman empire. Ed. sources and relations between the emperor by John B. Bury. 7 v. London and N.Y., and the senate. Review, M. P. Charlesworth, 1896-1902. Later reprints. The classic work Class. rev., 46 (Dec. 1932): 264. on the period from Marcus Aurelius to 1453. 1141. Momigliano, Arnaldo. Claudius, the V. 1-3, covering to the mid-Sth century, are emperor and his achievement. Oxford, 1934. | characterized by unity of treatment and his- Tr. by W. D. Hogarth of L’opera dell’imperatorical impartiality except in the account of tore Claudio (Florence, 1932). A fresh analthe rise of the Christian church. The central ysis of selected aspects of the reign, espe-

theme is “the triumph of barbarism and _ cially valuable on Claudius’ contribution to |

religion,” the outstanding development of the imperial administration. these centuries. The style is brilliant and the 1142, Scramuzza, Vincent. The emperor work not yet superseded where treatment de- Claudius. Cambridge, Mass., 1940. A more pends on literary sources. Bury’s notes con- favorable estimate of the emperor’s per- tain modern corrections and additions, and sonality and policies, based on a fresh analhis introduction a good appreciation of the ysis of the sources.

author. [AERB, TRSB] 1143. Henderson, Bernard. Five Roman

~ 1133. Charlesworth, Martin P. The Roman emperors: Vespasian, Titus, Domitian, Nerva,

empire. Oxford, 1951. [Home university Trajan, A.D. 69-117. Cambridge, Eng.,

library.] Excellent brief account of the Ro- 1927. Good general treatment of the reigns man empire from Augustus to Constantine, between Nero and Hadrian, especially of devoted less to narrative than to cogent military and economic matters. comment on its more significant aspects. 1144. ———. The life and principate of the 1134, Albertini, Eugéne. L’empire romain. emperor Hadrian, A.D. 76-138. London, 3rd ed., Paris, 1938. Brief yet comprehensive 1923. Balanced account of Hadrian’s career survey of the empire and its culture from and policies. Augustus to Theodosius, notable for good 1145. Hiittl, Willy. Antoninus Pius. 2 v.

judgment and clear perspective. Prague, 1933-36. V. 1 contains the text,

1135. Salmon, Edward T. A history of the noteworthy for treatments of frontier defense Roman world from 30 B.C. to A.D. 138. 3rd = and legal reform; v. 2, a useful prosopogrev. ed., London, 1957. [Methuen’s history of | raphy of officials and a collection of inscripthe Greek and Roman world.] A well-in- tions of the period. Review of v. 2, E. Groag, formed and critical survey of the period on Berlin. Philolog. Wochensch., 53 (1933):

the traditional plan. Select bibliography. 1379. 1136. Parker, Henry M. D. A history of 1146. Seeck, Otto. Geschichte des Unterthe Roman world from A.D. 138 to 337. gangs der antiken Welt. 6 v. in 8. Berlin and London, 1935. [Methuen’s history of the Stuttgart, 1897-1920. Subsequent revisions.

Greek and Roman world.] Effective survey, Covers period from Diocletian to 476 A.pD.— excellent in selection and judgment of ma-_ v. 1~—3 on reigns of Diocletian to Constantine,

terial and especially valuable on military v. 4-5 on dynasty of Constantine and its

- matters. Select bibliography. | successors, and v. 6 on the 5th century with

1137. Homo, Léon. Histoire romaine: Ie — essays, illuminating and original but somehaut empire. Paris, 1933. Accurate, clear, and times capricious, on the many causes of the

152 ae Guide to Historical Literature , decline of Rome. Especially valuable on ad- and in part an account of his acts and ministration and organization. [WSD; TRSB] _ policies. Useful critical bibliography.

1147, Stein, Ernst. Geschichte des spatro- 1155. Baynes, Norman H. Constantine the

mischen Reiches. 2 v. Vienna and Paris, Great and the Christian church. London, 1928-49. V. 1 deals with period 284-476 a.p. 1931. Remains a fundamental study. :

V. 2 (476-565) was long delayed by politi- oo

cal and military and published post- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS umously. The causes two constitute an outstanding ,

history of the period, excellently documented. The Roman Provinces

More useful for mastery of politics and ad- :

ministration than for cultural and religious 1156. Mommsen, Theodor. The provinces history. Review of v. 1, N. H. Baynes, Jour. of the Roman empire from Caesar to Diocle-

Rom. studies, 18 (1928): 217. tian. 2nd ed., by F. Haverfield, 2 v., Lon- ;

1148. Lot, Ferdinand. La fin du monde’ don, 1908. Tr. by W. P. Dickson from antique et Ile début du Moyen Age. Paris, Geschichte der Provinzen von Cdsar bis 1927. Tr. by Philip and Mariette Leon, Lon- Diocletian (1885; 9th ed., Berlin, 1921). don and N.Y., 1931. Admirable account of _Mommsen wrote this as v. 5 of his History | the decline of the Roman empire and the of Rome (1/00). He used material then

rise of the barbarian kingdoms. Treats the newly collected in the Corpus inscriptionum political and social development of the West Jatinarum to give a masterly description of

with insight and independence. Review, civilization in the various provinces under

N. H. Baynes, Jour. Rom. studies, 19 (1929): the principate. Thereby he seeks to show that

224. — the great achievement of the imperial gov-

Other works on the history of the later ernment was the gift of three centuries of © Roman empire are listed in Sections K peace and prosperity to the provincials, and

and L. that the corrupt society of the court and

| - 7149, Piganiol, André. L’empire chrétien, capital did not constitute or even typify the

325-395. Paris, 1947. [Histoire romaine, v. 4, Roman world of the time. Many corrections pt. 2.] An effective synthesis, more useful for of detail are now required, but the work as a political, social, and economic history than whole remains unsurpassed. [AERB, TRSB]

for the religious and intellectual movements 1157. Collingwood, Robin G., and John of the time. Review, K. Setton, Am. Jour. N. L. Myres.,.Roman Britain and the English

Philol., 69 (July 1948): 329. settlements. 2nd ed., Oxford, 1936. [Oxford

1150. Alféidi, Andreas. “Die Ausgestaltung history of England, 1.] The fullest account |

der monarchischen Zeremoniells am r6- of the development and institutions of the - mischen Kaiserhofe.” Mitteilungen des province. Continued past the Roman withdeutschen archaeologischen Instituts, r6- drawal by Professor Myres. Bibliography. -mische Abteilung, 49 (1934): 1-118. See 1158. Richmond, Ian A. Roman Britain.

below. ' Harmondsworth, 1955. [Pelican history of

| 1151. ——. “Insignien und Tracht der England, 1.] Brief but outstanding synthesis romischen Kaiser.” Mitteilungen des deutsch- by a leading British archaeologist. Excellent

en archaeologischen Instituts, romische Ab- bibliography. .

teilung, 50 (1935): 1-171. This and the 1159. Jullian, Camille L. Histoire de la above article together form a brilliant study Gaule. 8 v. Paris, 1908-29. The most authori-

of the ceremonial dress and insignia of the tative history of Gaul from 600 B.c. to the / Roman emperors, especially as represented end of. Roman rule. Includes economic, on coins, and document the evolution of the social, and cultural aspects, and is especially

principate which produced the forms and valuable for the period when Roman em-

_ ritual of the late empire. _ perors had their capital in Gaul.

7152. Burckhardt, Jakob C. Die Zeit 1160. Brogan, Olwen. Roman Gaul. CamConstantins des Grossen. Basel, 1853. 3rd bridge, Mass. and London, 1953. Excellent | ed., Leipzig, 1898. Tr. by M. Hadas, N.Y., — brief survey of the history of Gaul and the 1949. A classic, now partly superseded by material and cultural aspects of its civilizanew evidence and by the rise of new con-_ tion. Select bibliography. | cepts of the relation of emperor, church, and 1161. Cumont, Franz V. M. Comment la

state. Belgique fut romanisée. 2nd rev. ed., BrusJ153. Jones, Arnold H. M. Constantine sels, 1919. Excellent account of the Romani-

and the conversion of Europe. London, 1948. zation and development of northern Gaul. Brief but excellent account of the economic, For a useful summary of recent discoveries social, and religious problems of the reign and results see S. J. De Laet, “La Gaule .

. and times of Constantine. | septentrionale a Vépoque romaine 4a la

1154. Vogt, Joseph. Constantin der Grosse lumiére des fouilles, des recherches et des und sein Jahrhundert. Munich, 1949. In part publications les plus récentes,” Bull. de a survey of the development of the Roman (T’Institut Historique Belge de Rome, 26 — empire in the century preceding Constantine, (1950-51): 187-250. For detailed study of

: _ Rome: Republic and Empire , (153 Roman Gaul, Albert Grenier, Manuel the study of Roman taxation in’Sicily and d’archéologie gallo-romaine (2 v., Paris, other provinces. On the development of Sicily

1931-34), is indispensable. see V. Scramuzza in Economic survey of 1162. Bosch y Gimpera, Pedro, and others. ancient Rome (1282), 3: 225-3717.

Espana romana (218 a. de J. C.—414 de 1171. Pais, Ettore. Storia della Sardegna J. C.). Madrid, 1935. [Ramén Menéndez_ e della Corsica durante il dominio romano. Pidal, Historia de Espafia, 2.] A fundamental Rome, 1923. Good critical study.

~~ work. by eight specialists. Now requires sup- 1172. Gsell, Stéphane. Histoire ancienne plement, especially on Roman colonization. de l’Afrique du Nord. 8 v. Paris, 1913-28. _ 1163. Albertini, Eugéne. Les divisions ad- Indispensable work on the region from the ministratives de VEspagne romaine. Paris, Gulf of. Syrtis to the Atlantic between the 1923. Important for the history of Roman Mediterranean and the Sahara. V. 1-4 deal

administration in Spain. with the prehistoric and Carthaginian ;

1164. Sutherland, Carol H. V. The Romans periods; 5—6, the native kingdoms; 7-8, the in Spain, 217 B.C.—A.D. 117. London, 1939. client kingdoms and the Roman province Excellent introduction, valuable for the rela- under the republic. Full bibliographical

tion of geography to history and for the use notes. [AERB, TRSB] | .

of evidence from coins. Bibliographical notes. 7173. Broughton, Thomas Robert S. The 1165. Thouvenot, Raymond. Essai sur la Romanization of Africa Proconsularis. Baltiprovince romaine de Bétique. See V.D56. more, 1929. Study of the Roman proconsular

1166. Fabricius, Ernst, and others. Der province from the fall of Carthage to the

obergermanisch-ratische Limes des Romer- principate of Septimius Severus, chiefly from reiches. 14 v. Berlin and Leipzig, 1894-1937. the standpoint of urbanization and municipal

The fundamental report of the occupation development. | |

and fortification of this frontier, directed by 1174. Warmington, Brian H. The North Fabricius and described by many scholars. African provinces from Diocletian to the Pt. A is devoted to description of territories, Wandal conquest. Cambridge, Eng., 1954.

pt. B to the forts. Consult also Der rd- Deals with the relations of central and mische Limes in Oesterreich (17 v., Vienna, municipal governments and the cultural life | 1900-37) and the material on the develop- of the North African cities in the later ment of frontiers everywhere in the empire empire. Good account of the cities. in Fabricius’ article, “Limes,” Realencyclo- On the Roman provinces of Achaea, Mace-

pddie, 13: 571-671. donia, and Thrace see the excellent special

1167. Stein, Ernst. Die kaiserlichen bibliographies in Cambridge ancient history | Beamten und Truppenkorper im romischen (J77), v. 11, ch. 14, pp. 914 ff.; Social and Deutschland unter dem Prinzipat. Vienna, economic history of the Roman empire 1932. [Beitrdge zur Verwaltungs- und (1284), ch. 6; and the select bibliography : Heeresgeschichte von Gallien und Ger- in Economic survey of ancient Rome (1282), manien, 1.] With Emil Ritterling, Fasti des 4: 497-98. Much new material of great. imrOmischen Deutschland unter dem Prinzipat portance for Greece is published in reports (v. 2 of the series, Vienna, 1932), an indis- of the excavations in Athens, Sparta, Corpensable foundation for study of the civil inth, Delos, Delphi, and Olympia. .

and military organization of these prov- On the eastern provinces in general refer-

inces. ence should be made to Rostovtzeff’s Social 1168. Koepp, Friedrich. Die Romer in = and economic history of the Hellenistic world Deutschland. 3rd rev. ed., Bielefeld and (HI51), ch. 7 and 8, and his Social and Leipzig, 1926. General treatment of civiliza- economic history of the Roman empire, ch.

tion of the German provinces, based on 7, both with full notes on sources and bib-

literary, epigraphical, and archaeological ma- _liography. In addition, see the following

terial. Illustrations, bibliography. (1175-178).

_ 1169. Stahelin, Felix. Die Schweitz m 1175. Cumont, Franz V. M. “The frontier romischer Zeit. 3rd rev. ed., Basel, 1948. provinces of the East.” The Cambridge anValuable account of the history and civiliza- cient history, v. 11, ch. 15.

tion of Switzerland in Roman times. 1176. Bell, H. Idris. “Egypt under the early

Material on the Danubian provinces is _principate.”” The Cambridge ancient history,

scattered in many articles and monographs. _ v. 10, ch. 10. .

It is recommended that students read the _ 3177. Bell, H. Idris, and P. Romanelli. relevant chapters in the Cambridge ancient “Egypt, Crete and Cyrenaica.” The Camhistory (177), v. 10, ch. 12; v. 11, ch. 11 and _ bridge ancient history, v. 11, ch. 16. This and

13; and bibliographies to these chapters. See J/75-176 have excellent selected bibliog-

also M. I. Rostovtzeff, Social and- economic _ raphies.

history of the Roman empire (1284), ch. 6, 1178. Rostovtzeff,. Michael I. ‘“‘La Syrie

notes 58 ff. romaine.” Rev. historique, 175 (Jan.-Feb.

1170. Carcopino, Jérdme. La loi de Hiéron 1935): 1-40. © et les Romains. Paris, 1914. Important for 1179, Accame, Silvio. Il dominio romano

154 Guide to Historical Literature in Grecia dalla guerra acaica ad Augusto. arly account of the remains, life, and com-

See H167. munications of Petra, Gerasa, Palmyra, and 1180. Day, John. An economic history of | Dura. Should be supplemented by reports : Athens under Roman domination. N.Y., of later excavations. - 1942. Comprehensive use of available liter- 1189. Josephus, Flavius. Opera. 1544. Ed. ary, epigraphical, and numismatic evidence. by B. Niese, 7 v., Berlin, 1887-95. Tr. by Bibliography. Other aspects of the history © William Whiston, 1737; rev. ed. by A. R. of Athens in this period are treated by Paul Shilleto, 5 v., London, 1889-90. Tr. by Henry

Graindor, Athénes sous Auguste (Cairo, St. J. Thackery, contd. by R. Marcus, 7 v., 1927); Athénes de Tibére a@ Trajan (Cairo, London and Cambridge, Mass., 1926-43. 1931); Athénes sous Hadrien (Cairo, 1934); [Loeb classical library.] The Life, Contra Un milliardaire antique: Hérode Atticus et Apion, Wars of the Jews, and Antiquities of —

sa famille (Cairo, 1930). the Jews comprise a notable body of writings 1181. Jones, Arnold H. M. The cities of | and a principal source for the history of

- the eastern Roman provinces. Oxford, 1937. the Jewish people. The later books of the |

See below. Antiquities are invaluable on their relations

1182. ———. The Greek city from Alexander with Rome; and the Wars is the chief con-to Justinian. Oxford, 1940. The first of these temporary source for narrative of the revolt

two books is a detailed regional description of 66-70 a.v. [AERB, TRSB] ]

of the growth and organization of Greek city 1190. Abel, Félix M. Histoire de la Palesforms in the eastern Roman provinces from tine depuis la conquéte d’Alexandre jusqu’a - Thrace through Asia Minor, Syria, and Egypt Vinvasion arabe. 2 v. Paris, 1952. Comprearound to Cyrenaica; the second is a general hensive survey, at times uncritical, based on study of causes which promoted or retarded ancient sources, modern discussions,:and a their growth, of their internal life, and their detailed knowledge of the land. relations with the central government. Both 1191. Juster, Jean. Les juifs dans empire are works of outstanding scholarship. Select romaine, leur condition juridique, écono-

bibliography. : mique, et sociale. 2 v. Paris, 1914. Still im-

1183. Magie, David. Roman rule in Asia portant. Particularly valuable on relations Minor. 2 v. Princeton, 1950. A fundamental of communities of Jews throughout the emwork, based on all available sources, which pire with the imperial and municipal ausums up a vast body of modern scholarship. thorities. Begins with the Hellenistic background and 1192. Jones, Arnold H. M. The Herods of traces development under the empire of the Judaea. Oxford, 1938. Well-informed and : provinces of Asia Minor. Full bibliographi- objective account which places the Herodian

cal notes and useful lists of officials. family in its setting in both Palestinian and

1184. Chapot, Victor. La frontiére de Roman history. |

PEuphrate, de Pompée a4 Ia conquéte arabe. 1193. Mitteis, Ludwig, and Ulrich Wilcken,

| Paris, 1907. Useful study of Roman attempts eds. Grundziige und Chrestomathie der

to find a satisfactory eastern frontier and to Papyruskunde. 2 v. in 4. Leipzig and Berlin, organize its defense. To be .supplemented 1912. Original, but still indispensable, intronow by Cambridge ancient history, v..10, duction to all major aspects of the governch. 6, on the eastern frontier; and by A. ment, legal system, economic, and social life Poidebard, La trace de Rome dans le désert of Egypt from 332 B.c. to 639 A.D. as re-

de Syrie (1187). vealed by papyrus documents, of which the

1185. Gwatkin, William E. Cappadocia as Chrestomathie offers a rich selection with a Roman procuratorial province. Columbia, appropriate notes and comments. [AERB]

Mo., 1930. Description of the organization, 1194. O6ertel, Friedrich. Die Liturgie. resources, and administration of Cappadocia Leipzig, 1917. Meticulous study of all types

- in the early empire. of obligatory services imposed upon the

: 1186. Mouterde, René, and Antoine Poide- population of Ptolemaic and more particu- | bard. Le limes de Chalcis: organisation de la larly Roman Egypt, and the part played by

| steppe en haute Syrie romaine. Paris, 1945. these liturgies in village, town, and home Essential for the detailed study of northern administration up to the end of the 4th

Syria. — century a.D. [AERB] 1187. Poidebard, Antoine. La trace de 1195. Milne, John G. A history of Egypt

Rome dans le désert de Syrie: le limes de under Roman rule. 3rd ed., London, 1924. Trajan 4 la conquéte arabe. 2 v. Paris, 1934. [William M. F. Petrie, ed., A history of | Important for study of Roman occupation Egypt, 5.] The one significant narrative of of Syria and Roman military history on the Egypt from 30 B.c. to 642 a.v. Includes speeastern frontier. Covers only the territory of | cial chapters on government, taxation, the

the modern state of Syria. army, religion, urban and rural life. Review,

1188. Rostovtzeff, Michael I. Caravan H. I. Bell, Jour. Egypt. arch., 12 (Oct. |

cities, Tr. from Russian by David and T. 1926): 317. [AERB] a

Talbot Rice. Oxford, 1932. Vivid and schol- 1196. Johnson, Allan C. Roman Egypt to

Rome: Republic and Empire — 155 the reign of Diocletian. Baltimore, 1936. eral survey covering the republic through

[An economic survey of ancient Rome, 2.] the 2nd century a.p. [JFG]

| Systematic description of the resources of 1205. Forni, Giovanni. Tl reclutamento

Roman Egypt and the economic activities of delle legioni da Augusto a Diocleziano. Milan |

its population, including a study of their and Rome, 1953. Careful investigation of fiscal obligations, copiously illustrated by a topic of considerable importance for the documents in translation. Review, J. G. general social history of the empire. [JFG] Milne, Jour. Egypt. arch., 22 (June 1936): 1206. Durry, Marcel. Les cohortes pré-

113. [AERB] OO toriennes. Paris, 1938. Comprehensive and

1197. Wallace, Sherman L. Taxation in thorough historical study of their role and Egypt from Augustus to Diocletian. Prince- function, with a full account of internal or-

| ton, 1938. [Princeton University studies in ganization and activities. [JFG]

papyrology, 2.] Complete and coherent anal- 1207. Cheesman, George L. The auxilia of

ysis of the tax structure and individual taxes the Roman imperial army. Oxford, 1914. | in Roman Egypt. Although controversial in Lucid and judicious monograph dealing many of its interpretations and subject to largely with the first two centuries. [JFG] correction in details, it remains the essential 1208. Cichorius, Conrad. “Ala.” Paulys

manual in its field. [AERB] Realencyclopadie der classischen Altertums-

1198. Taubenschlag, Raphael. The law of | wissenschaft, 1 (1894): 1224-70. This and Greco-Roman Egypt in the light of the 1209 are excellent surveys, largely arranged papyri, 332 B.C.—640 A.D. 2nd ed., War- under individual units. Though out of date, saw, 1955. Comprehensive, scholarly, and still the only comprehensive collection of dependable manual of the Egyptian, Greek, evidence for the order of battle of roughly and Roman legal systems in force in Egypt half the Roman army. H. Nesselhauf’s new under Ptolemaic and Roman rule. Supple- edition of the military diplomas in Corpus

ments and in large part supersedes the earlier inscriptionum latinarum, v. 16, in effect prowork of Mitteis. Review of 1st ed., A. Berger, vides a valuable supplement. [JFG]

| | pidie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, | 4 (1901): 231-356. a Aegyptus, 25 (1944): 117. | (209, ——-. “‘Cohors.” Paulys RealencycloHISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS 1210. Wagner, Walter. Die Dislokation

Military History der rémischen Auxiliarformationen in den Provinzen Noricum, Pannonien, Moesien und

1199. “Legio.” Paulys Realencyclopadie Dakien von Augustus bis Gallienus. Berlin, der ciassischen Altertumswissenschaft, v. 12 1938. Valuable, detailed study, arranged

(Stuttgart, 1925), cols. 1186-1237. The by units, with a brief general discussion.

fundamental study, with full information for [JFG] .

each legion from Augustus to Diocletian. 1211. Kraft, Konrad. Zur Rekrutierung der

[JFG] _ Alen und Kohorten an Rhein und Donau.

1200. Kromayer, Johannes, and Georg Bern, 1951. Sound and illuminating monoVeith. Heerwesen und Krieefiihrung der graph of general interest for Romanization

Griechen und Romer. See H318. and spread of Roman citizenship. [JFG]

1201. Domaszewski, Alfred von. Die Rang- 1212. Thiel, Johannes H. A history of ordnung des rémischen Heeres. Bonn, 1908. Roman sea-power before the Second Punic The fundamental study of the commissioned War. Amsterdam, 1954. A thorough work, and non-commissioned officers and internal combining enthusiasm and good sense. [JFG]

organization of the Roman army from Au- 1213. ———. Studies on the history of gustus to Diocletian. Political and social Roman sea-power in republican times. Ampolicies of the emperors are kept in sterdam, 1946. Another original and stimu| mind. Valuable appendix of inscriptions. lating study of the strength and role of the

: _ [JFG] : navy, chiefly between 218 and 167 B.c. 1202. Marquardt, Karl J. Romische [JFG] | Staatsverwaltung. V. 2, pp. 319-621. 2nd 1214. Starr, Chester S., Jr. The Roman

ed., Leipzig, 1884. [Handbuch des rémischen imperial navy, 31 B.C.-A.D. 324. Ithaca, -Alterthiimer, 5.] Still useful as the only com- 1941. [Cornell studies in classical philology, prehensive account of the Roman army 26.] The authoritative study, comprehensive through the 3rd century A.D. that includes but treating organization and personnel most

full references to sources. [JFG] fully. [JFG]

1203. Birley, Eric. Roman Britain and the 1215. Cagnat, René. L’armée romaine d’Roman. army. Kendal, 1953. A collection Afrique et occupation militaire de PAfrique of papers, including important discussions of — sous les empereurs. 2nd ed., 2 v., Paris, 1912-

the origins of legionary centurions and of 13. Classic study of a provincial garrison

equestrian officers. [JFG] based on abundant epigraphical and archae-

1204. Parker, Henry M. D. The Roman _ ological evidence. Covers the manifold activilegions. Oxford, 1928. Well-informed gen- ties of the troops in peace and war, and their

156 Guide to Historical Literature influence on development of the area through political life. Review, C. Bardt, Berliner

the 4th century. [JFG] . Philolog. Woch., 33 (Jan. 1913): 16. [AERB,

1216. Lesquier, Jean. L’armée romaine RSR]

@Egypte d’Auguste a Dioclétien. Cairo, 1224. Miinzer, Friedrich. Romische Adels-_.

| 1918. [Mémoires de I’Institut Francais parteien und Adelsfamilien. Stuttgart, 1920.

d’Archéologie Orientale du Caire, 41.] A Illuminating work bearing on the problem of masterly study of the Roman army. The rich traditional family politics in Rome. Shows a

materials, notably the papyri, permit a recon- deep understanding of the. structure of struction of many aspects of military life Roman society and the influence of the arisand activities such as is hardly possible in tocracy in Roman history. Review, E. Hohl,

other provinces. [JFG] Berliner Philolog. Woch., 40 (Nov. 1920):

1217. Grosse, Robert. Romische Mili- 1091. |

targeschichte von Gallienus bis zum Beginn ‘J225. Mommsen, Theodor. Romisches der byzantinischen Themenverfassung. Berlin, Staatsrecht. 3rd ed., 3 v. in 5, Leipzig, 1887-

1920. As yet the best work on a subject 88. Reprint, 1952. This exposition of the

needing much more investigation. [JFG] Roman constitution as a well-knit system of 1218. Couissin, Paul. Les armes romaines: offices and institutions based upon certain essai sur les origines et Pévolution des.armes clearly grasped, fundamental, legal concepindividuelles du légionnaire romain. Paris, tions was a wholly original idea at the time

1926. Illustrated account, arranged by of its publication. Its appearance put the

periods, from the earliest times to the 6th study of Roman constitutional history upon _

century A.D. [JFG] . a scientific basis; and it is still an indis, pensable work, the starting point of all in-

Constitutional and Legal History vestigation in this field, partly because of its complete citation of source materials on 7219. Abbott, Frank F. History and de- each topic. Deservedly this ranks as the

scription of Roman political institutions. 3rd greatest achievement of Mommsen’s genius. ed., Boston, 1911. Clearly and carefully writ- [AERB, RSR]

| ten and well-arranged introduction, particu- (1226. ——. Abriss des romischen Staatslarly helpful for its documentation. Appen- rechts. 2nd ed., Leipzig, 1907. Stimulating dices- contain pertinent Latin selections from survey of the constitutional growth of the epigraphical and literary sources. Review, T. Roman state, with more emphasis on the

[ABW, RSR] - RSR] 1220. Greenidge, Abel H. J. Roman public 1227. ——. R6misches Strafrecht. Leip-

Nicklin, Classical rev., 17 (July 1903): 324. process of development than in 1225. [AERB,

life. London and N.Y., 1901. This standard zig, 1899. Classic work on Roman criminal and very useful handbook traces develop- law. [AERB, RSR] ment of the Roman constitution from the 1223. ———. Romische Forschungen. 2 v. earliest period to that of the principate, and Berlin, 1864-79. Important contribution on — describes its workings in Rome, Italy, and problems of Roman ‘history, chiefly in the the provinces under the developed republic republican period. [AERB, RSR] and principate. Well arranged and convenient 229. -———. Gesammelte Schriften. 8 v. | for reference. Review, T. Nicklin, Classical Berlin, 1905-13. [1-3, Juristische Schriften;

| rev., 16 (Oct. 1902): 360; F. Cauer, Berliner 4-6, Historische Schriften; 7, Philologische Philologische Wochenschrift, 22 (Aug. 1902): Schriften; 8, Epigraphische und numisma-

977. [CWK, RSR] tische Schriften.] General collection of | 1221. Homo, Léon. Les institutions poli- Mommsen’s contributions to periodical litertiques romaines de la cité 4 VPétat. Paris, ee StaatsRSR] . 1927. 2nd ed., 1950. Constitutional history 1230. Marquardt, Karlature. J. Rémische of Rome from the founding to the age of. verwaltung. 2nd ed., 3 v., Leipzig, 1881—85.

: Constantine I. The first part is excellent; the [1, Organisation des rémischen Reichs; 2,

latter, dealing with the later republic and Finanz- und Méilitdrwesen; 3, Das’ Sacral-

: empire, is much weaker and rather uncritical. wesen.] Work of primary importance.

| Review, D. McFayden, Am. hist. rev., 33 [AERB, RSR] .

(Oct. 1927): 98. [ABW, RSR] 1231. Madvig, Johan N. Die Verfassung 1222. Botsford, George W. Reman assem- und Verwaltung des rémischen Staates. 2 v.

blies from their origin to the end of the Leipzig, 1881-82. This and 1232 are also | republic. N.Y., 1909. Full description and useful treatises. For much shorter but very history of the assemblies and their legislation. suggestive discussion see K. J. Neumann, Still a standard, indispensable work; but there R6émische Staatsaltertiimer, in Gercke and is much of significance in subsequent periodi- Norden, Finleitung in die Altertumswissen-

cal literature. [RSR] schaft (H20). [AERB, RSR]

1223. Gelzer, Matthias. Die Nobilitat der 1232. Herzog, Ernst von. Geschichte und |

romischen Republik. Leipzig, 1912. Careful, System der rémischen Staatsverfassung. 3 v. interesting, and informative study of Roman in 2. Leipzig, 1884-91.

Rome: Republic and Empire 157 | 3233. Hardy, Ernest G. Studies in Roman cials employed in the administration of the history. 2 v. London, 1906-09. V. 1 contains Roman empire, their rank and duties, and

an essay on “Christianity and the Roman _ the evolution of the offices. Deals with all |

| government” and six shorter studies on con- important departments of administration. stitutional questions of the principate. Re- Concludes with a valuable general survey view, P. J. Healy, Am. hist. rev., 11 (July which brings out the growth of despotism and

1906): 931. V. 2 has essays on the armies centralization, and the great importance of | and frontiers, and on the emperors of the Hadrian and Septimius Severus in adminis- | | | year 68—69 a.p. [AERB, RSR] | trative history. An important supplement to 1234, ——, ed. Six Roman laws. Oxford, older works. Review, H. Peter, Wochen- | 1911. Includes Lex Acilia and the Roman _ schrift fiir klassische Philologie, 22 (Aug. laws of the republic dealing with munic- 1905): 948; V. Chapot, Revue de philologie,

, ipal administration; valuable commentary. 29 (July 1905): 274. [WDG, RSR]

[AERB, RSR] 1243. Pflaum, Hans G. Les procurateurs | 1235. ——, ed. Roman laws and charters. équestres sous le haut-empire romain. Paris,

Oxford, 1912. Republication of 1234 with 1950. Partially corrects, partially supple- — addition of three municipal charters from ments 1242 from the results of later studies.

_ Spain. [AERB, RSR] Review, J. H. Oliver, Am. jour. of philology,

1236. ———. Some problems in Roman his- 72 (July 1951): 316. [RSR] | tory: ten essays bearing on the administrative 1244, Arnold, William T. The Roman sysand legislative work of Julius Caesar. Oxford, tem of provincial administration to the ac1924. Collection of studies previously pub- cession of Constantine the Great. 3rd rev. ed.

lished in periodicals. [AERB, RSR] | by E. S. Bouchier, Oxford, 1914. Good gen1237. Schultz, Otto T. Das Wesen des eral survey of Roman imperial government,

rémischen Kaisertums der ersten zwei Jahr- including growth of the empire, subject ter-

| hunderte. Paderborn, 1916. This and 1238 ritories and dependencies, general features really form a single study whose principal of provincial government, and policy of par-

thesis is that the right of appointment to ticular emperors with respect to the provthe principate legally belonged to the senate inces. Special chapters on the system of alone, and that the army had no constitu- taxation and on the provincial municipalities. tional authority therein. [AERB, RSR] [AERB, RSR] 1238. ——-. Vom Prinzipat zum Dominat: 1245, ——. Studies of Roman imperialism. das Wesen des roémischen Kaisertums des Ed. by E. Fiddes. Manchester, 1906. Postdritten Jahrhunderts. Paderborn, 1919. Con- humous publication of a series of essays

tains a useful collection of materials bear- which are fragments of a larger work on .

| ing on this problem. Review of this and 1237, government of the Roman empire which -D. McFayden, Classical philology, 17 (July Arnold had intended to write. Powers of the

1922): 274. [AERB, RSR] principate, relations of Augustus and the

: 1239. McFayden, Donald. The history of senate, and Augustus’ domestic policy are

the title Imperator under the Roman empire... discussed. Other chapters cover provincial Chicago, 1920. Important restudy, correcting organization in Gaul, Spain, Arabia, Egypt, the conclusions of Mommsen. However, the Greece, and Asia Minor. Review of this and subject must now be pursued in subsequent 1244, H. S. Jones, Eng. hist. rev., 22 (Apr.

periodical literature. [AERB, RSR] 1907): 325; 30 (Apr. 1915): 370. [AERB,

1240. Mattingly, Harold. Imperial civil RSRJ] ,

service of Rome. Cambridge, Eng., 1910. 1246. Reid, James Smith. The municipali[Cambridge historical essays, 17.] Outlines ties of the Roman empire. Cambridge, Eng.,

the general development of the service in the 1913. Survey of the Roman empire as a vast - Ist and 2nd centuries; takes up in greater federation of commonwealths, retaining many detail the procuratores provinciarum. Con- characteristics of the old city-state. Con-

| venient summary: contains little or nothing venient synthesis of facts already familiar, , original. Review, O. Hirschfeld, Wochen- but does not lack illuminating comments schrift fiir klassische Philologie, 28 (Feb. contributed by the author. No maps, notes,

1911): 243. [CWK, RSR] or bibliography. Review, G. W. Botsford,

F241. Stein, Arthur. Der rOmische Ritter- Am. hist. rev., 19 (Jan. 1914): 335; H. S. stand. Munich, 1927. Authoritative study of Jones, Eng. hist. rev., 28 (Oct. 1913): 758.

the equestrian order from the time of its [ABW, RSR] formation as a social and political class in 1247. Abbott, Frank F., and Allan C. the era of the Gracchi until its disappearance Johnson. Municipal administration in the

in the 4th century. Review, J. G. C. Ander- Roman empire. Princeton, 1926. Very useful son, Jour. Rom. studies, 16 (1926): 251. reference work in two parts, the first giving

[CWK, RSR] | a general. topical treatment, and the second .

1242. Hirschfeld, Otto. Die kaiserlichen a valuable collection of documents with

Verwaltungsbeamten bis auf Diocletian. 2nd commentary. Review, A. E. R. Boak, Am. ed., Berlin, 1905. Standard work on the offi- hist. rev., 33 (Jan. 1928): 375. [ABW, RSR]

158 | Guide to Historical Literature 1248. Liebenam, Wilhelm. Stadteverwaltung otherwise almost unknown jurist, about the

im rémischen Kaiserreiche. Leipzig, 1900. close of the principate of Antoninus Pius.

Studies the municipal budget, local adminis- [AERB, RSR] |

tration, and relation of the municipality to 1256. Godefroy (Gothofredus), Jacques, : the state. Valuable collection of material; ed. Codex Theodosianus cum perpetuis com-

| suffers somewhat from neglect of chrono- mentariis. Rev. ed. by J. D. Ritter, 6 v.,

logical development. Review, J. Toutain, Leipzig, 1736-45. Old edition, but still valu-

a Revue hist., 78 (Mar. 1902): 366. [AERB, able for its commentaries. [AERB, RSR] —

RSR] | 1257. Mommsen, Theodor, and Paul M. | 1249. Waltzing, Jean P. Etude historique Meyer, eds. Theodosiani libri XVI cum Con-

: sur les corporations professionnelles chez les __ stitutionibus Sirmondianis et leges novellae Romains depuis les origines jusqu’a la chute ad Theodosianum pertinentes consilio et . de Vempire d’occident. 4 v. Louvain, 1895~- auctoritate Academiae Litterarum QRegiae

1900. Complete history of the collegia: their Borussicae. 2 v. in 3. Berlin, 1905. 2nd ed. origin as private institutions, repression in pt. 1 (bks. 1-6), by P. M. Meyer, 1923. Re- | the late republic, permissive authorization in print, 1954. Standard edition of the Theo-

the principate, the progressively increasing im- dosian code, which is a collection of imperial

position by the state of public duties, and constitutions issued after the accession of the development in the 4th century into ad- Constantine the Great, published in 438 a.p. ministrative institutions with compulsory and by Theodosius II in the Eastern empire and |

hereditary membership. Very scholarly by Valentinian III in the West. The novels : monograph, based largely on inscriptions included are those promulgated between 438

and legal literature; indispensable basis for and 476. [AERB, RSR] |

any further investigation of the subject. 1258. Pharr, Clyde. The Theodosian code

[WDG, RSR] | and novels, and the Sirmondian constitu-—

| 1250. Bruns, Carl G., ed. Fontes furis tions. Princeton, 1952. [Codex Theodo-

romani antiqui. 7th rev. ed. by Otto Graden- _sianus.] English translation, generally good, witz, 4 v. in 2, Tiibingen, 1909-12. Particu- of the texts included in 1257, together with

| larly valuable for inscriptions bearing on useful commentary and glossary. [RSR] | Roman law. The edition of Gradenwitz is 1259. Krueger, Paul, and others, eds. based on the Sth and 6th eds. prepared by Corpus iuris civilis. 3 v. Berlin, 1884—95. [1,

Mommsen. [AERB, RSR] Institutiones, ed. by P. Krueger, Digesta, ed.

1251. Krueger, Paul, Theodor Mommsen, by T. Mommsen (15th ed., 1928); 2, Codex, and Wilhelm F. A. Studemund, eds. Collectio ed. by P. Krueger (10th ed., 1929); 3,

: librorum iuris antejustiniani. 3 v. Berlin, Novellae, ed. by R. Schoell and W. Kroll

~ 1877-90. 7th rev. ed. of v. 1, 1923. Best edi- (Sth ed., 1928).] Most complete and service- | tion of such writings of Gaius and other able treatment of the subject. [AERB, RSR] Roman jurisconsults as have been preserved 1260. Clark, Edwin C. History of Roman outside of the Corpus juris civilis of Justin- private law. 3 pts. in 4 v. Cambridge, Eng., |

ian. [AERB, RSR] ) 1906-19. [1, Sources; 2, Jurisprudence; 3,

1252. Riccobono, Salvatore, and others,eds. Private law in the regal period.] Most deFontes iuris romani antejustiniani. 3 v. tailed and reliable account in English. Useful Florence, 1940-43. New standard edition chronological sketch. Pt. 2, critical exami| replacing earlier Eduard Huschke, ed., Juris- nation of ideas of Roman jurists from point prudentiae antejustinianae que supersunt (6th of view of English jurisprudence; valuable as

rev. ed., 2 v., Leipzig, 1908-11), and con- a work of reference. Pt. 3, full presentation taining new material from the papyri. Re- of available materials, with wise emphasis view, F. Cramer, Speculum, 26 (Jan. 1951): on the conjectural character of the conclu-

199. [RSR] | sions. [AERB, RSR] 1253. Girard, Paul F., ed. Textes de droit 1261. Roby, Henry J. Roman private law

| romain. 6th rev. ed. by Felix Senn, Paris, in the times of Cicero and of the Antonines.

1937. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1902. Exhaustive treat-

1254. Zulueta, Francis de, ed. The Insti- ment, elaborate and clear. Text and notes tutes of Gaius. 2 v. Oxford, 1946-53. New form an invaluable commentary on legal passtandard edition of Gaius, replacing earlier sages in the Roman authors of the period,

, one of Edward Poste (4th rev. ed., Oxford, dealing particularly with Cicero’s private | 1904). Review, v. 1, F. Schultz, Jour. Rom. orations, to which four special studies are studies, 37 (1947): 208; v. 2, B. Nicholas, devoted. Review, S. G. Owen, Classical rev.,

} ) Jour. Rom. studies, 43 (1953): 178. [RSR] 18 (Apr. 1904): 174. [AERB, RSR]

1255. Muirhead, James, ed. and tr. The 1262. Buckland, William W. Text-book of Institutes of Gaius and Rules of Ulpian. Roman law from Augustus to Justinian. 2nd Rev. ed., Edinburgh, 1904. Another text, ed., Cambridge, Eng. and N.Y., 1932. Re- _

with good English translation and valuable print, 1950. Exceptionally comprehensive and

notes. Gaius’ work was composed as a_ detailed account of pure Roman law, fol- . textbook for the study of Roman law, by an lowing the order of the Institutes. Review,

, Rome: Republic and Empire 159 F. de Zulueta, Classical rev., 36 (Aug. 1922): system of M. Aurelius and Diocletian’s east-

134. [AERB, RSR] west division of the empire—has found little

1263. Girard, Paul F. Manuel élémentaire acceptance. Review, M. P. Charlesworth, de droit romain. 8th rev. ed. by F. Senn, Classical rev., 47 (July 1933): 143. [RSR] Paris, 1929. Brief preliminary survey of the 1270. Cugq, Edouard. Manuel des institu-

, constitutional and legal development of tions juridiques des Romains. Paris, 1917.

Rome, followed by an exposition of Roman Historical rather than doctrinal. Differs from civil law based on the arrangement of the 1271] in giving separate treatment of historiInstitutes. Companion to his edition of Textes cal development of individual institutions

de droit romain. [AERB, RSR] from the earliest times to the late empire,

1264. Czyhlarz, Karl, ritter von. Lehrbuch instead of dividing the discussion into studies :

der Institutionen des romischen Rechts. 18th of various periods. [AERB, RSR]

rev. ed. by M. San Nicolo, Vienna, 1924. 1271, ———. Les institutions juridiques des en

Particularly clear and well-organized intro- Romains envisagées dans leurs rapports avec

duction to Roman law as it appears in the [état social et avec les progrés de la jurisJustinian codification. Concerned with the prudence. 2 v. and index. Paris, 1891-1908.

study of pure Roman law as a key to law _ 2nd rev. ed. v. 1, 1904. |

of the present day. [AERB, RSR] 1272. Costa, Emilio. Profilo storico del

1265. Sohm, Rudolf. The institutes: a text- processo civile romano. Rome, 1918. Valubook of the history and system of Roman able, comprehensive historical survey of proprivate law. 3rd ed., Oxford and N.Y., 1907. cedure in Roman private law. [AERB, RSR] Tr. by James S. Ledlie from Institutionen: 1273. Arangio-Ruiz, Vincenzo. Storia del Geschichte und System des rémischen Privat- diritto romano. 6th ed., Rome, 1950. Useful rechts (17th rev. ed., Munich, 1923). Thor- and valuable sketch of the historical develough treatment of the Roman private law of opment of Roman constitutional, criminal, the Corpus iuris civilis. After brief survey of and private law. Provides also a very sugthe sources of Roman law, traces its his- gestive history of Rome as reflected in the torical growth under the republic and empire, evolution of law, which is an unusual and and its influence in Europe, particularly in illuminating approach to the history. [RSR]

Germany, in medieval and modern times. 1274. Mitteis, Ludwig. Reichsrecht und Then follows a systematic presentation of | Volksrecht in den Ostlichen Provinzen des Roman law at the culmination of its devel- rémischen Kaiserreichs, mit Beitragen zur

| opment in Justinian’s codification. [AERB, Kenntniss des griechischen Rechts und der

RSR] | spatromischen Rechtsentwicklung. Leipzig, 1266. Krueger, Paul. Geschichte der Quel- 1891. Treats the important problem of the len und Literatur des roémischen Rechts. conflict and coalescence of Roman and local 2nd ed., Munich, 1912. Most complete and legal principles and practices in the eastern serviceable treatment of the subject [AERB, Mediterranean world. Review, H. Lewy,

RSR] Berliner Philologische Wochenschrift, 13 , 1267. Jolowicz, Herbert F. Historical intro- (Apr. 1893): 435. [AERB, RSR]

duction to the study of Roman law. 2nd ed., 1275. ——-. Romisches Privatrecht bis auf Cambridge, Eng., 1952. Excellent treatment die Zeit Diokletians. V. 1. Leipzig, 1908. of the subject in the three periods: the time Reveals the Roman law of the principate of the twelve tables, the rest of the republic, freed from the contamination resulting from

and the empire. In the last the author dis- Justinian’s codification; describes the recep- | cusses not the private law, but the constitu- tion of Roman law in Germany, and the tion, machinery of government, law-making, principles of the Pandects. Review, A. | and litigation. Review, P. W. Duff, Classical Manigh, Berliner Philol. Woch., 29 (Dec.

rev., 47 (July 1933): 150. [RSR] 1909): 1630. [AERB, RSR]

1268. Premerstein, Anton, ritter von. Vom 1276. Meyer, Paul M. Juristische Papyri: )

Werden und Wesen des Prinzipats. Munich, Erklarung von Urkunden zur Einfihrung in

| 1937. Extremely valuable, if by no means’ die juristische Papyruskunde. Berlin, 1920. always convincing, study of the bases of Extremely useful chrestomathy, accompanied the principate: philosophic (native), socio- by excellent discussions. and annotations. logical (patrocinium), and constitutional Review, L. Mitteis, Zeitschrift der Savigny(cura legum et morum, imperium, and tri- Stiftung fiir Rechtsgeschichte, Romanistische

bunicia potestas). Review, M. Hammond, Abteilung, 41 (1920): 309. [AERB, RSR] |

Amer, jour. of philol., 59 (Oct. 1938): 481. 1277. Strachan-Davidson, James L. Prob-

[RSR] lems of the Roman criminal law. 2 v. Oxford, | 1269. Kornemann, Ernst. Doppelprinzipat 1912. Written as a criticism and supplement

und Reichsteilung im Imperium Romanum. to Mommsen, Rémisches Strafrecht. Marked Leipzig and Berlin, 1930. Highly informa- by strikingly independent views; mainly contive, erudite, stimulating, and provocative cerned with the Ciceronian period. Primarily study of the empire, although its principal an examination of the steps whereby a crimithesis—that Augustus devised the collegiate nal in Rome was brought to trial, the theories

160 Guide to Historical Literature on which the conduct of the trial was based, to the economic history of the eastern provand the means whereby sentence was exe- inces under the Roman republic. Reference

cuted. [AERB, RSR] should be made to F. M. Heichelheim, Wirt-

1278. Buckland, William W. The Roman - schaftsgeschichte des Altertums, ch. 7-9, and law of slavery: the condition of the slave in to the discussion and bibliography in rele-

private law from Augustus to Justinian. vant chapters of The Cambridge ancient Cambridge, Eng., 1908. Standard work on = history (v. 10, ch. 13; v. 12, ch. 7).

the subject. Review, F. de Zulueta, Classical 1285. -———. Studien zur Geschichte des rev., 23 (June 1909): 116. [AERB, RSR] romischen Kolonats. Leipzig, 1910. Discus1279. Sherman, Charles P. Roman law in sion of Hellenistic and Roman systems of the modern world. 2nd ed., 3 v.. New Haven, tenant farming in Egypt, Asia Minor, Sicily, 1922. V. 1 treats the history of Roman law; and Africa, based on thorough mastery of v. 2 is a manual of its legal principles; v. 3 papyri and inscriptions. Despite criticism of contains a subject guide and very extensive the author’s theory of development of the bibliography. The work was prepared for the colonate (see T. Frank, Jour. Rom. studies, general reader, student, and teacher of law. 17 (1927): 141-61), the work remains im-

[AERB, RSR] | : portant. Bibliography.

1280. Sherwin-White, Adrian N. The 1286. Westermann, William L. The slave Roman citizenship. Oxford, 1939. Important systems of Greek and Roman antiquity. treatment of the process and methods of Philadelphia, 1955. The author’s article on extension of Roman citizenship in the re- “Sklaverei” in Realencyclopddie (H12) republic and 1n the principate to the constitutio vised and enlarged, especially on the later Antoniniana, discussing the problem of how empire. Excellent scholarship, particularly far and why Rome won the real loyalty of valuable for use of papyri. Bibliography. her world. Review, A. F. Giles, Classical rev., Review, A. H. M. Jones, Eng. hist. rev., 71

56 (Jan. 1942): 40. [RSR] | : (1956): 272. |

1281. Schulz, Fritz. ‘““Bracton on kingship.” 1287. Barrow, Reginald H. Slavery in the English historical review, 60 (May 1945): Roman empire. N.Y.; 1928. Sensible treat136-76. Important demonstration that the ment based on sound investigation of sources.

Roman emperors were bound by law until 1288. Duff, Arnold M. Freedmen in the 536 A.D., contrary to prevalent. conceptions. early Roman empire. Oxford, 1928. Useful

[RSR] study of the legal, political, social, and eco| nomic status of freedmen during the first | Social and Economic History two centuries of the empire. 1289. Loane, Helen J. Industry and com1282. Frank, Tenney, ed. An economic merce of the city of Rome. Baltimore, 1938. survey of ancient Rome. 5 v. Baltimore, Systematic study, based on inscriptions and 1933-40. A work of outstanding importance, other evidence, of the industry and comindispensable to students of the economic’ mercial life of the capital. On industry and

history of the Roman world. The widely trade in the Roman empire see 1282 and

_ scattered and often fragmentary literary, in- 284; bibliographies and discussions in Cam-

scriptional, numismatic, and papyrological bridge ancient history, v. 10, ch. 13, and evidence is assembled with interpretative v. 12, ch. 7; and F. M. Heichelheim, Wirtcomment and in great part translated. Select schaftsgeschichte des Altertums, ch. 7-9. bibliographies. Review, v. 1, F. M. Heichel- 1290. Charlesworth, Martin P. Trade-routes heim, Jour. Rom. studies, 24 (1934): 67; v. and commerce of the Roman empire. 2nd 4, M. I. Rostovtzeff, Am. jour. philol., 60 rev. ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1925. Interesting

(1939): 363. but incomplete presentation of the evidence 1283. ———. An economic history of Rome. for the network of land and sea routes and

2nd rev. ed., Baltimore, 1927. A pioneer the products exchanged during the early work, enlarged in the 2nd ed. to include the empire. See also the author’s article, ‘““Roman

| empire up to the 4th century a.p. as well as trade with India: a resurvey,” Johnson a brief survey of the provinces. Indispensable studies (Princeton, 1951).

for history of the republic and important 1291. Hatzfeld, Jean. Les trafiquants

for that of the empire. italiens dans l’Orient hellénique. Paris, 1919.

1284. Rostovtzeff, Michael I. The social Valuable study of the diffusion, organizaand economic history of the Roman empire. tion, activities, and influence of Italian busi2nd rev. ed., 2 v., Oxford, 1957. In spite of |nessmen in Greece and the Near East from - some questionable theories, a very important the 3rd century B.c. to the Ist century A.D. work for range, scholarship, and stimulating 1292. Warmington, Eric H. The commerce treatment. Copious notes on sources and between the Roman empire and India. Camgood bibliography make this indispensable bridge, Eng., 1928. Excellent account, based

for reference. In ch. 6-8 of his Social and on archaeological and literary sources (in-

: economic history of the Hellenistic world cluding Chinese), of the trade routes and (H151), Rostovtzeff also contributes much objects of trade in the early empire. To be

Rome: Republic and Empire +161 revised in the light of discoveries at Dura Rome in the age of Cicero. N.Y., 1909. At-

and Arikamedu. tractive general survey of the city of Rome

1293. Wheeler, Sir Mortimer. Rome beyond and society of the late republic, based largely

the imperial frontiers. London, 1954. Pelican on Cicero’s correspondence. : | —ed., 1955. Lively account, based on author’s 1302. Friedlander, Ludwig. Darstellungen :

excavations and research, of trade of the aus der Sittengeschichte Roms in der Zeit — |

Roman empire with Germany, Africa, India, von August bis zum Ausgang der Antonine.

and China in the early empire. 9th and 10th ed., rev. by G. Wissowa, 4 v.,

1294. Gren, Erik. Kleinasien und der Leipzig, 1921-23. Tr. by L. A. Magnus, ~ , Ostbalkan in der Wirtschaftlichen Entwick- J. H. Freese, and A. B. Gough as Roman lung der rédmischen Kaiserzeit. Uppsala, life and manners under the early empire 1941. Useful study of the road and trade (4 v., London and N.Y., 1908-13). A basic connections between Asia Minor and the reference work, scholarly, sound, well-docueastern Balkans and of the role of the army mented up to its date, on the cultural hisin their economic development. Full bibli- tory of Rome from 31 B.c. to 180 A.D.; im-

ography. | portant also for material on special topics. 1295. Rostovtzeff, Michael I. Geschichte V. 4 contains still valuable notes and apder Staatspacht in der romischen Kaiserzeit pendices.

bis Diokletian. Leipzig, 1904. Remains a 1303. Carcopino, Jéréme. Daily life in most important discussion of the develop- ancient Rome: the people and the city at ment of the public contract in both the Greek the height of the empire. Tr. from French East and the Roman West, and of related by E. O. Lorimer. 3rd rev. ed., New Haven,

historical problems. : 1946. Excellent treatise, especially good on

1296. Laet, Siegfried J. de. Portorium: the city of Rome and conditions of the

étude sur Vorganisation douaniére chez les lower classes. Select bibliography.

romains, surtout 4 Pépoque du haut-empire. 1304. Dill, Sir Samuel. Roman society

Bruges, 1949. Full account of imperial and from Nero to Marcus Aurelius. 2nd rev. ed., : local customs at all periods of Roman his- London and N.Y., 1905. Penetrating account tory. Contribution to both economic and of the period, based primarily on literary administrative history. On other indirect sources; philosophical in treatment. [WSD, taxes see René Cagnat, Etude historique sur TRSB] les imp6ts indirects chez les romains (Paris, 1305. ———. Roman society in the last

1882). : century of the western empire. 2nd rev. ed., | | London and N.Y., 1899. Represents the so- : Cultural History ciety of the time of great pagan senators, many of the great church fathers, and the

General Germanic invasions. Refers mostly to Italy 1297. Bailey, Cyril, ed. The legacy of and Gaul. [WSD, TRSB] Rome. Oxford, 1923. Essays by several schol- 1306. Starr, Chester G. Civilization and

ars on different aspects of Roman civiliza- the Caesars: the intellectual revolution in |

tion, with emphasis on its relation to later the Roman empire. Ithaca, N.Y., 1954. civilization. Designed for the general reader, Attributes the decline of classical civilizabut valuable for special students. (Full titles tion to the absolutism inherent in the Auin original Guide, p. 219.) [AERB, TRSB] — gustan system. Valuable for range and in-

1298. Grenier, Albert. The Roman spirit formation, despite an uncertain thesis.

in religion, thought, and art. Tr. from French Bibliographical notes. : :

by M. R. Dobie. London and N.Y., 1926. 1307. Haarhoff, Theodore J. The stranger | Attractive survey, best on Etruscan period, at the gate: aspects of exclusiveness and co} but valuable to advanced students also for operation in ancient Greece and Rome, with | penetrating judgments on Roman life and some reference to modern times. 2nd rev.

thought. ed., Oxford, 1948. Study of effects of the 1299. Cochrane, Charles N. Christianity meeting of cultures and peoples in Greece

and classical culture: a study of thought and) = and in Rome of the republic and empire. |

action from Augustus to Augustine. 2nd rev. Notes and bibliography.

ed., N.Y., 1944. A fundamental, strongly

philosophical study which reviews the intel- Education, Thought, and Philosophy , lectual background for events and develop- For education, and the advancement of ment of the empire, and its opposition to learning, science, and technology see rele-

and eventual reconcilement with Christianity. vant articles in encyclopedias cited above in 1300. Moore, Frank G. The Roman’s | this section and in Section H. world. N.Y., 1936. Comprehensive and well- 1308. Singer, Charles J., and others, éds. illustrated introduction to the many aspects’ A history of technology. V. 2, The Mediterof Roman life and culture, intended for both ranean civilizations and the Middle Ages.

serious students and the general public. Oxford, 1956. Includes Roman material of

1301. Fowler, William W. Social life at special value. Roman philosophy is treated —

, 162 , Guide to Historical Literature in various works on ancient philosophy, espe- 2 v., Oxford, 1944. Tr. by C. R. Haines, cially those that deal with Epicureanism, London and N.Y., 1926. [Loeb classical

| Stoicism, and Neo-Platonism, and inci- library.] The emperor’s meditations on the | dentally in treatises on Roman literature. ethical teachings of the Stoics, written in

| See also relevant chapters in Cambridge an- Greek in twelve books during the latter part _ cient history, v. 9-12, and their bibliog- of his reign.

raphies. 1323. Arnold, Edward V. Roman Stoicism.

1309. Lucretius, Carus T. De rerum natura. Cambridge, Eng., 1911. Remains a standard |

: Ed. and tr. by Cyril Bailey. 3 v. Oxford, _ treatise. | : 1947. Tr. by W. H. D. Rouse, London and 1324. Quintilianus, M. Fabius. Institutionis

Cambridge, Mass., 1924. [Loeb classical oratoriae libri XII. Sth ed. by C. Halm, library.] An interpretation, by a great poet, Leipzig, 1913. Tr. by H. E. Butler, 4 v., of the universe from the point of view of London and N.Y., 1921-22. The course of Epicurean philosophy. See E. E. Sikes, education from elementary training through | Lucretius, poet and philosopher (Cambridge, _ the advanced rhetorical school is set forth by

Eng., 1936). [AERB, TRSB] the famous teacher whom Vespasian ap-

: 1310. Cicero, Marcus Tullius. De finibus pointed to the first paid professorship of bonorum et malorum. Ed. and tr. by H. rhetoric in Rome. Rackham. London and N.Y., 1914. [Loeb 1325. Gwynn, Aubrey. Roman education | classical library.] In this and the following from Cicero to Quintilian. Oxford, 1926. : philosophical essays Cicero gave the Roman Good analysis of the main principles and world the substance of the teachings of the ideals of Roman education. Should now be Greek schools of philosophy, usually in supplemented by reference to the Roman Roman settings and with Roman examples. section of Henri Irénée Marrou, A history

{[AERB, TRSB] of education in antiquity (tr. by G. Lamb, 1311. ——-. De natura deorum; Academica. N.Y., 1956). [AERB, TRSB]

Ed. and tr. by H. Rackham. London, 1933. . 1312. ——. De officiis. Ed. and tr. by Literature

Walter Miller. London and N.Y., 1913. [Loeb 1326. Schanz, Martin von. Geschichte der |

classical library.] romischen Litteratur bis zum Gesetzgebungs- |

1313. ———. De senectute; De amicitia; De | werk des Kaisers Justinian. 4 v. in 5. Munich, divinatione. Ed. and tr. by William A. Fal- 1890-1935. Subsequent revisions. The funda— coner. London and N.Y., 1923. [Loeb clas- mental work of reference for sources and

sical library.] critical scholarship on the biography, works, } 1314. ——. De re publica; de legibus. Ed. _ text, tradition, and criticism of Latin authors.

and tr. by C. W. Keyes. London and N.Y., 1327. Rostagni, Augusto. Storia della let-

1928. [Loeb classical library. ] teratura latina. 2 v. Turin, 1949-52. A full 1315. ———. Disputationes Tusculanae. Ed. and abundantly illustrated history which dis| and tr. by J. E. King. London and N.Y., cusses the authors in relation to their back1927. [Loeb classical library.] | ground and times. Bibliographies at ends of 1316. ——_. Scripta quae manserunt omnia. chapters.

Ed. by C. F. W. Miiller. 10 v. Leipzig, 1328. Duff, John W. Literary history of

1889-1902. Rome from the origins to the close of the

1317. Seneca, Lucius Annaeus. Opera quae’ golden age. 3rd ed., London, 1953. Introsupersunt. Ed. by F. Haase. 3 v. Leipzig, ductory history notable for good sense and 1852-53. In this and the following works fine appreciation of style. Excellent select _ Seneca, the philosopher, poet, and statesman . bibliography by Arnold M. Duff.

of the age of Nero, presents discussions of 1329, ———. Literary history of Rome in moral and scientific questions, chiefly from the silver age from Tiberius to Hadrian. 2nd the stoic point of view. [AERB, TRSB] impression, London, 1930. Excellent intro-

| 1318. ——. Diologorum libri XII. Ed. by ductory history of the silver age.

E. Hermes. Leipzig, 1905. 1330. Frank, Tenney. Life and literature in — 1319. ——. De beneficiis libri VII; De the Roman republic. Berkeley, 1930. [Sather clementia libri II. Ed. by C. Hosius. Leipzig, classical lectures.] The study which best de-

~~ 1900. | scribes in English how Roman conditions 1320. ——-. Naturalium quaestionum libri shaped the development of Roman literature.

VIII. Ed. by A. Gercke. Leipzig, 1907. 1331. Biichner, Karl, and J. B. Hofmann. : 1321. ———. Epistulae morales. 2nd ed., by Lateinische Literatur und Sprache in der O. Hense, Leipzig, 1914. Moral essays, tr. Forschung seit 1937. Bern, 195 1. Valuable

by J. W. Basore, 3 v., London and N.Y., survey, with comment and criticism, of

1928-35. scholarly publications concerned with Latin

1322. Aurelius Antoninus, Marcus. Ta language and literature and Roman culture. eis heauton (To himself). Ed., text and com- 1332. Sikes, Edward E. Roman poetry. mentary, The meditations of the emperor London, 1923. Brief but penetrating treatMarcus Aurelius, by A. S. L. Farquharson, ment of the conception of poetry and the

Rome: Republic and Empire —6- 163

life. | | [AKM] |

place of the poet as an interpreter of Roman duction to the study of the period covered.

1333. D’Alton, John F. Roman literary 1342. Sanctis, Gaetano de. Storia dei

theory and criticism. London and N.Y., 1931. Romani. V. 4, La fondazione dell’ impero,

Scholarly and appreciative summation of the pt. 2, Vita e pensiero nell’eta delle grandi |

material and its problems. conguiste. Florence, 1953. Contains a de-

: tailed analysis of the religion of the period

Religion in relation to earlier and later periods. Full 1334, Wissowa, Georg. Religion und Kultus references to ancient sources, modern bibder Rémer. 2nd ed., Munich, 1912. [Hand- liography limited. Conservative, brilliant, in-

buch der Altertumswissenschaft.] Short his- dispensable. [AKM] .

torical section, detailed analysis of individual 1343. Boissier, Gaston. La religion romaine cults and religious institutions. Legalistic ap- Auguste aux Antonins. 5th ed., 2 v., Paris, proach and some interpretations no longer 1900. Unique in its coverage of the period

generally accepted, but still the one indis- and a classic work, but recent discoveries pensable source book for the subject. A revi- have made much of it obsolete. [AKM]

sion by K. Latte is forthcoming. [AKM] 1344. Taylor, Lily R. The divinity of the

1335. Marquardt, Karl J. Rémische Staats- Roman emperor. Middletown, Conn., 1931. verwaltung. V. 3, Das Sacralwesen. 2nd ed., Covers the origin and development of emLeipzig, 1885. Excellent source book for de- Peror cult through the Augustan period. Basic tails of religious organization and institu- Work, to be supplemented by later studies.

tions. Useful for full quotation of source [AKM] en ; material. [AKM] ; 1345, Beaujeu, Jean. La religion romaine

1336. Bailey, Cyril. Phases in the religion 4 Fapogee de Vempire. V. 1, La politique of ancient Rome. Berkeley, 1932. “An at- religieuse des Antonins (96-192). Paris, 1955.

tempt to review the various elements which Detailed analysis of policy of each emperor,

, at different times went to compose” Roman Preceded by general discussion of early emreligion. A pleasant, rather general treatment. Pire and followed by general conclusions.

More attention is given to the republic than First major work on the religion of the

the empire. [AKM] period in this century; admirably executed.

1337. Turchi, Nicola. La religione di Roma 10 be followed by a second volume of a antica. Bologna, 1939. Descriptive section ™ore general nature on the same period.

and historical account; useful introduction [AKM] |

to the subject. Presentation of debatable ma- 1346. Cumont, Franz V. M. Lux perpetua. terial is sometimes oversimplified. Good bib- . Paris, 1949. Deals with beliefs of the classical

liography and guide to sources with selected World as to death and after life. Funda-

quotations. [AKM] mental, with full references to the author’s

1338. Bayet, Jean. Histoire politique et ¢arlier works in more specifically Roman psychologique de la religion romaine. Paris, @t¢as: The mysteries of Mithras (2nd ed., 1957. Imaginative, interesting interpretation, Chicago, 1910); Oriental religions in Roman

judicious recognition of difficulties in evi- Pasanism (Chicago, 1911); After life in : dence, some synthesis of contributions from oman paganism (New Haven, 1922); Asdivergent schools of thought. Excellent topi- ‘”0/0gy and religion among the Greeks and cal bibliography; ancient sources sparingly Romans (N.Y. and London, 1912); and

cited. [AKM] | others, all works of great importance. 1339. Grenier, Albert. Les _ religions [AKM] ,

étrusque et romaine. Paris, 1948. Text is very

brief, but notes contain useful statements of Art and Archaeology

essential source material and modern bib- Some excellent studies of Roman art and | liography, with indications of problems and architecture are found in works listed in

- controversy. Review, P. Boyancé, Rev. ét. SectionH. |

anc., 50 (1948): 380. © 1347. Helbig, Wolfgang. Fihrer durch die

1340. Fowler, William W. The Roman _ offentlichen Sammlungen klassischer Alter: festivals of the period of the republic: an _ tiimer in Rom. 3rd ed., by Walther Amelung, introduction to the study of the religion of | Emil Reisch, and Fritz Weege, 2 v., Leipzig, the Romans. London, 1899. Day-by-day 1912-13. Indispensable as an introduction to study of the pre-Julian calendar. Later dis- works of art preserved in museums in Rome. coveries have made some sections obsolete, Brief history and description of each object,

. but still an invaluable handbook. References supplemented by interpretation, resumé of

occasionally incorrect. [AKM] scholarly work on which the interpretation 1341. ———. The religious experience of the is based, and bibliography. [ISR] |

Roman people from the earliest times to the 1348. Cagnat, René, and Victor Chapot, age of Augustus. London, 1911. Approach Manuel d’archéologie romaine. 2 v. Paris, and interpretation in some ways out of date, 1916—-20. Scholarly, systematic survey of al-

. but still an important book and good intro- most every aspect of Roman civilization of

164 Guide to Historical Literature _— which there are physical remains. Archae- 1357. Spinazzola, Vittorio. Pompeii alla ological in purpose and method. Liberally luce degli scavi nuovi. 2 v. Rome, 1953. Deillustrated descriptions of monuments _ scription of new excavations, well illustrated : throughout the Roman world, also sculptures, by plans and photographs. More detailed portraits, paintings, furniture, armor, and that 1356, with attention to construction of instrumenta of various kinds. [ISR] roofs, balconies, and second stories. Interpre1349. Koch, Herbert. Rémische Kunst. 2nd tation of both exterior and interior paintings, ed., Weimar, 1949. Brief but authoritative with comparative material from elsewhere in

| introduction to Roman art, with emphasis Pompeii and from other arts such as sculpon architecture and its relation to Greek and ture and coinage. [ISR]

eastern art. [ISR] 1358. Curtius, Ludwig. Die Wandmalerie 1350. Platner, Samuel B. The topography Pompejis. Leipzig, 1929. General introduc-

: and monuments of ancient Rome. 2nd ed. tion to Pompeian wall painting, with some rev. and enl., Boston, 1911. Of fundamental attention to correlation of the paintings with usefulness as a topographical survey of an- the four styles of wall decoration. Descripcient Rome, with description and illustrations tion and numerous illustrations of the paintof surviving monuments, and with compact ings, some in color. Supplemented by /359-— citation of important ancient sources. Sup- 360, which include more penetrating artistic plemented by /35/, which adds material from __ criticism and, together, carry the analysis of subsequent excavations and more recent bib- style through to the end of Roman painting.

liography. [ISR] [ISR] | | 351i. Platner, Samuel B., and Thomas 1359, Wirth, Fritz. “Der Stil der kampanAshby. A topographical dictionary of ancient ischen Wandgemalde.” Mitteilungen des Rome. London, 1929. Based on 1350, but Deutschen Archaologischen Instituts, roarranged alphabetically rather than topo- mischen Abteilung, 42 (1927): 1-83. graphically. Includes description of the | 1360. ——-. Romische Wandmalerei. Berlin,

monuments, a resumé of ancient sources and 1934. oS

of modern research, and important bibliog- 1361. Lehmann, Phyllis W. Roman wall raphy. A supplement to, rather than replace- paintings from Boscoreale. Cambridge,

ment of, the above. [ISR] | Mass., 1953. Detailed study of one important |

1352. Lugli, Giuseppe. Monumenti antichi group of paintings, but so rich in comparative di Roma e suburbio. V. 2~3. V. 1 replaced material and so penetrating in its discussion by Roma antica, il centro monumentale. of older and more recent studies that it also Rome, 1934-46. Roma antica not only re- serves as an excellent critical analysis of the

places v. 1 of the original, but is enlarged second Pompeian style. Review, M. Bieto include a more comprehensive survey of ber, Am. jour. archae., 57 (1953): 237.

ancient sources. [ISR] [ISR] 1353. Ducati, Pericle. Storia dell’arte 1362. Strong, Eugénie. La scultura romana

etrusca. 2 v. Florence, 1927. Good compre- da Augusto a Constantino. 2 v. Florence, hensive survey of Etruscan monuments and 1923-26. Best available survey of Roman history of Etruscan art. The plates are of sculpture, with emphasis on its essentially relatively poor quality and need to be sup- Roman character. [ISR]

| plemented by 1354. [ISR] 1363. Vessberg, G. Olof. Studien zur 1354. Giglioli, Giulio. L’arte etrusca. Kunstgeschichte der rodmische Republik.

Milan, 1935. Primarily a collection of excel- Lund, 1941. Pt. 1 is a survey and analysis lent illustrations of Etruscan art, arranged of ancient sources on Roman art to the Au-

chronologically and provided with bibliog- gustan age; pt. 2 is a history of Roman

raphy. [ISR] : portraiture of the republican period as pre1355. Poulsen, P. Frederik S. Etruscan = served in coinage and sculpture. [ISR]

tomb paintings. Tr. by Ingeborg Anderson. 1364. Rodenwaldt, Gerhart. Kunst um

Oxford, 1922. Good, readable description of Augustus. Berlin, 1943. Excellent critical a representative selection of tomb paintings, interpretation of Augustan art, with primary with emphasis on their content as illustrative emphasis on sculpture, but with cursory con-

of Etruscan culture. [ISR] | sideration of its relations with painting and

1356. Mau, August. Pompeii, its life and architecture. [ISR]

art. Tr. by Francis W. Kelsey. 3rd rev. ed., 1365. Magi, Filippo. I rilievi flavi del

| N.Y. and London, 1907. Authoritative ac- Palazzo della Cancelleria. Rome, 1945. Scholcount of the topography, public buildings, arly study of two monumental reliefs, disand private houses of Pompeii; indispensable covered in 1938, which have important as introduction to Roman municipal archi- bearing on the development of Roman tecture and town planning, domestic archi- relief. Important contribution to the study

tecture, and wall decoration. Includes results of Flavian relief. [ISR] | of author’s earlier work on wall decoration, 1366. Hamberg, Per Gustav. Studies in which established the four Pompeian styles. Roman imperial art. Tr. by Kathleen M.

Supplemented by 1357. [ISR] Pain. Uppsala, 1945. An original and pene-

, Rome: Republic and Empire 165, trating study, based on the major reliefs of Numismatics

the 2nd century, of two divergent tendencies

—one essentially Hellenistic, the other es- 1374. Mattingly, Harold. Roman _ coins sentially Roman—which in varying propor- from the earliest times to the fall of the

tions dominated the development of Roman western empire. London, 1928. The only full,

monumental relief. [ISR] general handbook of Roman coins. Sections

1367. L’Orange, Hans P., and Armin von on the republic need revision and the pages Gerkan. Der spdtantike Bildschmuck des on the later empire need expansion. [CCV] Konstantinsbogens. 2 v. Berlin, 1939. Au- 1375. Mommsen, Theodor. Geschichte des thoritative work on the late sculptures of roémischen Miinzwesens. Berlin, 1860. French the Arch of Constantine, including compari- tr. by Duc de Blacas, ed. by J. de Witte, son with other contemporary studies and Histoire de la monnaie romaine, 4 v., Paris, general discussion of late antique styles. 1865-75. Still important, especially for rela-

[ISR] | tionship of Roman coins to earlier Roman 1368. Ryberg, Inez S. Rites of the state history. The French translation contains

religion in Roman = art. Rome, 1955. many emendations and additions by Momm- | [Memoirs of the American Academy in _ sen himself. [CCV] ,

Rome, 22.] Official religious ceremonies in 1376. Carson, Robert A. G. “A report on Roman imperial art. Introductory sections research in Roman numismatics, 1936-1952.” on the Greek, Etruscan, and republican Congrés International de Numismatique. V. background. Valuable not only for the state 1, Rapports (Paris, 1953), pp. 31-54. A long, religion, but for stylistic analysis and inter- detailed evaluation of the Roman numismatic pretation of the monuments and their his- contributions in economic, epigraphic, his| torical setting. Review, O. Brendel, Am. jour. torical, and other fields in the period when

philol., 78 (1957): 301. [LRT] Roman numismatics emerged as a major

1369. West, Robert. Romische Portrat- factor in historical studies. [CCV] Plastik. Munich, 1933. Competent history of 1377. Carson, Robert A. G., and C. H. V.

the development of Roman portraiture Sutherland, eds. Essays in Roman coinage through the reign of Hadrian, treated chron- _ presented to Harold Mattingly. Oxford, 1956.

Ologically by a selected series of important Fifteen British and other scholars have

portraits. [ISR] written articles on all aspects of Roman coins 1370. L’Orange, Hans P. Studien zur Ge= from the early republic to the Middle Ages.

| schichte des spatantiken Portrats. Oslo, 1933. A. H. M. Jones, “Numismatics and_hisStylistic analysis and catalog of Roman tory” (pp. 13-33); A. R. Bellinger, “Greek portraits of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th centuries, mints under the Roman empire” (pp. 137-

illustrated by excellent plates. [ISR] 48); and J. P. C. Kent, “Gold coinage in

1371. Vitruvius Pollio. De architectura’ the later Roman empire” (pp. 190-204) are libri decem. Tr. by Morris H. Morgan. Cam- __ particularly valuable. Review, C. C. Verbridge, Mass., 1914. The only surviving an- meule, Am. jour. archae., 61 (1957): 117.

cient work on architecture, written by a [CCV]

practicing architect about 14 B.c. Chapters 1378. Hill, Sir George F. Historical Roman

: on important types of Roman buildings, coins from the earliest times to the reign temples of the three Greek orders, fora, of Augustus. London, 1909. Although dated

| basilicas, theaters, baths, dwelling houses, and by more recent research on Roman republi-

their decoration. [ISR] can numismatics, these essays relate coins 1372. Rivoira, Giovanni T. Roman archi- and history in a readable, scientific manner. tecture and its principles of construction. Tr. [CCV] :

by G. M. Rushforth: Oxford, 1925. History 1379, Pink, Karl. The triumviri monetales _

of imperial architecture written with em- and the structure of the coinage of the

phasis on the Roman origin of principles of Roman republic. N.Y., 1952. A somewhat

| construction important for European archi- controversial, but nonetheless important, tecture. Since the: material is arranged chronological arrangement of-the gold and | chronologically as illustrative of architectural silver consular and later issues of the Roman

development, the book needs to be used in republic according to the monetary offices or :

conjunction with description. of monuments colleges. Review, A. Alfdldi, Gnomon, 26

supplied by 1350. or 352. Wide range of (1954): 381. [CCV] material selected from various parts of 1380. Sydenham, Edward A. The coinage the Roman world and well illustrated. of the Roman republic. Rev. by G. C. Haines,

[ISR] ed. by L. Forrer and C. A. Hersh, London, 1373. Boethius, C. Axel. Roman archi- 1952. A full catalog of coin types, with

tecture. Goteborg, 1944. Brief but funda- chronologies of moneyers and types based

mentally important treatment of the develop- on researches and coin hoards since the writment, within Roman architecture, of the un- ings of Mommsen, E. Babelon, and Grueber. classical elements which became predomi- Concordances with older catalogs and other

nant in the late antique period. [ISR] supplemental data are invaluable. [CCV]

166 Guide to Historical Literature , 1381. Bernhart, Max. Handbuch zur Miinz- Review, J. M. C. Toynbee, Numismatic |

, _ kunde der r6émischen Kaiserzeit. 2 v. Halle, chronicle, 1940, p. 203. [CCV] : 1926. A guide or manual of problems in 1390. Vogt, Joseph. Die alexandrinischen

| Roman imperial numismatics, rather than a Miinzen: Grundlegung einer alexandrinischen handbook. The tables, indices, lists of mints, Kaisergeschichte. 2 v. in 1. Stuttgart, 1924. : chronologies, and plates of v. 2 are most A _ detailed, illustrative survey of Roman useful. A work for quick reference. [CCV]. Egypt and related areas, based on a re-study 1382. Grant, Michael. Roman imperial of the Graeco-Roman imperial issues of

money. London, 1954. Six essays on his- Alexandria and dependent mints. Older

—torically noteworthy features of Roman im- studies are utilized. Contains charts, tables

: perial coinage, supplemented by a list of of issues, and bibliography. [CCV] terms, full documentation, and forty plates. 1391. Milne, Joseph G. Catalogue of

[CCV] Alexandrian coins. Oxford, 1933. Most recent 1383. Cohen, Henry. Description historique general catalog of Graeco-Roman imperial

des monnaies frappées sous ’Empire romain coins. struck under emperors Augustus

communément appellées médailles impériales. through Diocletian at the Alexandrian and

2nd rev. ed., 8 v., Paris, 1880-92. A widely related mints. [CCV] . | used corpus of imperial coins (and medal- 1392. Sutherland, Carol H. V. Coinage lions), though parts have been supplanted and currency in Roman Britain. Oxford,

by Mattingly’s catalogs. [CCV] 1937. A numismatic and historical survey, | 1384. Mattingly, Harold, and others, eds. with detailed examples and illustrations, of

The Roman imperial coinage. 6 v. London, the coinage in Roman Britain from ca. 50 | 1923-51. Catalog of the principal types and ___B.c. to 400 A.D. Related issues and economic varieties of Roman imperial coins, arranged factors throughout the western Roman by dates and places of issue, and with in- provinces are considered. [CCV]

dices for rapid identification of coins. [CCV] | 1385. Toynbee, Jocelyn M. C. Roman

medallions. N.Y., 1944. Detailed survey of. BIOGRAPHIES the history, chronologies, types, and pur- Besides the biographical works listed | poses of Roman medallions. The plates show above, the following are among the most all the major medallions, and pieces not valuable biographies of Roman personages.

illustrated in Gnecchi’s Corpus. Full bibliogTeale 1Odk 3 123, COM. Numismatic Ancient Collective Works

1386. Gnecchi, Francesco. I medaglioni 3 a .

romani. 3 v. Milan, 1912. Full catalog of Winsett “Osford. 1904 Tr be TC Rolfe most Knows Roman medaibons and medal London and N.Y., 1929. [Loeb classical niat Mey metals trom ugustus to Jus- library.] Contains lives of Cato the Censor

| injan. | VI . . . and. of Atticus. See also Plutarch’s Lives for 1387. Alfoldi, Andreas. Die Kontorniaten. Roman statesmen

2 v. Budapest, 1943. A critical, historical 1394. Victor, Sextus Aurelius. De Caesarcorp us of Roman 4th century jetons, pseudo- ibus. Ed., together with De viris illustribus

medallions, or tokens. They are usually and Epitome de Caesaribus, by Franz

large bronzes, and many bear references to Piehlmayr. Leipzig, 1911. These three works

: Roman history, mythology, and: iterature ‘bring together brief lives of prominent MoM. a Tovahe “To il ustrated. piney Romans of the republic and of emperors (19 45): i 1 5 ICCV] Our, KOM. STUAIES, from Augustus to Theodosius I. 1388. Grueber, Herbert A. Coims of the

Roman republic in the British Museum. 3 v. Modern Collective Studies London, 1910. Catalog of all Roman re- . | : publican coin types, both in the British The most important ale H1iZ and the

Museum and other collections. Exhaustive articles in Realencyclopadie (H12), among historical and other documentation makes. Which those on Crassus, Lucullus, and Cicero this an essential work in spite of later revi- by M. Gelzer are outstanding. sions in consular and moneyers’ chronologies. 41395, Birt, Theodor. Romische Character-

[CCV] } kopfe, em Weltbild in Biographien. Leipzig,

1389. Mattingly, Harold. Coins of the 1913. Excellent sketches of prominent figures Roman empire in the British Museum. 5 v. from the elder Scipio to Marcus Aurelius.

London, 1923-50. Catalogs and illustrates | : extensively not only the British Museum col- Republican Period

lection, but all varieties not in the museum. Introductions to each volume discuss the his- 1396. Liddell Hart, B. H. A greater than

torical, economic, and related aspects of Napoleon: Scipio Africanus. London and

the: coins. Bibliographies in each volume. Boston, 1927.

Rome: Republic and Empire 167 1397. Scullard, Howard H. Scipio Afri- 1418. Weber, Wilhelm. Trajan und Ha-

canus in the Second Punic War. Cambridge, drian. Stuttgart, 1923.

Eng., 1930. | a 1419. Sedgwick, Henry D. Marcus Aurelius, | 1398. Kienast, D. Cato der Zensor: seine a biography. New Haven, 1921.

Personalichkeit und seine Zeit. Heidelberg, 1420. Farquharson, A. S. L. Marcus

1954. Aurelius, hisFrank life and his world, Oxford, 1399. Walbank, W. Philip V of Macedon. Cambridge, Eng., 1940. 1951. | 1400. Reinach, Theodore. Mithridates , Third Century

Eupator, Konig von Pontus. Tr. from the | |

French by A. Goetz with revisions by author. -_«‘1421. Platnauer, Maurice. The life and

Leipzig, 1896. ! reign of the emperor Septimius Severus. Lon- | 1401. Bennett, Harold. Cinna and his times: don and N.Y., 1918.

a critical and interpretative study of Roman 1422. Jardé, Auguste F. Etudes critiques

Menasha, Wis., 1923. Paris, 1925. | | history during the period 87-84 B.C. sur la vie et la régne de Sévere Alexandre. 1402. Gelzer, Matthias. Pompeius. Munich, 1423. Homo, Léon. Essai sur le regne de 1949. VPempereur Aurélien. Paris, 1904. | 1403. Boissier, Gaston. Cicero and _ his 1424. Vitucci, Giovanni. L’imperatore

friends: a study of Roman society in the Probo. Rome, 1952.

time of Caesar. Tr. from the French by | , |

A. D. Jones. London, 1897. Fourth and Fifth Centuries

1404. Carcopino, Jéréme. Cicero: the :

secrets of his correspondence. Tr. from the 1425. Bidez, Joseph. La vie de Pempereur French by E. O. Lorimer. 2 v. New Haven, Julien. Paris, 1930. 1951. A brilliant and well-informed but con- 1426. Thompson, E. A. A history of Attila

troversial interpretation. and the Huns. Oxford, 1948.

1405. Sihler, Ernest G. Annals of Caesar: 1427. Homeyer, H. Attila: der Hunnena critical biography with a survey of the konig von seinen Zeitgenossen dargestellt.

sources. N.Y., 1911. Berlin, 1951.

1406. Gelzer, Matthias. Caesar, der Poli-

tiker und Staatsmann. 3rd ed. rev. and enl., ACADEMY, UNIVERSITY, AND

Munich, 1941. SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS

Early Empire , Many articles relating to Roman history

and allied subjects appear in the publications 1407. Reinhold, Meyer. Marcus Agrippa, of national academies of European countries

a biography. Geneva, N.Y., 1933. listed in other sections, and in the series of . 1408. Shuckburgh, Evelyn S. Augustus, the publications issued by American universities

life and times of the founder of the Roman mentioned in Section H. The bulletins and empire, B.C. 63~A.D. 14. London, 1903. reports of the various national schools estab-

1409. Buchan, John. Augustus. Boston, lished in Rome and those of the Italian 1937. government dealing with archaeological dis-

1410. Charlesworth, Martin P. Five men: coveries in Italy are devoted especially to character studies from the Roman empire. Roman history. Cambridge, Mass., 1936. Lives of Agrippa, 1428. Bibliothéque des Ecoles Francaises Musonius, Rufus, Josephus, and Agricola. d’Athénes et de Rome. Paris, 1876 ff. 1411. Balsdon, John P. V. D. The emperor 1429. Mélanges d’archéologie et d’histoire

Gaius. Oxford, 1934. de VkEcole Francaise de Rome. Rome, 1412. Levi, Mario A. Nerone e i suoi 1885 fi. |

tempi. Milan, 1949. : 1430. British School at Rome. Papers. Lon-

, 1413. Waltz, René. Vie de Sénéque. Paris, don, 1902 ff. |

1909. - -J431,. Deutsches Archaeologisches Institut, 1414. Thackery, Henry St. J. Josephus, the Rome. Mitteilungen. Rome, 1886 ff.

man and the historian. N.Y., 1929. 1432. American Academy in Rome. , 1415. Burn, Andrew R. Agricola and Memoirs. N.Y., 1917 ff.

| Roman Britain. N.Y., 1953. 1433. ———. Papers and monographs. N.Y., 1416. Homo, Léon. Vespasien, Pempereur 1919. | du bon sens. Paris, 1949. 1434. Accademia dei Lincei. Notizie degli

a : ScaviSecond di Antichita. Rome, 1876 ff. The Century Memorie and Rendiconti of this publication

- | } frequently contain important articles on Ro-

. 1417. Paribeni, Roberto. Optimus princeps: man history. saggio sulla storia e sui tempi dell’impera- 1435. Bulletino della Commissione Arche-

tore Trajano. 2 v. Messina, 1927. ologia di Roma. Rome, 1872 ff.

168 Guide to Historical Literature 1436. Atti della Pontificia Accademia 1438. Journal of Roman studies. London, Romana di Archeologia. Rome, 1821 ff. 1911 ff. (Semiannual.) , 1439. Revue des études latines. Paris, 1923

PERIODICALS ff. der (Quarterly. ) || ,Some 1440. Zeitschrift Savigny-Stiftung fir periodicals listed in Section F and Rechtsgeschichte, Romanistische Abteilung.

nearly all those relating to philology, archae- Weimar, 1880 ff. (Annual.) |

ology, and history in Section H_ contain 1441. Journal of juristic papyrology. N.Y., articles Romana history. 1946 ff. (Irregular. 1437.in Historia: journal of ancient history. ee )

Wiesbaden, 1950 ff. (Quarterly.) ,

Ill. THE MIDDLE PERIOD IN EURASIA |

SECTION J

| | - GRAY C. BOYCE | This brief section contains items which by title may seem to deal exclusively with European history, but on examination often will be found useful also for _ other areas of medieval studies. Books and articles of quality encompassing the

whole or interrelated parts of the Eurasian and northern African medieval world are regrettably restricted in number. However, the insistence today on some attention to a global view of historical problems may be advantageous, and imaginative historians may be encouraged to broaden their horizons and

write works that will challenge cherished preconceptions. ,

| : , 2, p. 139.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND valuable critique by a highly competent

| MUSEUMS medievalist. For reference to similar surveys

for the period 1940-46 see Malclés, Les

Bibliographies _. sources du travail bibliographique (B2), v.

J1. Paetow, Louis J. A guide to the study J3. Franz, Giinther, and others. Biicherof medieval history. Ed. by Dana C. Munro’ kunde zur Weltgeschichte, vom Untergang and Gray C. Boyce. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1931. des rémischen Weltreiches bis zur Gegenwart.

Comprehensive guide to the literature of See B58. a a

medieval history, pertaining principally to J4,. Frewer, Louis B. Bibliography of hiswestern Europe, 500-1500. The important torical writings published in Great Britain elements of political, economic, institutional, and the empire, 1940-1945, See B57.

and cultural history of the period are ac- J5. Lancaster, Joan C. Bibliography of

corded proper attention. A supplement for historical works issued in the United King. the years 1930-1960 is being prepared by dom, 1946-1956. See VA10. Professor Boyce for the Mediaeval Academy J6. Ladner, Gerhart B. “Bibliographical

of America. | survey: the history of ideas in the Christian

| 169 |

J2. Vercauteren, Fernand. “Rapport géné- Middle Ages from the fathers to Dante in ral sur les travaux d’histoire du Moyen Age American and Canadian publications of the de 1945 4 1954.” Relazioni del X congresso years 1940-1952.” Traditio: studies in ancient internazionale di scienze. storiche. V. 6, Sm- and medieval history, thought, and religion,

tesi generali di orientamento (Florence, 9 (1953): 439-514. |

1955), pp. 41-165. Well-conceived essay; a J7. Schleiffer, Hedwig, and Ruth Crandall. |

170 . Guide to Historical Literature Index to economic history essays in Fest- ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

schriften, 1900-1950. Cambridge, Mass., | REFERENCE | 1953. For the Middle Ages see pp. 19-26 |

| (nos. 152-504). J10. Halphen, Louis. Initiation aux études J8. Farrar, Clarissa P. and Austin P. histoire du Moyen Age. 2nd ed., Paris,

Evans. Bibliography of English translations 1946. Serviceable manual recommended as from medieval sources. N.Y., 1946. [Records an introduction to basic tools of research. | of civilization: sources and studies, 39.] AlI- Jl1. The Catholic encyclopedia: an inter-_. though primarily listing literary sources, this national work of reference on the constitu- — is a rich, admirably conceived, and most use- tion, doctrine, discipline, and history of the ful aid. It may be supplemented for works Catholic Church. 16 v. N.Y., 1907-14. Supappearing after its publication by the Inter- plements, 2 v., 1922-54. A basic reference

national bibliography of historical sciences work for all medieval studies. . (Paris, 1926 ff.); Alexander T. Milne, Writ- J12. Cabrol, Fernand, and others. Dicings on British history (London, 1937 ff.); tionnaire d’archéologie chrétienne et de

and Lancaster (J5). | | liturgie. 15 v. Paris, 1907-53. Of special value

J9, Ricci, Seymour de, and William J. to the medievalist. ,

: Wilson. Census of medieval and Renaissance J13. Baudrillart, Alfred. Dictionnaire

manuscripts in the United States and Canada. d’histoire et de géographie ecclésiastique. Ed. 3 v. N.Y., 1935-40. The Bibliographical So- by E. Baudrillart. Paris, 1912 ff. Although ciety of America is to publish a Supplement, progress is slow on this monumental work,

edited by W. H. Bond. | _ there is no rival of its kind, and it will long

remain the basic work for ecclesiastiLibraries and Museums cn eeomraphhy. V. 14, fasc. 80 appeared in

In the United States the best collection of J14. Enciclopedia cattolica. Vatican City, books on medieval history is undoubtedly 1948 ff. A work in progress that promises to

that of the Harvard University Library, be of major importance. which includes the unrivalled Riant collec- J15. Enciclopedia ecclesiastica. Milan and

tion on the crusades and the Latin East, Turin, 1942 ff. V. 6, through Mignot, ap-

extensive collections for the Byzantine em- peared in 1955. _

pire, the Normans, and medieval culture of J16. Cross, Frank L., ed. The Oxford dicthe western, Byzantine, and Muslim worlds. tionary of the Christian church. London and

The Princeton University Library has good N.Y., 1957. Distinguished, noteworthy, in- | collections on the crusades, and the library dispensable. Review, H. Rosenberg, Specuof the Princeton Department of Art and Jum, 33 (July 1958): 387. Archaeology is especially strong for medieval J17. Giry, Arthur. Manuel de diplomaand Byzantine studies. The Index of Christian tique. Paris, 1894. Though now supplemented Art centered at Princeton is unique. Other by J/8, this well-known work is still an esuniversities with good libraries for medieval sential scholarly aid. studies are Columbia, Cornell, Yale, Michi- 318. Botiard, Alain de. Manuel de diplogan, Chicago, Illinois, Wisconsin, and Cali- matique francaise et pontificale. 2 v. Paris, fornia (Berkeley). Syracuse University pos- 1929-51. Review, O. G. Darlington, Am. sesses the Ranke collection, which is rich in hist. rev., 57 (Oct. 1951): 106. “The introworks on medieval Germany and Italy. The duction (pp. 11-57) is perhaps the clearest library of the Catholic University of Amer- and most brilliant short account in print of ica is important for history of medieval the history of diplomatics and should be relearning, philosophy, and canon law; while quired reading for all graduate students in

that of St. Louis University is the center for history.” :

the important Vatican film collection. The J19. Wattenbach, Wilhelm. Deutschlands . Battle Abbey records are at the Huntington Geschichtsquellen im M | Topics of other chapters include urban K373. Le Polyptyque illustré dit “Veil liberties on the continent, the Anglo-Saxon | rentier” de Messire Jehan de Pamele- borough, the Domesday borough, the

: Audenarde (vers 1275): texte intégral et borough community, borough self-govern-. illustration de ce manuscrit. Ed. by Léo ment, and the growth of the borough.

Verriest. Gembloux, 1950. The manuscript © K384. Stenton, Frank M. Norman. Lon-

has unique and striking medieval illustra- don. London, 1934. : ,

tions of objects referred to in the text, such K385. Gwynn, Aubrey. “Medieval Bristol as mechanical devices, etc. Review, L. M. J. and Dublin.” Irish historical studies, 5 (Sep.

Delaissé, Scriptorium, 6 (1952): 303. 1947): 275-86,: oo

-- Medieval Europe. __ | 193 K386. Hill, James W. F. Medieval Lin- sous le gouvernement des patriciens, XIe-

coln. Cambridge, Eng., 1948. | XVée siécles. Paris, 1952. | |

K387. Ganshof, Francois L. Etude sur le K401. Coornaert, E. “L’état et les villes — développement des villes entre Loire et Rhin’ 4 la fin du Moyen Age: la_ politique

au Moyen Age. Paris and Brussels, 1943. d’Anvers.”” Revue historique, 207 (Apr.-June

K388. Crozet, René. Villes d’entre Loire 1952): 185-210. |

et Gironde. Paris, 1949. . K402. Bruxelles au XV™e siécle. Brussels, | K389. Petit-Dutaillis, Charles. “Les com- 1953. A beautifully illustrated volume that

munes francaises au XIlIe siécle: chartes de owes its inspiration to an exposition held to . commune et chartes de franchises.” Revue illustrate Brussels. life and interests in the

historique de droit francais et étranger, 4th 15th century.. oe , ser., 23. (July-Dec. 1944): 115-42, 24 (Jan.- K403. Lejeune, Jean. Liége et son pays:

Jun. 1945): 8-28. naissance d’une patrie, XIIIe—XIV¢ siécles. K390. —~—. Les communes francaises: Liége, 1948. Review, E. Perroy, Revue belge

caractéres et évolution, des origines au de philologie et d’histoire, 28 (1950): 1261. XVIIle siécle. Paris, 1947. Excellent. Review, K404. Cuvelier, Joseph. Les institutions F. Lot, Revue hist., 201 (Jan.-Mar. 1949): de la ville de Louvain au Moyen Age. Brus-

45. : : sels, 1935. |

- K391. Grand, Roger. “La genése du K405. ———. La formation de la ville de

mouvement communal en France.’ Revue Louvain des origines 4 la fin du XIV¢ siécle.

historique de droit francais et étranger, 4th Brussels, 1935. , | |

, ser., 21 (July-Dec. 1942): 149-73. K406. Rorig, Fritz. Magdeburgs Entste-

. K392. Chapin, Elizabeth. Les villes de hung und die altere Handelsgeschichte. Ber-

. foires de Champagne. Paris, 1937. [Biblio- lin, 1952. . |

théque de l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Sciences K407. Schneider, Jean. La ville de Metz historiques et philologiques, 268.] The four aux XIIIe et XIVe siécles. Nancy, 1950. Retowns of the Champagne fairs, greatest marts view, C. E. Perrin, Annales: économies, of international trade prior to the 14th cen- sociétés, civilisations, 8 (Apr.-June 1953):

tury, are. here examined as demographic 197-209. units. oO K408. Soleder, Fridolin. Miinchen im Mit- , K393. Lestocquoy, Jean. Patriciens du __ telalter. Munich, 1938.

Moyen-Age: les dynasties bourgeoises d’Arras K409. Vogel, Walther. “La Hanse, d’aprés | du XIe au XVe siécle. Arras, 1945. Review, des publications récentes.” Revue historique,

S. L. Thrupp, Eco. hist. rev., 2nd ser., 2 179 (Jan.-Mar. 1937): 1-33. (1949): 89. K410. Rorig, Fritz. Vom Werden und

K394. Ungureanu, Marie. La bourgeoisie Wesen der Hanse. Leipzig, 1940. naissante: société et littérature bourgeoises K411. Pagel, Karl. Die Hanse. Brunswick, - @Arras aux XIle et Xe siécles. Arras, 1952. “An informing and fascinating book.” 7 1955. [Mémoires de la Commission Depart- W. Westergaard, Am. hist. rev., 59 (Oct.

mentale des Monuments Historiques du Pas- 1953): 90. | :

~ de-Calais, 8.] : K412. Beuken, Josef H. A. De Hanze in

K395. Vaillant, Pierre. “Etude d’histoire Vlaanderen. Maastricht, Neth., 1950. Aturbaine: Grenoble et ses libertés (1226~- tractively written; well supplied with bib1349).’’ Annales de ’Université de Grenoble, liographical data and references. Review, n.s. 12 (1935): 123-53, 14 (1937): 97-178. H.S. Lucas, Speculum, 28 (July 1953): 557. K396. Miiller, H. “Les origines de Gre- K413. Bjork, David K. “Three Hansa noble: sa formation depuis l’époque gauloise towns and archives—Bruges, Libeck, Taljusqu’au VIIe siécle, d’aprés les documents linn.” The Pacific historical review, 9 (Sep.

extraits de son sous-sol.” Annales de PUni- 1940): 297-306. | |

versité de Grenoble, n.s. 6 (1929): 237-75. - K414. Chiappelli, Luigi. “La formazione K397. Marquant, Robert. La vie écono- storica del commune cittadino in Italia.” mique a Lille sous Philippe le Bon. Paris, Archivo storico italiano, 7th ser., 6 (1926):

1940. | | 3-59, 7 (1927): -177-229, 10 (1928): 3-89, K398. Lewis, Archibald R. “The develop- 13 (1930): 3-59, 14 (1930): 3-56.

ment of town government in twelfth century K415. Goetz, Walter W. Die Entstehung Montpellier.” Speculum, 22 (Jan. 1947): der italienischen Kommunen im friihen Mit-

51-67. a telalter. Munich, 1944.

K399. Espinas, Georges. Les origines de K416. Rubinstein, Nicolai. ‘““Some ideas on

association. V. 1, Les origines du droit municipal progress and decline in the Italy d’association dans les villes de Artois et de of the communes.” Donald J. Gordon, ed., la Flandre francaise jusqu’au début du XVIe Fritz Sax!, 1890-1948: a volume of memorial | | siécle. Lille, 1941. Review, R. Grand, Jour- essays from his friends in England (Lon-

nal des savants, Jan.-June 1947: 41-73... don, 1957), pp. 165-83. .

- _K400. Lestocquoy, Jean. Aux origines de K417. Wiel, Althea J. The story of la bourgeoisie: les villes de Flandre et d’Italie Bologna. London, 1923. oe

194 Guide to Historical Literature K418. Schevill, Ferdinand. History of K434. Lopez, Robert S. “IL. commercio

Florence. See VE226. oo dell’ Europa post-carolingia.”. Centro ItaK419. Krey, August C. A city that art liano di Studi sull’Alto Medioevo, I pro- :

| built. Minneapolis, 1936. Also published in blemi communi dell’ Europa post-carolingia

his History and the social web (Minneapolis, (Spoleto, 1955), pp. 575-99. Se : _ 1955). An especially perceptive essay on the K435. Dunning, G. C. “Trade relations city of Florence. Handles complex material between England and the continent in the with sensitivity and taste. late Anglo-Saxon period.” E. B. Harden, ed., K420. Bach, Erik. La cité de Génes au Dark-age Britain: studies presented to E. T. -

XIle siecle. Copenhagen, 1955. : Leeds (London, 1956), pp. 218-33. oo

_ K421. Lopez, Robert S. Studi sul’econo- K436. Salzman, Louis F. English trade in mia genovese nel Medio Evo. Turin, 1936. the Middle Ages. Oxford, 1931. Useful and ~ K422. Storia di Milano. V. 1-7. Milan, interesting consideration of medieval use of 1953-56. These volumes of this large work tools, money, weights and measures, centers _

, cover the Middle Ages. There are many of trade; the law merchant; and distribution

illustrations. BC (imports and exports). : K423. Violante, Cinzio. La societa mi- K437. ———. English industries of the

Janese nell’eta precommunale. Bari, 1953. Middle Ages. New ed., Oxford, 1923. Milanese society in the 9th, 10th, and early K438. Power, Eileen. The wool trade in 11th centuries. An important contribution English medieval history: being the Ford

| to the economic and social history of north- lectures for 1939. N.Y. and London, 1941. © ern Italy. Review, C. E. Boyd, Am. hist. rev., The substance of many years of research by

59 (July 1954): 908. a gifted economic historian is presented withK424. Waley, Daniel. Mediaeval Orvieto. out critical apparatus. Among topics dis-

Cambridge, Eng., 1952. | | cussed are sheep farming, wool production, .

K425. Herlihy, David. Pisa in the early development and organization of the wool Renaissance: a study of urban growth. New trade, taxation of -wool, and the staple

Haven, 1958. Problems of an Italian com- system. a

munity in a critical period of Italian his- K439. Baker, Robert L. ‘‘The establishtory are well explained in this pleasant vol- ment of the English wool staple in 1313.” ume, based on familiarity with the sources Speculum, 31 (July 1956): 444-53. :

and the scene. - K440. Carus-Wilson, Eleanor M. “Trends .

| K426. Marinotti, Paolo, and others. Storia in export of English woollens in the four-

di Venezia. Venice, 1957 ff. To be complete teenth century.” Economic history review, in 16 v. V. 2-5 will cover the Middle Ages. 2nd ser., 3 (1950): 162-79. Various chapters by different authors; many K441,. ——-. “The English cloth industry

fine illustrations. in the late twelfth and early thirteenth cen~ K427. Bacchelli, R., and others. La civilita turies.”’ Eco. hist. rev., 14 (1944): 32~50::

veneziana del secolo di Marco Polo. Flor- K442. Power, Eileen, and Michael M. ence, 1955. A series of essays. Postan, eds. Studies in English trade in the K428. Bragadin, Marc’Antonio. Histoire fifteenth century. London, 1933.

des républiques maritimes italiennes: Venise, © K443. Thrupp, Sylvia L. The merchant | Amalfi, Pise, Génes. Tr. from Italian by R. class of medieval London (1300-1500). Juffé and R. Jouan. Paris, 1955. oo Chicago, 1948. Reference is made primarily

. to members of the greater companies in the

Trade; Merchants , , city. See C. Stephenson, Speculum, 23 (Oct. K429. Baldwin, Summerfield. Business in 1948): 727, and C. P. Cuttino, Am. hist.

the Middle Ages. N.Y., 1937. | _ rev., 54 (Jan. 1949): 346, who question the

K430. Edler, Florence. Glossary of me- author’s procedure in selection and use of

| diaeval terms of business: Italian series, materials.

1200-1600. Cambridge, Mass., 1934. K444, Carus-Wilson, Eleanor M. Medieval

K431. Pirenne, Henri. “L’instruction des merchant venturers. London, 1954. marchands au Moyen Age.” Annales d’his- K445, ——, ed. The overseas trade of Bris-

toire économique et sociale, 1. (Jan. 1929): tol in the later Middle Ages. Bristol, 1937. :

| 13-28. Shows that commerce in the Middle K446. Kerling, Nelly J. M. Commercial : Ages was not directed by illiterates. relations of Holland and Zeeland with Eng-

K432. Sapori, Armando. “La cultura del land from the late 13th century to the close mercante medievale italiano.” Rivista storica of the Middle Ages. Leiden, 1954. 2

economica, 2 (June 1937): 89-125. Sapori K447, Thrupp, Sylvia L. “Medieval gilds | has republished this in his Studi di storia reconsidered.” Journal of economic history,

economica medievale (2nd ed., Florence, 2 (Nov. 1942): 164-73. : oy

1947), pp. 285-325. K448. Demaison, L. ‘Documents sur les

K433. Carli, Filippo. ‘“‘La riniscita del drapiers de Reims au Moyen Age.” Bibliomercato nel secolo VIII.” Rivista di storia théque de VEcole des chartes, 89 (Jan.del diritto italiano, 7 (Jan.-Apr. 1934): 5-32. June 1928): 5-39.

Medieval Europe , 195 , K449. Doehaerd, Renée. “Un paradoxe K465. Doehaerd, Renée. ‘‘Les_ galéres

géographique: Laon, capitale du vin au XIle génoises dans la Manche et la Mer du Nord siécle.”” Annales: économies, sociétés, civilisa- a Ja fin du XIIIe et du début du XIV s.” Bul- © tions, 5 (Apr.-June 1950): 145-65. See J. letin de Institut Historique Belge. de Rome,

de Sturler, “A propos de commerce du vin 19 (1938): 5-76. This fine article makes | | au Moyen Age,” Le Moyen Age, 57 (1951): necessary revisions in traditional theories | 93-128; Doehaerd’s sharp reply to Sturler’s concerning medieval commerce and trade. criticism, 57 (1951):. 359-71; and Sturler’s K466. ———. Les relations commerciales

rebuttal, 371-81. oe entre Génes, la Belgique et l’Outremont,

K450. Mollat, Michel. Le commerce mari- d’aprés les archives notariales génoises aux |

time normand 4 la fin du Moyen Age: étude XIIIe et XIV¢e siécles. 3. v. Brussels, 1941. dhistoire économique et sociale. Paris, 1952. K467. Luzzatto, Gino. Studi'di storia eco- | K451. Wolff, Philippe. Commerce et mar- nomica veneziana. Padua, 1954. Important

chands de Toulouse (vers 1350-vers 1450). collection of essays, published 1924-52,

Paris; 1955. a | which serve to fill gaps in the economic his- — K452. Marseille. Chambre de Commerce. tory of Venice. Of the 16 selections 15 per- . _ Histoire du commerce de Marseille. Ed. by tain to the Middle Ages. | Gaston Rambert. Paris, 1949 ff. A major K468. Documenti del commercio vene-

contribution. V. 1-3 cover the Middle Ages. ziano nei secoli XI-XIII. 2 v. Rome, 1940. K453. Dupont, André. Les relations com- [Antonino Lombardo and Raimondo Momerciales entre les cités maritimes de rozzo delia Rocca, eds., Regesta chartarum ‘Languedoc et les cités -méditerranéennes italiae, 28—29.] | d’Espagne et d’Italie du Xeme au XIITeme K469. Nuovi documenti del commercio

siécle. Nimes, 1942. a veneto dei secoli XI-XIII. Venice, 1953. |

K454. Sapori, Armando. Le marchand [Antonino Lombardo and Raimondo Moitalien au Moyen Age: conférences et bib- rozzo della Rocca, eds., Monumenti storici liographie. Paris, 1952. A work of exceptional pubblicati dalla deputazione di storia patria

quality with a remarkable bibliography. per le Venezie,n.s.7.J°0 0

36... VE265. | | :

K455. Jellema, Dirk. “Frisian trade in the . K470. Lane, Frederic C. Venetian ships

dark ages.” Speculum, 30 (Jan. 1955): 15- and shipbuilders of the Renaissance. See | . K456. Lucas, Henry S.-“‘Mediaeval eco- © K471. ———. Andrea Barbarigo, merchant |

nomic relations between Flanders and Green- of Venice, 1418-1449. See VE264. | land.” Speculum, 12 (Apr. 1937): 167-81.. K472. Van Werveke, H. “Industrial growth

K457. Lewis, Archibald R. The northern in the Middle Ages: the cloth industry in seas: shipping and commerce in northern Flanders.” Economic history review, 2nd ser., Europe, A.D. 300-1100. Princeton, 1958. A 6 (1953-54): 237-45.

lively, learned evaluation of the importance K473. Poerck, Guy de. La_ draperie

for medieval Europe of the Bay of Biscay, médiévale en Flandre et en Artois: technique Trish Sea, English Channel, North Sea, Baltic, et términologie. 3 v. Bruges, 1951. Indis-

and their adjacent lands. | pensable for all interested in the history of

K458, Ruddock, Alwyn A. Italian mer- the woolen industry. Review, R. S. Lopez, |

chants and shipping in Southampton, 1270- Speculum, 27 (July 1952): 368,

1600. Southampton, 1951. K474. Espinas, Georges. La draperie dans , K459, Renouard, Yves. Les hommes la Flandre francais au Moyen Age. 2 v.

d’affaires italiens du Moyen Age. Paris, 1949. Paris, 1923. ,

An attractive, reliable, useful synthesis: Re- K475,. ——. “Un grand commerce médiéview, E. H. Byrne, Speculum, 26 (Apr. val: les draps des Pays-Bas.” Annales d’his-

_ 1951): 404. - toire économique et sociale, 9 (Jan. 1929): | - K460. Richards, Gertrude R. B., ed. Flor- 58-74. A valuable review article. a

entine merchants of the age of the Medici. K476. Gade, John A. The Hanseatic con-

Cambridge, Mass., 1932. | trol of Norwegian commerce during the late K461. Krueger, Hilmar C. “Genoese trade Middle Ages. Leiden, 1951.

| . with northwest Africa in the twelfth century.” K477. Brutzukus, J. “Trade with eastern

Speculum, 8 (July 1933): 377-95... Europe, 800-1200.” Eco, hist. rey., 13 (1943): | K462. Reynolds, Robert L. “In search of 31-41.

a business class in thirteenth century Genoa.” . The tasks of economic history, 5 (Dec. Money and Banking |

1945); 1-19. : | K478. Le Goff, Jacques. Marchands et

K463. Lopez, Robert S. Studi sull’eco- banquiers du Moyen Age. Paris, 1956. nomia genovese nel Medio Evo. Turin, 1936. K479. Usher, Abbott P. The early history K464. ——. “Majorcans and Genoese on of deposit banking in Mediterranean Europe. the North Sea route in the thirteenth cen- Cambridge, Mass., 1943. Structure and functury.” Revue belge de philelogie et d’histoire, tions of the early credit system; considerable

29 (1951): 1163-79, attention to banking in Catalonia, 1240-1723.

196 Guide to Historical Literature Reviews, A. H. Stockder, Jour. eco. hist., 5 and civilization in the Mediterranean world.

(May 1945): 65; M. M. Postan, Eco. hist. See J74. : Se | rev., 16 (1946): 63. K493. Le Gentilhomme, Pierre. “Le monK480. De Roover, Raymond A. L’evolu- nayage et la circulation monétaire dans les tion de la lettre de change, XIV@-XVIIIe royaumes barbares en Occident (Ve—-VIIIe

siécles. Paris, 1953. | siécle).”” Revue numismatique, Sth ser., 7 K481. ——_. The Medici bank: its organi- (1943): 45-112, © |

‘zation, management, operation and decline. K494. Lopez, Robert S. “‘An aristocracy of . N.Y., 1948. “A masterly and probably defini- money in the early Middle Ages.” Speculum,

tive history of the business enterprises of 28 (Jan. 1953): 1-43. Contends that monthe senior Medici.” R. L. Reynolds, Jour. eyers held positions of wealth and prestige

| eco. hist., 9 (May 1949): 68. | when money was scarce and declined during

K482. ——. Money, banking and credit in} periods of economic expansion. . mediaeval Bruges; Italian merchant-bankers, K495. Incarnati, Lamberto. Moneta e oo lombards and money-changers: a study in the scambio nell’antichita e nell’alto Medio Evo.

origins of banking. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. _ Rome, 1953. 7 ,

| Presents a vivid and lifelike picture. Reviews, K496. Lafaurie, Jean. Les monnaies des . | B. N. Nelson, Am. hist. rev., 56 (Apr. 1951): — rois de France. 2 v. Paris, 1951-56. ’ 539; B. W. Dempsey, Jour. eco. hist., 9 , . K497. Bisson, Thomas N. “‘Coinages and

(Nov. 1949): 257. | royal monetary policy in Languedoc during

_K483. Tourneur, Victor. “Le monnayage the reign of Saint Louis.” Speculum, 32 dans les villes de Flandre et de Brabant au (July 1957): 443-69. XII. siécle et au XIIIe.”’ Académie Royale K498. Bautier, Robert H. “L’or et argent =

| de Belgique, Bulletin de la classe des lettres en Occident de la fin du XIlIle siécle au

et des sciences morales et politiques, 5th début du XIVe siécle.” Académie des In-

ser., 26 (1940): 34-48. scriptions et Belles-Lettres, Comptes rendus, _ K484. Laurent, Henri. La loi de Gresham May 1951: 169-74. | |

au Moyen Age: essai sur le circulation K499. The De moneta of Nicholas of

monétaire entre la Flandre et le Brabant a Oresme. Ed. and tr. by Charles Johnson. la fin du XIV¢ siécle. Brussels, 1938. London, 1956. _ 485. De Roover, Raymond. “The devel- K500. Suhle, Arthur. Deutsche Miinz-

opment of accounting prior to Luca Pacioli und Geldgeschichte von den Anfangen bis according to the account books of medieval zum 15. Jahrhundert. Berlin, 1955. merchants.” Studies in the history of ac- «© K501. Cipolla, Carlo M. Studi di storia

counting (London, 1956), pp. 114-74. della moneta. V. 1, I movimenti dei cambi K486. ——. “The concept of the just in Italia dal secolo XIII al XV. Pavia, 1948. price: theory and economic policy.” Journal [Universita di Pavia, Studi nelle scienze of economic history, 18 (Dec. 1958): 418—- giuridiche e sociali, 101.]

34. Criticism and revision of traditional K502. Hamilton, Earl J. Money, prices

interpretations of the medieval attitude and wages in Valencia, Aragon and Navarre,

toward the just price. ae 1351-1500. See VD169. |

K487. Nelson, Benjamin N. The idea of. -K503. Ives, Herbert E. The Venetian gold | usury. Princeton, 1949. “The little book ... ducat and its imitations. Ed. by Philip Grier-

indeed, a fine contribution. ... Rather son. N.Y., 1954. | | thanis, a full-fledged history of usury it is an . . investigation of the psychologic background Social History , for the prohibition of interest.” R. S. Lopez, K504. Power, Eileen. “On medieval his-

Speculum, 26 (Apr. 1951): 401. tory as a social study.” Economica, n.s. 1

K488. Pirenne, Henri. The stages in the (Feb. 1934): 13-29.

social history of capitalism. Stanford, 1953. K505. Painter, Sidney. Mediaeval society.

| Appears also in the original French version Ithaca, 1951. A pleasantly written, clear —

in K343, pp. 15-50. . series of three essays describing the feudal | K489. Sayous, André E., and Jean Combes. system and feudal caste, the seignorial sys-

“Tes commercants et les capitalistes de tem, and the development of towns and .

Montpellier aux XIIIe et XIVe siécles.’ commerce. — 7 -

Revue historique, 188 (July-Dec. 1940): K506. Coulton, George G., ed. Life in the

341-77. . Middle Ages. 4 v. in 1. N.Y., 1930. A rich K490. Espinas, Georges. Les origines du but miscellaneous collection of extracts from

capitalisme. 4 v. Lille, 1933-49. Special the sources. '

studies of the greatest significance. K507. Power, Eileen. Medieval people.

K491. Postan, Michael M. “The rise of a N.Y., 1935. The charm of these six lively money economy.” Economic history review, essays has long held thousands of readers

14 (1944): 123-34. ar captive. Subjects are: 1, Bodo, a Frankish K492. Cipolla, Carlo M. Money, prices peasant in the time of Charlemagne; 2, Marco

7 Medieval Europe 197 Polo; 3, Madame Eglentyne, Chaucer’s lator characterizes this section of the Poliprioress; 4, The Ménagier’s wife (Paris, 14th craticus as an encyclopedia of the culture of

century); 5, Thomas Betson, a merchant of the age. Among topics here treated are hunt: , the staple in the 15th century; 6, Thomas Pay- ing and its abuse, gaming, music, the actor cocke of Coggeshall, an Essex clothier in and conjurer of various types, omens, astrolthe days of Henry VII. This work is now ogy, and an outline of ancient philosophy.

available in a paperbound edition. K519. Blum, Jerome. ‘“The risé of serfdom | - K508. Duby, Georges. La société au XI® in eastern Europe.” Am. hist. rev., 62 (July et XIIe siécles dans la région maconnaise. 1957): 807-36. While declining in the West, Paris, 1953. Review, E. C. Furber, Speculum, serfdom rose in the East, where the nobility —

30 (Apr. 1955): 272. | , was able to establish economic .and_ social | K509. Coulton, George G. Social life in control over the peasantry and to control Britain from the Conquest to the Reforma- the townsmen. a 7 tion. N.Y., 1939. | K520. Verlinden, Charles. L’esclavage dans K510. Stenton, Doris M. English society Europe médiévale. Bruges, 1955 ff. This in the early Middle Ages (1066-1307). promises to be a major contribution for. a

Harmondsworth, Eng., 1951. ‘problem that has long perplexed histo- OS

K511. Holmes, Urban T. Daily living in rians. | oo , |

the twelfth century, based on observations | K521. Origo, Iris. ““The domestic enemy:

_ of Alexander Neckham in London and Paris. the eastern slaves in Tuscany in the four- — Madison, Wis., 1952. By following his teenth and fifteenth centuries.” Speculum, medieval source carefully, the author man- 30 (July 1955): 321-66. . ages to bring to the modern reader some of K522. Baron, Salo W. A social and relithe excitement, wonder, and reality of daily gious history of the Jews. V. 3-8 (500living in the 12th century. Material of this ©1200). 2nd rev. ed., N.Y., 1957-58. A work | type is an excellent antidote to royal of major significance; broad in scope, with

charters, imperial edicts, and papal bulls. full bibliographical notes. K512. Homans, George C. English villages K523. Marcus, Jacob R. The Jew in the

, of the thirteenth century. Cambridge, Mass., medieval world: a source book, 315-1791.

1941. An interesting, successful attempt of Cincinnati, 1938. Oo

a sociologist to describe medieval conditions. K524. Kisch, Guido. The Jews in medieval

| Review, J. L. Cate, Speculum, 17 (July Germany:.a study of their legal and social

1942): 420. , | : ‘status. Chicago, 1949. For contrasting K513. Halphen, Louis, Roger Doucet, and opinions about this book see F. H. Cramer,

others. Histoire de la société francaise. Paris, Speculum, 25 (Apr. 1950): 274; -G. C.

1953. A popular survey containing beautiful Boyce, Historia judaica, 12 (Oct. 1950): 159; illustrations. | E. N. Johnson, Am. hist.-: rev., 56 (Oct. , _ K514. Evans, Joan. Life in medieval 1950): 88; and Kisch’s reply, ibid., 56

France. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1957. Text similar (July 1951): 1040. Be

to 1925 edition except for omission of a K525. ———. Jewry-law in medieval Gerchapter on medieval art. The new printing many: laws and court decisions concerning provides. many exquisite illustrations, some Jews. N.Y., 1949. Review, F. Rosenthal,

in color. Am. hist. rev., 55 (July 1950): 962. |

. K515. Faral, Edmond. La vie quotidienne K526. ——. “The Jew’s function in the au temps.de Saint Louis. Paris, [1942]. mediaeval evolution of economic life.” His| K516. Strayer, Joseph R. “The laicization toria judaica, 6 (Apr. 1944): 1-12. of French and English society in the thir- | K527. Roscher, Wilhelm. “The status of

teenth century.” Speculum, 15 (Jan. 1940): the Jews in the Middle Ages considered from |

76-86. An explanation of how medieval gov- the standpoint of commercial policy.” His- a ernments in France and England asserted toria judaica, 6 (Apr. 1944): 13-26. - | a dominance in fields of major concern to them K528. Neuman, Abraham A. The Jews in

while willingly leaving other. areas as prov- Spain. See VDI56. —— , me |

inces of the church. , K529. Emery, Richard W. The Jews of

| K517. Siebert, Ferdinand. Der Mensch um __—s— Perpignan in the thirteenth century: an eco-

Dreizehnhundert im Spiegel deutscher Quel- nomic study based on notarial records. N.Y., | len. Berlin, 1931. Deals chiefly with bourgeois 1959. Covers period 1261-87, and devotes : class, emphasizing new beginnings and grow-. much attention to the economic role of the

ing social forces. Jews in this area and period. |

| K518. Pike, Joseph B., tr. Frivolities of K530. Sheedy, Anna T. Bartolus on social : |

courtiers and footprints of philosophers, conditions in the fourteenth century. N.Y., _ third being a translation of the first, second and 1942. a “ books and selections from the seventh KS531. Jarrett, Bede. Social theories of the _ and eighth books of the Policraticus of John Middle Ages, 1200-1500. Westminster, Md.,

of Salisbury. Minneapolis, 1938. The trans- 1942. — a

198 Guide to Historical Literature History appeal which has been the basis of, as well | ~ General : | aS aCultural stimulus to, much subsequent Works , ship. | : scholarK532. Artz, Frederick B. The mind of the K543. Holmes, Urban T. “The idea of a

Middle Ages, A.D. 200-1500. 2nd ed., N.Y., twelfth-century renaissance.” Speculum, 26

1954. 3rd ed., 1958. The most recent attempt (Oct. 1951): 643-51. ] .

to survey in one volume medieval learning K544, Sanford, Eva M. “The twelfth cen-

oe and cultural interests. The bibliographical tury — renaissance or proto-renaissance?”

notes are full and well presented. Speculum, 26 (Oct. 1951): 635-42.

K533. Taylor, Henry O. The mediaeval K545. Lopez, Robert S. “Still another mind. 4th ed. 2 v., N.Y., 1925. Though renaissance?” Am. hist. rev., 57 (Oct. 1951): ‘in need. of revision, still a valued survey of 1-21. A plea in behalf of the often maligned

medieval intellectual interest. | tenth century.

**-K534. ——. The emergence of Christian K546. Heer, Friedrich. Aufgang Europas:

culture in the West: the classical heritage of ‘eine Studie zu den Zusammenhingen zwi- ,

the Middle Ages. N.Y., 1958. Re-issue of a schen politischer Religiositat, Frémmigkeitshistorical classic under a new title; possibly stil und dem Werden Europas im 12. Jahr-

the best and most enduring of Taylor’s hundert. 2 v. Vienna and Zurich, 1949. An

many works. Contains excellent foreword by important and original work. Review, G. B.

Kenneth M. Setton. Ladner, Speculum, 27 (Oct. 1952): 555.

~K535. Bihler, Johannes. Die Kultur des - K547. Poole, Reginald L. illustrations of _ :

Mittelalters. 2nd ed., Leipzig, 1934. A com- the history of medieval thought and learning.

pact volume containing essays that provide 2nd ed., London, 1920. | an introduction to the richness of medieval K548. Lagarde, Georges de. La naissance social and cultural history, especially for de Vesprit laique au déclin du Moyen Age.

Germany. 6 v. Paris, 1942-48. 3rd rev. ed. of v. 1,

| K536. Cohn, Norman. The pursuit of the Louvain, 1956; 2nd rev. ed. of v. 2, Louvain,

millennium. Fairlawn, N.J., 1957. Belief in 1958. A work of fundamental importance. the coming of the millennium held a fascina- ‘For criticism of 3rd ed. of v. 1 see G. Post, tion for medieval men and groups, though Amn. hist. rev., 64 (Oct. 1958): 145.

not always in ways too frequently inferred. K549. Haskins, Charles H. Studies in

‘This “first comprehensive study of the sub- mediaeval culture. Oxford, 1929. 2nd ed.,

ject” for the period following 1000 ap. N.Y., 1958. Essays on medieval students, should be consulted by all interested in learning, and other topics that appeared

medieval eschatology, social and religious previously in various learned journals.

history. Review, J. von Rohr, Am. hist. rev., | } ,

63 (July 1958): 943. Medieval Philosophy and Thought

_ K537, Rand, Edward K. Founders of the K550. Gilson, Etienne. History of Christian Middle Ages. Cambridge, Mass., 1928. In- philosophy in the Middle Ages. N.Y., 1955. dispensable work of a master. Now available Now a standard history. Brief indication of

“in a paperbound edition (N.Y., 1957). bibliographical sources, and notes on pp. ‘K538. Laistner, Max L. W. Thought and 552-804 serve as a guide to pertinent literaletters in western Europe, A.D. 500 to 900. ture.

‘Rev. ed., London, 1957. K551. Leff, Gordon. Medieval thought. | K539. ———. The intellectual heritage of | Harmondsworth, Eng., 1958. A fresh, well-

| the early Middle Ages. Ithaca, 1957. balanced survey. Brief attention is given to

K540. Dawson, Christopher H. Medieval pre-scholastic thought, and the contributions essays. N.Y., 1954. Writing from the point of Arabian and Jewish thinkers are accorded of view of a Roman Catholic, Dawson inter- proper consideration. Augustine is well evaluprets the Middle Ages with depth of insight ated for his influence on the Middle Ages.

and understanding of fundamental issues and The work ends with Ockham. | |

presuppositions. From his Medieval religion K552. Steenberghen, Fernand van. The (London, 1934), long out of print, he pre- philosophical movement in the thirteenth ©

. sents here, together with two previously century. Edinburgh, 1955. A. series of six.

medieval culture. learning. | unpublished ones, essays of much interest on succinct, helpful lectures, embodying much

K541. Schniirer, Gustav. Kirche und Kul- K553. ——. Aristotle in the West: the

tur im Mittelalter. 2nd ed., 3 v., Paderborn, origins of. Latin Aristotelianism. Tr. by | 1927-29. English tr. of v. 1, Paterson, N.J., | Leonard Johnston. Louvain, 1955. 1956. Useful and often stimulating discus- K554, Wulf, Maurice M. C. J. de. His-. sion of the Christian contribution in devel- toire de la philosophie médiévale. 6th rev.

opment of medieval culture. | ed., 3 v., Louvain, 1934-47. In its earlier

K542,. Haskins, Charles H. The renais- editions had no serious competitors and in |

sance of the twelfth century. Cambridge, this definitive edition remains a work of sigMass., 1927. A book of wide and lasting nificance. There are English translations of

, _ Medieval Europe | 199 earlier editions, and the 6th is in process of © K566. Morrall, John B. Political thought .

translation. : in medieval times. London, 1958. In: spite

- . K555. Cassidy, Frank P. Molders‘of the of certain limitations, this book. well meets | medieval mind: the, influence of the fathers the requirements for a brief introduction -to ! of the church on the medieval schoolmen. political thought of the Middle Ages. St. Louis, 1944. Brief introduction to the K567. Dickinson, John, tr. The States- —

basis of medieval education. man’s book of John of Salisbury, being :the

- - «KK 556. Grabmann, Martin. Die Geschichte fourth, fifth and sixth books and selections

der scholastischen Methode, nach den ge- from the seventh and eighth books of the druckten und ungedruckten Quellen. 2 v. Policraticus. N.Y., 1927. The Policraticus 1s Munich, 1909-11. Reprint, Berlin, 1957. A the only important political treatise written

| basic treatise for medieval scholasticism. before western thought again became familiar K557. -——. Mittelalterliches Geistesleben: with the politics of Aristotle. Parts trans-

Abhandlung zur Geschichte der Scholastik lated here refer to the prince and the law; : und Mystik. 3 v..Munich, 1926-56. Special the commonwealth, its members, and the ad-

studies concerning the new Aristotle, trans- ministration of justice; the armed band; ,

lations of philosophical and theological (ambition; tyranny and tyrannicide. sources, teaching, and the contributions of | K568. Gilby, Thomas. The political individuals in respect to scholastic learning. thought of Thomas Aquinas. Chicago, 1958.

' K558, ——. I papi del duecento e Paristo- — | . oS

‘telismo. 2 v. in 1. Rome, 1941-46. First part Schools and Learning _ a examines the prohibitions against Aristotle K569. Boyce, Gray C. “‘American studies under Innocent III and Gregory IX; second in medieval education.” Progress of medieyal part deals with the Dominican translator, and Renaissance studies, 19 (Sep. 1947):

William of Moerbeke. | — 6-30. a, ' K559. Vajda, Georges. Introduction 4 la K570. Bolgar, R. R. The classical heritage

pensée juive du Moyen Age. Paris, 1947. and its beneficiaries. Cambridge, Eng., 1954.

| A history of thought and education; stimulat-

Renaissance Thought and Culture ing presentation of broad ideas.

| K560. Ferguson, Wallace K. The Renais- — K571. Delhaye, Philippe. “L’organisation sance in historical thought. See 777/. scolaire au XIIe siécle.”’ Traditio, 5 (1947):

K561. Bouwsma, William J. The interpre- 211-68. : 7 .

| tation of Renaissance humanism. Washing- K572. Haskins, Charles H. The rise of

ton, 1959. [Service Center for Teachers of universities. N.Y., 1923. A perennially popu: History, Publication no. 18.] Well-informed, lar volume. Now available also in a paper-

critical essay on the basic works essential bound edition. | | ao -

for a study of the Renaissance. _ K573. Rashdall, Hastings. The universities K562. Baron, Hans. Humanistic and polit- of Europe in the Middle Ages. New ed.,

ical literature in Florence and Venice at 3 v., Oxford, 1936. The standard. work, one | the beginning of the quattrocento: studies in of enduring value and distinction, especially criticism and chronology. Cambridge, Mass., in this revision by F. M. Powicke and A.B. -

1955. Review, E. W. Nelson, Am. hist. rev., Emden. : -

| 61 (Oct. 1955): 167. © _ K574. Kibre, Pearl. The nations in the

K563. -——. The crisis of the early Italian mediaeval universities. Cambridge, Mass., Renaissance: civic humanism and republican 1948. In his review in Speculum, 24 (Apr. © liberty in an age of classicism and tyranny. 1949): 271, Sir Maurice’ Powicke says this |

2 v. Princeton, 1955. See W. K. Ferguson, study “will long remain a standard work of | “The interpretation of Italian humanism: the reference to be kept besidé the standard hiscontribution of Hans Baron,” Journal of the tories of mediaeval universities in every stuhistory of ideas, 19 (Jan. 1958): 14-25. See dent’s library.”’ Provides information on the also reviews, W. K. Ferguson, Speculum, 31 characteristics of the nations, their composi(Apr. 1956): 344; M. P. Gilmore, Am. hist. tion and development, their officers and

— rev., 61 (Apr. 1956): 622. functions. / - 2 . | , K575. “Scholarly privileges: their | Political Thought——. Roman origins and medieval expression.”

: K564. MclIlwain, Charles H. The growth Am. hist. rev., 59 (Apr. 1954): 543-67.

of political thought in the West: from the K576. Pegues, Frank. ‘‘Royal support of :

_ Greeks to the end of the Middle Ages. N.Y., students in the thirteenth century.” Specu-

1932, Best introduction to medieval political lum, 31 (July 1956): 454—62. a : theory. | - K577, ———. “Ecclesiastical provisions for _ K565. Carlyle, Robert W., and Alexander the support of students in the thirteenth J. Carlyle..A history of mediaeval political century.’ Church history, 26 (Dec. 1957):

theory in the West. 6 v.. Edinburgh and 307-18. oe

London, 1903-36. Indispensable for any K578. Jacob, Ernest F. “English university | serious study of medieval political thought. clerks in the later Middle Ages: the problem

200 Guide to Historical Literature , of maintenance.” Bulletin of the John Ry- des grands invasions germaniques. Paris,

lands Library, 29 (Feb. 1946): 304-25. 1948. | ~ K579. Stelling-Michaud, Sven. L’université K593. Raby, Frederic J. E. A history of | de Bologne et la pénétration des droits ro- Christian Latin poetry. 2nd ed., Oxford, main et canonique en Suisse aux XIIIe et 1953. The works of Raby are indispen| XIVe siécles. Geneva, 1955. Review, S. _ sable. Kuttner, Renaissance news, 9 (Autumn K594, ———. A history of secular Latin

1956): 154. poetry. 2nd ed., 2 v., Oxford, 1957. The

K580. Gabriel, Astrik L. Student life in recognized standard work for topics covered. | Ave Maria College, mediaeval Paris: history Second edition differs from the first primarily and chartulary of the college. Notre Dame, in bibliographical additions. 1955. Contains numerous documents and K595. The Oxford book of medieval Latin —

- ‘some interesting illustrations. | verse. Newly selected and ed. by F. J. E.

K581. Smith, Cyril E. The University of | Raby. Oxford, 1959. Although this edition Toulouse in the Middle Ages: its origins contains more selections and is representaand growth to 1500 A.D. Milwaukee, 1958. tive of more authors than the one of 1937, Well-documented study of a distinguished its terminal date is 1350 rather than 1500. French university. Includes an important Review, The times literary supplement, May |

bibliographical essay. — 22, 1959: 302.. ; .

| K582. Calasso, Francesco. Medio Evo del K596. Henshaw, Millett. ““A survey of diritto. Milan, 1954 ff. To be complete in studies in medieval drama, 1933-1950.” 3 v. Useful for legal developments in Progress of medieval and Renaissance - medieval Italy. Contains important sections studies, 21 (Aug. 1951): 7-35. Designed

on law-schools. primarily for the student of literature, but

K583. Thompson, James Westfall. The contains many references and comments of literacy of the laity in the Middle Ages. interest to the cultural historian.

Berkeley, 1939. K597. Young, Karl. The drama of the

K584. Gailbraith, V. H. “The literacy of | medieval church. 2 v. Oxford, 1933. Although the medieval English kings.” Proceedings of | Young is descriptive in approach, these two the British Academy, 21 (1935): 201-38. .. volumes contain great riches for the student _ K585. Smalley, Beryl. The study of the of medieval life and culture. Bible in the Middle Ages. 2nd ed., Oxford, | K598. Chambers, Edmund K. The medi1952. An original work of unquestioned aeval stage. 2 v. Oxford, 1903.

value and distinction, based on thorough K599,. Brittain, Fred. The medieval Latin

- control of the sources. Contains much infor- and romance lyric to A.D. 1300. Cambridge,

/ mation about medieval learning. . Eng., 1937. | ~K586. Blumenfield, Samuel M. Master of K600. Allen, Philip S., and Howard MumTroyes: a study of Rashi the educator. ford Jones. The Romanesque lyric: studies in N.Y., 1946. The methods of a great Jewish its background and development § from

| Petronius to The Cambridge songs, 50-1050. ; ateacher. | ; Chapel Hill, 1928. A rich and rewarding Literature : book that provides insight into the world of _- K587. Hélin, Maurice. A history of medie- the early Middle Ages through literature.

val Latin literature. Tr. by Jean C. Snow. Contains copious extracts from literary Rev. ed., N.Y., 1949. See A. K. Ziegler, monuments in the original language and in

Catholic historical review, 38 (Oct. 1952): translation. 7 !

346, who provides corrections and calls this K601. Holmes, Urban T. A history of Old

| : ‘‘a masterpiece of condensation.” French literature, from the origins to 1300. _ . _' K588. Ghellinck, Joseph de. Littérature N.Y., 1937. Emphasis is on facts and dates Jatine au Moyen Age. 2 v. Paris, 1939. Covers rather than on critical study. Designed as an

only to the 12th century. introduction to medieval French literature

‘K589, ——-. L’essor de Ja littérature latine for English-speaking students. |

au XIle siécle. 2 v. Brussels and Paris, 1946. K602. Ehrismann, Gustav. Geschichte der

Excellent.: - | deutschen Literatur bis zur Ausgang des

| -K590.:Manitius, Maximilianus. Geschichte Mittelalters. 2 v. in 4. Munich, 1918-35. / | der lateinischen Literatur des Mittelalters. Excellent as introduction and reference for | 2 -v. Munich, 1911-31. An indispensable ref- medieval German literature. ae

erence work. | K603. Baur, Frank, and others, eds. Ge-

K591. Curtius, Ernst R. Europdische Lit- schiedenis van de letterkunde der Nedereratur und lateinisches Mittelalter. Bern, landen. Hertogenbosch, Neth., 1939 ff. [1, 1948. English tr., by Willard R. Trask, N.Y., De letterkunde van de middeleeuwen tot 1953. Recognized as a work of exceptional omstreeks 1300; 2, De middelnederlandsche quality; a major contribution to medieval Jletterkunde van omstreeks 1300 tot de

studies. Renaissance.]| | :

K592. Courcelle, Pierre. Histoire littéraire K604. Viscardi, Antonio. Le origini. Milan,

! , , ... Medieval Europe’. | 20:1 1939, [Storia letteraria d’Italia, 3rd eéd.,'1.] = K619. Simson, Otto G. von. The Gothic Supplements rather than supersedes corre- cathedral: the origins of Gothic architecture | _ sponding volume of second edition of Storia and the medieval concept of order. London,

letteraria d’Italia by Francesco Novati and 1956. | .

Angelo Monteverdi (Milan, 1925). : K620. Reese, Gustave. Music in the Middle

K605. Valency, Maurice. In praise of love: Ages. N.Y., 1940. :

an introduction to the love-poetry of the K621. Harrison, Frank L. Music in mediRenaissance.’ N.Y., 1958. Convenient, timely eval Britain. London, 1958.

introduction to the complex manifestations : . a | of courtly love, from the Middle Ages | BIOGRAPHIES ———_—s; through the time of Dante. Primarily im- | oe , portant for the literary and social historian. K622. McCann, Justin. Saint Benedict.

Contains a useful, though uncritical, selective London, 1937. oe , ,

| bibliography. , ~K623. A. Hamilton, ed.comBede, | | his life, timesThompson, and writings: essays in

Art, Architecture, and Music . memoration of the twelfth centenary of his’ K606. Propylien-Kunstgeschichte. 16 v. death. Oxford, 1935. Essays on Bede, his :

| Ages and Renaissance. Jarrow. | K607. Morey, Charles R. Mediaeval. art. K624. Duckett, Eleanor S. Alcuin, friend —

| Berlin, 1923-29. V. 5-10 cover the Middle writings, his library, and on Wearmouth and |

N.Y., 1942. This beautiful book is the result of Charlemagne: his world and his work. , of a lifetime of study, teaching, and reflec- N.Y., 1951. Useful introduction. : |

: tion by a recognized peer among art. his- K625. Kleinclausz, Arthur J. Alcuin. Paris, |

torians. : , _ 1948. The best scholarly biography.

K608. Male, Emile. Art et artistes du K626. ———. Charlemagne. Paris, 1934. |

Moyen Age. Paris, 1927. K627. ———. Eginhard. Paris, 1942. .

K609. Kendrick, Thomas D. Anglo-Saxon K628. Stenton, Frank M. William the

art to A.D. 900. London, 1938. —- Conqueror. N.Y., 1908.

English art, 2.] . 1926. | K610. Rice, D. Talbot. English art, 871- = K629. Macdonald, Allan J. Lanfranc: a 1100. Oxford, 1952. [The Oxford history of | study of his life, work and writing. London, ,

K611. Boase, Thomas S. R. English art, ~ K630. ——. Hildebrand: a life of Gregory 1100-1216. Oxford, 1953. [The Oxford his- VIE. London, 1932. | |

tory of English art, 3.]. . oe K631. Yewdale, Ralph B. Bohenitond I, |

K612. Brieger, P. English art, 1216-1307. prince of Antioch. Princeton, 1924. © - Oxford, 1957. [The Oxford history of English K632. Andressohn, John C. The ancestry

art, 4.] | and life of Godfrey of Bouillon. BloomingK613. Evans, Joan. English art, 1307- ton, Ind., 1947. : |

1461. Oxford, 1949. [The Oxford history of K633. Nicholson, Robert L. Joscelyn I, |

English art, 5.] : prince of Edessa. Urbana, Ill., 1954.

K614. Salzman, Louis F. Building in Eng- = K634, ——. Tancred: a study of his career

land, down to 1549: a documentary history. and work in their relation to the First Cru- | Oxford, 1952. Consideration is given to sade and the establishment of the Latin actual process of construction, masons and _ states in Syria and Palestine. Chicago, 1940. architects, organization of: workers, wages, K635. Slaughter, Gertrude. Salad. N.Y.,

materials, and tools. An excellent selection 1955. “A true and just picture.” H. A. R.

of original documents is included. Gibb. Speculum, 32 (July 1957): 614. .- K615. Male, Emile. Religious art from K636. Bland, C. C. Swinton, tr. The auto-

the twelfth to the eighteenth century. N.Y., biography of Guibert, abbot of Nogent-sous-

1949. : a : Coucy. London, [1926]. Living between 1053 :

| K616. ———. Religious art in France, XIII and 1124, Guibert belongs to the great age century: a study in mediaeval iconography of the crusades, monastic revival, and intel-

and its sources of inspiration. Tr. by Dora lectual renaissance, as well as one of. eco-

Nussey. London, 1913. A work of remark- nomic growth and expansion. _

able richness. , K637. Williams, Watkin. St. Bernard of K617. Evans, Joan. Art in mediaeval Clairvaux. Manchester, 1935. A magnificent France, 987-1498. London and N.Y., 1948. study not only of Bernard, but also of much

_ Good, non-technical introduction to medie- of the 12th century before 1150. val French art. Contains well-chosen illus- K638. Commission de l’Histoire de:!’Ordre

trations. | de Citeaux. Bernard de Clairvaux. Paris, K618. Abbot Suger on the abbey church 1953. Although written under Cistercians and

: of St. Denis and its art treasures. Ed. and _ thus an “official” biography, this large work

tr. by Erwin Panofsky. Princeton, 1946. has much to commend it. He

Contains good introduction dealing with K639. Calmette, Joseph, and Henri David.

Suger and his place in the 12th century.. Saint Bernard. Paris, 1953. ae

202. Guide to Historical Literature ) - \K640.-James, Bruno S. Saint Bernard of mentary notes not included in the English

Clairvaux. N.Y., [1957]. version. /

| K641.. Aubert, Marcel. Suger (1081-1151). K663. Masson, Georgina. Frederick II of

Rouen, 1950. Hohenstaufen. London, 1957.

K642. Greenway, George W. Amold of K664. Caggese, Romolo. Roberto d’Angio

Brescia. Cambridge, Eng., 1931. | e I suoi tempi. 2 v. Florence, 1922-30. | * K643. Salzmann, Louis F. Henry II. Boston K665. Grabmann, Martin. Thomas

and N.Y., 1914. Aquinas, his personality and thought. Tr. by K644,. Walker, Curtis H. Eleanor of Aqui- Virgil Michel. N.Y., 1928. |

taine. Chapel Hill, 1950. K666. Boase, Thomas S. R. Boniface VIII. K645. Kendall, Paul M. Richard the London, 1933.

| Third. London, 1955. _- K667. Vaughan, Richard. Matthew Paris. K646. Henderson, Philip. Richard Coeur Cambridge, Eng., 1958. Critical study of one de Lion. London, 1958. of the most renowned English historians

- K647, Painter, Sidney. William Marshal, (d. 1259), who knew the great of his day knight-errant, baron and regent of England. and wrote about them and also the seamier

Baltimore, 1933... , side of life. | - K648. Scammell, Geoffrey V. Hugh de K668. Denholm-Young, Noél. Richard of

Puiset, bishop of Durham. Cambridge, Eng., Cornwall. Oxford, 1947. 1956. Review, S. Painter, Speculum, 32 (Apr. K669. Johnstone, Hilda. Edward of Carna-

1957): 396. | } ] von, 1284-1307. Manchester, 1947. / Oxford, 1912. : king of Scots. London, 1934.

- K649. Poole, Austin L. Henry the Lion. K670. Mackenzie, Agnes M. Robert Bruce,

K650. Appleby, John T. John, king of K671. Piur, Paul. Cola di Rienzo. See

England. N.Y., 1959. A popular: biography V&£52. | |

based primarily on readings in contemporary K672. Origo, Iris. The merchant of Prato: ,} K651. chronicles. 7 Francesco di Marco Datini, 1335-1410. Ellis, Clarence. Hubert de Burgh: a N.Y., 1957. Detailed, scholarly, readable

study in constancy. London, 1952. , biography of a self-made man of the later

. K652. Douie, Decima L. Archbishop Middle Ages.

Pecham. Oxford, 1952. Oo K673. Bellonci, Maria. A_ prince of

~ K653. Bémont, Charles. Simon de Mont- Mantua: the life and times of Vincenzo’ | fort, earl of Leicester, 1208-1265. Tr. by Gonzaga. Tr. by Stuart Hood. N.Y., 1956. |

E. F. Jacob. New ed., Oxford, 1930. K674. Brion, Marcel. Laurent le MagK654. Vicaire, Marie H. Histoire de Saint _nifique. Paris, 1937.

~ Dominique. 2 v. Paris, 1957. [1, Un homme K675. Bignami, Luigi. Francesco Sforza.

évangélique; 2, Au coeur de léglise.] “A Milan, 1937. |

full-length, critical biography .. . probably K676. Vischer, Melchior. Jan Hus, sein

(Apr. 1959): 337. , Main, 1940. |

definitive.” W. A. Hinnebusch, Speculum, 34 Leben und seine Zeit. 2 v. Frankfurt-am-

~» 655. Elliott-Binns, Leonard. Innocent K677. Lang, Andrew. The maid of France. Ill. London, 1931. Brief but useful intro- 3rd ed., London, 1938.

duction. | K678. Hilliger, Benno. Jeanne d’Are: das --K656. J6rgensen, Johannes. Saint Francis Geheimnis ihrer Sendung. 4th ed., Freiburg

of Assisi: a biography. N.Y., 1912. im Breisgau, 1949. A small, scholarly, beauti| _ K657.. Sabatier, Paul. Vie de S. Francois fully written book in which the author occad’Assise. Definitive ed., Paris, 1931. Tr. by sionally assumes the privileges of the Louise S. Houghton, Life of St. Francis of novelist.

_ Assisi, London, 1894. Many reprints. K679. Fabre, Lucien. Joan of Arc. Tr. by

: K658.. Mandonnet, Pierre. Saint Domi- Gerard Hopkins. N.Y., 1954. | nique: Pidée, Phomme et loeuvre. 2 v. Paris, K680. Stolpe, Sven. The maid of Orleans.

| 1938. - Tr. by Eric Lewenhaupt. N.Y., 1956. —'* KK 659, Powicke, Sir Frederick M. Stephen K681. Champion, Pierre. Louis XI. Rev. Langton. Oxford, 1928. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1936.

~ K660. Bailly, Auguste. Saint Louis. Paris, K682. Man, Hendrik de. Jacques Coeur:

-| K661. 1949, an der konigliche Kaufmann. Bern, 1950. Painter, Sidney. The scourge of the K683. Kerr, Albert B. Jacques Coeur,

Baltimore, 1937. | 1927. : . K662. Kantorowicz, Ernst. Kaiser Frie- | K684. Kendall, Paul M. Warwick the clergy, Peter of Dreux, duke of Brittany. merchant prince of the Middle Ages. N.Y.,

‘drich der Zweite. 4th ed., 2 v., Berlin, 1931- kingmaker. London, 1957.

36. Authorized English version, by E. O. K685. Toudouze, G. G. Anne de Bretagne, : Lorimer, Frederick the Second, 1194-1250, duchesse et reine. New ed., Paris, 1950. N.Y., 1931; reprint, 1957. A classic. V. 2 of K686. Bennett, Henry S. Six medieval the German edition is important for supple- men and women. Cambridge, Eng., 1955.

| , Medieval Europe , 203 Essays on Humphrey, duke of Gloucester; K695. Cahiers de civilisation médiévale. | Sir John Fastolf; Thomas Hoccleve; Mar- Poitiers, 1958 ff. (Quarterly.) | garet Paston; Margery Kempe; and Richard K696. Classica et mediaevalia. Copen- |

Bradwater. , Oo hagen, 1938 ff. (Semiannual.)

K687. Morison, Samuel E. Admiral of the = K697. Deutsches Archiv fiir Erforschung

| Ocean Sea: a life of Christopher Columbus. des Mittelalters. Marburg, 1937 ff. (Semi-

See U277,. .annual; title varies. ) | K698, Franziskanische Studien. Muiinster,

, UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND 1914-43, 1949 ff. (Quarterly. )

| , SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS K699. Humanisme et renaissance. Paris,

, oOSee - 1934-40. Bibliotheque dhumanisme et reSection J. naissance,; 1941 ff. (Quarterly.) | : , K700. Latomus. Brussels, 1937 ff. (Quar. PERIODICALS | terly.) | K701. Medievalia et humanistica. Boulder,

Periodical literature for the history of _ Colo.,-1943 ff.(Annual.). |

medieval Europe is rich and varied. In addi- K702.° Medium Aevum. Oxford, 1932 ff.

tion to publications listed below, reference (3 nos. per year.)

should be made to those noted in Section J. K703. Recherches de théologie ancienne K688. Analecta bollandiana. Brussels, 1882 et médiévale. Louvain, 1929-40, 1946 ff.

ff. (Irregular quarterly.) (Semiannual. ) |

: K689. Antonianum. Rome, 1926 ff. (Quar- | K704. Revue belge de philologie et d’his-

terly.) a . | _ toire. Brussels, 1922 ff. (Quarterly.) K690. Archiv fir Kulturgeschichte. Berlin, | K705. Revue bénédictine. Maredsous, 1884 | | -etc., 1903 ff. (Quarterly.) - FE, (Quarterly) © | |

, K691. Archives d’histoire doctrinale. et lit- K706. Revue dWhistoire ecclésiastique.

téraire du Moyen Age. Paris, 1927 ff. (An- Louvain, 1900 ff. (Quarterly.) |

nual.) ae K707. Revue du Moyen Age latin. Lyons ,

| _ K692. Bulletin Du Cange: archivum latini- and Strasbourg, 1945 ff. (Quarterly.) .

| tatis medii aevi. Paris, 1924 ff. (Quarterly.) K708. Traditio. N.Y., 1943 ff. (Annual.) K693. Beitrage zur Geschichte der Philo- -K709. Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung fiir | sophie und Theologie des Mittelalters: Texte Rechtsgeschichte. Weimar, 1880 ff. (Anund Untersuchungen. Miinster, 1895-1942, nual.)

, 1952 ff. (Irregular.) K710. Zeitschrift fiir deutsches Altertum ' K694. Bibliothéque de ’Ecole des Chartes.. und deutsche Litteratur. Berlin, etc., 1841 ff.

Paris, 1839 ff. (Irregular.) (Title and frequency vary.)

- : SECTION L | ,

- The Byzantine Empire , , KENNETH M. SETTON * , , , The study of Byzantine history developed as a branch of Greek classical scholarship, being detached as a separate discipline largely through the percep- _ -_ tion and publications of Hieronymus Wolf (1516-80), the librarian of the ~ Fuggers in Augsburg. Wolf’s successors were Xylander (Holzmann), Hoeschel,

- and Leunclavius (Léwenklau) in Germany; Petavius (Petau) in France; Meursius (van Meurs) in Holland and Denmark; and the 17th century Greek librarians of the Vatican, N. Alamannus and L. Allatius, in Italy. Byzantine studies were much advanced by the historical and intellectual interests which Louis XIV and his minister, Colbert, promoted in France; and such outstanding scholars as Fabrot, Goar, Labbe, Poussines, Combéfis, and, above all, Du _ Cange contributed to the formation of the first great corpus of Byzantine writers, especially historians (Paris, 1645-1711). Their texts have been reprinted several times. For contents see (L1) August Potthast, Wegweiser durch die Geschichts_ werke des europaischen Mittelalters (2 v., Berlin, 1896), v. 1, pp. xlvi-xlvii. | _ For the individual writers see (L2) Karl Krumbacher, Geschichte der byzan-

, tinischen Litteratur (2nd ed., Munich, 1897); (L3) Gyula Moravecsik, Byzan, tinoturcica: v. 1, Die byzantinischen Quellen der Geschichte der Tiirkvolker (Budapest, 1942); and (L4) Maria E. Colonna, Gli storici bizantini dal IV al XV secolo: v. 1, Storici profani (Naples, 1956).

Charles DuCange made especially noteworthy contributions to Byzantine

: history, lexicography, and numismatics, as well as to the topography of Con_ Stantinople. His work was carried on by Mabillon in Byzantine diplomatics and de Montfaucon in palaeography. Although some valuable work was done in the 18th century, interest in Byzantine civilization suffered a severe decline in the _ era of the so-called Enlightenment, with Byzantium being held up to sustained opprobrium by Gibbon in his Decline and fall. Early in the 19th century, how-

ever, Barthold G. Niebuhr initiated the (L5) Corpus scriptorum historiae by-

| zantinae (50 v., Bonn, 1828-97), which reprinted the texts of the Paris corpus,

204 ,

but supplied a fuller and more manageable collection. Then began also the long * Subsections compiled by contributors other than Professor Setton are SO indicated. ,

The Byzantine Empire 205 and varied series of works by Fallmerayer, Tafel, Miklosich, Miiller, Thomas, Hopf, Zacharia von Lingenthal, and others. Particular mention should be made of George Finlay’s popular (L6) A history of Greece, from its conquest by the Romans to the present time, ed. by Henry F. Tozer (7 v., Oxford, 1877). Later

| in the century Byzantine studies received the impetus which still maintains them from the works of Alfred Rambaud and Gustave Schlumberger in France, Vasilii G. Vasilievskii and Th. I. Uspenskii in Russia, Karl Krumbacher in Germany, and Spyridon P. Lampros in Greece. In more recent years there have been Charles Diehl in Paris, Louis Bréhier in Clermont-Ferrand, Nicolae Iorga in Bucharest, Cardinal Giovanni Mercati in Rome, Franz Délger in Munich, Henri Grégoire in Brussels, Georg Ostrogorsky in Belgrade, and the Augustin-

ians of the Assumption, now in Paris. The Russian scholar Alexander A. _ Vasiliev has been the Manuel Chrysoloras of Byzantine studies in the United States; and in the last generation a number of U. S. scholars have made contributions to the history of Byzantium and of Byzantine relations with Islam, the Crusades, and the Slavonic world.

7 _ BIBLIOGRAPHIES rest; Library of the Ecumenical Patriarchate, |

, me . Istanbul; Dumbarton Oaks Research Library

L7. Cambridge medieval history. (See J43.) and Collection, Washington; The Byzantine

V. 4, pp. 779-898. Museum, Athens; Benaki Museum, Athens; L8. Paetow, Louis J. A guide to the study = Coptic Museum, Cairo; Ayasofia (Santa

, of medieval history. See J/. ; _ Sophia) Museum, Istanbul; Museum of Clas-

_ L9. Vasiliev, Alexander A. History of the sical Antiquities, Istanbul; Mozaik Miizesi, Byzantine empire, 324-1453. 2nd ed., Madi- Istanbul; and Yedikule Miizesi, Istanbul.

son, Wis., 1952. This and the following |

,

works contain valuable bibliographies. WORKS OF REFERENCE 110.Byzantine Ostrogorsky, George. History of the No P. Zac, state. Tr. by Joan Hussey. Oxford, | (Norman P. Zacour)

1956, —— | ee ~~ L15. Cabrol, Fernand, and others. Diction-

Lil. Diehl, Charles. Byzantium: greatness naire d’archéologie chrétienne et de liturgie. and decline. Tr. by Naomi Walford. New 145 y, Paris, 1903—53.

Brunswick, N.J., 1957..See the bibliography L16. Dictionnaire de droit canonique.

by Peter Charanis, pp. 301—57. Paris, 1924 ff. , |

L12. Association Internationale des Etudes L17. Dictionnaire de théologie catholique. ,

Byzantines. Dix années d’études byzantines: 15 y, in 30, Paris, 1908-50.

, bibliographie internationale, 1939-1948. L18. Dictionnaire d’histoire et de géogra-

Paris, 1949. _ phie ecclésiastiques. Paris, 1912 ff. | L13. Dolger, Franz, and Alfons M. Schnet- L19. Reallexikon fiir Antike und Christen- __

der. Byzanz. Bern, 1952. Best catalog of tum. Ed. by Theodor Klauser. Stuttgart, | recent work on Byzantium. 1950 ff. : 114. Byzantinische Zeitschrift. See 1397. L20. Houtsma, M. T., and others. The

From its foundation in 1892 to the present encyclopaedia of Islam. 4 v. and supple- . : this periodical has tried to list all significant ment, Leiden and London, 1908-38. New | works dealing with every aspect of Byzantine eq. 1954 ff.

history and civilization. | | : , GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND LIBRARIES AND MUSEUMS ATLASES

(Norman P. Zacour) (Norman P. Zacour)

Among the chief libraries and museums L21. Spruner-Menke Hand-Atlas fiir die , | are: Gennadeion, The American School of Geschichte des Mittelalters und der neueren

Classical Studies, Athens; Finlay Library of Zeit. See 724. . |

medieval and modern Greece in the Library L22. Philippson, Alfred. Das byzantinische

| of the British School at Athens, Athens and Reich als geographische Erscheinung. Leiden, |

London; Library’ of the’ Greek Orthodox 1939. | -

Patriarchate of Alexandria; Biblioteca Aca- L23. Honigmann, Ernst. Die Ostgrenze des demiei Republicii Populare Romine, Bucha- _byzantinischen Reiches von 363 bis 1071 nach

206 Guide to Historical Literature griechischen, arabischen, syrischen und wméria tés kathodou t6n barbar6n eis tén armenischen Quellen. Brussels, 1935. Hellada.” [The archaeological evidence of L24,. Janin, Raymond. La géographie ec- the descent of the barbarians on Greece.] | | clésiastique de Vempire byzantin. Pt. 1, Le Hellenika, 14 (1955): 87-105.

| siege de Constantinople et le patriarcat L37. Babinger, Franz C. Beitrage zur oecuménique. V. 3, Les églises et les Friithgeschichte der Tiirkenherrschaft in monasteres. Paris, 1953. Rumelien (14.-15. Jahrhundert). See M140.

L25. ——. Constantinople byzantine: L38. Cahen, Claude. “‘Le probléme eth-

développement urbain et répertoire topo- nique en Anatolie.” Cahiers d’histoire mon-

graphique. Paris, 1950. diale, 2 (1954): 347-62.

: | L39. Wachter, Albert H. Der Verfall des |

ANTHROPOLOGICAL AND Griechentums in Kleinasien im XIV. JahrDEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES — hundert. Leipzig, 1902.

(Ihor Sevéenko) _ L40. Starr, Joshua. The Jews in the Byzantine empire, 641-1204. Athens, 1939. ct

The following list contains works which L41. ——. Romania: the Jewries of. the | | provide bibliographical information, some- Levant after the fourth crusade. Paris, 1949.

times in preference to more fundamental | ce

, studies. Dieterich. Karl. BKarl. ni he Ouel - LINGUISTIC WORKS: _. Dieterich, Byzantinische Quel: “oy

, | len zur Lander- und Vdlkerkunde (5.-15. (Ihor Sevcenkoy °c. Jhd.). 2 v. Leipzig, 1912. Contains translated L42. Du Cange, Charles. Glossarium ad

passages from Byzantine authors. scriptores mediae et infimae graecitatis. 2 v. , L27. Mayer, Robert. Byzantion-Konstanti- Reprint, Paris, 1943. Still indispensable.

nupolis-Istanbul: eine genetische Stadtgeo- — L43. Sophocles, Evangelinus A. Greek

graphie. Vienna, 1943. [Akademie der Wissen- _lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine periods schaften, Vienna, Philosophisch-historische (from B.C. 146 to A.D. 1100). Boston, 1870.

Klasse, Denkschriften, 71.] Contains rich Reprint, 1957. |

bibliography. L44, Démétrakou, D. Mega lIexikon tés

L28. Schneider, Alfons M. “Die Bevélke- _hellénikés gléssés. [Great dictionary of the rung Konstantinopels im XV. Jahrhundert.” Greek language.] 9 v. Athens, 1933-51. In-| Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissen- cludes ancient Byzantine and modern lexical schaften in G6ttingen, Philosophisch-his- material derived from previous dictionaries.

torische Klasse, 9 (1949): 234-44. L45. Historikon lexikon tés neas Hellé-

L29. BariSic, Franjo, and others. Vizantiski nikés, tés te koinés homiloumenés kai tén _ izvori za istoriju naroda Jugoslavije. [Byzan- ididmatdn. [Historical dictionary of modern tiné sources for the history of the south Greek, as commonly spoken and its idioms.] _ Slavs.] V. 1. Belgrade, 1955. An exemplary Athens, 1933 ff. A monumental work now collection of texts (Sth to 9th century), with in progress. comments, relating to Slavic invasions and _ L46. Jannaris, Anthony N. An historical settlements. Excellent bibliography. Greek grammar. London, 1897.

| L30. Vasmer, Max. Die Slaven in Griech- L47. Hatzidakis, Gedrgios N. Einleitung , enland. Berlin, 1941. Fundamental work on in die neugriechische Grammatik. Leipzig, | more than 1,200 Slavic place names in 1892.

| Greece. | L48. Schwyzer, Eduard. Griechische GramL31. Lemerle, Paul. “Invasions et migra- matik. 3 v. Munich, 1939-53. Includes bibli-

, tions dans les Balkans depuis la fin de ographies and excellent index.

Pépoque romaine jusqu’au VIIIe siécle.” L49. Palmer, Leonard R. A grammar of Revue historique, 121 (Apr.-June 1954): the post-Ptolemaic papyri. V. 1, pt. 1. Lon-

: 265-308. Rich bibliography. don, 1945. Unfortunately not continued.

L32. Zakythinos, Denis (Dionysios) A. L50. Tabachovitz, David. Etudes sur le

Athens, 1945. 1943. |

Hoi Slaboi en Helladi. [The Slavs in Greece.] grec de la basse époque. Uppsala, Swe.,

| , L33. LipSic, E. E. Byzanz und die Slaven: L51. Triantaphyllidés, Manolés A. NeoelleéBeitrige zur byzantinischen Geschichte des niké grammatiké. V. 1, Historiké eisagégé. 6.-9. Jahrhunderts. Tr. from Russian. Wei- [Modern Greek grammar. Historical intro-

mar, 1951. duction.] Athens, 1938. L34. Dolger, Franz. Ein Fall slavischer L52. Psaltes, Stamatios B. Grammatik der Einsiedlung im Hinterland von Thessalonike byzantinischen Chroniken. GGttingen, 1913. im 10. Jahrhundert. Munich, 1952. Contains L53. Linnér, Sture. Syntaktische und lexi-

recent bibliography. kalische Studien zur Historia lausiaca des

L35. Kyriakidés, Stilpon P. The northern Palladios. Uppsala, 1943. ethnological boundaries of Hellenism. Thes- L54. Bohlig, Gertrud R. Untersuchungen

saloniki, 1955. zum rhetorischen Sprachgebrauch der By-

L36. Pallas, D. I. “Ta archaiologika tek- zantiner, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung

_ The Byzantine Empire 207 der Schriften des Michael Psellos. Berlin, graeca e codd. manuscriptis bibliothecarum 1956. Good grammar of “‘Attic” mannerisms oxoniensium. 4 v. Oxford, 1835-37. | applicable not only to Psellos, but also to L68. ———-, ed. Anecdota graeca e codd.

earlier and later authors. manuscriptis bibliothecae regiae parisiensis.

L55. Stepski Doliwa, Stephanie von. Stu- 4 v. Oxford, 1839-41. This and L67 contain

dien zur Syntax des byzantinischen Histori- valuable texts from collections in Oxford :

kers Georgios Phrantzes. Munich, 1935. A and Paris. | : solid work useful for all late Byzantine his- L69. Dolger, Franz, ed. Corpus der : torians. _ griechischen Urkunden des Mittelalters und Historical studies include the following der neueren Zeit. Pt. A, Regesten der Kaiser- (L56-60). | urkunden des ostromischen Reiches von 565~-

L356. Higgins, Martin J. “The renaissance 1453. 3 v. Munich and Berlin, 1924-32. _ of the first century and the origin of standard L70. Goar, Jacobus, ed. Euchologion sive late Greek.” Traditio, 3 (1945): 49-100. — rituale graecorum complectens ritus et or-— L57. Costas, Procope S. An outline of the dines divinae liturgiae, officiorum, sacra| history of the Greek language with particular ©mentorum. Paris, 1647. Still the best collec-

emphasis on the Koine and the subsequent tion of offices and prayers of the Byzantine , stages. Chicago, 1936. church. | L58. Debrunner, Albert. Geschichte der L71. Grumel, Venance,: ed. Les regestes

griechischen Sprache. V. 2, Grundfragen und des actes du patriarcat de Constantinople. : Grundziige des nachklassischen Griechisches. V. 1, Les actes des patriarches. Fasc. 1-2,

Berlin, 1954. Les regestes de 381 4 1043. Bucharest, 1932—

L59, Zilliacus, Henrik. Zum Kampf der 36. Unfinished but valuable collection. |

Weltsprachen im ostromischen Reich. Hel- © L72..Heimbach, Wilhelm E., ed. Basili-

: sinki, 1935. : corum libri LX. 6 v. Leipzig, 1833-70. Still L60. Dieterich, Karl. Untersuchungen zur the basic text for Byzantine law, providing Geschichte der griechischen Sprache von texts later modified and taken over into other der hellenistischen Zeit bis zum 10. Jahrh. n. collections. The name is that of the original

Chr. Leipzig, 1898. Old, but not yet re- collection, compiled under the emperors placed. a Basil I and VI. veterum , a L73. Mai, Angelo, ed.Leo Scriptorum PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES _ nova collectio. 10 v. Rome, 1825-38. This

a (Glanville Downey) | and L74-75 are important publications of

texts in the Vatican library. The sources for Byzantine history are L74, ———, ed. Spicilegium romanum. 10 v.

widely scattered in periodicals. and other Rome, 1839-44. | }

for their importance. 8 v. Rome, 1852-71. : works, but certain collections may be noted L75,. ———, ed. Novae patrum bibliothecae.

- L61. Acta sanctorum. Ed. by Jean Bollan- L76. Mansi, Johannes D., ed. Sacrorum

dus and others. Antwerp and Brussels, conciliorum nova et amplissima collectio. 1643 -ff. 3rd ed., Paris, 1863 ff. The indis- 31 v. Florence and Venice, 1759-98. Re-

pensable collection of hagiographical texts. . print, Paris, 1901-06. Principal collection of _ 162. Analecta bollandiana. Brussels, 1882 the acts of the councils and related docuff. (Irregular quarterly.) Contains supple- ments.

mentary editions of L6]. L77. Migne, Jacques P., ed. Patrologiae

| - L63. Brightman, Frank E., ed. Liturgies cursus completus, series graeca. 161 v. in

eastern and western. V. 1, Eastern liturgies. 166. Paris, 1857-66. Largest single collection | Oxford, 1896. Best single collection of By- of Byzantine ecclesiastical material; texts

| zantine liturgical texts. often antiquated.

L64. Corpus scriptorum Christianorum ori- L78. Miklosich, Franz, and Josef Miiller,

entalium. Louvain, Rome, etc., 1903 ff. eds. Acta et diplomata graeca medii aevi Ecclesiastical documents in Arabic, Coptic, sacra et profana. 6 v. Vienna, 1860-90. Ethiopic, and Syriac. Includes historical Largest collection thus far published of machronicles, etc. Translations in French, Eng- terial of this type; includes both official

lish, and Latin. | documents and private texts.

| L65. Corpus scriptorum ecclesiasticorum L79. Mommsen, Theodor, and others, eds. latinorum. Vienna, 1866 ff. The “Vienna Corpus iuris civilis. 3 v. Berlin, 1872-95. Corpus.” Includes some Latin sources im- L80. Mommsen, Theodor, and Paul M.

portant for Byzantine history. Meyer, eds. Theodosiani libri XVI. See 1257

-L66. Corpus scriptorum historiae byzan- and 258. , :

tinae. See 15. The “Bonn Corpus.” Still the L81. Miiller, Karl, ed. Fragmenta histori- most important single collection of sources, corum graecorum. 5 v. Paris, 1841-83. . though some of the texts have been super- L82. Petit, Louis, and Vasilii E. Regel, eds.

seded by modern editions. 7 Actes de l’Athos. 7 v. St. Petersburg (Lenin-L67. Cramer, John A., ed. Anecdota_ grad), 1903-14. a

208 Guide to Historical Literature L83. Lemerle, Paul, ed. Actes de Kutlu- das Athoskloster Iberon. Munich, 1949. | mus. 2 v. Paris, 1945-46. [Archives de There does not yet exist any comprehen-

Athos, 2.] sive collection of Byzantine inscriptions. L84. Rouillard, Germaine, and others, eds. Characteristic and important texts may be

Actes de Lavra. 2 v. Paris, 1937. [Archives found in the following (L98—10/). |

de l’Athos, 1.] | : L98. Corpus inscriptionum graecarum. V. L85. Dolger, Franz. Aus den Schatzkam- 4. Berlin, 1877. ee

| mern des heiligen Berges. 2 v. Munich, 1948. L99. Grégoire, Henri, ed. Recueil des | . | L86. Recueil des historiens des croisades. inscriptions grecques chrétiennes d’Asie

- 14 v. Paris, 1841-1906. [Académie des In- Mineure. Paris, 1922. : scriptions et Belles-lettres.] L100. Millet, Gabriel, Jean Pargoire, and L87. Sathas, Konstantinos N., ed. Me- Louis Petit, eds. Recueil des inscriptions

saidnike bibliothéké: bibliotheca graeca chrétiennes de l’Athos. Paris, 1904. |

medii aevi. 7 v. Venice and Paris, 1872-94. L101. Lietzmann, Hans, Nikos A. Beés, _ This and the following work contain valu- and G. Sotiriu, eds. Corpus der griechischable collections of previously unpublished christlichen Inschriften von Hellas. V. 1, pt. - texts bearing on various aspects of Byzantine 1. Athens, 1941. Includes copious. bibliog-

history. raphy. | = L88. ——, ed. Mnémeia hellénikeés his- Several collections of. translations which

torias: documents inédits relatifs 4 Phistoire include Byzantine texts have been published.

de la Gréce au Moyen-Age. See W1123. The two following are completed collections. | L89. Schwartz, Eduard, ed. Acta con- L102. The library of the Palestine Pilgrims’ ciliorum oecumenicorum. 4 v. in 12. Berlin, Text Society. 14 v. London, 1885-97.

1914-40. A modern edition of the councils L103. A select library of the Nicene and ‘of Ephesus and Chalcedon, superseding that post-Nicene fathers. 2nd ser., 14 v., N.Y.,

ofL90. Mansi. | 1890-1900. Reprint, 1952-56. Zacharii von Lingenthal, Karl E., The following collections (L104-108) are

ed. Collectio librorum juris graeco-romani if progress. |

ineditorum. Leipzig, 1852. , L104, Collection Guillaume Budé. Paris,

L91. Zachariaé von Lingenthal, Karl E., 1926 ff. Oo |

ed. Jus graeco-romanum. 7 pts. Leipzig, L105. The Loeb classical library. Cam-

law. 1947 ff.

1856-84. Continuation of the above. One bridge, Mass., and London, 1912 ff.

of the principal collections of Byzantine L106. The fathers of the church. N.Y., L92. Regel, Vasilii E., ed. Analecta by- L107. Ancient Christian writers. West-

- zgantino-russica. St. Petersburg (Leningrad), minster, Md., 1946 ff.

1891. Relations between Byzantium and L108. Sources chrétiennes. Paris, 1941 ff. Russia, conversion of the Russians to Chris- See also the following work. tianity, and early history of the church in L109. Barker, Ernest, ed. and tr. Social |

Russia. : and political thought in Byzantium from

L93. Patrologia orientalis. Paris, 1907 ff. Justinian I to the last Palaeologus. Oxford, — Collection of ecclesiastical documents and 1957. A brief anthology of selections; but historical chronicles in various oriental lan- — the editor is not a Byzantine specialist, and guages, with translations in French, English, the introduction embodies some beliefs which

and Latin. oO are no longer generally held. | L94, Riant, Paul E. D., and Fernand de Byzantine papyri are published in a num- ~

Mély, eds. Exuviae sacrae Constantinopoli- ber of collections which also include docutanae. 3 v. Geneva, 1877-1904. Collection of | ments of earlier periods. documents concerning the sacred relics taken L110. Bataille, André. Les papyrus. Paris, to Europe by members of the fourth crusade 1955. [Traité d’études byzantines, 2.] Valuafter the capture of Constantinople in 1204, able handbook which lists publications of and other texts bearing on the Latin empire the important collections. Provides excellent

, of Constantinople. material for study and teaching. :

L95. Matranga, Pietro, ed. Anecdota L111. Devresse, Robert. Introduction a -

graeca. 2 v. Rome, 1850. Important collec- étude des manuscrits grecs. Paris, 1954.

tion of Byzantine documents. L112. Sigalas, Antdnios. Historia tés hel-

--L96. Boissevain, Ursul P., Carl G. de Boor, Jénikés graphés. [History of Greek writing.] and Theodor Biittner-Wobst, eds. Excerpta Thessaloniki, 1934. historica iussu imp. Constantini. Porphyro-

geniti confecta. 4 v. Berlin, 1903-06. Im- HISTORIOGRAPHY _ portant collection of excerpts from historical (Paul J. Alexander)

texts, all the more valuable since in many , _ cases the originals are lost. L113. Hirsch, Ferdinand L. Byzantinische L97. Dd6lger, Franz, ed. Sechs byzan- Studien. Leipzig, 1876.

tinische Praktika des 14. Jahrhunderts fiir L114. Gerland, Ernst. “Die Grundlagen |

| , The Byzantine Empire 209 | der byzantinischen Geschichtschreibung.” By- L134. Amantos, KoOnstantinos I. Historia

zantion, 8 (1933): 93-105. tou byzantinou kratous. [History of the

L115. ——. Das Studium der byzanti- Byzantine empire.] 2 v. Athens, 1939-47. nischen Geschichte vom Humanismus bis zur L135. Vasiliev, Alexander A. History of Jetztzeit. Athens, 1934. [Texte und Forsch- . the Byzantine empire, 324-1453. 2nd ed.,

ungen zur byzantinisch-neugriechischen Madison, 1952. _

Philologie, 12.] — L136. Ostrogorsky, George. History of the L116. Beck, Hans G. “Byzanz: der Weg Byzantine state. Tr. by Joan Hussey. Oxford,

zu seinem geschichtlichen Verstandnis.” 1956. :

Saeculum, 5 (1954): 87-103. | 7 L117. Seidler, Herbert. Jakob Philipp Fall- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS :

“merayers geistige Entwicklung. Munich, 1947. _ ,

L118. Irmscher, Johannes, ed. Aus der L137. Seeck, Otto. Geschichte des UnterSowjetbyzantinistik. Berlin, 1956. . gangs der antiken Welt. See 1/46. See also works by Karl Krumbacher, Hein- L138. Lot, Ferdinand. The end of the rich Gelzer, Otto Bardenhewer, Wilhelm ancient world and the beginnings of the MidSchmid and Otto Stahlin, Gyula Moravcsik, dle Ages. See J50.

and Maria Colonna. | L139. Piganiol, André. L’empire chrétien,

| | | / ] : 325-395. See 1149. |

| SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES | 1.140. Stein, Ernst. Geschichte des spatro-

| | an mischen Reiches. V. 1, Vom rémischen zum (Paul J. Alexander)” byzantinischen Staate (284-476 n. Chr.).

| L119. Diehl, Charles. Byzance: grandeur Vienna, 1928. — OO

et décadence. Paris, 1919. Tr. by Naomi L141. ——. Histoire du bas-empire, de la Walford, New Brunswick, N.J., 1957. disparition de empire d’Occident 4 la mort

L120. ———. History of the Byzantine em- de Justinien (476-565). Tr. by Jean R. | pire. Tr. by G. B. Ives. Princeton, 1925. Palanque. Paris, 1949. [Geschichte des spat| L121. ——~-.. Les grands probleémes de romischen Reiches, 2.] Phistoire byzantine. Paris, 1943. . L142. Demougeot, E. De lunité a la divi| L122. Lemerle, Paul. Histoire de Byzance. sion de Vempire romain, 395-410. Paris, :

Paris, 1943. : 1951. L123. Baynes, Norman H. The Byzantine L143. Goubert, Paul. Byzance avant

| empire. 2nd ed., London, 1946. Excellent. — PIislam. 2 v. Paris, 1951-56. L124. Baynes, Norman H., and Henry St. L144, Bury, John B. A history of the later | L. B. Moss, eds. Byzantium: an introduction Roman empire from Arcadius to Irene (395 to east Roman civilization. Oxford, 1948. . A.D. to 800 A.D.). 2 v. London, 1889. L125. Levchenko, Mitrofan V. Byzance, L145, ——. A history of the later Roman

des origines a 1453. Paris, 1949. A Marxist empire from the death of Theodosius I to |

interpretation. | the death of Justinian (A.D. 395 to A.D.

| | 1912.

£126. Baynes, Norman H. Byzantine 565). 2 v. London, 1923.

studies and other essays. London, 1955. L146. ——. A history of the eastern Ro- , | L127. Hussey, Joan M. The Byzantine man empire from the fall of Irene to the

world. London, 1957. accession of Basil I (A.D. 802-867). London,

_ LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES L147. Vasiliev, Alexander A. Byzance et

| 7 oo (Paul J. Alexander) Jes Arabes. See M84.

a . | L148. Schlumberger, Gustave L. L’épopée

L128. Gibbon, Edward. The history of the byzantine 4 la fin du dixiéme siécle. 3. v.

decline and fall of the Roman empire. See Paris, 1896-1905. __ | | 132, | | | L149. Gaudefroy-Demombynes, Maurice, L129. The Cambridge medieval history. V. and Sergei F. Platonov. Le monde musulman

4, The eastern Roman empire (717-1453). et byzantin jusqu’aux croisades. See M69. | Cambridge, Eng., 1927. Rev. ed. in prepara- L150. Neumann, Carl. Die Weltstellung |

tion. : des byzantinischen Reiches vor den Kreuz-

| L130. Uspenskii, Fedor I. Istoriia Vizanti- ziigen. Leipzig, 1894. :

| iskoi imperii. [History of the Byzantine em- L151. Cognasso, Francesco. Partiti politic? pire.] 3 v. St. Petersburg (Leningrad), 1913- ee lotte dinastiche in Bizanzio alla morte di |

48. _ Manuele Comneno. Turin, 1912. : L131. Diehl, Charles, and Georges Mar- L182. Pears, Edwin. The destruction of

cais. Le monde oriental de 395 4 1081. Paris, the Greek empire and the story of the cap-

1936. | ture of Constantineple by the Turks. See

_ L132. Diehl, Charles, and others. L’Europe $/@2. ——

| orientale de 1081 4 1453. Paris, 1945. L153. 1453-1953: le cing-centiéme anni-

3 v. Paris, 1947-50. S301. - | L133. Bréhier, Louis. Le monde byzantin. versaire de la prise de Constantinople. See

210 Guide to Historical Literature HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS spread of Byzantine culture among the Slavs.

oe Chicago, 1933.

L154, Diehl, Charles. L’Afrique byzantine: L176. Dvornik, Francis.. Les Slaves, By-

: histoire de la domination byzantine en -zance et Rome au IX¢é siécle. Paris, 1926. Afrique (533-709). Paris, 1896. . L177, -——. Les légendes de Constantin et

L155. ——-. Etudes sur ladministration de Méthode, vues de Byzance. Prague, 1933. _ byzantine dans Pexarchat de Ravenne (568- L178. Leib, Bernard. Rome, Kiev et By-

751). Paris, 1888. ; zance a la fin du XIe siécle. Paris, 1924. |

| L156. Hartmann, Ludo M. Untersuchun- L179. Runciman, Steven. A history of the

: gen zur Geschichte der byzantinischen Ver- first Bulgarian empire. See W960. | | waltung in Italien (540-750). Leipzig, 1889. L180. Wolff, Robert L. “The ‘second BulL157. Gay, Jules. L’Italie méridionale et garian empire’: its origin and history to , Vempire byzantin depuis V’avénement de 1204.” Speculum, 24 (Apr. 1949): 167-206.

_ Basile Ier jusqu’a la prise de Bari par les L181. Banescu, Nicolae. Un probléme Normands (867-1071). Paris, 1904. W@histoire médiévale: création et caractére du | L158. Caspar, Erich L. Roger If (1101- second empire bulgare. Bucharest, 1943. | 1154) und die Grimdung der normannisch- L182. Jireéek, Constantin. Geschichte der

Sicilischen Monarchie. Innsbruck, 1904. Serben. 2 v. Gotha, 1911-18. |

L159. Chalandon, Ferdinand. Histoire de L183. Sisi¢, Ferdinand. Geschichte der la domination normande en Italie et en Kroaten.:V. 1. Zagreb, 1917.

Sicile. 2 v. Paris, 1907. L184. Macartney, Carlile A. The Magyars L160. Kretschmayr, Heinrich. Geschichte in the ninth century. See W807.

von Venedig. See VE261. : L185. Der Nersessian, Sirarpie. Armenia L161. Caro, Georg. Genua und die Machte and the Byzantine empire. Cambridge, Mass.,

am Mittelmeer, 1257-1311. 2 v. Halle, 1895—- 1945, |

| 99, L162. | L186. Tournebize, Henri F. Histoire poliVoinovitch, Louis de. Histoire de tique et religieuse de l’Arménie depuis les

Dalmatie. 2 v. Paris, 1934. origines des arméniens jusqu’aA Ila mort de |

_ L163. Rouillard, Germaine. L’administra- leur dernier roi (’an 1393). Paris, 1910.

tion civile de PEgypte byzantine. 2nd ed., L187. Grousset, René. Histoire de PAr- |

Paris, 1928. ménie des origines a 1071. Paris, 1947. | | L164. Gelzer, Matthias. Studien zur by- L188.. Laurent, Joseph. L’Arménie entre

zantinischen Verwaltung Agyptens. Leipzig, Byzance et I’Islam depuis la conquéte arabe

1909, jusqu’en 886. See M125.

' £165. Maspero, Jean. Organisation mili- L189. ——-. Byzance et les Turcs seltaire de PEgypte byzantine. Paris, 1912. djoucides dans lT’Asie occidentale jusqu’en

L166. Goubert, Paul. “Byzance et 1081. Nancy and Paris, 1913. |

Espagne wisigothique.” Revue des études L190. Wittek, Paul. Das Fiirstentum

byzantines, 2 (1944): 5-78. : Mentesche. See M128. L167. ——. “L’Espagne byzantine.” Revue L191. Torga, Nicolae. Geschichte des

(1946): 71-134. : 09.

des études byzantines, 3 (1945): 127-42, 4 osmanischen Reiches. V. 1-2. Gotha, 1908— |

eS L168. Cirac Estopafia4n, Sebastian. By- 1192. Babinger, Franz C. Beitriige zur zancio y Espana: la unién, Manuel II Paleé- ‘Friihgeschichte der Tiirkenherrschaft in logo y sus recuerdos en Espana. Barcelona, Rumelien (14.-15. Jahrhundert). See 4/40.

1952. L193. ———-. Mehmed der Eroberer und L169. Bon, Antoine. Le Péloponnése by- seine Zeit: Weltenstiirmer einer Zeitenwende.

zantin jusqu’en 1204. Paris, 1951. Munich, 1953. origines au XIV® siécle. Paris, 1919. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

L170. Tafrali, Oreste. Thessalonique des |

siécle. Paris, 1913. .

- L171. ——. Thessalonique au quatorziéme Religion |

| L172. Lemerle, Paul. Philippes et la Macé- The history of the Byzantine church and | - doine. orientale 4 Vépoque chrétienne et other medieval eastern Orthodox churches byzantine. Paris, 1945. Excellent. should be studied in connection with that of L173. Niederle, Lubor. Manuel de T’anti- the western Latin church. There are detailed

— quité slave. 2 v. Paris, 1923-26. Abridgement general histories of the early church by Louis. of his larger work, Slovanské StaroZitnosti Duchesne and Beresford J. Kidd, and selec-: :

(4 v., Prague, 1901-25). tions from the literary and documentary

L174. Stadtmiiller, Georg. Geschichte sources by Kidd in English translation and, in Siidosteuropas. Munich, 1950. Contains good _ the original Greek and Latin, by Heinrich bibliography of Byzantine and Balkan his- Denzinger (on doctrine) and C. Kirch (on>

tory. history). The most extensive general history L175. Spinka, Matthew. A _ history of of the church in preparation today is Christianity in the Balkans: a study in the L194. Fliche, Augustin, and Victor Martin,

The Byzantine Empire 211 eds. Histoire de Véglise depuis les origines bio-bibliografica della Terra Santa e dell- | jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1934 ff. From the Oriente francescano. V. 1-5. Florence, 1906—

Roman Catholic viewpoint. English transla- 27. | tions of the early volumes. __ . L216. Roncaglia, Martiniano. Les Fréres From a voluminous literature the follow- Mimeurs et VPéglise grecque orthodoxe au

ing may be cited. | — XUWWe siecle, 1231-1274. Cairo, 1954. [Bib-

L195. Grillmeier, Alois, and Heinrich lioteca bio-bibliografica della Terra Santa e |

Bacht, eds. Das Konzil von Chalkedon: Ge- —_ dell’Oriente francescano, ser. 4.]

schichte und Gegenwart. 3 v. Wurzburg, L217. Altaner, Berthold. Die Dominikaner-

1951-54. Valuable articles by ‘various missionen des 13. Jahrhunderts. Habelscholars. a schwerdt, 1924. . L196. Duchesne, Louis M. O. L’église au L218. Halecki, Oskar. Un empereur de

Vie siécle. Paris, 1925. Byzance a Rome: vingt ans de travail pour L197. Every, George. The Byzantine pa- Tunion des églises et pour la défense de

triarchate, 451-1204. London, 1947. | Vempire d’Orient, 1355-1375. Warsaw, 1930. . L198., Adeney, Walter F. The Greek and Excellent.

| eastern churches. N.Y., 1908. L219. Viller, M. “La question de l’union

L199. Fortescue, Adrian. The orthodox des églises entre grecs et latins depuis le

eastern church. London, 1929. concile de Lyon jusqu’a celui de Florence L200. ———. The uniate eastern churches. © (1274—-1438).” Revue d’histoire ecclésias-

. London, 1923. oo tique, 17 (Apr. 1921): 260-305, 17 (Oct. L201. Honigmann, Ernst. Evéques et 1921): 515-32, 18 (Jan. 1922): 20-60.

évéchés monophysites d’Asie antérieure au L220. Hofmann, Georg. “‘Die Konzilsarbeit

— --WYe siécle. Louvain, 1951. | in Ferrara.” Orientalia Christiana periodica, L202. Schwarzlose, Karl. Der Bilderstreit: 3 (1937): 110-40, 403-55. | ein Kampf der griechischen Kirche um ihre L221. ——. “Die Konzilsarbeit in FloEigenart und um ihre Freiheit. Gotha, 1890. renz.” Orientalia Christiana periodica, 4

~ £203. Ostrogorsky, Georg. Studien zur Ge- (1938): 372-422. . schichte des byzantinischen Bilderstreites. L222. Chiaroni, Vincenzo. Lo scisma greco

Breslau, 1929. . | _ @ il concilio di Firence. Florence, 1938. _ L204. Martin, Edward J. A history of the | Iconoclastic controversy. London, 1930. Government -£205. Ladner, Gerhart B. “Origin. and

significance of the Byzantine Iconoclastic There are many recent studies of the By-

controversy.” Mediaeval studies, 2 (1940): zantine emperor and his authority, titles, . 127-49. See also articles by Ladner, Paul J. court ceremonial, coronation, etc., by N. H. Alexander, Ernst Kitzinger, and Milton V. Baynes, H. Berkhof, L. Bréhier, P. Charanis, Anastos in Dumbarton Oaks papers, 7-8 J. Deér, E. Demougeot, A. N. Diomedes, F.

(1953-54). Dolger, H. Eger, W. Ensslin, R. Guilland,

' 206. Gardner, Alice. Theodore of Stu- E. H. Kantorowicz, V. Laurent, A. Michel, |

. dium: his life and times. London, 1905. G. Ostrogorsky, K. M. Setton, J. Straub, N.

: L207. Alexander, Paul J. The patriarch Svoronos, O. Treitinger, and others. For Nicephorus of Constantinople. Oxford, 1958. separate listing and penetrating discussion |

L208. Hergenrdther, Joseph. Photius, . of these see |

Patriarch von Constantinopel. 3 v. Regens- L223. Ddolger, Franz, and Alfons M.

burg, 1867-69. | Schneider. Byzanz. Bern, 1952. See especially

: £209. Dvornik, Francis. The Photian pp. 93 ff.

schism: history and legend. Cambridge, Eng., For the now extensive literature on By-

| £210. 1948. | zantine governmental institutions and politJugie, Martin. Le schisme byzantin: ical theory see ibid., pp. 101 ff. apercu historique et doctrinal. Paris, 1941. L224. Bréhier, Louis. Le monde byzantin. L211. Michel, Anton. Humbert und Kerul- V. 2, Les’ institutions de empire byzantin.

Jarios. 2 v. Paderborn, 1925-30. Paris, 1949. - :

L212. Lamma, Paolo. Comneni e Staufer: L225. Boak, Arthur E. R. The master of

ricerche sui rapporti fra Bisanzio e POcci- _ the offices. N-Y., 1924. : :

dente nel secolo XII. 2 v. Rome, 1955-57. L226. Dunlap, James E. The office of the L213. Norden, Walter. Das Papsttum und = grand chamberlain. N.Y., 1924. 8

Byzanz: die Trennung der beiden Machte L227. Palanque, Jean R. Essai sur la

und das Problem ihrer Wiedervereinigung préfecture du prétoire du bas-empire. Paris,

bis 1453. Berlin, 1903. | } 1933.

L214. Geanakoplos, Deno J. “Michael L228. Bury, John B. The constitution of |

VUI Palaeologus and the Union of Lyons.” the later Roman empire. Cambridge, Eng., . Harvard theological review, 46 (Apr. 1953): 1910. Reprinted in Harold W. V. Temperley,

79-89, ed., Selected essays of J. B. Bury, Cambridge, L215. Golubovich, Girolamo. Biblioteca 1930.

212 Guide to Historical Literature L229. ———. The imperial administrative Angelo.” Bessarione, ser. 4, 2 (Jan. 1915): |

system in the ninth century. London, 1911. 29-60. |

L230. Bratianu, George I. Privileges et L253. Dolger, Franz. ‘Johannes VI. Kan| franchises municipales dans Tempire by- takuzenos als dynastischer Legitimist.”’ Anzantin. Paris and Bucharest, 1936. | nales de IlInstitut Kondakoy, 10 (1938):

, L231. Beck, Hans G. “Der byzantinische 19-30. ;

‘Ministerprasident.’” Byzantinische Zeit- L254. ——. “Johannes VII., Kaiser der

schrift, 48 (1955): 309-38. Rhomaer, 1390-1408.” Byzantinische Zeit-

L232. Dolger, Franz. Byzanz und die _ schrift, 31 (1931): 21-36. a |

- europaische Staatenwelt. Ettal, 1953. Four- L255. Chapman, Conrad. Michel Paleteen learned studies with rich bibliographies. ologue, restaurateur de Vempire byzantin.

L233. Stein, Ernst. “Untersuchungen zur Paris, 1926. os |

spatbyzantinischen Verfassungs- und Wirt- L256. Berger de Xivrey, Jules. “Mémoire schaftsgeschichte.” Mitteilungen zur osman- sur la vie et les ouvrages de. l’empereur ischen Geschichte, 2 (1923-26): 1-62. Manuel Paléologue.” Mémoires: de I’Institut For individual emperors see the following. de France, Académie des Inscriptions et

L234. Schwartz, Eduard. Kaiser Constantin Belles-lettres, 19 (1853): 1—202. | und die christliche Kirche. Leipzig, 1913. | L235. Baynes, Norman H. “Constantine Military History

the Great and the Christian church.” Pro- |

ceedings of the British Academy, 15 (1929): On the military organization of the By-

341-442. See 1155. zantine provinces. (the system of themes) _ £236. Piganiol, André. L’empereur Con- there is a considerable literature and. some

stantin. Paris, 1932. controversy.

, L237. Alfdldi, Andras. The conversion of L257..Diehl, Charles. “L’origine du régime Constantine and pagan Rome. Tr. by H. des therhes dans l’empire byzantin.” Etudes

Mattingly. Oxford, 1948. @histoire du Moyen-Age dédiées 4 Gabriel

+7238. Vogt, Joseph. Constantin der Grosse Monod (Paris, 1896), pp. 47-60. Reprinted

und sein Jahrhundert. See 1154. in Diehl’s Etudes byzantines (Paris, 1905),

_ . £239.- Kraft, Heinz. Kaiser Konstantins pp. 276-92. | religidse Entwicklung. Tiibingen, 1955. _ L258. Gelzer, Heinrich. “Die Genesis der L240. Bidez, Joseph. La vie de lempereur byzantinischen Themenverfassung.” Abhand-

Julien. Paris, 1930. lungen der Philologisch-historischen (Classe - |

£241. Vasiliev, Alexander A. Justin the der K6niglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft der first: an introduction to the epoch of Justin- | Wissenschaften, 18 (Leipzig, 1899), 1-134. ian the Great. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. L259. Kulakovskii, Iulian A. K voprosu o L242. Diehl, Charles. Figures byzantines. themakh vizantiniiskoi imperii. [On the ques-

2 v., Paris, 1925-27. | tion of the themes in the Byzantine empire.] L243. Schubart, Wilhelm. Justinian und Kiev, 1904.

Theodora. Munich, 1943. | L260. Stein, Ernst. Studien zur Geschichte _

| : | L244. Pernice, Angelo. L’imperatore des byzantinischen Reiches, vornehmlich

Eraclio. Florence, 1905. | unter den Kaisern Justinus II u. Tiberius L245. Vogt, Albert. Basile Ie, empereur Constantinus (Stuttgart, 1919), pp. 117-40.

| de Byzance (867-886) et la civilisation by- L261. ——. “Ein Kapitel vom persischen

zantine a la fin du TX siécle. Paris, 1908. und vom byzantinischen Staate.” Byzan| L246. Adontz, Nikolai G. “L’A4ge et Vori- _ tinisch-neugriechische Jahrbiicher, 1 (May

gine de l’empereur Basile I (867—886).” Byzan- 1920): 50-89.

Ly tion, 8 (1933): 475-500, 9 (1934): 223-60. L262. Kyriakides, Stilpon P. Byzantinai L247. Runciman, Steven. The emperor’ wmeletai. [Byzantine studies.] V. 2-5. Thes- | Romanus Lecapenus and his reign. Cam- — saloniki, 1939.

bridge, Eng., 1929. L263. Zakythinos, Dionysios A. “Meletal —

| L248. Rambaud, Alfred N. L’empire gree peri tés dioikétikés diaireseds kai tés eparchiaau dixiéme siécle: Constantin Porphyro- kés dioikéseos en t6 Byzantino kratei.”

géneéte. Paris, 1870. | [Studies of the administrative division and L249. Schlumberger, Gustave. Un em- __ the provincial administration of the Byzantine pereur byzantin au dixiéme siécle: Nicéphore empire.] Evetéris MHetaireias Byzantinon

Phocas. Paris, 1890. Spoud6n [Yearbook of the Society for By-

L250. Chalandon, Ferdinand. Essai sur le zantine Studies], 17 (1941): 208-74, 18 yrégne d’Alexis Ier Commnéne (1081-1118). (1948): 42-62, 19 (1949): 3~25, 21 (1951):

Paris, 1900. 179-209, 22 (1952): 159-82.. , L251. ———. Les Comnéne: Jean II Com- L264. Pertusi, A., ed. Costantino Porfiro-

néne (1118-1143) et Manuel I Comnéne_ genito de thematibus: introduzione, testo

(1143-1180). Paris, 1912. critico, commento. Vatican City, 1952. The

: L252. Cognasso, Francesco. “Un impera- most important work in this field.

tore bizantino della decadenza: Isacco I Stein and Ostrogorsky believe the first four

, - The Byzantine Empire 213 themes were created in Asia Minor in the Paris, 1949. Concise and readable. See also. |

reign of Heraclius (see L10, pp. 86 ff.; and Longnon’s valuable articles in the Journal Byzantion, 23 (1954): 31-66). On the other des savants for 1941, 1945, and 1946. hand, Baynes (English historical review, 67 L281. ——~-. Recherches sur la vie de (July 1952): 380-81) and Pertusi (see above Geoffroy de Villehardouin. Paris, 1939. | and Aevum, 27 (Apr. 1954): 126-50) date L282. Heisenberg, August. “Neue Quellen the origin of the themes after Heraclius. zur Geschichte des lateinischen Kaisertums |

: Se : und der Kirchenunion.” Sitzungsberichte der . ‘Byzantium and the Crusades bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, } | Philosophisch-philologische und _historische

- 1265. Erdmann, Carl. Die Entstehung des Klasse, 1 (Munich, 1922): 1-75, 2 (1923): |

Kreuzzugsgedankens. Stuttgart, 1935. Re- 1-56, 3 (1923): 1-96. , |

print, 1955. | | L283. Wolff, Robert L. “Politics in the

78. 223-303. 7

L266. RGhricht, Reinhold. Beitrage zur Latin patriarchate of Constantinople, 1204-_ |

Geschichte der Kreuzziige. 2 v. Berlin, 1874— 1261.” Dumbarton Oaks papers, 8 (1954):

| L267. ——. Geschichte des K6nigreichs L284. Méliarakés, Antdnios. Istoria tou Jerusalem (1100-1291). Innsbruck, 1898. basileiou tés Nikaias kai tou despotatou tés Famous for its accuracy and thoroughness. Epeirou (1204-1261). [History of the empire ° L268. Grousset, René. Histoire des croi- of Nicaea and the despotate of Epirus (1204—

_sades et du royaume franc de Jerusalem. 1261).] Athens, 1898. :

| 3 v. Paris, 1934-36. £285. Nicol, Donald M. The despotate of | L269. Runciman, Steven. A history of the Epiros. Oxford, 1957. _ | crusades. See K247. - L286. Gardner, Alice. The Lascarids of L270. Waas, Adolf. Geschichte der Kreuz- Nicaea. London, 1912. ziige. See K249. , L287. Vasiliev, Alexander A. “The founL271. Longnon, Jean. Les francais d’outre- dation of the empire of Trebizond.” Specu-

mer au Moyen-Age. Paris, 1929. | lum, 11 (Jan. 1936): 3-37.

L272. Stevenson, William B. The crusaders _ L288. Miller, William. Trebizond, the last

in the East. See M86. . , Greek empire. London, 1926.

L273. Lamonte, John L. Feudal monarchy = L289. ———. The Latins in the Levant: a | | in the ‘Latin kingdom of Jerusalem. Cam-_ history of Frankish Greece (1204-1566).

| bridge, Mass., 1932. oo London, 1908. Brilliant, but now rather | . L274, Richard, Jean. Le royaume latin de antiquated, with somewhat confused citation Jérusalem. Paris, 1953. - of sources. |

L275. ——. Le Comté de Tripoli sous la ~ L290. ——-. Essays on the Latin Orient. dynastie toulousaine . (1102-1187). Paris, Cambridge, Eng., 1921. 1945, [Bibliothéque archéologique et his- L291. Zakythinos, Denis (Dionysios) A.

} torique, 39.] | _ Le despotat grec de Morée. 2 v. Paris and | L276. Cahen, Claude. La Syrie du nord Athens, 1932-53. | a Vépoque des croisades et la principauté L292. Loenertz, Raymond J. “Pour l’his- : | franque d’Antioche. Paris, 1940. Valuable. toire du Péloponése au XIVe siécle (1382-

} L277, Setton, Kenneth M., ed. A history 1404).” Revue des études byzantines, 1

ofDocuments the crusades. See K248. (1943): 152-96. , | relating to the fourth crusade L293. Gregorovius, Ferdinand. Geschichte

| and the Latin states founded in Greece and der Stadt Athen im Mittelalter. 2 v. Stutt| the Aegean have been published by Jean _ gart, 1889.

A. C.. Buchon, Gottlieb L. Tafel and Georg L294. Stadtmiiller, Georg. ‘‘“Michael ChoniM. Thomas, Konstantinos: N. Sathas, Vladi- ates, Metropolit von Athen (ca. 1138— : BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND Tibet, central Asia, south Pacific, Turkey,

MUSEUMS Persia, India, and Formosa.

N9. Garde, P. K. Directory of reference N1. Dobson, W. A. C. H., ed. A select list works published in Asia. Paris, 1956. Valuof books on the civilizations of the Orient. able guide. Oxford, 1955. Valuable selected bibliography | N10. Japanese National Commission for by the Association of British Orientalists. UNESCO. Research in Japan in history of N2. Quan, Lau-king. Introduction to Asia: eastern and western cultural contacts: its de- :

a selective guide to background reading. velopment and present situation. Tokyo, ,

Washington, 1955. Useful selected bibliog- 1957. Important survey and summary, with raphy issued by the Reference Department much attention to central Asian studies. of the Library of Congress.

N3. Kerner, Robert J. Northeastern Asia: Libraries

: a Selected bibliography. 2 v. Berkeley, 1939.

Unusually valuable bibliography of nearly Aside from the great collections in various _ 14,000 titles in Chinese, Japanese, Korean, countries of Asia, a considerable number of Russian, and other western languages relating © European and American libraries and public

to China, Manchuria, Mongolia, Tibet, cen- repositories have large collections of books tral Asia, Japan, Korea, and Asiatic Russia. in western and Asiatic languages and docuTitles of works in far eastern languages are mentary sources relating to various Asiatic romanized and provided with translated titles | countries. The most important libraries in the

and characters. United States and Canada for such materials

N4. Bulletin of far eastern bibliography. are the following: Library of Congress, HarEd. by Earl H. Pritchard. 5 v. Washington, vard, Columbia, Yale, Princeton, Pennsyl1936-40. For the years 1941 through 1948 vania, New York Public Library, Cornell, this bibliography was continued in the issues Cleveland Public Library, Michigan, Chicago,

of the Far eastern quarterly, Gussie E. Newberry Library, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Gaskill becoming editor in 1946. For the California at Berkeley and Los Angeles,

years 1949-55 it was issued annually, some- Stanford, University of Washington, and Unitimes (1949-52) in the August issue of the versity of Toronto. Quarterly. Since 1956 it has been continued

as a separate annual volume entitled Bibliog- __ Museums } raphy of Asian studies. Provides the best |

general coverage of eastern Asia on a yearly Aside from European museums, the fol-

basis since 1936. | lowing in the United States and Canada have

N5. Gaskill, Gussie E., ed. Far eastern important collections of southern and east

bibliography. 10 v. Ann Arbor, 1947-56. Asian, especially Chinese, art, archaeology, or

Annual volumes, 1946-55. Those for 1954 natural history: Museum of Fine Arts, | and 1955 were prepared by Howard P. Boston; Fogg Museum, Harvard University;

Linton. : Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Mu-

. N6. Linton, Howard P., ed. Bibliography seum of Natural History, New York; Freer

of Asian studies. 1956 ff. Ann Arbor, 1957 Gallery of Art and the Smithsonian Instituff. (Annual.) Continuation of N5, with addi- tion, Washington; University of Pennsylvania tion of works on south Asia (India, Ceylon, Museum, Philadelphia; Chicago Art Insti-

: and Pakistan). tute, Oriental Institute of the University of ~ N77. Kyoto University. Annual bibliography Chicago, and Museum of Natural History, of oriental studies. 1934 ff. Kyoto, 1936 ff. Chicago; William Rockhill Nelson Gallery, Very valuable classified catalog of new books . Kansas City; Minneapolis Art Institute;

| and articles prepared by the Research Insti- Cleveland Museum of Art; Museum of the tute of Humanistic Sciences of Kyoto Uni- University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; and : versity. Includes works in Chinese and Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology,

Japanese and in European languages, with Toronto. | author indexes. Several years were combined

during and immediately after the war. GENERAL REFERENCE WORKS | N8.| kankei Otsuka Shigakkai. Hébun rekishi-gaku | sho-zasshi Toéy6-shi ronbun yOmoku. N11. Philips, Cyril H., ed. Handbook of [List of articles on oriental history appearing _ oriental history. London, 1951. An invaluable in Japanese historical and related periodicals.| handbook prepared by members of the DeTokyo, 1936. Valuable list of articles pub- partment of Oriental History of the London lished in Japanese journals between 1865 and School of Oriental and African Studies. Deals . 1935, classified by area and subject, relating with the Near and Middle East, India and

to Korea, China, Manchuria, Mongolia, Pakistan, southeast Asia, China, and Japan.

Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) — 235 Each section discusses romanization, names N21. Asia Foundation. Directory of culand titles, place names, systems of dating, tural organizations in free Asia. Taipei, 1956.

and provides a list of dynasties and rulers | , and a selected glossary. GEOGRAPHY, ANTHROPOLOGY,

Ni2. Hinton, Harold C., and Marius B. ETHNOLOGY, AND DEMOGRAPHY _ Jansen, eds. Major topics on China and Japan: a handbook for teachers. N.Y., 1957. N22. Linton, Ralph. The tree of culture. Valuable discussion of major topics to be N.Y., 1955. A basic anthropological interpre- , treated in an account of the history and cul- tation which devotes much space to Asia. ture of China and Japan, with bibliographical N23. Sellman, Roger R. An outline atlas

, items. of eastern history. London, 1954. Useful. N13. Téy6 rekishi dai-jiten. [Great diction- Contains 51 pages of maps, mostly historical, ary of oriental history.] 9 v. Tokyo, 1937-39. dealing with India, southeast Asia, China, Well-balanced historical. dictionary covering and Japan.

China, Korea, India, and other Asian coun- N24. Yanai, Wataru. Téyéd tokushi chizu. | tries. Includes important events, institutions, [Historical atlas of the Orient.] Tokyo, 1925. : persons, books, and places; arranged in kana Rev. ed., 1941. Good atlas of Asia, with speorder. V. 9 contains the indices. cial emphasis on China. - N14. Tchang, Mathias. Synchronismes N25. Buxton, L. H. Dudley. The peoples

| _ chinois. Shanghai, 1905. Chronology and con- of Asia. London, 1925. A cautious book

~ cordance with Christian era dates of historical which recognizes the many racial and cultural events in China, Japan, Korea, Annam, Mon- elements involved. Now somewhat out of golia, and other far eastern areas from 2357 date, but the only acceptable general survey

B.c. to 1904 a.p. Although it is out of date available.

and does not incorporate results of much N26. Thompson, Warren S, Population

recent: critical scholarship, it is nevertheless amd peace in the Pacific. Chicago, 1946.

quite valuable. Basic demographic study.

_ N15. Yule, Sir Henry, and Arthur C. N27. Murray, Hugh. Historical account of

Burnell. Hobson-Jobson: a glossary of col- discoveries and travels in Asia. 3 v. Edin_ loquial Anglo-Indian words and phrases, and burgh, 1820. Extensive general survey from

* of kindred terms, etymological, historical, earliest times to early 19th century. |

| geographical and discursive. New ed., ed. by |= N28. Sykes, Sir Percy M. A history of William Crooke, London, 1903. Invaluable exploration. 3rd ed., London, 1950. A more , - guide to names and terms encountered in recent general account. | the literature relating to southern and eastern N29. Polo, Marco. The book of Ser Marco Asia. Polo, the Venetian, concerning the kingdoms _

: N16. Balfour, Edward G. Cyclopaedia of | and marvels of the East. Tr. and ed. by Sir India and of eastern and southern Asia: Henry Yule. 3rd ed., rev. by Henri Cordier, : commercial, industrial, and scientific. 3rd ed., 2 V-, London, 1903. Of the many editions

'- 3 y., London, 1885. Still useful since a more and studies of Marco Polo, this is probably up-to-date work is not available. The various the best and most useful.

- editions are of historical interest, especially N30. Cordier, Henri. Ser Marco Polo:

for the ethnographical information given. motes and addenda to Sir Henry Yule’s edi-

Major emphasis is on India. tion. N.Y., 1920.

N17. Gellhorn, Eleanor C. McKay’s guide N31. Foster, Sir William. England’s quest

to the Far East and the Middle East. Rev. of eastern trade. London, 1933. Excellent

ed., N.Y., 1956. Useful general guide designed general account of the development of Eng- |

especially for travelers. land’s connections with the East to about

N18. United Nations. Economic survey of 1700. Asia and the Far East. 1947 ff. Bangkok, N32. Cressey, George B. Asia’s lands and 1948 ff. (Annual.) Valuable handbook of peoples. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1951. The most comeconomic statistics and developments. The plete descriptive, single volume reference

volume for 1957 is especially useful. geography on Asia. ,

N19. Pan-Asian Newspaper Alliance. The N33. Spencer, Joseph E. Asia, east by Asia who’s who 1957. Hong Kong, 1957. south. N.Y., 1954. Dependable cultural Contains over 2,000 brief biographies of geography which emphasizes southern and | prominent Asians from Burma, China (Free eastern Asia. 7 and Communist),,Hong Kong, India, Indo- ‘N34. East, W. Gordon, and Oskar H. K. nesia, Japan, Pakistan, Philippines, Singapore, Spate, eds. The changing map of Asia. 2nd | Thailand, Mongolia,. Korea, and Vietnam. ed., London, 1953. Especially valuable for N20. Morehouse, Ward, ed. American in- its emphasis on historical background and stitutions and organizations interested in discussion of changes in Asia’s political and

Asia: a reference directory. N.Y., 1957. social geography. |

~ Useful compilation prepared by the Confer- N35. Ginsburg, Norton S., and others. eds.

ence on Asian Affairs. The pattern of Asia. N.Y., 1958. Up-to-date

236 Guide to Historical Literature geography emphasizing the social science ap- Well*written, popular history of civilization proach, as indicated by chapters on peoples of the Near East to the death of Alexander and cultures, political organization, and the the Great, and of India, China, and Japan

physical bases of life. from the beginning to the 20th century. | N36. Sion, Jules. Asie des moussons. 1 v. . N51. Eckel, Paul E. The Far East since

in 2. Paris, 1928-29. [Geographie universelle, 1500. N.Y., 1947. Best available account of 9.] Outstanding economic and geographical the history of eastern and southeastern Asia

analysis of monsoon Asia. from 1500 to the present.

. N37. Gourou, Pierre. L’Asie. Paris, 1953. ' N52. Peffer, Nathaniel. The Far East: a A first-class French geography. modern history. Ann Arbor, 1958. Interpre‘N38. Stamp, L. Dudley. Asia: a regional tative. and economic geography. 9th rev. ed., Lon- N53. Grousset, René, Jeannine Auboyer, don and N.Y., 1957. A standard and well- and Jean Buhot. I’Asie orientale des origines

| ‘known geography. a au XVe siécle. Paris, 1941. [Histoire du N39. Peterson, Alexander D. C. The Far Moyen Age, 10.] Concise general histories East. 3rd ed., London, 1957. Recent, depend- of India, southeast Asia, China, and Japan,

able social geography. : by specialists on the areas concerned. For coverage of the Near and Middle East and

: DOCUMENTS more details on some of the areas, Grousset’s N40. Maki, John M., comp. Selected docu- earlier work, Histoire de l’Asie (3 v., Paris,

ments, far eastern international relations Os. ra should also be consulted. (1689-1951). Seattle, 1951. Useful selection. - Michael, Franz H., and George E. N41. Coedés, George, ed. and tr. Textes Taylor. The Far East in the modern world. d’auteurs grecs et latins relatifs 4 PExtréme- N.Y., 1956. Factual yet highly interp retative

Orient depuis le [Ve siécle av. J.-C. jusqu’au history of eastern and southeastern Asia, OO

KIVe siacle. Paris. 1910. especially in the 19th and 20th centuries, with

N42. Isaacs Harold, ed. New cycle in excellent account of the background, instiAsia: selected documents on major interna- ‘tions, and civilization of these regions.

tional developments in the Far East, 1943- Mey cameron, penibeth E Re “i 1947, N.Y., 1947. Useful and convenient col- Chi a » an d th Tse ; iy. nox Slection of documents on the war and post- Aina, Japan and the powers. N.Y., 1952.

. war period. Similar to N54 in background coverage of | N43. Moore, Harriet L. Soviet far eastern China G. andNye. Jap A an.history hi policy, 1931-1945. Princeton, 1945. - Steiger, of the N44. Mandel, William, comp. Soviet source Far East. B oston, 1936. Although not entirely

materials on USSR relations with east Asia, up to date, this is_ still the best general 1945-1950. N.Y., 1950. This work, issued SU‘Vey in English of the whole history of by the Institute of Pacific Relations, con- southern, eastern, and central Asia. hi tinues N43. Documents are arranged by N57. Latourette, Kenneth S. A short his-

countries and emphasize China. tory of the Far East. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1957.

N45. Eudin, Xenia J., and Robert C. “4 more up-to-date book of the same general — North. Soviet Russia and the Far East, 1920- 'YPe_as N°, bul with less factual details. - 1927: a documentary survey. Stanford, 1957. | N58. Waldschmidt, rst, and others. ‘N46. Tewksbury, Donald G., ed. Source Geschichte Asiens. Munich, 1950. Covers book on far eastern political ideologies. India, central Asia, China, Japan, and Korea. Preliminary ed., 2 v., N.Y., 1949-50. Helpful N59. Krause, Friedrich E. A. Geschichte collection of materials. V. 1 deals with mod- Ostasiens. 3 ve Gottingen, 1925 . Of value for

, influenced by it. :

| ern China and Japan, v. 2 with Korea. its concentration on China and the area

- N60. GENERAL Wittfogel, Karl A. Oriental despotism: HISTORIES - @ comparative study of total power. New } N47. Battistini, Lawrence H. Introducing Haven, 1957. A suggestive but highly con| Asia. N.Y., 1953. Layman’s introduction to troversial work on societies and civilizations, the history of Asia and its problems. . mostly Asiatic, that have depended heavily N48. Clyde, Paul H. The Far East. 3rd on the control and management of water ed., Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1958. Most up- resources and hence have developed despotic to-date and in many respects the most usable bureaucratic states. Review, S. N. Eisenstadt, general history of eastern and southeastern Jour. Asian studies, 17 (May 1958): 435. _ Asia during the 19th and 20th centuries. N49. Vinacke, Harold M. A history of the Far East in modern times. N.Y., 1950. Simi- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

ternal developments. :

lar to N48, but with more attention to in- International Relations N50. Durant, Will. The story of civiliza- N61. Dutcher, George M. The political

tion. V. 1, Our oriental heritage. N.Y., 1935. awakening of the East. N.Y., 1925. Impor-

. Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 237 tant early study of the rise of nationalism. in N74. Franke, Otto. Die Grossmachte in Egypt, China, Japan, and the Philippines, Ostasiens von 1894 bis 1914. Hamburg, 1923. and of the influence of western ideas and German analysis and interpretation of a cru-

methods in these areas. cial period in far eastern — international

N62. Kohn, Hans. A history of nationalism relations. |

in the East. N.Y., 1929. Deals extensively N75. Dennett, Tyler. Americans in eastern

with India and the Middle East. Asia. N.Y., 1922. Most thorough general |

N63.~> Panikkar, Kavalam M. Asia and = account of U. S. relations with southern :

western dominance: a survey of the Vasco and eastern Asia to 1900. A classic. | da Gama epoch of Asian history, 1498-1945. N76. Griswold, A. Whitney. The far eastLondon, 1953. A somewhat partisan review ern policy of the United States. N.Y., 1938. of western contacts with Asia since the period Continuation of Dennett’s work for the years

Russia. | | narrowly diplomatic. ;

of the great discoveries; especially kind to 1898-1937, although its perspective is more

_ N64. Datta, Surendra K. Asiatic Asia. Lon- N77. Bisson, Thomas A. America’s far don, 1932. Analysis of the forces and factors eastern policy. N.Y., 1945. Reviews U. S. contributing to change in Asia,.including a policy as a whole, but is primarily valuable discussion of such things. as industrial de- for detailed survey of the years 1931-45. velopment, nationalism, and communism. | N78. Hornbeck, Stanley K. The United N65. Morse, Hosea B., and Harley F. States and the Far East: certain fundamentals. MacNair. Far eastern international relations. of policy. Boston, 1942. A restatement of Boston, 1931. Despite its age, still the most U.S. policy shortly after Pearl’ Harbor by thorough and comprehensive single volume the head of the Far Eastern Division of the survey to 1930. Brought up to date in the State Department.

following work. 7 N79. Latourette, Kenneth S: The American

N66. MacNair, Harley F., and Donald F._ record in the Far East, 1945-1951. NLY., _Lach. Modern far eastern international rela- 1952. Unemotional evaluation of U. S. politions. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1955. Thorough survey cies in the Far East since the end of World

of period since 1900, which places much em- War II. , a

phasis on internal developments. N80. Vinacke, Harold M. The United

N67. Buss, Claude A. The Far East. N.Y., States and the Far East, 1945-1951. Stan- |

1955. A generally less satisfactory book than ford, 1952. the above, but with more details on develop- N81. Dallin, David J. The rise of Russia

ments since 1941. in Asia. New Haven, 1949. Most up-to-date

N68. Quigley, Harold S., and George H. general survey of Russian relations with Asia : Blakeslee. The Far East: an international prior to 1930. Based primarily on Russian

survey. Boston, 1938. Valuable detailed sources. ; |

analysis of the far eastern situation as it N82. ———. Soviet Russia and the Far East. existed before outbreak of the Sino-Japanese New Haven, 1948. Brings his survey up to

war in 1937. i | 1948. Very critical of Russian policy.

N69. King-Hall, Stephen. Western civiliza- N83. Beloff, Max. Soviet policy in the Far

tion and the Far East. 2nd ed., London, East, 1944-1951. London and N.Y., 1953. 1925. Excellent survey of the internal and Valuable survey based on western and Rus-

external developments of China and Japan sian material. : : |

under western impact. N84. Yakhontoff, Victor A. Russia and

N70. Pratt, Sir John T. The expansion of the Soviet Union in the Far East. N.Y., Europe into the Far East. London, 1947. 1931. Although out of date in many respects, Interpretative account, by the far eastern _ still a valuable general survey. Continued to adviser to the British Foreign Office, which 1945 by Harriet L. Moore, Soviet far eastern

stresses Britain’s role. policy (N43), although her. book inten-

N71. Renouvin, Pierre. La question d’Ex- tionally reflects the Soviet point of view. : tréme-Orient, 1840-1940. Paris. . 1946. The | |

European point of view on a century of far - Political and Legal Institutions eastern diplomacy, by a distinguished his- 7 torian. Places special emphasis on trade and N85. Kahin, George M., ed. Major gov-

World War I. | ernments of Asia. Ithaca, 1958. Most com- |

N72. Leger, Francois. Les influences occi- plete and up-to-date work on the govern-

dentales dans la révolution de Orient: Inde, ments of Asian countries. . _

Malaisie, Chine, 1850-1950. 2 v. Paris, 1955. | N86. Linebarger, Paul, Djang Chu, and

N73. Shukow (Zhukov), Evgenii M. Die Ardath W. Burks. Far eastern governments OS

internationalen Beziehungen in Fernen Osten and politics: China and Japan. 2nd ed., | (1870-1945). Berlin, 1955. German transla- Princeton, 1956. Study in comparative gov-' tion of a Soviet Akademiia Nauk publication ernment, historically applied; often too giving a Communist interpretation of far esoteric and erudite for the general reader. .. |

eastern diplomacy since 1870. N87. Washington Foreign Law Society.

India. | | 238 Guide to Historical Literature |

Studies in the law of the Far East and south- bay and Calcutta, 1956. Painstaking analysis east Asia. Washington, 1956. Seven lectures of India’s economic relations country-bydealing with aspects of the law of China, country, by a distinguished Indian econo-

| Japan, Vietnam, Cambodia, Indonesia, and mist.

| : Cultural History : Economic History a , vue ge | N101. Grousset, René. Les civilisations de N88. Bain, Harry F. Ores and industry in TOrient. 4 v. Paris, 1929-30. Tr. by Caththe Far East. Rev., enl. ed., N.Y.,. 1933. erine A. Philips, The civilizations of the East, Best general survey as of the early 1930’s. 4 v., N.Y., 1931-34. Valuable introduction

Partially brought up to later date by the to the history of civilization and art of following. oe major Asian countries. os , | N89. Field, Frederick V., ed. An eco- N102. Northrop, Filmer S. C. The meetnomic survey of the Pacific area. 3 pts. N.Y., ing of East and West: an inquiry concerning

, 1942. Valuable economic survey of the Far world understanding. N.Y., 1946. A _ wellEast as of 1942, prepared by the Institute known but controversial book. Review, G. P. of Pacific Relations. The statistical details Conger, Far eastern quar., 6 (Feb. 1947):

on population and land utilization in pt. 1 173. -

are especially useful. | N103. Grousset, René. Histoire de la philo-

N90. United Nations. Coal and iron re- sophie orientale: Inde-Chine-Japan. Paris, sources of Asia and the Far East. Bangkok, 1923. Discussion of Hindu, Buddhist, Chi-

1952. nese, and Japanese thought. N91. ———. Agriculture in Asia and the N104. Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, ed.

Far East: development and outlook. Rome, History of philosophy, eastern and western.

1953. Useful survey of the agrarian situa- 2 v. London, 1952~-53. General account by : tion and problems. | specialists. : a : N92. Grist, Donald H. Rice. 2nd ed., N105. Moore, Charles A., ed. Philosophy

] London and N.Y., 1955. Thorough discus- -—East and West. Princeton, 1944. Various : sion of rice cultivation and production. More essays by specialists, dealing with philosostatistical details will be found in the fol- phy of southern and eastern Asia.

| lowing. | ~N106. ———, ed. Essays in East-West phi_ N93. Wickizer, Vernon D., and Merrill K. losophy. Honolulu, 1951. Supplements and Bennett. The rice economy of monsoon Asia. extends the above.

Stanford, 1941. | N107. Ceadel, Eric B., ed. Literatures of

N94. Hubbard, Gilbert E. Eastern indus- the East: an appreciation. London, 1953. trialization and its effect on the West. 2nd Excellent introduction to literatures of the ed., London, 1938. A trail-blazing study. — ancient Hebrews, Arabs, Iranians, Persians, N95. Allen, George C., and Audrey G. Indians, Chinese, and Japanese. Each chapDonnithorne. Western enterprise in far east- ter, by a specialist, contains a useful bibliern economic development: China and Japan. ography. London, 1954. Valuable study by careful. N108. Yohannan, John D., ed. A treasury

scholars. of Asian literature. N.Y., 1956. Selection » N96. Milburn, William. Oriental com- from the stories, dramas, poetry, and scrip-

merce. 2 v. London, 1813. Invaluable survey tures of Islam, India, China, and Japan.

of history and status of the commerce of N1i09. Gundert, Wilhelm, Annamarie southern and eastern Asia as of the date of Schimmel, and Walther Schubring, eds.

. ‘publication. Lyrik des Ostens. Munich, 1952. Well-se- N97. Eldridge, Frank R. Trading with lected collection.

Asia. N.Y., 1921. Account of commercial re- -N110. Horst, Franz, and G. L. Anderson, lations and a convenient manual on the eds. Indiana University conference on_ orieconomies, products, industries, and markets _ental-western literary relations. Chapel Hill,

of southern and eastern Asia as of date of N.C., 1955. Collection of papers of varying :

publication. quality dealing with various aspects of N98. Ghate, Bhalchandra G. Asia’s trade: literary relations between the East and West. a study of the trade of Asian countries with Area covered extends from Spain through

| each other and with the rest of the world. southern and eastern Asia to Japan.

, New Delhi, 1948; N.Y., 1949. Useful survey _ N111. Bowers, Faubion. Theatre in the published by the Indian Council of World LEast: a survey of Asian dance and drama. Affairs. See also the following work. | N.Y., 1956. Very useful survey without much

N99. United Nations. A study of trade historical depth. |

between Asia and Europe. Geneva, 1953. Nil12. Wellesz, Egon, ed. Ancient and N100. Ganguli, Birendranath. India’s eco- oriental music. London, 1957. Best available

| nomic relations with the far eastern and general account of Asiatic music. Aside from

Pacific countries in the present century. Bom- ancient western music, specialists deal with

, Asia: Genéral (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 239 | music of Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Bible, available comprehensive survey of developpost-Biblical Judaism, Islam, China, and ment of communism in southern and eastern

other far eastern countries. Asia. , N113. Rowland, Benjamin, Jr. Art in East N126. Payne, Robert. Red storm over Asia. and West: an introduction through compari- N.Y., 1951. Contains biographical notes on

sons. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. Valuable in- Asiatic Communists. |

troduction to eastern art, by a distinguished N1i27. Linton, Ralph, ed. Most of the

scholar. world: the peoples of Africa, Latin AmeriN114. Binyon, Laurence. The flight of the ca and the East today. N.Y., 1949. Valu- —

dragon. London and N.Y., 1911. 8th print- able survey of peoples and problems, including, 1948. Brilliant introduction to and expo- ing resources, population trends, the Near sition of the general character of Chinese and East, India and Pakistan, southeast Asia and |

Japanese art. Indonesia, China, and Japan. |

| N115, ———. Painting in the Far East. 4th N128. Michener, James. The voice of ed., London, 1934. A classic. Asia. N.Y., 1951. Paperback ed., 1952. One

N116. Speiser, Werner. Die Kunst Ost- of the best journalistic efforts to present the asiens. New ed., Berlin, 1956. An up-to-date Asians’ point of view about affairs of their 7

well-illustrated account. respective countries. =. .

N117. Christy, Arthur E., ed. The Asian N129. Rosinger, Lawrence K., and others. legacy and American life. N.Y., 1945. Series The state of Asia. N.Y., 1951. Generally of essays dealing with Asian influence on valuable survey of the situation in various literature, art, music, and agriculture in the Asian countries as of 1950, by specialists in West, including one on the general subject each area. Deals with China, Mongolia,

of cultural contacts. . : Sinkiang and Tibet, Korea, Japan, Indochina,

N118. Bagchi, Prabodh C. India and Thailand, Burma, Malaya, Philippines, In-

China: a thousand years of cultural relations. |donesia, India, and Pakistan.

2nd ed., N.Y., 1951. Careful work which N130. Thayer, Philip W., ed. Nationalism brings together the author’s studies over a and progress in free Asia. Baltimore, 1956. long period. Emphasis is on the influence of Useful and thought-provoking group of

Buddhism. papers. | N131. Holland,,William L., ed..Asian na- 7

Contemporary Problems tionalism and the West. N.Y., 1953. Special , attention to Indonesia, Indochina, and the

N119. Ball, W. Macmahon. Nationalism Philippines.

and communism in east Asia. 2nd ed., N.Y. N132. Thomson, lan. The rise of modern and London, 1956. Interpretative study of Asia. London, 1957. General survey and incontemporary development in eastern Asia, terpretation of 20th century developments

by a well-known Australian diplomat and and trends. | | |

writer. | N133. Vinacke, Harold M. Far eastern | ~ N120. Battistini, Lawrence H. The United politics in the postwar period. N.Y., 1956. States and Asia. N.Y., 1955. Popular account Best general survey of far eastern interna-

| of U. S. relations with Asian countries. tional relations since 1945, covering the Far N121. Charlesworth, James C., ed. Asia East and southeast Asia. and future world leadership. Philadelphia, == N134..Zinkin, Maurice. Asia and the West. 1958. Up-to-date analysis and interpretation Rev. ed., London and N.Y., 1953. Interpreta-

of developments in Asia. tive analysis of social and economic prob-

N122. Jones, Francis C., Hugh Borton, lems of Asiatic countries and of their relaand B. R. Pearn. The Far East, 1942-1946. tions with the West, by a former British civil | ~ London and N.Y., 1955. [Survey of interna- servant in India. Insufficient attention to

tional affairs: 1939-1946.] This publication Japan. | of the Royal Institute of International Af- .

| fairs is the most thorough and balanced PERIODICALS AND SOCIETY

survey of development in the Far East PUBLICATIONS |

during and immediately after World War |

II.N123. 7 Keeton, : TheGeorge number of periodicals that relate in W. China, the Far one way or another to Asia is. enormous. East, and the future. New ed., London, Those listed below are a selection of the

1949, Analysis of the far eastern situation by more scholarly publications devoted entirely an English specialist in the area. A more re- to two or more Asian countries. cent British analysis dealing with the whole _N135. Acta asiatica. Buenos Aires, 1954 ff.

ofN124. Asia is the following. , ( Quarterly.) | Low, Sir Francis. Struggle for Asia. |= N136.. Acta orientalia. Leiden, 1922 ff.

London, 1955. ' (4 nos. per year.) - — ,

| N125. Kennedy, Malcolm D. A history of N137. Acta orientalia. Budapest, 1950 ff.

communism in east Asia. N.Y., 1957. Best (3 nos. per year.) |

240 ~ Guide to Historical Literature | N138. Ajia kenkyi. [Asiatic studies.] N167. The kokka: illustrated journal of

Tokyo, 1954 ff. : : eastern art. Tokyo, 1889 ff. (Monthly. Title , N139. Archiv orientalni. Prague, 1929 ff. varies.) |

| (3 nos. per year.) N168. Kratkie soobshcheniia Instituta N140. Ars orientalis. Washington, 1954 ff. |Vostokovedeniia. [Brief reports of the Insti(Irregular.) tute of Oriental Studies.] Moscow, 1951 ff. N141. Artibus Asiae. Ascona, Switz., 1925 (Irregular.) | ff. (Irregular annual.) N169. Mélanges asiatiques. St. Peters-

N142. Arts asiatiques. Paris, 1950 ff. burg (Leningrad), 1849-94, 1918-19. (rregNi43. Asia: Asian quarterly of culture and — ular.)

synthesis. Saigon, 1951 ff. (Quarterly.) N170. Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques. ,

| N144. Asia major. Leipzig and London, Brussels, 1932 ff. (Annual.)

1924 ff. (Irregular.) N171. Memoirs of the Research Depart-

. (Weekly.) - (Irregular.) ’ N46. Asian affairs: quarterly journal of N172. Mitteilungen des Instituts fiir Ori- | N145. Asian recorder. New Delhi, 1955 ff. ment of the Téy6 Bunko. Tokyo, 1926 ff.

Asia kyokai. Tokyo, 1956 ff. Its Japanese entforschung. Berlin, 1953 ff. (3 nos. per journal, Ajia mondai, has been published year.)

since 1953. N173. Mitteilungen der Deutschen GesellN147, Asian review. London, 1886 ff. (Ir- schaft fir Natur- und Voélkerkunde Ostasiens.

regular quarterly. Title varies.) Tokyo and Berlin, 1873 ff. (Irregular.)

N148. The Asiatic journal and. monthly N174, Mitteilungen des Seminars fiir Ori-

| register. London, 1816—45. | - entalische Sprachen. Berlin, 1898 ff. (Irregu-

N149. Asiatische Studien. Bern, 1947 ff. lar.)

(Quarterly. ) a 7 N1i75. Oriens. Leiden, 1948 ff. (Semian_N150. Bibliografiia vostoka. [Bibliogra- nuai.) a

phy of the East.] Leningrad and Moscow, N176. Oriens Extremus. Wiesbaden, 1954

1932-39. | - - ff. (Semiannual.) = N151. Bulletin de PEcole Francaise d’Ex- -N177, Oriental- art. London, 1948 ff.

tréme-Orient. Hanoi and Paris, 1901 ff. (Fre- (Quarterly.) |

‘quency varies.) N178. Oriental economist. Tokyo, 1934 ff. N152. Bulletin of the Institute of Tradi- (Monthly.) —

tional Cultures. Madras, 1957 ff. N179. Ostasiatische Zeitschrift. Berlin,

N153. Bulletin of the Museum of Far 1912-43. (Quarterly.) |

regular.) quency varies.)

Eastern Antiquities. Stockholm, 1929 ff. (Ir- N180. Pacific affairs. N.Y., 1928 ff. (FreN154. Bulletin of the School of Oriental N181. Philosophy east and west. Honolulu, and African Studies. London, 1917 ff. (3 nos. 1951 ff. (Quarterly.)

per year.) N182. Reyoliutsionnyi Vostok. [The revoN155. Economic bulletin for Asia and the lutionary East.] Moscow, 1927-37. (Irregu-

Far East. Bangkok, 1950 ff. (Quarterly.) lar.)

eastern review. Shanghai, 1904— N183. Revue. des arts asiatiques. Paris, |: N156. 41.Far(Monthly.) } 1924-42. (Irregular.) | _ N157, Far eastern survey. N.Y., 1932 ff. N184, Rivista degli studi orientali. Rome,

(Biweekly. ) 1907 ff. (Irregular.) N158. Harvard journal of Asiatic studies. N185. Rocznik orientalistyezny. [Year-.

Cambridge, Mass., 1936 ff. (Quarterly.) | book on oriental studies.] Lwow and WarN159. The Indo-Asian culture. New Delhi, saw, 1914 ff. (irregular.)

/ 1952 ff. (Quarterly.) oe N186. Sovetskoe vostokovedenie. [Annual

| N160. Journal of Asian studies. Ann of Soviet oriental studies.] Moscow, 1940 ff.

| Arbor, 1941 ff. (Quarterly.) Formerly the N187. Sovremennyi Vostok. [The contem-

Far eastern quarterly. : porary East.] Moscow, 1957 ff.

N161. Journal asiatique. Paris, 1822 ff. N188. Tikhii Okean. [Pacific Ocean.] Mos(Quarterly.) cow, 1934-38. N162. Journal of the American Oriental N189. Toéh6gaku. [Eastern studies.] Tokyo,

| Society. New Haven, 1843 ff. (Frequency 1951 ff. (Irregular.)

varies.) | N190. T6h6 gakuhd. [Journal of eastern N163. Journal of east Asiatic studies. studies.] Kyoto, 1933 ff. (Irregular.)

Manila, 1951 ff. (Quarterly. ) N19. T’oung pao. Leiden, 1890 ff. (Ir- . N164. Journal of oriental studies. Hong regular.) ~~ Kong, 1954 ff. (Semiannual.) N192. Toy6 bunka. [Oriental culture.] ’ N165. Journal of the Royal Asiatic So- Tokyo, 1950 ff. (Semiannual.)

ciety. London, 1834 ff. (Irregular.) N193. Téyé Gakuhé. [Reports of the N166. Journal of economic and social Oriental Society.| Tokyo, 1913 ff. (Quar-

history of the Orient. Leiden, 1957 ff. terly.)

Oo | Asia: General €Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 241 N194. Tung-fang tsa-chih. [Eastern mis- Akademii Nauk S.S.S.R. [Memoirs of the © cellany.] Shanghai, 1904-45. (Frequency Institute of Oriental Studies of the Academy

varies. ) | of Sciences of the U.S.S.R.] Moscow. and

N195. Wiener Beitrage zur Kunst- und Leningrad, 1932 ff. (Annual.) Published Kulturgeschichte Asiens. Vienna, 1926-37. under varying titles until 1950 when it be-

(Annual. ) | came the Uchenye zapiski of the. Institute | N196. Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde (several nos. per year). -

des Morgenlandes. Vienna, 1887 ff. (Quar- N198. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgen-

, terly.) Oo | landischen Gesellschaft. Leipzig and Wies- | N197, Zapiski Institut WVostokovedeniia baden, 1847 ff. (Irregular.) | |

KOREA ee

- BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND LIBRARIES collection of the Yi dynasty. Supplement

_ | | contains titlés of valuable archival material, |

N199. U. S. Library of Congress. Korea: diplomatic. correspondence, land registration an annotated bibliography of publications in records, treasury records, etc. In Chinese

western languages. Washington, 1950. Com- without indices. - - | piled at beginning of Korean War. Contains N205. Choésen tosho kaidai. [Annotated

743 entries, largely post-1930 publications; bibliography of Korean. books.] 3rd ed.,

strongest on history, government, and eco- Seoul, 1932. Compiled by the governmentnomics. Two companion volumes published general of Korea in the Japanese language same year list works in Russian and in far and arranged according to the classical Chi-

eastern languages. nese classification. Included are author and

N200. University of California, Institute of title in kana order. The: most complete 3eEast Asiatic Studies. Korean studies guide. lected and annotated bibliography available. Berkeley, 1954. Selected and annotated bib- Includes over 2,700 titles of works from the

liography covering works in the social sci- royal library. |

ences and humanities; emphasizes Japanese N206. Chiésen-shi no sho-mondai. [Various studies. Compiled by a group of students at problems of Korean history.] Tokyo, 1957. the University of California, it is somewhat A special issue of the Rekishi-gaku kenkyu - uneven in quality and to be used with cau- [Journal of historical studies] devoted to a tion. Appendices contain chronological list list of Japanese articles on Korea appearing

of kings and dynasties. Russian Supplement from 1927 to 1953. |

to the Korean Studies Guide. Berkeley, 1958. | : |

Contains 893 entries published in Russia Library Collections | _ from the mid-19th century to 1956. The most important collection of manubiblionts ohy of occidental tier vn te artial script documents relating to the history of | Korea f aed early times to 1930.” Transac- Korea is in the Seoul National University

. 7 y : of Library. SomeBranch 45,000 photographic prints tions the Korea of the Royal ... Asiatic Society, 20 (1931): 117-185. Supple- of the archives of the Japanese legation in t by E , dG Ge rz sbi d. 24 Seoul, covering correspondence between the

ment, by ©. an - MpompertzZ, 101d.; Tokyo foreign office and the legation be(1935): 2348. Comprehensive bibliography, tyeen 1884 and 1909, are available in the much of whieh is ir vets periodical literature, library of the Korean National History ComN202. Courant Maurice Bibliographie Bp lation Committee, Seoul, and in the Hoover coréenne 3 y Paris 189 4_9 6. Supplement Library, | Stanford University. Some prints 1901 First an d onl com rehensive bibli- are missing from the Hoover collection. The

ooraphy of Korean orks - western lan. Original documents were destroyed in 1945.

grap 5 Iso the followi The Library of Congress, California (Berke-

Bungee Trollope, ovata orean books ley), and Stanford. have ar collections ae and their authors.” Transactions of the Pitich Mus S Tela de ° Biblioch’c ° N ©

, Korea Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 2S _ seum “ib the. f Tokva. K a-

21 (1982): 1-104 onal The ret bene of Takyo, Kyoto

won Caen sttokata, kotesho mole: frary of Congres contains. micrfiims of books.] 2 v. Seoul, 1921. Supplement, 1934. Some Japanese archives bearing upon Korean

Better known as the Kyujang-gak or Royal IStOTY: | | Library bibliography, this is the most com- , prehensive list of Korean and Chinese titles Cee eee KS REFERENCE in existence. Includes over 136,000 titles, of : . which 73,000 are of Korean works and over N207. Allen, Horace N. Korea, fact and

62,000 Chinese. The library was the royal fancy. Seoul, 1904. Contains Korean folk :

242 Guide to Historical Literature ’~ — tales and a valuable chronological index of N216. Chisen Government-General. Chéthe chief events in Korean-western relations. sen chishi shiry6. [Materials on Korean geEvents from 1876 to 1903 are based on first- ography.] Seoul, 1919. Extensive geographihand knowledge and are detailed and accu- cal. information. Because of changes in rate. Lists names of chief diplomatic and administrative areas, some of the figures are

native officials of the period. no longer correct, but most of the data is

N208. O, /‘Yun-jok. Tongsa y6onp’yo. — still useful. | [Chronologies of Korean history.] Seoul, N217. Sinjing tongguk yoji stmgnam. [Re1915. Best list of dates in Korean history, vised survey of Korean geography.] 6 v. — | beginning with 2333 B.c. and ending with Seoul, 1930-40. The most valuable guide 1910. Concise, condensed information from book to historical geography of Korea. original sources inserted under appropriate Originally compiled by Yang Song-ji and

-- years. In Chinese. No Sa-sin (1481-86), it was revised in 1499 N209. UNESCO MHanguk ch’ongnam. and 1530. This is a reprint of the 1530 edi-

UNESCO Korean survey.] Seoul, 1957. tion. Gives administrative divisions and their | Very useful, up-to-date handbook on Ko-_ changes. Invaluable for linguistic, historical, rean education, sciences, and culture, pre- institutional,. sociological, and geographic

pared by prominent scholars. studies. In Sino-Korean.

N210. Taehan Yo6ngam, Inmyong-nok. N218. Chésen no jink6 genshd. [Popula[Korean yearbook.] Seoul, 1957. Useful; tion analysis of Korea.] Seoul, 1927. Survey contains a who’s who of approximately of population of Korea from the 15th cen-

1,000 South Koreans. tury to 1925, based on the 1925 simplified . N211. Pak, Yong-dae and _ others. census. Supplemented by N2J/9. |

Chingbo munhon pigo. [Enlarged and sup- N219. Chésen ni okeru jinké ni kansuru - plemented encyclopedia.] 51 v. Seoul, 1907. sho-tokei. [Statistics on the population of

Convenient encyclopedia for Korean studies, Korea.] Seoul, 1943... tracing the history from earliest times to : | _ , 1907. A revision of the Tongguk munh6n | ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY pigo [Encyclopedia of Korea] of 1770. For _ a history of the encyclopedia see ‘“‘A Korean N220. Osgood, Cornelius. The Koreans cyclopaedia,” Korean review, 4 (1906): 217— and their culture. N.Y., 1951. Based on field 23. : study of a South Korean village in 1947. : N212. Chisen jimmei jisho. [Biographical Best available anthropological work in Eng-

dictionary of Korea.] 2 v. Seoul,.1937. Con- lish, but marred by an attempt to describe

venient, but not always reliable. Includes the artistic and literary culture of Korea some 13,000 biographies from early period from obsolete western sources, _ to 1934, and lists 15,000 persons who passed N221. Son, Chin-t’ae. Chosdn minjok civil service examinations from 1392 to munhwa-ii yOngu. [Studies on the culture 1894. Useful appendices and index. In Jap- of the Korean people.] Seoul, 1948. Exanese. Concise data and indications of haustive ethnological studies on such items sources appear in (N212a) Sohn, P. K. Bio- as dolmens, housing, heated floor, marriage, graphical tables of the Koryé period. Berke- etc., documented by extensive source ma-

ley, 1958. terials and field survey work. Comparisons N213. O, Se-ch’ang. Kiinyék Séhwa-ching. are made with Chinese and Manchurian

[Study of Korean painters and calligraphers.] | practices.

Seoul, 1928. Extensive and comprehensive . N222. Zenj6, Eisuke. Chésen no shiraku. biographical dictionary from the Silla period [Korean villages.] 3 v. Seoul, 1933-35. An -to early 20th century, by a prominent callig- over-all village study published by the gov- ©

scholar. ernment-general of Korea. Korean villages : | | rapher are treated in their historical, economic, adGEOGRAPHY AND DEMOGRAPHY ministrative, and traditional aspects. Other exhaustive studies in the field can be found ~ N214. McCune, Shannon. Korea: a re- in case studies of special areas such as gional geography. Rutland, Vt., and Tokyo, Kydngju-gun, Kangnung-gun, Cheju-do, and

| English. Very useful. Japanese.

1956. Only recent geography of Korea in P’yéngyang-bu, by the same author—all in |

N215. Lautensach, Hermann. Korea, eine N223. Kang, Younghill. The grass roof. Landeskunde auf Grund eigener Reisen und London and N.Y., 1931. Valuable as first | _ der Literatur. Leipzig, 1945. Exhaustive and detailed presentation in English of life in definitive work which describes and analyzes Korea during first quarter of the 20th cenrelationships of Korean physical and human tury. An intensely personal account. geography, especially the dislocating effect N224. Kim, Tu-ho6n. Chosén kajok chedo upon K6réaris of Japanese rule. Based on ydongu. [Study on the family system in Korea.] field Studies afid best sources in Japanese Seoul, 1949. Excellent study of the Korean

ind Western littérature: =. family system in its historical and sociologi-

Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 243 cal aspects. Makes comparisons with the SOURCES, TRADITIONAL HISTORIES,

Chinese system.D. AND DOCUMENTS N225. family Kim, Agnes I married a Korean.

N.Y., 1953..Readable account of rural life N234. Chisen-shi. [Korean history.] 37 v.

in Korea, by an American. : Seoul, 1932-40. Very useful collection of

: historical source materials in chronological

FINGUISTICS order from the early period to 1894, includ- | | |N226. ] ssing one index volume and one volume McCune, George M., and E. O. of tables. Pt. 1 (3 v.) contains extracts Reischauver. “The Romanization of the from the sources in their original form; the .

Korean language based upon its phonetic rest, in Japanese translation, is of less value structure.” Transactions of the Korea Branch because of some inadequate translation and

of the Royal Asiatic Society, 29 (1939): 1— poor selection. .

55. Generally accepted in the United States © N235. Chésen kinseki sGran. [A complete as presenting the most accurate translitera- guide to Korean epigraphy.] 2 v. Seoul, 1919.

tion of Korean sounds. Closely follows Supplement, 1923. Contains the texts of in- |

Korean standard, reformed spelling. scriptions on various epigraphic objects from

| _ N227.. Yi, Sang-baek. Hangil ti kiwon. 85 to 1910 collected by the government[Origin of the Korean alphabet, Hangul.] general of Chosen. Arranged in chronologi| Seoul, 1957. Definitive study of the origin of — cal order.

the Korean alphabet, based on newly dis- N236. Kim, Pu-sik. Samguk sagi. [Annals covered original copy of Hunmin chdngtim — of the Three Kingdoms.] Seoul, 1928. Old-

[Correct sound for the instruction of the est extant Korean history, finished in 1145. _ people]. Includes entire text in photostat Begins with 57 B.c. and ends in 935 avD.

plates of the “‘original copy.” Contains annals of the Three Kingdoms; a

7 N228. Ogura, Simpei. Chisen-go no keit6. chronology; monographs on festivals, music, _ [Affinity of the Korean language.] Tokyo, clothing, geography, offices and ranks; and

1935. Monograph on the philology of the many biographies in the style of Chinese - Korean language, which concludes that it dynastic histories. Yi Pydng-do’s_ edition

belongs to the Altaic family. (Seoul, 1947) is useful for its commentaries,

N229. Ramstedt, Gustaf J. A Korean Korean translation, and index. grammar. Helsinki, 1939. Comprehensive N237. Iryoén. Samguk yusa. [Remains of and systematic, but cumbersome to use be- the Three Kingdoms.] Ed. by Ch’oe, Nam- . cause it neglects the reformed Korean spell- sdn. 2nd ed., Seoul, 1954. Very valuable

ing system. | source on the Three Kingdoms and early N230. Ch’oe, Hydn-bae. Uri mal pon. history, which contains much information

[Grammar of the Korean language.] Seoul, not found in the Samguk sagi. Based on edi-

1955. Best grammar in Korean. Covers’ tions older than 1592. An annotated and phonetics, parts of speech, and syn-_ translated edition by Yi, Pydng-do (Seoul,

tax. | 1956) is very useful.

N231. Lee, Y. H., and J. W. Kwan. Min- N238. Chong, In-ji. Kory6é sa. [History of jungsugwan’s pocket English-Korean dic- Koryd.] 3 v. Seoul, 1956. Basic source for tionary. Seoul, 1954. Most comprehensive the Koryd period (918-1392). Based on English-Korean dictionary. Even though records of the Koryo kings, but reflects the pocket size, has complete standard coverage. biases of scholars of the Chosdn dynasty Two new. dictionaries—Korean-English and who condemned the last kings of Koryé (Yi English-Korean—being completed by Y. H. dynasty). This photolithograph edition by | Lee and Samuel Martin as part of the Y6nhi University is the best as other reprints Yale dictionary project will soon be pub- contain many errors.

and will render other like works N239. Chosdn wangjo sillok. [Veritable - lished obsolete. . | records of Chosdn dynasty.] 50 v. Seoul, N232. Choson ohakhoe [Korean Language 1955-58. Indispensable source both for the Research Society]. Chosén-mal k’tin sajén. Chos6n dynasty (1392-1864) and for gen[Great dictionary of the Korean language.] eral far eastern history. This edition, by the 6 v. Seoul, 1957. Most extensive and com- National History Compilation Committee,

prehensive dictionary of the Korean. lan- is a photolithographic copy. An index is guage. Gives the Chinese characters for planned. Sino-Korean words. Arranged in Korean N240. McCune, George M. “The Yi dy-

alphabetical order. nasty annals of Korea.” Transactions of the | N233. Ch’oe, Namsoén. Sin chajén. [New Korean Branch of the Royal. Asiatic Society,

dictionary.] 3rd ed., Seoul, 1947. The most 29 (1939): 57-82. |

dependable Sino-Korean dictionary; neces- N241. T’ongmun-kwan chi. [Records of the | :

sary’ to Sino-Korean studies. Contains no Office of Interpreters.] 2 v. Seoul, 1944. Imcompounds, but meanings are illustrated portant source for study of the foreign rela-

from the classics. tions of Korea. This is a photolithographic

244 - - Guide to Historical Literature reprint of the 1888 edition, covering mainly | condensed account is in Hulbert, The passing

the years 1636-1888, but including an ac- of Korea (N.Y., 1906), which also discusses

count of earlier periods. literature, art, law, and political institutions. N242. Hanguk saryo ch’ongso. [Korean N251. Chindan, Hakhoe. Han’guk-sa [Hishistorical material series.] 4 v. Seoul, 1955- tory of Korea.] 5 v. Seoul, 1959 ff. (V. 1,

_.57, These pro-nationalistic historical ma- 5 published to date.) Product of a sym| terials, covering the period from 1864 to the posium of authoritative Korean scholars. | time of Japanese domination, balance the Based on extensive sources. Useful charts Japanese sources, and contain valuable in- and plates.

formation on the Korean independence N252. Hsii, Ching. Hsuan-ho feng shih

movement. | Kao-li tu ching. [An illustrated account of

- N243. Carnegie Endowment for Interna- an embassy to Kory6d.] Seoul, 1932. Very tional Peace. Korea, treaties and agreements. good account by a Sung envoy to Koryo in ‘Washington, 1921. Copies and translations 1123. Provides a thoroughgoing contempo-

of 22 treaties and conventions between rary picture. of the geographical setting, — Korea and other powers, 1882-1910. palaces, offices, economic activities, social N244. McCune, George M., and John A. life, food, customs, utensils, and sea routes. Harrison, eds. Korean-American relations. Accompanying illustrations are lost, but the V. 1, The initial period, 1883-1886. Berkeley, text itself is valuable because it is a unique

| 1951. Selected correspondence between the view from an outside source. This edition by Department of State and the newly created Imanishi Ryu compares two Chinese editions.

legation in Korea. . N253. Hamel, Hendrik. ‘“‘“An account of

a the shipwreck of a Dutch vessel on the coast - :N245. description of the kingdom of Corea.” TransLongford, Joseph H. The story of actions of the Korea Branch of the Royal

a GENERAL HISTORIES | of the Isle of Quelpaert, together with a | Korea. N.Y., 1911. Best available short his- Asiatic Society, 9 (1918): 91-148. A unique |

tory of Korea in English, although out. of western account of conditions in Korea in

to 1948. |

date. Accurate, balanced, and critical; based the 17th century by a shipwrecked Dutch

on reliable though limited sources. sailor who lived there 14 years. See also a : . N246. Yi, In-yéng. Kuksa yoron. [Es- modern Korean study listing pertinent Japa- | sentials of national history.] Seoul, 1950. nese and Korean sources by Yi Pydng-do, | Best interpretative history. Provides a syn- Hamel P’yoryu-gi [Hamel’s record of a

thesis of previous studies, from ancient times castaway]. N247. Yi, PyOng-do. Sinsu Kuksa taegwan. :

[Great view of Korean history.] Rev. ed., | HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

Seoul, 1959. A longer and more detailed International Relations and Loss of ,

history, with useful charts and tables. Independence , N248. Hatata, Takashi. Chosen-shi. [His- |

tory of Korea.] Tokyo, 1951. Synthesis of N254.: Nelson, M. Frederick. Korea and

previous Japanese studies on Korean history _ the old orders in eastern Asia. Baton Rouge, from ancient times to 1950. First interpre- 1945. Presents Korea’s international relations

| ‘tative, unbiased history by a Japanese from three angles: the old Confucian system,

scholar. Emphasis is on socio-economic the transition period, and the western state development; gives rather frank account of ‘system. A useful and definitive study of a Japanese exploitation of- Korea. Contains perplexing subject.

bibliographies of.Japanese works. N255, Harrington, Fred H. God, mammon,

N249. Yi, Sun-bok, P. K. Sohn, and others. and the Japanese: Dr. Horace N. Allen and | Kuksa kaes6l. [Outline of Korean history.] Korean-American relations, 1884-1905. Madi-

3rd ed., Seoul, 1952. A critical history by son, Wis., 1944. Based on papers of a the Korean history studies group of Seoul medical missionary who later became a National University. Emphasizes politico- U.S. embassy official. economic trends: and forces. Extensive and N256. Rockhill, William W. China’s inter-

valuable bibliographies. | , course with Korea from the XVth century

N250. Hulbert, Homer B. The history of to. 1895. London, 1905. Monograph describKorea. 2 v. Seoul, 1905. Reprint, 1958. Covers ing Korea’s relationship to China up to the

| Korean history from legendary times to 1905. Sino-Japanese War, from point of view of a . Based on Korean sources except for period U.S. diplomat wishing to assess the case for 1890-1905, which Hulbert, a friend of the recognizing Korean independence. Based on Korean king and champion of the people, Chinese official sources. interprets in his own vivid and dynamic way N257. Sands, William F. Undiplomatic from current experiences and sources. Al- memories: the Far East, 1896-1904. N.Y., though obsolete, it is still the only detailed 1930. Valuable eyewitness account of condi-

, history of Korea in a western language. A tions in Korea in the crucial transition pe-

: , Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) — 245 riod, by a U. S. embassy official who entered 1937. Valuable for account of Communist the service of the Korean king as adviser. and anti-Japanese movements in Siberia and

N258. Scherzer, Fernand, tr. Journal d’une China, 1919-36. Undocumented. ; ,

mission en Corée par Koei Ling. Paris, N267. Ladd, George T. In Korea with

1877. Valuable source book of conditions in Marquis Ito. N.Y., 1908. Review of Japanese Korea before its opening, from an oriental reforms in Korea by a paid spokesman for

point of view. the Japanese government, with the object of N259. Tabohashi, Kiyoshi. Kindai nissen proving that Japanese government was better

kankei no kenkyi. [Study of Japanese-Korean for Koreans than their own. 7

relations in modern times.] 2 v. Seoul, 1935. N268. McKenzie, Frederick A. Korea’s The most conscientious and exhaustive study fight for freedom. N.Y., 1920. A contrasting. on the subject, by a Japanese scholar. Well. interpretation which is generally accurate _ documented with Korean, Chinese, Japanese, and judicious, although friendly to Korea

and western sources. Oo and critical of the Japanese military. Good

account of the independence movement ‘to Korea under the Japanese 1920. ~| | N269. Pak, Un-sik. Han’guk tongnip

N260. Chosen Government-General. An- 6ndongchi hy6dl-sa. [The history of the bloody

nual report on administration in Chésen, Korean independence movement.] Shanghai, 1907-1938. Seoul and Keijo, 1908-38. Off- 1922. 2nd ed., Seoul, 1946. By a Korean cial Japanese reports in English on the revolutionary who fled to Shanghai after the

administration of Korea during these years, 1919 uprising. A valuable account from a }

with maps, charts, tables, and illustrations Korean point of view. Bibliography contains supporting the governmental point of view. titles of articles written by westerners inN261. ———. Choisen no genron to ses6. volved in the movement. In Sino-Korean.

[Social change in Korea.] Seoul, 1927. Of- |

ficial study in Japanese, describing social Political Institutions and Laws , change in living conditions. boa tee N270. Wilkinson, William H. The Corean . Chos6n ydksa p’yonch’an iw6n-hoe t: titutional ch July 1894 [Committee on Korean History Compila- o October 1895, Sh, neh. & 1397, O 1 y k

. system.

tion]. Chosén minjok haebang tujaeng-sa. ro Mectober 1075. onangnal, - Ully Wor

. . in English which gives an accurate account

[History of the struggle for the liberation of f the old K lecal and administrati the Korean people.] Pyongyang, 1949. Based ° c 0 Orean tegal and admunistrative on Marxist theory. Covers from latter half. N271. Kvoju tacién hoet? Collated _ of the 19th century to establishment of the - Ayoyu facjon foe rk ; ona People’s Republic of Korea. The treatment and annotated ooe ues or fundamenta of Japanese imperialism is less biased; but Sratures.] Seou , 73 ; aA co he Chandu the post-liberation period, by a Russian don rum 0! haan aw COCes f I e {noson scholar, is more propaganda than fact. ynasty, with annotations (useful but someN263. Chung, Henry. The case of Korea. ooiee pacorrect) mae wy the an Kor can N.Y., 1921. The author, a Korean patriot, C1 On 10 | tex ‘sin Sin it Ke € institu-

claims that the Japanese objective in Korea 00S. Original text is in Sino-Korean, and was to use it as a bridge to the conquest of account of background of the book and the China. Deals with the passive resistance organization of the Korean government Is in

movement of 1919 in particular. Japanese. . | N264. Ireland, Alleyne. The new Korea. E tc Hist |

N.Y., 1926. Japanese reforms of the 1920’s COOMA MUSTORY

under Viscount Saito. Generally friendly to -N272. Ch’oe, Ho-jin. Kimdae Han’guk

the Japanese. Appendix contains useful docu- kyéngje-sa yéngu. [Studies in recent Korean

ments. — economic history.] Rev. ed. Seoul, 1960. _N263. Cynn, Hugh H. The rebirth of Carefully documented study of economic

Korea: the reawakening of the people, its potential at end of the Yi dynasty, with refcauses and the outlook. N.Y., and Cincin- erence to economic characteristics, social . nati,. 1920. Moderate statement of issues of structure, labor, and farming conditions. the Korean independence demonstration of N273. Grajdanzev, Andrew J. Modern March, 1919, by a talented Christian leader. Korea, her economic and social development Attempts to be more pro-Korean than anti- under the Japanese. N.Y., 1944. Based on Japanese. Appendices contain official state- official reports of progress in Korea, 1907ments of missionary bodies concerning their 38. Emphasizes economic aspects and con-

position on the Korean question. cludes that retrogression rather than progress

N266. Kim, San (pseud.), and Nym Wales in Korean economy took place under Japan. (Helen Foster Snow). Song of Ariran: the Appendices contain statistics for population, life story of a Korean rebel. N.Y., 1941. economic data, and Korean place names. ; —

: Biography of a young Korean, based on a N274. Hoshino, Tokuji, comp. Economie series of personal interviews in China in history of Chosen. Seoul, 1920. Account of

246 Guide to Historical Literature _ , first part (1907-20) of Japanese colonial secret religious society, the Tonghak, in 1860. administration in ‘Korea from the official Covers over 80 sects of this pseudo-religion point of view. Illustrations devised to show which have flourished in modern Korea.

great change for the better brought into Comprehensive but not necessarily accurate

Korean economic life by Japan. because of difficulty of access to secrets of

N275. Lee, Hoon-koo. Land utilization and religious societies. Prepared for the governrural economy in Korea. Chicago and Lon- ment-general of Chosen. don, 1936. Survey of agricultural economic N284. Dallet, Charles. Histoire de Péglise conditions in Korea, based on field studies de Corée précédé d’une introduction sur

in 1932, correlated with information about [Phistoire, les institutions, la langue, les Korean rural society, education, literacy, etc. moeurs et coutumes coréennes. 2 v. Paris,

A unique study for its day. oe 1874. Account, based on official Catholic N276. Paek, Nam-un. Chdésen shakai sources, of the history of Christianity in

keizai-shi. [Socio-economic history of Korea.] Korea from 1784 through the French puni2 v. Tokyo, 1933-37. Economic interpreta- tive expedition of 1866. The introduction,

tion of Korean history to end of Koryd, based on first-hand accounts of French

carefully documented from primary sources. priests living in Korea in disguise, constitutes

Many of the conclusions reflect author’s a source of unique value. It has been trans-

Marxist leanings. lated and published by Yale University under

title Traditional Korea.

| Cultural History N285. Paik, L. George. The history of | Protestant missions in Korea, 1832-1910. N277. Yi, Sang-baek. Cheson munhwa-sa Pyongyang, 1929. Methodical and scholarly

yongu nongo. [Study of the cultural history survey of entrance of Protestantism into of Korea.] Seoul, 1947. Valuable studies of Korea. Uses few oriental sources, but the cultural, political, intellectual, and social bibliography in western languages was thorproblems, including the struggle between oughly explored. The date of 1832 is someConfucianism and Buddhism, the social what misleading, as Protestantism only

_ problem of concubines’ sons, and the ban on _ entered Korea firmly in 1884.

remarriage of widows. N286. Cho, Yun-je. Chos6n siga sagang.

N278. Chosen koseki zufu. [Album of [Outline history of Korean poetry and

Korean antiquities.]| 15 v. Tokyo, 1915-35. songs.] 4th ed., Seoul, 1956. Good history

Compiled by the Japanese government- from ancient times to 1910, arranged in general, this is the best known and most eight periods according to dominant verse readily available of the many collections of forms of each, with reference to social reproductions of Korean artistic and his- conditions.

, torical remains dating from _ prehistoric N287. Yang, Chu-dong. Koga yongu.

times. [Study of ancient songs.] 2nd ed. Seoul, 1954.

N279. Clark, Charles A. Religions of old N288. Cho, Ydn-hydn. Hanguk hydéndae | Korea. N.Y., 1932. Introductory study not munhak-sa. [History of contemporary Korean yet superseded by any in English, giving literature.] Seoul, 1956. Carefully docusketchy review of Korean religions—Con- mented survey from 1894 to 1925. A second fucianism, Buddhism, Ch’dndo-gyo, Shaman- volume is planned to cover the later period.

| ism, and other cults. The political aspects Should be used with the following. |

of Ch’d6ndo-gyo and Shamanism are neg- N289. Paek, Ch’6]l. Sin munhak sajo-sa lected. hyOndae p’y6n. [History of new literary N280. Yi, Ntng-hwa. Choson pulgyo thought in Korea, current period.] Seoul, t?ongsa. [A comprehensive history of Korean 1950.

Buddhism.] 2 v. Seoul, 1918. Very extensive N290. Kim, Won-yong. Hanguk koand thorough collection of materials. Dis- hwaltcha kaeyo. [Early movable type in cusses other religions besides Buddhism. In Korea.] Seoul, 1954. Development of mov-

Sino-Korean. a able type in Korea from 13th to 19th cen-

N281. Takahashi, Toru. Rich6 bukky6. tury. There is an English summary. Review, Tokyo, 1929. [Buddhism during the Chosén P.K. Sohn and C. E. Hamilton, Far eastern |

dynasty.] Valuable Japanese work. quarterly, 15 (Nov. 1955): 155.

| N282. Hyon, Sang-yun. Chos6n yuhak-sa. N291.. McCune, Evelyn B. Korean art. , [History of Confucian learning in Korea.] Tokyo and Rutland Vt., 1960. Only chrono2nd ed., Seoul, 1954. Emphasis is on indi- — logical study of the subject in English, and vidual scholars. Lacks interpretation of based on authoritative sources.

development of Confucian learning, but gives :

itsN283. merits and defects. Contemporary Problems || Murayama, Chijun. Chésen no ruiji |

shiky6. [Pseudo-religions of Korea.] Seoul, N292. McCune, George M., and Arthur L. | 1935. Unique study of the popular religion Grey. Korea today. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. | of the common people since the rise of the Excellent summary of conditions in Korea,

Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 247 1945-50, preceded by concise statement of eries by a team of international experts who previous economic and political situation. worked with Korean specialists. Contains the N293. Goodrich, Leland M. Korea: a study only available up-to-date treatment of the of U. S. policy in the United Nations. N.Y., 9 subject in English. Not very. thorough. 1956. Brief statement of the changing facets N303. Nathan (Robert R.) Associates. An

| of the Korean problem, using it as a case economic programme for Korean reconstruc-

study to illustrate how the U. S. has worked tion. N.Y., 1954. Detailed study of Korea’s through the. U. N. Objective, but lacking in needs made for use of the United Nations analysis or assessment of motives behind the Reconstruction Agency by a team who visited

United Nations’ actions in Korea. Korea in 1953. The flaws are those of spe-

N294. Meade, E. Grant. American military | cialists studying unfamiliar problems in too

government in Korea. N.Y., 1951. Account great a hurry. | of U. S. occupation of Korea, by a member

of the military government, with a frank OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS

analysis of the problems. Emphasis is on :

local government. Accurate, honest, but N304. Taehan Min’guk Kukhoe sokkirok. lacking in first-hand knowledge of central [Proceedings of the National Assembly, Re-

over-all planning. . : public of Korea.] Seoul, 1948 ff. This and

N295. Supreme Commander for the Allied . the following, both issued by the secretariat Powers. “Summation of U. S. Army military of the National Assembly, are the two most government in Korea.” [1946-47.] Summa- important publications of the central gov-

tion, non-military activities in Japan and ernment.

| Korea. Tokyo, 1946-47. This and the follow- N305. Kukchéng kamsa pogo. [Report of ing are monthly official reports of occupa- audits of the national administration.] Seoul,

tion activities in Korea. 1948 ff.

N296. ———. “South Korean interim gov- The following carefully prepared publi-

ernment activities.” [1947-48.] Summation, cations are issued by the Research Depart- |

non-military activities in Japan and Korea. ment of the Bank of Korea.

: Seoul, 1947-48. | N306. Kyongje yongam. [Economic yearN297. Hanguk chonjaeng ilnyén-ji, inydn- book.] Seoul, 1948-49, 1955 ff.

| ji, samnyoén-ji. [War history of Korea, Ist, N307. Han’suk (Chosén) tnhaeng chosa 2nd, 3rd year.] 3 v. Seoul, 1953-56. Compre- wolbo. [Monthly statistical review.] Seoul, hensive history of the Korean War, compiled 1947-50, 1952 ff. by the War History Compilation Committee. N308. Chosa charyo. [Source materials of

Contains a detailed diary of the war, ac- economic research.] 22 v. (mimeographed) ©

| counts of the internal situation and external to date.

relations, and documents. | N309. Hanguk kydngje simny6n sa. [Ten

— ~N298. Riley, John W., and Wilbur year history of Korean economics.] Seoul,

Schramm. The Reds take a city: the Com- 1957. :

munist occupation of Seoul, with eye-witness The National Museum of Korea (Seoul) accounts. New Brunswick, N.J., 1951. Nar- also issues various series relating to the ratives of nine distinguished South Koreans archaeology, ethnology, and cultural history translated into English by Hugh Cynn. The of Korea.

Korean accounts of their experiences during |

the North Korean invasion of 1950 are PERIODICALS | interspersed with analyses by Dr. Schramm,

a communication specialist, and Professor The following scholarly periodicals relate

Riley, a sociologist. almost exclusively to Korea.

N299. Voorhees, Melvin B. Korean tales. N310. Chindan hakpo. [Journal of the N.Y., 1952. Collection of colorful short Chintan Society.] Seoul, 1934 ff. (Quarterly.) . stories, by a former Eighth Army censor, Publication interrupted.

dealing with U. S. generals, war corre- N311. Y6ksa hakpo. [Korean historical spondents, the ROK army, President Rhee, -review.] Seoul, 1952 ff. [Korean Historical | | the refugee situation, etc. Though a contro- Association.] (Irregular.) versial book, it is probably the best of N312. Y6ksa kwahak. [Historical science.] Korean war fiction in short story form. For Pyongyang, 1947 ff. [Historical Science Insti-

longer accounts see N300-301. tute of the Academy of Science of North N300. Michener, James A. The bridges at Korea.] (Semimonthly.) ,

Toko-ri. N.Y., 1953. N313. Chésen gakuhé. [Journal of AcaN301. Frank, Pat. Hold back the night. demic Association of Koreanology of Japan.] Philadelphia, 1952. Tenri City, 1951 ff. (Irregular.) Contains

N302. United Nations. Rehabilitation and English résumés. ,

development of agriculture, forestry, and N314. Journal of Asiatic studies. Seoul,

fisheries in South Korea. N.Y., 1954. Results 1958 ff. [Asiatic Research Center, Korean -of a study on Korean agriculture and fish- University.] Partly in western languages.

: 248 -° Guide to Historical Literature 7 N315. Asiatic research bulletin. Seoul, hill journal.] 33 v. Seoul, 1930-44. [Keijo |

1957 ff. [Asiatic Research Center, Korean (Seoul) Imperial University.]

University.] (Monthly.) In English. N318. The Korean repository (later Ko-

N316. Transactions of the Korea Branch _ rean review). 11 v. Seoul, 1892-1906. . of the Royal Asiatic Society. Seoul, 1900 ff. = N319. Sahoe kwahak. Journal of social .

(Irregular.) | sciences. Seoul, 1957 ff. In Korean with

, N317. Seikyii gakus6 and Gakusé [Green- English summaries and titles. ee

~~ MONGOLIA _ BIBLIOGRAPHIES ethnic group (the Buryats, most of whom are

in the U.S.S.R.), based on critical use of N320. Chang, Chih-yi. A bibliography of Russian sources.

books and articles on Mongolia. London, N329. Viadimirtsov, Boris I. Obshchest- |

1950. Annotated bibliography of important vennyi stroi Mongolov: Mongol’skii kochevoi works in Chinese, Japanese, and Russian, feodalizm. [Social structure of the Mongols: with emphasis on recent and modern history Mongol nomadic feudalism.] Leningrad,

and politics. | 1934. French tr., by Michel Carsow, Le |

'N321. Iwamura, Shinobu, and Fujieda régime social des Mongols, Paris, 1948. : Akira, eds. M6ék6 kenkya bunken moku- Though some of the interpretations are - roku 1900-1950. [Bibliography of Mongolia, questionable, this is the best social history

1900—-1950.] Kyoto, 1953. Exhaustive list of | of the Mongols. Author was one of Russia’s

Japanese contributions on Mongolia, ar- greatest Mongolists. ‘ranged by author (which makes reference N330. Riasanovsky, V. A. Fundamental difficult). Though restricted to Japanese principles of Mongol law. Tientsin, 1937. works, this is the most complete bibliography Thorough socio-historical survey of law

on Mongolia yet issued. | among various Mongol tribes, based largely | N322. Knoepfmacher, Hugo. Outer Mon- on Mongol legal compilations. Should be

golia: a selection of references. N.Y., 1944. supplemented by the following. |

. A sketchy and now outdated bibliography. N331. ———. Customary law of the Mongol

N323. Iakovleva, Ekaterina N. Bibliografiia tribes. Harbin, 1929. Mongol’skoi Narodnoi Respubliki. [Bibliog- == .N332. Pozdneev, Aleksei M. Mongoliia i raphy of the Mongolian People’s Republic.] Mongoly. [Mongolia and the Mongols.] 2 v.

Moscow, 1935. | St. Petersburg (Leningrad), 1896-98. Perhaps

} the greatest account of travel in Mongolia GEOGRAPHY AND ANTHROPOLOGY ever written. Strong emphasis on society,

. | culture, and economy.

N324. Maringer, John. Contribution to the = =N333. Kozlov, Petr K. Mongoliia i Kam.

prehistory of Mongolia: a study of the pre- [Mongolia and Kham.] 2nd ed., Moscow,

| historic collections from Inner Mongolia. 1947. One of the great travel accounts of

Stockholm, 1950. Best account of all archae- Russian scientific explorations in Mongolia ological discoveries in Inner Mongolia relat- and northern Tibet. First edition, 1905—

ing to early prehistoric periods. 06. |

_ N325. Lattimore, Owen. The Mongols of N334. ——. Mongoliia i Amdo i mertvyi Manchuria. N.Y., 1939. Account of their gorod Khara-Khoto. [Mongolia and Amdo

| tribal divisions, geographical districts, his- and the dead city of Khara-Khoto.] 6 v. — - torical relations with Manchus and Chinese, St. Petersburg, 1905-08. 2nd, abr. ed., 1 v.,

and recent political problems. Moscow, 1947. A companion volume to

N326. Aberle, David F. The kinship system the above. Khara-Khoto was one of the of the Kalmuk Mongols. Albuquerque, 1953. pre-13th century steppe cities whose ruins Highly analytical and systematic formulation Kozlov rediscovered. German tr. by Helmut

of Kalmuk kinship structure based on exten- Straiibig, Leipzig, 1955.

sive interviewing of refugee informants. N335. Potanin, G. N. Ocherki sievero- 'N327. Vreeland, Herbert H., IJ. Mongol zapadnoi Mongolii. [Sketches of northwestern

community and kinship structure. New Mongolia.] 4 v. St. Petersburg, 1881-83.

Haven, 1953. Though based on interviews of | Remains the best and most detailed ethnog-

Mongols in the U. S. A., this is by far the raphy of Outer Mongolia and Jungaria; an best account of Mongol kinship and social indispensable source for ethnology of the

structure in any language. Mongols.

N328. Krader, Lawrence. ‘‘Buryat religion N336. ———. Tangutsko-Tibetskaia okraina

and society.” Southwestern journal of Kitaia i tsentral’naia Mongoliia. [The Tangutanthropology, 10 (autumn 1954): 322-51. Tibetan march of China and central MonAnalytical, conceptually sound treatment of | golia.] 2 v. St. Petersburg, 1893. Detailed the social structure of a north Mongolian ethno:ogy and ethnography of the peoples

,,a.

, Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 249 : , of central Mongolia and the Tibetan prov- of primary importance since his sources are inces of China (Amdo in particular). still largely untranslated. N337. Murzaev, Ed M. Mongol’skaia N348. Howorth, Henry H. History of the | Narodnaia Respublika. [The -Mongolian Mongols. 4 v. London, 1876-1927. Detailed . People’s Republic.] Moscow, 1948. Good treatment of Mongol history. Based on description of the physical and human geog- secondary sources, especially d’Ohsson, but raphy of Outer Mongolia. As do most Soviet includes much more material than the latter. works, this one devotes much attention to The classic descriptive work on Mongol hisrecent economic progress. German tr., Gotha, tory of the 13th and 14th centuries.

1954, ~ N349. Martin, Desmond H. The rise of N338. Obruchev, Vladimir A. Vostochnaia Chingis Khan and his conquest of north Mongoliia. [Eastern Mongolia.] Moscow and China. Baltimore, 1950. Careful account Leningrad, 1947 ff. The most detailed ac- with strong military emphasis on Genghis count yet published of the geography and Kahn’s campaigns. geology of this region, by a scientist who N350. Juvaini, ‘Ala-ad-Din ‘Ata-Malik. participated in the expeditions at end of The history of the world-conqueror. Tr. by

the 19th century. John A. Boyle. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1958. N339. Ovdienko, Ivan K. Vnutrenniaia The most reliable contemporary history of

| See M155.

Mongoliia. [Inner Mongolia.] Moscow, 1954. the 13th century Mongols.

A brief account. oo N351. Spuler, Bertold. Die Goldene Horde. LINGUISTICS _ N352. ——. Die Mongolen in Iran. 2nd

, ~ - ed., Berlin, 1955. Exhaustive study of

solisehe ‘on. re ad a Ribliomaghic, Mongol rule in Iran in the 13th and 14th ss_Sprachproven hproben und Ch 1951. centuries, based on primary unWiesbad Ossar. Wiesbaden, “' N353. Grekov, Boris, sources. and Aleksandr

So Takoubovski. La horde d’or. Paris, 1939. Tr. | , PRE-MODERN HISTORY from Zolotaia Orda (Leningrad, 1937). N341. Grousset, René. L’empire des Somewhat slanted account of Mongol rule steppes. Paris, 1939. Detailed account of the in Russia and western Siberia. Since the party .

history of central Asia and Mongolia from line regarded the conquest as a catastrophe, earliest times through the main periods of the authors found it impossible to present Mongol and Turk conquests. Like most of new interpretations. Grousset’s work, this book suffers from lack N354. Vernadsky, George. The Mongols

of analysis and ideas. oe - and Russia. New Haven, 1953. Evaluation

N342. ——. L’empire mongol. Paris, 1941. of the Mongol impact on Russia, by an Description of the Mongol empire of the eminent historian of Russia. Important sup-

13th and 14th centuries. plement to N351.

N343. Kiselev, Sergei V. Drevniaia istoriia N355. Aritaka, Iwao, and Aoki, Tomitaro. | iuzhnoi Sibirii. [The ancient history of south- Ugoku Moko. [Moving Mongolia.] Tokyo, ern Siberia.] 2nd ed., Moscow, 1951. De- 1941. Short sketch of Mongol history and tailed history of those parts of southern culture by two of Japan’s older Mongolists. Siberia bordering Mongolia and Jungaria Emphasizes social and economic aspects.

from earliest known times (on basis of N356. Korostovetz, Iwan J. Von Cinggis archaeological finds) to the 9th century. Khan zur. Sowjetrepublik: eine kurze GeN344. Egami, Namio. Yurashia hoppd_ schichte der Mongolei unter besonderer

bunka no kenkyi. [Studies in the culture of _Beriicksichtigung der neuesten Zeit. Berlin,

northern Eurasia.] Tokyo, 1950. Series of 1926. History of Mongolia, with emphasis on | essays on culture problems of Eurasia in 19th century, by a man who helped make it.

the ancient period. — Z N357. Pokotilov, Dmitri D. History of the

N345. Lattimore, Owen. Inner Asian’ eastern Mongols during the Ming dynasty. |

frontiers of China. N.Y., 1940. Analytical Tr. by R. Léwenthal. 2 v. Chengtu, 1947treatment of problems of Hunnic and Mon- 49. The authoritative account of Mongolgol nomad civilizations in their clash with Chinese relations during the period 1368-

sedentary societies (largely Chinese). — | 1644, — oo

N346. Vladimirtsov, Boris I. The life of N358. Schmidt, Isaac J., ed. Geschichte

Chingis-Khan. Tr. by D. S. Mirsky. London, der Ost-Mongolen und ihres Fiirstenhauses

| 1930. The classic account of the life of | verfasst von Ssanang Ssetsen Chungtaidschi Genghis Khan, by one of Russia’s greatest der Ordus. St. Petersburg and Leipzig, 1829,

Mongolists. | = | Reprint, Peiping, 1938. - N347. Ohsson, A. C. M. d’. Histoire des

Mongols. 2nd ed., 4 v., Amsterdam, 1852. RECENT HISTORY

Author made the first scientific study of | Muslim sources relating to the Mongol con- N359. Friters, Gerard M. Outer Mongolia

| quests, and compiled a history which remains and its international position. Baltimore,

250 Guide to Historical Literature _ : 1949. Thorough treatment of modern Mon- sionnoe dvizhenie v doavtonomnoi Mongol history with emphasis on relationships golii.” [The revolutionary movement of the

with outside powers. Mongol masses in Mongolia’s pre-autono- |

N360. Grekov, Boris D., ed. Istoriia‘:Mon- mous period.] Revoliutsionnyi Vostok, 8 gol’skoi Narodnoi Respubliki. [History of (1934): 137-56, Though a Communist interthe Mongolian People’s Republic.] Moscow, pretation, contains much data on social and 1954. Collection of articles on various sub-. economic changes.

jects of recent Mongol history. N364. Shirendyb, B. Narodnaia revoliutsiia

N361. Tsapkin, N. V. Mongol’skaia v Mongolii i obrazovanie Mongol’skoi NaNarodnaia Respublika. [The Mongolian rodnoi Respubliki, 1921-1924. [National People’s Republic.] Moscow, 1948. Brief revolution in Mongolia and the formation : account of facts and institutions; unfortu-. of the Mongolian People’s Republic, 1921-— nately marred by Communist party-line 1924.] Moscow, 1956. Account of the

sloganism. formative period, by a Mongol. | N362. Maslennikov, Vasilii A. Mongol’- N365. Shoizhelov, S. ‘‘Mongoliia i tsar’-

- gskaia Narodnaia Respublika. [The Mongolian skaia Rossiia.”” [Mongolia and Tsarist RusPeople’s Republic.] Moscow, 1955. General, sia.] Novyii Vostok, 13-14 (1926): 351-63.

popular description of present-day Outer Though not very analytical, contains esMongolia. Follows official party line. sential material on Tsarist-Mongol rela.N363. Kallinikov, A. “Aratskoe revoliut- tions.

CENTRAL ASIA

. BIBLIOGRAPHIES on this area; valuable for mid-19th century history.

N366. Loewenthal, Rudolf. The Turkic N374. Stein, Sir Mark A. Innermost Asia:

| languages and literatures of central Asia: a detailed report of explorations in’ central | bibliography. The Hague, 1957. Contains Asia, Kan-su, and eastern Iran. 4 v. Oxford,

| some 2,000 titles. 1928. One of the great accounts of explora-

} N367. ———-. “Works on the Far East and tion in central Asia by one of its most Central Asia published in the USSR 1937- famous explorers. Emphasizes archaeological 47.” Far eastern quarterly, 8 (Feb. 1949): and literary discoveries.

| 172-83. Select bibliography of important N375, ———. Ancient Khotan. 2 v. Oxford, contributions in Russian during the years 1907.

indicated. N376. ———. Ruins of desert Cathay. 2 v. N368. Pierce, Richard A. Russian central London, 1912. Asia, 1867-1917: a selected bibliography. N377. ——. Serindia. 5 v. Oxford, 1921. Berkeley, 1953. By far the best bibliography N378. Caspani, E., and E. Cagnacci. in English for period indicated. Works clas- Afghanistan, crocevia dell’Asia. Milan, 1951.

sified by subject. Though sketchy, a recent and usable general N369. Vitkind, Nataliia I. Bibliografiia po description. ,

srednei Azii. [A bibliography on central N379. Coates, William P., and Zelda K. ~

Asia.] Moscow, 1929. Best available bibliog- Coates. Soviets in central Asia. London, raphy of pre-revolutionary Russian material 1951. Detailed but uncritical account of con-

| on this area. ditions in the present Asiatic republics of

| N370. Akram, Mohammed. Bibliographie the U.S.S.R.

analytique de l’Afghanistan. Paris, 1947. N380. Hedin, Sven. Through Asia. 2 v. Detailed and annotated bibliography of London, 1898; N.Y., 1899. A great Swedish works in Russian and western languages. explorer’s expeditions in central Asia.

: : : N381. ———. Trans-Himalaya: discoveries GEOGRAPHY AND TRAVEL and adventures. 3 v. London and N.Y.,

ACCOUNTS 1909-13.

N371. Schuyler, Eugene. Turkistan: notes ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY of a journey in Russian Turkistan, Khokand,

Bukhara, and Kuldja. 2 v. London, 1876; N382,. Schmidt, Wilhelm. Die asiatischen - N.Y., 1877. Extensive study by a United Hirtenvélker: die primaren Hirtenvolker der

States consular official. Alt-Tiirken, der Altai- und der Abakan-

a N372. Machatschek, Fritz. Landeskunde Tataren. Fribourg, Switz, 1949. [Der

yon Russisch-Turkestan. Stuttgart, 1921. Ursprung der Gottesidee, 9.] Analytical ac- |

Good, detailed geography. count of central Asiatic nomads and no-

N373. Vambéry, Armin. Sketches of cen- madism. :

tral Asia. London, 1868. Account of travels N383. Czaplicka, Marie A. The Turks of in central Asia by one of the great scholars central Asia. Oxford, 1918.

Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 251 : N384. Jochelson, Waldemar. Peoples of history, still a highly usable source. EspeAsiatic Russia. N.Y., 1928. Brief descriptive cially valuable bibliography.

account, with main emphasis on primitive N394. Kary-Niiazov, Tashmukhamed N. |

peoples. | a Ocherki istorii kul?’tury Sovetskogo UzbekiN385. Hudson, Alfred E. Kazak social stana. [Sketches on the cultural history of

structure. New Haven, 1938. Anthropological Soviet Uzbekistan.] Moscow, 1955. Parts

study of Kazak social structure based on highly colored by the party line. | 7

actual observation, with comments on Kazak N395. Akademiia Nauk Kazakhskoi SSR. :

social history. | Istoriia Kazakhskoi SSR. [History of the ,

N386. Tolstov, Sergei P., and T. A. Kazakh Soviet Socialist Republic.] 2nd ed., | Zhdanko, eds. Arkeologicheskie i etnogra- Alma Ata, 1957 ff. Only detailed history of ficheskie raboty Khorezmskoi ekspeditsii, the Kazakhs available. The first edition 1945-1948. [Archaeological and ethnographi- (1943) was severely criticized.

cal works of the Khorezm expedition of N396. Gafurov, B. G. Istoriia tadzhikskogo | 1945-48.] Moscow, 1952. Divided into two naroda. [History of the Tadjik people.]

sections, one giving an account of Tolstov’s Moscow, 1949 ff. Brief, unanalytical history

great archaeological discoveries, and the of central Asia to 1917, with particular emother some of the best ethnographic descrip- phasis on the Iranian peoples. —

tion and analysis of ethnic groups in cen- N397. Potapov, Leonid P. Ocherki po tral Asia which has yet appeared in the istorii Altaitsev. [Sketches on the history of

U.SSS.R. | the Altai peoples.] Moscow, 1953. Better N387. -——--, eds. Sredneaziatskii etno- than most histories on central Asia appeargraficheskii sbornik. [Central Asian ethno- ing in the U.S.S.R. (perhaps because these graphical collection.] Moscow, 1954. Articles people are less controversial). Apart from in-

on various ethnographic problems of cen- troductory sketch, the book is divided into tral Asia. two parts: the Altai before and after the N388. Bernshtam, Aleksandr N. Sotsial’no- coming of the Russians. , |

ekonomicheskii stroi Orkhonoeniseiskikh N398. Reisner, I. M. Razvitie feodalizma i

Tiurok VI-VII vekov. [The social and eco- obrazovanie gosudarstva u Afgantsev. [The :

nomic structure of the Orkhon-Yenisei Turks development of feudalism and the formation — | . from the 6th to 8th centuries.] Moscow and of the state in Afghanistan.] Moscow, 1954. : Leningrad, 1946. Careful study in ethnologi- Despite its title, a rather interesting and

, cal history of the early Turks of southern often sound study of social history of the

Siberia, by one of Russia’s foremost spe- Afghans. cialists on Turk peoples.

N389. Bruk, S. I. ‘“‘Etnicheskii sostav stran ARCHAEOLOGY AND ANCIENT

perednei Azii.”” [The ethnic composition of HISTORY

non-Soviet southwest Asia.] Sovetskaia etno- }

: grafiia, no. 2 (1955): 66-81. Probably the N399. Pumpelly, Raphael, ed. Explorations best short ethnographic description of in Turkestan: expedition of 1904. 2 v. Wash- 7

Afghanistan ever published. ington, 1908. Detailed account by discoverer

7 : I central Asia. __ a

of Anau, the earliest known civilized site in

GENERAL AND SPECIAL HISTORIES N400. Tarn, William W. The Greeks in N390. Vambéry, Armin. History of Bactria and India. Cambridge, Eng., 1938. Bokhara from the earliest period down to ‘The classic account of spread of Greek inthe present. 2nd ed., London, 1873. Still one fluence eastward and the rise of nomad-

of the best histories of central Asia. Com- founded kingdoms in Bactria. — |

piled on basis of original sources. ~ N401. McGovern, William M. The early

N391. Sykes, Sir Percy M. A history of empires of central Asia. Chapel Hill, 1939. Afghanistan. 2 v. London, 1940. V. 1 goes Study of the Scythians and the Huns and to first Anglo-Afghan war (1838-42); v. 2 their part in world history, with special deals with Afghan-British-Russian relations reference to Chinese sources.

during the 19th century. N402. Tolstov, Sergei P. Po sledam

N392. Fraser-Tytler, William K. Afghani- drevnekhorezmiiskoi tsivilizatsii. [On the |

stan: a study of political developments in tracks of ancient Khorezmian civilization.] central Asia. London, 1950. Although it con- Moscow, 1948. German tr., Auf den Spuren : tains a brief history of Afghanistan prior der altchoresmischen Kultur, Berlin, 1953. to the 19th century, most of the book Excellent description of ancient civilizations deals with 19th and 20th century prob-_ of central Asia, based on evidence uncovered

lems. | by the Tolstov expeditions. | N393. Akademiia Nauk Uzbekskoi SSR. N403. Hambis, Louis. La Haute-Asie.

| Istoriia Uzbekskoi SSR. [History of the Uzbek Paris, 1953. Brief account of Mongolia, Soviet Socialist Republic.] 2 v. in 3. Tash- Sinkiang, and central Asia from prehistoric kent, 1955-57. Despite party line views of times to the proto-Turk empires.

252 - Guide to Historical Literature , . MEDIEVAL HISTORY N414. Pipes, Richard. The formation of | . __‘N404. the USSR: communism and _ nationalism, Togan, A. Zeki Velidi. Umumi = 4917-1923. Cambridge, Eng., 1954. Thorough : Tirk tarihine giris. [Introduction to a gen- study of the nationality problem in the — eral. history of the Turks.] Istanbul, 1946. ..S.5.R., with emphasis on nationalist move-

Detailed and analytical history of the Turks ments in the post-revolutionary years. | |

from prehistoric times to the early Ottoman N415. ——. “Muslims of Soviet central

_ period; best yet published. : Asia: trends and prospects.” Middle East -N405. Barthold, Vasilii V. Turkestan down journal, 9 (spring 1955): 147-62, 9 (summer

to the Mongol invasion. Tr. by V. M. Minor- 1955): 295-308. Detailed account of social , sky. 2nd ed., London, 1928. Basic work on and cultural conditions of Soviet Muslims medieval history of central Asia, by Russia’s today, based on extensive studies of refugees.

greatest scholar of this area. N416. Kolarz, Walter. Russia and her

N406. ——. Histoire des Turcs d’Asie cojonies. London, 1952; N.Y., 1953. Brief ,

centrale. Paris, 1945. Translation of twelve description of Russia’s ethnic minorities, last

lectures delivered in Istanbul in 1926. part of which deals with central Asia.

cN407, ——. Istoriko-geograficheskii obzor N417. Norins, Martin R. Gateway to Asia:

Irana. [Historical and geographical survey Sinkiang, frontier of the Chinese far west. | (of Iran.] St. Petersburg (Leningrad), NLY., 1944. Good source for recent history 1903. Best work of its kind on medieval of Sinkiang, with emphasis on Sino-Soviet Iran and central Asia; an indispensable yefations.

source. N418. Kazak, Fuad. Ostturkistan zwischen

N408. Pelliot, Paul. Mission Pelliot en gen Grossmiichten: ein Beitrag zur WirtAsie centrale. 6 v. Paris, 1914-24. Report schaftskunde Ostturkistans. K6nigsberg and with profuse illustrations of the famous Berlin, 1937. Description of Sinkiang’s ecoPelliot mission to Tun-huang (Sinkiang), yomic conditions, with some discussion of

, which resulted in the acquisition of manu- jts history. :

scripts of great importance for the medieval N419. Lattimore, Owen ef al. Pivot of history of central Asia and China. — Asia. Boston, 1950. Articles on different asN409. ——-. La Haute-Asie. Paris, 1931. pects of Sinkiang and a brief summary of

Description of Mongolia, Chinese Turkestan, jts modern history. ] and Tibet by great French orientalist. JOURNALS RECENT AND MODERN HISTORY :| 7 . Among the few journals that relate almost

. N410. Hayit, Baymirza. Turkestan im XX. exclusively to central Asia, including MonJahrhundert. Darmstadt, 1956. Detailed ac- golia and Tibet, are the following. count of Turkestan before and after the _N420. Journal of the Royal Central Asian Russian Revolution, with greatest emphasis Society. London, 1914 ff. (Quarterly.) on the Soviet period. Author is a refugee = N421. Central Asian review. London, 1953

from the U.S.S.R. ff. (Quarterly. )

- .. \"N411. Hostler, Charles W. Turkism and N422. Central Asiatic journal. The Hague the ‘Soviets. London and N.Y., 1957. Thor- and Wiesbaden, 1955 ff. (Quarterly.) . ough and detailed study of development of N423. Novyi Vostok. [New East.] Moscow,

Turkic nationalism in Russia and the 1922-30. (Irregular.) This and the follow| U.S.S.R. ing Soviet journal carried articles relating

-=cN412. Caroe, Olaf. Soviet empire: the to central Asia and Mongolia. ,

-‘Eurks of central Asia and Stalinism. Lon- N424. Revoliutsionnyi Vostok. [The revdon, 1953. General account of recent Turke- olutionary East.] Moscow, 1927-37. (Ir- »

stan, with emphasis on its role in Soviet regular.) - a

society. Each of the Soviet central Asian republics -N413. Togan, A. Zeki Velidi. Biigiinkii also publishes periodicals, both within.and

Tirkili (Tiirkistan) ve yakin tarihi. [Turke- without the framework of the Academy of stan and its recent history.] Istanbul, 1942- Sciences, which relate to central Asia.,” 47. Brief description of history and geog- Between 1920 and 1945 several Japanese raphy followed by detailed account of journals, such as Médkogaku, Méko kenkyi, Turkestan under Russian and Soviet rule, by Médkogaku kenkyiit, and Mdéko gakuhé were

the leading authority on this region. devoted exclusively to Mongolia. i

, , - Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 253

: - a _ TIBET | , WORKS . TRAVEL |

BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND REFERENCE GEOGRAPHY, DESCRIPTION AND N425. Miller, Beatrice D. “A selective | N433. Burrard,:Sir Sidney G., and Henry survey of literature on Tibet.” The American H. Hayden. .A’ sketch of the geography and

political science review, 47 (Dec. 1953): geology of the Himalaya Mountains and | 1135-51. ‘Thorough bibliographical study of Tibet. 2nd ed., Delhi, 1933. Revised edition books and articles, especially notable for its of their basic.study of Tibet and its southshrewd analysis of the general literature by ern borders. The earlier edition (Calcutta, European and Chinese travelers and civil 1907-08) also discussed the rivers of this

servants. region, and should be consulted for its greater - N426. Fazy, Robert. “Essai d’une biblio- detail. -

graphie raisonnée de l’exploration tibétaine.” N434. Chapman, F. Spencer. Lhasa, the Mitteilungen der schweizerischen Gesellschaft holy city. London,- 1938. Excellent descripder Freunde ostasiatischen Kultur, 2 (1940): tions of Tibet in the 1930’s, discussing poli3-22. Lists most of the reports of travelers tics, religion, festivals and customs, geogto central Tibet from earliest times to the raphy, botany, etc. in a most readable and

present. . accurate fashion. N427. Stein, Rolf A. “Récentes études N435. Dutreuil de Rhins, Jules-Léon.

-tibétaines.” Journal asiatique, 240 (1952): L’Asie centrale (Thibet et régions limi79-106. Review of several recent books on trophes). Paris, 1889. Detailed geographical | Tibet, primarily literary and historical studies studies on Tibet and the neighboring regions based on translations of Tibetan docu- by a noted French scientist and explorer.

ments. N436. Jen, Nai-ch’iang. MHsi-k’ang t’uN428. Jackson, Ivy. The religious art of ching. [Pictures from Sikang.] 2 v. Nanking,

Tibet: a bibliography. Newark, 1936. A long, 1933. Large collection of photographs from | mimeographed bibliography distributed by eastern Tibet, dealing mostly with people of the Newark Museum, listing books and arti- the various tribes of this region. Very useful cles dealing with Tibet in all its aspects. for background material.

Contains many :good and bad references, N437. Landon, Perceval. The opening of without comment, but very useful. _ Tibet. N.Y., 1905. Account of the YoungN429. Lalou, Marcelle. Inventaire des husband expedition to Lhasa, with a descripmanuscrits tibétains de Touen-houang con- tion of the city and its inhabitants. servés 4 la Bibliotheque Nationale (fonds N438. Macdonald, David. The land of the Pelliot tibétain). 2 v. Paris, 1939-50. Inven- Lama. Philadelphia, 1929. Very interesting tory of the Tibetan manuscripts recovered book on all aspects of Tibetan life, by a from Tun-huang by Paul Pelliot. Not a mere _ British official who was half Tibetan and list of titles, but an analysis of various types knew the language and people well. of documents, including texts of great inter- N439. Sherring, Charles A. Western Tibet

est for historians and sociologists. and the British borderland. London, 1906.

N430. Bibliographie bouddhique. Ed. by Semi-popular but authoritative account of Gerard L: M: Clauson, A. J. Bernet Kempers, western Tibet, and Tibetan customs, trade,

_. Nalinaksha Dutt, and others. 1928 ff. Paris, and religion and government in general.

1930 ff. (Annual.) Includes many articles on :

topics and aspects of Tibetan Buddhism, its pyr_HNOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, AND

iconography, hierarchy, etc. | SOCIOLOGY

~ N431. Liu, Li-ch’ien.: Hsii Tsang-shih

chien. Tibetan history after Landarma. N440. Bell, Sir Charles A. The people of -

| Chengtu, 1947. [West China Frontier Re- Tibet. Oxford, 1928. Excellent presentation | search Institute monograph.] Chinese com- of the life and customs of the people of pilation from native Tibetan historical central and southern Tibet, from personal

sources, consisting mostly. of biographies and _ observation. | genealogical charts. Poorly printed with N441. Ekvall, Robert B. Cultural relations |

| numerous errors, due to wartime conditions, on the Kansu-Tibetan border. Chicago, :

but still useful. a 1939. Social and anthropological study of

N432. Das, Sarat Chandra. A Tibetan- the Chinese, Mongol, and Tibetan tribesmen :

English dictionary. Calcutta, 1902. In spite (both nomadic and sedentary) in the border-

of many small inaccuracies, still the best lands of northeastern Tibet, and the relageneral dictionary of the Tibetan language. tions between them. Excellent background Its very full definitions render it an encyclo- for understanding the history of the region.

pedia of Tibetan life and the Lama reli- N442. Li, An-che. ‘“‘Dege: a study of a

gion. : Tibetan population.” Southwestern journal

, 254 Guide to Historical Literature | | of anthropology, 3 (winter 1947): 279-93. N450. ———. Ch’ing-tai Hsi-tsang shih-liao

| | Brief history and demographic analysis of ts-ung-k’an, ti-i. [First collection of histori- | an important district of eastern Tibet cal material on Tibet from the Ch’ing | (Sikang), noting particularly the peculiar dynasty.] Shanghai, 1937. Valuable original | composition of the Tibetan population. data on Indo-Tibetan relations as well as ~ IN443. Rockhill, William W. “Notes on Chinese relations with Tibet. the ethnology of Tibet.” Report of the Smith- N451. Aitchison, Sir Charles U., comp. A sonian Institution (U. S. National Museum) collection of treaties, engagements, and for 1893, Part II, pp. 669-747. Very valu- sanads relating to India and the neighbouring able study, based on collections in the mu- countries. V. 14. Calcutta, 1929. Treaties, etc.

northeastern Tibet. |

, seum, with much information derived from relating to Tibet and her satellites: Basic

personal experience acquired while exploring source materials.

| GENERAL HISTORIES |

DOCUMENTS AND TRADITIONAL |

HISTORIES N452. Bell, Sir Charles A. Tibet past and

] present. Oxford, 1924. Extensive historical N444. Roerich, George N., tr. The blue survey of Tibetan history and politics from : : annals, part I. Calcutta, 1949. [Royal Asiatic point of view of a British official with much Society of Bengal monograph series, 7.] experience in Tibet.

} Translation of chapters 1-7 of the Deb-ther N453. ———. Portrait of the Dalai Lama.

sfion-po, a history of Tibet written in the London, 1946. Recapitulation of his previous 15th century, especially important for de- books, with considerable new material on velopment of the various schools of Lama- Tibetan history and politics in the early 20th ism. For other native histories that heavily | century from author’s own experience. emphasize Buddhism see Bu-ston’s Choé-jung. N454. Bushell, S. W. “‘The early history of [Treasury of the precious scriptures], com- Tibet from Chinese sources.” Journal of the

| pleted about 1323; and the Deb-ther dmar- Royal Asiatic Society, n.s. 12 (1880): 435-

po [Red annals], written in the 14th century 541. Presents translations of the passages

| and revised about 1538. | relating to Tibet in Chinese histories of the N445. Marx, Karl. “Three documents re- T’ang dynasty (618-907 A.p.). lating to the history of Ladakh.” Journal N455. Cammann, Schuyler V. R. Trade

of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal, 60 through the Himalayas. Princeton, 1951. Dis(1891): 97-135. Typical Tibetan historical cussion of early British attempts to open text with translation and notes, interesting Tibet (1774-94), preceded by a historical as an example of native Tibetan historiog- sketch of Tibet from its founding as a nation raphy, which is exceedingly vague and unin- to 1773. Based on Chinese historical records

forming by modern historical standards. and reports of the British envoys, George N446. Bacot, Jacques, Frederick W. Bogle and Samuel Turner. Thomas, and Gustavec Toussaint, eds. and N456. Desideri, Ippolito, An account of trs. Documents de Touen-houang relatifs Tibet. Ed. by Filippo de Filippi. Rev. ed.,

a histoire du Tibet. Paris, 1946. [Annales du London, 1937. Personal experiences of an _ Musée Guimet, Bibliothéque d’études, 51.] Italian missionary in 18th century Tibet. Collection of translations of historical docu- Well edited. | ments and epics found at Tun-huang; of N457. Francke, A. H. A history of west-

} great importance for the history, geography, ern Tibet. London, 1907. Detailed history

linguistics, folklore, and literary studies of of Ladakh, an area of Tibetan culture that ]

medieval Tibet. had hitherto been neglected, by a missionary N447. Meng-pao. MHsi-tsang pei-wen. who spent many years of residence and re[Tibetan memorial tablet inscriptions.] N.p., search in that region. 1851. Reproductions of Chinese inscriptions § N458. Li, Tieh-tseng. The historical status on the memorial tablets in Lhasa, commem- of Tibet. N.Y., 1956. Discusses in detail the

) orating the principal events in Sino-Tibetan status of Tibet as a nation, from its first

: relations. Basic source material. dealings with the T’ang dynasty in China

N448. Wang, Kuang-ch’i, ed. and tr. Hsi- (7th century) to the present; based chiefly tsang wai-chiao wen-chien. [Diplomatic docu- on Chinese sources. By a former diplomat ments on Tibet.] Shanghai, 1930. Primary of wide experience and scholarly background.

source materials on Sino-Tibetan rela- Though weak on religious aspects, this is a :

tions. : valuable history, especially for last two cenN449. Wu, Feng-p’ei. Ch’ing-chi ch’ou- _ turies. | .

tsang tsou-tu. [Memorials concerning Tibet N459. Rockhill, William W., ed. Tibet: a in Ch’ing times.] 3 v. Changsha, 1938. Col- geographical, ethnographical, and_ historical lection of official memorials concerning sketch, derived from Chinese sources. Peking,

Tibetan affairs from the Ch’ing dynasty 1939. First published in the Journal of the archives. Basic source material. Royal Asiatic Society in 1891. Contains much

, Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) , 255 useful information; but all statements should N468, Shen, Tsung-lien, and Liu Shen-chi.

be carefully checked before quoting. | Tibet and the Tibetans. Stanford, 1953.

N460. Schulemann, Giinther. Die Ge- Much useful information on the country, its

schichte der Dalailamas. Heidelberg, 1911. history, geography, religion and government, [Religionswissenschaftliche Bibliothek, 3.] social organization, etc., written from the History of the religious rulers of Tibet in authors’ personal experiences as resident offi-

recent centuries. Since Tibet’s history is inti- cials in Lhasa as well as from their broad | mately concerned with the development of scholarly backgrounds.

its religion, this is an important book. N469. Walsh, Ernst H. C. “The coinage of

N461. Waddell, L. Austine. Lhasa and its Tibet.” Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of mysteries: with a record of the expedition of | Bengal, 2 (1907): 11-23. Although contain1903-1904, London, 1905. A rather popular ing numerous errors, is still useful on Tibetan account of the British invasion of Tibet, with | economy and numismatics. much background material regarding Tibetan

history, politics, and religion,of and the a de- Foreign Relations tailed description capital. oo | N462. Wu, Ching-ao. Hsi-ch’ui shih-ti yen- -N470. Bell, Sir Charles A. “Tibet and its chiu. [A study of the history and geography neighbors.” Pacific affairs, 10 (Dec. 1937): of the western regions.] Shanghai, 1948. 428-40. Short, simplified, yet penetrating study

~ Modern Chinese work on Tibet and the of Tibetan foreign relations to World War ; neighboring areas, based on older sources. II, underlining the contrast between British

, : and Chinese views regarding Tibet.

N471. Diskalkar, D. B. ‘“‘The TibetoHISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS Nepalese War, 1788-1793.” Journal of the

| Bihar and Orissa Research Society, 19 (Dec. Archaeology . 1933): 355-93. Contains valuable documents

N463. Francke, A. H. Antiquities of Indian regarding this war, many of which are not Tibet. 2 v. Calcutta, 1914-26. [Archaeological otherwise available, but the author’s con-

survey of India reports, 38 and 50.] Valuable clusions drawn from them are often ques- } archaeological material regarding Ladakh, tionable.

with detailed plans and illustrations of N472. Hoffman, Helmut. “Tibets Eintritt

ancient ruins, inscriptions, and other finds. in die Universalgeschichte.” Saeculum, 1

N464. Tucci, Giuseppe. Indo-tibetica. 4 v. (1950): 258-79. Brief but detailed survey of in 7. Rome, 1932—41. Detailed archaeological relations between Tibet and other Asian study of Ladakh and the western regions of lands throughout her history, as well as the Tibet proper, describing ancient temples and European relations in recent centuries.

their furnishings, inscriptions, and historical N473. Lee, Wei-kuo. Tibet in modern | documents. Contains much basic historical world politics (1774-1922). N.Y., 1931. ,

material. | : Although very useful for relations between N465. ——-. The tombs of the Tibetan China and England regarding Tibet, this

kings. Rome, 1950. Describes tombs at book is generally unsatisfactory in its scholar- . Chongche Jong in the Yarlung valley, ship and especially weak in dealing with

_ascribed to the earliest kings of Tibet; trans- | Anglo-Tibetan relations.

lates inscriptions and numerous texts relat- N474. Markham, Sir Clements. Narratives

| ing to these ancient remains. of the mission of George Bogle in Tibet and | of the journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. , Law and Institutions 2nd ed., London, 1879. The primary source

: . for study of the first British mission to Tibet

N466. Li, Yii Shih-yii. “Tibetan folk-law.” in the 18th century, with a long introduction |

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, (1950): discussing Tibetan exploration to the time of

127-48. Based on conditions in Amdo _ writing. The full explanatory notes must be |

(northeastern Tibet), as observed during four rechecked in light of more recent research. years of field experience. Contains transla- N475. Petech, Luciano. China and Tibet

tion of the “Rules for punishment of in the early 18th century: history of the

Tibetans” from the Ch’ing dynasty imperial establishment of the Chinese protectorate in | statutes, promulgated in 1733 and enforced Tibet. Leiden, 1950. Very thorough study of

until recently. | a basic period in Manchu-Tibetan relations,

-N467. Ma Chieh and Sheng Sheng-tsu. based on original Chinese and Tibetan

Wei-Tsang tu shih. [Maps and information sources. Contains biographies of key Tibetan

on eastern and western Tibet.] Peking, 1792. _ officials. _

Geographical, ethnographical, historical, N476. Rockhill, William W. The Dalai

and administrative account of Tibet to the Lamas of Lhasa and their relations with the late 18th century, when the Manchu govern- Manchu emperors of China, 1644-1908. ment attained its complete control. A basic Leiden, 1910. Although derived from primary

Chinese source. Chinese sources, this often-quoted work has

, 256 Guide to Historical Literature © ~many errors in dates, citations, and minor demie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, statements of fact; but the broad generaliza- Mainz, Abhandlungen der Geistes- und tions and the conclusions are mostly very Sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse, (1950): sound, being based on the author’s long 129-443. Very thorough scholarly translation experience in China and Tibet as a U. S. and analysis of basic Tibetan sources for the

diplomat and explorer. | , pre-Buddhist Bon religion, with good bibliogN477. Rouire, A. M. F. La rivalité anglo- = raphy and helpful index.

russe au XIXe¢ siécle en Asie. Paris, 1908. | N486. Koeppen, Carl F. Die lamaische Discusses British-Russian rivalry over Tibet, Hierarchie und Kirche. Berlin, 1859. This but the author’s strong anti-British bias detailed study of Tibetan Buddhism, with its

| must be considered. important historical and political aspects, is

N478. Turner, Samuel. An account of an _ still useful and often quoted, in spite of

embassy to the court of the Teshoo Lama in = much later evidence from more modern re-

] Tibet. 2nd ed., London, 1806. The primary _ search.

source regarding the second British mission -N487. Li, An-che. ‘Bon: the magico-reli-

to Tibet (1783-84) and its sequel. gious belief of the Tibetan-speaking peoples.”

: N479. Younghusband, Sir Francis E. India Southwestern journal of anthropology, 4 and Tibet. London, 1910. Semi-popular book (spring 1948): 31-42. Brief but important describing relations between India and Tibet history and analysis of the primitive religion

| from 1774 to 1910, with a special account of the Tibetans before introduction of

of the author’s military mission to Lhasa in} Buddhism, and its continuance and develop1904, to justify his own position. Useful for ment as a rival to Lamaism.

early 20th century. N488. ——-. “Rilin-ma-pa: the early form © : of Lamaism.” Journal of the Royal Asiatic

, Cultural Society, 142-63. Authoritative dis| |History cussion of the(1948): earliest form of the Lama N480. Bell, Sir Charles A. The religion of _ religion, as founded by Padma Sambhava, Tibet. Oxford, 1931. Rather rambling dis- with its institutions and practices. cussion of the Lama religion, with quotations N489. ——. “‘The Bkah-brgyud sect of from Tibetan texts in translation. The literary |Lamaism.” Journal of the American Oriental approach is emphasized, with little account Society, 69 (Apr.-June 1949): 51-59. A full

of actual religious practices. discussion of the Kargyu-pa sect of Red N481. Bleichsteiner, Robert. Die gelbe Lamas, which played an important part in

Kirche. Vienna, 1934. Discusses in great de- Tibetan history. tail the Gelugs-pa, or Yellow Cap sect, which N490. ——. “The Sakya sect of Lamaism.”

gained primacy over the other sects of Journal of the West China Border Research Lamaism to become the rulers of Tibet in Society, 16 (1945): 72-87. Thorough dis-

, recent times. ore cussion of the Sakya, which preceded the _N482. Clark, Walter E., ed. Two Lamaistic Gelugs-pa sect in furnishing the supreme pantheons. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1937. rulers of Tibet. Provides good, illustrated analysis of Tibetan N491. ——. “A lamasery in outline.”

Buddhist deities, with their Tibetan, Sanskrit, Journal of the West China Border Research and Chinese names. Indispensable for any Society, 14 (1942): 35-68.

study of the Lama religion or its iconog- N492. Li, Yu-i. ‘“Hsi-tsang-ti huo-fo.”

raphy. [The living Buddhas of Tibet.] Yenching

_ N483. Evans-Wentz, Walter Y., ed. The social sciences, 1 (Nov. 1948): 117-31. UseTibetan book of the dead: or, the after-death ful article on the Tibetan system of Lama experiences on the Bardo plane, according reincarnations from the Dalai Lama down to Lama Kazi Dawa-Samdup’s’ English to minor local abbots, describing the methods

| rendering. 3rd ed., London, 1957. Transla- of their finding, their education, and their

tion by a Tibetan and an English scholar roles in Tibetan life. of an important Lamaist religious document, N493. Pallis, Marco. Peaks and lamas. very helpful for insight into Tibetan.thought Rev. ed., N.Y., 1949. While the places

| and philosophy, and an understanding of visited by the author were mostly in the the Tibetan people and their religion. borderlands south of Tibet proper, this book N484. Gruenwedel, Albert. Mythologie des offers the clearest account yet written by a

Buddhismus in Tibet und der Mongolei. westerner of the Lama religion, its beliefs Leipzig, 1900. Discussion of Tibetan Bud- and practices, and its place in the lives of —

: : dhism and its practices, based on images and the Tibetan people.

ethnological materials in the collection of N494. Petech, Luciano. I missionari italiani Prince Uchtomsky and on the author’s own nel Tibet e nel Nepal. 1 v. in 7. Rome, broad knowledge of Lamaism. Still con- 1952-56. A thorough, very scholarly study

sidered authoritative. of the Capuchin mission and the life and

N485. Hoffman, Helmut. “Quellen zur Ge- work of Ippolito Dezsideri in 18th century |

schichte der tibetischen Bon-Religion.” Aka- Tibet. "

: Asia: General (Ca. 200 B.C. to the Present) 257 N495. Schlagintweit, Emil. Buddhism in chief authority on Tibetan Buddhism, al- | Tibet. Leipzig and London, 1863. Still an though based primarily on observations in

important book, often quoted. : Sikkim and southern Tibet. Contains illusN496. Tucci, Giuseppe. Tibetan painted trations and lengthy passages of text drawn |

: scrolls. 2 v. and portfolio of plates. Rome, from previous 19th century works; bibliog1949. Excessively costly and sumptuous vol- raphy of books on Tibet to 1894, ~

umes, important for their extensive coverage ; | |

of Tibetan art and cultural history. Weak Contemporary Tibet _

with respect to Chinese influence and con-Le - :vieux tributions. N499. David-Neel, Alexandra. N497. Stael-Holstein, A. von. “Notes on Tibet face a la Chine nouvelle. Paris, 1953. two Lama paintings.” Journal of the Ameri- Semi-popular analysis of the present situacan Oriental Society, 52 (Dec. 1932): 338- tion of Tibet, after its conquest and occupa-_

7 49. Very useful, scholarly biographical notes tion by Red China, with the impact of new

on the antecedents, real and legendary, of the _ideas on old institutions. | .

- earlier Dalai and Panchen Lamas, with their N500. Maraini, Fosco. Secret Tibet. N.Y., traditional portraits. Excellent for historical 1952. Best modern account of Tibet and its

background. people, by a European traveler. Excellent

N498. Waddell, L. Austine. The Buddhism background material for understanding of ,

of Tibet, or Lamaism. 2nd ed., reprint, Cam- the country, its people, their social structure

bridge, Eng., 1939. Long considered the and the national character. }

,|

, SECTION O ,

China*

CHARLES S. GARDNER and EARL H. PRITCHARD ,

| , WITH CONTRIBUTIONS BY _ T. H. TSIEN and ARTHUR W. HUMMEL

Among all peoples on the globe, the Chinese are probably those most con-

, scious of a recorded history, which stretches back over well nigh 3,000 years. The Chinese have made striking contributions to world culture. To cite only material things, we may list tea, silk, paper and porcelain. The leading art gal- , leries of the western world compete avidly for Chinese bronze vessels cast under the Shang kings before 1000 B.c.; for Buddhist sculptures in stone carved. by Chinese workmen in the 4th century; and for later water-color paintings on silk, which have never been surpassed. Even the illiterate laborer is conscious of the glories of his people, as exemplified by the monumental walls and gates which

shelter every major city. |

The quantity of historical material on China is so vast that the selection of

books for a bibliography like this is especially difficult. In the pages that follow an effort has been made to strike a balance between traditional Chinese historical works (which had their own strict canons of scholarship), modern critical Chinese scholarship, and the works of western scholars. In general bibliographies, collections of biographies and documents, and legal, philosophical, religious,

, literary, and other works that relate to or were produced during a particular , dynasty are placed in the appropriate special period. Thus most works relating to the T’ang dynasty or produced during it are listed under the T’ang period. _ However, the dynastic histories, famous traditional general histories, and com-

pendia on institutions and culture have been listed together under “Printed Collections of Sources and Traditional Histories” in order to refer to them as units and because essentially they constitute a type of source material for the

modern scholar. , ,

Except for general reference works and histories, materials relating to China

258 |

which Chinese titles appear. : | * The Wade-Giles system of Chinese transliteration is used throughout this and other sections in

| China — , 259 , prior to the Ch’in dynasty (ca. 221 B.c.) will be found in the China subsection of Section G, while books and periodicals that deal with China but relate more generally to the Far East are in the first part of Section N. General works relating to the religions of China are in Section D, and others that touch on China

are included in Part IX. | ,

Traditional Chinese books were divided into chiian (chapters) and bound

, with string into convenient units (50 to 300 pages) with paper covers called ts’°e (volumes). Several ts’e were assembled in cloth-covered boxes called ?’ao.

Unless the work was added to or changed, the number of chiian normally did

not change, but the number of ts’e might vary from printing to printing or , even within the same printing. Traditional bibliographers almost invariably gave the number of chiian in a work, but not necessarily the number of ts’e. _ Some recent books are bound in western style volumes, others in the traditional

tse. ,

BIBLIOGRAPHIES tionaries, geographical and _ biographical

| oe O01. works, tables, yearbooks, and Sinological . Hucker, Charles O. Chinese history: indexes. _ | | a bibliographical review. Washington, 1958. 010. Liang, Tzu-han. Chung-kuo li-tai shuBest short guide to works in western lan- mu _ tsung-lu. [A bibliography of Chinese

guages, especially English. bibliographies.] Taipei, 1953. Supersedes Shao

O02. Latourette, Kenneth S. The Chinese, Jui-p’eng, Shu-mu ch’ang-pien. (2 v., Peiping, i : their history and culture. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1928). a | 1946. Bibliographies at end of chapters are O11. Chang, Chih-tung, and Miao Ch’iian-

| good guides. - sun. Shu-mu ta-wen pu-cheng. [Answers to O03. Maspero, Henri. ‘““La Chine et l’Asie inquiries on bibliography.] Rev. and enl. by

centrale.” Histoire et historiens depuis ein- Fan Hsi-tseng. 2 ts’e, Nanking, 1931. Selected | quante ans... 1876 4 1926, v. 2 (Paris, list of 2,266 works considered by a great 1928), pp. 517-59. Valuable survey of west- scholar-official of the 19th century to be ern historians dealing with China and their basic for students. Chang’s preface is dated :

works. | 1875 and Fan’s revisions were made in the

oo O4. Franke, Herbert. Sinologie. Bern, 1920's. O5. Goodrich, L. Carrington, and Henry 2nd ed., 4 v. and suppl., Paris, 1904-24. |

1953. . | O12. Cordier, Henri. Bibliotheca sinica. | ,

C. Fenn. A syllabus of the history of Chinese Reprint, 5 v., Peiping, 1938. The basic bib- _ civilization and culture. 6th ed., N.Y., 1958. liography of books and articles in western | Topics with reading lists, maps, charts, and languages on China, somewhat over-classified,

— Selected bibliography. O13. Columbia University. Author index

| O06. Yang, Lien-sheng. Topics in Chinese to the Bibliotheca sinica of Henri Cordier. | history. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. These topics N.Y., 1953. Valuable but somewhat imper-

embrace political, social, and economic in- fect author index to the above. | stitutions, religions, literature, etc., each 014, Yiian, T’ung-li. China in western

accompanied by a judicious choice among literature: a continuation of Cordier’s Biblio-

the best books in Chinese, Japanese, and theca sinica. New Haven, 1958. Absolutely

western languages. , indispensable for books on China in English,

O7. Gardner, Charles S. A union list of | French, and German (with some in Portu_ selected western books on China in Ameri- guese) published since Cordier’s last vol-

can libraries. 2nd ed., Washington, 1938. ume. |

Cites principal reviews as well as holding O15. ———. Economic and social develop-

libraries. ment of modern Chma: a_ bibliographical O08. ———. Union list of selected Chinese guide. New Haven, 1956. |

books in American libraries. Washington, 016. Fairbank, John K., and Liu Kwang1932. Although not up-to-date, is the only ching. Modern China: a bibliographical guide

thing of its kind readily available. to Chinese works, 1898-1937. Cambridge,

O09. Teng, Ssu-yii, and Knight Biggerstaff. Mass., 1950. By far the best comprehensive

An annotated bibliography of selected guide for the period. |

Chinese reference works. 2nd ed., Cambridge, O17. Fairbank, John K., and Banno MasaMass., 1950. Now a standard reference work. taka. Japanese studies of modern China: a Includes bibliographies, encyclopedias, dic- bibliographical guide to historical and social-

260 Guide to Historical Literature , science research on the 19th and 20th cen- 6,793 other works extant at the time of its turies. Rutland, Vt., 1955. Much basic work compilation in 1773-82. This edition includes

on China has been done by Japanese, and three supplements and an index.

: this is an indispensable guide to it. 030. Wylie, Alexander. Notes on Chinese

018. Sun, E-tu Zen, and John DeFrancis. _ literature ... and a list of translations from | Bibliography on Chinese social history: a the Chinese into various European languages. selected and critical list of Chinese periodical Shanghai, 1867. Reprints, 1922; and Peiping,

sources. New Haven, 1952. cs 1939. A standard work since 1867; still useO19. U. S. Library of Congress. China: ful, although the system of transcription

a selected list of references on contemporary employed is completely outmoded, Based economic and industrial development, with heavily on Chi Yiin’s Ssu-k’u, and, like it, special emphasis on post-war reconstruction. is divided into four major parts: classics,

Comp. by Helen F. Conover. Rev. ed., histories (including geography and govern- |

| Washington, 1946. mental matters), philosophers, and _ belles-

020. Nankai social and economic quar- _ lettres. terly. Tientsin, 1935-41. Bibliographical sec- O31. Shih, T’ing-yung. Ch’ing-hua ta-hsiieh _ tions are valuable guides to social and eco- ts’ung-shu tzu-mu shu ming so yin. [A title

nomic studies on China in Chinese during index of Chinese collectanea in the Tsing

the 1930’s. Hua University library.] Peiping, 1936.

, O21. Skachkov, Petr E. Bibliografiia Kitaia 032. Yang, Chia-lo. Ts’ung-shu ta-tz’u-tien. | - + « 1730-1930. Moscow, 1932. Systematic [Great dictionary of ts’ung-shu.] Nanking, presentation of books and periodical articles 1936. on China in Russian, published by the Insti- 033. Chang, Hsin-ch’eng. Wei-shu t’ungtute for Chinese Studies of the Communist k’ao. [A bibliography of forged books.] 2 v.

Academy. Shanghai, 1939. 022. Loewenthal, Rudolf. Bibliography of 034. Huang, Ch’u-ts’ang (P’ing-hsin).

_ Russian literature on China and adjacent Sheng-huo ch’iian-kuo tsung-shu-mu. [A clascountries, 1931-36. Cambridge, Mass., 1949. sified catalog of current Chinese books with This and the following article form a valu- complete index.] Shanghai, 1935. Covers the

able supplement to Skachkov. ~ period 1911-34 and contains about 20,000

023. ——. “‘Works on the Far East and items. |

central Asia published in the U.S.S.R. 035. Kuo-hsiieh lun-wen so-yin. [Index to 1937-47.” Far eastern quarterly, 8 (Feb., Sinological literature.|] Comp. by National

1949): 172-83. : | Library of Peiping. 4 v. Peiping, 1929-36.

~ 024. Davidson, Martha, ed. A list of pub- 036. Chung-kuo shih-hstieh lun-wen_ so- | lished translations from Chinese into English, yin. [Index to periodical literature on Chinese French, and German. 2 v. Ann Arbor, 1952— __shistory.] Comp. by the Chung-kuo K’o-

57. For a more selective list of translations hsiieh-yiian Li-shih Yen-chih-so and Peisee Hightower, Topics in Chinese literature ching Ta-hsiieh Li-shih-hsi. 2 v. Peiping,

(O1027). | 1957. Classified list of some 30,000 articles

025. Frankel, Hans H. Catalogue of trans- from 1,300 periodicals in Chinese published lations from the Chinese dynastic histories during the last 50 years.

for the period 220-960. Berkeley, 1957. 037. Chu, Shih-chia. Chung-kuo ti-fang026. Pa shih ching-chi-chih. [Collection of | chih tsung-lu. [A union catalog of Chinese eight dynastic bibliographies.] First pub. in local histories.] 3 v. Shanghai, 1935. Contains Japan, 1825; and by Chang Shou-jung in 16 some 5,832 titles arranged according to adts’e, 1883. Contains the six bibliographical ministrative units of the Ch’ing dynasty with sections from the dynastic hist6ries and four indication of holdings in various libraries in supplementary bibliographies compiled dur- China and abroad. A supplement by Chu ap-

ing the Ch’ing period. % pears in the Shih-hsiieh nien-pao [Historical 027. Chung-kuo li-tai i-wen-chih. [Essays annual], v. 2 (Peiping, 1938), pp. 401-34; on literature of the successive. dynasties of and a further supplement by him on “Chinese China.] Shanghai, 1936. Reproduces ten his- local histories at Columbia University” is in

torical bibliographies. “ the Harvard journal of Asiatic studies, 8 028. Hung, William, and others. I-wen- (Aug. 1944): 187-95, |

chih erh-shih-chung tsung-ko yin-te. 4 v. 038. U. S. Library of Congress. A catalog | Peiping, 1933. Indexes some twenty dynastic of Chinese local histories in the Library of bibliographies, providing invaluable guide to Congress. Comp. by Chu Shih-chia. Wash- , literature of the successive dynasties from ington, 1942. Titles are in romanization and

the Han onward. an Chinese with most other data in Chinese.

029. Chi, Yiin, and others. Ssu-k’u ch’iian- 039. Kokuritsu Kokkai Toshokan [Nashu tsung-mu. [Catalog of the ‘library of the tional Diet Library of Japan]. Chigoku four treasuries.] 44 ts’e, Shanghai; 1930. An- chihoshi séroku-ko. [Draft union catalog notated catalog of 3,461 works:in the Im- of Chinese local histories.] Tokyo, 1950-53. perial Library of the Four Tfeasuries and An important complement to Chu’s catalog.

, China , , —— 261~—C; Has been issued in small; paper-bound vol- Chinese books in the Institute of Oriental _ .

umes, one for each province of China, Culture.] 2 v. Kyoto, 1943. vag

040. Hervouet, Y. Catalogue des mono- 051. Catalogue of the Asiatic library of |

graphies locales chinoises dans les biblio- Dr. G. E. Morrison. 2 v. Tokyo, 1924. The —

théques d’Europe. Paris, 1957. __ Morrison collection in the Toy6 Bunko, | 041. Wang, Chung-min. A descriptive Tokyo, is probably the largest single collec-

catalog of. rare Chinese books in the Library tion of western books on China in the world of Congress. Ed. by T. L. Yiian. 2 v. Wash- and is especially valuable for its editions of

ington, 1957. In Chinese with introduction — early works. _ os

in English. | 052. Quarterly bulletin of Chinese bib-.

: 042. Ch’iu, Alfred K. A classified cata- liography. Ed. by National Library of

logue of Chinese books in the Chinese- Peiping. Peiping, etc., 1934-48. The Chinese

_ Japanese library of the WHarvard-Yenching — edition is somewhat more elaborate, but this

Institute at Harvard University. 3 v. Cam- one with translated titles and annotations is |

bridge, Mass., 1938-40. These 3 volumes _ especially useful for westerners. contain classics, philosophy, religion and his- 053. Revue bibliographique de sinologie.

torical sciences; other subjects are available Paris, 1957 ff. - ;

on microfilm. All titles and authors are 054. Woo, Kang [Wu, K’aiig]. Histoire de cited in both Chinese and transcription. la bibliographie chinoise. Paris, 1938. 043. Paris. Bibliothéque Nationale. Cata- See also Sections N and.G. Fotr.. biblioglogue des livres chinois, coréens, japonais, raphies on special subjects and periods see etc. Comp. by Maurice Courant. 3 v. Paris, the period and topical subsections. that |

1902-12. Contains 9,080 items, mostly printed follow. i books, some of which are quite rare, includ- a | ing various works not found elsewhere. _ ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF O44. Pelliot, Paul. “Répertoire des col- REFERENCE lections Pelliot A et B du fonds chinois de oo

la Bibliotheque Nationale.” T’oung pao, 14 O55. Li, Shao-ch’ang. The development of

(Dec. 1913): 697-780. ; Chinese culture: a synoptic. chart and bib-

045. Douglas, R. K. Catalogue of Chinese liography. Honolulu, 1926. 2nd rev. ed., East

printed books, manuscripts . . . of the Lansing, 1952.

British. Museum. London, 1877. Supplement, O56. Reischauer, Edwin O. Chronological

1903. Although not as. valuable as O43, has chart of far eastern history. Cambridge, | | some of the same merits. -Mass., 1947. an 046..““Notes de bibliographie chinoise.” © O57. Mayers, William F. The: Chinese Bulletin de VEcole Francaise d’Extréme- _ reader’s manual: a handbook of biographical, Orient, 1901 ff. The notes of Paul Pelliot and _ historical, mythological, and general literary

other French scholars in these volumes are’ reference. Shanghai, 1874; Peking, 1924.

| useful. * . . - _. Inadequate, but a better manual has not ap047. Liu, I-cheng, and others. Chiang-su peared. | Mh

sheng-li kuo-hsiieh t’u-shu-kuan t’u-shu O58. Hsiieh, Chung-san, and Ouyang Yi tsung-mu. [Catalog of the Kiangsu Provin- [Ou-yang I]. A Sino-western calendar for cial Sinological Library of Nanking.] 24 ts’e. two thousand years: 1-2000 A.D. Changsha, , Nanking, 1933-35. Supplement, 3 ts’e, 1937. 1940. Best all-round manual for converting

| Catalog of one of the finest libraries in Chinese dates into western ones since 1 A.D.

China. i | Its: only limitation is that it does not. give 048. Juan, Yuan. ‘TYien-i-ko shu-mu. the cyclical sign for every day, but this can

[Catalog of the T’ien-i Library.] 10 ts’e. be determined. , Ningpo, 1808. This catalog of a famous 059. Chen, Yiian. Chung Hsi Hui shih private library in Ningpo may serve as an _ jih-li. [Comparative daily calendar for Chi- | example of many others. The library was nese, European and Islamic history.] 5

especially strong in history, local gazetteers, ts’e. Peking, 1926. Covers the years A.D. 1rare works, and manuscripts; but contains a 1940. | |

much smaller collection now than the 4,094 060. Cheng, Ho-sheng. Chin-shih Chung- :

; items shown in‘1808. , Hsi shih jih tui-chao-piao. [Concordance of

| 049. Pei-ching Jen-wen k’o-hsiieh yen- modern Sino-western historical dates.] chiu-so ts’ang shu mu-lu. [Catalog of the Shanghai, 1936. Covers years 1516-1941 | library of the Peking Humanistic Research and contains the cyclical signs for each day Center.] 10 ts’e, Peiping, 1938-39. One of so that any Chinese date can be converted

the more useful and up-to-date selective immediately into a western one. :

library catalogs. Especially strong in Ming 061. Hoang, Pierre. Concordance des : |

editions, Ch’ing manuscripts, and local gaz- chronologies néoméniques chinoise et euro-

etteers. oe péenne. Shanghai, 1910. Superseded by O58

O50. Toho bunka kenkyu sho kanseki for the Christian era, but still indispensable | |

bunri mokuroku. ([Classified catalog of for earlier periods. es

262 Guide to Historical Literature , - 062. Tchang, Mathias. Synchronismes’§ in Chinese cultural circles.] Peiping, 1940.

chinois. See N/4. Useful biographical dictionary of Chinese of

| O63. Ch’en, Ch’ing-ch’i. Chung-kuo ta-shih the republican period, prepared by Japanese nien-pao. [Chronological tables of important in north China during the war.

events in China.] Shanghai, 1934. Covers O75. The China year book. 20 v. London,

from earliest times to 1932. | etc., 1912-39. The annual issues contain,

| 064. Moule, Arthur C. The rulers of aside from statistical information, documents China, 221 B.C.-A.D. 1949. London, 1957. on current developments and a valuable : Chronological table of all the rulers, includ- “Who’s who in China.”

ing a section on the earlier dynasties. - 076. The Chinese year book. 5 v. Shang- | 065. Hu, Cheng-chih. Chung-kuo ti-hao hai, 1935-41. The first issue (for 1935-36)

: piao-t’?i i-lan. [An index to the names of is the most detailed and the best of all Chinese emperors.] Peiping, 1939. Personal Chinese yearbooks issued in English. Conand other names and reign titles of 373 tains a useful who’s who. emperors from Huang-ti to Yiian Shih-k’ai, O77. Chang, Tzu-sheng, Chang Che-han, including a chronological list of emperors and others. Shen-pao nien-chien. [The Shen-

with dates of their reigns. pao yearbook.] Shanghai, 1933-44. Perhaps

066. Giles, Herbert A. A Chinese bio- the most valuable of the yearbooks in |

| graphical dictionary. Shanghai and London, Chinese. The 1944 issue covers the years

1898. Despite certain inaccuracies and de- 1936—42 and contains much material on the ‘fects, still the best biographical dictionary war period. in a western language to cover the whole of O78. Chung-hua min-kuo tung-chi t’i-yao. , Chinese history to end of 19th century. [Statistical abstract of the republic of China.]

Contains 2,579 biographies. Nanking, 1936 and 1947; Taipei, 1955S.

067. Tsang, Li-ho, Fang I, and others. Useful collection of data. |

| Chung-kuo jen-ming ta-tz’u-tien. [Great dic- O79. China handbook. Chungking, N.Y.,

tionary of Chinese names.] 2nd ed., Shanghai, ‘Taipei, 1943 ff. The Nationalist handbook on

1934. New ed., Taipei, 1958. This bio- China currently issued every two years. Pro_ graphical dictionary of 40,000 persons, based vides much of the same information as

chiefly on the standard histories, is the indis- yearbooks. } .

pensable reference for all students of Chinese O80. Handbook on people’s China. Pei-

| history.068.ping, 1957. Deals with history, government, Gates, Jean. A romanized index to _ statistics, education, science, etc. of Com: the surnames in the Chinese biographical munist China.

dictionary. Washington, 1942. O81. Jen-min shou-ts’e. [People’s hand-

069. Chiang, Liang-fu. Li-tai ming-jen book.] Shanghai, 1950 ff. (Annual.) nien-li pei chuan tsung-piao. [Chronological 082. Couling, Samuel. The encyclopaedia | tables of famous persons of successive sinica. Shanghai, 1917. Valuable for western dynasties.] Shanghai, 1937. Indispensable for personalities and activities rather than those |

birth and death dates of important people of the Chinese. |

as well as sources. Largely supersedes Chang O83. Ball, J. Dyer. Things Chinese. 5th Wei-hsiang, J-nien lu-hui pien (8 ts’e, ed., rev. by Chalmers Werner, Shanghai, —

Wuching, Kiangsu, 1925). 1925.

O70. Ch’en, Te-yiin. Ku-chin jen-wu pieh- O84. Huang, Shao-hsii, and others. Jihming so-yin. [Index to alternate names of yung pai-k’o ch’iian-shu. [Encyclopedia of ancient and modern times.] Canton, 1937. materials of daily use.] 3 v. Shanghai, 1934. ] Dictionary of pen names and other alternate Collection of materials on a large variety of names; more useful than the following subjects, such as philosophy, literature, his-

work. | | tory, etc.

O71. P’eng, Tso-chen. Ku-chin tung hsing- O85. [Ch’en, Meng-lei], Chiang T’ing-hsi, ming ta-tz’u-tien. [Dictionary of identical and others. Ku-chin t’u-shu chi-ch’eng. [Imnames in ancient and modern times.] Peiping, perial encyclopedia of ancient and modern

1936. matters.] Peking Palace edition, 5020 ts’e, : O72. Who’s Who in China. 6 issues and 3 1725. Photolithographic ed., 808 ts’e, Shang-

supplements. Shanghai, 1918-50. Useful biog- hai, 1934. Items grouped into six major | raphies of contemporary Chinese published categories: heavenly phenomena, geography,

| by the China weekly review. human relations, arts and sciences, literature, — O73. Perleberg, Max. Who’s who in mod- and political economy.

em China. Hong Kong, 1954. Biographies of O86. Giles, Lionel. An alphabetical in- _ over 2,000 persons from beginning of the dex to the Chinese encyclopaedia. London, republic to the end of 1953, including details 1911.

on political parties and government organi- 087. Li, Fang, and others. T’ai-p’ing yi-

zation, and a glossary of terms. lan. [Classified encyclopedia of the T’ai-p’eng | O74. Hashikawa, Tokio. Chigoku bunka- period of the Sung dynasty.] Completed in kai jimbutsu sékan. [A who’s who of persons 983. Photolithographic reproduction, 136 ts’e,

, China | 263 Shanghai, 1935. Index by William Hung and 0104. Playfair, George M. H. The cities |

others, Peiping, 1935 [Harvard-Yenching In- and towns of China: a geographical dicstitute Sinological index series, no. 23]. The tionary. 2nd ed., Shanghai, 1910. most famous of early Chinese encyclopedias. 0105. Couvreur, Séraphin. Géographie

O88. Wang, Ying-lin. Yii hai. [The sea of ancienne et moderne de la Chine. 3rd ed., :

jade.] 122 ts’e. Reprint, [n.p.], 1806 and H*sien-hsien, 1917. | | 1883. Another early encyclopedia (13th cen- 0106. Tsang, Li-ho, and others. Chungtury) of great merit. , kuo ku-chin ti-ming ta-tz’u-tien. [A diction-

O89. Chou, Mu-chai. Chung-kuo li-shih ary of ancient and modern place names.] |

hsiao-tz’u tien. [Dictionary of Chinese his- Shanghai, 1930. An indispensable work. ] torical terms.] Shanghai, 1934. Defines more 0107. U. S. Office of Geography. China:

than 600 historical terms. official standard names approved by the

See also Section N and the subsections on U. S. Board on Geographical Names. 2 v. —

periods, topics, and sources and traditional Washington, 1956. Se . a

histories below. | 0108. Chu, Fang, and Liu Chun-jen. : Chung-kuo ti-ming ta-tz’u-tien. [Chinese GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND __222etteer.] Peiping, 1930. : ATLASES , 0109, Tsui-hsin Chung-hua min-kuo Man:achou ti-kuo jen-ming ti-ming pien-lan. [A 090. Cressey, George B. Land of the 500 manual of Chinese and Manchurian personal

million: a geography of China. N.Y. and and place names.] Tokyo, 1939, Personal

London, 1955. | names are arranged both according to a

091. ———. China’s geographic foundations. kana system and Wade-Giles romanization, N.Y., London, Shanghai, 1934. Best general with brief comments after each name. Place geography of China in a western language. names are arranged according to a kana sys092. Shabad, Theodore. China’s changing tem and a romanization (more or less Postal

map. N.Y., 1956. Shows administrative atlas), and the province of each place is

changes in Communist China. given.

093. Joiion, René. Géographie de la Chine. 0110. Ch’en, Fang-chi. Li-tai ti-li yen-ko

3rd ed., Shanghai, 1932. 7 piao. [Table of historical changes in place

094. ———. Géographie commerciale de la names.] Ed. by Huang T’ing-chien. 7 ts’e. | Chine. 4th ed., Shanghai, 1937. Canton, 1836. [Kuang-ya ts’ung-shu, ts’e 176— 095. Furzholzer, Edmund. China, Land 82.] Author’s preface is dated 1667 and

| und Volk. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1954. the editor’s introduction 1833. — | O96. Buxton, L. H. Dudley. China, the Ol1l. Herrmann, Albert. Historical and land and the people: a human geography. commercial atlas of China. Cambridge,

Oxford, 1929. Mass., 1935. Suffers from effort to show

| 097. Richard, Louis. Géographie de Pem- excessive detail on each plate. Special maps

pire de Chine. Shanghai, 1905. English tr., of 10 treaty ports. Bibliography. ~ Comprehensive geography of the Chinese O112. Yang, Shou-ching. Li-tai yii-ti tu.

empire, rev. and enl. by M. Kennelly, Shang- [Historical atlas.] 42 ts’e. 1906-11. The best hai, 1908, Best geographic manual of Manchu —_ Chinese historical atlas of China.

China in a western language. Gives char- §_ O113. National Institute of Geography.

acters for place names. An atlas of the provinces of China. Peking,

098. Winfield, Gerald F. China, the land 1926. Contains 28 double-page maps of ~ and the people. N.Y., 1948. Rev. ed., 1950. individual provinces with interleaved text.

| 099. Shui-ching chu. [The water classic Also includes a tabular comparison of rivers, with commentaries.] By Li Tao-yiian. Im- and a concise review of treaties with foreign perial ed., 17 ts’e, 1753; Changsha, 1892. states and of Chinese ports open to foreign

1 v., Peiping, 1955. This work by a 6th trade. century author discusses nearly 1,400 rivers 0114. Chinese Directorate-General of Posts. | : and streams. There is an index and com- Chung-hua yu-cheng yii-t’u. [A postal atlas _ mentary to the Changsha edition, Cheng of China.] Shanghai, 1933. Its 30 maps are , Te-k’un, Shui-ching chu yin-te (2 v., Peiping, large but not accurately drawn and the num-

1934). ber of places shown is limited. Its system 0100. Thorp, James. Geography of the of romanizing place names is widely used.

soils of China. Peiping, 1939. Prepared for O115. Ting, Wen-chiang [V. K. Ting], and |

the Ministry of Industries. others. Chung-hua min-kuo hsin ti-t’u. [New

0101. Shen, Tsung-han. Agricultural re- atlas of the republic of China.] Shanghai,

sources of China. Ithaca, 1951. 1934. Best atlas of modern China. The post-

0102. Chang, Ch’i-yiin. The natural re- war edition under title Chung-kuo fen- |

sources of China. N.Y., 1945. sheng hsin-t’u (Shanghai, 1948) is somewhat 0103. “Mineral resources of China.” U.S. abbreviated. |

Bureau of Mines, Foreign minerals survey, See also Section N and the subsections on

v. 2, no. 7 (Washington, 1948). periods below. |

264 Guide to Historical Literature ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 0142. Feng, Han-yi. “The Chinese kinship system.” Harvard journal of Asiatic 0116. Fried, Morton H. “Community studies, 2 (July 1937): 141-276. studies in China.” Far eastern quarterly, 14 0143. Yang, Ching-kun. The Chinese (Nov. 1954): 11-36. Survey and analysis family in the Communist Revolution. Cam-

of studies on the subject. bridge, Mass., 1954.

| 0117. ——. Fabric of Chinese society. 0144.. Bredon, Juliet, and Igor Mitro-

N.Y., 1953. phanow. The moon year: a record of Chinese 0118. Doolittle, Justus. Social life of the customs and festivals. Shanghai, 1927. |

Chinese. 2 v. N.Y., 1865. | | 0145. Tun, Li-ch’en. Annual customs and

' ©0119. Tcheng, Ki-tong. The Chinese festivals in Peking as recorded in the Yenpainted by themselves. London, 1885. _ ching Sui-shih-chi. Tr. by Derk Bodde.

— . 0120. Tcheng, Ki-tong, and John H. Gray. _Peiping, 1936. The Chinese empire, past and present. N.Y., 0146. Li, Chi. The formation of the 1900. — | Chinese people: an anthropological inquiry. , 0121. Smith, Arthur H. Village life in’ Cambridge, Mass., 1928.

China: a study in sociology. N.Y., 1899. 0147. Shirokogoroff, Sergei M: Anthro, 0122. ———. Chinese characteristics. 2nd pology of northern China. Shanghai, 1923.

ed., N.Y., 1894. 0148. ——. Anthropology of eastern China 0123. Leong, Y. K., and L. K. Tao. and Kwangtung province. Shanghai, 1925.

Village and town life in China. London, 0149. ——. Process of physical growth .

— 1915. : among the Chinese. Shanghai, 1925. ~ - ©124. Gamble, Sidney D., and John S. |

Burgess. Peking, a social survey. N.Y., 1921. ~ DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES

0125. Burgess, John S. The guilds of } ‘

: Peking. N.Y., 1928. : O150. Bielenstein, Hans. “The census of

‘ 0126. Kulp, Daniel H:. Country life in| China during the period 2-742 a.p.’”’ Bulletin south China: the sociology of familism. of the Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities,

7 N.Y., 1925. 19 (1947): 125-63. Supersedes all other 0127. Li, Ching-han [F. C. H. Lee]. Ting- works for the period covered.

, hsien she-hui kai-k’uang tiao-ch’a. [General O151. Giles, Lionel. “A census of Tun| social survey of Ting-hsien.] Peiping, 1933. huang.” T’oung pao, 16 (1915): 468-88. 0128. Gamble, Sidney D. Ting Hsien, a 0152. Van der Sprenkel, Otto B. “Popula-north China rural community. N.Y., 1954. | tion statistics of Ming China.” Bulletin of 7 Presents basic materials of the above. — the School of Oriental and African Studies, .. (0129. Chen, Ta. Emigrant communities in 15 (1953): 289-326. Assembles population

south China. N.Y., 1940. | data for the period 1368-1644 from Chinese

_ 0130. Fei, Hsiao-tung, and Chang Chih-i. sources. — ; .

_ Earthbound China. Chicago, 1945. | 0153. Rockhill, Wiliam W. “Inquiry into : ~ ©0131. ‘Fei, Hsiao-tung. Peasant life in the population of China.” Smithsonian

| China. London and N.Y., 1939. miscellaneous collections, 47 (1905): 3030132. ——. China’s gentry. Chicago, 1953. 21.

_ 0133. Yang, Martin C. A Chinese vil- 0154. ——. “The 1910 census of the lage: Taitou, Shantung province. N.Y., 1945. population of China.” T’oung pao, 13

. 0134. Fitzgerald, Charles P. The tower of (1912): 117-25.

| five glories: a study of the Min Chia of Ta 0155. Willcox, Walter F. “A westerner’s

Li. London, 1941. | effort to estimate the population of China

0135. Hsii, Francis L. K. Under the an- and its increase since 1650.” Journal of. the .cestors’ shadow: Chinese culture and person- American Statistical Association, 25 (Sep.

ality. N.Y., 1948. | 1930): 255-68. 0136. ——. Religion, science and human $0156. ——. “The population of China in

| crises: a study of China in transition and its 1910.” Jour. Am. Stat. Assn., 23 (Mar.

implications for the West. London, 1952. 1928): 18-30. :

0137. ———. Americans and Chinese: two 0157. Ho, Ping-ti. Studies on the populaways of life. N.Y., 1953; London, 1955. tion of China, 1368-1953. Cambridge, Mass.,

: 0138. Lin, Yiieh-hwa [Lin, Yao-hua]. The 1959. golden wing: a sociological study of Chinese 0158. Ho, Ping-ti, and Irene B. Taeuber. . familism. London and N.Y., 1948. The growth of the total population of China, 0139. Lang, Olga. Chinese family and 1750-1830. Cambridge, Mass., 1956.

society. New Haven, 1946. 0159. Wong, W. H. The distribution of

0140. Lin, Yu-t’ang. My country and my population and land utilization in China.

people. See 0261. . Shanghai, 1933. —

1948. 1935,

0141, Hu, Hsien-chin. The common descent 0160. Liu, Nanming. Contribution a group:.in China and its functions. N.Y., Pétude de la population chinoise. Geneva,

China | - 265 | 0161. Ch’en, Ta. Population in modern practical Chinese, including a topical dic- :

China. Chicago, 1946. a tionary of 5000 everyday terms. 2nd ed.,

0162. ——. Jen-k’ou wen-t’i. [Population 2 v., Peiping, 1934. American rev. ed., New | | problem.] Shanghai, 1934. [Ta-hsiieh ts’ung- Haven, 1942. Manual of spoken Chinese ,

shu.] , : | as well as a textbook. | 0163. Cressey, George B. “The 1953 0179. Mullie, Joseph. The structural princensus of China.” Far eastern quarterly, 14 ciples of the Chinese language: an _ intro-

(May 1955): 387-88. duction to the spoken language. 3 v. Peiping, census in. perspective.” Journal of Asian China (Mandarin) dialect. OO :

, 0164. Orleans, Leo A. “The 1953 Chinese 1932-37. Elaborate treatise on the north

studies, 16 (Aug. 1957): 565-73. — ©0180. Wang, Li. Chung-kuo yii-fa li-lun. - ©0165, ——. “The recent growth of China’s [A Chinese grammar.] 2 ts’e. Shanghai, 1945.

urban population.” Geographical Review, 49 0181. Tai, T’ung. The six scripts: or, the

(Jan. 1959): 43-57. —. : | principles of Chinese writing. Tr. by L. C.

0166. Shabad, Theodore. “The population Hopkins. Cambridge, Eng., 1954. a —

of China’s cities.” Geographical review, 49 0182. DeFrancis, John F. Nationalism

(Jan. 1959): 32-42. O163—O166 provide use- and language reform in China. Princeton,

ful data on the Communist census. - 1950. Extended discussion of language re- _ For other demographic studies see Sec- form and romanization problems.

tion N, ~ | 0183. Hsia, Tao-t’ai. Chima’s language re-

- , forms. New Haven, 1956. Discusses changes in Communist China. | LINGUISTIC WORKS 0184. Gardner, Charles S. “The western

0167. Karlgren, Bernhard. The Chinese _ transcription of Chinese.’ Journal of the language: an essay on ‘its nature and history. North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic

N.Y., 1949. Excellent general survey. Society, 62 (1931): 137-47...

0168. ——. Sound ‘and symbol in Chinese. 0185. Karlgren, Bernhard. The romaniza-

London, 1923. tion of Chinese. London, 1928. [China So-

| 0169. Chao, Yuen Ren [Yiian-jen]. Man- ciety papers.] darin primer. Cambridge, Mass., 1957. A 0186. -———. Etude sur la_ phonologie

more technical linguistic description. chinoise. 4 pts. Leiden, 1915-26. Tr. into | 0170. Kennedy, George A. ZH[Tz’u hai] Chinese by Chao Yiian-jén and _ others,

guide: an introduction to Sinology. New Changsha, 1940. | ,

Haven, 1953. Guide to the use of Chinese 0187. ———. Grammata serica: script and _ dictionaries and other needs of the student phonetics in Chinese and _ Sino-Japanese.

of Chinese. Stockholm, 1940.

0171. ———. Chinese reading for beginners. 0188. ——-. Grammata serica. Stockhoim,

| New Haven, 1939. Introduction to Chinese 1957. ,

grammar and characters. 0189, ——-. Compendium of phonetics in > 0172. Creel, Herrlee G., and others, eds. ancient and archaic Chinese. London, 1954. Literary Chinese by the inductive method. 0190. ———. Analytic dictionary of Chinese

3 v. Chicago, 1938-52. [1, The Hsiao ching; and Sino-Japanese. Paris, 1923. 7

2, Selections from the Lun yii; 3, The 0191. Fenn, Courtenay H. The five thou-

Mencius books 1-3.] A valuable introductory sand dictionary: a Chinese-English pocket text to literary Chinese. Introduction contains dictionary. Sth ed., Peiping, 1940. Rev. a discussion of the language, and each vol- American ed., Cambridge, Mass., 1944. Most ume has text, vocabularies, and notes which — useful of small dictionaries of characters and |

also show and discuss the evolution of form compounds. |

of the characters. 0192. Goodrich, Chauncey. A pocket dic-

| 0173. ———. Chinese writing. Washington, tionary (Chinese-English). Peking, 1891;

1943. Shanghai, 1933. Reprint, N.Y., 1944. Con0174. Creel, Herrlee G., and Teng Ssu-yii, tains 10,587 characters, but not~compounds.

eds. Newspaper Chinese by the inductive 0193. Soothill, William E. The students’

method. Chicago, 1943. four thousand, 20th ed., London, 1952. Char-

0175. Hirth, Friedrich. Wen-chien tzu- acters plus compounds, arranged according chii Ju-men. [Notes on the Chinese docu- to the phonetic element in the character. mentary style.] Shanghai, 1888. Helpful . 0194. Mathews, Robert H. A Chineseguide to the use of Chinese documents. English dictionary. 2 v. Shanghai, 1931. Rev. 0176. Fairbank, John K. Ch’ing docu- American ed., Cambridge, Mass., 1943-44. ments: an introductory syllabus. Cambridge, Contains 7,785 characters with over 104,000 | Mass., 1952, Texts, notes, and bibliography. phrases and is the best medium-size dic-

O177. Teng, Ssu-yii. Conversational tionary. V. 2 is an English index to the

Chinese, with grammatical notes. Chicago, Chinese-English text.

1947. | . 0195. Giles, Herbert A. A Chinese-English 0178. Aldrich, Harry S. Hua yii hsii chih: dictionary. 2nd ed., 3 v. (also in 1 or 2),

266 | | Guide to Historical Literature London and Shanghai, 1912. Despite de- sections below and material relating to China fects, the largest and best Chinese-English in Section G. dictionary.

0196. Couvreur, Séraphin. Dictionnaire PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES classique. See G82. The standard Chinese- : French dictionary, in some ways better than For collections relating to particular } Giles. : periods see the subsections on special periods

, 0197. Huang, Shih-fu, and T’ieh Chiang, and on international relations. eds. A comprehensive English-Chinese dic- 0208. Wieger, Léon. Textes historiques: , tionary. 2 v. Shanghai, 1928. Abr. ed., 1 v., histoire politique de la Chine depuis Porigine

1937. - jusqu’en 1929. 3rd ed., 2 v., Hsien-hsien,

0198. Chao, Yuen Ren [Yiian-jén], and 1929. Not an outstanding selection of sources Lien-sheng Yang. Concise dictionary of in translation, but the only one covering | spoken Chinese. Cambridge, Mass., 1947. the whole of Chinese history. Text and This work, by one of China’s great philolo- translation in parallel columns.

gists, uses his own system of romanization 0209. Ch’ii, Hsiian-ying. Chung-kuo she- , with the Wade-Giles system in parentheses. hui shih-liao ts’ung ch’ao. [A general reper0199. Kuo-yii tz’u-tien. [Dictionary of the tory of historical materials on Chinese sonational language.] Comp. by the Chung-kuo _ciety.] Shanghai, 1937. Social history of tz’u-tien pien tsuan-ch’u. 8 v. Shanghai, 1943. | various epochs; many items of widely diverse , A dictionary of words and phrases arranged interests with sources.

according to the Chinese phonetic script, 0210. Yang, Shih-ch’i. Li-tai ming-ch’en .

with special attention to proper pronuncia- tsou-i. [Memorials of the officials of succes-

tion. _sive generations.] Ed. of 1635, 64 ts’e. This | 0200. Tzu hai. [Sea of phrases.] Comp. work, completed-in 1416, covers the period

by Shu Hsin-ch’eng and others. 2 v. Shang- from antiquity to 1367. It was extended to

hai, 1937. 1 v. ed., 1948. the end of the Ming dynasty (1644) in Ch’in-

©0201. Tz’u yiian. [Dictionary of phrases.] ting Ming-ch’en tsou-i [Imperially published Comp. by Lu Erh-k’uei and others. 2 v. . memorials of Ming officials], completed in

Shanghai, 1915. Rev. ed., 1 v., Taipei, 1957. 1781. :

This and the above are basic standard en- 0211. Erh-shih-ssu shih. [Twenty-four cyclopedic dictionaries of words and phrases, dynastic histories.] T’ung-wen ed. (litho-

with numerous quotations from sources. graphic reprint of the Palace ed. of 1739 _ 0202. K’ang-hsi tzu-tien. [K’ang-hsi dic- with valuable commentaries), 711 ts’e, 1884;

tionary.| Comp. by Chang Yii-shu and Po-na ed. (photolithographic reprint of the others. Palace ed., 40 ts’e, 1716. Photo-. finest and earliest eds. available), 820 ts’e, lithographic reprint, Shanghai, 1936. The Shanghai, 1930-37; 932 ts’e, Taipei, 1956. , _ standard Ch’ing dynasty dictionary of words. In 1934-37 the K’ai-ming Book Co. of 0203. Chung-hua ta-tz’u-tien. [Grand dic- Shanghai published a reduced format ed. in tionary of Chinese words.] Comp. by Hsu 9 V. of text plus 6 v. of supplementary maYiian-kao and others. Shanghai, 1915. 4th terials and commentaries which included a

ed., 4 v., 1935. 25th history, the Hsin Yiian shih [New Yiian

, , 0204. P’ei-wen yiin-fu. [Encyclopedic dic- history]. To these must be added the Ch’ing tionary.| Comp. by Chang Yii-shu and = shih kao [Draft history of the Ch’ing] (131 others. 115 ts’e, 1711. Supplement, 1720. ts’e, Peking, 1927). These 26 standard or - Photolithographic reprint, 7 v., Shanghai, dynastic histories together with the dates 1937. The master Chinese dictionary of they cover, the chief author or supervising words, phrases, quotations, and allusions. editor, dates they were compiled, and the 0205. Nash, Vernon. Trindex: an index to number of chiian (chapters) are as follows: three dictionaries. Peiping, 1936. Index of Shih chi (Ant—99 B.c.), Ssu-ma Ch’ien (104-

0195, 202, and 204. | 87 B.c.), 130; Han shu (209 B.c.—25 A.D.),

0206. Hsiieh-hsi tz’u-tien. [Dictionary of Pan Ku (58-76 a.p.), 120; Hou-Han shu new terms.] Comp. by the Peking Normal (25-222), Fan Yeh (by 445), 120; San-kuo University and the Chung-kuo ta-tz’u-tien chih (220-80), Ch’en Shou (285-97), 65;

pien tsuan-ch’u. Peiping, 1951. Important for Chin shu (265-419), Fang Hstian-ling (644),

its new words and terms. 130; Sung-shu (420-79), Shen Yiieh (492-

0207. Dai kanwa jiten. [Grand Chinese- 93), 100; Nan-chi shu (479-502), Hsiao , Japanese dictionary.] Comp. by Morohashi Tzu-hsien (by 537), 59; Liang shu (502-56), Tetsuji. 13 v. Tokyo, 1955-59. A most com- Yao Ssu-lien (628-35 ), 56; Ch’en-shu prehensive dictionary of Chinese characters, (556-80), Yao Ssu-lien (622-29), 36; Nan terms, and phrases with explanations in shih (420-589), Li Yen-shou (630-50), 80; Japanese. Besides direct quotation from Wei shu (386-535), Wei Shou (551-54), Chinese sources, pronunciation in Japanese 130; Pei-ch’i shu (550-77), Li Po-yao (627kana or in Wade-Giles romanization is given. 36), 50; Chou shu (557-81), Ling-hu Te-fen For other linguistic works see topical sub- (629), 50; Pei shih (386-581), Li Yen-shou

China 267 (630-50), 100; Sui shu (581-617), Wei 755 and is divided into major sections on

Cheng (629-36), 85; Chiu T’ang shu (618-— economics, examinations, officials, rites, | 906), Liu Hsii (941-45), 200; Hsin-T’ang music, military, legal, political geography, shu (618-906), Ou-yang Hsiu (1045-60), and border affairs. The Hsii ?ung-tien covers 225; Wu-tai shih (907-60), Hsiieh Chii- the period 756-1644 and the Huang-ch’ao cheng (973-74), 150; Hsin Wu-tai shih (907— fung-tien the period 1644-1785. (2) The

60), Ou-yang Hsiu (1044-60), 74; Sung shih T’ung chih by Cheng .Ch’iao (1104-62) is |

(960-1279), T’o-t’o (1341-45), 496; Liao on the period to 907, with major headings of shih (916-1125), T’o-t’o and Gu-yang (1343— annals, chronological tables, biographies, 45), 116; Chin shih (1115-1234), T’o-t?o and and 20 monographs on subjects like. those Ou-yang (1343-45), 135; Yiian shih (1206—- in the T’ung tien and other such as family , 1367), Sung Lien (1369-70), 210; HAsin- and clan, philology, phonetics, political subYiian shih (1206-1367), K’o Shao-min divisions, flora and insects, archaeology, and

(1890-1920), 60; Ming shih (1368-1644), books. These monographs are the most Chang T’ing-yii (1678-1739), 332; Ch’ing valuable. The Hsii t?ung-chih covers the

shih kao (1616-1911), K’o Shao-min (1914—- __ period 908-1644 and the Huang-ch’ao t’ung-

27), 131. . chih the period 1644-1785. (3) The Wen-

O212. Ssu-ma, Kuang. Tzu-chih tung- Asien tung-k’ao by Ma Tuan-lin (ca 1280) | - chien. [Comprehensive mirror for aid in gov- deals with the period to 1224 under 24 _ernment.] Hu K’o-chia ed., 100 ts’e, 1814; major topics, 19 being expansions of those 1887 ed., 120 ts’e. This work by an 11th cen- in the T’ung tien, and the others on bibliog-

tury author is the greatest of the annalistic raphy, imperial genealogies, feudal system, : histories. It covers 403 B.c. to 959 a.p., and astronomy, and unusual phenomena added was supplemented, annotated, and amended by Ma. The Hsii is on the period 1225-1644 by many works. The two most important and the MHuang-ch’ao on 1644-1785. The

supplements are Pi Yiian, Hsii tzu-chih ?tung- 1936 (Commercial Press) edition (Shih chien (1801 ed., 80 ts’e), covering the period T’ung) includes Huang-chao hsii wen-hsien 960-1367; and Hsia Hsieh, Ming ?ung-chien, t’ung-k’ao covering the period 1786—1911,

- for 1368-1644. | and has an index of the whole collection.

0213. Chu, Hsi, and Chao Shih-yiian. 0216. Yen, K’o-chiin. Ch’iian shang-ku

Tzu-chih t’ung-chien kang-mu. [Abridged san-tai Ch’in Han San-kuo Liu-ch’ao wen. view of the comprehensive mirror for aid [A complete repertory of literature dating , in government.] First pub. 1172. Most famous from the three epochs of high antiquity, the

and influential of the abridgements of Ssu- Ch’in, Han, Three Kingdoms and Six

ma Kuang’s work. It was also amended, Dynasties.] 66 ts’e. Shanghai, 1930. . supplemented, and corrected in many works, 0217. Ssu-pu ts’ung-k’an. [A collectanea the most valuable being the imperial edition of Chinese literature.] Series 1-3, 3,100 ts’e,

of 1746, Yu-pi tzu-chih t'ung-chien kang- Shanghai, 1920-37. Annotated catalog, 1922. mu, which includes a supplement. by Nan This work and the two following are the Hsien covering the period before 403, one largest of the ts’ung-shu, a type of Chinese by Shang Lu on the 960-1367 era, and one publication constituting a whole library of

by Chang T’ing-yii concerning 1368-1644. important works. |

| 0214. Chiu-ch’ao chi-shih pen-mo. [Com- 0218. Ssu-pu pei-yao. [A. collectanea of plete topical narratives of the nine periods.] Chinese literature.] 2,500 ts’e, Shanghai, 55 ts’e. Shanghai, 1902. Consists of nine 1927-37. Edition in western binding, 100 v., : works by eight authors, dealing with various 1937. Annotated catalog, 1936.

periods of Chinese history under related 0219. Ts’ung-shu chi-ch’eng. [A collection topics. Oldest is the T’ung-chien chi-shih of 100 collectanea.] 4,100 ts’e. Shanghai,

pen-mo by Yiian Shu (1131-1205), which 1935-37. 7 )

rearranged the materials of O212 covering. | 403 B.c.-959 a.p, Later works are on the earlier era of the Tso chuan (722-481 B.c.) HISTORIOGRAPHY

and the later Sung, Yiian, and Ming periods, 0220. Gardner, Charles S. Chinese tradiwhile five other works deal with the Hsi-hsia, tional historiography. Cambridge, Mass., Liao, Chin, and San-fan eras. All are es- 1938. sentially rearrangements of materials from 0221. Han, Yu-shan. Elements of Chinese

the dynastic histories. ) historiography. Hollywood, Calif., 1955.

0215. Chiu t?ung. [The nine compendia on 0222. Chin, Yii-fu. Chung-kuo-shih hsiieh- |

history and institutions.] Ch’ien-lung palace shih. [A history of Chinese historiography.]

ed., 898 ts’e, 1747. Chiu-t'ung ch’uan-shu ed. 2nd ed., Shanghai, 1946. Best general history |

by the Chekiang Shu-chii, 999 ts’e, 1882-96; of the whole of Chinese historiography. ,

20 v., Shanghai, 1936. This collection con- Surveys works of the various periods and sists of three original works and various generally discusses the official _ histories, supplements as follows: (1) T’ung tien by private histories, sources, and _ historical Tu Yu (735-812) covers the period down to methods of each.

268 Guide to Historical Literature 0223. Naitd, Torajird. Shina shigaku shi. 0237. Wang, Ming-sheng. Shih-ch’i-shih

[History of Chinese historiography.] Tokyo, shang-ch’iieh. [A critical study of the seven-

: 1949. «2nd ed., 1950. Comprehensive and teen dynastic histories.] 1787. 24 ts’e, Canton,

, detailed. survey, often quite critical. 1894, Important comments on these histories. 0224: Ku, Chieh-kang. The autobiography 0238. Chao, I. Nien-erh shih cha-chi. of a Chinese historian: being the preface to [Critical notes on the twenty-two dynastic a symposium on ancient Chinese history. Tr. _histories.] 16 ts’e. Canton, 1896. | by Arthur W. Hummel. Leiden, 1931. Ku’s 0239. Chien, Ta-hsin. Nien-erh shih preface is an outstanding discussion of k’ao-i. [Discrepancies in the twenty-two Chinese historical writing, past and present, dynastic histories.] Canton, 1898. This and

. relating to early Chinese history. O238 are critical studies on dynastic histories

0225... ——-. Tang-tai chung-kuo_ shih- written in the late 18th century. ,

hsiieh. -[Chinese historiography of the recent 0240. Hsii, Hao. Nien-wu shih lung-kang. past.] Nanking, 1947. One of the best ac- [Essentials of the twenty-five dynastic hiscounts of Chinese historiography during the tories.] Shanghai, 1947. Discusses the form past century, but biased in favor of fol- of Chinese histories, analyzes the 25 histories,

lowers of the author. and discusses objectives and schools of 0226. Teng, S. Y. ‘‘Chinese historiography __ literature. | in the last fifty years.” Far eastern quarterly, | 0241. Chang, Hsiieh-ch’eng. Chang-shih 8 (Feb. 1949): 131-56. Discusses and uses i-shu. [Complete works of Chang.] 50 chiian.

Ku’s work. 1922. Contains the historiographical works

-. 0227. Karlgren, Bernhard. “The authen- of the great.18th century historical thinker.

ticity of ancient Chinese texts.” Bulletin of | The two most important of these are WenThe Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities, 1 shih tung-i [Fundamental principles of cul(1929): 165-83. Critical discussion of tural history], partly published in 1796 and criteria traditionally used by Chinese to de- reprinted in Shanghai, 1936; and Chiao-

- termine the authenticity of ancient texts. ch’ou tung-i [Fundamental principles of 0228. Watson, Burton D, Ssu-ma Chien, historical criticism], first published in 1833.

grand historian of China. Ann Arbor, 1956; 0242. Wright, Arthur F., ed. Studies in

N.Y., 1958. Chinese thought (Chicago, 1953), pp. 126— 0229. Kierman, Frank A. Ssu-ma Ch’ien’s 34. Contains account of Chang’s thought.

historiographical attitude as reflected in four. 0243. Nivison, David. The literary and : - late warring states biographies. Ann Arbor, — historical thought of Chang H © a twell ete * Ont hs

essay on various aspects of Victorian history 1934 8 ; 2 UXTOTA,

| dom observations. | " 7 as : ° . vand life. Valuable for its often brilliant ran- VA164. Graves. Robert. and Alan Hodge VA148. Aspinall, Arthur. Lord Brougham 1918 oao ne . ont British social history, and the Whig party. Manchester, 1927. This VA165 ° Mowat Ch atles L. Britain beand VAI#—193 give a full picture of the tween the wars, 1918-1940. Chicago, 1955

politics of early 19th century England and Most useful sin le vol : a f he

the leadership of various parties. riod gle volume survey of the

VA149. Brock, William R. Lord Liverpool Vice aaict Francis W. The conseand liberal Toryism, 1820 to 1827. Cam- quences of the war to Great Britain. See

ridge, Eng., 1941. | AGI

vA veg t a Goorse M. Lord Grey V167. Falls, Cyril B. The Second World

a—aerrn Pomperley Flan My Life of War: a short history. 3rd ed., London, 1950.

Can ning, London, 1905. 7 , Useful short summary by a military histoth M ae ares iti one oo. and VA168. Hutchison, Keith. The decline and “VA153. Davis Henry W. C ‘The age of fall of British capitalism. London, 1951. This

Grey and Peel. Oxford, 1929. " | | and VAI69-1 71 deal with the various eco_ WA154, Hammond, John L., and Barbara oa Britain d social changes phat wre te hte

age. re ° ’ a °

Hammond. The age of the Chartists, 1832- -_ 4169. Wark: © E © : “Th ar Hox 1854. London, 1930. Though written with a luti ° L a d mn 1951. ° € cautious strong bias, it is still the best brief social ey A170, j on nel B ° and political history of the early Victorian of s 0 ci alist Englan d pertrand eon Perce

“WA155. Bell, Herbert C. Lord Palmerston. Ve essay by a French observer on the prob2 y. London, 1936, Best recent biography of ems cr Britain in the immediate post-World

a major political figure whose life spanned Vv AIT. Worswick George D. N., and the first half of the 19th century. a | 7 gen VA156. Benson, Edward F. Queen Vic- 1948. 1350 io 1980" British economy,

|| VA157. biography of the queen. | | ra “ Morley, John. Life of William '4/4/, VA142, VAI46, and VAI62,

toria. rondo 1935. Best brief, scholarly See also relevant chapters in VA81 (7) |

Ewart Gladstone. 3isv.still London, 1903. Mor| ,| ley’s biography a valuable source, though VAI58 is more recent and has the HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS

advantage of longer perspective, © Wales

] VAI158. Magnus, Sir Philip M. Gladstone:

a biography. London, 1954. | VA172. Jenkins, Robert T., and William

VA159. Monypenny, William F., and Rees, eds. A bibliography of the history of

: George E. Buckle. The life of Benjamin Wales. Cardiff, 1931. New ed. in prepara-

Disraeli. 6 v. London, 1910-20. Rev. ed. in tion. Useful general guide. 2 v., 1929. Though a number of shorter sin- VA173. National Library of Wales. Biblio- gle-volume biographies have appeared since theca Celtica: a register of publications rethe publication of this work, the above re- lating to Wales and the Celtic peoples and

| mains the standard life. languages. 1909 ff. Aberystwyth, 1910 ff.

VA160. Garvin, James L. Life of Joseph VA174. Welsh Bibliographical Society. | Chamberlain. 4 v. London, 1932-51. V. 4 Journal of the Welsh Bibliographical Society. ==. was completed by Julian Amery. The stand- Carmarthen, 1910 ff.

ard life and times. VA175, National Library of Wales. Hand-

VA161. Dangerfield; George. The strange list of manuscripts in the National Library of death of liberal England. N.Y., 1935. Im- Wales. 16 pts. Aberystwyth, 1940-56. portant work on the decline of English lib- VA176. Rees, William. An historical atlas

eralism prior to 1914. of Wales from early to modern: times. 2nd VA162. Spender, John A. Great Britain, ed., Cardiff, 1951. Oo

empire and commonwealth, 1886-1935. Lon- VA177. Roberts, T. R. Eminent Welsh-

, The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 435 men: a short biographical dictionary of -- Scotland oe ,

Welshmen. Cardiff, 1908. : :

VA178. Rhys, John, and David Brynmor- VA193. Mackie, James D., ed. Scottish Jones. The Welsh people: chapters on their history. Cambridge, Eng., 1956. Bibliography : origin, history, laws, language, literature, and compiled at periodic intervals for the Na-

characteristics. 4th ed., London, 1906. tional Book League of Great Britain. ~~ VAI179, Jones, Thomas Gwynn. Welsh VA194. Black, George F., ed. A list of folklore and custom. London, 1930. works relating to Scotland. N.Y., 1916. List VA180. Williams, David. A history of of works ‘held by the New York Public

modern Wales, 1485-1939. London, 1950. Library as. of Dec. 31, 1914. Still, in many The best brief, modern survey of Welsh ways, the fullest and most complete bibliog-

history. | : raphy of Scottish historical materials down VA181. Coupland, Sir Reginald. Welsh and to the time ofits publication. |

Scottish nationalism: a study. London, 1954. VA195. Terry, Charles S. A catalogue of Posthumous work of a distinguished scholar. the publications of Scottish historical and While it contains a number of factual errors, kindred clubs and societies, and of volumes it is still the only useful survey in English of relative to Scottish history, issued by His

. the two movements. Majesty’s Stationery Office 1780-1908. Glas-

VA182. Williams, William R. J. The parlia- gow, 1909. Both this and VAJ96 are indis- |

: mentary history of the principality of Wales, pensable guides to the printed sources of | 1541-1895. Brecknock, 1895. Contains lists Scottish history.

and biographical notices of members. VA196. Matheson, Cyril. A catalogue of

VA183. Rees, Thomas. History of Prot- the publications of Scottish historical and estant nonconformity in Wales from its rise kindred clubs and societies, and of volumes

in 1633 to the present time. 2nd rev. ed., relative to Scottish history, issued by His

London, 1888. Though out of date in many Majesty’s Stationery Office, 1908-1927. Aber-

] ways, it is still the only general history of deen, 1928.

Welsh nonconformity. VA197. Livingstone, Matthew. A guide to

VA184. Edwards, Alfred G. Landmarks in the public records of Scotland deposited in

: the history of the Welsh church. London, H. M. General Register House, Edinburgh.

1912. | , ‘Edinburgh, 1905. VA185. Dodd, Arthur H. The industrial VA198. Thomson, John Maitland. The —

revolution in north Wales. 2nd ed., Car- public records of Scotland. Glasgow, 1922. diff, 1951. This and VAI86—187 constitute ~VA199, Paton, Henry M. The Scottish

Wales. 1933. :

a complete industrial history of modern records, their history and value. Edinburgh,

| ~ VA186. John, Arthur H. The industrial = VA200. National Library of Scotland. | revolution in south Wales, 1750-1850. Catalogue of manuscripts acquired since

Cardiff, 1950. 1925. Edinburgh, 1938.

VA187. Jones, Evan J. Some contributions VA201. Edinburgh. Faculty of Advocates to the economic history of Wales. London, Library. Catalogue of the printed books. 7 v.

1928. 7 Edinburgh, 1867-79. This collection has be- |

. VA188. Williams, David. The Rebecca come the core of the National Library of

riots: a study in agrarian discontent. Cardiff, Scotland. For that reason its catalog is an 1955. Important work on a major phase of important guide. Welsh social history in the 19th century. VA202. Edinburgh. Library of the UniverVA189. Hughes, William J. Wales and the sity of Edinburgh. Catalogue of the printed | Welsh in English literature from Shakespeare books. 3 v. Edinburgh, 1918-23. List of to Scott. Wrexham and London, 1924. additions published annually, 1920 ff.

VA190. Morrice, James C. A manual of. VA203. Edinburgh. Public Libraries. Scot- |

Welsh literature containing a brief survey tish family histories: a list of books for conof the works of the chief bards and prose sultation in the Reference Library, George | writers from the sixth century to the end of IV Bridge. Edinburgh, 1951. List of genea-

the eighteenth. Bangor, 1909. logical holdings contained in the public

| VA191. University of Wales. Bulletin of library of Edinburgh. Useful selection. the Board of Celtic Studies. Cardiff, 1921 VA204. Stuart, Margaret, and Sir James B. :

ff.VA192. | Paul. Scottish family history: a guide to Cymmrodorion Society. Transac- works of reference on the history and geneal-

tions of the honourable Society of Cym- ogy of Scottish families. Edinburgh, 1930. | mrodorion. London, 1893 ff. Most important Useful general guide to Scottish genealogy.

periodical publication covering the general VA205. Innes of Learney, Sir Thomas.

field of Welsh history. Scots heraldry. 2nd ed., Edinburgh, 1956. |

See also special parts of the general bib- VA206. Paul, Sir James B:., ed. The Scots liographies listed .at the beginning of this peerage: founded on Wood’s edition of Sir

section (VAI-I12). . Robert Douglas’s “Peerage of Scotland.” 9 v.

436 Guide to Historical Literature Edinburgh, 1904-14. For gentry and baron- tory of Scotland. 2 v. Oxford, 1929-30. etage see Cokayne (VA24); and Sir Robert Not as up-to-date as VA22/, but extremely _

Douglas, Baronage of Scotland (Edinburgh, — useful. Oe .

1798), v. 1. VA223. Brown, Peter Hume. History of

VA207. Kermack, William R. Historical Scotland. 3 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1902-09. geography of Scotland. 2nd ed., Edinburgh, Still the best longer account of Scottish his-

work on the subject. ence. | | 1926. Brief, but the only available general tory. Invaluable as a general work of refer- :

VA208. Johnston, W., and A. K. John- VA224. Mackenzie, Agnes M. The Scotston. W. and A. K. Johnston’s gazetteer of land of Queen Mary and the religious wars.

Scotland. Edinburgh, 1937. Glasgow, 1936. Somewhat romanticized and

VA209. Groome, Francis H., ed. The ord- with a mild “nationalist” bias, but well writnance gazetteer of Scotland. 6 v. Glasgow, ten and scholarly. This and VA225-—226 con1885. Though now out of date in many _ stitute a survey of modern Scottish history.

respects, this is still the most useful and VA225. ———-. The passing of the Stuarts, detailed gazetteer of its kind in existence. 1638-1748. Glasgow, 1937. ~ VA210. Bartholomew, John G., ed. The VA226. ———. Scotland in modern times,

survey atlas of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1912. 1720-1939. Edinburgh, 1947. |

‘VA211. Meikle, Henry W., ed. Scotland: a VA227,. Pryde, George S. The treaty of description of Scotland and Scottish life. 2nd union of England and Scotland, 1707. Lon-

ed., London, 1947. ~ don, 1950. Excellent brief essay on the origins

VA212. Wright, John N., and Neil S. of the legislative union and its evolution. Snodgrass, eds. Scotland and its people. Lon- VA228. Brown, Peter Hume. The lIegisla-

don, 1942. tive union of England and Scotland. Oxford, VA213. McLaren, Moray. The Scots. 1914. The standard detailed account.

Harmondsworth, 1951. VA229. Dicey, Albert V., and Robert S.

VA214. Notestein, Wallace. The Scot in Rait. Thoughts on the union between Eng-

history. New Haven, 1946. land and Scotland. London, 1920. Scholarly

VA215. Statistical Accounts of Scotland. discussion of the constitutional implications A survey of the country by parishes. [The | of the union. statistical account of Scotland, ed. by John VA230. Grant, Isabel F. The economic Sinclair (21 v., Edinburgh, 1791-99); Second history of Scotland. London, 1934. Brief statistical account (15 v., Edinburgh, 1845); general survey of Scottish economic history Third statistical account (Edinburgh, 1951 by a distinguished economic historian. ff.).] Unique set of statistical studies com- VA231. ——. The social and economic | piled mainly by clergymen of the Church of development of Scotland before 1603. EdinScotland. Invaluable for students of social burgh, 1930. Excellent scholarly account of and historical development since the 18th the economic development of Scotland .

century. | through the 16th century. VA216. Struthers, A. M., ed. Scotland’s VA232. Hamilton, Henry. The industrial

changing population. Edinburgh, 1948. revolution in Scotland. Oxford, 1932. The

VA217. Cairncross, Alexander K., ed. The standard work on the subject. Scottish economy: a Statistical account of © VA233. Marwick, William H. Economic Scottish life. Cambridge, Eng., 1954. A valu- developments in Victorian Scotland. London,

able study by various authors of con- 1936. Recounts the various aspects of ecotemporary trends in Scottish economic life. nomic growth in 19th century Scotland.

VA218. Grant, William, and David D. Useful. ,

Morrison, eds. Scottish national dictionary: VA234. Ferguson, Thomas. The dawn of designed partly on regional and partly on Scottish social welfare. Edinburgh, 1948.

historical principles, and containing all the Useful survey of modern Scottish social Scottish works known to be in use or to history.

| have been in use since c. 1700. Edinburgh, VA235. Saunders, Laurance J. Scottish

1931 ff. (In progress.) Valuable reference democracy, 1815-1840: the social and intel- ] works on the Scottish variation of English. . lectual background. Edinburgh, 1950. | VA219. Craigie, Sir William A. The Scot- Thoughtful study of the social development

tish tongue. London, 1924. of modern Scotland during the reform era

VA220. ——. A dictionary of the older of the 19th century. Scottish tongue from the twelfth century to VA236. Coupland, Sir Reginald. Welsh the end of the seventeenth. 12 v. Chicago, and Scottish nationalism: a study. See

1931-49. VAIS8I.

VA221. Rait, Sir Robert S., and George VA237. Turner, Arthur C. Scottish home S. Pryde. Scotland. 2nd ed., London, 1954. rule. Oxford, 1952. Excellent brief account ) Excellent brief account of Scottish history of the rise of modern Scottish nationalism

and contemporary Scotland. and the Scottish home rule movement.

VA222. Mackie, Robert L. A short his- VA238. MacGregor, Malcolm B. The:

| The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 437 sources and literature of Scottish church his- contains a number of items useful to the

| tory. Glasgow, 1934. Standard work on the history student. | |

subject. _ VA252. O’Grady, Standish H., and Robin VA239. Cunningham, John. The church Flower. Catalogues of Irish manuscrivts in

history of Scotland. 2nd ed., 2 v., Edinburgh, the British Museum. 2 v. London, 1926. | 1882. While it is long out of print and badly Useful list of source materials. a

in need of revision, this remains the best | WVA253. Ireland. Public Records. Annual general work covering the history of the report of the deputy keeper of the public

Scottish church. records in Ireland. Dublin, 1869 ff. After

VA240. Maxwell, William D. A history of | 1924 published separately by the government worship in the Church of Scotland. Oxford, of Northern Ireland. The materials remain1955. Scholarly presentation which sums up ing after the disastrous fire of 1922 are listed.

recent research on the subject. in Herbert Wood, “The public records of -

VA241. Dickinson, William C., ed. John Ireland before and after 1922,” Transactions | ~ Knox’s history of the Reformation in Scot- of the Royal Historical Society, 4th ser., v. land. 2 v. Edinburgh, 1949. New scholarly 13 (1930). edition of a great historical classic with an VA254. Irish Free State. Manuscripts

excellent introduction. Commission. Analecta Hibernia, including reVA242. Brown, Peter Hume. John Knox. ports of the Irish Manuscripts Commission. 2 v. London, 1895. The fullest, most com- Dublin, 1930 ff. Periodical publication con-

plete life. } taining facsimile sources and other docu- | VA243. Lee, Maurice. James Stewart, Earl ments relating to Irish history. of Moray: a political study of the Reforma- V A255. Crone, John Smyth. A concise diction in Scotland. N.Y., 1953. Biographical tionary of Irish biography. Rev. and enl. ed.,

SO study of an important figure of the Scottish Dublin, 1937. In the absence of a major

Reformation ‘period. biographical reference work for Ireland, this

VA244. Henderson, Thomas F. Mary | is the only useful substitute. For major figures

Queen of Scots, her environment and trag- in Irish history prior to the 20th century see |

edy: a biography. 2 v. N.Y., 1905. The best VA23. .

| complete, scholarly biography. VA256. Lodge, John. The peerage of Ire-

VA245. Buchan, John. Montrose. London, land. Rev. and enl. ed., 7 v., Dublin, 1789. 1935, Excellent, popularly written biography The only major work dealing specifically

of a controversial figure. } with the peerage of Ireland. For con-

VA246. Willson, David H. King James VI temporary treatment see VA25. Members of

and I. See VA105. the Irish gentry are covered by VA257.

VA247. Scottish historical review. Glas- VA257. Cokayne, George E. The complete

gow, 1903-28, 1947 ff. Standard historical baronetage. See VA24. ; periodical in Scottish history. Lapsed be- VA258. Arensberg, Conrad M. The Irish tween 1928 and 1947, but has been published countryman: an anthropological study. N.Y..,

continuously since the latter date.. 1937. This and VA259 are excellent anthroSee also special’ parts of the general bib- pological studies of Irish social conditions.

liographies listed at the beginning of this VA259. Arensberg, Conrad M., and Solon

section (VAI-—I2). T. Kimball. Family and community in Ireland. Cambridge, Mass., 1940.

a. Ireland _VA260. Freeman, Thomas W. Ireland: its

. physical, historical, social and economic

'VA248. Maxwell, Constantia. Short bib- | geography. London, 1950. Excellent comliography of Irish history. London, 1921. pact survey of Irish historical development in - New edition needed, but excellent for a_ relation to geographic and social conditions. . general coverage of materials down to publi- VA261. Mason, Thomas H. “The Influence

cation... of topography on the distribution of the VA249. “Writings on Irish history.” Irish population .of Ireland from. prehistoric to ;

historical studies. Ed. by James Carty and modern times.” Irish national journal, 7 others. ..Dublin, 1936 ff. (Annual.) A brief (1939): 162-72. Explains the historical dis- |

but ‘useful annual compilation. tribution of Irish population. __

. VA250. New York Public Library. List of VA262. Connell, Kenneth H. The popuworks in the New York Public Library relat- _lation of Ireland, 1750-1845. London, 1950. ing to Ireland, the Irish language and litera- This and VA263 constitute a valuable sumture. N.Y., 1905. A useful work, similar in| mary of a problem which has become one intent and scope to. VA194 for Scotland. of the most serious in modern Irish history.

Lists holdings down to the time of publi- VA263. Coyne, Edward J. “Irish popula-

cation. , , tion problems: eighty years a-growing, 1871-

VA251. Best, Richard I. Bibliography of 1951.” Irish historical studies, 43 (1954): Irish philology and printed “Irish literature. 151-67. | a |

Dublin, 1913, Not specifically historical, but VA264. Bonn, Moritz J. Die Englische

438 Guide to Historical Literature — Kolonisation im Irland. 2 y. Stuttgart and Irish politics which attempts, on the whole Berlin, 1906. A particularly valuable study of | successfully, to give him just due for his |

the long history of English attempts to efforts in behalf of Irish home rule. .

“anglicize” Ireland and the reasons for their VA278. Lyons, Francis S. L. The Irish failure. It is only surprising that a work of parliamentary party, 1890-1910. London, such merit has remained for so long with- 1951. [Studies in Irish history, 4.] Valuable

, out an English translator. study of the complex relationships within the — VA265. Beckett, James C. A short history Irish parliamentary party and its. role in of Ireland. London, 1952. An admirable British politics from the death of Parnell to brief epitome of Irish history. Particularly the renewal of the struggle for home rule on

useful for those who have no previous knowl- _ the eve of the First World War. _ .

edge of the subject. VA279. Strauss, Eric. Irish nationalism

VA266. Curtis, Edmund. A history of and British democracy. London, 1951. Good, Ireland. 6th ed., London, 1950. Best one- scholarly survey of the relationships between volume text on the subject of Irish history. Irish national interest and British politics

VA267. Hull, Eleanor. A history of Ireland in the 19th and 20th centuries. and her people. 2 v. London, 1926-31. VA280. Phillips, Walter Alison. Revolu-

: VA268. Bagwell, Richard. Ireland under tion in Ireland, 1906-1923. London, 1923.

the Tudors. 3 v. London, 1885-90. Detailed Standard history of the Irish revolution from | scholarly work which, with VA269, consti- the English point of view. Should, however, tutes the best general survey of Ireland in be counterbalanced by reference to VA281.

the 16th and 17th centuries. - | VA281. Macardle, Dorothy. The Irish re-

VA269. ——. Ireland under the Stuarts. public: a documented chronicle of the Anglo-

2 v. London, 1909. — _ Jrish conflict and the partitioning of Ireland, — VA270. MacLysaght, Edward. Irish life with a detailed account of the period, 1916in the seventeenth century. 2nd rev. ed., 1923. London, 1937. Fully documented, but Cork, 1950. Useful survey of social life in strongly nationalist in sympathy.

Stuart Ireland. VA282. Murray, Alice E. A history of |

_ WVA271. Lecky, William E. H. History of the commercial and financial relations be-

. Ireland in the eighteenth century. 5 v. Lon- tween England and Ireland from the period don, 1893. Standard work by a great Anglo- of the restoration. London, 1903. Fullest Irish scholar who sought to explain the 18th survey, though sometimes less than fair to

century history of Ireland in a favorable English policy. : light. VA283. O’Brien, George A. T. The eco| VA272. O’Connor, James. History of Ire- nomic history of Ireland in the seventeenth land, 1798-1924. 2 v. London, 1925. Detailed century. Dublin, 1919. This and VA284-—285

survey of the history of Ireland from union constitute the best general survey of mod-

through the founding of the Irish Free State. ern Irish economic history. :

- - VA273. O’Hegarty, Patrick S. A history of VA284. ———-. The economic history of Ireland under the union, 1801-1922. London, Ireland im the eighteenth century. Dublin,

1952. Though less detailed than VA272, this 1918.

has the advantage of later perspective by a § VA285. ———. The economic history of scholar who played a part in many of the Ireland from the union to the great famine.

events he describes. a Dublin, 1921.

VA274, Mansergh, Nicholas. Ireland in VA286. Burke, John F. Outline of the |

the age of reform and revolution, 1840-1921. industrial history of Ireland. Rev. ed., Dublin, — |

London, 1940. Excellent study by an Anglo- 1940. Useful brief survey. | Irish scholar whose perspective allows him to . VA287. Pomfret, J. E. The struggle for rise above the level of party difference. | land in Ireland. Princeton, 1930. Best survey

VA275. MacNeill, John Gordon S. The of the whole problem. The four titles,

7 constitutional and parliamentary history of | VA287—290, cover the tangled history of Irish Ireland till the union. Dublin, 1917. A schol- landholding from various aspects. arly survey, largely written from. secondary VA288. Montgomery, William E. History materials. Useful for an understanding of of land tenure in Ireland. Cambridge, Eng.,

Irish government and politics before the 1889. | | :

union, 7 ~ VA289. Butler, William F. T. Confiscation VA276. McDowell, Robert B. Public in Irish history. Dublin, 1917. | . opinion and government policy in Ireland, VA290. Palmer, Norman D. The Irish 1801-1846. London, 1952. [Studies in Irish Land League crisis. New Haven, 1940.

history, 5.] Valuable study of political life VA291. Phillips, W. Alison. History of the and public opinion during the early 19th Church of Ireland from the earliest times to

century. ce _ the present day. 3 v. London, 1933-34, ExVA277. Hammond, John’L. Gladstone and cellent, sympathetic, scholarly survey of the

| the Irish nation. London, 1938. A scholarly established (Anglican) church in’ ‘Ireland. reassessment of Gladstone’s role in Anglo Needs, however, to be understood in terms

The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 439 of the author’s point of view. Should be Local History read in conjunction with VA292-—294. VA303. Humphreys, Arthur L. A handVA292. Reid, James Seaton. History of the ook to county bibliography: being a bib-

Presbyterian Church in Ireland. New ed., liography of bibliographies relating to the , 3 v., Belfast, 1867. Despite the lapse of time counties and towns of Great Britain and

since publication, this is the only satisfactory {yeland. London, 1917.

history of the Presbyterian Church in Ire- VA304. Page, William, H. Arthur Double-

land. | . day, and others, eds. The Victoria history

| _ VA293, Beckett, James C. Protestant dis- of the counties of England. Westminster, sent in Ireland, 1687-1780. London, 1948. 1900 ff. (In progress.) Should be consulted

history, 2.] Very good study under names of the various counties. ValOf[Studies Irishin Irish Protestant dissent during the 18th yable.

century. Valuable for an understanding of ‘See also special parts of the general bib-

Irish history. _ section (VAI-12). : | VA294. Bellesheim, Alphons. Geschichte |

the religious cross currents that have troubled —_liographies listed at the beginning of this

der katholische Kirche im Irland von der ,

| Einfiihrung des Christenthums bis auf der HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS : , Gegenwart. 2 v. Mainz, 1883. Best objective, Diplomatic, Military, and Naval History.

scholarly study of the complicated historical | a ok. relationships between Ireland and the Roman VA305. Ward, Adolphus W., and G. P.

~ Catholic Church. As in the case of VA264, Gooch, eds. The Cambridge history of Britit has been long without an English trans- ish foreign policy, 1783-1919. 3 v. Cam-

lator. . bridge, Eng., 1922-23. Like most cumulative | VA295. Gwynn, Lucius S. Henry Grattan works, uneven in quality, but still the stand-

and his times. London, 1939. The period of ard survey of its subject for the period down |

Anglo-Irish. ascendancy. Focuses on the life to the time of publication. of the most important leader of the move- VA306. Egerton, Hugh E. British foreign ment for Irish autonomy in the 18th cen- policy in Europe to the end of the nineteenth

tury. | century. London, 1917. Single volume survey VA296. O’Brien, Richard B. Life of now somewhat out of date, but still useful Charles Stewart Parnell. 2 v. London, 1898- for the period covered. For more recent |

99. Though somewhat too sympathetic to its surveys see VA307—308.

: ‘subject, this work is still the fullest and VA307. Seton-Watson, Robert W. Britain

most complete biography. in Europe, 1789-1914, See. T465.

_ VA297. Gwynn, Denis R. Daniel O’Con- VA308. Joll, James B., ed.. Britain and nell, the Irish liberator. N.Y., 1930. Best Europe: Pitt to Churchill, 1793-1940. Lon-

biography of the major early 19th century don, 1950. |

leader of the Irish emancipation movement. | VA309. Pribram, Alfred F. England and : VA298. ———. The life of John Redmond. _ the international policy of the European great | London, 1932. Standard biographical work powers, 1871-1914. Oxford, 1931. An imdealing with the successor of Charles Stewart portant work written from the European

Parnell in the leadership of the Irish parlia- point of view. | |

mentary party after 1890. VA310. Reynolds, Philip A. British foreign | - VA299, Irish historical studies. Dublin, policy in the interwar years. London, 1954. 1938 ff. Published jointly by the Irish His- Most recent survey of British foreign policy

torical Society and the Ulster Society for between the two world wars. For other useful .

Historical Studies. Valuable for articles, re- surveys see VA3II-313. | ~ ings in Irish history. France, and the German problem, 1918-1939. ‘views, and an annual bibliography of writ- | VA311. Jordan, W. M. Great Britain, .

See also special parts of the general bib- See AH172. |

liographies listed at the beginning of this -VA312. Medlicott, William N. British for-

section (VAI-12). eign policy since Versailles. London, 1940.

VA313. Wolfers, Arnold. Britain and |

Northern Ireland France between two wars. See AH182.

|VA300. } | VA314. Brebner, John B. North Atlantic | Moody, Theodore W., and J. C. triangle: the interplay of Canada, the United

Beckett, eds. Ulster since 1800: a political States and Great Britain. See Y/92. |

and economic survey. V. 1. London, 1954. VA315. Fortescue, Sir John W. A history | VA301. Wilson, Thomas, ed. Ulster and of the British army. 13 v. and 6. atlases.

home rule. Oxford, 1955. | | London, 1889-1930. Monumental, scholarly |

, VA302. Mansergh, Nicholas. The govern- work by a leading authority on the subject.

ment of Northern Ireland. London, 1936. For briefer, more recent surveys see VA316— :

Standard work on the origins of the govern- 317. . ,

‘ment of Northern Ireland and its functions. . VA316. DeWatteville, Herman G. The

440 | Guide to Historical Literature British soldier: his daily life from Tudor to government. 2nd ed., Oxford, 1956. Valuable

‘modern times. London, 1954. study of the development of the modern | _ VA317. Sheppard, Eric W. Short history electorate and its influence on the system of

of the British army. 4th ed., London, 1950. government. : - VA318. Clowes, Sir William L., ed. The VA330. Jennings, Sir W. Ivor. The British royal navy: a history from the earliest times constitution. 3rd ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1950. to the present. 7 v. London, 1897-1903. A A standard modern assessment of the British

major cumulative work which, while out of constitution. =

date in many respects, still contains a great VA331. Amery, Leopold S. Thoughts on deal of information on British naval history the constitution. 2nd ed., London and N-Y.., not to be found elsewhere. For later surveys 1953. Best brief survey of constitutional

see VA319-321. changes since 1939. , | VA319. Lloyd, Christopher. The navy and VA332. Dicey, Arthur V. Introduction to the nation: a history of naval life and policy. the study of the law of the constitution.

London, 1954. | Sth ed., with an introduction by E. C. S. , VA320. Richmond, Sir Herbert W. States- Wade, London, 1939. Classic work on the

men and sea power. See T7217. > subject of constitutional law.

VA321. Callender, Sir Geoffrey, and H. F. © VA333. Jennings, Sir W. Ivor. Law and Hinsley. The naval side of British history, custom of the constitution. 2nd ed., Cam1485-1945, New ed., London, 1952. bridge, Eng., 1951. Useful standard work.

VA322. Saunders, Hilary St. G. Per Ardua: VA334. Anson, Sir William. Law and custhe rise of British air power, 1911-1939. Lon- tom of the constitution. V. 1, 5th ed., rev. don, 1944. A brief survey of the development by Sir M. L. Gwyer, Oxford, 1922; v. 2, of the Royal Air Force down to the Second ‘4th ed., rev. by Arthur B. Keith, Oxford, World War. For later material see appro- 1935. Detailed analysis of the subject.

priate volumes under VA324. VA335. Wade, E. C. S., and G. G. Phillips.

VA323. Edmonds, Sir James E. A short Constitutional law. 5th ed., London, 1955. history of World War I. N.Y. and London, Valuable survey. 1951. A summation of the longer official His- VA336. Holdsworth, Sir William S. A history of the Great War by its official editor. tory of English law. 12 v. London, 1903-38.

| Seé also Cruttwell (VAI63). — - 7th rev. ed., ed. by A. L. Goodhart and “VA324. Great Britain. Government Publi- H. G. Hanbury, London, 1956 ff. Monucations. History of the Second World War. mental work of historical scholarship which _ 41 -v. London, 1950-56. (In progress.) [1, has become an indispensable reference for Uhited Kingdom civil series: introductory; the student of English legal history. 2, general series; 3, war production series; 4, VA337. Plucknett, Theodore F. T. Con-

military series: campaign series; 5, grand cise history of the common law. Sth ed.,

strategy; 6, civil affairs and military govern- London, 1956. Good one-volume survey of ‘merit; 7, medical series; 8, fighting services.] the subject.

Standard compilation of official materials. VA338. Radzinowicz, Leon. History of } Valuable. , | English criminal law and its administration VA325. Churchill, Sir Winston. The Sec- from 1750. V. 1-3. London, 1948-56. (in

ond World War. See 4H234. -progress.) Valuable study of the developSee also special parts of the general bib- ment of modern English criminal law. -

' liographies listed at the beginning of this VA339. Stephen, Sir James F. History of

section (VAJ-—/2). the criminal law of England. 3 v. London,

. . 1883. Older standard work which still con“tut : ; tains much useful information. | On |iil They VA340. White,London, Reginald1950. J., ed. The conservative tradition. [British VA326. Chrimes, Stanley B. English con- political tradition series.] This and VA34/stitutional history. 2nd ed., London, 1953. 343 constitute a series of volumes covering

Best brief survey of the subject. various aspects of the British political

-.VA327. Keir, Sir David L. Constitutional tradition. history of modern Britain, 1485-1951. Sth VA341. Maccoby, Simon, ed. The English ed., London, 1953. Standard textbook study radical tradition, 1763-1914. London, 1952.

in greater detail than VA326. [British political tradition series.]

VA328. Taswell-Langmead, Thomas P. VA342. Pelling, Henry M., ed. The chalEnglish constitutional history. 10th rev. ed., lenge of socialism. London, 1954. [British

by T. F. T. Plucknett, London, 1947. Com- __ political tradition series.] . pletely revised and largely rewritten version VA343. Bullock, Alan L. C., and. Maurice of an older standard work. Shock, eds. The liberal tradition from Fox to

VA329. Emden, Cecil S. The people and Keynes. London, 1956. [British political the constitution: being a history of the de- tradition series.] velopment of the people’s influence in British VA344. Morris, Christopher. Political

, The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 44] | thought in England: from Tyndale to Hooker. Good general introduction to Parliament as London, 1953. Useful brief survey of 16th a contemporary institution. | oa

century political thought. VA355. Abraham, Louis A., and Stephen

| VA345. Allen, John W. A history of polit- CC. Hawtrey. A parliamentary dictionary. ical thought in the 16th century. 2nd ed., London, 1956. Excellent brief handbook of London, 1941. Interesting chapters on Eng- parliamentary terminology. lish political thought of the Tudor period. VA356. Pike, Luke O. A constitutional his-

VA346. ——. English political thought, tory of the House of Lords. London, 1894.

1603-1660. V. 1. London, 1938. This volume While there are specialized period studies of

covers the period 1603-44. Second volume the House of Lords, there is no recent gen-

never published. . eral history of that body. Pike’s work re-

VA347. Gooch, George P. English demo- mains, therefore, the best general survey for cratic ideas in the seventeenth century. 2nd the period down to its publication.

ed., rev. by Harold J. Laski, Cambridge, VA357. Porritt, Edward, and Annie G. Eng., 1927. Useful, though somewhat out- Porritt. The unreformed House of Comdated, summary of democratic and egali- mons. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1903. Super-

tarian ideas in the 17th century. | seded to some extent by later studies, but VA348. Laski, Harold J. Political thought — still useful for a description of the parliain England from Locke to Bentham. London mentary system of the British Isles prior to

: and N.Y., 1920. Useful, though somewhat 1832.

outdated, survey. VA358. Jennings, Sir W. Ivor. Cabinet

VA349,. Barker, Sir Ernest. Political government. 2nd ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1951. thought in England from 1848 to 1914. 2nd This and VA359 are standard surveys of | ed., London, 1950. Standard brief survey. the system of British cabinet government. ~VA350. Brinton, Crane. English political VA359. Keith, Arthur B. The British thought in the nineteenth century. 2nd ed., cabinet system. 2nd ed., ed. by N. H. Gibbs, Cambridge, Mass., 1949. Useful survey of London, 1952. various thinkers and their systems of thought. VA360. Morrison, Herbert S. Govern-

VA351. Halévy, Elie. The growth of ment and Parliament: a survey from the

philosophic radicalism. Tr. by Mary Morris. imside. London, 1954. A. perceptive study of

New ed., London, 1949. Famous study of the relations between the modern British the rise of Benthamite thought in England. machinery of government and Parliament.

: VA352. Cole, George D. H. A history of VA361. Lowell, Abbott L. The government

socialist thought. 4 v. London, 1953-56. Im- of England. New ed., 2 v., N.Y., 1912. Still portant survey of modern socialist thought valuable for a description of governmental by a scholar in sympathy with the movement. functions for the period prior to its publicaVA353. Oakeshott, Michael. Secial and _ tion. political doctrines of contemporary Europe. VA362. Smellie, Kingsley B. A hundred Cambridge, Eng., 1939. Excellent survey of years of English government. 2nd ed., Loncurrent political theory, though now some- don, 1951. Useful survey of the interrelawhat out of date. A more recent supple- tionships of various branches of British govmentary work is T. E. Utley and J. Stuart ernment since 1832. Maclure, eds., Documents of modern politi- VA363. Seymour, Charles. Electoral re-

cal thought (Cambridge, Eng., 1958). form in England and Wales: the develop-

| | ar.

oO See also special parts of the general bib- ment and operation of the parliamentary | ‘liographies listed at the beginning of this franchise, 1832-1885. New Haven, 1915. section (VAI-12). and separate chapters Valuable study of effects of the great 19th contained in general works listed under century reform bills on elections.

VA80-83.. Campion, Gilbert F. M.,Lonand - others..VA364. British government since 1918. Parliamentary, Administrative, and Party don, 1950. Survey of government and its

: History — Wuctions since the end of the First World

There is no single general history of the VA365. Carr, Sir Cecil T. Concerning

English parliament, though one has been English administration law. N.Y., 1941. Pene-

projected for several years and is now in trating essay on the problems of modern

progress. Until such time as it appears, the administrative law in Great Britain. See also

student will have to make use of specialized VA366—-367. :

works: which: cover various aspects of parlia- VA366. Allen, Carleton K. Law and mentary history. See also various chapters in orders: an enquiry into the nature and scope works listed under constitutional and legal of delegated legislation and executive powers history (VA326-353), and source materials in England. 2nd ed., London, 1956.

and guides listed under VA657-677. VA367. Robson, William A. Justice and VA354. Campion, Gilbert F. M., and administrative law: a study of the British

others. Parliament: a survey. London, 1952. constitution. 3rd ed., London, 1951. .

442 Guide to Historical Literature — VA368. New Whitehall series. V. 1-4. 5, 1886-1914.] These volumes are the prodLondon, 1954-56. (In progress.) [1, Sir ucts of lifelong, careful scholarship. —_ Frank Newsam, The Home Office; 2, Lord VA384. Carswell, John. The old cause: .

| William Strang, The Foreign Office; 3, Sir three biographical studies in Whiggism. Lon-

Charles Jeffries, The Colonial Office; 4, Sir don, 1954. Biographical study of the develop-

Harold Emmerson, The Ministry of Works.| ment of English Whiggism: - : |

Valuable series of studies touching on the VA385. Pelling, Henry M. The origins of organization and function of the various the Labour party. London, 1954. Excellent branches of the modern British civil service. study of the beginnings of labor’s political

Supersedes the old Whitehall series. , organization in Great Britain.

VA369. Cohen, Emmeline W. The growth VA386. Cole, George D. H. History of of the British civil service, 1780-1939. Lon- the Labour party from 1914, London, 1948. don, 1941. Useful historical survey. For Useful brief survey.

other titles see VA370-—372. VA387. Neale, Sir John E. The Eliza-

-VA370. Greaves, Harold R. G. The civil bethan House of Commons. London, 1949. |

service in the changing state. London, 1947. This and VA388 are valuable studies of the

- VA371. Beer, Samuel H. Treasury control: structure and functions of Parliament in the | the co-ordination of financial and economic _ reign of Elizabeth I.

policy in Great Britain. Oxford, 1956. VA388. ———. Elizabeth I and her parlia-

VA372. Hancock, William K., and Mar- ments. London, 1953. garet M. Gowing. British war economy. See VA389. Notestein, Wallace. The winning

AG230. of the initiative by the House of Commons. VA373. Smellie, Kingsley B. History of London, 1924. Brief but important essay on

local government. London, 1946. This and the gradual transference of: parliamentary V A374-375 are excellent surveys of local power to the House of Commons in the early

government and its history in Great Britain. 17th century. |

| VA374. Finer, Herman. English local VA390. Brunton, Douglas, and Donald H. government. 4th ed., London, 1950. Pennington. Members of the Long ParliaVA375. Robson, William A. The develop- ment. London, 1954. This and VA39]I are ment of local government. 3rd ed., London, valuable attempts to determine the nature of

1954, party alignments in the Long Parliament VA376. Webb, Sidney, and Beatrice Webb. through the method of biographical analysis.

English local government. 9 v. London, VA391. Keeler, Mary F. The Long Parlia1906-29. [1, Parish and the county; 2-3, ment, 1640-1641: a biographical study of its

Manor and the borough; 4, Statutory au- members. Philadelphia, 1954. ..- . thorities for special purposes; 5, The story ~VA392. Walcott, Robert. English politics of the king’s highway; 6, English prisons in the early eighteenth century. Cambridge, under local government; 7-9, English poor Mass., 1956. Political divisions ‘within Parlia-_

_ law history.] A major scholarly study which ment during the early 18th century. | remains a standard work of reference for © VA393. Namier, Sir Lewis B. The structhe historical development of English gov- ture of politics at the accession of George III.

ernment in several of its aspects. | 2nd ed., London, 1957. New edition of a

VA377. Bailey, Sydney D., ed. The British work which has been something of a land- |

party system: a symposium. London, 1952. mark in the historiography of English politThis and VA378 are excellent surveys of — ical history.

the modern British party system. VA394. Gash, Norman. Politics: in the VA378. McKenzie, Robert T. British polit- age of Peel: a study in the technique of ical parties. London, 1955. : parliamentary representation. London, 1953. VA379. Trevelyan, George M. The two- Valuable study which examines the political party system in English political history. functionings of Parliament and English soOxford, 1926. Brief essay on the two-party ciety in the period of the Reform Bill of

system and its significance. 1832.

VA380. Feiling, Keith G. A history of VA395. Gillespie, Frances E. Labor and the Tory party, 1640-1714. Oxford, 1924. politics m England, 1850-1867. Durham, _ This and WVA38/ constitute the standard 1927. A scholarly analysis of the relationships history of the origins of the Tory party. between trade unionism and political re-

VA381. ——. The second Tory party, form in the mid-19th century. oo 1714-1832. London, 1938. VA396. Dolléans, Edouard. Le chartisme. VA382. Slesser, Sir Henry H. History of 2 v. Paris, 1912-13. In many ways the best

_ the Liberal party. London, 1944. In the detailed, scholarly treatment of the Chartist

absence of a definitive, detailed history of | movement. | ;

the Liberal party, this is a useful. guide. VA397. Hovell, Mark. The Chartist moveVA383. Maccoby, Simon. English radi- ment. London, 1918. Best specific treatment -calism. 5 v. London, 1935-55. [1, 1762-1785; | of the movement in English.

2, 1786-1832; 3, 1832-1852; 4, 1853-1886; VA398. Somervell,. David C. British poli-

The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 443 tics since 1900. 2nd ed., London, 1953. Brief of England, 1496-1760. London, 1946. Ex-

survey of the English political scene in the cellent brief study of the economic growth

20th century. of pre-industrial England. VA409. Fay, Charles R: Great Britain from

Economic History Adam Smith to the present day. 2nd ed.,

: London, 1950. Standard economic survey of General British development since the latter part of | VA399, Lipson, Ephraim. The growth of the 18th century. | English society. 3rd ed., London, 1954. VA410. Pool, Arthur G., and Gwilym P.

Excellent survey. | Jones. A hundred years of economic devel-

VA400. Clapham, Sir John H. A concise opment in Great Britain. London, 1940. ,

economic history of Britain, from the earliest Good survey of 19th and 20th century de- | times to 1750. Ed. by J. Saltmarsh. Cam- velopments.

bridge, Eng., 1949. Very good survey of .

English economic history, the posthumous | Agriculture

| work of a great economic historian. VA411. Prothero, Rowland E. (Lord

VA401. Court, William H. B. A concise Ernie). English farming, past and present. economic history of Britain from 1750 to 5th ed., London, 1936. Standard survey of

the recent times. Cambridge, Eng., 1954. English agricultural history, though some of | Admirable condensation of the entire sweep the conclusions need modifying. For other of English economic development since the surveys covering various aspects of agricul-

middle of the 18th century. tural history see VA412-414. |

VA402. Ashton, Thomas S., ed. An eco- | VA412. Orwin, Charles S. A history of nomic history of England. London, 1955 ff. English farming. Edinburgh, 1949. (In progress.). Projected in 5 v., all by noted VA413. Seebohm, Mabel E. (Mabel E. authorities, as follows: E. M. Carus-Wilson, Christie). The evolution of the English farm. the medieval period; F. J. Fisher, the 16th 2nd ed., London, 1952. and 17th centuries; T. S. Ashton, the 18th VA414. Trow-Smith, Robert. English huscentury (London, 1955); A. H. John, 1800- —_ bandry, from the earliest times to the present

1870; and W. Ashworth, 1870-1939. ‘day. London, 1951. VA403. Lipson, Ephraim. The economic VA415. Orwin, Charles S., and Christabel : history of England. V. 2-3, 6th ed., London, S$. Orwin. The open fields. 2nd ed., Oxford, | 1956. These volumes cover the period from 1954. General history of the open-field 15th through the 18th centuries. A standard, system of agriculture. a

scholarly work. : VA416. Tawney, Richard H. The agrarian VA404. Cunningham, William. Growth of problem of the 16th century. London, 1912.

English industry and commerce. 5th and Important work on the evolution of English 6th eds., 3 v., Cambridge, Eng., 1910-12. landholding and the rise of the gentry as a

While some of Cunningham’s judgments are class. For a full discussion of all sides of the in need of modification, this remains an question see VA417-419, important and useful work which contains a VA417. ——. “Rise of the gentry, 1558-

great deal of valuable material. 1640.” Economic history review, 11 (1941):

VA405. Brentano, Lujo. Eine Geschichte 1-38. der wirtschafilichen Entwicklung Englands. VA418. Trevor-Roper, Hugh R. “The 3 v. in 4. Jena, 1927-29. Useful and, as yet, gentry, 1540-1640.” Economic history reuntranslated German study which contains view supplement (1953). much information that cannot be found else- VA419. Habbakuk, H. J. “English land-

where. ownership, 1680-1740.” Economic history re-

VA406. Clapham, Sir John H. An eco- view, 10 (1940): 2-17. nomic of modern Britain, 1820-1929. 2nd ed.,history 3 v. Cambridge, Eng. 1930-38, Industry || | The major work of a great scholar which has |= WA420. Hammond, John L., and Barbara

, become a classic of its kind. Hammond. The rise of modern industry. 5th | VA407. Carus-Wilson, Eleanora M., ed. ed. N.Y., 1937. Long a standard work, Essays in economic history. London, 1954. though conclusions of the authors are no Valuable collection of articles covering a longer so widely shared as they were at time .

wide range of topics. All are reprints from of publication. a

various numbers of Economic history and VA421. Hoffmann, Walther G. British inThe economic history review over a period dustry, 1700-1950. Tr. by W. O. Henderson of about twenty years. While the list of and W. H. Chaloner. Oxford, 1955. Importitles contained in the volume is too long to tant but highly technical work in which the reproduce here, this is a collection that author applies the method of statistics to should not be slighted by the student of determine the rate of industrial growth in

economic history. | England since the middle of the 18th cen-

~ VA408. Clark, Sir George N. The wealth tury. |

444 Guide to Historical Literature VA422. Flanders, Allen, and Hugh A. niques to explain the patterns of British ecoClegg. The system of industrial relations in| nomic development in the 19th century. See

Great Britain: its history, law, and imstitu- also VA42]/. —

tions. Oxford, 1954. Useful survey. VA436. Kahn, Alfred E. Great Britain in

--WA423. Knowles, Lillian C. A. The indus- the world economy. N.Y., 1946. Analysis of trial and commercial revolutions in Great Britain’s international economic position. |

Britain during the nineteenth century. 4th VA437. Worswick, George D. N.,--and rev. ed., London, 1926. A classic study of Peter H. Ady, eds. The British economy,

the subject. 1945-1950. Oxford, 1952. ee - VA424. Ashton, Thomas S. The industrial VA438. Morgan, Edward V. The theory

revolution, 1760-1830. London and N.Y., and practice of central banking, 1797-1913. 1948. Admirable survey of the movement Cambridge, Eng., 1943. Valuable survey of

which has not been entirely superseded by _ the British banking system. , the author’s later study (VA425). | VA439. Clapham, Sir John H. The Bank

~VA425, ——~. The economic history of | of England: a history, 1694-1914. 2 v. Cam_ England: the eighteenth century. London, bridge, Eng., 1944. Now the standard history.

1955.. , : V-A440. Raynes, Harold E. A history of

. VA426. Clark, Sir George N. The idea of _ British insurance. London, 1948. Rev. rethe industrial revolution. See 7711. print, 1950. Useful survey of an important ~ .VA427. Mantoux, Paul J. La révolution aspect of British financial history. industrielle au XVIIIe siécle. Paris, 1906. Tr. VA441. Dowell, Stephen. A history of and rev. by Marjorie Vernon as The indus- taxation and taxes in England from _ the trial revolution in the eighteenth century _ earliest times to the present day. 2nd ed., 4 (London, 1928; reprint, 1948). Long a stand- _—v., London, 1888. Still the only general sur-

ard work which was undertaken as an at- vey. Should be supplemented by VA442-

tempt to document the belief of Arnold 444. a

Toynbee that the 18th century in England VA442. Hargreaves, Eric L. The national

“saw the beginnings of the modern industrial debt. London, 1930. An important work.

revolution. VA443. Dietz, Frederick C. English public.

| . | finance, 1558-1642. N.Y., 1932. Valuable,

Trade, Finance, and Economic Growth scholarly study of the beginnings of modern -. WA428. Rogers, James E. T. Six centuries — state finance in Great Britain.

of work and wages. 11th ed., London, 1912. VA444, Kennedy, William. English taxaNow somewhat out of date and superseded’ tion, 1640-1799: an essay on policy and

by VA429. opinion. London, 1913. Still useful for the .VA429. Beveridge, Sir William H., Prices period covered. and wages in England from the twelfth to

nineteenth century. V. 1, The mercantile Social History | era.theVA430. London, 1939. | Carter, Charles F., and Andrew General

D. Roy. British economic statistics. Cam- VA445. Trevelyan, George M. English sobridge, Eng., 1954. Useful compilation.. ~~ cial history: a survey of six centuries. 3rd ed., VA431. Scott, William R. The constitu- London, 1946. Best one-volume epitome.

tion. and finance of English, Scottish, and VA446. Cole, George D. H., and Ray- | Irish joint stock companies to 1720. 3 v. mond W. Postgate. The common people, Cambridge, Eng., 1910-12. The standard 1744-1946. 4th ed., London, 1949. Contains scholarly work on the subject, which badly a great deal of valuable information.

needs reprinting. VA447. Traill, Henry D., and James S. ~VA432. Schlote, Werner. British overseas Mann, eds. Social England: a record of the trade, 1700 to the 1930’s. Tr. by W. O. Hen- progress of the people in religion, laws, derson. Oxford, 1952. Important study by a learning, arts, industry, commerce,’ science, German scholar which offers a statistical literature, and manners from the. earliest analysis of British overseas trade and its de- _ times to the present day. New ed., 6 v., Lon-

velopment. don, 1901-04. A classic survey written by VA433. Jenks, Leland H. The migration of | many hands. Still valuable. oe

_ British capital to 1875. N.Y., 1927. Standard © YWA448. Plumb, John H., ed. Studies in study of the pattern of English overseas in- social history presented to G. M. Trevelyan. |

| vestment in the 19th century. London, 1955. Contains a number of im-

VA434. Cairncross, Alexander K. Home portant essays in the field of social history. and foreign investment, 1870-1913. Cam- Should be consulted by any student working bridge, Eng., 1953. Continuation on a some- in that area.

what broader scope of VA433. ; _. VA435. Rostow, Walt W. British economy Social Classes and Conditions

of the nineteenth century. Oxford, 1948. VA449. Raleigh, Sir Walter A., Sir Sidney : Valuable study employing theoretical tech- Lee, and Charles T. Onions, eds. Shake-

The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 445 speare’s England. 2 v. Oxford, 1917. Valu- Hammond. The village laborer, 1760-1832. |

able survey of late Tudor England. New ed., London, 1920. This and VA468— VA450. Wright, Louis B. Middle class cul- 469 are important studies written with some

ture in Elizabethan England. Chapel Hill, bias against the economic and industrial

1935. Excellent social survey. changes of the 18th century.

VA451. Notestein, Wallace. The English VA468. ———. The town laborer, 1760people on the eve of . colonization, 1603— 1832. London, 1917.

1630. See VAJOJ. | VA469. ——. The skilled laborer, 1760VA452. Mathew, David. The social struc- 1832. London, 1919.

ture in Caroline England. Oxford, 1948. VA470. Pinchbeck, Ivy. Women workers Scholarly but allusive study of early Stuart and the industrial revolution. London, 1930.

society. | VA471. Cole, George D. H. Short history

| VA453. Coate, Mary. Social life in Stuart of the English working class movement. 3 v. England. London, 1924. Helpful survey. London, 1927. Standard survey of the move-

VA454. George, Mary D. England in ment.

transition. London, 1931. The forces of so- VA472. Lewis, Roy, and Angus Maude. - cial change in 18th century England. Valu- The English middle classes. London, 1950.

able. Position of the middle classes the mid-20th VA455. -Turberville, Arthur S. in English century. | |

| men and manners in the eighteenth century. VA473. ——. Professional people. London, 2nd ed., Oxford, 1929. This and VA456 con- 1952. Valuable study of the English profes-

stitute valuable surveys of English social his- sional classes. | tory in the 18th century from the pen of a . . noted authority. Social and Economic Reform

| VA456. ——, ed. Johnson’s England. 2 v. VA474, Webb, Sidney, and Beatrice Webb.

Oxford, 1933. History of trade unionism. Rev. ed., London,

VA457. Young, George M., ed. Early Vice- 1920. Still a useful survey of the move-

: torian England. 2 v. Oxford, 1934. Collec- ment. |

tion of materials illustrative of the social life VA475. Hall, Fred, and William P. Watof early Victorian England. For an illuminat- kins. Co-operation: a survey of the history,

ing but somewhat involved essay on the principles and -organization of the co-opera- oe whole Victorian period see VA458. tive movement in Great Britain and Ireland. VA458. ——, ed. Victorian England: por- Manchester, 1934. }

. trait of an age. See VA147. VA476. Cole, George D. H. A century of |

VA459. Briggs, Asa. Victorian people: co-operation. London, 1944. some reassessments of people, institutions, VA477.. Harrison, Amy, and Elizabeth L. ideas, and events, 1851-1867. London, 1954. Hutchins. A history of factory legislation. | Series of vignettes of leading Victorians, | Westminster, 1903. Though much out of date, their outlook and place in Victorian society. it is still most useful survey of 19th century VA460. Hammond, John L., and Barbara factory legislation. Hammond. The age of the Chartists, 1832- V A478. Barnes, Donald G. History of the

| 1854, London, 1930. Strongly biased in favor English corn laws. London, 1930. : of social reform. See VAI54. VA479, Klingberg, Frank J. The antiVA461. Lynd, Helen M. England in the’ slavery movement in England. New Haven,

eighteen-eighties. N.Y., 1945. Thoughtful 1926. . study of the forces of social change in late VA480. Leonard, E. M. The early history Victorian England. of English poor relief. Cambridge, Eng., VA462. Hearnshaw, Fossey J. C., ed. Ed- 1900. Still valuable for the beginnings of the wardian England, 1901-1910. London, 1933. English poor law system. Covers the period VA463. Graves, Robert, and Alan Hodge. 1514-1644. The long week end: a British social history, VA481. Webb, Sidney, and Beatrice Webb.

1918-1939. N.Y., 1941. | English poor law history. 3 v. London, 1927- ,

VA464. Wingfield-Stratford, Esmé C. The 29. [English local government, 7-9.] Most squire and his relations. London, 1956. Gen- complete scholarly survey.

eral survey of the English squirearchy and V A482. Cole, George D. H. British work-

its historical development. ing class politics, 1832-1914. London, 1941.

VA465. Fussell, George E., and K. R. VA483. Beer, Max. A history of British Fussell. The English countryman: his life socialism. London and N.Y., 1940. Standard . and work, A.D. 1500-1900. London, 1955. survey of British socialism by an Austrian VA466. Campbell, Mildred L. The Eng- = scholar whose enthusiasm for his subject led lish yeoman under Elizabeth and the early to some historical distortion in an otherwise

Stuarts. New Haven, 1942. Important study useful book. of a social class which played a major part VA4S84, Pease, Edward R. The history of in Tudor and Stuart society. the Fabian Society. 2nd ed., London, 1925. ~VA467, Hammond, John L., and Barbara The standard “official” history.

446 : Guide to Historical Literature VA485. Hall, Mary P. The social services which call attention to the religious element of modern England. 3rd rev. ed., London, in the English Reformation.

1955. VA503. Constant, Gustave. The Reforma-

VA486. Mendelsohn, Ronald. Social se- tion in England. See D486. |

curity in the British Commonwealth: Great VA504. Hughes, Philip. The Reformation , Britain, Canada, Australia, New Zealand. in England. 3 v. London, 1950-54. MonuLondon, 1954. Very good comparative study. mental work by a Catholic scholar.

VA505. Knappen, Marshall M. Tudor

Religious History Puritanism. Chicago, 1939. Excellent, schol-

| arly survey of the beginnings of English General - Puritanism.

VA487. Sykes, Norman. The English re- VA506. Haller, William. The rise of Puriligious tradition. London, 1953. Excellent tanism. N.Y., 1938. This and VA507 are im-

summary. portant studies on the literature and thought

- WA488. James, Edwin O. A history of of the Puritan movement and the great crisis Christianity in England. See D514. This and of the civil wars. See also VA508-—509.

- - VA489 are the two best brief, single-volume VA507. ——. Liberty and reformation in

surveys. ' the Puritan revolution. N.Y., 1955.

| VA489, Moorman, John R. H. A history VA508. Simpson, Alan. Puritanism in Old

of the church in England. London, 1953. and New England. See AB104. |

VA490. Hunt, William, and William R. W. VA509. Marlowe, John. The Puritan traStephens, eds. History of the English church. dition in English life. London, 1956. ~9 v. London, 1899-1910. Covers period from VAS510. Jordan, Wilbur K. The develop-

597 to the end of the 19th century. ment of religious toleration. 4 v. London,

VA491. Stoughton, John. Ecclesiastical 1932-40. A major scholarly enterprise which history of England. 5 v. London, 1867-84. examines the ideas and writings of those reCovers period 1640-1850. Written by a dis- sponsible for beginning the idea of religious senter who tried to include all aspects of re- toleration in England.

history. | VASI1. Plum, Harry G. Restoration Puri| ligious .Denominations tanism. Chapel Hill, 1943. English PuritanOther Than the ism in its later phases. Church of England VA512. Overton, John H., and Frederic

VA492. Braithwaite, William C. The be- Relton. The English church from the accesginnings of Quakerism. London, 1912. This sion of George I to the end of the eighteenth

and VA493 cover the period to 1725. century. London, 1906. [History of the EngVA493. ——. The second period of lish church, 7.] Still useful as a historical

Quakerism. London, 1919. survey.

VA494. Jones, Rufus M. The later periods VA513. Sykes, Norman. Church and state of Quarkerism. 2 v. London, 1921. Covers im England in the 18th century. Cambridge,

later period down to the 20th century. Eng., 1934. Valuable, scholarly essay.

VA495. Dale, Robert W. History of Eng- VA514. Warre-Cornish, Francis. The English Congregationalism. Ed. by Sir A. W. W. — lish church in the nineteenth century. 2 v.

Dale. 2nd ed., London, 1907. _ London, 1910. [History of the English church, VA496. Drysdale, Alexander H. History 8—9.]

, of the Presbyterians in England. London, VAS515. Lloyd, Roger B. The Church of

1889. | England in the twentieth century. 2 v. LonVA497. Townsend, William J., Herbert B. don, 1946—50. Detailed account. |

: Workman, and George Eayrs, eds. A new VA516. Spinks, George S., and others. history of Methodism. 2 v. London, 1909. Religion in Britain since 1900. London, 1952.

} VA498. Mathew, David. Catholicism in Survey of various aspects of religious thought

England. 3rdRoth, ed., London, and belief.of VA499. Cecil1955. A. Ah history

the .

Jews in England. 2nd ed., Oxford, 1949. Theology and Religious Thought VA500. Whitley, William T. A history of VAS517. Hunt, John. Religious thought in |

British Baptists. 2nd ed., London, 1932. England from the Reformation to the end of .

| the last century. 3 v. London, 1870-73.

Special Periods and Topics Though out of date and in need of revision,

VAS501. Powicke, Sir Frederick M. The _ this is still the only useful survey of its kind.

Reformation in England. London, 1941. VA518. Tulloch, John. Rational theology Thoughtful and perceptive essay on the and Christian philosophy in England in the causes and significance of the English Ref- seventeenth century. 2 v. Edinburgh, 1872.

ormation. | Still valuable for the period covered. Partly VA502. Rupp, Ernest G. Studies in the but by no means entirely superseded by

making of the English Protestant tradition. VA526. } Cambridge, Eng., 1947. Valuable essays -VA519, Miller, Perry G. The New Eng.

The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 447 land mind: the seventeenth century. See VA535. The Oxford history of English art.

AB445. Ed. by Thomas R. S. Boase. Oxford, 1949 ff. VA520. Stromberg, Roland N. Religious To be completed in 12 v. V. 6—12 will cover liberalism in eighteenth-century England. Ox- the period since 1485. |

ford, 1954. - | VA536. The Pelican history of art. Ed. by VA521. Elliott-Binns, Leonard E. English Nicholas Pevsner. London, 1953 ff. V. 1, 3, thought, 1860-1900: the theological aspect. 5,9, and 12, already published, cover various

London, 1956. Excellent, scholarly study of aspects of British art. | 19th century religious thought. V A537. Baker, Charles H. C., and William

, : | G. Constable.. English painting of the six; ; teenth and seventeenth centuries. N.Y., 1930. | Philosophy and the History of Ideas Comprehensive and critically reliable. [JSC] , , VA538. Waterhouse, Ellis K. Painting in

| ’ eas : 1958. |

, 5 , ° 2 idly academic. [JSC]

| thouskt in CAnsland. Oxford. 1910. Veey Britain, 1530 to 1790. Baltimore, 1953. Sol-

good, Scholarly survey of English intellectual VA539. ——-. Gainsborough. London,

VA523. Sorley, William R. A history of |

English philosophy. Cambridge, Eng., 1920. Britich 0. B Ta gt eee) . century or , Useful standard survey of English philoso- N.Y 1981 8» | > vondon an

. ° aa ; : don, 1949. .

, | P ny: A524 Sohivand in need of MW. : The VA541. Beckett, Ronald B. Hogarth. Lon-

Elizabethan world picture. London, 1943. ? : .

Important essay on the Elizabethan view of L Mann tod ease aia aonolds. VA525. Stephen, Sir Leslie. History of "S94 2, CoraPhy. See at! | English thought in the eighteenth century. . Britai ° 1530 to 1830 ae re aren the universe and of man’s place therein. ° f r Libk ‘ph "300 Ogical catalog an

. 3rd ed., 2 v., London, 1902. Though perme- U fal al, 1SC - Baltimore, 53. ated with h strong wictorian et VAS44. Walke,odenest nosticism, thisnov is orstill a valuable survey . ° ?A; history of music

the 18th century intellectual milieu. - me ngland. 2nd ed., London, 1924. Good VA526. Willey, Basil. The seventeenth cen- y:

tury background. London, 1934. This and ; VA527~529 constitute a valuable survey of | _ Education Engiis rive oapoenied from the 17th VA545. Curtis, Stanley J. History of eduV 57 The eighteenth century back- cation in Great Britain. 3rd ed., London,

don 1940.of 1953.the This andsubject. VA546-547 are useful } ,ground a .Lonveys : surLt ioag Nmeteenth century studies. “v4546, Barnard, Howard C. A short his-

V A529 : More nineteenth century tory of English education from 1760 to 1944. studies. London, 1956. London, 1947, a VAS547, Curtis, Stanley J. Education in Britain since 1900. London, 1952.

. | Literature and the Arts VA548. Mallet, Sir Charles. A history of :

| the University of Oxford. 3 v. London, 1924— VA530. Baugh, Albert C., ed. A literary 27. | | | history of England. N.Y., 1948. Excellent VA549. Mullinger, James B. The Univer-

the still useful VAS3J. 1873-1911. }

| summary which to a large extent supersedes sity of Cambridge. 3 v. Cambridge, Eng., VAS531. Legouis, Emile, and Louis Caza-

ed., N.Y., 1935. i BIOGRAPHIES | VA532. Harvey, Sir Paul, ed. The Oxford a . . . .

mian. A history of English literature. Rev. |

companion to English literature. 3rd_ ed., Biographical entries contained in the subOxford, 1946. Standard work of reference. section ‘Histories of Special Periods” are VA533. The Cambridge history of English "°t Tepeated here.

literature. Ed. by Sir Adolphus W. Ward and ,

Alfred R. Waller. 14cover v. Cambridge, Eng., dor Period. 1907-16. V. 3-14 the period since Tudor 1485Period, 1485-1603 : 1485. Still a valuable work of reference. VA550. Gairdner, James. Henry the SeyVA534. The Oxford history of English enth. London, 1889. |

literature. Ed. by Bonamy Dobree and Frank VA551. Temperley, Gladys. Henry VII.

P. Wilson. Oxford, 1945 ff. To be completed London, 1914. |

, in 12 v. V. 6-12 will cover the period since VAS52. Chambers, Raymond W. Thomas

1485. / More. London, 1935.

448 Guide to Historical Literature , VA553. Pollard, Albert F. Thomas Cran- VA580. Grew, Marion E. William Ben- |

mer and the English Reformation. London, tinck and William TJ. London, 1924.

1904. | VA581. Ogg, David. William HI. London, VA554. Smyth, Charles H. Cranmer and = 1956.

the Reformation under Edward VI. Cam- VA582. Churchill, Winston S. Marlbor-

bridge, Eng., 1926. ough, his life and times. 2 v. London, 1947. VASS55. Creighton, Mandell. Queen Eliza-— VA583. Rowse, Alfred L. The early | beth. London, 1899. Churchills: an English family. London, 1956. VA556. Corbett, Julian S. Sir Francis VA584. Roscoe, Edward S. Robert Harley, Drake. London, 1890. : earl of Oxford. London, 1902. VA557. Williamson, James A. Hawkins of VA585. Sichel, Walter S. Bolingbroke and

Plymouth. London, 1949. his times. 2 v. London, 1901-02. VA558. Pearson, Andrew F. S. Thomas

Cartwright and Elizabethan Puritanism, Eighteenth Century, 1714-1815 1535-1603. Cambridge, Eng., 1925.

VA559. Hume, Martin A. S. The great VA586. Imbert-Terry, Henry M. A consti-

Lord Burghley. N.Y., 1898. tutional king, George the First. London, VA560. Rosenberg, Eleanor. Leicester, 1927. | patron of letters. N.Y., 1955. VA587. Fox-Strangways, Giles S. H., earl

VA561. Chambers, Edmund K. William of Ilchester. Henry Fox, first Lord Holland, .

Shakespeare. 2 v. Oxford, 1930. his family and relations. 2 v. London, 1920. | VA562. Davis, Bernard E. C. Edmund VA588. Morley, John. Sir Robert Walpole. Spenser. Cambridge, Eng., 1933. London, 1921. VA589. Postgate, Raymond. That devil

Stuart Period, 1603-1714 Wilkes. London, 1930.

| VA590. Trevelyan, George O. The early

VA563. Spedding, James. Letters and the history of Charles James Fox. New ed., Lon-

life of Francis Bacon, including all his oc- don, 1908. casional works. 7 v. London, 1861-74. VA591. ——-. George III and Charles Fox. VA564. Taylor, Alfred E. Francis Bacon. 2 v. London, 1912-14.

| Oxford, 1927. oo VA592. Lascelles, Edward C. P. The life VA565. Cecil, Algernon. A life of Robert of Charles James Fox. Oxford, 1936. Cecil, first earl of Salisbury. London, 1915. VA593. Lucas, Reginald. Lord North, secVA566. Bowen, Catherine D. The lion and _— ond earl of Guilford. 2 v. London, 1913.

the throne: the life and times of Sir Edward VA594, Fitzmaurice, Edmund. Life of

Coke, 1552-1634. Boston, 1957. William, earl of Shelburne. 2nd ed., 2 v., ] VA567. Higham, Florence M. G. Charles London, 1912.

I: a study. London, 1932. VA595. Magnus, Sir Philip M. Edmund VA568. Trevor-Roper, Hugh R. Arch- Burke. London, 1939.

bishop Laud. London, 1940. VA596. Smiles, Samuel. Lives of the enVA569. Wedgwood, Cicely V. Strafford. gineers. 3 v. London, 1861-62. |

London, 1935. WVA597. Unwin, George, Arthur Hulme, | VA570. Oman, Carola. Henrietta Maria. and George Taylor. Samuel Oldknow and London, 1936. the Arkwrights. Manchester, 1924. VA571. Ireland, William W. The life of VA598. Cole, George D. H. Robert Owen.

Sir Henry Vane the younger. London, 1905. London, 1925. .

VA572. Wade, Charles E. John Pym. Lon- VA599. Atkinson, Charles M. Jeremy

don, 1912. : Bentham, his life and work. London, 1905. VA573. Buchan, John. Oliver Cromwell. VA600. Cole, George D. H. The life of London, 1934. William Cobbett. 3rd ed., London, 1947. VA574. Masson, David. The life of John VA601. Wallas, Graham. The life of Fran-

Milton. 7 v. London, 1859-94. } cis Place. 4th ed., London, 1925. _ VA575. Tillyard, Eustace M. W. Milton. VA602. Coupland, Sir Reginald. Wilber-

, London, 1930. force: a narrative. Oxford, 1923.

VA576. Bryant, Sir Arthur. Samuel Pepys. VA603. Grenfell, Russell. Nelson the

2nd ed., 3 v., London, 1948-49. sailor. 2nd ed., London, 1952. VA577. Traill, Henry D. Shaftesbury. VA604. Mahan, Alfred T. The life of

London, 1888. Nelson, 2nd ed., Boston, 1899.

VA578. Browning, Andrew. Thomas Os- = VA605. Oman, Carola. Nelson. London,

borne, earl of Danby and duke of Leeds, 1947. 1632-1712. 3 v. Glasgow, 1944—-S1. VA606. Fortescue, Sir John. Wellington.

VA579. Foxcroft, Helen C. The life and London, 1925. | Halifax. 2 v. London, 1898. don, 1931.

, letters of George Savile, first marquis of VA607. Guedalla, Philip. Wellington. Lon-

- The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland — 449 Early Victorian England, 1815-1870 VA632.° Oxford and Asquith, Herbert

ee | Henry, earl of. Fifty years of Parliament.

VA608. Greville, Charles C. F. Greville London, 1926. :

memoirs: a journal of the reigns of King VA633. ———. Memories and reflections, George IV, King William IV, and Queen 1859-1927, 2 vy. Boston, 1928. Victoria. Ed. by Henry Reeve. 8 v. London, VA634. Spender, John A., and Cyril As-

1896-99. For brevity see Christopher Lloyd, quith. Life. of Herbert Henry Asquith,

ed., The Greville memoirs (London, 1948). Lord Oxford and Asquith. 2 Vv. London,

VA609. Leigh, Ione. Castlereagh. London, 1932. - )

1951. VA635. Stewart, William. J. Keir Hardie. VA610. Fay, Charles R. Huskisson and London, 1921.

his age. London, 1951. VA636. Grubb, Arthur P. From candle

1954. . | 1908.

VA611, Cecil, Lord David. Lord M.: factory to British cabinet: the life story of

the later life of Lord Melbourne. London, the Right Honourable John Burns. London, VA612. Parker, Charles S. Sir Robert Peel. “ A637. Mann, Tom. Tom Mann’s mem-

3 v. London, 1891-99. oirs. London, 1923. _VA613. Ramsay, Anna A. W. Sir Robert VA638. Jones, Thomas. Lloyd George. Peel. London, 1928. _ Cambridge, Mass., 1951.

| VA614, Cecil, Algernon. Queen Victoria VA639. Trevelyan, George M. Grey of

and her prime ministers. London, 1953. Fallodon. Boston, 1937. | VA615. Fulford, Roger. Queen Victoria. -VA640. Maurice, Sir Frederick B. The

| London, 1951. | life of Viscount Haldane of Cloan. 2 v. LonVA616. New, Chester W. Lord Durham. don, 1937-39. —

don, 1936. | |

See AA222. VA641. Snowden, Philip (Viscount Snow-

VA617. Hammond, John L., and Barbara den). An autobiography. 2 v. London, 1934— . Hammond. Lord Shaftesbury. 4th ed., Lon- 35. |

VA618. Walpole, Spencer. The life of : ie

Lord John Russell. 2 v. London, 1889. Twentieth Century smice 1914 -VA619, Hobson, John A. Richard Cobden, VA642. Lloyd George, David. War mem-

the international man. London, 1919. oirs. 6 v. London and Boston, 1933-37. VA620. Trevelyan, George M. The life of VA643. “Blake, Robert. The unknown

_ John Bright. London, 1913. prime minister: the life and times of Andrew

_ VA621. Finer, Samuel E. The life and Bonar Law, 1858-1923. London, 1955. | times of Sir Edwin Chadwick. London, 1952. VA644, Duff Cooper, Alfred. Haig. 2 v.

| VA622. Darwin, E. Francis, ed. The life = [London, 1935. |

and letters of Charles Darwin. 2 v. London, VA645. Baldwin, Arthur W. My father:

1887. , the true story. London, 1955. VA623. Wells, Geoffrey H. (pseud. Geof- VA646. Young, George M. Stanley Bald-

frey West). Charles Darwin, a portrait. New — win. London, 1952. :

Haven, 1938. VA647. Driberg, Tom. Beaverbrook: a | study in power and frustration. London,

Victorian and Edwardian England, 1870-1914 VA648. Feiling, Keith G.1956. The life; of

| Neville Chamberlain. See 4F3/0. |

VA624. O’Brien, Richard B. The life of VA649. Gore, John. King George V, a Charles Stuart Parnell. See VA296. personal memoir. London, 1941. VA625. Churchill, Winston S. Lord Ran- VA650. Cole, Margaret, ed. The Webbs dolph Churchill. Rev. ed., London, 1951. and their work. London, 1949. VA626. Cecil, Lady Gwendolen. Life of VA651. Broad, Lewis. Winston Churchill, Robert, marquis of Salisbury. 4 v. London, architect of victory and peace. Rev. ed.,

1921-32. London, 1956. | VA627. Morley, John (Viscount Morley). VA652. Williams, Francis. Ernest Bevin:

Recollections. 2 v. N.Y., 1917. portrait of a great Englishman. London, James Balfour. 2 v. N.Y., 1937. VA653. Amery, Leopold S. My political

} VA628. Dugdale, Blanche E. C. Arthur 1952.

VA629. Lee, Sir Sidney. King Edward VII. life. V. 1-3. London, 1953-55.

2v. N.Y., 1925-27. VA654,. Dalton, Hugh. Call back yesterVA630. Crewe-Milnes, Robert O. A., mar- day. London, 1953.

quess of Crewe. Lord Rosebery. N.Y., 1931. VA655. Attlee, Clement R. As it hapVA631. Spender, John A. The life of the pened. London, 1954. Right Hon. Sir Henry Campbell-Bannerman. VA656. Broad, Lewis. Sir Anthony Eden:

2 v. London, 1923. the chronicles of a career. London, 1955.

450 Guide to Historical Literature GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS VA668. Hansard, Thomas C. The parlia- |

mentary debates. London, 1804 ff. Five ,

For complete current information on all series with indices. A continuation of V.A667,

: British government publications See the = which covers the day to day proceedings of monthly and annual cumulative lists of parliament. More commonly known, after publications available from H. M. Stationery the name of the original printer, as Hansard’s Office. The sole agent in the United States is debates. Invaluable.

the British Library of Information, 30 Rocke- VA669. Great Britain. House of Lords. feller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y., fr om whom Journals of the House of Lords, 1509 to date.

current cumulative lists may be obtained. London, 1767 ff. Contains records of busi,| Guides ness, lists of no votes, andof petitions, but after 1628 record debates. — VA670. Great Britain. House of ComVA657. Great Britain. Public Record Of- mons. Journals of the House of Commons, fice. Guide to the public records. Pt. 1, In- 4547 to date. London, 1742 ff. Contains the

_ troductory. New ed., London, 1949. same materials as the Lords’ journals.

VA658. Galbraith, Vivian H. Introduction VA671. Parliamentary papers: a general

to the use of the public records. 3rd ed., index to the sessional papers printed by London, 1952. Helpful handbook by a his- order of the House of Lords or presented

torical scholar. | by special command (1801-1885). 3 v. Lon' WA659. Great Britain. Public Record Of- don, 1860-86. Reprints and catalogues of fice. Report of the deputy keeper of the Gr guides to the important parliamentary _ public records. London, 1840 ff. (Annual.) sessional papers known as the parliamentary VA660. Somerville, Robert. Handlist of pine books. record publications. London, 1951. [British VA672. Parliamentary papers. Reports

Records Association pamphlet, 3.] from the committees of the House of ComVA661. Lewis, Idwal, A. P. Kup, and mons... not inserted in the journals. 1715Peter Goldesborough, eds. Handlist of Scot- 4991. 16 vy. London. 1803-06. | tish and Welsh record publications. London, VA673. General alphabetical index to the

1954. [British Records Association pamphlet, jis, reports, estimates, accounts, and papers 4.] printed by the House of Commons and to VA662. Hall, Hubert, ed. A repertory of the papers presented by command. 1801-

British archives. Pt. 1, England. London, 1999.7 y. London, 1853-1931.

1920. i, VA674, Ford, Grace, and Percy Ford, eds. VA663. Giuseppi, Montague S. A guide Guide to parliamentary papers. 2nd ed., Ox-

to the manuscripts preserved in the Public ford. 1956. Record Office. 2 v. London, 1923-24. Now VA675. —— eds. Hansard’s catalogue somewhat dated, but still extremely useful. and breviate of parliamentary papers, 1696VA664. Great Britain. Royal Commission 4834, Oxford. 1953.

on Public Records. Report of the Royal VA676. aa eds. Select list of parCommission on Public Records appointed to liamentary papers 1833-1899. Oxford

inquire into and report on the state of the 1953. ° ‘

public records and local records of a public VA677. . eds. A breviate of par-

nature of England and Wales. 3 v. London, liamentary papers, 1917-1939. Oxford,

1912-19. Official survey. 1951.

| Official Printed Sources Statutes VA678. The statutes at large, from Magna

State Papers Charta to the end of the last parliament of

VA665. Great Britain. Public Record Of- Great Britain, held in the 41st year of the - fice. Calendar of state papers. London, 1856 reign of King George III, 1800. Ed. by Owen ff. Covers the charter, patent, and close rolls Ruffhead. New ed., rev. and continued by as well as domestic, foreign, and colonial Charles Runnington, 14 v., London, 1786—

affairs. 1800. Parliament eds. The statutes at large of the United : ~ VA679. Tomlins, Thomas E., and others,

VA666. Parliamentary or constitutional Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. 29 v. history of England. 1066-1660. 24 v. Lon- London, 1804-69. (Title varies.) Continues don, 1751-61. More commonly known as V4A678. Covers period 1801-65.

The old parliamentary history. VA680. Public general statutes. London, VA667. Parliamentary history of England 1832-67. This and VA68/ continue the stat-

from the Norman conquest in 1066 to the utes to the present time. . year 1803. Ed. by William Cobbett. 36 v. VA681. Public general acts of the United London, 1806-20. A continuation of VA666 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. Lon-

which does not entirely supersede it. don, 1887 ff.

The United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland 451

State Trials | _ Since 1897 carried on under sponsorship of

VA682. A complete collection of state the Royal Historical Society. ae ,

trials. 1163-1820. Ed. by William Cobbett, _ VA691. Hakluyt Society. Publications. Thomas B. Howell, and Thomas J. Howell. London, 1846 ff. Primarily concerned with

34 v. London, 1809-28. the publication of travel diaries, journals, VA683. State Trials Committee. State and logs of navigation. , oo trials, new series. London, 1888 ff. A con- | VA692. Navy Records Society. Publicatinuation of VA682. tions. London, 1894 ff. Indispensable body . of source materials pertaining to the history

. . . of the royal navy. |

Foreign Policy and Affairs VA693. Royal Historical Society. TransacVA684, Rymer, Thomas, and Robert San- tions. 1869 ff. London, 1872 ff. (Annual.) derson, eds. Foedera conventiones, literae, Contains specialized scholarly articles and et cujuscunque generis acta publica. 1101—- edited documents. For index see Hubert Hall,

1713. 20 v. London, 1704-35. There are [ist and index of the Royal Historical So-

several editions of this work for which the ciety, 1871-1924, and of the Camden Society, best guide is Sir Thomas D. Hardy, Syllabus 1 349_1897 (London, 1925).

_ of documents in Rymer’s Foedera (3 V., VA694. Scottish History Society. Publica-

London, 1869-85). tions. Edinburgh, 1887 ff. Important collecVA685. British and foreign state papers. tion of printed sources for the study of

1812/14 ff. London, 1841 ff. Scottish and British history in general.

VA686. Hertslet, Lewis, Sir Edward Herts- VA695. Selden Society. Publications. Lonlet, and others, eds. A complete collection of don, 1888 ff. Source materials for the study

the treaties, conventions, and reciprocal of Enplish legal history. . regulations at present subsisting between VA696. The Royal Society. Transactions. |

Great Britain and foreign powers. 19 v. Lon- London, 1665 ff. (Annual.) Valuable for the , don, 1827-95. history of P., English science. VA687. Gooch, George and Harold |

W. V. Temperley, eds. British documents on | the origins of the war, 1898-1914. 11 v. PERIODICALS London, 1926-38. The list below contains the titles of British

VA688. Woodward, Ernest L., and Rohan periodicals useful to the history student. It Butler, eds. Documents on British foreign should be remembered, however, that many

policy, 1919-1939. See AHI19. _ foreign journals regularly publish articles and papers pertaining to British history.

Private Papers , VAG9T. Cambridge historical journal. VA689. Great Britain. Historical Manu- 1923 ff. Cambridge, Eng., 1925 ff. (Annual. ) scripts Commission. Reports. London, 1870 VA698. Church quarterly review. 1875 ff.

ff. Contains lists and summaries of impor- London, 1876 ff. Index of articles, v. 1-59

tant manuscript collections in private hands. (Oct. 1875—Jan. 1905), London, 1906. , There is also available for consultation at , V4699. The economic history review. Lonvarious branches of the Public Record Office 400, 1927 ff. (3 nos. per year.)

and in the copyright libraries of Great Brit- VA700. The economic journal. London,

ain a selection of calendars and duplicate 1891 ff. (Quarterly.) Published by the Royal lists of local, family, and business records Economic Society. —

prepared by the National Register of Ar- VA701. Economica. London, 1921 ff. chives. In addition, the National Register Quarterly.) Index to v. 1-7 (1921-27), publishes an annual bulletin containing lists London, 1928. Published by the London of MMS. acquisitions to local and national School of Economics and Political Science.

repositories. VA702. The English historical review. London, 1886 ff. (Quarterly.) Index, 4 v.,

London, 1906-38. |

UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND VA703. History. London, 1912 ff. (Quar-

SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS terly.) | | VA704. History today. London, 1951 ff. For detailed information on the publica- | (Monthly.)

tions of various local societies and acad- VA705. Bulletin of the Institute of Histori-

emies see the bibliographical aids listed under cal Research. London, 1923 ff. (Frequency appropriate sections. The following are the _ varies.) .

most important publications of general his- VA706. The journal of ecclesiastical historical interest produced by societies and tory. London, 1950 ff. (Semiannual.)

other learned bodies in Great Britain. VA707. Journal of the Royal Statistical

VA699. Camden Society. Publications. Society. London, 1839 ff. (Annual.) London, 1838 ff. An important series of VA708. Notes and queries. 1849 ff. Lon, published chronicles, documents, and letters. don and High Wycombe, 1850 ff. (Weekly.)

452 Guide to Historical Literature , VA709, Quarterly review. London, 1809 ff. VA712. Edwards, R. Dudley, and MT. General indexes contained in v. 20, 40, 60, Desmond Williams, eds. The great famine: 80, 100, 121, 140, 160, 181, 201, 222, and studies in Irish history, 1845-1852. New

243. York, 1957. An important study. VA713. Gragg, Gerald R. Puritanism in

Supplement the period of the great persecution, 1660-

1688. Cambridge, Eng., 1957 |

VA710. Lee, Maurice. John Maitland of VA714. Tawney, Richard H. Business and

Thirlestane and the foundation of the Stewart — politics under James I. Lionel Cranfield as

despotism in Scotland. Princeton, 1959. merchant and minister. Cambridge, Eng., VA711. Pressnell, L. S. Country bank- 1958. ing in the industrial revolution. Oxford, VA7I15. Eden, Sir Anthony. Full circle.

!|

1956. London, 1960.

, | FRANKLIN D. SCOTT * a , | THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES Despite a high degree of cooperation within Scandinavia, the historical litera-

ture is fundamentally national in origin and outlook. Language alone would make this natural, for there are only the national languages—no “Scandinavian.” Reviews and books that attempt a supra-national approach are usually the work

, of several authors and utilize a variety of languages (often English, German, or French). Outsiders emphasize the unity of the area more than do natives, though no one denies the profound cultural relationships of the five countries, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. As for the Baltic lands, known in the _ mid-20th century as Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, their history is intertwined with that of Scandinavia in many respects, yet is essentially a different story, so

forms here a separate section. The standard type of reference books, such as annual lists of books published,

statistical yearbooks, “Who’s who,” general staff maps, etc., these countries have in abundance. For reasons of space these items are not mentioned here, but can | be located easily through Winchell’s Guide to reference books (B1).

BIBLIOGRAPHIES raphy. Minneapolis, 1954. This and the oO above pamphlet bibliographies are. excellent

VBI. Lindberg, Folke A., and John I. within their subject limits, and emphasize

Kolehmainen. The Scandinavian countries in’ material available in English.

international affairs: a selected bibliography VB3. Erichsen, Balder V. A., and Alfred on the foreign affairs of Denmark, Finland, Krarup. Dansk historisk bibliografi: systemaNorway, and Sweden, 1800-1952. Minne- tisk fortegnelse over bidrag til Danmarks apolis, 1953. See comment under VB2. _ historie til udgangen af 1912. 3 v. CopenVB2. Sandler, Ake, and Ernst Ekman. hagen, 1918-27. Reprint, 1929. After this Government, politics, and law in the Scandi- historical bibliography up to the year 1912, navian countries: a selected, critical bibliog- © Krarup continued with annual bibliographies

* The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Edgar , |

a 453 | oe |

Anderson (EA), Stig Boberg (SB), Poul Enemark (PE), J. William Frederickson (JWF), Uldis

Germanis (UG), Lennart Kjellberg (LK), Halvdan Koht (HK), Arvi Korhonen (AK), _ Folke |

Lindberg (FL), Wilhelm Odelberg (WO), Nils William Olsson (NWO), Jens Arup Seip (JAS),

Leslie F. Smith (LFS), Arnold Soom (AS). , ,

454 Guide to Historical Literature in connection with Historisk tidsskrift until Olaf Klose. Kiel, 1931. About 7,000 titles of 1945, for writings through 1940. Plans call Icelandic books and books about Iceland; for a separate bibliography for the years 25 pages on history. 1913-42, and for five-year bibliographies VB15. Catalogue of the Icelandic collec-

: thereafter. The first of these, for 1943-47, tion bequeathed by Willard Fiske. Comp. by

is VB4, Halldér Hermannsson. Ithaca, N.Y., 1914.

VB4. Bruun, Henry. Dansk historisk bib- Supplement for additions 1913-26, Ithaca, liografi, 1943-47. Copenhagen, 1956. Con- 1927. One of the largest special collections

tinuation of Erichsen and Krarup. of Icelandic literature, held by Cornell Uni-

VBS5. Fortegnelse over historisk litteratur versity. Valuable comments. [PE] vedrgrende Danmarks historie. Copenhagen. VB16. Islandica. Ithaca, 1908 ff. (Annual.) Part of Historisk tidsskrift until 1915; sec- This series contains bibliographies of Ice-

| tions published as a special volume 1916-22; landic literature compiled by Halldér Herthereafter unconnected with the regular issue mannsson. [PE]

| of Historisk tidsskrift, though still compiled VB17. Tveteras, Harald L., Finn Erichsen, under the auspices of Den Danske Historisk and Gunnar C. Wassberg. Bibliografi_ til

Forening, up to 1943. Norges historie, 1936-45. Oslo, 1939-52. Col-

VB6. Dania polyglotta: répertoire biblio- lection of the annual bibliographies appeargraphique des ouvrages, études, articles, etc. ing with the (Norwegian) Historisk tidsskrift. en langues étrangéres parus en Danemark de A thorough historical bibliography for Nor1901 a 1944, Ed. by Kay Schmidt-Phiseldeck. way, oddly lacking to date, is now in the

3 v. Copenhagen, 1947-51. Annual supple- planning stage.

| ments. Divided according to language, and VB18. Warmholtz, Carl G., and others.

systematically organized. [PE] | Bibliotheca historica sueo-gothica. 15 v.

VB7. Fink, Troels, and Johan Hvidtfeldt. Stockholm and Uppsala, 1782-1817. Index, Vejledning i studiet af S¢nderjyllands his- Uppsala, 1889. First major historical bibliog-

torie. Tgnder, 1944. [Skrifter, udg. af His- raphy for Sweden. Richly annotated and

torisk samfund for S@nderjylland, 5.] An- broad in scope. notated guide in careful, systematic order, VB19. Setterwall, Kristian. Svensk historisk with references to both printed and archival _ bibliografi. V. 1, 1771-1874, Uppsala, 1937;

material on South Jutland. [PE] | "ve 2, 1875-1900, Stockholm, 1907; v. 3,

VB8. Bay, J. Christian. Denmark in Eng- 1901-1920, Uppsala, 1923. Thorough listing lish and American literature: a bibliography. without annotations. Includes reviews. - Chicago, 1915. About 1,400 titles of books VB20. Sjogren, Paul. Svensk historisk biband articles on Denmark’s history, literature, liografi, 1921-35. Uppsala, 1956. Continua-

and society. [PE] tion of Setterwall. For period after 1935

VB9. Mitchell, Phillip M. A bibliographical one must use for the present the annual guide to Danish literature. Copenhagen, compilations by Percy Elfstrand, coming 1951. Danish literary bibliography written with Historisk tidskrift. The thoroughness of

in English. [PE] | _ Sweden’s historical bibliographies is comple-

VB16. Bruun, Christian W. Bibliotheca mented by an annual index of journals | danica: systematisk fortegnelse over den (Svensk tidskriftsindex, Lund, 1952 ff.) and danske literatur fra 1482 til 1830. Register another of newspapers (Svensk tidningsindex,

and supplement by Lauritz Nielsen, and Lund, 1953 ff.), not to mention the many

supplement 1831-40 by Holger Ehrencron- special subject bibliographies.

Muller. 6 v. Copenhagen, 1877-1948. A gen- VB21. Bring, Samuel E. Bibliografisk

a eral bibliography, used as foundation by handbok till Sveriges historia. Stockholm,

compilers of VB3. 1934. Reprint, 1945. Well selected and _ VBI1. Maliniemi, Aarno, and Ella Kiviko- concisely annotated, but goes only to

ski. Suomen historiallinen bibliografia, 1901- 1934.

1925. 2 v. in 1. Helsinki, 1940. This and VB22. ——. Itineraria Svecana: biblio-

VB12 are the standard historical bibliog- grafisk forteckning Over resor i Sverige fram raphies. Russian publications are included. till 1950. Stockholm, 1954. [Svenska biblioVB12. Vallinkoski, J., and Henrik Schau- . tekarie-samfundets skriftserie, 3.] Exhaustive

man. Suomen _historiallinen bibliografia, listing of native and foreign writings on 1926-1950. 2 v. Helsinki, 1955-56. travel in Sweden from Egil Skallagrimsson in VB13. Neuvonen, Eero K. A short bibliog- 944 to some 25 accounts in 1950. raphy on Finland. Turku, 1955. [Publications VB23. Stille, Ake. Principales publications of Turku University Library, 7.] Lists publi- historiques parues en Suéde, 1939-1945. cations in six languages, not including Fin- Stockholm, 1951.

nish or Swedish; 38 pages, about four on VB24. Ander, O. Fritiof. The cultural

history. heritage of the Swedish emigrant. Rock IsVBI4. Kiel. Universitit. Islandkatalog der _ljand, Ill., 1956. Opens up a vast literature on

. Universitatsbibliothek Kiel und der Universi- several important aspects of the migration

tats- und stadtbibliothek Koln. Comp. by process. .

: Scandinavia and the. Baltic States 455 ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF immigrants to the United States, and Swedes

REFERENCE in Finland before 1809. [NWO]

- WB36. Svenskt biografiskt lexikon. Ed. by

VB25. Bagge, Povl, and others, eds. Ex- Bertil Boéthius and Bengt Hildebrand. Stock-

cerpta historica nordica. Copenhagen, 1955 holm, 1918 ff. An’ ambitious, scholarly ff. Begun under auspices of International project, the 20th century equivalent (but Committee of Historical Sciences. Goal is larger and better) of two 19th century

| one volume each third year. Excerpts or publications, Biographiskt lexikon 6fwer

summaries of the most important current mnamnkunnige svenska mdn (23 v. in 12, writings are usually prepared by the authors Stockholm and Uppsala, 1835-57), and |

. themselves. Editing is in English, but articles Svenskt biografiskt lexikon, ny foljd (10 v., may also be in French or German. For all OGrebro and Stockholm, 1857-1907). Chief

Scandinavia. [WO] drawback is that in 1957, with 15 v., the = | VB26. Ehrencron-Miiller, Holger. For- work had reached only to names beginning

fatterlexikon omfattende Danmark, Norge og with “Fe.” Living people are no longer Island indtil 1814. 12 v. and supplement. included. [NWO]

Copenhagen, 1924-39. Wide coverage, with : |

[PE] : ATLASES

-. short biography of. each author, and bib- liographies of works by and about him. GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND VB27. Erslew, Thomas H. Almindeligt forfatter-lexikon for kongeriget Danmark med VB37. Trap, Jens P. Danmark. 4th ed., tilhgrende bilande fra 1814 til 1840. 3 v. 10 v. and register, Copenhagen, 1920-30. and 3 v. supplement. Copenhagen, 1843-68. Widely used topographic reference work. Includes only authors who lived in 1814 or Basic bibliographical supplements in the nowlater. Exhaustive biographical and biblio- M-PrOstess Sth edition (1953 ff). [PE]

graphical information. [PE] VB38. Kalaja, Pentti, and Erkki Kanervo. |

~ VB28. Dansk biografisk leksikon. Ed. by Suomi: a general handbook on the seograp hy . : Povl Engelstoft and others. 27 v. Copen- of Finland. Helsinki, 1952. [Fennia series of

hagen, 1933-44. A much used and useful the Geographical Society of Finland, 72. :

reference work. [PE] English version of a standard Finnish publi-

VB29. Dansk biografisk haandleksikon. Ed. cation. B road, with good chapters on early |

by Svend Dahl and Povl Engelstoft. 3 v. cultural history. [JW] Copenhagen, 1920-26. Contains about 6,000 VB39. Jutikkala, Eino, ed. Suomen _hisbiographies from 19th and 20th centuries. toriallinen kartasto. Atlas of Finnish history.

[PE] Pred) Sideren ed. Sverige: VB30. Johnsen, OscarOtto, A. Innf¢ring i ° ete, ’geo . ; - |_

kildense til Norges historie. Oslo, 1939. A Stafist Deskrivning, © v. Stockholm, good introduction to the sources by one of 35. ost thorough geographic description, Norway’s most prolific historians. [LFS] with many small maps and illustrations.

- WVB31. Norsk biografisk leksikon. Ed. by

Edvard Bull and others. Christiania (Oslo), | 1921 ff. Incomplete but valuahle. Reached DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES

“Sk” in 1958. | VB41. Social Denmark: a survey of the

VB32. Andersson, Ingvar. Archives in anish social legislation. Ed. by Socialt

Sweden. Stockholm, 1954. [Reprint from idsskrift. 2nd ed., Copenhagen, 1947. A Libraries and archives in Sweden (1954), brief overview in English. See also Nelson, issued through the Swedish Institute. ] A Freedom and welfare (VB104). thorough. and authoritative survey in 38 VB42. Seip, Didrik A. Norsk sprakhistorie

— pages. til omkring 1370. Oslo, 1931. 2nd ed., 1955. VB33. Heilborn, Adele, ed. Travel, study, This pioneering examination of the developand research in Sweden. Stockholm, 1957, went of the Norwegian language was sucrev. ed., 1959. A unique compendium of ceeded by a series of additional studies. information including addresses of libraries, VB43. Thomas, Dorothy S. Social and

archives, and institutes. Useful for all economic aspects of Swedish population ;

scholars. ; movements, 1750-1933. N.Y., 1941. A sugwine Seaman mtn oc Somes ey Sse save | 1942-55. Much briefer than VB36, but |

ils man a , . ;

dependable and complete. PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF VB35. Agren, Sven. Svensk biografisk SOURCES *_

uppslagslitteratur. Uppsala, 1929. A_biblio- ,

graphical guide to all Swedish biographical VB44, Denmark. Rigsarkiv. Aarsberetlexica and dictionaries. Also contains to a ninger fra det Kongelige Geheimearchiv. Ed. lesser degree works dealing with Swedish * Includes government publications. —

456 Guide to Historical Literature by Caspar F. Wegener. 7 v. in 6. Copen- HISTORIOGRAPHY

hagen, 1852-83. Important source materials

for both Middle Ages and modern times. VBS55. Bull, Edvard. “Norvége.” Histoire More systematic publication began with et historiens depuis cinquante ans, 1876 a founding of Selskabet for Udgivelse af 1926, v. 1 (Paris, 1927), pp. 233-57. Kilder til Dansk Historie in 1877. Large _, VB56. Mustelin, Olof. Studier i finlandsk series of sources have been published by historieforskning 1809-1865. Helsinki, 1957.

Rigsarkiv since 1885. [PE] VB57. Dahl, Ottar. Historisk materialisme:

VB45. Bang, Nina E., and Knud Korst. historie oppfatningen hos Edvard Bull og Tabeller over skibsfart og varetransport Halvdan Koht. Oslo, 1952. Brief, clear ingennem @resund. 7 v. Copenhagen, 1906- Sight into the philosophy of two leading 53. [Pt. 1, 1497-1660; pt. 2, 1661-1783.] _ Norwegian historians.

Statistics on the famous Sound Dues. The VB58. ——. Om arsaksproblemer i hissecond part was published with major inter- torisk forskning: forsok pa en vitenskapsnational support obtained through the initia- _ historisk analyse. Oslo, 1956.

tive of Prof. Dietrich Schafer. Text is in VB59. Hatton, Ragnhild. “Some notes on

Danish and French. [PE] Swedish historiography.” History, 37 (June VB46. Denmark. Rigsdagen. Rigsdags- 1952): 97-113. Insight into problems of

tidende. 1850-1953. 104 v. Copenhagen, 1850- ‘history writing, and survey of a century of

1953. After 1953, Folketingstidenda. Discus- Publication. Also an account of history sions in the folketing and landsting. In teaching in Swedish universities. | Appendix A, proposed bills; B, committee VB60. Koht, Halvdan. Education of an

reports; and C, laws approved. Summary and historian. Tr. by Erik Wahlgren. N.Y., 1957.

subject register. [PE] Unpretentious, straightforward educational

-VB47. Danmark-Norges traktater, 1523- autobiography of one of Norway’s ablest

1750. 11 v. Copenhagen, 1907-49. Denmark’s and most productive historians.

treaties. VB61. Norsk Historisk Forening. Norsk

-.VB48. Publications of Norsk Historisk historisk videnskap i femti ar 1869-1919. ,

Kjeldeskrift-Institutt. 59 v. Christiania (Oslo), Christiania (Oslo), 1920. 1858 ff. Variety of source materials on the VB62. Westin, Gunnar T. Historieskrivaren

: whole of Norway’s history. Includes such © Olaus Petri: svenska kronikans kallor och important items as Norske herredags dom- kronikeforfattarens metod. Lund, 1946. Disbéger 1578-1664 (30 v., 1892-1945), Norske | Sertation on the sources and historical method

regnskaber og jordebgger fra det 16 de of Sweden’s great chronicler. aarhundrede (4 v., 1885-1906), Norske

magazin (3 v., 1858-70), and VB49. GENERAL HISTORIES _ VB4S. Nae ns P ache ne ee VB63. Royal Institute of International

vows on Norwegial-Swedisi rT ems " Affairs. The Scandinavian states and Finland: 1895: selections from dip omatic corre- political and economic survey. London, spondence. Oslo, 1952. Significant source 495, A country-by-country survey. material published in the original English. VB64. Kenney, Rowland. The northern

| h ve. Noy : Stor One) rer tangle: Scandinavia and the post-war world. andlinger. Christiania (Oslo), - Feu London, 1946. Considerable historical backtions, bills, and other documents. After 1887 sround from a 20th century perspective. Mince 1857 had been published a Sfortings. ¢,VBOS- Scott, Franklin D. The United tidende. This should be complemented for States and Scandinavia. See AF136. the earlier half of the century by Stortings-

efterretninger (Christiania, 1814-54). HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

VB51. Sweden. Treaties. Sverges traktater VB66. Hovde, Brynjolf J. The Scandimed frammande magter. Ed. by Olof S. navian countries, 1720-1865. 2 v. Boston,

Rydberg. 16 v. Stockholm, 1877-1934. (Title 1943. Reprint, Ithaca, 1948. Though the time

varies.) Swedish treaties from 822 to 1905. span is limited, this is one of the best and.

VB52. Handlingar rérande Skandinaviens most extensive of the studies treating Scandihistoria. 40 v. and register. Stockholm, 1816- navia as a whole. Socio-economic emphasis.

65. VB67. Allen, Carl F. De tre nordiske - VBS53. Historiska handlingar. Stockholm, _ rigers historie, 1497-1536. 5 v. Copenhagen, 1861 ff. A continuation of VB52. These 1864-72. From a national, liberal point

continuing publications make available a of view, packed with information of a many-

wide variety of source materials. sided nature. Most significant Danish work

VB54. Sundbarg, A. Gustav, ed. Emigra- on the period of the “Union of Kalmar.’ tionsutredningen. 21 v. Stockholm, 1908-13. [PE]

An exhaustive social survey authorized by VB68. Holm, Peter Edvard. Danmarkthe government because of concern over Norges historie fra den store nordiske krigs emigration. Fascinating source material. slutning til rigernes adskillelse, 1720-1814.

Scandinavia and the Baltic States 457 7 v. Copenhagen, 1891-1912. Chief work on 1951. Thirteen younger Danish historians — | this period, with emphasis on administrative survey the past with emphasis on social and and diplomatic-military history. Concluding cultural history rather than on_ political

volume on internal affairs was not com- “facts.” [PE] |

pleted. [PE] — VB79. Birch, John H. S. Denmark in his- VB69. Neergaard, Niels T. Danmark under tory. London, 1938. This and VB80 are

Junigrundloven. 2 v. in 3. Copenhagen, brief and easily read surveys in English.

| 1892-1916. Rests on rich archival material [PE]

and intimate acquaintance with leading poli- VB80. Danstrup, John. A history of Denticians in a period (1848-66) when relations mark. Copenhagen, 1948.

with countries abroad played an overshadow- VB81. Dahlmann, Friedrich C., and |.

ing role in Denmark’s political life. [PE] Dietrich Schafer. Geschichte von Danemark. VB70. Danielson-Kalmari, Johan R. 5 v. Hamburg, 1840-1902. From a German Suomen valtio-ja yhteiskuntaelamaa 18:nnella point of view. Schafer’s volumes (4 and 5) ja 19:nnella vuosisadalla. 11 v. Porvoo, 1920— on the period 1523-1648 are of continuing 35. Studies in Finnish political and social value. [PE] - development in the century following 1720. VB82. Steenstrup, Johannes, and others.

[AK] Danmarks riges historie. 8 v. in 6. CopenVB71. Osmansalo, Erkki K. Suomen val- hagen, 1896-1907. A pioneering work in

loitus 1808. Helsinki, 1947. An illuminating its time, by the scholar who broke the path study of European diplomacy, showing how for modern historical research in Denmark. |

Alexander I reached: a decision to conquer [PE] | -

Finland and grant autonomous status. [AK] VB83. Arup, Erik. Danmarks historie. 3 v. VB72. Donner, Kai, ed. Suomen vapaus- Copenhagen, 1925-55. Significant for the sota. 8 v. Jyvaskyla, 1921-27. The stages.in new problems it raises and for its social and Finland’s struggle for independence, compiled economic point of view, as well as for its

| soldiers. [AK] | [PE] | | from accounts of political leaders and reaction against over-nationalistic writing.

VB73. Johnsen, Oscar A. De _ norske VB84. Friis, Aage, and others. Schultz

staender. Christiania (Oslo), 1906. On the Danmarkshistorie. 6 v. Copenhagen, 1941-—

period of the Norwegian estates, 1537-1660. 43. New edition of a ‘standard work,

[LFS] | and still most usedJacob of all the handbooks. ! gjennom VB74. Worm-Miiller, S. Norge [PE] | | ndédsarene: den norske regjerings- VB85. La Cour, Vilhelm, and others. : kommission 1807-1810. Christiania (Oslo), S@uderjyllands historie. 5 v. Copenhagen, 1918. Valuable study of the last years under 1930-43. Large, basic work: by experts deal-

Danish rule. ing with South Jutland’s history, including VB75. Steen, Sverre. Det frie Norge. 4 v. her complicated relations with Denmark. | Oslo, 1951-57. [1, 1814; 2, Pa fallittens rand; [PE] — 3, Krise og avspenning; 4, Det gamle sam- | _VB86. Steefel, Lawrence D. The Schlesfund.| Unusually well written and based on wig-Holstein question. Cambridge, Mass., sources. First three volumes aré political 1932. The best study in English on this comhistory, 1814-24, and the fourth depicts © plex problem.

to 1840. : ) Finland economic and social developments from 1812

VB76. Roberts, Michael. Gustavus Adolphus: a history of Sweden, 1611-1632. VB87. Jackson, John Hampden. Finland. : V. 1 (1611-26), V. 2 (1626-1632), London, London, 1938; N.Y., 1940. Brief and general,

4953, 1959. Well written and based on but probably the best treatment available in

thorough research in monographic literature. English. . |

A history of the times more than of the © VB88. Yrj6-Koskinen, Georg Z. Suomen

man. » kansan_ historia. 3rd ed., Helsinki, 1933. VB77. Malmstrém, Carl G. Sveriges poli- Standard account of Finnish history by

tiska historia fran konung Karl XIP’s déd One of the country’s great historians.

till statshvalfningen 1772. 6 v. Stockholm, [IWF] | a

1855-77. Rev. ed. 1893-1901. A classic |, ¥B89. Korhonen, Arvi H., ed. Suomen

political history of the 18th century, not yet historian kasikirja. 2 v. Porvoo, °1949. Col-

superseded. [FL]Bibliography. laborative general history o 1944, [AK]from antiquity to | VB90. Hornborg, Eirik M. Finlands

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS havder. 4 v. Helsinki, 1929-33. Good general

Denmark survey in Swedish language. The same author

| has a later and briefer treatment, Finlands VB78. Hvidtfeldt, Johan, and others. historia fran dldsta tid til vara dagar

Danmarks historie. 2 v. in 1. Copenhagen, (Malmdé, 1948). |

458 Guide to Historical Literature | Iceland 1814-1905.” Omstridda spdérsmal i Nordens

| ; _ | historia, v. 2 (Helsinki, 1950). This and other

NY ont ‘on, wierset, OL History of SUTVEY ven of studies theScandinavian same volume historians give an example OINGE. - AACCESSIDIE O ofin how are attempt- , social, economic, and political developments ing to discover the common ground of uth

from the 10th century to the 20th. concerning old conflicts. VB101. Moller, Erik. Skandinavisk strae-

Norway ben og svensk politik omkring 1860. Copen- —s_—| hagen, 1948. A chapter from a vital period

vBe.Princeton, Latsen, he BR history of Nor-ininathe struggle forRaymon Scandinavian unity. way. . First volume . Lindgren, . Norway-

new series sponsored by the American Scan- Sweden: union, disunion, and Scandinavian dinavian Foundation. Highly recommended. integration. Princeton, 1959. Workings of

. € , the North.

VB93. Holmsen, Andreas, and Magnus the union of 1814, its disruption, and the Holmsen’s fist volume is the more valuable, the Maa, (eVOPment_OF cooperation in but comes only to 1660. Strong on the VB103. Koch, Hans H., and Alf Ross, eds. farming community (bygd), but thin on Nordisk demokrati. Copenhagen, 1949. Good Pood Lai Edvard. Wilhelm K Keinau, th and introduction to democratic - Bull, Hdvard, Wuheim an in Scandinavia as a whole.ideas and methods others. Det norske folks liv og_historie VB104. ‘Nelson, George R., ed. Freedom gjennem tidene. 10 v. and supplement. Oslo, and welfare: social patterns in the northern | 1929-38. Excellent cooperative series, supple- countries of Europe. Copenhagen, 1953. menting earlier 6 v. work. Tends to em- Emphasis on current status, but there is some

phasize social and economic history. Keilhau historical view as well.

wrote not only the volumes for 1814-1920, | |

[LFS] Denmark

: but also the supplement on “Our own times.” ©

VB95. Sars, Johan E. W. Udsigt over den _ ;

norske historie. 4 v. Christiania (Oslo), VB105. Petersen, Carl S., and Vilhelm R.

1873-91. Influential interpretative treatment, Andersen. Illustreret dansk litteraturhistorie.

‘opposing both the romanticism of his 4 v. Copenhagen, 1924-34. Danish literary ; predecessors and the economic emphasis of history to about 1900. Accompanied by valhis contemporaries. Much on the Middle Uable bibliographies in v. 1, 2, and 4. [PE] , Ages; ends with 1814. See also VB96. [LFS] _ ,VB106. Nielsen, Axel. Dénische wirtVB96. Bugge, Alexander, and others. schaftsgeschichte. Jena, 1933. After short Norges historie: fremstillet for det norske ‘°atment of the Middle Ages, developments

folk. 6 v. in 12. Christiania (Oslo), 1909- 2%@ carried up to about 1914. [PE] 17. Important cooperative work. Perhaps the , Y8107. Trocls-Lund, Frederik. Dagligt liv

most significant volumes are 5 and 6 wherein 4, orden i det 16 de aarhundrede. 14 v. Sars vigorously propounds his view of the Copenhagen, 1879-1901. Much material on 19th century, especially regarding the union varied aspects of culture, using mostly Danish

with Sweden. [LFS] sources.VB108. [PE]Hannover, Emil. Danische Kunst Sweden | des 19. Jahrhunderts. Leipzig, 1907.

VB97. Andersson, Ingvar. A history of Finland

Sweden. London, 1956. This is the English

version of a book translated into many lan- VB109. Suolahti, Gunnar, ed. Suomen guages. Excellent treatment. For bibliography _kulttuurihistoria. 4 v. Jyvaskyla, 1933-36.

see rev. ed., 1960, in Swedish. - Collaborative cultural history from the age VB98._ Hildebrand, Emil, and — Ludvig of tribal society and catholicism through the

| Stavenow, erlees toe. TheIhevan agenational of the |awakening. estates tO industrialism and agar.“te vy.ar stocknoim, —4). stand-

ard scholarly political history. V. 15. re- VB110. Okkonen, Onni. L’art finlandais prints Bring’s bibliography ar ). h auhisXIXe et XXe siécles. Finnish VB99. Maiander, Harry, ed. Sveriges Arthur Langfors. 2ndTr. ed.,from Helsinki, 1938.by toria genom tiderna. 5 v. Stockholm, 1947- -VB111. Waris, Heikki. Suomalaisen 48. Good scholarship popularly presented. yhteiskunnan rakenne. Rev. ed., Helsinki,

[FL] 1952. The social structure of modern Fin| land. Waris begins with an account of FinHISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS nish society 100 years ago, and stresses the

changing nature of that society as he analyzes

VB100. Andgren, Sigfrid F., and Arne it. [JWF] Bergsgard. ‘Den svensk-norska unionen VBi12. Wuorinen, John H. Nationalism

, , , Scandinavia and the Baltic States 459 in modern Finland. N.Y., 1931. Good spe- himself as. a Marxist historian, he is much

cial study. broader than this implies. Here he discusses

VB113. Pipping, Hugo E. Finlands naring- the farmers as the link holding Norwegian sliv after andra virldskriget. Helsinki, 1954. history together, and as the root of the poDescription and recent history of the Finnish litical struggles of the 19th century, though ‘economy. The first chapter presents an ex- the volume ends with 1814. [LFS] cellent summary of the highlights of Finnish VB126. Johnsen, Oscar A. Norwegische

economic history. [JWF] Wirtschaftsgeschichte. Jena, 1939. Particu-

VB114. Jutikkala, Eino. Suomen talon- larly good on the 16th-18th century period, pojan historia sekd katsaus talonpoikien Johnsen’s specialty. [LFS]

. asemaan Euroopan muissa maissa. Porvoo, VB127. Worm-Miller, Jacob S., and

1942. Evolution of legislation on land owner- others, eds. Den Norske sj¢farts historie. ship and the social and economic status of 3 v. in 6. Oslo, 1923-51. Significant but un-

farmers in Finland. [AK] even cooperative work dealing with a sub-

VB115. Voionmaa, Kaarle Vain6. Suomen ject of vital importance for Norway. Good in

_ karjalaisen heimon historia. Helsinki, 1915. source material and inspiration, but lacking a Land cultivation and proprietorship and in analysis. [LS] family institutions in eastern Finland. [AK] VB128. Seip, Jens A. Et regime foran VB116. Mead, William R. Farming in’ undergangen. Oslo, 1945. Excellent monoFinland. London, 1953. Broader than title. graph dealing with the political controversies Treats Finland as frontier of settlement and of the late 19th century.

its agricultural use. [JWF] VB129. Kaartvedt, Alf. Kampen mot parlaVB117. Brotherus, Karl R. Katsaus suomen mentarism: den konservative politiken under

_yaltiollisen jarjestysmuodon historialliseen vetostriden. Oslo, 1957. “The — struggle kehitykseen. 2nd ed., Porvoo, 1948. Consti- against parliamentarianism” describes the tutional history, emphasizing periods of role of Oscar Il and Swedish influence in the

autonomy and independence. [AK] , Norwegian constitutional controversy of the

VB118. Renvall, Pentti. Suomalainen 1500- late 19th century, and illuminates the origins luvun ithminen oikeuskatsomustensa valossa. of the conservative party.

Turku, 1949. Psychological study based on VB130. Skodvin, Magne. Striden om okfines imposed by lower courts, attempting kupasjonsstyret i Norge fram til 25. Septem- ,

. Iceland | Sweden | :

to show spiritual concepts and sense of ber 1940. Oslo, 1956. Detailed and objective justice of the 16th century Finn. Has a four- treatment of German policy in Norway.

teen page summary in English. [AK] | |

VB131. Tigerstedt, Eugéne N., ed. Ny

~-VB119. Chamberlin, William C. Economic illustrerad § svensk litteraturhistoria. 3 v. development of Iceland through World War Stockholm, 1955-57. Scholarly and up-toII. N.Y., 1947. One of the few good mono- date review of Swedish literary history.

graphs in English. _ VB132. Nordensvan, Georg G. Schwedische

Kunst des 19. Jahrhunderts. Leipzig, 1904.

Norway VB133. Tingsten, Herbert L. G. Den2 , svenska socialdemokratiens idéutveckling.

| VB120. @stby, Leif. Modern Norwegian _ v. Stockholm, 1941. Insight into the ideologi-

painting. Oslo, 1949. cal development of social democracy. These

VB121. Semmingsen, Ingrid G. Veien mot volumes were the first to appear of a planned vest. 2 v.’ Oslo, 1941-50. [1, Utvandringen _ series of ten on Den svenska arbetarklassens fra Norge til Amerika 1825-1865; 2, Utvan- historia, now almost complete and giving a

| dringen fra Norge 1865-1915.] A pioneering well-rounded picture of the development of

: work with insight into Norwegian social the working class. |

history. | VB134. Den svenska utrikespolitikens his-

| VB122. Elviken, Andreas. Die Entwicklung _toria. Ed. by Torvald Hojer and others. 5 v. | des norwegischen Nationalismus. Berlin, in 11 pts. Stockholm, 1951 ff. A superb co1930. A good German study of Norwegian operative work by eleven well-chosen

nationalism. , authors. Spans the whole of Swedish national |

, VB123. Falnes, Oscar J. National ro- history from Gustav Vasa in the 16th cen-

manticism in Norway. N.Y., 1933. Shows tury. _ } | why Scandinavianism had less appeal than VB135. Edén, Nils. Den svenska riksdagen | nationalism. under femhundra ar. Stockholm, 1935. UseVB1i24. Jorgenson, Theodore J. Norway’s ful condensation of an exhaustive 17 v. work

relation to Scandinavian unionism, 1815- edited by Edén, published on occasion of

1871. Northfield, Minn., 1935. the 500th anniversary of the riksdag.

VB125. Koht, Haivdan. Norsk bonde- VB136. Heckscher, Eli F. An economic

reising. Oslo, 1926. Although Koht describes history of Sweden. Tr. by G6ran Ohlin. Cam-

460 Guide to Historical Literature bridge, Mass., 1954. Essentially a translation BIOGRAPHIES of Heckscher’s own abridgement of his

multi-voliume Sveriges ekonomiska historia, VB149, Koht, Halvdan. Drottning Margaplus an additional chapter by his son, Gun- reta och Kalmarunionen. Stockholm, 1956. nar Heckscher. Includes biographical preface Brief and suggestive biography of a truly on Heckscher by Alexander Gerschenkron. Scandinavian personality, architect of the = © VB137. Lindroth, Sten. Gruvbrytning och Union of Kalmar. kopparhantering vid Stora Kopparberget |§= VB150. Friis, Aage. Bernstorfferne og Danintill 1800-talets bérjan. 2 v. Uppsala, 1955. mark. 2 v. Copenhagen, 1903-19. Character-

Technical history treating also significance izes two Danish foreign ministers of interna-. of copper in Sweden’s economy and politics, tional importance, and shows their significant

| from Middle Ages to about 1810. | : relationships in autocratic Europe. [PE] | VB138. Carlsson, Sten C. O. Svensk VB151. Béggild-Andersen, Carl O. Han- |

standscirculation 1680-1950. Uppsala, 1950. nibal Sehested. Copenhagen, 1946. Discusses

A study in social mobility. Discusses changes Christian IV’s son-in-law and his great from the time of aristocratic, privileged significance for the introduction of autocracy power in the late 17th century to the eco- and its early development. [PE]

nomic and political leveling of. the 20th VB152. Suomen Historiallinen Seura. century—strikingly less social leveling. This Kansallinen elamdkerrasto. Ed. by Kaarlo broad study was preceded by the more limited Blomstedt and others. 5 v. Porvoo, 1927~34.

and detailed Standssamhdillet och stands- Biographies of historical personages by

personer 1700-1865 (Lund, 1949). numerous specialists. [AK] VB139. Kentrschynskyi, Bohdan von. VB153. Mannerheim, Carl Gustaf E.

“Karl X Gustav infér krisen i 6ster 1654- Memoirs. Tr. by Eric Lewénhaupt. London,

1655.”’ Karolinska Forbundets Arsbok (Lund, 1954. Not the whole story, but an important

| 1956). Revolutionizes interpretation of Karl contribution by Finland’s greatest warrior-

X’s policies, showing his purpose in attacking statesman. This English edition is abridged Poland in 1655 was to forestall Russian ag- from the 2 v. Finnish edition of 1951~—52.

gression. VB154,. Nielsen, Yngvar. Grey Herman

: VB140. Palmstierna, Car] Fredrik. Sverige, Wedel Jarlsberg og hans samtid 1779-1840.

Ryssland och England 1833-1855, Stock- 2 v. Christiania (Oslo), 1888-92. Good study holm, 1932. Significant diplomatic study. of one of Norway’s foremost statesmen of VB141. Tingsten, Herbert. The debate on the early 19th century.

. the foreign policy of Sweden, 1918—1939., VB155. Koht, Halvdan. Johan Sverdrup.

Tr. by Joan Bulman. London, 1949. Ex- 3 vy. Christiania (Oslo), 1918-25. Thorough ceptionally valuable study by a professor biography of “the Norwegian Gladstone.” who became Sweden’s leading newspaper ed- VB156. Koht, Halvdan. Henrik Ibsen: eit

itor. ; diktarliv. 2 v. Oslo, 1928-29. Rev. ed., 1954.

VB142. Boberg, Stig. Gustav III och English ed., London and N.Y., 1931. Probtryckfriheten 1774-1787. Stockholm, 1951. ably the best biography of the greatest Shows how the king’s professions of liberal- dramatist of the North.

ism were contradicted in practice as he tried VB157. Nansen, Odd. From day to day.

, to throttle or control the press. Tr. by Katherine John. N.Y., 1949. One of VB143. Weibull, Jorgen. Carl Johan och the more poignant and revealing of the

Norge, 1810-1814: unionsplanerna och deras World War II memoirs.

forverkligande. Lund, 1957. VB158. Haintz, Otto. Kénig Karl XII von

WB144. Thermaenius, Johan Edvard. Schweden. 3 v. Berlin, 1958. The most Lantmannapartiet. Uppsala, 1928. Thorough thorough scholarly biography.

| study of the oldest Swedish political party. VBI59. Ahnlund, Nils G. Gustaf Adolf,

~ VB145. Rustow, Dankwart A. The politics the great. Tr. by Michael Roberts. N.Y., of compromise: a study of parties and cabinet 1940. Perhaps the best of brief Swedish government in Sweden. Princeton, 1955. biographies. May be compared with Neale’s

Valuable analytical-historical study. | 7 Queen Elizabeth. [HK] , | ~ VB146. Lagerroth, Fredrik. Frihetstidens VB160. Andersson, Carl Ingvar. Erik XIV, forfattning. Stockholm, 1915. Standard, en biografi. Stockholm, 1935. 4th, enl. ed., thorough constitutional history to 1772. 1951. Perhaps the best study by this out_ VB147. Brusewitz, Axel. Kungamakt, her- standing scholar, certainly the best biogremakt, folkmakt: forfattningskampen i raphy of one of Sweden’s most remarkable

Sverige (1906-1918). Stockholm, 1951. Inter- _ kings. |

pretive-factual essays on the constitutional VB161. Hagberg, Knut H. Carl Linnaeus. struggle for power between king, aristocracy, Tr. by Alan Blair. London, 1952. Also avail-

and people, resolved finally by Gustav V’s able in French and in the original Swedish. |

yielding to the ministry in 1917. Best biography of Sweden’s great 18th cen-

VB148. Collinder, Bjorn. The Lapps. _ tury scientist. . Princeton, 1949. An excellent introduction. VB162. Holmberg, Olle. Carl Gustav af

Scandinavia and the Baltic States 461. | Leopold. 3 v. Stockholm, 1953-57. [1, Den maries of events in the Scandinavian coununge Leopold, 1756-1785; 2, Leopold och tries. Emphasizes the humanities.

Gustaf III, 1786-1792; 3, Leopold och VB175. The Norseman: a review of current reuterholmska tiden, 1792-1796.) Important events. London, 1943 ff. (Bi-monthly.) source for the history of culture, especially Originating with the Norwegian refugee

| religious thought, during the Gustavian group during World War II, this journal has

period. taken root, and publishes a number of articles VB163. Hojer, Torvald T. Karl XIV Johan. that will be of increasing value. Its interests 3 v. Stockholm, 1939-60. Unusually thor- | encompass all Scandinavia. |

ough, scholarly treatment. VB176. Scandia. Stockholm, 1928 ff. (Semi-

| VB164. Wigforss, Ernst J. Minnen. 3 v. annual.) Continuation of Historisk tidskrift Stockholm, 1950-54. Memoirs of the long- f6r Skaneland (Lund, 1901-20). A Swedish, time minister of finance, one of the most or perhaps more properly a northern, journal influential of social democratic leaders. devoted to history, with a special interest in

Since there is a large grain of truth in the Skane and its relations with Scandinavia as |

old saying that “the history of Sweden is the a whole. [PE]

| history of her kings” and since there are a VB177. Historisk tidsskrift. Copenhagen, | number of good biographies, the following 1840 ff. Published by Den Danske Historiske

7 should be mentioned in addition to those Forening. This and VB/78—179 are the lead- |

already named. ing historical journals in Denmark. [PE] VB165. Svalenius, Ivan. Gustav Vasa. VB178. Samlinger til jydsk historie og | Stockholm, 1950. topografi. Aarhus, 1866 ff. Pub. after 1930 VB166. Weibull, Curt. Drottning Chris- under title Jyske samlinger. )

tina: studier och forskningar. Stockholm, VB179. Fortid og nutid. Copenhagen,

1931. | 1914. Published by Dansk Historisk FaellesVB167. Hjarne, Harald. Karl XII: omstort- — forening.

- ningen i Osteuropa 1697-1703. Stockholm, VYB180. Danske magazm. Copenhagen, | } 1902. See also other studies on Charles XII 1745 ff. For 200 years the leading periodical

by the same scholar. for publication of the sources of Denmark’s ‘VB168. Hennings, Beth. Gustav II. Stock- history, especially the modern period. [PE]

holm, 1957. — : | VBi81. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir VB169. La Blanchetai, Pierre de (pseud., Schleswig-Holsteinische Geschichte. Kiel, Pierre de Luz). Gustav III: ett portrait. Tr. 1870 ff. (Annual.) An important review on

by Jane Lundblad. Stockholm, 1949. the political and cultural history of the

VB170. Ahniund, Nils G. Axel Oxenstierna duchies. [PE] |

intill Gustav Adolfs dod. Stockholm, 1940. VB182. Historiallinen aikakauskirja. HelIncomplete but rewarding study of Sweden’s _ sinki, 1903 ff. The leading Finnish language

greatest non-royal statesman. historical review in Finland. .

VB170a. Bengtsson, Frans G. Charles XII. VB183. Historisk tidskrift for Finland.

: Stockholm, 1960. Helsinki, 1916 ff. The leading Swedish language review in Finland. , ’ PERIODICALS VB184. Historisk tidsskrift. Christiania

(Oslo), 1871 ff. The journal of the NorweVB171. Nordisk tidskrift for vetenskap, gian historical association, Norsk Historisk

konst, och industri. Stockholm, 1925 ff. This Forening. ,

intellectual journal of high quality was 80 VB185. Historisk tidskrift. Stockholm,

years old as of 1957, but in its new form 1881 ff. The organ of the Swedish historical since 1925 it has been devoted to the service society, Svenska Historiska Foreningen. of pan-Scandinavian culture and affiliated Good for both articles and reviews.

with the Norden Society. | VB186. Personhistorisk tidskrift. StockVB172. The Scandinavian economic history holm, 1898 ff. Successor to Svenska auto-

: review. Stockholm, 1953 ff. A significant grafsdllskapets tidskrift (Stockholm, 1879newer journal edited in English from Stock- 97). A scholarly journal of personal history holm. Not confined to Scandinavian subject and genealogy. No general index. [NWO]

- - matter. VB187. Karolinska Forbundets Arsbok.

VB173. Scandinavian studies. Urbana, Ill, 1910 ff. Lund, 1911 ff. (Annual.) A massive | 1911 ff. (Title varies. Irregular, 1911-16; series of studies (usually articles) devoted quarterly, 1917 ff.) Although the articles are primarily to varied aspects of the life and largely devoted to philology, the annual work of Charles XII. In recent years the bibliography of articles, reviews, and books scope of the articles has been broadened.

published in the United States is broad- ' VB188. Historielararnas forenings ars-

based and valuable. skrift. Stockholm, 1948 ff. Annual survey of

VB174. American Scandinavian review. literature, especially helpful. [SB] N.Y., 1913 ff. Edited in popular-scholarly VB189. Lychnos: lardomshistoriska samfashion, with reviews and quarterly sum- fundets arsbok. Uppsala, 1936 ff. The an-

462 Guide to Historical Literature nual of the History of Science Society, some- might imply. Summaries of articles are given

what broader in coverage than the name in English, German, or French.

THE BALTIC COUNTRIES | Through most of modern times the Baltic VB199. Eesti NSV Teaduste Akadeemia. peoples have been governed by foreign over- Ajaloo Instituut. Istoriia Estonskoi SSR. Ed.

lords: Germans, Poles, Swedes, and both by G. I. Nann. Tallin, 1952. A history of Tsarist and Communist Russians. The his- Estonia, with the official point of view

torical literature of these other peoples has, strongly evident. [LK] |

therefore, significance for the history of the VB200. Eesti Kirjanduse Selts. Eesti aja- | Baltic lands and should be consulted sep- lugu. 3 v. Tartu, 1935-40. History of Es-

| arately. The bibliographies that follow are tonia to 1700. [EA] , broad, but the literature individually listed VB201. Kruus, Hans. Eesti ajaloost, XTX is primarily that written after the opening of sajandi teisel poolel (60-80 ndad_ aastad). the national period during World War I. Tallin, 1957. Essays in Estonian history of the 1860’s and 1870’s.

| BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND VB202. Eesti Kirjanduse Selts. Eesti

ENCYCLOPEDIAS | _ kroonika. 7 v. Tartu, 1933-39. Chronicle of culture and politics, annually from 1932 to |

VB190. Winkelmann, Eduard. Bibliotheca {938, [EA]

Livoniae historica. 2nd ed., Berlin, 1878. ,

Covers 1877. [AS]Geschichtslitera| | Latvia VB191.up DietoLivlandische

tur. Ed. by Arthur H. P. Poelchau and VB203. Svibe, Arveds. Histoire du peuple | others. Riga, 1885-1923. Annual, covering [Letton. Stockholm, 1953. Somewhat polemi-

publications from 1883 to 1913. [UG] cal, but a good survey, with bibliography for VB192. Blumfeldt, Evald, and Nigolas Latvian history. [UG] Loone. Eesti ajaloo bibliograafia. Tartu, VB204. Latvijas Padomju Socialistiskas 1933-39. For Estonia covers publications of Republikas Zinadtu Akademija. Istor. 2 v.

1877 to 1912. [AS] Riga, 1952-54. History of Latvia from the

VB193. Latvju enciklopédija. Ed. by Ar- — earliest times; an official Communist account

veds Svabe. 3 v. Stockholm, 1950-55. A with the expected interpretations throughout. purely Latvian, abridged encyclopedia with A one-volume treatment with the same edi-

bibliographies. [UG] , tor and title appeared in 1955. [LK] , VB205. Straubergs, Janis. Rigas vésture.

GENERAL HISTORIES N.Y., 1954. One of the best local histories, — ; . that of the city of Riga. [UG] VB194. Royal Institute of International

Affairs. The Baltic states: a survey of the . .

political and economic structure and the . Lithuania

foreign relations of Estonia, Latvia and_ VB206. Sapoka, Adolfas, ed. Lietuvos Lithuania. London, 1938. A useful orienta- istorija. Kaunas, 1936. Standard work on

tion. [EA] Lithuania. [LK] VB195. Pick, Frederick W. The Baltic na-. VB207. Senn, Alfred E. The emergence of tions, Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania: the his- — »odern Lithuania. N.Y., 1959.

tory of Russia’s neighbours on the Baltic.

ay 1945. A careful, readable survey. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS VB196. Reddaway, William F. Problems VB208. Vasar, Juhan. Die grosse_liv-

of the Baltic. Cambridge, Eng., 1940. A jandische giiterreduktion. Tartu, 1931. This

: general survey. and. VB209 are significant monographs in

VB197. Wittram, Reinhard. Baltische Ge- — ..cig-economic history. |

schichte. Die Ostseelande Livland, Estland, VB209. Soom, Arnold. Der Herrenhof in Kurland, 1180-1918. Munich, 1954. First- fetand im 17. Jahrhundert. Lund, 1954. rate study, essentially a chapter in German VB210. Kirchner, Walther. The rise of

colonial history. [UG] DS the Baltic question. Newark, Del., 1954. A

careful, readable study, emphasizing the HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS period from the German settlements in the

Estonia 12th century to the Swedish-Polish partition in the late 16th century.

VB198. Uustalu, Evald. The history of VB211. Kalnins, Brino. De _baltiska

Estonian people. London, 1952. Good gen-_ staternas frihetskamp. Stockholm, 1950.

eral treatment up to 1941. [EA] ~ Good account from the social democratic

Scandinavia and the Baltic States 463 point of view of the struggle for freedom in VB219. Jungfer, Victor. Litauen, Antlitz

the World War I period. [UG] eines Volkes: Versuch einer Kultursociologie.

VB212. Sepp, Hendrik, Otto Liiv, and 2nd ed., Tubingen, 1948. Lithuanian “culJuhan Vasar. Eesti majandusajalugu. V. 1. tural sociology” historically developed. [LK] Tartu, 1937. Economic history of Estonia

to about 1850. [AS] |

VB213. Kruus, Hans. Talurahva kaari- | BIOGRAPHY

mine louna-Eestis XIX sajandi 40-dail aastail. VB220. Laaman, Eduard. Eesti iseseisvuse Tartu, 1930. Social history, on peasant UN- sind. 2 v. Tartu, 1936-38. Partly memoirs,

rest in southern Estonia in the 1840's. useful for what the title calls “the birth of :

VB214. Svabe, Arveds. Grundriss der Estonian independence.” [EA] |

agrargeschichte lLettlands. Riga, 1928. A

| scholarly history of agriculture in Latvia.

[UG] GOVERNMENT PUBLICATION | VB215. Johansons, Andrejs. Latviesu -_ . . literatiira. Stockholm, 1953. Good survey of VB221. Lietuvos sutartys su svetimomis

Latvian literature. [UG] valstybemis. Receuil des traites conclus par

| VB216. Andrups, Janis, and Vitauts Kalve. 1a Lithuanie avec les pays é¢trangers. Kaunas, Latvian literature. Stockholm, 1954. Very 1930. Collection of treaties for 1919 to

general in scope. [UG] 1929, with Lithuanian and French texts in

-VB217. Kalnin’, Brino. Latvijas sociale Parallel columns. demokratijas piecdesmit gadi. Stockholm, | |

1956. Good account of fifty years of the PERIODICAL

social democratic party in Latvia. [UG] VB218. Gérmanis, Uldis. Jukums Viacietis, VB222. Ajalooline ajakiri. Tartu, 1922-40.

Pa aizputinatim pédam. Daugava, 1956. The historical journal of the national period, vacieti’s memoirs on the revolution in Lett- continued for three numbers (Jan.-June)

«and, 1916-1919. into 1941 under title of Ajaloo ajakiri. [AS]

LYNN M. CASE (FRANCE) *

and JEAN STENGERS (LOW COUNTRIES) :

FRANCE

French history spans two thousand years from Roman times to the present. Often this history is central in the record of western civilization as a whole, as during the barbarian invasions, Carolingian empire, crusades, Renaissance, Protestant revolts, reign of Louis XIV, French revolution, and the Napoleonic empire. France’s historians from Julius Caesar to Georges Lefebvre, as well as “many non-French scholars, have been prolific in their writings on the history of France. French clerics, clerks, and bureaucracies have preserved an extraordinary store of records for modern archives. In most cases only the most important and up-to-date works on the various aspects of modern French history are listed

— here. Detailed bibliographies will be found at the beginning. Annotations have been severely curtailed in order that more titles could be included within the limited space. Most of the titles are self-explanatory, and high selectivity guar- antees that all are worthy of attention. Where several works on the same subject are grouped together, they are listed in order of importance. BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, AND chronologique des sources et des ouvrages

ARCHIVES relatifs a Vhistoire de France depuis les (Lynn M. Case) originesVC2. jusqu’en 1789, Paris, 1888. | Franklin, Alfred. Les sources de

Items listed below deal principally with WVhistoire de France: notices bibliographiques bibliographies of general French histories. et analytiques des mventaires et des recueils Bibliographies of larger scope but including de documents relatifs a Phistoire de France.

French history will be found in Section B. Paris, 1877. . Those dealing with special periods or topics VC3. Catalogue général des manuscrits des within French history are included at the be- __ bibliothéques des départements. Ser. 4. 7 v.

ginning of the subdivisions concerned with Paris, 1849-85. | such periods or topics. VC4, Catalogue général des manuscrits des

bibliotheques publiques de France. Ser 4,

ides toours Sources Departements. 48 v. Paris, 1886-1933. des Guides VC5. Catalogue général des manuscrits : VC1. Monod, Gabriel. Bibliographie de bibliothéques publiques de France. Ser. 4, histoire de France: catalogue méthodique et ‘Paris. 27 v. Paris, 1885-1931. * Compilers of various subsections are indicated under the respective headings.

464

France and the Low Countries 465 VC6. Langlois, Charles V., and Henri giques publiés par les sociétés savantes de Stein. Les archives de Phistoire de France. la France. Période 1910-1940. 3 v. Paris,

3 pts. in 1 v. Paris, 1891-93. 1944-52.

: hte: . |

VC7. Schmidt, Charles. Les sources de VC21. Halphen, Louis. WL’histoire en

Vhistoire de France depuis 1789 aux Archives France depuis cent ans. Paris, 1914. Bib-

Nationales. Paris, 1907. liography.

VC8. Direction des Archives de France. |

Etat des inventaires des Archives Nationales, French Archives

wader janvier 1937. Pers, 1938, hospitalieres vC22, Courteault, Henri. Les Archives , VC9. Mady, J. “Les fonds d’archives con- Nationales de 1902 a 1936. Paris, 1939, .

cernant la Deuxiéme Guerre Mondiale.” arene oe ey Amedee. eon

Cahiers @historie de la guerre, Jan. 1949. Rev. hist. de droit francais et étranger, 1953.

a . VC24, ———. ‘“‘Les origines de la législation

Guides to Printed Works révolutionnaire sur les archives: la loi du 7

VC10. Catalogue de Vhistoire de France. septembre 1790 sur les Archives Nationales.” 11 v., 6 v. supplements, 16 v. tables. Paris, Bull. de la Soc. d’Hist. Mod., Jan. 1954.

1855-1932. | VC25. Monicat, Jacques. “‘Les archives VC11. Le Long, Jacques. Bibliotheque his- porariales.” Rey. hist., 214 (July-Sep. 1955): torique de la France contenant le catalogue oe 8 & .

des ouvrages imprimés et manuscrits, qui VC26. Lanhers, Yvonne. “Les archives de

traitent de Vhistoire de ce royaume ... la maison de Gramont.” Rev. hist., 211

avec des notes critiques et historiques. Rev. (Jam.-Mar. 1954): 11-18. . e by Fevret de Fontette, 5 v., Paris, 1768 French Libraries VC12. Saulnier, Eugene, and Andre A. VC27. Dacier, Emile, ed. Les trésors des

Martin. Bibliographie des travaux publiés de pjhliothéques de France. Paris, 1938. See

| 1866 4 1897 sur Phistoire de la France de section on history, pp. 107-60. |

1500 a 1789. 2 v. Paris, 1932-38. VC28. Leroy, Emile. Guide pratique des VC13. Caron, Pierre. Bibliographie des — pjbliothéques de Paris. Paris, 1937. ,

travaux publiés de 1866 4 1897 sur Phistoire VC29, Welsh, Doris V., ed. A checklist of

_ de la France depuis 1789. Paris, 1912. French political pamphlets, 1560-1644, in VC14, Briére, Gaston, Pierre Caron, and the Newberry Library. Chicago, 1950.

others. Répertoire méthodique de Vhistoire VC30. ——, ed. A second checklist of moderne et contemporaine de la France. french political pamphlets, 1560-1653, in 1898-1906, 1910-13. 11 v. Paris, 1899-1914. the Newberry Library. Chicago, 1955,

VC15. Caron, Pierre, and Henri Stein. ee France. 1920-31. 6 v. Paris, 1923-38. REFERENCE

Répertoire bibliographique de Phistoire de ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF VC16. Bibliographie critique des princi-

paux travaux parus sur lhistoire de 1600 a (Lynn M. Case) |

1914. 1932-35. Ed. by editorial board of For French general encyclopedias see Sec- .

Revue d’histoire moderne. 4 v. Paris, 1936- tion B. Dictionaries which are mainly bio37. By French historians or on French _ graphical are listed under biographies at the

history. end of this section.

| VC17. Leuilliot, Paul, ed. Bulletin de VC31. Lalanne, Ludovic, ed. Dictionnaire bibliographie: France. 1948 ff. Paris, 1949 ff. historique de la France. 2nd rev. ed., 2 v.,

[Ecole des Hautes Etudes.] Paris, 1877.

-. WVC18. Lasteyrie du Saillant, Robert C., VC32. Joanne, Paul B., ed. Dictionnaire Count of, and others. Bibliographie générale géographique et administratif de la France. des travaux historiques et archéologiques 7 v. Paris, 1890-1905. publiés [to 1900] par les sociétés savantes de VC33. Chéruel, Pierre A. Dictionnaire hisla France, dressce sous jes auspices du torique des institutions, moeurs, et coutumes Ministére de VlInstruction Publique. 6 v. de la France. 8th rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1910.

Paris, 1888-1918. VC34. Marion, Marcel. Dictionnaire des

~ VC19. Lasteyrie du Saillant, Robert C., institutions de la France aux XVIIe et X VIITe ]

Count of, and A. Vidier. Bibliographie an- siécles. Paris, 1923. nuelle des travaux historiques et archéologi- VC35. Robinett, Jean F. E., Adolphe ques publiés [1901-10] par les sociétés Robert, and Julien Le Chaplain. Dictionnaire savantes de la France, dressée sous les historique et biographique de la Révolution et auspices du Ministére de l’Instruction Pub- de Empire, 1789-1815. 2 v. Paris, 1899.

lique. 12 v. Paris, 1904—14. VC36. Richardson, Hubert N. B. A dic-

VC20. Gandilhon, René. Bibliographie tionary of Napoleon and his times. London |

générale des travaux historiques et archéolo- and N.Y., 1920. ,

466 Guide ‘to Historical Literature GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEERS, AND Atlases ATLASES VC52. Vidal de La Blache, Paul. Atlas

. Vi e ache, .

(Edward W. Fox) : historique et géographique. Paris, [1951].

General Geography VCS53. Schrader, Franz, ed. Atlas de

géographie historique. New ed., Paris, 1907.

| VC37. Ormsby, Hilda. France: a regional VC54. Longnon, Auguste. Atlas historique . and economic geography. 2nd rev. ed., Lon- dela France depuis César jusqu’a nos jours,

don, 1950. avec un texte explicatif. Pts. 1-3. Paris, | VC38. Vidal de La Blache, Paul M., and 1885-89.

Lucien L. Gallois, eds. Géographie univer- VC55. Guillot, M. E. Grand atlas départe-

| selle. V. 6, La France. Pt. 1, France phy- mental de la France et de l’Algérie. Paris,

sique, by Emmanuel de Martonne, Paris, 1920. , 1942; pt. 2, France économique et humaine,

AlbertVidal Demangeon, Paris, 1948. -byVC39. de La Blache, Paul. Special TableauStudi Pectal ores ,

_ de la geographie de la France. V. 1, pt. 1 VC56. Benest, Edward E. Inland water-

of Lavisse, Histoire de France (VCI38). ways of France. London, 1956. “‘VC40. Brunhes, Jean. Géographie hu- VC57. Cavailles, Henri. La route francaise, maine de la France: le cadre permanent et on histoire, sa fonction. Paris, 1946. le facteur humain. V. 1, pt. 1 of Hanotaux, VC58. Blanchard, Marcel. Géographie des Histoire de la nation francaise (VC14/). chemins de fer. Paris, 1942. C41. Brunhes, Jean, and Pierre Deffon- VC59. Brunhes, Jean, and Camille Vallaux. taines. Geographie humaine de la France: [4 géographie de Vhistoire: géographie de -géographie politique et geographie du tra- |g paix et de la guerre sur terre et sur mer. vail. V. 2 of Hanotaux, Histoire de la nation paris, 1921. Deals with World War I.

. 1951. | :

francaise (VC 141). VC60. Gougel, Francois. Géographie des

| élections francaises de 1870 a 1951. Paris,

Regional Geography VC61. Siegfried, André. Tableau politique VC42. Martonne, Emmanuel de. Geo- de Ia France de Pouest sous la Ile ré-

graphical regions of France. London, 1950, Publique. Paris, 1913. , VC43. Mirot, Léon. Manuel de géographie | historique de la France. 2nd rev. ed. by

Albert Mirot, 2 v., Paris, 1947-50. ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS

VC44, Jarry, Eugéne. Provinces et pays (Lynn M. Case)

de France: essai de géographie historique. VC62. Vallois nri V. Anthropologie 3 v. Paris, 1943-50. [1, Formation de Tunité qe Jag population francaise. Paris 1943. °8 francaise; 2, Monographies provinciales: VC63. Montandon, Georges. L’ethnie franAgenais a Béarn; 3, Monographies provin- caise, Paris, 1951. Physical anthropology. — ciales: Beaujolais ad Boubonnais.]|

VC45. Dion, Roger. Les frontiéres de la |

France. Paris, 1947. . DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES VC46. Rousseau, Charles. Les frontiéres (Lynn M. Case)

de la France. Paris, 1954.

General

Toponymy: VC64. Levasseur, Emile. La population francaise: histoire de la population avant

VC47. Longnon, Auguste. Les noms de 1789 et démographie de la France comparée lieux de la France: leur origine, leur signifi- a celle des autres nations au XIXe® siécle, cation, feurs transformations. Fasc. 1-5, précédée d’une introduction sur la statistique.

Paris, 1920-29. 3 v. Paris, 1889-92.

VC48. Dauzat, Albert. Les noms de lieux, VC65. Huber, Michel, Henri Bunle, and origine et évolution: villes et villages, pays, Fernand Boverat. La population de la

cours d’eau, montagnes, lieux-dits. Paris, France: son évolution et ses perspectives. 3rd

1926. Bibliography. rev. ed., Paris, 1950.

VC49, ———. La toponymie francaise. Paris, VC66. Lot, Ferdinand. Recherches sur la 1946. population et la superficie des cités reVC50. Dictionnaire topographique de la meontant a la période gallo-romaine. 3 v.

France, comprenant les noms de lieux an- Paris, 1943-53. | ciens et modernes. 28 v. Paris, 1861- VC67. Barzun, Jacques. The French race:

1913. theories of its origins and their social and VC51. Dictionnaire des communes. Paris, political implicatiens prior to the Revolution. |

1952. N.Y., 1932.

France and the Low Countries 467 Period Studies die historische Lautlehre des franzdésischen.

Berlin, 1931. |

VC68. Gorce, Matthieu. La France au- VC85. Lerch, Eugen. Historische franzédessus les races: origines et formation de la = gicche Syntax. 3 v. Leipzig, 1925-34. nation francaise du [Ve au VIIe siécle. Paris, VC86. Damourette, Jacques, and Edouard

1934. : Pichon. Essai de grammaire de la langue VC69. Pouthas, Charles H. La population francaise. 6 v. Paris, 1947.

1950. | _——-

francaise pendant la premiere moitie du XIX° VC87. Martinet, André. La prononciation

siecle. Paris, 1955. du francais Paris, VC70. Chevalier, Louis.contemporain. La formation de1945. },

la population parisienne au XIX¢ siécle. Paris, Old and Middle French :

VC88. Anglade, Joseph. Grammaire élé-

mentaire de VPancien francais. Paris, 1918.

LINGUISTIC WORKS VC89. Ettmayer, Karl. Vortrage zur , _ (Alphonse G. Juilland) Charakteristik des Altfranzésischen. Fribourg, |

Bibliography Switz., VC90. 1910. Voretzsch, Karl. Einfithrung mm das

VC71. Wagner, Robert L. Introduction 4 Studium der Altfranzosischen Sprache. Halle,

la linguistique francaise. Lille, 1947. 1932. | ; | . VC91. Klemperer, Victor. Einfiihrung in

. a . das Mittelfranzdsische, Leipzig, 1921. |

Etymological Dictionaries

VC72. Dauzat, Albert. Dictionnaire étymo- | ‘Dialects

logique de la langue francaise. Paris, 1938. we

1880-1902. :

VC73. Godefroy, Frédéric. Dictionnaire de, ve oe jlbert Les ae évolu-

Pancienne langue francaise. 10 v. Paris, “OB-C*asstca tone ude. Paris,

VC74. Tobler, Adolf, and Erhard Lom- PRINTED COL LECTIONS OF SOURCES

matzsch. Altfranzésisches Worterbuch. 3 v. (William E. Echard) , Berlin, 1925, : Sources of a specific nature which are cited

General list.

under relevant topics are not included in this

VC75. Bally, Charles. Linguistique générale , .

et linguistique francaise. 2nd ed., Berne, | Source Books and Readings

1944, VC93. Zeller, Berthold, and Archille LuVC76. Brunot, Ferdinand. Histoire de la chaire, eds. L’histoire de France racontée par

langue francaise a 1900. 21 v. Paris, 1905-53. — yag contemporaines. 65 v. Paris, 1880-90.

vc7y. Cohen, Marcel. Histoire d'une Roman Gaul to the death of Henry IV.

langue: le francais. Paris, 1947. ; VC94. Collection de textes pour servir a

VC78. Wartburg, Walther von. Evolution pétude et & Penseignement de Vhistoire. Ed. et structure de la langue francaise. 2nd ed., by Maurice Prou, Auguste E. L. M. Molinier,

Berne, 1946. Charles V. Langlois, and others. 51 v. Paris,

| 1886-1929. Includes treaties, chronicles, and Grammar and Phonology other medieval. documents; mostly, but not entirely, VC79. Brunot, Ferdinand, and Charles VC95. Guénin, Georges, and Joseph

| Bruneau. Précis de grammaire historique de Nouaillac, eds. Lectures historiques. 3 v.

Ya langue francaise. New rev. ed., Paris, 1937. Paris, 1921-25. Selected from memoirs, jourVC80. Meyer-Luebke, Wilhelm. Historische nals, and letters; covers period 1715-1880. Grammatik der franzdsischen Sprache. 2 v. VC96. Anderson, Frank M., ed. Constitu-

Heidelberg, 1908-21. tions and other select documents illustrative VC81. Nyrop, Kristoffer. Grammaire his- of the history of France, 1789-1907. 2nd ed., torique de la langue francaise. 6 v. Paris, Minneapolis, 1908. Bibliography.

1899-1930.

- VC82. Pope, Mildred K. From Latin to 7 Guizot Collection

modern French, with special consideration of |

Anglo-Norman: phonology and morphology. VC97. Collection de documents imédits

Manchester, 1934. relatifs 4 Vhistoire de France. More than .

VC83. Bourciez, Edouard E. Précis his- 300 v. Paris, 1835 ff. Projected by Guizot torique de phonétique francaise. 8th ed., as minister of public instruction in 1834;

Paris, 1937. since 1881 carried forward by the Comité des

VC84. Buscherbruck, Karl. Einfiihrung in| Travaux Historiques et Scientifiques. Six

468 Guide to Historical Literature series:-(1) chronicles, memoirs, journals; (2) VC109. Journal officiel. 1869 ff. See

charters; (3) correspondence, political and VCJ1235.

administrative documents (see especially VC110. Les annales des débats parle-

VC98—99); (4) documents of the revolu- mentaires. Paris, 1863 ff. Covers Jan. 12, tionary period; (5) documents relating to 1863 to the present. philology, philosophy, etc.; (6) archaeologi-

cal publications. For a description of v. 1- . ; 177 see Franklin, Les sources de lhistoire Collections of Memoirs

de France (VC2). _ VC111. Guizot, Francois P. G., ed. Collec-

VC98. Lettres, instructions, et memoires tion des mémoires relatifs A Vhistoire de _ de Colbert. Ed. by Pierre Clement. 8 v. in Fyance depuis la fondation de Ja monarchie _

10. Paris, 1861-82. | . francaise jusqu’au XIIe siécle. 31 v. Paris,

_VC99. Correspondance des controleurs 49335, Earlier works translated into mod-

- généraux des finances avec les intendants des ern French. .

| provinces, 1683-1715, Ed. by Arthur M. de VC112. Petitot, Claude B., Bernard L. J. Boislisle and Pierre de Brotonne. 3 v. Paris, qe Monmerqué, and others, eds. Collection

1874-97. -compléte des mémoires relatifs 4 Vhistoire ; de France depuis le régne de _ Philippeoye : Auguste jusqu’a la paix de Paris, 1763. 2 | General Political | series, 130 v. Paris, 1819-29.

VC100. Lauriére, Eusébe J. de, and others, VC113. Michaud, Joseph F., and Jean eds. Ordonnances des roys de France. 21 v. J. F. Poujoulat, eds. Nouvelle collection des , Paris, 1723-1849. Hugh Capet through Louis ™é€moires pour servir 4 V’histoire de France

, XIL.VC101. depuis Je XIile siécle jusqu’a la fin du ——, eds. Ordonnances des rois de XVIII*. 3 series, 32 v. Paris, 1836-39. France: régne de Francois Ier. 10 v. Paris, VC114. Barriére, Jean F., and Mathurin

1887-1908. F. A. de Lescure, eds. Bibliothéque des VC1i02. Jourdan, Athanase J. L., ——- mémoires relatifs a YVhistoire de France

de Crusy, and Francois A. Isambert, eds. pendant le XVIEEe siécle. 2 series, 37 v. Recueil général des anciennes lois francaises Paris, 1846-81. For an index of proper depuis P’an 420 jusqu’a la Révolution de 1789. names see Alfred Marquiset, suppl. 9 of 29 v. in 30. Paris, 1822-33. Also contains Revue des bibliothéques (Paris, 1913). decisions of parliament, protests, and diplo- VC115. Berville, Saint-Albin, and Jean F.

matic acts. Barriére, eds. Collection des mémoires relatifs

VC103. Duvergier, Jean B., and others, 4 la Révolution Francaise. 57 v. Paris, 1820eds. Collection compléte des lois, décrets, 27. ordonnances, réglements et avis du conseil See also the publications of the Société de d’état. 1788 ff. 2nd ed., 30 v. and annual vy., Histoire de France, a great series continuParis, 1834 ff. Not as complete as implied by ing since 1835 and extending over all periods

the title. of French history. The Société, founded in

VC104. Cahen, Léon, and Albert Mathiez. 1833, absorbed in 1927 the Société d’HisLes lois francaises de 1815 4 nos jours, ac- toire Contemporaine (which had published compagnées des documents politiques les 63 volumes between 1892 and 1921). plus importants. 4th ed., Paris, 1933. Includes principal acts.

VC105. Duquit, Léon, and Henry Monnier, SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

eds. Les constitutions et les principales lois (Richard M. Brace)

eaalpe nas la France depuis 1789. 5th ed., Included among the shorter general hisVC106. Recueil des lois constitutionnelles tories are those covering several periods et organiques de la République Francaise. (though not all) of F rench history and those

Latest ed.. Paris. 1924. general works stressing institutional, legal,

, ° and constitutional history. ‘VC116. Histoire de la France pour tous les Parliamentary Records francais. By Edouard Perroy, Georges Le|VC107. febvre, and others. 2 v. Paris, 1950. Mavidal, Jér6me, Emile Laurent, VC117. Reinhard, Marcel, Norbert Du-

and others, eds. Archives parlementaires, fourcg, and others, eds. Histoire de France. 1787-1869: recueil complet des débats des 2 v. Paris, 1954.

chambres francaises. Series 1, 1787—99; series VC118. Gaxotte, Pierre. Histoire des fran2, 1800-60. 219 v. Paris, 1862-1913. Series ¢ais. 2 v. Paris, 1951.

1 has been completed only to Jan. 4, 1794, VC119. Seignobos, Charles. A history of

and series 2 to July 17, 1839. the French nation. London, 1933.

VC108. Moniteur universel. Paris, 1789- VC120. Guérard, Albert. France, a short 1868. history. N.Y., 1946.

, France and the Low Countries 469 VC121. Bainville, Jacques. History of Petit-Dutaillis, Charles VII, Louis XI et les

France. N.Y., 1926. premiéres années de Charles VII (1422-

| VC122. Madaule, Jacques. Histoire de 1492); 5, pt. 1, H. Lemonnier, Les guerres

| France. 2 v. Paris, 1943-45. d’Italie, la France sous Charles VIII, Louis VC123. Herzog, Emile S. W. (pseud., XII et Francois ler (1492-1547); pt. 2, H.

André Maurois). A history of France. N.Y., Lemonnier, La lutte contre la maison d’Au-

1957. triche, la France sous Henri IT (1519-1559);

VC124. Duruy, Victor. A short history of 6, pt. 1, J. H. Mariéjol, La réforme et la

France. London and N.Y., 1917. Ligue, l’édit de Nantes (1559-1598); pt. 2,

VC125. Lot, Ferdinand. La France des J.H. Mariéjol, Henri IV et Louis XII (1598origines 4 la Guerre de Cent Ans. 16th ed., 1643); 7, pt. 1, E. Lavisse, Louis XIV, la

Paris, 1948. ' Fronde, le roi, Colbert (1643-1685); pt. 2, VC126. Brogan, Denis W. The French E. Lavisse, Louis XIV, la religion, les lettres, nation, from Napoleon to Pétain. N.Y., 1957. et les arts, la guerre (1643-1685); 8, pt. 1, VC127. Deslandres, Maurice C. E. His- A. de Saint-Léger, A. Rébelliau, P. Sagnac,

toire constitutionnelle de la France de 1789 and E. Lavisse, Louis XIV, la. fin du régne | a 1870. 2 v. Paris, 1932. Bibliography. (1685-1715); pt. 2, H. Carré, Le régne de VC128. Perrot, Ernest V. Les institutions Louis XV (1715-1774); 9, pt. 1, H. Carré, publiques et privées de VDancienne France P. Sagnac, and E. Lavisse, Le réegne de Louis

jusqu’en 1789. Paris, 1935. Bibliography. XVI (1774-1789); pt. 2, Tables alphaVC129. Chevallier, Jean J. Histoire des in- Dbétiques.] Bibliography.

stitutions politiques de la France de 1789 a VC139. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de

nos jours. Paris, 1952. France contemporaine, depuis la Révolution VC130. Rousselet, Marcel. Histoire de la jusqu’é la paix de 1919. 10 v. Paris, 1920magistrature francaise, des origines & nos 22. [1, P. Sagnac, La Révolution (1789-

jours. 2 v. Paris, 1957. 1792); 2, G. Pariset, La Révolution (1792-

VC131. Halphen, Louis, Roger Doucet, 1799); 3, G. Pariset, Le consultat et !empire and others, eds. Histoire de la société fran- (1799-1815); 4, S. Charléty, La restaura-

: caise. Paris, 1953. tion (1815-1830); 5, S. Charléty, La mon-

VC132. Thibaudet, Albert. Les idées poli- archie de juillet (1830-1848); 6, C. Seigno-

tiques de la France. Paris, 1932. bos, La révolution de 1848, le second empire VC133. Michel, Henri. L’idée de Vétat: (1848-1859); 7, C. Seignobos, Le déclin de

essai critique sur Vhistoire des théories so- Jl empire et l’établissement de la 3¢ république

ciales et politiques en France depuis la (1859-1875); 8, C. Seignobos, L’évolution Révolution. 3rd rev. ed., Paris, 1898. de la 3¢ république (1875-1914); 9, H. Bidou, VC134. Bourgeois, Emile. History of mod- A. Gauvain, C. Seignobos, and E. Lavisse, ern France, 1815-1913. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., La grande guerre; 10, Index.] Bibliography.

1919. Bibliography. VC140. Funck-Brentano, Frantz, ed. NaVC135. Bury, John P. T. France, 1814~ tional history of France. 10 v. London and

: 1940. Philadelphia, 1949. Bibliography. N.Y., 1916-36. Tr. from Histoire de France

VC136. Wolf, John B. France, 1815 to the racontée dad tous (8 v., Paris, 1911-33).

present. N.Y., 1940. fi, F. Funck-Brentano, Earliest: times; 2, F.

VC137. Rémond, René. La droite en Funck-Brentano, Middle Ages; 3, L. Batiffol, | France de 1815 4 nos jours. Paris, 1954. Bib- Century of the Renaissance; 4, J. Boulanger,

liography. Seventeenth century; 5, C. Stryienski, Eighteenth century; 6, L. Madelin,. Revolution;

LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES 7, L. Madelin, Consulate and empire; 8, J.

(Richard M. Brace) Lucas-Dubreton, Restoration and July mon| |archy; 9, R. Arnaud, Second republic and VC138. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de Napoleon III; 10, R. Recouly, Third reFrance depuis les origines jusqu’a la Révo- = public.] Bibliography.

lution. 9 v. in 18. Paris, 1900-11. [1, pt. 1, P. Vi41. Hanotaux, Gabriel, ed. Histoire de

. Vidal de la Blache, Tableau de la géogra- ta nation francaise. 15 v. Paris, 1920-29. Phie de la France; pt. 2, G. Bloch, Les [1, G. Hanotaux, Introduction générale; origines, la Gaule indépendante et la Gaule J. Brunhes, Géographie humaine de la romaine; 2, pt. 1, C. Bayet, C. Pfister, and A. France; 2, J. Brunhes and P. Deffontaines, Kleinclausz, Le christianisme, les barbares, Géographie politique et géographie du traMeérovingiens, et Carolingiens; pt. 2, A. vail; 3, P. Imbart de la Tour, Histoire poliLuchaire, Les premiers Capétiens (987-- tique des origines &@ 1515; 4, L. Madelin,

1137); 3, pt. 1, A. Luchaire, Philippe- Histoire politique de 1515 a 1804; 5, G.

Auguste-Louis VIII (1137-1226); pt. 2, C. V. Hanotaux, Histoire politique de 1804 4 1926;

Langlois, Saint Louis-Philippe le Bel, les 6, G. Goyau, Histoire religieuse; 7, J. Colin, derniers Capétiens directs (1226-1328); 4, Histoire militaire et navale des origines aux pt. 1, A. Coville, Les premiers Valois et la croisades; F. Reboul, Des croisades a la Guerre de Cent Ans (1328-1422); pt. 2, C. Révolution; 8, C. Mangin, De la constituante

470 Guide to Historical Literature , au Directoire; F. D’Esperey, Du Directoire VC151. Church, William F. Constitutional a@ la guerre de 1914; G. Hanotaux, La guerre thought in 16th century France. Cambridge,

de 1914-18; 9, R. Pinon, Histoire diplo- Mass., 1941. Bibliography. matique, 1515-1928; 10, G. Martin, Histoire | VC152. Albertini, Rudolf von. Das politéconomique et financiére; 11, L. Gillet, His- ische Denken in’ Frankreich zur Zeit

toire des arts; 12, F. Picavet, La littérature Richelieus. Marburg, 1951.

en langue latine; J. Bédier, Les chansons de VC153. Van Dyke, Paul. Catherine de gestes; A. Jeanroy, La littérature de langue Méédicis. 2 v. N.Y., 1922. Bibliography. . franeaise des origines @ Ronsard; 13, F. VC154. Héritier, Jean. Catherine de : Strowski, De Ronsard a nos jours; 14, E. Méédicis. Paris, 1940. Picard, Histoire des sciences, introduction VC155. Lettres de Catherine de Médicis. générale; H. Andoyer and P. Humbert, His- Ed. by Hector de la Ferriére-Percy and toire des mathématiques, de la mécanique, et Gustave Baguenault de Puchesse. 11 v. Paris,

de lastronomie; C. Fabry, Histoire de la 1880-1943. ,

physique; A. Colson, Histoire de la chimie; VC156. Mariéjol, Jean H. Catherine de 15, M. Caullery, Histoire des sciences bio- Méédicis, 1519-1589. Paris, 1920.

logiques; R. Lote, Histoire de la _ philo- VC157. Champion, Pierre. Catherine de :

sophie. ] = Médicis présente 4 Charles IX son royaume,

| VC142. Parias, Louis H., ed. Histoire du 1564-1566. Paris, 1937. peuple francais, des origines a nos jours. VC158, ———. Charles IX: la France et le 4 v. Paris, 1951-54. [1, R. Pernoud, Des contrédle de PEspagne. 2 v. Paris, 1939. origines au Moyen Age; 2, E. Pognon, De VC159, Major, James R. The Estates-GenJeanne d’Arc a@ Louis XIV, 1380-1715; 3, eral of 1560. Princeton, 1951. Bibliography. P. Lafue, De la régence aux trois révolutions, VC160. Romier, Lucien. Les origines poli1715-1848; 4, G. Duveau, De 1848 ad nos _ tiques des guerres de religion. 2 v. Paris,

| jours.| Bibliography. 1913-14, } VC143. Michelet, Jules. History of France VC161. ———. Catholiques et Huguenots a | from the earliest period till the present la cour de Charles IX. 2nd ed., Paris, 1924. time. 2 v. London, 1845-47. Partial tr. (to VC162. Thompson, James Westfall. Wars 1483) by G. H. Smith of Histoire de France of religion in France, 1559-1576. 2nd ed.,

| (new ed., rev. and enl., 19 v., Paris, 1878- Chicago, 1914. .

| 79). VC163. Romier, Lucien. Le royaume de VC144. Rambaud, Alfred N. Histoire de Catherine de Médicis: la France a la veille

la civilisation francaise. 3 v. Paris, 1885- des guerres de religion. 2nd ed., 2 v., Paris, |

88. 14th ed., rev. and corr. 2 v., Paris, 1922.

1921-26. VC164. Rocquain, Félix. La France et

~ VWC145. Moreton-Macdonald, John R. A Rome pendant les guerres de religion. Paris,

history of France. 3 v. N.Y. and London, 1924. | - 1915, Bibliography. VC165. England, Sylvia L. The massacre of Saint Bartholomew. London, 1938. Bibliography.

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS VC166. Poirson, Auguste. Histoire du The emphasis in these subsections, which vane oe Henri IV. 3rd rev. ed., 4 v., Paris,

begin around 1500, is on general and political | : ,

history, including legal and constitutional ake Willer ra Henry y f wore | histories. The lives of ruling kings and their VC168 o Mousns im Roland L a, - ,

queen consorts are also included. For all d fice vis He, ; TV t lo Neen

_ other biographical items see the biographical — Rouen 194 c enrl et Louls °

| section below. - VC169. Recueil des lettres missives de Henri IV. Ed. by Julien Berger de Xivrey

Sixteenth Century and Joseph Gaudet. 9 v. Paris, 1843-76. VC170. Williams, Adair G. “The abjura(Bernerd C. Weber) tion of Henry of Navarre.” Journal of mod- . VC146. Doucet, Roger. Les institutions ern history, 5 (June 1933): 143-71. de la France au XVIe siécle. 2 v. Paris, 1948. VC171. ——. “The absolution of Henry - VC147. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de of Navarre.” Jour. mod. hist., 6 (Dec. 1934):

France (VC138), v. 5-6. 379-404. VC148. Batiffol, Louis. Century of the VC172. Reinhard, Marcel. Henri IV. Paris, Renaissance. London and N.Y., 1916. 1943.

VC149, Zeller, Gaston. Les institutions VC173. Drouot, Henri. Mayenne et Bourde la France au XVIe siécle. Paris, 1948. gogne: étude sur la Ligue, 1587-1596. 2 v. VC150. Bridge, John S. C. A history of Paris, 1955. France from the death of Louis XI. 5 v. Other listings concerning more extensively

Oxford, 1921-36. Bibliography. the religious side of the French Reformation

France and the Low Countries 471 movement will be found under the section bert et de son administration. 3rd ed., 2 v.,

on French religious history. | Paris, 1892.

| VC194. Roujon,Century Jacques.Paris, Louis 1943. XIV. 2, v. Seventeenth : (John B. Wolf) VC195. Louis XIV, roi de France. Mé-

moires pour Pinstruction du dauphin. Ed. by

VC174. Bourgeois, Emile, and Louis Charles C. Dreyss. 2 v. Paris, 1860. | André, eds. Les sources de Vlhistoire de VC196. Louis XIV. Mémoires pour les France: le XVIIe siecle, 1610-1715. 8 v. années 1661 et 1666, suivis des réflexions sur

Paris, 1913-35. | le métier de roi, des instructions au duc |

VC175. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de d’Anjou et d’un projet de harangue. Ed. by France (VC1/38), v. 7. | Jean Longnon. Paris, 1923. | VC176. Funck-Brentano, Frantz, ed. Na- VC197. King, James E. Science and ra- :

tional history of France (VC/40), v. 4. tionalism in the government of Louis XIV,

VC177. Pagés, Georges. Naissance du 1661-1683. Baltimore, 1949. | XIV, 1598-1661. Paris, 1948. , faite la réunion de PAlsace 4 la France. grand siécle: la France de Henri IV a Louis VC198. Zeller, Gaston. Comment s’est VC1i78. ——. La monarchie d’ancien ré- Paris, 1948.

gime en France, de Henri IV a Louis XIV. VC199. Dedieu, Joseph. Le role politique .

Paris, 1928. des Protestants francais, 1685-1715. Paris,

~ WC179. Chéruel, Pierre A. Histoire de 1920. | France pendant la minorité de Louis XIII. © VC200. Saint René Taillandier, Made3 v. Paris, 1879. leine. La jeunesse du grand roi, Louis XIV et

VC180. Estrées, Francois A., duc d’. Anne d’Autriche. Paris, 1945. | Mémoires du maréchal d’Estrées sur la VC201. Bertrand, Louis. Louis XIV. N.Y. | régence de Marie de Médicis, 1610-1616, et and London, 1928. sur celle d’Anne d’Autriche, 1643-1650. VC202. Ogg, David. Louis XIV. London, Paris, 1666. Ed. by Paul Bonnefon, Paris, 1933..

1910. | |

- VC181. Batiffol, Louis. Marie de Médicis Eighteenth Century and the French court in the X VIIth century. | (Paul H. Beik)

London and ‘N.Y., 1908. , — VC182. Hanotaux, Gabriel, and Auguste Bibliography

de Caumont, duc de la Force. Histoire du VC203. Du Peloux, Charles. Répertoire cardinal de Richelieu. 5 v. Paris, 1932-44. général des ouvrages modernes relatifs au VC183.' Avenel, Georges d’. Richelieu et dix-huitiéme siécle francais, 1715-1789. Paris,

Ila monarchie absolue. 2nd ed., 4 v., Paris, 1926. Supplement, 1927. ;

1895. VC204. Stewart, John H. France, 1715—VC184. Tapié, Victor. La France de Louis 1815: a guide to materials in Cleveland.

XIII et de Richelieu. Paris, 1952. Cleveland, 1942. ) VC185. Canu, Jean. Louis XIII et Riche- | lieu. Paris, 1944. , National Politics and Institutions

VC186. Chéruel, Pierre A. Histoire de VC205. Sagnac, Philippe. La formation de France sous le ministére de Mazarin. 4 v. la société francaise moderne. V. 2, La révo-

Paris, 1882. | lution des idées et des moeurs et le déclin VC187. Perkins, James B. France under’ de I’ancien régime, 1715-1788. Paris, 1946.

Mazarin, with a review of the administra- VC206. Taine, Hippolyte A. The ancient tion of Richelieu. 2 v. N.Y. and London, régime. New rev. ed., N.Y., 1896.

, 1886. VC207. Tocqueville, Alexis de. The old VC188. Gaxotte, Pierre. La France de regime and the French Revolution. N.Y., Louis XIV. Paris, 1946. | 1955. Latest French ed., 1952. VC189. Bailly, Auguste. Le régne de VC208. Broc, Hervé de. La France sous Louis XIV. Paris, 1946. Pancien régime. 2 v. Paris, 1887-89.

VC190. Hassall, Arthur. Louis XIV and VC209. Funck-Brentano, Frantz. The old

the zenith of the French monarchy. London _ regime in France. N.Y., 1929.

and N.Y., 1895. VC210. Stryienski, Casimir. The _ eightVC191. Saint-Simon, Louis de Rouvroy, eenth century in France. N.Y., 1916.

duc de. Memoirs ...on the times of VC211. Leclercq, Henri. Histoire de la

Louis XIV and the regency. 4 v. Boston, régence. 3 v. Paris, 1921-22.

1899. Abr. tr. by K. P. Wormeley from. VC212. Perkins, James B. France under Mémoires, new ed. by A. and J. Boislisle the regency, with a review of the adminisand L. Lecestre, 41 v., Paris, 1879-1928. ~ tration of Louis XIV. Boston, 1892. VC192. Doolin, Paul R. The Fronde. Cam- VC213. ———. France under Louis XV.

bridge, Mass., 1935. 2 v. Boston, 1897.

VC193. Clément, Pierre. Histoire de Col- VC214. Gaxotte, Pierre. Louis XV and

472 Guide to Historical Literature | , his times. London, 1932. Latest French ed., VC233. Ardashev, Pavel N. Les intendants

| 1956.VC215. de province sous Louis XVI. Paris, 1909. : Albert, Charles P. d’, duc de VC234. Rébillon, Armand. Les états de Luynes. Mémoires du duc de Luynes sur la Bretagme de 1661 4 1789. Paris, 1932.

cour de Louis XV_ (1735-1758). Ed. by V¥C235. Fréville, Henri. L’intendance de Louis E. Dussieux and Eudoxe Soulié. 17 v. Bretagne (1689-1790): essai sur VPhistoire

Paris, 1860-65. dune interndance en pays d’état au XVIIIe ~ VC216. Barbier, Edmond J. F. Chronique _ siécle. 3 v. Rennes, 1953.

de la régence et du régne de Louis XV ; . (1718-1763). 8 v. Paris, 1857. Eighteenth Century Enlightenment

VC217. Jobez, Alphonse. La France sous VC236. Sée, Henri. L’évolution de la

Lonis XVI. 3 v. Paris, 1877-93. pensée politique en France au XVIII¢ siécle.

VC218. Viollet, Paul. Droit public: his- Paris, 1925. | toire des institutions politiques et adminis- V¥C237. Becker, Carl L. The heavenly city

1890-1912. T 266.

tratives de VPancienne France. 4 v. Paris, of the eighteenth century philosophers. See

VC219. ———. Le roi et ses ministres VC238. Mornet, Daniel. Les origines inpendant les derniers siécles de la monarchie. tellectuelles de la Révolution Francaise

Paris, 1912. (1715-1787). 4th ed., Paris, 1947. Also availVC220. Mason, Lester B. The French con- able in English translation.

stitution and the social question in the old. VC239. Cassirer, Ernst. The philosophy regime, 1700-~1789. Buffalo, 1954. of the Enlightenment. See 4342. VC221. Matthews, George T. The royal VC240. Havens, George R. The age of general farms in eighteenth-century France. ideas: from reaction to revolution in eight-

N.Y., 1958. | eenth-century France. N.Y., 1955.

VC241. Martin, Kingsley. French liberal

The Parlements thought in the 18th century: a study of po-

VC222. Bickart, Roger. Les parlements et litical ideas from Bayle to Condorcet. Ed. la notion de souveraineté au XVIIIe siecle. by Jacob P. Mayer, 2nd ed., London, 1954.

Paris, 1932. VC242. Hearnshaw, Fossey J. C., ed. So-

VC223. Carré, Henri. La fin des parle- cial and political ideas of some great French ments, 1788-1790. Paris, 1912. Bibliography. thinkers of the age of reason. London, 1930.

VC224. Glasson, Ernest. Le parlement de VC243. Hubert, René. Les sciences sociales , Paris: son role politique depuis le régne dans l’Encyclopédie. Paris, 1923. de Charles VII jusqu’a la Révolution. 2 v. VC244. Fay, Bernard. The revolutionary

Paris, 1901. : spirit in France and America: a study of VC225. Flammermont, Jules, ed. Remon- moral and intellectual relations between trances du parlement de Paris au XVIite France and the United States at the end of

siécle. 3 v. Paris, 1888~98. the eighteenth century. N.Y., 1927.

VC226. Le Moy, Arthur. Le parlement de © VC245. Wade, Ira O. The clandestine orBretagne et le pouvoir royal au XVIie ganization and diffusion of philosophic ideas

siecle. Angers, 1909. in France from 1700 to 1750. Princeton,

VC227. Egret, Jean. Le parlement du = 1938. Dauphiné et les affaires publiques dans la VC246. Weis, Eberhard. Geschichtsschrei:deuxiéme moitié du XVIIfe siécle. 2 v. bung und Staatsauffassung in der franzosi-

Grenoble, 1942. schen Enzyklopadie. Munich, 1952.

VC228. Robert, P. Albert. Les remon- VC247. Carcassonne, Elie. Montesquieu

-— trances et arrétés du parlement de Provence _ et le probléme de la constitution francaise au

| au XVIIIe siécle, 1715-1790. Paris, 1912. XVilie siecle. Paris, 1927. VC229. Beik, Paul H. A judgment of the VC248. Derathé, Robert. Jean Jacques . old régime: being a survey by the parlement Rousseau et Ia science politique de son

of Provence of French economic and fiscal temps. Paris, 1950.

policies at the close of the Seven Years War. VC249. Gough, John W. The social con-

N.Y., 1944. tract: a critical study of its development.

. Oxford, 1936.

Other Special and Local Studies ~VC250. Acomb, Frances. Anglophobia in VC230. Dakin, Douglas. Turgot and the France, 1763-1789: an essay in the history ancien régime in France. London, 1939. _ of constituticnalism and nationalism. Dur-

VC231. Ford, Franklin L. Robe and ham, 1950. | sword: the regrouping of the French aris- VC251. Bonno, Gabriel. La constitution

tocracy after Louis XIV. Cambridge, Mass., britannique devant Vopinion francaise de

1953. Montesquieu a Bonaparte. Paris, 1932. VC232. Renouvin, Pierre. Les assemblées VC252. Einaudi, Mario. The physiocratic

provinciales de 1787: origines, développe- doctrine of judicial control. Cambridge,

ment, résultats. Paris, 1921. Mass., 1938.

France and the Low Countries — 473 The Revolution VC268. Douarche, Aristide, ed. Les tri-

(John H. Stewart) bunaux civils de Paris pendant la Révolution

—_ , a (1791-1800): documents recueillis Bibliography avant Pincendie du Palais inédits de Justice de 1871 VC253. Caron, Pierre. Manuel pratique par Casenave, conseiller 2 la coeur de cassa-

pour Pétude de la Révolution Francaise. tion. 2 v. in 3. Paris, 1905-07. - |

New ed., Paris, 1947. VC269. Lacroix, Sigismond, and René |

VC254, Walter, Gérard. Répertoire de Farge, eds. Actes de la Commune de Paris | VPhistoire de la Révolution Francaise (tra- pendant la Révolution. Ser. 1, 7 v. and index; vaux publiés de 1800 4 1940). V. 1-2, Paris, ser. 2, 8 v. Paris, 1894-1914. |

1941-51. | VC270. Schmidt, Wilhelm A., ed. Paris VC255. Martin, André, and Gérard Wal- pendant la Révolution d’aprés les rapports

ter. Le catalogue de Phistoire de la Révolu- de la police secréte, 1789-1800. 4 v. Paris, tion Francaise (écrits de la période révolu- 1880-94. tionnaire, 1789-1799). V. 1-5, Paris, 1936— VC271. Lefebvre, Georges, and Anne

43, a Terroine, eds. Recueil des documents relatifs VC256. Tourneux, Maurice. Bibliographie aux séances des Etats-Généraux, mai-juin de Vhistoire de Paris pendant la Révolution 1789. V. 1. Paris, 1953.

Francaise. 5 v. Paris, 1890-1913. VC272. Legg, Leopold G. W., ed. Select

VC257. Tuetey, Alexandre. Répertoire documents illustrative of the history of the |

général des sources manuscrites de .Phis- French Revolution: the Constituent Assem-

toire de Paris pendant la Révolution Fran- _ bly. 2 v. Oxford, 1905. caise. V, 1-11. Paris, 1890-1914. VC273. Higgins, Ear] L., ed. The French VC258. Hayden, Horace E. French revo- Revolution as told by contemporaries. Bos-

lutionary pamphlets: a check list of Talley- ton, 1938. |

: rand and other collections. N.Y., 1945. See VC274. Stewart, John H. A documentary

also VC274. | survey of the French Revolution. N.Y., 1951. ae _ VC275. Thompson, James M., ed. English . Historiography _ witnesses of the French Revolution. Oxford, VC259. Farmer, Paul. France reviews its 1938, | revolutionary origins: social politics and _ his-

torical opinion in the third republic. N.Y., General |

1944. VC276. Brinton, Crane. A decade of revoVC269. Kareiev, Nikolai. Istorikii Frant- lution, 1789-1799. N.Y., 1934.

suzskoi Revoliutsii. 3 v. Leningrad, 1924. — VC277. Lefebvre, Georges. La Révolution VC261. Sagnac, Philippe, and Jean Robi- Francaise. Paris, 1951.

- quet. Révolution de 1789. 2 v. Paris, 1934. VC278. Hazen, Charles D. The French

Revolution. N.Y., 1932. . Sources VC279. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de | VC262. Mautouchet, Paul, ed. Le gou- France contemporaine (VC/39), v. 1-2.

vernement révolutionnaire (10 aoait 1792-4 VC280. Godechot, Jacques. La grande

brumaire an IV). Paris, 1912. nation: VPexpansion révolutionnaire de la VC263. Aulard, Francois V. A., and France dans le monde de 1789 a 1799, 2 v.

others, eds. Recueil des actes du Comité de = Paris, 1956. Salut Public: avec la correspondance officielle VC281. Gohring, Martin. Geschichte der des réprésentants en mission et le registre du’ grossen Revolution. V. 1—2. Tiibingen, 1950-

Conseil Exécutif Provisoire. 27 v. and 2 Si.

index v. Paris, 1889-1956. VC282. Madelin, Louis. The French Revo-

VC264. Tourneux, Maurice, ed. Procés- lution. New ed., N.Y., 1928. verbaux de la Commune de Paris (10 aoiit VC283. Mathiez, Albert. The French Rev1792—1er juin 1793): extraits en partie in- olution. N.Y., 1928.

édits publiés d’aprés un manuscrit § des VC284. Aulard, Francois V. A. The Archives Nationales. Paris, 1894. French Revolution, a political history, 1789-

VC265. Aulard, Francois V. A., ed. Paris 1804.4 v. N.Y., 1910. pendant la réaction thermidorienne et sous VC285. Jaurés, Jean. Histoire socialiste de

le Directoire: recueil de documents pour la Révolution Francaise. Ed. by Albert

Phistoire de Vesprit public a Paris. 5 v. Mathiez. 8 v. Paris, 1922-24. | |

Paris, 1898-1902. VC286. Sorel, Albert. L’Europe et la Ré- | VC266. ——, ed. La Société des Jacobins: volution Francaise. See 7303.

recueil de documents pour histoire de Club VC287. Michelet, Jules. Histoire de la des Jacobins de Paris. 6 v. Paris, 1889-97. Révelution Francaise. Rev. ed., 9 v., Paris,

VC267. Debidour, Antonin, ed. Recueil 1883-87.

des actes du Directoire Exécutif (procés- VC288. Mignet, Francois A. A. The

verbaux, arrétés, instructions, lettres et actes French Revolution from 1789. to 1815. [H. C.

divers). 4 v. Paris, 1910-17. Lodge, ed., History of nations, 10.] |

474 Guide to Historical Literature VC289. Taine, Hippolyte A. Les origines a statistical interpretation. Cambridge, Mass., de la France contemporaine. 6 v. Paris, 1876- 1935.

94. V. 2-4. Also English translation. VC310. Palmer, Robert R. Twelve who

VC290. Thiers, Louis Adolphe. History of ruled: the Committee of Public Safety durthe French Revolution. 5 v. London, 1895. ing the Terror. Princeton, 1941. VC291. Sybel, Heinrich von. Geschichte VC311. Calvet, Henri. Un instrument de der Revolutionszeit von 1789 bis 1800. Rev.. la Terreur & Paris: le Comité de Salut Public

ed., 10 v., Stuttgart, 1897-1900. See also ou de Surveillance du Département de Paris The Cambridge modern history (T4), v. 8. (8 juin 1793-21 messidor an II). Paris, 1941. VC312. Sirich, John B. The revolutionary

Estates General and National Assembly committees in the departments of France, --VC292. Lefebvre, Georges. The coming of 1793-1794. Cambridge, Mass., 1943.

the French Revolution. Princeton, 1947. VC313. Brinton, Crane. The Jacobins: an VC293. Garrett, Mitchell B. The Estates ¢SSay in the new history. N.Y., 1930. General of 1789: the problems of composi- VC314, Dowd, David L. Pageant-master

tion and organization. N.Y., 1935. of the republic: Jacques-Louis David and VC294. Hyslop, Beatrice F. A guide to the French Revolution. Lincoln, Neb., 1948.

the generalcahiers. cahiers N.Y., of 1789, withermidor the texts and of Thermid d Dj| | unedited 1936. Directory

. — VC295. Chauvet, Paul. L’insurrection VC315. Lefebvr e, Georges. Les thermiparisienne et la prise de la Bastille. Paris, oriems. Paris, 1937.

1946. VC316. Mathiez, Albert. After RobesVC296. Herbert, Sydney. The fall of Pierre, the Thermidorian Reaction. N.Y., feudalism in France. London, 1921. : 1931. | VC297. Lefebvre, Georges. La grande VC317. ——-. Le Directoire, du 11 bru-

| peur de 1789, Paris, 1932. maire an IV au 18 fructidor an V. Ed. by

| VC298. Mazé, Jules. Les journées révolu- Jacques Godechot. Paris, 1934.

tionnaires d’octobre 1789. Paris, 1939. VC318. Lefebvre, Georges. Le Directoire. VC299. Thompson, Eric. Popular soy- Paris, 1946. ereignty and the French Constituent Assem- VC319. Meynier, Albert. Les coups d’état

| bly, 1789-1791. Manchester, 1952. du Directoire. New ed., 3 v., Paris, 1932. Paris 19360 Henri. La fuite du roi. Special Studies

VC320. Aulard, Francois V. A. Etudes et_

Legislative Assembly lecons sur la Revolution Francaise. 9 v. VC301. Sagnac, Philippe. La révolution F208, 001 28. .

du 10 aout 1799, la chute de la rovauté VC321. Lefebvre, Georges. Etudes sur la

Paris. 1909 *. : y * Révolution Frangaise. Paris, 1954. VC302 C Pi L d VC322. Cochin, Augustin. Les sociétés de - Caron, Tiere. Les massacres ae — -pensée et la démocratie: études d’histoire

ea oare cans, >: L es d révolutionnaire. Paris, 1921. |

Conseil Tixécutit’ Pr ovisoire et de la Com. VC323. Dubreuil, Léon. Histoire des inmune de Paris, V. 1-2. Paris. 1950-53 surrections de POuest. 2 v. Paris, 1929-30.

sous ’ , VC324. Gabory, Emile. La Révolution et la Vendée. 3 v. Paris, 1925-28.

National Convention ~ . WC325. Bourdin, Isabelle. Les sociétés

| VC304,. KuScifski, August. Dictionnaire . populaires a Paris pendant la Révolution

des conventionnels. Paris, 1919. Francaise jusqu’A la chute de la royauté. : VC305. Belloni, Georges. Le Comité Sireté Paris, 1937. Générale de la Convention Nationale. Paris, VC326. Cardenal, Louis de. La province

1924. pendant la Révolution: histoire des clubs VC306. Gardie, Alphonse. La Commune Jacobins (1789-1795). Paris, 1929.

1940. 1935.

-_ de Paris, 10 aofit 1792-9 thermidor an II: VC327. Madelin, Louis. La contre-révoluessai sur le gouvernement des masses. Paris, tion sous la Révolution, 1789-1815. Paris,

VC307. Godfrey, James. Revolutionary VC328. Baldensperger, Fernand. Le

justice: a study of the organization, person- mouvement des idées dans |’émigration fran-

nel, and procedure of the Paris Tribunal, ¢aise (1789-1815). 2 v. Paris, 1924-25.

1793-1795. Chapel Hill, 1951. VC329. Greer, Donald M. The incidence

VC308. Kerr, Wilfred B. The Reign of of the emigration during the French RevoTerror, 1793-1794: the experiment of the lution. Cambridge, Mass., 1951.

democratic republic, and the rise of the VC330. Beik, Paul H. The French Revo-

bourgeoisie. Toronto, 1927. lution seen from the right: social theories in VC309. Greer, Donald M. The incidence motion, 1789-1799, Philadelphia, 1956.

of the Terror during the French Revolution: VC331. Godechot, Jacques L. Les insti-

France and the Low Countries 475 tutions de la France sous la Révolution et VC351. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. Histoire de ,

Vempire. Paris, 1951. — France contemporaine (VC1/39), v. 3. |

VC332. Seligman, Edmund. La justice en VC352. Bruun, Geoffrey. Europe and the : France pendant la Révolution (1789-1793). French imperium, 1799-1814. N.Y., 1938. |

2 v. Paris, 1901-13. VC353. Jaurés, Jean. Histoire socialiste VC333. Brace, Richard M. Bordeaux and (VC285), v. 6. |

the Gironde, 1789-1794, Ithaca, 1947. VC354, Lefebvre, Georges. Napoléon. 3rd

VC334. Garrigues, Georges. Les districts ed., Paris, 1947. |

parisiens pendant la Révolution Francaise. VC355. Bourgin, Georges. Napoleon und

Paris, 1931. seine Zeit. Gotha, VC335. Alméras, Henri d’.1925. La _ tyrannie | |

1919 , " an

’ . , VC356. Fournier, Auguste. Napoleon I, |

: see ocratique pendant la Révolution. P aris, Biographies of Napoleon I and His Family 1 VC336. Aulard, Frangois V. A. La Revo- cine Biographie. 2nd ed., 3 v., Vienna, 1904— ution Francaise et le regime féodal. Paris, 06. Also abr. English trans

: . , VC357. Lanfrey, Pierre. History of Na-

VC337. Marion, M arcel. Le brigandage poleon the First. 23rd ed., 4 v., London and ,

pendant la Révolution. Paris, 1934. N.Y. 1894.

VC338. Parker, Harold T. The cult of ~ V035g, Rose, J. Holland. The life of Naantiquity and the French revolutionaries: a poleon I. 11th ed., 2 v., London, 1934 study in the development of the revolution- VC359 Sloan e. Willi am M Th e life of

ary spirit. Chicago, 1937. Napoleon Bonaparte. Rev. ed., 4 v., N.Y., 1910. The Consulate and the Empire VC360. Thompson, James M. Napoleon , (Geoffrey Bruun) Bonaparte, his rise and fall. Oxford, 1952. . VC361. Bainville, Jacques. Napoléon. Bibliographies Paris, 1931.

VC339. Kircheisen, Friedrich M. Bibli- VC362. Bourgoing, Jean de. Marie Louise | ographie du temps de Napoléon. 2 v. Paris, von Osterreich, Kaiserin der Franzosen. 1908-12. German ed., 2 v., Berlin, 1908-12. Vienna, 1949.

~ VC340. Davois, Gustave. Bibliographie © VC363. ——. Le fils de Napoléon, roi de |

napoléonienne francaise jusqu’en 1908. 3 v. Rome. Paris, 1932.

Paris, 1909-11. | VC364. Masson, Frédéric. Napoléon et

VC341. Villat, Louis. Napoléon (1799- _ sa famille. 13 v. Paris, 1900-1919. |

1815). Paris, 1936.

| C365. V ] . Lave

Sources Special Studies

VC342. Correspondance de Napoléon [er: Bonaparte Fae Deon avenement de __ publiée par ordre de Pempereur Napoleon VC366. Thiry, Jean. Le coup d’état du 18

Ill. 32 v. Paris, 1858~—70. brumaire. Paris, 1947.

sse. , oo £ leonic i ialism. .

Cn Pie ee Ed. by Albert Du- VC367. Deutsch, Harold C. The genesis | VC344. Lecestre, Léon, ed. Lettres in- Mass. O38 imperialism. Cambridge,

édites de Napoléon ier (an VHI-1815). 2 v. VC368. Friedrich, Hans E. Napoleon I,

Paris, 1897. , . | Idee und Staat. Berlin, 1936. _ VC345. Brotonne, Léonce de, ed. Lettres. VC369. Durand. Charles. Le fonctionneinédites de Napoléon Ier. Paris, 1898. du oy a9 aoryper

VC346. —-——, ed. Derniéres lettres inédites Moet u conseil d'etat napoléonien. Gap, | de Napoléon Ier. 2 v. Paris, 1903. : bo chat P VC347, Picard, Ernest, and Louis Tuetey, (1800-1814), Peis can e senat de Napoleon

eds. Correspondance inédite de Napoléon Ier VC371. Aulard, Francois V. A. “La cenParis 191 313 Archives de la Guerre. 4 Vv. tralisation napoléonienne: les _ préfets.”

ars, na . Etudes et lecons sur la Révolution francaise, 7 (1913): 113-95. General Works : VC372. Lanzac de Laborie, Léon de. VC348. Madelin, Louis. Histoire du con- Paris sous Napoléon. 8 v. Paris, 1905-13.

sulat et de lempire. 16 v. Paris, 1937-54. VC373. Holtman, Robert B. Napoleonic

_ Also abridged English translation. propaganda. Baton Rouge, 1950. VC349. Kircheisen, Friedrich M. Na- VC374. Reinhard, Marcel. Avec Bonapoleon I, sein Leben und seine Zeit. 9 v. parte en Italie. Paris, 1946. Munich, 1911-34. Also abr. English trans. VC375. Thiry, Jean. La premiére abdicaVC350. Thiers, Louis Adolphe. Histoire tion de Napoléon Ier. 2nd ed., Paris, 1948. _ du consulat et de empire. 21 v. Paris, 1845- VC376. Becke, Archibald F. Napoleon

74. and Waterloo. Rev. ed., London, 1936.

476 Guide to Historical Literature VC377. Houssaye, Henri. 1815: la seconde _—Philipp’s bis zum Falle Napoleon’s III. 2 v.

abdication; la terreur blanche. Paris, 1905. Gotha, 1877-79. |

VC378. Masson, Frédéric. Napoléon a‘ . Sainte-Hélene, 1815-1821. Paris, 1912. . VC379. Rosebery, Archibald P. P., earl of. Second Republic and Second Empire Napoleon, the last phase. N.Y. and London, (David H. Pinkney) | 1900. Period of the Second Republic

| VC398. La Gorce, Pierre de. Histoire de Restoration and July Monarchy la seconde république francaise. 2 v. Paris, (Frederick B. Artz) 1886. | VC399. Dautry, Jean. Histoire de la révoPeriod of the Restoration lution de 1848 en France. Paris, 1948. VC380. Artz, Frederick B. France under VC400. Ponteil, Félix. 1848. Paris, 1937. the Bourbon restoration. Cambridge, Mass., © VC40i. Lamartine, Alphonse de. History

1931. of the French revolution of 1848. London, VC381. Bertier de Sauvigny, Guillaume 1891.

_ de. La restauration. Paris, 1955. , ~ VC402. Renard, Georges. La république de ¥C382. La Gorce, Pierre de. La restaura- 1848 (1848-1852). Paris, [1907].

tion. 2 v. Paris, 1926-28. VC403. Bertaut, Jules. 1848 et la seconde VC383. Pastre, Jules L. G. Histoire de la république. Paris, 1937.

restauration, 1814-1830. Paris, 1935. ’ VC404. Bastid, Paul. Doctrines et instituVC384. Ponteil, Félix. La chute de Na-_ tions de la seconde république. 2 v. Paris, poléon Jer et la crise francaise de 1814-1815. 1945. |

Paris, 1943. . VC4035. McKay, Donald C. The national VC385. La Gorce, Pierre de. Charles X. workshops: a study in the French revolution Paris, 1928. | of 1848. Cambridge, Mass., 1933. VC386. Bagge, Dominique. Les idées poli-

is en France sous la restauration. Paris, Works Covering Periods of Second Republic

VC387. Hudson, Nora E. Ultra-royalism 24 Empire . .

and the French restoration. Cambridge, Eng., V¥C406. Simpson, Frederick A. The rise of

1936. | Louis Napoleon. 3rd ed., N.Y. and London, - VC388. Duvergier de Hauranne, Prosper 1959. ; :

L.. Histoire du gouvernement parlementaire VC407. ——-. Louis Napoleon and the reen France, 1814-1848. 10 v. Paris, 1857- covery of France, 1848-1856. 3rd ed., N.Y.

72. and London, 1951.

VC389. Lucas-Dubreton, Jean. The restoration and the July monarchy. V. 8 of Frantz period of the Second Empire

( veMoy history ofempire. France ves. Gorce, 1894-1904. errs de. Histoire du : .National vas . second 7 v.LaParis,

VC390. Ponteil, Felix. La monarchie parle- =" Vc4g9, Ollivier, Emile. L’empire libéral:

mentaire, 1815-1848, Paris, 1949. études, récits, souvenirs. 18 v. Paris, 1895-

VC391. Bastid, Paul. Les institutions poli- 1918 , , ° : ,

tiques de Pie monarchie pariementaire fran- VC410. Delord, Taxile. Histoire du second

caise, 1814-1848. Paris, 1954. empire. 6 v. Paris, 1869-75.

; VC41i1. Thomas, Albert. Le second em-

Period of the July Monarchy pire (1852-1870). Paris, [1907].

| VC392. Thureau-Dangin, Paul. Histoire VC412. Aubry, Octave. The second emde la monarchie de juillet. 7 v. Paris, 1884- __ pire. Philadelphia and N.Y., 1940.

92. VC413. Blanchard, Marcel. Le second emVC393. Blanc, Louis. The history of ten pire. Paris, 1950.

years, 1830-1840. 2 v. London, 1844-45. VC414. La Gorce, Pierre de. Napoléon

| VC394. Allison, John M. S. Thiers and III et sa politique. Paris, 1933.

: 1926. | N.Y., 1955.

the French monarchy, 1797-1848. London, ~ VC415. Guérard, Albert. Napoleon III.

VC395. Lucas-Dubreton, Jean. Louis- VC416. Guérot, Paul. Napoleon III. 2 v.

.Philippe. Paris, 1938. Paris, 1933--34.

VC396. Pouthas, Charles H. “Les min- | VC417. Thompson, James M. Louis Naistéres de Louis Philippe.’ Rev. dhist. poleon and the second empire. Oxford, 1954;

mod. et contemp., 1 (Apr.-June 1954): 102— N.Y., 1955. | 30. VC418. George, Robert E. (pseud., Robert VC397. MHillebrand, Karl. Geschichte E. Sencourt). The life of the Empress

.Frankreichs von der Thronbesteigung Louis Eugénie. N.Y., 1931.

: France and the Low Countries — 477

| N.Y., 1916. | The Third and Fourth Republics | VC439. Thiers, Louis Adolphe. Memoirs

, (Gordon Wright) of M. Thiers, 1870-1873. London, 1915;

General Histories VC440. Goualt, Jacques. Comment la

VC419. Chastenet, Jacques. Histoire de la France est devenue républicaine: les électroisieme république. Paris, 1952 ff. A 6 v. tions générales et partielles a Vassemblée

project. nationale, 1870-1875. Paris, 1954. | VC420. Bainville, Jacques. La _ troisiéme VC441. Haléevy, Daniel. La fin des norépublique, 1870-1935. Paris, 1935. tables. Paris, 1930. ae , VC421. Brogan, Denis W. The develop- vC442. ———. La république des ducs. ment of modern France (1870-1939). Lon- Paris, 1937. .

Paris, 1939. | 1953. | 1944, Paris, 1946. |

: don, 1940. VC443. Zola, Emile. La république en VC422. Bourgin, Georges. La troisiéme marche: chroniques parlementaires. 2 v. république, 4 septembre 1870-3 aoat 1914, Paris, 1956. , ,

- VC423. Dansette, Adrien. Histoire des Parties and Politics of the Third Republic présidents de la république, de Louis Na- VC444, Sibert, Marcel. La constitution de poléon Bonaparte a Vincent Auriol. Paris, la France du 4 septembre 1870 au 9 aoit

VC424, David, Robert. La troisiéme ré- = VC445. Soulier, Auguste. L’instabilité publique: soixante ans de politique et d’his- ministérielle sous la troisiéme république.

toire, de 1871 4 nos jours. Paris, 1934. Paris, 1939. : ,

| VC425. Zévaés, Alexandre. Histoire de la VC446. Leroy, Maxime. Les tendances du

troisiéme république. Paris, 1938. | pouvoir et de la liberté en France au XXe siecle. Paris, 1937.

The Siege the Commune | committee ven Gooch, Robert K. NY ees. 7. .and . parliamentary system. N.Y.,

Paris 1870 IST htece 1950, The siege of VC448. Goguel, Francois. Géographie des VC 427. Bourgin, Georges. La guerre de vgctions francaises de 1870 a 1951. Paris, :

1870-1871 la Commune. Paris, 1939. : . .und —_ ,etVC449, Frank, Walter. Nationalismus vC428. Bury, John P. T. Gambetta and Demokratie im Frankreich der dritten Re-

. , : - Beau de Loménie, Emmanuel.

ship maton Gerenes: @ nee dictator- publi. as7t bis 1918). Hambure, 1933. | Pain woe Georges. La Commune. Les responsabilités des dynasties bourgeoises.

VC430. Jellinek, Frank, The Paris Com- ° Weare pee e pomanci mune of 1871, N.Y., 1937. 86.1890. Pa fap anise, VC431. Laronze, Georges. Histoire de la aon 459 ans: Les. affaires de Panama

Commune de 1871, d’apres des documents Paris 193 4 " °

, . modern France. New Brunswick, 1950.

Tne ouvenits Inedits: Ta Justice, Paris,“ “VC453. Byrnes, Robert F. Antisemitism in

C Decne NG 71930 Ss. The Paris — VC454. Kayser, Jacques. L’affaire Dreyfus.

~ VC433. Joughin, Jean. T. The Paris Com- TO ass a 1946. age

: mune in. French politics, 1871-1880. 2 v. - Schwartzkoppen, Maximilian Von.

Baltimore. 1955 Les carnets de Schwartzkoppen: la vérité sur

, ° Dreyfus. Paris, 1930.

. . . ~VC456. Chapman, Guy. The Dreyfus case. Establishment of the Third Republic London, 1955, | | = VC434. Hanotaux, Gabriel. Contemporary | = VC457. Halasz, Nicholas. Captain Dreyfus:

France. 4 vy. London, 1903-09. the story of a mass hysteria. N.Y:, 1955.

26. | 1955.

VC435. ——-. Histoire de la fondation de VC458. Paléologue, Georges M. Journal la troisieme république. 4 v. Paris, 1925— de l’affaire Dreyfus et le Quai d’Orsay. Paris,

~ VC436. Deslandres, Maurice C. E. His- VC459,. Acomb, Evelyn. The French laic

toire constitutionnelle de la France: Pavene- laws (1879-1889). N.Y., 1941. ment de la troisiéme république, la constitu-— VC460. Lachapelle, Georges. Le ministére

tion de 1875, Paris, 1937. | Méline, deux années de politique intérieure VC437. Brabant, Frank H. The beginning’ et extérieure, 1896-1897. Paris, 1928.

of the third republic in France. London, VC461. Bonnefous, Georges. Histoire poli-

1940. tique de la troisiéme république. V. 1, VC438. Dreyfus, Robert. La république L’avant-guerre (1906-1914). Paris, 1956.

de Monsieur Thiers (1871-1873). Paris, VC462. King, Jere C. Generals and poli-

1930. ticians: conflict between France’s high com-

478 | Guide to Historical Literature mand, parliament, and government, 1914- The Fourth Republic

1918. See AG20. . VC486, Earle, Edward M., ed. Modern

VC463. Wright, Gordon. Raymond Poin- France: problems of the third and fourth re-

caré and the French presidency. Stanford, publics. See AF102.

1942. | VC487, Thomson, David. Democracy in

| _- VC464. Jackson, John H. Clemenceau and France: the third and fourth republics. 2nd

the third republic. N.Y., 1948. ed., N.Y., 1952.

VC465. Dansette, Adrien. Histoire reli- VC488. Siegfried, André. De la Ile a la gieuse de la France contemporaine. 2 v. [Ve république. Paris, 1956.

Paris, 1948-51. | VC489. Werth, Alexander. France, 1940VC466. Werth, Alexander. The twilight of 1955, N.Y., 1956.

France, 1933-1940. N_Y., 1942, : VC490. Goguel, Francois. France under — VC467. Goguel, Francois. La politique des the fourth republic. Ithaca, 1952.

partis sous la troisieme république. 2 v. VC491. Wright, Gordon. The reshaping of

Paris, 1946. : French democracy. N.Y., 1948. | VC468. Soltau, Roger H. French parties VC492. Goguel, Francois, and Mario and politics, 1871-1930. London, 1930. Einaudi. Christian democracy in Italy and VC469. Massis, Henri. Maurras et notre France. Notre Dame, Ind., 1952.

temps. 2 v. Paris, 1951. VC493. Williams, Philip. Politics in postVvC470. Havard de la Montagne, Robert. war France. London, 1954.

Histoire de “L’Action Frang¢aise.” Paris, VC494, Pickles, Dorothy M. French poli-

1950. tics: the first years of the fourth republic. - VC471. Rollet, Henri. Albert de Mun et Ile | ondon, 1953.

parti catholique. Paris, 1949. VC495. Luethy, Herbert. France against

_ WC472. Biton, Louis. La démocratie chré- _ herself. N.Y., 1955.

__tienne dans Ja politique frangaise. Angers, VC496. Gavin, Catherine. Liberated

1954. , France. N.Y., 1955. VC473. Lecomte, Maxime. Les Ralliés: his- VC497. Matthews, Ronald. The death of |

toire d’un parti (1886-1898). Paris, 1898. the fourth republic. N.Y., 1954. VC474. Micaud, ‘Charles A. The French

right and Nazi Germany, 1933-1939. Dur- : mas. S.“John A. Republican id DIPLOMATICideas HISTORY Scott, JohninA. Republican ,and the liberal tradition France, 1870- _ (René Albrecht-Carrié) ,

1914. N.Y.., 1951. Sources

| VC476. Noland, Aaron. The founding of

the French Socialist party, 1893-1905. Cam- VC498. Recueil des traités de la France

bridge, Mass., 1956. : depuis 1713 jusqu’a nos jours. Ed. by Alex-

VC477. Walter, Gérard. Histoire du parti andre J. H. de Clercq and Etienne F. S. de

Communiste francais. Paris, 1948. Clercq. 23 v. Paris, 1864-1917. VC499, Recueils des instructions données World War II and the Vichy Interlude aux ambassadeurs et ministres de France VC478. Les événements survenus en depuis les traités de Westphalie jusqu’a la

France de 1933 4 1945: rapport fait au nom Révolution Francaise, publiés sous les aus- : de la commission chargée d’enquéter sur les pices de la Commission des Archives Diplo-

événements survenus en France de 1933 4 matiques au Mimnistére des Affaires Etran1945. 10 v. Paris, 1947-52. Other volumes in géres. Ed. by Albert Sorel, Gabriel Hanotaux, |

preparation. and others. 25 v. in 26. Paris, 1884-1929.

VC479. Bloch, Marc. Strange defeat. N.Y., VC500. France. Ministére des Affaires —

1949. - Etrangéres. Documents diplomatiques. 1861

VC480. Aron, Robert. Histoire de Vichy. ff. Paris, 1862 ff. |

Paris, 1954. VC501. Comité National du Centenaire de

: VC481. Pickles, Dorothy. France between 1848. Documents diplomatiques du gouverne-

the republics. London, 1946. ment provisoire et de la commission du VC482. Farmer, Paul. Vichy: political pouvoir exécutif. V. 1. Paris, 1954.

: dilemma. N.Y., 1955. VC502. Thouvenel, Louis, ed. Nicolas [er VC483. Cobban, Alfred. “Vichy France.” et Napoléon IIH: les préliminaires de la Survey of international affairs 1939-1946: Guerre de Crimée (1852-1854), d’aprés les

Hitler’s Europe, ed. by Arnold and Veronica _papiers inédits de M. Thouvenel. Paris, 1891.

Toynbee (London, 1954), pp. 338-434. VC503. ——, ed. Pages de Vhistoire du VC484. Michel, Henri. Histoire de la ré- second empire ... 1854-1866. Paris, 1903.

sistance. Paris, 1950. | VC504, ———, ed. Le secret de ’empereur

VC485. Michel, Henri, and Boris Mirkine- .-. . 1860-1863. 2 v. Paris, 1889. CorreGuetzévitch, eds. Les idées politiques et so- spondence of Thouvenel, Gramont, and

ciales de la résistance. Paris, 1954. Flahault. |

, _ France and the Low Countries 479 VC505. ——., ed. Trois années de la ques- Second Empire , tion d’Orient, 1856-1859. Paris, 1897. | . ce VC506. Oncken, Hermann. Die Rhein , VC525. Pagés, Georges. La politique expolitik Kaiser Napoleons Il. von 1863 bis térieure de Napoleon Hil. Paris, 1933. 1870 und der Ursprung des Krieges von VC526. Case, Lynn M. Franco-Italian 1870-1871. 3 v. Berlin and Leipzig, 1926. relations, 1860-1865: the Roman question and | VC507. France. Ministére des Affaires ue sconvention of September. Philadelphia,

Etrangéres. Les origines diplomatiques de la : eo , . guerre de 1870-1871. 29 v. Paris, 1910-32. _ V©527. Lord, Robert H. The origins of | VC508. . Documents diplomatiques the war of 1870: new documents from the | francais (1871-1914). Paris, 1929 ff. German archives. Cambridge, Mass., 1924. VC509. Montaux, Paul J. Les délibérations VC528. Case, Lynn M. French opinion on

du Conseil des Quatre (24 mars-28 juin War and diplomacy during the second em- |

1919). See AH133. pire. 1954. on the | | VC529, ——, ed.Philadelphia, French opinion , G_, _tracts United States Mexico, 1860-1867: ex| enera from theand reports of the procureurs - VC510. Ancel, Jacques. Affaires étran- S8eHeraux. N.Y., 1936. geres: aide-mémoire de la politique fran- VCS530. West, Warren R. Contemporary

caise (1789-1936). Paris, 1936. French opinion on the American Civil War.

" VC511. Bourgeois, Emile. Manuel his- Baltimore, 1924. ,

torique de politique étrangére. 4 v. Paris, VCS31. Morand, Edmond. Le canal de

| 4893-1926. | Suez et I histoire extérieure du second emVC512. Pinon, René. Histoire diploma- Pie. Paris, 1936.

tique, 1515-1928. V. 9 of Gabriel Hanotaux, | |

Histoire de la nation francaise (VC14/). oy : VC513. Rain, Pierre. La diplomatie fran- Third Republic caise d’Henri IV 4 Vergennes. Paris, 1945. — VC532. Renouvin, Pierre. La_ politique

Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries ania de Ia France, 1871-1919. Paris, vC514.. André, Louis. Louis XIV et VC533. Schuman, Frederick L. War and

_ PEurope. Paris, 1950. _ diplomacy in the French republic: an in-

VCS515. Picavet, Camille G. La diplomatie quyiry into political motivations and the con-

francaise au temps de Louis XIV (1661- trol of foreign policy. N.Y., 1931. |

1715). Paris, 1930. : VC534. Sorel, Albert. Histoire diploma- , VC516. Trudel, Marcel. Louis XVI, le tique de la guerre franco-allemande. 2 v.

congrés américain et le Canada, 1774-1789. Paris, 1875.

Quebec, 1949, ~ VC535. Carroll, Eber M. French public ,

— - VC517,. Wilson, Arthur M. French foreign gpinion and foreign affairs, 1870-1914. N.Y.., policy during the administration of Cardinal 1931.

Fleury, 1726-1743. Cambridge, Mass., 1936. VC536. Langer, William L. The Franco-

: | Russian alliance,Mass., 1880-1894, Revolution 1929.Cambridge, oo too. . VC537. Billot, Albert. La France et P’Italie,

VC518. Masson, Frédéric. Le département histoire des années troubles, 1881-1899. 2 v.

des affaires étrangéres pendant la Revolution, — paris, 1905.

1787-1804. Paris, 1877. ; VC538. Pingaud, Albert. Histoire diploVC519. Fugier, André. La Revolution matique de la France pendant la grande , Francaise et Vempire napoléonien. Paris, gyerre. See AHI56.

1954. [Histoire des relations internationales, VC539. Driault, Edouard. La paix de la 4.]France: les traités de 1918-1921; VPexécu-

ootEurope... aaanetery- 1799) PaVC540. et tion des traités. Paris,Etienne. 1937. Les réparaa ves2. paix de - Faris, Weill-Raynal,

1911. , . tions allemandes et la France. See AJI59. |

| VCS21. Sorel, Albert. L’Europe et la Ré- VC541. Langer, William L. Our Vichy

volution Francaise. See T303. gamble. N.Y., 1947.

First Empire ,| ; MILITARY HISTORY VC522. Driault, Edouard. Napoléon et (Richard D. Challener)

l’Europe. 5 v. Paris, 1910-27. - , VC523. Mowat, Robert B. The diplomacy VC542. Favitski de Probobysz, A. Réper-

of Napoleon. London, 1924. - toire bibliographique de la littérature mili-

| VC524. Driault, Edouard. Napoléon en _ taire et coloniale francaise depuis cent ans.

Italie (1800-1812). Paris, 1906. Paris, 1935.

480 Guide to Historical Literature VC543. Revol, Joseph F. Histoire de VC564. Bidou, Henry, and others. La

Parmée francaise. Paris, 1929. grande guerre. V. 9 of Ernest Lavisse, ed.,

VC544. Colin, Jean, Frédéric Reboul, and Histoire de France contemporaine (VC/39). others. Histoire militaire et navale. V. 7 of VC565. Barjot, Pierre. L’aviation militaire

—¢aise (VC141). 7

Gabriel Hanotaux, Histoire de la nation fran- _‘ francaise. Paris, 1936. ,

| VC545. Challener, Richard D. The French SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC HISTORY theory of the nation in arms, 1866-1939.

N.Y., 1955. Bibliographies and Sources , VC546. Babeau, Albert A. La vie mili- (Rondo E. Cameron) taire sous lancien régime. 2“Recent v. Paris, work 1889-in : 90. . VC566. Sée, Henri. VC547. Girardet, Raoul. La société mili- French economic history (1905—1925).”’ Eco-

taire dans la France contemporaine, 1815- nomic history review, 1 (1927-28): 137-53.

1939. Paris, 1953. VC567. Dunham, Arthur L. “The eco-

| VC548. Boutaric, Edgard. Institutions mili- nomic history of France, 1815-1870.” Jour| taires de la France avant les armées perma- nal of modern history, 21 (June 1949): 121-

nentes. Paris, 1863. 39. Bibliography.

VC549. Monteilhet, Joseph. Les institu- VC568. John Crerar Library. A catalogue tions militaires de Ia France (1814-1932). of French economic documents from the

Paris, 1932. sixteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth cen-

- VC550. Earle, Edward M., ed. Makers of _turies. Chicago, 1918. | modern strategy. Princeton, 1943. Chs. 2, 3, ~ VC569. Recueil des historiens de la France: 4, 9, 10, 11, 15, and 18 are on Vauban, documents financiers. 4 v. Paris, 1899-1955. Guibert, Jomini, Du Picq, Foch, Bugeaud, VC570. Collection de documents inédits , Galliéni, Lyautey, Clemenceau, Maginot, and sur Vhistoire économique de la Révolution

, French theories of sea power. Bibliography. Francaise. Over 100 v. Paris, etc., 1906 ff. , VC551. La Ronciére, Charles de. Histoire VC571. Hayem, Julien, ed. Mémoires et de la marine francaise. 6 v. Paris, 1899- documents pour servir 4 Vhistoire du com-

1932. | merce et de VPindustrie en France. 12 v. VC552. Farrére, Claude. Histoire de la Paris, 1911-29.

marine francaise. Paris, 1956. | VC553. Bamford, Paul. Forests and French General

sea power, 1660-1789. Toronto, 1956. |

VC554. Lacour-Gayet, Georges. La marine (Rondo E. Cameron)

militaire de la France sous les regnes de VC572. Sée, Henri E. Histoire économique Louis XIII et de Louis XIV. Paris, 1911. de la France. 2 v. Paris, 1948-51. VC555. ———. La marine militaire de la

1910. (Rondo E. Cameron)

France sous le regne de Louis XV. Paris, — Studies of Various Periods

39, raphy. VC556. Phipps, Ramsay W. The armies of

the first French republic and the rise of the VC573. Gandilhon, René. Politique écomarshals of Napoleon I. 5 v. London, 1926- nomique de Louis XI. Paris, 1941. Bibliog-

VC557. Six, Georges. Dictionnaire bio- VC574. Hauser, Henri. “The charactergraphique des généraux et amiraux fran- istic features of French economic history

cais de la Révolution et de empire (1792- = from the middle of the sixteenth to the mid-

_ 1814). 2 v. Paris, 1934. die of the eighteenth century.” Econ. hist.

| VC558. Dodge, Theodore A. Napoleon: a __ rev., 4 (1933-34): 257-72.

history of the art of war. See 7358. VC575. Cole, Charles W. Colbert and a

VC359. Oman, Charles W. C. A history century of French mercantilism. 2 v. N.Y., of the Peninsular War. 7 v. Oxford, 1902— 1939.

30. VC576. Sée, Henri. Economic and social VC560. Mahan, Alfred T. The influence of conditions in France during the eighteenth

sea power upon the French Revolution and century. N.Y., 1927. Bibliography.

empire, 1793-1812. 10th ed., 2 v., Boston, VC577. Labrousse, Camille E. La crise

1898. | de économie francaise 4 la fin de Dancien

_ VC561. Tarle, Eugene. Napoleon’s invasion régime et au début de la Révolution. Paris,

of Russia in 1812. See T7365. 1944.

VC562. Palat, Barthélemy E. (pseud., VC578. Clough, Shepard B. France: a hisPierre Lehautcourt). Histoire de la guerre tory of national economics, 1789-1939. See

de 1870-1871. 7 v. Paris, 1901-08. AF69. VC563. Etat-major de l’Armée. Les armées VC579, Clapham, John H. The economic

66. Paris, 1922-36. 1914, See VF305. |

francaises dans la grande guerre. 10 v. in development of France and Germany, 1815-

France and the Low Countries 481 VC580. Sée, Henri. La vie économique de Oualid. L’évolution du commerce, du crédit Ja France sous la monarchie censitaire (1815~ et des transports depuis cent cinquante ans.

1848). Paris, 1927. Bibliography. Paris, 1914. , | -VC581. Girard, Louis. La politique des VC600. Pernoud, Régine. Les villes martravaux publics du second empire. Paris, chandes aux XIVe et XVé siécles: impérial1952. | isme capitalisme au Moyen Age.1948. Paris,oo | : VC582. Rist,etCharles, Gaétan Pirou, and others. De la France d’avant-guerre 4 la VC601. Usher, Abbott P. The history of |

France d’aujourd’hui: vingt-cing ans d’évo- the grain trade in France, 1400-1710. Cam-

lution de la structure économique et sociale bridge, Mass., 1913. Bibliography. |

| francaise. Paris, 1939. VC602. Nussbaum, Frederick L. Commer| cial policy in the French Revolution: a study : Agriculture and Rural Life of the career of G. J. A. Ducher. Washing-

(David J. Brandenburg) ton, 1923. Bibliography. ,

VC603. Heckscher, Eli F. The Continental

VC583. Bloch, Marc. Les caractéres ori- System: an economic interpretation. Ed. by

ginaux de Vhistoire rurale francaise. See Harald Westergaard. Oxford, 1922. |

K370. - _ VC604. Arnauné, Auguste. Le commerce VC584, Lizerand, Georges. Le régime rural extérieur et les tarifs de douane. Paris, 1911.

de ancienne France. Paris, 1942. | VC605. Rémond, André. Etudes sur la VC585. Augé-Laribé, Michel. L’évolution circulation marchande en France aux X VIIIe de Ja France agricole. Paris, 1912. et XIXe siécles. Paris, 1956 ff. , VC586. Roupnel, Gaston. Histoire de la VC606. Masson, Paul. Histoire du comcampagne francaise. Paris, 1932. merce francais dans le Levant au XVIIe VC587. Mauguin, ———. Etudes historiques _ siécle. See S96. | sur Vadministration de _ Tlagriculture en VC607. ——. Histoire du commerce franFrance. 3 v. Paris, 1876-77. | cais dans le Levant au XVIIIe siecle, Paris, VC588. Grand, Roger, and Raymond De-_ 1911.

latouche. L’agriculture au Moyen Age de la VC608. Cavaillés, Henri. La route franfin de Pempire romain au XVIe siécle. Paris, c¢aise, son histoire. Paris, 1946. Bibliography.

1950. } VC609. Dauzet, Pierre. Le siécle des VC589. Luchitskii, Ivan V. L’état des chemins de fer en France, 1821-1938.

classes agricoles en France a la veille de la Fontenay-aux-Roses, 1948.

Révolution. Paris, 1911. VC619. Doukas, Kimon A. French railVC590. Young, Arthur. Voyages en France roads and the state. N.Y., 1945. Bibliogen 1787, 1788, et 1789. Critical ed. by Henri raphy. 7

| Sée. 3 v. Paris, 1931. VC6i1. Charliat, Paul P.. Trois siécles VC591. Marion, Marcel. La vente des d’économie maritime francaise. Paris, 1931. biens nationaux pendant la Révolution, avec VC612. Pigeonneau, Henri. Histoire du étude spéciale des ventes dans les départe- commerce de la France. 2 v. Paris, 1885~88. ments de la Gironde et du Cher. Paris, 1908. Maritime history to Louis XIV.

VC592. Festy, Octave. L’agriculture pen- ©§= VC613. Mollat, Michel. Le commerce .

dant la Révolution Francaise: les conditions maritime normand a la fin du Moyen Age.

de production et de récolte des céréales, Paris, 1952. ;

Paris, 1947. } VC614. Davenas, Paul. Les messageries

| VC593. Lefebvre, Georges. Les paysans du __ royales. Paris, 1937. Nord pendant la Révolution Francaise. 2 v. vVC615. Colin, Ambroise. La navigation

Paris, 1924. commerciale au XIX siécle. Paris, 1901. | VC594. Festy, Octave. L’agriculture fran- ~=6°VC616. Vaillé, Eugéne. Histoire générale

caise sous le Consulat. Paris, 1952. des postes francaises. 6 v. Paris, 1947-55. VC595. Augé-Laribé, Michel. La politique These volumes reach to 1789; others in

agricole de la France de 1880 4 1940. Paris, preparation. — :

4950. VC617.: commerce Wybo, Bernard. Le conseil de et le commerce intérieur de la

Commerce France au XVIIIe siécle. Paris, 1936. |

(Paul W. Bamford) VC618. Gaumont, Jean. Histoire générale

de la ccopération en France. 2 v. Paris,

VC596. Levasseur, Emile. Histoire du com- 1923-24.

Bibliography. Industry

| merce de la France. 2 v. Paris, 1911-12.

VC597. Haight, Frank A. A history of (Arthur L. Dunham)

French commercial policies. N.Y., 1941.

| VC598. Gottmann, Jean. Les relations VC619. Martin, Germain. La grande in-

commerciales de la France. Montreal, 1942. dusirie sous le régne de Louis XIV, plus VC599, Nogaro, Bertrand, and William particulitrement de 1660 4 1715. Paris, 1899,

482 Guide to Historical Literature VC620. ——. La grande industrie en VC642. Mehrens, Bernhard. Die EntsteFrance sous le régne de Louis XV. Paris, hung und Entwicklung der grossen franzo-

1900. sischen Kreditinstitut, mit Beriicksichtigung VC621. Ballot, Charles. L’introduction du ihres Einflusses auf die wirtschaftliche Entmachinisme dans Vindustrie francaise. Paris, wicklung Frankreichs. Stuttgart, 1911. | 1923. VC643. White, Harry D. The French inter-

| VC622. Dunham, Arthur L. The industrial national accounts, 1880-1913. Cambridge, revolution in France, 1815-1848. N.Y., 1955. Mass., 1933.

Also French ed. VC644, Sédillot, René. Histoire du franc. VC623. ———. The Anglo-French treaty of Paris, 1939. | commerce of 1860 and the progress of the VC645. Hauser, Henri. Recherches et

industrial revolution in France. Ann Arbor, documents sur Vhistoire des prix en France

1930. de 1500 a 1800. Paris, 1936. VC624. Fohlen, Claude. L’industrie textile = VC646. Labrousse, Camille E. Esquisse du

au temps du Second Empire. Paris, 1956. mouvement des prix et des revenus en France

Excellent bibliography. au XVIIIe siécle. Paris, 1933.

VC625. Clerget, Pierre. Les industries de VC647, ——. La crise de économie fran-

la soie en France. Paris, 1925. caise 4 la fin de ancien régime et au début

, VC626. Gille, Bertrand. Les origines de dela Révolution. Paris, 1944.

la grande industrie métallurgique en France. : | Paris, 1948. , Social Classes VC627. Tribot-Laspiére, Jean. L’industrie (Val R. Lorwin) de Pacier en France. Paris, 1916. oo.

VC628. Frauque, Maurice. L’évolution VC648. Vaissiére, Pierre de. Gentilshom-

économique de la grande industrie chimique mes campagnards de l’ancienne France: étude

en France. Strasbourg, 1932. sur la condition, état social, et les moeurs de la noblesse de province du XVIe au

Finance | XVIIIe siécle. 3rd ed., Paris, 1904.

(David S. Landes) VC649. Wiley, William L. The gentleman

: of Renaissance France. Cambridge, Mass., VC629. Marion, Marcel. Histoire finan- 1954. ciére de la France depuis 1715. 6 v. Paris, VC650. Sagnac, Philippe. La formation de

: 1914-31. société francaise 2 v. Paris,| VC630.| la Harsin, Paul. Créditmoderne. public et 1945-46. banque @état en France du XVIe au XVIIIe VC651. Ducros, Louis. French society in

siecle. Paris, 1933. the eighteenth century. London, 1926.

VC631. ———. Les doctrines monétaires et V¥C652, Ford, Franklin L. Robe and sword.

financiéres en France du XVIe au XVIIIe See VC231. |

| siecle. Paris, 1928. | VC653. Goncourt, Edmond de, and Jules |

: , VC632. Marion, Marcel. Les impots directs de Goncourt. Histoire de la société fransous T’ancien régime, principalement au _ caise pendant la Révolution. Paris, 1889.

XVIIIe siécle. Paris, 1910. — VC654. Madelin, Louis. La France de

VC633. Stourm, René. Les finances de [empire. Paris, 1926. |

' -_ Pancien régime et la Révolution: origines du VC655, Bellessort, André. La société fransystéme financier actuel. 2 v. Paris, 1885. caise sous Napoléon III. Paris, 1932.

| VC634. Gomel, Charles. Les causes finan- VC656. Ferré, Louise M. Les classes so-

~ 1892-93. 1934, |

ciéres de la Révolution Francaise. 2 v. Paris, ciales dans la France contemporaine. Paris, VC635. ———. Histoire financiere de IPAs- VC657. Normand, Charles. La bourgeoisie

| semblée Constituante. 2 v. Paris, 1896-97. francaise au XVIIe siecle . . . 1604-1661. VC636. ——. Histoire financiére de la Paris, 1908. Législative et la Convention. 2 v. Paris, VC658. Barber, Elinor G. The bourgeoisie

1902-05. in 18th century France. Princeton, 1955. VC637. Stourm, René. Les finances du Bibliography.

Consulat. Paris, 1902. VC659. Pons, Jean. La Révolution FranVC638. Say, Léon. Les fimances de la_ caise et Pavénement de la bourgeoisie. Paris,

France sous la troisiéme république. 4 v. 1938.

Paris, 1898-1901. . | VC660. Boudet, Jacques, ed. Le monde des

VC639. ———. Histoire de la Caisse d’ affaires en France de 1830 a nos jours. Escompte, 1776 a 1793. Reims, [1848]. Paris, 1952. VC640. Ramon, Gabriel. Histoire de la |©§ VC661. Chevalier, Louis. La formation de

Banque de France. Paris, 1929. - la population parisienne au XIXe siécle. . VC641. Bigo, Robert. Les banques fran- Paris, 1950. caises au cours du XIXe siécle. Paris, 1947. VC662. Beau de Loménie, Emmanuel.

, France and the Low Countries 483 Les responsabilités des dynasties bourgeoises. VC682. Weill, Georges J. Histoire du :

3 v. Paris, 1943-54. | mouvement social en France, 1852-1924. VC663. Lafue, Pierre, and Georges Du-_ Paris, 1924. |

veau. Histoire du peuple francais de 1848 a VC683. Levasseur, Emile. Questions ou-

nos jours. Paris, 1954. vriéres et industrielles en France sous la : troisiéme république. Paris, 1907.

7 Labor | VC684. Clark, Marjorie R. A history of.

| | Berkeley, 1930.

, (Val R. Lorwin) the French labor movement, 1910-1928.

VC664. Dolléans, Edouard, and Michel VC685. Saposs, David J. The labor move- :

Crozier, eds. Mouvements ouvriers et so- ment in post-war France. N.Y., 1931. cialistes: chronologie et bibliographie, Angle- VC686. Ehrmann, Henry W. The French | terre, France, Allemagne, Etats-Unis (1750— labor movement from popular front to libera-

1918). Paris, 1950. tion. N.Y., 1947. Bibliography. | VC665. Levasseur, Emile. Histoire des VC687. Lavigne, Pierre. Le travail dans

classes ouvriéres et de Dindustrie en France les constitutions francaises, 1789-1945. Paris,

avant 1789. 2nd rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1900-01. 1948. : - VC666. ——. Histoire des classes ouvriéres VC688. Zirnheld, Jules. Cinquante années |

et de Pindustrie en France de 1789 a 1870. de syndicalisme chrétien. Paris, 1937. 2nd rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1903-04. | VC689. Moon, Parker T. The labor probVC667. Lefranc, Georges (pseud., Jean Jem and the social Catholic movement in

Montreuil). Histoire du mouvement ouvrier France. N.Y., 1921. ,

en France des origines 4 nos jours. Paris, VC690. Colton, Joel. Compulsory labor (1946. arbitration in France, 1936-1939. N.Y., VC668. Dolléans, Edouard. Histoire du 1951. }

mouvement ouvrier. See 41206. ~VC691. Pelloutier, Fernand. Histoire des

VC669. Dolléans, Edouard, and Gérard bourses du travail. Paris, 1946. Dehove. Histoire du_ travail) en France: VC692. France. Office du Travail. Les assomouvement ouvrier et législation sociale. 2 v. _ciations professionnelles ouvriéres. 4 v. Paris, |

| Paris, 1953-55. 1899-1904. ,

VC670. Bruhat, Jean. Histoire du mouve- VC693. Durand, Paul, and others. Traité ment ouvrier francais. V. 1. Paris, 1952. du droit du travail. 3 v. Paris, 1947-56.

VC671. Lorwin, Val R. The French labor | liography. a. . (Leo A. Loubére) VC672. Louis, Paul. Histoire du mouvemovement. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. Bib- Economic Ideas

ment syndical en France. 2 v. Paris, 1947-48. VC694. Collection des principaux écoVC673. Lorwin, Louis L. Syndicalism in nomistes. Ed. by Eugéne Daire and others. | France. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1914. Bibliography. 15 v. Paris, 1843-47. VC674. Garmy, René. Histoire du mouve- VC695. Schelle, Gustave, ed. Oeuvres de ment syndical en France des origines a2 1914. Turgot et documents le concernant. 5 v.

Paris, 1933. Paris, 1913-23.

: VC675. Kelso, Maxwell R. “The inception VC696. Harsin, Paul. Les doctrines moneof the modern French labor movement taires et financiéres en France du XVIe au (1871-1879): a reappraisal.” Jour. mod. XVIIIe siecle. Paris, 1928.

hist., 8 (June 1936): 173-93. VC697. Hauser, Henri. La pensée et

VC676. Hauser, Henri. Ouvriers du temps [Faction économique de _ Richelieu. Paris,

passé, XVe-XVIe siécles. Sth ed., Paris, 1944. .

1927. VC698. Cole, Charles W. French merVC677. ——-. Travailleurs et marchands cantilist doctrines before Colbert. N.Y., 1931. dans Pancienne France. Paris, 1920. VC699. ———. Colbert and a century of

VC678. Laroque, Pierre. Les rapports entre French mercantilism. 2 v. N.Y., 1939. _ patrons et ouvriers: leur évolution en France VC700. ———. French mercantilism, 1683— depuis le XVIIIe siécle—leur organisation 1700. N.Y., 1943.

contemporaine en France et a Pétranger. VC701. Weulersse, Georges. La _ physio-

Paris, 1938. a cratie sous les ministéres de Turgot et de VC679. Picard, Roger. Les cahiers-de 1789 Necker (1774-1781). Paris, 1950.

et les classes ouvriéres. Paris, 1910. VC702. Maunier, René. “Les économistes

VC680. Jaffé, Grace M. Le mouvement protectionistes en France de 1815 4 1848.” ouvrier 4 Paris pendant la Révolution Fran- Rev. internationale de sociologie, 19 (July

, caise (1789-1791). Paris, 1924. 1911): 485-510 .

| VC681. Duveau, Georges. La vie ouvri- VC703. Pirou, Gaétan. Les doctrines éco- @re en France sous le second empire. Paris, nomiques en France depuis 1870. 3rd ed., |

1946. Paris, 1925. |

484 Guide to Historical Literature VC704. Marchal, André. La pensée éco- The Old Regime nomique en France depuis 1945. Paris, 1953. VC726. Lichtenberger, André. Socialisme

; au XVIIIe siecle. Paris, 1895. ,

Social Ideas ~ WVC727,. Girsberger, Hans. Der utopische | (Leo A. Loubére) : Sozialismus des 18, Jahrhunderts in Frank-

euye | reich, Zurich, _ Bibliography VC728. Guthrie, 1924. B. Socialism before the VC705. Dolléans, Edouard, and Michel French Revolution, a history. N.Y., 1907. Crozier, eds. Mouvements ouvriers et so- VC729. Mornet, Daniel. Les origines intel-

: cialistes. See VC664. lectuelles de la Révolution Francaise. See -VC706. Stammhammer, Joseph, ed. Bib- C238. liographie des Sozialismus und Kommunis- VC730. Groethuysen, Bernard. Die Entste-

mus. 3 v. Jena, 1893-1909. hung der birgerlichen Welt- und Lebensan-

-- WC707. Bourgin, Georges. Notes biblio- schauung in Frankreich. 2 v. Halle, 1927-30. _ graphiques sur histoire sociale de la France. Bibliography. French trans. of v. 1.

Leiden, 1937. VC731. Hubert, René. Les sciences so~ VC708. Raléa, Mihia. Révolution et so- Ciales dans PEncyclopédie. Paris, 1923.

cialisme: essai de bibliographie. Paris, 1923. VC732. Cobban, Alfred. Rousseau and VC709. Renard, Edouard. Bibliographie the modern state. London, 1934. relative a Louis Blanc. Toulouse, 1922. The Revolution

Sources VC733. Laski, Harold. The socialist tradiVC710. Chinard, Gilbert, ed. Code de la on 1m the French Revolution. London,

nature de Morelly. Paris, 1950. VC734. Lichtenberger, André. Le social-

VC711. Dommanget, Maurice, ed. Pages isne et Ia Révolution Francaise. Paris, 1899.

choisies de Babeuf. Paris, 1935. . VC735. Thomson, David. The Babeuf plot: im autry, Jean, ed. Saint-Simon: the making of a republican legend. London, , textesVC7T12. choisis. Paris, 1951. 1947. ow Poisson, Ernest, ed. Fourier. Paris, VC736. Walter, Gérard, Babeuf et le : yet gs _ Babouvisme. Paris, 1933. : vC714. Bougle, Célestin, and Henri Moys- VC737. Lepine, Josette. Gracchus Babeuf.

set, eds. Oeuvres completes de P. J. Proud- Paris, 1949.

hon. 12 v. in 17. Paris, 1923-46. VC738. Bernstein, Samuel. Buonarroti. VC715. Bonnafous, Max, ed. Oeuvres de Paris, [1949]. Jean Jaures. 9 v. Paris, 1931-35. VC739. Dommanget, Maurice. Sylvian

. iS, . | ° _ . .

VC716. Thorez, Maurice. Oeuvres. Paris, Maréchal. Paris, 1950.

1950 ff. , , , VC740. Beik, Paul H. The French RevoluRhee, Deis tong goon L’oeuvre de Léon tion seen from the right: social theories in “VETI8. Hewison, John P. (pseud., John motion, 1789-1799. Philadelphia, 1956. Petrie), ed. The worker priests, a collective 1800-1870.

documentation. London, 1956. _. VC741. Leroy, Maxime. Les précurseurs

, VC719. Baudin, Louis, ed. Textes choisis francais du socialisme de Condorcet “a

de F. Le Play. Paris, 1947. Proudhon. Paris, 1948.

| VC720. Michel, Henri, and Boris Mirkine- VC742. Manuel, Frank. The new world of Guetzévitch, eds. Les idées politiques et Henri Saint-Simon. Cambridge, Mass., 1956. sociales de la résistance: documents. clandes- VC743. Dando, M. The French Faust,

1940-1944. Paris, 1954. Henri de Saint-Simon. N.Y., 1955. .tins, VC744, Allemagne, Henri d’. Les SaintGeneral Histories Simoniens, 1827-1837. Paris, 1930. VC721. Compére-Morel, Adéodat, ed. VC745. Charléty, Sébastien. Histoire du

Encyclopédie socialiste, syndicale et coopéra- Saint-Simonisme, 1825-1864. 2nd ed., Paris,

tive. 10 v. Paris, 1913. «1934.

VC722. Leroy, Maxime. Histoire des idées VC746. Armand, Félix, and René Mausociales en France. 3 v. Paris, 1946-54. blanc. Fourier. 2 v. Paris, 1937.

| VC723. Louis, Paul. Histoire du socialisme VC747. Cuvillier, Armand. Un journal ; en France de la Révolution a nos jours. 5th d’ouvriers: Atelier, 1840-1850. Paris, 1954.

ed., Paris, 1950. VC748. Renard, Edouard. Louis Blanc. VC724. Elton, Godfrey. The revolutionary Toulouse, 1922. —

idea in France, 1789-1871. 2nd ed., Lon- VC749. Prudhommeaux, Jules. Icarie et

don, 1931. son fondateur, Etienne Cabet. Paris, 1907.

VC725. Prélot, Marcel. L’évolution roli- VC750. Evans, David. Le socialisme rotique du _ socialisme francais, 1789-1934. mantique: Pierre Leroux et ses contempo-

Paris, 1939. rains, Paris, 1948.

, France and the Low Countries 485

Paris, 1934. | Paris, 1948. Seo:

VC751. Marcy, Gérard. Constantin Pec- ion in France during the second half of the

queur, fondateur du _ collectivisme d’état. 18th century. Paris, 1937. |

VC752. Dolléans, Edouard. Proudhon. Daily Life in France

. 1952. : | | : VC753. Lubac, Henri de. Proudhon et le (Leo A. Loubere) |

Christianisme. Paris, 1945. VC775. Faral, Edmond. La vie quoti-

VC754. Garaudy, Roger. Les sources gijenne au temps de Saint Louis. Paris, 1942. francaises du socialisme scientifique. Paris, VC776. Defourneaux, Marcelin. La vie

1949. quotidienne au temps de Jeanne d’Are. Paris,

Since 1870 VC777. Lefranc, Abel. La vie quotidienne

VC755. Zévaés, Alexandre. Histoire du ay temps de la Renaissance. Paris, 1938. socialisme et du communisme en France, de VC778. Wiley, William L. The gentleman

1871 a 1947, Paris, 1947. of Renaissance France. Cambridge, Mass.,

VC756. Gaucher, Francois. Contribution 4954. a Phistoire du socialisme francais, 1905-- |= WC779, Magne, Emile. La vie quotidienne

1913, Paris, 1934. | au temps de Louis XIII. Paris, 1946.

VC757. Pasquier, Albert. Les doctrines VC780. Mongrédien, Georges. La vie

sociales en France: vingt ans d’évolution. quotidienne sous Louis XIV. Paris, 1948.

Paris, 1950. VC781. Kunstler, Charles. La vie quotiVC758. Zévaés, Alexandre. De Vintroduc- —djenne sous Louis XV. Paris, 1953. -

tion du Marxisme en France. Paris, 1947. VC782. ——. La vie quotidienne sous

VC759. Bernstein, Samuel. The beginnings | ouis XVI. Paris, 1950.

of Marxian socialism in France. N.Y., 1933. VC783. Babeau, Albert A. La ville sous VC760. Spire, Alfred. Le déclin du Marx- ancien régime. 2nd rev. ed., 2 v., Paris,

isme dans les tendances_socialistes de la 4994 France contemporaine. Paris, 1937. __ VC784. ——. La province sous Pancien VC761. Micaud, Charles. ‘French intellec-_ régime. 2 v. Paris, 1894. | tuals and communism.” Social research, 21 VC785. Bertaut, Jules. Les Parisiens sous

(1954): 286-96. _ la Révolution. Paris, 1953. _ : . VC786. Robiquet, Jean. La vie quotidienne Special Studies au temps de la Révolution. Paris, 1938. VC762. Maitron, Jean. Histoire du mouve- VC787. ——. La vie quotidienne au temps

_ ment anarchiste en France, 1880-1914. Paris, qe Napoléon. Paris, 1944. : |

1951. , VC788. Burnand, Robert. La vie quoti-

, VC763. Elbow, Matthew. French corpora- — gjenne en France en 1830. Paris, 1943.

tive theory, 1789-1948. N.Y., 1953. VC789, Autran, Charles, and Georges VC764. Duroselle, Jean Baptiste. Les oudouze. Un siécle de vie francaise, 1840-

débuts du Catholicisme social en France, 1940, Paris, 1948. :

1822-1870. Paris, 1951. - VC790. Allem, Maurice. La vie quoti-

VC765. Hoog, Georges. Histoire du Ca- — djenne sous le second empire. Paris, 1948. tholicisme social en France, 1871-1931. Paris, VC791. Duveau, Georges. La vie ouvriére

1946. | en France sous le second empire. Paris, 1946. VC766. Challaye, Félicien. Péguy social- VC792. Burnand, Robert. La vie quoti-

iste. Paris, 1954, _ | dienne en France de 1870 4 1900. Paris, 1947.

VC767. Gros, J. M. Le mouvement lit- VC793. Collinet, Michel. L’ouvrier frantéraire socialiste depuis 1830. Paris, 1904. cais:. essai sur la condition ouvriére, 1900VC768. Hunt, Herbert. Le socialisme et le 4950, Paris, 1951.

romantisme en France: étude de la presse |: socialiste de 1830 4 1848. London, 1935. | | VC769. Picard, Roger. Le romantisme CULTURAL HISTORY social. N.Y., [1944]. Art and Archaeology VC770. Thomas, Edith. Pauline Roland: (David L. Dowd and Judith S. Cousins) socialisme et féminisme au XIX® siécle.

Paris, 1955. , Bibliography ,

VC771. Gaumont, Jean. Histoire générale VC794, Lavedan, Pierre. Histoire de l’art.

de la coopération en France. 2 v. Paris, V. 2. 2nd ed., Paris, 1950.

1923-24, | VC795. Répertoire d’art et d’archéologie.

- VC772. Lavergne, Bernard. “Gaétan Pirou ‘Paris, 1910 ff. (In progress.) et la doctrine coopérative.” Rev. écon. pol.,

57 (1947): 743-51. Sources : , VC773. Milhaud, Albert. Histoire du radi- VC796. Chenneviéres, Philippe de, and

calisme. Paris, 1951. . | others, eds. Archives de Part francais: recueil

VC774. Seeber, Edward. Antislavery opin- de documents inédits relatifs 4 l’histoire des

486 Guide to Historical Literature

progress. ) 1943—46. VC797. Rambaud, Mireille. Les sources VC821. Hunter, Sam. Modern French

arts en France. 4 series. Paris, 1851 ff. (In peinture francaise contemporaine. 3 v. Paris,

Vhistoire de Part aux Archives Nationales. painting, 1855-1956. N.Y., 1956. | Paris, de1955. VC822. Lemoisne,oeuvre. Paul A. Degas et son 4 v. Paris, 1947-48.

General Works VC823. Escholier, Raymond. Delacroix, VC798. Nouvelle encyclopédie illustrée de Peintre, graveur, écrivain. 3 v. Paris, 1926Part francais. Paris, 1945 ff. 29. VC799. Male, Emile. L’art religieux. 4 v. VC824. Hamilton, George H. Manet and

| Paris, 1898-1932. his critics. New Haven, 1954. , VC825. Geoffroy, Gustave. Claude Monet.

, Periods 2nd ed., 2 v., Paris, 1924.

VC800. Enlart, Camille. Manuel d’arché- ,, ¥826:, Schapiro, Meyer. Paul Cézanne.

: . pe ay , : and his public. N.Y., .

ologie francaise. 3rd ed., 5 v., Paris, 1927 vC827. Barr, Altre a H, Matisse, his art du Moven ree oad at, Pate dae weologie VC828. Goldwater, Robert. Paul Gauguin.

| VC802. Gischia, Léon, and Lucien Maze- N C80 " ovant. Mauri Henri de T

nod. Les arts primitifs francais. Paris, 1939. louse-Iautr e ne y Paris 1996.27. € *0u-

VC803. Evans, Joan. Art in mediaeval VC830 Fu di " d , Wal ; David to France. See K617. Del 0. Canin or alter. avid to . VC804. Blunt, Anthony. Art and archi- VC831. S] am tne: NaS eck eye tecture in France, 1500-1700. London, 1953. 1848 0 1876 Princeton 1951. "painting

VC805. Réau, Louis, Histoire de Vex- ~*~ ° , .

pansion de Dart francais. 4 v. Paris, 1924-33.

VC806. Fountainas, A., ed. Histoire géné. S¢ulpture . , rale de l’art francais. 3 v. Paris, 1922. Covers VC832. Benoist, Luc. La sculpture fran-

1789~—1920. _caise. Paris, 1945. VC833. Roussel, Jules. La sculpture fran‘Painting : caise. 5 v. Paris, [1928-31]. VC807. Wilenski, Reginald H. French . painting. Rev. ed., London, 1949. / Architecture VC808. Leroy, Alfred. Histoire de la VC834. Lavedan, Pierre. French archipeinture francaise. 3 v. Paris, 1934-37. tecture. London, 195 6. .

~ VC809. Dimier, Louis, and Louis Réau. VC835. Lasteyrie du Saillant, Robert C., Histoire de la peinture francaise. 5 v. Paris, count of. L’architecture religieuse en France

1925-27. | a Pepoque romane. 2nd ed., Paris, 1929,

VC810. Francastel, Pierre. Histoire de la VC836. ——-. L’architecture religieuse en

peinture francaise. 2 v. Paris, 1955. France a Pepoque gothique. Ed. by Marcel VC811. Skira, Albert, ed. Les trésors de moat VT aris, 1926-27. . oe la peinture francaise. Geneva, 1946 ff. | r Sof. Hautecocur, Louis. Histoire de

VC812. Moreau-Nélaton, Etienne. Les architecture classique en France. 9 v. Paris,

| Clouet et leur émules. 3 v. Paris, 1924. 1943-57.

VC813. Kimball, Sidney F. The creation ; : of the rococo. Philadelphia, 1943. . Literature , VC814. Dimier, Louis. French painting in (Bodo L. O. Richter)

the sixteenth century. N.Y., 1904. | — VC815. Fontaine, André. Les doctrines Bibliographies

} @art en France ... de Poussin a Diderot. VC838. Cordié, Carlo. Avviamento allo

Paris, 1909. studio della lingua e della letteratura francese. VC816. Goncourt, Edmond de, and Jules Milan, 1955. Best 1 v. bibliography. de Goncourt. French XVIII century painters. VC839. Lanson, Gustave. Manuel bibli-

Tr. by Robin Ironside. N.Y., 1948. ographique de la littérature francaise mo-

VC817. Faniel, Stéphane, ed. Le dix- derne: XVIe, XVIIe, XVIII¢, et XIX siécles.

huitiéme siécle francais. Paris, 1956. [Collec- Paris, 1921.

tion connaissance des arts, 1.] - VC840. Giraud, Jeanne. Manuel de bibli-

- VC818. Réau, Louis. Histoire de la pein- ographie littéraire pour les XVIe, XVITe, et . ture francaise au XVIIIe siécle. 2 v. Paris, XVIIIe siécles francais: 1921-1935. Paris,

1925-26. 1939, . .

VC819. Focillon, Henri. La peinture aux VC8&41. Thieme, Hugo P. Bibliographie de X1IXe et XXe siécles du réalisme 4 nos jours. _la littérature francaise de 1800 a 1930. 3 v.

Paris, 1928. Paris, 1933.

| VC820. Dorival, Bernard. Les étapes de la VC842. Dreher, S., and M. Rolli. Bibli-

| France and the Low Countries 487 ographie de la littérature francaise (1930- French Renaissance. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., | 1939). Lille, 1948. 1904. VC843. Talvart, Hector, and Joseph Place. VC862. ——. From Montaigne to Moliére. Bibliographie des auteurs modernes de langue 2nd ed., N.Y., 1923.

francaise (1801-1956). V. 1-13. Paris, 1928- VC863. Mornet, Daniel. Histoire de la

56. littérature francaise classique, 1660-1700. VC844.. Cabeen, David C., ed. A critical 3rd ed., Paris, 1947. bibliography of French literature. V. 1, 2, VC864. Peyre, Henri. Le _ classicisme !

and 4. Syracuse, 1947-56. francais. N.Y., 1942. Best bibliography on the subject.

Longer Histories -VC865. Thibaudet, Albert. Histoire de la |

VC845. Histoire littéraire de la France: littérature francaise de 1789 a nos jours. | | ouvrage commencé par des religieux béné- Paris, 1936. Brilliant work by the author of dictins de la Congrégation de Saint-Maur et Les idées politiques de la France. | continué par des membres de _ TlInstitut VC866. Wright, Charles H. C. The back| (Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres). ground of modern French literature. Boston, By Antoine Rivet de la Grange and others. 1926.

38 v. Paris, 1733-1949. VC867. Lalou, René. Histoire de la lit-

VC846. Histoire de la littérature francaise. térature francaise contemporaine, 1870 a | Ed. by Jean Calvet. 11 v. Paris, 1931-38. nos jours. Paris, 1924. Also English trans. | VC847. Petit de Julleville, Louis, ed. His- VC868. Clouard, Henri. Histoire de la toire de la littérature rangi vr symbolisme a nos caise.de8lav.langue Paris,et1896-99. jours.fran2 v.itterature Paris, 1947-49. VC848. Bédier, Joseph, Paul Hazard, and VC869. Picon, Gaétan. Panorama de la others. Histoire de la littérature francaise nouvelle littérature francaise. Paris, 1949.

, illustrée. 2 v. Paris, New ed.1948~49. by Pierre vee’. rench Oey tee The contemporary Martino, 2 1923. v., Paris, novel. N.Y., - VC849. Lanson, Gustave. Histoire illustrée _VC871. Van Tieghem, Philippe. Petite de la littérature francaise. 2 v. Paris, 1923. histoire des grandes doctrines littéraires en Also, without ill, rev. and completed for France de la Pléiade au surréalisme. Paris,

1755. |

~ -VC850. 1850-1950 by Paul Tuffrau. Paris, 1952. 1946. , Suchier, Hermann, and Adolph

| Birsch-Hirschfeld. Geschichte der franzosi- Religion schen Literatur, von2 den Altesten Zeiten bisBreunig) Ch les| B zur Gegenwart. 2nd ed., v., Leipzig, 1913. (Charles

i, |

Best iconography of medieval period. - General Religious History : Shorter Histories VvC872. Fliche, Augustin, and Victor MarVC851. Nitze, William A., and E. Preston [. Histoire de Peglise depuis les origines Dargan. A history of French literature. 3rd jusqu’a nos jours. 15 v. P aris, 1934-51. See ed N.Y 1938. Best in English; extensive relevant chapters and bibliographies in this

te nee : ’ d VC873,. bibliography. an . oe

VC852. Wright, Charles H. C. A history F ves73. Lavisse, Ernest, ed. pastone a

of French literature. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1925. ,rane® CEPUIS Jes Origines Jusqu’a la Kevolu-

VC853. Saintsbury, George. A short his- _ mane eas + ae

tory of French literature. 7th ed., N.Y., 1917. de wenn. ose Charles. or de Peglise

VC854. Jasinski, René. Histoire de la lit- ‘7 ? ae. es ,

minor authors. or er . >“ | térature francaise. 2 v. Paris, 1947. Good for de Wy Benoa 6 sore’. Histoire religiense

VC855. Brunot, Ferdinand. Histoire de la SIG Le Bm graneaise OS a). |

. v. Paris, —45, | France. Cambridge, Eng., 1922. d ti livi . langue francaise des origines 4 1900. 10 v. Vhistoi ° d 6 eras, Vabriel, *ntroducion a

in 18. Paris, 1905-43. , soe vogue religieuse en France.

— YC856, Tilley, Arthur, ed. Medieval = “ W877. Brémond, Henri. Histoire littéraire VC857. Lancaster, Henry C. A history of u sentiment re Ipleux en F Fance depuis la French dramatic literature in the seven- ” ae. es 191 &, seuigion jusqu'a nos jours.

century. 2 v. in 9. Baltimore, 1929-42. V. 2 alls, on |, histoire ~_ teenth VC858. Lanson, Gustave. Esquisse d’une ; | de la tragédie francaise. Paris, 1920, Reformation VC859. Faguet, Emile. Histoire de la © VC878. Renaudet, Augustin. Préréforme poésie francaise de Ia Renaissance au ro- et humanisme 4 Paris pendant les premiéres mantisme. 12 v. to date. Paris, 1923 ff. guerres d’Italie, 1494-1517. 2nd ed., rev. and | VC860. Chamard, Henri. Histoire de la corrected, Paris, 1953.

Pléiade. 4 v. Paris, 1939-40. | VC879. Imbart de la Tour, Pierre. Les

VC861. Tilley, Arthur. Literature of the origines de la Réforme. 2nd ed., 2 v., Melun, .

488 Guide to Historical Literature |

bibliography. Paris, 1844-46. | 1944-48. Revised and augmented by a critical Victor Lacaine and Charles Laurent. 3 v.

) VC880. Viénot, Jean. Histoire de la Ré- VC898. Dictionnaire national des conforme francaise. 2 v. Paris, 1926-34. temporains. Ed. by C. E. Curinier. 5 v. Paris, 1899-1905.

Old Regime VC899. Who’s who in France. Paris, 1955. VC881. Martin, Victor. Les origines du

: gallicanisme. 2 v. Paris, 1939. , Sixteenth Century VC882. Orcibal, Jean. Louis XIV et les (Bernerd C. Weber) Protestants. Paris, 1951. |

VC883. ———. Les origines du Jansenisme. VC900. Aubigné, Théodore Agrippa d’.

3 v. Paris, 1947-48. Mémoires. New ed. by Ludovic Lalanne, VC884. Laporte, Jean. La doctrine de Port Paris, 1854.

Royal. 2 v. Paris, 1951-52. | VC901. Joffrey, Jacques. La trés joyeuse,

~ VC885. Palmer, Robert R. Catholics and plaisante, et récréative histoire du _ gentil unbelievers in 18th century France. Prince- seigneur de Bayart. New ed. by Joseph

- 7ton, 1939.The Roman, Paris, 1878. VC902. letters and documents of ArSince 1789 mand de Gontaut, baron de Biron, marshal

VC886. Latreille, André. L’église catho- of France (1524-1592): collected by the late | lique et la Révolution Francaise (1775-1815). Sidney Hellman Ehrman. Ed. by James W.

2 v. Paris, 1946-50. Thompson. 2 v. Berkeley, 1936.

VC887. Dansette, Adrien. Histoire re- © VC903. Lalanne, Ludovic, ed. Journal d’un ligieuse de la France contemporaine. 2 v. bourgeois de Paris sous le regne de Francois

Paris, 1948-52. Premier, 1515-1536. Paris, 1854.

VC888. Brugerette, Joseph. Le _ prétre VC904, Bourbon, Antoine de, and Jehanne francais et la société contemporaine. 3 v. d’Albret. Lettres, 1538-1572. Ed. by Achille

Paris, 1933-38. L. de Vimeux, marquis de Rochambeau. VC889. Duroselle, Jean Baptiste. Les dé- Paris, 1877.

| buts du Catholicisme social en France, 1822- VC905. Bellay, Martin du, and Guillaume

1870. Paris, 1951. | du Bellay. Mémoires. Ed. by V. L. Bourilly

! VC890. Lecanuet, Edouard. Les signes and Fleury Vindry. 4 v. Paris, 1908-19.

avant-coureurs de la séparation: les derni-. VC906. Bourilly, V. L. Guillaume du Beléres années de Léon XIII et Pavénement de lay, seigneur de Langey, 1491-1543. Paris,

. Pie X, 1894-1910. Paris, 1930. 1905. | ~VC907. Brant6me, Pierre de Bourdeille, | seigneur de. Oeuvres completes. Ed. by BIOGRAPHIES | | | Ludovic Lalanne. 11 v. Paris, 1864-82.

Biographies, memoirs, and correspondence . VC908. La lanne, Ludovic. Brantome, sa of reigning kings and emperors and their vie et ses éerits. Paris, 186, consorts will be found in the period sections YC909. Delaborde, Jules. Gaspard de ’ Coligny, amiral de France. 3 v. Paris, 187982.

Biographical Dictionaries VC910. Marcks, Erich. Gaspard von ( Lynn M. Case) , Coligny: sein Leben und das Frankreich

seiner Zeit. V. 1, pt. 1, 2nd ed., Leipzig, VC891. Dictionnaire de biographie fran- 1918.

_ caise. Ed. by Michel Prévost and others. 8 v. VC911. Whitehead, Arthur W. Gaspard

Paris, 1933-56. de Coligny, admiral of France. London, 1904. VC892. Dictionnaire critique de biographie VC912. Gassot, Jules. Sommaire mémorial et dhistoire. Ed. by Auguste Jal. 2nd ed., (souvenirs) de Jules Gassot, secrétaire du roi

Paris, 1872. (1555-1623). Ed. by Pierre Champion. Paris, VC893. Dictionnaire des parlementaires 1934.

: francais, 1789-1889. Ed. by Adolphe Robert, VC913. Kupisch, Karl. Coligny: eine hisoO Edgar Bourloton, and Gaston Cougny. 5 v. _ torische Studie. Berlin, 1951.

. Paris,VC894. 1891. VC914. Richard, Alfred. Un diplomate Les parlementaires francais, 1900- poitevin du XVIe siécle: Charles de Danzay, 1914. Ed. by René Samuel and G. Bonet- ambassadeur de France en Danemark. Poi. Maury. Paris, 1914. tiers, 1910. VC895. Dictionnaire des conventionnels. VC915. La-Brosse, Jules de. Histoire d’un Ed. by Auguste Kuscinski. Paris, 1916-19. capitaine bourbonnais au XVIe _ siécle: VC896. Germain-Martin, Louis. Les grands Jacques de La Brosse (1485-1562). Paris, messieurs qui firent la France. Paris, 1945. 1929.

VC897. Biographies et nécrologies des VC916. Hauser, Henri. Francois de la

hommes marquants du XIXé siécle. Ed. by Noue (1531-1591). Paris, 1892.

France and the Low Countries 489 VC917. Estoile, Pierre de 1’. Mémoires- _ Seventeenth Century

journaux, 1574-1610. Ed. by Gustave Brunet (John B. Wolf)

and others. 12 v. Paris, 1875—96. | VC918. Escallier, Emile. Lesdiguiéres, VC940. Bassompierre, Francois de,-maré-

dernier connétable de France. Lyons, 1946. chal de France. Journal de ma vie: mémoires.

] VC919,. Commentaires de Blaise de Mont- Ed. by Marie J. A. de La Cropte, marquis | luc, maréchal de France. Ed. by Paul Cour- de Chantérac. 4 v. Paris, 1870-77. |

teault. 3 v. Paris, 1911-25. VC941. Malo, Henri. Le grand Condé. , VC920. Courteault, Paul. Blaise de Mont- ‘Paris, 1937. | |

luc, historien: étude critique sur le texte et VC942. Dangeau, Philippe de Courcillon,

la valeur historique des commentaires. Paris, marquis de. Journal: avec additions inédites

} 1908. du duc de Saint-Simon. Ed. by Eudoxe | VC921. Albert-Buisson, Francois. Michel Soulié, Louis E. Dussieux, and others. 19 v. de Hospital (1503-1573). Paris, 1950. Paris, 1854-60. . | VC922. Héritier, Jean. Michel de l’Hospi- VC943. Fléchier, Esprit. Mémoires de

tal. Paris, 1943. Fléchier sur les grand-jours d’Auvergne en

VC923. Plessis-Marly, Philippe de Mornay, 1665. Ed. by Pierre A. Chéruel. 2nd ed., seigneur du. Mémoires et correspondance. Paris, 1862.

12 v. Paris, 1824-25. VC944. Foucault, Nicolas Joseph. Mé-

VC924. Patry, Raoul. Philippe du Plessis- moires. Ed. by F. Baudry. Paris, 1862. Mornay: un huguenot homme d@état (1549- VC945. Auvergne, Henri’ de La Tour d’,

1623). Paris, 1933. vicomte. de Turenne, maréchal de France.

VC925. Crue de Stoutz, Francis de. Anne, Mémoires. Ed. by Paul Marichal. 2 v. Paris, duc de Montmorency, connétable et pair de 1909-14.

France, sous les rois Henri I, Francois U VC946. André, Louis. Michel Le Tellier

et Charles [X. Paris, 1889. et Louvois. 2nd ed., Paris, 1943.

~ VC926. Plessis-Marly, Charlotte du. Mé- VC947. Geffroy, Auguste, ed. Madame de

moires . . . accompagnées de lettres inédites Maintenon d’aprés sa correspondance au- . de M. et Mme. du Plessis-Mornay et de thentique: choix de ses lettres et entretiens.

leurs enfants. 2 v. Paris, 1868-69. 2 v. Paris, 1887. :

VC927. A Huguenot family in the XVI VC948. Mazarin, Jules, cardinal. Lettres - century. Abr. trans. by Lucy Crump. Lon- a la reine, a la Princesse Palatine ... pen-

don and N.Y., 1925. | : dant sa retraite hors de France, 1651-1652. VC928. Romier, Lucien. La carriére d’un — Ed. by Jules Ravenal. Paris, 1836.

favori: Jacques d’Albon de Saint-André, VC949, ——. Lettres du cardinal Mazarin maréchal de France (1512-1562). Paris, 1909. pendant son ministére. Ed. by Pierre A. VC929. Saulx, Guillaume de, seigneur de | Chéruel and Comte Georges d’Avenel. 9 v.

| Tavannes. Mémoires. Paris, 1823. . Paris, 1872-1906.

VC930. Saulx, Jean de, vicomte de Ta- VC950. Federn, Carl. Mazarin, 1602-1661. vannes. Mémoires de Gaspard de Saulx, Paris, 1934. seigneur de Tavannes. 3 v. Paris, 1822. -~VC951. Molé, Mathieu. Mémoires. Ed. by

VC931. Pingaud, Léonce. Les Saulx-Ta- Aimé Champollion-Figeac. 4 v. Paris, 1855vannes. Paris, 1876. 57. VC932. Lefévre, Louis R., ed. Mémoires VC952. Orléans, Charlotte Elisabeth,

de Sully. 2nd ed., Paris, 1942. duchesse d’, “Princesse Palatine.’ CorreVC933. Carré, Henri. Sully: sa vie, son spondance extraite de ses lettres publiées -— oeuvre. Paris, 1932. . | par M. de Ranke et M. Holland. Tr. and ed.

| ‘Paris, 1823. 1890.

VC934. Thou, Jacques A. de. Mémoires. by Ernest Jaeglé. 2nd rev. ed., 3 v., Paris,

VC935. Francois, Michel. Le Cardinal VC953. Criand, V. Pascal. 2 v. Paris, 1949. Francois de Tournon, homme d’état, diplo- VC954, Retz, Jean F. Paul de Gondi, carmate, mécéne et humaniste, 1489-1562. Paris, dinal de. Oeuvres, Ed. by Alphonse Feillet,

| 1951. Jules Gourdault, and Francois R. ChanteVC936. Correspondance du Cardinal Fran- _lauze. 10 v. Paris, 1870—96. cois de Tournon, 1521-1562. Ed. by Michel VC955. Batiffol, Louis. Le cardinal de

Francois. Paris, 1946. Retz: ambitions et aventures. d’un homme VC937. Vaissiére, Pierre de. Récits du § d’esprit au XVIIe siécle. Paris, 1927. temps des troubles (XVIe siécle). 2 v. Paris, VC956. Richelieu, Armand J. du Plessis,

1912-14. | ) cardinal, duc de. Mémoires. Ed. by Charles

VC938. Valois, Marguerite de. Mémoires P. M., Comte Horric de Beaucaire, Franet lettres. Ed. by Francois Guessard. Paris, ¢ois Bruel, and Robert Lolié. 7 v. Paris,

1842. — 1907-26.

VC939. Nouaillac, Joseph. Villeroy, secré- VC957. ——.. Lettres, instructions diplotaire d’état et ministre de Charles IX, Henri matiques, et papiers d’état. Ed. by Denis

lil et Henri IV (1543-1610). Paris, 1908. M. L. Avenel. 8 v. Paris, 1853-77. |

490 Guide to Historical Literature ~ VC958. Fagniez, Gustave C. Le pére Jo- VC978. Jolly, Pierre. Calonne, 1734-1802.

seph et Richelieu, 1577-1638. 2 v. Paris, Paris, 1950.

1894. VC979. Choiseul, Etienne F., duc de. VC959. Hanotaux, Gabriel, and Auguste Mémoires. Ed. by Fernand Chalmettes.

de Caumont, duc de La Force. Histoire du Paris, 1904. | cardinal de Richelieu. 5 v. Paris, 1932-44. VC980. Billy, André. Diderot. Paris, 1933. VC960. Bailly, Auguste. Richelieu. Paris, Bibliography.

1934. VC981. Crocker, Lester G. The embattled VC961. Burckhardt, Carl J. Richelieu: philosopher: a biography of Denis Diderot.

der Aufstieg zur Macht. Munich, 1935. East Lansing, Mich., 1954.

| VC962. Belloc, Hilaire. Richelieu, 1585- VC982. Morley, John. Diderot and the

1642. London, 1930. Encyclopaedists. 2 v. London and N.Y., VC963. Rochefoucauld, Francois VI, duc 1878.

de la, prince de Marsillac. Oeuvres com- VC983. Mornet, Daniel. Diderot, Phomme

| pletes. Ed. by Jean D. L. Gilbert and Jules et Poeuvre. Paris, 1941.

Gourdault. 3 v. Paris, 1868-83. VC984. Wilson, Arthur M. Diderot: the VC964. Rohan, Henri, duc de, prince de testing years, 1713-1759. N.Y., 1957.

Léon. Mémoires. 2 v. Paris, 1822. VC985. Aulneau, Joseph. La comtesse Du >

VC965. Sévigné, Marie de Rabutin-Chan- Barry et la fin de PAncien Régime. Paris, tal, marquise de. Lettres de Mme. de Sé- = 1937.

: vigné, de sa famille, et de ses amis. Ed. by VC986. Vatel, Charles. Histoire de MaL. J. N. Monmerqué. 14 v. and album. Paris, dame Du Barry, d’aprés ses papiers person-

1862—68. | nels et les documents des archives publiques,

~ WC966. ——. Letters from the marchioness précédée d’une introduction sur Madame de de Sévigné to her daughter, the countess de Pompadour, Ile Parc-aux-Cerfs et Mademoi-

| Grignan. 10 v. London, 1927. selle de Romans. 3 v. Versailles, 1883. VC967. ——. Lettres inédites 4 Mme. de §$VC987. Martineau, Alfred A. Dupleix, sa Grignan, sa fille. Ed. by Charles Capmas. vie et son oeuvre. Paris, 1931.

2 v. Paris, 1876. VC988. Thompson, Virginia M. Dupleix VC968. La Force, Auguste de Caumont, and his letters (1742-1754). N.Y., 1933. duc de. La grande mademoiselle. Paris, 1952. VC989. Jolly, Pierre. Du Pont de Nemours: VC969. Orcibal, Jean. Jean Duvergier de soldat de Ia liberté. Paris, 1956.

Hauranne, abbé de Saint Cyran et son temps. VC990. Schelle, Gustave. Du Pont de

Paris, 1947. Nemours et Vécole physiocratique. Paris, 1888. Eighteenth Century VC991. Genlis, Stéphanie Félicité Ducrest (Paul H. Beik) de Saint-Aubin, comtesse de. Memoirs illus-

trative of the history of the eighteenth and

VC970. Monnier, Francis. Le chancellier nineteenth centuries. 8 v. London, 1825- |

d’Aguesseau: sa conduite et ses idées poli- 26. |

tiques et son influence sur le mouvement VC992. Schelle, Gustave. Vincent de Gourdes esprits pendant la premiere moitié du nay. Paris, 1897.

XVIlIie siecle. Paris, 1860. V¥C993. Keim, Albert. Helvetius, sa vie et

VC971. Bertrand, Joseph. D’Alembert. son oeuvre. Paris, 1907.

Paris, 1899. VC994. Hénault, Charles J. F. Mémoires. VC972.. Gessler, Peter. René Louis d’Ar- Ed. by Francois Rousseau. Paris, 1911. genson, 1694-1757. Basel, 1957. Bibliogra- VC995. Wickwar, William H. Baron d’Hol-

phy. / bach: a prelude to the French Revolution. VC973. Argenson, René Louis de Voyer London, 1935. | de Paulmy, marquis d’. Journal et mémoires VC996. Gottschalk, Louis R. Lafayette — du marquis d’Argenson, publiés pour Ia comes to America. Chicago, 1935. premiére fois d’aprés les manuscrits auto- VC997. —-—. Lafayette joins the American

graphes de la Bibliotheque du Louvre. Ed. army. Chicago, 1937. | by Edme J. B. Rathery. 9 v. Paris, 1859-67. VC998. ———. Lafayette and the close of Also abr. English trans. the American Revolution. Chicago, 1942. |

] -~ WVC974. Barbier, Edmond J. F. Chronique VC999. -———. Lafayette between the de la régence et du régne de Louis XV American and the French Revolution (1783-

(1718-1763). 8 v. Paris, 1857. | 1789). Chicago, 1950.

VC975. Dalséme, René. Beaumarchais, VC1000. Oeuvres de Lavoisier: correspon1732-1799. N.Y. and London, 1929. : dance. Fascicule 1, 1763~1769; fascicule 2,

VC976. Latzarus, Louis. Beaumarchais. 1770-1775. Selected and annotated by René Paris, 1930. Fric. Paris, 1955-57. VC977. Bernis, Francois J. de Pierre, car- VC1001. McKie, Douglas. Antoine Ladinal de. Memoirs and letters. 2 v. London voisier. London, 1952.

znd Boston, 1902. VC1002. Oudard, Georges. The amazing

, France and the Low Countries 491 life of John Law, the man behind the Mis- VC1025. Rousseau, Jean Jacques. Cor- , sissippi Bubble. N.Y., 1928. respondance générale, collationnée sur les VC1003. Garcot,, Maurice. Stanislas originaux. Ed. by Théophile Dufour. 20 v.

Leszezynski, 1677-1766. Paris, 1953. Paris, 1924-34. | |

~ VC1004. Perrin, Joseph. Le cardinal de VC1026. Alengry, Franck. Turgot (1727-

~ Loménie de Brienne. Sens, 1896. 1781), homme privé-homme d’état, d’aprés : VC1005. Luynes, Charles Philippe d’Al- les documents inédits du fonds de Lantheuil |

bert, duc de. Mémoires du duc de Luynes _ publiés par Schell. Paris, [1942].

sur la cour de Louis XV (1735-1758). Ed. VC1027. Dakin, Douglas. Turgot and the by Louis E. Dussieux and Eudoxe Soulié. ancien régime in France. London, 1939.

17 v. Paris, 1860-65. ~ VC1028. Desnoiresterres, Gustave Le B. |

VC1006. Whitfield, Ernest A. Gabriel Bon- Voltaire et la société. au XVIII¢ siécle. 2nd |

not de Mably. London, 1930. ed., 8 v., Paris, 1871-96. - |

| VC1007. Marion, Marcel. Machault d’Ar- VC1029. Lanson, Gustave. Voltaire. 3rd nouville: étude sur histoire générale du con- — ed., Paris, 1919.

1892. a and N.Y., 1872. |

trdle des finances de 1749 a 1754. Paris, VC1030. Morley, John. Voltaire. London

, VC1008. Lewis, Warren H. The sunset of VC1031. Torrey, Norman L. The spirit

the splendid century: the life and times of of Voltaire. N.Y., 1938. :

Louis Auguste de Bourbon, duc du Maine, VC1032. Voltaire, Francois Marie Arouet

| 1670-1736. London, 1955. de. Voltaire’s correspondence. Ed. by TheoVC1009. Allison, John M. S. Lamoignon dore Besterman. 34 v. Geneva, 1953de Malesherbes, defender and reformer of the 58. |

French monarchy, 1721-1794, N.Y., 1938. - | VC1019. Marion, Marcel. Le Garde des Revolution | . Sceaux Lamoignon et la réforme judiciaire (John H. Stewart) de 1788. Paris, 1905. VC1011. Flammermont, Jules G. Le VC1033. Walter, Gérard. Babeuf, 1760-

Chancelier Maupeou et les parlements. 2nd 1797, et la conjuration des Egaux. Paris,

ed., Paris, 1885. 1937. VC1012. Loménie, Louis L. de, and -VC1034. Thomson, David. The Babeuf Charles de Loménie. Les Mirabeau: nou- plot: the making of a republican legend.

velles études sur la société francaise au London, 1947, , XVIIIe siecle. 5 v. Paris, 1879-91. VC1035. Smith, Edwin B. Jean-Sylvain VC1013. Sorel, Albert. Montesquieu. Chi- Bailly, astronomer, mystic, revolutionary,

cago, 1888. 1763-1793. Philadelphia, 1954. VC1014. Chapuisat, Edouard. Necker VC1036. Fernand-Laurent, Camille J.

(1732-1804). Paris, 1938. Jean-Sylvain Bailly, premier maire de Paris. VC1015. Jolly, Pierre. Necker. Paris, Paris, 1927. :

1947. VC1037. Brucker, Gene A. Jean Sylvain ~ WC1016. Mitford, Nancy. Madame de_ Bailly, revolutionary mayor of Paris. Ur- |

Pompadour. N.Y., 1954. - bana, 1950.

| VC1017. Guyot, Yves. Quesnay et la VC1038. Bradby, Eliza D. The life of

physiocratie. Paris, 1896. Barnave. 2 v. Oxford, 1915.

VC1018. Richelieu, Louis F. A. du Plessis, VC1039. Chevallier, Jean J. Barnave: ou, duc de, maréchal de France. Mémoires au- les deux faces de la Révolution, 1791-1793.

thentiques, 1725-1767. Ed. by Arthur de Paris, 1936.

Boislisle. Paris, 1918. VC1040. Ellery, Eloise. Brissot de WarVC1019. Weelen, Jean E. Rochambeau, ville: a study in the history of the French father and son: a life of the maréchal de Revolution. Boston, 1915.

-Rochambeau ... and the journal of the VC1041. Bornarel, Félix. Cambon et la

| vicomte de Rochambeau (hitherto unpub- Reévolution Francaise. Paris, 1905..

lished). N.Y., 1936. — VC1042. Arnaud, Raoul. La débacle VC1020. Cassirer, Ernest. The question of _ financiére de la Révolution: Cambon, 1756— Jean Jacques Rousseau. N.Y., 1954. 1820. Paris, 1926. ; VC1021. Cobban, Alfred. Rousseau and §|§ VC1043. Dupre, Huntley. Lazare Carnot,

the modern state. London, 1934. republican patriot. Oxford, Ohio, 1940. VC1022. Ducros, Louis. Jean Jacques VC1044, Reinhard, Marcel. Le grand Rousseau. 3 v. Paris, 1908-18. Carnot. 2 v. Paris, 1950-52.

| VC1023. Faguet, Emile. Vie de Rous- VC1045. Cahen, Léon. Condorcet et la | seau, Rousseau penseur, Rousseau artiste. Révolution Francaise. Paris, 1904.

3 v. Paris, 1911-13. VC1046. Schapiro, Jacob. Condorcet and VC1024. Green, Frederick C. Jean-Jacques the rise of liberalism. N.Y., 1934.

| Rousseau: a critical study of his life and VC1047. Alengry, Franck. | Condorcet,

writings. N.Y., 1955. guide de la Révolution Francaise, theoricien

492 Guide to Historical Literature de droit constitutionnel et preécurseur de la VC1073. Merlin, Roger. Merlin de Thion-

science sociale. Paris, 1904. ville, d’aprés les documents imédits. 2 v.

. VC1048. Burlingame, Anne E. Condorcet, Paris, 1927.

, Boston, 1930. don, 1913.

the torch bearer of the French Revolution. VC1074. Barthou, Louis. Mirabeau. Lon-

VC1049. Delsaux, Héléne. Condorcet VC1075. Chevallier, Jean J. Mirabeau: un journaliste (1790-1794), Paris, 1931. grand destin manqué. Paris, 1947. VC1050. Barthou, Louis. Danton. Paris, VC1076. Fling, Fred M. Mirabeau and

1932. the French Revolution. N.Y., 1908. VC1051. Madelin, Louis. Danton. London, VC1077. Loménie, Louis L. de, and 1921. Charles de Loménie. Les Mirabeau: nouVC1052. Beesly, Auguste H. Life of Dan- velles études sur la société francaise au

ton. N.Y. and London, 1899. XVHile siecle. 5 v. Paris, 1879-91. |

VC1053. Wendel, Hermann. Danton. VC1078. Stern, Alfred. Das Leben MiraParis, 1932. beaus. 2 v. Berlin. 1889.

Paris, 1930. : don, 1951. |

VC1054. Sorel, Albert E. Charlotte de VC1079. Welch, Oliver J. G. Mirabeau: | Corday, une arriére petite fille de Corneille. a study of a democratic monarchist. LonVC1055. Dowd, David L. Pageant-master VC1080. Willert, Paul F. Mirabeau. Lon-

| of the republic: Jacques-Louis David and don and N.Y., 1898. the French Revolution. Lincoln, Neb., 1948. VC1081. Lanzac de Laborie, Léon de. | VC1056. Labracherie, Pierre. Camille Des- Un royaliste libéral en 1789: Jean-Joseph

moulins: grandeur et misére d’une ame Mounier, sa vie politique et ses écrits. Paris, ardente. Paris, 1948. 1887. VC1057. Claretie, Jules. Camille Des- VC1082. Gohring, Martin. Rabaut Saint-

moulins. Paris, 1875. . : Etienne, ein Kampfer an der Wende zweier VC1058. Chuquet, Arthur M. Dumouriez. Epochen. Berlin, 1935.

Paris, 1914. | VC1083. Mirabaud, Robert. Un président VC1059. Saint-André, Pouget de. Le de la Constituante et de la Convention: Ra-

général Dumouriez. Paris, 1914. , baut Saint-Etienne. Paris, 1930. ,

VC1060. Michon, Georges. Essai sur Phis- VC1084. Robison, Georgia. Revelliéretoire du parti feuillant, Adrien Duport. Lépeaux, citizen director, 1753-1824. N.Y.,

Paris, 1924. . 1938.

VC1061. Jacob, Louis. Fabre d’Eglantine, VC1085. Meynier, Albert. Un representant

chef des fripons. Paris, 1946. de la bourgeoisie angevine a l’Assemblée

VC1062. Dunoyer, Alphonse. The public Nationale Constituante et a la Convention - prosecutor of the Terror, Antoine Quentin Nationale: L.-M. La_ Revelliére-Lépeaux.

Fouquier-Tinville. N.Y., 1913. Paris, 1905.

VC1063. Fild, Jean. L’Abbé Grégoire -VC1086. Eagan, James M. Maximil-

Carnot. Paris, 1946. 1938. | VC1064. Walter, Gérard. Hébert et le -VC1087. Thompson, James M. Robes-

d’aprés ses mémoires recueillis par Hippolyte ian Robespierre, nationalist dictator. N.Y,

Pére Duchesne. Paris, 1946. — pierre. 2 v. Oxford, 1935.

VC1065. Quentin, Henri (pseud., Paul VC1088. ——-. Robespierre and the French d’Estrée). Le Pére Duchesne. Paris, 1908. Revolution. London, 1952, and N.Y., 1953. VC1066. Dawson, John C. Lakanal the VC1089. Walter, Gérard. Rebespierre. 3 v.

regicide: a biographical and_ historical Paris, 1936-40. study of the career of Joseph Lakanal. Uni- ~VC1099. Jacob, Louis. Robespierre vu par

| versity, Ala., 1948. , ses contemporains. Paris, 1938. | VC1067. Gros, L. Lakanal et Péducation -VC1091. Mathiez, Albert. Etudes robesnationale. Paris, 1912. pierristes. 2 v. Paris, 1917-18.

VC1068. Montier, Amand. Robert Lindet, VC1092. ——. Robespierre terroriste.

: député a l’Assemblée Leégislative et a la Paris, 1921. Convention, membre du Comité de Salut. VC1093. Ward, Reginald S. Maximilien ‘Public, ministre des finances: notice bio- |Robespierre: a study in deterioration. Lon-

graphique. Paris, 1899. | don, 1934.

VC1069. Mallet, Bernard. Mallet du Pan VC1094. Jacquemaire, Madeleine. The and the French Revolution. London, 1902. life of Madame Roland. London, 1930. VC1070. Gottschalk, Louis R. Jean Paul VC1095. Young, Catharine. A lady who Marat: a study in radicalism. N.Y., 1927. loved herself: the life of Madame Roland. VC1071. Walter, Gérard. Marat. Paris, N.Y. and London, 1930.

1933. . VC1096. Bruun, Geoffrey. Saint-Just, VC1072. Gaston-Martin, Marcelle. J. P. apostle of the Terror. Boston, 1932. Marat, “Poeil et VPami du peuple.” Paris, VC1097. Curtis, Eugene N. Saint-Just, col1938. league of Robespierre. N.Y., 1935.

, France and the Low Countries | — 493 VC1098. Ollivier, Albert. Saint-Just et la Comte Emmanuel A. de Chanteloup. Paris, force des choses. Paris, 1955. 1893. | VC1099, Centore-Bineau, Denise B. Saint- VC1117. Chateaubriand, Francois A. R., :

Just, 1767-1794. Paris, 1936. vicomte de. Mémoires d’outre-tombe. Ed. by

VC1100. Bastid, Paul. Sieyés et sa pensée. Maurice Levaillant. 4 v. Paris, 1948. — Paris, 1939. VC1118. Enghien, Louis A. H. de BourVC1101. Van Deusen, Glyndon G. Sieyes: bon-Condé, duc d’. Correspondance du duc

his life and his nationalism. N.Y., 1932. d’Enghien, 1801-1804, et documents sur son. | VC1102. Clapham, John H. The Abbé — enlévement et sa mort. Ed. by Comte Alfred Sieyés: an essay in the politics of the French Boulay de la Meurthe. 4 v. Paris, 1904-13. |

Revolution. London, 1912. VC1119. Fain, Agathon J. F., baron.

‘VC1103. Neton, Albéric.. Sieyés (1748- Memoirs of the invasion of France by the 1836) d’aprés des documents inédits. Paris, allied armies, and of the last six months of

— 1901. . the reign of Napoleon. London, 1834. ©

N.Y., 1950. | | | 1945. : VC1104. Bowers, Claude G. Pierre Ver- = VC1120. Fouché, Joseph. duc d’Otrante. gniaud, voice of the French Revolution. Les mémoires. Ed. by Louis Madelin. Paris,

VC1105. Lintilhac, Eugene F. Vergniaud, § VC1121. Madelin, Louis. Fouché. Paris, , le drame des Girondins. Paris, 1920. 1955. | ~ WC1122. Gaudin, Martin M. C., duc de Consulate and Empire Gaéte. Mémoires, souvenirs, opinions, et

(Geoffrey Bruun) écrits. 2 v. Paris, 1826. | VC1123. Gourgaud, Gaspard, baron. The VC1106. Memoirs of Queen Hortense. St. Helena journal of General Baron Gour-

2.v. N.Y., 1927. gaud, 1815-1818. Ed. by Norman Edwards. VC1107. Balmain, Aleksandr A. Napoleon London, 1932. oo .

fn captivity: the reports of Count Balmain, VC1124. Las Cases, Marie Joseph A. E. Russian commissioner on the island of St. D., comte de. Mémorial de Sainte Héleéne:

Helena, 1816-1820. N.Y., 1927. journal of the private life and conversations

VC1108. Beauharnais, Eugéne de. Mé- of the Emperor Napoleon at Saint Helena. moires et correspondance politique et mili- 8 v.in 4. London and N.Y., 1823.

taire. Ed. by Baron Pierre E. A. Du Casse. VC1125. Lavalette, Antoine M. C. de,

10 v. Paris, 1858-60. - : comte. Memoirs of Count Lavalette. 2 v. VC1109. Bonaparte, Jerome, king of West- London, 1831.

phalia. Mémoires et correspondance du Roi VC1126. Marbot, Jean Baptiste A. M., Jéréme et de la Reine Catherine. Ed. by baron de. Memoirs. New ed., 2 v., N.Y., Baron Pierre E. A. Du Casse, 7 v. Paris, 1908. Abr. trans.

1861-66. VC1127. Ernouf, Alfred A. Maret, duc VC1110. Bonaparte, Joseph, king of Spain. de Bassano. 2nd ed., Paris, 1884.

Mémoires et correspondance politique et VC1128. Méneval, Claude F. de, baron. militaire. Ed. by Baron Pierre E. A. Du Memoirs illustrating the history of Napoleon Casse. 3rd ed., 10 v. and album, Paris, 1856— I, from 1802 to 1815. Ed. by Napoleon J. E.

58. de Méneval. 3 v. N.Y., 1894. VC1111. Iung, Henri Theodore. Lucien VC1129. Miot de Melito, André F., comte.

‘Bonaparte et ses mémoires, 1775-1840. 3 v. Memoirs between the years 1788 and 1815.

Paris, 1882-83. 2 v. London, 1881.

VC1112. Narbonne, Bernard. Pauline VC1130. Mollien, Francois N., comte. Bonaparte, 1780-1825. Paris, 1948. Mémoires d’un ministre de trésor public, VC1113. Bourrienne, Louis A. F. de. 1780-1815. Ed. by Charles Gomel. 3 v.

Private memoirs of Napoleon Bonaparte dur- Paris, 1898.

ing the periods of the Directory, the Con- VC1131. Norvins, Jacques M. de Montsulate, and the empire. New ed. by Ram-_ bréton de, baron. Souvenirs d’un_historien

say W. Phipps. 4 v. London and N.Y., de Napoléon: mémorial. Ed..by Léon de :

1885. Lanzac de Laborie. 3 v. Paris, 1896-97. : VC1114. Caulaincourt, Armand A. L., VC1132. Pasquier, Etienne D., duc. A

marquis de, duc de Vicence. With Napoleon history of my time: memoirs of Chancellor

in Russia: the memoirs of General de Pasquier. Ed. by the Duc d’Auddifret-PasCaulaincourt, duke of Vicenza. Ed. and abr. quier. 2 v. London and N.Y., 1893-94.

by George Libaire. N.Y., 1935. VC1133. Rémusat, Claire E. J:.G. de Ver-

~ VC1115. No peace with Napoleon: con- gennes, comtesse de. Memoirs, 1802-1808. , cluding the memoirs of General Caulam- 3 v. London and N.Y., 1880. court. Ed. and tr. by George Libaire. N.Y., VC1134. Roederer, Pierre L., comte.

1936. Oeuvres du Comte P. L. Roederer. 8 vy. VC1116. Chanteloup, Jean A. C. C. de, Paris, 1853-59. | :

comte. Mes souvenirs sur Napoléoen. Ed. by VC1135,. ———. Autour de Bonaparte: jour-

494 Guide to Historical Literature — nal; notes intimes et politiques d’un familier 4. Paris, 1922-25. V. 1-2 also in English des Tuileries. Ed. by Maurice Vitrac. Paris, trans.

1909. | VC1158. Salaberry, Charles M., marquis VC1136. Rovigo, Anne J. M. René Savary, de. Souvenirs politiques sur la restauration, duc de. Memoirs illustrative of the history 1821-1830. Ed. by Comte de Salaberry.2 v. | of the VC1159. Emperor Malo, Napoleon. v. London, Paris, 1900. 1828. Henri.4Thiers (1797-1877). ~ VC1137. Ségur, Philippe P., comte de. Paris, 1932. | Histoire et mémoires. 7 v. Paris, 1873. VC1160.. Pomaret, Charles. Monsieur VC1138. Talleyrand-Périgord, Charles M. Thiers et son siécle. Paris, 1948.

| de, prince de Benevent. Memoirs of the VC1161. Allison, John M. S. Monsieur

prince de Talleyrand. 5 v. N.Y., 1891-92. Thiers. N.Y., 1932. VC1139. Lacour-Gayet, Georges. Talley- VC1162. Tocqueville, Alexis de. Recollec- |

rand. 4 v. Paris, 1928-34. : tions. N.Y., 1949. : VC1140. Madelin, Louis. Talleyrand. N.Y.,, VC1163. ———. Oeuvres, papiers et cor1948. respondances. Ed. by Jacob P. Mayer and

| VC1141. Dard, Emile. Napoleon and Tal- others. 7 v. Paris, 1951-58. Other volumes

leyrand. N.Y., 1937. . to follow.

| VC1142. Thibaudeau, Antoine C., comte. VC1164. Fourcassié, Jean. Villéle. Paris, Bonaparte and the Consulate. London and 1954.

N.Y., 1908. VC1165. Villéle, Jean B. S. J., comte de. a Mémoires et correspondance. 5 vy. Paris,

Restoration and July Monarchy 1887-90. | (Frederick B. Artz) |

v. Second Republic and Second Empire VC1143. Burnand, Robert. Le duc d’Au- (David H. Pinkney)

male et son temps. Paris, 1949. |

VC1144, Barante, Amable G. P. Brugiére, VC1166. Mourain, Jean. Un bourgeois . baron de. Souvenirs, 1782-1866. Ed. by francais au XIXe siécle: Baroche, ministre _ Claude de Barante. 8 v. Paris, 1890-1901. de Napoléon III d’aprés ses papiers inédits.

VC1145. Lecanuet, Edouard. Berryer, sa Paris, 1936. vie et ses oeuvres, 1790-1868. Paris, 1893. VC1167. Barrot, Odilon. Mémoires pos| VC1146. Broglie, Albert de. Discours. 3 v. _ thumes. 4 v. Paris, 1875-76.

41. 1951.

Paris, 1909-11. VC1168. Alméras, Charles. Odilon Barrot, VC1147, ——-. Mémoires. 2 v. Paris, 1938- avocat et homme politique, 1791-1873. Paris,

VC1148. Broglie, Achille C. L. V., duc VC1169. Duruy, Victor. Notes et sou-

de. Souvenirs, 1785-1870. Ed. by Jacques venirs, 1811-1894. 2 v. Paris, 1901.

V. A. duc de Broglie. 4 v. Paris, 1886. VC1170. Lavisse, Ernest. Un ministre—

Actually extends only to 1832. Also English Victor Duruy. Paris, 1895.

trans. | ~VC11I71. Falloux, Alfred P., comte de.

_ VC1149. Castellane, Esprit V. E. B., comte Mémoires d’un royaliste. 3rd ed., 2 v., Paris, de. Journal, 1804-1862. 5 v. Paris, 1895-97. 1888. VC1150. Cavaignac, Jacques M., vicomte, ~ VC1172. ——. Mémoires. 3 v. Paris, 1925— and Louis E. Cavaignac. Souvenirs et corres- 26. Also English trans.

pondance, 1808-1848. Paris, 1898. | VC1173. Bernardy, Francois de. Charles VC1151. Chateaubriand, Francois A. R., de Flahaut, 1785-18790. Paris, 1954. | vicomte de. Memoirs. 6 v. London and VC1174. Fleury, Emile F., comte. Sou-

N.Y., 1902. : venirs, 1837-1867. 2 v. Paris, 1897-98. VC1152. ——-. Mémoires d’outre-tombe. VCIi175. Grunwald, Constantin de. Le duc See VC1117. de Gramont, gentilhomme et diplomate. VC1153. Talleyrand-Périgord, Dorothée Paris, 1950. de Courlande, duchesse de Dino, duchesse VC1176. Haussmann, Georges E., baron. de. Memoirs. 3 v. London and N.Y., 1909- Mémoires. 3 v. Paris, 1890-93.

10. | VC1177. Lucas-Dubreton, Jean. Lamartine.

| VC1154, Guizot, Francois P. G. Mémoires Paris, 1951. pour servir a Phistoire de mon temps. 8 v. VC1178. Whitehouse, Henry R. The life

Paris, 1858-67. of Lamartine. 2 v. Boston, 1918.

VC1155. Duchon, Paul. Mémoires de VC1179. Calman, Alvin R. Ledru-Rollin

Lafitte. Paris, 1932. and the second French republic. N.Y., 1922.

VC1156. Rémond, René. Lamennais. Paris, VC1180. Lesseps, Ferdinand de. Souvenir 1948. de quarante ans. 2 v. Paris, 1887. Also VC1157. Molé, Louis M., comte. Le — English trans.

Comte Molé, 1781-1855: sa vie, ses mé- VC1181. Edgar-Bonnet, George. Ferdinand moires. Ed. by Marquis de Noailles. 3 v. in de Lesseps. Paris, 1951.

| France and the Low Countries | 495 VC1182. Durieux, Joseph. Le ministre VC1i209. Lettres de Léon Gambetta, 1868—

Pierre Magne, 1806-1879, d’aprés ses lettres 1882. Ed. by Daniel Halévy and Emile Pil- :

etVC1183. souvenirs. 2 v. Paris, 1929. lias. Paris, 1938. | | Boulenger, Marcel. Le duc de VC1210. Deschanel, Paul E. L. Gambetta. |

- Morny, prince francais. Paris, 1925. London, 1920. | VC1184. Correspondance inédite de Na- VC1211. Gambetta, Léon M. Gambetta:

poléon Ill et Prince Napoléon. Ed. by Ernest life and letters. London and N.Y., 1910. |

d’Hauterive. Paris, 1925. VC1212. Gamelin, Maurice G. Servir. 3

VC1185. Saint Marc, Pierre. Emile Ollivier v. Paris, 1946-47. , , (1825-1913). Paris, 1950. Bibliography. VC1213. Herriot, Edouard. Jadis. 2 v. |

-WC1186. Persigny, J. G. V. Fialin, duc Paris, 1948-52. Also English trans. of v. 1.

de. Mémoires. Paris, 1896. ~~ VC1214. Jackson, John H. Jean Jaurés, , VC1187. Guiral, Pierre. Prévost-Paradol, his life and work. London, 1943. 1829-1870: pensées et action d’un libéral VC1215. Auclair, Marcelle. La vie de Jean

sous le second empire. Paris, 1955. Jaurés: ou la France d’avant 1914. Paris,

VC1188. Dolléans, Edouard. Proudhon. 1954. |

Paris, 1948. VC1216. Thomson, David. Two FrenchVC1189. Rothan, Gustave. Souvenirs men: Pierre Laval and Charles de Gaulle. diplomatiques, 1882-1890. 2nd ed., 7 v., London, 1951. :

Paris, 1883-93. - VC1217. Mallet, Alfred. Pierre Laval. See ~ VC1190. Schnerb, Robert. Rouher et le AF316.

second empire. Paris, 1949. VC1218. Combarieu, Abel. Sept ans a

VC1191. Viel-Castel, Horace de, comte. TElysée avec le Président Emile Loubet: de Memoirs. 2 v. London, 1888. Translation. Vafiaire Dreyfus 4 la conférence d’Algéciras (1899-1906). Paris, 1932.

Third and Fourth Republics VC1219. Coblentz, Paul. Georges Mandel.

(Gordon Paris, 1946. _ de. . VC1220. Wright) Meaux, Marie C. A., vicomte

| VC1192. Noél, Léon. Camille Barrére, Souvenirs politiques, 1871-1877. Paris, 1905. ambassadeur de France. Paris, 1948. VC1221. Paul-Boncour, Joseph. Entre deux VC1193. Fraser, Geoffrey, and Thadée guerres: souvenirs sur la troisiéme réNatanson. Léon Blum, man and statesman, publique. 3 v. Paris, 1945-46. Also English

Philadelphia, 1938. — trans. of v. 1.

VC1194. Hamburger, Maurice. Léon Bour- VC1222. Noguéres, Louis. Le véritable

geois, 1851-1925. Paris, 1932. procés du Maréchal Pétain. Paris, 1955.

: VC1i195. Suarez, Georges. Briand: sa vie, VC1223. Poincaré, Raymond. Au service

| son oeuvre. See AH180. de la France: neuf années de souvenirs. 10 v. VC1196. Brinon, Fernand de. Mémoires. Paris, 1926-33.

Paris, 1949. VC1224. Chastenet, Jacques. Raymond VC1197. Broglie, Albert, duc de. Mé- Poincaré. Paris, 1948.

moires. V. 2 (1870-75). Paris, 1941. VC1225. Rémusat, Charles de. Mémoires VC1198. Caillaux, Joseph. Mes mémoires. de ma vie. Ed. by Charles Pouthas. 3 v.

|73VC1199. v. Paris, 1942-43. Paris (in preparation). Cambon, Henri. Paul Cambon, VC1226. Reynaud, Paul. In the thick of ambassadeur de France, 1843-1924. Paris, the fight, 1930-1945. N.Y., 1955. 1937. a ~ VC1227. Humphrey, Richard. Georges VC1200. Correspondance de Paul Cambon. Sorel, prophet without honor. Cambridge, Ed. by Henri Cambon. 3 v. Paris, 1940-46. Mass., 1951. ~VC1201. Bruun, Geoffrey. Clemenceau. VC1228. Sartre, Victor. Georges Sorel.

Cambridge, Mass., 1943. | Paris, 1937.

VC1i202. Jackson, John H. Clemenceau VC1229. Taine, Hippolyte A. Life and let-

_ and the third republic. N.Y., 1948. ters. 3 v. N.Y., 1902-08.

VC1203. Gaulle, Charles de. Mémoires de VC1230. Poisson, Ernest. Le coopérateur

guerre. See AG24]._ Albert Thomas: un quart de siécle de vie | VC1204. Neton, Albéric. Delcassé (1852—- militante. Paris, 1933. | 1923). Paris, 1952. VC1231. Weygand, Maxime. Recalled to VC1205. Porter, Charles W. The career service. 3 v. London, 1952. |

of Théophile Delcassé. Philadelphia, 1936. | | VC1206. Réclus, Maurice. Jules Favre, GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS — 1809-1880. Paris, 1912. , : (Joseph J. Mathews) Pavey toe. . Jules Ferry, 1832-1893. Bibliographies VC1208. Freycinet, Charles L. de Saulses VC1232. Dampierre, Jacques de. Les pubde. Souvenirs, 1848-1893. 2 v. Paris, 1912— _lications officielles des pouvoirs publics.

13. : Paris, 1942, |

496 Guide to Historical Literature VC1233. Bibliographie de la France. Sup- VC1250. ——. Bulletin. 26 v. Paris, 1834—

plément F, publications officielles. Paris, 62. 1950 ff. (Irregular, 6 or 7 annually. Title VC1251. ———. Annuaire historique. 27 v.

Varies.) Paris,. VC1i252. 1836-63.. ——. Annuaire builetin. Paris,

Government Publications 1863 ff. (Title varies.) | VC1253. Société d’Histoire Moderne. Pub: VC1234,. Moniteur universel. Paris, 1789- _lications. 25 v. Paris, 1903—36.

| 1868. (Daily.) Superseded by VC1235. VC1254, ———. Etudes dhistoire moderne

VC1235. Journal officiel de la République et contemporaine. 4 v. Paris, 1947-51. Francaise. Paris, 1869 ff. (Daily.) For brief _ VC1255. ——. Revue dhistoire moderne analysis of this complex publication see et contemporaine. 19 v. Paris, 1899-1914.

Dampierre (VC1232), pp. 121-30. (Bimonthly.)

7 — VC1236. Bulletin des lois. Paris, 1789- VC1256. ——. Revue d’histoire moderne.

, 1918. (Irregular.) | 15 v. Paris, 1926-40. (Bimonthly.)

VC1237. France. Assemblée Nationale. VC1257. ——. Revue d’histoire moderne

Réglement et résolutions réglementaires de et contemporaine. Paris, 1954 ff. (Quarterly.) Assemblée Nationale. 4th ed. Paris, 1952. VC1238. France. Ministére des Affaires

Etrangéres. Les livres jaunes. Paris, 1860 ff. Of the several hundred French societies Selections from Documents diplomatiques. that issue publications dealing with special VC1239. France. Direction de la Docu- subjects, local areas, or fields closely related mentation. Notes et études documentaires. to history, a few of the more important are

| Paris, 1945 ff. Various series, including the following.

| Textes diplomatiques. (Irregular.) VC1258. Société de lEcole des Chartes.

| | -VC1240. France. Ministére des Finances. Bibliothéque. Paris, 1839 ff. (Irregular.)

Bulletin de statistique et de législation com- VCi259. Société de LVHistoire du Pro-

parée. 128 v. Paris, 1877-1940. (Monthly.) — testantisme Francais. Bulletin. Paris, 1852 ff.

Superseded in part by VC1241-1243. (Quarterly. ) | VC1241. ——. Bulletin de législation com- VC1260. Société de l’Histoire de la Révoparée. Paris, 1941 ff. (Quarterly.) | lution Francaise. La Révolution Francaise, VC1242. ——. Bulletin statistique. 2 v. revue d’histoire moderne et contemporaine.

Paris, 1947-48. (Quarterly.) . 91 v. Paris, 1881-1939. (Monthly.) VC1243. ——.. Statistiques et études finan- VC1261. ——. Publications. 44 v. Paris, ciéres. Paris, 1949 ff. (Monthly.) 1888-1927.

Société des Etudes Robespier.| |VC1262. ristes. Annales révolutionaires. 15 v. Paris ACADEMY, SOCIETY, AND and Besancon, 1908~23. (Quarterly and biUNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS monthly.) | (Joseph J. Mathews) VC1263. ——. Annales historiques de la

| . | 1941-45.

Révolution Francaise. 16 v. Rheims, 1924—

Guide 29; Paris, 1930 ff. (Bimonthly. Suspended

VC1244, Caron, Pierre, and Mare Jarye. "C9904. Oeuvres complétes de Maximilien Repertoire des sociétés frangaises de sciences Robespierre. V. 1-6. Paris, 1910-54. [Sophil Os ophiques, historiques, philologiques et ciété des Etudes Robespierristes.]

Paris, 1938. , VC1265. Société de Histoire de Paris et : - dejuridiques. l'fle-de-France. Bulletin. Paris, 1874 ff. , — Academies (Irregular.) ; VC1266. ———. Mémoires. 51 v. Paris,

VC1245. Académie des Inscriptions et 49751930. Belles-Lettres. Mémoires. Paris, 1736 ff. (Ir- VC1267. ——. Documents. 27 v. Paris,

regular.) 1877-1913.

VC1246. ——-. Comptes rendus_ des VC1268. Institut National d’Etudes Démo- | séances. Paris, 1857 ff. (Irregular.) graphiques. Population. Paris, 1946 ff. (QuarVC1247. Académie des Sciences Morales terly.)

. et Politiques. Mémoires. Paris, 1798 ff. (1r- VC1269. ——. Cahiers. Paris, 1946 ff. A

regular.) | . monographic series often cited as Travaux VC1248. ——. Comptes rendus. Paris, =o; documents. 1840 ff. (Irregular.) VC1270. Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques. Bulletin. Paris, 1946 ff. (Bi+e monthly.) Societies VC1271. ——. Revue francaise de science

VC1249. Société de l’Histoire de France. _ politique. Paris, 1951 ff. (Quarterly.)

Publications. Paris, 1834 ff. VC1272. ——. Cahiers. Paris, 1947 ff.

France and the Low Countries 497 Universities VC1275: Revue d’histoire économique et

. wes . sociale. Paris, 1908 ff. (Quarterly.)

Pp a or one F rench ae ares Issue Cahiers, VC1276. Revue dhistoire diplomatique. | “acl de work of historic ; mn ortance Paris, 1887 ff. [Société d’Histoire Générale WNClUde WOFKS O ca Po e et d’Histoire Diplomatique.] Quarterly.)

| tar VC1277. Revue d’histoire de VPéglise de

¢VOsepiy oop Teas ' France. Paris,de1910 ff. [Société d’Histoire , de S Ecclésiastique la France.] (Irregular.)

: onde VC1278. Revue historique de droit fran- | Bibliography cais et étranger. Paris; 1855 ff. (IrreguVC1273. Caron, Pierre, and Marc Jaryc. lar.) .

Répertoire des périodiques de langue fran- = VC1279. Revue d’histoire littéraire de la caise: philosophiques, historiques, philologi- France. Paris, 1894 ff. [Société d’Histoire ques et juridiques. Paris, 1935. Supplements, Littéraire de la France.] (Quarterly.)

1937, 1939. - VC1280. Annales: sociétés, civilisations.

eae, Paris, 1929 ff. ; VC1274. Revue historique. Paris, 1876 ff. cations of academies, societies, and uni(Frequency varies.) versities.

Periodicals See also above, page 496, under publi-

a (Jean Stengers)

BELGIUM, THE NETHERLANDS, AND LUXEMBOURG , | It should be stressed that the grouping of these three countries in one subsec, _ tion is mostly a matter of geography and convenience. It does not indicate that

they possess anything that may be termed a “common history.” A false impression of this kind may arise from the fact that in the current language a common name, the “Low Countries,” is given to the three; or because in recent years they have been united in the purely economic Benelux pact; or because some of the best-known chapters of their history, especially in the 16th century, showed them as united. It is to be noted, moreover, that in some circles of Belgian and

, Dutch historians there is an undeniable tendency to consider the history of the Low Countries as a whole—a tendency which has found its latest expression in an Algemene geschiedenis der Nederlanden (General history of the Low Countries). But allowances being made for all these factors, history, generally speaking, does not offer any more reasons to group Belgium with the Netherlands than, for instance, with France or Germany.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES lications on Belgian history appears each

: year, since 1953, in Revue belge de philologie

VC1i281. Pirenne, Henri, and others. Bib- et d’histoire (VC 1410). “Bulletins critiques”

y liographie de Vhistoire de Belgique: cata- devoted to the most important historical logue . . . des sources et des ouvrages works on the Low Countries are published | principaux relatifs 4 Vhistoire de tous les yearly in Revue du Nord (VC1416). Most Pays-Bas jusqu’en 1598 et 4 Vhistoire de of the works listed below also have good Belgique jusqu’en 1914, 3rd ed., Brussels, bibliographies. 1931.

VC1282. Wachter, Leo de. Repertorium ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

van de Vlaamse gouwen en gemeenten. 6 v. REFERENCE

Antwerp, 1942-57. For the Flemish-speak-

ing part of Belgium; especially useful for VC1283. Winkler Prins encyclopaedie. 6th

local history. ed., Amsterdam, 1947 ff. This and VC1284 There is no equivalent of Pirenne’s bib- are the standard Dutch encyclopedias, to

liography for the Netherlands after 1598. The | which many Belgian scholars also contribute.

best references will be found in the bibliog- VC1284. Oosthoek’s encyclopaedie. 4th raphies appended to the various volumes of _ ed., Utrecht, 1947 ff.

Algemene geschiedenis der Nederlanden VC1285. Biographie nationale. 28 v. Brus(VC1311). A current bibliography of pub- sels, 1866-1944. Supplements, 1957 ff. [Aca- ,

498 Guide to Historical Literature démie Royale de Belgique.] A series of sup- lication des Anciennes Lois et Ordonnances

plementary volumes is planned. de la Belgique. Recueil des anciennes cou-

VC1286. Biographie coloniale belge. 4 v. tumes de la Belgique. Brussels, 1867 ff. Brussels, 1948-55. [Académie Royale des VC1299. ———. Recueil des anciennes or-

Sciences Coloniales.] donnances de la Belgique. Brussels, 1855 ff.

_ - V€1287. Molhuysen, Philip C., and Blok, Ordinances of the 15th-18th centuries. Petrus J., eds. Nieuw Nederlandsch biogra- VC1300. Analecta Vaticano-belgica. Rome, fisch woordenboek. 10 v. Leiden, 1911-37. 1906 ff. [Institut Historique Belge de Rome.] VC1288. Biographie nationale du pays de Papal records and correspondence of the

| Luxembourg. Ed. by Jules Mersch. Luxem- nuncios concerning Belgium. |

bourg, 1947 ff. The most important collections in the Netherlands are the following:

GEOGRAPHIES VC1301. Rijks geschiedkundige publicaVC1289. Essen, Léon van der, ed. Atlas tions include VC/302. :

| tién. The Hague, 1905 ff. These publica-

de géographie historique de la Belgique. VC1302. Colenbrander, Herman T., ed.

Brussels, 1919-32. Maps for the 11th and Gedenkstukken der algemeene geschiedenis

17th—19th centuries. van Nederland van 1795 tot 1840. 10 v. in VC1290. Beekman, Anton A., ed. Ge- 22. The Hague, 1905-22. |

_ schiedkundige atlas van Nederland. 19 v. of VC1303. Archives ou correspondance inmaps and 37 v. of comment. The Hague, édite de la maison d’Orange-Nassau (1552-

1911-38. | 1789). Ed. by Guillaume Groen van PrinVC1291. Fockema Andreae, Sybrandus J., sterer and others. 27 v. Leiden and Utrecht,

and Bert van ’t Hoff. Geschiedenis der 1835-1917. Collection of documents from

kartografie van Nederland. The Hague, 1947. the royal archives.

Contains summary in English. VC1304. Historisch Genootschap te

Utrecht. Werken uitgegeven door het his-

1952. | re:

LINGUISTIC WORKS torisch genootschap gevestigd te Utrecht.

; | | , | Utrecht, 1863 ff. (Irregular.)

VC1292. Vooys, Cornelis G. N. de. Ge- VC1305. Bijdragen en Mededeelingen van schiedenis van de Nederlandse taal in het historisch genootschap. Utrecht, 1877 ff.

hoofdtrekken geschetst. Sth ed., Groningen, |

VC1293. Remacle, Louis. Le probltme de § SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

Pancien wallon. Liége, 1948. Some specific Belgium problems arising from the use of the French |

language in Belgium are treated in this and VC1306. Linden, Herman vander. Bel-

the following. gium: the making of a nation. Oxford, 1920.

| ~ VC1294. Deneckere, Marcel. Histoire de VC1307. Kalken, Frans van. Histoire de la langue francaise dans les Flandres, 1770-— la Belgique et de son expansion coloniale,

1823. Ghent, 1954. Brussels, 1954.

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES Netherlands In Belgium the two principal collections VC1308. Edmundson, George. History of

of printed sources are those of the Commis- Holland. Cambridge, Eng., 1922. | ,

sion Royale d’Histoire (VC1295-1297) and VC1309. Gelder, Herman A. Enno van. , the Commission Royale pour la Publication Histoire des Pays-Bas du XVIe siécle a

des Anciennes Lois et Ordonnances de la nos jours. 2nd ed., Paris, 1949. ‘ VC1295. Commission Royale d’Histoire. Luxembourg

Belgique (VC1298-1299).

: Publications. Brussels, 1836 ff. Include |

quarto, gr. octavo, and octavo series of VC1319. Herchen, Arthur. Manuel d’his-

chronicles, chartularies, correspondence, etc. toire nationale. Sth ed., Luxembourg, 1947. VC1296. Bulletin de la Commission Royale

d’Histoire. Brussels, 1834 ff. (Irregular. Title LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES varies. )

VC1297. Commission Royale d’Histoire. VC1311. Algemene geschiedenis der Ned-

La Commission Royale d’Histoire, 1834- erlanden. Ed. by J. A. van Houtte and 1934: livre jubilaire. Brussels, 1934. others. 11 v. Utrecht, 1949-56. Covers Bel-

VC1298. Commission Royale pour la Pub- gium, the Netherlands,* and Luxembourg; *It should be notéd that the meaning of Nederlanden, Nederlands, etc., in the 20th century ; historical literature is a very fluid oné, denoting either the Netherlands proper (Blok, Gosses and Japikse, and Brugmans), or the Netherlands and Belgium (Algemene geschiedenis der Nederlanden), or the Butch-speaking people (Geyl):

| France and the Low Countries 499 contributions by leading Belgian and Dutch VC1323. Presser, Jacob. De tachtigjarige

historians. To be complete in 12 v. oorlog. 3rd ed., Amsterdam, 1948. ~ VC1312. Pirenne, Henri. Histoire de Bel- VC1324. Renier, Gustaaf J. The Dutch gique. 7 v. Brussels, 1900-32. V. 1, Sth ed., mation. London, 1944. | 1929; v. 2, 3rd ed., 1922; v. 3, 3rd ed., 1923; VC1325. Veenendaal, Augustus J. Het v. 4, 3rd ed., 1927; v. 5, 2nd ed., 1926: v. Engels—Nederlands condominium in de 6, Ist ed., 1926; v. 7, Ist ed., 1932. Each Zuidelijke Nederlanden tijdens de Spaansevolume should be used in its latest edition. successieoorlog, 1706-1716. V. 1. Utrecht,

New ed., without change in text but fully 1945. illustrated, 4 v., Brussels, 1948-52. This is a VC1326. Houtte, Hubert Van. Les occupa-

masterpiece which. still takes first place in tions étrangeres en Belgique sous PAncien | Belgian history; its vision and intelligence Régime. 2 v. Ghent, 1930.

remain unsurpassed. On Pirenne (18621935) see Henri Pirenne: hommages et sou- Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries venirs (2 v., Brussels, 1938).

VC1313. Blok, Petrus J. Geschiedenis van Belgium ,

het Nederlandsche volk. 3rd ed., 4 v., Leiden, VC1327. Histoire de la Belgique contem- | | of the N otherlands theand people poraine, by Jean Deharveng. e errands HNC \) V., Of N.Y. London, 3 y,1830-1914, Brussels, Ed. 1928-30. Many first-class con- |

1898-1912). ; tributions by a number of specialists.

VC1314. Gosses, Izaak H., and Nicolaas VC1328. Kalken, Frans van. La Belgique |

J apikse. _Handboek tot de staatkundige ge- contemporaine (1780-1949): histoire d’une schiedenis van Nederland. 3rd ed., rev. by éyolution politique. 2nd ed., Paris, 1950. Regnerus Post and Nicolaas Japikse, The VC1329. Pirenne, Henri. La Belgique et la

Hague, 1947. | ; . guerre mondiale. Paris, 1928. | VC1315. Brugmans, Hajo, ed. Geschiedenis VC1330. Hodjer, Carl-Henrik. Le régime

van Nederland. 9 v. Amsterdam, 1935-38. parlementaire belge de 1918 A 1940. Uppsala,

VC1316. Geyl, Pieter. Geschiedenis van Swe.. 1946 |

| de Nederlandse stam. New ed., 2 v., Amster- VC1331. Clough, Shepard B. A_ history

dam, 1948-49. History of the Dutch-speaking of the Flemish movement in Belgium. N.Y.,

people, covering the Netherlands and the 1930. : |

| 1951. |

northern part of Belgium up to 1751. English = -y-4332 Zuylen, Pierre van. Les mains |

translation of the parts concerning periods yres: polit} thet la Belei 1555-1609 and 1609-1648: The revolt of the 4914 1940. Pins, 1950. Netherlands (London, 1932); and The — WC1333. Miller, Jane K. Belgian foreign Netherlands divided (London, 1936). policy between two wars, 1919-1940. N.Y.,

i ; . Netherlands |

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

Sixteenth—Eighteenth Centuries VC1334. Leeuwen. Willem L. M. E. van

Older Standard Works Hondo’ jaar Nederland, 1848-1948, HenVC1317. Henne, Alexandre: Histoire du BO 1338 Rengers Wilco J. van Welderen Bens ae igsweo eum en Belgique. 10 v. Schets eener parlementaire geschiedenis van | VC1318. Kervyn de Lettenhove, Joseph horst and others, 5 v., The Hague, 1948-56. | M. Les Huguenots et les Gueux: étude h S- VC1336. Oud, Pieter J. Het jongste ver: sen sur vingt-cing années du XVI° siecle leden: parlementaire geschiedenis van Neder| (1560-1585). 6 v. Bruges, 1883-85. Passion- Jang 4918-1940. 6 v. Assen, 1948-51. Fills

USse’s: ; Nederland. 4th ed., rev. by L. G. Korten-

_ ately Catholic point of view. , the gap between v. 4 and 5 of VC1335.

: D VC1319. Motley, John L. The rise of the VC1337. Netherlands. Enquéte-Commissie utch republic, 1555~1584, 3 v. N.Y., 1856. R ‘nesbeleid. 1940-1945. Versl h

-1860-67. os . , a

VC1320. ———. History of the United deade de the , a het 4 FS ek ou-

Netherlands, 1584-1609. 4 v. The Hague, ‘n 19. The Hasue 19 405 6 et on CEZOCKs 8 v.

VC1321. Fruin, Robert J, Tien jaren uit, VO TS38. i laa en verzet, Ed. by den tachtigjarigen oorlog, 1588-1598. 5th 494564 The Netherlands dari Wo

The Hague, 1899. Many reprints. War ll : 8 | ed., VC1339. Smit, C. Diplomatieke geRecent Works schiedenis van Nederland, inzonderheid VC1322. Essen, Léon van der. Alexandre sedert de vestiging van het Koninkrijk. The

Farnése, prince de Parme, gouverneur Hague, 1950.

général des Pays-Bas (1545-1592). 5 v. Brus- VC1340. Westermann, Johannes C. The

sels, 1933-37. Netherlands and the United States: their rela-

3500 Guide to Historical Literature tions in the beginning of the 19th century. VC1352. Fruin, Robert J. Geschiedenis der

The Hague, 1935. staatsinstellingen in Nederland tot den val

VC1341. Boogman, Johan C. Nederland der republiek. Ed. by Herman T. Colenen de Duitse Bond, 1815-1851. 2 v. Gro- brander. 2nd ed., The Hague, 1922.

ningen, 1955. VC1353. Jong, Jelle J. de. Politieke organi| satie in. west Europa na 1800. The Hague, Luxembourg 1951. Contains an English summary. About VC1342. Calmes, Albert. Histoire con- halt the book 1S aevored to the Netherlands;

temporaine du Grand-Duché de Luxembourg. some chapters on Belgium.

4Covers v. Brussels and Luxembourg, 1932-54. .. . period 1815-47. Only v. 3 and 4 have Religious History

appeared under this general title. V. 1 and 2 og s

bear special titles: Le Grand-Duché de vértn 1354. he to Teau, Edouard eaters &

Luxembourg dans le royaume des Pays-Bas, eelse em Belerque. 2 V. DTUSSEC'S, on Tome complémentaire: L815-—-1830 (Brussels, 1932); andSupplementary Le Grand-vol., . ‘oti lésiasti havit

Duché de Luxembourg dans la révolution “bbaves. 6 fons ce Bel ques, C a 559. belge, 1830-1839 (Brussels, 1939). adoayes, couvenis en Beigique avant 1027; cartes, by Jean Deharveng and Edouard de

| Moreau 1948). Standard General _ but(Brussels, unfortunately completed only towork, 1633.

Many monographs of great value, some of The entire history is covered in abridged which are devoted to special periods, will be form in VCI355.

found in the two following series. VC1355. ———. L’église en Belgique des VC1343. Collection “Notre passé.” Ed. by _—origines au début du XXe siécle. Brussels,

Suzanne Tassier. Brussels, 1942 ff. (Irregu- 1944. For the 19th century see also de

lar.) Moreau’s contribution to Histoire de la VC1344, Patria: vaderlandsche cultuurge- Belgique contemporaine (VC1327).

schiedenis in monografieeén. Ed. by Johannes VC1356. Axters, Stephanus. Geschiedenis

H. Kernkamp. Amsterdam, 1937 ff. van de vroomheid in de Nederlanden. 3 v.

7 . continued. :.

| Antwerp, 1950-56. Covers to 1550; to be

; VE127. Vidal, César. Charles-Albert et le narrowly Piedmontese point of view, but Risorgimento italien (1831-1848). Paris,

with access to the Turin archives. Although 1927. Still valuable as a documented study incomplete and marred by inaccuracies, its of the king of Sardinia in the last years of

wealth of documentation makes it useful for his reign. :

, consultation. : VE128. Ciasca, Raffaele. Le origini del

VE118. Quazza, Guido. La lotta sociale “Programma per Ylopinione nazionale _ita- |

nel Risorgimento:' classi e governi dalla liana” del 1847~’48. Rome, 1916. A pioneerrestaurazione all’unita, 1815-1861. Turin, ing work which traces the program of the

| 1951. Admirable survey of the social and moderate party back to the interests and economic aspects of the Risorgimento. More ideology of bourgeois liberalism. A large part

than half the book is devoted to a descrip- of the book consists of an annotated list of tion of economic development of Italy be- printed sources for Italian economic history

tween 1815 and 1848. from 1815 to 1848. :

VE119. Spini, Giorgio. Risorgimento e VE129. Greenfield, Kent R. Economics :

protestanti. Naples, 1956. Highly original and liberalism in the Risorgimento: a study

study of contacts between Italy and the of nationalism in Lombardy, 1814-1848.

Protestant world. Presents the Risorgimento Baltimore, 1934. Ital. tr., Bari, 1940. Superb

, Italy 535 study of the dynamics of the Risorgimento in italiana, Sth ser., 5 (Mar. 1940): 3-48. northern Italy, showing that liberal opposi- Stimulating essay on Gioberti’s intellectual

tion to the Hapsburgs had an economic basis. development. , |

Evidently inspired by Ciasca’s work, but VE141. ——, ed. Il pensiero politico di | written with greater literary skill. Vincenzo Gioberti. Milan, 1941. Discriminat- . | VE130. Rota, Ettore, ed. I] 1848 nella ing selection from Gioberti’s voluminous

storia italiana ed europea. 2 v. Milan, 1948. letters and works.

| Collaborative work lacking in organic unity. VE142. Cattaneo, Carlo. Epistolario. Ed.

See also V. 2 of VE85. ; by Rinaldo Caddeo. 4 v. Florence, 1949-

oo _ oe 56. As yet there is no satisfactory biography Unification Movement and Leaders | of this Lombard federalist who opposed

(1848-1861) union with Sardinia. Oe VE131. Demarco, Domenico. Pio IX e la VE143. ——. Scritti economici. Ed. by

rivoluzione romana del 1848. Modena, 1947. Alberto Bertolini. 3 v. Florence, 1956. |

This, VE132 and VEI25 form a trilogy on Forms part of a new critical edition of , Rome and the Papal States, with a strong Cattaneo’s works prepared by the Comitato social and economic emphasis, and char- §Italo-Svizzero. acterized by depth of research and clarity |= VE144. ——. Scritti storici e geografici.

of presentation. — Ed. by Gaetano Salvemini and Ernesto © VE132. ——_. Una rivoluzione sociale: la Sestan. 4 v. Florence, 1957.

repubblica romana del 1849. Naples, 1944. VE145. Ricasoli, Bettino. Carteggi. Ed. VE133. Hales, Edward E. Y. Pio Nono: by Mario Nobili and Sergio Camerani. a study in European politics and religion in| Bologna and Rome, 1939 ff. [Istituto Storico

the nineteenth century. N.Y., 1954. Fair- per l’Eta Moderna e Contemporanea, Fonti | minded and very readable account of Pius per la storia d’Italia.] Important source for IX; the only adequate work in English. A the Risorgimento in Tuscany. definitive biography cannot be written, how- VE146. Hancock, William K. Ricasoli and : ever, until the Vatican archives for this the Risorgimento in Tuscany. London, 1926.

period have been opened. : Best biography of Ricasoli, based on careful VE134. Quazza, Romolo. Pio TX e Mas- research and brilliantly written.

simo D’Azeglio nelle vicende romane del VE147. Mazzini, Giuseppe. Edizione na1847, 2 v. Modena, 1955. Documented study zionale degli Scritti editi e imediti. 100 v. of relations between the pope and the Pied- Imola, 1906—43. The primary source for all

montese liberal statesman. interpretive and biographical work on MazVE135. Pirri, Pietro, ed. Pio IX e Vittorio zini, prepared by a national commission.

Emanuele II dal loro carteggio privato. 2 v. VE148. Protocollo della Giovine Italia in 3. Rome, 1944-51. Important work by a (Congrega Centrale di Francia). 6 v. Imola, _ Jesuit historian. To assist its preparation, 1916-22. Documents for the history of

- the Vatican made accessible the correspond- Young Italy, 1840-48. ,

ence between Pius IX and Victor Emmanuel VE149. Codignola, Arturo. Mazzini. Turin, II and Napoleon III, and between Cardinal 1946.

Antonelli and the papal nuncios for the VE150. Levi, Alessandro. Mazzini. Flor-

years 1847-1863. V. 1 discusses seculariza- ence, 1955. , ,

tion of the Sardinian state (1848-56). VE151. Griffith, Gwilym O. Mazzini: VE136. Gioberti, Vincenzo. Epistolario. prophet of modern Europe. London, 1932. Ed. by Gustavo Balsamo-Crivelli and Gio- Brilliant, enthusiastic biography, the best in vanni Gentile. 11 v. Florence, 1927-37. The English, although frankly partisan.

~ . national edition of Gioberti’s letters. VE152. Salvemini, Gaetano. Mazzini. Tr. VE137. ——. Carteggi. 6 v. Rome, 1935— by I. M. Rawson from 4th Ital. ed. (Florence, 38. 1925). London, 1956. Consists mostly of VE138. ———. Del primato morale e civile selections from Mazzini’s writings with Sal-_

degli italiani. Ed. by Gustavo Balsamo- vemini’s commentary. Crivelli. 3 v. Turin, 1919-20. Gioberti’s VE153. Hales, Edward E. Y. Mazzini and famous argument for the moral primacy of the secret societies: the making of a myth. the papacy as the head of an Italian federal N.Y., 1956. Discerning analysis of the process

state. a whereby Mazzini was transformed into a VE139. ——. Del rinnovamento civile prophet. Goes only to 1836. Bibliography. d’Italia. Ed. by Fausto Nicolini. 3 v. Bari, VE154, Bonomi, Ivanoe. Mazzini triumviro

1911-12. A summing-up of the lessons of della repubblica romana. New enl. ed., ,

1848-49 which marks Gioberti’s passage to Milan, 1946. Concentrates on Mazzini’s } the. program of the moderates. A classic activity. as a head of the Roman republic which invites comparison with De Tocque- in 1849.

ville’s Recollections. VE155. Morelli, Emilia. Mazzini in Inghil-

| VE140. Vecchietti, Tullio. “Tre momenti terra. Florence, 1938. Charming and scholarly

dell’evoluzione giobertiana.” Rivista storica account of Mazzini’s years of exile in Eng-

536 Guide to Historical Literature

mission. | unification.

land, by the secretary of the Mazzini Com- A primary source for the history of Italian VE156. Edizione nazionale dei Carteggi VE168. Trevelyan, George M. Garibaldi’s Cavouriani. Bologna, 1926 ff. The definitive defence of the Roman republic. London and

_ edition of Cavour’s papers, prepared by a N.Y., 1907. Ital. tr., Bologna, 1909.

commission appointed by the Italian govern- VE169. ——. Garibaldi and the Thousand.

| ment. Volumes published thus far concen- London and N.Y., 1909.

trate on the years after 1856. VE170. ———. Garibaldi and the making VE157. Cavour, Count Camillo di. Dis- of Italy. London and N.Y., 1911. Ital. tr., corsi parlamentari. Ed. by Adolfo Omodeo Bologna, 1913. Although marred by omisand Luigi Russo. Florence, 1932 ff. Defini- sions and inaccuracies and naive in point of tive edition of Cavour’s speeches. V. 11 view, these three works of Trevelyan have

(1957). has reached 1855. attained the rank of classics and still form

VE158. Ruffini, Francesco. La giovinezza an acceptable introduction to the life and di Cavour. 2 v. Turin, 1912. A classic ac- -career of Garibaldi.

count of Cavour’s early years. VE171. Mack Smith, Denis. Garibaldi: a

| VE159. Thayer, William R. The life and great life in brief. N.Y., 1956. Most recent, times of Cavour. 2 v. Boston, 1911. Best highly condensed account of the military biography of Cavour in any language. hero of the unification movement. Ital. tr., VE160. Omodeo, Adolfo. L’opera politica Milan, 1959.

del Conte dj Cavour. 2nd ed., 2 v., Florence,

1940. Left unfinished by the death of its _ United Italy, 1861-1918 activity covers only the years 1848-57. Some of the books listed here exceed the author, this- analysis of Cavour’s political |

VE161. Whyte, Arthur J. The early life limits 1861-1918 and are general histories of and letters of Cavour, 1810-1848. London, modern and contemporary Italy. See also 1925. For those who do not read Italian, WVEJ/2-//3. this may take the place of VEI58, on which VE172. Albrecht-Carrié, René. Italy from

it is largely based. - Napoleon to Mussolini. N.Y., 1950. A medi-— ~-VE162. ——. The political life and letters tative account of modern Italian history, of Cavour, 1848-1861. London, 1930. Satis- interpretative rather than narrative. Greater factory account for English readers, in which part of the book is concerned with the period

the author utilizes the published Cavour- after 1870, in which the author seeks the Nigra correspondence and inedited documents _ origins of fascism.

in the Public Record Office. | , _ WE173. Vaussard, Maurice. Histoire de — WE163. Valsecchi, Franco. L’alleanza di [Italie contemporaine. Paris, 1950. Good Crimea: il Risorgimento e Europa. Milan, brief survey of the period 1870-1946. The 1948. Important reexamination of Cavour’s author does not attempt to conceal his dislike

diplomacy, based on archival investiga- for Italian fascism, but the tone is temperate tion into the European background of the and-the treatment of political parties is fair. Italian question on the eve of the Crimean Bibliography.

War. VE174. Croce, Benedetto. Storia d'Italia VE164. ———. L’unificazione italiana e la dal 1871 al 1915. 8th ed., Bari, 1943. Eng. tr., politica europea dalla guerra di Crimea alla by Cecilia M. Ady, from Ist Ital. ed., Hisguerra di Lombardia (1854-1859). Milan, tory of Italy, 1871-1915, Oxford, 1929. 1939. Documents illustrating Cavour’s di- This book, informed by characteristic Cro-

plomacy and its European background. cean liberalism, began a trend toward re-

VE165. Mack Smith, Denis. Cavour and habilitation of the period preceding World Garibaldi, 1860: a study in political conflict. War I. Emphasis is on the movement of

Cambridge, Eng., 1954. Brilliant detailed ideas. |

work by a British risorgimentalist, stressing ‘VE175. Volpe, Gioacchino. Italia moderna, the opposition between the Cavourian Right 1815-1915. 3 y. Florence, 1943-52. Begun

and Garibaldian Left. Ital. tr., Turin, 1958. as. a new edition of Italia in cammino VE166. Passerin d’Entréves, Ettore. L’ult- (Milan, 1927), this evolved into an inde-

ima battaglia politica di Cavour: i pro- pendent work on the 19th century in reply

blemi dell’unificazione italiana. Turin, 1956. to Croce’s more favorable interpretation. Regarded as one of the most important Volpe was a historian of ability and integrity works of Cavour scholarship in recent years. | who identified himself with fascism, and this

Author goes directly to the sources for his work is inspired by Fascist ideology. Procareful analysis of problems arising from the vides valuable- insight into modern Italian conquest of the South, and challenges Mack history, especially for the years 1898-1914, Smith’s interpretation of Cavour. Bibliog- reflecting the disillusionment with parlia-

raphy. mentary liberalism felt by many Italians of VE167. Garibaldi, Giuseppe. Edizione na- Volpe’s generation. New ed. in process.

: zionale degli Scritti. 6 v. Bologna, 1932-37. VE176. Bonomi, Ivanoe. La politica ita-

a Italy 537

liana da Porta Pia a Vittorio Veneto (1870- VE187. Salomone, A. William. Italian ,

1918). 2nd ed., Turin, 1946. This Socialist democracy in the making: the political scene leader presents a more sympathetic evalua- in the Giolittian era, 1900-1914. Philadelphia, tion of the pre-World War I period in Italy 1945. A perceptive account of Italian poli-

than that usually given by historians under’ tics in the early 20th century.. Contains |

the Fascist regime. : excellent description of the parliamentary | VE177. ——. La politica italiana dopo regime and political parties and a dispas-

Vittorio Veneto. Turin, 1953. sionate brief discussion of socialism. Should VE178. Mack Smith, Denis. Italy. A mod- be supplemented by. Nino Valeri, ‘“Giolitti” ern history. Ann Arbor, 1959. (University of | in Questioni di storia del Risorgimento (VE

Michigan History of the Modern World.) 10), pp. 1009-22. . | Important controversial treatment of Italian VE188. Natale, Gaetano. Giolitti e gli ;

political history from 1861 to the present. italiani. Milan, 1949. Author knew Géiolitti Concentrates on period 1861-1925, and personally and had access to information not tends to stress negative aspects of national generally known. Contributes to the growdevelopment. Excludes economic and cul- ing rehabilitation of this statesman’s reputa-

tural history. tion. : | | VE179. Barbagallo, Corrado, ed.. Cento VE189.. Albertini, Luigi. Venti anni di vita anni di vita italiana, 1848-1948. 2 v. Milan, _ politica. 5 v. Bologna, 1950-53. Invaluable

1948-49. Essays by various authors on firsthand. account by the former editor of

virtually every phase of Italian life, includ-- Corriere della Sera. (Milan) and leader of ing literature and the arts, with a list of im- the Italian Right opposed to Giolitti.. .-

portant events year by year. VE190. ——-. Le origini della guerra del VE180. Valeri, Nino, ed. La lotta politica) 1914. See T7504.

in Italia dal?’unita al 1925: idee e documenti. VE191. Valori, Aldo. L’Italia nella guerra Florence, 1945. Readings from the sources, mondiale. 3 v. Bologna, 1922-25. A military

7 topically arranged. history of World WarI.° =: °° .. VE181. Salvemini, Gaetano. La politica © WE192. Albrecht-Carrié, René. Italy at the estera dell’Italia dal 1871 al 1915. 2nd ed., Paris peace conference. See AH151.

Florence, 1950. Best brief survey of Italian | - }

foreign policy prior to World War I. _ Fascist Era (1922-1945)

VE182. Chabod, Federico. Storia della | / . .

politica estera italiana dal 1870 al 1896. VE193. Salvatorelli, Luigi, and Giovanni V. 1, Le premesse. Bari, 1951. Not so much Mira. Storia d’Italia nel periodo fascista. a history of foreign policy in the usual sense 2nd ed., Turin, 1957. Orig. ed., Storia del as a philosophical examination of the “pas- fascismo: I’Italia dal 1919 al 1945 (Rome, sions and ideas” which form the bases of 1952). Comprehensive history of Italian foreign policy. Emphasis is on the period fascism. This edition contains an expanded acbefore 1882, and the years after this date are count of the years before 1922 and a chapter more summarily treated. The footnotes serve on the resistance and the liberation. The

as a guide to the literature. diplomatic historian, Mario Toscano, con-

VE183. Volpe, Gioacchino, ed. L’Italia tributed chapters on foreign policy. nelle Triplice Alleanza (1882-1915). 2nd ed., VE194. Perticone, Giacomo. La politica Milan, 1941. Texts of treaties, selections from _ italiana nell’ultimo trentennio. 3 v. Rome,

‘memoirs, and other literature illustrating 1945-47. Detailed account by a political Italy’s role in the Triple Alliance. scientist of the development of fascism. V. 3 VE184. Tommasini, Francesco. L’Italia alla contains important documents.

vigilia della guerra: la politica’ estera di © VE195. Tasca, Angelo (pseud., Angelo Tommaso Tittoni. 5 v. Bologna, 1934-41. Rossi). Nascita e avvento del fascismo:

VE185. Crispi, Francesco. Memorie e PlItalia dal 1918 al 1922. Florence, 1950. Ital. documenti. Ed. by Thomas Palamenghi- ed., enl. and rev., of A. Rossi, La naissance Crispi. 5 v. Milan, 1911-24. Eng. tr. of v. du fascisme (2nd ed., Paris, 1938). Eng. tr., : 1-3, by Mary Pritchard-Agnetti, The mem- | The rise of Italian fascism, London, 1938. oirs of Francesco Crispi, 3 v., London, 1912— Most complete and fully documented ac14. Valuable but untrustworthy memoirs of count of the rise of fascism by an ex-Comthe most important Italian statesman of the munist, expelled from the party in 1929, who | late 19th century. There is no adequate had unsurpassed opportunities for observation

biography of Crispi. and drew upon socialist sources as well as VE186. Giolitti, Giovanni. Memorie della - Fascist official documents. /

. mia vita. 3rd ed., Milan, 1945. Eng. tr. of VE196. Salvemini, Gaetano. The Fascist ist ed., by Edward Storer, Memoirs of my dictatorship in Italy. N.Y., 1927; London, life, London, 1923. Autobiography of the 1928. This passionate indictment of the statesman, five times prime mimister, who Fascist regime, by an anti-Fascist emigré guided Italian politics between the death of historian who represented the conscience of

Crispi and 1914. : Italy, is in itself a historical document.

538 Guide to Historical Literature , VE197. Sforza, Count Carlo. L’Italia dal record to June 10, 1940. To consist of 35 v.

1914 al 1944, quale io la vidi. 3rd ed. when completed. :

Milan, 1946. French tr., L’Italie telle que je VE209. Salvemini, Gaetano. Mussolini | Vai vue de 1914 ad 1944, Paris, 1946. Mem- diplomatico (1922-1932). Bari, 1952. Musoirs of a former Italian foreign minister and solini’s foreign policy during his first decade

opponent of Mussolini. in power aS viewed by an anti-Fascist his-

VE198. Finer, Herman. Mussolini’s Italy. torian. | London and N.Y., 1935. Excellent con- VE210. ——. Prelude to World War II. |

temporary description of the government and N.Y. and London, 1954. Castigation of economy of Fascist Italy by one of the more Mussolini’s attack on Ethiopia and the poli-

| perceptive foreign observers of the Italian cies of Great Britain and France, docu-

political scene. mented mostly from the contemporary press. |

: VE199. Rosenstock-Franck, Louis. L’éco- VE211. Toscano, Mario. Le origini diplonomie corporative fasciste en doctrine et en matiche del patto d’acciaio. 2nd ed., Florfait. Paris, 1934. Best contemporary account ence, 1956. One of the best monographs of relations between capital and labor under by Italy’s premier diplomatic historian.

the Fascist regime. Analyzes the “‘Pact of steel’ between Mus-

VE200. ——. Les étapes de l’économie solini and Hitler. -fasciste: du corporatisme a V’économie de ~VE212. Wiskemann, Elizabeth. The Romeguerre. Paris, 1938. Studies the transforma- Berlin axis: a history of the relations betion of Fascist economic policy under the tween Hitler and Mussolini. See AH227.

impact of war. | 7 VE213. Alfieri, Dino. Due dittatori di

| VE201. Alatri, Paolo. ‘‘Benito Mussolini fronte: Roma-Berlino, 1939-1943. Milan,

(nota biografica e bibliografica).” Questioni 1948. Tr. by David Moore, Dictators face di storia contemporanea (VE/11), v. 3, pp. to face, London, 1954. Memoirs of Mus759-96. Biographical essay followed by a __ solini’s ambassador in Berlin. .

full critical bibliography. Recommended as VE214. Hitler e Mussolini: lettere e docua Starting point for reading and research on menti. Milan, 1946. Letters exchanged be-

Mussolini. tween the two dictators, 1939-43.

VE202. Megaro, Gaudens. Mussolini in VE215. Ciano, Galeazzo, conte. Diario, the making. Boston and N.Y., 1938. Ital. 1937-38. Bologna, 1948. tr., Mussolini dal mito alla realta, Milan, VE216. ———. Diario, 1939-43. 2 v. Milan, 1947. Superb critical work on the youth of 1946. Essential source for Mussolini’s later

- Mussolini, based on material gathered at years, the diary of his son-in-law and foreign oe great personal danger in Italy in years of minister. Of the three principal editions, the Fascist rule. Written with a kind of historical French (2 v., Neuchatel, Switz., 1946) is the

austerity and impartiality far more effective preferred. The U. S. edition, The Ciano than expressed moral condemnation. Espe- diaries, 1939-1943, ed. by Hugh Gibson cially valuable for Mussolini’s revolutionary (N.Y., 1946), is marred by many omissions background, usually suppressed or glossed and thoroughly unreliable.

over by Fascist writers. , , VE217, ——_. L’Europa verso la catastrofe.

VE203. Mussolini, Benito. Scritti e discorsi. Milan, 1948. Records of 180 conversations 13 v. Milan, 1934-40. Announced as “the with European statesmen and 40 unpublished

definitive study,” but this claim was de- documents. Important for Fascist foreign molished by Gaudens Megaro in Jour. mod. policy from 1936 to 1942, especially for

hist., 8 (September 1936): 380. Italy’s relations with Great Britain, Germany,

VE204. ———. Scritti e discorsi adriatici. and Yugoslavia. | Ed. by Edoardo Susmel. 2 v. Milan, 1942- VE218. Anfuso, Filippo. Roma, Berlino,

43. , : Salo. Milan, 1950. Stirring account of the VE205. ——. Gli ultimi discorsi. Rome, last years of fascism by an official in Mus-

1948. solini’s foreign ministry.

| _ VE206. ——. La mia vita. Rome, 1947. VE219. Donosti, Mario (pseud. Mario Lu-

An authentic work, composed while Mus-_ cioli). Mussolini e VEuropa: la_ politica solini was in prison in 1911-12; to be dis- _ estera fascista. Rome, 1945. Fascist foreign tinguished from the spurious My autobiog- policy during the last days of the regime as

| raphy (N.Y., 1928). - observed by an official in the Italian emVE207. ———. Storia di un anno (il tempo __bassy at Berlin.

del bastone e della carota). Milan, 1944. Tr., VE220. Simoni, Leonardo. Berlino, AmThe fall of Mussolini: his own story. N.Y., basciata dItalia, 1939-1943. Rome, 1946.

1948. Diary of a young secretary in the Italian VE208. ——. Opera omnia. Ed. by — embassy in Berlin. Valuable for Italo-German

| Edoardo and Duilio Susmel. Florence, 1951 relations, in which it confirms Ciano’s diary. ff. Purports to be a complete edition of VE221. Noether, Emiliana P. “Italy reMussolini’s writings and speeches in a day- views its Fascist past: a bibliographical

to-day summary. V. 29 (1959) carries the — essay.”’ Am. hist. rev., 61 (July 1956): 877- |

Italy , 539 99, Objective and well-informed survey of bank: its organization, management, opera-

a controversial subject. tions, and decline. N.Y., 1948. A masterpiece |

: of condensation. An expanded edition is in

: World War II and Postwar Italy preparation, based on newly discovered docu-

|Itiis |tooments, including secret account books of soon to assess the literature deal- the bank.

ing with events and problems of the postwar VE231. Ridolfi, Roberto. Vita di Giroperiod. V. 4 of Rota, Questioni di storia con- amo Savonarola. 2 v. Rome, 1952, Replaces temporanea (VE11) furnishes good bibliog- | an older work by Pasquale Villari on Savon-

raphies on various important topics up to arola, which misinterpreted the friar’s sig| 1955, a nificance. V. 1 is the biography, followed by

VE222. Grindrod, Muriel. The new Italy: a volume of bibliographical and critical transition from war to peace. N.Y., 1947. notes. Succinct, unbiased account. of Italian war- VE232. Schnitzer, Joseph. Savonarola: ein

time conditions, the fall of fascism, and Kulturbild aus der Zeit der Renaissance.

terms of the peace treaty. 2 v. Munich, 1924. The revised Italian transVE223. ——. The rebuilding of Italy: lation (Milan, 1931) is preferred. politics and economics, 1945-1955. London VE233. Albertini, Rudolf von. Das florenand N.Y., 1955. Admirable survey of post- tinische Staatsbewusstein im Ubergang von

- ' -war reconstruction. _ der Republik zum Prinzipat. Bern, 1955.

VE224. Kogan, Norman. Italy and. the © Brilliant analysis of development of FlorenAllies. Cambridge, Mass., 1956, Analysis of tine political thought from 1494 to estabrelations between Italy and the British and lishment of the Medici principate, in which American commands during World War II. the growth of absolutist ideas is related to

Controversial. . their political and social context. A lengthy

VE225. Dieci anni dopo, 1945-1955: saggi appendix of new documentation supports sulla vita democratica italiana. Bari, 1955. the author’s conclusions. Review of Italy’s progress under the republic. VE234. Spini, Giorgio. Cosimo I de’ Medici For a Marxist criticism see Gastone Mana- e la indipendenza del principato mediceo. corda, “Dieci anni dopo o del modo di _ Florence, 1945. Remarkable study of inter-

scrivere la storia recente,” Societa, 11 (June national relations of the Medici principate |

1955): 543-58. in the Florence. early 16thArchivio century.di Stato. Ar, VE235.

| —HISTORIES | chivio mediceo avanti il principato: inven-— OF SPECIAL AREAS —tario, Rome, 1951 ff. An index to the Medici Florence archives, now in the Archivio di Stato of | | Florence, from 1434 to 1527. VE226. Schevill, Ferdinand. History of VE236, ———. Archivio mediceo del princi-

Florence from the founding of the city pato: inventario sommario. Rome, 1951. through the Renaissance. N.Y., 1936. Best Summary index to documents of the Medici introduction to the subject in English. Con- principate (1530-1738). tains a discussion of previous historiography. VE237. Protocolli del carteggio di Lorenzo

Bibliography. | | il Magnifico per gli anni 1473-74, 1477-92.

VE227. Caggese, Romolo. Firenze dalla Ed. by Marcello del Piazzo. Florence, 1956. decadenza di Roma al risorgimento d'Italia. _[Documenti di storia italiana, ser. 2, v. 2.] 3 v. Florence, 1912-21. Most satisfactory Journal of the letters sent from the office of Italian synthesis of Florentine history, al- Lorenzo de’ Medici.

though not to be compared with Robert As Florentine historians and _ political

Davidsohn’s great work on medieval Flor- thinkers whose works are significant for the ence. A history of the Florentine state, not history of their native city, Machiavelli and of the city; valuable for its account of the Guicciardini are included in this section.

later principate. | VE238. Machiavelli, Niccolo. Tutte le

VE228. Rodolico, Niccolo. I Ciompi: una opere, storiche e letterarie. Ed. by Guido |

pagina di storia del proletariato operaio. Mazzoni and Mario Casella. Florence, 1929. Florence, 1945. Account of the class strug- Standard edition of Machiavelli’s works. gles in 14th century Florence and defeat VE239. Villari, Pasquale. Niccolé Machia-

of the Florentine democracy which paved _ velli e i suoi tempi. 4th ed., 2 v., Milan, | the way for the Medici despotism. 1927. Eng. tr., by Linda Villari, London, ] VE229. Gutkind, Curt S. Cosimo de’ 1929. Vivid description of Machiavelli’s Medici, pater patriae. Oxford, 1938. Really a period in which the central figure is some-

history of Florence in Cosimo’s period. In- _ times lost. a

cludes ten valuable appendices on Florentine VE240. Ridolfi, Roberto. Vita di Niccolo government and .economic organization. Machiavelli. 2nd rev. ed., Rome, 1954. Most

Bibliography. authoritative Italian biography. | VE230. Roover, Raymond de. The Medici VE241. Chabod, Federico. Machiavelli

540 Guide to Historical Literature and the Renaissance. Tr. by David Moore. VE255. Cazzamini-Mussi, Francesco. MiLondon and Cambridge, Mass., 1958. _ lano durante la dominazione spagnola, 1525VE242. Renaudet, Augustin. Machiavel: 1706. Milan, 1947. étude dhistoire des doctrines politiques. VE256. Roberti, Melchiorre. Milano capiNew rev. ed., Paris, 1956. Standard French — tale napoleonica: la formazione di uno stato interpretation of Machiavelli’s political moderno, 1796-1814. 3 v. Milan, 1946-47.

thought. © Microscopic analysis of virtually every asVE243. Butterfield, Herbert. The state- pect of law, government, and finance in

craft of Machiavelli. London, 1940. Defends northern Italy under the Napoleonic regime.

traditional interpretation of Machiavelli. V. 1 traces constitutional development of VE244. Whitfield, John H. Machiavelli. the Cisalpine republic and the kingdom of

Oxford, 1947. Sympathetic interpretation of Italy. The work would have been improved Machiavelli as a misunderstood humanist. by condensation. VE245. Guicciardini, Francesco. Opere.

‘Ed. by Vittore de Caprariis. Milan and Rome

| Naples, 1953. [La letteratura italiana, storia |

e testi, 30.] Skilful selection from Guicciar- VE257. Gregorovius, Ferdinand. Ge-

dini’s works, including complete text of the schichte der Stadt Rom im Mittelalter vom recently discovered Le cose fiorentine, and VV. bis XVI. Jahrhundert. New ed., ed. by selections from Storie fiorentine and Storia Waldemar Kampf, Basel, 1953 ff. English

d'Italia. Bibliography. tr. of 4th Ger. ed., by Annie Hamilton,

VE246. ——-. Carteggi. Ed. by Roberto JHistory of the city of Rome in the Middle Palmarocchi and Pier Giorgio Ricci. Bo- Ages, 8 v. in 13, London, 1894-1902. Relogna and Rome, 1938 ff. This definitive print, 1903-12. Unsurpassed history of edition of Guicciardini’s correspondence Rome to the end of the 15th century, by a

reached its ninth volume in 1959. German scholar who dedicated his life to | VE247. Caprariis, Vittorio de. Francesco the project. Requires revision in detail, but Guicciardini dalla politica alla storia. Bari, is useful as introduction to history of Rome

1950. Excellent study of Guicciardini’s in- and Italy in the period covered.

tellectual development. VE258. Rome. Istituto di Studi Romani. Storia di Roma. Bologna, 1938 ff. A colMilan laborative work beginning with classical an-

tiquity. Based on modern critical research,

VE248. Storia di Milano. Milan, 1953 ff. its many volumes present a definitive factual A multivolume publication, lavishly illus- history of the city, but the work as a whole |

trated and equipped with exhaustive bibli- lacks the unity and dramatic sweep of ographies. Sponsored by Fondazione Trec- VE257, which it corrects and amplifies

cani degli Alfieri. without supplanting for the late medieval

VE249. Visconti, Alessandro. Storia di and Renaissance periods. More useful for Milano. 2nd ed., Milan, 1952. A convenient consultation than for continuous reading.

1 v. history, based on a lifetime of research. Extensive bibliographies. |

VE250. Verga, Ettore. Storia della vita VE259. Rodocanachi, Emmanuel P. Hismilanese. 2nd ed., Milan, 1931. An illus- toire de Rome. 3 v. Paris, 1888-1926. Poputrated history of Milanese society to 1848, lar history of Rome during the Renaissance. especially full on the Renaissance and early VE260. Madelin, Louis. La Rome de Na-

modern period. Bibliography. poléon. Paris, 1906.

VE251. Barbieri, Gino. Economia e po- For Rome in the 19th century see VEJ25, |

jitica’ nel ducato di Milano, 1386-1535. 131, 132. |

“Milan,. 1938. Study of Milanese economy

under the Visconti and the Sforza.: Venice

- WE252. Santoro, Caterina, ed. Gli uffici | del dominio sforzesco, 1450-1500. Milan, A new multivolume Storia di Venezia | 1948. Archivistic monograph on the ad- (Venice, 1957 ff.) is in preparation under

| ministration of Milan under the Sforza. auspices of the Centro Internazionale delle ' WE253.. Chabod, Federico. Lo stato di Arti e del Costume. It may be expected

1934, Po work on Venice. VE254, ——. Per la storia religiosa dello © VE261. Kretschmayr, Heinrich. Geschichte

Milano nell’impero di Carlo V. V. 1, Rome, eventually to become the definitive general

stato di Milano durante il dominio di von Venedig. 3 v. Gotha and Stuttgart, | Carlo V. Bologna, 1938. Heavily documented 1905-34. Standard account by an Austrian

monograph on beginnings of the Counter- scholar, based directly on the sources and Reformation in the duchy of Milan (1535- well balanced between cultural and political 54). Review, A. Casadei, Revista storica history. It has been replaced on the instiitaliana, 58 (Mar. 1941): 42 and 58 (June tutional and economic side by later mono-

1941): 171, adds new documents. | graphs.

Italy «541 VE262. Cessi, Roberto. Storia della re- VE274. Bedarida, Henri. Parme et la | pubblica di Venezia. 2 v. Messina and Milan, France de 1748 a4 1789. Paris, 1928. Excel1944-46. Synthesis of recent scholarship by lent monograph on intellectual relations be-

an eminent authority. Undocumented. tween Parma and France:

VE263. Molmenti, Pompeo G. La storia VE275. ———. Les premiers Bourbons de di Venezia nella vita’ privata dalle origini Parme et ’?Espagne (1731-1802). Paris, 1928. alla caduta della repubblica. 7th ed., 3 v., VE276. Bodo, Paolo. Le consuetudini, la Bergamo, 1927. Eng. tr. of ist Ital. ed., by _legislazione e le istituzioni del vecchio PieHoratio F. Brown, Venice, its individual monte. Turin, 1950. growth from the earliest beginnings to the VE277. Prato, Giuseppe. La vita, econo-

jall of the republic, 6 v., London and mica in Piemonte a mézzo il secolo XVIII.

Chicago, 1906-08. A classic of social his- Turin, 1908. 7 | :

tory. . VE278. Cognasso, Francesco. I Savoia . VE264. Lane, Frederic C. Andrea Bar- nella politica europea. Milan, 1941. Surveys

barigo, merchant of Venice, 1418-1449. the foreign policy of the House of Savoy to Baltimore, 1944. [The Johns Hopkins stud- the end of the 19th century. Most of the | jes in history and political science, ser. 62, book deals with the period before 1815. no. 1.] Based on the Barbarigo papers; pro- Much information on 19th century Piedvides an excellent picture of Venetian mer- mont will be found in the subsection on the

cantile activity. . : Risorgimento.

— WE265. ——~. Venetian ships and _ ship- , | , builders of the Renaissance. Baltimore, 1934. Naples and Sicily Technical study on economic and naval his-

. tory based on research in the Venetian ar- VE279. Croce, Benedetto. Storia del regno

chives. di Napoli. 4th ed., Bari, 1953. Historical

- VE266. Berengo, Marino. La_ societa analysis of social changes in the kingdom

veneta alla fine del settecento. Florence, of Naples, emphasizing the period of Span- | 1956. Impressive regional monograph on ish rule. This book initiated a revaluation of the society of Venetia in the last decades of | the foreign dynasties of Naples.

_ the republic. VE280. Schipa, Michelangelo. Masaniello.

VE267. Petrocchi, Massimo. Il tramonto Bari, 1925. Social struggles in Naples under della repubblica di Venezia e Vassolutismo Spanish rule, by one of the foremost southilluminato. Venice, 1950. [Deputazione di ern Italian historians of his generation. Storia Patria per le Venezie, Miscellanea di VE281. ———. Albori di risorgimento del studi e memorie, 7.] Thought-provoking mezzogiorno d’Italia. Naples, 1938. This study of the failure of the Venetian ruling panoramic view of the kingdom of Naples classes to adapt themselves to new social under the Bourbons is a reprint of five lecand intellectual currents of the late 18th tures published under the title J] regno di

century. Napoli sotto i Borboni (Naples, 1900), to

‘ VE268. Beltrami, Daniele. Storia della which a preface has been added on political popolazione di Venezia dalla fine del secolo thought in Naples in the 17th century.

XVI alla caduta della repubblica. Padua, VE282. Coniglio, Giuseppe. II regno di 1954. Painstaking demographic study utiliz- Napoli al tempo di Carlo V: amministra-

| ing statistical methods. , zione e vita economico-sociale. Naples, 1951. | VE269. Luzzatto, Gino. Studi di storia) Careful monograph based on archival reeconomica veneziana. See K467. search in Naples, Madrid, and Simancas. Provides a comprehensive account of the

) Other North Italian States kingdom of Naples in the time of Charles V. | VE283. ———. Il viceregno di Napoli nel

_ VE270. Ady, Cecilia M. The Bentivoglio secolo XVII: nuove notizie sulla vita com-

- of Bologna: a study in despotism. London, merciale e finanziaria tratte dagli archivi

— 1937. napoletane. Rome, 1955. First documented VE271. Frati, Lodovico. La vita privata study of economic conditions in the vice-

1900. administration in Italy. VE272. Storia di Genova dalle origini al VE284. Acton, Harold M. The Bourbons

di Bologna dal secolo XIII al XVII. Bologna, royalty of Naples. Indispensable for Spanish

tempo nostro. Milan, 1941 ff. [Istituto per la of Naples (1734-1825). London, 1956. An

Storia di Genova.] Collaborative work of animated and informative account which

high scholarly calibre. | omits institutional and economic matters in VE273. Ciasca, Raffaelle, ed. Istruzioni e order to focus on the more personal aspects

| relazioni degli ambasciatori genovesi. Rome, of Bourbon rule. |

1951 ff. [Fonti per la Storia d’Italia.] Im- VE285. Ruggiero, Guido de. II pensiero portant collection of diplomatic documents. politico meridionale nel secolo XVIII e V. 1-5 concern relations between Genoa XIX. 2nd ed., Bari, 1946. Standard work on

and Spain, 1494-1721. , the intellectual origins of the Risorgimento

542 Guide to Historical Literature in southern Italy. The narrative is carried italiana, 11 v.-in 25. Milan and Ancona,

through 1848. . 1901-40. Venturi was founder and director |

VE286. Simioni, Attilio. Le origini del of the first school of art history in Italy at | Risorgimento politico dell’Italia meridionale. the University of Rome. Although outdated

2 v. Messina, 1925-30. in part, this great work retains its place as

| VE287. Barbagallo, Corrado. La questione a masterpiece of art history because of its - meridionale. Milan, 1948. Admirable discus- deep learning, vivid style, and artistic sensi-

sion of the economic problems of the South. _ bility. Essentially a succession of mono- — VE288. Voéchting, Friedrich. Die itali- graphs on individual artists, it goes only

enische Siidfrage: Entstehung und Proble- through the cinquecento. |

matik eines wirtschaftlichen Notstandsge- VE297. Chastel, André. L’art italien. 2 v.

| bietes. Berlin, 1951. Ital. tr., La questione Paris, 1956. From origins to the cinquecento, — meridionale, Naples, 1956. Exhaustive analy- with good bibliography and topographical

sis of southern Italian problems in their index. [JSC] historical framework. The detailed narrative, VE298. Salmi, Mario. L/arte italiana.. extending from national unification to the 3 v. Florence, 1941-44. V. 3 in particular is

present day, includes discussions of emigra- recommended for the high Renaissance to tion, ecclesiastical policy, and agrarian re- the modern period. [JSC]

form. Indispensable. VE299. Marle, Raimond van. The devel-

| VE289. Caizzi, Bruno, ed. Antologia della opment of the Italian schools of painting. questione meridionale. Milan, 1950. Con- 19 v. The Hague, 1923-38. Exhaustive and

venient selection from the voluminous lit- painstaking account of the Italian regional erature on the problems of southern Italy | schools of painting, left uncompleted by the

since unification. a author’s death. Many attributions and icono-

VE290. Salvemini, Gaetano. Scritti sulla graphical interpretations have been corrected questione meridionale (1896-1955). Turin, by later research, but an Italian edition, now

. 1955. Consists mostly of articles and speeches in preparation, will incorporate the findings on the southern Italian problem during the and make necessary revisions.

socialist phase of Salvemini’s career. VE300. Venturi, Lionello. Italian painting

, VE291. Koenigsberger, Helmut. The gov- from Caravaggio to Modigliani. Geneva,

ernment of Sicily under Philip II: a study 1952.

in the practice of empire. London and N.Y., VE301. Pallucchini, Rodolfo. La pittura 1951. Admirable monograph, based in part Vvemeziana del cinquecento. 2 v. Novara,

on research in the Simancas archives. Bibli- 1944.

ography. VE302. Voss, Hermann. Die Malerei der

VE292. Pontieri, Ernesto. Il tramonto del Spatrenaissance in Rom und Florenz. 2 v. baronaggio siciliano. Florence, 1943. Of Berlin, 1920.

| fundamental importance on 18th century VE303. Dvorak, Max. Geschichte der

Sicily, stressing social conditions and the italienischen Kunst im Zeitalter der Renais-

Caracciolo reforms. sance. 2 v. Munich, 1927-28. .

| : VE293. Titone, Virgilio. La Sicilia dalla VE304. Wolffiin, Heinrich. Classic art: an dominazione spagnola all’unita d’Italia. introduction to the Italian Renaissance. N.Y., Bologna, 1955. Valuable collection of es- 1952. Tr. of famous German work. says illuminating various aspects of social VE305. Antal, Frederick. Florentine paint-

and economic history. ing and its social background: the bourgeois

VE294. Romeo, Rosario. Il Risorgimento republic before Cosimo de’Medici’s advent in Sicilia. Bari, 1950. The authoritative work to power, XIV and early XV centuries. Lon-

| on the subject. don, 1948. Ambitious and erudite attempt VE295. Brancato, Francesco. Storia della to relate art and society. Some of its inter-

Sicilia post-unificazione. Pt. 1, La Sicilia nel pretations have been severely criticized.

primo ventennio del regno d’Italia. Bologna, VE306. Panofsky, Erwin. Studies in ico: 1956. First volume of a projected history nology: humanistic themes in the art of the — of Sicily since national unification. Renaissance. N.Y., 1939. An interpretation

. Bibliography. .

of the philosophical meanings of some fa-

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS mous works of Italian Renaissance art.

Cultural History | VE307. Blunt, Anthony. Artistic theory

- In Italy, 1450-1600. Oxford, 1940. Art , VE308. Wittkower, Rudolf. Architectural The literature of Italian art history is so principles in the age of humanism. 2nd ed.,

extensive as to prohibit a truly representa- London, 1952. Interesting effort to trace retive selection in brief compass. This list pre- lationships between architectural and philosents only a few major syntheses and some _ sophical ideas.

of the best monographs. VE309. Becherucci, Luisa. L’architettura VE296. Venturi, Adolfo. Storia dell’arte italiana del cinquecento. Florence, 1936. |

Italy 543 , VE310. Ricci, Corrado. Architecture and VE326. Tietze, Hans. Titian: paintings

decorative sculpture of the high and late and drawings. Vienna, 1937. . |

Renaissance in Italy. N.Y., 1923. VE327. ———. Tintoretto: the paintings VE311. Maclagan, Eric R. D. Italian and drawings. N.Y., 1948. sculpture of the Renaissance. Cambridge, VE328. Hartt, Frederick. Giulio Romano.

Mass.,. 1935. ] 2 v.. New Haven, 1958. | VE312. Berenson, Bernard. The Italian VE329. Sapori, Francesco. Jacopo Tatti

painters of the Renaissance. Rev. ed., Ox- detto Il Sansovino. Rome, 1928. Sansovino’s

ford, 1952. - work as architect and sculptor is well illus-

VE313. Krautheimer, Richard (with col- trated, documented, and supported by good |

laboration of Trude Krautheimer-Hess). bibliography. [JSC] Lorenzo Ghiberti. Princeton, 1956. Exhaustive VE330. Vasari, Giorgio. Le vite de’ piu monograph tracing Ghiberti’s development _ eccellenti pittori, scultori ed architettori. Ed. | as an artist and his relations with his time. by Gaetano Milanesi. 9 v. Florence, 1878-

Contains a wealth of reference material on 85. Reprint, 1906. Tr. by Allen B. Hinds, | civilization of the early Renaissance. The lives of the painters, sculptors, and VE314. Pucci, Eugenio. Botticelli nelle architects, 4 v., London and N.Y., 1927. opere e nella vita del suo tempo. Milan, [Everyman’s library.] Composed in the 16th 1955. Summarizes recent criticism of Botti- century by a biographer who was himself a celli’s work and illumines the artist’s histori- painter of note, this famous collection of

| cal background. | lives of Italian artists of the Renaissance, VE315. Gamba, Carlo. Botticelli. Milan, while often unreliable, is an indispensable 1936. , source for art history. | VE316. McComb, Arthur K. Agnolo VE331. Friedlaender, Walter F. Cara-

Bronzino. Cambridge, Mass., 1928. The vaggio studies. Princeton, 1955. A landmark , standard monograph in English. [JSC]. in art history which relates Caravaggio’s reVE317. Coletti, Luigi. Lotto. Bergamo, ligious -paintings to the Counter-Reforma-

1953. Contains useful bibliography; 206 — tion. | plates. [JSC] | VE332. Wittkower, Rudolf. Gian Lorenzo

_ VE318. Clark, Kenneth M. Leonardo da_ Bernini, the sculptor of the Roman baroque. Vinci: an account of his development as an London, 1955. Includes authoritative cataartist. 2nd ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1952. Con- logue raisonnée and bibliography. - -vincing demonstration of the interconnec- VE333. Golzio, Vincenzo. Il seicento e il tions between his work as artist and sci- settecento. Turin, 1950. Encyclopedic study

—entist. | of Italian baroque, with several hundred

_ WE319. Heydenreich, Ludwig H. Leonardo _ illustrations. [JSC].

da Vinci. Tr. from German ed. of 1953. VE334. Wittkower, Rudolf. Art and archi-

2v. N.Y., 1954. | tecture in Italy, 1600 to 1750. Baltimore, VE320. McCurdy, Edward. The mind of 1958. Excellent survey with 192 good plates Leonardo da Vinci. 2nd ed., London and and an invaluable bibliography. [JSC]

Toronto, 1932. VE335. Ortolani, Sergio, Costanza Loren-

VE321. De Tolnay, Charles. Michelangelo. zetti, and Michele Biancale. La mostra della Princeton, 1943 ff. Four volumes have been _ pittura napoletana dei secoli XVII-XVIII- , published to date: 1, The youth of Michel- XYX. Naples, 1938. Best comprehensive hisangelo (1943); 2, The Sistine ceiling (1945); tory of Neapolitan painting. [JSC]

3, The Medici chapel (1948); 4, The tomb VE336. Lavagnino, Emilio. L’arte moof Julius II (1954). Two more are prom-. derna. 2 v. Turin, 1956. Fullest and most ised. These monumental volumes are indis- thorough account of Italian art from neopensable to an understanding of Michel- classical times to the present. [JSC] angelo’s work but some of the psychological VE337. Ballo, Guido. Modern Italian

interpretations are questionable. painting: from futurism to the present day. VE322. Goldscheider, Ludwig. Michelan- Tr. by Barbara Wall. N.Y., 1958.

gelo: paintings, sculptures, architecture. VE338. Soby, James T., and Alfred H.

| N.Y., 1953. . Barr. Twentieth-century Italian art. N.Y., VE323. Fischel, Oskar. Raphael. 2 v. 1949. [Museum of Modern Art.] Good exLondon, 1948. | ample of the books published by this muVE324. Fiocco, Giuseppe. Paolo Veronese, seum. [JSC] :

1528-1588. Bologna, 1928. VE339. Voss, Hermann. Die Malerei des VE325. Walker, John. Bellini and Titian Barock in Rom. Berlin, 1924. Indispensable

at Ferrara: a study of styles and tastes. basic study for this topic. [JSC] N.Y., 1956. Definitive study of the Camerino VE340. Moschini, Vittorio. Canaletto. — |

| of Alfonso d’Este at Ferrara, mainly de- Milan, 1954; London, 1955. | voted to Bellini’s Feast of the gods, enriched VE341. Fiocco, Giuseppe. Francesco . by good illustrations and by many notes Guardi. Florence, 1923. The classic biogra- |

- and appendices. [JSC] phy. [JSC] | .

544 Guide to Historical Literature VE342. Focillon, Henri. Giovanni-Batista VE352. Brunello, Bruno. Il pensiero poPiranesi. New ed., Paris, 1928. Standard. litico italiano del settecento. Milan, 1942. .

[JSC] Excellent synthetic account of Giannone, VE343. Gnudi, Cesare, and Gian Carlo Muratori, Beccaria, and others.

Cavalli, eds. Guido Reni. Florence, 1955. VE353. Salvatorelli, Luigi. Il pensiero poVE344. Morassi, Antonio. G. B. Tiepolo: _ litico italiano dal 1700 al 1870. 5th rev. ed.,

liography. .

_ his life and work. N.Y., 1955. Reliable. Turin, 1949. Masterly survey stressing the

| [JSC] currents of thought associated with the — VE345. Clough, Rosa T. Looking back at _Risorgimento. futurism. N.Y., 1942. Retrospective survey

of one phase of modern Italian art. Bib- Legal and Constitutional History

; VE354.italiano Pertile, Antonio. Storia del romano diritto Literature dalla caduta dell’impero VE346. Sanctis, Francesco de. Storia della alla codificazione. 2nd rev. ed. by Pasquale

-Jetteratura italiana. New rev. ed., 2 v., Bari, del Giudice, 6 v. in 8 and index, Turin, 1939. A literary classic, expressing the ro- 1892-1902. The standard work on Italian mantic nationalism of the time it was pub- legal development, still valuable because of lished (1870-71). Medieval and Renaissance its unrivaled mastery of the printed sources. literature receive the fullest treatment, with Pertile belonged to a generation which readmirable chapters on the great figures of _vered legal history. His footnotes are mines

the 17th and 18th centuries. Very little on of reference to earlier literature and pub-

the 19th century. | lished documents.

VE347. Flora, Francesco. Storia della VE355. Giudice, Pasquale del, ed. Storia

| letteratura italiana. 7th ed., 5 v., Milan, del diritto italiano. 3 v. in 5. Milan, 1923— 1952-53. A complete panorama of Italian 27. Cooperative work consisting of 2 v. on literature, both biographical and critical in the sources and a comprehensive history of approach, almost half of which is devoted — civil and criminal procedure.

to the Renaissance. Lavishly illustrated; full VE356. Salvioli, Giuseppe. Storia del

bibliographies. ‘diritto italiano. 9th ed., Turin, 1930. Con-

VE348. Wilkins, Ernest H. A history of venient 1 v. summary of Italian legal deItalian literature. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. velopment. Excellent comprehensive survey. Bibliogra- VE357. Marongit, Antonio. L/’istituto

phy of works in English. parlamentare in Italia dalle origini al 1500. | VE349. Storia letteraria d’Italia scritta da Milan, 1949. [Etudes présentées a la Com-

| una societa di professori. Milan, 1897 ff. A mission Internationale pour IHistoire des

collaborative work of high quality including Assemblées d’Etats, 9.] Important work on the following volumes relevant to this period: a little-known subject, the Italian assemblies

4, Natalino Sapegno, Ji trecento (6th rev. of estates. ed., 1952); 5, Vittorio Rossi, I] quattrocento VE358. Salzer, Ernst. Ueber die Anfange (5th rev. ed., 1953); 6, Giuseppe Toffanin, der Signorie in Oberitalien. Berlin, 1900. Il cinquecento (3rd rev. ed., 1929); 7, An- Documented description of the anatomy of

: tonio Belloni, J] seicento (2nd ed., 1952); government in the northern Italian tyrannies. : 8, Giulio Natali, I] settecento (4th rev. ed., VE359. Magni, Cesare. Il tramonto del 2 v., 1955); 9, Guido Mazzoni, L’ottocento feudo lombardo. Milan, 1937. Careful mono-

(3rd ed., 2 v., 1944); 10, Alfredo Galletti, graph on abolition of feudal tenures in Il novecento (3rd rev. ed., 1951). — ‘Lombardy in the 18th and 19th centuries.

| VE360. Falco, Giorgio. Lo statuto al‘ ous bertino e la sua preparazione. Rome, 1945. — , Philosophy and Political Thought Thorough study of the making of the SarMany works on various aspects and pe- dinian constitution of 1849.

riods of Italian philosophy and_ political |

thought have already been noted. _ Church and State

VE350. Ruggiero, Guido de. Storia della filosofia. Bari, 1918. Other eds. A general = = VE361. Jemolo, Arturo C. Chiesa e stato work providing a comprehensive account of in Italia negli ultimi cento anni. 2nd ed.,

Italian philosophy. Also contains sections Turin, 1952. Most noteworthy book on

on Machiavelli and Guicciardini. church-state relations to appear in Italy VE351. Saitta, Giuseppe. Il pensiero since World War II. The point of view is italiano nell’umanesimo e nel Rinascimento. that of a liberal Catholic. ; 3 v. Bologna, 1949-51. Substantial work by VE362. ——-. La questione romana. Milan,

a professional philosopher. Includes full 1938. Source book on the Roman question :

consideration both of the 15th century hu- from 1861 to 1929. |

manists and later thinkers such as Bruno, §VE363. Mollat, Guillaume. La question

Campanella, and Galileo. romaine de Pie VI a Pie XI. Paris, 1932.

| | Italy 545 , The Roman question as seen by a French VE375. Corbino, Epicarmo. Annali dell’

historian. economia italiana. 5 v. Citta di Castello,

| VE364. Jacini, Stefano. La crisi religiosa 1931-38. The most informative work on

_ del Risorgimento: la politica ecclesiastica Italian economic history from 1860 to 1914.

italiana da Villafranca a Porta Pia. Bari, VE376. Plebano, Achille. Storia della

1938. Traces the policy of the Italian gov- finanza italiana dalla costituzione del nuovo ernment toward the church from 1859 to regno alla fine del secolo XIX. 3 v. Turin,

1870. — 1899-1902. Standard authority on financial VE365. ——-, ed. Il tramonto del potere history. |

temporale nelle relazioni degli ambasciatori VE377. Fossati, Antonio. Lavoro e produaustriaci a Roma (1860-1870). Bari, 1931. zione in Italia dalla meta del secolo XVIII Account of the last decade of temporal alla Seconda Guerra Mondiale. Turin, 1951.

power, based on reports of the Austrian Technical history of Italian industry based

ambassador in Rome. | upon archives of some of the larger corpora_ VE366. Halperin, S. William. Italy and tions. Bibliography. |

the Vatican at war: a study of their rela- VE378. Tremelloni, Roberto. Storia dell’

tions from the outbreak of the Franco-Prus- industria italiana. V. 1, Dalla fine del settesian War to the death of Pius IX. Chicago, cento allunita d'Italia, Turin, 1947. Indus1939. Documented analysis of the Roman trial history of Italy before unification.

question between 1870 and 1878 and the VE379. ———. Storia recente dell’ industria | . VE367. Sturzo, Luigi. Il partito popolare history since 1860. , international tensions resulting therefrom. italiana. Milan, 1956. Synthesis of. Italian

| italiano. Rev. ed., 3 v., Bologna, 1956-57. Collection of the writings and speeches of Socialism and the Working Classes _ the founder and leader of the Italian Popular :

party from 1919 through 1924. VE380. Michels, Robert. Sozialismus und

VE368. Binchy, Daniel A. Church and Fascismus als politische Stromungen in state in Fascist Italy. London and N.Y., Italien. 2 v. Munich, 1925. Basic work on 1941. This book, by a Catholic, includes early history of socialism in Italy with an good discussion of the historical background analysis of the sociology of fascism.

: of the Roman question. Bibliography. VE381. Romano, Aldo. Storia del movi-

| : mento socialista in Italia. 3 v. Milan, 1954—

Economic History 56. First three of a projected six volumes by | a VE369. historian who comes very close to the Luzzatto, Gino. Storia economica original Marxian conception’ of history. A -del’eta moderna e contemporanea. Pt. 1, work of learning written with passionate L’eta moderna. 4th rev. ed., Padua, 1955. conviction, the most thorough study of Pt. 2, L’eté contemporanea. 3rd rev. ed., 19th century socialism yet produced in Italy.

- Padua, 1955. General economic history, by V. 3 covers the period 1861-82. the acknowledged master of a generation of VE382. Valiani, Leo. “‘La storia del movi-

Italian economic historians, containing the mento socialista in Italia dalle origini al best survey of Italian economic develop- 1921: studi e ricerche nel decennio 1945-— ment from the Renaissance to the present 1955.” Rivista storica italiana, 68 (1956):

day. 447-510, 620-69. A well documented review

| VE370. Fanfani; Amintore. Le origini essay on the rapidly expanding literature of dello spirito capitalistico in Italia. Milan, the socialist movement. Contains a wealth 1933. Detailed analysis of scholastic doc- of references to earlier literature and dis-

trines regarding wealth and of Italian eco- cussions of sources. )

nomic practices and attitudes in the late VE383. Hostetter, Richard. The. Italian Middle Ages and Renaissance. — Socialist movement. V. 1: Origins’ (1860VE371. ———. Storia del lavoro in Italia 1882). Princeton, 1958. Objective synthesis

. dalla fine del secolo XV agli inizi del XVIII. and reappraisal of period covered. ,

Milan, 1943. New ed., Milan, 1959. VE384. Saitta, Armando. Filippo Buonar-

: VE372. Pane, Luigi dal. Storia del lavoro roti: contributi alla storia della sua vita e in Italia dagli inizi del secolo XVIII al 1815. del suo pensiero. 2 v. Rome, 1950-51.

Milan, 1944. 2nd ed., Milan, 1958. Buonarroti (1761-1837) played an impor-

VE373. ———. Il tramonto delle corpora- tant role in the history of the French workzioni in Italia (secoli XVIII e XIX). Milan, ing classes and in formation of the Italian

1940. Reaction against the guild organiza- democratic tradition. This collection of |

- tion, studied from the sources. studies is valuable for both Italian and VE374. Barbagallo, Corrado. Le origini French history and for the early history of della grande industria contemporanea. 2nd socialism. ed., Florence, 1951. Includes excellent VE385. Bulferetti, Luigi. Socialismo risor-

| panorama of Italian economy during the gimentale. Turin, 1949. Socialist ideologies

| Risorgimento. during the Risorgimento.

546 Guide to Historical Literature VE386. Romeo, Rosario. Risorgimento e VE398, Garin, Eugenio. Giovanni Pico capitalismo. Bari, 1959. Two essays, dealing della Mirandola. Florence, 1937.

respectively with Marxian historiography and VE399. Kristeller, Paul O. II pensiero Italian capitalism, 1861-87, challenge the _ filosofico di Marsilio Ficino. Florence, 1953. _

oo Marxian interpretation of 19th century The Italian edition, revised by the author,

Italian history. replaces an English version, The philosophy of Marsilio Ficino (N.Y., 1943).

. . . ‘VE400. Bignami, Luigi. Francesco Sforza.

Naval and Colonial History Milan, 1937.

VE387. Manfroni, Camillo. Storia della VE401, Cognasso, Francesco. Amedeo —

marina italiana dalla caduta di Costanti- VUE. 2 v. Turin, 1930. ; nopoli alla battaglia di Lepanto. 3 v. Leghorn VE402. Gregorovius, Ferdinand. Lucrezia and Rome, 1897-1902. . Borgia, 2 v. Stuttgart, 1874. Eng. tr., LonVE388. ——. Storia della marina italiana on, 1948.

durante la Guerra Mondiale, 1914-1918. VE403. Vespasiano da Bisticci (1421-98). Bologna, 1923. Concluding volume in a Vite di uomini illustri del secolo XV. Ed by series on the history of Italian sea power. Paolo d’Ancona and Erhard Aeschlimann. VE389. Bragadin, Marc’Antonio. Repub- Milan, 1951. Tr., by William G. and Emily Dliche italiane sul mare. Milan, 1951. French Waters, The Vespasiano memoirs, London, tr., Histoire des républiques maritimes itali- 1926. Includes a few men who were not ennes, Paris, 1955. Popular synthesis, stress- Italians. ing the maritime and naval aspects of the

history of Venice, Amalfi, Pisa, and Genoa. Sixteenth Century

VE390. ——. Che ha fatto la marina? .

(1940-1945). 3rd rev. ed., Milan, 1955. Tr. VE404. Bainton, Roland H. Bernardino

by Gale Hoffman, The Italian navy in Ochino, esule e riformatore senese del

World War II, Annapolis, 1957. History of ciquecento, 1487-1563. Tr. from the English

Italian naval operations by a member of ™anuscript by Elio Gianturco. Florence,

the high command whoVittorio. took part the 1941. i, } resistance. VE405. Cian, Uninillustre nunzio

, VE391. Ciasca, Raffaele. Storia coloniale POutificio del Rinascimento, Baldassar Casdell? Italia contemporanea da Assab all’ im- tiglione. Vatican City, 1951.

pero. 2nd rev. ed., Milan, 1940. - Italian VE406. Cellini, Benvenuto. Life written | colonial policy from 1869 to 1940. About y himself. Tr. by John A. Symonds. Lon-

half the book is devoted to Fascist colonial 409, Phaidon Press, 1949. . policy and internal problems. | nard de Vinci. 3 v. Paris, 1955. Masterly policy, which is related to Italy’s foreign VE407. Duhem, Pierre. Etudes sur Léo-

For works on military history see VE47 Studies of Leonardo as a scientist. and VEI9]. VE408. Vallentin, Antonina. Léonard de Vinci. Paris, 1939. Best popular biography.

VE409. Ferrara, Orestes. Gasparo Con-

| BIOGRAPHIES tarini et ses missions. Tr. from the Spanish

This list supplements the biographical by Francis de Miomandre. Paris, 1956. Aniworks already noted, and includes impor- mated Semi-Populat acon of an Italian tant studies of the intellectual development enure 0. of the Reformation p eriod.

: of Italian thinkers and statesmen. A Ei 10. Lauts, Jan. Isabella d'Este, Fiirstin der Renaissance, 1474-1539. Ham-

burg, 1952. French tr. by Germaine Welsch, Fourteenth Century Paris, 1956. |

| VE392. Tatham. Edward H. R. Francesco ee Chane Federico. Giovanni Bo| Petrarca. 2 v. London, 1925-26. oo, VEAL. * Singer. Dorothea W. Giordano _ VE393. Hauvette, Henri. Boccace: étude primo, his life and thought. N.Y., 1950. Exbiographique et litteraire. Paris, 1914. _. cellent biography, with discussion of Bruno’s

, _VE394. Origo, Iris. Tribune of Rome: a infuence on. cosmological thought. Includes biography of Cola di Rienzo. London, 1938. an annotated translation of Bruno’s work, E Menageted ppt r “a. 1933 Il cardinale On the infinite universe and worlds.

Bialo Ornoz. bologna, . VE413. Corsano, Antonio. Tommaso Cam-

’ panella. Milan and Messina, 1944. | Fifteenth Century : VE396. Armstrong, Edward. Lorenzo de’

Seventeenth Century

Medici. London and-N.Y., 1896. Later eds. VE414, Olschki, Leonardo. Galilei und VE397. Palmarocchi, Roberto. Lorenzo seine Zeit. Halle, 1927.

de’ Medici. Turin, 1941. VE415. Santillana, Giorgio de. The crime

, Italy 547

of Galileo. Chicago, 1955. Brilliant account vemini nel cinquantennio liberale. Florence,

of the life and trial of Galileo which does 1959. , |

not always furnish satisfactory evidence for

the author's statements. | GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS Eighteenth Century Italian government its various , | agencies hasThe published numerous through historical VE416. Valeri, Nino. Pietro Verri. Milan, works, especially collections of source ma: 1937. terials in government archives. The Cham-

VE417. Vianello, Carlo A. La vita e ber of Deputies, the Ministry of Foreign -_Popera di Cesare Beccaria. Milan, 1938. Affairs, and the Ministry of the Interior (in VE418. Vico, Giambattista. The autobi- charge of the national archives) are partic- :

1944, . monthly in VE2. a |

ography of Giambattista Vico. Eng. tr. by ularly active in this regard. Current publiMax H. Fisch and Thomas G. Bergin. Ithaca, cations of official documents are listed

VE419, Venturi, Franco. Saggi sull’Europa VE437. Italy. Parlamento. Atti parlamen- a illuminista. V. 1, Alberto Radicato di Pas- tari. Turin and Florence, 1860-74; Rome,

serano. Turin, 1954. 1874 ff. Index for first 20 legislatures (1848-— 1900), Rome, 1901. Issued in two. divisions,

; for the Senate and Chamber of Deputies, Nineteenth Century and under each division in three categories: age . . ° Discussioni (debates), Disegni di legge e

coe to ott Antonio. Gioberti. Flor- relazioni (bills and committee reports), and VE 421 ’ Bulferetti Luigi. Antonio Ros- Documenti (material submitted to Parlia-

ini nella restaurazione. Florence, 1942. ment by various ministries ). In consulting | VE422. Cognasso, Francesco. Vittorio these volumes, it is necessary to know the

Emanuele I. Turin 19 49 : number of the legislature, which forms the VE423. Ghisalberti, Alberto. Massimo #'5 0" the vialy. CPassification. satrale della woo esllos un moderato realizzatore. Rome, Statistica. Annuario statistico italiano. Rome, VE 424. Jacini. Stefano. Un conservatore 1878 ff. Statistical information on the Italian rurale della nuova Italia. 2 v. Bari, 1926. | government and economy. VE425. Ledermann, Léaszlé. Pellegrino

siécle. Paris, 1929. . |

| Rossi, Phomme et l’économiste, 1787-1848: ACADEMY AND SOCIETY

une grande carriére internationale au XIXe PUBLICATIONS

VE426. Maturi, Walter. Hl principe di For academy and society publications re-

Canosa. Florence, 1944. | lating to Italian history see VE30, 31, 145,

_ VE427. Momigliano, Attilio. Alessandro 237, and 450-457. A current list of such Manzoni. 5th rev. ed., Milan, 1948. publications appears in each issue of VE8. : VE428. Monti, Antonio. Vittorio Emman- VE439. Annuario dell’ Istituto Storico

uele II. Milan, 1941. Italiano per VEta Moderna e Contempo-

VE429, Paléologue, Maurice. Un grand ‘amea. Bologna, 1935-38, 1953 ff. Organ of réaliste, Cavour. Paris, 1926. Eng. tr., by the central historical institute for modern

Tan F. and Muriel M. Morrow, Cavour, _ history.

London, 1927. VE440. Deputazione di Storia Patria per VE430. Pane, Luigi dal. Antonio Labriola: 1a Provincie di Romagna. Atti e memorie.

Ja vita e il pensiero. Rome, 1935. Bologna, 1862 ff. (Title varies.) Records the VE431. Passerin d’Entréves, Ettore. La ¢tivities of one of the oldest local histori- , giovinezza di Cesare Balbo. Florence, 1940. cal societies; often contains historical ma-

“VE432. Ruffini, Francesco. La vita re- terial of high quality. Every region of Italy ligiosa di Alessandro Manzoni. 2 v. Bari, as 4 similar deputazione or societa di storia 1931. Standard work. Stresses Jansenist in- P4714.

_ fluence on Manzoni.

VE433. Sacerdoce, Gustavo. Giuseppe PERIODICALS

Garibaldi. Milan, 1933.

VE434, Valori, Aldo. Garibaldi. Turin, Each issue of Bibliografia storica nazionale : 1941. (VE8) contains a: torical useful list of Italian hisperiodicals. See also : : VE441. Kramm, Heinrich, ed. BiblioTwentieth Century graphie historischer Zeitschriften, 1939-1951. VE435. Borgese, Giuseppe A. Gabriele 3 v. Marburg, 1952-54. List of historical

@Annunzio. Milan, 1932. periodicals arranged by countries. Very use-

- -VE436. Tagliacozzo, Enzo. Gaetano Sal- ful for tracking down dates and places of

548 Guide to Historical Literature publication and changes of title. See v. 2, VE456. Archivio veneto. Venice, 1871 ff.

pp. 175-95. (Irregular. Title varies.) Index (1871-1930), 2v., Venice, 1935-41.

General VE457. Bollettino — storico-bibliografico subalpino. Turin, 1896 ff. (Irregular.)

1842 ff. (Frequency varies.) Cumulative a VE442. Archivio storico italiano. Florence,

index, 3 v., Florence, 1945~47. Postwar Periodicals

VE443. Rivista storica italiana. Turin and . (1884-1901), 2 v., Turin, 1904 monthly. ) oe , VE444 Nuova rivista storica Milan, 1917 VEA4S9. Movimento operas rivista di Naples, 1884 ff. (Frequency varies.) Index VEA4S8. Belfagor. Florence, 1946 Ht. (Bi-

Library. :

f.- (I ul PI f Place publiofpreaanr storia e bibliografia. Milan,by1949 ff. (BiUrregular. publication varies.) Monthly.) Published the Feltrinelli Special Subjects or Periods VE460. Il ponte. Florence, 1945 ff.

° ° VE461. Rinascita. Rome, 1944 | fi.

VE445. Rassegna storica del Risorgimento (Monthly. )

Rome, etc., 1914 ff. (Irregular.) General (yfonthly.) Index (1944-55), Rome, 1955. index (1914-39) in Vv. 26 (1939): 11-126. Organ of the Communist party.

Cueculey eeeton of La Renee VE462. Societi. Florence and Rome, 1945

, (Florence, 1938-44). ff. (Bimonthly.) Marxist orientation. VE447. Rivista di storia della chiesa in

Italia. Rome, 1947 ff. (3 times per year.) Discontinued Periodicals

VE448. Rivista di storia del diritto italiano.

Rome, 1928-31; Bologna, 1932 ff. (Annual.) — VE463. Critica sociale. Milan, 1891-1922. VE449. Rivista di storia economica. Turin, (Bimonthly.) Principal organ of the Inde-

1936 ff. (Quarterly.) pendent Socialist party. VE450. Archivio della Societa Romana di VE464. La critica. Naples, 1903-44. (Bi-

Storia Patria. Rome, 1877 ff. (Irregular.) monthly.) Index (1903-10), Bari, 1910;

VE451. Archivio storico lombardo. Milan, Supplement, 1913. Organ of Benedetto Croce. 1874 ff. (Quarterly.) Index (1874-1923), 5 Surveys and comments on literary and philo-

v., Milan, 1894-1929. sophical movements. VE452. Archivio storico per la Calabria VE465. Quaderni della “Critica.” Bari,

e la Lucania. Rome, 1931 ff. (Quarterly.) 1945-51. (Irregular.) Continuation of La VE453. Archivio storico per la Sicilia. = C/icd. Palermo, 1937-44, 1946 ff. (Annual.) Suc-

cessor to Archivio storico siciliano, Palermo, ADDENDUM | | 1873-1934 (irregular); index (1873-1900), Palermo, 1902. VE466. Quaderni e riviste d’Italia: reper| VE454. Archivio storico per le provincie _torio bibliografico. Rome, 1958 ff. (Twice a napoletane. Naples, 1876 ff. (irregular.) year.) This new compendium of publications Index (1876-1900), 2 v., Naples, 1897-1902. issued in Italy replaces VE2 as a biblioVE455. Archivio storico per le provincie graphical guide for the general reader. parmensi. Parma, 1892 ff. (Irregular.)

e°

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland

| , HAJO HOLBORN * a _ The modern literature of German history, which has been accumulating since Ranke created new standards of historical research more than a century ago, is enormously voluminous and many-sided. No country possessed as many organi- - zations devoted to the systematic study of its national, regional, and local history

as Germany did during most of the last century; and they sprang from greatly different political, religious, and scholarly interests. While compilation of a concise bibliography of German history must meet the obvious difficulties which

a selection from such vast materials offers, it cannot hope to do more in the , annotations than hint at the variety of standpoints reflected in individual works. Ranke expressed the opinion that no German history could be written except as an integral part of the history of Europe. Many of the most eminent German historians followed him in this conception, with the result that some of the best

treatments of some periods of German history are to be found in works of German authors dealing with European history. These had no place in this -- section. Likewise, primary and secondary writings concerned exclusively with the diplomatic history of Germany, Austria, and Switzerland should be sought in

Sections T and AH.

_ Within this section the decision on whether a work should be classified under national or territorial history could be only a relative one in the case of Austria and Prussia. In the Austrian subsection are books dealing with the history either

of the Austrian German lands or of the Hapsburg policy in building and govern- | ing an Austrian, as distinct from the German, empire. The history of the first Austrian republic has been included, whereas the history of all those nonGerman territories which the Hapsburgs lost between the French Revolution and the end of World War I (Netherlands, Italy, Bohemia, Hungary, Galicia,

etc.) have been excluded from this section.

_ ‘Switzerland has been treated as a separate national history because the Swiss confederation actually ceased to belong to the Holy Roman Empire.

| (549 oe

- * Technical assistance in preparing this section was rendered by John G. Gagliardo, who also contributed items and comments indicated by initials JGG; a few comments, signed LK, were contributed by Leonard Krieger; and several items on art and the comments’ indicated by JSC were

supplied by Judith S. Cousins. -

550 Guide to Historical Literature BIBLIOGRAPHIES VF10. Dickinson, Robert E. The regions

oo, of Germany. London, 1945. Penetrating dis-

Waitz. Quellenkunde der deutschen Ge- | schichte. Ed. by Hermann MHaering and VF1. Dahlmann, Friedrich C., and Georg cussion of the various regions of Germany.

others. 9th ed., 2 v., Leipzig, 1931-32. The PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES slim bibliographical guide which two Got- VF11. Zeumer, Karl. Quellensammlung tingen professors prepared for their own stu- yyy Geschichte der deutschen Reichsverdents more than a century ago has devel- fassung in Mittelalter und Neuzeit. 4th ed., oped, under aUSPICes of the Association of 2 v., Tiibingen, 1926.. Collection of docu- . _. German Historians, into the most massive ments illustrative of the history of the Ger_ handbook of primary and secondary litera- man constitution, by one of the foremost

ture of German history. All periods and egal historians of Germany. :

fields are covered. A new edition is in prep- VF12. Nuntiaturberichte aus Deutschland —

aration. ; . , ; nebst erganzenden Aktenstiicken. Ed. by the

VF2. Jahresberichte fiir deutsche Ge- preussischen Institut of Rome and other :

schichte. Ed. by Albert Brackmann and organizations. Paderborn, Gotha, etc., 1892 ff. Fritz Hartung. Leipzig, 1927-40, 1949 ff his extensive work, in four series, is sup-

Extensive and reliable bibliographical annual. —_ posed to publish all reports of papal nuncios

VF3. Franz, Ginther. Biicherkunde zur from establishment of the first standing

deutschen Geschichte. Munich, 1951. Useful = punciatura in 1533 until 1648. bibliographical guide, selective but listing the VF13.. Publikationen aus den Kéniglichen

major works published between 1931 and pPreussischen Staatsarchiven, veranlasst und 1951 not represented in Dahimann-Waitz. —unterstiitzt. durch die Archivy-verwaltung. 94 VF4. Schottenloher, Karl, ed. Bibliographie ,. Leipzig, 1878-1938. One of the most imzur deutschen Geschichte im Zeitalter der portant series of source publications for the Glaubensspaltung, 1517-1585. 6 v. Leipzig, history of Prussia and her provinces. 1933-40. Complete listing of all publications » VF14. Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen issued in Germany during the 70 years after Archiv-verwaltung der Deutschen Demo_ 1517 and of modern historical literature of {ratischen Republik. Berlin, 1952 ff. A series

the period. of monographs based on documents from

| VFS. Wolf, Gustav. Quellenkunde der the former Prussian archives, now in posdeutschen Reformationsgeschichte. 3 v. session of the (East) German Democratic _ Gotha, 1915-23. Extensive description and Republic. The ideological slant of the publi_ discussion of the sources and literature of — cations is clearly recognizable.

| _ the German Reformation. VF15,. Deutsche Geschichtsquellen des VFO. Schnabel, Franz. Deutschlands ge- 19, wnd 20. Jahrhunderts. Berlin, Stuttgart,

, | schichtliche Quellen und Darstellungen in etc, 1919 ff. [Akademie der Wissenschaften,

der Neuzeit. V. 1, Leipzig and Berlin, 1931. Historische Kommission.] Most significant. Useful introduction to sources and litera- series of modern source publications, center-

— ture of the German Reformation, by an ing so far chiefly on 1815—90. | eminent historian; designed for the begin- VF16. Hohlfeld, Johannes, ed. Deutsche |

‘ner. Reichsgeschichte in Dokumenten. 4 v. Berlin, 1934. Useful compilation of basic docu-

| GEOGRAPHIES AND ATLASES ments illustrating the history of the German empire between 1848 and 1933.

VEF7. Putzger, Friedrich W. Historischer VF17. Die Ursachen des deutschen ZuSchul-Atlas. Ed. by Alfred Hansel. 63rd sammenbruches im Jahre 1918. 12 v. Berlin, ed., Bielefeld, 1954. 67th ed., 1956. Stand- 1925-29. [Das Werk des Untersuchungsard hand-atlas used for historical study in ausschusses der deutschen VerfassunggeGerman high schools and universities. Al- benden WNationalversammlung und des though ancient as well as European and deutsches Reichstages, ser. 4.] Report of the | world history receive attention, emphasis is Reichstag committee investigating causes of on extremely well-executed maps of medieval the German collapse in 1918. Contains nu-

. and modern Germany. merous documents, testimony of witnesses,

VF8. Kretschmer, Konrad. Historische and memoranda of historical experts. ) | | Geographie von Mitteleuropa. Munich, 1904. VF18. International Military Tribunal. Best book on German historical geography; Trial of the major war criminals before the a mine of critical information to the middle International Military Tribunal, Nuremberg,

of the 18th century. 14 November, 1945-1 October, 1946. 42 v.

VEF9. Hofmann, Albert von. Das deutsche Nuremberg, 1947-49. The record of the Land und die deutsche Geschichte. Stuttgart, Nuremberg trial, with its interrogations, 1921. Valuable study of the impact of geo- documentary exhibits, and court proceedings, graphical factors on the history of Germany is a major source for study of the Nazi re-

and.her regions. gime.

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 551 HISTORIOGRAPHY VF29. Gooch, George P. Studies in Ger- |

oo. BS man history. London and N.Y., 1948. Col- . VF19. Srbik, Heinrich, Ritter von. Geist jection of articles on German history by a ,

_ und Geschichte vom deutschen Humanismus distinguished English historian.

| _ bis zur Gegenwart. 2 v. Munich, 1950-51. VF30. Pinson, Koppel S. Modern GerHistory of German historiography since many, its history and civilization. N.Y., 1954. about 1500, by a learned and discerning his- History of Germany from 1815, and in more

torian. | : detail from 1848 to the present. Emphasis is VF20. Below, Georg A. H. von. Die on Nazi and post-World War II period. deutsche Geschichtsschrefbung von den Be-

freiungskriegen bi : —— A428. =e S 7H unseren Tagen. See HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS Age of Reformation, 1495-1648

_ GENERAL HISTORIES VF31. Ranke, Leopold von. History of VF21. Henderson, Ernest F. A short his- the Reformation in Germany. 3 v. London, : tory of Germany. 2nd ed., 2 v., N.Y.,.1937. 1845-47. Tr. by Sarah Austin from Deutsche | Largest general German history in English, Geschichte im Zeitalter der Reformation ,

| written on basis of secondary works. First (6 v.,. Berlin, 1839-47). Historical-critical _ issued more than fifty years ago and little ed. by Paul Joachimsen, 6 v., Munich, 1925-—

-. changed in second edition, it is now inade- 26. Ranke’s great work opened modern re-

quate for critical study. — | search in German Reformation history, and VF22. Lamprecht, Karl G. Deutsche Ge- _ still deserves to be consulted.

- gchichte. 12 v. Berlin, 1891-1909. Most ex- VF32. Janssen, Johannes. History of the tensive treatment of German history, by a German people at the close of the Middle — German scholar of great knowledge and Ages. 17 v. London, 1896-1925. Tr. by A.M. |

accomplishment. Marred by author’s at- Christie and M. A. Mitchell from Ge- a

tempt to demonstrate the scientific laws of schichte des deutschen Volkes seit dem 7

_ history he found in a peculiar system of so- Ausgang des Mittelalters (8 v., 1876-94). |

} _ cial psychology. Treats the Protestant Reformation as cause | VF23. -~——. Deutsche Geschichte der of the decay of Germany in the 16th cen_ jiingsten Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. 2 v. tury. Though strongly biased, it has the Berlin, 1912-13. An outdated continuation merit of emphasizing cultural as well as po-

of the above to beginning of the 20th cen- litical history. | tury. : VF33. Bezold, Friedrich von. Geschichte VF24. Valentin, Veit. The German peo- der deutschen Reformation. Berlin, 1890. ple: their history and civilization. N.Y., 1946. | A well-rounded history by an eminent scholar.

General introduction to German history. VF34. Brandi, Karl. Deutsche Reforma-

VF25. Flenley, Ralph. Modern German’ tion und Gegenreformation. 2 v. Leipzig, history. London, 1953. Useful survey of 1927-30. Concise treatment of 1495-1648

modern Germany, emphasizing intellectual period in the Bezold tradition. .

and social factors. | VF35. Joachimsen, Paul. Die Reformation

- VF26. Gebhardt, Bruno. Handbueh der als Epoche der deutschen Geschichte. Ed.

deutschen Geschichte. Ed. by Herbert Grund- by Otto Schottenloher. Munich, 1951. Rela-

mann -and others. 8th ed., 2 v., Stuttgart, tively brief presentation by one of the fore1954—55. This handbook, originally written most scholars of German humanism and

by B. Gebhardt, served generations of stu- Protestantism. |

dents as a study guide. It has been com- VF36. Deutsche Reichstagakten. 2 ser., . |

pletely rewritten by a group of German 24 v. Munich and Gotha, 1867-1939. [Akadscholars, and enables the reader to gain in- emie der Wissenschaften, Historische Komformation on the state of research in Ger- mission.] Started at the instigation of Ranke,

man history. | the volumes illustrate history of the imperial VF27. Deutsche Geschichte in Uberblick: diets since the 15th century.

| - ein Handbuch. Ed. by Peter Rassow. Stutt- © VF37. Politische Korrespondenz Strassgart, 1952 ff. Another cooperative handbook burgs aus der Reformationszeit. Ed. by Otto

of German history, more concise than the Winckelmann and others. 5 v. Strasbourg:

: above. | | and Heidelberg, 1882-1933, [Urkunden und | _VF28. Holborn, Hajo. A history of mod- Akten der Stadt Strassburg.] Important | | ern.Germany: the Reformation. N.Y., 1959. source publication for history of German First volume of a history of Germany from politics in the Reformation period.

the late Middle Ages to the fall of the third VF38. Quellen und Forschungen zur empire, covering institutional, political, re- Reformationsgeschichte. Leipzig, 1911 ff. (Ir-

[LK] geschichte, __

ligious, intellectual, social, and economic regular.) A substantial series of monographs,

-developments. This volume extends to 1648. published by the Verein fiir Reformations-

552 Guide to Historical Literature VF39. Ulmann, Heinrich. Kaiser Maxi- Doberstein and Theodore G. Tappert from milian I. 2 v. Stuttgart, 1884-91. Best, Der junge Luther (2nd ed., Gotha, 1929).

| though somewhat dated, study of the em-_ Solid, critical biography of Luther to 1521, :

peror. by a leading Protestant church historian.

] VF40. Brandi, Karl. The emperor Charles VFS52. Holl, Karl. Gesammelte Aufs&tze

V: the growth and destiny of a man and a= zur Kirchengeschichte. V. 1, Luther. Tiworld empire. London, 1939. Tr. by C. V. bingen, 1932. Collected articles which ushWedgwood from Kaiser Karl V: Werden ered in a new interpretation of Luther’s. reund Schicksal einer PersOnlichkeit und eines _ ligion and theology.

Weltreiches (Munich, 1937). Masterful bi- ‘VE53. Lortz, Joseph. Die Reformation in

ography. Deutschland. 3rd ed., 2 v., Freiburg, 1949. VF41. Kirn, Paul. Friedrich der Weise The outstanding work on Luther and the

und die Kirche. Leipzig, 1926. Basic study religious movements in 16th century Gerof the elector’s ecclesiastical politics prior many, by a Roman Catholic historian.

| to 1518. | VF54. Bainton, Roland H. Here I stand: VF42. Hutten, Ulrich von. Opera et a life of Martin Luther. See D472. operum supplementum. Ed. by E. Bocking. ‘VFS55. Melanchthon, Philipp. Philippi 7 v. Leipzig, 1859-70. This source work Melanthonis opera quae supersunt omnia. contains not only Hutten’s Latin and Ger- Ed. by Karl Gottlieb Bretschneider. 28. v.

man writings, but his correspondence, docu- Halle and Brunswick, 1834—60. First part of ments related to his activities. V. 7 includes the Corpus reformatorum, begun in 1834.

the “Letters of obscure men.” : The editorial methods are not fully adequate

VF43. Holborn, Hajo. Ulrich von Hutten and a number of Melanchthon’s works are and the German Reformation. New Haven missing.

| and London, 1937. Tr. by Roland H. Bain- VF56. Ellinger, Georg. Philipp Melanchton from Ulrich von Hutten (Leipzig, 1929). thon: ein Lebensbild. Berlin, 1902. RelaThe authoritative work on Hutten and his _ tively best biography of Melanchthon.

relation to German humanism and_ the VF57. Kidd, Beresford J. The Counter-

Lutheran Reformation. [LK] | Reformation, 1550-1600. London, 1933. VF44. Fellner, Robert. Die frinkische Brief survey, with emphasis on doctrinal

Ritterschaft von 1495-1524. Berlin, 1905. and theological developments. [JGG] Study of conditions of the imperial knights. VF58. Ritter, Moriz. Deutsche Geschichte VF45, Rosenkranz, Albert E. Der Bund- im Zeitalter der Gegenreformation und des | schuh: die Erhebungen des siidwestdeutschen dreissigjahrigen Krieges. 3 v. Stuttgart, 1889-—

Bauernstandes in den Jahren 1493-1517. 2 1908. Standard work on German history bev. Heidelberg, 1927. Peasant revolts prior to tween 1555 and 1648.

the Peasants’ War. . | VF59. Wedgwood, Cicely V. The Thirty

VF46. Franz, Giinther. Der deutsche Years’ War. London, 1938. History of high

Bauernkrieg. 2 v. Munich and Berlin, 1933— scholarly and literary merit.

35. Fullest treatment of the Peasants’ War = VF60. Pekar, Josef. Wallenstein, 1630— (1524-25), with documents and bibliogra- 1634: Tragédie einer Verschwérung. 2 v. .

: phy. Berlin, 1937. Chief critical study of WallenVF47. Luther, Martin. D. Martin Luthers stein, by a leading Czech historian. Werke: kritische Gesamtausgabe. 86 Vv. VF61. Srbik, Heinrich, Ritter von. WallenWeimar, 1883-1957. Monumental critical steins Ende. Vienna, 1920. Monographic —

edition of Luther’s writings, correspondence, treatment of Wallenstein’s death.

table-talks, and German Bible. VF62. Braubach, Max. Der Westfalische

VF48, ——-. The table talk of Martin’ Friede. Miinster, 1948. Brief appraisal of Luther. Ed. by Thomas S. Kepler. N.Y., the Westphalian peace settlement. 1952. Based on William Hazlitt’s tr. of Dr. VF63. Franz, Ginther. Der dreissigjahrige _ Martin Luthers Tischreden. English selec- Krieg und das deutsche Volk. 2nd ed., Jena,

tions from Luther’s table-talks. — 3 1943. Impact of the Thirty Years’ War on

VF49. Scheel, Otto. Dokumente zu Luthers — the German population. Entwicklung. 2nd ed., Tiibingen, 1929. Use-

ful critical collection of documents illustra- The Age of Absolutism, 1648-1789 tive of Luther’s development prior to 1517. |

VF50. ——. Martin Luther: vom Ka- VF64. Erdmannsdorffer, Bernhard.

tholizismus zur Reformation. 3rd ed., 2 v., Deutsche Geschichte vom Westfalischen

Tiibingen, 1921-30. These first two volumes Frieden bis zum Regierungsantritt Friedrichs

of an unfinished historical biography, des Grossen. 2 v. Berlin, 1892-93. In spite | planned on the largest possible scale, are the of its age and some uneven sections, this. most extensive presentation of the condi- work remains the best relatively detailed

tions of Luther’s early life. survey of the period. [JGG]

VF51. Bohmer, Heinrich. Road to Refor- VF65. Pribram, Alfred F. Franz Paul,

mation. Philadelphia, 1946. Tr. by John W. Freiherr von Lisola—1613-1674—und die

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland — 553 Politik seiner Zeit. Leipzig, 1894. Best study Fiirstbischof von Miinster. Miinster, 1925.

on the Austrian diplomat and statesman. Good study of one of the last ecclesiastical : VF66. Atkinson, Christopher T. A history princes of the empire in the Age of En-

of Germany, 1715-1815. London, 1908. lightenment. , Good, though unoriginal, general history of VF78. Bruford, Walter H. Germany in

political and military development; neglects the eighteenth century: the social background

other aspects. [JGG] of the literary revival. Cambridge, Eng.,

VF67. Urkunden und Aktenstiicke zur 1935. Useful and readable survey of Ger-

Geschichte des Kurfiirsten Friedrich Wilhelm man society in the 18th century; descriptive

von Brandenburg. Ed. by Bernhard Erd- and general rather than critical and demannsdorffer and others. 23 v. in 26. Berlin, tailed. [JGG] 1864-1929. Diplomatic correspondence and VF79. Biedermann, Karl. Deutschland

documents from the internal administration im achtzehnten Jahrhundert. 4 v. Leipzig, | illustrating full scope of the political activi- 1867-80. Old but very substantial cultural

ties of the Great Elector. — and intellectual history of the German 18th , VF68. Ergang, Robert R. The Potsdam century, by a careful scholar. [JGG] Fiihrer. N.Y., 1941. Only biography of the VF80. Small, Albion W. The Cameralists,

king (Frederick William I) in English. the pioneers of German social polity. Chi-

{[JGG] | cago, 1909. Thorough and detailed examiVF69. Dorwart, Reinhold A. The ad- nation of the philosophies of a number of

ministrative reforms of Frederick William I German Cameralists. Scholarly but unimagiof Prussia. Cambridge, Mass., 1953. Valu- native treatment. [JGG]

able as a clear survey of administrative:

changes under Frederick William I. [JGG] Reform, Liberation, Restoration, VF70. Koser, Reinhold. Geschichte Fried- and Revolution, 1789-1850 richs des Grossen. 4th and 5th eds., 4 v., | Berlin, 1912-14. These volumes are exam- VF81. Gooch, George P. Germany and ples of excellent political biography, and the French Revolution. London and N-.Y., their value is enhanced by a detailed atten- 1920. Impact of the French Revolution on tion to bibliography, which is virtually com- philosophical and literary movements in | plete to date of publication. Treatment of | Germany. Frederick is ‘sympathetic, but not indis- _VF82. Droz, Jacques. L’Allemagne et la

- criminately so. [JGG] © ] Révolution Francaise. See T7309. :

VF71. Reddaway, William F. Frederick VF83. Aris, Reinhold. History of political the Great and the rise of Prussia. London, thought in Germany from 1789 to 1815. Lon- | 1904. Good, well-written sketch of Frederick. don, 1936. General history of German poand his influence on Prussia’s development; litical theories in the period of the French

accords him favorable judgment. [JGG] Revolution and Napoleon. : _ VF72. Gooch, George P. Frederick the VF84. Pinson, Koppel S. Pietism as a Great, the ruler, the writer, the man. Lon- factor in the rise of German national-

don and N.Y., 1947. This and the following ism. N.Y., 1934. This and VF85 are studies are two modern critical appraisals of the of the sources of early German nationalPrussian king by eminent English and Ger- ism.

man historians respectively. | VF85. Ergang, Robert R. Herder and the

VF73. Ritter, Gerhard. Friedrich der foundations of German nationalism. N.Y.,

- Grosse: ein historisches Profil. 3rd ed. 1931. |

Heidelberg, 1954. VF86. McEachran, Frank. The life and

VF74. Frederick II, the Great. Politische philosophy of Johann Gottfried Herder.

Correspondenz Friedrich’s des Grossen. Ed. Oxford, 1939. Historical biography.

by Gustav Droysen and others. 46 v. Berlin, VF87. Fisher, Herbert A. L. Studies in

1879-1939, Well-edited and invaluable col- Napoleonic statesmanship: Germany. Oxlection of Frederick’s political and diplo- ford, 1903. Series of studies on the states of

matic correspondence. [JGG] the Rhenish confederation.

VF75,. ———. CEuvres de Frédéric le Grand. VF88. Meinecke, Friedrich. Das Zeitalter

Ed. by Johann D. E. Preuss and others. 30 der deutschen Erhebung (1795-1815). 6th v. Berlin, 1846-57. Frederick’s essays, poeti- ed., Gottingen, 1957. Brief historical synthecal and philosophical writings, and literary: sis by a distinguished historian. correspondence, as well as some political and VF89. Seeley, Sir John R. Life and times

military pieces. [JGG] of Stein: or Germany and Prussia in the Na-

_ WE76. Easum, Chester V. Prince Henry poleonic age. 3 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1878. of Prussia, brother of Frederick the Great. Chief English work on the period; still useMadison, Wis., 1942. Relatively detailed ful though somewhat outdated in viewpoint

biography. [JGG] and material. VEF77. Braubach, Max. Max Franz von VF99. Ford, Guy Stanton. Stein and the Osterreich, letzter Kurfiirst von Koln und — era of reform in Prussia, 1807-1815. Prince-

554 Guide to Historical Literature : ton, 1922. Good introduction to problems of 3 v. Berlin, 1908-13. Chief source of the

the Prussian reform. life and thought of the foremost con-

; VF91. Simon, Walter M. The failure of —servative opponent of the Prussian reform-

| - the Prussian reform movement, 1807-1819. ers. | Ithaca, 1955. Searching study of the intent VF104. Sweet, Paul R. Friedrich von

and frustration of the Prussian reform legis- Gentz, defender of the old order. Madison, 7

lation. | Wis., 1941. This and VFIOS are valuable © | VF92. Lehmann, Max. Freiherr vom Stein. studies on Metternich’s secretary and con3 v. Leipzig, 1902-05. Historical biography __ fidant. | of high merit. VF105. Mann, Golo. Secretary of Europe:

| VF93. Meier, Ernst von. Franzosische the life of Friedrich Gentz, enemy of NaEinfliisse auf die Staats- und Rechtsentwick- poleon. New Haven and London, 1946.

| lung Preussens im XIX. Jahrhundert. 2 v. VF106. Treitschke, Heinrich von. History Leipzig, 1907-08. This and VF94 were writ- of Germany in the nineteenth century. 7 v. ten largely to minimize the French influence. N.Y., 1915-19. Tr. by Eden and Cedar Paul

on Stein and Hardenberg, as assumed by from Deutsche Geschichte im neunzehnten Max Lehmann. Although this thesis is not Jahrhundert (5 v., Leipzig, 1890-96). The tenable, the studies are useful for their close strong Prussian nationalist sentiment of exploration of Prussian administration. _ Treitschke is well known. Although much VF94, ——. Die Reform der Verwaltungs- non-Prussian material was left unused, the organisation unter Stein und Hardenberg. work is still the fullest treatment of German

| 2nd ed., Leipzig, 1912. | history from about 1800 to the eve of the | VF95. Ritter, Gerhard. Stein: eine poli- revolution of 1848. tische Biographie. 3rd ed., Stuttgart, 1958. VF107. Schnabel, Franz. Deutsche GeModern biography of Stein by an eminent schichte im neunzehnten Jahrhundert. 4 y.

German historian. Freiburg, 1929-37. This outstanding history

VF96. Knapp, Georg F. Die Bauernbe- narrates the general development in v. 1-2 freiung und der Ursprung der Landarbeiter down to the 1820’s. V. 3 deals with the _. in den alteren Theilen Preussens. 2 v. Mu- growth of modern sciences, v. 4 with the nich and Leipzig, 1887. Classic work on life of the churches in Germany in the first

, agrarian reforms in the eastern provinces half of the 19th century. |

- of Prussia and their social consequences. VF108. Srbik, Heinrich, Ritter von.

VF97. Shanahan, William O. Prussian Deutsche Einheit: Idee und Wirklichkeit

_ military reforms, 1786-1813. N.Y. and Lon- vom Heiligen Reich bis Kénigegeritz. 4 v. : don, 1945. Special study of Prussian military Munich, 1935-42. Most extensive history of - reorganization from the death of Frederick the problem of German unity in thought

| the Great to the War of Liberation. and practice from the 18th century to 1866,

VF98. Lehmann, Max. Scharnhorst. 2 v. written by a prominent: Austrian historian Leipzig, 1886-87. Standard biography, not in the hope of overcoming the division of yet replaced, though somewhat antiquated kleindeutsch and _ grossdeutsch interpreta-

in analysis and evaluation. tion. Although not unaffected by German

VF99. Delbriick, Hans. Das Leben des nationalist sentiment of the period, the work Generalfeldmarschalls Grafen Neithardt von is valuable for its many fresh insights and ’ Gneisenau. 3rd ed., 2 v., Berlin, 1908. Richly its wealth of information.

documented historical biography. VF109. Meinecke, Friedrich. Weltbiirger-

VF100. Meinecke, Friedrich. Das Leben tum und Nationalstaat. 7th ed., Munich and des Generalfeldmarschalls Hermann von Berlin, 1928. Classic treatise of the develBoyen. 2 v. Stuttgart, 1896-99. Historical opment of German nationalism from the

biography of the liberal reformer of the age of Kant and Goethe to that of BisPrussian army, by one of the foremost his- marck.

| torians of the period. VF110. Rosenzweig, Franz. Hegel und.

: VF101. Gebhardt, Bruno. Wilhelm von der Staat. 2 v. Munich, 1920. Best historical Humboldt als Staatsmann. 2 v. Stuttgart, and biographical study of the evolution of : 1896-99. Solid, if somewhat pedestrian, Hegel’s political philosophy. study of Humboldt’s political activities: In- VFI11. Heller, Hermann. Hegel und der _ dispensable on account of its documentation. nationale Machtstaatsgedanke in Deutsch| : VF102. Kaehler, Siegfried A. Wilhelm v. land: ein Beitrag zur politischen Geistesge_ Humboldt und der Staat: ein Beitrag zur schichte. Leipzig, 1921. Useful, although Geschichte deutscher Lebensgestaltung um somewhat simplified and exaggerated, study 1800. Munich and Berlin, 1927. Penetrating, of Hegel’s influence on the growth of the if overly critical, study of Humboldt’s concept of a “power-state” in 19th century

thoughts and actions. Germany. VF103. Meusel, Friedrich. Friedrich Au- VF112. Miisebeck, Ernst. Ernst Moritz

gust Ludwig von der Marwitz: ein markischer Arndt. Gotha, 1914. Standard biography Edelmann im Zeitalter der Befreiungskriege. of one of the chief ideological fathers of

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 555 the German national movement between stronger in narration than in critical ap-

1813 and 1848. | oe praisal. VF113. Krieger, Leonard. The German VF123. Namier, Sir Lewis B. 1848: the

idea of freedom. Boston, 1957. A deeply revolution of the intellectuals. London,

penetrating analysis of the German concep- 1944. Brilliant though somewhat one-sided tion of freedom seen against the background essay on the nationalism of intellectual , of political and social change from the 18th leaders of the central European revolutions.

to 20th century. VF124. Anderson, Eugene N. The social , VF114. Droz, Jacques. Le libéralisme and political conflict in Prussia, 1858-1864. rhénan, 1815-1848: contribution 4 Vhistoire Lincoln,. Neb., 1954. [University of Ne- | du libéralisme allemand. Paris, 1940. Valu- braska studies, new ser., 12.] Detailed analy- | able study of the liberal movement in the sis of Prussian society during the constitu-

| Rhineland. | tional conflict. /

: VF115. Thomas, Richard H. Liberalism, VF125. Friedjung, Heinrich. The struggle | nationalism, and the German intellectuals for supremacy in Germany, 1859-1866. — (1822-1847). Cambridge, Eng., 1952. Study London, 1935. Tr. and abr. by Alan J. P. | of the agitation and activities of professors Taylor and W. L. McElwee from Der Kampf and scientists for the promotion of national um die Vorheerschaft in Deutschland 1859

unity. : . bis 1866 (10th ed., 2 v., Stuttgart, 1916-17).

. VF116. Oncken, Hermann, and F. E. M. Outstanding history of the Austro-Prussian _ Saemisch. Vorgeschichte und Begrindung conflict over hegemony in Germany, though - des deutschen Zollvereins, 1815-1834: Akten written before opening of the Austrian and

der Staaten des deutschen Bundes und der German archives. The English edition omits 7

europiischen Miachte.. 3 vy. Berlin, 1934. chiefly the military history.

Critical source publication on the origins of VF126. Darmstaedter, Friedrich. Bismarck

the Prussian-German customs union. and the creation of the Second Reich. Lon-

VF117. Henderson, William O. The Zoll- don, 1948. Brief study of German unificaverein. Cambridge, Eng., 1939. Best study of tion, largely confined to political events. the origins and history of the German cus- = VF127. Zechlin, Egmont. Bismarck und

toms union. . die Grundlegung der deutschen Grossmacht.

VF118. Hamerow, Theodore. Restoration, Stuttgart and Berlin, 1930. Most thorough revolution, reaction: economics and politics study of Bismarck’s policies in the years

in Germany, 1815-1871. Princeton, 1958. 1862-63. . Examination of the impact of social and VF128. Steefel, Lawrence D. The Schleseconomic change on German political his- wig-Holstein question. See VB86.

tory. VF129. Bismarckcandidature and the Hohenzollern for the Spanish throne: the National Unification and Empire, 1850-1918 documents in the German Diplomatic Archives. Ed. by Georges Bonnin, tr. by Isa} | VF119. Brandenburg, Erich. Die Reichs- bella M. Massey. London, 1958. Documents, griindung. 2nd ed., 2 v., Leipzig, 1923. Best kept secret by former German governments, political history of German unification from revealing Bismarck’s activities in the Span-

1848 to 1871. | ish throne candidacy of the. Hohenzollern VF120. Ziekursch, Johannes. Politische prince. | |

Geschichte des neuen deutschen Kaiser- = VF130. Dawson, William'H. The German — reiches. 3 v. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1925-30. empire, 1867-1914, and the unity movement. _ , Political history of Germany from 1848 to 2 v. London, 1919. English work, outdated | 1918, by a liberal German historian, written in many respects, particularly in internain the days of the Weimar Republic. V. 1 tional policies, but still valuable for social

covers the period of national unification, and economic policies. : | v. 2 the empire under Bismarck, v. 3 the VF131. Meyer, Arnold O. Bismarck, der empire under William IT. Mensch und der Staatsmann. Stuttgart, 1949. |

| VF121. Stadelmann, Rudolf. Soziale und Historical biography that epitomizes a half_ politische Geschichte der Revolution von century of admiring and sympathetic, though

1848. Munich, 1948. Best critical discussion not uncritical, Bismarck research in Ger- |

of the historical problems of the German many. | ' revolution of 1848. VF132. Eyck, Erich. Bismarck and the VF122. Valentin, Veit. 1848: chapters of | German empire. London, 1950. Brief English

German history. London, 1940. Tr. and abr. summary of historical findings of the liberal

] by Ethel T. Scheffauer from Geschichte der author’s extensive Bismarck study, as con- | deutschen Revolution von 1848-49 (2 v., tained in his larger German work. Berlin, 1930-31). This German work, of VF133. ——. Bismarck: Leben und Werk. which only some sections have been trans- 3 v. Zirich, 1941-44. Most extensive bilated into English, is the most extensive ography, written by a liberal historian who study of the German revolution. It is does not belittle the chancellor’s stature, but

556 Guide to Historical Literature ) : is sharply critical of his impact on German 1923-25). Memoirs of the deputy and suc-

political life. | cessor to Count Moltke, chiefly important VF134. Bismarck, Otto von. Die gesam- as a source of the history of Bismarck’s

| melten Werke Otto von Bismarcks. 15 v. dismissal and the early years of William II’s

Berlin, 1924-35. Chief modern source for reign. the study of Bismarck’s personality and VF144. Holstein, Friedrich von. The Holstatecraft. This so-called “Friedrichsruhe” stein papers. Ed. by Norman Rich and M. H. edition presents a full and critical collection Fisher. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1955-57. Per- : of the chancellor’s private and official corre- sonal papers of uneven quality of Bismarck’s spondence, speeches, conversations, and associate and enemy who, from 1890 to

memoirs. : 1906, was the most influential director of VF135. Radowitz, Joseph M. von. Auf- German foreign policy. zeichnungen und Erinnerungen aus dem -WF145. Brandenburg, Erich. From BisLeben des Botschafters Joseph Maria von miarck to the World War: a history of Ger-

| Radowitz. Ed. by Hajo Holborn. 2 v. Stutt- man foreign policy, 1870-1914. London,

gart, 1925. Memoirs of one of Bismarck’s 1927. German standard text of the dip-

chief diplomatic associates. 7 lomatic history of the origins of World

VF136. Kessel, Eberhard. Moltke. Stutt- War I. gart, 1957. Best historical biography of the VF146. Townsend, Mary E. The rise and

elder Moltke. fall of Germany’s colonial empire, 1884VF137. Beust, Friedrich F., count von. 1918. See U/89.

Memoirs of Friedrich Ferdinand, count von VF147. Rudin, Harry R. Germans in the Beust. 2nd ed., 2 v., London, 1887. Tr. from | Cameroons, 1884-1914. See U194.

Aus drei Viertel-Jahrhunderten: Erinner- VF148. Schlieffen, Alfred, Graf von.

ungen und Aufzeichnungen von Friedrich Dienstschriften des Chefs des Generalstabes _ Ferdinand, Graf von Beust (2 v., Stuttgart, der Armee Generalfeldmarschalls Graf von 1887). Memoirs of one of Bismarck’s chief Schlieffen. 2 v. Berlin, 1937-38. First two political antagonists, the prime minister of | volumes of a never completed monumental

Saxony and Austria. : edition of the military writings of the Prus-

VF138. Oncken, Hermann. Rudolf von _ sian chief-of-staff, whose thinking dominated Bennigsen. 2 v. Stuttgart, 1910. Important in the strategy of German generals of World source for the national-liberal movement in War I.

the age of German unification and of Bis- VF149. Ritter, Gerhard. Der Schlieffenmarck. plan: Kritik eines Mythos. Munich, 1956. VF139. Bussmann, Walter. Treitschke, Publication of the drafts and text of Schliefsein Welt- und Geschichtsbild. G6ttingen, fen’s plan of 1905 for a war against France, 1952. This and the following are recent criti- which in modified form served as plan of cal biographical studies, this one concen- operations in August, 1914. trating on the intellectual development until VF150. Eyck, Erich. Das_personliche 1870, and the other on Treitschke’s place in Regiment Wilhelm II: politische Geschichte

political history. des deutschen Kaiserreiches von 1890 bis

| VF140. Dorpalen, Andreas. Heimrich von 1914. Ziirich, 1948. History of the German

Treitschke. New Haven, 1957. empire under William II, by a liberal Ger- | VF141. Hohenlohe-Schillingfiirst,° Chlod- man historian.

wig, Fiirst zu. Memoirs. 2 v. N.Y., 1906. VF151. Eulenburg-Hertefeld, Philipp,

Tr. by George W. Chrystal from Denk- First zu. Aus 50 Jahren: Erinnerungen,

_ wiirdigkeiten, ed. by Friedrich Curtius (2 v., ‘Tagebiicher, und Briefe aus dem Nachlass Stuttgart and Leipzig, 1905). This and the des Fiirsten Philipp zu Eulenburg-Hertefeld. following are memoirs of Prince Hohenlohe, Ed. by Johannes Haller. Berlin, 1923. MemBavarian prime minister before 1870, subse- oirs of a diplomat and influential friend of quently German ambassador in France, gov- William II who became the political victim ernor of Alsace-Lorraine, and second suc- of scandalous accusations.

cessor of Bismarck. The collection edited VF152. Haller, Johannes. Philip Eulenby Curtius contains practically nothing on burg, the Kaiser’s friend. 2 v. N.Y., 1930. the years of Hohenlohe’s chancellorship. This Tr. by Ethel C. Mayne from Aus dem Leben |

gap is filled by the Miiller edition. des Fiirsten Philip zu Eulenburg-Hertefeld | VF142. ——. Denkwiirdigkeiten der (2nd ed., Berlin, 1926). A_ historical biReichskanzlerzeit. Ed. by Karl A. von ography written in Eulenburg’s defense.

Miiller. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1931. VF153. Hutten-Czapski, Bogdan F. S., | VF143. Waldersee, Alfred, Graf von. A Graf von. Sechzig Jahre Politik und Gesellfield-marshal’s memoirs: from the diary, cor- schaft. 2 v. Berlin, 1936. Memoirs of polirespondence, and reminiscences. London, tics and society under William II.

1924. Tr. by Frederic Whyte from Denk- -VF154, Bilow, Bernhard H., Fiirst von.

wiirdigkeiten des Generalfeldmarschalls, ed. Denkwiirdigkeiten. 4 v. Berlin, 1930-31. The

by Heinrich O. Meisner (3 v., Stuttgart, loquacious and colored memoirs of the

, oo Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 557 German chancellor are an indispensable — gart, 1937. Historical biography of the leader _ source for the study of his policies and per- of the ‘national-social’ movement and,

sonality. . from 1918 to 1920, the Democratic party,

VF155. Tirpitz, Alfred von. Politische written by a scholar who entered politics | Dokumente von A. von Tirpitz. 2 v. Stutt- under Naumann’s aegis. gart and Berlin, 1924-26. Political papers VF168. Oncken, Hermann. Lassalle: eine of the founder of the German navy, col- politische Biographie. 4th ed., Stuttgart, lected and edited in defense of his pre-war 1923. Outstanding historical biography of

and World War I policies. the founder of the first organized socialist VF156. Kehr, Eckart. Schlachtflottenbau.§ movement in Germany. .

und Parteipolitik, 1894-1901. Berlin, 1930. VF169. Mayer, Gustav. Friedrich Engels: Most penetrating study of the relationship a biography. N.Y., 1936. Tr. by Gilbert and between German domestic politics and the Helen Highet from Friedrich Engels: eine

naval building program. Biographie (2 v., The Hague, 1934). The

VF157. Kiderlen-Wachter, Alfred von. German work is the best not only on Engels Der Staatsmann und Mensch: Briefwechsel but also on German origins of Marxism and

und Nachlass. Ed. by Ernst Jackh. 2 v. its subsequent influence on the German Stuttgart, 1924. Important source for the working-class movement. English edition is

study of German foreign policy, although drastically abbreviated. the editor unduly magnifies Kiderlen’s stat- VF170. Schorske, Carl E. German social

ure aS a statesman. : democracy, 1905-1917. Cambridge, Mass., VF158. Meyer, Henry C. Mitteleuropa in 1955. Critical study of the organizational German thought and action, 1815-1945. and political development of the German The Hague, 1955. Thorough study of the Social-Democratic party. concept of Mitteleuropa and the attempts VF171. Wertheimer, Mildred. The Panto realize it, particularly during World German League, 1890-1914. N.Y., 1924.

War I. | VF172. Kruck, Alfred. Geschichte des VF159. Rosenberg, Arthur. The birth of Alldeutschen Verbandes, 1890-1939. Wiesthe German republic. N.Y., 1931. Outstand- baden, 1954. This study of the Pan-German ing history and analysis of German politics union draws on more extensive sources than

from the outbreak of World War I to _ the above.

eve of the November Revolution of 1918. VF173. Massing, Paul W. Rehearsal for

VF160. Rudin, Harry R. Armistice, 1918. destruction: a study of political anti-Semitism

See AHI57. oo in imperial Germany. N.Y., 1949. Penetrat-

VF161. Baden, Prince Max von. Memoirs. ing study of the political and social func2 v. London, 1928. Tr. by W. M. Calder tion of anti-semitism in the empire of Bisand C. W. H. Sutton from Erinnerungen marck and William II. und Dokumente (Stuttgart, 1927). Rich and

well-edited collection of the political papers The Weimar Republic, 1919-1933 of the last imperial chancellor.

VF162. Bergstrasser, Ludwig. Geschichte VF174. Halperin, S. William. Germany - der politischen Parteien in Deutschland. 7th tried democracy: a political history of the ed., Munich, 1952. Indispensable historical Reich from 1918 to 1933. N.Y., 1946. Useful guide and bibliography for study of political and balanced treatment of the Weimar Re-

parties of Germany. public, with large bibliography.

VF163. Salomon, Felix. Die deutschen VF175. Eyck, Erich. Geschichte der WeiParteiprogramme. 4th ed., ed. by Wilhelm marer Republik. 2 v. Ziirich, 1954-56. ExMommsen and Giinther Franz, Leipzig, tensive and informative, by an eminent his1932. This and the following. (VF164) are torian of democratic convictions.

| the chief collections of German party pro- VF176. Rosenberg, Arthur. A history of | ‘grams. the German republic. London, 1936. Some: VF164, Treue, Wolfgang. Deutsche Partei- what uneven treatment, but important for programme, 1861-1954. Gottingen and __ the early years.

Frankfurt, 1954. VF177. Apelt, Willibalt. Geschichte der VF165. Muncy, Lysbeth W. The junker Weimarer Verfassung. Munich, 1946. The in the Prussian administration under William best, if somewhat too juridical, study of

II, 1888~-1914, Providence, 1944. origins of the Weimar constitution.

- WF166. Bachem, Karl. Vorgeschichte, Ge- VF178. Blachly, Frederick F., and Miriam schichte und Politik der deutschen Zentrums-. E. Oatman. The government and administrapartei. 9 v. Koln, 1927-32. Voluminous po- tion of Germany. Baltimore, 1928. Best litical history of the Center party. Though treatise in English on the governmental and

not very critical, it contains valuable in- administrative structure of the German re- _ formation and documentation. public. | . VF167. Heuss, Theodor. Friedrich Nau- = VF179. Lutz, Ralph H. The German revomann: der Mann, das Werk, die-Zeit. Stutt- lution, 1918-1919. Stanford, 1922. Collec-

538 Guide to Historical Literature tion of translated historical documents illus- Collection of public speeches and some

trating the course of the revolution. miscellaneous writings of the first German

VF180. Miiller-Franken, Hermann. Die president. November-Revolution: Erinnerungen. Berlin, VF190. Stampfer, Friedrich. Die vierzehn 1928. Reliable and well-documented mem- Jahre der ersten deutschen Republik. Karlsoirs on the revolution by one of the most bad, 1936. This and VF19J—193 represent

. prominent German socialists, foreign min- memoirs of prominent Social-Democratic | ister in 1919, chancellor in 1920 and 1928—- leaders of the Weimar period: in order, the

30. editor-in-chief of the Central party news-

_ WF181. Luckau, Alma M. The German paper, president of the federal parliament, | delegation at the Paris peace conference. prime minister of Prussia, and Prussian and

See AHI55. federal minister of the interior. VF182. Fraenkel, Ernst. Military occu- VF191. Lébe, Paul. Der Weg war lang: —

pation and the rule of law: occupation gov- Lebenserinnerungen von Paul Lébe, ehemals ernment in the Rhineland, 1918-1923. N.Y., | Prasident des deutschen Reichstages. 2nd ed.,

1944. Study of Allied occupation of the Berlin, 1954. . Rhineland after World War I, especially in VF192. Braun, Otto. Von Weimar zu Hit- —

the light of international law. ler. N.Y., 1940. | VF183. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. Wooden VF193. Severing, Carl. Mein Lebensweg.

Titan: Hindenburg in twenty years of Ger- 2 v. K6in, 1950. - man history, 1914-1934, N.Y., 1936. Brilliant VF194,. Clark, Robert T. The fall of the study of Hindenburg’s political career as German republic. London, 1935. Well-in- © commander in World War I and as presi- formed and careful narrative of events lead-

| dent of the Weimar Republic. : ing to the collapse of German democracy.

VF184. Kessler, Harry, Graf von. Walter VF195. Bracher, Karl D. Die Auflésung Rathenau. London, 1929. Tr. by W. D. der Weimarer Republik. 2nd ed., Stuttgart,

| Robson-Scott and Lawrence Hyde from 1957. Best critical history of the breakdown

Walter Rathenau, sein Leben und sein Werk of the Weimar Republic. (Berlin, 1928). Biographical appraisal of VF196, Neumann, Sigmund. Die deutschen the life and work of the German industrialist Parteien. Berlin, 1932. Outstanding analyti-

_ and social thinker who, as a minister, also cal study of political parties of the Weimar | had a great political influence in the early Republic; rather complete in coverage and

years of the republic. bibliography, though brief in treatment.

VF185. Stresemann, Gustav. Gustav Strese- VF197. Mommsen, Wilhelm, and Franz mann: his diaries, letters, and papers. Ed. Giinther. Deutsche Parteiprogramme, 1918and tr. by Eric Sutton. 3 v. London, 1935- 1930. Leipzig, 1931. Collection of party 40. Slightly condensed from Gustav Strese- programs. mann: Vermdachtnis (3 v., Berlin, 1932-33). VF198. Klemperer, Klemens von. GerMost comprehensive political memoirs of many’s new conservatism: its history and the Weimar period. Their value as historical dilemma in the twentieth century. Prince-

| | source is greatly impaired by the methods ton, 1957. Essay on the so-called neo-conof selecting and editing. See Hans Gatzke, servative, anti-republican movements. “The Stresemann papers,” Jour.. of mod.

hist., 26 (Mar. 1954): 49-59. | Germany under Hitler, 1933-1945

; VF186. Gatzke, Hans W. Stresemann and the rearmament of Germany. Baltimore, VF199. Meinecke, Friedrich. The German

1954. Study of Stresemann’s policy regard- catastrophe: reflections and_ recollections. ing the Soviet Union and rearmament, using Cambridge, Mass., 1950. Tr. by Sidney B. ©

| unpublished German foreign office docu- Fay from Die deutsche Katastrophe: Be-

ments. | trachtungen und Erinnerungen (Wiesbaden,

VF187. Gordon, Harold J. The Reichs- 1946). Searching reflections of a distinguished wehr and the German republic, 1919-1926. liberal historian on the causes of the rise of © Princeton, 1957. Origins and formative years national socialism and the fall of the German of the Reichswehr, with emphasis on the _ republic.

internal problems of the army. VEF200. Mau, Hermann, and Helmut

VF188. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. The Krausnick. Deutsche Geschichte der jiingsten

nemesis of power: the German army in Vergangenheit, 1933-1945. Tiibingen and politics, 1918-1945. London and N.Y., 1954. Stuttgart, 1956. Concise narrative by two

Important and fascinating study of the well-qualified German historians. politics of the German army under the re- = VF201. Heiden, Konrad. A history of public and under Hitler. In evaluation of national socialism. N.Y., 1935. Tr. from | events the work is somewhat subjective. Geschichte des Nationalsozialismus (Berlin, VF189. Ebert, Friedrich. Friedrich Ebert: 1932) and Geburt des dritten Reiches (Ziirich, Schriften, Aufzeichnungen, Reden. Ed. by 1934). History of national socialism from its

Friedrich Ebert, Jr. 2 v. Dresden, 1926. inception to 1934, by its earliest critical stu-

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 559 | -dent. Although- the historical evaluation of VF215. Guderian, Heinz. Panzer leader. |

events needs broadening, the book is indis- N.Y., 1952. Tr. by Constantine Fitzgibbon pensable for its information on early years from Erinnerungen eines Soldaten (Heidel-

of this movement. berg, 1951). | :

WF202. ——-. Der Fuehrer: Hitler’s rise to VF216. Kesselring, Albert. Kesselring: a power. Tr. by Ralph Manheim. Boston, — soldier’s record. N.Y., 1954. Tr. by Lynton 1944. A more biographical version of VF201. Hudson from Soldat bis zum letzten Tag |

VF203. Hofer, Walther, ed. Der National- (Bonn, 1953). | os

sozialismus: Dokumente, 1933-1945, Frank- VF217. Rothfels, Hans. The German opfurt-am-Main, 1957. Useful critical collection position to Hitler. Hinsdale, IIl., 1948. Care-

of Nazi ideologies, practices, and policies. ful study of the personalities and actions of

VF204. Loewenstein, Karl. Hitler’s Ger- the opposition to Hitler culminating in the |

many. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1940. This and the putsch of July, 1944. following are the two best descriptive anal- VF218. Ritter, Gerhard. The German reyses of the Third Reich by U. S. political sistance: Carl Goerdeler’s struggle against

scientists. : } tyranny. See 4G226. VF205. Ebenstein, William. The Nazi state. VF219. Hassell, Ulrich von. Vom andern

See AF93. Deutschland: aus den nachgelassenen Tage-

- -VF206. Neumann, Franz L. Behemoth: biichern, 1938-1944. Ziirich, 1946. The _ the structure and practice of national so- diaries of Ambassador von Hassell are the - cialism, 1933-1944. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1944. most important single personal source for , The most penetrating and informative study study of the opposition to Hitler.

_ of German national socialism, by an eminent .

scholar. It is particularly revealing on the HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS interrelation of politics and economics, though the appraisal of causes and motives | Individual German States

suffers from some socialist doctrinairism. | ,

VF207. Guillebaud, Claude W. The social © VF220. Riezler, Sigmund. Geschichte | policy of Nazi Germany. Cambridge, Eng., Bayerns, 8 v. Gotha, 1878-1914. Masterly

1941. Study of the social policy of the Nazis, history of a single German land leading to

by a student. of Keynes. the early 18th century.

VF208. Bullock, Alan L. C. Hitler: a study VF221. Doeberl, Michael. Entwicklungs- | in tyranny. London, 1952. Best available geschichte Bayerns, 2 v. Munich, 1908-12. historical biography of Hitler. Includes a An indispensable work, though somewhat

good bibliography on the history of national narrow in outlook. |

socialism. VF222. Strich, Michael. Das Kurhaus

VF209. Trevor-Roper, Hugh R. The last Bayern im Zeitalter Ludwigs XIV. und die - days of Hitler. London, 1947. 3rd ed., 1956. europaischen Miachte. 2 v. Munich, 1933. | Brilliant study written with great insight into The important political position of Bavaria

the character of Hitler and his ilk. in the age of Louis XIV is treated in alli

VF210. Papen, Franz von. Memoirs. Lon- its aspects. | don, 1952. Tr. by Brian Connell from Der VF223. Carsten, Francis L. The origins of Wahrheit eine Gasse (Munich, 1952). Prussia. Oxford, 1954. Capably fills the need Though not a very successful defense of his for a book in English on the early history own role under the Nazis, the memoirs are of Prussia; ends with the state of the Great

. an important historical source. Elector. [JGG]

VF211. Schacht, Hjalmar H. G. Confessions VE224. Prutz, Hans. Preussische Geof “the Old Wizard: autobiography. Boston, schichte. 4 v. Stuttgart, 1900-02. Detailed 1956. Tr. by Diana Pyke from 76 Jahre and balanced history of Prussia to 1888; first meines Lebens (Bad Worishofen, 1953). large-scale work critical of the 19th century Another apologetic autobiography of a Prusso-German heroic school. [JGG] prominent collaborator with Hitler, but his- .VF225. Waddington, Albert. Histoire de

torically valuable. | Prusse. 2 v. Paris, 1911-22. Best French

VF212. Goebbels, Paul Joseph. The Goeb- history of Prussia; excellent and scholarly | | bels diaries, 1942-1943. Ed. and tr. by treatment. Goes only to 1740. [JGG] Louis P. Lochner. N.Y., 1948. A small sec- VF226. Hintze, Otto. Die Hohenzollern

, tion of the diaries of Hitler’s intimate und ihr Werk. Berlin, 1915. While suffering

lieutenant. from its patriotic purpose, this is the best VF213. Rommel, Erwin. The Rommel institutional history of Brandenburg-Prus-

papers. Ed. by B. H. Liddell Hart; tr. by © sia. — Paul Findlay. N.Y., 1953. This and VF214- VF227. ———. Geist und Epochen der | 216 are by four of the most prominent mili- preussischen Geschichte. Leipzig, 1943. Retary commanders of Hitler’s campaigns. - prints some of the best studies on Prussian ~ VF214. Manstein, Erich von. Verlorene history by a distinguished author who grew

Siege. Bonn, 1955. , from a historian of Prussian political insti-

, 560 i Guide to Historical Literature . tutions into a master of comparative con- VF237. Hartung, Fritz. Das Grossherzog-

stitutional history. tum Sachsen unter der regierung Carl Au- |

| VF228. Schmoller, Gustav. Preussische gusts, 1775-1828. Weimar, 1923. This polit-

_Verfassungs-, Verwaltungs- und Finanzge- ical, administrative, and constitutional schichte. Berlin, 1921. Short and general, history of Saxony-Weimar, written by an but clear introduction to administrative, con- eminent historian, describes the realistic stitutional, and financial history of Prussia setting of Goethe’s duchy and can also serve : , _ from its origins to the “new era’ of William to some extent as a model for the history of

I, by a famous German economic historian. other small German principalities. | : No footnotes or bibliography. [JGG] VF238. Andreas, Willy. Carl August von VEF229. Droysen, Johann G. Geschichte Weimar: ein Leben mit Goethe. Stuttgart,

der preussischen Politik. 14 v. Leipzig, 1868—- 1953. A sensitive and colorful biography of

| 86. Although quite biased in favor of Prussia the duke of Weimar. and its “German mission,” these volumes are

| ‘the result of painstaking research, and represent the first scientific study of Prussian , | Austria |

politics. The author’s death ended the study VF239. Luschin von Ebengreuth, Arnold. | at 1757. [JGG] Handbuch der Osterreichischen Reichsge- VF230. Die BehGrdenorganisation und die schichte. 2nd ed., Bamberg, 1914. Good, allgemeine Staatsverwaltung Preussens im 18. although somewhat dated, handbook of Jahrhundert. 15 v. in 17. Berlin, 1894-1936. Austrian history, with emphasis on_insti-

[K6niglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, tutions. | : .

Acta borussica.] A truly monumental and VF240. Uhlirz, Karl, and Mathilde Uhlirz. invaluable collection of acts, decrees, and Handbuch der Geschichte Osterreichs und reports relating to the administration of seiner Nachbarlander Bohmen und Ungarn. Prussia from 1701 to 1772. V. 1 and v. 6, Graz, 1927 ff. Best handbook of Austrian pt. 2 contain excellent surveys of the con- history, with excellent bibliographies. dition of Prussia in 1713 and 1740, by Gustav VF241. Hantsch, Hugo. Die Geschichte Schmoller and Otto Hintze respectively. Osterreichs. 2nd ed., 2 v., Graz, 1947-53.

[JGG] History of the Austrian monarchy to 1918, VEF231. Timpel, Ludwig. Die Entstehung by an eminent conservative scholar.

_ der brandenburgisch-preussischen Einheits- VF242. Srbik, Heinrich, Ritter von. Aus

staates im Zeitalter des Absolutismus, 1609—- O6sterreichs Vergangenheit, von Prinz Eugen 1806. Breslau, 1915. Concise treatment of the zu Franz Joseph. Salzburg, 1949. Collection

centralization of the Prussian state, with of studies on central topics of Austrian

[JGG] , guished historian. VF232. Rosenberg, Hans. Bureaucracy, VF243. Fontes rerum austriacarum. Oster- |

emphasis on administrative developments. history since the 18th century, by a distin-

aristocracy, and autocracy: the Prussian ex- _ reichische Geschichtsquellen. 2nd ser., Diplo-

perience, 1660-1815. Cambridge, Mass:, miataria et acta. 73 v. Vienna, 1849-1956. 1958. Analytic study of the social bases of (Others in progress.) Largest collection of

Prussian absolutism. - critically edited sources of Austrian history,

_ VF233. Voelcker, Heinrich, ed. Die Stadt published under auspices of the Vienna Goethes: Frankfurt am Main im XVIII. Academy of Sciences. Jahrhundert. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1932. Ex- VF244. Veréffentlichungen der Kommis- . cellent survey of the social, economic, polit- sion fiir neuere Geschichte Osterreichs. 41

ical, cultural, and religious history of an v. Vienna and Graz, 1903-55. Important important German city in the 18th century. series. of sources of modern Austrian history.

_ -VF234. Zimmermann, Ludwig. Der oko- VF245. Huber, Alfons, and Oswald nomische Staat Landgraf Wilhelms IV von Redlich. Geschichte Osterreichs. 7 v. Gotha Hessen. 2 v. Marburg, 1933-34. Important and Vienna, 1885-1938. The first volumes source and historical presentation, illustrat- of this Austrian history are somewhat dated. ing the governmental aims and practices of a V.-6 and 7, by O. Redlich, are the fullest

| German territorial state in the late 16th treatments of events leading to the forma-

century. tion of the Austrian empire. ‘VF235. Andreas, Willy. Baden nach dem VF246. Arneth, Alfred, Ritter von. Prinz

Wiener Frieden, 1809. Heidelberg, 1912. Eugen von Savoyen. 3 v. Vienna, 1858. On Brief study of Baden in the Napoleonic account of its rich documentation, the work

period. is still the chief monograph on this statesman

| VF236. Hoizle, Erwin. Wiirttemberg im and general.

Zeitalter Napoleons und der deutschen Erhe- VE247. ——_. Geschichte Maria Theresia’s. | bung: eine deutsche Geschichte der Wende- 10 v. Vienna; 1863-79. Not a biography, but zeit im einzelstaatlichen Raum. Stuttgart and a vast collection of original documents illus-

Berlin, 1937. History of one of the major trating the reign of the empress. states of the Rhenish confederation. ; VF248. Guglia, Eugen. Maria Theresia, ihr

Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 561 Leben und ihre Regierung. 2 v. Munich, 1934. Good study of Austrian foreign policy

1917. The most useful and best-informed prior to 1866. oe historical biography. VF262. May, Arthur J. The Hapsburg

VF249. Gooch, George P. Maria Theresa monarchy, 1867-1914. Cambridge, Mass., and other studies. London and N.Y., 1951. 1951. Reliable treatment of the general hisContains a suggestive historical appraisal of | tory of Austria~-Hungary.

Maria Theresa. | VF263. Molisch, Paul. Geschichte der _

VF250. Kiintzel, Georg. First Kaunitz- deutschnationalen Bewegung in Osterreich © | Rittberg als Staatsmann. Frankfurt-am-Main, von ihren Anfangen bis zum Zerfall der 1923. Penetrating study of Maria Theresa’s Monarchie. Jena, 1926. Valuable. account of

chief minister. — the German-national movement in Austria.

VF251. Padover, Saul K. The revolution- VF264. Fuchs, Albert. Geistige Stromun-

ary emperor: Joseph the Second, 1741- gen in Osterreich, 1867-1918. Vienna, 1949. 1790. N.Y., 1934. Good, original historical Sensitive exploration of the major Austrian

biography. | oe schools of thought. : VF252. Valjavec, Fritz. Der Josephinismus: VF265. Carnegie Endowment for Inter-

zur geistigen Entwicklung Gsterreichs im 18, national Peace. Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeund 19, Jahrhundert. 2nd ed., Munich, 1945, | schichte des Weltkrieges: Osterreichische und

Thought and philosophy of the Austrian Ungarische Serie. 14 v. Vienna and New enlightenment and impact on politics and Haven, 1923-32. The Austro-Hungarian se-

intellectual life. - ries contains important monographs, among --VF253. Kerner, Robert J. Bohemia in the them the following (VF266).

eighteenth century. See W340. . VF266. Redlich, Josef. Osterreichische

VF254. Langsam, Walter C. The Na- Regierung und Verwaltung im Weltkriege. poleonic wars and German nationalism in § Vienna and New Haven, 1925. Excellent Austria. N.Y., 1930. Rise of German national study of the impact of World War I on the

sentiment during the. Napoleonic age. constitutional and administrative structure VF255. Blum, Jerome. Noble landowners of the Hapsburg empire.

and agriculture in Austria, 1815-1848. Balti- VF267. Conrad von Ho6tzendorf, Franz. more, 1948. Critical study of agrarian condi- Aus meiner Dienstzeit, 1906-1918. 5S v.

, tions in Austria in the age of Metternich. Vienna, 1921-25. Collection of the military _ WE256. Metternich-Winneburg, Clemens, and political papers of the Austrian chief-

'Fiirst von. Aus Metternichs nachgelassenen of-staff. ,

_. Papieren. Ed. by Fiirst Richard Metternich | VF268. Czernin von und zu Chudenitz, and Alfons von Klinkowstrém. 8 v. Vienna, Ottokar T., Graf. In-the World War. Lon1880-84. English tr.. Memoirs of Prince don, 1919. Tr. from Im Weltkriege (Vienna, Metternich, 1773-1835, 5 v., N.Y., 1881. 1919). Memoirs of the foreign minister of

Documents and writings of the Austrian the last emperor. , , , selected. Co the Hapsburg monarchy. Chicago, 1929.

a chancellor, not very competently edited and VF269. Jaszi, Oszkar. The dissolution of

- WF257. Srbik, Heinrich, Ritter von. Met- Able discussion of events leading to the deternich: der Staatsmann und der Mensch. mise of the Hapsburg empire, with empha3 v. Munich, 1925-54. This historical bi- sis on the Hungarian side.. ography, based on wide study, was the first VE270. Glaise von Horstenau, Edmuna.

critical assessment of the personality and The collapse of the Austro-Hungarian emstatecraft of Metternich free of liberal bias. pire. N.Y., 1930. History of the end of imThough somewhat too admiring, it should perial Austria, by a German-Austrian his-

be the starting point of all future research. torian and general. | , VF258. Kann, Robert A. The multina- VF271. Benedikt, Heinrich, ed. Geschichte

tional empire: nationalism and national re- der Republik Osterreich. Vienna, 1954. Best |

form in the Habsburg monarchy, 1848-1918. historical treatment of the first Austrian re2 v. N.Y., 1950. Detailed study of the move- public. Particularly valuable is the chapter,

ments of nationalities and the Austrian at- by Adam Wandruszka, on internal develop-

tempts to deal with them. : ments.

VF259. Redlich, Josef. Das ésterreichische VF272. Gulick, Charles A. Austria from

Staats- und Reichsproblem. 2 v. Leipzig, Habsburg to Hitler. 2 v. Berkeley, 1948. De-

1920-26. Outstanding study of the constitu- tailed, important study of the Austrian retional problems of the Hapsburg empire public, by a United States economist whose

from 1848 onward. personal sympathies rest largely with the

VF260. ———-. Emperor Francis Joseph of Austrian social democrats.

Austria. N.Y., 1929. Historical biography, not uncritical but Chester somewhatW. facile. | Switzerland | VF261. Clark, Franz Joseph |

and Bismarck: the diplomacy of Austria be- VEF273. Dandliker, Karl. Geschichte der

fore the war of 1866.. Cambridge, Mass., Schweiz. 3rd and 4th eds.,.3 v., Zurich, |

562 Guide to Historical Literature 1900-04. Detailed, critical history of Switzer- _ neutralité suisse. Neuchatel, 1949. Best hisland, with special attention to constitutional torical study of Swiss neutrality.

and cultural developments. VEF287. Ermatinger, Emil. Dichtung und

VF274. Gagliardi, Ernst. Geschichte der Geistesleben der deutschen Schweiz. Munich, Schweiz von den Anfangen bis auf die Ge- 1933. Perceptive historical essay on the litgenwart. 3rd ed., 3 v., Ziirich, 1938. Well- erary and intellectual life of the German- written general history of Switzerland, by a speaking Swiss.

| prominent Swiss scholar. | VF288. Feller, Richard. Die schweizerische

VE275. Occhsli, Wilhelm. History of Geschichtsschreibung im 19. Jahrhundert. _ Switzerland, 1499-1914. Tr. by Eden and Ziirich and Leipzig, 1938. Useful outline of Cedar Paul. Cambridge, Eng., 1922. Good, Swiss historiography in the 19th century.

concise modern history, written by one of :

me aoremost Swiss historians for an English | HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS _VE276. Bonjour, Edgar; Hilary S. Offler, Constitutional and Legal History and G. R. Potter. A short history of Switzer-

land. Oxford, 1952. Symposium on Swiss VF289. Brunner, Heinrich. Deutsche history reflecting the present. state of re- Rechtsgeschichte. 2nd ed., 2 v., Leipzig,

search. 1906-28. V. 2 rev. by Claudius F.. von VF277. Wackernagel, Rudolf. Geschichte Schwerin. Known among German students

der Stadt Basel. 3 v. Basel, 1907-24. Out- as the Brunner-Schwerin, this is the most | standing history of the city. V. 3, dealing compendious modern work on German legal with the age of humanism and reformation, history. Has a certain bias against Roman i$ particularly important, even. beyond Swiss law.

history. VF290. Gierke, Otto F. von. Das deutsche VF278. Gagliardi, Ernst. Der Anteil der Genossenschaftsrecht. 4 v. Berlin, 1868—

Schweizer an den italienischen Kriegen, 1913. One of the masterpieces of legal his1494-1516. V. 1. Ziirich, 1919. Swiss par- tory, showing the significance of Germanic

1500. modern law. ,

| ticipation in the struggle for Italy around “group” conception in the development of

VF279. Egli, Emil. Schweizerische Refor- VF291. Bryce, James B., viscount. Holy mationsgeschichte. Zirich, 1910. Sound Roman Empire. 8th ed., London, 1932. Lord treatment of the history of the Swiss refor- Bryce’s famous honor essay has remained

mation. useful as a survey of the institutional history VF280. Zwingli, Ulrich. Huldreich Zwin- of the German empire from the Middle Ages

glis samtliche Werke. Ed. by Emil Egli and to the 19th century.

Georg Finsler. 13 v. Berlin, 1905-44. The V¥F292. Schwarz, Henry F. The imperial modern critical edition of Zwingli’s writ- privy council in the seventeenth century.

ings. Cambridge, Mass., 1943. Study of the cenVF281. Kohler, Walther. Huldrych Zwin- tral administrative office of the Holy Roman

gli. Leipzig, 1943. The outstanding biography Empire.

of the Swiss reformer. VF293. Hartung, Fritz. Deutsche Ver- | - VF282. Doumergue, Emile. Jean Calvin. fassungsgeschichte vom 15. Jahrhundert bis

: 7 v. Lausanne, 1899-1927. Voluminous work zur Gegenwart. 6th ed., Stuttgart, 1954.

studying not only Calvin, but also the world Only constitutional history of modern Ger-

that surrounded him, particularly the Ger- many on both the imperial and territorial

man setting. levels. Pedestrian in style, but reliable and VF283. Calvin, John. Ioannis Calvini rich in information; contains excellent bibli-

opera. Ed. by Wilhelm Baum, Eduard Cunitz, ographies.

and Eduard Reuss. 59 v. Brunswick, 1863- VF294. Feine, Hans E. Das Werden des 1900. [Corpus reformatorum, 29-87.] Most deutschen Staats seit dem Ausgang des Heili- , complete edition of Calvin’s theological and gen Romischen Reiches, 1800 bis 1933. exegetic works, occasional writings, and cor- Stuttgart, 1936. First volume of a constiturespondence. The editorial standards are not tional history of Germany dealing with the

impeccable. reform period in the Napoleonic age and

| VF284. ——-. Joannis Calvini. opera se- the period of the Germanic confederation. lecta. Ed. by Peter Barth. Munich, 1926 ff. VF295. Meyer, Georg. Lehrbuch des Modern critical edition of Calvin’s major deutschen Staatsrechts. Ed. by Gerhard

- works. | Anschiitz. 7th ed., Munich and Leipzig, VF285. His, Eduard. Geschichte des 1919. Outstanding magisterial work on the neueren schweizerischen Staatsrechts. 3 v. constitutional law of the second German Basel, 1920-38. Basic treatment of the his- empire. tory of Swiss piiblic law since the days of VEF296. Anschiitz, Gerhard, and Richard |

..the Helvetie republic. _ Thoma, eds. Handbuch des deutschen StaatsVF286: Bonjour, Edgar. Histoire de la ‘eehts; 2 v: Tiibingen, 1930-32. Only sys-

, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 563 tematic and complete work on the constitu- tory of German agriculture, though. biased tional law of the Weimar Republic, written in favor of East Elbian agriculture. by a large group of law professors. Contains VF307. Gerschenkron, Alexander. Bread : historical sections and good bibliographies. and democracy in Germany. Berkeley, 1943.

VF297. Giese, Friedrich. Preussische Critical study of the impact of agrarian in-

Rechtsgeschichte. Berlin, 1920. Outline of —terests on modern German politics.

‘Prussian legal history. } VF308. Benaerts, Pierre. Les origines de

| la grande industrie allemande: essai sur

| eeEconomic . sf Phistoire économique de la période du Zolland Social History verein (1834-1866). Paris, 1933. Best ac- | VF298. Ehrenberg, Richard. Capital and count of the origins of German heavy infinance in the age of the Renaissance: a study _dustries.

. of the Fuggers and their connections. Tr. by VF309. Levy, Hermann. Industrial Ger-

H. M. Lucas. London, 1928. General survey many: a study of its monopoly organizations | of capitalistic developments in 16th century and their control by the state. Cambridge,

Germany. | | Eng., 1935. Critical study of the monopo~ VWF299. Strieder, Jacob. Jacob Fugger the __listic structure of the German economy.

rich, merchant and banker of Augsburg, = VF310. Stolper, Gustav. German econ- ) : 1459-1525. N.Y., 1931. Tr. by Mildred L. omy, 1870-1940: issues and trends. N.Y., Hartsough, ed. by N. S. B. Gras from Jacob 1940. Useful introduction to the major probFugger der Reiche (Leipzig, 1926). Compe- lems of modern German economic history. tent historical biography of the member of VF3i1. Bruck, Werner F. Social and eco-

] the Fugger family who led the firm to its nomic history of Germany from William II

dazzling heights. | to Hitler, 1888-1938. Cardiff and London,

VF300. Pdinitz, G6tz Freiherr von. Jakob 1938. Lectures on fifty years of German Fugger: Kaiser, Kirche, und Kapital in der economic history, with special emphasis on oberdeutschen Renaissance. 2 v. Tiibingen, | economic: and social organization.

1949-51. VF312. Flink, Salomon. The German VF301. ———. Fugger und Hanse: ein Reichsbank and economic Germany. N.Y.,

hundertjahriges Ringen um Ostsee und Nord- 1930. Description of the German federal

| see. Tubingen, 1953. This and the preceding bank and its function within the German are important modern studies of influence of economy.

the Fuggers on politics of the empire. VF313. Carnegie Endowment for InternaWF302. Sartorius von Waltershausen, tional Peace. Wirtschafts- und Sozialge-

August F. Deutsche Wirtschaftsgeschichte, schichte des Weltkrieges. Deutsche Serie. 1815-1914. 2nd ed., Jena, 1923. Brief outline 12 v. Stuttgart, New Haven, etc., 1927-37. of modern German economic history. _ The German series of the Carnegie history VF303. Schramm, Percy E. Hamburg, of World War I is incomplete in coverage, Deutschland, und die Welt. 2nd ed., Ham- but contains important monographs on indiburg, 1952. An important and richly docu- vidual subjects of German war-time econmented contribution to German social his- omy and administration. tory between 1800 and 1860. In the growth VF314. Bresciani-Turroni, Constantino. of a Hamburg family firm is demonstrated The economics of inflation: a study of curnot only the expansion of German com- rency depreciation in post-war Germany. merce, but also the changing social attitudes London, 1937. Best economic treatise on the and human values of three German genera- German hyper-inflation after World War I.

tions. VF315. Angell, James W. The recovery of _ VF304. Sombart, Werner. Die deutsche Germany. New Haven, 1932. Good study of —

Volkswirtschaft im neunzehnten Jahrhundert German economic recovery, 1924-30. und im Anfang des 20. Jahrhunderts: eine

Einfihrung die Nationalokonomie. 7th Military History | - ed., Berlin, in 1927. Valuable, though some|: what too popular, treatment of the industrial VF316. Jany, Curt. Geschichte der kénig-

| revolution in Germany, by a distinguished lich preussischen Armee. 4 v. Berlin, 1928- :

economic historian. : 33. Most extensive history of: the Prussian

7 VF305. Clapham, John H. The economic army, with emphasis on organization. | development. of France and’'Germany, 1815- VF317. Prussia. Armee, Grosser General1914. 4th ed., Cambridge, Eng., 1936. Com- stab Kriegsgeschichtliche Abteilung. Die parative study of the growth of French and Kriege Friedrichs des Grossen. 19 v. Berlin,

German economy during the 19th cen- 1890-1914. Detailed history of the cam-

tury by an eminent British economic histo- paigns and battles of Frederick the Great.

rian. VF318. Ritter, Gerhard. Staatskunst und © VF306. Goltz, Theodor von der. Ge- Kriegshandwerk: das Problem des “Mili-

schichte der deutschen Landwirtschaft. 2 v. tarismus” in Deutschland. V. 1, Die alt- : Stuttgart and Berlin, 1902-03. Valuable his- _preussische Tradition, 1740-1890. Munich,

564 Guide to Historical Literature 1954. Mutual relationship of military and classic art that contains a full description of civilian leadership in Germany. The first the attitudes of 18th century civilization tovolume centers on period of Prussian reform ward classical antiquity.

and of Bismarck. VF329. Dehio, Georg. Geschichte der |

VF319. Craig, Gordon A. The politics of | deutschen Kunst. 4 v. Berlin and Leipzig, the Prussian army, 1640-1945. Oxford, 1955. 1930-34. Outstanding work by a distinOutstanding study of the role of the Prussian guished German historian of art, well and

‘army in politics. simply written. _ WF320. Demeter, Karl. Das deutsche Offi- VF330. Stange, Alfred. German paintings, wierkorps. Berlin, 1930. Good historical study XIV—XVI centuries. Ed by André Gloéckner.

the social composition and social attitudes N.Y., 1950. Broad coverage; many large : ofof|the modernPanofsky, German officer corps. plates. [JSC]. VF331. Erwin. Albrecht Diirer.

Cultural History | : 3rdPaul. ed., 2 v., Princeton, 1948. of Hans :-"VKF321. . VF332. Ganz, The paintings Handbuch der Kulturgeschichte. Holbein. N.Y., 1950.

Ed. by Heinz Kindermann. 9 v. Potsdam, | VF333. Pevsner, Nikolaus, and Michael | 1934-39. Series of monographs on individual Meier. Griimewald. N.Y., 1958. Excellent reperiods of German civilization, written productions; catalog of paintings and drawchiefly by historians of literature. Though ings; bibliography. [JSC] the volumes are uneven in scope and method, VF334. Baldass, Ludwig von. Albrecht

they are rich in information and suggestions. Altdorfer. Ziirich, 1941. Basic monograph. VF322. Freytag, Gustav. Bilder aus der [JSC] deutschen Vergangenheit. 37th ed., 4 v. in 5, VF335. Goering, Max. Deutsche Malerei - Leipzig, 1923. First published a century ago, des siebzehnten und achtzehnten Jahrhunthis work is still an excellent treatment of derts, von dem Manieristen bis zum Klassizrepresentative topics of German culture ismus. Berlin, 1940. through the ages, based on good sources VF336. Feulner, Adolf. Die deutsche Plas-

and done by a highly gifted writer. _ tik des siebzehnten Jahrhunderts. Florence,

_ WF323. Kaufmann, Georg. Die Geschichte 1926.

der deutschen Universitaten. 2 v. Stuttgart, VF337. Pinder, Wilhelm. Deutscher Ba1888-96. This and the following are two rock. KGnigstein in Taunus, 1924. standard works on the history of German VF338. Hager, Werner. Die Bauten des

_ high schools and universities. Both are some- deutschen Barocks, 1690-1770. Jena, 1942.

what dated. VF339. Bovy, Adrien. La peinture suisse VF324. Paulsen, Friedrich. Geschichte des de 1600 4 1900. Basel, 1948.

gelehrten Unterrichts auf den deutschen VF340. Korff, Hermann A. Geist der Schulen und Universitaten vom Ausgang des Goethezeit. 4 v. Leipzig, 1925-53. Synthesis Mittelalters bis zur Gegenwart. 3rd ed., 2 v., of thought and ideas of the leaders of classic

Leipzig, 1919-21. German literature.

VF325. Harnack, Adolf von. Geschichte VF341. Liitgert, Wilhelm. Die Religion der k@6niglich preussischen Akademie der des deutschen Idealismus und ihr Ende. 4 Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 3 v. Berlin, 1900. v. Giuitersloh, 1923-30. Intellectual history Written on occasion of the second centenary of German philosophical idealism and _ its of the Academy, this presents great insight part in the rise of pessimism and materialism ‘into the history of German scholarship from as well as the decline of Christian beliefs. Leibniz to the middle of the 19th century. VF342. Kahn, Ludwig W. Social ideals in

. VF326. Lilge, Friedrich. The abuse of German literature, 1770-1830. N.Y., 1938.

learning: the failure of the German univer- Study of social ideals as reflected in German

| sity. N.Y., 1948. Valuable critical study of literature. , the place of German universities in the VF343. Hirsch, Emanuel. Staat und Kirche national life and their surrender to the im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert. Gottingen,

Nazis. | 1929. Suggestive essay on the state-church VF327. Dilthey, Wilhelm. Studien zur Ge- relationship, by a conservative Protestant schichte des: deutschen Geistes. Ed. by Paul theologian. Ritter. Berlin, 1927. [Wilhelm Diltheys ge- | WVF344. ———. Geschichte der neueren sammelte Schriften, 3.] The important stud- evangelischen Theologie im Zusammenhang jes on “Leibniz and his age,” “Frederick the mit den allgemeinen Bewegungen des euroGreat and the German enlightenment,” and piaischen Denkens. 5 v. Giitersloh, 1949-54. “Fhe 18th century and the world of history” Detailed and. penetrating history of German

are model pieces of the intellectual history Protestant theology. |

created by this great philosopher. VF345.. Kissling, Johann B. Der deutsche

_ VF328. Justi, Karl. Winckelmann und _ Protestantismus, 1817-1917. 2 v. Miinster, — seine Zeitgenossen. 5th ed., 3 v., K6ln, 1956. 1917-18. A history of German Protestantism

Magnificent biography of the interpreter of | by a German Catholic writer. |

, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland 565 VF346. Ehrhard, Albert. Der Katholizis- PERIODICALS | mus und das zwanzigste Jahrhundert im : Lichte der kirchlichen Entwicklung’ der Germany oe

Neuzeit. 9th-12th eds., Stuttgart and Vienna, | |

1902. Appraisal of the history of German VF356. Annalen des historischen Vereins

Catholicism in the 19th century, by a_ fiir den Niederrhein. Diisseldorf, 1855 ff. , thoughtful Catholic historian. VF357. Archiv fiir Kulturgeschichte. Ber-

VF347. Vigener, Fritz. Ketteler: ein lin, etc., 1903 ff. (Quarterly.) deutsches Bischofsleben des 19. Jahrhun- VF358. Archiv fiir Reformationsgeschichte.

derts. Munich and Berlin, 1924. Biography Leipzig, 1903 ff. (Semiannual.) | of the leading bishop and founder of the VF359. Forschungen zur brandenburg-.

Catholic movement of social reform during ischen und preussischen Geschichte. 54 v. |

the age of national unification. Leipzig, 1888-1943. BIOGRAPHIES . Unterricht. Stuttgart, 1950 ff. (Monthly.)

a, VF360. Geschichte in Wissenschaft und Supersedes Vergangenheit und Gegenwart

VF348. Allgemeine deutsche Biographie. (32 v., Leipzig, 1911-42). |

Ed. by Rochus von Liliencron, Franz X. VF361. Historische Vierteljahrschrift. 31

von Wegele, and Anton Bettelheim. 56 v. v. Freiburg and Leipzig, 1898-1939. Leipzig, 1875-1912. [Koniglichen Akademie VF362. Historische Zeitschrift. Munich, der Wissenschaften, Historische Kommis- 1859 ff. (Frequency varies.) _ sion.}] Done at the instigation of Leopold VF363. Das _historisch-politische Buch: von Ranke, this dictionary of German na- ein Wegweiser durch das Schrifttum. Gottin-

tional biography, written by the best his- gen, 1953 ff. , torians of the jate 19th century, achieved VF364. Neues Archiv fiir sachsische Gehigh standards. It contains biographies of schichte und Altertumskunde. 59 v. Leipzig,

prominent Germans from early days to the 1880-1938. Supersedes Archiv fiir sach- |

end of the 19th century. sische Geschichte (18 v. in 9, Leipzig, 1863VF349. Biographisches Jahrbuch und_ 80). |

deutscher Nekrolog. Ed. by Anton Bettel- VF365. Niedersachsisches Jahrbuch fiir

heim. 18 v. Berlin, 1897-1917. This and Landesgeschichte. Hannover, 1924 ff. SuperVF350 contain biographical articles on sedes Zeitschrift des historischen Vereins prominent persons deceased within the given fiir Niedersachsen (1835-1923). years. The volumes are highly selective, the © VF366. Rheinische Vierteljahrsblatter.

articles somewhat uneven. Bonn, 1931 ff. (Quarterly.) |

VF350. Deutsches biographisches Jahr- VF367. Schmollers Jahrbuch fiir Gesetzbuch. 11 v. Berlin and Leipzig, 1925-32. gebung, Verwaltung, und Volkswirtschaft im VF351. Rossler, Hellmuth, and Giinther deutschen Reiche. Leipzig, 1877 ff. (Bi-

Franz. Biographisches Worterbuch zur monthly.)

deutschen Geschichte. Munich, 1953. Useful VF368. Vierteljahrschrift fiir Sozial- und biographical handbook containing brief in- Wirtschaftsgeschichte. Leipzig and Stuttgart,

formation. 1903 ff. (Quarterly. ) | VF352. Die grossen Deutschen: deutsche VF369. Vierteljahrshefte fiir Zeitge-

_ Biographie. Ed. by Hermann Heimpel, Theo- schichte. Stuttgart, 1953 ff. (Quarterly.) dor Heuss, and Benno Reifenberg. 5 v. Ber- VF370. Die Welt als Geschichte. Stutt- — lin, 1956-57. Collection of biographical gart, 1935 ff. (Bimonthly.) studies of “great”? Germans by well-quali- V¥F371. Westfalen: Hefte fiir Geschichte,

fied scholars and writers. Few political fig- Kunst, und Volikskunde. Miinster, 1909 ff.

ures are included. | (3 nos. per year.) VF353. Wer ist Wer. Berlin, 1905 ff. VF372. Zeitschrift fiir Geschichtswissen-

(Title varies.) The German Who’s who. schaft. Berlin (East Germany), 1953 ff. (Bi-

VF354. Wurzbach, Constantin von. Bi- monthly.)

ographisches Lexicon des Kaiserthums VF373. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir

Osterreich. 60 v. in 36. Vienna, 1856-91. Schleswig-Holsteinische | Geschichte. See :

Extensive though not very Satisfactory bi- VBI/81. ,

ographical dictionary covering the Austrian VF374. Zeitschrift des Vereins fiir hessische lands of the Hapsburg monarchy since 1750. Geschichte und Landeskunde. Kassel, 1837

VF355. Osterreichischen Akademie der ff. | :

Wissenschaften. Osterreichisches Biograph- VF375. Zeitschrift fiir bayerische Landes, isches Lexikon, 1815-1950. Ed. by Leo Santi- geschichte. Munich, 1928 ff.

faller. Graz, 1954 ff. New Austrian bio- VF376. Zeitschrift fiir die Geschichte des graphical dictionary, critically done. Oberrheins. Karlsruhe and Freiburg, 1850 ff.

In addition to the above biographical dic- (Irregular quarterly.) : tionaries, see numerous individual biogra- VF377. Zeitschrift fiir Kirchengeschichte.

phies cited in preceding subsections. Gotha, 1876 ff. (Irregular quarterly.)

566 Guide to Historical Literature VF378. Zeitschrift fiir wiirttembergische seded Mitteilungen des Osterreichischen InLandesgeschichte. Stuttgart, 1937 ff. (Irregu- __ stituts fiir Geschichtsforschung (54 v., 1880-

lar.) Supersedes Wiirttembergische Viertel- 1943). _ jahreshefte fiir Landesgeschichte (55 v. in VF3381. Mitteilungen des Osterreichischen

49, Stuttgart, 1878-1936). Staatsarchivs. Vienna, 1948 ff. (Annual.)

Austria Switzerland |

VF379. Archiv fiir Osterreichische Ge- VF382. Schweizer Beitrage zur allge-

schichte. Vienna, 1848 ff. meinen Geschichte. Ziirich, 1943 ff. (AnVF380. Mitteilungen des Instituts fiir nual.)

Osterreichische Geschichtsforschung. Vienna, VF383. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir Ge1945 ff. Supersedes Mitteilungen des Instituts schichte. Ziirich, 1951 ff. (Quarterly.) Superfiir Geschichtsforschung und Archivwissen- sedes Zeitschrift fiir schweizerische Geschaft in Wien (1 v., 1944); which super- = schichte (30 v., Ziirich, 1921-50).

SECTION W S. HARRISON THOMSON *

; GENERAL The history of this area has been one of great mobility of frontiers. States have

, appeared and then vanished from the maps. Peoples have been conquered, then ‘risen again to independence. In the process of conquest and revival, whole areas larger than single states have been under one or another multi-national empire, For this reason, any bibliography that adheres to strictly national lines may quite _ easily omit important works that cover several such national units or are con-

cerned with problems of broader extent. In an effort to avoid such omissions, , there are listed below recent significant titles which, while they may not be

for study of this area. ,

| included under the separate country designations, are nevertheless indispensable

| BIBLIOGRAPHIES W6. Slavonic encyclopaedia. Ed. by Joseph

S. Rouéek. N.Y., 1949. To be used with Wi. U. S. Library of Congress. Eastern = caution. European accessions index. Washington, 4951 ff. (Monthly. Title varies.)

W2. Savadjian, Léon, ed. Bibliographie See OTT Arg TERS balkanique. 1920-38. 8 v. Paris, 1931-39. Classified. W7. Ancel, Jacques. Géographie des| | . frontiéres. Paris, 1938.

ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS WS8. Kostov, Dimittr. Geografiia na Bul-

| OF REFERENCE gariia i susednite dirzhavi. [Geography of

| | | | Bulgaria and neighboring countries.] Plovdiv, W3. Betts, Reginald R. Central and south 1928. east Europe, 1945-48. London, 1950. W9. Martonne, Emmanuel de. Europe ~ W4. Strakhovsky, Leonid I., ed. A hand- centrale. 2 v. Paris, 1930-31. [Géographie | book of Slavic studies. See K/4. universelle, 4.] | ~ WS5. Handbook of central and east Eu- W106. Wright, John K., and Elizabeth T. rope. Zurich, 1932 ff. (Annual.) , Platt. Aids to geographical research. See

BI89. oo

that: 567 follow. | | ,,

* The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Elemer Bako (EB), George Barany (GB), John C. Campbell (JCC), James F. Clarke (JFC), F. G. Heymann (FGH), Charles Jelavich (CJ), Otakar Odlozilik (OO), Stavro Skendi (SS), Francis Wagner _ (FW), and René Wellek (RW). Other contributors are acknowledged in some of the subsections

568 Guide to Historical Literature

2 iti : s . .

DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES LONGER HISTORY |

. W111. Kulischer, Eugene M. Europe on W31. Macirek, Josef. Déjiny vychodnich the move: war and population changes, slovanu. [History of Eastern Slavs.] 3 v. _

1917-1947. See Al2/8. Prague, 1947. W12. Ladas, Stephen P. The exchange of

NY. 1932. Bulgaria, Greece, and Turkey. — igTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

wi3. Niederle, Lubor. La race slave: W32. Dvornik, Francis. The making of

statistique, démographie, anthropologie. central and eastern Europe. London, 1949.

Paris, 1911. oo. W33. ——. The Slavs: their early history W14. Pétroff, Thomas. Les minorités na- ang civilization. Boston. 1956

tionales en Europe centrale et orientale. W34. Feijtd Francois. The opening of an

Paris, 1935. era, 1848. London, 1948. A symposium transW15. Schechtman, Joseph B. European = q.teqg from French. :

population transfers, 1939-1945. See AF25. W35. Gedye, George E. R. Betrayal in W16. Wiskemann, Elizabeth. Germany’s central Europe: Austria and Czechoslovakia,

eastern neighbors. London, 1956. the fallen bastions. N.Y.. 1939.

Wii. Wanklyn, Harriet G. The eastern W36. Helmreich, Ernst C. The diplomacy marchlands of Europe. London, 1941. of the Balkan wars. Cambridge, Mass., 1938. W37. Kann, Robert A. The multinational.

LINGUISTIC GUIDE empire: nationalism and national reform in

. ae the Hapsburg monarch 1848-1918. S W18. De Bray, Reginald G. A. Guide to yp759 pours ys ve

the Slavonic languages. London, 1951. W38. Machray, Robert. The Little Entente. , London, 1929.

HISTORIOGRAPHY | W39. ———. The struggle for the Danube

; ve eng and the Little Entente. London, 1938.

Wi19. Macurek, Josef. Déjepisectvi ev- ~W40. May, Arthur J. The Hapsburg monropského vychodu. [Historiography of east- archy, 1867-1914. See VF 262. ern Europe.] Prague, 1946. A most useful W41. Mousset, Albert. Le monde slave.

| manual. _ 2nd ed., Paris, 1946. English tr., The world

: W20. Domanovzsky, Alexandre. La meé- of the Slavs, N.Y., 1950. :

thode historique de M. Nicolas Jorga. Buda- W42. Prelog, Milan. Pout’ Slovani do | pest, 1938[?]. A book in answer to a review. Moskvy, 1867. [The trip of the Slavs to Moscow, 1867.] Prague, 1931.

SHORTER HISTORIES W43. -———. Slavenska renesansa, 1780-

1848. [The Slavic renaissance, 1780—-1848.]

W21. Aulneau, Joseph. Histoire de PEu- Zagreb, 1924. rope centrale. Paris, 1926. Emphasis on post- W44. Seton-Watson, Hugh. Eastern Europe

Westphalian period. between the wars, 1918-1941. See AFI55.

W22. Bidlo, Jaroslav. Déjiny slovanstva. w45. Sumner, Benedict H. Russia and the

[History of Slavdom.] Prague, 1927. Empha- Balkans, 1870-1880. See X223.

sizes origins and interrelationships. a W46. Valjavec, Fritz. Geschichte der ‘W23. Cross, Samuel H. Slavic civilization Kulturbeziehungen zur Siidosteuropa. 2nd

, through the ages. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. ed, 3 v., Munich, 1953-59. | A summary sketch.

| W24. Halecki, Oskar. Borderlands of west-

Europe. See K/80. ;

ern civilization: a history of east central HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

W25. Ristelhueber, René. Histoire des Economics peuples balkaniques. Paris, 1950. a . ; W26. Schevill, Ferdinand, and Wesley M. | wa? Mid Europ ean Law Project. Eco

. | . nomic treaties and agreements of the Soviet

S. . . 3 4

Gewehr. The history of the Balkan Peninsula bloc in eastern Europe, 1945-51. N.Y., 1952

from the earliest times to the present day. W48. Karlikovitch , Douchan ‘Le rap_ 2nd ed., N.Y., 1933. Revision based on prochement économique des pays danubiens. _

latest literature in western languages. Paris. 1937

Sitinteurosee See Li7 4 Georg. Geschichte W49. Pasvolsky, Leo. Economic national-

-W28. Stavrianos, Leften S. The Balkans 1smnh of the Danubian states. N.Y., 1928. . since 1453. See S65.

. W29. Taylor, Alan J. P. The Hapsburg Nationalism monarchy, 1809-1918. London, 1948. ; , W30. Wolff, Robert L. The Balkans in W59. Fischel, Alfred. Der Panslawismus

our time. See AFJ5/. bis zum Welikrieg. Berlin, 1919. .

Eastern Europe , 569 W51. Janowsky, Oscar I. Nationalities and Literaturen, 2 v., Leipzig, 1880-84. Older

national minorities (with special reference to | standard work. [RW] . east-central Europe). See 4H329.

W52. Kohn, Hans. Pan-Slavism, its history PERIODICALS and ideology. See Slavic X448.and| |east | Euro| W60. The American

pean review. Menasha, Wis., 1941. (QuarPost-1945 Development terly.) . wove . eas , W61. Blick nach Osten. Klagenfurt and |

W53. Fejto, Francois. Histoire des démo- vienna, 1948-52. (Quarterly.) English lancraties populaires. Paris, 1952. : W54. Lazitch, Branko M. Les partis com- guage issue, Eastern review. .

. , W62. Der europidische Osten. munistes d’Europe, 1919-1955. See AH43. | W55. Seton-Watson, Hugh. The east Eu- 1955. (Monthly.)

Munich,

. . , ' W63. Jahrbiicher fiir Geschichte Osteu-

| | , (Quarterly. ) }

ropean revolution..London, 1950. ropas. Breslau, 1936-41; Munich, 1953 ff.

Literature W64. Journal of central European affairs. : Boulder, Colo., 1941 ff. (Quarterly.)

W56. Die osteuropaischen Literaturen und W65. Oriente. Madrid, 1951 ff. (Quar-

die slawischen Sprachen. Berlin, 1908. [Die _ terly.)

Kultur der Gegenwart. |] W66. Osteuropa. Stuttgart, 1951 ff. (BiW57. Karasek, Josef. Slavische Literatur- monthly.)

geschichte. 2 v. Leipzig, 1906. Though very W67. Revue des études slaves. Paris, brief, still a fine introductory survey of all 1921 ff. (Irregular.) Slavic literatures except Russian. [RW] W68. The Slavonic and east European W58. Machal, Jan. Slovanské literatury. review. Menasha, Wis. and London, 1922 ff. [Slavic literatures.] 3 v. Prague, 1922-29. (Frequency and title vary.) Only modern attempt at general history of W69. Studia slavica. Budapest, 1955 ff.

Slavic literatures. [RW] (Quarterly. )

| W59. Pypin, Aleksandr N. Istoriia slav- W70. Wiener § slavistisches Jahrbuch. Vi-

ianskikh literatur. [History of Slavic litera- enna, 1950 ff. (Annual.) tures.] 2nd ed., 2 v., St. Petersburg, 1879- | W71. Zeitschrift fiir Ostforschung. Mar81. German ed., Geschichte der slavischen burg, 1952 ff. (Quarterly.)

POLAND *

. BIBLIOGRAPHIES concerning Poland.] Warsaw, 1928. Lists 5,445 items in print or manuscript.

W72. Finkel, Ludwik. Bibliografia historii W77. Polska Akademia UmiejetnoSci. polskiej. 3rd ed., 3 v., Warsaw, 1955. A Katalog wydawnictw Polskie} Akademii .continuation of Estreicher’s more extensive Umiejetnosci 1873-1947. [Catalog of publibibliography, which stopped essentially in cations of the Polish Academy of Sciences

1900. | | 1873—1947.] 2 v. Krakéw, 1948. The most , W73. Fryde, Matthew M. Selected works active cultural organization in Poland since

on Polish agrarian history and agriculture. its founding in 1873. N.Y., 1952. Value increased by extended ~W78. Recke, Walter, and Albert M. Wagcomments on works in each field of agrarian ner. Biicherkunde zur Geschichte und Lit-

history. eratur des Konigreichs Polen. Warsaw, 1918.

Ww74. Hahn, Wiktor. Bibliografia biblio- Selective but representative of better older grafij polskich. [Bibliography of Polish bib- literature in Slavic and western languages.

liographies.] 2nd ed., Breslau, 1956. W79. Siemienski, Jozef. Guide des archives W75. Bibliografia historii polskiej. Ed. by de Pologne. Warsaw, 1933.

Jan Baumgart. Krakéw, 1954 ff. The Polish W80. Rister, Herbert. Schrifttum tiber Academy of Sciences has undertaken to Polen 1943-1951 mit besonderer Beriickpublish bibliographies of Polish history bi- sichtigung des Posener Landes. Marburg,

ennially, though this schedule has not been 1953. |

, adhered to. The volume for 1948 was pub- .

lished in 1954, for 1949 in the same year, ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

for 1950-51 in 1955, for 1952-53 in 1957. REFERENCE W76. Maliszewski, Edward. Bibljografja |

pamietnikéw polskich i polski dotyczacych. W8i. Briickner, Aleksander, ed. Trzaski, : [Bibliography of Polish memoirs and those Everta i Michalskiego encyklopedia staro- | * Professor Thomson was assisted by Professors Oscar Halecki and Zygmunt Gasiorowski in

selecting the titles for this subsection on Poland.

— 3570 Guide to Historical Literature polska. [Encyclopedia of ancient Poland.] ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS | 2tion v.men Warsaw, 1939. Emphasis on pre-parti- | | and issues. W94. Czekanowski, Jan. Wstep do historii W82. ——. Dzieje kultury polskiej. [His- Stowian. [Introduction to the history of the

tory of Polish culture.] 2nd ed. 4 v., Slavs.] 2nd ed., Poznaf, 1957. Survey of

Warsaw, 1939-46. A classic of Polish scholar- results of last thirty years of archaeological,

ship. V. 1 of 3rd and illustrated edition was ethnographic, and anthropological research

: _ published in London, 1957. into the origin of the Slavs. Author places

W83. Halecki, Oscar, ed. Poland. N.Y., _ their locus originis just east of Mazovia. 1957. A volume in the Mid-European Studies Ww9s. ——. Polska-Stowianszezyzna: perCenter series, East-central Europe under the Spektywy antropologiczne. [Poland-Slavdom: Communists. Valuable assemblage of hard- anthropological perspectives.] Warsaw, 1948.

to-find facts on social, economic, politi- Study of Poland’s place in the development cal, and cultural aspects of post-1945 Po- and differentiation of the various Slavic

| land. ' groups. —

W84. Polska Akademia Umiejetnoéci. W96. Kostrzewski, Jéozef. Les origines de Polski stownik biograficzny. [Polish bio- 14 Civilisation polonaise: préhistoire-proto- —

graphical dictionary.] Ed. by Wladystaw histoir €. P aris, 1949. A fair sample of Konopczyfski. 7 v. Krakéw, 1935-49. protohistorical methodology applied to Po-

Suspended publication in letter G. Resump- land. ; .

tion announced. Articles are authoritative W97. Krukowski, Stefan, Jézef Kostrzew-

munist Poland. | monographs. ski, and R. Jakimowicz. Prehistoria ziem

W85. Pologne 1919-1939, 3 v. Neuchatel, polskich. [Prehistory of Polish lands.] KraSwitz., 1946-47. Informative on pre-Com- kow, 1948.

| W86. Schmitt, Bernadotte E., ed. Poland. | DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES

Berkeley, 1945. A collaborative work con- . .

cerned principally with the period 1918-39, W98. Zoltowski, Adam. Border of Europe:

jects. London, 1950.

Good bibliographies on a variety of sub- 2 Study of the Polish eastern provinces. W99. Poland. Gitéwny Urzad Statystyczny.

Maty rocznik statystyczny. [Brief statistical

GEOGRAPHIES annual.] Warsaw, 1930 ff. Handy manual

, W887. Arnold, Stanislaw. Geografia history- {or population, industry, and commerce. czna_ Polski. [Historical geography of Po- W100. ; Zielinski, Henryk. Population land.] Warsaw, 1951. Intended as a uni- Changes in Poland, 1939-1950. N.Y., 1954. ~

, versity textbook, this contains a survey of

Polish geography in its historical setting not ppINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES

| available elsewhere.

W88. Bujak, Franciszek. Studja geogra-. W101. Bilinski, Leon. Wspomnienia i

ficzno - historyczne. [Geographic - historical dokumenty. [Memoirs and documents.] 2 v.

studies.] Warsaw, 1925. Emphasizes the dis- Warsaw, 1924—25. ,

‘cipline of geography and the history of Polish ~ W102. Borowski, Stanislaw, ed. Kodeks

cartography. : : Stanislawa Augusta zbiédr dokumentow. [The

~ W89. Jazdzewski, Konrad. Atlas do codex of Stanislaus Augustus: collection of — pradziejow Stowian. [Atlas for the early documents.] Warsaw, 1938. Important for

Slavs.] L6dzZ, 1948 ff. history of the Four-Year Diet and its efforts

- W900. Kielczewska-Zalenka, Maria. O to codify Polish law. podstawy geograficzne Polski. [The geo- W103. Daszynski, Ignacy. Pamietniki. ' graphical bases of Poland.] Poznan, 1946. [Memoirs.] Krakow, 1925.

: First serious effort to treat the geography of W104. Glabifski, Stanistaw. Wspomnienia

the new Poland and assess the structural polityczne. [Political memoirs.] 3 v. Pelplin, .

changes arising out of the westward transfer 1939. ,

of territory. W105. Hutten-Czapski, Bogdan F. S., Graf W91. Lencewicz, Stanistaw. Polska. [Po- von. Sechzig Jahre Politik und Gesellschaft.

land.] Warsaw, 1937. This volume of many. See VFI53. | | illustrations, maps, and tables presents a W106. Kutrzeba, Stanislaw, and Whladycombination of physical and human geog- staw Semkowicz, eds. Akta unji Polski z

raphy. Litwa, 1385-1791. [Documents of the union W92. Pawtowski, Stanislaw. Geografia of Poland and Lithuania, 1385-1791.] Kra-

Polski. [Geography of Poland.] Lwoéw, k6ow, 1932. ;

1917. W107. Pospieszalski, Karol M., and others, W93. Tymieniecki, Kazimierz. Ziemie eds. Documenta occupationis teutonicae.

polskie w starozytnosci. [The Polish lands in Poznan and Warsaw, 1945 ff. Documents

antiquity.] Poznan, 1951. mostly from German files published by

| Eastern Europe 571 Central Commission for Investigation of Valuable for sketch of relations between

German Crimes. Poland and Germany.

W108. Pulaski, Franciszek, and Wladyslaw |

Tomkiewicz. La mission de Claude de LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES

Mesmes comte d’Avaux, ambassadeur extraordinaire en Pologne, 1634-1636. Paris, 1937. W121. Bardach, Juliusz. Historia panstwa

Instructions and reports to and from Poland, i prawa Polski do roku 1795. [History of

including many letters to Pére Joseph. the realm and law of Poland to 1795.] 2 v.

Warsaw, 1957. Part of a projected 5 v. history to-1939, with emphasis on constitutional

HISTORIOGRAPHY development.

, . W122. Briickner, Aleksander, Wiodzimierz

; W109. David, Pierre. Les SOUTCES | de Antoniewicz, and others, eds. Polska, jej Vhistoire de P ologne a Pepoque des Piasts dzieje i kultura. [Poland, her history and

OO Ne a 1934. M i. Hist . culture.] 3 v. Warsaw, 1927-32. Splendid - thandeisman, NarCell. EASTOLYCY? —secord of Polish history and culture, by a

portrety i profile. [Historians: portraits and croup of eminent scholars | profiles. ] Warsaw, 193 7. Sketches of life and W123. Konopczynski, Wladyslaw. Dzieje

work of leading Polish historians of the Polski. nowozytnej. [History of modern | last generation, Clear on distinction between Poland.] 2 v. W ars aw 1936, The standard

istoriography. ae : |

two schools, Warsaw and Krakow, and On treatment of modern Polish history to 1795.

piace of postievism and romanticism in Polish W124. The Cambridge history of Poland. |

W111. Serejski, Marian H. Studia nad J ae ee eee SO AS nell

historiografig Polski. V. 1, K. B. Hotiman. conceived collaborative work; slightly un[Studies on the historiography of Poland. even put level of various chapters is high

V. 1,travel K. B. Hoffman.] E6dz, 1953. Effects 3’ bibliography, of in the West on the historical judg-is ”in ,process -

| ey K. B. Hoffman in the mid-ioth _ HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

W112. ——. Koncepcja historii powszech- To 1569 .

nej Joachima Lelewela. [The concept of general history of Joachim Lelewel.] War- — W125. Friedberg, Marian. Kultura polska | saw, 1958. Indicative of revival of interest a niemiecka: elementy rodzime a wplywy

in Lelewel, the most productive Polish niemieckie w ustroju i kulturze Polski

historian of the 19th century, whose liberal- Sredniowiecznej. [Polish and “German cul-

| 1945 eaten for his popularity in post- ture: native elements and German influences

W113 7 : . in the constitution and culture of medieval V113. Ziffer, Bernard. Poland, history and Poland.] 2 v. Poznafi, 1946

historians: three bibliographical essays. N.Y.., W126. Grodecki. Roman. Stanislaw Za-

1952. chorowski, and Jan Dabrowski. Dzieje Polski Sredniowiecznej. [History of medieval Po : : land.] 2 v. Krakow, 1926. SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES W127. Halecki, Oskar. Dzieje Unii jagiel-

W114. Dyboski, Roman. Poland in world —_lonskiej. [History of the Jagiellonian Union.]

civilization. N.Y., 1950. Broad picture, with 2 v. Krakdéw, 1919-20. Thorough study of

emphasis on cultural relationships. this crucial event in Polish constitutional

| W115. ———. Poland. N.Y., 1933. A brief development.

popular treatment. W128. Kolankowski, Ludwik. Polska W116. Gorka, Olgierd A. Outline of Polish Jagiellonéw: dzieje polityczne. [Poland of history, past and present. 2nd ed., London, the Jagiellons: political history.] Lwdéw, 1936.

1945, ; W129. ——. Dzieje Wielkiego Ksiestwa W117. Halecki, Oscar. A_ history of Litewskiego za Jagiellonéw. [History of the Poland. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1956. The standard Grand Duchy of Lithuania under the short history of Poland. Jagiellons.] Warsaw, 1930. | W118. Mactrek, Josef. Déjiny polského W130. Paszkiewicz, Henryk. Jagiellonowie naroda, [History of the Polish nation.] a Moskwa. [The Jagiellonians and Moscow.] Prague, 1948. Very thorough and sympathetic Warsaw, 1933.

_ text written for the Czech public. W131. Roth, Paul. Die Entstehung des

W119. Sobieski, Wactaw. Histoire de polnischen Staates: eine vélkerrechtlich-poli-

Pologne des origines 4 nos jours. Paris, 1934. _ tische Untersuchung. Berlin, 1926.

| A short and popular history for the French W132. Widajewicz, Jézef. Poezatki Polski.

' public, by a competent historian. [The beginnings of Poland.] Breslau, 1948. - W120. Wojciechowski, Zygmunt, ed. W133. Wojciechowski, Zygmunt. Polska Poland’s place in Europe. Poznan, 1947. nad Wisla i Odra w X wieku: studium nad

572 Guide to Historical Literature genezqg panstwa Piast6w i jego cywilizacji. W145. Fabre, Jean. Stanislas-Auguste [Poland on the Vistula and the Oder in the Poniatowski et PEurope des lumiéres: étude | tenth century: a study on the rise of the de cosmopolitisme. Paris, 1952. domain of the Piasts and its civilization.] W146. Feidman, Jézef. Bismarck a Polska.

Warsaw, 1939. 2nd ed., Krakow, 1947. Traces Bismarck’s

‘W134. ——. Mieszko I and the rise of positions toward the Polish question from the Polish state. Toruh and Gdynia, 1936. 1848. Based on much archival research.

An answer to German historical construction W147, Feldman, Wilhelm. Dzieje polskiej of 10th century relations between Empire mySli politicznej w okresie porozbiorowym.

and Polish dynasty. [History of Polish political thought since

the partitions.] Krakow, 1913. German ed.,

1569-1772 Geschichte der politischen Ideen in Polen

| seitW135. dessen Teilungen (1795-1914), Berlin, Feldman, Joézef. Polska w dobie 1917. A classic of synthesis. Traces developwielkiej wojny pdémocnej 1704-1709. [Po- ment of Polish thought in the three parts Jand at the time of the Great Northern War, and explains the divergences.

- 1704-1709.] Krakow, 1925. W148. Forst-Battaglia, Otto. Stanistaw ‘W136. Konopczynski, Wtadystaw. Fry- August Poniatowski und der Ausgang des

deryk Wielki a Polska. [Frederick the Great alten Polenstaates. Berlin, 1927. and Poland.] Poznan, 1947. A popular but W149. Handelsman, Marceli, ed. La

scholarly assessment of Frederick’s continu- Pologne: sa vie économique et sociale pening intrigues against Polish independence. dant la guerre. Paris and New Haven, 1933. W137, ——. Polska a Turcja, 1683-1792. W150. Jobert, Ambroise. La Commission [Poland and Turkey, 1683-1792.] Warsaw, d’Education Nationale en Pologne, 17731936. Study of the whole southern and south- 1794. Paris, 1941. Useful survey of whole eastern frontier of Poland after Sobieski and period of parliamentary reform. the international complications it involved. W151. Konopczynski, Wtadystaw. KonW138. Kubala, Ludwik. Wojny dunskie i federacja Barska. [The Confederation of

pok6j oliwski, 1657-1660. [The Danish War Bar.] 2 v. Warsaw, 1936-38. Based on | | and the Peace of Oliva, 1657-1660.] Lwow, archival research hitherto inadequately done.

1922. W152. Korzon, Tadeusz. Wewnetrzne W139. ——. Wojna szwecka w roku 1655 dzieje Polski za Stanistawa Augusta, 1764-

i 1656. [The Swedish War in 1655 and 1656.] 1794. [Internal history of Poland under Lwow, 1914. The dramatic events of these Stanislaus Augustus, 1764-1794.] 2nd ed.,

, two years warmly treated. 6 v., Krakéw, 1897-98. Very detailed study, W140. Przezdziecki, Rajnold. Diplomatic | with emphasis on social history.

ventures and adventures: some experiences . W153. Kukiel, Marjan. Dzieje wojska of British envoys at the court of Poland. polskiego w dobie napoleonskiej. [History

London, 1953. | of the Polish army in the Napoleonic period.] W141. Schaeder, Hildegard. Geschichte 3rd ed., 2 v., Warsaw, 1918-20.

der Plane zur Teilung des alten polnischen wi54. ——. Czartoryski and European

Staates seit 1386. Leipzig, 1937. unity, 1770-1861. Princeton, 1955. Former director of the Czartoryski Archives pre-

| Napoleonic and Alexandrian ideas.

Partitioned Poland, 1772-1919 sents Prince Adam within the framework of W142. Askenazy, Szymon. Napoléon et la Wi55. Leslie, R. F. Polish politics and

Pologne. Brussels, 1925. Tr. of Napoleon a the revolution of November, 1830. London, Polska (2 v., Warsaw, 1918). Based on long 1956. Based on extensive use of Polish monofamiliarity with Polish and French archival graphs, documents, and memoirs. Has a

material. distinctly anti-Czartoryski bias.

| W143. Dembinski, Bronistaw. Polska na W156. LeSnodorski, Bogustaw. Dzielo przelomie. [Poland at the turning.] Warsaw, Sejmu Cazteroletniego, 1788-1792: studium - 1913. The issues and pressures, internal and. _historyczno-prawne. [The work of the Four-

external, on Poland from ca. 1770 to ca. Year Diet, 1788-1792: a historico-legal

1795. study.] Breslau, 1951. The great reforming W144. Dmowski, Roman. Polityka polska Diet with its advanced thinking.

i odbudowanie panstwa: z dodaniem memor- W157. Manteuffel-Szoege, Georg. Gejatu “Zagadnienia Srodkowo-i ,wschodnio- schichte des polnischen Wolkes wahrend europejskie” i innych dokumentow polityki seiner Unfreiheit, 1772-1914. Berlin, 1950. polskiej z lat 1914-1919. [Polish politics and Sympathetic to Poland, critical of Frederick

national reconstruction: additional materials the Great. Forbidden publication under Na- , on the “east-central European question” and zis. Shows familiarity with Polish literature.

other documents pertaining to Polish poli- W158. Pobdg-Malinowski, Wladystaw. tics from 1914 to 1919.] Warsaw, 1926. Najnowsza historia. polityczna Polski, 1864-

, os Eastern Europe : 573 1945. [Political history of modern Poland.] cist. Pilsudski’s successors were inferior to

2 v. Paris, 1953-56. = the marshal.

W159. Rose, William J. The rise of Polish W173. ——. Colonel Beck and his policy. democracy. London, 1944. Surveys spirit of | London, 1944. A Polish publicist with po-

renascent Poland after humiliation of par- litical experience criticizes Beck’s handling |

titions. , of foreign affairs. W160. Tims, Richard W. Germanizing W174. Mason, John B. The Danzig di- . Prussian Poland: the H-K-T society and the lemma: a study in peacemaking by comprostruggle for the eastern marches in the Ger- mise. London, 1946. Valuable as an account

man empire, 1894-1919. N.Y., 1941... of the course of events. Author concludes

W161. ‘Tokarz, Wactaw. Galicya w_ that free city arrangement was better than |

: poczatkach ery Jézefinskiej w Swietle ankiety attribution either to Germany or Poland. urzedowej z roku 1783. [Galicia at the be- W175. Morrow, Ian F. D. The peace setginning of the Josephinian era as seen tlement in the German-Polish borderlands:

through an official questionnaire of 1783.] a study of conditions to-day in the pre-war -

Krakow, 1909. 7 : Prussian provinces of East and West Prussia. W162. ——-. Wojna polsko-rosyjska, 1830 London, 1936. Careful examination of the i 1831. [The Polish-Russian War of 1830 and documents and results of the post-Versailles

1831.] 2 v. Warsaw, 1930. settlements. , W163. Wereszycki, Henryk. Historia poli- W176. Murray,. Michael, ed. Poland’s

tyczna Polski w dobie popowstaniowej, 1864- _— progress, 1919-1939. London, 1944.

1918. [The political history of Poland in the W177. Noél, Léon. Une ambassade a

period after the 1864 revolt to 1918.] War- Varsovie, 1935-1939: Pagression allemande

saw, 1948. contre la Pologne. Paris, 1946. The French a , ambassador to Warsaw tells the story from

| '-: papers were destroyed. .

Independence, 1919-1939 _ his point of vantage. His most important

W164. Beck, J6zef. Dernier rapport: poli- W178. Shotwell, James T., and Max M. tique polonaise, 1926-1939. Neuchatel, Laserson. Poland and Russia, 1919-1945, — Switz., 1951. A defense of his record, writ- N.Y., 1945. Short study of the diplomatic

ten in exile in Roumania. Most bitter against and economic relations between Poland and ' BeneS. Should be read along with Szembek’s the Soviet Union. . SO Journal (W179), which is more factual and W179. Szembek, Jan. Journal, 1933-1939.

informative. } See AH223. Excellent counterweight to

W165. Bregman, Alexandre. La politique WJ64. |

de la Pologne dans la Société des Nations. W180. Zweig, Ferdynand. . Poland be- : Paris, 1932. | tween two wars. London, 1944. Survey of W166. Buell, Raymond L. Poland: key to the interplay between politics, economics, : } Europe. N.Y., 1939. Analysis of Poland’s and social forces, by a former professor of importance as seen on the eve of war, by a the University of Krakow.

careful observer. ,

W167. Fisher, Harold H. America and the Under Two Masters, 1939new Poland. N.Y., 1928. : W168. Krakowski, Edouard. Pologne et W181. Ciechanowski, Jan. Defeat in vic-

Russie. 8th ed., Paris, 1946. Not for the tory. See AH235.

pedantic. historian. The soul of Poland W182. Deresiewicz, Janusz. Okupacja

dominates the story. niemiecka na ziemiach polskich wlaczonych

W169. Laeuen, Harald. Polnisches Zwisch- do Rzeszy (1939-1945). [The German occuenspiel, eine Episode der Ostpolitik. Berlin, | pation in Polish lands annexed to the Reich 1940. Useful as showing German approach (1939-1945).] Poznan, 1950. Emphasis on

- to a lesser people. | German techniques of confiscation and apW170. Laroche, Jules A. La Pologne de propriation. :

Pilsudski: souvenirs d’une ambassade, 1926- W183. Malara, Jean, and Lucienne Rey. 1935. Paris, 1953. Valuable as complement La Pologne d’une occupation a autre (1944to Léon Noél, L’agression allemande contre 1952). Paris, 1952. Analyzes situation under la Pologne (Paris, 1946). Noél succeeded Nazi control, =the political structure, and

Laroche as ambassador. .~ the emigration:and Sovietization since 1944. |

W171. Machray, Robert. The Poland of W184, Mikétajczyk, Stanislaw. The rape. Pilsudski. London, 1936. Sympathetic. of Poland: pattern of Soviet aggression. N.Y.., W172. Mackiewicz, Stanistaw. Historia 1948. The wartime premier of Poland and Polski od 11 listopada 1918 r do 17 wrzeSnia_ —_—vice-premier 1945-47 relates his experiences.

1939, [History of Poland from November W185. Rose, William J. Poland, old and . 11, 1918 to September 17, 1939.] London, new. London, 1948. Author revisited Poland 1941. Political analysis by a political publi- after 1945, and here relates striking compari-

period. .

574 Guide to Historical Literature

sons, physical and _ spiritual, with earlier HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

W186. Du Prel, Maximilian, ed. Das , Economics

Generalgouvernement. 2nd ed., Wiirzburg, | ;

1942. Collaborative work describing all or- W198. Alton, Thad P. Polish postwar

gans of administration and deutsche Ord- economy. N.Y., 1955. ,

nung. Nothing is said about the Ver- W199. Gasiorowska, Natalja. Gérnictwo i

| nichtungslager. : hutnictwo w Krolewstwie Polskiem, 1815W187. Lane, Arthur B. I saw Poland be- 1830. [Mining and foundry in Kingdom of

trayed: an American ambassador reports to Poland, 1815—1830.] Warsaw, 1922.

the American people. Indianapolis, 1948. W200. Lipifski, Edward. Studia nad _hisAuthor recounts his efforts to achieve ful- ‘teria polskiej mysli ekonomicznej. [Studies fillment of the Yalta understandings in face 0 the history of Polish economic thought.] of Communist evasions and State Depart- Warsaw, 1956. Collection of monographic

ment apathy. i studies on Polish economists or economic theoreticians from the 14th to the 19th century. Very informative.

_ HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS W201. Ptagnik, Jan. Miasta i mieszezan-— W188. Bukowski, Andrzej. Regionalizm ‘Stwo w dawnej Polsce. [Cities and the - kaszubski. [Cassubian regionalism.] Poznah, bourgeoisie in ancient Poland.] 2nd ed., _ 1950. First serious analysis of Cassubian Warsaw, 1949. regionalism, studied through its literature, W202. Rutkowski, Jan. Historia gospo-

journalism, and folklore. : ~ darcza Polski. 2 v. (2nd ed. of v. 1) Poznan,

W189. Gorski, Karol. Paistwo Krzyzackie 1946-50. French tr. of v. 1, Histoire écow Prusach. [The Teutonic Order in Prussia.] ”omique de la Pologne avant les partages,

Danzig, 1946. Paris, 1927. W190. Konopczyfski, Wtadystaw. Kwestia W203. ——.. Studia z dziejow wsi polskiej

baltycka do XX w. Danzig, 1947. Shows XVI-XVIII w. [Studies in the history of the Poland’s role in the Baltic at the several Village, 16th-18th centuries.] Warsaw, 1956. turns in the struggle for predominance be- Collected studies of a leading economic his-

tween the northern powers. torian.

W191. Kutrzeba, Stanistaw. Gdatsk-Goérny W204, Strzeszewski, Czeslaw. Kryzys rolSlask. [Danzig-Upper Silesia.] Krakéw, 1923. miezy ma ziemiach Ksigstwa warszawskiego , W192. ——, ed. Dzieje Slaska od naj- i Krélestwa kongresowego, 1807-1830. [The

_ dawniejszych czaséw do r. 1400. [History of agricultural crisis in the territories of the Silesia from the earliest times to 1400.] 3 v. duchy of Warsaw and in Congress Poland,

Krakéw, 1933-39. 1807-1830.] Lublin, 1934.

W193. Mitkowski, Jézef. Pomorze zachod- W205. Taylor, Jack. The economic denie w stosunku do Polski. [Western Pomer- velopment of Poland, 1919-1950. Ithaca, ania in relation to Poland.] Poznan, 1946. 1952. W194, Piwarski, Kazimierz. Dzieje Prus W206. Wellisz, Leopold. Foreign capital

Wschodnich w czasach nowozytnych. [His- i Poland. London, 1938.

tory of East Prussia in modern times.] Dan- W207. Zweig, Ferdynand. Poland between zig, 1946. East Prussia has become of more Wo wars: a critical study of social and eco-

immediate interest to Poland since a part omic changes. See W180. | of it is again in Polish possession. This work |

| discusses the Prussian period. sO _ . ‘on. | | W195. Podoski, B., Z. Jundzilt, and others, | Literature and Education | eds. Dzieje Ziem Wielkiego Ksiestwa Litews- W208. Chlebowski, Bronislav. La littéra-

kiego. [History of the Grand Duchy of ture polonaise au XIXe siécle. Paris, 1933. |

Lithuania.] London, 1953. W209. Dyboski, Roman. Modern Polish

W196. Rose, William J. The drama of literature. London, 1924. Upper Silesia: a regional study. Brattleboro, W210. Feldman, Wilhelm. Wspdodlczesna | Vt., 1935. History and analysis of conflicting literatura polska. [Contemporary Polish lit| policies and economic needs in a border re-__ erature.] 8th ed., Krakow, 1930. Covers the gion desired by both Germany and Poland. period 1863-1930. W197. Tyrowicz, Marian. Galicja od pier- W211. Grabowski, Tadeusz. Historja literawszego rozbioru do Wiosny Ludéw 1772-_ tury polskiej . . . 1000-1930. [History of

1849. [Galicia from the first partition to Polish literature . .-. 1000-1930.] 2 v. Poz-

the Springtime of the Nations, 1772-1849.] nan, 1936. oe

Breslau, 1956. Broad selection of sources W212. Kleiner, Julius. Die polnische Li-

| from contemporary journals, official reports, teratur. Potsdam, 1929. Excellent brief his-

military documents, various legislative bod- tory. [RW] | me

ies in Galicia. W213. Korbut, Gabrjel. Literatura polska. —

Eastern Europe 575 [Polish literature.] 2nd ed., 4 v., Warsaw, and documents of his reign (1333-70), with |

1929-31. Handbook for students. [RW] commentary. oo ,

W214. Kridl, Manfred. A survey of Polish W227. . Konopczynski, Wtadystaw. Le literature and culture. N.Y., 1956. A thor- liberum veto: étude sur le développement du

| ough and useful survey, the first in English principe majoritaire. 2 v. Paris, 1930. A

in this compass. classic study, indispensable *to any under-

W215. Krzyzanowski, Julian. Historia standing of Polish political tradition. The |

: literatury polskiej od Sredniowiecza do XIX Polish original was less complete. - —

w. [History of Polish literature from the W228. Kutrzeba, Stanistaw. Historia usMiddle Ages to the 19th century.] Warsaw, troju Polski w zarysie. [History of the Polish | 1953. Best recent history. [RW] constitution in outline.] 7th ed., 4 v., Lwow, W216. Lednicki, Wactaw, ed. Adam 1931. The standard study of Poland’s unique Mickiewicz in world literature: a symposium. constitutional structure.

Berkeley, 1956. Centennial memorial to the W229. Wojciechowski, Zygmunt. L’état

greatest Polish poet. polonais au Moyen-Age: histoire des instituW217. Lednicki, Wactaw. Life and culture tions. Paris, 1949. Most useful for compara-

of Poland as reflected in Polish literature. | tive constitutional and institutional study. a

N.Y., 1944. Polish life and spirit as seen by

aW218. historian of literature. Foreign Relations Los, Jan. Poczatki pismienictwa

polskiego. [The beginnings of Polish litera- W230. Polska i Litwa w dziejowym - ture.] 2nd ed., Lwéw, 1922. Contains trans- stosunku. [Poland and Lithuania in their | Jations into modern Polish of the oldest historical relations.] Warsaw, 1914. Collabo- |

Polish texts. [RW] rative work treating various aspects of rela- | W219. Marcel,. Simone. Histoire de la tions between the two countries, from the littérature polonaise des origines au début Christianization of Lithuania by Poland to

du XIXe siecle. Paris, 1957. the definitive union in 1569. W220. Pilat, Roman. Historja _ literatury W231. Breyer, Richard. Das deutsche

polskiej od czaséw najdawniejszych do roku Reich und Polen, 1932-1937: Aussenpolitik 1815. [History of Polish literature from the und Volksgruppenfragen. Wiirzburg, 1955. earliest times to 1815.] 3 v. Warsaw, 1925- W232. Smogorzewski, Kazimierz M. Po-

26. Students’ manual. [RW] oe | land’s access to the sea. London, 1934. Solid W221. Tarnowski, Stanistaw. Historya discussion of the basic problem of Polish

literatury polskiej. [History of Polish litera- history—free access to the sea.

— ture.] 6 v. in 7. Krakéw, 1903-07. W233. Sobieski, Wactaw. Der Kampf um _ W222. Morawski, Kazimierz. Histoire de die Ostsee von den iltesten Zeiten bis zur

, PUniversité de Cracovie. 3 v. Paris, 1900-05. Gegenwart. Leipzig, 1933. . | | Tr. of Historya Uniwersytetu Jagiellonskiego = W234. Umiastowski, Roman. Russia and

| (2 v., Krakéw, 1900). Detailed history of the Polish republic, 1918-1941. London,

the earliest:Polish university and its place as 1945. a

a center of Polish intellectual contacts with W235. Wojciechowski, Zygmunt. Polska-

the West. © . a Niemcy: dziesieé wieké6w zmagania. [Poland- |

~ W223. Chatasifski, Jé6zef. Spoleczenstwo | Germany: ten centuries of struggle.] Poznan,

i wychowanie: socjologiczne zagadnienia 1945. The long struggle of Poland for her szkolnictwa i wychowania w spoleczenstwie western frontiers and an outlet to the sea

-—wspoiczesnym. [Society and education: so- traced as a single conflict. .

clological problems of education in modern |

society.] Warsaw, 1948. BIOGRAPHIES ‘Religion W236. Bartel, Oskar. Jan Laski. V. |1. | |W224. / Warsaw, 1955. First volume of a projected Volker, Karl. Kirchengeschichte 2 v. history of the greatest’ Reformation

Polens. Berlin and Leipzig, 1930. The pe- character of Poland. Solid. |

| culiar turns and complexities of Polish ~ W237. Champion, Pierre. Henri I, roi Christianity reviewed by a Lutheran scholar. ‘de Pologne. 2 v. Paris, 1943—51.

| W225. Wolinski, Janusz. Polska i Koscidélt W238. Etienne Batory, roi de Pologne, prawoslawny. [Poland and the Orthodox prince de Transylvanie. Ed. by Joseph Fili-

irtn. Lo:

Church.] Lwow, 1936. | powski. Krakow, 1935. Collaborative work, | by Hungarian and Polish scholars, to com-

, Constitutional History remorate the 400th anniversary of Bathory’s W226. Kaczmarczyk, Zdzistaw. Monarchia W239. Forst-Battaglia, Otto. Jan Sobieski, Kazimierza Wielkiego. [The monarchy of Konig von Polen. 2 y. Ziirich, 1946. Popular

Casimir the Great.] 2 v. Poznan, 1939. Acts biography.

576 Guide to Historical Literature W240. Haiman, Miecislaus. Kosciuszko, W254. Zakrzewski, Stanislaw. Mieszko I.

leader and exile. N.Y., 1946. Warsaw, 1921.

W241. Handelsman, Marceli. Adam Czar- Ww255. ——. Bolestaw Chrobry Wielki. | toryski. 3 v. in 4. Warsaw, 1948-50. The Lwo6w, 1925. A classic in conception and last work of the leader of the Warsaw _ reconstruction of a very complex period. school, published posthumously.

W242. Kaczmarczyk, Zdzistaw. Kazimierz

| Wielki, 1333-1370. [Casimir the Great, 1333— , PERIODICALS

1370.] Warsaw, 1948. W256. Ateneum wilenskie. [The Wilno W243. Mizwa, Stephen P., ed. Great men = athenaeum.] Wilno, 1923-39. (Quarterly.)

and women of Poland. N.Y., 1941. Short W257. Czasopismo prawno-historyczne. | vignettes of eighteen carefully chosen leaders [Legal-historical journal.] Poznan, 1948 ff. of Polish life from the time of Mieszko to (Irregular. )

Conrad. W258. Niepodlegtosé. [Independence.] W244. Konopczynski, Wtadystaw. Kazi- Warsaw, 1929-39. (Irregular.) Especially

mierz Pulaski. Krakow, 1931. The standard concerned with the struggle for freedom since | biography of General Pulaski, covering also _ the partitions.

his American years. W258a. Kwartalnik historyczny. [Histori- — W245. ——. Stanistaw Konarski. Warsaw, cal quarterly.| Lwéw-Warsaw, 1886 ff.

1926. Long archival study of life and activity W259. Przeglad historyczny. [Historical of the 18th century political and educational review.] Warsaw, 1905-43. (Irregular.)

reformer. W260. Przeglad zachodni. [The Western

, W246. Morton, John B. Sobieski, king of | review.] Poznan, 1945 ff. (Monthly.) Early | | Poland. London, 1932. A somewhat idealiz- numbers appeared in English or French

ing picture. abridgments. Emphasis on former German W247. Papée, Fryderyk. Jan Olbracht. lands and German question in general. | Krakow, 1936. W261. Reformacja w Polsce. [The Refor- : W248. ——. Aleksander Jagiellonezyk. mation in Poland.] Warsaw, 1921-54. (QuarKrakéw, 1949. terly.) Especially valuable for studies of W249. Pociecha, Wtadystaw. Krolowa Unitarianism and Socinianism. ‘Bona, 1494-1557: czasy i ludzie odrodzenia. W262. Roczniki historyczne. [Historical [Queen Bona Sforza: the era and the people _annals.] Poznah, 1925 ff. (Semiannual.)

of the Renaissance.] Poznan, 1949 ff. W263. Przeglad nauk historycznych i

W250. Reddaway, William F. Marshal — spotecznych. [Review of historical and social

Pilsudski. London, 1939. | sciences.] Lddz, 1951 ff. :

W251. Rose, William J. Stanislas Konarski, W264. Roczniki dziej6w spolecznych i _yeformer of education in XVIIIth century gospodarczych. [Annals of social and eco-

. Poland. London, 1929. . nomic history.] Lwéw, Torun, and Poznan,

| W252. Skatkowski, Adam M. Aleksander 1932 ff. (Irregular.) Wielopolski w Swietle archiwow rodzinnych, W265. Soboétka. Breslau, 1946 ff. (Irregu1803-1877. [Alexander Wielopolski in the lar.) Devoted to history of Silesia. ) light of the family archives, 1803—1877.] W266. Teki historyczne. [Historical port-

Poznan, 1947. | folios.] London, 1947 ff. (Quarterly.)

W253. Wojciechowski, Zygmunt. Zygmunt W267. Zapiski historyezne. [Historical Stary, 1506-1548. Warsaw, 1946. Best treat- notes.] Torun, 1931 ff. (Quarterly.) Con-

| ment of the Renaissance ruler and his han- cerned with history of the Baltic regions of

dling of the early Reformation. Poland.

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

BIBLIOGRAPHIES | ského pisomnictva. [Bibliography of Slovak

| : literature.] Bratislava, 1946. Arranged al-

W268. Bibliografie Ceské historie. 1904—- phabetically by author. Writings in all lan-

36. Prague, 1905-38. Intended as a continu- guages from 16th century. . ation of W271. For some years it appeared W271. Zibrt, Cenék. Bibliografie ¢eské

annually, but more usually a volume covered _historie. 5 v. Prague, 1900-12. Definitive

two to four years. [OO] | and authoritative for Czech history to 1679. W269. Cesky Casopis Historicky. Biblio- [OO]

grafie védecké prace o ¢ceské minulosti za | poslednich ¢tyficet let . . . 1895-1934. [Bib- ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF liography of scholarly work on the Czech REFERENCE ‘past over the past forty years, 1895-1934.]

Comp. by Josef Klik. Prague, 1935. W272. BuSek, Vratislav, and Nicholas

W270. MiSianik, Jan. Bibliografia sloven- Spulber, eds. Czechoslovakia. N.Y., 1957.

Eastern Europe , 577 Compendious collection of facts and figures philology’ with emphasis on the Slavic and on Czechoslovakia under Communist rule. east European branches.

Helpful appendices and bibliography. W273. Slovenska vlastiveda. [Slovak en- :| ,| ,

Bratislava, 1943-46. 7 ° eo . °

cyclopedia.] Ed. by L’udovit Novak. 4 v. PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES W274. Ceskoslovenska viastivéda. [Czecho- vee. Codex bye antonive sd (ep etolars | slovak encyclopedia] 10 v. and 2 suppl. others, 15 v. Briinn, 1836-1903. Indis-

Prague, 1929-36, Covers main areas of the jensable for any study of administrative or nation’s life: art, literature, the state, geog- ginlomatic history of Bohemia-Moravia.

raphy, music, etc. V. 4 and supplement are [00]

on history. Very useful bibliography. W287. Emler. Josef. and others. eds. W275. Ottiv slovnik nauény. 28 v. Prague, pontes rerum bohemicarum. V. 1-6, 8.

1888-1909. Standard Czech encyclopedia, prasue, 1873-1932. Critical edition of sources published by Jan Otto. Various editors. [OO] of medieval history of Bohemia. V. 7 never

W276. Ottiv slovnik nauény nové doby. published. [OO] | |

6 v. im 12. Prague, 1930-43. Supplements W288. Regesta diplomatica nec non epis- |

, ; gue, .

the above. Covers letters A to Uz. [00] tolaria Bohemiae et Moraviae. Ed. by Karel W277. Masarykuv slovnik nauény. [The J. Erben. Josef Emler, and others. 7 Vv.

Masaryk encyclopedia. ] 7 v. Prague, 1925— Pra 1855-195 4 ° ,

33. Popular encyclopedia, useful for primary W289. Codex diplomaticus et epistolaris

information. [OO] | regni Bohemiae. Ed. by Gustav Friedrich.

Prague, 1904 ff. (In progress. 3 v. to date.)

GEOGRAPHIES AND ATLASES | Critical edition of charters and letters relat-

. ingW278. to Atlas Bohemia from the earliest times to Ceskoslovenské Republiky. 1238, [OO] : Prague, 1935. W290. Husa, Vaclav, ed. Nase ndrodni W279. Blazek, Miroslav. Hospodarska minulost vy dokumentech. V. 1, Do zruSeni geografie Ceskeslovenska. [Economic geog- nevolnictvi. [Our national past in documents.

raphy of Czechoslovakia.] Prague, 1953. V. 1, To the abolition of serfdom.] Prague, W280. Ceskoslovensko y mapach. [Czecho- 1954. Selected documents, in Czech and

slovakia in maps.] Prague, 1954. Slovak translation, illustrating Czech and

W281. Hromadka, Jan. VSeobecny ze- Slovak history up to 1785. Emphasis on mepis Slovenska. [General geography of documents showing class conflict. [OO] _ Slovakia.] Bratislava, 1943. Many sketches, W291. Monumenta vaticana res gestas

maps, and illustrations. [OO] Bohemicas illustrantia. Ed. by Ladislaus

W282. Konéek, Mikula8, and Michal Klicman and others. Prague, 1903 ff. (5 v. Luknis. Geografia Slovaca. [Geography of in 8 to date.) Papal briefs and letters from

Slovakia.] Bratislava, 1949. . Czech prelates and rulers beginning in 1342.

W292. Acta sacrae congregationis de pro-

) | paganda fide res gestas Bohemicas illustrantia.

ANTHROPOLOGY Ed. by Ignatius Kollman. 3 v. Prague, 1939.

W283. Eisner, Jan. Slovensko v pravéku. W293. Archiv cesky. 37 v. Prague, 1840—[Slovakia in prehistoric times.] Bratislava, 1941. A series of volumes, with documents 1933. On basis of recent excavations of the in the Czech language, illustrating the his-

Stone Age grottoes and other research, tory of Bohemia from the 14th to 17th cenEisner concludes the area was inhabited by tury. [OO] | Slavs before the Avars arrived in the valley of the Danube.

Memoir Sources

DEMOGRAPHY W294. Cerny, Jan M., ed. Boj za pravo.

. [The struggle for our rights.] 2 v. Prague,

W284, Recensement de la population de = 1893. Documents relating to political devella république tchécoslovaque, effectué le = opments in Bohemia, 1848-60. Very valuable.

ler décembre. 4 v. Prague, 1934-39. [OO] ] oo _ W295. Cvejn, Karel, ed. Josef V. Fri¢ v LINGUISTICS dopisech a denicich. [Joseph V. Fric¢ in his

| letters and diaries.] Prague, 1955. Selected

W285. Novak, L’udovit, and Eugen Pauliny. letters and passages from diaries of a Czech :

Linguistica slovaca. Bratislava, 1939-48. poet and political thinker who was active | (Annual.) Since 1932 the Slovak Academy about 1848-66. [OO] |

of Arts and Sciences has published and W296. Dyk, Viktor. Vzpominky a ko- |

sponsored over thirty substantial mono- mientare. [Recollections and commentary.] graphic studies in linguistics and comparative 2 v. Prague, 1927. Memoirs and sketches, by

578 - Guide to Historical Literature | , a leading poet, relating to Czech literary in Bohemia in the second half of the 19th

life from 1893 to 1918. [OO] | century. [OO] W297. Heidler, Jan, ed. PYrispévky k

listafi Dra. Frant. Lad. Riegra. [Additions HISTORIOGRAPHY

to the correspondence of Dr. F. L. Rieger.]

2 v. Prague, 1924-26. Excerpts from Rieger’s W310. Chaloupecky, Vaclav. Frantisek |

correspondence, 1836-1903. Important as a __ Palacky. Prague, 1912. A short biography of

source of modern Czech history. [OO] the leading Czech historian and political

W298. Herben, Jan. Kniha vzpominek. leader. [OO] a

[A book of recollections.] Prague, 1935. W311. Litzow, Frantz H. Lectures on Memoirs of a Czech novelist and journalist, historians of Bohemia. London, 1905. — a close collaborator of T. G. Masaryk. W312. Novotny, Vaclav. Ceské déjepisectvi

[OO] v prvém desetileti republiky. [Czech hisW299. Hikl, Karel. Listy ¢eského pro- toriography in the first decade of the re-

a buzenf. [Letters of the Czech revival.] public.] Prague, 1929. A survey, with brief : Prague, 1920. Selected letters of the pioneers evaluation, of historical production 1918-28,

of the Czech national revival. [OO] by a leading Czech historian. W300. Hruby, FrantiSek, ed. Moravské W313. Plaschka, Richard. Von Palacky Korespondence a akta z let 1620-1636. bis Peka¥: Geschichtswissenschaft und Na- , [Moravian correspondence from the year tionalbewusstsein bei den Tschechen. Graz 1620 to 1636.] 2 v. Briinn, 1934-37. Docu- and Cologne, 1955. Based on thorough read-

ments illustrating history of Moravia. ing of both Czech and Sudetan German

[OO] sources. Focused on political implications of W301. Kaizl, Josef. Z mého Zivota. [Out Czech historical science rather than on the

of my life.] 4 v. Prague, 1908-14. Biographi- broader concepts of historiography. cal materials, letters, diaries, etc., illustrating W314. Werstadt, Jaroslav. Odkazy déjin a

life and career of a Czech leader, col- déjepiscu. [Legacies of history and_his-

| laborator of T. G. Masaryk. [OO] torians.] Prague, 1948. Collection of articles,

W302. Kalista, Zdenék. Cesty ve znameni by Werstadt, focused on Czech historians krize. [Travels in the name of the Cross.] and their various approaches to the national Prague, 1941. Letters of Czech missionaries history.

from various parts of the world (17th and | 18th centuries). [OO] . | SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES W303. Kameni¢ek, FrantiSek, ed. Paméti |

a listaf¥ Dra. Aloise Prazaka. [Memoirs and W315. Krofta, Kamil. A: short history of correspondence of Dr. Alois Prazak.] 2 v. Czechoslovakia. N.Y., 1934. Good, highly | Prague, 1926-27. Letters, memoirs, and other condensed survey of the whole of Czech documents. Important source material for and Czechoslovak history to about 1930, modern Czech history relating especially to essentially factually sound and _ unbiased,

Moravia. [OO] | | mostly following strictly chronological lines W304. Kvacala, Jan, ed. Korespondence except for some socio-political analysis in

Jana Amosa Komenského. [Correspondence treatment of the latest phase. [FGH] | of John Amos Komensky.].2 v. Prague, W316. Liitzow, Franz H. Bohemia, an 1897-1902. Another collection of Comenius’ historical sketch. Rev. ed., London, 1939. . letters, supplementing W306. [OQ] Originally covered to 1620, but the 1939 W305. Novacek, Vojtéch J., ed. Frantiska edition brought the story up to date. Still

Palackého korespondence a zapisky. [Cor- valuable. , respondence and notes of FrantiSek Palacky.] W317. Odlozilik, Otakar. Nastin ¢esko3 v. Prague, 1898-1911. Letters, autobio- slovenskych déjin. [A sketch of Czechoslovak graphical notes, and other documents of history.] Sth ed., Prague, 1947. Brilliant Palacky covering his early life to 1826. work, emphasizing significance of central

foo] position of the peoples of the country and W306. Patera, Adolf, ed. Jana Amose their function as cultural catalysts.

Komenského korespondence. [Correspond- W318. Proke’, Jaroslav. Histoire tchéence of John Amos Komensky.] Prague, coslovaque. Prague, 1927. Excellent survey. 1892. A collection of letters. [OO] W319. Seton-Watson, Robert W. A history

W307. Quis, Ladislav, ed. Korespondence of the Czechs and Slovaks. London, 1943. Karla Havliéka. [Correspondence of Karel Excellent account of the changing structure

Havlicek.] Prague, 1903. of the lands of the Bohemian crown. Tends W308. Srob4r, Vavro J. Z méjho Zivota. to view Bohemia from Vienna.

[Out of my life.] Prague, 1946. Memoirs of W320. Thomson, S. Harrison. Czecho-

a Slovak leader. [OO] | slovakia in European history. 2nd. ed.,

W309. StaSek, Antal. Vzpominky [Recol- Princeton, 1953. Consideration of leading lections.] Prague, 1925. Memoirs of a Czech problems of Czechoslovak struggle for indenovelist relating to literary and political life | pendence from early times.

- Eastern Europe 579 ~ LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES olutionary movement.] 2 v. Prague, 1952-56.

. Detailed study of relations of Tabor, the | ,

W321. Bokes, Frantisek. Dejiny Slovenska Hygsite left-wing capital, with the rest of a Slovakov od najstarsich Cias po oslo- Bohemia. Many helpful maps and tables.

bodenie. [History of Slovakia and _ the W330. Molndr, Amedeo. Bratr Lukas

Slovaks from the earliest times to the era pohoslovec, Jednoty. [Brother Lucas, theoof liberation.] Bratislava, 1946. A-sound and = Jogian of the Unity.] Prague, 1948. Crisp

judicious treatment of the history of the gtudy of life and thought of second founder Slovak people under Magyar rule and as a of the Unity of Czech Brethren, an older

part of the republic. . contemporary of Luther.

W322. Co daly nase zemé Evropé a W331. Peka¥, Josef. Zizka a jeho doba. :

lidstvu. [What our country has given Europe = [Zjzka and his times.] 4 v. Prague, 1927-33. and humanity.] Ed. by Vilém Mathesius.2v. This work, though over-polemical in taking

Prague, 1939. Collection of essays, by lead- 4 stand against Masaryk’s ideas about the ing Czech scholars, pointing out Czech meaning of Czech history, is a must for any contributions to European and world civili- serious student of Hussite history because zation. Covers many fields, including litera- of its nearly exhaustive treatment of events ture, fine arts, science, religion, music, etc. and sources. Review, K. Krofta in Zizka a

[OO] . : husitskd revoluce (Prague, 1937). [FGH] W323. Ceské déjiny. [Czech history.] Ed. W332. ——~. Bil4 Hora, jeji pfritiny i

by Vaclav Novotny and others. 3 v. in 13. pdsledky. [The White Mountain, its reasons Prague, 1912-48. Planned as a definitive, and results.] Prague, 1921. Essays on the

heavily documented history by Novotny. causes and significance of the collapse of | Since his death in 1931, editorial policy has the: Czech anti-Habsburg rising in 1618-20. :

been somewhat modified in the direction of [QO] . |

lighter, if no less authoritative, presentation. W333. Spinka, Matthew. John Hus and Story complete to 1415, and from 1438 to the Czech reform. Chicago, 1941. Convinc1462. The missing volume is in preparation. ingly corrects previous misapprehensions

W324. Tobolka, Zdenek V. Politické about the relationship between the Czech ,

déjiny ceskoslovenského naroda. [Political (Hussite) Reformation and its twin sources, | history of the Czechoslovak people.}] 5 v. English (Wyclif) and Czech. Also helps to Prague, 1932-37. Exhaustive survey of polit- clarify to some extent the question of its ical history of the Czechs and Slovaks from impact on 16th century Protestantism.

1848 to 1918. [OO] | [FGH]

- W334. Urbanek, Rudolf. Husitsky kral. |

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS [The Hussite king.] Pr ague, 1926. Popular

_ biography of George of Podébrady by a Before 1620 leading scholar of this. period. | :

W325. Barto’, FrantiSek M. Husitstvi a : 1620-1918

- ceizina, [Hussitism and the outside world.] 7

Prague, 1931. A largely authoritative work W335. Benes, Eduard. My war memoirs. which scrutinizes carefully and thoroughly N.Y., 1928. Diplomatic record of attainment the influences on the Hussite movement de- of recognition of the new state, by Masaryk’s riving from various foreign men, groups, or principal collaborator.

movements (including Waldensianism and W336. Bokes, FrantiSek. Pokusy o slorelated phenomena) and the spiritual impact | vensko-mad’arské vyroynanie v rokoch 1861-—

on the surrounding world. [FGH] 1868. [Attempts at a Slovak-Magyar rap-

W326. Dvornik, FrantiSek. Les légendes de prochement in 1861-1868.] Turciansky Sv.

Constantin et de méthode vues de Byzance. Martin, 1941. , .

Prague, 1933. A biographical study of the W337. HanuS, Josef. Narodni Museum a pioneers of Christianity among the Slavs in nase obrozeni. [The National Museum and Moravia and in the neighboring territories, our renaissance.] 2 v. Prague, 1921-23.

based on medieval legends. [OO] Monumental study of. the Czech national

| W327. Filip, Jan. Pravéké Ceskoslovensko. _ revival, with special reference to the National [Prehistoric Czechoslovakia.] Prague, 1948. Museum of Bohemia, accepted by the Czech Sums up results of latest archaeological dis- | people as a symbol of their traditions. [OO]

coveries in the area. . W338. Janecek, Oldrich. Povstani ne-

W328. Heymann, Frederick G. John Zizka volnikii vy €eskych zemich roku 1775. [Reand the Hussite revolution. Princeton, 1955. volt of the serfs in the Czech lands in 1775.]

Superb reconstruction of the Hussite revolt, Prague, 1954. Documented study of the based on long and thoughtful study of con- struggle against the robota in Bohemia and

| fusing partisan sources. | : Moravia, and the Vienna government’s efforts

W329. Macek, Josef. Tabor v husitském to quell it and improve the situation. Marxist

revoluénim hnuoti. [Tabor in the Hussite rev- vocabulary. SC ,

580 Guide to Historical Literature W339. Kazbunda, Karel. Ceské hnuti roku lectual events of the first few years after 1848. [The Czech movement of the year 1918. 1848.] Prague, 1929. Monograph on Czech W352. Vondracek, Felix. The foreign

political developments in 1848, based mostly policy of Czechoslovakia, 1918-1935. N.Y.,

on Official documents. [OO] | 1937. Thorough assembling of documents

W340. Kerner, Robert J. Bohemia in the and press reports in years of the League of eighteenth century. N.Y., 1932. Focused on Nations and Little Entente.

| reigns of Joseph II and Leopold II; based W353. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. Munich:

on study of Vienna archives. prologue to tragedy. See AH226.

W341. Krofta, Kamil. Nesmrtelny narod: |

od Bilé Hory k Palackému. [Immortal na- Since 1939

tion: White Mountain to Palacky.] Prague,from 1940.the W354. Benes, Edvard. Paméti: od Mni- , W342. Masaryk, Thomas G. The making’ chova k nové valce a k novému vitézstvi.

of a state. See AF336. Prague, 1947. English tr. by Godfrey Luias,

W343. Medvecky, Karol A. Slovensky Memoirs: from Munich to new war and

prevrat. [The Slovak revolt.] 4 v. Trnava, new victory, London, 1954. Intended as v. 2 1931..Comprehensive description of Slovak of. projected three volumes, to cover period participation in the 1914-1918 struggle for from the Sudeten crisis to 1948. In this the

independence at home and abroad. Munich crisis is not treated in focus.

W344. Paulova, Milada. Déjiny Maffie: W355. Dolezal, Jirfi. Slovenské narodni

odboj Cechi a Jihoslovant za Svétové Valky, povstani: prispévek k jeho vzniku a pribéha. 1914-1918. [The history of the Maffie: the [The Slovak national uprising: a contribustruggle of the Czechs and Yugoslavs during tion to its origin and course.] Prague, 1954.

the World War, 1914-1918.] 2 v. Prague, W356. Czechoslovak Republic. Minister1937-39. The most thorough study of the. -.stvo Zahrani¢nich Véci. Four fighting years. _ organization of the resistance movement in London, 1943. This book, published by the

Bohemia and its connection with correspond- government information ministry, describes

: ing groups in Yugoslavia. - the spirit of resistance to German occupation W345. Roubik, Franti8ek. Cesky rok 1848. from 1939 to 1943.

| [Czech year 1848.] 2nd ed., Prague, 1948. = W357. Gadourek, Ivan. The political con-

: - Detailed survey of Czech national life in trol of Czechoslovakia: a study in social 1848, with reproductions from contemporary control of a Soviet satellite state. Leiden,

documents, cartoons, etc. [OO] ~ 1953. Heavily documented from official | W346. Srb, Adolf. Politické déjiny naroda = sources.

éeského od roku 1861. [Political history of W358. Jaros, Vaclav, ed. Sest let okupace. | the Czech nation from 1861.] 2 v. Prague, [Six years of occupation.] Prague, 1946. 1899-1901. Political history of the Czechs Collaborative work reviewing German oc-

with documents in the text. [OO] cupation of Prague, 1939-45, in all aspects W347. Winter, Eduard. Der Josefinismus of life, law, culture, education, economy, und seine Geschichte. Briinn, 1943. Treats and religion. the reform ideas of Joseph II and his en- W359. Ripka, Hubert. Czechoslovakia enlightened advisers, with special emphasis on slaved: the story of the Communist coup

Bohemia and Moravia. [OO] d@état. London, 1950. Tr. of Le coup de

(Paris, 1949). Story of the coup by , 1918-1939 |aPrague cabinet who had always been amember close to BeneS. , W348. Deset let éeskoslovenské republiky. © W360. Stransky, Josef. East wind over [Ten years of the Czechoslovak republic.] Prague. London, 1950. 3 v. Prague, 1928. An official’ publication,

but informative on progress in organization HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS

and functioning of a new state.

W349. Kerner, Robert J., ed. Czecho- W361. Chaloupecky, Vaclav. Staré Slo-

slovakia: twenty years of independence. vensko. [Ancient Slovakia.] Bratislava, 1923. Berkeley, 1940. Collective work, still im- On basis of close examination of ancient portant as introduction to the pre-history documents, language, and titles, attempts to

and history of the “first republic.” show Slovakia to have been a political unity

W350. Ripka, Hubert. Munich: before in the early Middle Ages and closely related and after. London, 1939. Based on access to to Bohemia and Moravia. This work -was all official and personal Czech sources. In attacked by some Slovak historians. essence represents Benes’ story of the crisis. W362. Hodza, Milan. Ceskoslovensky W351. Peroutka, Ferdinand. Budovani rozkol. [Czechoslovak schism.] Turciansky statu. [The building of a state.] 5 v. Prague, Sv. Martin, 1920. Study of the Slovak na1936. The leading journalist of the early tional revival. [OO] republic analyzes the political and intel- W363. Preidel, Helmut, ed. Die Deutschen

, Eastern Europe _ a 581 in Bohmen und Mahren. Munich, 1950. An milian HI in 1575, and of religious .parties

answer, by Sudeten German scholars in in Bohemia in the Reformation era. [OO] Germany, to nationalistic Slavic historians. W375. ——. Déjiny Kfest’anstvi v Cesko-

The appeal is to “a European conception,” slovensku. [History of Christianity in Czecho-. |

with emphasis on the German “mission” in slovakia.] 6 v. Prague, 1947-50. The only

Bohemia and Moravia. complete history of the church in its various W364. Rapant, Daniel. Sedliacke povstanie branches, Orthodox, Catholic, Hussite, Lu-

na vychodnom Slovensku roku 1831. [Peas- theran, and Bohemian Brethren, until 1576.

ant uprising in eastern Slovakia in 1831.] Documented. 7 :

2 v. in 3. Bratislava, 1953. The result of W376. Gindely, Anton. Geschichte der

many years of archival research. Pt. 2, in Boéhmischen Briider. 2nd ed., 2 v., Prague, | 2 v., exclusively documents. Author contends 1861-62. Based on first extensive use of | the uprising was rooted in oppression of the sources of the Brethren. In details occapeasantry, abuse of the robota, and impos- sionally outdated, but indispensable for those

sible exactions. . sources included. . oe W365. ———. K potéiatkom mad’arizacie. = W377. Kraus, ArnoSt V. Husitstvi v [On the beginnings of magyarization.] Bra- literature, zejména némecké. [Hussitism in tislava, 1927. Focused on the language ques- _literature, particularly the German.] 3 v.

tion under Maria Theresa and Joseph II Prague, 1917-24. , |

(1740-90). Good bibliography. _. W378. Lochman, Jan M. NaboZenské : W366. Schmidtmayer, Alfred. Geschichte mySleni €eského obrozeni. [Religious thought

| der Sudetendeutschen. Leipzig, 1938. | of the Czech revival.] Prague, 1952. Analyti- | W367. Schiirer, Oskar. Prag. Vienna, 1930. cal study of Czech religious thought in the Several later eds. Excellent description of a 18th century. [OO] | | capital city, which the author regarded as . W368. Tomek, Vaclav V. Déjepis mésta Constitutional History Prahy,. [History of the city. of Prague. | 2nd W379. Kalousek Josef Ceské statni | - ed., 12 Ves Prague, 1892-1901. Classic study pravo. [Czech constitutional law.] 2nd ed., |

primarily a German city. oo. ;

of the rise and growth of the capital of Prague, 1892 Bohemia; well 0 advance of its ‘ime of com- W380. Kapras, Jan. Pravni déjiny zemi

P W369 OnLy control | . economic aspects. -koruny éeské. [Constitutional history of the - Uhlir, Frantisek. Tésinskée Slezsko. “jands of the Bohemian crown.] 3 v. Prague, [‘Teschen Silesia.] Prague, 1946. A detailed 191320.

ae any Cemographic study re Shecé W381. Peterka, Otto. Rechtsgeschichte der dejiny. [Slovak history.] Bratislava, 1947 ff. pohmischen Lander, 2 v. Reichenberg, 1923

HISTORIES TOPICS | . | Ce - / Social OF andSPECIAL Economic History Cultural H istory W382. Graus, FrantiSek. Chudina méstska W371. Chaloupecky, Vaclav. The Caroline v dobé pfredhusitské. [Urban pauperism in University of Prague: its foundation, char- pre-Hussite times.] Prague, 1949. Study of

acter and development in the fourteenth position of urban proletariat before the Hus-

century.:Prague, 1948. _ site movement. Marxist point of view.- [OO]

W372. Odlozilik, Otakar. The Caroline ~ W383. ——. Déjiny venkovského: lidu v University, 1348-1948. Prague, 1948. Best -Gechach v dobé pyedhusitské. [History of short summary of history: of the oldest uni- the peasantry in Bohemia in the pre-Hussite

versity east of the Rhine. . — -period.] 2 v. Prague, 1953-57. Covers from

W373. Winter, Zikmund. Kulturni obraz 10th to early 13th century. Marxist point.

éeskych ‘mést. [Cultural history of Czech of view. [OO] I a

cities.] 2 v. Prague, 1890-92. Thorough dis- . W384, Janacek, Josef. Déjiny obchodu v | cussion of life in royal boroughs in Bohemia pfredbélohorské Praze. [History of commerce : from 1420 to 1620, dealing with municipal in pre-White Mountain Prague.]. Prague, administration, social and economic condi- 1955. History of trade in Prague before

tions. [OO] | 1620. , a W385. Krofta, Kamil. Déjiny selského

| } Prague, ‘1949, | So

. Religious History . stavu. [History of the peasantry.] 2nd ed.,

_ W374, Hrejsa, Ferdinand. Ceska konfese, W386. Lippert, Julius. Social-Geschichte jeji vznik, podstata a déjiny. [The Bohemian Bohmens in vorhussitischer Zeit. 2 v. Prague

confession, its rise, basis and history.] Prague, and Vienna, 1896-98. : 1912. Analytical study of the confession of = W387. Pekay, Josef. Kniha o Kosti. 2 v.

Bohemian Protestants, presented to Maxi- Prague, 1910-11. Detailed study of economic

582 Guide to Historical Literature conditions on a Bohemian domain in the €eské. [History of Czech literature.] 2nd ed.,

17th and 18th centuries. [OO] 2 v., Prague, 1929-34. Outline of Czech | W388. ———. Ceské katastry 1654-1789. literature from the earliest times to 1850. [Bohemian land registers, 1654-1789.] 2nd Rich in bibliography. [OO]

- ed., Prague, 1932. Analytical study of surveys W400. Jelinek, Hanus. Histoire de la | of land in Bohemia and of peasant condi- littérature tchéque. 3 v. Paris, 1930-35.

tions in general. [OO] | W401. Liitzow, Franz H. A history of © W389. Winter, Zikmund. Déjiny fremesel a Bohemian literature. London, 1899. For long

obchodu v Cechach vy XIV. a v XV. stoleti. the only treatment in English. Somewhat [History of crafts and commerce in Bohemia outdated, but main ideas still sound. : in the 14th and 15th centuries.] Prague, 1906. W402. Novak, Jan V., and Arne Novak.

Prehledné déjiny literatury Ceské. [An out- :

a Nationality Problems | line history of Czech literature.] 4th ed., | Olomouc, 1936-39. Indispensable comW390. Bittner, Konrad. Deutsche und pendium of history of Czech literature. [OO]

Tschechen. Briinn and Leipzig, 1936. To W403. Novotny, Miloslav, and Albert date the most thorough treatment of the Prazak, eds. Pisemnictvi. [Literature.] Czech-German relationship and antagonism, Prague, 1933. [Ceskoslovenska vlastivéda, 7.] by a Sudeten-German author. While clearly Collective work by several authors on literary

defending the German point of view, the activities in Czechoslovakia. [OO] book tries to show the historical complexities W404. Seifert, Josef L. Die Literaturgeof the struggle and the motives impelling schichte der Cechoslowaken, Siidslaven und

Czech attitudes and actions. [FGH] — Bulgaren. Munich, 1923. |

W391. Klik, Josef. Narodnostni poméry v W405. Vicek, Jaroslav. Déjiny Ceské

Cechach od valek husitskych do bitvy bé- _ literatury. [History of Czech literature.] 3rd

lohorské. [Relations of the nationalities in ed., 2 v., Prague, 1951. |

Bohemia from the Hussite wars to the Battle W406. ——, ed. Literatura Ceska XIX. of the White Mountain.] Prague, 1922. stoleti. [Czech literature of the 19th cen-

. Careful analysis of available statistics and tury.] 2nd ed., 4 v., Prague, 1902-17. Monulegislation concerning Czech-German rela- mental work on modern Czech literature up

tions since mid-15th century. to 1848. [OO] | W392. Krofta, Kamil. Das Deutschtum in der tschechoslovakischen Geschichte. 2nd BIOGRAPHIES

ed., Prague, 1936. Brilliant survey of the |

symbiosis of Czech and German culture over W407. Grund, Antonin. Karel Jaromir ten centuries. Does not hesitate to admit Erben. Prague, 1935. Critical biography of a German contributions in religion, art, and Czech poet, collector of folk tales, and his-

literature. torian. [OO] | W393. Radi, Emanuel. Valka Cechu s W408. Havranek, Bohuslav, and others,

Némci. [The war of Czechs and Germans.] eds. Josef Dobrovsky. Prague, 1953. CollecPrague, 1928. Philosophical rather than his- tion of studies on occasion of the bicentenary

torical. of Dobrovsky.

| W394. Szyjkowski, Marjan. Polska séast W409. Heyberger, Anna. Jean Amos | v ¢eském narodnim obrozeni. [Polish par- Comenius (Komensky). Paris, 1928. Lucid © ticipation in the Czech national revival.] 3 v. survey of Komensky’s life by a United States

Prague, 1931-46. Detailed study of Polish educator. [OO] |

, influences on Czech literature in the period W410. Horak, Jifi, and others. Josef

of national revival and of Romanticism. Dobrovsky, 1753-1829. Prague, 1929. Col: foo] = ~ . Jection of critical essays relating to the life - W395. Wiskemann, Elizabeth. Czechs and = and literary works of Dobrovsky, pioneer of

_ Germans. London and N.Y., 1938. the Czech national revival. [OO]

W396. Zatek, Vaclav. Cechové a Polaci | W411. Herben, Jan. T. G. Masaryk. Sth

roku 1848. [Czechs and Poles in 1848.] 2 v._ ed., Prague, 1947. Comprehensive and balPrague, 1947-48. Political and cultural con- anced biography of Masaryk by one of his tacts between Czechs and Poles around 1848. intimate collaborators. [OO]

| [OO] ,: :W412. Hruby, Frantisek. Ladislav Velen z Zerotina. Prague, 1930. A biography of the : Literature leader of the Moravian rebels in 1619-20, = describing also his life in exile after 1620. W397. Chudoba, Franti8ek. A short survey [OO] of Czech literature. London, 1924. W413. Jansky, Karel. Karel Hynek Macha. | W398.. Hysek, Miloslav. Literarni Morava Prague, 1953. The leading .Czech poet of

v letech 1849-1885. [Literary Moravia from the Romantic era. [OO] | 1849 to 1885.] Prague, 1911. W414, Kybal, Vlastimil, M. Matéj z W399. Jakubec, Jan. Dé€jiny literatury Janova. Prague, 1905. Biography of a Czech

Oo Eastern. Europe 583 reform writer, describing his life, works, and of the imperial generalissimo Albrecht of

teachings as contained in his standard work, Vald&tejn (Wallenstein). [OO] |

De_ regulis Veteris et Novi Testamenti. W426. Sedlak, Jan. M. Jan Hus. Prague, |

[OO] | 1915. Critical biography of John Hus, by a W415. Masaryk, Toma’ G. Karel Havli- Catholic theologian. Supplemented by nu--

éek: snahy a tuz>y politického probuzeni. merous documents in Latin. [OO] :

[Karel Havliéek: the struggle for political © W427. Susta, Josef. Karel IV. V. 1, Otec | revival.] 3rd ed., Prague, 1920. An analytical a syn, 1333-1346; 2, Za cisa¥skou korunou,

study of Havlicek’s works and ideas in con- 1346-1355. [Charles IV: V. 1, Father and | nection with the rise of Czech national con- son, 1333-1346; 2, The imperial crown, a

sciousness around 1848. [OO] -1346-1355.] 2 v. Prague, 1946-48. Forms | — W416. Mackenzie, Sir Compton. Dr. pts. 3 and 4 of v. 2 of Ceské déjiny, ed. by , Benes. London, 1946. Written while Benes’ V. Novotny. Intended as a correction and was in ‘London, but shows study of local completion of Emil Werunsky, Geschichte

Czechoslovak conditions. ‘Kaiser Karls IV (3 v., Innsbruck, 1880-92).

_ W417. Nejedly, Zdentk. Bedtich Smetana. . The work was left unfinished at author’s

2nd ed., 7 v., Prague, 1950-54. Planned as a___-death. a

monumental biography of the leading Czech W428. Stefdnek, Antonin, and _ others. : composer, but covers only his early years in Milan Hodza, publicista, politik, vedecky . the context of Czech life in first half of the pracovnik. [Milan Hodza, publicist, states-

19th century. [OO] =| a man, scholar.] Prague, 1930. Collection of

w4i18. ——-. T. G. Masaryk. 5 v. Prague, contributions to biography of the leading

1930-37. Covers in detail early part of Slovak statesman. [OO] : 7

Masaryk’s life, from 1850 to 1885. Not com- | W429. Stloukal, Karel, ed. . Kralovny,

| pleted. [OO] — : knézny a velké zeny ¢eské. [Czech queens, W419. Novak, Jan, and Josef Hendrich. princesses and prominent women.] 2nd ed.,

: Jan Amos Komensky, jeho Zivot a spisy. “Prague, 1940. A _ series of biographical | [John Amos Komensky, his life and writ- studies. [OO] |

ings.] Prague, 1932. Standard biography of |= W430. Traub, Hugo. F. L. Rieger. Prague, Komensky (Comenius), treating in detail his 1919. Emphasis on Rieger’s political activi-

_— jiterary activities and educational reform. ties. [OO] . )

[OO] oO ~ W431. Tille, Vaclav. Bozena Némcova. _

— W420. Novotny, Miloslav, ed. Zivot Bozeny 3rd ed., Prague, 1920. Standard biography of

Némeové. [The life of Bozené Némcova.] a Czech novelist, author of the most popular

Prague, 1951 ff. (In progress.) Exhaustive Czech book, Bdbicéka. [OO] collection. of letters and other documents W432. Tima, Karel. Karel Havlicek Boillustrating life and work of the leading rovsky. Kutna Hora, 1883. Standard biog-

Czech novelist. [OO] raphy of Havlitek, useful in some parts for

W421. ———, ed. Zivot Jana Nerudy. [Life quotations from unpublished documents. of Jan Neruda.] Prague, 1951 ff. (In prog- [OO] ress.) Materials for biography of Jan Neruda, W433. Vyskoéil, Jan K. Amost z Pardubic a leading Czech poet, critic, and journalist a jeho doba. [Arnost of Pardubice and his

(1834-91). [OO] ) times.] Prague, 1947. Exhaustive survey of W422. Novotny, Vaclav, and Vlastimil life and work of the first archbishop of : _ Kybal. M. Jan Hus: Zivot a uéeni. [Master Prague, 1346-64. [OO] oo John Hus: life and teachings.]:2 v. in 5. © W434. Winter, Eduard. Bernard Bolzano

Prague, 1919-31. Standard biography of Hus’ und sein Kreis. Leipzig, 1933. Biographical

[OO] oc _ [OO] W423. Odlozilik, Otakar. Karel starSi ze |

| in two parts, the first dealing with his life account of a reform priest and the circle of | and activities, and the second his teachings. his followers among the clergy of Bohemia.

Zerotina, 1564-1636. [Charles the Elder of ACADEMY PUBLICATIONS © |

Zerotin, 1564-1636.] Prague, 1936. Bio- . —_ : graphical outline devoted to the leader of During the German occupation of -Czecho- .

| the Protestant estates in Moravia. Attention slovakia, 1939-45, the activities of the Czech : given to his studies and travels in Switzer- Academy of Arts and Sciences (Ceska Aka-

land, France, and England. demie Véd a Uméni) were somewhat cur-

| W424. PapouSek, Jaroslav. Dr. Edvard tailed. The annual (W435) Véstnik (Prague,

Benes: Gedarke und Tot. 4 v. Prague, 1937. 1891 ff.) continued to appear. In 1945 the © Semi-official. Extensive extracts from writ- Academy resumed its functions, but in a ings and speeches as Masaryk’s collaborator rather moderate degree. In 1948 its: organi-

and as foreign minister. | zation and membership were transformed

7 W425. Pekar, Josef. ValdStejn, 1630-1634. along lines of the Soviet Academy of 2nd ed. 2 v., Prague, 1933-34. Detailed Sciences into the Czechoslovak Academy of study of the final stage of the life and career Sciences (CeskoslovenskA Akademie Véd).

584 Guide to Historical Literature In 1953 it began a vigorous program of others. Has changed title several times; re-

publication in all fields—physical and ap- organized after 1948. Contains miscellaneous plied sciences, literature and linguistics, contributions, archaeology, history, literary

_ carchaeology, and the social sciences, includ- _history, etc. [OO] |

Ing history. Both monographs and journals W440. Cesky éasopis historicky. [Czech | resulted, and a catalog of publications, historical journal.] 50 v. Prague, 1895-1949, ' (W436) Review of publications 1953-55 The leading historical journal in Czech.

(Prague, 1956) was issued. 7 Founded by Jaroslav Goll and Antonin - A separate Slovak Academy of Sciences Rezek, edited for many years by Josef

(Slovenska Akadémia Vied) was founded at Pekaf; discontinued in 1949, [OO]

Bratislava in 1953 and immediately em- W441. Ceskoslovensky ¢asopis historicky. barked on a publishing program similar to | [Czechoslovak historical journal.] Prague, that of the. Czechoslovak Academy in 1953 ff. (Quarterly.) Published by the: HisPrague, with approximately the same spread torical Institute of the Czechoslovak Acad- | in. subject matter, both in monographs. and emy of Sciences to replace W440. Rigidly

‘periodicals. (W437) Catalogue of publica- Marxist. [OO]

tions of the Slovak Academy of Sciences W442. Historicky sbornik. [Historical re- |

| SO. —_ Denal.](W441). [OO] . Bratislava, 1953 ff. (Quarterly.) Pub1953-1955 was published in 1956, listing 78 view.] Prague, 1953 ff. (Annual. Title varies.)

, titles in the class of social sciences. | | A companion to the quarterly Casopis PERIODICALS’ ~ a W443. Historicky €asopis. [Historical jour- W438. Casopis Matice Moravské. [Jour- lished by Slovak Academy of Sciences. Pro-

nal. of the Moravian Foundation.] Briinn, fessedly Marxist. |

. 1869 ff. (Quarterly, irregular.) Devoted W444. Historické Stidie. [Historical

primarily to Moravia, its prehistory, history, | studies.] Bratislava, 1955 ff. (Annual.) literature, and institutions. Reorganized after Published by the Historical Institute of the

1948. [OO] - Slovak Academy of Sciences to encourage W439. Casopis Ceského Museum. [Journal study of local Slovak history.

of the Czech Museum.] Prague, 1827 ff. W445. Zeitschrift fiir sudetendeutsche Ge(Frequency and title vary.) The oldest schichte. Briinn, 1937 ff. (Quarterly, irregulearned magazine in Czech; founded in 1827 lar.) A scholarly publication intended as a : by FrantiSek Palacky, and edited in succes- continuation of the Mitteilungen des Vereins sion to him by Pavel Josef Safafik and fiir Geschichte der Deutschen in Béhmen.

, | - YUGOSLAVIA * , | BIBLIOGRAPHIES | pensable bibliography. Lists all publications

of the. academy for this period. [CJ] W446. Srpska Akademija Nauka. Pregled W450. Bibliografija Jugoslavije. [Bibliog-

izdanja Srpske Kraljevske Akademije od raphy of Yugoslavia.] Belgrade, 1950 ff.

. 1886-1936. [Review of the publications of | (Monthly.) Lists all publications issued in | the Serbian Royal Academy from 1886 to Yugoslavia. Indispensable. [CJ] 1936.] Belgrade, 1936. [Posebna izdanja, 118.] Indispensable bibliography. This and ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF

the following contain list of all publications } REFERENCE |

by the Serbian Academy to 1950. [CJ] |

_. W447, ——. Pregled izdanja Srpske Aka- W451. Yugoslavia. N.Y., 1957. [Mid_ demije Nauke, 1937-1947. [Review of the European Studies Center series.] Extremely

: publications of the Serbian Academy of valuable, though slightly uneven, compenScience, 1937-1947.] Belgrade, 1948. [Po- dium of all aspects of life in post-1945 :

7 sebna izdanja, 145.] Supplement, 1950. ~ Yugoslavia.

W448. Bibliografija izdanja Matice srpske, W452. Markert, Werner, ed. Jugoslawien. 1826-1949. [Bibliography of publications of | Cologne, 1954. Top German specialists have

the Serbian Foundation, 1826—-1949.] Novi produced a good collaborative account of

Sad, 1950. present-day Yugoslavia. [CJ] W449. Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti W453. Stanojevic, Stanoje, ed. Narodna

4. Umjetnosti. Popis izdanja Jugoslavenske enciklopedija_srpsko - hrvatsko - slovenacka.

| Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti u Zagrebu, [Serbo-Croat-Slovene encyclopedia.] 4 v. 1867-1950. [Catalog of publications of the Zagreb, 1925-29.

| ‘Yugoslav Academy of Sciences and Arts in W454. Enciklopedija Jugoslavije. Zagreb,

Zagreb, 1867-1950.] Zagreb, 1951. Indis- 1955 ff. (In progress.) |

. Professor Thomson was assisted by Professor C. E. Black in selecting titles for the subsections on Yugoslavia and Bulgaria. |

, Eastern Europe : 585 | ~ . GEOGRAPHIES collection. was. intended to give a detailed . . survey of all aspects of Serbian history in

W455, Melik, Anton. Jugoslavija: zemlje- the 19th century. The 14 published. volumes

udy. . : . ,

pisni pregled. [Yugoslavia: geographical are of generally high quality. Basic for —

geographic survey. [CJ] | oo a , W456. Moodie, A. E. The Italo-Yugoslav So : sketch.| Ljubljana, 1949. Good political- study of Serbian history. [CJ] ,

boundary. London, 1945. A geographical HISTORIOGRAPHY | |

* W457. Wilkinson, Henry R. Maps and W467. Tadic, Jorjo, ed. Ten years of politics: a review of the ethnographic cartog- YUgoslav historiography, 1945-1955. Bel-

raphy of Macedonia. :Liverpool, 1951. Ex- grade, 1955. Account of Yugoslav _historiog-

| maps in the struggle for Macedonia. [CJ] "Rome, 1955, Valuable guide. [CJ]

ANTHROPOLOGY AND | oo DEMOGRAPHY | SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES W458. Djordjevi¢é, Tihomir. Srbija pre sto = _ W468. Corovic, Vladimir. Istorija Jugo- |

godina. (Serbia a hundred years ago.] 2nd _ Slavije. [History of Yugoslavia.] Belgrade,

- ed., Belgrade, 1946. Good, brief account of 1933. Best general history of Yugoslavia Serbian society in the 19th century, by an Written between the wars. Ends in 1918. ,

outstanding authority. [CJ] Author supports Yugoslav idea. [CJ]

Ww459. ——. Na’ narodni Zivot. [Our W469. Haumant, Emile. La formation de | Classic work by a famous Serb. Basic for 1930. Best general history of Yugoslavia in a national life.] 10 v. Belgrade, 1930-34. 1a Yougoslavie (XV°-XX¢° siecles). Paris,

study of Serbian society in the 19th century. western language. [CJ] .

[CJ] : W470. Babic, Anto, ed. Istorija naroda W460. Dvornikovié, Vladimir. Karaktero- Jugoslavije. [History of the peoples of Yugo-

logija jugoslovena. [Yugoslav characteristics.] Slavia.] Sarajevo, 1948. One of first attempts

Belgrade, 1939. A basic work on the life, at writing a general history of Yugoslavia | customs, and particular characteristics of Under the Communists. From the party point

the various Yugoslav peoples. [CJ] of view the author was not completely suc| W461. Tomasié, Dinko A. Personality and cessful. [CJ]

culture inHISTORIES eastern European politics. N.Y., OO 1948, _ OF SPECIAL PERIODS W462. West, Rebecca. Black lamb and 7 a grey falcon. N.Y., 1943. Excellent for de- Pre-19th Century. Oe

scription of people and country, but mis- » ae :

.. [CJ] oo

leading on political developments. [CJ] W471. Hadrovics, Laszlo. Le peuple serbe et son église. sous la domination turque.

Paris, 1947. Best account in a western lan-

LINGUISTICS : guage of Serbian church under the Turks. W463. Slodnjak, Anton. Pregled sloven- W472. Grafenauer, Bogo, Dugan Perovié, skega slovstva. [Outline of Slovene gram- and Jaroslav Sidak, eds. Historija naroda

mar.] Ljubljana, 1934. Jugoslavije. [History of the peoples of Yugo-

: a | Slavia.] Zagreb, 1953 ff. First volume of a Oo

. | showing . projected collaborative history. Covers period clent, work, how OF ‘olin used fam poses decde PRINTED COLLECTIONS SOURCES to 16th century. Excellent. [CJ] meee 4 , W464. Novak, Viktor, ed. Antologija jugo- W473. Klaic, Vjekoslav. Povjest Hrvata

slovenske misli i narodnog jedinstva, 1390- 0d najstarijih vremena do svrsetka XIX. 1930. [Anthology of Yugoslav thought and Stoljeca. [History of the Croats from the . national unity, 1390-1930.] Belgrade, 1930. earliest times to the end of the 19th century.]

cates. [CJ] - [CJ]

_ Indispensable for study of the Yugoslav 5 Vv. Zagreb, 1899-1911. Standard work of | , idea. Contains major statements of its advo- 4 great historian. Ends in the 16th century.

| W465. SiSic, Ferdinand, Josip Juraj = | | Strossmayer, dokumentied. i korespondencija. [Joseph George Strossmayer, documents and {oth Century

correspondence.] Zagreb, 1935. W474. Baernreither, Josef M. Fragments

W466. Srpski narod u XIX veku. [The of.a political diary. London; 1930. Work of Serbian people in the 19th century.] Ed. by a liberal Austrian, critical of Hapsburgs and :

_Stanoje Stanojevic and others. 14 v. Belgrade, sympathetic to subject nationalities. [CJ]

1934-39, Although never completed, this W475. Beli¢, Vladimir J. Ratovi srpskog

| 586 Guide to Historical Literature naroda u XIX i XX veku (1788-1918). [The Paris, 1907. Best general account of Serbian wars of the Serbian people in the 19th and _ revolution. Available also in Serbian, Evropa 20th centuries (1788-1918).] Belgrade, 1937. i vaksrs Srbije, 1804-1834 (Belgrade, 1933).

Good account of Serbian military campaigns. [CJ] : —W476. [CI]Bogdanov, W488. Zivanovic, Zivan. Politi¢ka istorija Vaso. Hrvatska ljevica Srbije u drugoj polovini devetnaestog veka. u godinama_ revolucije 1848-1849. [The [Political history of Serbia in the second Croatian left in the years of revolution 1848- half of the 19th century.] 4 v. Belgrade, 1849.] Zagreb, 1949. A Communist inter- 1923-25. Good political history for the last pretation of 1848-49 by a party-line histo- two decades of the 19th century. [CJ] rian. [CJ]

W477. Jeleni¢é, Djurdje. Nova Srbija i 1900-1940

Jugoslavija. [New Serbia and Yugoslavia.]

Belgrade, 1923. Useful Serbian account of W489. Adams, John C. Flight in winter. the Yugoslav state and its evolution before Princeton, 1942. The Serbian campaigns of

World War I. [CJ] - 1914-15; retreat, escape, and internment of W478. Jovanovic, Slobodan. Sabrana dela. Serbian troops.

[Collected works.] 12 v. Belgrade, 1932-36. W490. Bogdanov, Vaso. DruStvene i Works of the greatest Serbian historian, politike borbe u Hrvatskoj, 1848-49. [Soincluding exhaustive history of Serbia in cial and political struggles in Croatia, 1848the 19th century, and essays on constitu- 49.] Zagreb, 1949. Heavily documented study tional theories and prominent Europeans. of Croat struggles against Magyar controls,

[CJ] and the place of Jelacié in the conflict. EmW479. Nintchitch, Momtchilo. La crise phasizes the class struggle.

bosniaque (1908-1909). Paris, 1937. Detailed W491. Fotitch, Constantin. The war we history using Serbian sources and presenting lost: Yugoslavia’s tragedy and the failure of

the Serbian point of view. [CJ] the West. N.Y., 1948. Defense of Mihailovié.

W480. Popovic, Vasilj. Evropa i srpsko [CJ] pitanje u periodu oslobodjenja, 1804-1918. W492. Jovanovic, Jovan M. Stvaranje [Europe and the Serbian question in the zajednitke drzZave Srba, Hrvata i Slovenaca.

period of liberation, 1804-1918.] Belgrade, [The creation of a unified administration of 1940. Good general account of the Serbian Serbs, Croats and Slovenes.] 3 v. Belgrade, problem in its 19th century European con- 1928-30. Account of World War I period, by

text. [CJ] a diplomat and historian who supported the

W481. Przic, Ilija. SpoljaSnja_ politika formation of Yugoslavia. [CJ] Srbije, 1804-1914. [Foreign policy of Serbia, W493. Kerner, Robert J., ed. Yugoslavia. 1804—-1914.] Belgrade, 1939. Patriotic work; Berkeley, 1949. Useful collaborative work useful for outline of main trends of Serbian by sixteen specialists, with emphasis on 20th

foreign policy. [CJ] century. [CJ] W482. Schmitt, Bernadotte E. The annexa- W494. Loncarevic, DuSan. Jugoslaviens

tion of Bosnia, 1908-1909. Cambridge, Eng., Entstehung. Ziirich and Leipzig, 1929. Popu-

, 1937. Scholarly work; critical of central lar account of creation of Yugoslavia. Usepowers and sympathetic to Russia and __ ful. [CJ]

Serbia. [CJ] W495. Ostovic, Pavle D. The truth about

W483. Skari¢é, Vladislav. Bosna i Herce- Yugoslavia. N.Y., 1952. By Trumbi¢’s sec-

govina pod Austro-Ugarskom upravom. [Bos- _ retary. Presents point of view of Yugoslav nia and Herzegovina under Austro-Hungarian Committee. Critical of Serbs. [CJ]

administration.] Belgrade, [1938]. Helpful W495. Paulova, Mitada. Jugoslavenski

account of Austrian occupation, 1878-1914. odbor. [The Yugoslav Committee.] Zagreb,

LCI] _ ~ 1925. Excellent account of this committee W484, Vucinich, Wayne S. Serbia between and its activities in 1914-18. Basic for this

East and West: the events of 1903-1998. period. [CJ]

Stanford, 1954. Standard work, using new W497. Peter II, King of Yugoslavia. A |

sources. [CJ] . _ king’s heritage. N.Y., 1954. An apology. Re-

: - W485. Wendel, Herman. Der Kampf der vea's Peter’s personal character and reasons Siidslawen um Freiheit und Einheit. Frank- for his failures. [CJ]

- furt-am-Main, 1925. Sympathetic account of W493. Pribicevic, Svetozar. Diktatura

Yugoslavs by a well-known German socialist. kralia Aleksandra. [The dictatorship of King . [CJ] Alexander.] Belgrade, 1953. Stimulating acW486. ——. Aus dem siidslawischen Ri- count written by a political adversary, a

sorgimento. Gotha, 1921. Good study by a Serb from Croatia. [CJ] . German sympathetic to the Yugoslav state. W499. Ribar, Ivan. Politi¢ki zavisi. [Po-

[CJ] : litical notes.] 4 v. Belgrade, 1948-52. History W487. Yakschitch, Grégoire. L’Europe et of Yugoslavia since 1918, by one who helped

la résurrection de la Serbie (1804-1834). make it. [CJ]

: . Eastern Europe — , 587 , , — Since 1940 W513. Markovié, Lazar. Jugoslovenska | oe . drZava i hrvatsko pitanje, 1914-1929. [Yugo-

W500. The Soviet-Yugoslav dispute: text sjay administration and the Croatian ques- :

of the published correstondences. London tion, 1914-1929.] Belgrade, 1935. A major |

and N.Y., 1948. [Royal Institute of Interna- work by a Serbian writer - discussing the tional Affairs.] Contains the exchange of Croatian problem within the context of the correspondence between Tito and Stalin and Yugoslav state. Essential for a study of the | : their respective parties leading to the break political history of Yugoslavia between the

in 1948. [CJ] wars. [CJ] | oe | W501. Armstrong, Hamilton F. Tito and W514. Radié, Antun. Sabrana djela. [ColGoliath. N.Y., 1951. Penetrating, careful lected works.] 19 v. Zagreb, 1936-39. Works

| study written shortly after the Tito-Stalin of the intellectual father of the Croatian

break, but still basic. [CJ] Peasant party. [CJ] oo . ) W502. Culinovic, Ferdo, ed. Nova Jugo- = W515, Sixi¢, Ferdinand, ed. Korespondenslavija. See W539. oo -. eija Ratki-Strossmayer. [Correspondence be-

W503. Dedijer, Vladimir. Tito. N.Y., 1952. tween Ra&ki and Strossmayer.] 4 v. Zagreb, The official biography by Tito’s close asso- 1928-30. Excellent for the study of relations ciate, who since has been discredited because of perhaps the two greatest Croatians in the

of his defense of Djilas. [CJ] — | 19th century. [CJ]

W504. Djilas, Milovan, The new class: = W516. Staréevié, Ante. Izabrani spisi. [Sean analysis of the Communist system. N.Y., lected works.] Zagreb, 1943. Useful selec1957. Dramatic denunciation of the Com- tions from writings of a prominent Croatian munist system by Tito’s former vice-presi- leader. [CJ].

dent. [CJ] . . W517. Supilo, Frano. Politika u Hrvatskoj.

W505. Dragnich, Alex N. Tito’s promised [Politics in Croatia.] 2nd ed:, Zagreb, 1953. | land. New Brunswick, N.J., 1954. Written Valuable for Supilo’s understanding of Croa- | by former United States cultural attaché in tian politics, in which he played a decisive

Belgrade. Critical of Tito’s administration. — role. [CJ]

[CJ] | . W518. Surmin, Djuro. Hrvatski preporod. W506. Kardelj, Edvard. The Communist [Croatian revival.] 2 v. Zagreb, 1903-04.

party of Yugoslavia in the struggle for new Covers the period 1790-1843. Useful. [CJ] Yugoslavia, for peorle’s authority and for = = =w519, Vladisavljevié, Milan. Hrvatska

socialism. Belgrade, 1948. ...... autonomija pod Austro-Ugarskom. [Croa-

W507. ——-. Problemi nase socijalisticke tian autonomy under Austria-Hungary.] Bel- |

izgradnie. [Problems of our socialist struc- grade, 1939. Popular account of Croatia in

ture.] Belgrade, 1954 ff. i the 19th century. [CJ]...

| W520. Zagorsky, Vladimir. Francois Ractki

, HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS et la renaissance scientifique et politique de la

| | CroatieCroatia (1828-1894). Paris, 1909. Good work; emphasizes Racki’s influence. [CJ]

W508. Cubrilovié, Vaso. Politi¢ka proSlost — Montenegro

Hrvata. [Croatian politics in the past.] Bel- .

grade, 1939. Short, popular discourse on W521. Jovanovié, Jago’. Stvaranje crno-

Croatian political development in the 19th gorske drzave i razvoj crnogorske nacialnosti.

century. [CJ] _ [Creation of the. Montenegrin state and the

W509. Dimitrijevi¢, Mita. Mi i Hrvatiz development of Montenegrin nationality.]

hrvatsko pitanje, 1914-1939. [We and the — Cetinje, 1947. Most recent account of genCroats: the Croatian question, 1914-1939.] eral Montenegrin history. Written from party Belgrade, 1939. Valuable for Serbo-Croat point of view, but author was not completely

problem. [CJ] successful in this respect. W510. Horvat, Josip. Kultura hrvata kroz | : [CJ] : Oo __

| 1000 godina. [Croatian culture over the past Dalmatia , : _ thousand years.] 2 v. Zagreb, 1939-42. Pa- 7 | i ; a triotic (Croatian), detailed work with good W522. Vojnovitch, L. de. Histoire de Dal- :

_ illustrations. [CJ] sO matie. 2 v. Paris, 1934. Competent treat- |

c W511. ——. Stranke kod hrvata i njihove ment of the area, with helpful bibliography ideologije. [Croatian parties and their ideolo- _in all relevant languages. :

_gies.] Belgrade, 1939. Handy guide to Croa- | | tian political parties, but not detailed. [CJ] Slovenia it W512. Maéek, Vladko. In the struggle for : . ,

freedom. N.Y., 1957. Defense of the Croatian W523. Lonéar, Dragotin. The Slovenes: a Peasant party by its last leader. Critical of social history. Tr. by Anthony J. Klancar. Serbs and Yugoslavia; ignores some key is- Cleveland, 1939.

sues. [CJ] , W524. Buéar, Vekoslav. Politi¢ka istorija

588 Guide to Historical Literature

- war period. [CJ] slovenatke. [Slovenian political history.] Bel- and economic change in Yugoslavia. Stan-

grade, 1939. Brief, useful account of Slo- ford, 1955. Excellent; basic for Yugoslav venian politics in the 19th century. [CJ] _ economic history to 1941. Emphasis on inter-

- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS W537. Trouton, Ruth. Peasant renaissance

in Yugoslavia, 1900-1950. London, 1952.

Cultural History Interesting account. [CJ]

W525. Benac, Alojz. Kulturna istorija oo

Bosne i Hercegovine. [Cultural history of |. Constitutional History

Bosnia and Herzegovina.] Sarajevo, 1955. _ _ | . eo:

W526. Prijatelj, Ivan. Slovenska kulturno- mo, Pole pr ett Pregled tucyonn

politi¢na in slovstvena zgodovina 1848-1895. diunarod th od , , kih [Slovenian culture and politics in Slovene mecyunarocno-pravnil Odnosa yugosiovenskt |

history, 1848-1895.] 2nd ed., 2 v., Ljubljana, “©malia od 1800 do danas. [Survey of the 1955-56. Standard cultural and political his- @¢¥¢}oPment of status in international law

th Slovenes. [CI] | of theBelgrade, Yugoslay lands _tor fryofere -.—_. present.] 1953from ff. 1800 to the Religion , | | W539. Culinovic, Ferdo, ed. Novarazvitka Jugo| . slavija:. pregled drZayvnopravnog é Md (1830-1904) , pean. a8 Serbie ef son povodom desetgodisnijice drugog zasjedanja O W528 Novak Viktor Magnum crimen: Avnoj-a. [New Yugoslavia: a sketch of the pola vijeka klerikalizma u Hrvatskoj. [The constitutional-legal develo pment on the oc-

great crime: a half century of clericalism in ond se or oe of he “avnoj] Za oreh asd ,

Ht eee wanstic arrieTon Collaborative work on constitutional de-

_ ° ; a icy} 8 velopments in Tito’s Yugoslavia. [CJ] comaty: 7 W540. ——. Drzavnopravna historija jugoLiterature slavenskih zemalja XIX i XX vijeka. [A | : _ _ constitutional-legal history of the Yugoslav k Nermem Gesemann, pornard. M0. he lands in the 19th and 20th centuries.] 2 v.

° . . [CJ]

cellent br ‘ef treatment RW] ? , Zagreb, 1953-54. Constitutional history by

W530. Jezi¢é, Slavko. Hrvatska knjizevnost a Wed Dene: fc Antun Hrvatska od poéetka do danas 1100-1941. [Croatian drzavna i ravna ovilest [Croatian consti literature from the beginnings to the present, tutional i legal hi Jest. Z b 1940. E 1100-1941.] Zagreb, 1944. Good and helpful {uonal and Tega! hustory.] Zagreb, 1940. Es-

survey IC] oo sential for Croatian constitutional history.

Murko, Matthias. Geschichte Jovan. der . ge ee .:- W531. - .. . es W542. Djordjevic, Ustavno pravo ‘OR siidslawischen Literaturen. Leipzig, F N R J. [Constitutional law of the Federal ° . -.». Republic of Yugoslavia.] Belgrade, 1953.

soNt $32, Prohaska, Dragutin, Das Iroatieh: Tye post-1945, Yugoslav constitution ex _ ‘Herzegovina von den Anfangen im XI. bis Pieyenae vkG of a authors. [CJ | dri , tionalen Wiedergeburt im XIX. Jahr- . Wws4s. ANROVIC, HTAgos'ay. storija rzZave hut der t. Zasreb. 1911. Good on older lit- i prava Srbije u XIX veku. [History of the

. erature :° -RW] ’ ° | state and law of Serbia work in the 19th century.] - | Belgrade, 1952. Useful on legal and knjizevnosth or rlistory oP nt fennel ead constitutional aspects of 19th century Serbia.

literature.] 3rd ed., Belgrade, 1953. Al- ON ad, Milétitch, Voukadine. Le mouve| though. net Pu lsned 0 wns ern. Ser. - ment des idées constitutionnelles en Yugobian literature. Good for history trends. oave topes la fin de Ja Grande Guerre.

[CJ] | W545 Prodanovié JaSa M. Ustavni raz-

Sat Bara, Anton, A bistory of Yeo ak tte orbs wil {Cons slavenska knjiZevnost (Zagreb, 1954), Brief tional develop ment and constitutional struggeneral survey with important biographical gles in Serna] Bererad’, 1936. Standard rer

sketches: a useful guide. [CJ] . erence ao on Serbian constitutional probW535. Sto godina hrvatske knjizevnosti “‘™* [CJ] . 1830-1930. [A hundred years of Croatian literature, 1830-—1930.] 6 v. Zagreb, 1934-35. BIOGRAPHIES

| . Economic History W546. Graham, Stephen. Alexander of Yugoslavia. New Haven, 1939.

W536. TomaSevi¢é, Jozo. Peasants, politics W547. Horvat, Josip. Supilo. Zagreb, 1938.

, , _ Eastern Europe | 589 - Biography -of eminent Croatian politician [Voice.] Belgrade, 1887-1913, 1921-41, 1946 who played a major role in the Serbo-Croat _ ff.

coalition. [CJ] W564. ——. Posebna izdanja. [Special W548. ——. Ante Staréevié. Zagreb, 1940. _publications.] Belgrade, 1890-1914, 1923-43,

A 19th century Croatian politician. [CJ] 1946 ff. (Irregular.) | - _ W549. Padev, Michael. Marshal Tito. Lon- w565. ——. Spomenik. [Memoirs.] Beldon, 1944. . } grade, 1888-1910, 1922-42, 1948 ff. (Irregu-

W550. Stranjakovié, Dragoslav. Kara- lar.)

djordje. Belgrade, 1938. Sympathetic biogra- W566. ———. Srpski dijalektolosSki zbornik.

| phy of leader of Serbian revolution, by a [Serbian dialectological review.] Belgrade, |

good historian. [CJ] “ | 1905-11, 1927-40, 1950 ff. (Irregular.)

W567. ———. Srpski etnografski zbornik.

ACADEMY PUBLICATIONS _ [Serbian ethnographic: review.] Belgrade,

| 1894-1913, 1921-41, 1948 ff. (Irregular.)

W551. Codex diplomaticus regni Croatiae, | w568. ——. Zbornik za istorifu, jezik i Dalmatiae, et Slavoniae. Zagreb, 1904 ff. knjizevnost srpskog naroda. [Review of [Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti i Umjet- Serbian history, language and _literature.]

nosti.] Belgrade, 1902 ff. (Irregular.) , : | W552. Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti

i Umjetnosti. Gradja za povijest knjizevnosti PERIODICALS hrvatske. [Materials for Croatian history and

literature.] Zagreb, 1897 ff. (Irregular.) © It will be noticed that a number of journals W553. ——. Ljetopis. [Yearbook.] Zagreb, ceased publication in the period 1938-41.

| 1867 ff. : They will be found to have successors, under W554. Monumenta historico-juridica Slav- slightly different names, after the war. All the orum meridionalium. Zagreb, 1877 ff. [Jugo- principal traditional regions of Yugoslavia

slavenska Akademija Znanosti i Umjetnosti.] are now represented. | | Monographic series. W569. Godisnjak Istoriskog DruSstva Bosne

W555. Monumenta spectantia historiam i Hercegovine. [Annual of the Historical Slavorum meridionalium. Zagreb, 1868 ff. Society of Bosnia and Herzegovina.] Sara[Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti i Um- jevo, 1949 ff. Concerned with all aspects of jetnosti.] A continuing series with many sub- Bosnian, Herzegovinian, and Montenegrin

series. culture and history, with contributions by W556. Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti both younger and older historians. Alter- _

, i Umjetnosti. Rad. [Publications.] Zagreb, nately in Serbian and Croatian.

1867 ff. (Irregular. ) : W570. Bosanska vila. [The Bosnian villa.] |

| W557. Stari pisci hrvatski [Old Croatian Sarajevo, 1886-1914. Indispensable for study writers.] Zagreb, 1869 ff. [Jugoslavenska of Bosnia and folklore. [CJ]

Akademija Znanosti i Umjetnosti.] (Irregu- W571. Zapisi: glasnik Cetinskog Istoriskog

lar.) DruStva. [Notes: messenger of the Historical

W558. Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti Society of Cetinje.] Cetinje, 1928-41. i Umjetnosti. Starine. [Antiquities.] Zagreb, (Monthly.) Essential journal for study of

1869 ff. (Annual.) Montenegrin history. [CJ]

W559. Zbornik za narodni Zivot i obiéaje W572. Casopis za slovenski jezik knjizejuznih Slavena. [Anthology of national life vost in zgodovino. [Journal for Slovenian and customs of the southern Slavs.] Zagreb, language, literature and history.] Ljubljana, 1896 ff. [Jugoslavenska Akademija Znanosti 1918-31. (Quarterly.) 4 Umijetnosti.] (Semiannual, 1896-1916; an- | W573. Hrvatska revija. [Croatian review.]

nual, 1896-97, 1917 ff.) Zagreb, 1928-45. (Bimonthly.) Indispensa“W560. Slovenska Akademija Znanosti ble for Croatian point of view in period be-

in Umetnosti. Filozofsko-filolosko-historiéni tween the wars. [CJ] _

razred. [Philosophical-philological-historical W574. Hrvatsko kolo. [Croatian circle.] section.] Ljubljana, 1941-43, 1950 ff. From Zagreb, 1905-46 (annual), 1948-51 (quar-

1943 to 1950 this was part of W562. terly), 1952 ff. (monthly). Famous literary :

W561. ———. Razprave, razred za zgodo- journal. [CJ] vinske in druzbene vede. [Proceedings of the W575. Istoriski zapisi. [Historical notes.]

section for historical and social sciences.] Cetinje, 1948 ff. (Quarterly.) Organ of the | Ljubljana, 1950 ff. (Irregular.) Historical Institute of the National Republic W562. ——-. Razprave, razred za zgodo- of Montenegro. Publishes Montenegrin docuvinske in zemljepisne vede, za filozofijo in’ ments, correspondence, and studies. filologijo. [Proceedings of the section for his- W576. Letopis Matice Srpske. [Annual of torical and geographical science and for the Serbian Foundation.}] Novi Sad, 1824 ff.

philosophy and philology.] Ljubljana, 1943- (Title varies.) Oldest and most valuable ]

50. (Irregular.) : Serbian periodical covering all subjects. [CJ]

W563. Srpska Akademija Nauka. Glas. W577. Otadzbina. [The fatherland.] Bel-

590 Guide to Historical Literature grade, 1875-92. Indispensable for literary 1935-39. Best historical journal published

. and social problems. [CJ] in Yugoslavia between the wars; especially W578. Dom in svet. [Home and the world.] good for bibliographical and historiographic | Ljubljana, 1888-1914. (Irregular.) Conserva- essays. [CJ] |

tive Catholic review in Slovenia. [CJ] W583. Brastvo. [Brotherhood.] Belgrade, W579. Ljubljanski zvon. [The Ljubljana 1887-1941. (Annual.) Publication of the

bell.] Ljubljana, 1881-1941. (Monthly.) Fa- Society of Sveti Sava. Invaluable for history mous Slovenian liberal literary periodical. of Serbia. [CJ]

[CJ] W584, Historiiski zbornik. [Historical reW580. Casopis za zgodovino in naro- _ view.] Zagreb, 1948 ff. (Quarterly.) Major

| dopisje. [Review of history and folklore.] historical review published in Zagreb; Maribor, 1904-40. (Irregular.) Basic his- concerned principally with Croatian torical periodical for Slovenia. [CJ] history. Contains some excellent articles. W581. Godisnjica Nikole Cupiéa. [Nikola [CJ] Cupié yearbook.] Belgrade, 1877-1941. (An- W585. Zgodovinski Ccasopis. [Historical

nual.) Indispensable for study of Serbian journal.] Ljubljana, 1948 ff. (Quarterly.)

history. [CJ] Concerned with history and institutions of W582. Jugoslovenski istoriski Casopis. Slovenia, and activities of the Historical

[Yugoslavian historical review.] Belgrade, Society of Slovenia.

ROMANIA

BIBLIOGRAPHIES GEOGRAPHIES = The most complete bibliographical ref- W592. Ancel, Jacques. Les frontiéres rou-

erences for general Romanian history ap- maines. Bucharest, 1935. pear at the end of each chapter of Istoria W593. Martonne, Emmanuel de. Europe Romédnilor (W616). Other excellent bibli- centrale. Paris, 1931. The section on Roographies are contained in Documente privi- mania, with which the author was intimately tore la istoria Romdnilor (W601); and in acquainted, is excellent. [JCC]

the leading historical periodicals: Revista W594. Mehedinti, Simeon. Romania. 11th istoricad (W714), Revista istoricé romdnd ed., Bucharest, 1932. English tr., Rumania | (W715), and Studii (W720). The bibliogra- and her people: an essay in physical and phy in Histoire de Transylvanie (W678) is human geography, Bucharest, 1939. Conven-

very substantial. tional text by the leading Romanian geogra-

W586. Bianu, Ioan, and Nerva Hodos. | pher. [JCC] Bibliografia romaneasca veche, 1508-1830. W595, Mihdilescu, Vintila. Romania, geo[Old Romanian bibliography, 1508-1830.] grafia fizica. [Romania, physical geography.]

3 v. Bucharest, 1903-12. Fundamental though Bucharest, 1936. |

outdated. [JCC] ‘W596. Simionescu, Ion. Jara noastra:

| W587. Craciun, Ion. Bibliographie de Ila oameni, locuri, lucruri. [Our land: men,

Transylvanie roumaine, 1916-1936. Cluj, places, things.] Bucharest, 1937. Political1937. geographical survey marked by strong na-_. W588. Rally, Alexandre, and Getta-He- tionalistic views. [JCC]

léne Rally. Bibliographie franco-roumaine. | Paris, 1930. Extensive listing, generally supplanting Georges Bengesco, Bibliographie DEMOGRAPHY

1o0ny, CCT - +» (2nd rev. ed., Paris, — -w597, Manuila, Sabin. La population de W589. U. S. Library of Congress. Ru- la Dobroudja. Bucharest, 1939. : mania. Comp. by Helen F. Conover. Wash- .-

of references, 4.] ; . ok ington, 1943. [The Balkans: a selected list LINGUISTICS REFERENCE WORKS

W598. Densusianu, Ovid. Histoire de la langue roumaine. 2 v. Paris, 1901-14.

W590. Enciclopedia Romaniei. 4 v. Bucha- prRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES

rest, 1936-43. [Asociatia Stiintifica pentru En- |

ciclopedia Roméaniei.] Basic reference work W599. Costachescu, M., ed. Documente

for pre-World War II period. [JCC] moldovenesti dinainie de Stefan cel Mare.

W591. Fischer, Galati, Stephen, ed. Ro- [Molvadian documents before Stephen the mania. N.Y., 1957. Useful survey and Great.] 2 v. Iasi, 1931-32. reference book for the period since 1944. W609. Documente privind istoria Ro-

[JCC] maniei. [Documents concerning the history

, Eastern Europe , 591 , of Romania.] Ed. by Mihail Roller. Bucha- 1935): 486-537; 194 (July-Dec. 1944): 42-

rest, 1951 ff. | | 65, 132-50, 233-52. W601. Hurmuzaki, Eudoxiu. Documente privitore la istoria Romanilor. [Documents SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES on the history of the Romanians.] 19 v. in pee ; 31. Bucharest, 1876-1938. Indispensable col- W612. Galdi, Ladislaus, and Ladislaus

lection. [JCC] Makkai. Geschichte der Rumanen. Buda-

W602. Iorga, Nicolae. Acte si fragmente Pest, 1942. From moderate Hungarian point cu privire la istoria Rominilor. [Acts and of view. Each chapter contains critical bib-

fragments on the history of the Romanians.] ‘ography. : ,

‘ 3 v. Bucharest, 1895-97. Documents mostly W613. Ghika, Matila C. A documented

in western archives. — chronology of Roumanian history from pre- :

W603. ——, ed. Correspondance diplo- historic times to the present day. Oxford, matique roumaine sous le roi Charles Jer 1941. Handy reference work. ICC] (1866-1880). Paris, 1923. 2nd ed., Bucha- W614. Iorga, Nicolae. A history of Rourest, 1938. Rich collection from the archives ™amla: land, people, civilisation. London, of the Romanian foreign ministry, with his- 1925. Helpful in a general way, but lacks

torical introduction. [JCC] precision.

| Bucharest, 1938Constantin ff. :C..Istoria .. , ‘ ao | A. W615. Giurescu, W604. Panaitescu, P. P., ed. Documentele

Tarii Romanesti. [Documents of Wallachia.] LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES

a ve ee ucharest, —40. ost. thorough an

acto si documente, [The year 1848 in the Romanilor. [History of the Romanians. 4 v.

monte ee y panes 00S tO Wick aL scholarly history available. This and W597 7 lection of official ‘documents private corre. “© Many cases the best, references on the :

.‘ . “.: .,research. ) . yY I

spondence, and excerpts from the contempo- various periods of Romanian history. [JCC]

rary press. [JCC] P - W616. Iorga, Nicolae. Istoria RomAanilor. W606. Acte si documente relative la istoria_ . Lian A eg ee mans | a 1 ° me

renascerei Romaniei. [Acts and documents d , R -- de | " R es i

regarding the renascence of Romania.] Ed. Ay oe. Bucharest 4037 cot thecia at

rest, 1889-1909 Contains large vollection this ee voluminous work and } or eas ae he conten’ as well as — W617. ——. Geschichte des rumdnischen

ae . 2din v. Romania. Gotha, 1905-06. comunist [Documents from , dans . ; . . W618. ——. La place des Roumains W 607 Documente din ‘ezoria Partidului Volkes im Rahmen seiner Staatsbildungen.

| Te inl et pre Communist par y rt _ VPhistoire universelle. 3 v. Bucharest, 1935-— ond ed of . 1 an d 2.1956. Abr. 1 v.e d. 37. Despite its undoubted brilliance, this | 1951. Contains mostly resolutions, programs, the marke of hored componttion and shows | and manifestoes; some important docu- a. ._

ments not included. Covers period 1917-28, wet. oren Mihail. ona R. Re a

1934-37. V. 3 (1929-33) has not appeared. [History of the Romanian Peoples’ Repub-

UCC] lic.}] Bucharest, 1952. Standard history by a[JCC] | | leading Communist historian.

| | W620. Seton-Watson, Robert W. A hisHISTORIOGRAPHY tory of the Roumanians from Roman times | es ... to the completion of unity. Cambridge, Eng.,

toried romana iw ultimil ani, [Romanian his. 1934. The best history in English. Covers to

| torical science in recent years.] Iasi, 1946. shy WCC] but not exhaustive, bibliograW609. Constantinescu-lasi, Petre. Reali- P Went Xenopol. Alexandru D. Istoria

zarile istoriografiei romine intre anii 1945- Roma ‘1 di D ’, exancry oe

| 1955. [Achievements of Romanian histori- Romani or of Traia ieee me red of the ography, 1945-1955.] Bucharest, 1956. By a fogs o¢ ord ed. ethan 400 30" Bae

leading Communist historian and propa- k bi ; i } ed ’ » Basic

gandist. ICC] werConstantin , but wer superseded by Iorga and, | , W610. Giurescu, C. “Con- lurescu. [JCC]

sideratii asupra istoriografiei roméanesti in ultimii doudzeci de ani.” [Considerations on HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS _

Romanian hittoriography in the last twenty Origins and Early History years.] 12 (July-Sep. | 137-85.Revista W622.istorica, Bratianu, George I.1926): Une énigme et |

W611. Henry, Paul. “Histoire roumaine.” un miracle historique: le peuple roumain. |

Revue historique (Paris), 176 (July-Dec. Bucharest, 1937. :

592 Guide to Historical Literature , W623. Iorga, Nicolae. Byzance aprés Cuza et VPavénement de la dynastie des

1926. chives.

Byzance. Bucharest, 1935. Hohenzollern au tréne de la Roumanie.

W624. Parvan, Vasile. Getica. Bucharest, Paris, 1930. Heavily documented from ar-

W625. ———. Dacia: an outline of the W639. Iorga, Nicolae. Mihail Kogal-

early civilizations in the Carpatho-Danubian _ niceanu: scriitorul, omul politic si Romanul.

: countries. Cambridge, Eng., 1928. A reputa- [Mihail Kogalniceanu: writer, statesman and ble work on the little-known histcry of the | Romanian.] Bucharest, 1921.

Dacians. [JCC] W640. Riker, Thad W. The making of

W626. Philippide, Alexandru. Originea Roumania. Oxford, 1931. Best diplomatic Romanilor. [The origin of the Romanians.] history of the period 1856-66 in any lan-

| 2 v. Iasi, 1923-28. guage. [JCC]. W627. Roesler, Robert. Romanische Stu- W641. Stirbu, S. Rascoala din 1821. si dien: Untersuchungen zur Alteren Geschichte _legaturile ei cu evenimentele internationale.

Romaniens. Leipzig, 1871. [The rising of 1821 and its ties with inter-

W628. Tamas, Lajos. Romains, Romans national events.] Bucharest, 1956. A Marxist et Roumains dans Phistoire de la Dacie tra- interpretation. [JCC] jane. Budapest, 1936. Also published as a W642. Virtosu, Emil. Tudor Vladimirescu: series of articles in Archivum europae cen- pagini de revolta. Bucharest, 1936.

tro-orientalis, 1 (1935): 1-96; 2 (1936): 46-83, : 1878-1945 — W629.245-374. Xenopol, Alexandru D. Une énigme

historique: les Roumains au Moyen-Age. W643. Bratianu, George I. Actiunea poli-

Paris, 1885. Defends the Daco-Roman thesis _ tica si militara a Romaniei in 1919. [Political

with great conviction. and military action of Romania in 1919.]

| . W644. Regele Carol I al Romaniei: 1200-1821 cuvantari si scrisori. [King Carol I of RuBucharest, 1939.

| W630. Conduratu, Gregor C. Incerciri Too speeches and letters.] 3 v. Bucharest,

istorice: relatiunile Tarii Romanesti si Mol- } we .

. . eben Konig Karls von Rumianien. 4 v.

dova cu Ungaria pana la anul 1526. [Histori- L Ww 645. [kremnitz, Marie C.] Au scem

| cal essays: the with relations of Wallachia Stuttgart. Invaluabl ¢ Moldavia Hungary to the yearand 1526] uiigalt,1894-1900. -_ civaluable source Lor”

the reign of Carol I. [JCC] Bucharest, 1898. W646. |Cialdea, Lilio. La politica estera

- W631. Filitti, Ioan C. Réle diplomatique gaa Romania uel auacantenni bell

des Phanariotes de 1700 4 1821. Paris, 1901. a Nomalla Bel quarantennro preenco.

— W632. Lebel, Germaine. La France et les as Chek Charles U. United R principautés danubiennes du XVIe siécle a . N y 1932 rN 4 fi + Smite but la chute de Napoléon Ier. Paris, 1955. rea he few in Encl CCl survey, bu W633. Onciul, Dimitre. Originile princi- » WE 48 © few in Eng - ra 7. Ej patelor romane. [Origins of the Romanian ° Codreanu, ormenn 4. Lserne principalities.] Bucharest, 1899. Garde. Berlin, 1939. Apologia for the Iron

Guard by its leader. [JCC] | , W649. Comnéne, Nicolas P. Preludi del 1821-1878 - grande dramma. Rome, 1947. Diplomatic

history prior to World War II. [JCC] |

W634. Cretzianu, Alexandru. Din arhiva W650. Cretzianu, Alexandre. The lost op- ,

Jui Dumitru Bratianu. [From the archives of _ portunity. London, 1957. Romania and the

Dumitru Bratianu.] 2 v. Bucharest, 1833-34. wartime strategy and diplomacy of the

| W635. East, William G. The union of western allies. [JCC]

Moldavia and Wallachia, 1859. Cambridge, W651. Dragu, Thomas. La politique rou| Eng., 1929. Studied principally from avail- maine aprés les troubles agrariens de 1907.

able printed documents and the Foreign Paris, 1908. .

Office collection in the Public Record Office. W652. Gafencu, Grigore. Prelude to the W636. Filitti, Ioan C. Demniile romane Russian campaign. See 4H2/3. sub Regulamentul Organic, 1834-1848. [The W653. Hillgruber, Andreas. Hitler, Konig Romanian principalities under the Régle- Carol und Marschall Antonescu: die deutschment Organique, 1834-1848.] Bucharest, rumanische Beziehungen, 1938-1944. Wies-

1915. baden, 1954. Thorough monograph based W637. Fotino, Georges. Din vremea_ largely on German sources, some unpub-

renasterii nationale a Tarii Romanesti: boerii lished. [JCC] | |

golesti. [From the time of the national renais- W654. Institutul Social Rom4n. Doctrinele , sance in Wallachia: the Golescu boyars.] partidelér politice. [Doctrines of the politi-

4 v. Bucharest, 1939. cal parties.] Bucharest, 1924. Series of state-

W638. Henry, Paul. L’abdication du Prince ments by political leaders, important for the

, Eastern Europe 593 history and role of the various parties in droits nationaux et historiques. Bucharest,

the interwar period. [JCC] 1943. : :

| W655. Ionesco, Take. Souvenirs. Paris, W672. Dol’nik, A. Bessarabiia pod vlast’iu

1919. | rumynskikh boiar, 1918-1940 gg. [Bessa-

W656. Iorga, Nicolae. Supt trei regi. rabia under the rule of the Romanian boyars, |

-(Under three kings.] Bucharest, 1932. 1918-—1940.] Moscow, 1945. } | | W657. Kiritescu, Constantin. Istoria raz- W673. Dragomir, Silviu. La Transylvanie boiului pentru intregirea RomAniei, 1916—- avant et aprés l’arbitrage de Vienne. Sibiu,

1919, [History of the war for the unification 1943. of Romania, 1916~-1919.] 3 v. Bucharest, W674. Ungarische Historische Gesell- : 1922~—24. OC schaft. Siebenbiirgen. Ed. by Emerich LukiW658. Marghiloman; Alexandru. Memorii. nich. Budapest, 1940. Useful, though issued ([Memoirs.] 5 v. Bucharest, 1927. A source largely for political purposes, as were E. of some importance, especially for the period Lukinich, Die siebenbiirgische Frage (Buda-

of World War I. [JCC] © | pest, 1940), and Elemér Malyusz, SiebenW659. Roucéek, Joseph S. Contemporary JDiirgen und seine Vélker (Budapest, 1944).

Roumania and her problems. Stanford, 1932. [JCC] | W660. Tilea, Viorel V. Actiunea diplo- |= W675. Institutul de Istorie Nationala. | matica a Romaniei, 1919-1920. [Diplomatic Siebenbiirgen. 2 v. Bucharest, 1943. Elabo- r action of Romania, 1919-1920.] Sibiu, 1925. rate comprehensive work covering historical

Romanian diplomacy at the Paris peace and other fields; issued in German for po-

conference. [JCC] litical reasons. [JCC] ,

| W676. Iorga, Nicolae. Histoire des Rou-

, | Since 1945 mains de Transylvanie et de Hongrie. 2 v. Bucharest, 1915-16.

W661. Ciurea, Emile C. Le traité de paix W677. Jancs6, Benedek. A roman nem-

avec la Roumanie. Paris, 1954. zetiségi torehvések torténete és jelenlegi W662. Cretzianu, Alexandre, ed. Captive Allapota. [The history and present state of

. Rumania: a decade of Soviet rule. N.Y., the Romanian national movement. 2 Vv. 1956. Collaborative work by a group of Budapest, 1896-99. Out of date, but still

Romanian exiles. [JCC] very useful work on the Hungarian side.

W663. Lee, Arthur S. G. Crown against [JCC] | . |

sickle. London, 1950. Story of the conflict W678. Makkai, Ladislas. Histoire de

between King Michael and the Communists. Transylvanie. Paris, 1946. Good survey,

[JCC]. emphasizing the Hungarian side of Transyl-

W664. Markham, Reuben H. Rumania _ vania’s history. Full bibliography. [JCC] under the Soviet yoke. Boston, 1949. The W679. Nistor, Ion. Der nationale Kampf author, a foreign correspondent, lived in im der Bukowina. Bucharest, 1919. | Romania many years before World War II. W680. Pacatianu, Teodor V. Cartea de W665. Patrascanu, Lucretiu D. Sub trei aur: sau luptele politice-nationale ale Rodictaturi. [Under three dictatorships.] Bucha- manilor de sub coroana ungara. [The golden

: rest, 1945. French ed., Sous trois dictatures, book: or the political-national struggles of

Paris, 1946. Memoirs of a Communist leader. the Romanians under the Hungarian crown.]}

, [JCC] 8 v. Sibiu, 1902-15. Indispensable source for W666. Prost, Henri. Destin de Ia Rou- history of Romanian national movement in

manie, 1918-1954, Paris, 1954. | Transylvania. [JCC]

W667. Roberts, Henry L. Rumania: politi- W681. Popovici, Andrei. The political cal problems of an agrarian state. New _ status of Bessarabia. Washington, 1931. Haven, 1951. Valuable study of both eco- W682. Academia Romana. La Dobroudja. nomic and political problems, based on wide Bucharest, 1938. Useful collaborative work use of Romanian source material. [JCC] — covering both southern Dobruja (which

| | Romania lost in 1940) and northern DoHISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS bruja. [JCC] ! ; W683. ——. La Transylvanie. Bucharest,

W668. Arbure, Zamfir C. Basarabia in 1938. Collaborative work containing several secolul XIX-lea. [Bessarabia in the 19th cen- important historical contributions. [JCC]

_ tury.] Bucharest, 1898. W684. Teutsch, Georg D., and Friedrich

W669. Baritiu, Gheorghe. Parte alese din Teutsch. Geschichte der Siebenbiirger Sachistoria Transilvaniei. [Selected parts of the sen. 4 v.-Hermannstadt (Sibiu), 1899-1920.

history of Transylvania.]OF 3 v. SPECIAL Sibiu, 1889-—TOPICS 91. HISTORIES

—.bieW670. Boldur, Alexandru V. LaParis, BessaraE cc History Hi et les relations russo-roumaines. conomic

|

1927. | W685. Adam, I., and N. Marcu... Studii W671. Bratianu, George I. La Bessarabie, despre dezvoltarea capitalismului in agri-

594 Guide to Historical Literature cultura Roméaniei. [Studies on the develop- of Romanian literature from its origins to ment of capitalism in Romanian agriculture.] the present.] Bucharest, 1941. Bucharest, 1956. By two Communist authors. W699. Constantinescu-lasi, Petre. Relatiile

[ICC] | culturale romino-ruse din trecut. [Romanian-

W686. Arcadian, N. P. Industrializarea Russian cultural relations in the past.] : Roméaniei. [Industrialization of Romania.] Bucharest, 1954. Study by a Communist ©

2nd ed., Bucharest, 1936. author emphasizing the Russian influence on W687. Dobrovici, Gheorghe M. Istoricul Romanian culture. [JCC]

desvoltarii economice si financiare a Ro- W700. Eliade, Pompiliu. De Yinfluence maniei. [History of the economic and _ francaise sur Vesprit public en Roumanie. financial development of Romania.] Bu- Paris, 1898. Pioneer work in cultural his- _

charest, 1934 tory, still of great value. [JCC]

- W688. Emerit, Marcel. Les paysans rou- W701. Torga, Nicolae. Istoria literaturii

mains depuis le Traité d’Andrinople jusqu’A romanesti. [History of Romanian literature.]

la libération des terres (1829-1864). Paris, 3 v. Bucharest, 1925-33. .

1937. W702. ———. Istoria invatamantului roW689. Gheorghiu, Panait R. The foreign manese. [History of Romanian education.]

trade of Roumania from the Treaty of Bucharest, 1928. French ed., Histoire de

Bucharest, 1936. 1933. .

2 | Adrianople up to the great depression. /’enseignement en pays roumains, Bucharest, | W690. Iordan, Constantin. The Rumanian W703. ———. Istoria bisericii romanesti si

oil industry. N.Y., 1955. a vietii religioase a Romanilor. [History of

W691. Iorga, Nicolae. Istoria comertului the Romanian church and of the religious romanesc. [History of Romanian commerce.] life of the Romanians.] 2nd ed., 2 v., Bucha-

: 2nd ed., 2 v., Bucharest, 1925. rest, 1928-30. W692. Konrad, G. I. Die Wirtschaft W704. Lovinescu, Eugen. Istoria. civilizatiei Rumaniens 1945-1952. Berlin, 1953. romane moderne. [History of modern RoW693. Madgearu, Virgil. Evolutia eco- manian civilization.] 3 v. Bucharest, 1924—25.

nomiei romanesti dupa Razboiul Mondial. W705. Lupas, Ioan. Istoria bisericii ro{Economic evolution of Romania since the mane. [History of the Romanian church.] World War.] Bucharest, 1940. Most useful Bucharest, 1935.

, and authoritative study of Romania’s eco- W706. Munteano, Basil. Panorama de la

nomic history and problems up to World littérature roumaine contemroraine. Paris, :

War II. [JCC] 1938. Comprehensive and scholarly survey of

W694. Mitrany, David. The land and the Romanian literary activity since 1867.

peasant in Rumania. London and New W707. Popovici, D. La littérature roumaime Haven, 1930. Fundamental study of the post- a Peépoque des lumiéres. Sibiu, 1945. | :

war land reform. [JCC] . W695. Razmiritza, Nicolas. Essai d’éco- , BIOGRAPHIES

nomie roumaine moderne, 1831-1931. Paris, -| W696. 1932. | W708. Iorga, Nicolae. Istoria lui Stefan Rosetti, Radu. Pamantul, satenii, si cel Mare. [History of Stephen the Great.]

stapanii in Moldova. [The land, the peasants, Bucharest, 1904. .

and the landlords in Moldavia.] Bucharest, w709. ——-. Istoria lui Mihai Viteazul. | 1907. This and Pentru ce s’au rasculat taranii [History of Michael the Brave.] 2 v. [Why did the peasants rise?] (Bucharest, Bucharest, 1935.

1907), by the same author, are the first, and = W710. Minea, Iie. Viad Dracul si vremea — still classic, studies on the agrarian problem, sa. [Vlad Dracul and his age.] Iasi, 1928. which burst on the country’s consciousness . W711. Panaitescu, P. P. Mircea cel Batran.

_ with the rising of 1907. [JCC] [Mircea the Old.] Bucharest, 1944.

| Romania. No good books on Romania’s economy W712. ———. Mihai Viteazul. [Michael the under the Communist regime have appeared, Brave.] Bucharest, 1936.

: but attention is called to the economic chap- W713. Ursu, Ion. Petru Rares. Bucharest, ~ ters of W662 and W59I, and to general 1923, works on the economy of eastern Europe and | OT

the Balkans which deal inter alia with PFRIODICALS . W714. Revista istorica. [Historical review. ]

| | Cultural and Religious History Valenii-de-Munte and Bucharest, 1914-46. , (Irregular.)

W697. Beza, Marcu. The Rumanian W715. Revista isforica romana. [Romanian

church. London, 1943. historical review.] Bucharest, 1931-47.

W698. Calinescu, G. Istoria literaturii (Quarterly.) :

romane dela origini pana in prezent. [History W716. Revue histcrique du Sud-Est euro:

i Eastern Europe 595 péen. Bucharest, 1924-46. (Quarterly.) (Quarterly.) Published by the historical insti- __

Largely devoted to Romania despite its tute of the Academy of the Romanian broader title. | People’s Republic. | W717. Anuarul Institutelui de Istorie Na- W721. Analele Institutului de Istorie .a |

tional4. [Annual of the Institute of National Partidului de pe langa Comitetului Central al

History.] Cluj and Bucharest, 1922-42. Partid Muncitoresc Roman. [Annals of the W718. Academia Romana. Memoriile Institute of the History of the Party sponsectiuniei istorice. [Memoirs of the historical sored by the Central Committee of the section.] Bucharest, 1867-1942. Contains Romanian Workers’ Party.] Bucharest, 1955

many important contributions, including ff. (Irregular.) : |

studies of some length. W722. Revue des études roumaines. Paris, , W719. Analele romano-sovietice, seria 1953 ff. (Irregular.) Review of the Fondaistorie. [Romanian-Soviet annals, historical tion Carol I, publishing historical studies by

series.] Bucharest, 1946 ff. (Quarterly. Title | exiled Romanian scholars. : varies.) Studies by Romanian and Soviet W723. Studii si certetari stiintifice: istorie.

historians. a [Studies and scientific researches: history.] W720. Studii: revistA de istorie. [Studies: Iasi, 1950 ff. (Quarterly.) Published by the a historical review.] Bucharest, 1948 ff. Iasi branch of the Romanian Academy.

HUNGARY | a BIBLIOGRAPHIES gariae. Ed. by Jend Déoczy and others. 2 v. : ~W724. Budapest, 1934-38. [Magyar gazdasaégi konyApponyi, Alexander, graf. Hun- vészet.] Attempts to list everything written,

garica: Ungarn betreffende im Auslande ge- published, or available in Hungary on eco- | druckte Bucher. 4 v. Munich, 1903-27. nomic problems. Covers 1505-1830. [GB]

Works about Hungary printed in western W732. Kalnoki Bed6, Alexander, and

countries during the 16th-18th centuries. George Torzsay-Biber. Legal sources and : [FW] bibliography of Hungary. N.Y., 1956. ConW725. Bako, Elemer. “Selected references tains a survey of legal sources, collections

on the Hungarian revolution of 1956.” The — of laws, statutes, and court reports; bibliogHungarian revolution of 1956: second semi- raphy of treaties, including Transylvania; |

| nar, June 6, 1958 (N.Y., 1958), pp. 90-100. _ translations of laws, statutes, etc., and refer-

A classified list of works and periodical ences to books and articles in other than articles, principally in English. | the Hungarian language; and a list of periodiW726. Bartonieck, Emma. Magyar térténeti cals and most important statutes. [FW]

forraskiadvanyok. [List of published Hun- W733. Kertész, Janos. Bibliographie der garian historical sources.] Budapest, 1930. Habsburg Literatur, 1218-1934. Budapest,

Very useful though selected compilation. 1934. | [FW] : W734. Kosary, Domokos G. Bevezetés a W727. Banner, Janos, and Imre Jakabffy. magyar torténelem forrasaiba és irodalmaba.

A K06zép-Dunamedence' régészeti Dbiblio- [Introduction to the sources and literature

grafiaja a legrégibb iddktGl a XI szazadig. of Hungarian history.] 2 v. Budapest, 1951— ,

| [Archaeological bibliography of the Middle- 54. Excellent annotated bibliography coverDanube basin from the earliest times to the ing period to 1825. [FW]

11th century.] Budapest, 1954. W735. Kozocsa, Sandor. Magyar kony-

W728. Bodor, Antal. Magyarorsz4g helyis- vészet, 1911-1920. [Hungarian bibliography, mereti kényvészete, 1527-1940: bibliographia 1911-1920.] Budapest, 1939. > -locorum hungariae, MDXXVII-MCMXL. W736. Lukinich, Emeric, ed. Les éditions _ Budapest, 1944. Lists approximately 14,000 des sources de Phistoire hongroise, 1854— titles in eighteen languages. Valuable despite 1930. Budapest, 1931.

its selectivity. [GB] W737. Lynn, Meda. Reconstruction in W729. Borsody, Stephen. “Modern Hun- Hungary, 1924-1935: bibliography of maga-

garian historiography.” The journal of zine articles. N.Y., 1935. modern history, 24 (Dec. 1952): 398-405. W738. Magyar nemzeti bibliografia. [Hun-

Best modern and concise summary in English _ garian national bibliography.] Budapest, 1946 on period before the Communist seizure of _ ff. (Monthly.) Issued by Orszdgos Széchényi

power. [GB] Konyvtar (National Széchényi Library), this

_ W730. Kéziratos forrasok az Orszagos’ is the complete list of Hungary’s mono-

Széchényi Konyvtarban, 1789-1865. [Manu- graphic publications, grouped according to . script. sources in the National Széchényi subject, since 1945. A quarterly supplement, Library, 1789-1865.] Budapest, 1950. Magyar folydiratok repertoriuma (Budapest, W731. Bibliographia oeconomiae Hun- 1946 ff.), covers periodical literature. [FW]

596° Guide to Historical Literature , W739. Magyar Torténettudomanyi Intézet. gazdasagi és fdldrajzi adatok a Dnunatdaj |

Magyar torténeti bibliografia, 1825-1867. aAllamainak életébél. [The Danubian region: [Historical bibliography of Hungary, 1825— economic and geographical data concerning

1867.] Budapest, 1950 ff. Best and almost the states of the Danubian region.] 3 v.

complete aid, prepared by the Institute of | Budapest, 1946. Valuable for its encyclopedic |

| History of the Hungarian Academy of character, statistical data, and interpretative Sciences under the direction of Zoltan J. studies, primarily in the fields of geography

Toth. The three volumes published include, and history. [GB] | besides general history, economy, politics, —

law, education, science, arts, press, and reli- ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS

gion. A fourth volume on national minorities : |

is in preparation. [FW] W748. Bartucz, Lajos. A magyar ember: a

| magyarsag antropolégiaja. [The Hungarian ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF man: anthropology of the Hungarian people.] REFERENCE : Budapest, [1939]. Review, E. Varga, Szdzadok, 74 (1940): 321. [GB]

W740. A companion to Hungarian studies, W749. A magyarsag néprajza. [EthnogBudapest, 1943. Contains various articles by raphy of the Hungarian people.] Ed. by outstanding Hungarian scholars on history, Zsigmond Batky and others. 4 v. Budapest, arts, language, literature, minorities, etc. [1933-37]. The fundamental work on the

written to inform the Anglo-Saxon world. subject. [GB] | Constitutes the 1942 issue of The Hungarian W750. Allodiatoris, Irma. A Karpat-

quarterly. Numerous illustrations and maps. medence antropologiai bibliografidja. [The

[FW] : anthropological bibliography of the CarW741. Kovacs, Imre. Facts about Hun- pathian Basin.] Budapest, 1958. Most up-to-

gary. N.Y., 1958. Provides a number of date bibliography on the ethnological and special surveys on the most important prob- anthropological history and pre-history of

lems of Hungary, with emphasis on the post- __ this area. [EB]

revolutionary development of domestic and W751. Balogh, Béla, and Ludwig Bartucz.

: _ foreign affairs. [EB] | Ungarische Rassenkunde. Berlin, 1940. Most

W742. Magyar tajékoztat6é zsebkonyv. accessible and concise summary of the physi[Hungarian information pocketbook.]. 2nd cal characteristics of the Hungarian people. ed., Budapest, 1943. This 1,200 page, pocket- Includes ethnological as well as anthrosize volume is still the best source of general pometrical data on the Hungarians. [EB] information on the land and people of Hun- W752. Szab6, Stefan. Ungarisches Volk: gary prior to 1943. It is the last of this type Geschichte und Wandlungen. Budapest and reference manual published in pre-Com- Leipzig, 1944. Demographic approach; an

: munist Hungary. Contains special chapters effort to sketch the history of the Hungarian on foreign relations, cultural and minority population. [GB]

problems. [EB] W753. Szekfi, Gyula, ed. Mi a magyar? W743. Révai nagy lexikona: az ismeretek [What is Magyar?] Budapest, 1939.

enciklopédiaja. [Révai’s great lexicon: en- ; |

, cyclopedia of knowledge.] 21 v. Budapest, DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES 1911-35. Hungary’s most complete encyclo-

pedia. [FW] W754. Kniezsa, Istvan. Ungarns Volker-

| W744. Uj Id6k lexikona. [Encyclopedia of _ schaften im XI. Jahrhundert. Budapest, 1938. Uj Iddk.] 24 v. Budapest, 1936-42. Latest Reprinted from Archivum Europae centroin the series of standard encyclopedias pub- orientalis, 4 (1938): 241-412. [GB]

lished in Hungary and, therefore, of much W755. Hungary. K06ozponti Statisztikai

value. [EB] Hivatal. 1949 évi népszamlalas. [The population census of 1949.] 14 v. Budapest, 1949-

GEOGRAPHIES | 52. The complete edition of the 1949 popu-

lation census data. [EB] .

| W745. Magyar féldrajz. [Hungarian geog- W756. Siegel, Jacob S. The population of raphy.] Ed. by Gyula Prinz and others. 3 v. Hungary. Washington, 1958. Most up-to-date.

Budapest, 1936-38. Review, L. Glaser, and comprehensive population survey of | Szdzadok, 74 (1940): 314. [GB] _ Hungary, prepared by researchers of the W746. Bulla, Béla, and Tibor Menddl. A U.S. Bureau of the Census. [EB] . :

K4rpat-medence f6ldrajza. [Geography of W757. Nagy, Ivan. Magyarorsz4g csaladai the Carpathian Basin. Budapest, 1947. Most czimerekkel és nemzedékrendi tablakkal. recent summary of the results of geographical [The families of Hungary, with coats-of-arms

research relating to the geo-historical unit and genealogical tables.] 13 v. Pest (Budafenced by the Carpathian Mountains. Con-_ pest), 1857-65. The standard reference tains a list of recommended readings. [EB] manual on genealogy of Hungarian families. W747. Radisics, Elemér, ed. A Dunataj: [EB]

, Eastern Europe 597 WORKS : chenyi himself, partially addressed to him, or | | W758. ~ s LINGUISTIC concerned with his work. [GB] : Barczi, Géza. Magyar szofejto W765. Benda, Kalm4n, ed. A magyar

szotar. [Hungarian etymological dictionary.]| Jakobinusok iratai. [Documents of the Hun-

Budapest, 1941. The only complete ety- garian Jacobins.] 3 v. Budapest, 1952-57. |

mological dictionary of the language. W766. Dedk, Francis, and Dezsé Ujvary,

[EB] eds. Papers and documents relating to the

- W759. Gombocz, Zoltan, and Janos foreign relations of Hungary. V. 1, 1919Melich. Magyar etymologiai sz6tar. Lexicon 1920. Budapest, 1939.

critico-etymologicum linguae hungaricae. W767. Farkas, Julius von, ed. Ungarns Issued in parts. Budapest, 1914 ff. The most Geschichte und Kultur in Dokumenten. |

impressive undertaking of Hungarian. lin- Wiesbaden, 1955. |

guistical research. Although incomplete, it W768. Free Europe Committee. The revolt

is a unique source. of valuable informa- in Hungary: a documentary chronology of . tion on the history of the Hungarian language — events based exclusively on internal broad-

and civilization. [EB] casts by central and provincial radios, Octo-

W760. Jakubovich, Emil, and Dezs6 Pais. ber 23, 1956-November 4, 1956. N.Y., 1956.

O-magyar olvasoékényv. [Old-Hungarian W769. Gombos, Ferenc A. Catalogus reader.] Pécs, 1929. Scholarly guide, with fontium historiae Hungaricae aevo ducum texts .of the linguistic monuments of the et regum ex stirpe Arpad descendentium ab Hungarian language, covering earliest periods anno Christi DCCC usque ad annum to 1427. Its notes on early Hungarian his- MCCCI. 4 v. Budapest, 1937-43. tory make it a valuable tool for historical W770. Hajnal, Istvan, ed. A Kossuth-emi-

research. [EB] os geracié6 Toérékorsz4gban. [The Kossuth-emi- |

W761. Zsirai, Miklos. Finnugor rokonsa- gration in Turkey.] Budapest, 1927. gunk, [Our Finno-Ugrian ancestry.] Buda- W771. JAanossy, Dénes, ed. A Kossuth-

pest, 1937. The standard manual, published emigracié6 Angliaban és Amerikaban, 1851by the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, on 1852, [The Kossuth-emigration in England

the linguistic and historic affiliations of the and America, 1851—1852.] 2 v. in 3. Buda- Hungarian language and the ancient history pest, 1940-48. |

of the Hungarian people. [EB] W772. Kemény, Gabor, ed. Iratok a ,

, 7 nemzetiségi kérdés torténetéhez Magyarors-

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES Z4gon a dualizmus koraban. [Documents

oe concerning the history of the nationality

W762. Alddsy, Antal. A Magyar Nemzeti problem in Hungary in the era of dualism.] Mizeum k6ényvtéranak cimereslevelei. [Let- 2 v. Budapest, 1952-56. Covers period 1867-

- ters of nobility of the library of the 1900. [GB]

Hungarian National Museum.] 6 v. Budapest, . . W773.. Kosary, Domokos G. Kossuth 1937-42. Continuation of an earlier two Lajos a reformkorban. [Louis Kossuth in the volumes by the author published 1904-30. reform era.] Budapest, 1946. Intended as The entire series forms the largest published introductory volume to a Kossuth biography. collection of Hungarian heraldica. Review, Deals with the “years of preparation,” the B. Bottlé, Szézadok, 79/80 (1945/46): 247. period leading to the events of 1848. [GB]

[GB] | , W774. Orszaggyiilési tudésitasok. [ParliaW763. Archivum Ra&k6éczianum. 13 v. mentary reports.] Ed by Lajos Kossuth. 3 v.

Budapest, 1871-89. The most conclusive col- Budapest, 1948-49, [Magyarorszag tjabbkori | lection of documents on the life and struggles tdrténetének forrasai.]

of the Transylvanian prince Francis II W775. Kossuth, Lajos. Kossuth Lajos

Réakéczi, Hungary’s leader in its war of 1848-49-ben. [Louis Kossuth in 1848-49.] liberation, 1703-11. Part of the documentary 5 v. Budapest, -1951-57. [Kossuth Lajos - material describes the political, military, and Osszes munkai, 11-15.] Review of Kossuth diplomatic activities of the Hungarian emi- works, J. Borus, Szdzadok, 3 (1956): 473.

gration, principally in France and Turkey. [GB] | 7

[EB] | : W776. -——. Kossuth Lajos kormanyzé6el- | W764. Bartfai Szab6, Laszl6. Adatok ndodki iratai (1849 Aprilis 15-augusztus 15).

Gr6éf Széchenyi Istvan és kora térténetéhez, [Papers of Louis Kossuth, president-regent : 1808-1860. [Data referring to Count Istvan (April 15—August 15, 1849.)] Budapest, 1955. Széchenyi and the history of his era, 1808—- = W777. Lukinich, Emericus, and others,

1860.] 2 v. Budapest, 1943. Besides the eds. Documenta historiam Valachorum in

Széchenyi volumes published in the “Fontes” Hungaria illustrantia usque ad annum 1400 series, this is the most valuable recent con- p. Christum. Budapest, 1941. Introduction

_ tribution to the life story and work of the explanation, and footnotes in French. [GB] “greatest Magyar.” Contains about 1,500 un- W778. Lukinich, Imre, ed. A_ szatmari published letters, memoirs, reports, and frag- béke térténete és okirattara. [History and ments of diaries, partially written by Szé- records of the Peace of Szatmar.] Budapest,

598 Guide to Historical Literature 1925. [Fontes historiae Hungaricae aevi W789. Bogyay, Tamas. “Forschungen zur

recentioris.] Urgeschichte der Ungarn nach dem 2. Welt-

W779. Madzsar, Imre, ed. Faradi V6ros_ krieg.’’ Ural-Altaische Jahrbiicher, 29 (Jan.- _ Ignac visszaemlékezései az 1778-1822 éve- June 1957): 93-114. Detailed summary of — kr6él. [Memoirs of Ignac Faradi V6rds, 1778— post-World War II research in Hungary and

| 1822.] Budapest, 1927. [Fontes historiae abroad related to the ancient history of

Hungaricae aevi recentioris.] Hungarians. [EB]

W780. Magyarorszag tjabbkori téorténeté- W790. Macartney, Carlile A. The medieval nek forrasai: fontes historiae Hungaricae aevi Hungarian historians: a critical and analytirecentioris. [Sources for the history of Hun- cal guide. Cambridge, Eng., 1953. Critical gary in modern times.] Budapest, 1921 ff. | reexamination and close study of the written The Hungarian Historical Association has sources which throws considerable light on published some 20 volumes covering the the riddle of early Hungarian history. Excel-

. period 1686 to World War II. The series lent chapter is devoted to development of was resumed after 1945. [GB] Hungarian historical tradition. Includes bibW781. MAalyusz, Elemér, ed. Zsigmondkori liographical references and polemical foot-

oklevéltar. [Collections of charters of the notes. [FW] era of Sigismund.] 2 v. Budapest, 1951-58. W791. ——. Studies on the earliest Hun-

(Other volumes in preparation.) garian historical sources. 4 v. Budapest,

W782. ——, ed. Sandor Lipét féherceg 1938-51. This and the author’s more recent nador iratai, 1790-1795. [Papers of Palatine work (W790) are indispensable for the Alexander Leopold, 1790-1795.] Budapest, English reader in the study of Hungarian

| 1926. [Fontes historiae Hungaricae aevi medieval history. [GB] |

recentioris. ] W792. Wagner, Ferenc. A magyar torté-

W783. Hungary. Nemzetgyiilés. [National netiras Uj. dtjai, 1945-1955. [New ways Assembly.] Iromanyok, 1920-26. [Papers, of NHungarian historiography, 1945~1955.] 1920-26.] 32 v. Budapest, 1920-26. Supplants | Washington, 1956. This short study analyzes for these years the Iromdnyok published _ the policy affecting Hungarian historiography

separately by each of the two houses of since the Communist reorganization of the |

parliament 1873-1920 and after 1926. [GB] Hungarian Academy of Sciences as a scienW784, ——. Naplé6, 1920-26. [Journals, _ tific research center. [EB]

1920-26.] 63 v. Budapest, 1920-26. Sup- ; | plants for these years the Napldé published SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

separately by each of the two houses of parliament 1873-1920 and after 1926. [GB] W793. Domanovszky, Alexander. Die Ge- _ W785. Szentpétery, Emericus, ed. Scrip- schichte Ungarns. Munich, 1923. A conventores rerum hungaricarum tempore ducum tional treatment of the main currents of regumque stirpis arpadianae gestarum. 2 v. Hungarian history by one of the leading

| Budapest, 1937-38. Introduction, explana- scholars of his generation. tions, and footnotes in Latin. [GB] W794. Eckhart, Ferenc. A short history of

W786. Szentpéteri, Imre, ed. Az 4rpdd- the Hungarian people. London, 1931. Good

hazi kirdlyok okleveleinek kritikai jegyzéke. | as brief summary. [FW]

Regesta regum stirpis Arapadianae critico- W795. Kosary, Dominic G. A history of diplomatica. V. 2, pt. 1, 1255-72. Budapest, Hungary. Cleveland and N.Y., 1941. The 1943. Continuation of the set (3 v.) pub- largest English-language history of Hungary. lished in 1923-30. Indispensable for any re- Summarizes events until World War II, with search in 13th century Hungarian history. special regard for the Hungarian populated

[GB] territories of neighboring states. [FW] |

, W787. Tisza, Istvan, grdof. Grof Tisza W796. Lukinich, Imre. A history of Hun-

Istvan dsszes munkai. [The collected works gary in biographical sketches. London and —— of Count Istvan Tisza.] 6 v. Budapest, 1923- | Budapest, 1937. Biographical studies of out-

37. : standing Hungarian rulers and leaders from : Prince Arpad to Francis Deak. [GB] HISTORIOGRAPHY W797. Radisics, Elemér, comp. Hungary: ,W788. : pictorial record of a thousand years. BudaBarath, Tibor. L’histoire en Hongrie pest, 1944. A richly illustrated chronicle of

(1867-1935). Paris, 1936. Reprint from Revue Hungarian political and cultural history, in-

historique, 177 (Jan.-June 1936): 84-144; cluding 121 short biographies of eminent 178 (July-Dec. 1936): 25-74. Introduction Hungarians. One of the best sources of to Hungary’s historical sciences dealing quick reference data on people and problems chiefly with their organization, main trends, prominent in Hungarian history. [EB] -and outstanding monographic and periodical Ww798. Zarek, Otto. The history of Hunpublications. As an annotated bibliography gary. London, 1939. A competent, convenit is superficial and one-sided in some places. tional history from earliest times to about

[FW] 1920, |

Eastern Europe — 3599 LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES Budapest, 1943. Much more than a bio-

; graphical sketch of Hungary’s first ‘great |

w799. Domanovszky, Sandor, and others, poet: recreates masterfully 16th century

eds. Magyar miivelédéstérténet. [History of — gocijal life in Hungary. Review, G. Szekfi, Hungarian civilization.] 5 v. Budapest, [1939- Sv4zadok, 79/80 (1945/46): 278. [GB]

42}. . oe . W812. Eszlari, Karoly. La pragmatique W800. Homan, Balint, and Gyula Szekfi. sanction hongroise et celles des pays et des —

Magyar torténet. [History of Hungary.] 3rd _ provinces héréditaires des Habsbourgs. Paris, |

ed., 5 v., Budapest, 1935-36. The most im- 1952.

portant work on Hungary’s history in recent W813. Farkas, Gyula. A “Fiatal Magyar-

times; a modern Synthesis of the highest orsz4g” kora. [The era of “Young Hunstandard, with critical survey of sources and gary.”] Budapest, 1932.

annotated bibliography. Main defect is a W814. Lukinich, Imre, ed. Rakéczi emlékspiritual approach to historical happenings kényy. [R4kdéczi memorial volume.] 2 v. to the neglect of other significant factors. Budapest, 1935.

[FW] W815. Makkai, Laszlo. A kuruc nemzeti Osszefogas elézményei: népi felkelések fels6éHISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS — Magyarorszdgon 1630-1632—ben. [The ante-

| Origins to 1526 the kouroutz nationalHungary, revival: | | cedents popular of upheavals in northern

| W801. Elekes, Lajos. Matyés és kora. 1630-1632.] Budapest, 1956. . _[King Matthias and his era.] Budapest, 1956. W816. Malyusz, Elemeér, ed. A tiirelmi W802. Héman, Baélint. Gli Angioni di Yendelet: II Jozsef és a magyar protestan-

Napoli in Ungheria, 1290-1403. Rome, 1938. tizmus. [The edict of tolerance: Joseph Il 7

~ W803. ———. Geschichte des ungarischen and Hungarian protestantism.] 2 v. Budapest,

Mittelalters. 2 v. Berlin, 1940-43. 1939. Review, Szdzadok, 75 (1941): 82. .

W804. Ligeti, Lajos, ed. A magyarsag [GB] ; . .

Ostorténete. [Ancient history of the Hun- W817. Szabo, Dezso. A magyarorszagi

garian people.] Budapest, 1943. Collection urbérrendezés torténete Maria Terezia koraof articles by leading experts in tracing his- bam. [History of the socage (“urbarium”) torically undocumented periods of Hungarian under Maria Theresa. ] Budapest, 1933. to.

history, the last opportunity to express un- W818. Szer émi, Gyorgy, and Laszlo biased opinions on these subjects. [EB] Erdélyi. Mohacs. 2 v. Szeged, 1941. V. 1,

W805. Lukinich, Imre, ed. Matyas kiraly eae terly.) X621. Jahrbiicher fiir Kultur und Ge| schichte der Slaven. 12 v. Breslau, 1924-35. English Language Periodicals | X622. Kyrios: Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Kirchen- und Geistesgeschichte Osteuropas.

- X599. The American quarterly on the Ko6nigsberg, 1936-43. (Quarterly.)

Soviet Union. 5 v. N.Y., 1938-42. [Ameri- X623. Osteuropa. Berlin, 1925-39.

can-Russian Institute.] [Deutsche Gesellschaft zum Studium Ost-

X600. The American review on the Soviet = europas.] (Monthly.)

Union. 4 v. N.Y., 1944-48. (Bimonthly.) X624. Osteuropa. Stuttgart, 1951 ff.

Continuation of X599. [Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Osteuropakunde. ] X601. The American Slavic and east (Bimonthly.) |

European review. N.Y., 1941 ff. (Quarterly.) X625. Slavische Rundschau. Prague, 1929X602. Central Asian review. London, 1953 40. [Deutsche Universitat.] (Bimonthly.) ff. [Central Asian Research Centre.] (Quar- X626. Slavische Rundschau: Zeitschrift fiir

terly.) | Wirtschaft, Kultur- und Geistesgeschichte X603. Current digest of the Soviet press. und Theologie des Ostens. 2 v. Munich, Ann Arbor and N.Y., 1949 ff. [Joint Com- 1956-57.

mittee on Slavic Studies.] (Weekly.) | X627. Die Welt der Slawen. Wiesbaden, X604. Georgica. London, 1935-37. (Ir- 1956 ff. (Quarterly.)

regular.) X628. Zeitschrift fiir osteuropdische GeX605. Harvard Slavic studies. Cambridge, _ schichte. 4 v., Berlin, 1911-14; 5 v., 1931-

| Mass.,X606. 1953 ff. (Irregular.) 35, Oxford Slavonic papers. Oxford, X629. Zeitschrift fir Ostforschung. Mar1950 ff. (Irregular.) burg, 1952 ff. [Herder-Forschungsrat.] (Quar-

X607. The Russian review. N.Y., 1941 ff. _ terly.) a

(Semiannual, 1941-48; quarterly, 1949 ff.) X630. Zeitschrift fiir slavische Philologie, X608. The Slavonic and east European re- Leipzig, 1925 ff. (Semiannual.)

Russia and the Soviet Union 645 X631. Zeitschrift fiir Slawistik. Berlin, 1956 X649, Legsters, Lyman H., Jr. Karl Radek ff. [Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften.] als Sprachrohr des _ Bolschewismus. For-

(Quarterly. ) — schungen zur osteuropdischen Geschichte, 7 See also Morley, Guide (X1), ch. 7. (1959), pp. 1-128. |

, , X650. Leontovitsch, Victor. Geschichte ,

| des Liberalismus in Russland. Frankfurt am... ADDENDA Main, 1957. i a X651. Ministerstvo Inostrannykh Del

X632. Armstrong, John A. The Soviet SSSR. Dokumenty vneshnei politiki SSSR. |

bureaucratic elite; a case study of the [Documents on the foreign policy of the Ukrainian apparatus. N.Y., 1959. Soviet Union.] Moscow, 1957 ff. Documents

X633. Billington, James H. Mikhailovsky since Nov. 7, 1917. ,

and Russian populism. Oxford, 1958. X652. Ocherki istorii Dagestana. [Sketches X634. Briusov, Aleksandr la. Geschichte of the history of Daghestan.] 2 v. Makhachder neolithischen Stimme im europdischen kala, 1957.

Teil der UdSSR. Berlin, 1957. . 653. Ocherki po istorii Tadzhikistana.

| | X635. . Doerries, Heinrich. Russlands [Sketches of the history of Tajikistan.]

Eindringen in Europa in der Epoche Peters Stalinabad, 1957 ff. , des Grossen (Osteuropdische Forschungen, _X654,. Philipp, Werner. Ansatze zum geN.F., 26). K6nigsberg and Berlin, 1939. ‘schichtlichen und politischen Denken im X636. Dosumov, Ia. M. Istoriia Kara- © Kiewer Russland. Breslau, 1940. (Jahrbiicher Kalpakskoi ASSR. [History of the ASSR of fiir Geschichte Osteuropas, Beih. 3).

the Kara-Kalpaks.] Tashkent, 1959. | X655. Pipes, Richard, ed. Karamzin’s

X637. Gaidukov, D. A., ed. Istoriia sovet- Memoir on ancient and modern Russia.

skoi konstitutsii; sbornik dokumentov, 1917—- A _ translation and = analysis. Cambridge,

1957. [History of the Soviet constitution; Mass., 1959.

collection of documents.] Moscow, 1957. X656. Reitlinger, Gerald. The house built ; X638. Gudzii, Nikolai K. History of early on sand. The conflicts of Germany policy

Russian literature. N.Y., 1949. _in Russia, 1939-1945, N.Y., 1960.

_ X639. Hecht, David. Russian radicals look =. X657. Rosenfeld, Ginter. Sowjetrussland .

| to America, 1825-1894. Cambridge, Mass.,. und Deutschland 1917-1922. Berlin, 1960.

1947, - oe Marxist interpretation. X64. Istoriia Estonskoi SSR. [History of X658. Slusser, Robert M. and Jan F. , the Estonian SSR.] 2nd ed. Tallin, 1958. In 3. ‘Triska. A calendar of Soviet treaties, 1917v. Tallin, 1959 ff. 1957. Stanford, 1959. 8 X641. Istoriia Moldavii; dokumenty i X659. Tarle, Evgenii V. Sochineniia.

- materialy. V. 1, Kishinev, 1921; v. 2 [Works.] 10 v. Moscow, 1957 ff.

(Istoriia moldavskoi SSR), 1955. X660. Thiel, Erich. The Soviet Far East. X642. Istoriia russkoi ekonomicheskoi N.Y., 1957. Survey of its physical and eco-

mysli. [History of Russian economic thought.] nomic geography. |

| V.1 (2 pts.), Moscow, 1955-1958. X661. Ukrains’ka_ radians’ka_ entsykloX643. Istoriia Severo-Osetinskoi ASSR. pediia. [Soviet Ukrainian encyclopedia.] V. [History of the North Ossetian A.S.S.R.] 1: A-Boguntsi. Kiev, 1960. ~—

V. 1, Moscow, 1959 ff. : | X662. Unterberger, Betty M. America’s

X644. Istoriia Turkmenskci SSR. [History Siberian expedition, 1918-1920. Durham, _ of Turkmenistan.] 2 v. Ashkhabad, 1957. N. C., 1956. ~ 645. Kliuchevskii, Vasilli O. Sochineniia. ~-X663. Vyshinskii, Andrei I. Voprosy

[Works.] 8 v. Moscow, 1956 ff. mezhdunarodnogo prava i mezhdunarodnoi ,

X646. Koch, Hans, ed. 5000 Sowjetképfe. —_ politiki. Moscow, 1952. Sixth General AsGliederung und Gesicht eines Fiihrungskol- . sembly of the United Nations, 1951-52. Ger.

lektivs. KGIn, 1959. : tr.: Fragen des internat. Rechts und der ,

X647. Komunistichna partiia Ukraini vy internat. Politik. (Berlin, 1955.) Same title, rezoliutsiiakh i rishenniakh z’izdiv i kon- Moscow, 1953 (Seventh General Assembly

| ferentsii, 1918-1956. [The Ukrainian Com-..., 1952).

munist party in: resolutions and decisions of X664. Walsh, Warren B. Russia and the congresses and conferences.] Kiev, 1958. Soviet Union. A modern history. Ann Arbor, .

V648. KPSS o vooruzhennykh silakh So- 1958. | |

1958. 1958. : . |

vetskogo Soiuza; sbornik dokumentov, 1917— X665. Zhilin, Pavel A. Vazhneishie oper- | . 1958. [The Communist party of the Soviet atsii Velikoi otechestvennoi voiny. Moscow,

Union on the armed forces of the Soviet 1956. Ger. tr.: Die wichtigsten Operationen |

Union; collection of documents.] Moscow, des grossen vaterlandischen Krieges. Berlin,

, SECTION Y , LYLE N. McALISTER *

This section is general in scope. Items listed fall into three categories: First, , _ those which pertain to America as a single historical or conceptual unit; second, those concerned with areas where major historical divisions impinge or overlap, such as the Spanish borderlands; third, those dealing with more than one of its major historical divisions, as the United States and Latin America. Exceptions to this practice are subsections in which are listed some general works on the exploration and colonization of Spanish America, Brazil, British America, and | , French America. For a more comprehensive listing of works dealing particularly

, with Latin America, British and Dutch America, and the United States see Sections Z, AA, and AB respectively. For those pertaining to the background

of discovery and colonization of America see Section U. : | LIBRARIES Library, University of California, Berkeley,

specializes in materials for the history of Libraries in the major colonizing nations the Pacific coast of North America; the of Europe contain much material for the University of Texas Library, Austin, and: | study of American history. Among these are the University of New Mexico Library, Albuthe British Museum, London, the Biblio- |querque, are rich in materials dealing with théque Nationale, Paris, and the Biblioteca the southwestern borderlands; the P. K. _ Nacional, Madrid. A partial guide to such Yonge Library of Florida History, University material is (Y1) David M. Matteson, List of | of Florida, Gainesville, has several valuable

manuscripts concerning American history collections on the Spanish southeast. The

preserved in European libraries and noted in| Columbus Memorial Library, Washington, their published catalogues and similar printed contains important holdings of newspapers,

ists (Washington, 1925). In the United periodicals, reference works, collections of

States, the Library of Congress, the Harvard laws, and government reports of the twentyUniversity Library, and the New York Pub- one American republics. A guide to libraries, lic Library contain both general material archives, and museums having materials for

and special collections of Americana. The the study of American history is provided Henry E. Huntington Library, San Marino, by (Y¥2) Guia de instituciones que cultivan Calif., the Newberry Library, Chicago, and la historia de América, ed. by Carlos Bosch the William L. Clements Library, University Garcia (Mexico, D.F., 1949) [Pan Ameriof Michigan, Ann. Arbor, contain important can Institute’ of Geography and History, special collections dealing with the discovery pub. 94.] A more detailed description of and colonization of America. The Bancroft materials in the United States is (Y3) Hand* Items and comments indicated by initials HFC were contributed by Howard F. Cline.

646

- The Americas: General 647 book of Hispanic source materials and re- erschienenen Werke iiber Amerika. Leipzig, search organizations in the United States, 1926. Covers Western Hemisphere. [HFC] |

ed. by Ronald Hilton (2nd ed., Stanford, Y12. Handbook of Latin American. stud-

1956). See also the two following items. ies. See Z3. Although primarily devoted to | ~Y4, Baginsky, Paul B. German works’ Latin American studies, lists many items of

relating to America, 1493-1800: a list com- general American interest. | piled from the collections of the New York Y13. “Bibliografia de historia de América.” ,

Public Library. N.Y., 1942. Revista de historia de América. 1938 ff.

Y5. Barringer, George A., ed. Catalogue Mexico, 1938 ff. Serial bibliography which :

de histoire de Amérique. 5 v. Paris, 1903— constitutes the only up-to-date guide devoted

[HFC] | phy. See Z8. ,

: 11. Materials for the Western Hemisphere exclusively to general American history.

in the Bibliothéque Nationale of France. Y14. Inter-American review of bibliogra: Y15. Palmer, Philip M. German works on BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND REFERENCE = America, 1492-1800. Berkeley, 1952.

WORKS Y16. Adams, James Truslow, ed. Dic-

tionary of American history. 6 v. N.Y., 1940.

Y6. Sabin, Joseph. Bibliotheca americana: Contains over 5,000 short articles with em-

| a dictionary of books relating to America, phasis on United States history, although from its discovery to the present time; includes scattered items on other parts of begun by Joseph Sabin, continued by Wilber- America and inter-American affairs.

force Eames and completed by R. W. G. Y17. Diccionario enciclopédico de_ las Vail for the Bibliographical Society of Américas: geografia, historia, economia, poAmerica, 29 v. N.Y., 1868-1936. Monu- _ litica, literatura, arte, misica, deporte, cine,

mental work covering all parts of America. teatro, etnografia, fauna, flora, ciencias Most items, which are classified alphabeti- generales. Buenos Aires, 1947. Short items |

cally, were published before 1860. | with emphasis on Latin America. — .

Y7. Griffin, Grace G., and others. Writings Y18. The South American handbook ... on American history. 1902 ff. N.Y., New including Central America, Mexico & Cuba. Haven, and Washington, 1904 ff. Since 1918 1924 ff. London, 1924 ff. This and YJ9 toissued as part of the American: Historical gether cover South America, Central Amer_ Association Annual report. Annual classified ica, Mexico, and the West Indies, including

list, with some gaps, of books and impor- non-self-governing areas. Primarily business- . | tant articles published during the year. In- men’s and travelers’ guides, but contain use. cludes material on Latin America until ful sections on history, geography, govern-

| 1936 and on British North America until ment, and population.

1940. The Index to the “Writings on Ameri- Y19. West Indies and Caribbean year ean history” 1902-1940 (Washington, 1956) book. Anuario comercial de las Antillas y

facilitates use of these volumes. | paises del Caribe. 1926/27 ff. London,

_Y8. Larned, Josephus N., ed. The litera- 1927 ff. -

ture of. American history: a bibliographical Y20. Migone, Ratl C., ed. Interamerican guide in which the scope, character, and _ statistical yearbook. N.Y., Buenos Aires, comparative worth of books in selected lists and Rio de Janeiro, 1940. 2nd ed., 1942.

are set forth in brief notes by critics of Compilations. of basic. statistics for the , authority. Boston, 1902. Supplements, 1902— American republics. Unfortunately, only 06. Contains signed evaluations or reviews two editions were published, but these are of over 4,000 books, classified by region, supplemented by Y2/ in part. |

| period, and topic, dealing with all parts. of Y21. Estadistica. Journal of the InterAmerica, although emphasis is on the United American Statistical Institute. Mexico and

States. Washington, 1943 ff. (Quarterly.) Y9. Handlin, Oscar, and others. Harvard Y22. Almela Melié, Juan. Guia, de per-

guide to American history. See AB4. Em- sonas que cultivan la historia de América. phasis is overwhelmingly on United States Mexico, 1951. [Pan American Institute of

| history except for sections dealing with pre- Geography and History, pub. 121.] Guide history, discovery, and exploration which to historians in all parts of America, but — provide a more general American coverage. usefulness impaired by unfortunate omisY10. Keniston, Hayward. List of works sions. A revised edition is scheduled.

for the study of Hispanic-American history. , | N.Y., 1920. Classified by region and period MAPS, ATLASES, AND GEOGRAPHIES without annotation. Emphasis is on Latin | _ America, although numerous items of gen- Y23. Map of the Americas, 1:5,000,000. eral American interest are included, particu- N.Y., 1942-48. Pub. by the American Geo- |

oS larly for the colonial period. graphical Society. In five sheets in color,

Y11. Eberhardt, Fritz. Amerika-literatur: each 46 x 35 in. Shows physical features,

die Wichtigsten seit 1900 in deutscher Sprache political boundaries, towns, and communi-

648 Guide to Historical Literature cations of both continents and the West fies, and annotates works dealing with the

Indies. American Indian from earliest times to the Y¥24. Map of the Americas, 1:12,500,000. present. Contains useful ethnographic charts.

N.Y., 1953. Pub. by the American Geo- Y35. “Bibliographie americaniste.” Jour-

graphical Society. In color, 130 x 87 cm. _ nal de la Société des Américanistes de Paris,

| Smaller scale edition with insets showing n.s. 11 ff (1919 ff.). Current anthropologi-

cities and transportation, agricultural land cal bibliography on the Western Hemisphere. use, vegetation, and rainfall distribution. [HFC] , | Y25. Cartografia de ultramar. 1, América Y36. Boletin bibliografico de antropologia |

: en general: toponomia de los mapas que la = americana. Mexico, 1937 ff. [PAIGH, Comintegran. Madrid, 1949. Useful selection of mission on History.] News, notes, reviews,

- maps for Western Hemisphere. [HFC] | periodical indices, and special bibliogra-

‘ Y26. Phillips, Philip L. A list of maps of | phies; an annual compilation of high value. America in the Library of Congress. Wash- [HFC] ington, 1901. A major listing of materials on Y37. Sellards, Elias H. Early man in . the Western Hemisphere, subsequently ex- America. See E/12. tended in other works by the same author. Y38. Krickeberg, Walter. Ethnologia de

[HFC] - América. Tr. by Pedro Hendrich. Mexico, Y27. ——, ed. The Lowery collection: a [1946]. Consolidated and augmented Span-

| descriptive list of maps of the Spanish pos- . ish version of earlier German works, with

sessions within the present limits of the long introduction summarizing anthropo‘United States, 1502-1820. Washington, logical thought and progress, 1922-46. 1912. In addition to descriptions, contains © Y39. Canals Frau, Salvador. Las civiliza-

bibliographical data. [HFC] ciones prehispanicas de América. Buenos

¥28. Ragatz, Lowell J., and Janet E. Aires, 1955. Good synthesis of pre-Hispanic | | Ragatz. A bibliography of articles, descrip- American cultures, although details may be . tive, historical and scientific, on colonies questioned by anthropologists. and other dependent territories, appearing in Y40. Wissler, Clark. The American Indian: American geographical and kindred journals. an introduction to the anthropology of the

See U4. New World. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1922. Older - Y29. Adams, James T., ed. Atlas of Amer- standard work which is out of date in many ican history... N.Y., 1943. Concerned pri- respects, but for which no substitute ex-

marily with United States history, but con- _ ists.

tains a few plates on the Spanish border- Y41. Collier, John C. The Indians of the | lands. Americas. N.Y., 1947. Historical treatment Y30. Schmieder, Oscar. Geografia de of the American Indian from earliest times _ América: América del Norte, América Cen- to the present. Indianist in approach.

tral, América del Sur, versién directa de Y42. Steward, Julian H., ed. Handbook Pedro R. Hendrichs Pérez. Mexico, 1946. of South American Indians. 6 v. WashingConsolidated Spanish edition of earlier ton, 1946-50. [Smithsonian Institution, U/S. separate works in German by author. Prob- Bureau of American Ethnology, bul. 143.] ably the best work available on the geogra- Collaborative work by a number of dis-

. phy of America as a whole. Oo ‘tinguished scholars. The best ‘reference work Y31. Gottman, Jean. L’Amérique. Paris, in its field. 1949. Well balanced treatment. of both Y43. Hodge, Frederick W., ed. Handbook physical and historical geography of all of American Indians north of Mexico. 2 v.

| America. = Washington, 1907-10. [Smithsonian Institu- Y32. Jones, Clarence F. South America. tion, U.S. Bureau of American Ethnology, _ N-Y., 1930. Probably the best geography “of bul. 30.] Still indispensable as a reference South America in a well rounded sense. A work.

new edition is scheduled. Y44. Rosenblat, Angel. La poblacién in-

Y33. Jones, Llewellyn R., and P. W._ digena y el mestizaje en América. See Z/0I. Bryan. North America, an historical, eco- Y45. Kelemen, Pal. Medieval American

nomic, and regional geography. 9th ed., rev., art: masterpieces of the New World before -London and N.Y., 1950. Achieves an excel- Columbus. N.Y., 1956. Treasury of preJent balance between historical, economic, conquest art, including some 900 photo-

physical, and regional geography. graphs with descriptive text.

Y46. Work, Monroe N. A _ bibliography ANTHROPOLOGICAL AND ETHNIC of the Negro in Africa and America. N_Y.,

STUDIES 1928. Large compilation. Unannotated, but . classified by region and topic. Y34. Comas, Juan. Bibliografia selectiva = Y47. Franklin, John H. From slavery to

‘de las culturas indigenas de América. Mex- freedom: a history of American Negroes. ico, 1953. [Pan American Institute of Ge- 2nd ed., N.Y., 1956. Competent work with ography and History, pub. 166.] Lists, classi- | emphasis on the United States, although sev-

a The Americas: General ~ — 649 eral chapters deal with African background, toria’” mentioned under Y53. Each of the the slave trade, and the negro in Latin Amer- small volumes included is a syllabus dealing

ica and the Caribbean. | with a specific American area within one

_¥48. Tannenbaum, Frank. Slave and citi- of the three major periods established. : zen: the Negro in the Americas. N.Y., 1947. Y55. “Have the Americas a common his-

Comparative study of slavery in Latin Amer- tory?” Canadian historical review, 23 (June , ica and the United States in which the latter 1942): 125-56. A symposium of papers,

comes off very poorly. | representing a wide range of views, presented

Y49, Wesley, Charles H., ed. The Negro at the annual meeting of the American His-

in the Americas. Washington, 1940. Series torical Association, 1941, in a session de- | of lectures by a number of authorities on voted to the history of the Americas. ; the negro in Spanish America, Brazil, the Y56. “The problem of a general history Caribbean, Canada, and the United States. of the Americas.” Revista de Historia de Y50. Williams, Eric E. The Negro in the América, 34 (Dec. 1952): 469-89. Papers | Caribbean. Washington, 1942. Study by an and discussions from the History of America

. . | to Y53. :

able negro scholar of the role of the negro sessions at the annual meeting of the Amerfrom early days of slavery to the present. © ican Historical Association in 1952. Related

PRINTED SOURCES Y57. “Introduction to the project for a

7 history of America’; and Nichols, Roy F.,

Printed sources will be found listed in “A United States historian’s appraisal of

appropriate subsections. © the History of America project.” Revista de | | the historia de América, 43 (June 1957): 144— -,s BAISTORIOGRAPHY _ -- $8. Papers and discussions of the A. H. A.

ee meeting of 1956. Related to Y53.

Y51. Bolton, Herbert E. Wider horizons Y58. Brooks, Philip C. “Do the Americas . of American history. N.Y., 1939. Reprints share a common history?” Revista de _hishis “Epic of greater America,” a presidential toria de América, 33 (June 1952): 75-83. address delivered at the annual. meeting of Supports the Bolton thesis, although it main- : the American Historical Association in tains that Bolton and his followers failed to ©

Toronto, 1932, originally published in The achieve any satisfactory synthesis of Ameri- |

: American. historical review, 38 (Apr. 1933): can history.

448-74. Bolton, although he had his pre- Y59. Sanchez, Luis Alberto. Los funda- _

cursors, was the leading exponent of the mentos de la historia americana. Buenos |

“History of America” concept, and in this Aires, 1943. Provocative criticism of the essay expounds his thesis of the unity of writings of American historians with emphaAmerican history. The volume also contains sis on the work done in Latin America. his “Defensive Spanish expansion and the —Y60. O’Gorman, Edmundo. Crisis y por-

significance of the borderlands.”’ venir de la ciencia histérica. Mexico, 1947.

Y52. McInnis, Edgar, and others. Ensayos Inquiry into the nature of the historian’s sobre la historia del Nuevo Mundo. Mexico, craft, using historiography of the discovery 1951. [Pan American Institute of Geography of America as the point of departure.

and History, Commission on History.] Es- a guese dealing with the historical process in | |

says in English, Spanish, French, and Portu- = §HORTER GENERAL HISTORIES

: America around the central themes of unity © Y61. Barros Arana, Diego. Compendio de

- and diversity. | historia de América. 2 y. Santiago, Chile,

Y53. Programa de historia de América: 1865. Pioneer work in the history of Amerintroducciones y _ comentarios. Mexico, ica by one of her great historians. Emphasis 1955. [Pan American Institute of Geography on Spanish America. 7 | and History, Commission on History.] Dis- Y62. Navarro y Lamarca, Carlos. Comcusses the aims and problems of the “Pro- pendio de la historia general de América.

grama de historia” undertaken by the Com- See Z23/. ae

mission on History to study approaches to Y63. Bolton, Herbert E. History of the a general history of America. A general Americas: a syllabus with maps. New ed., volume (in English) of the “Coordinations” Boston and N.Y., 1935. An outline of by Pedro Armillas (native period), Silvio American history with useful reading lists A. Zavala (colonial period), and Charles by the leading proponent of the unity of

G. Griffin (national period) is in progress American history. Rt for early publication. It will also include Y64. Davis, Harold E. The Americas in ‘these “Introductions.” [HFC] history. N.Y., 1953. Standard one-volume Y54, Programa de historia de América. survey developing the Bolton thesis.

Mexico, 1953 ff. [Pan American Institute of _Y65. Sanchez, Luis Alberto. Historia . Geography and History.] Preliminary at- general de América: con mapas e ilustra- , tempt to implement the “Programa de his- ciomes. 2 v. Santiago, Chile, 1942. An | ,

650: , Guide to Historical Literature | Aprista interpretation of the history of 1955. This and Y78-79 are representative of America. Although marred by some miscon- modern views on the historiography of ceptions and errors, a stimulating study. Vespucci. — : Y78. Pohl, Frederick J. Amerigo Vespucci,

. pilot major. N.Y., 1944. 7

| . . : llamada. See U91. :

. LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES Y79. Levillier, Roberto. América la bien. XS, Wincor, Juin, of, Narrative, and V9" Gorman, Edmundo, La He dl

COvers all of America emphasis on descubrimiento América: historia de esa | al . P with interpretacién y critica dedesus fundamentos.

the colonial Period. B A } ; See U89

: Y67. Bal esteros y eretta, Antonio, ¢ . Y81, Parr, Charles M. So noble a captain: Hist oria de América y de los pac blos amen the life and times of Ferdinand Magellan. canos. Barcelona, 1936 ff. This and _Y68 See 11279 oe oe eotmes of excellent vali ro enphe Y82. Romoli, Kathleen. Balboa of Darién,

sis in both is on Spanish ‘America discoverer of the Pacific. N.Y., 1953. PerY68. Levene, Ricardo, ed. Historia de nap 5 ae ost satisfactory book in English rare - 14 y. Buenos Aires and N.Y., Y83. Medina, José T. El descubrimiento : boa, Hernando de Magallanes y sus com-

| ; , del Océano Pacifico: Vasco Niiiez de BalTHE DISCOVERY paheros. 3 v. Santiago, Chile, 1914-20. In. | cludes scholarly monographs on the two ex- Y69. Gathorne-Hardy, Geoffrey M. The plorers, supporting documents, and con-

Norse discoverers of America: the Wineland — siderable biographical material on _ their

sagas translated and discussed. Oxford, 1921. companions. |

Careful treatment by a competent scholar. Y84, Williamson, James A. The voyages _ Y¥70. Holand, Hjalmar R. Explorations in of the Cabots and the English discovery of | America before Columbus. See US80. North America under Henry VII and Henry

| _Y71. Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese VIII. See U/02.

| pioneers. See U86. | - Y85. Julien, Charles A. Les voyages de | Y72. Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de. découverte et les premiers établissements

| Colecci6n de los viages y descubrimientos (XVe—XVIe siécles). See Ul04. ,

que hicieron por mar los espanoles desde Y86. Van Loon, Hendrik W. The golden fines del siglo XV, con varios documentos book of the Dutch navigators. N.Y., 1916. inéditos concernientes 4 la historia de la Very readable account, based upon original marina castellana y de los establecimientos documents, of the work of Dutch navigators espafioles en Indias. 5 v. Madrid, 1825-37. in the early 17th century.

Latest ed., Buenos Aires, 1945-46. Five :

hundred of the most important documents pyxypl_LORATION AND COLONIZATION

dealing with Spanish discoveries in the At- .

lantic and Pacific oceans—the basis of Y87. Jameson, J. Franklin, ed. Original | modern historiography of the discovery. | narratives of early American history. 19 v. Y73. Harrisse, Henry. The discovery of N.Y., 1906-17. Collection of key documents

~ North America: a critical, documentary, and in English relating to the exploration and : historic investigation, with an essay on the early settlement of North America and the | early cartography of the New World. Lon- West Indies by the English, Spanish, French,

don and Paris, 1892. Summary of the work and Dutch.

of an outstanding authority on the dis- Y88. Coleccién de documentos inéditos covery. Particularly useful for its essay on relativos al descubrimiento, conquista y

cartography. Be organizacién de las antiguas posesiones es-

¥74, Ballesteros y Beretta, Antonio. Cris- panolas de América y Oceania, sacados de tébal Colén y el descubrimiento de América. los archivos del Reino, y muy especialmente |

See U88. del de Indias. Ed. by Joaquin F. Pacheco,

| Y75. Thacher, John B. Christopher Co- Francisco de Cardenas, and Luis Torres de lumbus: his life, his work. 3 v. N.Y. and Mendoza. 42 v. Madrid, 1864-84. Monu, London, 1903-04. Although in some re- mental collection of documents, mostly from spects outdated, this minutely detailed study the 16th century, dealing with Spanish ex-

, is still a standard work. : ploration and settlement in North America, Y76. Morison, Samuel E. Admiral of the South America, and the West Indies. Ocean Sea: a life of Christopher Columbus. Y89. Colleccao de monumentos ineditos

See U277, para a historia das conquistas dos portu-

Y77. Arciniegas, German. Amerigo and guezes em Africa, Asia, e America. Ed. by the New World: the life and times of Amer- Rodrigo J. de Lima Felner. 16 v. Lisbon, igo Vespucci. Tr. by Harriet de Onis. N.Y., 1858-1915. Basic documents concerning the

The Americas: General 651

onization. zation. — a :

work of Portugal in exploration and col- tween Spanish, English, and French coloni-

-Y90. Great Britain. Public Record Office. -Y101. Haring, Clarence H. The Spanish Calendar of state papers: colonial series. empire in America. See 2283. . London, 1860 ff. Summaries and extracts of Y102. Madariaga, Salvador de. The rise British colonial records, much dealing with of the Spanish American empire. N.Y.,

América. 1947. This and YJ03 together form an exY91. Hakluyt Society. Works issued by cellent synthesis of the history of the Span-

the Hakluyt Society. 1st series, 100 v., Lon- ish empire in America and present provocadon, 1847-98; 2nd series, London, 1899 ff. tive interpretations.

Monumental collection of narratives and Y103. ——~. The fall of the Spanish other documents dealing with voyages, dis- American empire. N.Y., 1948. : coveries, and travels by various nationalities, - Y104. Varnhagen, Francisco A. de. His-

all published in English. -toria geral do Brazil, isto é do descobri- —

Y92. Margery, Pierre, ed. Découvertes et mento, colonisacao, legislagao, e desenétablissements des francais dans Touest et volvimento deste estado, hoje imperio indedans le sud de VAmérique septentrionale pendente. 2 v. Rio de Janeiro, 1854-57. 2nd (1614-1754): mémoires et documents origi- ed. Rio de Janeiro, 1877. 3rd rev. ed. of naux. 6 v. Paris, 1876-86. Documents deal-. v. 1, by Capistrano de Abreu, Rio de Janeiro, ‘ing with French exploration and settlement 1907. Although somewhat deficient in balin North America and particularly with La ance and perspective, this is still the best

Salle. | oo work on colonial Brazil. | Y¥93. Thwaites, Reuben G., ed. The Jesuit Y105. Simonsen, Roberto C. Historia

| relations and allied documents: travels and economica do Brasil, 1500-1820. 2 v. Sao | explorations of the Jesuit missionaries in Paulo, 1937. Although primarily concerned

New France, 1610-1791; the original French, with economic development, Simonsen inciLatin, and Italian texts, with English transla- dentally throws considerable light on other

| tions and notes. 73 v. Cleveland, 1896-1901. aspects of colonial Brazil. :

Monumental collection dealing with work of Y106, Southey, Robert. History of Brazil. the Jesuits in the interior of North America. 3 v. London, 1817-22. Suffers from faulty | Particularly valuable for its information on organization and is somewhat outdated, but —

Indian tribes. | | still the best general work in English on

Y94. Bolton, Herbert E., and Thomas M. colonial Brazil. , ,

Marshall. The colonization of North Amer- Y107. Oliveira Lima, Manoel de. The

fica, 1492-1783, N.Y., 1920. Factual account evolution of Brazil compared with that of | of establishment and development of the Spanish and Anglo-Saxon America. Ed. by European colonies in North America. P, A. Martin. Palo Alto, 1914, Consists of

Y95. Priestley, Herbert I. The coming of six interpretive lectures which are particuthe white man, 1492-1848. N.Y., 1930. Ac- larly interesting because of their comparacount of the exploration and settlement of tive approach. North America maintaining a nice balance Y108. Osgood, Herbert L. The American

between fact and interpretation. — colonies in the seventeenth century. 3. v. |

Y96. Brebner, James B. The explorers of N.Y. and London, 1904-07. ’Reprint, 1930. | North America, 1492-1806. N.Y., 1933. Nar- This and Y/09 are basic works on the Engrative account with emphasis on French lish mainland colonies, but rather narrow in exploration of the interior of the conti- scope with emphasis- on legal, constitutional,

nent. and administrative development. |

| Y97. Kirkpatrick, Frederick A. The Span- Y109, ———. The American colonies in the ish conquistadores. London, 1934. Best gen- eighteenth century. See 4B72.

eral treatment of the work of major Span- Y110. Andrews, Charles M. The colonial

ish conquerors in North and South America. period of American history. 4 v. New Haven

Y98. Newton, Arthur P. The European and London, 1934-38. Covers only through ~ nations in the West Indies, 1493-1688. See the 17th century, but better. balanced than.

U169. | Y108—109. Also deals with British colonies

Y99, Diffie, Bailey W. Latin-American in the Caribbean. | : |

civilization: colonial period. Harrisburg, Pa., Y111. Nettels, Curtis P. The roots of 1945. Excellent synthesis developing the American civilization: a history of American theme of the blending of native and Iberian colonial life. N.Y., 1938. This and YJ/2 are

cultures. Treats both Spanish and Portu- well balanced surveys. : |

guese America. Y112. Savelle, Max. The foundations of

Y100. Bourne, Edward G. Spain in Amer- American civilization: a history of colonial |

ica, 1450-1580. N.Y. and London, 1904. America. N.Y., 1942. Includes the British |

Discovery, exploration, and early coloniza- Caribbean colonies. — |

tion of the interior of North America. Par- Y113. Parkman, Francis. Works. 12 v. ticularly interesting for its comparisons be- Boston, 1893. A classic account of French |

652 Guide to Historical Literature . activities in North America during the Y126. Geiger, Maynard J. The Franciscan

colonial period, with emphasis on the strug- conquest of Florida (1573-1618). Washinggle between France and Britain. Noted for. ton, 1937.

both its historical scholarship and literary Y127. Kinnaird, Lawrence, ed. Spain in

style. the Mississippi valley, 1765-1794: transla-

: Y114. Wrong, George M. The rise and tions of materials from the Spanish archives

fall of New France. See AA80. in the Bancroft Library. 3 v. Washington,

Y115.. Thwaites, Reuben G. France in 1946-49. [Annual report of the American - America, 1497-1763. N.Y., 1905. Standard Historical Association for the year 1945,

one volume study. v. 2-4.] Most documents originated in

: Y116. Jaray, Gabriel L. L’empire fran- Louisiana and West Florida, and deal with cais d’Amérique (1534-1803). Paris, 1938. Indian affairs, territorial administration, and Well rounded account by a French scholar. commerce. Each volume contains an excel-

ExcellentGayarré, bibliography. . - lent introductory essay.of| : | | , Y128. Charles E. A. History THE SPANISH BORDERLANDS AND Louisiana. 4th ed., 4 v., New Orleans, 1903. | THE PACIFIC COAST : Covers French, Spanish, and United States | | rule.Y117. Although in some respects out of date, Steck, Francis B. A tentative guide contains much information difficult to find to historical materials on the Spanish border- — elsewhere. | |

lands. Philadelphia, 1943. Lists works alpha- Y129. Robertson, James A., ed. Louisiana - betically, with occasional commentary, within under the rule of Spain, France, and the

each of the major borderlands regions. United States, 1785-1807. 2 v. Cleveland,

Y118. Chapman, Charles E. Catalogue of 1911. Collection of contemporary accounts.

materials in the Archivo General de Indias Y130. Giraud, Marcel. Histoire de la

for the history of the Pacific coast and the Louisiane francaise. Paris, 1953 ff. Excellent American Southwest. Berkeley, 1919. Basic study in progress by a French scholar. V. 1 list of important materials, most of which covers the period 1698-1715.

: are on microfilm in the Bancroft Library. Y131. Rodriguez Casado, Vicente. Pri- , || Y119. . [HFC] . meros anos de dominacién espanola en la Bolton, Herbert E. The Spanish Luisiana. Madrid, 1942. Detailed study of borderlands: a chronicle of old Florida and = Juan Antonio Ulloa’s administration and re-—

the Southwest. New Haven, 1921. Best gen- volt against it. . eral survey of early Spanish exploration and Y132. Whitaker, Arthur P., ed. and tr.

settlement from Florida to California. Documents relating to the commercial policy Y120. Caughey, John W. Bernardo de _ of Spain in the Floridas with incidental refGalvez in Louisiana, 1776-1783. Berkeley, erence to Louisiana. De Land, Fla., 1931. | 1934. Standard biography of the Spanish Y133. ———. The Mississippi question, governor-general, especially important for 1795-1803. See AB396. friendly aid to the United States during the = = Y134. Wagner, Henry R. The Spanish

Revolution. [HFC] Southwest, 1542-1794. 2 v. Albuquerque,

- Y121. Lowery, Woodbury. The Spanish 1937. Revised and amplified edition of this settlements within the present limits of the invaluable bibliographical aid. United States, 1513-1561. N.Y. and London, Y135. Hackett, Charles W., ed. Historical

1901. Older but still useful, covering the documents relating to New Mexico, Nueva

earliest period in more detail. Vizcaya and approaches thereto, to 1773. Y122. ——. The Spanish settlements 3 v. Washington, 1923-37. Covers all north| within the present limits of the United western Mexico and New Mexico, and deals

- States: Florida, 1562-1574. N.Y. and Lon- with all phases of Spanish administration and don, 1905. Good account of the first Span- frontier life. Volumes contain good historical

ae ish settlements in Florida. | introductions.

. Y123. Chatelain, Verne E. The defenses of Y136. Galvez, Bernardo de. Instructions

Spanish Florida, 1565 to 1763. Washington, for governing the interior provinces of New 1941. Heavily documented study whose con- Spain, 1786. Tr. and ed. by Donald E. Wortent is much broader than the title suggests. cester. Berkeley, 1951. These instructions

: ~-Y124, Bolton, Herbert E. The debatable by a Spanish viceroy contain useful informa-

land: a sketch of the Anglo-Spanish contest tion on northern Mexico and the Spanish for the Georgia country. Berkeley, 1925. Southwest. Scholarly account of frontier rivalry be- Y¥137. Castafleda, Carlos E.. Our Catholic

tween 1670 and 1763. . - heritage in Texas, 1519-1936. 6 v. Austin, Y125. Lanning, John T. The Spanish mis- 1936-50. Best general history of Texas.

sions of Georgia. Chapel Hill, 1935. This | Y138. Alessio Robles, Vito. Coahuila y and Y/26 are good treatments of the role of Texas en la época colonial. Mexico, 1938.

| Franciscan missions in the Spanish occupa- Heavily documented study with valuable

tion of the Southeast. bibliography. |

, The Americas: General 653 Y139. Bolton, Herbert E. Texas in the the borderlands: the Adams-Onis treaty of middle eighteenth century: studies in Span- 1819. Berkeley, 1939. .

ish colonial history and administration. Y152. Griffin, Charles C. The United Berkeley, 1915. Collection of scholarly States and the disruption of .the Spanish

essays. | empire, 1810-1822. See AB398.. ee Y140. Horgan, Paul. Great river: the Rio Y153. Smith, Justin H. The annexation of

Grande in North American history. 2 v. Texas. Corrected ed., N.Y., 1941. This and N.Y., 1954. Competent and particularly Y/54 together constitute the best accounts readable history of a region where Spanish of the acquisition of the southwestern bor-

and Anglo-Saxon cultures meet. derlands by the United States.

Y141. Bolton, Herbert E. Coronado, Y¥154. ——-. The war with Mexico. See

knight of pueblos and plains. N.Y., 1949. mostly scattered through periodicals, are ments of the Canadian constitution, 1759particularly important for Indian traditions 1915. Toronto, 1918. Revised and enlarged

and French Canadian folklore and arts. as Statutes, treaties and documents of the : Current publications on ethnology, anthro- Canadian constitution, 1713-1929 (Toronto pology, and archaeology are listed in The and London, 1930), this is the most satis-

_ Canadian historical review (AA4). factory collection in one volume.

AA44. Canada. Public Archives. Docu-

DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES ments relating to the constitutional history

. of Canada, 1759-1791. Ed. by Adam Shortt

| The decennial Census (commencing in and Arthur G. Doughty. 2nd ed., 2 v., | 1871) gives the most complete information Ottawa, 1918. Also volume under same title

on the people of Canada, their origins, dis- for period 1791-1818, ed. by Arthur G. tribution, activities, etc.; and analytical Doughty and Duncan A. McArthur (Ottawa,

studies based on these volumes are published 1914); and another for 1819-1828, ed. by

by the Bureau of Statistics. Arthur G. Doughty and Norah _ Story

AA26. Blanchard, Raoul. L’est du Canada (Ottawa, 1935). These cover a shorter space francais, “province de Québec.” 2 v. Mont- of time than AA43, but are much fuller and

real, 1935. better supplied with explanatory notes. AA27, ——. Le centre du Canada fran- AA45, ——. Documents relating to Canacais. Montreal, 1947. dian currency, exchange and finance during

AA28. Caron, Ivanhoe. La colonisation de the French period. Ed. by Adam Shortt. la province de Québec: débuts du régime 2 v. Ottawa, 1925. A mine of information on

| anglais, 1760-1791. Quebec, 1923. the French regime. Voluminous notes.

AA29, ——. La colonisation de la pro- AA46. ——. Documents relating to cur-

700 Guide to Historical Literature rency, exchange and finance in Nova Scotia, AA59. Wittke, Carl F. A history of Can-

with prefatory documents, 1675-1758. ada. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1941. Detached treatOttawa, 1933. Another important collection. ment, rather sketchy until approaching recent

AA47, Innis, Harold A., ed. Select docu- political history. |

ments in Canadian economic history, 1497- AA60. Wrong, George M. The Canadians: ‘1783. Toronto, 1929. Also volume under the story of a people. N.Y., 1938. A grace- |

same title for period 1783-1885, ed. by ful work, better on the French period than Harold A. Innis and Arthur R. M. Lower _ later. (Toronto, 1933), containing a joint index for both. These are not as full but of wider LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES ‘scope than AA45—46,

“AA48. Thwaites, Reuben G., ed. The AA61. Garneau, Francois X. Histoire du | Jesuit relations and allied documents. See Canada. 3 v. Quebec, 1845-48. Rev. by |

Y93. author in several eds. (Eng. tr. by Andrew _ , AA49. Edits, ordonnances royaux, déclara- Bell) and by his son and grandson in sub-

_ tions et arréts du Conseil d’Etat du roi con- sequent eds., of which by far the best, cernant Ile Canada. 3 v. Quebec, 1854-56. though not the last, is the 6th (2 v., Paris,

: Of. importance for period 1627-1756. 1920), with intro. by Gabriel Hanotaux. AA50. Jugements et deélibérations dui = This work, which goes only to 1840, has

‘Conseil souverain de la Nouvelle-France. been the French Canadian nationalist’s bible. 6. v. Quebec, 1885-91. Valuable for French AA62. Kingsford, William. The history of

regime down to 1716. : - Canada. 10 v. Toronto and London, 1887— Important selections from state papers are 98. A major work of pioneering research

scattered through many annual Public but no literary style. Goes only to 1840

Archives of Canada Reports, which also con- and omits the Maritime Provinces. Index

tain calendars of many MSS series in the to-the French regime in v. 4, and to the )

Public Archives. In addition to the annual _ British in v. 10. | 7

Reports, the P.A.C. has published many AA63. Morton, William L., ed. A new 16 * special volumes of sources, such as are noted _-v. history by various authors, to be issued above. The Michigan Pioneer and Historical in French and English, is in preparation. For _ Society has also published numerous volumes details ‘see Can. hist. rev., 38 (Sep. 1957):

of papers in the P.A.C. 273-4. “For teaching material, see Trotter’s Syl- AA64, The chronicles of Canada. Ed. by

labus and guide (AAQ). George M. Wrong and Hugh H. Langton. | 32 v. Toronto, 1914-15. Each volume is by

SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES one author and has individual title. Very

|_AAS51. readable and still generally reliable. Brown, George W., ed. Canada.

Nations series. ] oe | ~ AAS52. Bruchési, Jean. Histoire du Canada AA65. Burt, Alfred L. The old province of pour tous. 2 v. Montreal, 1940-46. The work Quebec. Minneapolis, 1933. The foundations

-of.a good French Canadian scholar. — of British rule, 1759-91, in what is now | ~ -AA53. ———-. Canada, réalités d’hier ef Quebec and Ontario.

d’aujourd’hui. Montreal, 1948. Shorter than AA66. Chapais, Thomas. Cours dhistoire : AAS2. , du Canada. 8 v. Quebec, 1919-34. Well AA54,. Burt, Alfred L. A short history of balanced and very readable account of the

| Canada for Americans. 2nd ed., Minneapolis, period 1764—1840. : | 1944. Of a nature indicated by title. _AA67. Charlevoix, Pierre F. X. de. HisAA55. Creighton, Donald G. Dominion toire et description générale de la Nouvelle of the North. 2nd ed., Toronto, 1957. A France. 3 v. Paris, 1744. A classic. polished literary product with a Tory slant. ~ AA68. Christie, Robert. History of the late

- AAS6. Lower, Arthur R. M. Colony to prevince of Lower Canada. 6 v. Quebec

nation. 3rd ed., Toronto, 1949. Vigorous and Montreal, 1848-55. Covers period 1791~

| exposition by an English Canadian na- 1840; chiefly political history in whith the

tidnalist. author played a part. An invaluable work

7 _ AAS57. McInnis, Edgar. Canada: a political with documents liberally scattered through and social history. N.Y., 1947. Smoothly _ the five volumes of narrative and comprising written without any particular bias. the whole of v. 6. Originals of some of these AA58. The Cambridge history of the documents were destroyed in the parliament British Empire. Ed. by John Holland Rose building fire in Montreal in 1849. and others. V. 6, Canada and Newfoundland. AA69, Dent, John C. The last forty years: Cambridge, Eng., 1930. A large volume by Canada since the union of 1841. 2 v. Toronto, many authors; relatively little on the French 1881. Journalistic, but useful if read with

regime. caution.

British and Dutch America , | 701 | AA70. ——. The story of the Upper Ca- tionary years. N.Y., 1937. Largely based on

nadian rebellion. 2 v. Toronto, 1885. See | MSS sources. , oe

| comment under AA69. AA87. The manuscript journals of Alex- | AA71.- Dollier de Casson, Francois. A ander Henry and of David Thompson, 1799history. of Montreal, 1640-72. Ed. and tr., 1814: new light on the early history of the with a life of the author, by Ralph Flenley. greater North-west. Ed. by Elliott Coues. 3 v.

London, 1928. - | | N.Y., 1897. A classic. . oo AA72. Dunham, Aileen. Political unrest in AA88. Dugas, George. The Canadian West

_ Upper Canada, 1815-1836. London, 1927. ... down to the year 1822. Tr. from French

An analytical study. | : original by author. Montreal, 1905. | — AA73. Gérin-Lajoie, Antoine. Dix ans au AA89. Gosselin, Amédée. L’instruction au

Canada, de 1840 a 1850. Quebec, 1888. Canada sous le régime francais. Quebec,

Careful study of a decade that opened a 1911. : new future for French Canada. AA90. Gourlay, Robert F. Statistical ac-

, AA74, Groulx, Lionel A. Lendemains de count of Upper Canada. 2 v. and genl. intro. . conquéte. Montreal, 1920. An extreme French London, 1822. Much factual information by

Canadian nationalist interpretation. an intelligent Scot whose radical politics. AA75. Kerr, Wilfred B. The Maritime caused his expulsion from the colony.

Provinces of British North America and AA91,. Hannay, James. History of New the American revolution. Sackville, N. B., Brunswick. 2 v. St. John, 1909.

1941. AA92. Harvey, D. C. The French réAA76. Long, Morden H. A history of the gime in Prince Edward Island. New Haven,

Canadian people. V. 1. Toronto, 1942. Care- 1926. : :

| ful, analytical treatment of the French re- AA93. Lauvriére, Emile. La tragédie d’un gime. The only volume of this projected peuple: histoire du peuple acadien, de ses

history yet published. origines a nos jours. 2 v. Paris, 1924. Drew AA77. Lucas, Charles P. A history of strong comment from Azarie Couillard-

Canada, 1763-1812. Oxford, 1909. Still use- Després in En marge de La tragédie d’un

ful, though corrected and amplified by sub- peuple (Bruges, 1925). |

sequent works of others. AA94, Middleton, Jesse E., and Fred

AA78. Morison, John L. British supremacy Landon. The province of Ontario: a history.

and Canadian self-government, 1839-54. 5 v. Toronto, 1927-28. Glasgow, 1919. Brilliant study of a crucial AA95,. Morton, Arthur S. A history of the

period. - Canadian West to 1870-71. London, 1939. AA79. Morison, Samuel E., ed. The A monumental work based on _ original

Parkman reader. Boston, 1955. Judicious sources. | | selection from the classical multi-volume AA96. Morton, William L. Manitoba: a

| France and England in North America history. Toronto, 1957. One of the best

(many editions) by Francis Parkman to give _ provincial histories. | a connected history of the French regime. AA97. Murdoch, Beamish. A history of AA89. Wrong, George M. The rise and Nova Scotia. 3 v. Halifax, 1865-67. A ver| fall of New France. 2 v. N.Y. and Toronto, itable mine of information. 1928. Very readable and, though based on AA98. Neatby, Hilda. A history of Sasprinted sources only, about the best synthesis katchewan (in preparation).

to date. | | AA99, Prowse, Daniel W. History of New-

AA81,. ——. Canada and the American foundland from the English, colonial and revolution. N.Y., 1935. Better style than foreign records. London, 1895. 2nd _ ed.,

substance. 1896. A standard work. AA100. Rogers, John D. Newfoundland. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS Oxford, 1911. V. 5, pt. 4 of Charles P.

Lucas, ed., A historical geography of the AA82. Atherton, William H. Montreal, British colonies (Oxford, 1888-1911). 1535-1914. 3 v. Montreal, 1914. An old AA101. Rumilly, Robert. Histoire de la

standard. province de Québec. 26 v. Montreal, 1940-

AA83. Begg, Alexander. History of the 53. Chronological and popular. | useful though old. Frederick W. Howay. British Columbia from North-west. 3 v. Toronto, 1894-95. Still AA102. Scholefield, Ethelbert O. S., and

AA84, Black, Norman F. History of the earliest times to the present. 4 v. Van-

Saskatchewan and the old North West. 2 v. couver, 1914.

Regina, 1913. Old but useful. AA103. Stanley, George F. G. The birth

AA85. Brebner, John B. New England’s of western Canada: a history of the Riel outpost: Acadia before the conquest of _ rebellions. N.Y., 1936. A major work based Canada. N.Y., 1927. A clear exposition. on MSS sources. AA86. ———. The neutral Yankees of Nova AA104. Warburton, Alexander B. A hisScotia: a marginal colony during the reyolu- tory of Prince Edward Island from its dis-

702 Guide to Historical Literature covery in 1534 until the departure of settlement of Upper Canada. Toronto, 1869.

Lieutenant-Governor Ready in A.D. 1831. Preserves much oral tradition.

St. John, N. B., 1923. AAI119. Clark, Samuel D. The social de-

AA105. Wood, William C., William H. velopment of Canada. Toronto, 1942. By a Atherton, and Edwin P. Conklin, eds. The — sociologist who is not a historian. storied province of Quebec, past and present. AA120. ——. Church and sect in Canada.

| 5 v. Toronto, 1931-32. Toronto, 1948. See comment under AA/19.

AA121. Clokie, Hugh M. Canadian gov-—

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS ernment and politics. Toronto, 1944.

AA122. Corry, James A. Democratic govAA106. Allin, Cephas D., and George M. ernment and politics. Toronto, 1946.

Jones. Annexation, preferential trade and AA123. Coupland, Sir Reginald. The

reciprocity. Toronto, 1912. | Quebec act. Oxford, 1925.

AA107. Armstrong, Elizabeth. The crisis AA124. Creighton, Donald G. The com_ Of Quebec, 1914-18. N.Y., 1937. A. study mercial empire of the St. Lawrence, 1760- : _ of how conscription split French Canada 1850. New Haven, 1937. A brilliant study.

from English Canada. AA125. Cruikshank, Ernest A. The docu-| AA108. Biggar, Henry P. The early trad- mentary history of the campaign upon the

} ing companies of New France. Toronto, Niagara frontier. 9 v. Welland, Ont., 1896-

1901. A definitive work. 1908. By a scholarly military expert.

AA109. Borden, Sir Robert L. Canada AA126. Davidson, Gordon C. The North

in the Commonwealth. Oxford, 1929. By West Company. Berkeley, 1918.

a scholarly statesman who played a leading AA127. Dawson, Robert M., ed. The

monwealth. See U230. AA110. ——. Canadian constitutional AA128. ——. The government of Canada.

role in the evolution from Empire to Com- development of dominion status, 1900-1936.

studies. Toronto, 1922. See comment under Toronto, 1947.

AAI09. AA129. Doughty, Arthur G., and George AAI11. Brebner, John B. North Atlantic W. Parmelee. The siege of Quebec and the triangle. See Y/92. battle of the Plains of Abraham. 6 v. Quebec, :

| AAI12. Burpee, Lawrence J. The search 1901. A classic. for the western sea. 2nd ed., Toronto, 1935. AA130. Easterbrook, W. T., and Hugh A classic account of the protracted discovery G. J. Aitken. Canadian economic history. _ of the northern half of North America. Toronto, 1956. Supersedes previous works. AA113. Burt, Alfred L. The United States, AA131. Ermatinger, Charles O. The Talbot Great Britain and British North America. regime. St. Thomas, Ont., 1904.

See ABI75. AA132. Fauteux, Joseph-Noél. Essai sur AA114, Cameron, Edward R. The Cana- Pindustrie au Canada sous le régime fran-

dian constitution as interpreted by the Judi- — cais. 2 v. Quebec, 1927.

cial Committee of the Privy Council. 2 v. AA133. Fetherstonhaugh, Robert C. The Winnipeg, 1915; Toronto, 1930. By a leading Royal Canadian mounted police. N.Y., 1938.

authority. AA134. Filteau, Gérard. La _naissance AAI15, Canada. Parliament. Parliamentary d’une nation. 2 v. Montreal, 1937.

debates on the subject of the confederation AA135. ——~. Histoire des patriotes. 3 v. of the British North American provinces. Montreal, 1938—42. Quebec, 1865. Commonly known as Com . AA136. Frégault, Guy. La civilisation de federation debates, a classic in the literature la Nouvelle-France, 1713-1744, Montreal,

of Canadian federation. 1944,

AA116. Canada. Report of the Royal AA137, Glazebrook, George P. de T. A

Commission on Dominion-Provincial Rela- history of transportation in Canada. New tions. Ottawa, 1940. Commonly known as Haven, 1938.

| the Rowell-Sirois report, after the names. of AA138. ——~. A history of Canadian exsuccessive chairmen of the commission, it is ternal relations. Toronto, 1950.

one of the most important state papers ever AA139. Graham, Gerald S. Sea power

produced in Canada. Of particular value for and British North America, 1783-1820. Cam-

students are bk. 1 and the appendices. bridge, Mass., 1941. AA117. ——. Report of the Royal Com- AA140. ——. Empire ot the North mission on National Development in the Atlantic. Toronto, 1950. Arts, Letters and Sciences, 1949-1951. AAI41. Guillet, Edwin C. Early life in Ottawa, 1951. Commonly known as the Upper Canada. Toronto, 1933. Massey report, after the chairman of the AA142. ——. The lives and times of the | commission. A supplementary volume gives’ patriots: an account of the rebellion in special studies made by experts for the com- Upper Canada, 1837-1838, and the patriot

mission. agitation in the United States, 1837-1842. AAI118. Canniff, William. History of the Toronto, 1938.

British and Dutch America 703 AA143. Heagerty, John J. Four centuries Durham’s report on the affairs of British of medical history in Canada and a sketch North America. 3 v. Oxford, 1912, First of the medical history of Newfoundland. volume gives a historical introduction, sec-

2v. Toronto, 1928. ond volume the text of Durham’s famous AA144. Hedges, James B. Building the report, and the third the appendices to the Canadian West: the land and colonization _ report.

policies of the Canadian Pacific Railway. AA162. The Empire at war. Ed. by Sir.

N.Y., 1939. Charles P. Lucas. V. 2. Oxford, 1923. F, H.

~ AA145. Henry, Alexander. Travels and ad- Underhill’s account of Canadian participa- ,

ventures in Canada and the Indian territories = tion in World War I. , |

between the years 1760 and 1776. N.Y., AA163. Macdonald, Helen G. Canadian —

1809, public opinion on the American civil war. AA146, Herbertson, Andrew J., and Osbert N.Y., 1926.

J. R. Howarth, eds. The Oxford survey of AA164, MacGibbon, Duncan A. The Cathe British empire. V. 4, America. Oxford, nadian grain trade. Toronto, 1932.

1914. : AA165, ———. The Canadian grain trade, AA147. Hodgins, John G. The establish- 1931-51. Toronto, 1952.

| ment of schools and colleges in Ontario, AA166. MacKay, Douglas. The honourable

1792-1910. 3 v. Toronto, 1910. company: a history of the Hudson’s Bay

AA148. ——, ed. Historical and other Company, N.Y., 1936. papers and documents illustrative of the edu- AA167. MacKay, Robert A. The unrecational system of Ontario. 5 v. Toronto, formed Senate of Canada. London, 1926.

1911-12. ~ AA168. ——., ed. Newfoundland: ecoAA1A49. Innis, Harold A. The fur trade in’ nomic, diplomatic and _ strategic studies.

| Canada: an introduction to Canadian eco- Toronto, 1946. nomic history. New Haven, 1930. AA169. Mackenzie, Alexander. Voyages | AA150. -——. The cod fisheries: the history from Montreal, on the river St. Laurence, of an international economy. Rev. ed., through the continent of North America to

Toronto, 1956. , the Frozen and Pacific oceans, in the years

_AA151, ——., and Arthur F. Plumptre, 1789 and 1793. London, 1801. Reprinted eds. The Canadian economy and its problems. in American explorer series, 2 v., N.Y.,

Toronto, 1934. 1922. AA152. Insh, George P. Scottish colonial AA170. McLennan, John S. Louisbourg

_ schemes, 1620-1686. See U139. from its foundation to its fall, 1713-1758. AA153, Jameson, Anna B. Winter studies London, 1918.

and summer rambles in Canada. 3 v. Lon- AA171. Mahan, Alfred T. Sea power in don, 1838. A firsthand account of pioneer its relation to the War of 1812. 2 v. Boston,

life, 1905. Best account of the operations of the AA154, Kennedy, William P. M. The con- — war.

: stitution of Canada: an introduction to its AA172. Martin, Chester. Lord Selkirk’s development and law. 2nd ed., London, 1938. work in Canada. Oxford, 1916. ,

3rd ed. in preparation. AA173. Masson,, Louis F. R. Les bourAA155. Kirke, Henry. The first English geois de la Compagnie du Nord-Ouest. 2 v. conquest of Canada, with some account of Quebec, 1889-90. :

the earliest settlements in Nova Scotia and AA174, Masters, Ronald C. The reciprocNewfoundland. London, 1871. New ed., ity treaty of 1854: its history, its relation to

1908. , British colonial and foreign policy and to AAI56. Lanctét, Gustave. L’administration the development of Canadian fiscal auton- :

de la Nouvelle-France. Paris, 1929. omy. London, 1937.

1941. : 1852. |

AA157. Landon, Fred. Western Ontario AA175. Moodie, Susannah. Roughing it and the American frontier, New Haven, in the bush: or life in Canada. 2 v. N.Y., AA158. Lizars, Robina, and Kathleen M. =AA176. Morice, Adrien G. History of the Lizars. In the days of the Canada Company: Catholic church in western Canada from the story of the settlement of the Huron tract Lake Superior to the Pacific. 2 v. Toronto,

- 1825-1850. and a view of the social life of the period, 1910. | Toronto, 1896. AA177. Morton, William L. The ProgresAAI159, Logan, Harold A. Trade unions sive party in Canada. Toronto, 1950. in Canada: their development and function- AA178. Munro, William B. The seignorial

ing. Toronto, 1948. system in Canada. N.Y., 1907. |

AA160. Longley, Ronald S. Sir Francis AA179, Patton, Harald S. Grain growers’ Hincks: a study of Canadian politics, rail- codperation in western Canada. Cambridge, ways, and finance in the nineteenth century. Mass., 1928.

Toronto, 1943. | AA180. Plaxton, Charles P. Canadian _AAI6I. Lucas, Sir Charles P., ed. Lord constitutional decisions. Ottawa, 1939.

704 Guide to Historical Literature AA181. Plewman, William R. Adam Beck BIOGRAPHIES

and the Ontario Hydro. Toronto, 1947. An outstanding example of government enter- AA200. The makers of Canada series. Ist

prise. ed., 21 v., sometimes bound in 11, Toronto,

| AA182. Raymond, William O., ed. Wins- 1906-11. 2nd ed., 12 double v., Toronto, low papers, A.D. 1776-1826. St. John, 1926. Biographies by various authors of

N.B., 1901. Jeading figures in Canadian history. The

AA183. Roy, Antoine. Les lettres, les 2nd ed., in addition to correcting errors in sciences et les arts au Canada sous le ré- the Ist, substitutes and adds some new bi-

gime francais. Paris, 1930. ographies. Last volume is good dictionary

AA184,. Roy, Joseph E. Histoire de la of Canadian history. seigneurie de Lauzon. 5 v. Levis, Que., 1897— AA201. The Canadian parliamentary — |

1904. ; guide. Ottawa, 1901 ff. Formerly The CanaAA185,. Sellar, Robert. The tragedy of dian parliamentary companion. Gives data

Quebec: the expulsion of its Protestant on members of the federal parliament and | farmers. Huntingdon, Que., 1907. 4th ed., the provincial legislatures, other government

Toronto, 1916. officials, elections, etc.

AAI186. Sharp, Paul F. The agrarian re- AA202. Bethune, Alexander N. Memoire volt in western Canada: a survey showing of the Right Reverend John Strachan, D.D.,

American parallels. Minneapolis, 1948. LL.D., first bishop of Toronto. Toronto, AA187. Shippee, Lester B. Canadian- 1870.

_ American relations, 1849-1874. New Haven, AA203. Biggar, Charles R. W. Sir Oliver

1939. | Mowat. 2 v. Toronto, 1905. AA188. Smith, Justin H. Our struggle for AA204. Borden, Henry, ed. Robert Laird

the fourteenth colony. 2 v. N.Y., 1907. Most Borden: his memoirs. 2 v. Toronto, 1938.

complete account of the American revolu- AA205. Boyd, John. Sir George Etienne

tionary effort to gain Canada. , Cartier, bart.: his life and times. Toronto, AA189, Smith, William. The history of 1914. |

the post office in British North America, AA206. Buckingham, William, and George 1639-1870. Cambridge, Eng., and Toronto, W. Ross. The Hon. Alexander Mackenzie:

1920. A classic. his life and times. Toronto, 1892. , | AA190. Stacey, Charles P. Canada and AA207.: Cartwright, Conway E., ed. Life |

the British army, 1846-1871: a study in the and letters of the late Hon. Richard Cart-

practice of responsible government. London, wright. Toronto, 1876.

1936. AA208. Chapais, Thomas. Jean Talon. AA191, ——-. The Canadian army, 1939- Quebec, 1904. The great intendant.

1945; an official historical summary. Ottawa, AA209. Chisholm, Joseph A., ed. The

1948. | speeches and public letters of Joseph Howe. AA192. Stanley, George F. G., in colla- Halifax, 1909.

boration with Harold M. Jackson. Can- AA210. Chittick, Victor L. Thomas

ada’s_ soldiers, 1604-1954: the military Chandler Haliburton: a study in provincial history of an unmilitary people. Toronto, Toryism. N.Y., 1924.

1956. AA211. Creighton, Donald G. John A.

~ AA193. Strickland, Samuel. Twenty-seven Macdonald. 2 v. Toronto, 1952-55.

years in Canada West. 2 v. London, 1853. AA212. Dafoe, John W. Laurier: a study AA194, Traill, Catherine P. The back- in Canadian politics. Toronto, 1922. woods of Canada: being letters from the wife AA213, ——. Clifford Sifton in relation to

of an emigrant officer. London, 1836. — his times. Toronto, 1931. AA195. Trotter, Reginald G. Canadian AA214. Dawson, Robert M. William Lyon | federation: its origin and achievement. To- Mackenzie King: a political biography. V. 1,

ronto, 1924. 1874-1923. Toronto, 1958. Two additional

AA196. Tucker, Gilbert N. The Canadian volumes planned. commercial revolution, 1845-1851. New AA215. Gosselin, Auguste H. Vie de Mer.

Haven, 1936. de Laval. 2 v. Quebec, 1890. AA197. Vancouver, George. Voyages of AA216. Hughes, Katherine. Father

discovery to the Pacific ocean and round the Lacombe: the black-robe voyageur. N.Y., world in the years 1790-95, 3 v. London, 1911.

1798. AA217. Kaye, Sir John W. The life and AA198. Whitelaw, William M. The Mari- correspondence of Charles, Lord Metcalfe.

times and Canada before confederation. Rev. ed., 2 v., London, 1858. Toronto, 1934. More important than title AA218. Kilbourn, William. The firebrand: —.

suggests. William Lyon Mackenzie and the rebellion AA199. Wrong, George M. A Canadian in Upper Canada. Toronto, 1956. A short

manor and its seigneurs. Toronto, 1908. The critical study. work of one of Canada’s leading historians. AA219, Lindsay, Charles. Life and times

British and Dutch America 705 of Wm. Lyon Mackenzie. 2 v. Toronto, 1864. Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal. 2 v. BosAn uncritical eulogy by a son-in-law. ton, 1915. |

AA220.. Morison, John L. The eighth AA241. Wilson, George E. The life of | Earl of Elgin. London, 1928. | Robert Baldwin: a study in the struggle for AA221. Morton, Arthur S. Sir George _ responsible government. Toronto, 1933. Simpson, overseas governor of the Hudson’s AA242. Wrong, Humphrey H. Sir Alex- | Bay Company. Toronto, 1944. ander Mackenzie. Toronto, 1927.

| AA222. New, Chester W. Lord Durham: | ' | a biography. Oxford, 1929. Supersedes Stuart OFFICIAL GOVERNMENT. RECORDS Reid, Life and letters of the first Earl of — oo Durham (London, 1906). AA243. Fhe Canada gazette. Ottawa, etc., AA223. Nute, Grace L. Caesars of the 1841 ff. (Annual.)

wilderness. N.Y., 1943. Much new light on AA244. The Canada year book. Ottawa,

Radisson and Groseilliers.. _ 1906 ff. (Annual.) See AAJ5.

. AA224, Pope, Sir Joseph. Memoirs of the AA245. Canada. House of Commons.

Right Honourable Sir John Alexander Mac- Debates. Ottawa, 1870-72, 1875 ff. Senate.

donald. 2 v. London, 1894. New 1 v. ed. by Debates. Ottawa, 1873 ff. =

A. G. Doughty, Toronto, 1930. | AA246. Canada. Parliament. Sessional AA225. Riddell, William R. The life of papers. Ottawa, 1867-1925. House of Com-

John Graves Simcoe. Toronto, 1926. Super- mons. Journals. Ottawa, 1867 ff. Senate. —

sedes previous biographies. Journals. Ottawa, 1867 ff. — | AA226,. ——. The life of William Dum- AA247, Canada. Public Archives. Reports.

mer Powell. Lansing, 1924. Ottawa, 1872 ff. (Annual. Title varies.)

AA227. Robinson, Charles W. Life of Sir_ AA248, ———. Publications. (Irregular in-

John Beverley Robinson, chief-justice of tervals.)

Upper Canada. Toronto, 1904. The voluminous publications of other govAA228. Ryerson, Adolphus E. The loyal- ernment departments are too numerous to |

| ists of America and their times: from 1620 list here. Information on them may be proto 1816. 2 v. Toronto, 1880. By a son of a cured from The Queen’s Printer, Ottawa.

: loyalist. Contains good material, but must

be used with caution. UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND

AA229,. Sage, Walter N. Sir James Doug- SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS :

las and British Columbia. Toronto, 1930.

~ AA230. Saunders, Edward M. The life and AA249, Proceedings and transactions of

| letters of the Rt. Hon. Sir Charles Tupper. the Royal Society of Canada. Ottawa, 1882 |

2 v. London, 1916. ° ff. Many papers of important historical in- | | AA231. Scrope, George P. Memoir of the terest. | life of the Right Honourable Charles, Lord AA250. The Canadian Historical Associ-

| Sydenham. London, 1843. ation report. Ottawa, 1923 ff. Contains ~ AA232. Sissons, Charles B. Egerton Ryer- papers read at the annual meetings.

, son, his life and letters. 2 v. Toronto, 1937- Publications of the Quebec Historical So-

AT,~AA233. oo ciety and the Ontario Historical Society are Skelton, Isabel M. The life of outstanding among those of various pro-

| Thomas D’Arcy McGee. Gardenvale, 1925. vincial and local historical societies, but the AA234,. Skelton, Oscar D. The life and others should not be neglected.

times of Sir Alexander Tilloch Galt. Toronto, The Champlain Society (University of :

1920. Toronto) publishes annually (1907 ff.) at | ~ AA235, ——. Life and letters of Sir Wil- least one volume of important source ma-

frid Laurier. 2 v. Toronto, 1922. terial, meticulously edited. Among these AA236. Smith, William. Political leaders are various records of the Hudson’s Bay

of Upper Canada. Toronto, 1931. “The re- Company and the North West Company, | sult of a prolonged browsing among original and also the following:

documents and contemporary newspapers” AA251. The works of Samuel de Cham-

by the deputy keeper of the archives. plain. 6 v. Toronto, 1922-36. }

AA237. Wade, Mark S. Mackenzie of AA252. Journals and letters of Pierre Canada. London, 1927. The explorer. Gaultier de Varennes de La Vérendrye and AA238. Walrond, Theodore. Letters and his sons. Toronto, 1927. . journals of James, eighth Earl of Elgin. The Hudson’s Bay Company Record So-

London, 1872. ciety publishes annually (1938 ff.) a well

AA239. Willison, John S. Sir Wilfrid edited volume of the records of the comLaurier and the Liberal party. 2 v. Toronto, pany, | 1903. Republished with three additional The Carnegie Endowment for Internachapters in new ed. of The makers of Can- tional Peace, Division of Economics and

ada (Toronto, 1926). History, James T. Shotwell, director, planned AA2490. Willson, Beckles. The life of the following series of 25 volumes:

706 Guide to Historical Literature , AA253. The relations of Canada and the AA259,. The Canadian journal of eco- | United States. New Haven and Toronto, nomics and political science. Toronto, 1935 | 1937-45. These are detailed studies by vari- ff. (Quarterly.) Organ of the Canadian Poous scholars and under individual titles. litical Science Association. Several have been listed above, but all are AA260. Culture. Quebec, 1940 ff. (Quar-

of value. They constitute perhaps the most terly.) Bilingual. |

thorough examination of relations between AA261. Le Canada _ francais. Quebec,

any two countries in the world. 1918 ff. (Monthly except July and Aug.)

AA254. Mackintosh, William A., and AA262. The Dalhousie review. Halifax,

Wolfgang L. G. Joerg, eds., Canadian fron- 1921 ff. (Quarterly.) Published by Dalhousie

tiers of settlement. 9 v. Toronto, 1934-40. University. A cooperative work by various scholars and AA263. External affairs. Ottawa, 1948 ff.

under individual titles, a product of the (Monthly.) Published by Department of

Canadian Pioneer Committee, organized in External Affairs. |

1929, | -_ AA264. International journal. Toronto, 1946 ff. [Canadian Institute of International PERIODICALS _ AA265. Affairs.] (Quarterly.) : Queen’s quarterly. Kingston, 1893

| AA255. The beaver. Winnipeg, 1920 ff. ff. (Quarterly.) Publication of Queen’s Uni-

(Quarterly.) Concentrates on history of the versity. North and of the Hudson’s Bay Company. AA266. La revue de VPUniversité Laval. AA256. Bulletin des recherches historiques. Quebec, 1946 ff. (Monthly except July and Levis, Que., 1895 ff. (Monthly.) A publica- Aug.)

tion of the Quebec Archives since 1923. AA267. Revue de lUniversité d’Ottawa. AA257. The Canadian bar review. Toronto Ottawa, 1931 ff. (Quarterly.)

and Aug.) Toronto, 1935 ff. (Annual.) | AA258. The Canadian historical review. AA269. University of Toronto quarterly.

and Ottawa, 1923 ff. (Monthly except July AA268. University of Toronto law journal. Toronto, 1920 ff. (Quarterly.) Organ of the Toronto, 1931 ff. Contains annual survey of

_ Canadian Historical Association. “Letters in Canada.”

BRITISH CARIBBEAN COLONIES AND BERMUDA (Alfred L. Burt) BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, don. The Library of Congress in Washing-

AND REFERENCE WORKS ton contains the next best collection. Apart |

from the library of the Institute of Jamaica

~ AA270. Cundall, Frank C. Bibliographia (Kingston), there are few libraries of any acJamaicensis. 2nd rev. ed., Kingston, 1902. count in the British West Indies, but there

By the secretary and librarian of the Insti- is promise of a respectable one in the

tute of Jamaica. Expanded in Supplement to newly established (1948) University College Bibliographia jamaicensis (1908) and Bibli- of the West Indies (located just outside ography of the West Indies (excluding Ja- Kingston), supported by island governments

maica) (1909). | now represented in the Federation of the

| AA271. The Cambridge history of the West Indies.

British Empire. 3 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1929, There is no encyclopedia of the British 1940, 1959. Full bibliographies for period West Indies, nor is there a general refer-

covered, down to 1919. ence work. Nearest approach to the latter is —

: AA272. Pares, Richard. “Public records in Burns, History of the British West Indies British West India islands,” Bulletin of the (4A277). See also Institute of Historical Research, v. 7 (Lon- AA274, The West Indies and Caribbean

don, 1930): 149-57. a year book. London, 1926-54. (Title varies.)

AA273. Ragatz, Lowell J. A guide for the Printed collections of sources are very

study of British Caribbean history, 1763—- meager, but may become valuable after the 1834, including the abolition and emanci- Federation of the West Indies is well estab} pation movements. Washington, 1932. See _ lished.

also his (AA347) The fall of the planter

class in the British Caribbean, which gives HISTORIOGRAPHY , a full list of official documents in the Brit-

ish Archives, including the Public Record AA275, Goveia, Elsa V. A study on the Office, and public libraries in the United historiography of the British West Indies to

States. the end of the nineteenth century. Mexico, | The most comprehensive resources for 1956. [Pan American Institute of Geography research in the field are to be found in Lon- and History, Commission on History.]

, British and Dutch America | | 707 SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES AA295, Caiger, Stephen L. British Hon- |

_. .. duras, past and present. London, 1951.

; AA2T6, Burn, William L. The British West AA296. Gardner, William J. A history of __ sndies, London, . Jamaica. 2nd ed., London, 1909. AA277, Burns, Sir Alan C. History of the AA297, Harlow, Vincent T. A history of ,

British West Indies. See U168. , Barbados, 1625-1685. Oxford, 1926. Super- , AA278. Lucas, Sir Charles P. A historical — cedes previous work on the subject.

geography of the British colonies. V. 2, The AA298. ———. Christopher Codrington, West Indies. Oxford, 1905. By a scholarly 1668-1710. Oxford, 1928.

emAAa@!F7, of the colonel nerFi.,Manc AA299, Lefroy, SirandJohn Memorials Parry, sonn Ip - of the discovery earlyH. settlement of the

Sherlock. A short history of the West Indies. Bermudas or Somers Islands, 1515-1685. London, 1956. Best introduction to the sub- 2 y, London, 1877-79. |

, ject, by the professor of history and the 4A300. Ligon, Richard. A true and exact

West Indies. 1657. The history of . ]the AA301. Long, Edward. LONGER GENERAL | HISTORIES Jamaica. 3 v. London, 1774. By the speaker vice-principal of the University College of history of the island of Barbados. London,

of the House of Assembly. :

_ AA280. Edwards, Bryan. The history, civil AA302. Malcolm, Harcourt. Historical and commercial, of the British colonies in epcuments relating to the Bahama Islands.

the West Indies. 3 v. London, 1793-97. 5th Nassau, 0. : ed., 5 v., London, 1819. See U157. AA303. ———. A history of the Bahama

| AA281. Du Tertre, Jean B. Histoire gé- House of Assembly. Nassau, 1921. nérale des Antilles, 4 v. Paris, 1667-71. No AA304, Morales Padroén, Francisco. Jamodern work on the scale of either this or maica espafiola. Seville, 1952.

AA280 has yet appeared. | : AA305. Olivier, Sydney H. The myth of , Governor Eyre. London, 1933. A much

— needed thorough revision. _ HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS AA306. ———. Jamaica: the blessed island. : AA282. Andrews, Charles M. The co- tees ° burek. Sir Rob it H. The ,

_ Jonial period5ofhistory American history. See AB46. oe 2 SCDOMOUTES of Barbados. London, 1848.© ,

AA283. Aspinall, Algernon. way- : . a, . : AA308. Verrill,Sir Addison E. TheABermuda

farer in the West Indies. London, 1928. islands. 2nd ed. New Haven. 1907 | AA284, Higham, Charles 8. The develop- A A309 Whitson. Agnes M The constitument of the Leeward Islands under the tional develo men t of Tamatca Manchest

: Restoration. See U/60. 7 Manchester, AA285. Newton, Arthur1999 P. Theerop colonizor vas ing activities of the English Puritans. See { AA , Walkinson, menry C. The adven| ABS89. | turers of Bermuda. London, 1933.

| AA286. ——-. The European nations in |

the West Indies, 1493-1688. See U169. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

AA287. Pares, Richard. War and trade in .

See UJ61. ae | |

the West Indies, 1739-1763. See U124. the Cartbbeswe a aver dade Of ameion

AA288. Pitman, Frank W. The develop- b i" di arid The B, ti h Ww, st ai onion ment of the British West Indies, 1700-1763. 1949 mgs Wa the Drilishh West Andes. -ondon, ,

AA289. Pringle, Kenneth. Waters of the “ A312 ° mv lage a yes: Tee’ Pow West. London, 1938. For the recent period. system In 1 m hi 1766 1903. L. s d y :

_AA290, Williamson, James A. Maritime jos. AA291, ———. Sir John Hawkins, timeoo | | system, 1660-1754. See the AB9S8. and the man. Oxford, 1927. AA314 British colonial policy. 1754

| enterprise, 1485-1588. Oxford, 1913. . AA313. Beer, George L. The old colonial

AA292, ———-. The Caribbee islands under 1765 See ABI2 6 Fils Colonial poucy, 7

the proprietary patents. London, 1926. AA315. Blanchard, P. Democracy and

empire in the Caribbean. N.Y., 1947.

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS AA316. Bourne, Ruth. Queen Anne’s navy

SLLH.hSt.inLucia, the West Indies. NewHerbert Haven, | A293.AA29 Breen, H Henry his- AA317, Brown, H. 1939. The fisheries torical, statistical, and descriptive. London, of the Windward and Leeward Islands.

1844. | Bridgetown, Barbados, 1946.

AA294, Archives of British Honduras. Ed. AA318. Burn, William L. Emancipation by Sir John A. Burdon. 3 v. London, 1931- and apprenticeship in the British West In-

35, A collection of documents, dies. London, 1937,

708 Guide to Historical Literature AA319. Caldecott, Alfred. The church in AA340. Nath, Dwarka. A history of In-

the West Indies. London, 1898, dians in British Guiana. London, 1950.

AA320. Clarkson, Thomas. The history AA341. Pares, Richard. A West-India for-

of the rise, progress and accomplishment of | tune. London, 1950. : the abolition of the African slave-trade. 2 v. AA342. Penson, Lillian M. The colo-

London, 1808. nial agents of the British West Indies. See

AA321. Clementi, Sir Cecil. A constitu- UJ63. tional history of British Guiana. London, AA343. Phillippo, James M. Jamaica: its

1937. past and present state. London, 1843. By a

N.Y., 1943. don, 1865. |

AA322. Crouse, Nellis M. The French pioneer Baptist missionary. struggle for the West Indies, 1665-1713. AA344, ——. The voice of jubilee. Lon-

AA323. Crumpston, I. M. Indians over- AA345. Phillippo, James C. The climate

1953. Phillippo.

seas in British territories, 1835-1865. Oxford, of Jamaica. London, 1876. By a son of J. M.

AA324, Davis, John Merle. The church in AA346. Proudfoot, Mary M. Britain and

the new Jamaica. N.Y., 1942. the United States in the Caribbean. London, ©

AA325. Davy, John. The West Indies be- 1954, fore and since slave emancipation. London, AA347. Ragatz, Lowell J. The fall of the

1854. planter class in the British Caribbean. See AA326. Deerr, Noél. The history of sugar. U/62.

2 v. London, 1949-50. AA348. Reid, Victor S. New day. N.Y., AA327. Haring, Clarence H. The bucca- 1949. neers in the West Indies in the XVII century. = AA349. Scott, Henry H. A _ history of

London, 1910. tropical medicine. London, 1939.

AA328. Harper, Lawrence A. The English AA350. Sewell, William G. The ordeal of

navigation laws. See AB100. free labour in the British West Indies. N.Y., | AA329. Henriques, Fernando. Family and = 1861. Sympathetic but also critical. colour in Jamaica. London, 1853. AA351. Simey, Thomas S. Welfare and

- AA330. Herskovits, Melville J. The myth planning in the West Indies. Oxford, 1946. ,

of the negro past. N.Y., 1941. AA352. Smith, Abbot E. Colonists in

_ AA331. Kepner, Charles D., and Jay H. bondage. See AB//6. Soothill. The banana empire. N.Y., 1935. AA353. Thompson, Reginald W. Black AA332. Lewis, Arthur, and E. Williams. Caribbean. London, 1946. The negro in the Caribbean. London, 1942. = AA354. Whitson, Agnes M. The constituLewis is a West Indian of African descent tional development of Jamaica. Manchester, who is a professor of economics in England. 1929,

| ~ AA333. Livingstone, William P. Black AA355. Williams, Eric E. Capitalism and Jamaica: a study in evolution. London, 1899. — slavery. Chapel Hill, 1944.

AA334. Lovén, Sven. Origins of the Tainan AA356. Wrong, Humphrey H. Governculture, West Indies. Goteborg, 1935. ‘ment of the West Indies. Oxford, 1923. AA335. Macmillan, William M. Warning

- from the West Indies. London, 1936. Reis- GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS sued as a Penguin book in 1938 with a

pointed introduction inspired by recent labor By far the most valuable are found in the

disturbances. | (AA357) Parliamentary papers, of which

AA336. Manning, Helen T. British co- there is a sessional index. Those dealing : lonial government after the American revo- with the colonies became numerous early in lution, 1782-1820. New Haven, 1933. A _ the 19th century. They are reports of gov-

penetrating study. ernors and other officials, investigating com-

AA337. Mathieson, William L. British missions (royal and otherwise), and parlia-

slavery and its abolition, 1823-38. London, mentary select committees. There are three

1926. : main series: Sessional papers (printed by | AA338. ——. British slave emancipation, order of either house), Command (submitted

1838-49. London, 1932. : by order of the Crown, i.e., the government AA339,. ———. The sugar colonies and of the day), and Colonial.

Governor Eyre, 1849-1866. London, 1936.

British and Dutch America 709

, DUTCH AMERICA , (Rudolf A. J. van Lier) oe | ENCYCLOPEDIAS memoranda in French by the comptroller of

finance of Surinam. :

AA358. Encyclopaedie van Nederlandsch AA365. Gaay Fortman, Bastiaan de. , West-Indié. Ed. by Herman D. Benjamins chets van de Politieke Geschiedenis der and Johannes F. Snelleman. The Hague, 1914. Nederlandsche Antillen in de_ twintigste General, carefully edited encyclopedia, con- eeuw. The Hague, 1947. A concise outline of taining a variety of scholarly articles on his- the political and constitutional history of

torical subjects concerning Surinam and the Dutch Antilles until 1946 by a former | the Dutch Antilles. Of major importance. Curacao judge.

‘DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES | HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS : AA359; Emmanuel, Isaac S. Precious AA366. Hartog, Johannes. Aruba: zoals stones of the Jews of Curacao. N.Y., 1957. het was, zoals het werd. Aruba, 1953. Popu-

‘History, by a former rabbi, of the Jewish lar narrative of the history of Aruba until

} families of Curacao who played an impor- the present day. Local archives hitherto | tant role in the island. Different families are Unused have been consulted. This volume is

discussed in relation to tombstones in the the first of a history of the Dutch Antilles

old Jewish cemetery. Covers. period 1656- y this author. ae ;

1957. | ~ AA367. ——-. Bonaire van Indianen tot

AA360. Krafft, A. J. C. Historie en oude toeristen. Aruba, 1957. Second volume of a :

Families van de Nederlandse Antillen. The 2¢"¢ral history of the Dutch Antilles. See

Hague, 1951. A short introduction to the 2bove. . . |

history of the Dutch Antilles is followed by | 44368. Knappert, Laurentius. Geschiedenis | the genealogies of sixty of the old, mostly Ya! de Nederlandsche Bovenwindsche eiProtestant, families, which formed a ruling Jandem in de 18de eeuw. The Hague, 1932.

class in Curacao. materialehuren on the Authoritative social history Contains of the island. Aistoran. Work by a well-known Dutch ,

7 AA369. Wolbers, Julian. Geschiedenis van | Suriname. Amsterdam, 1861. This work, GENERAL HISTORIES based on primary sources of the state ar-

, | | _AA361. chives of The Hague and the Public Record Hamelberg,. J . H. J. De Neder- Office in London, is still the most important landers op de West-Indische eilanden. 2 Vv. history of Surinam from the beginning of

: Amsterdam, 1901-03. An authoritative politi- the first settlement until 1860. Although cal and social history of the Dutch Antilles \ritten during the abolition controversy from the beginning of Dutch settlement until §=from an anti-slavery point of view, it is

thea based on a sey im ie arenives of balanced and reliable. Much attention is

e rag yaKasteel, . also given to development of| colonial soAA362. Annemarie C. T. De et Staatkundige ontwikkeling der Nederlandse crenys |

Antillen. The Hague, 1956. (English and : | Spanish summary.) Historical analysis of HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS : political and constitutional development of AA370. Buiskool. Johannes A. E. De the Dutch Antilles from 1865 to the present. _staatsinstellingen van Suriname. The Hague, —

AA363. Menkman, W. R. De Nederlanders ; er .

) ° . > nam by a former president of the Court of

- im het Caraibische Zeegebied. Amsterdam 1954. Handbook on. the public law of Suri-

Dan Fopulat Oe wery, a the Justice there. Chapter 2 contains a historical the ee iblography On history o AA371. De West Indische Gids: Emanci-

Dutch in the reenien hte to histe cone outline of the constitutional development.

, the islands. patie nummer. The Hague, 1953. Special

| issue of a well-known periodical, which has HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS carried several articles of historical interest

.: |AA364, : dealing with the abolition of slavery. Con- ) Einaar, Johan F. E. Bijdrage tot tains an article by Johanna M. van Winter | de kennis van het Engelsch Tusschenbestuur on the general feeling of the Netherlands van Suriname, 1804-1816. Leiden, 1934. people concerning abolition in Surinam and Short study of the period during the Na- the Dutch Antilles, with list of sources and

poleonic wars when Surinam was under’ an English summary. | British rule, with contemporary economic AA372. Goslinga, Cornelis C. Emanci-

710 Guide to Historical Literature patie en Emancipator. Assen, 1956. (Sum- and _ historical literature. The growth and mary in English and Spanish.) A study of the role of the social strata, as well as racial social and juridical position of slaves mainly and political relations in the plantation colon the islands of Curacao and Bonaire. A ony are analyzed.

- great part of the book deals with the role AA376. Quintus Bosz, Askel J. A. Drie of the Roman Catholic mission in educa- Eeuwen Grondpolitiek in Suriname. Assen,

tional emancipation of the slaves. 1954. (Summary in English and Spanish.) AA373. Grol, G. J. van. De Grondpolitiek Scholarly treatise dealing with land policy in het West-Indische domein der Generaliteit. and development of land rights from the be2 v. and register. The Hague, 1934-47. V. 1 ginning of Dutch colonization in Surinam,

gives a history of the Dutch Antilles and studied within the frame of the principles of treats the principles of colonization in con- colonization. Attention is given to political, — nection with Surinam. In v. 2 land policy social, and economic factors determining the |

- and land rights are studied within the frame- nature of land tenure. | work of the islands’ history. AA377. Warnsinck, Johan C. M. Abraham

| AA374. Hoetink, Harry. Het patroon van Crynsen: de verovering van Suriname en

de. oude Curacaose samenleving. Assen, zijn aanslag op Virginié in 1667. Amster-

1958. Socio-historical study of Curacao so- dam, 1936. Study of the Dutch conquest of ciety before establishment of the oil indus- Surinam during the second Anglo-Dutch ~ try on the island. Well written, with a good = war.

understanding of human relations in the | slavery period and its aftermath. | PERIODICAL

AA375. Lier, Rudolf A. J. van. Samenleving in een Grensgebied. The Hague, 1949. AA378. De West Indische Gids. Amster-

Comprehensive socio-historical study of dam and The Hague, 1919 ff. (Monthly.) : Surinam society from the beginning until The basic historical periodical, containing 1940, with extensive bibliography of sources important articles, bibliography, and notes.

a SECTION AB

| MICHAEL KRAUS * | The compilers of this section have attempted to include, as far as space has allowed, titles published since 1931, when the original Guide appeared. It

will be noted that there is a greater emphasis on cultural and social history, , reflecting trends in research of the past generation; and works recording the interrelations of United States and European history are likewise given considerable space. For a more complete bibliography the reader is directed to

the excellent Harvard guide (AB4). , BIBLIOGRAPHIES, LIBRARIES, -each state and territory; includes cartogra

AND MUSEUMS phy. See also The bibliographic index (N.Y.

; 1938 ff.). [EMH] :

The number of available collections and AB2. Billington, Ray A. Guides to Ameriselections of papers, documents, and other can history manuscript collections in libraries types of source material is too great to list of the United States. N.Y., 1952. Good startwith completeness here. It is more to the jing point for manuscript research in public, point to provide users of this volume with private, university, and historical society lia selection of guides, lists, indices, and braries, as well as in federal and state de-

other bibliographical tools which constitute positories. [SD] : approaches to the sources. However, a sec- AB3. Greene, Evarts B., and Richard B.

, ond group of items, composed of Major Morris. A guide to the principal sources for

and comprehensive collections, is also early American history (1600-1800) in the _series provided. city of New York. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1953.

For fundamental works in United States Sypersedes 1929 edition. Includes manu- ,

bibliography see B17-28. script and printed sources. [SD].

| . AB4. Handlin, Oscar, and others. Harvard Bibliographies guide to American history. Cambridge, Mass., : 1954. Indispensable. Comprehensive in scope; AB1. Beers, Henry P., ed. Bibliographies selective for older works especially. Lists

in American history: guide to materials for general and special bibliographies, indexes, | research. N.Y., 1938: Rev. ed., 1942. Lists, guides, general works, special works, sources.

without evaluation, general aids and bibli- Little evaluation; full index. Introductory | ographies for broad periods and for major essays on methods, resources, and materials.

| | 711 |

topics in history of the United States and [EMH] |

* The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Thomas A.

Bailey (TAB), Bernard Bellush (BB), Vincent P. Carosso (VPC), Merle E. Curti (MEC), Sidney © Ditzion (SD), John H. Franklin (JHF), Wood Gray (WG), Virginia D. Harrington (VDH), George F. Howe (GFH), Erling M. Hunt (EMH), Sidney 1. Pomerantz (SIP), Joseph E. Wisan (JEW). Albert L. Demaree and Robert E. Riegel contributed most of the items of biography. Wesley F.

Craven, Glyndon G. Van Deusen, and Fred Israel also assisted in the preparation of this section.

712 Guide to Historical Literature ABS. Howes, Wright. U. S.-iana (1700— — cially strong in U. S. history. Its collections

: 1950): a descriptive checklist of 11,450 include valuable manuscript materials on the printed sources relating to those parts of | American Revolution, notably the papers of continental North America now comprising the Committees of Correspondence. It conthe United States. N.Y., 1954. Very selective tains about 100,000 prints, many relating to

insofar as it is made up largely of items the history of the country, along with imthat sell for $25 and over. Gives some li- pressive collections on literature, the history

brary location notes. [SD] | of labor, and the history of tobacco.

AB6. Travels in the old South: a bibli- The noted universities have important colography. Ed. by Thomas D. Clark. 4 v. lections of Americana. The Harvard Library,

Norman, Okla., 1948-59. | oldest in the nation, experienced its first sig-

AB7. Lillard, Richard G. American life in nificant growth in the early 19th century autobiography: a descriptive guide. Stanford, with acquisition of the library of Americana 1956. Highly selective list of about 400 fig- collected by the German scholar, C. D. Ebeures who were engaged in a large variety of | ling. Harvard also has the papers of promi-

pursuits and occupations. Very few works nent alumni, and its special libraries are published before 1900 are included. [SD] notable. Yale University has the famous , AB8. Matthews, William. American di- W.R. Coe collection of western Americana,

aries: an annotated bibliography of American as well as the Ezra Stiles manuscripts. It is diaries written prior to the year 1861. Berke- rich in materials on World War I and the ~— ley, 1945. [University of California publica- Versailles peace conference. The library at tions in English, 16.] Indicates nature and Columbia University is distinguished for its

value of individual published diaries. [SD] collections in politics, government, eco_ AB9. Writings on American history. For nomics, and the history of education. It con-

1902, by Ernest C. Richardson and Anson tains important papers of the founding

E. Morse, Princeton, 1904; for 1903, by An- fathers, Jay and Hamilton; and in its oral drew C. McLaughlin, William A. Slade, and history project has a large number of re-

| Ernest D. Lewis, Washington, 1905; for corded interviews with prominent Americans. 1906-40, by Grace G. Griffin and others, The Princeton University Library has an

N.Y., New Haven, and Washington, 1908- ; excellent collection of early Americana, as

. for 1948 ff., by James R. Masterson, Wash- well as the noted Rollins assemblage of } ington, 1950 ff. Annual index. Cumulative western Americana. The University of PennIndex to the Writings on American history, Sylvania has a valuable collection of Frank1902-1940, Washington, 1956. Annual classi- lin imprints, as well as materials on colonial | fied lists of books, American or European, history and the Carey collection on early and major articles on history of the United economic history. Among southern uniStates, British America (through 1940), and versities, Duke, North Carolina, and VirLatin America (through 1935), with short ginia have large collections on the history reviews or citations of reviews. [EMH] of the South. The University of Michigan, AB10. Larned, Josephus N., ed. Literature in its William L. Clements Library, has one — of American history: a bibliographical guide. of the greatest collections in the country on

See Y8. colonial and Revolutionary history. The University of Chicago has important mateLibraries rials on the Civil War and on the growth of

the Middle West. Stanford University is As might be expected, libraries in the especially distinguished for its Hoover LiUnited States have long been rich in col- brary on War, Revolution, and Peace. The

lections of Americana. Some have tried to University of California at Berkeley has the cover the whole field, others have deliber- noted Hubert Howe Bancroft Library of ately restricted themselves to selected areas. manuscripts and rare printed materials on No library in the country is as rich in ma- the West. ‘terials as the Library of Congress. Beginning Historical societies hold important col-

| with 1870, it was given the right to add to’ lections of manuscripts and printed mate- . _ its shelves copies of every book copyrighted rials. The Massachusetts Historical Society

in the United States. When the imaginative has papers of the Adams and Winthrop Herbert Putnam was named librarian in families, Thomas Jefferson’s private papers,

| 1899, the library began a remarkable growth and those of many other worthies. In the

- which has continued under his successors. American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Among its great collections are manuscripts Mass., is the largest collection of North of many prominent Americans, including a American newspapers printed before 1820, | number of presidents. It possesses a great along with almanacs, magazines, and local | collection of maps and atlases, newspapers, histories. The New York Historical Society and reproductions of United States histori- has important manuscript collections of cal materials found in European depositories. noted families. The Historical Society of

] The New York Public Library is espe- Pennsylvania (Philadelphia) has a great col-

United States of America. 713 | lection of colonial Americana, including sachusetts, is another, less elaborate, reprenewspapers, colonial laws, and Franco- sentation of an entire community of bygone American relations: The American Philo- days. At. Luther College, Decorah, Iowa,

sophical Society of Philadelphia has Frank- are cabins, houses, and furnishings of Norlin manuscripts, materials on early science, | wegian-American settlers. The National Park and collections relating to the American Rev- Service has preserved historical landmarks olution. The State Historical Society of and dwellings which convey a vivid sense of

Wisconsin has the Draper collection on the the past. ee

West, as well as valuable materials on the - 7

labor movement. Other societies restrict ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF |

themselves to more specialized topics, such REFERENCE | , as the Essex Institute at Salem, which is rich

in. materials on New England commerce, ABI1. Morris, Richard B., ed. Encycloand the Minnesota Historical Society at St. pedia of American history. N.Y., 1953. | Paul, which contains valuable collections on Chronological survey of political-military Scandinavians in the United States. events, followed by chronological treatment Some libraries have special collections of other aspects. Maps; 300 biographical

that give them a particular significance. The sketches. [EMH] | | Boston Athenaeum has most of George AB12. Adams, James Truslow, ed. Dic-

Washington’s library; the John Carter Brown tionary of American history. See Y/6.

Library (Providence) is supreme in its as- AB13. U. S. Bureau of the Census. His| semblage of European works on the dis- torical statistics of the United States, 1789covery and exploration of the Western 1945: a supplement to the Statistical abstract Hemisphere. The Library Company of Phila- of the United States. Washington, 1949. delphia has a valuable collection of manu- Supplement (to 1952), 1954. Predominantly

scripts on the Revolutionary era, including economic; one section on government.

the Rush correspondence. The John Crerar [EMH] ' :

| Library, Chicago, is rich in science and AB14. Johnson, Allen, and Dumas Ma-

technology; and the Newberry Library (Chi- lone, eds. Dictionary of American biography. cago) has valuable collections on the dis- 21 v. and index. N.Y., 1928-44. Supplement

| covery of America, the Indians, railroads, to v. 21, N.Y., 1935; second supplement in

and growth of the Middle West. The Henry progress. The best work of its kind. [EMH] E. Huntington Library at San Marino, Calif,, AB15. O’Neill, Edward H. Biography by contains: great stores of material on English Americans, 1658-1936: a subject bibliograand American colonial history, as well as phy. Philadelphia, 1939. Lists individual and the history of California. The Folger Library, collective biographies; no annotations or Washington, is rich in rare books on English evaluations. [EMH] history and U. S. colonial history. An unusu- AB16. Dargan, Marion. Guide to Amerially distinguished specialized library is the can biography. 2 v. Albuquerque, 1947-52. Army Medical Library (Washington), un- [1, 1607-1815; 2, 1815-1933.] Organized by surpassed for its collections on the history chronological. periods, subdivided into po-

of medicine and public health. litical or regional groupings. Evaluates some

| titles by quoting reviews. [EMH]

Museums and Other Nondocumentary AB17. Forbes, Harriette. New England a

Sources diaries, 1620-1800: a descriptive catalogue a of diaries, orderly books, and sea journals. Scattered throughout the country are his- Topsfield, Mass., 1923.

toric houses and formal museums with col- :

lections of furniture, paintings, rugs, silver- ~ GEOGRAPHIES AND ATLASES

ware, etc., representative of the U. S. past. : The American wing of the Metropolitan | AB18. Brown, Ralph H. Historical ge-

Museum of Art in New York has an espe- ography of the United States. N.Y., 1948. cially rich collection. In some respects the Chronological survey by regions; environDu Pont Winterthur Museum, Winterthur, ments, settlement and migration, resources Del., surpasses all others in its collections and related economic development. [EMH] | of early Americana. The Smithsonian Insti- AB19. Thiele, Walter. Official map publitution, Washington; the Bucks County His- cations. Chicago, 1938. Includes a _ refertorical Society, Doylestown, Pa.; and the ence list of map publications issued by the Farmers’ Museum, Cooperstown, N.Y., have United States government; also an account valuable exhibits on the life of people in an of the mapping of the North American con-

- earlier day. | tinent from the 17th through the 19th cen-

| Following European example, Americans turies. [EMH] |

have built open-air, multiple-unit museums, AB20. Paullin, Charles O. Atlas of the the best known of which is Colonial Wil- historical geography of the United States.

liamsburg, Virginia. Sturbridge Village, Mas- Ed. by John K. Wright. Washington, 1932.

714 Guide to Historical Literature Physical maps; reproductions of old maps; 1937). Chronological survey into the na- | exploration and settlement; states, territories, tional period; then a treatment of patriotic and boundary disputes and changes; social and romantic, “scientific,” nationalist and and economic data and statistics; political imperial schools, frontier and sectional his-

. parties; reforms; military history. [EMH] torians, biography, and contemporary trends.

_AB21. U. S. Library of Congress. United Has separate chapters on Francis Parkman States atlases: a list of national, state, and Henry Adams. The only comprehensive

| county, city, and regional atlases in the Li- survey. [EMH]

brary of Congress and cooperating libraries. AB31. Hutchinson, William T., ed. MarComp. by Clara E. Le Gear. 2 v. Washing- cus W. Jernegan essays in American histori-_

| ton, 1950-53. Topical listings. [EMH] ography. Chicago, 1937. Twenty-one repre-

- AB22. Lord, Clifford L., and Elizabeth H. sentatives of several of the leading types of Lord. Historical atlas of the United States. historians. Useful though uneven in quality.

N.Y., 1944. Rev. ed., 1953. Organized by [EMH] periods to show a wide range of political, AB32. Bellot, Hugh H. American history economic, and social data and development. and American historians: a review of recent

[EMH] , contributions to the interpretation of the AB23. Adams, James Truslow, ed. Atlas history of the United States. Norman, Okla.,

of American history. N.Y., 1943. Contains and London, 1952. The occupant of the | 148 black and white plates, chiefly concern- chair of American history in the University

ing political and military history from dis- of London examines United States historical ,

covery to 1912. [EMH] writing during the fifty years after 1890 and

: , the manner in which it has treated outstand: GUIDES ing eras of U. S. history. , AB33. Theory and practice in historical

AB24. Downs, Robert B. American li- study: a report of the Committee on Hisbrary resources: a bibliographical guide. See _toriography. See A465.

Ul. AB34, Schlesinger, Arthur M. New view-

. AB25. Brown, Everett S. Manual of govy- points in American history. N.Y., 1922. ernment publications, United States and Twelve topics in United States history are : foreign. N.Y., 1950. United States federal discussed in terms of “the results of the

| laws, congressional debates and proceedings, researches of the present era of historical ‘court reports, presidential papers, depart- study.’ Each topic is followed by a brief, | mental publications; state government publi- critical bibliographical note. Many of these cations; publications of British and other essays remain useful as summaries and as governments, and of the United Nations. points of departure for further investigation.

[EMH] ] [MEC]

AB26. Boyd, Anne M., and R. Elizabeth AB35. Hockett, Homer C. The critical

Rips. United States government publications. method in historical research and writing. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1949. Listings by government See A/4. division, department, or agency. [EMH]

AB27. Schmeckebier, Laurence F. Gov-

ernment publications and their use. Wash- PICTORIAL HISTORIES | i ngton, 1936. Rev. ed., 1939. ineludes cata- AB36. Butterfield, Roger P. The American logs, indexes, top ical bibliograp oar a past: a history of the United States from organizes publications by agency. Le ] _ Concord to the nuclear age. N.Y., 1957. AB28. Griffin, Appleton P. C. Bi ee he AB37. Gabriel, Ralph H., and others, eds. P hy of American historical s ores ° d © The pageant of America: a pictorial history United States and the Domi non of 1907 of the United States. 15 v. New Haven, 2nd ed., Tev. and enl., Washington, i 1925-29, Partly topical, partly chronological.

report, 1905, v. 2.] _ [EMH]

; [American Historical Association, Annua Broad in scope, but uneven in quality.

AB29. American Association for . State AB38. Adams, James T., and others, eds.

| and Local History. Historical societies in Album of American history. 5 v. N.Y. } the United States and Canada. Ed. by ©. 1944-49, By chronological periods to 1917; Christopher Crittenden and Doris Godard. v. 5 is index. [EMH]

Washington, 1944. Notes distinctive library .* "

resources, museums, and publications.

_ [EMH] SHORT COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS | HISTORIOGRAPHY AB39. Billington, Ray A., and others, eds. AB30. Kraus, Michael. The writing of The making of American democracy: read-

, American history. Norman, 1953. Revision ings and documents. 2 v. N.Y., 1950. , of A history of American history (N.Y., AB40. Commager, Henry S., ed. Docu-

United States of America , , 715

1958, | times. [VPC]

ments of American history. 6th ed., N.Y., tional self-confidence characteristic of his

- AB41. Handlin, Oscar, ed. Readings in AB48. Bancroft, Hubert H. The works of : ,

American history. N.Y., 1957. Hubert Howe Bancroft. 39 v. San Francisco, ,

AB42. Hart, Albert B., ed. American his- 1882-90. [1-5, Native races; 6-8, History of tory told by contemporaries. 5 vy. N.Y., Central America; 9-14, History of Mexico; 1897-1929. One of the earliest collections 15-16, History of the north Mexican states of source materials for the general reader; and Texas; 17, History of Arizona and New |

still useful. : Mexico; 18-24, History of California; 25, AB43. Sheehan, Donald H., ed. The mak- History of Nevada, Colorado, and Wyoming;

ing of American history. Rev. ed., 2 v., 26, History of Utah; 27-28, History of the » |

. N.Y., 1954. A judicious selection from the snorthwest coast; 29-30, History of Oregon; | writings of accepted authorities on United 31, History of Washington, Idaho, and MonStates development from the colonial period tana; 32, History of British Columbia; 33,

to the 20th century. History of Alaska; 34, California pastoral;

AB44, University of Chicago. The people 35, California inter pocula; 36-37, Popular

shall judge: readings in the formation of tribunals; 38, Essays and miscellany; 39, :

, American policy. 2 v. Chicago, 1949. Sup- Literary industries.| A vast enterprise made

plements, 1952, 1956. — possible by the energy of a great organizer

: | of historical research. Many hands went

| GENERAL HISTORIES into the composition of these volumes which,

| AB45. even with their inaccuracies and mistaken Adams, Henry B. History of the interpretations, are still valuable for the

United States of America. 9 v. N.Y., 1889— research scholar. | 91. 4 v. reprint, N.Y., 1930. This study of AB49. Beard, Charles A., and Mary R. | the years 1800-17 is a landmark in U. S. Beard. The rise of American civilization. , historiography, distinguished for its high 4 v. N.Y., 1927-42. Other eds, Exceptionally | literary qualities. Provides an excellent ac- well-written general interpretation of United — count of the social history of this period States history and civilization, emphasizing and is useful for its detailed treatment of the role and interaction of social and ecopolitical and diplomatic developments, but nomic forces upon the nation’s development. fails to appraise adequately the influence of These volumes illustrate the broad interests

economic factors. [VPC] | of the authors and what they believed to | AB46.. Andrews, Charles M. The colonial have been the dynamic factors affecting the

| period of American history. 4 v. New Haven, course of national life. [VPC]

1934-38. A standard reference for history ABS50. Bemis, Samuel F., ed. The Ameri| of the English mainland and island colonies. can secretaries of state and their diplomacy.

| Author’s approach is institutional and im- 10 y. N.Y., 1927-29. Numerous contributors, , | perial, and his conclusions are based on ex- some of them recognized experts, analyze | tensive research in English and American in brief historical sketches the career and ,

. archives. V. 1-3 cover the settlements; v. 4, diplomacy of every secretary, beginning with British colonial, commercial, and adminis- Robert R. Livingston, the secretary for for-

trative policy to 1763. [VPC] eign affairs of the Continental Congress

AB47. Bancroft, George. History of the (1781-83), and concluding with Charles _ United States of America from the discovery Evans Hughes (1921-25). Provides con- , of the American continent. 10 v. Boston, venient summary of U. S. diplomacy between 7 } 1834-75, The original 10 v. and revised 6 v. 1781 and 1925, but is not, nor was it ineditions begin with the expansion of Europe tended to be, a comprehensive history of and end in 1782. In 1882 Bancroft brought foreign policy. Emphasis is on diplomacy his narrative down to 1789 with publication rather than foreign policy in its broad meanof his 2 v. History of the formation of the ing. Sketches vary in quality and value, those Constitution of the United States of America. of earlier secretaries often superior to stud-

The entire history was revised and the 1882 ies of more recent ones. [VPC] | volumes incorporated into the 6 v. last re- ABS51. The Chicago history of American |

vision (N.Y., 1883-85). Even though his civilization. Ed. by Daniel J. Boorstin. Chihistory is neither widely read nor accepted cago, 1956 ff. [Dexter Perkins, The new age

as. entirely reliable, Bancroft occupies an of Franklin D. Roosevelt, 1932-45; John

important place in U. S. historiography. He Ellis, American Catholicism; Herbert Agar,

} uncovered and used many new sources in The price of power: America since 1945;

_ preparing his work; but although he was in Edmund Morgan, The birth of the republic, many ways a good craftsman, his strong 1763-89; Nathan Glazer, American Judaism.| prejudices and intense patriotism colored (Other volumes in preparation.) This series

his conclusions, Militantly anti-British and is planned to include 20 v. of about. 200 : a staunch advocate of Jacksonian democ- pages each, covering’ both chronological racy, Bancroft reflects the democratic, na- periods and significant topics, with brief

716 Guide to Historical Literature bibliographical essays citing major secondary 1789; 5, Charles S. Sydnor, The develop-

~ works. [VPC] ment of southern sectionalism, 1819-1848; ABS52. Brooks, Van Wyck. Makers and 6, Avery O. Craven, The growth of southern _ finders: a history of the writer in America, nationalism, 1848-1861; 7, E. M. Coulter, 1800-1915. 5 v. N.Y., 1936-52. [1, The The Confederate States of America, 1861world of Washington Irving; 2, The flower- 1865; 8, E. M. Coulter, The South during ing of New England; 3, The times of Mel- reconstruction, 1865-1877; 9, C. Vann

ville and Whitman; 4, New England: Indian Woodward, Origins of the new South, 1877summer, 1865-1915; 5, The confident years, 1913.] (To be complete in 10 v.) When com- | 1885—1915.] The work of a leading student pleted, this series, written by distinguished of U. S. literature; not as sharply critical as scholars, will supersede the older cooperative

| some of his earlier studies. It is written history, The South in the building of the

with considerable charm, and these volumes nation (13 v., Richmond, 1909-13). Each form a good introduction to 19th century volume contains a critical essay on authori-

culture in the United States. ties. [VPC]

ABS53. Channing, Edward. A history of ABS58. The economic history of the United the United States. 6 v. N.Y., 1905-25. Index, States. Ed. by Henry David, Harold U.

1932. Result of careful and extensive re- Faulkner, Louis M. Hacker, Curtis P.

Search in the sources, these volumes, cover- Nettels, and Fred A. Shannon. N.Y., 1945 ff.

ing the years 1000-1865, are distinguished [4, George R. Taylor, The transportation for their accuracy, wealth of detail, com-. revolution, 1815-1860; 5, F. A. Shannon,

prehensiveness, and _ readability. Though The farmer’s last frontier: agriculture, 1860—

| recent scholarship has revised many specific 1897; 7, H. U. Faulkner, The decline of points, historians generally still consider this laissez faire, 1897-1917; 8, George H. Soule,

| the best long general history of the United Prosperity decade: from war to depression,

States by one author. [VPC] : 1917-1929; 9, Broadus Mitchell, Depression ABS54, Clark, Victor S. History of manu-- decade: from New Era through New Deal,

factures in the United States. 3 v. Washing- 1929-1941.] (To be complete in 9 v.) ton, 1916-29, The result of diligent research. When completed, this standard reference _ ABS55. The new American nation series. will detail U. S. economic development Ed. by Richard B. Morris and Henry S. from the colonial period to 1941. Each Commager. N.Y., 1954 ff. [Wallace Note- volume contains a critical bibliography. stein, The English people on the eve of [VPC] colonization, 1603-1630; Lawrence H. Gip- | AB59. Dorfman, Joseph H. The economic son, The coming of the Revolution, 1763— mind in American civilization. 3 v. N.Y., 1775; Louis B. Wright, The cultural life of 1946-49. V. 1-2 cover the years 1606-1865;

the American colonies, 1607-1763; John R. _ v. 3, 1865-1918. A fourth volume will cover

| Alden, The American Revolution, 1775- from the end of World War I to the be-

1783; Ray A. Billington, The far western ginning of the New Deal. These volumes

frontier, 1830-1860; Arthur Link, Woodrow — contain a wealth of detail on economic ideas Wilson and the progressive era, 1910-1917; of selected groups and individuals, indicat-

Foster R. Dulles, America’s rise to world ing the influence of economic thought upon ] power, 1898-1954.| (Other volumes in prep- the major public issues of the times. Bibaration.) When completed, this cooperative liographical notes. [VPC]

history (43 v.) will supersede the Hart AB60. A history of American life. Ed.

series (AB63). Like its predecessor, it will by Dixon Ryan Fox and Arthur M. Schlesurvey the entire history of the United States. singer. 13 v. N.Y., 1927-48. [1, Herbert I. |

| Whereas the Hart work treated political his- Priestley, The coming of the white man,

7 - tory primarily, the editors of the new series 1492-1848; 2, Thomas J. Wertenbaker, The — plan a broader scope and intend to supple- first Americans, 1607-1690; 3, James T. - ment the chronological volumes with topical Adams, Provincial society, 1690-1763; 4, : ones. Each will contain a critical bibliogra- Evarts B. Greene, The revolutionary generaphy, and a final volume will be devoted to tion, 1763-1790; 5, John A. Krout and

historical statistics. [VPC] - D. R. Fox, The completion of independence, AB56. Commons, John R., and others. 1790-1830; 6, Carl R. Fish, The rise of the

| - History of labour in the United States. 4 v.. common man; 7, Arthur C. Cole, The irre| N.Y., 1918-35. The standard work on U.S. pressible conflict, I850-1865; 8, Allan . : labor, but in need of serious revision, par- Nevins, The emergence of modern America,

: ticularly for the colonial period. } — 1865-1878; 9, Ida M. Tarbell, The na- .

} AB57. A history of the South. Ed. by tionalizing of business, 1878-1898; 10, A. M.

Ellis Merton Coulter and Wendell H. Ste- Schlesinger, The rise of the city, 1878-1898; phenson. Baton Rouge, 1948 ff. [1, Wesley 11, Harold U. Faulkner, The quest for social F. Craven, The southern colonies in the justice, 1898-1914; 12, Preston W. Slosson, seventeenth century, 1607-1689; 3, John R. The great crusade and after, 1914-1928; 13, Alden, The South in the Revolution, 1763— Dixon Wecter, The age of the great depres-

| _ United States of America 717 sion, 1929-1941.] Designed to survey the coln’s administration (N.Y., 1927) carries the history of social, cultural, and economic life, narrative through 1865. With its heavy reli. this work purposely excludes as much politi- ance on newspapers and other contemporary

oS cal, military, diplomatic, and constitutional periodical sources, this work marks an im- | history as possible. Each volume contains portant development in U. S. historiography. illustrations and a critical essay on authori- Far more than previous writers, McMaster ties. Not all volumes are of equal value— includes social and economic detail, and some, for example, include more economic describes public opinion as reflected in the

| data than others, and a number catalog contemporary press. His interest in western many details of social and cultural history history was equally novel. Although many without sufficient interpretation. Despite cer- of his generalizations are no longer valid,

tain limitations, this is the best general this is a storehouse of miscellaneous and survey of U. S. social and cultural life. interesting detail, not all of it accurate. It

[VPC] remains a useful reference. [VPC]

AB61. Gipson, Lawrence H. The British AB67. Meyer, Balthasar H., ed. History of , empire before the American Revolution: transportation in the United States before

provincial characteristics and sectional tend- 1860. Washington, 1917. Contains much in-

encies in the era preceding the American formation on various modes of transportacrisis. See U134. tion. Valuable as a reference. | ~AB62. The Library of Congress series in AB68. Nevins, Allan. Ordeal of the union.

American civilization. Ed. by Ralph H. 2 v. N.Y., 1947. A comprehensive, detailed | Gabriel. 6 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1951-54. and well-documented study and analysis of [John I. H. Baur, Revolution and tradition the decade following the war with Mexico. in modern American art; Merle E. Curti, These two volumes and their sequel (AB69) American scholarship in the twentieth cen- are part of the author’s proposed 8 v. study tury; Oscar Handlin, The American people — of the years 1847-65. [VPC]

in the. twentieth century; Frank L. Mott, AB69. ——-. The emergence of Lincoln. The news in America; Herbert W. Schneider, 2 v. N.Y., 1950. Similar to AB68 in treat-

Religion in 20th century America; John ment. The failure of statesmanship during the

Sirjamaki, The American family in. the four years 1857-61 is one of the major con- |

twentieth century.]| cerns of the author. [VPC] | AB63. The American nation. Ed. by Albert AB70. Oberholtzer, Ellis P. A history of

| B. Hart. 28 v. N.Y., 1904-18. the United Siates since the Civil War. 5 v.

AB64. The chronicles of America. Ed. by N.Y., 1917-37. A continuation of AB66 by Allen Johnson. 50 v. New Haven, 1918-21. a student of McMaster; covers the years Supplement, 6 v., 1950-51. Aimed to satisfy 1865-1901. Though economic developments requirements of the intelligent layman with- are not ignored, far more space is devoted to

| out compromising accepted standards of political and social history. Primarily de| scholarship, this series surveys briefly the scriptive rather than analytical, weak in

major developments in United States history organization, synthesis, and integration, these

between 1492 and 1945. Though most of volumes betray the author’s unfriendliness | these small volumes were designed to cover toward labor and his sympathy for advocertain chronologically defined periods in cates of hard money. [VPC] the political history of the nation, a number AB71. Osgood, Herbert L. The American of them, with varying degrees of success, colonies in the seventeenth century. See

cover social, cultural, educational, military, YJ08. |

constitutional, and economic developments. AB72. ———. The American colonies in the Many were written by respected scholars eighteenth century. 4 v. N.Y., 1924-25. This

who incorporated the results of years of and AB7I/ together constitute a major con-

| research. Each volume contains a brief bib- tribution to institutional, legal, and ad-

liography. [VPC] | ministrative history of the English mainland

AB65. Johnson, Emory R., and others. colonies to 1763. Detailed and factual rather , History of domestic and foreign commerce than interpretative. The interest is principally of the United States. 2 v. Washington, 1915. political, and little social, intellectual, or Reprint, 1922: Includes material on com- economic history is included. [VPC] merce and fisheries, as well as discussion of AB73. Parkman, Francis. Works. See government aid and commercial policy. Not YJ/3.

noted for literary elegance, but contains AB74. Paxson, Frederic L. American | many facts and very helpful bibliogra- democracy and the World War. 3 v. Boston

phies. and Berkeley, 1936-48. A standard reference

AB66. McMaster, John B. A history of the covering the years 1913-23. Major emphasis people of the United States from the Revolu- is on the effects of World War I on operation to the Civil War. 8 v. N.Y., 1883-1913. tion and structure of the U. S. government.

Other eds. An additional volume, A history of [VPC]

_ the people of the United States during Lin- AB75. Carnegie Endowment for Interna-

718 Guide to Historical Literature . : tional Peace. The relations of Canada and administrative history, 1801-1829. N_Y.,

the United States. Ed. by James T. Shotwell. 1951. a

| 25 v. New Haven and Toronto, 1937-45. AB82. ———. The Jacksonians: a study in , A splendid group of volumes by able administrative history, 1829-1861. N.Y...

scholars, covering all phases of Canadian- 1954. United States relations. The mingling of AB83. ———. The Republican era, 1869their people and economies is of particular 1901. N.Y., 1958. - interest; boundary disputes and political rela- AB84. Winsor, Justin, ed. Narrative and

: tions are given full coverage. critical history of America. 8 v. Boston,

AB76. Rhodes, James Ford. History of the 1884-89. Edited by the learned librarian of United States from the compromise of 1850. Harvard University, this series represents one

7 v. N.Y., 1893-1906. With the exception of the best early attempts to prepare a genof a few chapters on social developments, eral, multi-volume, cooperative synthesis of this is primarily a chronological, political United States history. Covering the period narrative of the years 1850-77. Two later to 1850, it is a summary of historical knowlvolumes, History of the United States from edge as of 1880. With a few exceptions, its

| Hayes to McKinley (N.Y., 1919) and The — usefulness today rests almost entirely on the | McKinley and Roosevelt administrations bibliographical references, notes to sources, (N.Y., 1922), carry the story to 1909. and other similar materials. [VPC] Rhodes’ point of view on the coming of the AB85. Wish, Harvey. Society and thought Civil War and secession is a nationalist one, in America. 2 v. N.Y., 1950-52. General but he is more impartial, reasonable, and survey, designed also for use as a college text. less emotional than many other historians Summarizes the results of recent scholarwriting at the time. Major weaknesses are ship in various related fields and attempts the scant attention given to railroad develop- to describe the major social (including sig- / ments and western affairs, and the lack of nificant economic) and intellectual develop-

any significant material covering economic ments. Coverage is broad, the analysis |

OS developments emanating from the Civil War. uneven. [VPC] The two later volumes are inferior to the

earlier ones. [VPC] | AB77. Schouler, James. History of the HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

United States under the Constitution. 5 v. Discovery of America to 1789

N.Y., 1880-91. Rev. ed., 1894. V. 6, 1899. V. 7, 1913. These 7 v. cover 1783-1877, and AB86. Brebner, John B. The explorers of

form the first continuous history of the North America, 1492-1806. London, 1933. United States over these years. Schouler’s vol- Splendid study of the penetration of North

umes are concerned primarily with political America by explorers from many lands; and constitutional events, and betray his na- well-written, properly proportioned, and a tionalistic and moralistic biases. The work is | work of careful scholarship.

more useful as an example in the evolution AB87. Parks, George B. Richard Hakluyt of historical writing than as a reference for and the English voyages. N.Y., 1928. Excel- |

modern-day students. [VPC] lent study of the character of the British

AB78. Sullivan, Mark. Our times: the empire; a convincing demonstration of

: United States, 1900-1925. 6 v. N.Y., 1926-35. | Hakluyt’s influence in stirring the British to The work of a competent journalist, these undertake imperial ventures.

| volumes are filled with pertinent and inter- AB88. French, Allen. Charles I and the

esting detail on politics, society, and life in Puritan upheaval. London, 1955. A good acgeneral. Much of the information comes count of the causes of the Puritan migration.

from newspapers and periodicals. [VPC] AB89. Newton, Arthur P. The colonizing AB79. The American foreign policy library. activities of the English Puritans. New

| Ed. by Sumner Welles and Donald C. Haven, 1914. Special emphasis on the West McKay. 13 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1945-56. Indies. Shows English domestic politics

Each volume surveys briefly the history of closely connected with these colonizing activi-

U. S. relations (since 1783) with one or ties, and that some of these enterprises were more countries. Twelve additional volumes clearly designed “to nourish and uphold

are planned. [VPC] piracies” in the Caribbean.

AB80. White, Leonard D. The Federalists: AB90. Craven, Wesley F. Dissolution of a study in administrative history. N.Y., 1948. the Virginia Company. N.Y., 1932. Best This and AB81-—83 constitute a pioneer work _ study of the crisis in Virginia’s early history.

on the history of public administration. Emphasizes the worth of Captain John

Argues that Jacksonians democratized the Smith as a witness to events of his day. U. S. administrative system, while Federalists AB91. Bruce, Philip A. Economic history and Jeffersonians preferred administration of Virginia in the seventeenth century. 2 v.

by the “well-born and well-to-do.” N.Y., 1895. Reprint, 1935. Based on hitherto AB81, ———. The Jeffersonians: a study in unexplored sources, this was the first sub-

United States of America : 719 stantial attempt “to describe the purely bridge, Mass., 1955. Important study of the

economic condition of the Virginia people rise of the colonial merchant. [VDH]- |

' in detail.” | AB102. Tolles, Frederick B. Meeting house

AB92. ———. Social life in Virginia in the and counting house: the Quaker merchants seventeenth century. Richmond, 1907. In- of colonial Philadelphia, 1682-1763. Chapel | quiry into the origin of the planter aris- Hill, 1948. Careful study of the way of life tocracy, with a description of the manners of a very influential group in colonial times. and diversions of the people. Apart from AB103. Wertenbaker, Thomas J. The old slaves, Virginia’s population, says the author, South: the founding of American civilization. was a duplication of the smaller rural English N.Y., 1942. A volume in a comprehensive communities, modified by the New World | survey of colonial civilization.

environment. | AB104. Simpson, Alan. Puritanism in Old

, AB93. ———. Institutional history of Vir- and New England. Chicago, 1955. Compact, ginia in the seventeenth century. 2 v. N.Y., sophisticated study of Puritanism. Revises | 1910. Examination of the religious, moral, some traditional interpretations of events educational, legal, military, and political con- and personalities.

ditions in the colony. Like all of his works, AB105. Morison, Samuel E. The founding

this is based on careful research. Though of Harvard College. Cambridge, Mass., 1935. modern students frequently dissent from his One of the best histories of an educational interpretations, the volumes of Bruce are _ institution available. Emphasizes the inthe starting point for serious study of Vir- debtedness of Harvard to Emmanuel Col-

ginia’s colonial history. lege, Cambridge. Argues that, from its AB94. Wertenbaker, Thomas J. The founding, Harvard was interested in a broad

planters of colonial Virginia. Princeton, 1922. education, not a purely seminary training.

| Important study revising former notions of AB106. ———. Harvard College in the | the distribution of land in 17th century Vir- seventeenth century. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., ginia.. Author shows that relatively small 1936. A fine study of the growth of the holdings were the more common units of this school and its place in the community.

period. Harvard’s impact on the intellectual life of AB95. Washburn, Wilcomb E. The gov- the colonies was profound.

ernor and the rebel: a history of Bacon’s AB107. Wertenbaker, Thomas J. The

rebellion in Virginia. Chapel Hill, 1957. Puritan oligarchy: the founding of American Reinterpretation of the famous incident in civilization. N.Y., 1947. Stresses reasons for 17th century Virginia, which seeks to re- the decline of the oligarchy.

habilitate the reputation of Governor AB108. ———. The founding of American Berkeley and deny to Bacon his traditional civilization: the middle colonies. N.Y., 1938.

place as champion of the people’s liberties. Pays special attention to architecture. | | The author’s argument is that the conserva- AB109. Crane, Verner W. The southern | tive governor was really the upholder of frontier, 1670-1732. Durham, 1928. Pioneer honor and justice, rather than the impetuous study of a neglected subject. The territory Bacon and his followers, who were killing covered is largely South Carolina and its

Indians friendly to the whites.. western frontier, much of its history being AB96. Labaree, Leonard W. Conservatism interwoven with the fur trade.

in early American history. N.Y., 1948. Valu- | AB110. Pares, Richard. Yankees and able, relatively short study of the persistence Creoles: the trade between North America

| of conservative patterns in voting in the and the West Indies before the American

colonies. Revolution. N.Y. and London, 1956. The -

AB97. Beer, George L. The origins of the only fairly comprehensive treatment of this .

British colonial system, 1578-1660. N.Y., important subject. Especially valuable for its 1908. Reprint, 1933. Shows that mercantilist statistical demonstration of the significance

principles were well established before the of this trade. : |

appearance of mercantilist theoreticians. AB111. Baxter, William T. The house of AB98. -———. The old colonial system, Hancock: business in Boston, 1724-1775. 1660-1754. 2 v. N.Y., 1912. Reprint, 1933. Cambridge, Mass., 1945. Excellent study : Classic study of the operation of Britain’s of an 18th century mercantile family. [VDH]

. first empire. AB112. Hedges, James B. The Browns of

AB99. Leach, Douglas E. Flintlock and Providence Plantations. Cambridge, Mass., ,

tomahawk: New England in King Philip’s 1952. Excellent study of a prominent com-

War. N.Y., 1958. A lively, scholarly treat- mercial family of Rhode Island. |

ment of this crisis in colonial New England. AB113. Nettels, Curtis P. The money supAB100. Harper, Lawrence A. The English ply of the American colonies before 1720.

navigation laws. N.Y., 1939. Study of the Madison, Wis., 1934. The outstanding study |

operation of these laws. of this subject. Fairly conservative in mone-

, AB101. Bailyn, Bernard. The New England tary theory. [VDH] merchants in the seventeenth century. Cam- AB114. Jernegan, Marcus W. Laboring

720 Guide to Historical Literature and dependent classes in colonial America, AB124. Baldwin, Alice M. The New Eng1607-1783. Chicago, 1931. Helpful for an land clergy and the American Revolution. understanding of the conditions of work, Durham, 1928. Important contribution illuseducational opportunities open to workers, trating the relationship between religion and

etc. ‘politics in the 18th century. The author

| AB115. Morris, Richard B. Government makes clear that much of the content of

and labor in early America. N.Y., 1946. sermons ostensibly religious was in reality of Major contribution to this important field, a political nature.

in which it pioneered. [VDH] AB125. Land, Aubrey C. The Dulanys of AB116. Smith, Abbot E. Colonists in bond- Maryland. Baltimore, 1955. Careful study of

| age. Chapel Hill, 1947. Excellent study, a prominent colonial family which was influ-

skilfully presented. Particularly good on _ ential in the Revolutionary era. recruitment of indentured servants in Europe. AB126. Beer, George L. British colonial

[VDH] policy, 1754-1765. N.Y., 1907. Very influ-~ABI17. Bridenbaugh, Carl. Cities In the ential work in revision of the history of

: wilderness: the first century of urban life the American Revolution. Author contends

in America, 1625-1742. N.Y., 1938. Contains that the aim of the purely commercial regulaa wealth of detail on urban life, emphasiz- tions of the years 1754-65 “was to encourage

ing that cities, as well as the frontier, pro- and not restrict colonial industry.”

-foundly affected the nation’s growth. AB127. Schlesinger, Arthur M. The colo. ABI118. ———. Cities in revolt: urban life nial merchants and the American Revolution, in America, 1743-1776. N.Y., 1955. This 1763-1776. N.Y., 1918. Contains a wealth second volume in his study of urban life in of detail showing how the merchants tried the colonies emphasizes the growing maturity to guide the course of revolutionary agitaof civilization here on the eve of the Revolu- - tion.

tion. | AB128. Zeichner, Oscar. Connecticut’s AB119. Harrington, Virginia D. The New’ years of controversy, 1750-1776. Chapel York merchant on the eve cf the Revolu- Hiil, 1949. Excellent study of conflicts over tion. N.Y., 1935. Shows business activities religion, politics, and economics in the al-

| of the merchant and compares colonial busi- leged “land of steady habits.” Includes an ness enterprise with that of Europe. Brings important demonstration of the interrelatogether much material secured with con- tionship between the Great Awakening and siderable difficulty, and contains valuable ap- the growth of democracy in the colony.

pendices on New York shipping. AB129. Morgan, Edmund S., and Helen AB120. Greene, Evarts B., and Virginia M. Morgan. The Stamp Act crisis. Chapel D. Harrington. American population before Hill, 1953. The best study of this significant the federal census of 1790. N.Y., 1932. The episode. Revises traditional views of Amermost comprehensive study to date of colonial ican attitudes toward Parliament’s taxing populations. Although no systematic inter- power. pretation of the material has been attempted, © AB130. Abernethy, Thomas P. Western

the statistics are especially valuable. lands and the American Revolution. N.Y., AB121. Labaree, Leonard W. Royal gov- 1937. Outstanding account of the role of : ernment in America: a study of the British land hunger and land speculation in the colonial system before 1783. New Haven, Revolution. [VDH] 1930. Detailed account of relations of crown AB131. Alvord, Clarence W. The Missisto assembly, stressing finance, debates over sippi Valley in British politics. 2 v. Clevesalaries of governors, and the administra- land, 1917. Emphasizes the impact of west-

| tion ofAB122. justice. ward expansion in British politics in the Brown, Robert E. Middle-class 1760’s and 1770’s. Reveals an inadequate democracy and the Revolution in Massachu- understanding of the complexities of British setts, 1691-1780. Ithaca, 1955. Emphasizes politics. the extent to which suffrage was enjoyed in AB132. Namier, Sir Lewis B. England in - Massachusetts long before the Revolution; the age of the American Revolution. London,

minimizes older interpretation of conflict 1930. Based on careful study of English between sections in the colonies; ignores sources, it points out the complexity of continued existence of a traditional ruling British politics in this period, and particugroup, to whom the rest of the community larly stresses the influence of the crown.

often deferred. AB133. Clark, Dora M. British opinion AB123. Thayer, Theodore G. Pennsylvania and the American Revolution. New Haven,

politics and the growth of democracy, 1740-1930. Analysis of the reaction among

1776. Harrisburg, 1953. This volume belongs merchants, the landed gentry, and the radi- ~ to the group of studies which purport to’ cals to revolutionary sentiment in the colo-

show that greater political democracy existed _ nies. |

in the colonies before the Revoiution than AB134. Ritcheson, Charles R. British

older historians maintained. politics and the American Revolution. Nor-

, United States of America 721 , man, 1954. Examines the impact of the Rev- contains numerous quotations, particularly

olution on British political thought. from newspapers. :

AB135. MclIlwain, Charles H. The Ameri- AB146. Ward, Christopher. The war of | : can Revolution: a constitutional interpreta- the Revolution. 2 v. N.Y., 1952. Good action. N.Y., 1923. Upholds the claim of the count of military operations, some of it colonists that they were acting within their written with literary distinction. Purely mili- : constitutional rights in denying the authority tary in scope, its aim is to tell the story of

of Parliament over the colonies. the war on land. :

- AB136. Schuyler, Robert L. Parliament AB147. Bemis, Samuel F. The diplomacy

and the British empire. See U232. of the American Revolution. N.Y., 1935. AB137. Kraus, Michael. Intercolonial Detailed, precise, and sound study. [VDH] aspects of American culture on the eve of AB148. Corwin, Edward S. French policy |

the Revolution. N.Y., 1928. A capital study and the American alliance of 1778. Princeof significant aspects of intercolonial cultural ton, 1916. Emphasizes the idea that France development in major urban areas, throwing intervened in the American Revolution light on common intellectual interests and mainly to recover her vanished dominance | endeavors contributing to an emerging na- on the continent of Europe.

tional feeling. [SIP] ~ AB149. Jameson, J. Franklin. The Ameri-

AB138. Rossiter, Clinton L. Seedtime of can Revolution considered as a social movethe republic. N.Y., 1953. Stimulating discus- ment. Princeton, 1926. Stimulating, short

sion of the intellectual climate of the survey of social changes leading to democcolonies on the eve of the Revolution. racy in the Revolutionary era. Though | AB139. Schlesinger, Arthur M. Prelude to recently attacked as exaggerating the extent | independence: the newspaper war on Britain, of these changes, this book is still valuable.

1764-1776. N.Y., 1958. This result of long AB150. Nevins, Allan. The American and intimate study of the press on the eve _ states during and after the Revolution, 1775-

of the Revolution shows that the patriots 1789. N.Y., 1924. The only detailed study understood the part newspapers could play of changes that took place within the states

in winning over neutralists to their side, and during this period; a mine of valuable infor-

: that half-truth and exaggeration were mingled mation, interestingly presented. . with sound argument to inflame hesitant AB151. East, Robert A. Business enter-

citizens. = | prise in the American Revolutionary era. AB140. Davidson, Philip G. Propaganda N.Y., 1938. Indispensable study of the topic.

and the American Revolution, 1763-1783. [VDH] |

Chapel Hill, 1941. Describes both Whig and AB152. Jensen, Merrill. The Articles of Tory propaganda, though giving more space Confederation: an interpretation of the to the former, whose success was greater. social-constitutional history of the American Shows that the Whigs gradually won over Revolution, 1774-1781. Madison, 1940. to the militant side a large wavering group. Brings together results of monographs of Especially valuable. are chapters on the the generation since Max Farrand plus in-

| machinery of propaganda through the schools dependent conclusions. Excellent. [VDH] ,

and newspapers. | AB153. ———. The new nation: a history

| AB141. Tyler, Moses C. The literary his- of the United States during the Confederatory of the American Revolution, 1763- tion, 1781-1789. N.Y., 1950. Stresses the 1783. 2 v. N.Y., 1897. A pioneer work and virtues of government under the confedera-

still the only one covering the whole field, tion; hostile to “nationalists.” Excellent

although other scholars have filled in gaps presentation of the anti-Federalist viewpoint. in this narrative. The author deals fairly with AB154,. Pomerantz, Sidney I. New York,

both Tory and Whig writers, making this an American city, 1783-1803: a study of work a landmark in U. S. historiography in urban life. N.Y., 1938. Good example of , its promotion of a more reasoned view of recent devotion to urban studies. Includes

_ the loyalists. detailed investigation of economic developAB142. Becker, Carl L. The Declaration § ment, social life, and cultural progress, and

of Independence. N.Y., 1922. An original especially political changes during this

| Declaration. Revolution on city life. | study of the intellectual antecedents of the period. Clearly sets forth the impact of the

AB143. Nettels, Curtis P. George Wash- AB155. McCormick, Richard P. Experiington and American independence. Boston, ment in independence: New Jersey in the

1951. A provocative work. critical period, 1781-1789. New Brunswick, AB144, Burnett, Edmund C. The Con- 1950. Offers fresh interpretation of this

tinental Congress. N.Y., 1941. Masterly work period, especially in the behavior of radicals

| that revises previous. judgments. and conservatives; makes more intelligible AB145.. Miller, John C. Origins of the the reasons for New Jersey’s adoption of the _ American Revolution. Boston, 1943. Stresses federal constitution. | —

psychological explanations. Well-written; AB156. Sydnor, Charles S. Gentlemen

722 Guide to Historical Literature freeholders: political practices in Washing- rebels: the story of a frontier uprising. ton’s Virginia. Chapel Hill, 1952. Shows Pittsburgh, 1939. Careful study of the reapersistence of the traditional ruling class’ sons for frontier discontent in western Penn-

_ influence after the Revolution. sylvania; hostile to Hamilton’s part in harsh | AB157. Beard, Charles A. An economic treatment of western farmers. interpretation of the Constitution of the AB169. Tinkcom, Harry M. The Republi-

United States. N.Y., 1913. Other eds. A land- . catis and Federalists in Pennsylvania, 1790-—

mark in U. S. historiography. | 01. Harrisburg, 1950. By 1796 parties had AB158. Brown, Robert E. Charles Beard | /crystallized in Pennsylvania, although for and the Constitution. Princeton, 1956. Crit- V several years previously they had been in

ical analysis of ABI57, arguing that amorphous existence. By superior organizaBeard’s historical methods were faulty and tion and _ leadership, the Republicans

did not justify his conclusions. ' triumphed over the Federalists.

AB159. Warren, Charles. The making of AB170.. Dauer, Manning J. The Adams | the Constitution. Boston, 1928. By a learned Federalists. Baltimore, 1953. Result of twenty

, authority. years of careful research, with voting charts AB160. ——~-. The Supreme Court in and maps of the make-up of the House of |

United States history. 3 v. Boston, 1922. Representatives. Shows clearly that suspicion , _ This valuable study recreates the court in of MHamilton’s militaristic intentions conaction by copious extracts from contem- tributed to Federalist defeat by alienating porary comments. Covers 1789-1918. : the party’s agricultural wing. [WG] AB161. Buck, Solon J., and Elizabeth H. AB171. Miller, John C. Crisis in freedom: — Buck. The planting of civilization in western the alien and sedition acts. Boston, 1951.

| Pennsylvania. Pittsburgh, 1939. Deals with | Written when threats to civil liberities again

social and economic developments in this appeared real; very hostile to these measures. : region. Stresses the special place of western AB172. Smith, James M. Freedom’s fetPennsylvania in history of the frontier due ters: the alien and sedition laws and Ameri- | to its control of the Ohio Valley, and this can civil liberties. Ithaca, 1956. Best study area’s important contribution in the Ameri- of this important episode.

can Revolution. AB173. Sears, Louis M. Jefferson and the

embargo. Durham, 1927. Argues that the

1790-1865 embargo was a great experiment in peaceful coercion. Stresses more than previous writers

| AB162. Charles, Joseph. The origins of the effects of the embargo on the growth of

the American party system. Williamsburg, U.S. manufacturing. Va., 1956. Several essays analyzing party AB174, Pratt, Julius W. Expansionists of conflicts in the 1790’s; friendlier to Jefferson 1812. N.Y., 1925. Stresses the desire of than Hamilton. Probably dates too late the frontiersmen for additional territory, to be rise of Republicans as a conscious party. . taken from Canada and Spain’s Florida, as

AB163. Beard, Charles A. Economic the most important factor in bringing on origins of Jeffersonian democracy. N.Y., the War of 1812. . 1915. A continuation of the author’s study AB175. Burt, Alfred L. The United States, of economic factors at play in drawing up Great Britain and British North America

the Constitution. from the Revolution to the establishment of AB164. Davis, Joseph S. Essays in the peace after the War of 1812. New Haven, earlier history of American corporations. 1940. A thorough work on the interplay of 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1917. Especially these three communities. Challenges familiar

| important for its material on 18th century interpretations of these years, for example,

business corporations; the fruit of careful, that of land hunger, in bringing on the War _

detailed investigation. | of 1812.

AB165. Bowers, Claude G. Jefferson and AB176. Goodman, Warren H. “The origins Hamilton. N.Y., 1926. Other printings. Lively of the War of 1812: a survey of changing

interpretation of the first decade of U. S. interpretations.” Miss. Val. hist. rev., 28 national history. Includes rich characteriza- (Sep. 1941): 171-86. Helpful summary © tions of personalities, with the author which concludes that there is still uncertainty

strongly biased in favor of Jefferson. about causes of the war. AB166. Link, Eugene P. Democratic-re- AB177. Tucker, Glenn. Poltroons and publican societies, 1790-1800. N.Y., 1942. patriots: a popular account of the War of | Groups in the United States friendly to 1812. 2 v. Indianapolis, 1954. Well-written,

French revolutionaries of this period. for a general audience, emphasizing the AB167. Robinson, William A. Jefiersonian colorful. With much material drawn from

democracy in New England. New Haven, contemporary newspapers, it attempts to

| 1916. Shows that New England was not show what people living during the war entirely committed to the Federalists. thought and did about domestic and interAB168. Baldwin, Leland D. Whiskey national problems.

. a United States of America 723 AB178. Purcell, Richard J. Connecticut aristocracy in the politics of New York. in transition, 1775-1818. Washington, 1918. N.Y., 1917. In this successful attempt to. An able local study showing the transition depict the interrelationships of business, soin politics, economics, and religion which ciety, and politics down to 1840, the author

culminated in the constitution of 1818. shows the waning strength of a patrician

AB179. Bond, Beverley W., Jr. The civili- class, its “unpalatable compromises and slow

zation of the old Northwest: a study of liberalization, and the final welding of a political, social, and economic development, business party appropriate to the conditions | 1788-1812. N.Y., 1934. A wealth of detail of America.” purporting to show the “distinctiveness” of AB189. Pierson, George W. Tocqueville

civilization in this region. Exaggerates the and Beaumont in America. N.Y., 1938. : cosmopolitan and democratic features of Careful retracing of the route of two of the

society. | most perceptive travelers ever to visit this AB180. Hockett, Homer C. Western influ- country. Gives biographical backgrounds.. ences on political parties to 1825. Columbus, [WG] Ohio, 1917. Emphasizes economic influences — AB190. Turner, Frederick J. The United

. on party alignments. | States, 1830-1850. N.Y., 1935. A matured

- AB181. Barnhart, John D. Valley of projection and elaboration of Turner’s earlier

democracy: the frontier vs. the plantation thesis concerning the democratizing and na- |

in the Ohio Valley, 1775-1818. Bloomington, _tionalizing influence of the frontier, stressing

Ind., 1953. Able application of the Turner the role of slavery and sectional interests | balancing the role of such land speculators experience. [WG] | as George Nicholas and William Blount ~ AB191. Ward, John W. Andrew Jackson, |

' thesis to early Kentucky and Tennessee, as inherent contradictions within the frontier | - against the relatively liberal early constitu- symbol for an age. N.Y., 1955. Intellectual tions. Meticulously traces origins of con- history of the Jackson period. Author con-

stitutional provisions. [WG] tends that through Jackson were projected _

| AB182. Abernethy, Thomas P. From __ the leading ideas of the age centering around frontier to plantation in Tennessee. Chapel those of nature, providence, and will. [JHF] Hill, 1932. A basic study emphasizing the AB192. Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. The role of land speculators on the frontier as age of Jackson. Boston, 1945. A brilliantly

a counterweight to democratizing oppor- written re-evaluation of Jacksonian democ- : tunities of starting life afresh in a setting of racy, stressing eastern labor class contribu- |

natural wealth. [WG] tions and marked by biographical vignettes.

AB183. Buley, Roscoe C. The old North- Has been criticized as tending to see the west: pioneer period, 1815-1840. 2 v. labor movement of a century ago too much | Indianapolis, 1950. Detailed account of the in present day terms. [WG] way of life in this region during the genera- AB193. Hammond, Bray. Banks and - tion after the War of 1812. Rich in material politics in America, from the Revolution to on agricultural practices, changes in environ- the Civil War. Princeton, 1957. Discusses

a ment, and cultural development. the entrepreneurial origins of Jacksonianism, : AB184. Clark, Thomas D. The rampaging and the crucial importance of need for

frontier: manners and humors of pioneer credit in determining the politics of the busidays in the South and the Middle West. ness man in an agrarian setting. Parallels in Indianapolis, 1939. Humor, with Kentucky Canadian developments are also noted. [SIP] featured. Based on a wide variety of sources. AB194, Sullivan, William A. The industrial

AB185. Dangerfield, George. The era of worker in Pennsylvania, 1800-1840. Harris-

good feelings. N.Y., 1952. Evocative style burg, 1955. Concentrates on the labor move-

and gift for characterization give new ment in Pennsylvania during the Jacksonian depth and meaning to generally familiar era. Deals skilfully with the role of labor materials in which the impact of economic in politics of the principal towns, and condepression is seen to disrupt a brief political- cludes that working men’s parties had little economic oligarchical control. [WG] - or no connection with the wage earners and - AB186. Moore, Glover. The Missouri con- were usually dominated by anti-Jackson troversy, 1819-1821. Lexington, Ky., 1953. sympathizers. [JHF]

Most exhaustive and competent treatment of AB195. Riegel, Robert E. Young America, | the Missouri question. The author argues 1830-1840. Norman, 1949. Account of the | that the controversy was significant not be- everyday life of the ordinary individual in cause it created sectional antagonism, but the age of Jackson—his. job, education, a

in bringing together for the first time all family life, religion, recreation, modes of | strands of the North-South controversy. transportation, and the men and ideas that AB187. Eaton, Clement. A history of the molded him. old South. N.Y., 1949. Compact, lucid, and AB196. Smith, Walter B. Economic aspects

, reflective. [GFH] of the Second Bank of the United States. AB188. Fox, Dixon Ryan. The decline of | Cambridge, Mass., 1953. Careful study for

724 Guide to Historical Literature the specialist, stressing policy more than democratic thought: Pennsylvania, 1776-— management. Gives the setting in trade and 1860. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. Emphasizes

finance of the period, and shows that the the role of governmental intervention in |

bank gave the United States one of the most economic affairs before the tradition of

| stable currencies in the world and that its laissez-faire gained strength in the U.S.

destruction led to chaos. [WG] AB206. Jones, Fred M. Middlemen in the

AB197. McGrane, Reginald C. The panic domestic trade of the United States, 1800of 1837. Chicago, 1924. Deals extensively 1860. Urbana, 1937. Rise and importance of with causes of the panic and its disastrous the wholesaler, factor, broker, auctioneer, effects on the economic life of the country. and retailer in the economic development of

| Devotes special attention to relationship of the United States. [JHF]

banking and fiscal policies to the panic and AB207. Phelps, Christina. The Anglo-—

| the efforts to cope with it. American peace movement in the mid-

AB198. Morison, Samuel E. The maritime nimeteenth century. N.Y., 1930. Excellent history of Massachusetts, 1783-1860. Boston, account of transatlantic pacifism; a segment

1941. A classic account of maritime enter- of the larger story of Anglo-American _ prise during the clipper ship era, dealing humanitarianism in the 19th century. with shipbuilding, whaling, coastal trade, AB208. Billington, Ray A. The Protestant and expansion of Massachusetts shipping crusade, 1800-1860. N.Y., 1938. Landmark

interests to the seven seas. [JHF] in the study of reactions to Roman Catholic

AB199. Dana, Richard H. Two years’ and other immigration, by a Protestant who before the mast. Modern library ed., N.Y., achieves objectivity, perhaps to the extent of 1936. Lively narrative of a voyage around being insufficiently critical of certain immiCape Horn to California, depicting sea life. grant actions. [WG]

from the sailor’s, not the officer’s, point of AB209. Weinberg, Albert K. Manifest view. The book is a classic and has gone destiny. Baltimore, 1935. Learned treatment

through many editions. | of this major theme in U. S. history. More

AB200. Albion, Robert G. Square-riggers concerned with the ideas involved than the on schedule: the New York sailing packets way they were carried out. to England, France, and the cotton ports. AB210. Zahler, Helene S. Eastern workPrinceton, 1938. Well-written account of ingmen and national land policy, 1829-1862. men and ships that linked the United States N.Y., 1941. Important role of the eastern and Europe between 1815 and 1860. Some of — worker in the fight for free land. this material is also contained in AB201/. AB211. Stephenson, George M. The politAB201. ——. The rise of New York port. ical history of the public lands from 1840 N.Y., 1939. Important study of the rise to to 1862. Boston, 1917. Combines legislative pre-eminence of New York in U. S. com- history of public land laws during the period merce, 1815-60. Shows that New York was with a study of the growing sentiment favorsurpassing her rivals even before the Erie ing free land. Includes a detailed history of Canal clinched her leadership, and that New the homestead movement, with particular Englanders who settled in New York con- attention to free land as a political issue tributed greatly to the city’s leadership. between 1850 and 1860. [JHF] AB202. Hidy, Ralph W. The house of AB212. Mathews, Lois K. The expansion Baring in American trade and fimance: of New England: the spread of New England English merchant bankers at work, 1763- settlement and institutions to the Mississippi 1861. Cambridge, Mass., 1949. Detailed and River, 1620-1865. N.Y., 1909. An attempt valuable account of the role of the Barings to ascertain the role of New England in in arranging loans for the United States © developing the frontier. Seems to exaggerate before the Civil War. One of the best works New England influence in the old Northwest.

in the field. AB213. Stillwell, Lewis D. Migration from

AB203. McGrane, Reginald C. Foreign Vermont (1776-1860). Montpelier, 1937. bondhelders and American state debts. N.Y., Good study of the reasons for migration: 1935. Detailed examination of the extent to thé embargo of 1808, the War of 1812, which states have repudiated their debts and exhaustion of natural resources (particularly

the effect on their future credit. [JHF] timber), superior attractiveness of western AB204. Handlin, Oscar, and Mary F. lands. Shows that not all Vermonters went : Handlin. Commonwealth: a study of the role — west, some went south.

of government in the American economy: AB214. Hunter, Louis C. Steamboats on

Massachusetts, 1774-1861. N.Y., 1947. Shows the western rivers: an economic and techthat government at first was active in many nological history. Cambridge, Mass., 1949. enterprises, then private corporations as- ‘Treats virtually every aspect of the impact sumed direction of them. While private rights of the steamboat on life in the West, includwere protected, there was increasing provi- ing technological problems related to operasion for the state’s exercise of police powers. tion of the steamboat as well as business AB205. Hartz, Louis. Economic policy and problems concerning its use.

United States of America , 725 , AB215. Gregg, Josiah. Commerce of the properties legally belonging to it and then

: prairies. Ed. by Max L. Moorhead. Norman, disposing of them to settlers. The Burlington 1954. The classic of the Santa Fe trade by seemed to be shrewder than competitors in>

one who spent nearly ten years in it; first attracting buyers. | published in 1844. AB227. Gates, Paul W. The Illinois CenAB216. Graebner, Norman A. Empire on _ tral Railroad and its colonization work. Camthe Pacific. N.Y., 1955. Stresses U. S. desire bridge, Mass., 1934. Illuminating study of

for trade in the Pacific as the reason for the work of the railroad in fostering immi-

adding the West Coast to the U.S. gration from Europe and eastern United AB217. Parkman, Francis. The Oregon States to Illinois, and its participation in

trail. Modern library ed., N.Y., 1949. Classic the political and economic transformation

account by an observer who became a great of the state. : |

historian. . AB228. ———. Fifty million acres: conflicts AB218. De Voto, Bernard A. Across the over Kansas. land policy, 1854-1890. Ithaca,

wide Missouri. Boston, 1947. A richly illus- 1954. Draws attention away from slavery |

trated work, enlivened with reproductions and granger hostility to monopoly; stresses

of sketches and paintings by observers of federal practices in disposing of land as a the western scene in the 1830’s. Text is major factor in Kansas unrest. A learned | largely concerned with the fur trade and life work by one of the keenest students of

ofAB219. theCleland, mountain men. U. S. agricultural history. : Robert G. This reckless AB229. Cole, Arthur C. The Whig party

breed of men: the trappers and fur traders in the South. Washington, 1913. An authoriof the Southwest..N.Y., 1950. Shows that tative study concentrating on the period

mountain men were in this region as well from Jackson’s administration to the death |

as farther north. : of Clay. The latter comes off rather tarnished

AB220. De Voto, Bernard A. The year of in the author’s treatment. decision, 1846. Boston, 1943. Brilliant. recrea- AB230. Isely, Jeter A. Horace Greeley and

tion of the striking events of the period the Republican party, 1853-1861: a study of which added a vast territory to the US. the New York Tribune. Princeton, 1947. AB221. Smith, Justin H. The annexation Shows the impact of Greeley on the young

of Texas. 2 v. N.Y., 1911. Based on ex- Republican party. | |

-haustive research, this book justifies the |= AB231. Franklin, John H. From slavery | Texas revolt against Santa Anna’s despotism, to freedom: a history of American Negroes. and maintains that by 1844 sentiment in the See Y47.

United States for annexation of Texas was = AB232. Jenkins, William S. Pro-slavery

“largely non-partisan.” Stresses British and thought in the old South. Chapel Hill, 1935. French interest in Texan independence of Excellent survey of the literature defending

the United States. Slavery. AB222. ——. The war. with Mexico. 2 v. AB233. Barnes, Gilbert H. The antislavery

N.Y., 1919. Authoritative study by the impulse, 1830-1844, N.Y., 1933. A turning

closest student of the subject. Contends that point in the study of the anti-slavery movethe United States was justified in going to ment, emphasizing the impact of religious

war, and denies that Polk wanted the war _ revivalism under Charles G. Finney and the :

in order to seize California. The author is roles of Theodore D. Weld, James G. Birney,

a strong partisan of General Scott. } and Arthur and Lewis Tappan at the ex-

AB223. Caughey, John W. Gold is the pense of William Lloyd Garrison. [WG] cornerstone. Berkeley, 1948. Fresh treatment -AB234. Siebert, Wilbur H. The underof a familiar theme, with special attention ground railroad from slavery to freedom. to the economic, social, political, and N.Y., 1898. Detailed account of the personcultural results of the gold discoveries. . alities who aided runaway slaves to freedom. AB224. Ellison, William H. A self-govern- The author consulted many of the survivors ing dominion: California, 1849-1860. Berke- who had participated as agents in the under-

ley, 1950. A volume in the Chronicles of — ground railroad. Includes a chapter on the , California series, emphasizing the political life of escaped Negroes in Canada. history of the state during its hectic first | AB235. Osterweis, Rollin G. Romanticism years. Notable for its balanced judgment of and nationalism in the old South. New men and events in this emotional period. Haven, 1949. Psychology of the South on AB225. Cole, Arthur C. The era of the the eve of the Civil War. Stresses those feaCivil War, 1848-1870. Springfield, Ill., 1919. tures in education, literature, and social Deals with nearly all aspects of Illinois life customs which expressed the region’s na-

in these years. - tionalism and romanticism.

~ AB226. Overton, Richard C. Burlington AB236. Phillips, Ulrich B. American

west: a colonization history of the Burlington Negro slavery. N.Y., 1918. This work, by one |

Railroad. Cambridge, Mass., 1941. Shows of the most learned students of the old problems the railroad had in taking over the South, is considered traditional in its inter-

726 Guide to Historical Literature pretation of slavery, particularly in ascrib- climate, or population of the South to pro- | ing to the plantation a civilizing influence duce ante-bellum unity, and that the unity

on the lives of Negroes. was achieved by the persistence of aboli-

AB237. ———. Life and labor in the old _ tionist attacks. South. Boston, 1929. An excellent picture of AB248. Baringer, William E. Lincoln’s

: the pre-Civil War South. rise to power. Boston, 1937. Lively study

| AB238. Bancroft, Frederic A. Slave-trading of the political maneuvers that lifted Lincoln in the old South. Baltimore, 1931. Pioneer from relative obscurity to the presidency. work by one of the most erudite students of Shows that a group of western politicians

, southern history. Paints a more somber helped Lincoln, one of the shrewdest among

picture of slave society than Phillips does. them, to win the prize at the Republican AB239. Eaton, Clement. Freedom of convention in Chicago in 1860.

| thought in the old South. Durham, 1940. AB249. Luthin, Reinhard H. The first Distinguished historical treatment of a topic Lincoln campaign. Cambridge, Mass., 1944. of major importance. [GFH] Study of the campaign and election of 1860, AB240. Russel, Robert R. Economic with particular attention to the strategy for aspects of southern sectionalism, 1840-1861. victory as conceived by the Republican Urbana, 1929. Emphasizes the South’s at- party. Depicts Lincoln as an astute politempts to achieve economic independence of _tician whose conduct of the campaign was

the North. as important to his victory as the disruption AB241. Nichols, Roy F. The Democratic of the Democratic party. [JHF] machine, 1850-1854. N.Y., 1923. Particularly AB250. Crenshaw, Ollinger. The slave valuable in showing the forces bearing upon _ states in the presidential election of 1860. the election of 1852. Clarifies a murky Baltimore, 1945. Careful state-by-state ex-

period of party history. amination of the campaign in the South, with AB242. ——~. The disruption of American analysis of the important issues.

democracy. N.Y., 1948. Deals with the five AB251. Dumond, Dwight L. The seces| years preceding the Civil War. Out of a vast sion movement, 1860-1861. N.Y., 1931. fund of knowledge, describes the breakup of Gives much attention to the several conthe Democratic party. The author believes ventions held in 1860 and the manner in that this party was the only nationalizing which the election precipitated secession. factor in politics, and with its disruption war AB252. Donald, David H. Lincoln recon-

was inevitable. sidered. N.Y., 1956. Collection of stimulat-

AB243. Foner, Philip S. Business and ing studies, not all directly connected with slavery: the New York merchants and the Lincoln. They add much to the knowledge irrepressible conflict. Chapel Hill, 1941. Val- of Lincoln as a politician, Grant’s military uable in showing how the merchants of New thinking, the cultural and social milieu of York, intimately bound up with the economy the abolitionists, and Lincoln’s relations of the southern states, gradually moved from __ with the radicals.

a position of compromise and accommoda- AB253. Beale, Howard K. “What histion to one of resentment and condemnation torians have said about the causes of the of southern behavior and ideology by 1860. Civil War.” Social Science Research Council, AB244. Malin, James C. John Brown and Bulletin 54 (N.Y., 1946), pp. 53-102. Very

the legend of fifty-six. Philadelphia, 1942. useful summary of the changing views of Extensive examination of the history of historians from the period of the war itself

Kansas in 1856 and rejection of the legends _to date of publication.

that have been built up about Brown’s mo- AB254. Smith, Edward C. The borderland tives for going to Kansas and the part he im the Civil War. N.Y., 1927. Careful study played in antislavery struggles there. Notable of a crucial region, control of which probfor its methodology and discussion of work ably would have meant victory for the South.

of other students of Brown. [JHF] , AB255. Shannon, Fred A. The organiza-

: : AB245. Van Vieck, George W. The panic tion and administration of the Union army,

of 1857: an analytical study. N.Y., 1943. 1861-1865. 2 v. Cleveland, 1928. The stand-

| Relates the panic to important economic ard treatment of procedures adopted to changes occurring all over the globe. — equip and feed northern troops; inclined. to ~ AB246. Craven, Avery O. The coming of feature the mistakes of administrators (of

the Civil War. N.Y., 1942. Strong presenta- which there were many). Well-written; much

tion of the southern side. Psychological valuable material. factors are emphasized; fanaticism, South AB256. Hesseltine, William B. Lincoln and and North, is assigned much of the blame the war governors. N.Y., 1948. Significant for the conflict, with abolitionists assigned contribution to the literature of the Civil

the largest share. War. Shows that, as the Federal government AB247. -———. The repressible conflict, was heavily dependent upon the states for 1830-1861. Baton Rouge, 1939. An attempt men and supplies, in the end Lincoln subto prove that there was nothing in the soil, ordinated their governors to the Fed. govt.

United States of America 727 AB257. Catton, Bruce. Mr. Lincoln’s the Confederacy, including the diplomatic army. N.Y., 1951. Trials of the Army of the correspondence, 1861-1865. 2 v. Nashville, | Potomac and Lincoln’s replacement of Mc- 1904.

Clellan, its commander. AB269. Livermore, Thomas L. Numbers

AB258. -—~—-. Glory read: the bloody and losses in the Civil War in America,

route from Fredericksburg to Gettysburg. 1861-1865. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1901. First attempt N.Y., 1952. Second in the trilogy recounting to present a definitive statement and still one the adventures of the Army of the Potomac of the most reliable sources on Civil War

| in campaigns of late 1862 and early 1863. enlistments and casualties. Contains valuable. AB259, ——. A stillness at Appomattox. information on numbers engaged in principal | } N.Y., 1953. Final volume of the three de- battles, but is poor on numbers of wounded

voted to the Army of the Potomac. Graph- and deserters. |

ically describes the last months of the war AB270. Randall, James G. The Civil War and Lee’s surrender, with emphasis on the and reconstruction. N.Y., 1937. Exhaustive man in the ranks. Shows careful research. work that contains several background chapAB260. Wiley, Bell. I. The life of Johnny ters on the ante-bellum period, devotes most , Reb. N.Y., 1943. Deals almost exclusively space to the various aspects of the Civil with the common soldier of the Confederacy; War, and less than one-fourth rather con-

examines his understanding of the war’s ventionally to reconstruction. , aims, his hardships and morale, and his ef- AB271. Eaton, Clement. A history of the fectiveness as a fighting man. : southern Confederacy. N.Y., 1954. Good

| AB261, ——. The life of Billy Yank. N.Y., study of the Confederacy at war. Interest 1951. Exhaustive study of the common is centered on economic and social condisoldier of the Union, his problems and tions behind the lines, especially the heroic

_ efforts to overcome them. struggle to finance the conflict.

AB262. ——. Southern Negroes, 1861- © AB272. Owsley, Frank L. States’ rights in 1865. New Haven, 1938. Contends that the Confederacy. Chicago, 1925. The author’s loyalty of Negroes to masters frequently de- thesis is that over-emphasis on states’ rights | pended on the character of the relationship interfered with the Confederate. war effort existing before the war, and that unfaithful- and was a principal factor in defeat. ness was more common than earlier students AB273. Robinson, William M., Jr. Justice

believed. | , in grey: a history of the judicial system of . AB263. Quarles, Benjamin. The Negro in the Confederate States of America. Cam- | the Civil War. Boston, 1953. Illuminates a _ bridge, Mass., 1941. | | neglected aspect of the conflict, the role of | some 180,000 Negroes in Northern forces. 1865-1900 ,

AB264. Baxter, James P., [lI. The introduction of the ironclad warship. Cambridge, | AB274. Fleming, Walter L., ed. DocuMass., 1933. Traces the evolution of the mentary history of reconstruction. 2. v.

armored warship, particularly the changing Cleveland, 1906-07. | policies of the British and U. S. governments AB275. Beale, Howard K. The critical |

which encouraged and facilitated the intro- year: a study of Andrew Johnson and reduction of these vessels, whose first test of construction. N.Y., 1930. Account of the strength was at Hampton Roads in 1862. critical year 1866 and the manner in which , AB265. Monaghan, Jay. Civil war on the RepubMcan radicals gained control of the western border, 1854-1865. Boston, 1955. party machine, with emphasis on economic

Life and war in the area from the Indian factors in reconstruction. Favors Johnson. Territory to Nebraska. Insists strongly that AB276. Milton, George F. The age of | events there were important in the outcome hate: Andrew Johnson and the radicals.

of the Civil War. N.Y., 1930. Johnson is the hero of this

AB266. Adams, Ephraim D. Great Britain dramatic narrative, written by a skilled jourand the American Civil War. 2 v. London nalist. Emphasis is mainly on personalities. and N.Y., 1925. The most comprehensive AB277, Hesseltine, William B. Confederate

study of Britain’s thought and action, using leaders in the new South. Baton Rouge, | much material not previously available. Em- 1950. A study of nearly 600 prominent | phasizes support of English liberals for the figures in the post-Civil War South. Contrary

North. Some of the author’s statements have to traditional interpretation, the author been modified by later studies, but this work argues that ex-Confederates reestablished

is still indispensable. | their leadership despite restrictions laid down _ AB267. Owsley, Frank L. King Cotton _ by the reconstruction program. ,

diplomacy: foreign relations of the Con- AB278. Woody, Robert H., and Francis federate States of America. 2nd ed., Chicago, B. Simkins. South Carolina during recon-

1959. | struction. Chapel Hill, 1932. One of the AB268. Richardson,. James D., ed. A _ better books on the period. In addition to |

compilation of the messages and papers of narrating political developments, it goes

728 Guide to Historical Literature into detail on economic and social aspects formerly commissioner of Indian affairs, of the era, and the continuing impact of writes with special authority on Indians in reconstruction on the mind of the South. the United States. He notes with shame the | AB279. Woodward, C. Vann. Reunion and maltreatment of these natives by the white

- yeaction: the compromise of 1877 and the man, and describes improvements in their | end of reconstruction. Boston, 1951. Argues lot in the 20th century.

that Republicans close to Hayes, conserva- AB290. Jackson, Helen H. A century of

tive southerners, and northern railroad dishonor. N.Y., 1881. A plea for more

leaders (anxious for government subsidy) humane treatment of the Indian, which beentered into a political-economic agreement came a classic. Did much to awaken people which brought an end to reconstruction. to the need for a reformation of the govern-

AB280. Buck, Paul H. The road to re- ment’s Indian policy. |

union, 1865-1900. Boston, 1938. Discusses AB291. Quiett, Glenn C. Pay dirt: a

: the forces promoting reconciliation between panorama of American gold-rushes. N.Y., | the North and South after the Civil War. 1936. Colorful, detailed narrative of the _ Opposes the familiar view of continuing discovery of gold in western United States, animosity between the two sections. | with emphasis on the dramatic.

. AB281. Robbins, Roy M. Our landed AB292. Shinn, Charles H. Mining camps:

heritage: the public domain, 1776-1936. a study in American frontier government. Princeton, 1942. Synthesis of the history of N.Y., 1885. A classic on life in the western public lands. A more detailed treatment of mining camps and methods used to preserve such questions as flood control, water power, a Stable society.

and conservation than the following. _AB293. Nevins, Allan. Hamilton Fish: the AB282. Hibbard, B. H. A history of the imner history of the Grant administration.

public land policies. N.Y., 1924. : N.Y., 1936. Less of a biography than a AB283. Dick, Everett N. The sod house — detailed political narrative of these years.

frontier, 1854-1890. N.Y., 1937. Pioneer Praises Fish for rescuing Grant from dis| life on the western prairie; little concerned aster in foreign relations. with politics. Descriptive, not interpretative. AB294. Ross, Earle D. The liberal Re_ AB284. Webb, Walter P. The great plains. publican movement. N.Y., 1919. Careful Boston, 1931. Original study of adaptation study of the revolt against Republican

. to a new environment by people accustomed orthodoxy in the 1870’s. to a timbered, well-watered region. Credits AB295. Haynes, Frederick E. Social poli| the Colt revolver, barbed wire, and the wind- __ tics in the United States. N.Y., 1924. Summill as being chiefly responsible for the marizes reform movements from the Civil white man’s conquest of this western area. War to date of publication, arguing that the AB285. Malin, James C. The grassland of function of third parties was to advance

North America. Lawrence, Kan., 1947. At- social progress. Does not satisfactorily relate - tempts to tie together the natural sciences economic forces to new political patterns. and social sciences; literary style is difficult. AB296. Buck, Solon J. The granger moveAB286. Osgood, Ernest S. The day of the ment: a study of agricultural organization cattleman. Minneapolis, 1929. Deals with and its political, economic, and social manithe range cattle industry of the Northwest festations, 1870-1880. Cambridge, Mass., from the 1850’s to the end of World War I. 1913. The authoritative study in this field. Especially good on economic influences of AB297. Hicks, John D. The Populist re-

| this industry. | volt. Minneapolis, 1931. The most compre: AB287. Pelzer, Louis. The cattlemen’s hensive treatment of this theme. Author | frontier: a record of the trans-Mississippi contends that the Populist movement precattle industry from oxen trains to pooling pared the way for reforms which, though companies, 1850-1890. Glendale, Calif., 1936. opposed at first, were eventually accepted. Particularly good on the role of the cattle ~AB298. Destler, Chester M. American radi-

barons from the end of the 1870’s, their busi- calism, 1865-1901. New London, 1946. ness ideas and frequent unbusinesslike be- Sympathetic to the aims and procedures of

| havior. Discusses the boom psychology which Populism, which the author sharply distin-

led to collapse in 1887. guishes from European radicalism. His

AB288. Dale, Edward E. The range cattle demonstration of continuity in radical curindustry. Norman, 1930. Especially useful rency programs is convincing. Particularly for description and statistical information. favors Henry D. Lloyd, critic of John D. _

Stresses relations between cattlemen and the Rockefeller. | |

government, as well as with the Indians; is AB299. Miller, William, and Thomas C.

not a story of everyday life on the range. Cochran. The age of enterprise: a_ social : Material on the industry in Oklahoma is history of industrial America. N.Y., 1942.

particularly valuable. The impact of industrialism on U. S. society.

AB289. Collier, John C. The Indians of Chief theme is role of the businessman. the Americas. N.Y., 1947. The author, Especially good on the 19th century.

. United States of America , 729 AB300. Burlingame, Roger. Engines of AB310. Merrill, Horace S. Bourbon _ democracy: inventions and society in mature democracy of the Middle West, 1865-1896. America. N.Y., 1940. Popular, illustrated Baton Rouge, 1953. Conservative Democrats work on technological development, mainly in the Middle West as’ guardians of big since the Civil War. Stresses the social back- business and big finance. Grover Cleveland a ground and effects on national growth. is represented as the symbol of virtues dear AB301. Kirkland, Edward C: Men, cities to the heart of big business. ' and transportation: a study of New England AB311. Nye, Russel B. Midwestern Prohistory, 1820-1900. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., gressive politics: a historical study of its 1948. Speciai attention to the impact of origins and development, 1870-1950. East new modes of transportation on urban life. Lansing, 1951. Portrayal of midwestern radiAlso discusses management, labor, and rela- calism as compounded out of its geography,

tions of railroads to government. culture, and economic and social history. |

AB302. Riegel, Robert E. The story of the AB312. Dearing, Mary R. Veterans in western railroads. N.Y., 1926. Dependable ~~ politics: the story of the G. A. R. Baton narrative of construction, pooling agree- Rouge, 1952. Explains the role of Civil War ments, and system building. Its best sections veterans as a pressure group in winning pendeal with the region between the Mississippi sions, preference, and other special favors.

and the Rockies. | AB313. Kirkland, Edward C. Dream and

AB303. Mitchell, Broadus. The rise of. thought in the business community, 1860- :

cotton mills in the South. Baltimore, 1921. 1900. Ithaca, 1956. Emphasis is on what Excellent study of. the early history of this businessmen thought and said about politics,

important industry in the South, especially | education, their vocation, homes, etc. The .

in North and South Carolina. | author does not present businessmen as | AB304. Adams, Henry, and Charles F. great benefactors of society.

Adams, Jr. Chapters of. Erie and other AB314. Cochran, Thomas C. Railrvad | essays. Boston, 1871. Sharp attack on the leaders, 1845-1890: the business mind in stock speculators and railroad wreckers who action. Cambridge, Mass., 1953. Analysis of despoiled the Erie. One of the most noted correspondence of 61 executives to ascertain

examples in the literature of exposure of their attitudes on competition, labor, govern- , business malpractice in the United States. ment. control, politics, etc.

AB305. Rister, Carl C. Oil! Titan of the AB315. Fine, Sidney. Laissez faire and Southwest. Norman, 1949. History of the the general-welfare state: a study of conflict

discovery of oil and development of the in American thought, 1865-1901. Ann Arbor, ,

industry. The author is especially interested 1956. Good survey of thought on both sides in early discoveries; the men and corpora- of a question fundamental in U. S. history.

tions prominently identified with oil are AB316. Benson, Lee. Merchants, farmers,

fairly treated. and railroads: railroad regulation and New

AB306. Giddens, Paul H. The birth of | York politics, 1850-1887. Cambridge, Mass., :

the oil industry. N.Y., 1938. First ten years 1955. As against the view that pressure from

| of a fabulous industry, which in that brief western farmers was almost entirely re-

time attained an export value second only sponsible for regulation of railroads in this to cotton. This work of careful research is a period, the author argues that New York story of oil in northwestern Pennsylvania. City merchants played a leading role in AB307. ——. Standard Oil Company (In-— elimination of discriminatory arrangements

diana): oil pioneer of the Middle West. by the carriers. Though the thesis is exag- :

N.Y., 1955. Detailed narrative of one of the gerated, this work is a useful corrective to largest oil companies, touching on important the familiar interpretation.

advances in technology, the impact on life AB317. Myers, Margaret G. The New in town and country, attitudes of the public York money market: origins and developtoward business, and the promotion of more ment. N.Y., 1931. First volume of a series | democratic relationships between manage- of four, edited by B. H. Beckhart, dealing

ment and labor. with the New York money market. This one AB308. Lewis, Oscar. The big four: the covers the period prior to 1913; a thorough - story of Huntington, Stanford, Hopkins, treatment. [SIP] | and Crocker, and of the building of the AB318. Boudin, Louis B. Government by

Central Pacific. N.Y., 1938. Chiefly a bio- judiciary. N.Y., 1932. Contends that the graphical study; not a history of the rail- Supreme Court arrogated to itselt excessive

road. _ powers in the U. S. scheme of government;

| AB309. Josephson, Matthew. The politicos, an indictment of that assumption of powers. 1865-1896. N.Y., 1938. Study of political AB319. Ware, Norman J. The labor moveleaders of the generation. The thesis is that ment in the United States, 1860-1895. N.Y.,

this period marked “the absolute triumph 1929. Primarily a study of the Knights of | of a single group or class, the industrial Labor, its rise and decline. The author

capitalists.” maintains that an important reason for its

730 Guide to Historical Literature decline was the decision of skilled workers 1875 to 1900. Washington, 1940. A small

to go it alone in the A. F. of L. book on a large topic. Bears out James

AB320. David, Henry. The history of the Bryce’s opinion of municipal government as

Haymarket affair. N.Y., 1936. Critical study the United States’ greatest failure (in the of the tragic episode in Chicago in 1886, post-Civil War period), and shows what presenting the anarchist side more sym- reformers attempted to do about it. As their

pathetically than previous writers. victories came later, they are not covered. , AB321. Lindsey, Almont. The Pullman AB331. Pierce, Bessie L. A history of | strike. Chicago, 1942. A sympathetic ap- Chicago. N.Y., 1937 ff. One of the best

praisal of the strike. urban histories produced in the United

AB322. McMurry, Donald L. Coxey’s States. To be complete in 3 v. |

a army: a study of the industrial army move- AB332. Still, Bayrd. Milwaukee: the hisment of 1894. Boston, 1929. Entertaining tory of a city. Madison, 1948. The most satisaccount of a pressure group calling atten- factory history of this city. Draws attention tion to victims of the depression. Shows that to the importance of municipal institutions

General Coxey not only had a flair for in U.S. democracy.

publicity, but also had a program-——money AB333. McKelvey, Blake F. Rochester. inflation and government road building ona 3 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1945-56. Stresses

large scale to employ the jobless. the efforts of this upstate New York city

AB323. Saveth, Edward N. American his- to raise the whole level of urban life. Extorians and European immigrants, 1875- cellent example of scholarship in urban his-

1925. N.Y., 1948. Important contribution to tory. U. S. historiography, analyzing the attitudes |

; of historians toward immigrants, especially 1900 to the Present

those of the 19th century. Claims that most historians ignored immigrants or were biased AB334. Steffens, J. Lincoln. The shame

if they did write about them. : of the cities. N.Y., 1904. Vibrant description AB324. Riis, Jacob. How the other half of graft and corruption in many leading

lives. N.Y., 1890. Famous work which stimu- U.S. communities, by an outstanding muck-

lated the social conscience of a whole gen- raker. Indicates the connections between eration by reminding the complacently pros- political organizations and business spokes-

perous of the way of life among the many men. [BB] |

- Impoverished. AB335. Regier, Cornelius C. The era of the AB325. Abell, Aaron I. The urban impact muckrakers. Chapel Hill, 1932. A temperon American Protestantism, 1865-1900. Cam- ate, well-written book which proves that

bridge, Mass., 1943. Argues that Roman muckrakers deserve a dignified historical

Catholics were more interested than Protes- treatment. Shows how writers came to contants in the lot of the working man; under- centrate for over a decade on corruption in estimates the concern of Protestantism with business and politics that accompanied insocial welfare. Protestant efforts in behalf of | dustrialization, and records decline in muck-

social progress would have been clearer had raking about 1911. [BB] |

the story been carried beyond 1900. AB336. Aaron, Daniel. Men of good hope: AB326. Hopkins, Charles H. The rise of a story of American progressives. N.Y., 1951.

the social gospel m American Protestantism, From Emerson and Theodore Parker to 1865-1915. New Haven, 1940. Excellent “Theodore Roosevelt and Brooks Adams: , study of the transformation in Protestant pseudo-progressives.”’ thinking about responsibility of individuals AB337. Filler, Louis. Crusaders for Amerifor social welfare. Argues that it was the can liberalism. N.Y., 1939. Excellent report-

7 responsibility of the church and other insti- ing on leading muckrakers and their moti- tutions to draw attention to social evils and vation during the early 20th century. In-

| urge programs for their eradication. cludes a useful bibliography, and a chroAB327. May, Henry F. Protestant churches nology which dates muckraking activities and industrial America. N.Y., 1949. Con- from 1901 to 1917. [BB]

, | cerns interrelation of Protestantism and AB338. Croly, Herbert D. The promise of industrial development after the Civil War. American life. N.Y., 1909. Author warned AB328. Faulkner, Harold U. Politics, re- that the policy of laissez-faire and drift form, and expansion, 1890-1900. N.Y., 1959. would lead to power for big industry and | An able synthesis of scholarship. [GFH] big finance and to degradation of the masses. AB329. Mann, Arthur. Yankee reformers Progressives, he consequently believed, must in the urban age. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. support a program of positive and compre-

| Shows the continuity of the reform tradition hensive state and federal intervention on all in New England (mainly Boston) to the economic fronts. [BB]

close of the 19th century. AB339. Goldman, Erik F. Rendezvous

AB330. Patton, Clifford W. The battle for with destiny. N.Y., 1952. Excellent treatmunicipal reform: mobilization and attack, ment of reform movements from the years

United States of America , , 731 after the Civil War through the New Deal Political developments during the Harding-

and Fair Deal. [JEW] | Coolidge-Hoover period. [JEW]

AB340. Hofstadter, Richard. The age of AB352. Mecklin, John M. The Ku Klux reform. N.Y., 1955. Mature, well-written Klan: a study of the American mind. N.Y., study of reform movements from Populism 1924. Study of the Klan in the 1920’s.

through the New Deal. [JEW] Though the author is critical of it, he shows

AB341. ———. The American political tra- a lack of bitterness. |

dition and the men who made it. N.Y., 1948. AB353. Schriftgiesser, Karl. This was Excellent analysis. of politics, political par- normalcy: an account of party politics dur-

ties, and political theory through a bio- img twelve Republican years, 1920-1932. }

graphical approach. [JEW] Boston, 1948. Politically sophisticated work AB342. Josephson, Matthew. The presi- on the party battles of the 1920’s. An effec-

dent makers: the culture of politics and tive introduction to politics of the era, it leadership in an age of enlightenment, 1896—- adds little in the way of facts or interpreta- | 1919. N.Y., 1940. More of a biographical tion to existing literature. [BB]

study than a history in the ordinary sense. AB354. MacKay, Kenneth C. The ProThough the author devotes considerable gressive movement of 1924. N.Y., 1947. Acspace to party struggles in Congress, his count of the “progressivism” which sought

primary interest is in personal conflict. to weld together the farmer, labor, and re- :

AB343. Mowry, George E. Theodore form elements of the country, and was in | Roosevelt and the Progressive movement. efiect a bridge between earlier Progressives Madison, 1946. Logical and readable work . and the New Dealers. Shows the difficulties

presenting the Progressive movement as a confronting third-party movements in the

great social reaction involving moral, politi- | United States. |

cal, economic, and intellectual revolt. [BB] AB355. Morgan, Edmund M., and G. Louis AB344, ———-. The California Progressives. _ Joughin. The legacy of Sacco and Vanzetti. |

Berkeley, 1951. Lucid, objective analysis of N.Y., 1948. Examination of one of the | one of the most important segments of most important criminal cases in modern | progressivism and of state Progressive U.S. history. leaders. Shows that leadership was supplied = AB356. Lynd, Robert S., and Helen M. | by young middle-class and professional men. Lynd. Middletown. N.Y., 1929. Classic study —

- Hiram Johnson and the 1916 presidential of a town (Muncie) in Indiana, showing

election are ably discussed. [BB] the class structure and the dependence of

AB345. Faulkner, Harold U. The quest the mass of citizens upon the business leaderfor social justice. N.Y., 1931. Still one of ship of a few. Indicates that an earlier Amerthe best general accounts of the influence ican democratic spirit is not so strong here.

of the Progressive movement on all phases AB357..———. Middletown in transition.

of life. [JEW] , N.Y., 1937. The community in the depresAB346. ———. The decline of laissez faire. — sion.

N.Y., 1951. Excellent and convenient survey AB358. Myers, William S., and Walter of changes in the United States between H. Newton. The Hoover administration. 1900. and 1917, particularly with regard to N.Y., 1936. This book, written from Hoover’s

the. growth of business and the increasing diary, speeches, and documents, contends . interventionist role of the government. that the fundamental causes of the great de-

[JEW] | , pression lay in World War I, that final reAB347. Chamberlain, John. Farewell to covery was just around the corner in the

- reform. N.Y., 1932. A lament for the pass- summer of 1932, and would have come had _ ing of the reform spirit identified with Hoover been reelected. [BB] Henry D. Lloyd and his successors. In a AB359. President’s Research Committee statement published the next year the author on Social Trends. Recent social trends in ] was not so certain of the demise of re- the United States. 2 v. N.Y., 1933. A store-

form. | | Addams, house of Jane. information on various aspects of | AB348. Twenty years at U.S. life. | Hull-House. N.Y., 1910. Account of a noted © AB360. Nevins, Allan. The United States

settlement house in Chicago by one of the in a chaotic world. New Haven, 1950. Brief }

nation’s most distinguished social workers. but excellent survey of U. S. participation | AB349, ———. The second twenty years at = in world affairs, 1918-33. [JEW]

Hull-House. N.Y., 1930. _AB361. Galbraith, John K. The great | AB350. Link, Arthur S. Woodrow Wilson crash, 1929. Boston, 1955. Brief but excel-

and the progressive era, 1910-1917. N.Y., lent account, written long enough after the 1954. Excellent general study of the Wilson event to attain substantial objectivity. [JEW]

reform program and policies, both domestic AB362. Bellush, Bernard. Franklin D.

and foreign. [JEW] Roosevelt as governor of New York. N.Y.,

AB351. Faulkner, Harold U. From Ver- 1955. A laudatory, though not uncritical, sailles to the New Deal. New Haven, 1950. work indicating that many New Deal poli-

732 Guide to Historical Literature cies were clearly anticipated or explicitly 1900-1955. Cambridge, Mass., 1957. Anworked out during Roosevelt’s four years other segment of a study of the mind and

as governor, 1928—32. | : actions of U. S. business men, by an author

| AB363. Brogan, Denis W. The era of who belongs to a group of scholars attempt-

Franklin D. Roosevelt. New Haven, 1950. ing an objective. appraisal of United States Brief account of New Deal policies and _ business enterprise.

| U. S. participation in World War II. Shows AB376. Steiner, George A. Government’s

a New Deal bias. [JEW] role in economic life. N.Y., 1953. Perhaps

AB364. Wecter, Dixon. The age of the the best single volume on post-World War great depression, 1929-1941. N.Y., 1948. II economic problems and their solution. Readable analysis of effects of the depres- [JEW] : sion and the New Deal on all phases of AB377. Swisher, Carl B. American consti-

U. S. life. Especially strong concerning the tutional development. 2nd ed., Boston, 1954.

social impact of New Deal policies. [JEW] Able exposition of changes in the U. S. -

, AB365. Rauch, Basil. The history of the constitutional system resulting from the New Deal, 1933-1938. N.Y., 1944. Brief World Wars and the New Deal. [JEW]

but. good summary of this era. [JEW] ~ AB378. Goldman, Eric F. The crucial AB366. Mitchell, Broadus. Depression decade. N.Y., 1956. Thoughtful and read-

decade. N.Y., 1947. Sharp and critical evalu- able discussion of critical domestic and for-

ation of causes of the depression and the eign issues as they emerged in the 1945-55 problems it intensified. Especially valuable decade. Major themes are the consolidation in its treatment of social security, relief, . of welfare state policies at home and accept-

and public housing. [JEW] ance of world responsibilities. [JEW]

AB367. Saloutos, Theodore, and John D. AB379. Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. The ,

Hicks. Agricultural discontent in the Middle vital center. Boston, 1949. A New Dealer’s West, 1900-1939. Madison, 1951. Full and discussion of ‘“‘liberalism” and its opponents informative analysis of the causes of dis- on both the left and right. [JEW]

content and attempts to alleviate it. Espe- AB380. Lubell, Samuel. The future of cially useful for its treatment of the farm American politics. N.Y., 1952. Brilliant

bloc. A continuation of Hicks, The Populist analysis of the impact of the New Deal on

revolt (AB297). [JEW] party structure and politics. [JEW]

AB368. Lilienthal, David E. TVA: de- AB381. ———. Revolt of the moderates. mocracy on the march. N.Y., 1944. Narra- N.Y., 1956.

tive by an outstanding participant in the AB382. Donovan, Robert J. Eisenhower: enterprise, who believes that it fulfills, rather the inside story. N.Y., 1956. First-hand ac-

than erodes, democratic principles. count of the Eisenhower administration, by

AB369. Harris, Herbert. American labor. a journalist with access to confidential inNew Haven, 1939. Popular presentation, with formation.

emphasis on the newer unions of the New AB383. Dewhurst, James F., and others.

Deal period. America’s needs and resources: a new sur-

AB370. Perlman, Selig. Labor in the New vey. N.Y., 1955. Deal decade. N.Y., 1945. Thoughtful discussion of relationship of the labor move-

a ment to the farmer, government, and poli- HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS BSL. Mills, Greats W. The new men. Sever al areas of Pp roductive scholarship , £ power. N.Y. 1948. Critical of modern ™ ,Which there are excellent works are —

labor , } omitted here. Therelegal, are noeconomic, subsectionsagon , : } leaders political, constitutional,

AB372. Nelson, Donald M. Arsenal of ricultural, transportation, or regional hisdemocracy: the story of American wk tories; but these are represented in the major , production. N.Y., 19 46. Record of a remark- chronological groups and in bibliographies able achievement in feeding the war. ma- cited in this section and in Section B portant part in this “battle of production.” | AB373. Allen, Frederick L. The big — pjpjomatic, Military, and Naval History

chine, 1941-45. The author played an im- | .

change. N.Y., 1952. Excellent popular sur-

vey of the economic and social changes in AB384. Foreign affairs bibliography. 3 v. 20th century United States as a result of N.Y., 1933-55. See AH2. democratizing the economic system. [JEW] AB385. Bailey, Thomas A. A diplomatic AB374. Galbraith, John K. American capi- history of the American people. 6th ed., talism. Boston, 1952. Good treatment of N.Y., 1958. A survey emphasizing the role U. S. economy as seen five years after the of U.S. public opinion.

close of World War II. [JEW] AB386. Bemis, Samuel F. A diplomatic - AB375. Cochran, Thomas C. The Ameri- history of the United States. 4th ed., N.Y., can business system: a historical perspective, 1955. Standard survey. [TAB] ,

, United States of America 733 AB387. Pratt, Julius W. A history of AB402. Wisan, Joseph E. The Cuban

United States foreign policy. N.Y., 1955. crisis as reflected in the New York press A survey with considerable emphasis on (1895-1898). N.Y., 1934. Documented ac-

policy and procedures. [TAB] | count of events and decisions of this crisis | AB388. Moore, John Bassett. History and from the outbreak of the Cuban insurrec-

digest of international arbitrations. 6 v. tion in 1895 to beginning of the SpanishWashington, 1898. Classic compilation of | American War. The role of the press as a primary materials to 1898. [TAB] prime instigator of war is emphasized.

AB389. ———. A digest of international AB403. Pratt, Julius W. Expansionists of law. 8 v. Washington, 1906. An invaluable 1898. Baltimore, 1936. Well-written and compilation from the relevant documents, well-documented analysis of the ideas and with elaborate cross-references. [TAB] forces contributing to the imperialistic psyAB390. Hackworth, Green H. Digest of chology that resulted in annexation of international law. 8 v. Washington, 1940-44. Hawaii and the war with Spain. [JEW]

A continuation of 4B389, in much the same AB404. Millis, Walter. The martial spirit: oe

manner. [TAB] | a study of our war with Spain. N.Y., 1931. AB391. Stuart, Graham H. The Depart- Popular and very readable account of the ment of State: a history of its organization, causes and conduct of the Spanish-Ameriprocedure and personnel. N.Y., 1949. The can War. The position of Spain is gener-

only relatively recent survey. [TAB] ously presented, that of the United States ~AB392. Allen, Harry C. Great Britain and — sharply criticized. [JEW]

the United States: a history of Anglo-Ameri- AB405. Gelber, Lionel M. The rise of can relations (1783-1952). N.Y., 1955. The Anglo-American friendship: a study in world only relatively recent full-length survey; by politics, 1898-1906. London and N.Y., 1938.

an English scholar. [TAB] Careful examination of the subject, treated AB393. Merk, Frederick. Albert Gallatin especially from the standpoint of govern-

and the Oregon problem. Cambridge, Mass., mental policies. Based largely upon official |

1950. Detailed account of the role of Galla- documents and memoirs; little reference to | tin in negotiations between England and the — the role of public opinion. [JEW] United States regarding Oregon. Provides AB406. Kennan, George F. American dinew information about Gallatin and also the plomacy, 1900-1950. See AH199. —

important London conference of 1826-27. _ AB407. Beale, Howard K. Theodore AB394. Bemis, Samuel F. The Latin Roosevelt and the rise of America to world American policy of the United States. See power. Baltimore, 1956. Detailed and fair

Y179. account, showing extensive research. [JEW] , AB395. Whitaker, Arthur P. The Spanish- AB408. Miner, Dwight C. The fight for |

American frontier, 1783-1795. See YJ50. the Panama route: the story of the Spooner AB396. ———. The Mississippi question, act and the Hay-Herran treaty. N.Y., 1940. 1795-1803. N.Y., 1934. Continuation of Detailed study of the many ramifications of AB395. Besides the complicated diplomacy the struggle for the Panama Canal Zone—

of the United States, France, and Spain, in- political disputes in the United States and |

cludes commercial and political develop- Colombia; negotiations with England (the ments, and the movement of U. S. pioneers Hay-Pauncefote treaty), Costa Rica, and to the southwest. A necessary study for Nicaragua; the Panama revolution; and acevents leading to the Louisiana purchase. quisition of the Canal Zone. Especially good AB397. Bernstein, Harry. Origins of inter- on Colombia’s side of the controversy.

American interest, 1700-1812. See Y/68. AB409. Notter, Harley. The origins of , AB398. Griffin, Charles C. The United the foreign policy of Woodrow Wilson. BalStates and the disruption of the Spanish em- timore, 1937. An accomplished work analyz-

pire, 1810-1822. :N.Y., 1937. Able study of ing the recorded thought of Wilson in order | the behavior of: the United States toward to trace his theories of foreign policy from Spain and her rebel colonies, showing the his earliest years to U. S. entry into World twists and turns of U. S. policy before rec- War I. Contains excellent detailed analysis

ognition of their independence. of Wilson’s peace efforts of 1916. [BB] AB399. Whitaker, Arthur P. The United AB410. Millis, Walter. Road to war:

States and the independence of Latin Amer- America, 1914-1917. N.Y., 1935. Severe criti- | ica, 1800-1830. Baltimore, 1941. The most cism of the Allied use of high seas power; comprehensive study of relations between favorable interpretation of the German -. the United States and Latin America in and arraignment of Wilsonian diplomacy this period. Emphasizes economic and po- which led to U. S. intervention. Represents

litical factors. an interpretation rather than _ research. AB400. ———-. The Western Hemisphere [BB] .

| idea: its rise and decline. See Y/77. AB411. Tansill, Charles C. America goes

_ AB401. Perkins, Dexter. A history of the to war. Boston, 1938. Provocative, authori- |

Monroe doctrine. See Y/88. tative, lucidly written, and thoroughly docu- |

734 Guide to Historical Literature mented work on U. S. neutrality, 1914-17. The chapters dealing with Chiang KaiPresents the hitherto slighted German side. shek’s regime are particularly valuable. Reevaluates certain key figures, and indi- [JEW] cates that neutral-minded Wilson was mis- AB421. Reischauer, Edwin O. The United

led by House and Lansing. [BB] States and Japan. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. ©

AB412. Peterson, Horace C. Propaganda’ Particularly valuable in its treatment of for war: the campaign against American Japanese economic, social, and cultural life, neutrality, 1914-1917. Norman, 1939. Ob- and the problems these factors pose for projective work on successful British influence ponents of democracy in Japan. [JEW] in the United States, showing that the U. S. AB422. Beard, Charles A. President Roosewas virtually forced to join the Allies be- velt and the coming of the war. N.Y., 1948. cause it had previously surrendered -to A revisionist interpretation of Franklin D. them all its material, diplomatic, and moral Roosevelt’s leadership, contending presisupport. Bryan and Hearst emerge with dential mendacity. Claims that the United

enhanced reputations. [BB] States maneuvered Japan into firing the

AB413. May, Ernest F. The World War first shot without allowing too much dam-

and American isolation, 1914-1917. Cam- age to ourselves, and that F. D. R. hid his |

bridge, Mass., 1959. Emphasizes Wilson’s real intent and concealed his actual views concern with U. S. interests, particularly from the public. [BB] foreign trade; minimizes role of bankers AB423. Tansill, Charles C. Back door to and munitions makers. Gives close attention. war: the Roosevelt foreign policy, 1933to U. S. policy as seen through foreign eyes, 1941. Chicago, 1952. Severe indictment of

: and notes the impact of this policy on do- Roosevelt’s policy which, in the author’s

- mestic politics in Britain and Germany. — view, was deliberately designed to get the AB414, Bailey, Thomas A. Woodrow Wil- United States into war on the side of Engson and the lost peace. N.Y., 1944. A com- land. petent, scholarly, and readable work which, AB424. Langer, William L., and S. Everett though often critical of Wilson, approves Gleason. The challenge to isolation, 1937his aims, sees the complexity of his prob- 1940. N.Y., 1952. Objective, detailed study lem, and deplores the losing of the peace. of the diplomatic history of Europe, Asia, :

[BB] and America. The presentation is factual AB415, ——. Woodrow Wilson and the _ rather than interpretive. |

} great betrayal. N.Y., 1945. Covers the period AB425. ———. The undeclared war, 1940from Wilson’s return in July, 1919 through 1941. N.Y., 1953. Scholarly and definitive Senate rejection of the peace treaty in analysis of events leading up to America’s March, 1920. Conveys a sense of incredible entry into the war; best book on the subfailure and sordid betrayal; blames Wilson ject. [JEW]

for his stubbornness on reservations and AB426. Feis, Herbert. The road to Pearl : Democrats for alleged killing of the treaty Harbor: the coming of the war between the

in the house of its friends. [BB] United States and Japan. Princeton, 1950. | , AB416. Kennan, George F. Soviet-Ameri- Full and objective treatment of the diplo| can relations, 1917-1920. See AH147. macy that preceded Pearl Harbor. Makes

AB417. Hull, Cordell. The memoirs of good use of papers and statements of StimCordell Hull. 2 v. N.Y., 1948. Extremely son, Grew, Morgenthau, and Hull, as well

important record of the chess game of inter- as available Japanese sources. [JEW]

national politics, written by one of the most AB427. Rauch, Basil. Roosevelt, from important participants. It is, naturally, an Munich to Pearl Harbor: a study in the exposition intended to justify the author’s creation of a foreign policy. N.Y., 1950. Ar-

, policies. [JEW] gues that Roosevelt was really an internaAB418. Dennett, Tyler. Americans in _ tionalist for most of his career, and that eastern Asia: a critical study of the policy after Munich (1938) his concern with do-

of the United States with reference to China, mestic problems yielded to intense preoccuJapan, and Korea in the 19th century. N.Y., pation with foreign affairs.

_ 1922. Holds that U. S. policy has ordinarily AB428. Morison, Samuel E. History of not been opportunistic, but has been con- United States naval operations in World sistently upheld from the early days. War II. See AG204.

_ ~ AB419, Griswold, A. Whitney. The Far AB429,. McNeill, William H. America, Eastern policy of the United States. N.Y., Britain, and Russia: their cooperation and

1938. Good, readable account of U.S. policy conflict, 1941-1946. N.Y., 1953. Good study since 1898. New material taken in part from of the years of cooperation and its breakthe Lansing, Marshall, and Knox papers down in 1945-46. Emphasizes the complex-

adds greatly to its value. [JEW] ity of the war’s conduct and the problems

AB420. Fairbank, John K. The United of making peace. A _ dispassionate work, States and China. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. but not acutely critical of Communist im-

Excellent account of U. S.-Chinese relations. _perialism.

United States of America . 735 AB430. Vinacke, Harold M. The United _ Intellectual History |

States and the Far East, 1945-1951. Stan- |

ford, 1952. Short, clear, non-partisan narra- AB441. Curti, Merle E. The growth of tive of U. S. policy in China, Japan, and American thought. N.Y., 1943. 2nd ed.,

Korea. | 1951. A pioneer study of U. S. intellectual AB431. Almond, Gabriel A. The Ameri- development; imaginative and comprehen- | can people and foreign policy. N.Y., 1950. sive. Contains extensive bibliography. |

Penetrating analysis of U. S. attitudes to- AB442. Parrington, Vernon L. Main cur- :

ward foreign relations and policies. A pio- rents in American thought. 3 v. N.Y., 1927-

neer work. [JEW] | 30. Brilliantly written book which exerted AB432. Bailey, Thomas A. The man in considerable influence on scholarship and the street: the impact of American public general thought. Concerned chiefly with litopinion on foreign policy. N.Y., 1948. erary and political expressions, and sympaAB433. Beard, Charles A. The idea of thetic with Jeffersonian agrarianism. [MEC]

national interest: an analytical study in AB443. Cohen, Morris R. American , American foreign policy. N.Y., 1934. Empha- thought, a critical sketch. Ed. by Felix S.

sizes material considerations in U. S. for- Cohen. Glencoe, Ill, 1954. Essays, by a eign policy. The author examines what great teacher and an original thinker, on

prominent Americans meant by “national U. S. ideas in history, science, law, religion, |

interest” and finds that, though there is a and aesthetics, as well as on leading tech- recognizable pattern running through their nical philosophers and movements of philo- . statements, they vary considerably. sophical thought. [MEC] AB434, Osgood, Robert E. Ideals and AB444. Boorstin, Daniel J. The Ameriself-interest in America’s foreign relations: cans: the colonial experience. N.Y., 1958. the great transformation of the twentieth Stimulating interpretation of U. S. thought, century. Chicago, 1953. Discusses the trans- emphasizing its indigenous elements. formation from isolation through Wilsonian AB445, Miller, Perry G. The New Engmoralistic liberalism to the “realism” or ex- land mind: the seventeenth century. N.Y.,

pediency of more recent years. Argues that 1939; Cambridge, Mass., 1954. Topical or- | the latter must serve Christian-liberal-hu- ganization. of the intellectual structure of

| manitarian ideals. 17th century New England under such cate- | AB435. Knox, Dudley W. A history of | gories as religion and learning, cosmology, the United States navy. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1948. anthropology, and sociology. Erudite and

A factual, pro-navy account by a retired authoritative. [MEC] :

naval officer. [TAB] oo AB446. ——. The New England mind:

AB436. Sprout, Harold H., and Margaret from colony to province. Cambridge, Mass., | T. Sprout. The rise of American naval 1953. Using “mind” in the sense of “what power, 1776-1918. Princeton, 1939. Shows was said and done publicly,” the author that, despite conservative attitudes, the traces. chronologically the accommodation United States had a naval shield, but not to changing conditions in New England of until the later years of the 19th century did the thought and ideas of representative inshe embark on a building program which tellectual leaders. Based on a close analysis

enabled her to take the offensive. of the sources, the work is that of a disAB437, ———. Toward a new order of sea tinguished scholar for scholars. [MEC]

power: American naval policy and _ the AB447. Savelle, Max H. Seeds of liberty: -world scene,. 1918-1922. Princeton, 1940. the genesis of the American mind. N.Y., Continuation of AB436. This volume cen- 1948. Scholarly and readable essays, with - ters around the Washington naval confer- attention to chronology and _ interrelation~ ence, and the U. S. proposals and counter- ships, on religion, science, philosophy, ecoproposals, out of which came Anglo-Ameri- nomic thought, social and political thought,

can naval parity and the promise of greater literature, art, architecture, and music.

_ Anglo-American cooperation. [MEC]

AB438. Davis, George T. A navy second AB448. Beard, Charles A., and Mary R.

to none: the development of modern Ameri- Beard. The American spirit: a study of the

can naval policy. N.Y., 1940. Full-length idea of civilization in the United States. study by a competent historian. [TAB] N.Y., 1942. Chronological review of opin- | AB439. Spaulding, Oliver L. The United ions of well-known and other writers about States army in war and peace. N.Y., 1937. civilization in general and its relation to the

A solid treatment of the army as an insti- United States in particular. Claims that

tution. [TAB] _ these spokesmen maintained that, in con-

AB440. Millis, Walter. Arms and men: a_ trast with preceding eras and other places, study in American military history. N.Y., civilization here stood for progressive reali1956. A broad study by a journalist, with zation of the potentialities of the common emphasis on the evolution of military policy. man. [MEC]

[TAB] . AB449. Gabriel, Ralph H. The course of

736 Guide to Historical Literature , | American democratic thought. N.Y., 1940. visited the United States during the Jackson 2nd ed., 1956. Brilliant and stimulating study era. With remarkable insight he discerned of social beliefs, standards, and goals in the the operation of democracy, and clearly

United States since 1815, centering in an foretold its future and _ significance for analysis of the democratic faith in terms of aristocratic Europe.

the free individual, fundamental law, the AB459. Bryce, James B., viscount. The national mission, and illustrated by essays American commonwealth. 2 v. N.Y., 1888.

on representative thinkers. [MEC] Other eds. Most important commentary on

AB450. Wiener, Philip P. Evolution and U2. S. government and society since Tocquethe founders of American pragmatism. Cam- ville, fifty years earlier. While noting certain bridge, 1949. The leading scholarly study of | weaknesses (particularly local government),

the founders of pragmatism in the United Bryce writes with friendliness about the States. Thoroughly documented; distin- tational strength. Like the later Turner, he . guished by its technical grasp and clarity of stresses the influence of the westward move-

expression. [MEC] ment as a democratizing influence.

AB451. Persons, Stow, ed. Evolutionary AB460. Turner, Frederick J. The frontier thought in America. New Haven, 1950. in American history. N.Y., 1920. Includes the Eleven essays, by well-known authorities, on famous essay on “The significance of the

: subjects ranging from the theory of evolu- frontier in American history’ as well as : tion to the impact of evolutionary thought other well-known short pieces by the brilliant

- on sociology, political and constitutional author.

tradition, psychological thought, architecture, AB461. Lerner, Max. America as a civililiterature, moral theory, and theology. [MEC] zation: life and thought in the United States AB452. Commager, Henry S. The Ameri- today. N.Y., 1957. Encyclopedic account of

can mind: an interpretation of American the United States in the 20th century, with

thought and character since the 1880’s. New frequent excursions into the past. Haven, 1950. Interpretative study of ways of AB462. Handlin, Oscar. Race and nationthought in the United States and their “most ality in American life. Boston, 1957. Essays

revealing manifestations.’ [MEC] | on three levels: rational justification, scien-

AB453. White, Morton G. Social thought tific theory, and emotional reaction. [MEC] |

in America: the revolt against formalism. AB463. Curti, Merle E. The roots of

N.Y., 1949. Scholarly treatment, by a philos-- American loyalty. N.Y., 1946. A leading stu-

opher, of pragmatism, legal realism, be- dent of U. S. ideas examines ‘‘the sources haviorism, economic determinism, “the new and nature of American patriotism.” Emhistory,” and related protests of the early phasis is on the first century of the republic, decades of the 20th century against formal by the end of which the author believes the

logic and structuralism. [MEC] main outlines of patriotic thought and feel-

— AB454. Pearce, Roy H. The savages of ing were clear.

America: a study of the Indian and the idea AB464. Kohn, Hans. American nationalof civilization. Baltimore, 1953. A scholarly ism: an interpretative essay. N.Y., 1957. — study of colonial ideas about the Indian, One of the outstanding students in the field and subsequent images of the Indian, as makes a successful attempt to discuss some reflected in social, historical, and imaginative of the chief problems inherent in the com-

writings. [MEC}] plex phenomenon of United States naAB455. Wecter, Dixon. The hero in tionalism, and to interpret these in light of

America: a chronicle of hero-worship. N.Y., national movements in other parts of the

1941. The roster of heroes includes mainly world, especially Europe. |

military figures and politicians, not women,

, or men in professions and the arts. Shows . Education | periods of praise, skepticism, and disparagement on the part of the public. AB465. Butts, R. Freeman, and Lawrence

| AB456. Potter, David M. People of plenty: A. Cremin. A history of education in Amereconomic abundance and the American char- ican culture. N.Y., 1953. The best general

acter. See A207. history of U. S. education in the context of

AB457. Wyllie, Irvin G. The self-made cultural movements and forces. [MEC] |

man in America: the myth of rags to riches. AB466. Curti, Merle E. The social ideas

New Brunswick, 1954. Critical analysis, based of American educators. N.Y., 1935. Close on extensive research, of widely accepted analysis of men, like Horace Mann, who left ideas about the cult of the self-made man. the deepest impression on education. Their educational ideas are examined in light of

Civilization their economic and social beliefs, which turn

out on occasion to be more conservative

AB458. Tocqueville, Alexis de. Democracy than students have generally imagined.

in America. 4 v. London, 1835. Many other AB467. Hofstadter, Richard, and Walter eds. Great work by a French aristocrat who PP. Metzger. The development of academic

, United States of America , 737 freedom in the United States. N.Y., 1955. liars, folk tales and legends, songs, and

Best study of this theme; embraces more rhymes. [MEC] — . a

than its title suggests. , AB478. Smith, Henry N. Virgin land: the _

AB468.. Bode, Carl J. The American American West as symbol and myth. Cam| lyceum, town meeting of the mind. N.Y., bridge, Mass., 1950. Skilful and informed 1956. Good study of an educational insti- delineation of the symbols and myths asso-

tution which did much to popularize culture ciated in the East and in Europe with the :

} Literature | The Arts a

in the generation before the Civil War; one West, based largely on literary and sub-

' of the early examples of adult education in literary materials. [MEC] |

the United States outside academic halls. a

AB479. Chase,. Gilbert. America’s music,

AB469. Tyler, Moses C. A history of from the Pilgrims to the present. N.Y., 1955.

i

American literature. 2 v. N.Y., 1879. A no- Comprehensive and informed. Emphasizes table work when it appeared, but not so African and indigenous currents, as well as

impressive today. Includes those writers who European, that have influenced musical de- : contributed to the evolution of thought and velopment in the United States. [MEC] style during colonial days, and relates liter- AB480. Laws, George M. Native Ameri-

ature to politics. | can balladry. Philadelphia, 1950. | AB470. Literary history of the United AB481. Kouwenhoven, John A. Made in

States. Ed. by Robert E. Spiller, Willard America: the arts in modern civilization. | Thorp, Thomas H: Johnson, and Henry S. Garden City, 1948. Thoughtful discussion of | Canby. 3 v. N.Y., 1948. Rev. ed., 1953. the vernacular tradition in the practical arts, Essays, by more than fifty scholars, on liter- as shaped by conditions in the U.S. [MEC]

ary figures and movements of thought; AB482. Larkin, Oliver W. Art and life in

chronologically arranged, with very useful America. N.Y., 1949. Comprehensive and

bibliography. [MEC] | well-written study of relations between art AB471. Matthiessen, Francis O. American and the environment. Contains many illustra-

renaissance. N.Y., 1941. Brilliant interpreta- tions anda bibliography. | tion of U. §. culture in the 1840’s and 1850’s. AB483. Mumford, Lewis. The brown dec-

Far more analytical than the volumes of Van ades: a study of the arts in America,

Wyck Brooks. | 1865-1895. N.Y., 1931. Sympathetic apAB472. Mott, Frank L. American jour- praisal of accomplishments in this period. nalism: a history of newspapers in the United AB484, Quinn, Arthur H. A history of the States through 260 years, 1690 to 1950. N.Y., American drama. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1943.

1950. Best study of the U. S. press. A great , | . andAB473, this——-. done skilfully and with proportion. | A history of American maga- AB485. Stokes, Anson P. Church and deal has been compressed into one volume, , Religion

zines. 4 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1938-57. The _ state in the United States: historical develstandard work. Shows the importance of opment and contemporary problems of reli-

- magazines in U. S. civilization. gious freedom under the Constitution. 3 v.

| AB474. Lehmann-Haupt, Hellmut, Ruth N.Y., 1950. Temperate, scholarly study, based S. Granniss,:and Lawrence C. Wroth. The on extensive investigation. [MEC] book in America: a history of the making, AB486. Sweet, William W. The story of the selling, and the collecting of books in religion in America. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1950. the United States. N.Y., 1939. A revised The best short history. [GFH] | and enlarged edition of a work originally AB487. Schaff, Philip, Henry C. Potter, : published in German in 1937; still the only and Samuel M. Jackson, eds. The American one attempting to cover the whole field of church history series. 13 v. N.Y., 1893-97.

the book industry in the United States. The most extensive treatment of denomi-

AB475. Hart, James D. The popular book: national church history, but in need of supa history of America’s literary taste. N.Y., plementation for the last six decades.

United Rourke, States. .Constance States seeM. Section D. . | AB476. American , humor: a study of the national character. | Immigration 1950. Good study of best sellers in the For other works on religion in the United

| N.Y., 1931. Sound and readable, as well as | | | original. [MEC] AB488. Hansen, Marcus L. The immigrant AB477. Botkin, Benjamin A., ed. A treas- in American history. Cambridge, Mass., 1940.

ury of American folklore. N.Y., 1944. Useful Collection of essays by the ablest student of | anthology: of selections from folklore ma- immigration to the United States. This and terial, arranged under such topics as heroes other works of the author have been an in-

and boasters, boosters and knockers, jesters, spiration to many students of this subject.

738 Guide to Historical Literature | AB489. ——. The Atlantic migration, AB498. Berthoff, Rowland T. British im-

1607-1860. Cambridge, Mass., 1940. Prob- migrants in industrial America, 1790-1950. ably the best single volume on U. S. immi- Cambridge, Mass., 1953. A reminder that gration; intended as the first of a series the not all immigrants in the 19th century were author did not live to complete. Written out Germans, Irish, Italians, Scandinavians, etc. of sympathy with immigrants and based on Stresses British contributions to U. S. agri-.

| sound scholarship, it shows an excellent culture and industry. One of the best ex-

understanding of the European background amples of recent scholarship in this field. that forced people out and of the American AB499. Thomas, Brinley. Migration and

attractions which drew them in. economic growth: a study of Great Britain : AB490. Wittke, Carl F. We who built and the Atlantic economy. Cambridge, Eng.,

America. N.Y., 1939. Still the only attempt 1954. Suggests a somewhat different apat a comprehensive account of immigration. proach from Hansen. Contends that the Embraces the whole story from the colonial volume of emigration was affected by the period. The author’s special competence is rate of capital investment in the homeland in German emigration to the United States, and the resulting number of jobs. Considers but he is qualified to write on other groups the Atlantic community of nations as one too. Although more detailed work has been economy made up of interdependent re-

done subsequently on some immigrant stocks, gions.

this is yet a useful guide. ABS00. Blegen, Theodore C. Norwegian

AB491. Handlin, Oscar. The uprooted. migration to America. 2 v. Northfield, Minn., . Boston, 1951. Really an essay on immigra- 1931-40. One of the best works of a single tion, not a detailed history. Emphasizing the migration, covering in considerable detail - difficulties of adjustment to the American the scene in the homeland, the hegira, and environment, especially in cities, itis a more adjustment to the New World.

somber narrative than is to be found in AB501. Janson, Florence E. The back-: - most other works on this subject. ground of Swedish immigration, 1840-1930.

AB492. Faust, Albert B. The German Chicago, 1931. Detailed study of economic, : element in the United States, with special social, religious, and political conditions that reference to its political, moral, social, and prompted large-scale emigration from educational influence. 2 v. Boston, 1909. Sweden. Contains valuable statistics.

Enl. ed., 2 v. in 1, N.Y., 1927. One of the AB502. Foerster, Robert F. The Italian |

best of older works on immigration, which emigration of our times. Cambridge, Mass., were generally inclined to overstress the con- 1919. Includes emigration to countries other tributions of the author’s stock. Very detailed than the United States. Especially good on

on German settlements, especially in the economic factors that forced migration,

earlier period. which was often of a temporary nature. A AB493. Wittke, Carl F. Refugees of rev- chapter of particular originality deals with

olution: the German forty-eighters in Amer- — effects of emigration on Italy.

ica. Philadelphia, 1952. Best account of one AB503. Higham, John. Strangers in the of the most important immigrant groups to land: patterns of American nativism, 1860come to the United States in the 19th 1925. New Brunswick, 1955. Of special sig-

century. , nificance for its correlation of conflicting AB494, Ford, Henry J. The Scotch-Irish ideas with interests and values. [MEC] | in America. Princeton, 1915. The Ulster Scots

and reasons for their emigration, their set- Foreign Influences tlements in colonial America, their impact | : } on the frontier, their Presbyterianism, their AB504. Bowers, David F., ed. Foreign

role as teachers and political leaders. A good influences in American life. Princeton, 1944. study, but has weakness of its generation in A series of essays under six headings: immiclaiming too much for its own group. gration, the pattern of assimilation, the ecoAB495. Handlin, Oscar. Boston’s immi- nomic impact, the political impact, artistic grants, 1790-1865. Cambridge, Mass., 1941. . and literary impact, and the religious and Excellent study of the adaptation of a large philosophic impact. Not all essays are equally group of newcomers, alien in many respects good, but the volume is an excellent introduc-

. to the Puritan culture of New England. tion to the whole subject. Valuable critical AB496. Wittke, Carl F. The Irish in bibliographies.

America. Baton Rouge, 1956. Satisfactory AB505. Bestor, Arthur E., Jr. Backwoods

summary of Irish immigration. | utopias. Philadelphia, 1950. The author pre-

AB497. Schrier, Arnold. Ireland and the fers the word “communitarian” to the more American emigration, 1850-1900. Minne- familiar “communistic’” to describe utopian apolis, 1958. An original study emphasizing settlements established in the United States.

the impact of emigration from Ireland on He relates them to significant currents in

her economy and her spirit. Especially useful the social thought of their time, thus rescu-

for its analysis of remittances. ing them from the familiar treatment which

oo United States of America 739 regards utopian communities as_ relatively AB519. Miller, John C. Sam Adams: pio-

harmless aberrations. neer in propaganda. Boston, 1936. AB506. Jones, Howard Mumford. America AB520. Stephenson, Nathaniel W. Nelson and French culture, 1750-1848. Chapel Hill, W. Aldrich, a leader in American politics.

1927. Exhaustive study of the manifold ex- N.Y., 1930. . |

amples of French influence in U. S. life— ABS521. Barnard, Harry. “Eagle forgotten”: language, arts, religion, education, politics. the life of John Peter Altgeld. Indianapolis,

ABS507, Pochmann, Henry A. German cul- = 1938.

ture in America: philosophical and literary AB522. -Howe, George F. Chester A. | influences, 1600-1900. Madison, 1957. Most Arthur: a quarter-century of machine politics. |

- important work in the field; intentionally N.Y., 1934. | |

excludes educational influences. Notes and ABS523. Werner, Morris R. Barnum. N.Y., |

bibliography are significant. 1923. , AB508. Williams, Stanley T. The Spanish AB524. Hibben, Paxton. Henry Ward background of American literature. 2 v. Beecher: an American portrait. N.Y., 1927. New Haven, 1955. Shows strong influence AB525. Morgan, Arthur E. The philosophy of Spain on men of letters in the United of Edward Bellamy. N.Y., 1945. States, which the author contends “has in AB526. Chambers, William N. Old Bullion some ways exceeded that of other European Benton, senator from the new West. Boston,

countries, hardly excepting England itself.” 1956. | | |

AB509. Cohen, I. Bernard. Franklin and AB527. Bowers, Claude G. Beveridge and

Newton. Philadelphia, 1956. Important work — the Progressive era. Boston, 1932.

: which, among other things, stresses Franklin’s AB528. Muzzey, David S. James G. role aS a popularizer of Newton and as the Blaine: a political idol of other days. N.Y., . “orderer” of the whole field of electricity. 1934. AB510. Koht, Halvdan. The American AB529. Mason, Alpheus T. Brandeis: a spirit in Europe: a survey of transatlantic free man’s life. N.Y., 1946. influences. Philadelphia, 1949. Not a detailed AB530. Villard, Oswald G. John Brown,

study, but a survey of a large theme, by one 1800-1859. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1943. | of Norway’s most eminent statesmen and AB531. Werner, Morris R. Bryan. N.Y.,

historians. Especially good on the overseas 1929. | |

| stimulus to social reforms and the influence AB532. Schachner, Nathan. Aaron Burr.

exerted upon European writers and vast N.-.Y., 1937. | a

numbers of readers by U. S. literary fig- AB533. Curti, Merle E. The learned black-

ures. smith: the letters and journals of Elihu BurAB511. Kraus, Michael. The Atlantic _ ritt. N.Y., 1937. | .

civilization: eighteenth century origins. AB534. Coit, Margaret L. John C. CalIthaca, 1949. Original and scholarly study houn. Boston, 1950. Of the concept of the Atlantic community in AB535. Mayo, Bernard J. Henry Clay. the 18th century, especially important for Boston, 1937. knowledge about the American impact on ABS535a. Van Deusen, G. G. Henry Clay.

Europe. The topical organization includes Boston, 1937. | |

discussions of religious and literary relations, AB536. Nevins, Allan. Grover Cleveland:

scholarship, the arts, the humanitarian spirit, a study in courage. N.Y., 1932. |

nationalism, and cosmopolitanism. [MEC] AB537. Walsh, Richard J. The making of

AB512. Saloutos, Theodore. They remem- Buffalo Bill: a study in heroics. Indianapolis, © ber America. Berkeley, 1956. Story of 1928. .

repatriates in Greece, their reception and AB538. Morison, Samuel E. Admiral of their influence upon their old homeland. the Ocean Sea: a life of Christopher Colum-

_bus. See U277. ,

BIOGRAPHIES * AB539. Larson, Henrietta M. Jay Cooke,

,AB513. private banker. Cambridge, Mass., 1936. Adams, Andy. The log of a cow- AB540. Berryman, John. Stephen Crane.

boy. N.Y., 1903. Other eds. N.Y., 1950.

AB514. Adams, James Truslow. The AB541. Stewart, Edgar I. Custer’s luck. :

Adams family. N.Y., 1930. Norman, 1955, | AB515. Beringause, Arthur F. Brooks AB542. Strode, Hudson. Jefferson Davis. Adams, a biography. N.Y., 1955. 2v.N.Y., 1955-59. Se

7 AB516. Adams, Henry B. The education AB543. Ginger, Ray. The bending cross: of Henry Adams. Boston, 1918. Other eds. a biography of Eugene Victor Debs. New AB517. Chinard, C. Gilbert. Honest John Brunswick, 1949.

Adams. Boston, 1933. ABS544, Marshall, Helen E. Dorothea Dix,

ABS518. Bemis, Samuel F. John Quincy forgotten samaritan. Chapel Hill, 1937. |

: Adams. 2 v. N.Y., 1949-56. AB545. Milton, George F. The eve of * Most of the biographical titles were selected by A. L. Demaree and Robert E. Riegel. |

740 Guide to Historical Literature conflict: Stephen A. Douglas and the need- AB570. Koch, Adrienne. Jefferson and |

less war. Boston, 1934. Madison: the great collaboration. N.Y., 1950.

1941. in preparation.) : :

AB546. Ellis, Elmer. Mr. Dooley’s Amer- AB571. Malone, Dumas. Jefferson and his ica: a life of Finley Peter Dunne. N.Y., time. 2 v. Boston, 1948-52. (Other volumes

ABS547. Bates, Ernest S., and John V. Dit- AB572. Schachner, Nathan. Thomas Jeffer-

temore. Mary Baker Eddy, the truth and the _ son, a biography. 2 v. N.Y., 1951.

traditions. N.Y., 1932. AB573. Stryker, Lloyd P. Andrew John- |

| ABS548. Farley, James A. Behind the bal- son: a study in courage. N.Y., 1929. lots: the personal history of a _ politician. AB574. La Follette, Belle C., and Fola

N.Y., 1938. La Follette. Robert M. La Follette, June

AB549, Van Doren, Carl C. Benjamin 14, 1855-June 18, 1925, 2 v. N.Y., 1953. |

Franklin. N.Y., 1938. . AB575. Freeman, Douglas S. R. E. Lee, a AB550. Walters, Raymond, Jr. Albert Gal- biography. 4 v. N.Y. and London, 1934-35. latin, Jeffersonian financier and diplomat. ABS576. Sandburg, Carl. Abraham Lincoln.

N.Y., 1957. 6v. N.Y., 1926-39. ABS551. Nye, Russel B. William Lloyd Gar- = AB577. Thomas, Benjamin P. Abraham rison and the humanitarian reformers. Lincoln. N.Y., 1952.

Boston, 1955. — ABS578. Garraty, John A. Henry Cabot AB552. Barker, Charles A. Henry George. Lodge, a biography. N.Y., 1953.

N.Y., 1955. AB579. Brant, Irving. James Madison. 5 v. AB553. Hesseltine, William B. Ulysses S. Indianapolis, 1941-56. (To be complete in

Grant, politician. N.Y., 1935. . 6v.) | AB554. Lewis, Lloyd D. Captain Sam AB580. Beveridge, Albert J. The life of Grant. Boston, 1950. John Marshall. 4 v. N.Y., 1916-19. ABS555. Van Deusen, Glyndon G. Horace AB581. Murdock, Kenneth B. Increase

: Greeley, nineteenth century crusader. Phila- Mather, the foremost American Puritan.

delphia, 1953. : Cambridge, Mass., 1925.

AB556. Schachner, Nathan. Alexander AB582. Clapesattle, Helen B. The doctors

Hamilton. N.Y., 1946. Mayo. Minneapolis, 1941.

AB557. Croly, Herbert D. Marcus Alonzo AB583. Bradford, Gamaliel. D. L. Moody,

Hanna, his life and work. N.Y., 1912. a worker in souls. Garden City, 1927. AB558. Adams, Samuel H. Incredible era: AB584. Allen, Frederick L. The great the life and time of Warren Gamaliel Hard- Pierpont Morgan. N.Y., 1949.

ing. Boston, 1939. AB585. Paine, Albert B. Th. Nast, his ABS559, Sievers, Harry J. Benjamin Harri- period and his pictures. N.Y., 1904.

son. Chicago, 1952. AB586. Morison, Samuel E. The life and ABS560. Eckenrode, Hamilton J. Rutherford letters of Harrison Gray Otis. 2 v. Boston,

B. Hayes, statesman of reunion. N.Y., 1930. 1913. AB561. Howe, Mark D., ed. Holmes- AB587. Commager, Henry S. Theodore Pollock letters: the correspondence of Mr. Parker. Boston, 1936.

| Justice Holmes and Sir Frederick Pollock, AB588. Powderly, Terence V. Thirty years 1874-1932. 2 v. Cambridge, Mass., 1941. of labor, 1859 to 1889. Rev. ed., Phila-

| AB562. Lerner, Max, ed. The mind and _ delphia, 1890.

faith of Justice Holmes: his speeches, essays, AB589. Bruce, William C. John Randolph letters, and judicial opinions. Boston, 1943. of Roanoke. 2 v. N.Y., 1922.

ABS563. James, Marquis. The raven: a AB590. Robinson, William A. Thomas B. biography of Sam Houston. Indianapolis, Reed, parliamentarian. N.Y., 1930.

1929. AB591. Nevins, Allan. Study in power: AB564. Perkins, Dexter. Charles Evans John D. Rockefeller, industrialist and philan-

Hughes and American democratic statesman- _thropist. 2nd ed., 2 v., N.Y., 1953. :

ship. Boston, 1956. AB592. Burns, James M. Roosevelt: the ABS565. Cramer, Clarence H. Royal Bob: lion and the fox. N.Y., 1956.

1952. Roosevelt. 3 v. Boston, 1952-56. | AB566. James, Marquis. The life of An- AB594, Perkins, Frances. The Roosevelt I ,

the life of Robert G. Ingersoll. Indianapolis, ABS593. Freidel, Frank B. Franklin D.

drew Jackson. N.Y., 1938. knew. N.Y., 1946.

AB567. Henderson, George F. R. Stone- AB595. Blum, John M. The Republican

wall Jackson and the American Civil War. Roosevelt. Cambridge, Mass., 1954.

2 v. N.Y. and London, 1898. AB596. Pringle, Henry F. Theodore RooseABS568. Perry, Ralph B. The thought and velt, a biography. N.Y., 1931. character of William James. 2 v. Cambridge, AB597. Jessup, Philip C. Elihu Root. 2 v.

Mass., 1935. 1 v. ed., 1948. N.Y., 1938.

AB569. Monaghan, Frank. John Jay. AB598. Leopold, Richard W. Elihu Root

N.Y., 1935. and the conservative tradition. Boston, 1954. ,

, United States of America , 741 AB599. Craven, Avery O. Edmund Ruffin, 19 v. N.Y., 1906-17. Reprint, 1952. A series

southerner. N.Y., 1932. of contemporary accounts of U. S. colonial

AB600. Fuess, Claude M. Carl Schurz, history. [SD] | |

reformer. N.Y., 1932. AB625. Stock, Leo F., ed. Proceedings and

AB601. Mitchell, R. Stewart. Horatio Sey- debates of the British parliaments respect- mour of New York. Cambridge, Mass., 1938. ing North America. 5 v. Washington, 1924—

AB602. Morison, Elting E. Admiral Sims 41. Collection of contemporary parliaand the modern American navy. Boston, mentary records of England, Scotland, and

1942. Ireland for 1542-1754. [SD] AB603. Brodie, Fawn M. No man knows AB626. Force, Peter, comp. Tracts and |

my history: the life of Joseph Smith, the other papers relating principally to the origin, :

Mormon prophet. N.Y., 1945. settlement, and progress of the colonies in | AB604. Steffens, J. Lincoln. The autobiog- North America, from the discovery of the raphy of Lincoln Steffens. 2 v. N.Y., 1931. country to the year 1776. 4 v. Washington, AB605. Current, Richard N. Old Thad 1836-46.

Stevens. Madison, 1942. : AB627, ——, comp. American archives.

AB606. Wilson, R. Forrest. Crusader in 4th series (Mar. 7, 1774-July 4, 1776) and crinoline: the life of Harriet Beecher Stowe. Sth ser. (July 4, 1776-Sept. 3, 1783), 9 v.,

Philadelphia, 1941. | Washington, 1837-53. Series 1, 2, 3, and 6 AB607. McLoughlin, William G., Jr. Billy were also planned, but never published. Parts

: Sunday was his real name. Chicago, 1955. — have been edited and published by the Li- |

AB608. Zollinger, James P. Sutter, the brary of Congress.[SD] _ :

man and his empire. N.Y., 1939: AB628. Wharton, Francis, ed. RevoluAB609. Pringle, Henry F. The life and tionary diplomatic correspondence of the times of William Howard Taft. 2 v. N.Y., United States. 6 v. Washington, 1889.

1939. ; | AB629. U. S. Continental Congress. JourAB610. Swisher, Carl B. Roger B. Taney. nals of the Continental Congress, 1774-1789,

N-Y., 1935. edited from the original records in the Li-

AB611. Flick, Alexander C. Samuel Jones brary of Congress. 34 v. Washington, 1904— . Tilden: a studyBurnett, in political sagacity. N.Y., 37. : | 1939, AB630. Edmund C., ed. Letters AB612. De Voto, Bernard A. Mark of members of the Continental Congress.

Twain’s America. Boston, 1932. 8 v. Washington, 1921-36. Contains 6,125

. AB613. Lane, Wheaton J. Commodore letters, parts of letters, and diaries supplying

Vanderbilt. N.Y., 1942. — contemporary evidence concerning ideas and

AB614. Freeman, Douglas S. George events. No formal record of debates was

Washington. 6 v. N.Y., 1948-52. V. 7, by kept by the Continental Congress. [SD] John A. Carroll and Mary W. Ashworth, AB631. Bemis, Samuel F., and Grace G.

N.Y., 1957. Griffin. Guide to the diplomatic history of AB615. Woodward, C. Vann. Tom Watson, the United States, 1775-1921. Washington,

agrarian rebel. N.Y., 1938. 1935, Exhaustive compilation with critical ~ AB616. Fuess, Claude M. Daniel Webster. evaluations of books and articles. [TAB]

2 Vv. Boston, 1930. > - AB632. Farrand, Max, ed. Records of the AB617. Fleming, Donald H. William H. federal convention of 1787. 4 v. New Haven, Welch and the rise of modern medicine. 1911-37. |

Boston, 1954. AB633. Richardson, James D., ed. A comAB618. Johnson, Thomas Walter. William pilation of the messages and papers of the

_Allen White’s America. N.Y., 1947. presidents, 1789-1897. 10 v. Washington,

AB619. Hirsch, Mark D. William C. 1896-99. _ , ,

Whitney: modern Warwick. N.Y., 1948. AB634. U. S. Congress. American state

AB620. Smith, Charles P. James Wilson, papers: documents, legislative and executive,

founding father, 1742-1798. Chapel Hill, of the Congress of the United States. 38 v.

1956. Washington, 1832-61. Selected documents |

| AB621. Garraty, John A. Woodrow Wil- of the first 25 congresses (1789-1838). Con- | son: a great life in brief. N.Y., 1956. stitutes the first part of the Congressional AB622. Walworth, Arthur C. Woodrow - series. [SD]

Wilson. 2 v. N.Y., 1958. AB635. ———. Annals of Congress. 1789AB623. Link, Arthur S. Wilson. 2 v. 1824. 42 v. Washington, 1834-56. Edited

, | cant proceedings. [SD]

_ Princeton, 1947—56. reports, digests, and compilations of signifiDOCUMENTS, COLLECTIONS OF AB636. ——. Register of debates. 1824—

WRITINGS 37. 14 v. in 29. Washington, 1825-37. oe AB637. ———. Congressional globe. 1833AB624. Original narratives of early Amer- 73. 46 v. in 111. Washington, 1834-73. ican history. Ed. by J. Franklin Jameson. AB638. ———. Congressional record. 1873

742 Guide to Historical Literature ff. Washington, 1874 ff. Prepared from Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New

. stenographic reports of the debates and Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania,

| proceedings. [SD] Rhode Island, and Vermont. [SD]

AB639. Catterall, Helen T., ed. Judicial AB652. Historical Records Survey. Bibliog-

cases concerning American slavery and the raphy of research projects reports. No. 7. .

negro. 5 v. Washington, 1926-37. Washington, 1943. Includes guides to de-

: AB640. Donnan, Elizabeth, ed. Docu- positories of manuscripts, manuscript col| ments illustrative of the history of the lections in the United States, and public vital slave trade to America. 4 v. Washington, statistics; and inventories of church, state,

1930-35. county, town and city archives, and federal AB641. Carter, Clarence E., ed. The ter- archives in the states. [SD]

ritorial papers of the United States. 22 v. AB653. Hodgson, James G. The official Washington, 1934-56. These papers cast publications of American counties: a union |

much light on matters of government routine. list. Fort Collins, Colo., 1937. Contains and policy, Indian affairs, personalities, po- 5,243 entries for holdings of 194 libraries on litical alignments and conflicts. [SD] activities of county governments or officials. - AB642. Jackson, Andrew. Correspondence Indexed by subject. [SD]

of Andrew Jackson. Ed. by John S. Bassett. AB654, National Association of State Li-

_ 7¥. Washington, 1926-35. braries. Check-list of legislative journals of

AB643. Miller, David H. Treaties and _ states of the United States of America.

other international acts of the United States Comp. by Grace E. MacDonald and others. of America. 8 v. Washington, 1931-48. 2 v. Providence, 1938. Supp., Boston, 1943. Definitive edition of U. S. treaties to 1863, AB655. Pullen, William R. A check list of with compendious scholarly notes. [TAB] legislative journals issued since 1937 by the

| AB644, U. S. Senate. Treaties, conven- states of the United States of America. Chitions, international acts, protocols, and agree- cago, 1955. Legislative journals frequently ments between the United States of America contain legislative and executive documents and other powers. 1776-1937. 4 v. Washing- not issued separately. [SD]

| ton, 1910-38. AB656. National Association of State LiAB645. U. S. Department of State. Papers braries. Check-list of session laws. Comp.

relating to the foreign relations of the by Grace E. MacDonald. N.Y., 1936. | United States. 1861 ff. Washington, 1862 ff. AB657. ———. Check-list of statutes of

(Title varies.) states of the United States of America inAB646. ——. United States treaties and cluding revisions, compilations, digests, codes

: other international agreements. 1950 ff. and indexes. Comp. by Grace E. MacDonald. Washington, 1952 ff. Published treaty ma- Providence, 1937. terials formerly included in U. S. statutes AB658, ——. Collected public documents

at large. [SD] . of the states: a check list. Comp. by William _AB647. Statutes at large of the United S. Jenkins. Boston, 1947. ,

States of America. 1789-1873. 17 v. Boston, - AB659. U. S. Library of Congress. Guide

1845-73. to manuscripts relating to American history

| AB648. United States statutes at large. in British depositories reproduced for the

1874 ff. Washington, 1875 ff. (Title varies.) Division of Manuscripts of the Library of Does not include treaties from 1950 on. Congress. Comp. by Grace G. Griffin. WashAB649. U. S. Supreme Court. United ington, 1946. Arranged by depository where

States reports. 1790 ff. N.Y. and Washing- original is located. [SD] :

ton, 1882 ff. (Title varies.) Before 1875 these AB660. ———. A guide to the microfilm col-

volumes bore names of various reporters who lection of early state records. Comp. by collected them, and are customarily cited by William S. Jenkins. Washington, 1950. Supan abbreviated form of these reporters’ names. plement, 1951. Index and location list for AB650. Carnegie Institution of Washington. 2,500,000 pages of early state legislative [Guides to manuscript materials for the his- proceedings, statutes, administrative, court tory of the United States.] 23 v. Washington, and other records. [SD]

| 1906-43. Individual monographs which pro- AB661. ——-. Manuscripts in public and

vide guides, inventories, calendars, and lists private collections in the United States. Rev. of archives, manuscripts, and other unpub- ~~ ed., Washington, 1924. Complete name index, |

lished materials in United States and but subject index is inadequate. [SD]

European repositories. [SD] AB662. Adams, John. Works. Ed. by

AB651. Hasse, Adelaide R. Index of eco- Charles Francis Adams. 10 v. Boston, 1850nomic material in documents of the states of 56. the United States. 13 v. in 16 pts. Washing- AB663. Cappon, Lester, ed. The Adams. ton, 1907—22. Covers other aspects of U. S. Jefferson letters: the complete correspondence history besides economic. Indexes printed between Thomas Jefferson and Abigail and documents of executive and legislative bodies John Adams. 2 v. Chapel Hill, 1959. The of California, Delaware, Illinois, Kentucky, 380 letters of this correspondence reveal the

United States of America 743

1913-17. |

interests and philosophical convictions of two societies, and the evolution of many of

| outstanding Americans. Expert editing. these into urban communities. |

[GFH] | AB681. Original journals of the Lewis and AB664. Adams, John Quincy. Writings. Clark expedition, 1804-1806. Ed. by Reuben

Ed. by Worthington C. Ford. 7 v. N.Y., G. Thwaites. 8 v. N.Y., 1904-05.

AB665. Buchanan, James. Works. Ed. by UNIVERSITY AND SOCIETY

John B. Moore. 12 v. Philadelphia, 1908-11. - PUBLICATIONS AB666. Franklin, Benjamin. Writings. Ed.

by Albert H. Smyth. 10 v. N.Y., 1905-07. AB682. .American Antiquarian Society. A new edition of Franklin’s writings, edited Archaeologia americana: transactions and

New Haven, 1960 ff. (Title varies. ) by L. W. Labaree and others, is in progress. collections. 12 v. Worcester, etc., 1820-1911. | AB667. Hayes, Rutherford B. Diary and AB683. ———. Proceedings. 75 v. and index.

Columbus, 1922-26. (Semiannual.) a

letters. Ed. by Charles R. Williams. 5 v. Worcester, 1812-80. New ser., 1880 ff. AB668. Jefferson, Thomas. Papers. Ed. by AB684, American Historical Association. - Julian P. Boyd and others. 14 v. Princeton, Papers. N.Y., 1886-91. 1950-58. (Other vols. in process.) Monu- AB685, ——. Annual reports. Washington,

mental work providing source materials for 1890 ff. ] |

_ Students of life as a whole in Jefferson’s AB686. American Philosophical Society.

| time. See also editions by P. L. Ford (10 v., Proceedings. Philadelphia, 1838 ff. (Annual.) 1892-99) and Lipscomb and Bergh (20 v., There is a general index to all publications,

1903). [SD] 1769-1940; and a volume, Early proceedings

AB669. Lincoln, Abraham. Collected (Philadelphia, 1884), which covers the years

works. Ed. by Roy P. Basler. 9 v. New 1744-1838. : Brunswick, 1953-55. AB687, ———. Transactions. Philadelphia, AB670. ———. Complete works. Ed. by 1769 ff. (Irregular.) John G. Nicolay, John Hay, and others. 12 AB688. Columbia University. Studies in

vy. NLY., 1905. history, economics, and public law. N.Y., AB671. Madison, James. Writings. Ed. by 1892 ff. oo Gaillard Hunt. 9 v. N.Y., 1900-10. A new AB689._ Harvard University. Harvard

edition of Madison’s writings is in process. studies in business history. Cambridge, Mass., AB672. Monroe, James. Writings. Ed. by 1931 ff. Stanislaus M. Hamilton. 7 v. N.Y., 1898-— AB690. ——. Harvard economic studies.

1903. Boston and Cambridge, 1906 ff. | AB673. Polk, James K. Diary of James K. AB691. ——. Harvard historical mono-

Polk during his presidency, 1845 to 1849. graphs. Cambridge, Mass., 1932 ff. Ed. by Milo M. Quaife. 4 v. Chicago, 1910. AB692. Illinois State Historical Society. AB674. Roosevelt, Franklin D. Public Journal. Springfield, Ill., 1908 ff. (Quarterly.) papers and addresses. Ed. by Samuel I. General index through 1933.

Rosenman. 13 v. N.Y., 1938—S0. AB693. ———. Transactions. Springfield, AB675. Roosevelt, Theodore. Works. 24 v. _‘Ill., 1900 ff. (Irregular. Title varies.)

N.Y., 1923-26. . AB694. Johns Hopkins University. Studies

AB676. ———. Letters. Ed. by Elting E. im international thought. Baltimore, 1929 ff. _ Morison and others. 8 v. Cambridge, Mass., AB695. ——. The Albert Shaw lectures 1951-54. Rich collection, carefully edited. on diplomatic history. Baltimore, 1899 ff. AB677. Washington, George. Writings. Ed. AB696. ——. Studies in historical and by John C. Fitzpatrick. Bicentennial ed., political science. Baltimore, 1883 ff. (Title

39 v., Washington, 1931-44. V. 38-39 are varies.) :

general index by David M. Matteson. AB697. Colonial Society of Massachusetts. AB678. Wilson, Woodrow. Public papers. Publications. Boston, 1895 ff. (Irregular.)

Ed. by Ray S. Baker and William E. Dodd. General index through 1924.

6v.N.Y., 1925-27. AB698. Massachusetts Historical Society.

AB679. Jesuit relations and allied docu- Collections. Boston, 1792 ff. ments. Ed by Reuben G. Thwaites. 73 v. AB699, ———. Proceedings. ist ser., 20 v., Cleveland, 1896-1901. A monumental series Boston, 1791-1883; 2nd ser., 20 v., 1884—

providing much information about the 1907; 3rd ser., 1907 ff. (Annual.) General

| frontiers of New France in the 17th cen- index, Handbook of the publications and |

tury. : photostats, 1792-1935 (Boston, 1937). AB680. Early western travels, 1748-1846. AB700. New Haven Colony Historical So‘Ed. by Reuben G. Thwaites. 32 v. Cleveland, ciety. Papers. New Haven, 1865 ff. (Irregu1904-07. Reprints of rare travel reports lar.) which present a view of the flow of settlers | AB701. New York Historical Society:

into the wilderness, the rapid formation of Quarterly. N.Y., 1917 ff. (Title varies.)

744 Guide to Historical Literature AB702. ——. Collections. ist ser., N.Y., PERIODICALS

1811-59.

AB703. ——~. John Divine Jones Fund AB713. American periodical series, 1741-

series. N.Y., 1879 ff. | 1850. [Microfilm.] 481 reels. Ann Arbor, AB704, ——. John Watts de Peyster Pub- 1942-57. Includes all known and located

lication Fund series. N.Y., 1868 ff. periodicals published in the United States

: AB705. Pennsylvania Historical Associa- prior to 1800, and selected titles for 1800—S0. tion. Pennsylvania history. Philadelphia, [SD]

1934 ff. (Quarterly.) AB714, American heritage. N.Y., 1947—49.

AB706. Southern Historical Society. Papers. New ser., 1949 ff. (Bimonthly.) Richmond, 1876-1910. Index. New ser., 1914 = AB715. The American historical review.

ff.AB707. (Annual.) N.Y., 1895 ff. (Quarterly.) State Historical Society of Wis- _ AB716. The Mississippi Valley historical consin. Wisconsin magazine of history. Madi- review. Cedar Rapids, Jowa, 1914 ff. (Quar-

son, 1917 ff. (Quarterly.) Index through 1946. __ terly.)

| AB708. ——-. Proceedings. Madison, 1875 AB717. The New England quarterly. Balti-

ff. Index through 1901. | more, etc., 1928 ff. AB709, ———. Collections. Madison, 1854 AB718. Pacific historical review. Glenff. (Title varies.) | dale, Calif., 1932 ff. (Quarterly.)

AB710. University of Wisconsin. Studies AB719. The Pennsylvania magazine of in the social sciences and history. Madison, history and biography. Philadelphia, 1877 ff.

1918 ff. (Quarterly. )

| AB711. Yale University. Yale publications AB720. Journal of southern history. Baton | in economics, social science and government. Rouge, etc., 1935 ff. (Quarterly.)

~ New Haven, 1929 ff. AB721. William and Mary quarterly. Wil-

AB712, ——. Yale historical publications. liamsburg, 1892 ff. (Title varies.) |

New Haven, 1912 ff. (Title varies.)

|

‘VII. AFRICA | SECTION AC ,

Africa a | VERNON McKAY * The study of African history has been retarded by the myth that Africa is a continent without history, a belief that dies hard. In this view the only history in Africa has been that of European expansion because only Europeans, with

, few exceptions, have left written records. Africa’s eight hundred languages were unwritten vernaculars until European missionaries began to transcribe them into writing. However, if one accepts Carl Becker’s definition of history as “the memory of things said and done,” a wealth of African history is waiting for study. Happily, an impressive effort in this direction has been launched by

the University of London’s School of Oriental and African Studies. Historians, | archivists, archaeologists, and social anthropologists are combining the methods of their disciplines to unravel Africa’s past. In the absence of documents, tech-

niques for the proper use of oral tradition are being improved, and certain scholars use the term “oral documentation.” Linguistics and even serology (to demonstrate genetic relationships of populations) are beginning to be employed _ for such problems as the evaluation of theories of migrations. Therefore, a high proportion of works from other disciplines will be found in this section. The contributions of historians to African studies are most numerous for the

- two areas of temperate climate that have attracted the most Europeans—the Mediterranean littoral and southern Africa below the Tropic of Capricorn. However, all of Africa, except Egypt, is covered in this section. Certain works relating to the history of European expansion in Africa will be found in Sec-

tion U. ,

GENERAL STUDIES

bibliographies (AC10). In the Library of }| BIBLIOGRAPHIES |Bibliographies | | Congress, Helen F. Conover has compiled on Africa have multiplied eighteen bibliographies on African subjects |

: so rapidly in recent years that they now _ since 1935, the four most useful of which include a 169 page Bibliography of African are listed below (ACJJ—14). For current

_ ™ The following contributed items and comments and in other ways assisted in the preparation of this section: Robert D. Baum, Helen F. Conover, Betty George, William H. Lewis, and John Noon.

745

746 Guide to Historical Literature bibliographies, the best periodicals are south of the Sahara, a selected list of writAfrica, African abstracts, Journal de la ings, 1951-1956. Comp. by Helen F. ConoSociété des Africanistes, and Zaire. A num- ver. Washington, 1957.

ber of critical bibliographical articles, such as AC12. ——. Introduction to Africa, a

AC2, 8, 9, and 17, are helpful. selective guide to background reading. Comp. by Helen F. Conover. Washington, 1952.

General and Regional Bibliographies AC13, ——. North and northeast Africa,

a selected, annotated list of writings, 1951| AC1. Coleman, James S. “‘A survey of se- 1957. Comp. by Helen F. Conover. Washinglected literature on the government and __ ton, 1957. politics of British west Africa.” The Ameri- AC14. ———. Research and information on can political science review, 49 (Dec. 1955): Africa: continuing sources. Comp. by Helen . 1130-50. Critical bibliographical essay on F. Conover. Washington, 1954. A particularly recent books, documents, and significant valuable annotated list of 520 items. Some

periodical articles. of these are organizations that publish regu-

, AC2. Gluckman, Max. “Social anthropol- larly on African questions, while the reogy in central Africa.” Human problems in mainder are periodicals devoted in whole British central Africa, 20 (1956): 1-27. Ex- or consistent part to discussion of Africa.

cellent critical review of research in the AC15. University of Cape Town. Bibliosocial sciences in the Rhodesias and Nyasa- graphical series. Cape Town, 1941 ff. (Ir- |

land. regular.) Under supervision of D. H. Varley, AC3. Hambly, Wilfred D. Bibliography of lecturer in bibliography, many bibliographies

| African anthropology, 1937-1949. Chicago, on African subjects have been compiled at

1952. | this university in part fulfillment of requireAC4, International African Institute. Select ments for the diploma in librarianship. Those

| annotated bibliography of tropical Africa. which have not been published in this series N.Y., 1956. Prepared by some twenty spe- are obtainable on microfilm from the unicialists. Divided into seven main sections: versity librarian. geography; ethnography, sociology, and lin- AC16. Wieschhoff, Heinrich A. Anthroguistics; government and administration; pological bibliography of Negro Africa. New economics; education; missions; and health. Haven, 1948. Conveniently arranged by AC5. Martineau, Alfred A. Bibliographie tribes and geographic areas in a single alphaWhistoire coloniale, 1900-1930. Paris, 1932. betical list. Covers to 1942. AC6. Porter, Dorothy, ed. A catalogue of AC17. Young, Roland, and J. Gus Liebethe African collection in the Meorland now, Jr. “Survey of background material for Foundation, Howard University Library. the study of the government of East Africa.” Washington, 1958. Well-organized catalog of | Am. pol. sci. rev., 48 (Mar. 1954): 187-203.

5,181 items on Africa. ‘Useful bibliographical essay. AC7. Ragatz, Lowell J. A bibliography for

the study of African history in the nineteenth Territorial Bibliographies

and twentieth centuries. Washington, 1943. AC8. Robinson, Kenneth. “Survey of the AC18. Boone, Olga. Bibliographie ethnobackground material for the study of govern- graphique du Congo Belge et des régions ment in French tropical Africa.’ Am. pol. avoisonantes. 5 v. Brussels, 1950-54. Anno-

sei. rev., 50 (Mar. 1956): 170-98. Valuable tated list of all ethnographic publications on | essay by an outstanding British specialist on Congo and neighboring countries. government and politics in French Africa. AC19. Cardinall, Allan W. A bibliography AC9. Rivlin, Benjamin. “A selective sur- of the Gold Coast. Accra, 1932. Those who vey of the literature in the social science and _ think literature on Africa a recent developrelated fields on modern north Africa.” Am. ment may be surprised to find 5,168 items in pol. sci. rev., 48 (Sep. 1954): 826-48. Good this bibliography of one territory. analysis of research on Algeria, Morocco, AC20. Heyse, Théodore. Bibliographie du

Tunisia, and Libya through 1952. Congo Belge et du Ruanda-Urundi. Brussels, AC10. South African Public Library. A 1946 ff. Important bibliographies of general

bibliography of African bibliographies, cov- coverage, issued in irregular installments in

ering territories south of the Sahara. 3rd Cahiers belges et congolais. Succeeded the |

ed., Cape Town, 1955. A. M. Lewis Robin- pre-war Index bibliographique coloniale son’s revision and expansion, to August, (1937-40). 1955, of earlier works by P. Freer and D. H. AC21. Hill, Richard L. A bibliography of Varley. In addition to listing books devoted the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan from the earliest | entirely to bibliography, this volume includes times to 1937. London, 1939.

substantial bibliographies appended to au- AC22. Holden, Margaret A., and Annette

thoritative studies. Jacoby. Modern life and customs. SuppleACI1. U. S. Library of Congress. Africa ment to Schapera, Select bibliography of

Africa , 747 South African native life and problems. Cape lection of Africana. Boston University has

Town, 1950. A University of Cape Town, built up a good collection since 1953, and. |

School of Librarianship study. Howard University has large and valuable

AC23. Joucla, Edmond A. Bibliographie holdings. At Stanford University, the Hoover |

de l’Afrique occidentale francaise. Paris, Library and the Food Research Institute

1937. | | library are good on Africa. The School of | AC24. Luke, Sir Harry C. A bibliography | Advanced International Studies of The Johns

of Sierra Leone, preceded by an essay on the Hopkins University, and Roosevelt College origin, character and peoples of the colony in Chicago are also collecting African ma-

and protectorate. 2nd ed., London, 1925. terials. :

AC25. Mendelssohn, Sidney. Mendels- Other libraries with valuable Africana in-

sohn’s South African bibliography. 2 v. Lon- clude the Widener Library and the Peabody don, 1910. Valuable annotated bibliography Museum at Harvard University, the Yale of older works, including periodicals, blue- | University library, the Missionary Research

books, and parliamentary papers. | Library at the Union Theological Seminary, ~ AC26. Perry, Ruth. A preliminary bib- the New York Public Library, and the liography of the literature of nationalism in American Geographical Society library (on _

Nigeria. Stanford, 1956. African exploration).

AC27. Sanner, P., ed. Bibliographie a

ethnographique de TlAfrique equatoriale GEOGRAPHIES AND ATLASES

francaise, 1914-1948, Paris, 1949. : |

AC28. Santandrea, Stefano. Bibliografia AC32. Church, Ronald J. H. The pattern di studi africani della missione dell’Africa of transport in British west Africa: geograph-

centrale. Verona, 1948. Bibliography of writ- ical essays on British tropical lands. London,

ings by Catholic missionaries on the Anglo- 1955.

Egyptian Sudan and Uganda during the last AC33. ——~. West Africa: a study of the |

100 years. | environment and of man’s use of it. London, AC29. Schapera, Isaac, ed. Select bibliog- | 1957. Most comprehensive geographic study

raphy of South African native life and prob- of west African regions—British, French,

lems. London, 1941. Excellent annotated Portuguese, and Spanish territories and

- bibliography covering Southern Rhodesia as Liberia—focused on physical environment, well as South Africa, prepared by a group resources, and their development.

of scholars for the Inter-University Com- AC34. Ford, Victor C. R. The trade of

mittee for African Studies under Schapera’s Lake Victoria, a geographical study. Kam-

direction. AC22 is a supplement to this pala, Uganda, 1955. Monograph, based on

volume. primary sources and original investigation, AC30. Spain. Direcci6dn General de Ma- analyzing, against the geographical and _ hisrruecos y Colonias. Catalogo de la exposi- torical background, the present trade of the cién de libros espafioles sobre geografia y lake region by specific commodities. Select

viajes en Africa. Comp. by M. Asuncién del _ bibliography.

| Val. Madrid, 1948. AC35. Fitzgerald, Walter. Africa: a social,

AC31. Varley, Douglas H. A bibliography economic and political geography of its of Italian colonisation in Africa. See UJ0. major regions. 8th ed., London, 1955. The standard geography of the entire continent,

Libraries devoted largely to regional studies, with ,

: minor revisions by W. C. Brice noting im-

The systematic development of United portant developments through 1954. Reading

States library resources on Africa began after lists throughout.

World War II. By 1958 the Library of Con- AC36. Harroy, Jean-Paul. Afrique, terre , gress was purchasing about 12,000 items on qui meurt: la dégradation des sols africains |

Africa each year under blanket orders with sous Vinfluence de la colonisation. Brussels, fourteen commercial booksellers in Africa 1944. Important, lucid study of soil exhausand through other sources; was exchanging tion and erosion in Africa, including analysis

materials with nearly 1,000 government of transformation of African agriculture |

agencies and scientific and learned institu- under colonization and suggestions for reme- | tions in Africa; was receiving about 550 dial action. List of principal works cited. periodicals and publications of organizations AC37. Stamp, Laurence D. Africa: a study | that publish regularly on Africa, and 120 im tropical development. N.Y., 1953. Authori’" newspapers from 32 geographic areas in tative geography of entire continent, empha-

Africa (over 100 of which are retained for sizing responses of inhabitants to geographi- . permanent collections); and was acquiring cal environment. Bibliographical note for

about 1,000 maps of Africa each year. each chapter. |

Among university libraries, Northwestern AC38. Wellington, John -H. Southern has the best and most rapidly growing col- Africa, a geographical study. 2 v. Cam-

748 Guide to Historical Literature bridge, Eng., 1955. Authoritative, well-illus- | Hottentot, Bantu, and Bergdama of southern trated physical, economic, and human geog- Africa. Bibliography.

raphy of Africa south of the Congo-Zambezi AC49. Seligman, Charles G. Races of.

watershed. Africa. 3rd ed., London, 1957. Authoritative

AC39. Fage, J. D. An atlas of African his- introduction to the ethnology of Africa, | tory. Bungay, Suffolk, Eng., 1958. Unique divided into sections on the six main groups. and valuable annotated volume of 62 original Short bibliography. maps illustrating African history from Roman AC50. Smith, Edwin W. The golden stool:

times to 1957. some aspects of the conflict of cultures in AC40. Walker, Eric A. Historical atlas of Africa. 2nd ed., London, 1927. Classic study,

South Africa. Cape Town, 1922. by a prominent missionary and anthro-

AC41,. Automobile Association of South pologist, of religious, educational, adminis-

| Africa. Trans-African highways. 2nd ed., trative, and economic problems.

Johannesburg, 1925. Rev. ed., Cape Town, AC51. Tempels, Placied. La philosophie 1949. Maps and descriptions of main trunk bantoue. Elisabethville, Belg. Congo, 1945;

| roads throughout Africa. Paris, 1949. Provocative essay, by a Catholic

missionary priest in the Belgian Congo, ANTHROPOLOGICAL WORKS which argues that the Bantu have their own

philosophy of life which must be studied if AC42. Forde, Cyril D., ed. African worlds: they are to be raised to a higher level of

: studies in the cosmological ideas and social civilization. values of African peoples. London, 1954.

Nine essays by social anthropologists and DEMOGRAPHY

ethnologists, each analyzing the cosmography

of an African people and its relation to AC52. Kuczynski, Robert R. Demographic

social organization. survey of the British colonial empire. 3 v.

AC43. Fortes, Meyer, and Edward E. London, 1948-53. Comprehensive study of

Evans-Pritchard, eds. African political sys- available demographic data, including intertems. London, 1940. Analyses of the in- esting facts on the history of census-taking, digenous political systems of eight African in British west Africa (v. 1), British east peoples, written by outstanding anthropol- Africa, High Commission territories, North-

ogists. -ern Rhodesia, Nyasaland, British Somaliland, AC44, Malinowski, Bronislaw. The dy- Mauritius, and Seychelles (v. 2), by the

namics of culture change: an inquiry into former demographer of the Colonial Office. race relations in Africa. New Haven, 1945. Bibliography.

Functionalist theory of culture conceived as : : tact, as applied to African. conditions. |

institutions and the concept of culture con- LINGUISTIC WORKS

Bibliography. AC53. Basset, André. La langue berbére. AC45. Marie André du Sacré Coeur, London, 1952. [Handbook of African lanSoeur. La femme noire en Afrique occi- guages, 1.]

dentale. Paris, 1939. Study of the indigenous § AC54. Greenberg, Joseph H. Studies in family and social structure of French West African linguistic classification. New Haven, , Africa, particularly the position of women, 1955. Reprint of the author’s Southwestern by a missionary sister and scholar of Afri- journal of anthropology articles, which de-

can ethnology. Bibliography. | | velop a new classification scheme for African AC46. Phillips, Arthur, ed. Survey of languages.

African marriage and family life. London, AC55. Guthrie, Malcolm. The Bantu lan-

1953. Three-part study of western impact on guages of western equatorial Africa. London, indigenous systems of marriage and family 1953. life in Africa south of the Sahara, by three AC56. MacDougald, Duncan, Jr. The Ian-

. specialists in the anthropological, legal, and guages and press of Africa. Philadelphia, missionary fields. Bibliography for each 1944. A census of principal African,

_ section. European, and Asiatic languages spoken in AC47. Radcliffe-Brown, Alfred R., and Africa; survey of literacy by language and

} Cyril D. Forde, eds. African systems of territory; and list of African newspapers. kinship and marriage. London, 1950. Sym- Bibliography.

| posium of nine studies by social anthro- = AC57. Tucker, Archibald N., and Mar-

pologists, each analyzing the social system garet A. Bryan. The non-Bantu languages of . of one or more African people, with intro- north-eastern Africa, with a supplement on ductory analysis of kinship systems by A. R. | the non-Bantu languages of southern Africa.

Radcliffe-Brown. London, 1956. AC48. Schapera, Isaac. Government and © AC58. Westermann, Diedrich H., and

politics in tribal societies. London, 1956. Margaret A. Bryan. The languages of west Indigenous political systems of Bushmen, Africa. London, 1952.

oe Africa — 749 PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES AC73. Hailey, William M., baron. An

. . African survey: a study of problems arising |

ACS59. Beer, George L. African questions jn Africa south of the Sahara. Rev. 1956 ed., : at the Paris peace conference, with papers J] ondon, 1957. Lord Hailey’s 1,676 page revi-

on Egypt, Mesopotamia, and the colonial gion follows outline of his classic 1938

settlement. N.Y., 1923. . Survey, but contains much new material and

AC60. Esquer, Gabriel, ed. Collection synthesizes the best scholarship available. — de documents inédits sur Vhistoire de Deals particularly with administrative prob-

] _PAlgerie. Paris, 1912 ff. , lems, but covers a wide range of political,

AC61. Grandidier, Alfred, and others, eds. legal, economic, social, and educational | Collection des ouvrages anciens concernant jssyes. , :

Madagascar. 9 v. Paris, 1903-20. | AC74. Lugard, Sir Frederick J. D. The

AC62. Hertslet, Edward. The map of qual mandate in British tropical Africa. 4th _ Africa by treaty. 3rd, rev. ed. by R. W. ed., Edinburgh, 1929. Classic exposition of , _ Brant and H. L. Sherwood, 3.v., London, his concept of indirect rule, by the first 1909. Classic compilation of treaty texts with governor of Nigeria. Covers administration, illustrative colored maps on European pos- judicial system, land tenure, taxation, labor,

sessions and claims in Africa. This edition education, and economic development. Oe :

| covers to end of 1908. AC75. Mair, Lucy -P. Native policies in AC63. Southern Rhodesia. Central African Africa. London, 1936. .

Archives. The Oppenheimer series. London, ~AC76. Wieschhoff, Heinrich A. Colonial

| 1945 ff. A de luxe series including diaries policies im Africa. Philadelphia, 1944. |

| and other source material on southern Afri-— [Wieschhoff, H. A., ed., African handbooks,

_can history. 5.] Summary of aims and methods of colonial AC64, Theal, George M., ed. Records of powers in Africa. Bibliography.

| south-eastern Africa, collected in libraries AC77. Worthington, Edgar B. Science in | and archive departments in Europe. 9 v. Africa: a review of scientific research relating

London, 1898-1903. to tropical and southern Africa. London,

AC65. ———, ed. Records of the Cape {938. Valuable reference volume summarizColony, from February 1793, copied for the jing pre-war position of studies in geology, Cape government from manuscript docu- climate, soil science, forestry, zoology, agri_Ients in the Public Record Office, London. culture, animal husbandry, health, and medi-

36 v. London, 1897-1905. : cine. Lengthy ‘bibliography.

AC66. Van Riebeeck Society. Van Riebeeck Society publications. 37 V. Cape Town, HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS| 1918-56. Five series of volumes of diaries and other source materials on South African AC78. Axelson, Eric V. South-east Africa,

history . 1488-1530. London, 1940. History, based on primary sources, of the Portuguese acquisi-

| SURVEYS tion. of ArabAppendices States include in southeast Africa. a report on the archives

AC67. Baumann, Herman, and Diedrich and libraries of Portugal, and documents Westermann. Les peuples et les civilisa- published for the first time. Extensive bib-

tions de VAfrique. Paris, 1948. Excellent liography. , | summmary with considerable historical in- AC79, Blake, John W. European begin-

formation. nings in west Africa, 1454-1578. London, AC68. Brown, William O., ed. Contem- 1937. Lively study by a British historian.

porary Africa trends and issues. Philadelphia, Covers Portuguese discoveries and_ enter1955. [Annals of the American Academy of prise, the Spanish attempt to found an em, Political and Social Science, 298.] This and _ pire, and British and French rivalry in west AC69-—71 are useful synopses on contempo- Africa in the 15th and 16th centuries. Based

- rary African problems. largely on primary sources, some of which

day. Baltimore, 1955. raphy. ,

| -~ AC69. Haines, Charles G., ed. Africa to- were published in AC80. Select bibliog- _ AC70. Stillman, Calvin W., ed. Africa in §AC80. ——, ed. and tr. Europeans in west

the modern world. Chicago, 1955. Africa, 1450-1560. See U42..

AC71. American Assembly. The United AC81. Bovill, E. W. The golden trade of

States and Africa. N.Y., 1958. the Moors. London, 1958. This revision of

AC72. Buell, Raymond L. The native the 1933 classic, Caravans of the old Sahara, problem in Africa. 2 v. N.Y., 1928. Monu- is the best account in English of the medieval

mental study of political, economic, and kingdoms of the western Sudan. Bibliog-

social problems created by western impact on = raphy. :

Africans in Liberia and in British, French, — AC82. Brasio, Antonio. Monumenta mis-

and Belgian Africa south of the Sahara. | sionaria africana: Africa ocidental. 4 v.

Extensive bibliography. . Lisbon, 1952-54. Monumental history of

750 Guide to Historical Literature | Portuguese activity in west Africa during the AC97. Howard, C., ed. West African ex-

late 15th and the 16th centuries. plorers. London, 1952. [World classic series, AC83. Chailley, Marcel. Les grandes mis- 523.) ©

sions francaises en Afrique occidentale. AC98. Macnair, James I., ed. Livingstone’s | Dakar, 1953. Short history of French ex- travels. London, 1954. Well-chosen selections plorations in west Africa from 1639 to 1933. from David Livingstone’s works. Geographi-

Bibliography. cal sections by Ronald Miller; and running AC84. Davies, Kenneth G. The Royal commentary, preface, and introduction by

African Company. See U/31. editor. Bibliography.

AC85. Delafosse, Maurice. Haut-Sénégal- AC99, Perham, Margery F., and Jack Niger. 3 v. Paris, 1912. Detailed and im- Simmons, eds. African discovery: an antholportant study of medieval kingdoms of ogy of exploration. 2nd ed., London, 1957.

western Sudan. | New, essentially unrevised, edition of the

AC86. Fage, J. D. An introduction to the 1942 anthology drawn from narratives of history of west Africa. Cambridge, Eng., eleven great British explorers of Africa dur1955. Concise and readable; good maps, and _ ing the period 1769-1873. Introduction sumbrief, annotated bibliography. Concentrates | marizes history of exploration.

on period before World War II. | AC100. Baker, John N. L. A history of |

AC87. Macmillan, William M. Africa geographical discovery and exploration. See =| emergent: a survey of social, political and U69.

economic trends in British Africa. Rev. ed., . | Harmondsworth, Eng., 1949. This Penguin West Africa

| book is a readable and stimulating interpre-. AC101. Allen, William, and T. R. H. | : tation of the history and development of | Thomson. A narrative of the expedition sent

British Africa. by her majesty’s government to the river

AC88. Martin, Eveline C. The British Niger in 1841. 2 v. London, 1848. west African settlements, 1750-1821: a study AC102. Baikie, William B. Narrative of

, in local administration. N.Y., 1927. an exploring voyage up the rivers Kwora and | AC89. Welch, Sidney R. Europe’s discov- Binue in 1854. London, 1856.

ery of South Africa. Cape Town, 1937. AC103. Barth, Henry. Travels and discov- ] AC90. ——. South Africa under King cries in north and central Africa, 1849-55, Manuel, 1495-1521. Cape Town, 1946. 5 v. London, 1857-58. AC91. ——. South Africa under King AC104. Bosman, William. A new and acSebastian and the cardinal. Cape Town, curate description of the coast of Guinea.

1949, London, 1705.

AC92. ——~—. South Africa under John AC105. Burton, Sir Richard F. A mission

WW, 1521-1557. Cape Town, 1949. to Gelele, king of Dahome. 2 v. London,

AC93. ———. Portuguese rule and Spanish 1864. }

crown in South Africa, 1581-1640. Cape AC106. Caillié, René. Travels through

: Town, 1950. central Africa to Timbuctoo, and across the

| AC94, ——. Portuguese and Dutch in great desert, to Morocco, performed in the

South Africa, 1641-1806. Cape Town, 1951. years 1824-1828. 2 v. London, 1830. AC95. Leconfield, Hugh A. W., baron. AC107, Clapperton, Hugh. Journal of a The Atlantic and slavery. London, 1935. second expedition into the interior of Africa Interesting on the slave coast and slave trad- from the bight of Benin to Soccatoo, to

ing methods. which is added the journal of Richard —

: Lander from Kano to the seacoast, partly by a more eastern route. London, 1829. : HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS -AC108. Denham, Dixon, Hugh Clapper-

| Exploration of Africa ton, and W. Oudney. Narrative of travels

and discoveries in northern and _ central The writings of explorers are our only Africa in the years 1822, 1823, and 1824,

written records of much of Africa in earlier London, 1826. times. Many of them are quite interesting, AC109. Horneman, Frederick. The journal

1802. |

| and the perceptive observations of some are of Frederick Horneman’s travels from Cairo

of unusual value. | to Mourzouk in the years 1797-8. London,

Anthologies AC110. Leo Africanus (Jean-Léon l’Afri-

AC96. Axelson, Eric V., ed. South African cain). Description de PAfrique. Tr. from explorers. London, 1954. Anthology of Italian by A. Epaulard. New ed., 2 v., Paris, travel narratives of explorers of Africa south 1956. Best edition of this work, which is of the Zambezi, from Vasco da Gama to the principal source for historical geography Livingstone and Selous, with an introductory of Maghreb, Sahara, and western Sudan in |

: outline of exploration. Bibliography of most the 16th century.

important chronicles. ~ACI1I4. Jobson, Richard. The golden |

, Africa 751 trade: or a discovery of the river Gambra, AC132. ——. My dark companions and and the golden trade of the Aethiopians. their strange stories. N.Y., 1893.

London, 1623. AC133. ——. The autobiography of Sir AC112. Kingsley, Mary H. Travels in west Henry Morton Stanley. N.Y., 1909. Africa: Congo Francais, CoriscoAfrica and Camer- | 7 oons. London, 1897. Southern

' AC113. Laird, Macgregor, and R. A. K. AC134,. Alexander, Sir James E. An exOldfield: Narrative of an expedition into the pedition of discovery into the interior of interior of Africa, by the river Niger, in the Africa. 2 v. London, 1838. : steam-vessels Quorra and Alburkah, in 1832, AC135. Barrow, Sir John. An account of

: 1833, and 1834. 2 v. London, 1837. travels into the interior of southern Africa.

-AC114. Lander, Richard L., and John London, 1801. |

Lander. Journal of an expedition to explore AC136. Burchell, William J. Travels in the

the course and termination of the Niger. imterior of south Africa. 2 v. London, 1822.

3 v. London, 1832. AC137, Campbell, John. Travels in south

AC115. Park, Mungo. Travels in the in- Africa. 2nd ed., London, 1815. terior districts of Africa, 1795, 1796, and AC138. ———. Travels in south Africa...

1797, 5th ed., London, 1807. a second journey. 2 v. London, 1822.

AC116. ——. Travels in the interior parts. © AC139. Chapman, James. Travels in the of Africa, with an account of a subsequent interior of south Africa. 2 v. London, 1868. mission to that country in 1805. 2 v. Lon- AC140. Galton, Sir Francis F. The nar-

don, 1816. rative of an explorer in tropical south

| 7 Africa. London, 1853.

Kast and Central Africa AC141. Gardiner, Allen F. Narrative of a

Baker, .Sir Samuel W. Ismailia. journey to the Zoolu country. London, 2AC117. v. London, 1874. , 1836. | AC118. ——. The Aibert N’Yanza, great AC142. Livingstone, David. Missionary

: basin of the Nile. 2 v. London, 1866. travels and researches in south Africa. Lon-

AC119. —-—. The Nile tributaries of don, 1857. |

Abyssinia. Philadelphia, 1867. | AC143, ———. Narrative of an expedition AC120. Bruce, James. Travels to discover to the Zambesi and its tributaries. London,

the source of the Nile. 5 v. Edinburgh, 1865. |

1790. AC144, Moffat, Robert. Missionary labours AC121. Crawford, Osbert G. S., ed. and scenes in southern Africa. London,

Ethiopian itineraries, circa 1400-1524, in- 1842.

cluding those collected by Alessandro Zorzi AC145. Mossop, E. E., ed. and tr. The

Eng., 1958. 1947. oo

at Venice in the years 1519-1524. Cambridge, journals.of Brink and Rhenius. Cape Town,

- AC122. Livingstone, David. Narrative of AC146. Oswell, William E. William Cotton an expedition to the Zambesi and its tribu- Oswell, hunter and explorer. 2 v. London,

taries. London, 1865. 1900. AC123. —-——. The last journals of David AC147, Peres, Damiao. Diario da viagem Livingstone in central Africa. 2 v. London, de Vasco da Gama. 2 v. Oporto, 1945. 1874. | | AC148. Santos, Jodo dos. Ethiopia orienAC124. Speke, John H. Journal of the tal. Evora, Portugal, 1609. discovery of the source of the Nile. London, AC149, Selous, Frederick C. Travel and 1863. adventure in south-east Africa. London, AC125. ——. What led to the discovery of 1893.

1873. .

the source of the Nile. London, 1864. AC150. Sparrman, Anders.. Voyage to the AC126. Stanley, Sir Henry M. How [I Cape of Good Hope. 2 v. London, 1785. _ found Livingstone in central Africa. N.Y., _AC151. Waterhouse, Gilbert, ed. and tr.

1872. Simon van der Stel’s journal of his expediAC127. ——. My Kalulu, prince, king, tion to Namaqualand, 1685-1686. Dublin,

and slave: a story of central Africa. London, 1932. :

AC128. ——. Coomassie and Magdala: Arab Travelers the story of two British campaigns in Africa. AC152. Al Bakri (Abu Obeid Abdulla el

N.Y., 1874. Bekri). Description de LTAfrique sepftenAC129. ———. Through the dark conti- trionale, texte arabe. Tr. by W. MacGuckin,

nent. 2 v. N.Y., 1878. Baron de Slane. Rev. ed., Algiers, 1913. AC130. ———. The Congo and the found- AC153. Al Edrist. Nuzhat al-Mushtak. De

ing of its free state. 2 v. N.Y., 1885. geographia universali (abridged Arab text), AC131. ——. In darkest. Africa: or the Rome, 1592; Géographie d’Edrisi traduite

quest, rescue and retreat of Emin, governor de l’arabe en francais. et accompagnée de

of Equatoria. 2 v. N.Y., 1890. notes, by Amédée Jaubert, 2 v., Paris, 1836-

752 Guide to Historical Literature 40; Description de I’Afrique et de PEspagne, volume including anthology of folk tales texte arabe, avec une traduction, des notes from Africa south of the Sahara, list of et un glossaire, by R. Dozy and M. J. de sources and glossary, and an essay on Afri-

Goeje, Leyden, 1866. can negro art. Illustrated.

AC154. Ibn Batuta. The travels of Ibn AC166. Wingert, Paul S. The sculpture of

] Batuta, A.D. 1325-1354. Tr. by H. A. R. Negro Africa. N.Y., 1950. This and ACI64

Gibb. Cambridge, Eng., 1958. are two of the best surveys of African art.

AC155. Ibn Khaldtin. Histoire des Ber- |

béres et des dynasties musulmanes de l’AfriEconomics ‘que septentrionale, texte arabe. New ed. of | .

, French tr., by Paul Casanova, 4 v., Paris, AC167. Bauer, Peter T. West African

1925-56. trade: a study of competition, oligopoly and

AC156. La Ronciére, Charles de. La monopoly in a changing economy. Camdécouverte de VAfrique au Moyen Age, bridge, Eng., 1954. Important, controversial cartographes et explorateurs. 2 v. Cairo, study of the structure and organization of

1925. the external and internal trade of British

: AC157. ‘Abd al-Rahm4an ibn ‘Abd Allah, west Africa, focused on monopolistic tendal-Sa‘di. Documents arabes relatifs 4 Vhis- | encies. Bibliographical footnotes. toire du Soudan: Tarikh es-Soudan. French AC168. Bertieaux, Raymond. Aspects de tr. by O. Houdas. 2 v. Paris, 1898-1900. JT industrielisation en Afrique centrale. BrusBiased but valuable history of Songhai em- _ sels, 1953. Analysis of economic resources,

| pire, by a Sudanese born in Timbuktu in plans, and production of Congo basin ter-

- 1596. ritories, stressing need for industrialization. Statistical data and bibliography. Archaeology AC169. Hance, William A. African eco-

nomic development. N.Y., 1958. Essays on AC158. Alimen, Henriette. The prehistory aspects and problems of African economic

of Africa. London, 1957. Overall account, development growing out of Council on by regions, of the prehistory of the entire Foreign Relations study group. continent, by a French archaeologist. Bib- ©. AC170. Frankel, S. Herbert. Capital in-

; liographies. vestment in Africa, its course and effects. AC159. Caton-Thompson, Gertrude. The London, 1938. Historical analysis of course Zimbabwe culture, ruins and reactions. Ox- of investment in Africa south of the Sahara,

ford, 1931. Results of the author’s 1929 with introductory section relating African excavations at the Zimbabwe ruins in South- economic development to current economic ern Rhodesia, correlated with earlier findings. theory regarding investment. Bibliography.

Bibliography. AC171. ——. The economic impact on AC160. Cole, Sonia M. The prehistory of under-developed societies: essays on inter-

east Africa. See E45. national investment and social change. Cam-

AC161. Breuil, Henri, and others. Rock bridge, Mass., 1953. Collection of nine essays paintings of southern Africa. V. 1, The white dealing with some aspects of “the clash be-

lady of the Brandberg. London, 1955. Well- tween the functional forces of modern in- . | illustrated description and interpretation of dustrialism and the rapidly disintegrating rock paintings in southwest Africa, suggest- indigenous economies.” Examines conceping relationship to Egyptian and Cretan art, tual aspects of the problem and applies con-

and hypothesis of foreign invasion about cepts to Africa.

2000 B.c. ~AC172. Great Britain. Colonial Office. An

AC162. Breuil, Henri. Rock paintings of | economic survey of the colonial territories, southern Africa. V. 2, Philipp cave. London, 1951. 7 v. London, 1952. Presents system-

1958. Sequel to AC/6]. atically for each British colonial territory a

AC163. Leakey, Louis S. B. The Stone concise statement of available economic Age races of Kenya. London, 1935. Report data. V. 1-3 cover central, east, and west

on the human remains of Stone Age man _ Africa. |

found in east Africa, related to findings in AC173. Moussa, Pierre. Les chances écoother parts of Africa and in Europe and nomiques de la communauté franco-africaine.

Asia. | Paris, 1957. Thorough statement of French Eurafrican economic plans, by the director Art of economicoverseas affairs and ministry. planning in the |

AC164. Paulme, Denise. Les sculptures AC174, Newlyn, Walter T., and D. C. de VPAfrique noire. Paris, 1956. Excellent Rowan. Money and banking in British survey of African art by an anthropologist colonial Africa: a study of the monetary

and art historian. and banking systems of eight British African : AC165. Radin, Paul, ed. African folk territories. Oxford, 1954. Study by two |

tales and sculpture. N.Y., 1952. De luxe economists of all monetary and financial in-

Africa , 753 stitutions in British central and east Africa, AC183. Conference on African Education. Nigeria, and Ghana, analyzing their opera- African education: a study of educational tions in terms of policy ends and proposing _ policy and practice in British tropical. Africa. |

reforms. London, 1953. Reports of West Africa Study

AC175. Pim; Sir Alan W. The financial Group and East and Central Africa Study and economic history of the African tropi- Group, 1951-52, and record of the combined cal territories. Oxford, 1940. Concise, au- conference held at Cambridge, Eng., Septemthoritative study of the course and extent of, ber, 1952, all sponsored by the Nuffield

an and main factors contributing to, economic Foundation and the Colonial Office. |. development in tropical Africa to 1936. AC184. Groves, Charles P. The planting

Bibliographies and statistical appendices. of Christianity in Africa. 4 v. London, 1948AC176. Meek, Charles K. Land law and 58. Monumental detailed history of mission-

custom in the colonies. 2nd ed., London, ary activity in Africa, 1840-1954.

1949. Scholarly study of agricultural land AC185. African Education Commission. tenure systems in selected British colonies, Education in Africa: a study of west, south

| including all of the African group except and equatorial Africa. Comp. by Thomas J.

Gambia and the High Commission territo- Jones. N.Y., 1922. This and the following

ries. | work are the well-known Phelps-Stokes Com-

AC177. Noon, John A. Labor problems mission reports which reflected earlier. United of Africa. Philadelphia, 1944. [African hand-- States interest in African educational devel-

books, 6.] Survey of labor conditions in opment and influenced British planning for Africa, by regions, with emphasis on change education. The 1922 report covers British

| from subsistence to wage earning and the territories, Liberia, Belgian Congo, and

adequacy of manpower for present and Angola. :

} future development. Bibliography. AC186. ———. Education in east Africa: a | AC178. Orde-Browne, Granville St. J. The study of east, central and south Africa. African labourer. London, 1933. Authorita- Comp. by Thomas J. Jones. N.Y., 1925.

: tive survey of development, conditions, and AC187. Oliver, Roland A. The missionary :

, problems of wage labor in Africa, with a factor in east Africa. London, 1952. Valusummary of labor legislation in various ter- able, objective account of Christian enter- | |

ritories. _ 7 prise in -Kenya, Uganda, Tanganyika, and, AC179. United Nations. Review of eco- toa lesser extent, Nyasaland. Bibliography.

nomic activity in Africa 1950 to 1954: sup- AC188. Read, Margaret H. Education and

plement to World economic report, 1953- social change in tropical areas. London, 54, N.Y., 1955. Compilation of data for the 1955. Collection of speeches and articles by entire continent, excluding Egypt. Separate a social anthropologist, with emphasis on chapters on agriculture, mining, secondary relationship between educational methods industry, power, labor, foreign trade, fiscal and anthropological knowledge of social

developments, and investment. The United change in Africa and other lands. .

Nations’ economic reviews have been pub- AC189, Trimingham, John S. The Christian

lished annually since 1949-50. _ church and Islam in west Africa. London, 1955. Concise, booklet-length history.

Education and Missions AC190, Wilson, George H. The history of

: the Universities’ Mission to central Africa.

AC180. Attwater, Donald. The White

Fathers in Africa. London, 1937. Short, Politics and Government ,

simply-written history and description of

: activity of the major Catholic missionary AC191. Anderson, James N. D. Islamic

order in Africa. law in Africa. London, 1954. Survey of the

AC181. Davies, Horton, and R. H. W. position of Islamic law in the judicial system

| Shepherd, eds. South African missions, 1800—- of each territory in British east and west | 1950: an anthology. London, 1954. Extracts Africa, with emphasis on interaction ‘of.

from the missionary literature of South Islamic and customary law. Glossary; ap- |

Africa, arranged by subjects, including the pendix on Sudan.

people and their way of life, physical en- AC192, Carter, Gwendolen M., and Wil| vironment, government, and missionary life liam O. Brown, eds. Transition in Africa:

and activity. | studies in political adaptation. Boston, 1958. }

| AC182. De Marco, Roland R. The Italian- Symposium of four articles on recent polit- | ization of African natives: government native ical developments in Ghana, Nigeria, the |

education in the Italian colonies, 1890-1937. Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, and N.Y., 1943. Well-documented, scholarly Kenya. Valuable critical. bibliography.

study of Italian educational system in Libya, AC193. Hailey, William M. Native adItalian Somaliland, and Eritrea, with em- ministration in the British African territories.

phasis on the period 1919-40, and in Ethi- 5 v. London, 1950—-53..Comprehensive work

opia from 1936. Bibliography. describing in detail all local administrative

754 Guide to Historical Literature _ systems in thirteen colonial territories, with marocain. Paris, 1952. Valuable study of excellent background sections. The five parts Lyautey as “pacificator’ and resident-general

are devoted respectively to east Africa, cen- of Morocco, 1907-25, by a general who

tral Africa and Zanzibar, west Africa, a served under him. ,

general survey of the system of native ad- AC203. Debenham, Frank. The way to ministration, and the High Commission Ilala: David Livingstone’s pilgrimage. Lon-

territories. don, 1955. A readable geographer’s biog-

~ AC194, Hodgkin, Thomas L. Nationalism raphy, emphasizing Livingstone’s contribuin colonial Africa. London, 1956. Informa- tion to geographical knowledge. tive survey of nationalism, broadly defined AC204. Elton, Godfrey. Gordon of Khar-

. to include tribal associations, religious toum: the life of General Charles George

groups, trade unions, etc., as well as political Gordon. N.Y., 1955. Good recent biography

parties, in Africa south of the Sahara. In- of the British hero of the Sudan. First pubtended for non-specialists. Excellent notes on lished in London, 1954, under the title,

sources. General Gordon. AC205. Huxley, Elspeth J. White man’s

. country: Lord Delamere and the making of

Sociology Kenya. 2nd ed., 2 v. London, 1953. Long

AC195. International African Institute. 2nd interesting work, which is both a history Social implications of industrialization and Of Kenya, focused on the European settlers, urbanization in Africa south of the Sahara, nd a biography of their leader.

Paris, 1956. Report on the 1954 international AC206. Kruger, Stephanus J. P. The 7 conference on this subject organized by the memoirs of Paul Kruger, four times president Institute under UNESCO auspices. Bibliog- 0f the South African republic, told by him-

raphy. self. London, 1952.

, AC196. Maunier, René. The sociology of. AC207. Millin, Sarah G. Rhodes, Rev. ed., —

colonies. See U226. London, 1952. - ; AC197. United Nations. “African elites.” AC208. Mitchell, Sir Philip E. African

International social science bulletin, 8 afterthoughts. London, 1954, Autobiography (1956): 413-518. Symposium on concept and of British official with long experience in

position of elites in Africa south of the ¢ast Africa.

, Sahara, including articles on elites in various AC209, Nkrumah, Kwame. The autobiogAfrican territories, descriptions of three ‘aPhy of Kwame Nkrumah. N.Y., 1957. UNESCO-sponsored studies, and notes on Valuable autobiography by first prime min- ,

African research and studies centers. ister ie Ghana; useful to students of na-

AC198. Wilson, Godfrey B., and Monica onalism. |

H. Wilson. The analysis of social change, AC210. Oliver, Roland A. Sir Harry John“based on observations in central Africa, stom and the scramble for Africa. London, Cambridge, Eng., 1954. Reprint of valuable rae Sympatnenic interpretation of JohnSo rot nad study sauane forth a theory of AC211. Perham, Margery F. Lugard: the years of adventure, 1858-1898. London, 1956. First volume of a biography of the

we . . , ston’s remarkable career.

Psychology | great colonial administrator, covering his

. early years, army career in India, and his

AC199. Carothers, John C. The African expeditions in Nyasaland and Uganda.

mind in health and disease: a study in AC212. ——, ed. Ten Africans. London, ethnopsychiatry. Geneva, 1953. Technical 14936.

| study of pre-literate African psychology, by AC213. Ritter, E. A. Shaka Zulu: the

the consultant in mental health to the World vise of the Zulu empire. London, 1955. | Health Organization. Analyzes environmental Sympathetic historical novel, using unpuband physical factors, and reviews knowledge jished data gathered by author from people |

to date in this little-studied field. Bibliog- = who knew Shaka. :

raphy. - , — AC214. Smith, Edwin W. Aggrey of a AC200. Mannoni, Dominique O. Prospero Africa: a study in black and white. N.Y.,

See AH67. educator. | | AC215. Westermann, Diedrich, ed. Autoa BIOGRAPHIES biographies d’Africains: onze autobiographies | and Caliban: the psychology of colonization. = 4979. Biography of well-known west African

d@indigénes originaires de diverses regions de

AC201. Burns, Sir Alan C. Colonial civil Afrique et représentant des métiers et dés servant. London, 1949. Autobiography of degrés de culture différents. French tr. by former British colonial official, including his L. Homburger. Paris, 1943. experiénées in Nigeria arid the Gold Coast. AC216. Williams, Basil. Cecil Rhodes.

AC202: Catroux, Georges. Lyautey, Ié London; 1938. |

| Africa 755 |

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS concentrate on immediate . problems of

health, agriculture, and animal husbandry. The multitude of official publications re- for an outstanding annotated list of (a) relating to Africa is indicated in the following search institutions and their publications,

guides. and (b) independently publishedceejournals AC217.| Belgium. Ministére des Colonies. 4C/4. | |

Liste des publications. 1952/53 ff. Brussels, Among research institutions in the social 1953 ff. (Annual.) List of all publications by sciences, the International African Institute the Ministry of Colonies and other official jn London, founded in 1926, merits special _ or semi-official organizations concerned with mention. In addition to numerous excellent,

the Belgian Congo and Ruanda Urundi. detailed studies in African ethnology, -soAC218, France. Ministére de la France ciology, and history, and occasional short d’Outre-mer. Courrier des chercheurs. Paris, memoranda, it publishes the following

1949 ff. (Irregular.) Bibliographical and (,4C225-228): | other research information. AC225. Africa. London, 1928 ff. (Quar-

AC219. . Great Britain. Colonial Office. terly.) An outstanding journal, mainly Monthly list of official colonial publications. anthropological and linguistic in content,

_ London, 1948 ff. Mimeographed lists of cur- with excellent research news, book reviews,

rent publications of Colonial Office and and bibliographies.

_ colonial administrations. AC226. African abstracts. London, 1950

AC220. Hewitt, A. R. Guide to resources ff. (Quarterly.) Summarizes current periodifor commonwealth studies in London, Ox- cal articles concerned with African ethnolford and Cambridge. London, 1957. Valuable ogy, social studies, and linguistics. .

guide to material for study of the British AC227. Ethnographic survey of Africa.

commonwealth. | London, 1950 ff. (Irregular.) Excellent

AC221, Rhodesia and Nyasaland. Central series of carefully edited volumes, each of African Archives. A guide to the public which gives a concise and accurate account records of Southern Rhodesia under the re- of the various aspects of life of a particular

gime of the British South Africa Company, African people or group of related peoples.

1890-1923. Ed. by V. W. Hiller. Salisbury, Each volume contains a comprehensive bib-

So. Rhod., 1956. Excellent. liography and specially prepared map.

AC222. Union of South Africa. Archives AC228. Handbook of African languages. Department. The archives year book for | ondon, 1952 ff. (Irregular.) A unique series , South African history. Cape Town, 1938 ff. concisely summarizing current knowledge of Annual volume publishing theses and other = African languages.

historical writings of importance based on Other British periodicals which publish research in the South African archives. many articles on African subjects include the

AC223. Union of South Africa. Office of following (AC229-237): . Census and Statistics. Official year book of | A(C229. African affairs. London, 1901. ff. the Union and of Basutoland, Bechuanaland [Royal African Society.] (Quarterly.) _ protectorate and Swaziland. 1917 ff. Pretoria, AC230. Geographical journal. London,

1918 ff. Official publications and other 1893 4. [Royal Geographical Society.] sources on South African history. (Monthly. ) AC224, United Nations. United Nations AC231. Man. London, 1901 ff. [Royal

documents index. N.Y., 1950 ff. (Monthly.) Anthropological Institute of Great Britain , Material on Africa will be found in many = and Ireland.] (Monthly.) documents of the United Nations and spe- AC232. United empire. London, 1909 ff.

cialized agencies. | [Royal Empire Society.] (Bimonthly.)

| AC233. Great Britain. Colonial Office.

UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND Annual report [for each colony]. London, SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS 1946 ff. Replaced the Colonial report series,

AND PERIODICALS which was suspended in 1940. | AC234. Journal of African administration. | More than fifty pages of Hailey’s African London, 1949 ff. [Colonial Office.] (Quar- | ,

survey (AC73) describe research institu- terly.) :

tions concentrating on African problems. As AC235. Oversea education. London, 1929 : a corollary of new and more progressive ff. [Colonial Office.] (Quarterly. ) colonial policies since. World War II, metro- AC236. Corona. London, 1949 ff. [Colo-

| politan governments have given greater nial Office.] (Monthly.) a recognition to the need for comprehensive, AC237. Colonial Research Committee. systematic, and integrated research programs, Annual. 1943/44 ff. London, 1944 ff. | with: increased attention being devoted to [Colonial Office.] —

the social sciences. In earlier years research The following local journals in British was carried on primarily by local govern- African territories are also of value (AC238ment institutions in Africa, and tended to 248):

756 Guide to Historical Literature . AC238. Journal of the Historical Society AC257, Etudes guinéennes. Conakry, Fr. of Nigeria. Ibadan, 1956 ff. (Annual.) W. Afr., 1947 ff. (Irregular.)

~ AC239. Nyasaland journal. Blantyre, 1948 AC258. Etudes voltaiques. Ouagadougou, ff. [Nyasaland Society.] (Semiannual.) Deals Fr. W. Afr., 1950 ff. (Irregular.) with social, cultural, historical, and scientific AC259, Etudes nigeriennes. Niamey, Fr.

matters. W. Afr., 1953 ff. (Irregular.) | AC240. Southern Rhodesia. Native Affairs AC260. Etudes mauritaniennes. St. Louis Department. NADA. Salisbury, 1923 ff. du Sénégal, Fr. W. Afr., 1948 ff. (Irregular.) (Annual.) Ethnology and administrative AC261. Etudes sénégalaises. Dakar, 1949 problems. ff. (Irregular. ) AC241. Tanganyika notes and _ records. AC262. Etudes soudaniennes. Bamako, Dar es Salaam, 1936 ff. [Tanganyika So- Fr. W. Afr., 1953 ff. (Irregular.) .

ciety.] (Semiannual.) Other French publications with valuable AC242. Uganda journal. London, 1934 ff. articles on Africa include the following

_ [Uganda Society.] (Semiannual.) (AC263-270):

AC243. University College of the Gold AC263. L’Afrique et PAsie. Paris, 1948 ff. Coast. Historical Society for the Gold Coast [Centre des Hautes Etudes d’Administration

| and Togoland. Transactions. Achimota, 1953. Musulmane.] (Quarterly.)

ff. AC264. Nouvelle revue francaise d’outre~ AC244,. Sudan notes and records. Khar- mer. Paris, 1908 ff. [Comité Central de la toum, 1918 ff. (Semiannual.) France d’Outremer.] (Monthly.)

AC245. Rhodes-Livingstone papers. Liv- AC265. L’Afrique francaise. Paris, 1891 ff.

ingstone, No. Rhod., 1938 ff. [Rhodes- [Comité de l’Afrique Francaise et Comité

Livingstone Institute.] (Semiannual.) du Maroc.] (Monthly. Title varies.) : AC246. Rhodes-Livingstone Institute. AC266. Institut d’Ethnologie, Musée de

| regular.) | ff. (Irregular.) |

Communications. Livingstone, 1943 ff. (ir- V’Homme. Travaux et mémoires. Paris, 1929

AC247, Human problems in central Africa. AC267. Présence africaine. Paris, 1947 ff.

_ Cape Town, 1944 ff. [Rhodes-Livingstone (Quarterly.) | Institute.] (Semiannual.) Excellent. Numer- AC268. Annales de géographie. Paris, 1891

ous books on anthropological and related ff. [Société de Géographie.] (Frequency

subjects have also been published by this — varies.) —

_ institute. , AC269. Revue de Vhistoire des colonies AC248,. East African studies. Nairobi, francaises. Paris, 1913 ff. [Société de 1’HisKenya, 1953 ff. [East African Institute of toire des Colonies Francaises.] (Quarterly.

Social Research.] (Irregular. ) Title varies.)

. In west Africa, the Nigerian (form- AC270. Société des Africanistes. Journal.

erly West African) Institute of Social and Paris, 1931 ff. (Irregular.) Economic Research sponsors research proj- Important social science research studies

ects. . on the Belgian Congo and Ruanda Urundi

: | _ For research on French African problems, are published by the Institut pour la Réthe’ Institut Francais d’Afrique Noire cherche Scientifique en Afrique Centrale. (IFAN) was founded in 1938 at Dakar. It In Belgium the Musée Royal du Congo - now has branches in each of the French West ‘Belge, the Institut Royal Colonial Belge African territories, and publishes the follow- (now the Académie Royale des Sciences

ing (AC249-253): Coloniales), and the Institut International

AC249. Bulletin. 15 v. Dakar, 1939-53. des Civilisations Differentes (INCIDI) pub(Irregular quarterly.) Ser. B, 1954 ff. (Semi- lish numerous annals, bulletins, and quar-

annual.) : | terly reviews. .,,AC250. Catalogues. Dakar, 1947 ff. (Ir- AC271. Civilisations. Brussels, 1951 ff.

regular.) oS [INCIDI.] (Quarterly.) AC251. Initiations africaines. Dakar, 1949 AC272. Zaire. Brussels, 1947 ff. (Monthly.)

ff. (Irregular.) Monograph series. | The leading scholarly review devoted to the

~AC252. Mémoires.. Dakar, 1940 ff. (Ir- Congo. .

| regular.) Monograph series. AC273. Problémes d’Afrique centrale.

AC253. Notes africaines. Dakar, 1939 ff. Brussels, 1949 ff. [Association des Anciens

- ( Quarterly.) Etudiants de TJlInstitut Universitaire des ..The local branches of IFAN publish the Territoires d’Outre-Mer.] (Quarterly.) following (4C254-—262): The Portuguese Junta das Miss6es GeoAC254,. Etudes camerounaises. Douala, graficas e de Investigacdes do Ultramar was

Fr. Eq. Afr., 1948 ff. (Quarterly.) established in 1936 to advise the Portuguese

| AC255. Etudes éburnéennes. Macon, colonial ministry on research problems. France, 1950 ff. (Irregular.) Ethnographic and linguistic research has been | AC256. Etudes dahoméennes. Porto Novo, carried out under sponsorship of the Escola Fr. W. Afr., 1948 ff. (Semiannual.) Nacional do Ultramar. In Portuguese Africa

, | Africa — | 757 three local journals are worthy of menticn: AC282. Race relations. Johannesburg, | AC274, Cultura. Luanda, Angola, 1945 ff. 1933 ff. [South African Institute of Race

[Instituto de Angola.] (Monthly.) Relations.] (Quarterly. )

AC275. Boletim cultural de Guiné portu- AC283. Survey of race relations in South |

guesa. Bissau, Port. Guinea, 1946 ff. [Centro Africa. Johannesburg, 1947 ff. [South Afri-

de Estudos da Guiné Portuguesa.] (Quar- can Institute of Race Relations.] (Annual.)

terly.) This institute also publishes numerous occaAC276. Sociedade de Estudos de Mozam- sional pamphlets, oriented in the liberal

bique. Boletim. Lourenco Marques, 1931 ff. tradition.

(Monthly.) , AC284. Journal of racial affairs. StellenIn Spain the Instituto de Estudios Afri- bosch, 1949 ff. [South African Bureau of

canos publishes the following: Racial Affairs.] (Quarterly.) This organizaAC277, Africa. Madrid, 1943 ff. tion of Afrikaner scholars also issues other

: (Monthly.) | publications sympathetic to Afrikaner naAC278, Archivos. Madrid, 1947 ff. (Quar- _ tionalist policies.

terly.) A more scholarly publication than AC285. South African journal of eco-

the above. | | nomics. Johannesburg, 1933 ff. [Economic As an outgrowth of a government commis- Society of South Africa.] (Quarterly.)

sion appointed in 1919 to investigate the The South African Institute of Interna-

need for research in African languages and tional Affairs issues occasional pamphlets customs, the University of Cape Town estab- and books. lished chairs of anthropology and of Bantu North of the Sahara, the following local ethnology, and other South African universi- journals should be mentioned (AC286—

ties began work in these fields. The Uni- 289): |

versity of Cape Town School of African - AC286. Cahiers de Tunisie. Tunis, 1953 ff. Studies publishes monographs, and its School [Institut des Hautes Etudes de Tunis.]

| of Librarianship publishes irregularly a (Quarterly.)

valuable Bibliographical series (ACI5). AC287. Hespéris: archives berbéres_ et

- Other significant South African publications bulletin. Paris and Rabat, 1921 ff. [Institut

are the following (AC279-285): des Hautes Etudes Morocaines.] (Irregular.) AC279. African studies. Johannesburg, This institute publishes several other serials. | 1942 ff. [University of the Witwatersrand.] AC288. Revue africaine. Algiers, 1856 ff. (Quarterly.) Scholarly journal of linguistics [Société Historique Algérienne.] (Bimonthly.)

and ethnology. AC289. Libia: rivista di studi libici.

AC280. Bantu studies. 15 v. Johannes- Tripoli, 1953 ff. (Quarterly.) Devoted to | rand.] Predecessor to the above. AC290. U. S. Library of Congress. Afriburg, 1921-41. [University of the Witwaters- archaeology, ethnology, and sociology.

AC281. Natal regional survey. Cape Town can newspapers currently received in selected and London, 1950 ff. [University of Natal.] American libraries. Washington, 1956. Lists (Irregular.) A series designed to give an more than 120 African newspapers received

accurate and comprehensive portrayal of the in one or more of eight United States

social structure of the province. libraries.

, NORTHERN AFRICA AND THE EAST AFRICAN HORN ALGERIA, MOROCCO, AND TUNISIA historical study of north Africa before the arrival of Islam, during the Arab period,

: North African Surveys. and after the French penetration. Discusses

| . _ possible solutions to the problems of Islam

AC291. Chouraqui, André. Les juifs in the modern world. .

@ Afrique du nord. Paris, 1952. Study of AC294, Julien, Charles A. Histoire de

the situation of north African Jewry, includ- [Afrique du nord, Tunisie, Algérie, Maroc. ing geographic distribution, economic plight, 2nd ed., 2 v., Paris, 1951-52. Classic history

and modern welfare problems. of north Africa with emphasis on Berber

| AC292. Despois, Jean. L’Afrique du nord. origins, the Carthaginian period, and Arab Paris, 1949. General ethnographic and eco- conquests. Special attention also given to

nomic survey, with discussion of climatic Almoravid and Almohade periods. A funda- ,

and environmental factors. Devotes atten- mental, scholarly work. tion to demographic questions, the position AC295. Montagne, Robert. Les Berbéres of nomads and semi-nomads, and the func- et le makhzen au sud du Maroc. Paris, 1930.

tion of transhumants. Excellent political sociology of the tribes

AC293, Guernier, Eugéne L. La Berbérie, of western High Atlas, the Sus Valley, and

PIslam, et la France. 2 v. Paris, 1950. Broad the Anti-Atlas. :

758 Guide to Historical Literature , Algeria Morocco (Formerly Spanish) | AC296. Alazard, J., and E. Albertini. AC306. Coon, Carleton S. Tribes of the Histoire et historiens de Jl Algérie. Paris, Rif. Cambridge, Mass., 1931. Anthropologi1931. [Collection du centenaire de l’Algérie.] cal study of physical characteristics, institu-

Although somewhat dated, this definitive tions, social patterns and customs, and | study remains useful. Covers Algeria before political system of the Berber tribes in and after the arrival of Islam; heavy em- former northern Spanish zone of Morocco.

phasis on cultural analysis. Useful statistics and other data.

AC297. Bataillon, Claude. Le Souf: étude AC307. Garcia Figueras, Tomas, and de géographie humaine. Algiers, 1955. Rafael de Roda Jiménez. Economia social de Ethnographic research at El Oued oasis in Marruecos. 3 v. Madrid, 1950-55. Standard the Erg Oriental. Includes examination of reference work on development of former | physical environment, social structure, mores, Spanish Morocco. Particular emphasis on

and economic life of the inhabitants. social and economic advances, as well as

AC298. Germain, Roger. La politique in- public administration. digéne du Bugeaud. Paris, 1955. Useful his- AC308. Valderrama Martinez, Fernando. torical treatment of a leading French pro- Historia de la accioén cultural de Espaiia

consul in 19th century Algeria. | en Marruecos. Tetuan, Sp. Mor., 1956. Com-

| } prehensive evaluation of Spain’s cultural achievements in its former northern MorocMorocco (Formerly French) can protectorate. Excellent data and source

| AC299. Berque, Jacques. Structures so- material. .

ciales du Haut-Atlas. Paris, 1955. Sociologi- . AC309. Beneitez Cantero, Valentin. Socal survey of one small system of Berber ciologia marroqui. Tetuan, 1952. Excellent tribes in the valleys of the High Atlas of Study, by former Spanish interventor, of the

Morocco. people, linguistic groupings, social and cul-

AC300. Cambon, Henri. Histoire du tural instituions, and trends toward modMaroc. Paris, 1952. General review of -ernization in the Spanish Moroccan area.

1912. Tunisia

Moroccan history with emphasis on period,

leading up to the French protectorate of _

AC301. Flamand, Pierre. Un mellah en = 4310. Bourguiba, Habib. La Tunisie et

pays berbere demnate. Paris, 1952. D etailed la France: vingt-cing ans de lutte pour une co-

ethnological study of a Jewish community in opération libre. Paris, 1954. Selected ab-

Atlas Mountain region of gtracts of communications and speeches of aMoron .AC302. Habib Bourguiba, leader of the Neo-Destour Landau, Rom. Moroccan drama, party, who, beginning in 1932, made clear 1900-1955. San Francisco, 1956. Sympathetic his policy of “free cooperation.”

study of development of Moroccan na- AC311. Cambon, Henri. Histoire de la tionalism after 1912; the most complete yégence de Tunisie. Paris, 1948. Classic his-

work available in English. . tory of Tunisia from pre-protectorate period AC303. Montagne, Robert, ed. Naissance + tecent years. Excellent bibliography.

du proletariat marocaln: enquete collective AC312. Laitman, Leon. Tunisia today: exécutée de 1948 a 1950. Paris, 1952. In- qyisis in north Africa. N.Y., 1954. Useful tensive survey of origins, migrations, and general survey with material on geography, _ living patterns of Morocco’s new urban people, economic development, levels of liv-

workers. Excellent source material, graphs, ing, and problems with France. | and statistics.

AC304. Rézette, Robert. Les partis poli-

tiques marocains. Paris, 1955. A “stasiologi- — Tangier oo cal” approach to Moroccan nationalism.

Incorporates background on Islamic nation- AC313. Landau, Rom. Portrait of Tangier.

alist thought, the history of Moroccan London, 1952. General historical review up parties, and definitive analysis of party struc- to modern times, with heavy emphasis on :

tures. the period of English control (1661-84). AC305. Terrasse, Henri. Histoire du Maroc Good account of the international adminis-

| des origines a l’établissement du protectorat tration, which was terminated in 1956.

francais. 2 v. Casablanca, 1949-50. English AC314. Stuart, Graham H. The interna-

tr. by Hilary Tee, 1952. Excellent pre- tional city of Tangier. 2nd ed., Stanford, protectorate history of the Moroccan people, 1955. Standard reference work with chapters including the Merinid, Saadian, and Alawite on historical background, the peoples, inter-

| periods. Also contains a definitive discussion national machinery, and court system. Reof the country’s religious, linguistic, and vised to include World War If occupation

economic development. by Spanish.

, Africa 759 . the southwest Sudan.

| LIBYA AND THE SUDAN craft and magic among a negro people of

Libya AC325. MacMichael, Sir Harold A. A

| . : . history of the Arabs in the Sudan and some

lice or a oe core mu meron account of the people who preceded them and A se. France. 1952 Thor ough exami. of the tribes inhabiting Dafir. 2 v. Camnnemasse, Pranc ‘ 8 bridge, Eng., 1922. Scholarly work for spe-

nation of the handling of Libya, Eritrea, and ‘alists. V. 2 is devoted to nativ anuItalian Somaliland by the Big Four foreign clasts. vt evoted to native ™m

_ , ibe scripts. Bibliography. . |

ministers and the United Nations. AC326 The Sud Lond 1954 |

__ AC316, Evans-Pritchard, Edward E. The go. Soa history to 1902, eccount

Sanusi of Cyrenaica. Oxford, 1949. Survey utline of Sudan istory O ve, accoun of birth of the Sanusi religious brotherhood of subsequent administrative, social, and its leadership, organization, and principles. ? political develop ene and ol analysis Includes historical background on the spread public ation events Curing ten years Prececing

Sanusi anthropological and the Italian occupation of study AC327. Naof del,the Siegfried c Nub a:in an : ; .Cibye :ACS317. : oye hillF. Thtribes Renn ell, Francis J., baron. British Kordofan. London, 1947. Authoritative, well-

military administration of occupied territories written study of th edominantly neero in Africa during the years 1941-1947. Lon- tes of Kordofan province in the Sudat don, 1948. Account of British military ad- peoples O Kordo an province in i © Sudan.

_ . | ; . AC328. Schlippe, Pierre de. Shifting culti-

ministration of former colonies. es frica: Fs ° | Select bibliography. vation Italian in Africa: the Zande systemthofdagriculture. London, 1956. Analysis, for social

: | | anthropologists and agronomists, of ways of | The Sudan adapting modern agricultural practice to the

environment and traditional agriculture of

| AC318. Abbas, Mekki. The Sudan ques- the African. tion: the dispute over the Anglo-Egyptian AC329. Shibeika, Mekki. British policy in , condominium, 1884-1951. London, 1952. the Sudan, 1882-1902. London, 1952. Objective, scholarly analysis of the elements Scholarly diplomatic history, by a Sudanese,

of the dispute, by a Sudanese, subsequently based largely on primary sources, British offi-

a director of the Sudan Gezira Board. cial documents and private papers, and ma- |

Bibliography. terial in the Sudan. Bibliography. oe AC319. Crawford, Osbert G. S. The Fung AC330. Tothill, John D., ed. Agriculture

kingdom of Sennar, with a geographical ac- in the Sudan. London, 1948. Comprehensive count of the middle Nile region. Gloucester, reference work. Studies of all aspects of 1951. Study by an archaeologist of the Fung agricultural practice and development, each empire (1504-1821) situated in what is now written by an expert. Extensive bibliography.

- the Sudan; based on primary sources and AC331. Trimingham, John S. Islam in

| archaeological evidence. Appendices of the Sudan. London, 1949. General survey of itineraries and extracts from accounts of Islamic religion in the Sudan, covering the :

early travelers; bibliography. Mahdist movement, various religious brother-

-AC320. Duncan, J. S. R. The Sudan, a hoods, and impact of the West on the Islamic record of achievement. Edinburgh, 1952. way of life.

Comprehensive history of political, economic, _| and social development, 1899-1952. AC321. Evans-Pritchard, Edward E. Kin- ETHIOPIA AND THE SOMALILANDS

ship and marriage among the Nuer. Oxford, Ethiopia

+ 1951. Anthropological analysis of kinship structure in the villages and of the rules and AC332. Beckingham, Charles F., and G. | procedure of marriage among the Nuer of W. B. Huntingford. Some records of Ethiopia

the southern Sudan. 1593-1646, being extracts from “The history

AC322. ———. Nuer religion. Oxford, 1956. of high Ethiopia or Abassia,”’ by Manoel de The Nuer concept of the Spirit and of man’s Almeida, together with Bahrey’s “History of

relation to it. the Galla.” London, 1954. [Hakluyt Society, | , AC323. ———. The Nuer: a description of | ser. 2, v. 107.] Fourth of Hakluyt Society

the modes of livelihood and political institue = volumes on Ethiopia. -

tions of a Nilotic people. Oxford, 1940. AC333. The royal chronicle of Abyssinia, This first volume of a full-length anthro- 1769-1840. Ed. and tr. by H. Weld Blundell.

pological study of the Nuer of the southern Cambridge, Eng., 1922. Text of a later porSudan analyzes the political system based on tion of the royal chronicles in Ge’ez, fol-

lineages. | lowed by complete translation and scholarly

AC324. -———. Witchcraft, oracles and notes.

magic among the Azande. Oxford, 1937. | AC334. Hotten, John C., ed. Abyssinia | Important ‘anthropological work on witch- and its people: or, life in the land of Prester

760 Guide to Historical Literature John. London, 1868. Well-known and _inter- _ The Somalilands ,

esting book based on résumés of accounts of ; oo. British punitive expedition to Abyssinia in ari editi ed inediti. Rome, 1957. Collection 1867. of Cerulli’s excellent pioneer Somali studies,

: earlier travelers. Written at time of the AC343, Cerulli, | Enrico. Somalia: serittt AC335. Budge, Sir Ernest A. A history of | Plus hitherto unpublished Arabic history of Ethiopia, Nubia and Abyssinia (according to the Zengi.

the hieroglyphic inscriptions of Egypt and AC344, Hunt, John A. A general survey Nubia, and the Ethiopian chronicles). 2 v. Of the Somaliland protectorate 1944-1950. London, 1928. Monumental work by the Hargeisa, Br. Som., 1951. Report on seven keeper of Egyptian and Assyrian antiquities . year geographical survey recommending variof the British Museum, presenting results of US lines of development. Extensive bibliog-

scholarship in translations of classical in- TaPhy.

scriptions and medieval and modern Ethiopic AC345. Lewis, I. M. Peoples of the horn chronicles concerning the history of Ethiopia Of Africa, Somali, Afar, and Saho. London, from the time of the Pharaohs to the 20th 1995. Ethnographic compendium treating

century. tribal structure, clan groups, religious beliefs, AC336. Howard, William E. H. Public and economic organization of the horn

administration in Ethiopia: a study in retro- peoples.

| spect and prospect. Groningen, Neth., 1955. Based on field work, this includes a history THE SAHARA of the government before the Italian occupa-

tion and an analysis of the postwar adminis- AC346. Capot-Rey, Robert. Le Sahara

a | trative and judicial systems. Appendices francais. Paris, 1953. Classic study detailing

include texts of the 1931 constitution. and physical and human geography, and France’s the federation agreement with Eritrea. Bib- constructive role.

| liography. | AC347. Caro Baroja, Julio. Estudios AC337. Longrigg, Stephen H. A short his- saharianos. Madrid, 1955. The most com_tory of Eritrea. Oxford, 1945. Useful addi- prehensive ethnological study to date of the

tion to scanty literature in English, by peoples of Spanish Sahara. Excellent statisti-

chief administrator of Eritrea from 1942 to cal data and compilations.

| 1944. AC338. ; AC348. Charbonneau, Jean, ed. Le Sahara Marein, Nathan. The Ethiopian francais. Paris, 1955. [Cahiers Charles de : empire, federation and laws. Rotterdam, Foucauld, 38.] Compilation of articles by

1955. General outline of Ethiopian laws of French authorities on geography, history,

commerce and trade, as well as brief review people, economic prospects, and missionary of. recent legislation and the 1931 consti- activity in the Sahara.

tution. ~ AC349. Cornet, Pierre. Sahara, terre de

| AC339. Mathew, David. Ethiopia—the demain. Paris, 1956. A French view of the

study of a polity, 1540-1935. London, 1947. | economic and human potential of the Sahara. . History by the Apostolic delegate to east | Well-documented discussion of human prob-

Africa, an experienced historian, based lems, and excellent economic summary.

largely on English sources. AC350. Le Févre, George, and P. Man-

AC340. Perham, Margery F. The govern- noni. Notre Sahara. Paris, 1956. Brief acment of Ethiopia. London, 1948. Compre- count of French exploration and conquest

hensive work, including valuable description in the Sahara, largely in the 19th century.

of central institutions—ruling class, mon- AC351. Rennell, Francis J., baron. People

archy, church, army, machinery of law—and of the veil. London, 1926. General study of analysis of conflict between centralization habits, values, and institutions of the nomadic

and separatism. Bibliography. | Tuareg people of Air and Asben in the cen-

AC341. Trimingham, John S. Islam im tral Sahara. Ethiopia. London, 1952. Scholarly history AC352. Sergent, Edmond. Le peuplement

| of the penetration of Islam in the horn humain du Sahara. Algiers, 1953. Study by . of Africa, covering tribal distribution and a biologist of human potential for Sahara

special characteristics of Islam in the development.

area. AC353. Strasser, Daniel. Réalités et proAC342, ———. The Christian church and messes sahariennes: aspects juridiques et

-- missions in Ethiopia (including Eritrea and économiques de la mise en valeur industrielle the Somalilands). London, 1950. A booklet, du Sahara francais. Paris, 1956. An explana- | one of the Church Missionary Society series, tion of French economic development prodescribing the National Church of Ethiopia gram in the Sahara. Outlines the beginnings

and the missions and their work since the of Organisation Commune des Régions |

pre-Italian period. Sahariennes Francaise.

Africa — 761 AFRICA SOUTH OF THE SAHARA , ~ BRITISH AND FORMER BRITISH — development of Nigeria. Baltimore, 1955.

WEST AFRICA Excellent economic survey, showing eco- :

nomic potential as well as chief problems | Nigeria | and needs. . AC367. Kaberry, Phyllis M. Women of

AC354. Akpan, Ntieyong U. Epitaph to the grassfields: a study of the economic pcsiindirect rule. London, 1956. Interesting ac- tion of women in Bamenda, British Camer-

count of indirect rule and modern ideas of oons. London, 1952. Thorough study of

: local government, by an African district social and economic life in a _ British

officer. Cameroons division, focused on the position AC355. Awolowo, Obafemi. Path to Ni- of women in the area.

gerian freedom. London, 1947. Important AC368. Kingsley, Mary H. West African and relatively moderate expression of na- studies. 2nd ed., London, 1901 Unusually tionalist views, by a Nigerian leader. perceptive early study.

AC356. Buchanan, Keith M., and J. C. AC369. Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M.

Pugh. Land and people in Nigeria: the hu- Adamawa, past and present: an_ historical

man geography of Nigeria and its.environ- approach to the development of a northern | mental background. London, 1955. Beauti- | Cameroons province. London, 1958. Useful

fully documented with maps and charts; and original narrative, by a British official. | , gives well-rounded consideration to economic _ Bibliography.

and social geography. AC370. Lugard, Sir Frederick J. D. The | AC357. Burns, Sir Alan C. History of dual mandate in British tropical Africa.» :

Nigeria. Sth ed., London, 1955. Standard See AC74, narrative of Nigerian history, by a British AC371. Meek, Charles K. Land tenure official. Revision deletes paternalistic opinions and land administration in Nigeria and the of earlier editions. Useful appendices include Cameroons. London, 1957.

relevant treaty texts. AC372. ———. Law and authority in a

~AC358. Cook, Arthur N. British enterprise Nigerian tribe: a study in indirect rule. in Nigeria. Philadelphia, 1943. Competent London, 1937. Scholarly investigation of

study with annotated bibliography. social and political structure, role of law, AC359. Crocker, Walter R. Nigeria: a and impact of indirect rule. critique of British colonial administration. © AC373. Nadel, Siegfried F. A black ByLondon, 1936. Criticism of indirect rule, by zantium: the kingdom of Nupe in Nigeria.

a colonial official. London, 1942. Excellent analysis.

~AC360. Dike, Kenneth O. Trade and poli- AC374. Parrinder, Geoffrey. Religion in

| tics in the Niger Delta, 1830-1885: an intro- an African city. London, 1953. Interesting duction to the economic and political history analysis of Christianity, Islam, and animist of Nigeria. Oxford, 1956. A Nigerian his- religions in Yoruba, city of Ibadan. Statistical

torian’s valuable reinterpretation of British- appendices. |

Nigerian relations, based on local as well as AC375. Perham, Margery F. Native ad-

European documentation. ministration in Nigeria. N.Y., 1937. A good ~ AC361. Elias, Taslim O. Groundwork of _ study.

, Nigerian law. London, 1954. Useful volume, ~AC376. ———, ed. The economics of a designed as text for Nigerian lawyers. tropical dependency. 2 v. London, 1946-48. AC362. Elias, Taslim O. Nigerian land Intensive analysis, by a team of economists law and custom. 2nd ed., London, 1953. and anthropologists, of Nigerian subsistence Valuable study of Nigerian land tenure in and exchange economies, agriculture, mining, , light of growing body of case law. Bib- trade, and balance of payments.

liography. AC377, Talbot, Percy A. The peoples of

AC363. Galletti, R., K. D. S. Baldwin, southern Nigeria: a sketch of their history, and I. O. Dina. Nigerian cocoa farmers: | ethnology and languages. 4 v. London, 1926. .

an economic survey of Yoruba cocoa farm- This and the next Talbot volume, although |

ing families. London, 1956. Detailed survey partly superseded by later research, are the

of social and economic organization. only publications on certain tribal groups.

AC364. Greenberg, Joseph H. The influ- |= AC378, ——. Tribes of the Niger Delta, ence of Islam on a Sudanese religion. N.Y., their -religions and customs. London, 1932.

1947. AC379. U. S. Bureau of Foreign Com- , AC365. Hogben, S. J. The Muhammedan merce. Investment in Nigeria: basic informa- |

emirates of Nigeria. London, 1930. Good tion for United States business men. By : study of northern Nigeria. Bernard Blankenheimer. Washington, 1957.

‘'AC366. International Bank for Recon- Useful economic analysis. struction and Development. The economic AC380. Wheare, Joan. The Nigerian legis-

762 Guide to Historical Literature lative council. London, 1950. Fourth volume London, 1957. Revealing account of urbani-

| in a valuable group of Nuffield College zation, voluntary societies, and tribal adstudies of colonial legislation, edited by ministration.

Margery Perham. AC396. Little, Kenneth L. The Mende of

Sierra Leone, a west African people in tran: Ghana sition. London, 1951. Important study of social structure, secret societies, and social

AC381. Apter, David E. The Gold Coast change in 1945-46. in transition. Princeton, 1955. Valuable effort AC397. Richardson, E. M., and G. R. to explain the process of transfer of western (Collins. Economic and social survey of the

institutions to African context. rural areas of Sierra Leone. London, 1952. AC382. Bourret, Florence M. The Gold Qetailed examination of four fishing villages

Coast: a survey of the Gold Coast and = which lose youths to Freetown, but gain British Togoland, 1919-1951. 2nd ed., Stan- —_ people from the protectorate.

ford, 1952. Scholarly analysis of political AC398. Utting, Francis A. J. The story of

: and economic development. Bibliography. Sierra Leone. London, 1931. Covers pre-AC383. Busia, Kofi A. The position of the — colonial as well as colonial history.

chief in the modern political system of

Ashanti. London, 1951. Clear analysis of Gambia |

the chief’s traditional role and how it changed under British administration. -AC399. Gray, John M. A history of the

AC384, Claridge, William W. A history of | Gambia. Cambridge, Eng., 1940. Primarily | the Gold Coast and Ashanti from the earliest concerned with European power rivalries times to the commencement of the twentieth from the 15th to 19th centuries; sketchy century. 2 v. London, 1915. Still valued as from 1888 to 1938.

standard history of the Gold Coast. AC400. Southorn, Bella S. The Gambia.

| pretation. . : AC385. Danquah, Joseph B. The Akan’ London, 1952. Deals with pre-colonial as

; doctrine of God, a fragment of Gold Coast well as colonial history. ethics and religion. London, 1944. AC386. Meyerowitz, Eva. Akan traditions

, of origin. London, 1952. Provocative inter- BRITISH EAST AFRICA

AC387. ——. The sacred state of the General Akan. London, 1951. | AC401. Coupland, Sir Reginald. East AC388. Padmore, George. The Gold Coast Africa and its invaders, from the earliest revolution: the struggle of an African people times to the death of Seyyid Said in 1856. from slavery to- freedom. London, 1953. Qxford, 1938. Good account in a field where Important expression of nationalist views by more research is required before a definitive an author close to African political leaders. york can be written.

| | AC389. Rattray, Robert S. The tribes of AC402. _ The exploitation of east

the Ashanti hinterland. 2 v. Oxford, 1932. Africa, 1856-1890; the slave trade and the

Rattray’s Ashanti studies are indispensable. geramble. London, 1939. A good history, but

, , ign Ostond 19 jAshantl law and constitu- the definitive account is still to be written.

. ’ . . AC403. Great Britain. East Africa Royal

AC391. ——. Ashanti. Oxford, 1956. Re- Commission. Report [1953-55]. London, print of author’s 1923 study of Ashanti 1955, This significant inquiry into means of religion and ceremonies, including a note increasing national income and raising living

on the golden stool. ; _ standards in east Africa reviews measures

AC392. ——. Religion and art in Ashanti. taken to protect the African, Asian, and

Oxford, 1927. ; , European communities, and proposes a freer

, AC393. Wight, Martin. The Gold Coast economy concerned with safeguarding indi- | legislative council. London, 1947. Best vol- yiduyal rather than communal rights as the - ume on Gold Coast government and politics, way to economic expansion. 1925—46. Useful appendices include texts of AC404, The Economist. The economy of

1925 and 1946 constitutions. — east Africa: a study of trends. London, 1955.

AC394, Ward, William E. F. A history of Good appraisal of the economic growth of the Gold Coast. London, 1948. Primarily east Africa.

| history of tribal wars and European rivalries. | .

Basedtraditions heavily onas Claridge andEuropean Rattray, but K — | uses local well as enya SOUTCES. AC405. Dilley, Marjorie R. British policy

Sierra Leone in Kenya colony. N.Y., 1937. Well docu| | mented study of 1900-35 period. | AC395. Banton, Michael P. West African AC406. Huntingford, George W. B. The | city: a study of tribal life in Freetown. Nandi of Kenya: tribal control in a pastoral

| , Africa 763

society. London, 1953. Lucid description of Jie (northern Uganda) and Turkana (norththe age-grade system which figures promi- ern Kenya) society points up the influences nently in this largely decentralized Nilo- of differing ecological circumstances upon

Hamitic tribe. the institutions of two culturally and _ his-

AC407. Huxley, Elspeth J. Race and poli- _torically related tribes. |

tics in Kenya. 2nd ed., London, 1956. En- AC419. Johnston, Sir Harry H. The

discussion of Kenya’s most pressing Uganda protectorate. 2nd ed., 2 v., N.Y., ~ lightening problem. Counted among the Mount east African | , AC408. 1904. Kenyatta, Jomo. Facing classics.

Kenya. London, 1938. Anthropological study AC420. Lawrance,. J. C. D. The Iteso: an of Kikuyu by convicted Mau Mau leader. fifty years of change in a Nilo-Hamitic tribe | AC409. Lambert, H. E. Kikuyu social of Uganda. London, 1957. Comprehensive

and. political institutions. N.Y., 1956. Chiefly work covering history, social organization,

of traditional Kikuyu society, and entirely administration, political organization, and |

pre-Mau Mau. law of Uganda’s second largest tribe.

AC410. Leakey, Louis S. B. Defeating AC421. Munger, Edwin S. Relational pat- ,

-Mau Mau. London, 1954. This and the fol- terns of Kampala, Uganda. Chicago, 1951. lowing Leakey volume are the most authori- A geographer’s study of Kampala through

tative study of the causes and organization | examination of its functions and relationships | |

of Mau Mau. | with the world outside its urban area. | AC411, ——~-. Mau Mau and the Kikuyu. ~AC422. Richards, Audrey I. ed. EcoLondon, 1952. nomic development and tribal change: a

AC412. Prins, Adriaan H. J. East African study of immigrant labour in Buganda. Camage-class systems: an inquiry into the social bridge, Eng., 1952. Investigation of migrant order of the Galla, Kipsigis and the Kikuyu. labor in a tribal economy modified by cash Groningen, Neth. 1953. A scholarly com- crop cotton farming, providing an interest-

parative study. ing contrast to the problem of migrant wage . \ earners employed in Western-type enterprise. . } AC423. Winter, Edward H. Bwamba: a Tanganyika structural-functional analysis of a patrilineal

AC413. Cameron, Sir Donald C. My _ society. Cambridge, Eng., 1956. Compre-

Tanganyika service and some Nigeria. Lon- hensive ethnography of the Amba, who live | ~ don, 1939. A contribution to the history of in a cultural border area between politically | Tanganyika during early years of the Brit- advanced states of Uganda and the simply

ish mandate. structured societies of the Ituri forest.

AC414, Leubuscher, Charlotte. Tangan- :

_ -yika territory: a study of economic policy Zanzibar

under mandate. London, 1944. Scholarly and i authoritative. os AC424. Hollingsworth, Lawrence W. Zan~ AC415. Malcolm, Donald W. Sukuma- zibar under the Foreign Office, 1890-1913.

land: an African people and their country: a London, 1953. Carefully documented study : study of land use in Tanganyika. London, of establishment of the British protectorate 1953. Survey, by a government official, in- and the suppression of slavery.

cluding documents, statistics, and bibliog- . AC425. Ingrams, William H. Zanzibar, its |

raphy. history and people. London, 1931. Older

OO AC416. Tanganyika. Tanganyika, a re- work still of value. ©

view of its resources and their development. |

Dar es Salaam, 1955. Comprehensive source THE RHODESIAS AND NYASALAND

book with good maps and tables. Bibliography. , AC426. Barnes, James A. Politics in a | changing African society: a political history :

Uganda of the Fort Jameson Ngoni. Cape Town, : ~| AC417. 1954. Well-written anthropologist’s history Fallers, Lloyd A. Bantu bureauc- of Ngoni migration, state organization, and

| racy: a study of integration and conflict in political evolution under colonial adminis-

the political institutions of an east African tration. Annotated bibliography. ~ people. Cambridge, Eng., 1956. An analysis AC427. Colson, Elizabeth, and Max of Soga (peasant farmers in the Busoga dis- Gluckman, eds. Seven tribes of British cen- : trict of Uganda) polity, stressing the changes tral Africa. London, 1951. Nozi, Plateau which have occurred during the past fifty Tonga,. Bemba, Fort Jameson Ngoni, Nyyears as British rule brought foreign admin- aleyusa, Yao, and Shona tribal history and

istrative practices. | social organization are described in this val- :

AC418. Gulliver, P. H. The family herds: uable collection of studies by seven leading a study of two pastoral tribes in east Africa. authorities sponsored by Rhodes-LivingLondon, 1955. This comparative analysis of | stone Institute.

764 Guide to Historical Literature AC428. Coupland, Sir Reginald. Kirk on of Northern Rhodesia. London, 1956. Interthe Zambezi: a chapter of African history. esting anthropological study. Oxford, 1928. Narrative of Dr. John Kirk’s AC442. ———. Land, labour and diet in

part in Livingstone’s second expedition, Northern Rhodesia: an economic study of

1858-63. the Bemba tribe. London, 1951. Reprint of AC429. Davidson, James W. The North- excellent anthropological work first puwub-

ern Rhodesian legislative council. London, _ lished in 1939. |

| 1948. Only study of Northern Rhodesian AC443. Thompson, Cecil H., and Harry | government and politics before World War W. Woodruff. Economic development in

IT. Rhodesia and Nyasaland. London, 1954. AC430. Deane, Phyllis. Colonial social Analysis of Rhodesian economic history,

accounting. Cambridge, Eng., 1953. Original resources, and needs, by two government analysis of standards of living in Northern economists. Valuable statistical tables and

Rhodesia and Nyasaland, particularly in appendices. rural communities. Useful tables and ap- AC444, Watson, Sir Malcolm. African

| -pendices. highway: the battle for health in central ' AC431. Epstein, Arnold L. Politics in an Africa. London, 1953. Account of fight urban African community. Manchester, 1958. against malaria and other tropical diseases “Valuable investigation of urbanization in in the copper belt of Northern Rhodesia. the Northern Rhodesian copper belt, apply- AC445. Wilson, Monica H. Good com‘ing anthropological methods to study of ad- pany: a study of Nyakyusa age-villages. (@inistration and politics among Africans in London, 1951. Interesting presentation of

1953. | .

Luanshya. thorough scholarship on tribe at northwest

| AC432. ——~. The administration of jus- corner of Lake Nyasa.

tice and the urban African: a study of urban :

native courts in Northern Rhodesia. London, FORMER FRENCH TERRITORIES

| AC433. Gann, L. H. The birth of a plural Former French West Africa

| society: Northern Rhodesia under the British AC446. Akindélé, Adolphe, and Cyrille

South African Company, 1894-1914. Man- Arguessy. Contribution a Vétude de Vlhischester, 1958. Valuable historical analysis. toire de Vancien royaume de Porto-Novo. - AC434. Hanna, Alexander J. The begin- Dakar, 1953. History of the former kingdom | nings of Nyasaland and North-eastern Rho- of Porto Novo, Dahomey, including material desia, 1859~1895. Oxford, 1956. Useful nar- on the court and government, and family rative of British central African history, and religious customs. Based on the 1914

with original material based on Foreign work written in Yoruba by the father of | Office dispatches and related sources. Bibli- one of the authors. Select bibliography.

ography. | AC447,. Boulnois, Jean, and Boubou Hama. AC435. Gluckman, Max. The judicial L’empire de Gao: histoire, coutumes et

. process among the Barotse of Northern magie des Sonrai. Paris, 1954. Non-technical

Rhodesia. Manchester, 1955. historical and ethnological study of the

AC436. Holleman, Johan F. Shona cus- Songhai people, by a French doctor and an. tomary law, with reference to kinship, mar- African teacher.

riage, the family and the estate. Cape Town, AC448. Boyer, Gaston. Un peuple. de>

1952. Scholarly study of Southern Rhodesian Jl’Ouest soudanais, les Diawara. Contribution |

‘Mashona. | a Vhistoire des Songhay. Dakar, 1953. Two

| . “ AC437. Johnston, Sir Harry H. British monographs: the first a historical and ancentral Africa: an attempt to give some ac- thropological study of the Diawara, a Mocount of a portion of the territories under hammedan tribe in the Sudan; and the secBritish influence north of the Zambezi. 2nd ond a history of the Songhai, based on

ed., London, 1898. Still of value. : chronicles. Bibliography. -

| ~ AC438. Mitchell, J. Clyde. The Yao vil- AC449, Delavignette, Robert L. Freedom | lage: a study in the social structure of a and authority in French West Africa. LonNyasaland tribe. Manchester, 1956. Good don, 1950. Philosophy and practice of ad-

anthropological work. | ministration in French West Africa before

AC439. Paver, B. G. Zimbabwe cavalcade, World War II, by a prominent French adRhodesia’s romance. Johannesburg, 1950. —=ministrator. Translation of the 1946 French

Useful popular account of Zimbabwe ruins. work, Service africain, a revision of Les

Good bibliography of books and articles vrais chefs de lempire (1940). |

supporting both the ancient and medieval AC450. Delcourt, André. La France et

theories of Zimbabwe origins. les établissements francais au Sénégal entre

' AC440. Read, Margaret H. The Ngoni of 1713 et 1763. Dakar, 1952.

Nyasaland. London, 1956. AC451. Gouilly, Alphonse. L’Islam dans

AC441. Richards, Audrey I. Chisungu: a [Afrique occidentale francaise. Paris, 1952. girls’ initiation ceremony among the Bemba Study by a French authority on Islam, cov-

| | Africa 765 ,

ering history of Islamic invasions, various de la Fondation Nationale des Sciences Poli- ,

brotherhoods, effects of Islamization, and tiques, 67.] Interesting analysis of African

French policy toward Islam. Bibliography. life in Brazzaville. a

AC452. Herskovits, Melville J. Dahomey, AC462. -——. Sociologie actuelle de

an ancient west African kingdom. 2 v. N.Y., PAfrique noire,.dynamique des changements 1938. Detailed anthropological. study. Bibli- sociaux en Afrique centrale. Paris, 1955.

ography. | | Important study of social change in Gabon

AC453. Miner, Horace M. The primitive and Congo. Bibliography. CO, city of Timbuctoo. Princeton, 1953. Read- AC463. Eboué, Adolphe F. La nouvelle

able sociological investigation of the social politique indigéne pour Il’Afrique Equatoristructure, economy, religion, and family of ale Francaise. Paris, 1945. Statement by the the peoples of Timbuktu under impact of negro governor-general of French Equatorial “the urban culture of the market.” Bibli- Africa proposing changes in French colonial

ography. | policy to permit the development of the : AC454, Mumford, William B., and G. St. people “within the framework of. their own

J. Orde-Brown.. Africans learn to be French: institutions.” oO

a review of educational activities in the AC464. Griaule, Marcel. Les Sa6é légen-

seven federated colonies of French West daires. Paris, 1943. : ee

Africa, based upon a tour of French West AC465. Lembezat, Bertrand. La France

Africa and Algiers undertaken in 1935. Lon- Equatoriale. 2nd ed., Paris, 1950. One of .the don, 1937. Valuable statement of observa- encyclopedic series, Terres lointaines, pubtions of French educational policy and or- lished by the. Société d’Editions Géographi-

ganization in Senegal, French Guinea, and ques, Maritimes et Coloniales. | | the French Sudan, by two British specialists AC466. Soret, Marcel. Démographie et

in education and labor. Includes translations problémes urbains en A. E. F., Poto-Poto,

of five French documents. | Bacongo, Dolisie. Montpellier, France, 1954.

AC455. Paques, Viviana. Les Bambara. Demographic-sociological study of three Paris, 1954. Anthropological study of the centers of African urban population in Bambara of the French Sudan, analyzing French Equatorial Africa, with statistical scattered material and unpublished data by analysis of problems of African urbanization.

Germaine Dieterlen. Bibliography. | : AC467, Ziéglé, Henri. Afrique Equatoriale

j + _ 9A.

AC456. Paulme, Denise. Les gens du riz: Francaise. Paris, 1952. Best post-war survey

| Kissi de Haute-Guinée francaise. Paris, 1954. of French Equatorial Africa for the non-

Detailed anthropological study of the Kissi specialist. : a tribe, a rice-growing, forest people of south- | |

ern. French Guinea. Bibliographies. Cameroons

| finn‘ique , Ruchard Molard, Jacques. DAAC468. Dugast, Idelette. Monographie de occidentale francaise. 3rd ed., Paris, ; ‘gees er la tribu des Ndiki (Banen 1956. Excellent survey for the non-specialist . " .du Cameroun).

. : Paris, 1955. Anthropological study of the

of the physical, economic, and human ge- Ban eople of the French Cameroons. b

ography of French West Africa, by the Fret i P cho ‘ty. Bibliooraphy. » DY chief the fe: geographical sectionLe of the a rrench authority. lography. , . .ofoA . _ AC469. Cameroun, aspect, geogra-

Institut Francais d’Afrique touristique, Noire. Selectéconomique : sos we ; . er : phique, historique, bibliography. | et administratif du territoire. Paris, 1953 AC458. Robert, André P. L’évolution des : : ..aa ; : ; “pies ye pos [Les documents de-France.] Well-illustrated coutumes de POuest africain et la législation ras . Dee general survey, publishedlaw under francaise. Paris, 1955. Customary of aauspices | . OE of many peoples of French West Africa and the minister of public works. its conti ts with French le islation AC470. Nijoya, Sultan of the Bamun. BS et © 8Rouch, ; . Histoire etSonghay. coutumes des: ;Bamun. Dakar, - AC459,. Jean. Les Paris, -

Sore _ 1952. Reproduction in French 1954. Anthropological: study of the econ-ofara manu| : ee y y OnE tory and traditions of the Bamun people of the French Sudan, based largely on field the French Cameroons. - | omy and social svstem of the Songhai of script in the Mun language telling the his-

work, Extensive annotated ‘bibliogr aphy. AC471. Rudin, Harry R. Germans in the } AC460. Spitz, Georges. L’OQuest africam Cameroons, 1884-1914. See U194.

francais: A.O.F. et Togo. Paris, 1947. En- ; ° °

cyclopedic survey of French WestTogoland Africa || and French Togoland, including geography,

|

history, and administration. Select bibli- AC472. Coleman, James S. Togoland.

ography. | N.Y., 1956. [International conciliation, 509.]

‘Former French Equatorial Africa French Somaliland AC461. Balandier, Georges. Sociologie AC473. Deschamps, Hubert J.,, Raymond _ des Brazzaville noires. Paris, 1925. [Cahiers Decary, and André Ménard. Cote des

766 Guide to Historical Literature Somalis, Réunion, Inde. Paris, 1948. In- AC482. Morel, Edmund D. Red rubber:

cludes general survey of French Somaliland the story of the rubber slave trade flourishby Hubert Deschamps, former governor of ing on the Congo in the year of grace 1906. the territory. Bibliography for each section. London, 1906. A contemporary indictment of

) King Leopold’s rule of the Congo before

, Malagasy Republic its annexation by Belgium. Introduction by : Sir Harry H. Johnston.

AC474, Arbousset, Francis. Le fokon’olona a | |

a Madagascar. Paris, 1950. Comprehensive, Ruanda-Urundi © oe , well-documented study of the village coun- : cils in Madagascar. Bibliography. — ; AC483. Harroy, Jean-Paul, and others. , AC475. Chevalier, Louis. Madagascar, Le Ruanda-Urundi, ses ressources naturelles,

populations et ressources. Paris, 1952. Com- ses populations. Brussels, 1956. Collection

prehensive study of population and re- of seven articles by different authors, all

sources, by a demographer assigned to assess but one of which deal with some aspect of the island as a place for settlement of Euro- the natural resources. Bibliographies.

pean refugees. Bibliography. ~AC484. Maquet, Jacques J. Le systéme

| AC476. Dandouau, André, and G. S._ des relations sociales dans le Ruanda ancien.

Chapus. Histoires des populations de Mada- Tervuren, Belg., 1954. Study of the indig-

gascar. Paris, 1952. History of the Merina enous social system of the kingdom of

people, 16th through 19th centuries, with | Ruanda, a highly developed African state.

shorter ethno-historical accounts of the Bibliography.

other peoples of Madagascar and a con- : .

cluding section on conditions during the PORTUGUESE TERRITORIES

period of French administration. Quoted: ex- : , tracts from sources throughout. Bibliography. AC485. Carreira, Anténio. Mandingas da AC477. Linton, Ralph. The Tanala, a hill Guiné Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1947. Lucid an-

tribe of Madagascar. Chicago, 1933. Full thropological study of the Mandingo, inethnographic account of an eastern Mada- cluding the Islamized Mandingo proper, the gascar people, by a prominent United States pagan Soninke, and the Djola, of Portuguese

anthropologist. ee . Guinea, by a Portuguese colonial adminisos trator. . IT - AC486. Childs; Gladwyn M. Umbundu

| FORMER BELGIAN TERRITORIES. —, inship and character. London, 1949. The Republic of the Congo social system of the Ovimbundu, with em-

| phasis on the indigenous system of training

_AC478, Académie Royale des Sciences and the relationship of missionary school Coloniales. Atlas général du Congo et du education to culture and culture change. Ruanda-Urundi. Brussels, 1948 ff. Monu- Valuable for English readers as an introducmental work covering all aspects of the tion to Portuguese works on the area. BibCongo, issued in parts, each of which covers _liographies. -

| one subject in text and contains one.or more . AC487. Cuvelier, Jean, and L. Jadin.

maps. Two editions, in French and Flem- L’ancien Congo d’apreés les archives romaines

ish. a (1518-1640). Brussels, 1954. Important : AC479. Doucy, Arthur, and Pierre Feld- guide to and summary of documents in

| heim. Problémes du travail et politique so- Vatican archives, with supplements on

ciale au Congo belge. Brussels, 1952. Study Portuguese archives; excellent historical in-

of labor conditions in Katanga, covering so- _ troduction. .

cial legislation, recruitment, productivity, AC488. Egerton, F. Clement C. Angola

labor unions, etc. . - | in perspective: endeavour and achievement in

AC480. Durieux, André. Institutions poli- Portuguese West Africa. London, 1957. | tiques, administratives et judiciaires du Congo Sympathetic to Portuguese policy. belge et du Ruanda-Urundi. 2nd ed., Brus- AC489, Hambly, Wilfred D. The Ovim-

sels, 1955. Authoritative analysis of the con- bundu of Angola. Chicago, 1934. Readable stitution and the administrative and judicial ethnological. study of the Mbundu people

| systems. - of Angola, based on field work in 1929-30. AC481. Johnston, Sir Harry H. George Bibliography. __

Grenfell and the Congo. 2 v. London, 1908. AC489a. Duffy, James. Portuguese Africa. Long classic on the history, ethnology, and Cambridge, Mass., 1959. Best analysis of geography of the Congo Independent State, the history of Angola and Mozambique. Fair by the famous British explorer and adminis- but critical. Valuable bibliographical notes.

trator, based on diaries and researches of AC490. Lyall, Archibald L. Black and Rev. George Grenfell, the records of the white make brown: an account of a journey British Baptist Missionary Society, and other to the Cape Verde Islands and Portuguese |

materials. Guinea. London, 1938., Interesting and in-.

Africa a 767 formative description of life of the various Santo Tomé). Madrid, 1945.. Encyclopedic

peoples of these two territories. survey of the three Spanish and two Portu-

| AC491. Mendes Corréa, Anténio A. Ul- — guese islands, covering geography, ethnology, tramar portugués. V. 1, IIhas de Cabo Verde. social welfare, administration, and economy, Lisbon, 1954. Detailed study of the Cape by a Spanish authority on colonial trade.

Verde Islands, covering natural science, Bibliography. - | , |

ethnology, demography, social conditions, AC502. Veciana Vilaldach,. Antonio de. — languages, culture and education, politics Los Bujeba (Bisi6) de la Guinea Espafiola: | and government, and economy, with résumés contribucién al estudio del negro africano.

of each chapter in French and English. Madrid, 1956. Anthropological study. |

AC492. Milheiros, Mario. Anatomia social ae a a :

dos Maiacas. Luanda, Angola, 1956. Good LIBERIA anthropological study of the Bayaka tribe a a | OO (Maiaca) in Angola. | AC503. Anderson, Robert E. Liberia, AC493. Moreira, Adriano. Politica ultra- America’s African friend. Chapel Hill, 1952. - marina. Lisbon, 1954. | Sympathetic .account of Liberian peoples, AC494, Moreira, Eduardo. Portuguese resources, and economic progress. .- | East Africa: a study of its religious needs. AC504, Bixler, Raymond W. The. foreign London, 1936. A history of Protestant mis- policy of. the United States in Liberia. N.Y.,

| sionary activity in Mozambique, by the 1957. | | liaison officer of the Protestant missions. AC505. Buell, Raymond L. Liberia: a cen-

and the Portuguese government. Focuses on tury of survival, 1847-1947. Philadelphia, tensions between missionaries and the Portu- 1947. Brief . critical history, _ highlighting

guese authorities. oo both domestic problems: and foreign rela-

-AC495,. Oliveira Boleo, José de. Mocam- tions. | |

bique. Lisbon, 1951. Official survey of Mo- AC506. Huberick, Charles H. The politi| zambique, covering geography, history, gov- cal and legislative history of Liberia. 2 v. ernment, and economic and social develop- N.Y., 1947. Detailed study of historical and

ment. English and French chapter résumés. constitutional background, with documents. | Extensive bibliography of works in various AC507. Johnston, Sir Harry H.. Liberia.

languages. _. , _ : 2 v. London, 1906. Older work still of value. | ~ AC496, Ross, Edward A. Report on em- AC508. Schwab, George. Tribes of the ployment of native labor in Portuguese Liberian hinterland. Cambridge, Mass., 1947.

Africa. N.Y., 1925. Report, by a United Valuable report of the Peabody Museum States sociologist, regarding contract la- expedition to Liberia, edited by George W. borers from Angola on SAo Tomé and Prin- Harley, who adds material to that of the

cipe, presented to the League of Nations author. _ oe

and later criticized as superficial and misin- | |

cormed by the Portuguese minister of col- UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA

, AC497, Teixeira da Mota, Avelino. Guiné - South Africa

Portuguesa. 2 v. Lisbon, 1954. Valuable sur- =. ..—— .

vey with good illustrations and maps. Bib- ACS509, Calpin, George H.. Indians in liography. Each volume concludes with sum- South Africa. Pietermaritzburg, 1949. Useful

mary in French and English. | _ history of the Indians in South Africa, withAC498, Viegas, Luis A. Guiné Portuguesa. out notes or bibliography. | 3 v. Lisbon, 1936-40. Detailed survey of AC510. Carter, Gwendolen M: The poli-

Portuguese Guinea covering administrative, tics of inequality: South Africa since 1948.

| economic, and ethnographic subjects. N.Y., 1958. Especially valuable for its origi-

, : |, |SPANISH nal analysis of the organization and operaTERRITORIES tions of political parties in South. Africa.

| | Bibliography. | | | |

AC499, Guinea, Spanish. Gobierno Ge- AC511, De Kiewiet, Cornelis W. A hisneral de los Territorios de Guinea. Memo- tory of South Africa, social and economic. rias, 1949-1955. Madrid, 1956. Extensive Oxford, 1941. Stimulating interpretation of factual and statistical survey covering pop- social and economic factors conditioning : ulation, education, communications, religion, South African history. administrative and judicial system, and vari- | .AC512. ——. The imperial factor in South

ous economic subjects. Africa: .a study in politics and economics.

-AC500. Unzueta y Yuste, Abelardo de. Cambridge, Eng., 1937. Valuable account Geografia histérica de la isla de Fernando of Britain’s role in South African history bePoo. Madrid, 1947. Scholarly historical and tween 1872 and 1885. Bibliography.

political study. Bibliography, AC513. Du Plessis, Izak D. The Cape AC501,.——. Islas del Golfo de Guinea Malays. 2nd ed., Cape Town, 1947. (Elobeyes, Corisco, Annobon, Principe y = AC514, Franklin, Norton N. Economics

768 , Guide to Historical Literature in South Africa. 2nd rev. ed., Cape Town, ham, Eng., 1957. Analysis of contemporary

: 1954. Excellent analysis. | economic and political issues in light of their

AC515. Gandhi, Mohandas K. Satya- historical background. Useful annotated bibgraha in South Africa. Stanford, 1954. liography and glossary. - Gandhi’s account of the origins and develop- AC528. Roux, Edward R. Time longer ment of his Satyagraha movement during his than rope: a history of the black man’s two decades in South Africa before. 1914. struggle for freedom in South Africa. LonAC516. Gluckman, Max. Analysis of a don, 1948. A former Communist’s interesting

social situation in modern Zululand. Man- history of political and labor movements. . chester, 1958. Three stimulating essays on AC529. Schapera, Isaac, ed. The Bantu- | - white-African relations in Zululand, first speaking tribes of South Africa, an ethnopublished as separate articles in 1940-42. graphical survey. N.Y., 1952. Comparative Important theoretical analysis of social survey by South African scholars, first pub-

change. . oS | lished in 1937. Organized by topics rather

AC517. Junod, Henri. Moeurs et cou- than tribes, it includes four chapters on _ tumes des Bantous: la vie d’une tribu sud- European impact on Bantu life. Bibliogafricaine. 2 v. Paris, 1936. Valuable ethno- raphy.

logical study of the Tonga. : ~ AC530. South Africa. Commission for the

| AC518. Kuper, Leo. Passive resistance in Socio-Economic Development of the Bantu South Africa. London, 1956. Sociological Areas. Summary of the report. Pretoria,

analysis of 1952 “defiance campaign” against 1955. A 213 p. abridgement of the 17 v.

South African segregation laws. Tomlinson report, with 64 useful maps. .

AC519. MacCrone, Ian D. Race attitudes AC531. Sundkler, Bengt G. M. Bantu in South Africa, historical, experimental and prophets in South Africa. London, 1948. psychological studies. London, 1937. Pi- Valuable analysis of 800 Bantu separatist oneer psychological analysis of racial atti- churches in South Africa. Bibliography. tudes among South Africa’s varied ethnic -AC532. Theal, George M. History and

groups. Bibliography. Oo ethnography of Africa south of the Zambesi.

AC520. Marais, Johannes S. The Cape 3rd ed., 11 v., London, 1888-1919. Standard coloured people, 1652-1937. Johannesburg, older historical study.

1957. Reprint of valuable 1939 analysis of AC533. Walker, Eric A. A_ history of

three main periods in Cape colored history. southern Africa. 3rd ed., London, 1957. The

Bibliography. best survey. AC521. Marquard, Leopold. The peoples AC534, ———. The great trek. London, and policies of South Africa. London, 1952. 1934. Interesting and valuable.

Useful introduction to South African _his- | tory, peoples, and government. . AC522. May, Henry J. The South African Southwest Africa , constitution. 3rd ed., Cape Town, 1955. AC535. Hahn, Carl H. L., and others. The

Standard work. native tribes of South West Africa. Cape AC523. Patter son, Sheila. Colour and cul- Town, 1928. Five monographs with bibliog-

ture in South Africa: a study of the status raphies on the Ovambo, Bushmen, Berg- |

of the Cape coloured people within the so- dama, Nama, Hottentots, and Herero. cial structure of the Union of South Africa. AC536. Schapera, Isaac. The Khoisan London, 1953. Thorough study of-evolution peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hotof Cape colored within South Africa’s pat- tentots. London, 1930. Survey of origins,

terns of racial segregation. o language, and culture. Bibliography.

ACS524. ——. The last trek: a study of AC537. Vedder, Heinrich. South West the Boer people and the Afrikaner nation. Africa in early times, being the story of London, 1957. Interesting analysis of the South West Africa up to the date of Ma-

growth of Afrikaner nationalism, by-a South harero’s death in 1890. London, 1938. This

fare. ] |

African of British background. | 525 p. abridged translation of Vedder’s Das AC525. Reitz, Deneys. Commando: a= alte Sudwéstafrika (Berlin, 1934), based Boer journal of the Boer War. 2nd ed., partly on ethnological data and partly on London, 1953. Readable and informative historical records, is the standard work on

autobiographical narrative of guerilla war- the subject.

AC526. Roberts, Michael, and A. E. G.

Trollip. The South African opposition 1939- BOSH TORIES

| 1945:don, an 1947. essay in contemporary history. Lon- ) Interesting and valuable. account , Basutoland :

of Afrikaner political movements during | | World War II. AC538. Ashton, Edmund H. The Basuto.

AC527. Robertson, Hector M. South London, 1952. Valuable and comprehensive Africa, economic and political aspects. Dur- account of Basuto life. Bibliography.

Africa 769 ~ Bechuanaland AC543. ——-. The Bechuanaland protectorate.. N.Y., 1952. Useful survey by a AC539. Schapera, Isaac. A handbook of former official. |

Tswana law and custom. 2nd analysis. ed., London, |:| | | : 1955. Authoritative AC540. ——. Married life in an African Swaziland tribe. London, 1941. Anthropological study

of Kgatla tribe in Bechuanaland. AC544. Kuper, Hilda. An African aris-

AC541, -———. Native land tenure in the’ tocracy: rank among the Swazi. London, Bechuanaland protectorate. Lovedale, South 1947. Excellent and interesting anthropologi- ,

Africa, 1943. Valuable companion volume cal analysis. Bibliography. |

toAC542. AC539. | : AC545. ——. The uniform of color: a Sillery, Anthony. Sechele: the study of white-black relationships in Swazi-

story of an African chief. Oxford, 1954. land. Johannesburg, 1947. Illuminating com- | Biography of a Kwena chief in Bechuanaland. panion volume to the above. |

SECTION AD |

; Australia and New Zealand

(with Antarctica)

ANDREW DELBRIDGE OSBORN *

Most scholarly writings on the lands of the Southwest Pacific have appeared

- since 1930. This is because, first, the number of competent historians working in the field has increased sharply in the interim. Second, primary sources have become more and more accessible, above all through the expanding resources of the Mitchell Library, Sydney, the Commonwealth National Library, Canberra, _ and the Turnbull Library, Wellington; also through microfilm copies of relevant | Public Record Office archives (available from the Mitchell and Commonwealth

National Libraries) and United States consular reports (available from the , U. S. National Archives). And, third, the history of these young countries now

, extends over a sufficiently long time span that contemporary historians can see events in desirable perspective. Nevertheless, a word of caution must be given, especially about Australian historiography: facts and figures in secondary works

properly documented. | are frequently at variance and are open to question unless they have been

AUSTRALIA — _ . BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND LIBRARY AD3. Lewin, Percy Evans. Subject cata-

COLLECTIONS | logue of the library of the Royal Empire : Society, formerly the Royal Colonial Insti-

AD1. The Cambridge history of the British tute. V. 2 (London, 1931), pp. 483-652.

Empire. V. 7, pt. 1, Australia (London, See U3.

1933), pp. 647-86. Should be complemented — AD4, ———. Best books on Australia and by the chapter and general bibliographies in New Zealand. London, 1946.

Clark (AD39) and Greenwood (AD45). AD5. Australian books, a_ select list.

| liography. best books.

Also Shaw (AD43) has a good critical bib- Canberra, 1933 ff. Annually revised list of

AD2. Ferguson, John A. Bibliography of AD6. Fuller, Grace H. Selected list of

Australia, 4 v. Sydney, 1941-55. Chrono- references on Australia. Washington, 1942.

logical list through 1850. Library of Congress holdings.

* The following contributed items and comments indicated by their respective initials: Wilfred D.

Borrie (WDB), John M. Ward (JMW).

770

Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) 771 | AD7. Craig, Jean. Bibliography of public Australian environment. 2nd ed., Melbourne, , administration in Australia, 1850-1947. 1950. General introduction to physical geogSydney, 1955. Predominantly New South raphy and agriculture. Review, R. K. Wilson, |

Wales and Commonwealth parliamentary N.Z. geog., 6 (Oct. 1950): 212. a

papers. — : So , AD19. Cumberland, Kenneth B. SouthADS. Australian Public Affairs Information west Pacific: a geography. Christchurch, Service. Subject index to current literature. 1954; N.Y., 1956. Designed as a textbook. Canberra, 1945 ff. (Monthly.) Cultural, Review, G. A. Currie, N.Z. geog., 11 (Apr.

economic, political,James and social 1955): 89. |... | eo | affairs. °. | historical, : AD20. Holmes, M. Geographical AD9. Arnot, Jean F. Bibliography of news- basis of government specially applied to New

papers found in the’ Mitchell Library and South Wales, Sydney and London, 1944. the Public Library of New South Wales. Review, Geog. jour., 104 (Sept. 1944): 135. Sydney, 1944. Important for early Australian AD21. ———. The Murray valley. Sydney,

newspapers. | 1948. Austr. geog., 5 (June 1948): AD10. New. SouthReview, Wales. Mitchell Library. 183..

Index to periodicals. 1944 ff. Sydney, 1950 AD22. Australia. Washington, 1957. [U. S. a ff. Lists selected articles on Australia, New Office of Geography, Gazetteer no. 40.] | - Zealand, the Southwest Pacific, and Ant- AD23. Australia. Dept. of National Dearctica. From. 1956 issued in the Monthly velopment. Atlas of Australian . resources. catalogue of the Public Library of New Canberra, 1953 ff. Covers agriculture, forests,

South Wales. population, -rainfall, roads, etc. Review, AD11. ———. Historical and descriptive M. M. Bayne, Econ. rec., 31 (Nov. 1955):

notes. Sydney, 1936. Survey of resources. 338; 32 (Nov. 1956): 382. |

AD12. ———. Manuscripts in the Mitchell 7 | an scope and arrangement. The Mitchell Library rs a

Library. Sydney, 1956. Brief guide to their _ ABORIGINES

possesses the greatest collection of Aus- = AD24. Elkin, Adolphus P. Australian traliana; next in importance is the Common- aborigines: how to understand them. 3rd ed.,

wealth National Library. Sydney, 1954. Best general work.

- Historical manuscripts added to Australian AD25. ———. Citizenship for the aborigines: libraries are recorded in Historical studies, a national aboriginal policy. Sydney, 1944.

Australia and. New. Zealand (AD202). AD26. ———. Wanted—a charter for the United States research projects on Australia native peoples of the Southwest Pacific.

and New Zealand are given in the U. S. Sydney, 1943. oe

State Department’s External research: Brit- AD27.. Hasluck, Paul. Native welfare in ish Commonwealth; Australian and New Australia: speeches and addresses. Perth,

Zealand projects are in Hist. stud. Austr. 1953. ee

and N.Z. oe 7 AD28. Hasluck, Paul. Black Australians: a survey of native policy in Western AusENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF tralia, 1829-97. Melbourne, 1942. Review,

| REFERENCE A. P. Elkin, Hist. stud..274. Austr. and | ee : ] 2 (Nov. 1943): . N.Z., -AD13. Australian encyclopaedia. 10 -v. AD29. Berndt, Ronald M., and Catherine

: Sydney, 1955-58. . : : H. Berndt. Arnhem Land, its history and its AD14. Serle, Percival, Dictionary of people. Melbourne, 1954.

Australian biography. 2 v. Sydney, 1949. —

Notables who died before 1943. Invaluable, _ DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES

but all biographies are by one hand and tend :

to be commemorative. [JMW] AD30. Madgwick, Robert B. Immigration :

| AD15. Who’s who in Australia. Mel- into eastern Australia, 1788-1851. London, ‘bourne, 1906 ff. (Triennial.) — 1937. Thorough historical text containing ADI6. Australia. Bureau of Census and analyses based on records of. the Colonial

Statistics. Official year book of the Com- Office and the Colonial Land and Emigration

monwealth of Australia. Melbourne and Commissioners as well as on colonial cen-

Canberra, 1908 ff. suses. Review, W. D. Forsyth, Econ.. rec.,

14 (June 1938): 130. [WDB]. | | : — ] trends and policies. Sydney, 1948.. Demo-

! GEOGRAPHIES, GAZETTEER, ATLAS | AD31. Borrie, Wilfred D. Population ~ ADI7. Taylor, Thomas Griffith. Australia: graphic needs and _ possibilities of Australia.

a study of warm environments and their Review, J. P. Belshaw, Austr. quar., 21 effect on British settlement. 6th ed., London, - (Mar. 1949): 121. ne

1955. The standard work. _. AD32. ———. Immigration: Australia’s

AD18. Australia. Commonwealth Scientific problems and prospects. Sydney and. Lonand Industrial Research Organization. The don, 1949. Examination of postwar policies.

772 Guide to Historical Literature AD33. -———. Italians and Germans in’ contemporary Australia. Review, L. F. FitzAustralia: a study of assimilation. Melbourne, hardinge, Austr. jour. pol. hist., 1 (May 1954, Review, F. K. Crowley, Hist. stud. 1956): 271. [JMW]

Austr. and N.Z., 6 (May, 1955): 487.

AD34. Australian Institute of Political LONGER GENERAL HISTORIES ©

Science. Future of immigration into Australia |

- and New Zealand. Sydney, 1937. Symposium AD44. The Cambridge history of the on migrant absorptive capacity. [WDB] British Empire. V. 7, pt. 1, Australia. LonAD35. ———. Australia and the migrant. don, 1933. A remarkable achievement despite Sydney, 1953. Symposium on postwar immi- its avoidable errors. Though most scholarly

: gration. [WDB] work in Australian history came later, still AD36. Australia. Bureau of Census and useful because of the lack of any other

Statistics. Demography. ‘Canberra, 1906 ff. history of comparable size and authority.

_ (Annual.) Many issues contain extensive Review, T. Dunbabin, Austr. Rhodes rev., summaries. See particularly 1927 and 1949. 1 (Mar. 1934): 139. [JJMW] a See also Borrie’s Australian section in AD45. Greenwood, Gordon, ed. Australia, UNESCO, The positive contribution by im- a: social and political history. N.Y. and

| migrants (Paris, 1955). [WDB] | Sydney, 1955. Best starting point for the

| student, though chapters are uneven. Review,

, PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES OM. Clark, Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 7

| (Nov. 1955): 95. [JMW]

AD37. Historical records of New South |

Wales. 7 v. Sydney, 1889-1901. Covers the

period to 1811, | HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS

| AD38. Australia. Parliament. Historical ~ - Discovery and Exploration records of Australia. 34 v. Sydney, 1914—25.

Weak editorial work led to suspension of Extremely important are Beaglehole’s edi-

publication. A new program is under con- tion of Cook’s Journals (AE57)_ and

sideration. Wroth’s Early cartography of the Pacific AD39. Clark, C. Manning. Select docu- (AE5/).

ments in Australian history, 1788-1900. 2 v. AD46. Wood, George A. The discovery | Sydney, 1950-55. Intended for college stu- of Australia. London, 1922. Best single vol-

dents. co, ume account. )

AD40. ———. Sources of Australian history. AD47. Scott, Ernest, ed. Australian disLondon and N.Y., 1957. Shorter than AD39 covery. 2 v. London and N.Y., 1929. V. 1, and a different selection. For the general discovery by sea; v. 2, inland exploration.

reader and less advanced students. AD48. Macquarie, Lachlan. Journals of

his tours in New South Wales and Van

SHORTER GENERAL HISTORIES Diemen’s Land, 1810-22. Sydney, 1956.

AD41. Hancock, William K. Australia. Convict Settlements

N.Y., 1931; London and Sydney, 1945. The |

' most brilliant general study despite serious AD49. O’Brien, Eris. The foundation of omissions. Needs revision in the light of Australia, 1786-1800. 2nd ed., Sydney, 1950. work published since 1929. Especially Detailed study of the social code and penal through its assessment of Australian society laws of England which lay behind the deci-

it helped to establish a new tradition in sion to found the convict settlement, as

Australian historiography. Review, G. V. well as an account of the first years of the

: Portus, Econ. rec., 7 (May, 1931): 131. settlement. Valuable statistical appendices.

[JMW] _ : Review, M. Clark, Hist. stud. Austr. and AD42. Crawford, Raymond M. Australia. N.Z., 4 (May, 1951): 376. [WDB]

London, 1952. Polished and. stimulating AD50. Forsyth, William D. Governor

study, with fundamentally the same approach Arthur’s convict system. London, 1935. Re-

as Hancock, but covers a wider field and view, E. Scott, Econ. rec., 11 (Dec. 1935): | enjoys the advantage of later research. Treat- 299.

ment of the sixties and seventies particu-. larly noteworthy. Review, L. F. Fitzhardinge, 1800-1850

Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 5 (Nov. 1952):

296. [JMW] 7 AD51. Evatt, Herbert V. Rum rebellion.

_ AD43. Shaw, Alan G. L. Story of Aus- 2nd ed., Sydney, 1939. Rebuttal. of the traditralia. London, 1955. Easily read narrative, tional story of Bligh, based on examination following middle-of-the-road interpretations of legal evidence. Review, B. Fitzpatrick, and providing the best introduction for the Mist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 1 (Apr. 1940):

: general reader. Makes careful tse of recent 71.

research and gives interesting description of AD52. Mills, Richard C. Colonization of

Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) _ — 773

Australia (1829-42): the Wakefield experi- Northern Territory —

ment in empire building. London, 1915. The — | oo

settlement of Western and South Australia. AD65. Price, Archibald G. The history

AD53. Roberts, Stephen H. The squatting 294 problems of the Northern Territory.

age in Australia, 1835-47. Melbourne, 1935, Adelaide, 1930. oe,

Basic study of the pastoral ascendancy. AD66. Abbott, Charles L. A. Australia’s Expansion of pt. 3 of his History of Aus- frontier province. Sydney, 1950. By a former

tralian land settlement (AD136). - administrator of the territory. og See also Dakin (AD267). : AD67. Australian Institute of Political

_ tralia?” | i

|me | Science. Northern Australia, task for a na- : | ; Oo tion. Sydney, 1954. Conference papers on - —-—- 1850-1900 “How should we develop Northern Aus-

AD54. Ward, John M. Australia’s first AD68. Australia. Dept. of Territories. Regovernor-general, Sir Charles FitzRoy, 1851- port on the administration of the Northern

, 1855. Sydney, 1953. Earl Grey’s short-lived Territory. Canberra, 1884 ff. _ | :

scheme for a federal form of government. : . ADS55. Deakin, Alfred. The federal story. _

Melbourne,. 1944. Inside story of federation. _ Papua-New Guinea Territory Review Gate 1 oasye ai stud. Austr. and AD69. Gordon, Donald C.,The Australian

AD56 Australasian Federal Convention frontier in New Guinea, 1870-1885. N.Y., |

| Debates. Ay Adelaide. 1897-98 "1951. Colonial policy and the annexation of

oe , : New. _Guinea. Review, N. D. Harper, Hist. | stud. Austr. and N.Z., 5 (May 1952): 188.

Twentieth Century AD70. Legge, John D. Australian colonial , |- AD57. | . | policy: a survey of native administration and Bean, Charles E. W., ed. The European development in Papua. Sydney,

official history of Australia in the war of 1956. History of Papua from 1884. Review,

1914-18. 12 v. Sydney, 1921-42. a C. D. Rowley, Austr. quar., 28 (Dec. 1956):

_~AD58. Moorehead, Alan M. Gallipoli. 110. | | — See AGS3. > | | AD71. Reed, Stephen W. The making of

AD59, Australian War Memorial, Can- modern New Guinea. See AE77. |

berra. Australia in the war of 1939-45. By AD72. Robson, Robert W., ed. Handbook Gavin M. Long and others. Canberra, 1952 of Papua and New Guinea. Sydney, 1954.

ff. a | AD73. Papua. Lt. Governor. Territory of AD60. ——. With the Australians in Papua annual report. Canberra, 1888 ff. Korea. Canberra, 1954. __ | AD74. New Guinea Territory. Report to

berra, 1947 ff. , | a cial research publications. Port Moresby,

7 - _ the General Assembly of the U. N. Can-

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS AD75. Papua-New Guinea Territory. Offi- |

, Canberra 1951 ff. (Irregular. ) |

~ AD61. White, Harold L., ed. Canberra, a |

nation’s: Sydney, 1954. | .: AD62. capital. Australia. Dept. of Queensland the Interior.

_ Annual. report on the administration and Q AD 76. aren sete Eat ion. of development of Canberra and the Australian | vent an id yaneys: ti f *P Ne ma th Capital Territory. 1950/51 ff. Canberra, Wale and separauon irom New sou

1952 Hf. Oo | AD77. Our first half-century: a review of

So_ New ] . Queensland progress. Brisbane, 1909. ) South Wales _ AD78. Bernays, Charles A. Queensland .

|As | | the | politics during sixty years (1859-1919). Brismother colony, New South Wales bane, 1919. | t

_ is principally covered by the general his- AD79. -———. Queensland—our seventh

tories. political 1920-30.and Sydney, AD63.| ,Lang, Johndecade, D. An historical | oe 1930.

‘Statistical account of New South Wales. 4th South Australia 7 : ed., 2 v., London, 1875. Preoccupied with 7 | _ his own point of.view, but has much in- AD80. Pike, Douglas. Paradise of dissent:

sight. [JMW]_ _ South Australia, 1829-1857. Melbourne,

AD64. Parkes, Henry. Fifty years in the 1957. The Wakefield scheme and the founda- | making of Australian history. London, 1892. tion of South Australia. Review, W. K. Parkes’ played a leading role in N.S.W. Hancock, Austr. jour. pol. hist., 3 (Nov.

politics and the federation movement. 1957): 131. See also Mills (AD52). 0

774 Guide to Historical Literature , AD81. Hodder, Edwin. The history of AD96. Stanford University. Food Research South Australia. 2 v. London, 1893. . Institute. Wartime agriculture in Australia

AD82. Combe, Gordon D. Responsible and New Zealand, 1939-50. Stanford, 1954. government in South Australia. Adelaide, Review, W. S. Kelly, Econ. rec., 31 (Nov.

1957. 1955): 334. | oe

AD83. Price, Archibald G. Founders and AD97. Dunsdorfs, Edgars. Australian — pioneers of South Australia. Adelaide, 1929. wheatgrowing industry, 1788-1948. Mel-

||:— * ree.,AD98. 33 (Apr. 1957): 118. | Tasmania Australia. Bureau of Agricultural bourne, 1956. Review, K. O. Campbell, Econ.

AD84. Giblin, Ronald W. The early his- Economics. Quarterly review of agricultural tory of Tasmania. 2 v. London and Mel- economics. Canberra, 1948 ff.

bourne, 1928-39. V. 1, discovery; v. 2, — _ penal settlement, 1804-28. Should be read | : . Church History

critically; especially for the account of Gov. ; Arthur. Review, R. B. Madgwick, Austr. There is no really comprehensive general quar., 12 (June 1940): 103. , or denominational history, but detailed arti-

AD85. West, John. The history of Tas- cles may be found in the Australian encyclomania. 2 v. Launceston, 1852. Old but still Paedia (ADI3). The existing works are

valuable. [JMW] oo recorded in the bibliographies cited at the

- AD86. Townsley, W. A. The struggle for beginning of this list. See also Moran

self-government in Tasmania, 1842-1856. (4D324). : ; Hobart, 1951. Review, K. Fitzpatrick, Hist.

stud. Austr. and N.Z., 5 (Nov. 1952): 299. Civilization

-AD87. Green, Frank C., ed. A century of | . .

responsible government, 1856-1956. Hobart, 4D99. Nadel, George. Australia’s colonial

| 1956. Review, M. Clark, Austr. jour. pol, Culture: ideas, men and institutions in mid-

hist., 3 (Nov. 1957): 133. | nineteenth century eastern Australia. Cam: | bridge, Mass. and Melbourne, 1957. Based ; . : on primary sources; relates largely to New

Victoria , South Wales.

; . .Victoria. . | erkeley, 1947.1955. Review, Caiger, ing Melbourne, History,G. geog.

Austr.

- AD88. Leeper, Geoffrey W., ed. Introduc- . AD100. Grattan, Clinton H., ed. Australia.

raphy, resources, population, industries outlook, 2 (Dec. 1948) : 256.

° ducation , , commonwealth: AD101. abides RaniaofThe Australian * ers . ae a picture the community,

pone oan the first century. Mel- 4994-1955. Melbourne, 1956. Review, D. | ure ae ner, Henry G. History of the acum Austr. quar., 29 (June 1957):

Ends with 1900. co an . AD91. Deakin, Alfred. The crisis in Vic- Constitutional History .

colony of Victoria. 2 v. London, 1904.

torian politics, 1879-1881. Melbourne, 1957. __ AD102. Sweetman, Edward. Australian constitutional development. Melbourne, 1925.

Western Australia The states up to responsible government.

| Review, A. B. Keith, Eng. hist. rev., 40

‘AD92. Crowley, Frank K. The records of (Oct. 1925): 624. Western Australia. Perth, 1953. List of books, AD103. Melbourne, Alexander C. V.

articles, manuscripts, etc. Se Early constitutional development in Australia:

AD93. Battye, James S. Western Australia, New South Wales, 1788-1856. London, 1934. a history. Oxford, 1924. Ends with 1900. Review, E. Scott, Econ. rec., 11 (June 1935):

‘Review, W. K. Hancock, Eng. hist. rev., 133.

40. (July 1925): 449. | AD104. Paton, George W., ed. The Com-

monwealth of Australia: the development of |

| its laws and constitution. London, 1952. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS AD105. Hunt, Erling M. American prece-

: Agriculture dents in Australian federation. N.Y., 1930. : AD106. Quick, Sir John, and Sir Robert

AD94. Watt, Robert D. Romance of the R. Garran. Annotated constitution of the Australian land industries. Sydney, 1955. Australian Commenwealth. Sydney, 1901.

Agricultural history, 1788-1951. | Still a standard work. ,

AD95. Wadham, Samuel M., and Gordon AD107. Quick, Sir John, and Sir Littleton L. Wood. Land utilization in Australia. 2nd E. Groom. The judicial power of the Comed., Melbourne, 1950. Review, J. G. Craw- monwealth. Melbourne, 1904. A standard

ford, Econ. rec., 27 (June 1951): 113. work.

- Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) — 775 AD108. Wynes, William A. Legislative and tions and Exports Dept. Australia: economic : judicial powers in Australia. 2nd ed., Sydney, and commercial conditions. London, 1921 ff.

1956. Up-to-date exposition of Australian AD125. La Nauze, John A. Political econ- |

— constitutional law. Review, Z. Cowen, Austr. omy in Australia. Melbourne, 1949. Four

quar., 29 (Mar. 1957): 108. | essays on 19th century economic thought. AD109. Mitchell, Rae E., ed. Essays on Review, C. Renwick, Econ. rec., 26 (June the Australian constitution. Sydney, 1952. 1950): 129, © |. a AD110. Crisp, Leslie F. Parliamentary government ofLondon, the Commonwealth of Aus| | : _* tralia. 2nd ed., 1954. _ Foreign Affairs

, ADI11. Sawer, Geoffrey. Australian gov- AD126. Greenwood, Gordon, and Norman ernment today. 5th ed., Melbourne, 1957. p, Harper, eds. Australia in world affairs,

Both commonwealth and states, Review, F. 1950-1955. Melbourne, 1957. Review, R. L. Louat, Austr. quar,, 20 (June 1948): 109. Reid, Austr. jour. pol. hist., 3 (Nov. 1957):

_ AD112. Australia. Royal Commission on 135, oe

the Constitution. Report. Canberra, 1929. AD127. Australian Institute of Political , _ AD113. Australia, Commonwealth Grants Science. Australia’s foreign policy. Sydney, Commission. Third report. Canberra, 1936. 1938. Review, J. McCallum, Austr. quar.,

AD114, Bland, Francis A., ed. Changing 10 (Sep. 1938): 101.

the constitution. Sydney, 1950. [Proceedings AD128. Casey, Richard G. Friends and of the All-Australian Federal Convention, neighbours: Australia and the world. Mel-

1949.] Review, N. Wills, Austr. quar, 22 bourne and N.Y., 1954. Review, T. N. M. ,

| : , 1955): 102. oO

(Dec. 1950) : 119. | | . Buesst, Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 7 (Nov. | _ Economic History - ADI129. Evatt, Herbert V. Australia in

world affairs. Sydney and N.Y., 1946. Re- . people, 1788-1945, Melbourne, 1946. Based 1946): 105. : on AD115. Fitzpatrick, Brian. The Australian yijew, V. J. Flynn, Austr. guar., 18 (Dec.

on his two earlier and larger works. View- AD130. Eggleston, Frederic W. Reflec-

point is leftist. Review, A. G. L. Shaw, tions on Australian foreign policy. MelHist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 3 (Nov. 1947): bourne, 1957. Review; D. Van Abbe, Austr.

241, | . gquar., 29 (June 1957): 107. Authors of this

AD116. Shann, Edward O. G. Economic = and AD128-129 are prominent diplomats. history of Australia. Cambridge, Eng. and AD131. Shepherd, Jack. Australia’s inter-

Melbourne, 1948. Rightist viewpoint. Re- ests and policies in the Far East. 2nd ed., |

_. view, A. G. L. Shaw, Hist. stud. Austr. and N_y., 1940. [I. P. R. Inquiry series.] Review,

N.Z., 3 (Feb. 1949): 351. C. V. Janes, Austr. quar., 12 (June 1940):

: AD117. Shaw, Alan G. L. The economic 79.

development of Australia. 3rd ed., London -AD132. Gilmore, Robert J., and Denis and Melbourne, 1955. Middle-of-the-road Warner, eds. Near North: Australia and viewpoint. Review, W. R. Lane, Austr. jour. 4 thousand million neighbours. Sydney, 1948.

pol. hist., 1 (Nov. 1955): 140. AD133. Greenwood, Gordon, ed. Aus-

AD118. Coghlan, Timothy A. Labour and tralian policies towards Asia. Melbourne, industry in Australia, 1788-1901. 4 v. Lon- = 4954. |

don and N.Y., 1918. ; AD134, Stevens, Bertram S. New horizons:

AD119. Butlin, Sydney J. Foundations of 4 study of Australian-Indian relationships. the Australian monetary system, 1788-1851. Sydney, 1946. Review, C. V. Janes, Austr. Melbourne, 1953. Considered the most im- — gyar., 18 (June 1946): 105.

portant study in early Australian economic |

30 (May ——. 1954):War 73.economy. _ FrontierCanberra, | AD120. ey . |

history. Review, R. M. Hartwell, Econ. rec.,

1955. Review, R. L. Crivelli, Austr. quar, , “D155. Alexander, Frederick. Moving

27 (Dec. 1955): 106, | frontiers: an American theme and its appli-

AD121. Giblin, Lyndhurst F. Growth of a cation to Australian history. Melbourne, central bank: the development of the Com- 1947. The Turner thesis, which has limited monwealth Bank of Australia. Melbourne, application to Australian conditions. Review, 1951. Review, S. J. Butlin, Econ. rec., 27 H.,D- Black, Austr. quar. 19 (Dec. 1947);

(June 1951): 84. _ 123. oe ,

_ AD122. Australia. Bureau of Census and Statistics, National income and expenditure. a Land Settlement |

1938/39 ff. Canberra, 1946 ff. : | AD123. ———. Quarterly summary of Aus- AD136. Roberts, Stephen H. History. of ,

tralian statistics. Canberra, 1912 ff. Australian land settlement, 1788-1920. Mel-

. AD124, Great Britain. Commercial Rela- bourne, 1924. et |

776 Guide to Historical Literature Naval History democracy in Australia: a survey of the

; a 1951 referendum. Melbourne, 1954. The

| , AD137. McGuire, Frances M. The Royal referendum failed to sanction dissolution of

Australian navy, its origin, development and the Communist party. Review, S. R. Davis,

organization. Melbourne, 1948. | Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 6 (May 1955):

| 489. :

Political History , AD152. Parliamentary handbook of the

Commonwealth of Australia. Canberra, Greenwood (AD45) is the general work. 1915 ff.

| AD138. Sawer, Geoffrey. Australian fed- | eral politics and law, 1901-1929. Melbourne, . 1956. Chronicle of the first eleven federal Transportation :

° e “3 ° ° . : ' e 9 ee

Pe or his pe Non 187). Austr. AD153. Australian Institute of Political ~ AD139. Scott, Ernest. Australia during the jgqy °° AUSttalia’s transport crisis. Sydney, war. Sydney, 1937. [Official history of Aus- AD154 Hocking, Douglas M., and C. P

tralia during the war of 1914-18, il.) Politi- Haddon-Cave. Air. transport in Australia. , caace treaty history, conscription issue, ¢vdney, 1951, ‘Review, J. M. Grant, Econ.

_AD140. Hasluck, Paul. The government rec, 28 (Nov. 1952): 305. -

and the people, 1939-41. Canberra, 1953.

[Australia in the war of 1939-45, ser. 4, BIOGRAPHIES

v. 1.] Review, L. F. Fitzhardinge, Hist. stud. . oo. Austr. and N.Z., 6 (Nov. 1953): 103. | The comprehensive work is Dictionary of AD141. Miller, John D. B. Australian gov- 4¥Stralian biography (ADI4).

| ernment and politics. London, 1954. : AD155. Palmer, Vance. National por~AD142. Davies, Alan F., and Geoffrey traits. 3rd ed., Melbourne, 1954. Twenty| Serle, eds. Policies for progress: essays in five biographies. Review, T. Dunbabin, Austr. Australian politics. Melbourne, 1954. quar., 13 (Mar. 1941): 110.

AD143. Australian Institute of Political |

Science. The Australian political party sys- Foundation Years

tem. Sydney, 1954. | AD144. Overacker, Louise. The Australian | AD156. Mackaness, George. Sir Joseph party system. New Haven, 1952. Best avail- Banks, his relations with Australia. Sydney,

able book, but prone to emphasize the left; 1936. :

bibliography is uncritical. Review, R. Gollan, AD157. -——-. The life of Vice-admiral — Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 6 (Nov. 1953): William Bligh. 2nd ed., Sydney, 1951. See

105. [JMW] | also Evatt (AD51). For Captain Cook see AD145. Fitzpatrick, Brian. Short history of = 4£57.

the Australian labour movement. 2nd ed., | AD158. Scott, Ernest. The life of Captain Melbourne, 1944. Review, Austr. quar., 13 Matthew Flinders. Sydney, 1914.

(Mar. 1941): 116. | AD159. Ellis, Malcolm H. John Mac-

AD146. Sutcliffe, James T. History of arthur. Sydney, 1955. trade unionism in Australia. Melbourne, AD160. ——-. Lachlan Macquarie. 2nd

| 1921. ——- ed., Sydney, 1952. For Samuel Marsden see AD147. Crisp, Leslie F. The Australian 4D364.

Federal Labour party, 1901-1951. London | AD161. Mackaness, George. Admiral . and N.Y., 1955. Review, D. E. McHenry, © Arthur Phillip, founder of New South Wales. Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 7 (May 1956): Sydney, 1937.

248.

AD148. Eggleston, Frederic W. Reflections 1820-1850 |

of an Australian liberal. Melbourne, 1953. . Review, L. Webb, Hist. stud. Austr. and AD162. Hodder, Edwin. George Fife

N.Z., 6 (May 1954): 228. Angas, father and founder of South Aus- AD149. Reeves, W. Pember. State experi- tralia. London, 1891.

‘ments in Australia and New Zealand. 2 v. AD163. Levy, M. C. I. Governor George

| London, 1923; N.Y., 1925. Covers the period Arthur. Melbourne, 1953. .

to 1902. Review, J. B. Condliffe, Econ. AD164. Kiddle, Margaret. Caroline Chis-

| rec., 2 (May 1926): 95. holm. 2nd ed., Melbourne, 1957.

| AD150. Willard, Myra. History of the AD165. Fitzpatrick, Kathleen. Sir John white Australia policy. Melbourne, 1923. Franklin in Tasmania, 1837-1843. Mel-

Still not replaced for the period covered. bourne, 1949. | 1925): 125. [JMW] don and Melbourne, 1954.

Review, E. L. Piesse, Econ. rec., 1 (Nov. AD166. Bassett, Marnie. The Hentys. LonADI151. Webb, Leicester. Communism and AD167. Lang, John D. John Dunmore

, _ Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) 777 Lang, chiefly autobiographical. 2 v. Mel- AD1i90, ———. The records of the proceed-

bourne, 1951. , ings and the printed papers. 1901/02 ff. AD168. Gross, Alan. Charles Joseph ~~ Canberra, 1902 ff. (Annual.) a

Latrobe. Melbourne, 1956. i AD191. Australian legislative. digest. SydAD169. Mayo, M. Penelope. Life and ney, 1922 ff. Summarizes federal and state

letters of Col. William Light. Adelaide, legislation. oo : 1937. , ~AD192. Australia in facts and figures. CanAD170. Cumpston, John H. L. Thomas _ berra, 1943 ff. (Quarterly.) Review of polit- —

Mitchell. London and Melbourne, 1954. ical, economic, and social events. . : AD171. Uren, Malcolm J. L. Land look- AD193. Australia. Prime Minister’s Dept. ©

ing west: the story of Governor James The federal guide. Canberra, 1926 ff. Organi-. |

Stirling in Western Australia. London, 1948. zation and functions of federal agencies.

AD172. Cumpston, John H. L. Charles . /

Sturt. Melbourne, 1951. | UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND _

AD173. Melbourne, Alexander C. V. Wil- , SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS | : liam Charles Wentworth. Brisbane, 1934. | oe

| AD194. Royal Australian Historical So-

| 1851-1900 | SO ciety. Journal and proceedings. Sydney, 1901

ae _ 7 ff. (Irregular.) © : :

_AD174, Bavin, Thomas R. Sir Henry AD195. Historical Society of Queensland.

Parkes. Sydney, 1941. _.. Journal. Brisbane, 1914 ff. (Annual.) |

AD175. Spence, William G. Australia’s - AD196. Tasmanian Historical Research awakening: thirty years in the life of an Association. Papers and proceedings.. Hobart, _

Australian agitator. Sydney, 1909. | 1952 ff.-(Irregular.) | | | | AD176. Pratt, Ambrose. David Syme, the -AD197. Historical Society of Victoria.

| father of protection in Australia. London, The Victorian historical magazine. Mel-

(1908. So bourne, 1911 ff. (Irregular.) . |

| Twentieth Century oe AD198. Western Australian Historical So, oeoo' ciety. Journals and proceedings. Perth, 1927

ADI77. Reynolds, John. Edmund Barton, 4. (Annual. )

| Sydney, 1948. | AD 199. Royal Geographical Society of © | AD178. Chester, Alan. John Curtin. Syd- Australasia. Queensland Branch. Queens-

ney, 1943.00 _ Jand geographical journal. Brisbane, 1885 ff. AD179. Murdoch, Walter. Alfred Deakin. (Irregular.)

London, 1923. : AD200. Royal Geographical Society of :

| AD180.:Graham, Austin D. Life of Sir Australasia. South Australian Branch. ProSamuel W. Griffith. Brisbane, 1939. ceedings. Adelaide, 1885 ff. (Irregular.): AD181. Hancock, William K. Country AD201. Australian National . University. and calling. London, 1954. — | Social science monographs. Canberra, 1954

~ AD182. Palmer, Nettie. Henry Bournes ff. (Irregular.) oe AD183. Evatt, Herbert V. Australian ~ PERIODICALS oo

Higgins. London, 1931. 7 , oO

labour leader: the story of W. A. Holman. oe too. oe oO | , Sydney, 1940. , _ °AD202. Historical studies, Australia and

AD184. Whyte, William F. William Morris New Zealand. Melbourne, 1940 ff. (SemiHughes. Sydney, 1957. annual.) oo -AD185. Ross, Lloyd R. M. William Lane _4D203. Australian journal of politics and and the Australian labor movement. Sydney, history. Brisbane, 1955 ff. (Semiannual.)

1937. -AD204. Australian historical monographs. AD186. Lett, Lewis. Sir Hubert Murray ‘Sydney, 1935 ff. (Irregular.) Contributions of Papua. London, 1951. | by G. Mackaness. or editions of Australiana. Oe pe | AD205. Australian geographer. Sydney, ‘GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS 1928 ff. (Irregular.) 7 a

-AD206. Walkabout. Melbourne, 1935 ff.

~AD187. Australian government publica- (Monthly.) i : . tions. Canberra, 1952 ff. (Monthly.) List- AD2907. Cartography. Melbourne, 1954 ff. ing of state and federal documents. (Semiannual.) OO oe

AD188. Annual catalogue of Australian AD208. Economic record. _Melbourne, | publications. Canberra, 1936 ff. Contains 1923 ff. (Semiannual.) | CO , jists. of federal and state documents. - AD209. Public administration. Sydney, — AD189. Australia. Parliament. Parliamen- 1939 ff. (Quarterly.). - re

| tary debates. Canberra, 1901 ff. Federal and AD210. Australian outlook. Sydney, 1947

- wealth. 1929 ff. oe ; state debates are summarized quarterly in ff. (Quarterly.) Se, |

Journal of the parliaments of the Common- AD211. Australian quarterly. Sydney,

778 Guide to Historical Literature

| NEW ZEALAND _

BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND LIBRARY WORKS OF REFERENCE | COLLECTIONS :

: | AD224. Scholefield, Guy H. A dictionary | -AD212. The Cambridge history of the of New Zealand biography. 2 v. Wellington, _ British Empire. V. 7, pt. 2, New Zealand 1940. (London, 1933), pp. 259-90. | ~ AD225. Who’s who in New Zealand. Wel-

, AD213. Hocken, Thomas M. A bibliog- ington, 1908 ff. (Irregular.) oo raphy of literature relating to New Zealand. AD226. New Zealand official year book. Wellington, 1909. Supplements, Auckland, Wellington, 1892 ff. - |

1927; Dunedin, || a AD214. Williams, Herbert 1938. W. A bibliog-

raphy of printed Maori to 1900. Wellington, GEOGRAPHIES AND GAZETTEERS Sumplemnent. 1998 Museum monograph, 7.] AD227. Cumberland, Kenneth B. This is AD215 Miller J. O. New Zealand in New Zealand. Christchurch, 1950. Good but

b a aap elementary geography. | ooks: brief guide for the general reader. fnSee also his SouthWellington, 1955. [Alexander Turnbull Lic @Si 2 acifie (ADI9). brar biblio ra hical list, 10.1 AD228. Clark, Andrew H. The invasion | ‘AD216 C Pp Hel r New Zealand. ~ of New Zealand by people, plants and ani- Conover, felen bP. New “ealand, mals: the South Island. New Brunswick,

a selected list ae references. | Wastungton, N.J., 1949. Geographical study of cultural 1942. Library of Congress holdings. see a SO origins and patterns of land use. Review,

Lewin (AD4) and Royal Empire Soci- G. M. Miller and H. P. Schaffer, Landfall ety Library, Subject catalogue (AD3). Pp. TAT. . uo , ° 147-211 of Taylor’s Pacific bibliograph 5 (Mar. 1951): 71. AED late y NZ all the | Mn. AD229. Dollimore, Edward S. The New (A 2) relate to N.Z., especially the Ma- zealand guide: a comprehensive gazetteer.

AD 217 J aki David L. Uni li if Dunedin, 1952.

theses of the University of ) New Zealand _AD230, Andersen, Johannes C. Maori

, . | » place-names. Wellington, 1942. [Polynesian

.— 1910-54. 1956. Supersedes the Society - List-Wellington, of historical theses, 1927-37. 7: re memoir, 20.]

AD218. Harris. John. Guide to New Zea AD231. Reed, Alexander W. The story of

land reference material. 2nd ed., Wellington, New Zealand place-names. Wellington, 1952.

~ 1950. Supplements, 1951-57. Covers history, |

local history, government, etc. | MAORI HISTORY

AD219.. Hardie, B. G. Bibliography of New Zealand economics and economic his- AD232. Best, Elsdon. The Maori. 2 v.

tory. Auckland, 1953. : Wellington, 1924. [Polynesian Society AD220. Index to New Zealand periodicals memoir, 5.] Generally accepted as the standand current bibliography of New Zealand = ard work. books and pamphlets. Wellington, 1942 ff. AD233. Cowan, James. The Maori yester(Annual.) Includes articles on N.Z. pub- day and today. Wellington, 1930. Compre-

lished abroad. hensive. AD221. N.Z. National Archives. Guide AD234. Buck, Peter H. The coming of to. the Dominion Archives. Wellington, the Maori. 2nd ed., Wellington, 1950. Best

1953. work on the Polynesian migrations. Review, -AD222. ——. Preliminary inventory. Wel- H. D. Skinner, Landfall, 4 (Mar. 1950):

lington, 1953 ff. 85. See also his Vikings of the sunrise AD223. Taylor, Clyde R. H. Alexander (A£47).

| Turnbull Library. Wellington, 1951. The AD235. Smith, Stephenson P. Hawaiki, Turnbull Library is the major source for the original home of the Maori. 4th ed.,

_ . N.Z. history. There are also notable collec- Auckland, 1921. |

tions in the Hocken Library at the University AD236. Duff, Roger S. The Moa-hunter of Otago and in the General Assembly Li- _ period of Maori culture. 2nd ed., Wellington, brary, Wellington. The manuscript resources 1956. The earliest known civilization in N.Z. of the Turnbull. Library and the New Zea- Review, G. L. Adkin, Landfall, 4 (Dec.

Jand National Archives. are supplemented 1950): 365.. | .

especially by those of the Auckland Public AD237. Best, Elsdon. The Maori as he

Library and the Mitchell Library. Historical was. Wellington, 1924. Pre-European civili-

manuscripts added to N.Z. libraries are zation.

listed in Historical studies, Australia and AD238. ———. The Pa Maori: an account New Zealand. See also the note on research of the fortified villages. Wellington, 1927.—

projects following AD/2. | [Dominion Museum bulletin, 6.]

Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) 779 - AD239. Grey, Sir George. Polynesian believes Reeves was too favorable to the

mythology and ancient traditional history of colonists and too close to the social program

the Maori. Christchurch, 1956. of the 1890’s. Review, B. Paul, Landfall, 8 | AD240. White, John. The ancient history (Sep. 1954): 230. : oe 6 v. Wellington, 1887-90. a short history, London, 1936. An essay

| of the Maori, his mythology and traditions. AD251. Beaglehole, John C. New Zealand,

AD241. Beaglehole, Ernest, and Pearl rather than a systematic history. - |

Beaglehole. Some modern Maoris. Welling- AD252. Morrell, William P. New Zealand,

ton, 1946. London, 1935.. Partly an excellent short - AD242, Sutherland, Ivan L. G., ed. The history, partly an appraisal of contempo- .

| Maori people today, a general survey. Wel- raneous N.Z. Review, Geog. jour., 86 (Sep.

lington and London, 1940. Best recent source 1935): 289. | | _

of information. Review, I. Milner, Hist. AD233. Miller, Harold. New Zealand. stud, Austr. and N.Z., 2 (Apr. 1942): 58. London, 1950. Emphasizes the conflict of : AD243. Smith, Norman. The Maori people races and political experiments. Review, A. and us. Wellington, 1948. Survey of modern Ross, Landfall, 4 (Sep. 1950): 251. Maoris written with a historical perspective. AD254, N.Z. Dept. of Internal Affairs. : The Journal of the Polynesian Society Making New Zealand: pictorial surveys of (AE101) is a good source of Maori history. a century. 2 v. Wellington, 1940. Illustrative

. - Oo material for N.Z. history.

DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES

| HISTORIES OF SPECIAL. PERIODS

AD244. Calvert, G. N. The future popula-

tion of New Zealand, a statistical analysis. | Discovery and Exploration

Wellington, 1946. Summarizes the growth | , ws , and structure of New Zealand’s population; Beaglehole’s edition of Cook’s Journals gives projections to 2005. [WDB] ~ (AE37) is basic. _ .

AD245. Sinclair, Huia I. Population, New AD255. Beaglehole, John C. The discovZealand’s problem. Dunedin, 1944. Popular ¢ry of New Zealand. Wellington, 1939. Best outline of trends. See also Future of immi- general work. Review, L. F. Fitzhardinge,

(AD34). [WDB] © 132 | |

gration into Australia and New Zealand Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z., 1 (Oct. 1940):

- AD246. Lochore, Revel A. From Europe AD256. N.Z. Dept. of Internal Affairs. . . to New Zealand. Wellington, 1951. Transi- Abel J. Tasman and the discovery of New

tion of the social and cultural background Zaland. Wellington, 1942, of non-British immigrants, with attitude of at rad one ae pean ; tinetone fost. Ra.

ds. ; . Re-

| 6 (May 1954): 234. |

New Zealanders toward them. [WDB] — view, J. R. Lee, Hist. stud. Austr. and N.Z.,

PRINTED COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES i $AD258.. Dumas, Alexandre. Captain

| ae Marion. Christchurch, 1949. Adapted from

, AD247, McNab, Robert, ed. Historical (Crozet’s narrative of the massacre. Review, records of New Zealand. 2 v. Wellington, jy p. wn. McDonald, Landfall, 4 (Dec. 1908-14. Based on Historical records of 1950): 361. New South Wales (AD37 ) which, like His- 7 AD259, Dumont d’Urville, Jules. New torical records of Australia (AD38), con- Zealand, 1826-1827. Wellington, 1950. Re-

tains much N.Z. material. Grey (AD239) yiew A. Ross Landfall, 4 (Dec. 1950):

and White (4D240) give Maori sources. 263. yO |

: | |SHORTER AD260. ——~. Voyage of the Astrolabe, GENERAL HISTORIES 1840: with some account of Bishop Pompal| oe . 7 | lier and Charles, Baron de Thierry. WellingAD248. The Cambridge history of the ton, 1955. Review, A. Ross, Landfall, 9

British Empire. V. 7, pt. 2, New Zealand. (Dec. 1955): 352. : ;

| London, 1933. AD261. McClymont, William G. The exAD249, Reeves, W. Pember. The long ploration of New Zealand. Wellington, 1940. white cloud. 4th ed., with additional chapters Review, J. P. Pascoe, Hist. stud. Austr. and

by A. J. Harrop, London, 1950. Condliffe N.Z., 1 (Oct. 1940): 133. |

76. 1954): 62. a

calls this “perhaps the best book ever writ- AD262. Bidwell, John C. Rambles in New

ten on New Zealand.” Review J. D. N. Zealand, 1839. New ed., Christchurch, McDonald, Landfall, 5 (Mar. 1951): 1952. Review, N. Taylor, Landfall, 8 (Mar. AD250. Condliffe, John B., and Willis |= AD263.. Brunner, Thomas. The great

T. G. Airey. A short history of New Zea- journey. Christchurch, 1952. Exploration of

land. 7th ed., Christchurch, 1953. Should the South Island, 1846-48. Review, N. be read in conjunction with Reeves. Condliffe Taylor, Landfall, 8 (Mar. 1954): 62, —

780 Guide to Historical Literature | , , To 1840 | Observations of the chauvinistic U. S. consul | at the Bay of Islands. |

AD264. Savage, John. Account of New AD282. Dillon, Constantine A. The Dillon

. Cruise, Richard. New Zeala e gc). AD266. Maning, Frederick E. Old New . . Zealand. Christchurch, 1948. Includes a long | Maori Wars | = meno NGS Con eon Pol ad on letters, 1842-1853. Wellington, 1954. Review,

| hundred years ago. Auckland, 1921. a M. Turnbull, Landfall, 9 (Sep. 1955): 251.

account of Hone Heke’s rebellion. 7 . AD267. Dakin, William J. Whalemen ad- AD283. Cowan, James. The New Zea-

venturers: the story of whaling in Australian #94 wars. 2 v. Wellington, 1955-56. waters. 2nd ed., Sydney, 1938. Review, C. AD284. Harrop, Angus J. England and - Kaeppel, Austr. quar., 10 (Sep. 1938): 114. the Maori wars. London, 1937. The wars AD268. McNab, Robert. The old whal- the light of British colonial policy. ing days: a history of southern New Zealand, | AD285. Sinclair, Keith. Origins of the

1830 to 1840. Christchurch, 1913. Maori wars. Wellington, 1957. |

AD269. Ramsden, Eric. Marsden and the AD286. Rutherford, James. Hone Heke’s

| ) ment.

missions. Sydney, 1936. rebellion, 1844-1846. Auckland, 1947. [Auck-AD270. Elder, John R., ed. Marsden’s land University College, Bulletin, 34.] lieutenants. Dunedin. 1934. | AD287. Gorst, John E. The Maori king.

, _ London, 1864. Origins of the king move-

Crown Colony Period

AD271. Buick, Thomas L. The treaty of- : 1852-1900 Waitangi. 3rd ed., New Plymouth, 1936. ow oe AD272. Rutherford, James. The treaty of AD288. Morrell, William P. The provin-

Waitangi and the acquisition of British 4! system in New Zealand, 1852-76. Lon_ sovereignty in New Zealand. Auckland, don, 1932. .

- 1949. [Auckland University College, History _ “D289. Wilson, Trevor G. The Grey govseries, 3.] Review, W. P. Morrell, Landfall, ernment, 1877 79. Auckland, 1954. [Auck-

3 (Sep. 1949): 293. : land University College, History series, 5.]

AD273. Beaglehole, John C. Captain Review, W. P. Morrell, Landfall, 9 (June

: Hobson and the New Zealand Company. 1?°5): 173. ; Northampton, Mass., 1928. [Smith College _AD290. ——. Rise of the New Zealand studies in history, 13.] | Liberal party, 1880-90. Auckland, 1956. AD274. Ross, Ruth M. New Zealand’s first [Auckland University College, History series,

capital. Wellington, 1946. [N.Z. Dept. of 6.] Review, D. K. Fieldhouse, Landfall, 10 Internal Affairs, Historical Branch bulletin, (Dec. 1956): 360. .

1.] Russell in the Bay of Islands. = AD291. Hall, David O. W. New Zealanders

AD275. Meiklejohn, George M. Early con- in South Africa, 1899-1902. Wellington,

flicts of press and government. Auckland, 1950. | . 1953. Review, R. M. Ross, Landfall, 8 ae

(June 1954): 136. Twentieth Century | AD276. Wilson, Ethel W. Land problems | , of the New Zealand settlers of the forties. AD292. Official history of New Zealand’s Dunedin, 1935. : effort. in the Great War. 4 v. Auckland, AD277. Sinclair, Keith, The Maori land 1921-23. Popular accounts. See also Moore-

| league: an examination into the source of head (AD58).

a New Zealand myth. Auckland, 1950. AD293. N.Z. Dept. of Internal Affairs.

[Auckland University College, History series, | Documents relating to New Zealand’s par-

4.) Review, H. Miller, Landfall, 5 (June ticipation in the Second World War. 2 v.

1951): 51. } Wellington, 1949-51. Review, R. M. Ross, AD278. Marais, Johannes S. Colonisation Landfall, 8 (Dec. 1954): 310.

of New Zealand. London, 1927. = AD294, ——-. Official history of New Zea| AD279. Wakefield, E. Jerningham. Ad- land in the Second World War. Wellington,

venture in New Zealand from 1839 to 1844. 1952 ff. , Christchurch, 1908. An abridgment of this AD295,. ——. Episodes and studies. Wel-

N.Z. classic was issued in Christchurch in lington, 1950 ff.

1955. | AD296. Beaglehole, John C., ed. New AD280. Mathew, Felton. The founding of Zealand and the Statute of Westminster. Wel-

New Zealand: the journals . . . 1840-1847. _lington, 1944. Review, H. L. Harris, Austr.

Auckland, 1940. Review, W. P. Morrell, quar., 17 (Mar. 1945): 121. : | : Eng. hist. rev., 56 (Jan. 1941): 172. AD297. New Zealand Institute of Interna-

AD281. Williams, John B. The New Zea- tional Affairs. Contemporary New Zealand: | land journal, 1842-1844. Salem, Mass., 1956. a survey of domestic and foreign policy.

oe Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) 781 Auckland, 1938. N.Z. after two years of dustries of New Zealand. London, 1935.

its first labor government. [Institute of British Geographers, Publica-

- ; tions, 2.] The industries against the physical

| | jour., 85 (June 1935): 565. . :

HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS and’ historical background. Review, Geog.

AD298. Buick, Thomas L. The French at AD318. Philpott, H. G. History of the

Akaroa. Wellington, 1928. : New Zealand dairy industry, 1840-1935. AD299. Reed, Alfred H. Auckland, the Wellington, 1937. : city and the seas. Wellington, 1955. AD319. Acland, Leopold G. D. The early

AD300. ——. The story of Canterbury, Canterbury runs. Christchurch, 1951. Oc-

last. Wakefield settlement. Wellington, 1949. cupation of the Canterbury plains. Review,

| Review, M. McCaskill, N.Z. geog., 6 (Oct. G. Jobberns, N.Z. geog., 8 (Apr. 1952): 80. :

1950): 209. AD320. Guthrie-Smith, Herbert. Tutira,

AD301. Hight, James, ed. History of the story of a New Zealand sheep station. Canterbury. Christchurch, 1957 ff. 3rd ed., Edinburgh, 1953. Typifies the de_~AD302. Ward, Edward. Journal, 1850- velopment of sheep farming.

1951): 319. | .

51. Christchurch, 1951. Voyage to N.Z. and | | the early Canterbury settlement. Review, . | J. D. N. McDonald, Landfall, 5 (Dec. Church History

| "AD303. Richards, Eva C. The Chatham tho 'engiich church, in New Zealand. Christ:

Islands. Christchurch, 1952. church. 1914

| AD304, Simpson, Frank A. Chatham AD322. Elder, John R. The history of the a exiles: yesterday and today at the Chatham Presbyterian Church of New Zealand, 1840Islands. Wellington, 1950. Review, T. H. 1940. Christchurch, 1940: ° McCombs, N.Z. geog., 7 (Apr. 1951): 96. AD323. Morley William History of

Morrison, Joan P. Evolution of yethodism in New Zealand. Wellington a AD305. city: the story of Christchurch, 1850-1903. jo ,

Christchurch, 1948. . .

A306 Cikson, Rober. Kary days inc ADS24 Moran, Petrik Mion of the

Dunedin. Auckland, 1938. of 1895. | AD307. Wilson, James G. History ;=: Hawkes Bay. Dunedin, 1939. See also AD269-270.

.|;:°

AD308. McIntosh, Alister D. Marlbor-

ough, a provincial history. Blenheim, 1940. Civilization |

-AD309. Rutherford, James, ed. The estab- , ws .

1940. | | : “— . rs

- jishment of the New Plymouth settlement AD325. Wood, Frederick L. W. This New

in New Zealand, 1841-1843. New Plymouth, seat oh ot NZ. i og andine on AD310. McLintock, Alexander H. History Hartis, Austr. quar, 18 (Dec. 1946): 116. of Otago: the origins and growth of a Wake- AD326. Siegiried, Andre. Democracy m field class settlement. Dunedin, 1949. Re- New Zealand. London, 1914. A still valua-

view, M. A. Hall-Kenney, Landfall, 3 (Dec. able introduction to N.Z. civilization. ,

1949): 381. | AD327. Ngata, Sir Apirana, and others.

AD311. Mackay, Joseph A. Historic Pov- New Zealand affairs. Christchurch, 1929. erty Bay and the east coast, N. I. Gisborne, 1. P. R. New Zealand Branch. Studies on

1949. } New Zealand topics, 1] Geography, popula-

AD312. Howard, Basil H. Rakiura, a ote for Seen farming, trade, the manhistory of Stewart Island. Dunedin, 1940. ‘ |

- AD313. Chapple, Leonard J. B., and I reve Belshaw, Horace, ed. New Zea-

Henry C. Veitch. Wanganui. Hawera, 1939. and. Berkeley, 1947. In general an accurate

AD314. Ward, Louis E. Early Wellington, 474 carelul summary of NZ. ite. Review,

_ 2nd ed., London, 1942. AD » an Ja » 3 (I ar. 1949): 84. . AD315. Lord, E. Iveagh. Old Westland. D329. Morrell, William P., and David

Christchurch 1939. O. W. Hall. A history of New Zealand life. 9 Christchurch, 1957. A social history.

: HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

. oo Constitutional Agriculture . History

| AD330. Hight, James, and Harry D.

AD316. Alley, G. T., and David O. W. Bamford. The _ constitutional history and Hall. The farmer in New Zealand. Welling- law of New Zealand. Christchurch, 1914. ton, 1941. History of the basic farming — AD331. Robson, John L., ed. New Zea-

industries. land, the development of its laws. and conAD317. Buchanan, Robert O. Pastoral im- stitution. London, 1954. Emphasis is on

782 Guide to Historical Literature legislation made in response to social condi- view, W. T. G. Airey, Hist. stud. Austr. tions. and N.Z., 2 (Apr. 1942): 56 AD332. Foden, Norman A. The consti- AD344. Scholefield, Guy H., ed. New tutional development of New Zealand in Zealand parliamentary record, 1840-1949.

| the first decade, 1839-1849. Wellington, Wellington, 1950.

1938.New AD345. Paul, John T. Humanism in poli: |ties: Zealand Labour party retrospect. . . Wellington, 1946. Economic History AD346, Dalmer, Erle B., and Harold S.

AD333. Condliffe, John B. New Zealand Southern. Counties at the crossroads. Christ-

in the making: a survey of economic and Church, 1948. Stronger local government social development. Chicago and London, Versus greater centralization of authority. 1930. A comprehensive economic history. Review, L. Webb, Landfall, 3 (June 1949): Review, J. Hight, Econ. rec., 6 (Nov. 1930): 188

296. AD347. Lee, John A. Socialism in New | AD334. Simkin, Colin G. F. The insta- Zealand. London, 1938.

bility of a dependent economy: economic _ AD348. Le Rossignol, James E., and Wil-

: fluctuations in New Zealand, 1840-1914, liam D. Stewart. State socialism in New London and N.Y., 1951. A major theme in Zealand. N.Y., 1910. See also Reeves N.Z. history. Review, G. G. Firth, Econ, (4D/49).

rec., 27 (Dec. 1951): 277. ,

AD335. Parker, Robert S., ed. Economic , Social Security | stability in New Zealand. Wellington, 1953. ; ; | Review, H. Bernardelli, Econ. rec., 30 (May, AD349, N.Z. Social Security Dept. The

1954): 103. growth and development of social security

- AD336. New Zealand economic survey, in New Zealand, 1898-1949. Wellington,

| Wellington, 1953 ff. oo 1950. | AD337. Great Britain. Commercial Rela- AD350. Sutch, William B. Poverty and tions and Exports Dept. New Zealand eco- progress in New Zealand. Wellington, 1941. nomic and commercial conditions. London, AD351. ——. The quest for security in

1950. New Zealand. Harmondsworth, Eng., 1942. Foreign Relations | BIOGRAPHIES

. : The comprehensive workL. is AW. dictionary AD338. Wood, Frederick New . | Zealand in the world, Wellington, 1940, Re- ° JVew, Zealand biography (AD224). . Scholefield, Guy H. Notable New

view, J. O. Shearer, Austr. quar., 12 (June Zealand stat : twel . nist

1940): 108. : Wellinston atesmen: welve prime ministers.

| AD339. Airey, Willis T. G. New Zealand AD353. Burdon, Randal M. New Zeaforeign policy related to New Zealand so- land notables. 3 v. Christchurch, 1941-51

cial development trends. . -_., ‘ Wellington, 1954.and —current Twelveworld biographies. AD340. Milner, Ian. New Zealand’s in- Hoe E tewart, Wb se i. " ane. Right

terests and policies in the Far East. N.Y., , Fancis Eh Ae Beis Mremngton, | 1940. [I. P. R. Inquiry series.] Review, D355 Ramsden. Eric. Busby of Wai

| F. L.N.Z., W. Wood, Hist.1940): stud. Austr. tanei.Wellington, W - amsden, Eric. 1 (Oct. 137.and | angi, 1942.Busby | 0 ar

AD356. Douglas, Charles E. Mr. Ex-

} | plorer Douglas. Wellington, 1957. Land Settlement. _ AD357. Thorn, James. Peter Fraser, New

.AD341. ; no Jourdain, . Zealand’s wartime prime minister. London, William R. Land legis- = 4952. lation and settlement in New Zealand. Wel- AD358. Carrington, Charles E. John

lington, 1925. Robert Godley of Canterbury. Christchurch, 1950. ses . . AD359. Godley, Charlotte. Letters from Political History early New Zealand, 1850-1863. Christchurch,

| AD342. Lipson, Leslie. The politics of 1951.

equality: New Zealand’s adventures in de- = AD360. Rees, William L., and Lily Rees. | mocracy. Chicago, 1948. Covers 1840-1947. Life and times of Sir George Grey. 2nd ed.,

Review, E. A. Olssen, Landfall, 3 (Mar. 2-v., London, 1892. | | 1949): 86. AD361. Henderson, George C. Sir George -—s—> AD343. Webb, Leicester. Government in Grey, pioneer of empire in southern lands. New Zealand. Wellington, 1940. The par- London, 1907. liamentary and administrative system. Re- AD362. Scholefield, Guy H. Captain Wil-

Australia and New Zealand (with Antarctica) 783 liam Hobson, first governor of New Zea- land libraries. Wellington, 1953 ff. Contains

land. London, 1934. section on N.Z. serial documents. | AD363. Cowan, James. Sir Donald Mc- AD378. New Zealand government publi-

Lean. Dunedin, 1940. cations: a monthly list. Wellington, 1953 ff. AD364. Marsden, Samuel. Letters and AD379. Neale, Edward P. Guide to New journals. Dunedin, 1932. Zealand official statistics. 3rd ed., Christ-

AD365. Keys, Lillian G. Life and times church, 1955. Lists sources of information. of Bishop Pompallier. Christchurch, 1957. AD380. New Zealand. Parliament. ParliaAD366. Stewart, William D. William mentary debates. 1854 ff. Wellington, 1867 ff.

_ Rolleston. Christchurch, 1940. Summarized quarterly in Journal of the , AD367. Burdon, Randal M. King Dick: parliaments of the Commonwealth. a biography of Richard John Seddon. Christ- AD381. ———. Anpendix to the journals

| church, 1955. | of the House of Representatives. Welling-

; gustus Selwyn. 2 v. London, 1879. : : AD369. Reed, Alexander W. George Au- | , AD368. Tucker, Henry W. George Au- ton, 1854 ff. Parliamentary papers.

gustus Selwyn, pioneer bishop of New Zea- UNIVERSITY AND SOCIETY

land. London, 1939. PUBLICATIONS AD370. Buick, Thomas L. An old New er .

1948. | ; : .

Zealander: or Te Rauparaha, the Napoleon AD382. Ne Eestorica 1 Society. Jourof the South. London, 1911. nal. Nelson, - (irregular. ) AD371. Burdon, Randal M. The life and ,,/4P383. Auckland University College. , times of Sir Julius Vogel. Christchurch, pistory series. Auckland, 1936 ff. (IrreguAD372. Harrop, Angus J. The amazing AD384, ———. Geography series. Auck-

: career of Edward Gibbon Wakefield. Lon- land, 1956 ff. (Irregular. ) } .

don. 1928 ° - AD385. New Zealand Geographical SoAD373. O’Connor, Irma. Edward Gibbon 99)" (Se Zealand seosrapher. Auckland,

Wakefield, the man himself. London, 1929. anmees

AD374. Carleton, Hugh. The life of |

Henry Williams. Wellington, 1948. PERIODICALS

AD375. Wild, Leonard J. The life and ‘ church, 1953. Australia and New Zealand (4D202) and | ~ Economic record (AD208). | AD386. Landfall, a New Zealand quartimes of Sir James Wilson of Bulls. Christ- The basic journals are Historical studies,

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS terly. Christchurch, 1947.

AD376. Scholefield, Guy H. Union list of © AD387. Political science. Wellington,

New Zealand official papers and British 1948 ff. (Semiannual.) :

papers relating to New Zealand. Wellington, AD388. New Zealand journal of public

1939. administration. Wellington, 1938 ff. (SemiAD377. Union list of serials in New Zea- annual.) |

: oe ] ANTARCTICA | , AD389. Tanzer, William. Publications on © AD392. Law, Phillip G., and John

Antarctica. Wellington, 1951. Béchervaise. Anare, Australia’s Antarctic AD390. New Zealand Antarctic Society. outposts. Melbourne, 1957.

The Antarctic today: a mid-century survey. AD393. Australian National. Antarctic Wellington, 1952. Best general work on the Research Expedition. Reports. Melbourne,

Antarctic. Review, G. Taylor, N.Z. geog., 1951 ff. ,

9 (Oct. 1953): 197. — AD394, Antarctic news bulletin. Welling-

~ AD391. Scholes, William A. Seventh con- ton, 1950 ff. (Quarterly.)

tinent: saga of Australian exploration in AD395. The polar record. Cambridge, Antarctica, 1895-1950. London, 1953. Eng., 1931 ff. (Semiannual.)

SECTION AE a

Oceania oe HAROLD WHITMAN BRADLEY

There is an extensive body of literature dealing with the Pacific islands. It began with the journals of explorers, and was enlarged in the 19th century by published accounts of missionaries, transient visitors, and expatriates in Oceania. A few of these early works contained such vivid descriptions of primitive society

or such thoughtful speculations upon the origins of the Oceanic peoples that | | they achieved, for a time, the status of near classics; but almost without exception earlier works have been superseded by research studies of the 20th century. Among scholars, the anthropologists and ethnologists were the first to invade , Oceania. A few of these produced works of a general character; but the greater number of their studies were concerned with the vanishing culture of Pacific peoples, and their research was carried on in small and isolated communities

remote from the major historical currents which have reshaped the society and economy of Oceania in the past century. The result was an important body of specialized studies of limited value to the historian.

, Two world wars and the resulting political changes in Oceania have directed , the attention of anthropologists and other social scientists to the impact in the Pacific islands of the American and European penetration of the region. The administering powers, notably the United States and Australia, have encouraged scholarly investigations of problems arising from these recent political developments. Some of the resulting studies are of a very high quality, but the concentration upon contemporary conditions again limits their value to the historian. The history of the Pacific islands has been less extensively studied by scholars. This is especially true of the internal history of the islands. With few exceptions,

historians who have been interested in Oceania have been concerned with foreign penetration of the region or with international rivalries which accompanied that penetration. Recent political events have stimulated a new interest in the history of the Pacific islands. This is particularly true in France and Australia. It should be observed, however, that both historians and anthropologists have been disposed to study those islands or regions in which their own countries have © exercised a dominant influence. One effect of this nationalism in scholarship is ©

that there is not yet any scholarly history embracing all of Oceania. : 784

Oceania : , 785 Although Oceania is one of the regions comparatively neglected by historians, _ the materials for study of its history are abundant. Printed sources are extensive

and diverse; and there is a wealth of manuscript material scattered among the libraries of western Europe, the United States, New Zealand, Australia, and

Oceania. The most important categories are official records, the reports or journals of hundreds of missionaries representing a score of churches and religious orders, and the surviving papers of merchants and business firms which

_ participated in the economic development of the islands. a | , , BIBLIOGRAPHIES bibliography for any Pacific archipelago. |AEt1. | Includes periodical articles and maps. Leeson, Ida E. Bibliography of bib- | |

liographies of the South Pacific. N.Y., 1954. WORKS OF REFERENCE Published under the auspices of the South (INCLUDING GEOGRAPHY)

Pacific Commission and limited to bibli- |

: ographies dealing with islands in which the AE10. Pacific islands yearbook. Ed. by

, Commission is interested. Excellent. Robert W. Robson. 7 issues. Sydney and _ AE2. Taylor, Clyde R. H. A Pacifie bibli- Suva, 1932-56. Standard current data for

ography: printed matter relating to the na- all parts of Oceania; disproportionate at- |

tive peoples of Polynesia, Melanesia, and tention to southwest Pacific. : :

: Micronesia. Wellington, 1951. [Memoirs of . AE11. Hawaiian almanac and _ annual. the Polynesian Society, 24.] As indicated Honolulu, 1875-1941. (Title varies.) Now in sub-title, emphasis is on works dealing merged with All about Hawaii (Honolulu, ‘with the native peoples, but does include 1928 ff.) and published under this title. other titles as well. Despite some omissions, Annual publication of standard data. the most complete bibliography ‘of books re- AE12. Derrick, Ronald A. The Fiji Is-

lating to Oceania. lands: a geographical handbook. Suva, 1951.

AE3. Lewin, Percy Evans. The Pacific re- AE13. O’Reilly, Patrick, ed. Calédoniens

gion:._a bibliography of the Pacific and East _répertoire bio-bibliographique de la Nouvelle-

Indian islands, exclusive of Japan. London, Calédonie. Paris, 1953. [Société des Océ1944, [Royal Empire Society bibliographies, anistes, Publications, 3.] Important. Best 11.} A listing of selected works, chiefly biographical dictionary for any Pacific arthose dealing: with political history and chipelago. published since 1900. Within these limits, AE14. Freeman, Otis W., ed. Geography

very useful. 7 of the Pacific. N.Y. and London, 1951. AEK4, ——. Subject catalogue of the li- © Cooperative work by recognized authorities. brary of the Royal Empire Society, formerly the Royal Colonial Institute. V.2 (London, ANTHROPOLOGY AND ETHNOCLOGY

1931), pp. 483-652. See U3. |

AES. U. S. Library of Congress. Division AE15. Oliver, Douglas L. The Pacific isof Bibliography. Islands of the Pacific: a lands. Cambridge, Mass., 1951. Best recent selected list of references. By Helen F. Con- survey. Emphasis upon impact of foreign over. Washington, 1943. Intended as supple- influences on peoples of Oceania. :

ment to AE4. |. a AE16. Brown, John Macmillan. Peoples

AE6. Allied Geographical Section. South- and problems of the Pacific. 2 v. London, |

west Pacific Area. An annotated bibliogra- 1927. Comprehensive and provocative, with

phy of the Southwest Pacific and adjacent unusual explanation of early history of

, areas. V. 2. N.p., 1944. Bibliography of | Oceanic peoples. , New Guinea, New Hebrides, British Solo-

mons, and Micronesia. Unwritten Literature and Folklore “AE7. Jore, Léonce. Essai de bibliographie du Pacifique. Paris, 1931. Useful for works AE17. Fornander, Abraham. Fornander

in French, . collection of Hawaiian antiquities and folkAE8. Faivre, Jean-Paul. “Chronique de lore. Ed. and tr. by Thomas G. Thrum. 9

Vhistoire coloniale: ’}?OQcéanie et le Pacifique pts. Honolulu, 1916-19. [Memoirs of the — 1939-1955.” Revue Whistoire des colonies, Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, 4-6.] A

42 (1955): 405-61. basic source for the study of Polynesian

AE9. .O’Reilly, Patrick. Bibliographie folklore. |

méthodique analytique et critique de la AE18. Caillot, A. C. Eugéne. Mythes,

, Nouvelle-Calédonie. Paris, 1955. [Société légendes et traditions des Polynésiens. Paris, des Océanistes, Publications, 4.] Best recent 1914.

786 Guide to Historical Literature AEI19. Kramer, Augustin F. Die Samoa-nesia and selected islands of Melanesia. DeInseln. 2 v. Stuttgart, 1902. First volume _ tailed, exhaustive, and invaluable. contains legends and folklore; second deals © AE30. Thompson, Laura. Guam and its generally with anthropology of Samoa. people. 3rd ed., Princeton, 1947. The standAE20. Gill, William W. Myths and songs ard work on society and culture in Guam.

from the South Pacific. London, 1876. AE31. Barnett, Homer G. Palauan society: Classic work by a distinguished missionary. a study of contemporary native life in the AE21. Leenhardt, Maurice, ed. and tr. Palau Islands. Eugene, Oreg., 1949. Documents néo-calédoniens. Paris, 1932.. | AE32. Burrows, Edwin G., and Melford [University of Paris, Travaux et mémoires E. Spiro. An atoll culture: ethnography of

de l'Institut d’Ethnologie, 9.] ‘Jfaluk in the central Carolines. New Haven, | |1953. This and AE3/ are studies produced Polynesia by the Coordinated Investigation of Micro-

, nesian Anthropology, sponsored by the Na-

AE22. Buck, Peter H. (Te Rangi Hiroa). tional Research Council. These and other An introduction to Polynesian anthropology. studies resulting from this project are among Honolulu, 1945. [Bishop Museum bulletin, the most important recent contributions to

187.] the anthropology of Oceania. AE23. Williamson, Robert W. The social : | and political systems of central Polynesia. , Melanesia 3andv. Cambridge, Eng., 1924. Comprehensive | | thoughtful. See also other studies by AE33. Rivers, William H. R. The history same author. of Melanesian society. 2 v. Cambridge, Eng.,

AE24. Handy, E. S. Craighill. Polynesian 1914. :

religion. Honolulu, 1927. [Bishop Museum AE34. Roth, George K. Fijian way of life. bulletin, 34.] The standard study. See also Melbourne and London, 1953. Good survey

| other studies of Polynesian anthropology by by an anthropologist with long administra-

same author. tive experience in Fiji. | AE25. Henry, Teuira. Ancient Tahiti. AE35. Thompson, Laura. Fijian frontier. :

Honolulu, 1928. [Bishop Museum bulletin, N.Y., 1940. Intensive study of the society 48.] Based on notes taken by a missionary of a single island. Useful supplement to the

in the mid-19th century. | ~ more general account in AE34.

AE26. Laval, Honoré. Mangareva: . Phis- AE36. Leenhardt, Maurice. Gens de la toire ancienne d’un peuple polynésien. Ed. Grande Terre. Paris, 1937. Rev. ed., 1953. by Alfred Métraux and Maurice Desmedt. Important study of the native culture of

Braine-le-Comte, Belgium, 1938. By a New Caledonia.

Catholic missionary who lived on the island ~ AKE37. Hogbin, Herbert I. Experiments in

from 1834 to 1871. This and AE25 are civilization: the effects of European culture

classic descriptions of Polynesian culture by on a native community of the Solomon IsEuropeans who lived in Oceania in the 19th lands. London, 1939.

century. AE38. Malinowski, Bronislaw. Argonauts AE27. Bunzendahl, Otto. Tahiti und Eu- of the western Pacific: an account of native

ropa. Leipzig, 1935. [Studien zur V6lker- enterprise and adventure in the archipelagoes kunde, ed. by O. Reche and H. Plischke, 8.] of Melanesian New Guinea. London, 1922.

Careful study of the impact of European One. of the classics in the literature of influences upon the material culture of Melanesian anthropology.

| Tahiti during the earliest period of contact between Tahitians and Europeans. ; DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES AE28. Métraux, Alfred. Ethnology of .

Easter Island. Honolulu, 1940. [Bishop Mu- AE39.. Roberts, Stephen H. Population

seum bulletin, 160.] Standard scholarly problems of the Pacific. London, 1927. study of the people and culture of this sup- Often cited work, partly historical and

posedly “mysterious” island. See also same partly an analysis of what were then “curauthor’s more popular L’lle de Pd@ques _ rent’ problems.

1941). AE40. Lambert, Sylvester M. The depop: (Paris, , : ulation of Pacific races. Honolulu, 1934. Micronesia [Bishop Museum special publication, 23.]

: || AE29. AE41. Lind, Andrew W. An island comHamburgische Wissenschaftliche munity: ecological succession in Hawaii. Stiftung. Ergebnisse der Siidsee-Expedition Chicago, 1938.

1908-1910. Ed. by Georg Thilenius. 2 pts. AE42. Burrows, Edwin G. Hawaiian

in 16 v. (bound in 28 v.) Hamburg, 1914- Americans: an account of the mingling of 38. Published findings of the most important Japanese, Chinese, Polynesian and AmeriGerman scientific investigation of Micro- can cultures. New Haven, 1947. Good, brief

7 , Oceania 787 survey, useful as supplement to the earlier 1778? Stockholm, 1916. Detailed and schol-

AE4]. arly. Most important study of a controAE43. Coulter, John Wesley. Fiji: little | versial issue. _ a

India of the Pacific. Chicago, 1942. Com- AE56. Carrington, Hugh, ed. The dis- — pact study of the role of different national covery of Tahiti: a journal of the second groups in economy and culture of Fiji. voyage of H.M.S. Dolphin. London, 1948. AE44. Rivers, William H. R., ed. Essays [Publications of the Hakluyt Society, 2nd

on. the depopulation of Melanesia. Cam- _ ser., 98.] _ oo

bridge, Eng., 1922. Series of critical essays AE57. Beaglehole, John C., and others, a by careful observers of Melanesian society. eds. The journals of Captain James Cook on his voyages of discovery. To be pub. in

LINGUISTIC WORKS 4 v. Cambridge, Eng., 1955 ff. fHakluyt Society, extra. series.| Promises to be the

AE45. Capell, Arthur. A linguistic sur- definitive edition of the journals of the vey of the south-western Pacific. Noumea, most important series of voyages of dis-

New Caledonia, 1954. [South Pacific Com- covery to the Pacific. | | ,

mission technical Maurice. paper, 70.] | : et . oo | AE46. Leenhardt, Langues. dialectes de l’Austro-Mélanésie. Paris, 1946. Colonial Expansion and —

[University of Paris, Travaux et mémoires . International Rivalry de l'Institut d’Ethnologie, 46.] 7 AES8. Scholefield, Guy H. The Pacific:

: its past and future and the policy of the

_ - HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS - great powers from the eighteenth century

| : London, 1919. Best introductory survey, Pre-Magellan but value diminished by recent monographs.

| » ry: AE59. Brookes, Jean I. International

| Vikings’ Be en ey 38. The rivalry in the Pacific islands, 1800-1875. , standard work on the voyages of early Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1941. Useful, but Polynesians by an outstanding scholar. In- ont topics research and treatment of difter-

| . vs ener . , . policy in

, dispensable; but see AE48-49 for studies of AE60 War d. John M. British .

tne pame topic which Present conflicting the South Pacific, 1786-1893: a study in AE48. Sharp, C. Andrew. Ancient voy- British policy towards the South Pacific agers in the Pacific. Wellington, 1956. Other islands ob. ae the t establishment of 1048.

eds. Scholarly; based primarily on accounts Based. S Dy Ue area esearch: yeney, of early European visitors to the Pacific. ' a _ On extensive research; very impor-

AE49. Heyerdahl, Thor. American In- KE 61. Fai J Paul: L’ ;

7 dians in the Pacific: the theory behind the _ alvre, = sean-r aul. expanston Kon-Tiki expedition. London, 1952. A mon- f¥angaise dans le Pacifique 1800 a 1842.

~ umental and thoughtful exposition of an Paris 19 3. Lepaey the definitive account; , unusual interpretation of Polynesian origins. 200° ©tlical bibliography.

! Exploration and Discovery HISTORIES OF SPECIAL AREAS

AE50. Beaglehole, John C. The explora- Polynesia tion of the Pacific. See U105. . |

~ AES51. Wroth, Lawrence C. The early AE62. Kuykendall, Ralph S. The Hacartography of the Pacific. N.Y., 1944. Im- waiian kingdom. 2 v. Honolulu, 1938. Pub-

portant. a lished volumes cover period 1778-1874; | AE52. Lord Amherst of Hackney and _ projected third one to continue the study to | Basil Thomson, eds. and trs. The discovery 1893. Based on very extensive research; } of the Solomon Islands by Alvaro de Men- _— scholarly and thoughtful; the definitive ac-

daha in 1568. 2 v. London, 1901. [Works count for period covered. ,

_ issued by the Hakluyt Society, 2nd ser., 7—8.] AE63. Bradley, Harold W. The American AE53. Markham, Sir Clements R., ed. frontier in Hawaii: the pioneers, 1789-1843. and tr. The voyages of Pedro Fernandez de Stanford, 1942. Emphasizes commerce and

Quiros, 1595 to 1606. 2 v. London, 1904. missionary influence. |

[Publications of the Hakluyt Society, 14—-15.] AE64. Stevens, Sylvester K. American

| AE54, Henderson, George C. The dis- expansion in Hawaii, 1842-1898. Harrisburg, coverers of the Fiji Islands. London, 1933. 1945. Deals primarily with political and

AE55. Dahlgren, Erik W. Were the Ha- — diplomatic history. | :

: ' waiian Islands visited by the Spaniards be- AE65. Conroy, F. Hilary. The Japanese

fore their discovery by Captain Cook in frontier in Hawaii, 1868-1898. Berkeley and

788 Guide to Historical Literature : Los Angeles, 1953. Scholarly, with emphasis HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS

on Japanese and impact of that . .. . : immigration in immigration Hawaii. | Missions and Missionaries

AE66. Caillot, A. C. Eugéne. Histoire de . oe

. still useful. er ° .

la Polynésie orientale. Paris, 1910. An older. AES. Koskinen, Aarne A. Missionary

- ; . influence as a political factor in the Pacific

Oooo etill ect emphasis on period prior tO igjands. Helsinki, 1953. Scholarly and im- AE67. Thomson, Sir Basil H. The diver- ortant, but inadequate for U.S. missions.

sions of a prime minister. London, 1894. A BD. waren Ken nen >: " f, vissionOstensibly an autobiographical sketch of 1994 3 . f and. fon Ma fie d 1 th on ra. author’s experience :as. adviser to the Still Tongan | - Brielfor andstudy once regarded as t le Stand- | ard work. useful of influence government, but contains best available ac- of British missions in the South Pacific.

Soe Mee in the Moth century: oricins ©, ME80-. Lovett, Richard. The history of of international rivalry in Samoa 1845-1884 the London Missionary Society, 1795-1895.

4 * — V. 1 (London, 1899), pp. 117-474. eee, "Roden, George H. The foreign AKF81. Armstrong, E. S. The history of policy of the United States in relation to ne nanan Missfon. London, 1900. An

Samoa. New Haven, 1933. to Melanesia, based on original sources.

AE70. Stevenson, Robert Louis. A foot- AE82. Yzerndoorn, Reginald. History of

ao to at naan i ears d ofOther one d eds. the Catholic in the Hawaiian Isamoa. N.Y., 1892. ten citemission | account of international politics in Samoa. eas, cin 1927. , ; WPhistoj

Scarcely objective, but reputation of author ". Delmas, Simeon. Essai d istoire

de la mission Ileswork Marquises depuisseles and. ;literary qualitydes of the have made .;.

it a classic despite bias. origines jusqu’en 1881. Paris and Braine-leComte, 1929.

; ; oe AE84. Monfat, LeP. A. Les premiers

Micronesia missionnaires des Samoa. Lyon and Paris, AE71. Pomeroy, Earl S. Pacific outpost: 19 23. By a prone Wn on Catholic misAmerican strategy in Guam and Micronesia. 8s. Bots Vic tos La mission Catho

Stanford, 1951. , - , ar in i AE72. Richard, Dorothy E. United States nave oats nouvelles Hebrides d’ap res as naval administration of the trust territory SOCUUeR S ecrits ef les Vieux souvenirs ce

of the Pacific islands. 2 v. Washington, Peay Lyon and Par’, Cun lio ms and

1957. An official history, based on primary ~of were written by Catholic clergysources. Detailed and useful, but marred by men and pased on primary materials, but

excessive use of official terminology. ;

| Melanesia Literature

AE73. Derrick, Ronald A. A history of AE86. Stroven, Carl, and A. Grove Day, Fiji. Suva, 1946. The standard history of eds. The spell of the Pacific: an anthology Fiji to the annexation by Great Britain. of its literature. N.Y., 1949. Compiled by AE74. Person, Yves. “La Nouvelle-Calé- recognized authorities. Important.

donie et l’Europe de la découverte a la AE87. Fisher, John S. The midmost | @histoire des colonies, 40 (1953): 5-215. about selected authors who have written fondation de Nouméa (1774-1854).” Revue waters. London, 1952. A series of essays

AE75. “Un siécle d’acculturation en about Oceania. Nouvelle-Calédonie.” Journal de la Société AE88. Melville, Herman. Typee: or, a des Océanistes, 9 (1953): 5-331. A series narrative of a four months’ residence among of important monographs dealing with the the natives of a valley of the Marquesas IsFrench in New Caledonia, 1853-1952. lands. London and N.Y., 1846. Many subseAE76. Villiers, Alan J. The Coral Sea. quent eds., some with variant text. N.Y. and Toronto, 1949. Semi-popular and AE89. Stevenson, Robert Louis. In the useful; emphasis upon maritime history of South Seas. Privately printed, 1890. Many

islands bordering the Coral Sea. later eds. First complete edition in The

AE77. Reed, Stephen W. The making of works of Robert Louis Stevenson (28 V., modern New Guinea. Philadelphia, 1943. Edinburgh, 1894-98), v. 20. Descriptive Historical account of the European pene- accounts of several South Pacific archi-

| tration of eastern New Guinea and of the pelagoes;. section on the Gilbert Islands is

impact upon the peoples of that territory. particularly notable. )

Scholarly and important study by a soci- AE90. Becke, Louis. Wild life m south-

ologist. ern seas. London, 1897. See also. other. lit-

| Oceania , 789 erary accounts of Pacific peoples and ad- PERIODICALS AND PUBLICATIONS

venture by same author. | OF LEARNED SOCIETIES

Recent Studies by Social Scientists AE99. Pacific islands monthly. Sydney, ,

OO 1930 ff: A newspaper type magazine, pre-

AE91. Keesing, Felix M. The South Seas senting news of current interest in Oceania.

in the modern world. N.Y., 1941. Rev. ed., AE100. L’Océanie francaise. Paris, 1911- oo, 1945. By an anthropologist with long ex- 39. Published irregularly by Comité de _

perience in Oceania. The standard survey Jl Océanie Francaise. Information of current :

| of contemporary conditions. interest and reports on trade and agriculture , AE92. Yanaihara, Tadao. Pacific islands in French Oceania. | under Japanese mandate. London, 1940. _AEI101. The journal of the Polynesian SoComprehensive and cdreful survey by a _ ciety. Wellington, 1892 ff. (Quarterly.) This Japanese economist. Originally published. in and AEJ02 are important for scholarly ma-

Japanese in Tokyo, 1935. terials on anthropology and ethnology. | AE93. Coulter, John W. The Pacific de- AE102. Oceania: a journal devoted to

pendencies of the United States. N.Y., 1957. the study of the native peoples of Australia, General survey of contemporary problems New Guinea, and the islands of the Pacific.

and conditions; by a geographer. . _-Melbourne and Sydney, 1930 ff. (Quarterly.)

| AE94. Keesing, Felix M. Modern Samoa: Presently published by the University of its government and changing life. London, Sydney.

1934. Important study of the impact of AE103. Journal de la Société des Océ-

_ European culture and institutions upon the amistes. Paris, 1945 ff. (Annual.) Very im-

people of a Polynesian archipelago. portant current publication, with scholarly AE95. Belshaw, Cyril S. Changing Mela- articles on the history and anthropology of nesia: social economics of culture contact. the Pacific islands. Emphasizes islands adMelbourne, 1954. By an anthropologist, but ministered by France. Each issue contains with emphasis upon economic problems and _ extensive current bibliography. _

developments. | AE104. Hawaiian Historical Society. An-

AE96. Stanner, W. E. H. The South Seas nual reports. Honolulu, 1892 ff. Useful, but ‘in transition. Sydney, 1953. Emphasis on various issues are very uneven in quality. political changes in Papua-New Guinea, AE105. Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum.

western Samoa, and Fiji. Bulletin. Honolulu, 1922 ff. (Irregular.)

AE97. Mander, Linden A. Some depend- Monographs on the anthropology, ethnolent peoples of the South Pacific. N.Y., 1954. ogy, and flora and fauna of the Pacific. Most

; Partly historical, partly a survey of the important series of publications relating to

contemporary situation. the native life and culture of Polynesia.

AE98. Belshaw, Cyril S. Island adminis- See also the Bishop Museum Memoirs (12 tration in the South West Pacific. London v., Honolulu, 1899-1949) and other publi-

and N.Y., 1950. cations of the museum. |

| SECTION AF | WALTER C. LANGSAM and REGINALD C. McGRANE * ,

Although somewhat miscellaneous in character, this section has been prepared to meet the needs of teachers and students of recent history and contemporary . problems. Potential overlapping of several other sections has been curbed but not eliminated. Works pertaining to the study and teaching of history should be sought in Section A; bibliographies and works of general reference in Section B; world history in Section C. Latter portions of the regional and national sections and subsections list titles relevant to the field of Section AF, as do two sections — concerned with international relations. For reasons of editorial convenience, _ - several recent publications are included here rather than at other equally appro-

priate points in the book. , |

BIBLIOGRAPHIES 1935. A useful guide arranged by countries. — | AF2.ThereUnited Nations documents index. are numerous general and special N.Y., 1950 ff. (Monthly.) Comprehensive

bibliographies published quarterly in The current list of all documents and publicaAmerican historical review (1895 ff.), The tions, except restricted materials, of the ~ journal of modern history (1929 ff.), For- United Nations and the specialized agencies. | eign affairs (1919 ff.), and Vierteljahrshefte AF3. Deutsch, Karl W. Interdisciplinary fiir Zeitgeschichte: im Auftrag des Instituts bibliography on _ nationalism. Cambridge, fiir Zeitgeschichte (1953 ff.). Current publi- Mass., 1956. Comprehensive for this topic. cations may be followed in the Essay and -AF4, Brown, Everett S. Manual of gov-

. general literature index (1934 ff.), The ernment publications, United States and | cumulative book index (1898 ff.), the Pub- . foreign. See AB25.

lic affairs information service bulletin AF5. The French bibliographical digest. (1915 ff.), Readers’ guide to periodical Pt. 1, Contemporary Europe. N.Y., 1956.

literature (1900 ff.), and International index Most recent French bibliography on con-

to periodicals (1907 ff.). The Library of temporary Europe. |

Congress, Division on Bibliography, pub- AF5a. A select bibliography: Asia, Africa, lishes useful selective bibliographies on spe- Eastern Europe, Latin America. American

| cial topics. In addition to these bibliographi- | Universities Field Staff, Inc. N.Y., 1960.

cal guides, the following are important. Contains 6,000 titles of books and journals, AF1. Coulter, Edith, and Melanie Ger- preponderantly in English, which the com-stenfeld, eds. Historical bibliographies: a pilers consider necessary, or desirable, in systematic and annotated guide. Berkeley, college libraries for undergraduate studies.

* Assisted by George F. Howe. .

7190 |

, Recent History 791 - WORKS OF REFERENCE | DEMOGRAPHIC STUDIES . | i Listed below are reference works which AF22. Demographic yearbook. 1948 ff.

provide recent data in accessible form not N.Y., 1949 ff.. Comprehensive compilation —

otherwise easily available. of international demographic statistics. | AF6. The annual register of world events. AF23. Taft, Donald R., and Richard.

| See B146. oo Robbins. International migrations: the imAF7. Britannica. book of the year. See migrant in the modern world. N.Y., 1955. B122. OS The most comprehensive treatise on world

-AF8. The international year book and migratory movements since World War I. | : statesmen’s who’s who. See B/41/. AF24. Kulischer, Eugene M. Europe on AF9.. Political handbook of the world: the move: war and population changes, 1917-

parliaments, parties and press. N.Y., 1927 ff. 1947. See AJl21/8. ;

: (Annual.) Provides brief, accurate infor- AF25. Schechtman, Joseph B. European

mation. | population transfers, 1939-1945, N.Y., 1946. _ AF10. The statesman’s year-book: statisti- Thorough, objective study of the resettlecal and historical annual of the states of | ment of European ethnic minorities. —

the world. See BJ33. = AF26. Vernant, Jacques. The refugee in AF11. Survey of international affairs. See the post-war world. See A228. |

BI56. © , | AF27. Kirk, Dudley. Europe’s population AF12. Yearbook of the United Nations. in the interwar years. Princeton, 1946. An _N.Y., 1946 ff. A record of the activities of indispensable work on the human resources

the United. Nations and. the. specialized of Europe. | |

agencies. = - AF28. Lorimer, Frank. The population AF13. Year. N.Y., 1948 ff. (Annual.) of the Soviet Union: history and prospects. Effectively. covers world events in pic- See X60. | | , |

tures. a AF29. Russell, Sir Edward J. World popAF 14. Facts on file: a weekly world news ulation and world food supplies. London, digest with cumulative index. N.Y., 1941 ff. 1954. Best general account of this topic.

A loose-leaf service of news sheets... AF30. Thompson, Warren S. Population

AF15. Keesing’s contemporary archives: problems. N.Y., 1942. 4th ed., 1953. Wellweekly diary of important world events. known text in the field of demography.

- London, service 1931 ff.of(Title British : loose-leaf newsvaries.) sheets.AThe indi--; | |

vidual items are more fully reported than COLLECTIONS OF SOURCES

in the comparable United States Facts on AF31. Royal Institute of International

file. oo. _ Affairs. Documents on international affairs.

, GEOGRAPHIES : London, AND 1928 ff. (Annual.) Useful collecATLASES . tion of documents relating to the major a countries;.a supplement to the annual Sur-

AF16. Colby, Charles C., ed. Geographi- vey of international affairs (AFI1). cal aspects. of international relations. Chi- §= = AF32. World Peace Foundation. Docucago, 1938. Valuable group of articles cover- ments on American foreign relations. Bosing topics of population outlets and the ton, 1938 ff. (Annual.) Useful collection of international aspects of state intervention. United States and foreign documents relat-AF17. Gottmann, Jean. A geography of ing to U. S. foreign relations.

Europe. N.Y., 1950. Account of postwar AF33. The United States in world affairs. |

European geography by a noted French See AH/0. | |

géographer written with regard for United § -AF34. Mantoux, Paul J. Les délibérations States readers. Stresses both the physical and du Conseil des Quatre (24 mars-28 juin

human geography of the European continent 1919). See AH133. )

_. as a whole, with sections on Central Europe, AF35. Woodward, Ernest L., and Rohan | Mediterranean Europe,.. and the Soviet Butler, eds. Documents on British foreign Union. Extensive bibliographies. policy, 1919-1939. See AHJ19. | AF18. Berg, Lev S. Natural regions of AF36.. Ruhm von Oppen, Beate, ed.

the U.S.S.R. See X43. | Documents on Germany under occupation,

_ AF19.. ‘Oxford. economic atlas of the 1945-1954. N.Y., 1955. [Royal Institute of

world. See AI33. International. Affairs.] Contains documents

| - AF20. Wright, John K., and Elizabeth T. dealing with conditions in the Soviet zone Platt. Aids to geographical research. See as. well as inthe western zone.

B189. | . AF37. Documents on international affairs,

- AF21. International symposium on man’s 1939-1946; 1947-1948. Ed. -by Margaret :

role in changing. the face of the earth. Ed. Carlyle. 2 v. N.Y., 1952-54. [Royal Institute by William L. Thomas. and: others. Prince- of International Affairs:] Contains material

_ ton, 1956. Includes bibliographies. pertaining to Hitler’s Europe.

792 Guide to Historical Literature AF38. Degras, Jane, ed. Soviet documents tional politics: an introduction to the west-

on foreign policy. See AH/12. ern state system. N.Y., 1933. Sth ed., Inter, AF39. Sontag, Raymond J., and James S. national politics: the western state system

Beddie, eds. Nazi-Soviet relations, 1939- in mid-century, N.Y., 1953. Stimulating sur1941: documents from the archives of the vey of international politics. Good bibli-

} German foreign office. See AH/06. ographies.

AF40. Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the AF53. Contemporary Europe: a_ study

U.S.S.R. Documents and materials relating of national, international, economic and culto the eve of the Second World War. 2 v. tural trends. Ed. by Joseph S. Roucek. LonMoscow, 1948. These volumes were pub- don, 1941., Useful symposium on contemlished by the Soviet government after the ap- porary Europe with bibliographies. |

pearance of AF39. AF54. Jackson, John H. The post-war

AF41. Leiss, Amelia C., and Raymond decade: a short history of the world, 1945| Dennett, eds. European peace treaties after 1955. London, 1955. Brief, concise political World War II. Boston, 1954. [World Peace résumé. Foundation.] Supplements v. 8 (1945-46) AF55. Herzfeld, Hans. Die moderne Welt, and 9 (1947) of Documents on American 1789-1945. See T41/8.

foreign relations (AF32.) _ AFS56. Gatzke, Hans W. The present in

AF42. Hungary. Ministry of Foreign Af- perspective. Chicago, 1957. Good survey of . fairs. Hungary and the conference of Paris. the world since 1945 with selective bibli4 v.. Budapest, 1947. This work, part in ography. French and part in English, contains valu-

able documents concerning the drafting of LONGER HISTORIES OF

the treaty of peace with Hungary. CONTEMPORARY EUROPE AF43. Vedovato, Giuseppe, ed. II trattato

di pace con lItalia. Rome, 1947. Collec- AF57. Crouzet, Maurice. L’époque con-

tion of documents relating to the treaty of |temporaine: 4 la recherche d’une civilisation

peace with Italy. nouvelle. Paris, 1957. This is v. 7 of His-

AF44. Langsam, Walter C., and James toire générale des civilisations published M. Egan, eds. Documents and readings in under the direction of Crouzet. Covers with the. history of Europe since 1918. Rev. and much detail the significant political, eco-

enl. ed., Philadelphia, 1951. nomic, religious, intellectual, and scientific

AF45. Langsam, Walter C. Historic docu- trends throughout the world from World ments of World War II. N.Y., 1958. This War I to 1957. Illustrated; extensive bibliand AF44 contain useful teaching materials. ographies. — AF46. Eudin, Xenia J., and Harold. H. AF58. Baumont, Maurice. La faillite de Fisher.. Soviet Russia and the West, 1920- la paix (1918-1939). 3rd rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, 1927: a documentary survey. Stanford, 1957. 1951. A volume of the Peuples et civilisa_AF47, Eudin, Xenia, J.. and Robert C. fions series. This is a survey of the political, North. Soviet Russia and the East, 1920- religious, economic, and intellectual move1927: a documentary survey. Stanford, 1957. ments throughout the world in the period

oe This and AF46 contain useful teaching ma- between the two world wars. Good bibliog-

| terials on these topics. raphies. . AF59. Goetz, Walter W., and others, eds.

, SHORTER HISTORIES OF Das Zeitalter des Imperialismus, 1890-1933. CONTEMPORARY EUROPE © Berlin, 1933. This is v. 10 of the German

Propylaen-Weltgeschichte series. Thorough

AF48. Benns, Frank L. Europe since and beautifully illustrated. 1914 in its world setting. N.Y., 1930. 8th

ed., 1954. Long one of the standard texts on WESTERN EUROPE BETWEEN TWO

| sive bibliographies. |

this subject. A detailed account with exten- WORLD WARS

AF49. Langsam, Walter C. The world Great Britain, Ireland, the Empire, and the

since 1919, 7th ed., N.Y., 1954. A standard Commonwealth of Nations

text. Latest edition emphasizes World War , II and after. Extensive bibliographies. AF60. Brogan, Denis W. The English -AF50. Gathorne-Hardy, Geoffrey M. A _ people, impressions and observations. Lonshort history of international affairs, 1920- don, 1943. Stimulating account of the vari-

: 1939. See AH167. | ous aspects of British character. A good AF51. Carr, Edward H. International re- introduction to the study of the English

lations between the two world wars, 1919- people and the British empire. 1939. Rev. ed., N.Y., 1948. A well written, AF61. Hirst, Francis W. The consequences compact survey and interpretation of inter- of the war to Great Britain. See AG9J.

national affairs in this period. AF62. Cole, George D. H. A short history AF52. Schuman, Frederick L. Interna- of the British working-class movement,

Recent History — 793. 1789-1947. London, 1948. A standard work AF77. ———. Under the axe of Fascism.

on this.subject. N.Y., 1936. This and the preceding work AF63. Hill, Arthur C. C., Jr., and Isador are two classic criticisms of Fascism..

Lubin. The British attack on unemploy- AF78. Franck, Louis R. L’economie

ment. Washington, 1934. Excellent study. corporative fasciste en doctrine et en fait: : AF64. Hancock, Sir William K. Survey _ ses origines historiques et son évolution. Paris, _

of British Commonwealth affairs. 2 v. N.Y., 1934. An economic analysis of Fascism. .

1937-42. V. 1 covers the problems of na- _ ] :

nomic policy, 1918-39. | | | .

tionality, 1918-36; v. 2, the problems of eco- | Spain oo

AF65. Mansergh, Nicholas. Survey of AF79. Madariaga, Salvador de. Spain. See

British Commonwealth affairs: problems of VD1/3. ~ |

external policy, 1931-1939. London, 1952. AF80. Brenan, Gerald. The Spanish : | Valuable account of the transition from labyrinth: an account of the social and

empire to commonwealth of nations and the _ political background of the civil war. See external policy of the dominions. VDIII. : | AF66. Gwynn, Denis R. The Irish Free AF81. Peers, E. Allison. The Spanish

State, 1922-1927. London, 1928. Good sur- tragedy, 1930-1936. See VDJ17._— : vey of the early history of the Irish Free AF82. Ramos Oliveira, Antonio. La revo-

State. = : lucién espanola de octubre. Madrid, 1935. Good general account by a socialist.

—s«sFHranee ; _AF83. Ratcliff, Dillwyn F. Prelude to

_ Franco: political aspects of the dictatorship.

AF67. Wolf, John B. France, 1815 to the of General Miguel Primo de Rivera. N.Y., present. N.Y., 1940. Excellent introduction 1957. Readable, liberal interpretative study.

to the political and cultural history of Selective bibliography.

France for the period 1815-1940. AF84. Hamilton, Thomas J. Appease-

AF68. Brogan, Denis W. The development ment’s child: the Franco regime in Spain. of modern France (1870-1939). London, N.Y., 1943. Interesting impressionistic study.

1940. Authoritative account written for the AF85. Altamira y Crevea, Rafael. A |

alism. .

general public. | history of Spanish civilization. Tr. by. P. AF69. Clough, Shephard B. France: a Volkov. London, 1930. An excellent synhistory of national economics, 1789-1939. thesis.

N.Y., 1939. Interpretative analysis of the , development of French economic nation- Germany

AF70. Ogburn, William F., and William Weimar Repubic | |

Jaffé. The economic development of post- AF86. Halperin, S. William. Germany tried war France: a survey of production. N.Y., democracy: a political history of the Reich 1929. Excellent account of the economic his- from 1918 to 1933. See VF 174.

tory of France for the post-World War I AF87. Scheele, Godfrey. The Weimar re-

decade. public: overture to the third reich. London,

_ AF71. Hayes, Carlton J. H. France: a 1946. Rich in detail, with useful tables and

nation of patriots. N.Y., 1930. A sociological maps. _

and institutional study; valuable appendices. AF88. Hoover, Calvin B. Germany enters AF72. Worth, Alexander. The twilight of the third reich. N.Y., 1933. A dispassionate France, 1933-1940. N.Y., 1942. Good, inter- account of how the National Socialists came pretative journalist’s account of decline of to power. Stresses the economic factors.

France before World War II. | _ AF89. Eyck, Erich. Geschichte der Wei- :

oe marer Republik. See VF175. |

| italy - ‘The Third Reich |

AF73. Salvatorelli, Luigi, and Giovanni . AF90. Pinson, Koppel S. Modern Ger-

Mira. Storia del fascismo: VItalia dal 1919 many, its history and civilization. See VF30. _

al 1945. Rome, 1952. A standard handbook AF91. Heiden, Konrad. A history of na- |

on Fascist Italy. | | | tional socialism. See VF 201. .

AF74. Tasca, Angelo (pseud., Angelo AF92. Hitler, Adolf. Mein Kampf. 2 v. ,

Rossi). The rise of Italian Fascism, 1918— Munich, 1925-27. An indispensable work 1922. Tr. by Peter and Dorothy Wait. Lon- and one of the most important books pubdon, 1938. Comprehensive account of the lished in the 20th century in view of its

origins of Italian Fascism. . far-reaching consequences. In 1939 and 1940 AF75. Finer, Herman. Mussolini’s Italy. expurgated, annotated English translations

See VE198. _ a by John Murphy were published in London;

| AF76. Salvemini, Gaetano. The Fascist and in 1939 a complete and unabridged an- -

dictatorship in Italy. See VE196. notated English translation, prepared under |

794 Guide to Historical Literature

in New York. French politics. oo

the direction of Alvin Johnson, was issued are scholarly, lucid analyses of contemporary

AF93. Ebenstein, William. The Nazi state. AF106, Mirkine-Guetzévitch, Boris. La

| Toronto, 1943. Excellent study by a political quatriéme république. N.Y., 1946. Excellent : scientist of the structure and operation of study of recent French constitutional prob-

| the government of Hitler’s Germany in the lems. , - oe

fields of politics, law, religion, culture, labor, AF107. Gaulle, Charles de. Unity, 1942-.

economics, and foreign policy. 1944, V. 2, War memoirs. Tr. by Richard |

AF94. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. The Howard. N.Y., 1959. a

nemesis of power: the German army in AF108. Auphan, Paul, and Hervé Cras. politics, 1918-1945. See VF188. | French navy in World War II. Annapolis,

AF95. Ziemer, Gregor A. Education for 1959. | , a

death: the making of the Nazi. London, AF109. Einaudi, Mario, Jean M. Do-

1942. Illuminating account of German edu- menach, and Aldo Garosci. Communism in

cational aims and methods. ss western Europe. Ithaca, 1951. Especially AF96. Duncan-Jones, Arthur S. The strug- good for French and Italian communism. —

gle for1938. religious freedom in Germany. a , don, Chronological accountLonby a=.,| oo

British clergyman. Oe Spain and Portugal =

AF97, Frey, Arthur. Cross and swastika: -AF110. Feis, Herbert. The Spanish story: the ordeal of the German church. London, fyanco and the nations at war. N.Y., 1948. 1938. Good statement on the Lutheran yighly informative account by an economic

struggle. oe adviser to the U. S. Department of State.

: ae -AFI111. Foltz, Charles. The masquerade in

- WESTERN EUROPE SINCE 1945: — Spain. Boston, 1948. A reporter’s first-hand

wos = account of the Franco dictatorship. |

Great Britain and the Commonwealth AF112. Livermore, Harold V. A history of AF98. McCallum, Ronald B., and Read- Portugal, see PD 201.

man Alison. The British general election of Oo | , 1945. London, 1947. The issues, candidates, | Italy — |

, and campaigns. Based upon press accounts . and personal interviews. - AF113. Grindrod, Muriel. The rebuilding

AF99. Nicholas, Herbert G. The British of Italy: politics and economics, 1945-1955. _

general election of 1950. London, 1951, See AFII3.

Party organization, campaign, and world re- | actions to the results of the election. : Germany _ AF100. Brady, Robert A. Crisis in Britain: . . ,

plans and achievements of the Labour goy- Allied Occupation ==

ernment. London, 1950. Significant economic AF114. Clay, Lucius D. Decision in

analysis of the program of the Labor gov- Germany. Garden City, N.Y., 1950. Valuable ernment in all fields of British economy... source by a United States military governor AF101. Mansergh, Philip N.S. The Com- of Germany. monwealth and the nations: studies in British AF115, Litchfield, Edward H., and others, Commonwealth relations. London, 1948. A eds.. Governing postwar Germany. Ithaca, series of essays examining recent trends in 1953. A series of articles tracing the impact

the Commonwealth. | of occupation upon contemporary Germany. | . , Each contributor was temporarily connected

oe France | with the military government. SO | AF116. Holborn, Hajo. American military

AF102. Earle, Edward M., ed. Modern government, its organization and _ policies. France: problems of the third and fourth Washington, 1947. Authoritative account of republics. Princeton, 1951. Valuable sym- the organization and early operation of mili-

posium of essays by United States scholars tary government. | | -

- covering various aSpects of contemporary |= AF117. Zink, Harold. American military

: France. ss government in Germany. N.Y., 1947. AnalAF103. Liithy, Herbert. The state of ysis of the history, practice, and administraFrance: a study of contemporary France. tive problems.

London, 1955. Excellent study of post-war _AF118. Friedman, Wolfgang G. The allied

| French politics. military government of Germany. London, AF104. Pickles, Dorothy M. French 1947. A critical, comparative analysis of

London, 1953.. Germany. |

politics: the first years of the fourth republic. quadripartite allied military government of

AF105. ——-. The French republic. Lon- AF119. Knappen, Marshall M. And call it don, 1955. This and the preceding volume peace. Chicago, 1947. Discusses the educa-

Recent History a , 795 tional and religious policies of United States See also “Government Publications” be-

military government. low for official records of the trials.. |

AF120. Ruhm: von Oppen, Beate, ed. AF132. Zink, Harold. The United States

Documents. on Germany under occupation, in Germany, 1945-1955, Princeton, 1957.

1945-1954, See AF 36. ee Written for the general reader by a historian

See also ‘sources on occupation policy observer. [GFH] | a

listed under ‘“‘Government Publications” in ae ee oo |

this section. — a a _ The Netherlands , Economic Recovery _AF133. Barnouw, Adriaan J. The making

AF121.. Piettre,. André. L’économie alle- of modern Holland: a. short history. Lon' mande contemporaine: Allemagne occi- don, 1948. Brief, informative history of the dentale, 1945-1952, Paris, 1952. The basic Netherlands from prehistoric times to the | , work on this topic. Comprehensive statistics German invasion of 1940. =| and: valuable bibliographical references. - AF134. Landheer, Bartholomeus. The - AF122. Grosser, Alfred. ‘The colossus Netherlands in a changing world. N.Y.,

again: western Germany from defeat to re- 1947. A series of essays on postwar eco- _ armament. N.Y., 1955. Tr. and rev. from nomic conditions and problems.

L’ Allemagne .de_ Vloccident (Paris, 1953).

Excellent account. Good bibliography. — a “Belgium

AF123. Erhard, Ludwig, and Vollrath von es - -

Maltzan. Germany’s comeback in the world AF135. Goris, Jan Albert, ed. Belgium. market. N.Y., 1954. Stresses the question Berkeley, 1945. [United Nations series.] Sym-

of German exports. = si : posium of articles by United States and

| AF124.: Wallich, Henry C. Mainsprings of | Belgian specialists on the life, economy, and

| the: German revival. New Haven, 1955. culture of Belgium. The final chapter covers

-. Focuses attention on the main factors of the postwar period. moe

Germany’s economic revival. So

AF125. Davison, Walter P. The Berlin Scandinavia.

blockade. Princeton, 1958. Reliable and com- Oo a ,

prehensive description of major features of = AF136. Scott, Franklin D. The United a dramatic incident in the “cold war”’—the States and Scandinavia. Cambridge, Mass., |

Berlin airlift. [GFH]. ~~ 1950. [American foreign policy library.] Ex| cellent study of the functioning of social _EastGermany ssi Oo democracy and economy in the Scandinavian AF126, Nettl; John P. The eastern zone countries and the impact of World War II and Soviet policy.in Germany, 1945-1950. upon them. Valuable appendices of facts London, 1951. The authoritative study. on anda good bibliography.

this topic... - : ; AF137. Friis, Henning K., ed. Scandinavia:

AF127. Brant, Stefan (pseud.). The East between East and West. Ithaca, 1950. ValuGerman rising, June 17, 1953. London, 1955. able series of ‘lectures on various aspects of Originally published in:.German under the Scandinavian political, economic, and social

title Der: Aufstand (Stuttgart, 1954). The life. | Ho . : English translation is briefer and somewhat -AF138. Herlitz, Nils. Sweden: a modern | improved. A good, although not definitive, democracy on ancient foundations. Min-

account. ~neapolis, 1939, Excellent treatment of the

; - Swedish spirit.

Nuremberg Trials | _ AF139. Larsen, Karen. A history of Nor- | _ AF128. Glueck, S. Sheldon. War crimi- way.SeeVB92, = © : N.Y.,.1944. social laboratory. N.Y., 1939. Contains much nals, their prosecution and punishment. AF140. Manniche, Peter. Denmark, a AF129. ——-. The Nuremberg trial and practical information on the economic and

aggressive war. N.Y., 1946. This and the social life of Denmark. oe above work by this author present the United :

the trials. | a SO OT OO States viewpoint of the legal justification for ee, Finland ,

AF130. Jackson, Robert H. The Niirnberg AF141. Jackson, John Hampden. Finland.

case. N.Y., 1947. An account of the trials See VB87. ee

: by the representative and chief counsel for AF142. Wuorinen, John H., ed. Finland :

the United States. and World War II, 1939~1944, NUY., 1948.

AF131. Benton, Wilbourne E., and George Interpretative account of: Finland’s foreign

Grimm, eds. Nuremberg: German views on policy based on a Finnish manuscript.

: the war trials. Dallas; 1955. Collection of ‘AF143. Tanner, Vadin6. The winter war: articles by German lawyers and professors Finland against Russia, 1939-1940. Stanford,

analyzing and criticizing the trials. 1957. A valuable “inside” story of the diplo-

796 Guide to Historical Literature matic relations of Russia and Finland pre- mania, Yugoslavia, and Bulgaria during this

ceding the Russo-Finnish war. period.

AF156. ———. The east European revolu| tion. N.Y., 1951. 3rd ed., 1956.: , Switzerland A sequel London, to the above.

| AF144. Rappard, William E. The govern- AF157. Wolff, Robert L. The Balkans in

ment of Switzerland. N.Y., 1936. A standard UF time. Cambridge, Mass., 1956. [Ameriwork on the Swiss governmental system and C2" foreign policy library.| A_ thorough,

litics ‘scholarly work covering the Balkan states

politics.

, AF145. Siegfried, André. Switzerland: a efore and after World War II.

democratic way of life. Tr. by Edward Fitz- AF158. Pribicevic, Stojan (pseud., P. B. gerald. N.Y., 1950. This French work is an Stoyan). World without end: the saga of — analysis of the physical aspects of the coun- Southeastern Europe. N.Y., 1939. Welltry, the ethnological character of the people, Wtitten_and informative account. ws and the Swiss political system. _ AFI59. Roucek,. Joseph 5. Balkan politics: international relations in no man’s land.

, | Stanford, 1948. Useful reference book.| :Good Austria bibliography. : , AF160. Strakhovsky, -Leonid I., ed. A

AF146. Proudfoot, Mary MacDonald. The handbook of Slavic studies. Cambridge, , Republic of Austria, 1918-1934: a study in) Mass., 1949. Excellent compilation of artithe failure of democratic government. N.Y., cles. Good bibliographies. }

1946. [Royal Institute of International Af- ‘AF161. Fejté, Francois. Histoire des fairs.] Excellent, impartial study of this q@émocraties populaires. Paris, 1952. Useful ,

period. ; | | for events in postwar eastern Europe.

, AF147, Benedikt, Heinrich, ed. Geschichte AF162. Gluckstein, Ygael. Stalin’s::satel-

der Republik Osterreich. See VF27]. lites in Europe. Boston, 1952. Stresses eco-

AF148. Macartney, Carlile A. The social yomic changes and the Stalin-Tito conflict.

revolution in Austria. See W874. , AF163. Royal Institute of International

AF149, Ball, Mary M. Post-war German- = Affairs. The Balkan states. V. 1, Economic. Austrian relations: the anschluss movement, =] ondon, 1936. Concise review of the eco1918-1936. Stanford, 1937. A scholarly, de- nomic and financial development of Albania,

_ tailed account. .. «,.. Bulgaria, Greece, Romania, and Yugoslavia, AF150. Grayson, Cary T. Austria’s inter- = {9 19-36. oe

national position, 1938-1953: the re-establish- AF164. ——. South-eastern Europe: a ment of an independent Austria. Geneva, political and economic survey. London, 1939. 1953. [Etudes dhistoire économique, poli- Report on the economic aspects and foreign tique et sociale, 5.] A careful account of relations of Hungary,.Romania, Yugoslavia, Austria’s struggle for full independence after Ajbania, Greece, Bulgaria, and Turkey,

World War II. r 1919-36. |

AF151. Hiscocks, Richard. The rebirth of ‘AF165. Pasvolsky, Leo. Economic naAustria, N.Y., 1953. Illuminating. account tionalism of the Danubian states. Washing-

economist. | . |

by a knowledgeable British official. ton, 1928. Account~of the economic malAF152. Heissenberger, Franz. The eco- adjustments following the dissolution of

nomic reconstruction of Austria, 1945-1952. Austria-Hungary. ,

Washington, 1953. Study by an Austrian | | AF153. Rothschild, Kurt W. The Austrian Poland

| seconomy since 1945. London, 1950. [Royal : ; oe | Institute of International Affairs.] A careful AF166. Schmitt, Bernadotte E., ed. Po-

| study. | land. See W86. Habsburg to Hitler.See VF272. 1919-1939. 3 v. Neuchatel, Switz., 1946— world wars. | ~ AF154. Gulick, Charles A. Austria from _ AF167. Modzelewski, Jan, ed. Pologne,

47. Exhaustive study of Poland between two

CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE AF168. Lane, Arthur B. I saw Poland

General Works : | Czechoslovakia SINCE WORLD WARI | betrayed. See W187. |

AF155. Seton-Watson, Hugh. Eastern Europe between the wars, 1918-1941. Cam- AF169. Thomson, S. Harrison. Czecho-

| bridge, Eng., 1945. 2nd. ed., 1946. Best single slovakia in European history. Princeton,

work in English of political, social, and 1943. 2nd ed., 1953. Indispensable work for economic trends, and international relations a study of Czechoslovakian history. Good

of Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Ro- bibliography. | | |

Recent History 797 | AF170. Kerner, Robert J., ed. Czecho- 36. A well-written account by one of the

slovakia. See W349. , protagonists. | AF171. Masaryk, Thomas G. The making AF187. Chamberlin, William H. The Rusof a state. See AF 336. sian revolution, 1917-1921. See X245.

AF172. Wiskemann, Elizabeth. Czechs and AF188. Strakhovsky, Leonid I. The Germans. London and N.Y., 1938. [Royal origins of American intervention in north

Institute of International Affairs.] Russia. Princeton, 1937. ; 7

AF189. ——. Intervention at Archangel:

, the story of allied intervention and Russia, Russian 1918| | Hungary | counter-revolution in north AF173. Macartney, Carlile A. Hungary 1920. Princeton, 1944. These two scholarly

and her successors. See W842. works by the same author cover an imAF174. Sinor, Denis. History of Hungary. portant and much-debated phase of the early

London, 1959. | history of the Soviet Union.

AF175, Méray, Tibor. Thirteen days that AF190. Fainsod, Merle. How Russia is

shook the Kremlin. Tr. by Howard L. ruled. See X289. ,

Katzander. N.Y., 1959. The brief 1956 rev- AF191. Pipes, Richard E. The formation

olution in Hungary. [GFH] | of the Soviet Union: communism and nationalism, 1917-1923. Cambridge, Mass., Yugoslavia 1954. Indispensable volume for a study of | the early years of the Soviet Union. '

AF176. Armstrong, Hamilton F. Tito and AF192. Towster, Julian. Political power

Goliath. See W501. in the U.S.S.R. 1917-1947. See X288..

AF177. Radin, George. Economic recon- AF193. Berman, Harold J. Justice in Rus-

struction in Yugoslavia. N.Y., 1946. [Car- sia: an interpretation of Soviet law. Cam-

* negie Endowment for International Peace.] A bridge, Mass., 1950. An analysis of Soviet

“practical plan for the Balkans” written law. :

anonymously by United States government AF194, Timasheff, Nicholas S. Religion in

specialists. Soviet Russia, 1917-1942. N.Y., 1942. Good a introduction to the religious aspects of the

Soviet Union. CoRomania AF195. Anderson, Paul B.oo People, church

AF 178. Mitrany, David. The land and the and state in modern Russia. N.Y., ©1944.

peasant in Rumania. See W694. Contains much documentary material dealAF179. Roberts, Henry L. Rumania: jing with religion in the Soviet Union. political problems of an agrarian state. See AF196. Curtiss, John S. The Russian

W667. church and :the Soviet state, 1917-1950. Boston, 1953. Careful study, based on origi- ,

| ‘Bulgaria nal, source material, of the relations of the | . Kremlin and the churches. AF180. Black, Cyril E. The establish- 44497, Baykov, Alexander M. The develment of constitutional government in Bul- , . garia. See W970. opment of the Soviet economic system. N.Y., 1947. Excellent reference work.

] Greece AF198. Schwarz, Solomon M. Labor in the Soviet Union. N.Y., 1952. Valuable, AF181. Stavrianos, Leften S. Greece: scholarly analysis of the Soviet labor policy American dilemma and opportunity. See and its impact on the Russian workers. Based

W1238. largely on Soviet sources. : | | AF199. Jasny, Naum. The socialized agriSoviet Union | culture of the U.S.S.R.: plans and _per-

| : formance. Stanford, 1949. A massive, critical

AF 182. Florinsky, Michael T. Russia: a analysis of the collectivization of Soviet history and an .interpretation. See X/36. farming. AF183. Carr, Edward H. The Bolshevik AF200. Beloff, Max. The foreign policy of revolution, 1917-1923. 3 v. London, 1950- Soviet Russia, 1929-1941. 2 v. N.Y. and

53. London, 1947-49. Comprehensive, detailed AF184, —-—. The interregnum, 1923-1924. study of Russia’s relations with other |

London, 1954. This and the above comprise European countries, the Middle and Far | a detailed, analytical study of Russia in the East, and the United States.

years indicated. AF201. Dallin, David J. Soviet Russia’s AF185. Pares, Sir Bernard. A history of foreign policy, 1939-1942. New Haven, 1943.

Russia. See X125. © | Critical study of Soviet foreign policy durAF186. Bronstein, Lev D. (pseud., Lev ing these years. D. Trotsky). History. of the Russian revolu- AF202. Crankshaw, Edward. Cracks in tion to Brest-Litovsk. 3 v. London, 1919- the Kremlin wall. N.Y., 1951. Critical anal-

798 Guide to Historical Literature ysis of the internal weaknesses of the Soviet AF217. Longrigg, Stephen H., and Frank

Union. | Stoakes. Iraq. N.Y., 1958. [Nations of the AF203. Salisbury, Harrison E. Stalin’s modern world.] Accurate though sketchy.

Russia and after. London, 1955. A vivid de- [GFH] scription of life in the Soviet Union by a

United States journalist. : : AF204, Dijilas, Milovan. The new class: Syria and Lebanon

an analysis of the Communist system. N.Y., AF218. Hourani, Albert H. Syria and

1957. Most effective criticism available of [ehanon. See S184, |

: the Communist system in practice, by a4 = A¥219. Longrigg, Stephen H. Syria and

former Yugoslav Communist leader. . Lebanon under French mandate. N.Y. and

to Malenkov. See AH47. - : AF205. Seton-Watson, Hugh. From Lenin = | ondon. 1958.

THE MIDDLE EAST SINCE 1914 _ Jordan General Works _ , AF220. Glubb, John B. The story of the

} Arab legion. London, 1948. A _ first-hand

AF206. Lenczowski, George. The Middle account. ,

East in world affairs. Ithaca, 1952. 2nd ed.,

1956. Excellent survey of theWorld problems E this region during and after WarofI gypt and World War Il. Good bibliography. AF221. Issawi, Charles P. Egypt at mid, AF207, Shwadran, Benjamin. The Middle century: an economic survey. See S243. East, oil and the great powers. See S344. AF222. Royal Institute of International AF208. Longrigg, Stephen H. Oil in the = Affairs, Great Britain and Egypt, 1914-1951. Middle East, its discovery and development. New rev. ed., London, 1952. This and the

See S34). , . preceding work are valuable studies.

| AF209. Hurewitz, Jacob C. Middle East = 4223, Little, Tom. Egypt. N.Y., 1959.

dilemmas. N.Y., 1953. A concise, objective [Nations of the modern world.] discussion of the growth of United States AF224, Avram, Benno. Evolution of the interest and responsibilities in this area. Suez Canal status from 1869 up to 1956: | AF210. The Middle East: a political and a historico-juridical study. Geneva, 1958. economic survey. London, 1943. 2nd ed. | 4225. Lacouture, Jean, and Simonne

1954. [Royal Institute of International Lacouture. Egypt in transition. Tr. by AF211, Frye, Richard N., ed. The Near AF226. Panikkar, Kavalam M. Afro-

Affairs.] Useful reference work. _ Francis Scarfe. N.Y., and London, 1958. East and the great powers. Cambridge, Asian states and their problems. London,

Mass., 1951. Valuable symposium of articles 4959. on contemporary Near Eastern problems.

| AF7212. Kirk, George E. The Middle East,

1945-1950. N.Y., 1954. [Survey of inter- Israel | , national ‘affairs, 5.] Dispassionate, authori- | tative survey. : | AF227. Hurewitz, Jacob C. The struggle

: for Palestine. See S/94. Arab Nationalism AF228. Royal Institute of International

Affairs. Great Britain and Palestine, 1915-

| AF213. Antonius, George. The Arab 1945. 2nd ed., London, 1946. A careful awakening: the story of the Arab national — study.

movement. Philadelphia, 1939. Thorough, AF229. Sachar, Howard M. Course of sympathetic treatment by a Christian Arab. modern Jewish history. Cleveland, 1958.

: AF214, Glubb, Sir John B. Britain and | , the Arabs: a study of fifty years, 1908 to |

1958. London, 1959. , Turkey

F . AF230. Howard, Harry N. The partition

Saudi Arabia of Turkey: a diplomatic history, 1913-1923.

AF215. Twitchell, Karl S. Saudi Arabia. See $274. Princeton, 1947. Useful handbook for stu- AF231. Webster, Donald E. The Turkey

dents of modern imperialism. of Atatiirk: social process in the ‘Turkish reformation. See S/43.

| Iraq AF232. Duda, Herbert W. Vom Kalifat zur Republik: die Tiirkei im 19. und 20. AF216. Longrigg, Stephen H. Iraq, 1900 to Jahrhundert. Vienna, 1948. Cultural history

1950: a political, social and economic his- of the development of Turkey and the

tory. See $209. growth of Turkish nationalism.

, Recent History 799

, Canada ASIA : of _ Iran,N.Y., 1959.and First-hand account written with | ! candor clarity. [GFH] AF233. Elwell-Sutton, Laurence P. Modern Iran. London, 1941. Good on land and | | |

political changes. NORTH AMERICA

AF249. Chapin, Miriam. Contemporary oO General Works Canada. N.Y., 1959. |

: Major AF234. Hinton, Harold C., and others. | . governments of Asia. Ithaca, 1958. United States Descriptive comparison of the governments AF250. Howe, Irving, and Lewis Coser. of China, Japan, India, Pakistan, and Indo- The American Communist party: a critical nesia, with some attention to historical back- history (1919-1957). N.Y., 1958. Detailed,

erounds. [GFH] | thorough, and critical. [GFH] : - AF235. Dhingra, Baldoon, ed. Asia AF251. Warren, Harris G. Herbert Hoover : through Asian eyes. London and Toronto, and the great depression. N.Y., 1959. Care19589, ful, objective analysis. [GFH] AF236. Panikkar, Kavalam M. Asia and AF252. Schwartz, Bernard. The Supreme western dominance. New ed., London, 1959. Court: constitutional revolution in retrospect.

oO N.Y., 1957.

‘ . AF253. Maritain, Jacques. Reflections on

| | International Relations America. N.Y., 1958. Product of more than

AF237. Das Gupta, Jyoti B. Indo-Pakistan ten years of perceptive association with relations, 1947-1955. Amsterdam, 1958. education in the United States, expressed AF238. Fifield, Russell H. Diplomacy of with urbanity and in a judicious spirit. [GFH]

southeast Asia, 1945-1958. N.Y., 1958. |

AF239. Tandon, Mahesh P. International Mexico relations, 1914-1957. Allahabad, 1957. 7 AF240. Wattal, Pyare K. Population prob- AF254. Castafieda, Jorge E. Mexico and

lem in India: a census study. New Delhi, the United Nations. N.Y., 1958. [Carnegie oe

1958. Endowment for International Peace, National | AF241. Raghuvanshi, V. P. S. Indian — studies on international organization.] By

nationalist movement and thought. 2nd ed., the legal counsellor of Mexico’s foreign

|

Agra, India, 1959. service. Analytical and perhaps an expres- , |China sion ofthe views sharedNations. by smaller countries United [GFH] | in

AF242. Tang, Sheng-Hao. Communist | |

China today: domestic and foreign policies. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL TOPICS N.Y., 1957. Comprehensive and detailed; The Peace Settlement after World War I

written by a former member of the Chinese .

Nationalist diplomatic service. Review, H. M. AF255. Birdsall, Paul. Versailles twenty ; Vinacke, Am. pol. sci. rev., 51 (Dec. 1957): years after. N.Y., 1941. Comprehensive dis-

1142. [GFH] : ‘cussion of the treaty and its effects. Supports

theory that Wilson was the “realist” at the S| ,AFRICA peace conference. AF256. Maurice, Sir Frederick B. The : AF243. Carter, Gwendolen M., and Wil- armistice of 1918. London, 1943. [Royal

liam O. Brown, eds. Transition in Africa. Institute of International Affairs.]

Boston, 1958. | - AKF257, Rudin, Harry R. Armistice 1918.

AF244, Trimingham, John S. Islam in New Haven, 1944. This and AF256 are

west Africa. N.Y. and London, 1959. valuable accounts of the events leading to

: the signing of the armistice at Compiégne.

ANTARCTICA AF258. Temperley, Harold W. V., ed. A

| ‘history of the peace conference of Paris. AF245. Debenham, Frank. Antarctica: the See AH128. :

Story of a continent. London, 1959. AF259, Marston, Frank S. The peace con- |

: AF246. Dufek, George J. Through the ference of 1919: organization and procedure.

| frozen frontier. N.Y. and Toronto, 1959. See AH134. |

AF247. Frazier, Paul W. Antarctic assault. AF260. Binkley, Robert C. “Ten years of

N.Y., 1958. ' peace conference history.” Journal of mod-

.. AF248, Siple, Paul. 90 degrees south: the ern history, 1 (Dec. 1929): 607-29. story of the American South Pole conquest. AF261. ——. “New light on the Paris

800 Guide to Historical Literature , peace conference.” Political science quar- of Military History.] Brief account with terly, 46 (Sep. and Dec. 1931): 335-61, photographs of the war.

509-47. AF276. Gugeler, Russell A. Combat acAF262. Birdsall, Paul. “The second decade __tions in Korea. Washington, 1954. Study of of peace conference history.” Journal of infantry, artillery, and armor units in the

modern history, 15 (Sep. 1939): 362-78. war. |

This and the two preceding articles are AF277, Montross, Lynn, and Nicholas A. exceHent evaluations of writers on the Paris Canzona. Marine operations in Korea, 1950-

| peace conference. 1953. V. 1, The Pusan perimeter. Washington, 1954. [United States Marine Corps.]

The League of Nations AF278. Montross, Lynn. Cavalry of the

| sky:AF263. theWalters, story of United States marine comFrancis P. A history of bat helicopters. N.Y., 1954. Stresses imthe League of Nations. See AH306. portance of the helicopter in the war.

| AF264. Zimmern, Sir Alfred E. The AF279, Vatcher, William H. Panmunjom: League of Nations and the rule of law, the story of the Korean military armistice

: 1918-1935. See AH307. negotiations. N.Y., 1958. The author’s atten-

tion is narrowly focused, giving a sharp, clear

United Nations picture, with broader implications left largely

| to the reader. [GFH]

AF265. Goodrich, Leland M., and Edvard AF280. Whitney, Courtney. MacArthur: I. Hambro. Charter of the United Nations: his rendezvous with history. N.Y., 1956. An commentary and documents. See 4H357. admiring biography written by a close assoAF266. Goodrich, Leland M. The United ciate and former staff officer; not objective.

Nations. N.Y., 1959. AF281. Willoughby, Charles A., and John Chamberlain. MacArthur, 1941-1951. N.Y.,

Korea 1954. An admiring, partisan account of MacArthur’s career.

AF267. McCune, George M., and Arthur

L. Grey, Jr. Korea today. Cambridge, Mass., The North Atlantic Treaty 1950. Comprehensive history of Korea. | AF268. Osgood, Cornelius B. The Koreans AF282. Royal Institute of International and their culture. N.Y., 1951. Excellent Affairs. Atlantic alliance: NATO’s role in

study of the history and culture of the the free world. Comp. by Donald Mc- ,

Koreans from their origins through the im- Lachlan. N.Y., 1952. Excellent report of the | pact of United States-Russian occupation. aims, organization, and achievements of AF269. Goodrich, Leland M. Korea: a NATO by a Chatham House study group.

See AH259. — Atomic Energy AF270. Meade, Edward G. American mili- : || study of U. S. policy in the United Nations.

tary government in Korea. N.Y., 1951. AF283. Smyth, Henry D. Atomic energy Deals with the period prior to the Korean for military purposes. Princeton, 1945. De-

War. tailed, authoritative ment account of the developof the atomic bomb.

, Korean War AF284. Wendt, Gerald. Atomic energy and the hydrogen bomb. N.Y., 1950. Clear, AF271. Dean, William F. General Dean’s concise discussion of the development and

| story. N.Y., 1954. Graphic description of potentialities of nuclear energy.

| the capture of the United States 24th Divi- AF285. Schurr, Sam H., and Jacob

sion’s commander and his experiences of Marschak, eds. Economic aspects of atomic

three years in captivity. power. Princeton, 1950. A_ scholarly exAF272. Marshall, Samuel L. A. The river — ploratory study.

and the gauntlet: the defeat of the Eighth - AF286. Hersey, John R. Hiroshima. N.Y.,

Army by the Chinese Communist forces. 1946. Vivid account of the dropping of

N.Y., 1953. Graphic account. the first atomic bomb in World War II.

: AF273. Karig, Walter, and others. The

' . . war in Korea. N.Y., 1952. An account pre- Science and Technology States navy and marine corps actions. AF287. Elbers, Gerald W., and Paul

pared from official sources of the United , AF274. Thomas, Robert C. W. The war Duncan, eds. Scientific revolution: challenge

in Korea, 1950-1953. Aldershot, Eng., 1954. and promise. Washington, 1959. | A brief military history of the war. AF288. Benton, Mildred. Literature of AF275. Miller, John, Jr., and others. space science and exploration. Washington,

Korea, 1951-1953. Washington, 1956. [De- 1958. A basic bibliography. [GFH]

partment of the United States Army, Office AF289. Spitz, Armand N., and Frank

Recent History : 801 Gaynor. Dictionary of astronomy and astro- 1926-28. The unpublished personal papers

nautics. N.Y., 1959. of a close associate of President Wilson. |

- AF290. Alperin, Morton, and others, eds. AF304. Miller, David H. My diary at the Vistas in astronautics. N.Y., 1958 ff. Pro- conference of Paris: with documents. See

ceedings of annual symposia sponsored by AH149. a | a subdivision of the Office of Scientific AF305. Lansing, Robert. War memoirs. } Research, U.S. Air Force. [GFH] N.Y., 1935. An account by the United :

, AF291. Taylor, Frank S. History of in- States secretary of state. dustrial chemistry. N.Y., 1957. Broad in AF306. Lloyd George, David. Memoirs of , ,

scope, episodic, and lucid. [GFH] the peace conference. See AH/J/31.

| AF307. Clemenceau, Georges E. B.

, settlement.

Economic Problems of Europe, Grandeur and misery of victory. N.Y., 1930.

1918-1939 The French premier’s discussion of the peace

AR292. Keynes, John Maynard. The. eco- AF308. Nicolson, Harold G. Peacemaking, nomic consequences of the peace. London, 1919. See AH135

1919. A prophetic criticism of the economic ° , | AF293. Mantoux, Etienne. The Carthagin- Great Britain and Ireland ian peace: or, the economic consequences . ) . of Mr. Keynes. See 4H132. | AF309. Guedalla, Philip. Mr. Churchill: sections of the Versailles treaty. : .

a AF294, Burnett, Philip M. Reparation at 4 Portrait. London, 1941. Perhaps the best the Paris peace conference. See AJ48. __ biography of this world figure. ; _ AF295. Baruch, Bernard M. The making AF310. Feiling, Keith G. The life of

of the reparation and economic sections of | Neville Chamberlain. London, 1946. Symthe treaty. N.Y., 1920. An account by one pathetic but not uncritical. Extensive quota-

of the United States economic advisers at tions from Chamberlain’s diaries and letters.

the conference. AF311. Steed, Henry W. The real Stanley . Baldwin. London, 1930. Eulogistic study of ‘World Depression | the “enigmatic” Baldwin.

AF312. Tiltman, Hubert H. J. Ramsay | AF296. Robbins, Lionel C. The great de- MacDonald: labour’s man of destiny. Lonpression. London, 1934. Illuminating study don, 1929. An authoritative, documented

from the point of view of an “orthodox” account. |

economist. AF313. Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Eden: the AF297. Schumpeter, Joseph A. Business making of a statesman. N.Y., 1955. Good cycles: a theoretical, historical and statistical for career, but does not disclose the per-

analysis of the capitalist process. 2 v. N.Y., sonality of the man. |

1939. Monumental work by a distinguished AF314. MacManus, M. J. Eamon de

economist. | | Valera. Dublin, 1944. A laudatory biography. : AF298. Keynes, John Maynard. The general theory of employment, imterest and France money. London, 1936. The standard exposi-

tion of a compensatory fiscal policy. AF315. Gaulle, Charles de. The call to . honour, 1940-1942. N.Y., 1955. Important

World War II World War II. AF299. Ellis, Howard S. The economics AF316. Mallet, Alfred. Pierre Laval. 2 v. Economic Problems of Europe since contribution to the history of France and

of freedom. See A//73.. » Paris, 1955. Biography written by a close

AF300. Mason, Henry L. The European @SSOciate of Laval. ; : supranationalism. See 4H416. poet to premier. N.Y., 1937. Written by a

Coal and Steel Community: experiment in AF317. Stokes, Richard L. Léon Blum:

AF301. Brown, William A., Jr., and United States journalist. ,

See | | -E. Spain AF302.All66. Harris, Seymour The European ,

Redvers Opie. American foreign assistance.

recovery program. Cambridge, Mass., 1948. AF318. Coles, Sydney F. A. Franco of

, Analysis by a United States economist of Spain. London, 1955. Based on extensive use :

the Marshall plan. , of published and unpublished documents.

BIOGRAPHIES AND MEMOIRS | Italy Paris Peace Settlement, 1919 | AF319. Megaro, Gaudens. Mussolini in AF303. The intimate papers of Colonel the making. See VE202. :

House. Ed. by Charles Seymour. 4 v. Boston, AF320. Pini, Giorgio. The official life of

802 Guide to Historical Literature Benito Mussolini. London, 1939. Written by Poland an Italian Fascist journalist.

AF321. Ciano, Count Galeazzo. Hidden AF335. Reddaway, William F. Marshal

diary, 1937-1938. Tr. by Andreas Mayor. Pilsudski. London, 1939. A competent study.

To be used with care. | N.Y., 1953. Ciano’s diary with entries run- | |

ning from Aug. 23, 1937 to the end of 1938. Czechoslovakia oo

| AF322. ——. The Ciano diaries, 1939- _ AF 336. Masaryk, Thomas G. The making

, 1943. See VE216 and AH210. of a state. N.Y., 1927. Indispensable for an

AF323. ——. Ciano’s diplomatic papers. understanding of the philosophy of CzechoEd. by Malcolm Muggeridge. London, 1948. slovakia’s first president, and his experiences A record of nearly 200 diplomatic conversa- 2% reflections in the course of gaining world tions of Ciano, held during the years 1936-42, Tecosnition for the Czechoslovak cause.

, plus important memoranda, letters, and ,, *¥337- Cohen, Victor S. The life and

telegrams. This is a supplement to the above- ™eS Of Masaryk, the president-liberator: mentioned diaries, and was published under @ biographical study of central Europe since the title L’Europa verso la catastrofe (Milan 1848. N.Y, 1941. Contains valuable source

1947). > material. | Mann Street, Cecil J. C. President

: asaryk. London, 1930. An interesting, Germany pathetic account. symaad AF324. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. Wooden AF339. Benes, Edvard. Memoirs: from

, titan: Hindenburg in twenty years of Ger- Munich to new war and new victory. Lon-

man history, 1914-1934. See VF/83. don, 1954. An indispensable work. | AF325. Bullock, Alan L. C. Hitler: a study AF340. Mackenzie, Sir Compton. Dr.

in tyranny. See VF 208. | } Benes. See W416. AF326. Heiden, Konrad. Der Fuehrer: |

Hitler’s rise to power. Boston, 1944. Excel- Yugoslavia ent.

AF327. Sutton, Eric, ed. and tr. Gustav AF341. Dedijer, Vladimir. Tito speaks: , Stresemann: his diaries, letters, and papers. Dis self-portrait and struggle with Stalin. — 3-v. N.Y., 1935-40. Illuminating on Weimar ondon, 1953. An authorized biography.

| western powers. Turkey AF328. Scheidemann, Philipp. Th i .

| Germany’s diplomatic relations with the

of new Germany. 2 v. NY 1999. Schelde AF342. Mikusch, Dagobert von. Mustapha mann’s Memoirs; important source for period Kemal. Garden City, 1931. Detailed biog-

of Weimar republic. raphy based upon Turkish and western

Boston, 1954. i | :

| AF329. Peterson, Edward N. Hjalmar ‘5OUrCES. Schacht: for and against Hitler: a political-

economic study of Germany, 1923-1945. Greece

Hitler’s lone cma a acrount t career of AF343. Alastos, Doros. Venizelos: patriot,

| AF330. Trevor-Roper, Hugh R. The last statesman, revolutionary. London, 1942.

days of Hitler. See VF209. Sympathetic, but not uncritical.

AF331. Hassell, Ulrich von. The von ,

- Hassell diaries, 1938-1944, N.Y., 1947. Im- Soviet Russia |

: portant source by a former member of the | German diplomatic corps. a AF344, Lenin, Vladimir I. Selected works. 12 v. London, 1936-39. An indispensable - Austria source, AF345. Shub, David. Lenin. N.Y., 1948. : AF332. Gregory, John D. Dollfuss and his Scholarly, readable work.

times. London, 1935. Based on public sources AF346. Marcu, Valeriu. Lenin. N.Y.,

and personal interviews. Extensive bibliog- 1928. Philosophical. | raphy. _ AF347. Vernadsky, George. Lenin, red AF333. Schuschnigg, Kurt von. My _ dictator. New Haven, 1931. Scholarly, criti-

| Austria. N.Y., 1938. A statement of Schusch- cal account.

nigg’s credo and of Austria’s post-World ~ AF348. Trotskii, Lev. My life. N.Y., 1930.

War I history. Brilliantly-written autobiography.

AF334. ——. Austrian requiem. N.Y., AF349. Deutscher, Isaac. The prophet | 1946. Another account by the former chan- armed: Trotsky, 1879-1921; the prophet uncellor of Austria. The story of his dealings armed: Trotsky, 1921-1929. N.Y., 1954, :

with Hitler, his imprisonment, and his libera- 1959.

tion by United States troops is recorded. AF350. ——. Stalin: a political biography. :

Recent History 803

~AF351. raphy. - ington, 1952. are Stalin, Iosif V. Works. 13 v. i7 . N.Y., 1949. A scholarly, well-written biog- ical parties in Germany, 1945-1952. Wash-

London, 1953. An indispensable source. Trials of Nazi War Criminals -

AF352. Wolfe, Bertram D. Three who : : ,

made a revolution. N.Y., 1948. 2nd ed., AF359, International Military Tribunal.

1956. Excellent study of the pre-revolution Trial of the major war criminals before the careers of Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin. International Military Tribunal, 1945-1946.

,_aAF360. 42 v. Niirnberg, , ——. Trials1947-49. of war criminals,

GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS 1946-1949. 16 v. Niirnberg, 1946-53. |

- - Treaty Foreign of Versailles :| | British Policy |

AF353. U. S. Department of State. Papers relating to the foreign relations of the United AF361. Woodward, Ernest L., and Rohan States. Paris peace conference, 1919. 13 v. Butler, eds. Documents on British foreign

Washington, 1942-47. policy, 1919-1939. See AH/19. |

AF354, ———. The Lansing papers, 1914— |

2 v. Washington, 1939.

1920. Ed. and annotated by James S. Biddle. | Korean War | AF362. U. S. Department of State. Korea, , German Foreign Policy 1945 to 1948. Washington, 1948. [Far East- | ern series, 28.]

AF355. A valuable selection of documents AF363. The United States and the Korean

from the captured archives of the German problem: documents, 1943-1953. Washing-

foreign ministry are being published jointly ton, 1953. [Senate document 74, 83rd Cong.,

by a group of United States, British, and 1st Sess.] : German. The United States edition, ed. by States policy in the Korean crisis. Washing- |

_ French scholars in English, French, and AF364. U. S. Department of State. United

Raymond J. Sontag and others, is appearing ton, 1950. [Far Eastern series, 34.] under the title U. S. Department of State, AF365. ——-. The conflict in Korea. WashSeries D, Documents on German foreign ington, 1951. [Far Eastern series, 45.]

policy, 1918-1945, from the archives of the AF366. U. S. Department of the Army. German foreign ministry (Washington, 1949 | Korea, 1950. Washington, 1952. ff.). The following volumes have been pub- AF367. United Nations. Department of

lished: 1, From Neurath to Ribbentrop Public Information. Korea and the United

(September 1937-September 1938); 2, Ger- Nations. Lake Success, 1950. . ] many and Czechoslovakia, 1937-1938; 3,

Germany and the Spanish civil war, 1936— Atomic Energy | 1939; 4, The aftermath of Munich (October : | 1938-March 1939); 5, Poland; the Balkans; AF368. U. S. Department of State. InterLatin America; the smaller powers (June national control of atomic energy. 3 v. Wash- 7

1937-March 1939); 6, The last months of ington, 1946-47. © peace (March-August 1939); 7, The last AF369. -———. Report on the international : days of peace (August 9-September 3, 1939); control of atomic energy. Washington, 1946.

8, The war years (September 4, 1939-March AF370. Joint Committee on Atomic 18, 1940); 9, The war years (March 18- Energy. Hydrogen bomb and _ international June 22, 1940); 10, The war years (June control. Washington, 1950. [81st Cong., 2nd

23-August 31, 1940). Sess. ] :

: Nazi War Plans UNIVERSITY, ACADEMY, AND | SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS AF356. United States Chief of Counsel

for the Prosecution of Axis Criminality. The following organizations and instituNazi conspiracy and aggression. 8 v. and 2 tions sponsor the publication of works relat- |

sup. Washington, 1946-48. ing to world affairs.

The American Academy of Political and

Occupation of Germany - Social Science (Philadelphia) issues (AF371)

| The annals (1890 ff.) bimonthly. Each vol- |

AF357. U. S. Department of State. Oc- ume is a symposium devoted to a particular . cupation of Germany: policy and progress, subject, and also contains an excellent book 1945-1946. Washington, 1947 [European department with critical comments on new

series, 23.] literature in all fields of the social and politAF358. Office of United States High Com- _ ical sciences. | :

missioner for Germany. Elections and polit- The Brookings Institution (Washington) :

804 Guide to Historical Literature , publishes books and monographs on perti- tion publishes also the bimonthly (AF378) nent economic, political, social, and interna- Headline series of pamphlets, which are

tional problems. monographs written for the general public The Carnegie Endowment for International on individual countries or on pertinent cur-

Peace (Washington) publishes numerous rent questions. books and pamphlets. One is the (AF372) The Royal Institute of International Affairs International conciliation series of pamphlets (London): publishes a journal, (AF379) ,

(mostly documents) which were begun as a__ International affairs (1922 ff., quarterly). It - monthly in 1907 by the Association for Inter- also publishes (AF380) The world today national Conciliation, but since 1924 have (1945 ff., monthly),-a small journal which been published by the Division of Inter- supersedes an earlier Bulletin of international course and Education (New York) of the news; a small leaflet, (AF381) Chronology

Carnegie Endowment. Since 1955 these of international events (1945 ff.), published |

pamphlets have been issued five times a year. twice a month; and, beginning with Jan. Books and pamphlets are also published by 1954, a mimeographed leaflet (AF382) the Carnegie Endowment’s Division of Inter- Calendar and texts of documents on international Law (New York) and its Division national affairs. Besides these serial publicaof Economics and History (New York). tions, Oxford University Press publishes for The Council on Foreign Relations (New the Royal Institute (AF383) Survey of inter- | York) publishes the quarterly periodical national affairs, edited by Arnold Toynbee (AF373) Foreign affairs (1922 ff.), and and others. This series of volumes, begun in

from time to time volumes on special inter- 1925, was suspended during the years of .

national questions. World War II and resumed in 1951.

Harper and Brothers (New York) publish ~The Russian Institute at Columbia Unifor the Council on Foreign Relations the versity and the Russian Research Center of (AF374) Political handbook of the world Harvard University publish studies con-

| (1927 ff., annual) and (AF375) The United cerning the Soviet Union and the countries

States in world affairs (1932 ff., annual). in its orbit. .

(AF376) Documents on American foreign The Middle East Institute (Washington) relations were published from 1939 to 1952 publishes (AF384) The Middle East journal

by or for the World Peace Foundation (Bos- (1947 ff., quarterly). |

| ton), but subsequent volumes have been pub- The University of Colorado publishes the

lished by Harper for the Council on Foreign (AF385) Journal of central European affairs Relations. (1941 ff., quarterly). The Foreign Policy Association (New The Mid-European Studies Center and the

| York) has published since 1951 a semi- National Committee for a Free Europe (New

monthly leaflet, (AF377) Foreign policy bul- York) issue (AF386) News from behind the

letin, which replaces its former weekly Iron Curtain (1952 ff., monthly) and numerBulletin and its larger fortnightly Foreign ous studies of countries of the Soviet Union

_ policy reports. The Foreign Policy Associa- orbit. ,

| , ~ SECTION AG BASIL H. LIDDELL HART * and HUGH M. COLE

No exhaustive bibliography has been published for either of the world wars. The largest specialized collections of printed works on both are contained in the

holdings of the Imperial War Museum (London) and the Hoover Library at ‘Stanford University. Incomplete but useful bibliographies for World War I will be found in the early check lists published by the Bibliotheque de documentation

internationale contemporaine et musée de la Grande Guerre (Paris, 1926 ff.), | and the Catalogo bibliografico della Guerra Mondiale 1914-1918 (Milan, 1939), published by the Museo del Risorgimento Nazionale. See also AGIJI and AG16, below. The principal specialist periodicals are Revue de histoire de la Guerre Mondiale and Revue de lhistoire de la Il@ Guerre Mondiale.

, WORLD WAR I | OFFICIAL HISTORIES Australia All the major World War I combatants AGI. Australia. Official history of Aus- | (except Russia) have published official his- ‘talia in the war of 1914-18. 12 v. Sydney, tories which give an account of land, air, 1921-42. A well-written, detailed account.

and seaaccounts operations from official records. Austria | These vary in their level of detail, | . the ratio of narrative to documents, and their AG2. Austria, Kriegsarchiv. Oesterreich-

reliability. In a number of cases a series is Ungarn’s letzter Krieg, 1914-18. 8 v. Vienna, | Incomplete. The U.S.S.R. began work on 1931-38. Probably the best and most un-

12 volumes in 1930, but this series (if com- biased of the general staff histories. |

pleted) is not available to western scholars. . A few monographs have been published by Bavaria

the War-Historical Division of the General AG3. Bavaria. Heeresarchiv. Die Bayern Staff of the Red Army and The Secretariat im Grossen Kriege 1914-18. 2 v. Munich, of the History. of the Civil War. Despite the 14923.

“official” character of these national his- Canada ; ,

tories, they all must be regarded as basic to

the serious study of military operations in AG4. Canada. Dept. of National Defence.

World War I. Official history of the Canadian forces in

! 805 | , ee

* The following assisted in planning and preparing this section: Michael E. Howard, George O. | . Kent, and William Wiseley.

806 Guide to Historical Literature the Great War, 1914-18. Ottawa, 1938. Only 1919. 17 v. Washington, 1948-50. Collecv. 1 (2 bks.), covering the period 1914-15, tion of documents interspersed with some

| has been published. - narrative on major operations in which the A.E.F. took part. Little analysis of events

tok maps.

France or of the role of personalities. Contains no AGS, France. Ministere de Guerre. Les AG13. U. S. American Battle Monuments armeées francaises dans la Grande Guerre. (Commission. Summary of operations in the Paris, 1922 ff. To date 11 v. in 23 plus 56 World War. Washington, 1944. A series of

v. of appendices have been published. Vol- — short divisional histories.

umes planned on the French air force have | not appeared, and there are gaps in the army

coverage for 1918. Attention is focused on : GENERAL HISTORIES - the higher commands. The series consists AG14. Churchill, Winston S. The world largely of documents. Untrustworthy. _ crisis. 4 v. London, 1923-28. Highly percep_ tive; very readable. Must be read with care

Germany when dealing with events in which the author

. . _ participated. See also Lord Sydenham and

k AG6, Germany. Reichsarchiv. Der Welt others, The world crisis: a criticism (Lonrieg 1914 bis 1918. 14 v. Berlin, 1925-43. don, 1928) Attempts to combine diplomacy, economics, AGIS. Cruttwell Charles R. M. F. A and social aspects with army operations. history of the Great War, 1914-1918. Oxford, The first 11 v. are relatively unbiased. The 1934

proof copy of v. 14, heavily censored, has "446, Liddell Hart, Basil H. A history . pcen o norostated and a copy is in the of the World War, 1914-1918. London and AGT. _ Schl achten des Weltkrieges Boston, 1934. Both this and AGI5 are well- —

_ ' ;and itten, use the1924 best Berlin Oldenburg, ff. available Very useful sources, wit ‘ ae aesand and detailed treatment of individual battles ve well’ alanced. The bibliography in acls

or Operations, based on regimental histories works on World War I J

and personal contributions by participants. AGI7. Kuhl Hermann J. von. Der Welt-

An important collection. _ krieg, 1914-1918. 2 v. Berlin, 1929. Com-

Italy , petent and well-informed.

AG8. Italy, Esercito. L’esercito italiano ALLIED COMMAND PROBLEMS

nella Grande Guerra. 8 v. Rome, 1927-32. } . Stops with 1917. AGI18. Callwell, Sir Charles E. Experiences

of a dug-out. London, 1920. Revealing about

New Zealand Kitchener’s period in the British War Office.

AG19. Charteris, John. At G. H. Q. Lon_ AG9. Official history of New Zealand’s don, 1931. Remarkably frank account of the |

effort in the Great War. 4 v. Auckland, war in France from the viewpoint of the

1921--23. , British G.H.Q.; in diary form by Haig’s chief intelligence officer.

Union of South Africa AG20. King, Jere C. Generals and politi-

; ] cians: conflict between France’s high com-

AG10. South Afr ica. General Staff. The mand, parliament and government, 1914— Union of South Africa and the Great War, 4918, Berkeley, 1951. A comprehensive ex-

1914-1918. Pretoria, 1924. amination of the evidence. . . AG21. Painlevé, Paul. Comment jai United Kingdom nommé Fech et Pétain. Paris, 1924. IlumiHistorical Section of the Committee emer by the war minister and, later, ofAGII. Imperial Defence. History of the Great - . |

by 9 ° . )

War. London, 1920 ff. Gee items in various grand Guartion ebaéral aad anon nt 990. subsections below.) Thirty-two volumes have Critical inside view with significant disbeen published on army operations ne all closures. Pays tribute to Pétain’s realism and theaters. As a rule these are well-written effect

and moderately critical in their analyses; . 4: .

: most have useful and annotated bibliog- anh oe eo mertsons L 1918, H am R. Soldiers

raphies. 1926. Reflective survey of Britain’s strategy, , strong “Westerner” who clashed with Lloyd

AG12. U. S. Department of the Army. George. United States Army in the World War, 1917- AG24. Spears, Edward L. Liaison, 1914:

The World Wars | 807 a narrative of the great retreat. London, portant explanations and revelations, particu-

1930. This and AG25 contain vivid and larly about the 1917-18 campaigns. a caustic analyses of liaison difficulties be- AG35. Kabisch, Ernst. Somme, 1916.

1939. battles. :

tween the French and British. Berlin, 1937. This and AG36—-38 are good

AG25. ——. Prelude to victory. London, brief and balanced monographs on these

AG26. Oehmichen. Essai sur la doctrine AG36. ——. Die Marneschlacht, 1914.

: de la guerre des coalitions: la direction de Berlin, 1934. |

- Ja guerre. Paris, 1927. Authoritative study AG37. ———. Verdun. Berlin, 1935. by a participant in the French General Staff AG38. ——-. Michael: die grosse Schlacht reorganization designed to coordinate Allied in Frankreich. Berlin, 1935.

operations. | AG39. Lanrezac, Charles L. M. Le plan | For this and the next section see also the de campagne francais et le premier mois de

relevant memoirs. - Ja guerre. Paris, 1920. Important disclosures and corrections of Joffre’s version of events,

CENTRAL POWERS COMMAND ay commander of the French left wing

PROBLEMS AG40. Liggett, Hunter. A. E. F.: ten years AG27. Falkenhayn, Erich G. A. S. von. ago in France. N.Y., 1928. Broad account, General headquarters, 1914-1916, and its Wéll-balanced and reflective, by Pershing’s critical decisions. Eng. tr., London, 1919. chief subordinate commander. ,

Important as the account of the directing AGAI. Great Britain. Committee of Immind of German strategy from 1914 to 1916, perial Defence. Military operations, France | but the impersonal manner of writing is 284 Belgium, 1914-1918. By Sir J. E.

misleading. Edmonds and others. 14 v. London, 1927-48. AG28. Ritter, Gerhard. The Schlieffen plan. Able and detailed analysis of operations; but

Eng. tr. London, 1958. The best analysis, — the editing, especially of later volumes, frewith full text of the successive drafts. Goes ently twists the record due to regard for to the root of the German failure in 1914. patriotic interests and c ommanders reputaAG29. Hoffmann, Max. The war of lost tions. Very misfeading in its computation of opportunities. London, 1924. Tr. of Der ermman Casualties, | Krieg der. versiumten Gelegenheiten (Mu- AGA2. Wendt, Hermann. _ Verdun, 1916. nich, 1923). Invaluable mixture of remi- Berlin, 1931. AC re-examination of Falkenniscences and criticism of the German hayn’s Strategy in 1916, based in part on leadership, by the ablest German staff officer, UDPublished French and German sources. AG30. Ludendorff, Erich F. The general AG43. Palat, Barthélemy E. | (pseud. Pierre

staff and its problems. 2 v. London and Lehautcourt). La Grande Guerre sur le front | N.Y. 1920. Tr. of Urkunden der obersten occidental. 14 v. Paris, 1917-29. Fullest ac| _Heeresleitung (Berlin, 1920). An apologia, count of French operations on the western but illuminating. Numerous documents bear- front. Valuable only if used critically. , ing on critical decisions, and relations be- AG44, Wynne, Graeme C. If Germany

: tween the civil and military authorities. attacks. London, 1940. Good analysis of

AG31. Lutz, Ralph H., ed. The causes of German battle methods on the western front. the German collapse in 1918. Stanford, 1934. Critical comments on British command were

[Hoover War Library publications, 4.] Dis- 4eleted on publication. ,

passionate analysis of military and political |

| events, drawn from the official German THE EASTERN FRONT —— “™NG32. Stuerekh, Joseph M. A. Im deutsch. AG4S. Churchill, Winston S. The world en grossen Hauptquartier. Leipzig, 1921. crisis: the eastern front. London, 1931. Best

| : - Danilov, Iurii N.

Interesting account of the first ten months ete D to the subiect N. Russian d im ane man headquarters by an Austrian staff Weltkriege 1914-1915. Jena, 1923. Good on Russian preparations and first battles. AG47, Golovin, Nikolai N. The Russian

THE WESTERN FRONT army in the World War. New Haven, 1931.

Useful as background. |

AG33. Bruchmiiller, Georg. Die deutsche AG48. Francois, Hermann K. B. von. TanArtillerie in den Durchbruchschlachten des nenberg: das Cannae des Weltkrieges. LeipWeltkrieges. Berlin, 1922. Best work on the zig, 1927. Essential supplement and correcrole of the artillery arm in World War I. See _ tion to Ludendorff’s account.

also other books by this author. AG49. La Grande Guerre, relation de

_ ° AG34. Gough, Sir Hubert. The Fifth [état-major russe. Tr. by Edouard Cha-

_ Army.. London, 1931. Good apologia by a pouilly. Paris, 1926. Translation of two vol-. much criticized army commander, with im- umes prepared in 1919 by survivors of the

808 Guide to Historical Literature Russian general staff and published in AG64. Edmonds, Sir James E., and Henry

Moscow. B. Davies. Military operations: Italy, 191519. London, 1949. [U.K. official history.]

THE NEAR EAST The British part.

AG65. Falls, Cyril B. Military opera-

. AG50. Hamilton, Sir Ian S. M. Gallipoli tions: Macedonia. 2 v. London, 1933-35. diary. 2 v. London, 1920. An extraordinarily [U.K. official history.] A fine piece of milivivid picture of a campaign from the com-_ tary history, though in some respects too

mander’s viewpoint. discreet in its exposition of the evidence.

| AGS51. Kannengiesser, Hans. The campaign AG66. Geloso, Carlo. La campagna

in Gallipoli. Eng. tr., London, 1928. Valuable austro-serba del 1914. Rome, 1948. An out-

supplement from the defender’s viewpoint, line of the campaign during August-

revealing weakness of defense and attacker’s | December. _ - missed opportunities.

AG52. Lawrence, Thomas E. Seven pillars NAVAL AND MARITIME a

of wisdom. London, 1935. Highly personal

work of the highest literary merit, but to be AG67. Corbett, Sir Julian S., and Sir

used with caution as a source. Henry Newbolt. Naval operations. 5 v. AGS53. Moorehead, Alan M. Gallipoli. Lon- London, 1920-31. This and AG68-69 are

don and N.Y., 1956. Well-written analysis the naval volumes of the British official based on official and other sources. _ History of the Great War. Good and wellAGS54. Liman von Sanders, Otto V. K. written. Five years in Turkey. Annapolis, Md., 1927. AG68. Fayle, Charles E. Seaborne trade. Essential to any study of German command 3 v. London, 1920-24.

| relations with their Turkish allies. AG69. Hurd, Sir Archibald S. The mer-

AGS55. Townshend, Sir Charles. My cam- chant navy. 3 v. London, 1921-29.

paign in Mesopotamia. London, 1920. An AG70. Harper, John E. T. The truth about apologia, but of particular interest in its Jutland. London, 1927. Excellent detailed exposition of a commander’s conscious ap- account of the battle of Jutland and a

plication of Napoleonic principles. strong defense of Jellicoe.

AG56. Aspinall-Oglander, Cecil F. Mili- AG71. Jellicoe, John R., viscount. The

| tary operations, Gallipoli. 2 v. London, 1929— _— grand fleet, 1914-1916. London, 1919. Good 32. Unusually frank and enlightening offi- description of the British and German navies,

cial history, written by one of the ablest and of the battle of Jutland.

staff officers who took part. AG72. Germany. Marinearchiv. Der Krieg

AG57. MacMunn, Sir George F., and zur See. 16 v. Berlin, 1921-38. The German

, | Cyril Falls. Military operations, Egypt and official history. Earlier volumes are more

Palestine. 2 v. London, 1928-30. Another accurate and show less signs of “editing” good example of official history, though than those which appeared after the rise of inclined to glide over faults of execution. Hitler. AG58. Moberly, Frederick J. The cam- AG73. Scheer, Reinhard. Deutschlands paign in Mesopotamia, 1914-1918. 4 v. Lon- Hochseeflotte im Weltkrieg. Berlin, 1920. Tr.,

don, 1923-27. Also of good quality. Germany’s high seas fleet in the World War,

AG59. Larcher, Maurice. La guerre turque London and N.Y., 1920. Partisan account

dans la Guerre Mondiale. See S/32. and apologia by the chief of staff of the : AG60. Wavell, Archibald P. The Palestine German navy.

campaigns. London, 1928. Best short ac- AG74. Sims, William S., and Burton J. count of this area, well-written and well- Hendrick. The victory at sea. N.Y., 1920.

balanced, but restrained in analysis. History of United States naval operations. AG61. Wilson, Sir Arnold T. Loyalties: | Makes use of official sources.

Mesopotamia, 1914-1917. London, 1930. AG75. Gibson, Richard H., and Maurice

a Lively but partisan account of the Meso- Prendergast. The German submarine war,

potamian campaigns. 1914-1918. London, 1931. Detailed descrip-

tion based on German and English sources.

ITALY AND MACEDONIA

_ AIR alla AND. TECHNICAL AG62. Cadorna, Luigi. La guerra -

| fronte Italiana. 2 v. Milan, 1921. Glosses AC76. Groves, Percy R. C. Behind the.

over Italian defeats and magnifies the vic- smoke screen. London, 1934. Important tories. revelations about the use and misuse of AG63. Sarrail, Maurice P. E. Mon com- _ British airpower. |

mandement en Orient (1916-1918). Paris, AG77. Ritter, Hans. Der Luftkrieg. Berlin 1920. French side of the Allied controversy and Leipzig, 1926. Description of: developOver command and political responsibility ment of the German air force. Noteworthy

in the Macedonian command. observations on air strategy and tactics.

The World Wars 809 AG78. Raleigh, Sir Walter A., and Henry AG90. Consett, Montagu W. W. P., and | A. Jones. The war in the air. 7 v. London, O. H. Daniel. The triumph of unarmed 1922-37. A high level of official history. forces, 1914-1918. London, 1923. Critique

AG79, Fuller, John F. C. Memoirs of an of British blockade regulations. | ,

unconventional soldier. London, 1936. A AG91,. Hirst, Francis W. The consequences vivid and caustic account of the struggle to of the war to Great Britain. London, 1934. obtain effective use of tank potentialities, A social and political as well as an economic —

written by the chief staff officer of the war- evaluation. |

time tank corps, and a prophet of mechanized AG9®2. March, Peyton C. The nation at.

wattfare. war. N.Y., 1932. Very candid account, with

AG80. Liddell Hart, B. H. The tanks. ably marshalled facts and figures, of the | - 2 v. London and N.Y., 1959. History of | United States war effort. Severely criticizes i the British tank arm and its part in develop- Pershing. ment of mechanized warfare. Written with AG93. Crowell, Benedict, and Robert F. access to Official records, but not under Wilson. The armies of industry. 2 v. New

official control. Haven, 1921. This and AG94 tell the story AG81. Swinton, Sir Ernest D. Eyewitness. of United States war effort on the home London, 1932. Account of the birth and front, making use of official sources.

development of the British tank arm, by its AG94, ———. The road to France. 2 v. | progenitor. | New Haven, 1921. AG82. Foulkes, Charles H. “Gas!’’: the AG95. Great Britain. War Office. Statistics

- gtory of the special brigade. London, 1934. of the military effort of the British empire Sheds light on the development of chemical during the Great War, 1914-1920. London,

warfare. | | 1922.

AG83. Schwarte, Max, ed. Die Technik AG96. Mitchell, Thomas J., and G. M.

im Weltkrieg. Berlin, 1920. Encyclopedic Smith. Medical services: casualties and medi-

treatment of war matériel and the applica- cal statistics of the Great War. London,

tions of technology, prepared by specialists. 1931. AG97. Toubert, Joseph H. Le service de

WAR AIMS, PSYCHOLOGICAL santé militaire au grand quartier général WARFARE, ETC. | francais (1918~-1919) suivi de documents de

statistique concernant Ila Guerre Mondiale AGS84. Gatzke, Hans W. Germany’s drive et aprés-guerre. Paris, 1934. to the west: a study of Germany’s western

war aims during the First World War. Balti- BIOGRAPHIES AND more, 1950. Useful study of German war AUTOBIOGRAPHIES aims and the obstacles they imposed. to

peace-making. The memoir and biographical literature

AG85. Lasswell, Harold D. Prepaganda of World War I has reached almost unmantechnique in the World War. N.Y., 1927. A ageable proportions. Titles of published mem_ sharply critical analysis of the Allied use of _oirs on the first battle of the Marne alone

propaganda. now run to several printed pages. Listed

AG86. Ponsonby, Arthur. Falsehood in below are some of the more important works wartime. London, 1928. A severe criticism on World War I personalities. and exposure of British propaganda methods. AG98. Wavell, Sir Archibald P. Allenby. AG87. Read, James M. Atrocity propa- 2 v. London, 1940-43. ganda, 1914-19. New Haven, 1941. Scholarly AG99, Galet, Emile J. Albert, king of the

and illuminating study. Belgians. N.Y., 1931. |

| AG100. Overstraeten, Raoul F. C. van, ed. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL The war diaries of Albert I, king of the Belgians. London, 1954.

AG88. Shotwell, James T., ed. Economic AG101. Asquith, Herbert H., earl of

and social history of the World War. New Oxford and. Memories and reflections, 1852Haven, 1936 ff. [Carnegie Endowment for 1927. 2 v. London, 1928.

International Peace.] This multi-volume work AG102. Palmer, Frederick L. Newton D. |

is divided into country series covering nearly Baker. 2 v. N.Y., 1931.

all the belligerents. Written by experts, AG103. Beaverbrook, William M. A., lord.

these volumes contain much source material. Men and power, 1917-1918. London, 1956. Particularly valuable for Germany, Russia, AG104. Bethmann-Hollweg, Theobald von.

Austria, and Turkey. - Betrachtungen zum Weltkrieg. 2 v. Berlin, AG89. Chambers, Frank P. The war be- 1919-721.

hind the war, 1914-1918: a history of the AG105. Clemenceau, Georges. Grandeur political and civilian fronts. London, 1939. et miséres d’une victoire. Paris, 1930. See Valuable synthesis, largely from secondary AF307.

materials, with a useful bibliography. AG106. Conrad von Hotzendorf, Franz.

810 Guide to Historical Literature Aus meiner Dienstzeit, 1906-1918. See AG118. Maximilian (Alexander F. W.),

VF267. prince of Baden. The memoirs of Prince AG107. Brett, Maurice V., ed. Journals Max of Baden. 2 v. London and N.Y., 1928.

and letters of Reginald, Viscount Esher. AGI119. Pershing, John J. My experiences

4v. London, 1934-38. in the World War. 2 v. N.Y., 1931.

AG108. Liddell Hart, B. H. Foch, the AG120, ——. Final report of General

man of Orléans. London and Boston, 1932. Pershing. Washington, 1920.

AG109. Blake, Robert, ed. The private AG121, Poincaré, Raymond. Au service

1952. v. Paris, 1926-33. AG110. Cooper, Alfred Duff. Haig. 2 v. AG122. Robertson, Sir William. From.

papers of Douglas Haig, 1914-1919. London, de la France: neuf années de souvenirs. 10

London, 1936. private to field-marshal. London, 1921. |

| AG111. Hindenburg, Paul von. Aus AG123. Tirpitz, Alfred P. von. Erinmeinem Leben. Leipzig, 1920. Tr. by Frederic nerungen. Leipzig, 1919. Tr., My memoirs,

A. Holt, Out of my life, London, 1920. 2 v., London, 1919. AG112. Hoffmann, Max. War diaries and AG124, Weygand, Maxime. Mémoires. other papers. London, 1929. Tr. of Aufzeich- V. 1, Idéal vécu. Paris, 1953.

nungen (2 v., Berlin, 1928). AG125, Wilhelm, crown prince of the

AG1T13. Seymour, Charles. Intimate papers German empire and of Prussia. Erinneof Colonel House. 4 v. Boston and N.Y., rungen. Berlin, 1922. Tr., My war experi-

1926-28. ences, London, 1922. AG114, Joffre, Joseph J. C. Mémoires du AG126. Callwell, Sir Charles E. Field-

Maréchal Joffre (1910-1917). 2 v. Paris, Marshal Sir Henry Wilson: his life and | 1932. Tr. by T. Bentley Mott, The memoirs diaries. 2 v. N.Y., 1927. a of Marshal Joffre, 2 v., London and N.Y., AG127. Sazonov, Serge D. Fateful years,

| 1932. 1909-1916. London, 1928. AGII15. Lloyd George, David. War mem- AG128. Liddell Hart, B. H. Reputations

' Olrs. 6 v. London and Boston, 1933-37. ten years after. Boston, 1928. AG116. Jones, Thomas. Lloyd George. AG129,. Rupprecht, crown prince of Ba-

Cambridge, Mass., 1951. varia. Mein Kriegstagebuch. 3 v. Munich,

AG117. Ludendorff, Erich F. W. Meine 1929. |

Kriegserinnerungen, 1914-1918. Berlin, 1919. AG130. Repington, Charles 4 Court. The

Tr., My war memories, 1914-1918, 2 v., First World War, 1914-18. 2 v. London, London, 1919. 1920.

WORLD WAR II Thus far the major contributions have the conduct of the war, by the former chief come from official histories of the western of the historical section of the German allies. The military document collections of navy. Based on documents. the Axis powers suffered such damage and AG134. Chassin, Lionel M. Histoire mili-

a dispersal during the war as to leave little taire de la Seconde Guerre Mondiale. Paris, hope of reconstruction and extensive publica- 1947. By one of the best French military

tion. The U.S.S.R. is known to have planned historians. | a large series of historical volumes under AG135. Fuller, John F. C. The Second

the supervision of the War-Historical Divi- | World War: a strategical and tactical history. sion, but these have been restricted in circu- London, 1948. Written too early for detailed lation because of their military value. Since accuracy, but important as a commentary all the official histories are still in process of by a brilliant, unconventional mind.

publication, the best guide to the state of _ AG136. Royal Institute of International other parts of a series will be found in Affairs. Chronology of the Second World |

prefaces to current volumes. War. London, 1947. Useful and generally accurate. GENERAL WORKS AG137. Morison, Samuel E. American

contributions to the strategy of World War AG131. Churchill, Winston S. The Second II. London and N.Y., 1958. An able and

World War. See 44234. illuminating exposition. Should be studied

/ AG132. Tippelskirch, Kurt von. Geschichte — in conjunction with AG/38.

des Zweiten Weltkriegs. Bonn, 1951. Well- |

balanced German account, though written ALLIED COMMAND PROBLEMS when documentary evidence available to

German historians was scarce. AG138. Butler, James R. M., ed. Grand

AG133. Assmann, Kurt. Deutsche Schick- strategy. London, 1956 ff. [United Kingdom salsjahre. Wiesbaden, 1950, Good survey of history of the Second World War. Military

| The World Wars 811 series.] Six volumes planned. Combines oper- The German generals talk, N.Y., 1948. The |

ations on land, sea, and in the air from 2nd edition contains not only evidence of |

viewpoint of national strategy. A good the chief German commanders, but full edi-

synthesis. torial comment and corrections. Only Ist ed. AG139. Leighton, Richard M., and Robert = was published in the U. S.

| W. Coakley. Global logistics and strategy. ~AG152. Westphal, Siegfried, ed. The fatal

Washington, 1955. [The U. S. army in World decisions. London, 1956. A group of essays

War II: the War Department.] This is the by German officers. The most notable is

first of two volumes. Zeitzler’s account of the battle of Stalingrad.

AG140. Millis, Walter, ed. The war re- AG153, ——. Heer in Fesseln. Bonn, 1950. |

ports of General George Marshall, General Eng. tr., The German army in the West, H. H. Arnold and Admiral Ernest J. King. London, 1951. By a very able chief of staff.

N.Y., 1947. Remarkably objective in narrative and anal-

AG141. Pogue, Forrest C. The supreme ysis. Also deals with the North African and . command. Washington, 1954. [The U. S. Italian campaigns. army in World War II: European theatre of AG154, Greiner, H. Die QOberste Wehroperations.] Good on relations between machtfiihrung 1939-43. Wiesbaden, 1951. Eisenhower and Marshall, Eisenhower and Good account of the conduct of the war up

Montgomery. to the Russian campaign from the viewpoint

AG142. Watson, Mark S. Chief of staff: of the German planning staff. ss pre-war plans and preparations. Washington, AG155. Mueller-Hillebrand, Burkhart, and

1950. [The U. S. army in World War II: others. Das Heer, 1933-1945, Darmstadt, |

the War Department.] Well-written and 1954 ff. Attempt by a group of German offi-

keenly analytical. : cers to write a general staff history based on AG143. Fergusson, Bernard E., ed. The personal experiences and fragmentary docubusiness of war: the war narrative of Major- mentation.

and viewpoint. | |

General Sir John Kennedy. London, 1957. | | |

Throws light on British strategic planning NORTHWEST EUROPE, 1939-1940 AG144, Matloff, Maurice, and Edwin M. AG156. Benoist-Méchin, Jacques G. P. M.., Snell. Strategic planning for coalition war- baron. Soixante jours qui ébranlerent POcfare, 1941-42, (Matloff) 1943-44. Washing- cident. 3 v. Paris, 1956. A full politicoton, 1953, 1958. [The U. S. Army in Worid military account of the fall of France. The

War II.] author’s political bias does not affect his AG145, Morgan, Sir Frederick E. Over- military judgment. .

- ture to Overlord. London, 1950. Lively ac- AG157. Derry, Thomas K. The campaign count of preparations for the invasion of in Norway. London, 1952. [U.K. official his-

, about British blunders.

Europe in 1944 by the chief planner. | tory.] Well-written, objective, and frank

| AXIS COMMAND PROBLEMS AG158. Ellis, Lionel F. The war in France

| and Flanders, 1939-40. London, 1953. [U.K.

AG146. Bilanz des Zweiten Weltkrieges: official history.] Ably marshalled, but relies Erkenntnisse und Verpflichtungen ftir die too exclusively on formal documentary evi| Zukunft. Hamburg, 1953. Cooperative work dence of limited range. Uncritical in dealing

by various experts. with British performance, and inadequate in AG147, Halder, Franz. Hitler als Feldherr. treatment and knowledge of allied operations.

Munich, 1949. Tr., Hitler as warlord, Lon- AG159, Jacobsen, Hans-Adolf. Fall Gelb: don, 1950. Good on direction of the war der Kampf um den deutschen Operationsplan | in Russia. Attempts to lay the failure there zur Westoffensive 1940. Wiesbaden, . 1957. |

at Hitler’s door. | : Very good detailed account of development : -AG148. Hinsley, Francis H. Hitler’s of the German plan of attack in the West

strategy. Cambridge, Eng., 1951. Able anal- in 1940, with reproduction of key documents.

ysis, based on German naval records. AG160. Spears, Edward L. Assignment to AG149, Hitler’s Tischgesprache im Fiihrer- catastrophe. 2 v. London, 1954. Vivid and

| hauptquartier, 1941-44. Bonn, 1951. Tr. by highly critical eyewitness comment on the

Norman Cameron and R. H. Stevens, Hitler’s 1940 campaign. | table talk, 1941-1944, London, 1953. Repro- AG161. Goutard, Adolphe. 1940: la guerre

duction of stenographic notes made at the des occasions perdues. Paris, 1956. Tr., The } fuehrer’s headquarters. The bulk of these battle of France, 1940, London, 1958. Good

were destroyed. analysis of the military causes of French AG150. Kesselring, Albert. Gedanken zum ___ defeat.

Zweiten Weltkrieg. Bonn, 1955. Deals with == =AG162. Hubatsch, Walther. Die deutsche

problems of German command and planning. Besetzung von Dinemark und Norwegen, AG151. Liddell Hart, B. H. The other side 1940. Géttingen, 1952. [Géttinger Beitrage of the hill. 2nd ed., London, 1951. U. S.ed., fiir Gegenwartsfragen, 5.] Based on German

812 Guide to Historical Literature and Allied documents. Covers political and AG176. Carpentier, Marcel. Les forces

military aspects. alliées en Italie: la campagne d’Italie. Paris, : 1949.

THE MEDITERRANEAN AND AG177. Maclean, Fitzroy. Eastern ap-

MIDDLE EAST proaches. London, 1949. Important side-

lights on British policy in the Near East, AG163. Agar-Hamilton, John A. I, and particularly in Yugoslavia. Leonard C. F. Turner. Crisis in the desert,

: May-July, 1942. Capetown and London,

1952. [South African official history.] This _ THE EASTERN FRONT and AG/64 are the fullest and best accounts . .

of these North African battles; very objective. AGTTS. uideet ae nee ed. The povet

__ AG164. —., The Sidi Rezeg battles, 1941, 27MY. -Oncon, nthology cn ne

Capetown and London, 1957. muc th. R en on athe wo, an tho

Badoglio, Pietro. Italy in the mS vaign ed “Army ane the course of the : SecondAG165. World War: memories and docu- ; .

ments. Tr. by Muriel Currey. London and AG179. Bor oor. Wee, 1

_ N.Y., 1948. A personal and _ national ere of tha Soon , - Written Dchint

apologia. | of the Polish underground army. |

to Acie. D "New Danie Grete histone] AG1890. Doerr, Hans. Der Feldzug nach

, . wl Stalingrad. Darmstadt, 1955. Well-written,

Sound assessment of reasons for the British defeat in Crete, and a full account of the balanced account, based on new sources.

| military campaign Kine toda we walcemar De fionische , . . rieg —-44. Wiesbaden, . ritten by

candid. | :

peration Victory. London, 1947. Written .

| one, De Guingand, Sir Francis | W. one of the German general staff historians : . who also commanded the German troops in by Montgomery’s chief of staff. Quite Finland

AG168. Long, Gavin M. To Benghazi. |

Canberra, 1952. [Australia in the war of

1939_-45.] This and AG/I69 are model his- © THE PACIFIC AND SOUTHEAST ASIA

tories, covering all aspects of Australia’s AG182. Butow, Robert J. C. Japan’s deci_ participation in the Middle East, from grand sion to surrender. Stanford, 1954. Scholarly

strategy to unit actions. . analysis of internal politics in Japan at the AG169. ——-. Greece, Crete and Syria. = end of the war.

Canberra, 1953. [Australia in the war of AG183. Fuchida, Mitsuo, and Masatake

1939-45.] Okumiya. Midway: the battle that doomed AG170. Montgomery, Bernard L., viscount. Japan. Annapolis, 1955. This and AGIJ89

EI Alamein to the river Sangro. London, describe the interaction of war planning,

| 1948. A rather sketchy outline. war production, and technology in causing : AG171. Playfair, Ian S. O. The Medi- initial Japanese victory and ultimate defeat. terranean and Middle East. London, 1954 ff. Indispensable.

[U.K. official history.] (In progress.) A AG184. Gillespie, Oliver A. The Pacific. well-written and balanced account. Wellington, 1952. [New Zealand official his-

AG172. Scoullar, J. L. Battle for Egypt. tory.] An important contribution. Wellington, 1955. [New Zealand official his- AG185. Grenfell, Russell. Main fleet to tory.] Critical analysis with much valuable Singapore. London, 1951. Devastating anal-

detail. ysis of British strategy prior to the fall of AG173. Italy. Ministero della Difesa. Stato Malaya. Maggiore Esercito. La guerra in Africa AG186. Allied Forces. Report to the com-

orientale. Rome, 1952. bined chiefs of staff by the supreme Allied

AG174, ——. Operazioni italo-tedesche commander, South-east Asia, 1943-45. Lonin Tunisia. Rome, 1950. This and AG/73 ~~ don, 1951.

are part of the Italian official history, publi- AG187. Isely, Jeter A., and Philip A. | cation of which began in 1945. To date 15 v. Crowl. The U. S. Marines and amphibious

have been published, dealing with operations war: its theory and its practice in the Pacific.

in all theaters. Princeton, 1951. Valuable analysis.

AG175. Howe, George F. Northwest AG188. Kirby, Stanley W. The war against Africa: seizing the initiative in the West. Japan. London, 1957 ff. [U.K. official his-

, Washington, 1957. [The U. S. army in World tory.] Frank within limits. 5 v. planned.

War II: Mediterranean theater of operations. ] AG189. Okumiya, Masatake, and Jiro The first of several volumes relating to the Horikoshi. Zero! N.Y., 1956. war in this theater, from official records of AG190. Percival, Arthur E. War in Ma-

both the coalitions and other sources. Broadly laya. London, 1949. Apologia of the com-

conceived and objective. mander who surrendered Singapore.

The World Wars , 813 AG191. Slim, Sir William J. Defeat into Saunders, Sea warfare, 1939-1945, London, Victory. London, 1956. Detailed but bril- 1957. Very good account with some use of liantly readable history of the Burma cam- German documents. paign, 1942-45, by the British commander. AG204. Morison, Samuel E. History of AG192. The United States Army in World United States naval operations in World War II: the war in the Pacific. Washington, War II. 14 v. Boston, 1947-60. The official 1948 ff. 11 v. have been completed, 9 of history, ably and brilliantly written. Other

| iS, . : |

which have been published, commencing with volumes in progress. | |

. Okinawa: the last battle. AG205. Roskill, Stephen W. The war at

AG193. The United States Army in World sea, 1939-1945. 3 v. London, 1954-56. [U.K.

War II: the China-Burma-India theater. official history.] Excellent, critical history; 3 v. Washington, 1953-59. Superior. scholarly and outspoken.

: AG205a. Auphan, Paul, and Hervé Cras. EUROPE, 1941-1945 Ne toson Navy in World War Ii. Annapo-

AG194. Eisenhower, Dwight D. Crusade . |

in Europe. N.Y., 1948. The most fair-minded ATR AND AIR DEFENSE |

book by any soldier. Self-revealing both of - | high qualities and limitations of outlook and AG206. Collier, J. Basil: The defence of | knowledge. : _ the United Kingdom. London, 1957. [U.K. AG195. Allied Forces. Report by the su- official history.] Embraces land, sea, and air

preme commander to the combined chiefs defenses. Indispensable for the battle of

of staff on the operations in Europe of the Britain and ‘Operation Sealion.” Allied expeditionary force, 6 June 1944 to AG207. Craven, Wesley F., and James L.

8 May 1945. Washington, 1946. Cate, eds. The Army Air Forces in World | AG196. Montgomery, Bernard L., viscount. War II. 7 v. Chicago, 1948-58. The official Normandy to the Baltic. London, 1948. The history.

British commander’s account of the 1944-45 AG208. Harris, Sir Arthur T. Bomber of- .

campaign. fensive. London, 1947. Highly personal ac-

AG197. Wilmot, Reginald W. W. Struggle © count by the man who shaped British strafor Europe. London, 1952. Masterly account tegic bomber policy. |

of the planning and conduct of the Allied AG209. Pile, Sir Frederick A. Ack ack. landing in Normandy and advance into London, 1949. The commander of Britain’s Germany, but less than just to the American anti-aircraft defense tells its story, and deals

case where difference of view arose. with wider issues. Important sidelights on AG198, Speidel, Hans. Invasion 1944, Tr. Churchill. by T. R. Crevenna. Chicago, 1950. Good AG210. Richards, Denis G., and Hilary A. picture of the Normandy campaign from St. G. Saunders. Royal Air Force, 1939-45. the German viewpoint, but often inaccurate 3 v. London, 1953-54. An official “popular” in detail through lack of documentary check history, compiled from documents. Of un-

on memory. even value. AG199, Lattre de Tassigny, Jean J. M. G. AG211. Slessor, Sir John C. The central de. Histoire de la Premiére Armée Francaise: blue. London, 1956. “Recollections and re-

Rhin et Danube. Paris, 1949. Important sup- _flections’”’ of one of Britain’s senior air |

plement to United States and British ac- commanders. Especially useful on problems counts of the final campaign in the West. of inter-service cooperation. AG200. The United States Army in World AG212. Tedder, Arthur W., baron. Air War II: the European theater of operations. power in war. London, 1948. Brilliant course } Washington, 1950 ff. 5 v. published, be- of lectures on the employment and achieveginning with The Lorraine campaign. See ments of the air arm in World War ITI. also the British official series on operations AG213. Galland, Adolf. Die Ersten und | in western Europe as these volumes appear die Letzten. Darmstadt, 1953. Tr., The first | in the overall History of the Second World — and the last: the rise and fall of the German

forces, 1938-1945, N.Y., 1954. A |War. vividfighter personal account, by its chief comNAVAL mander. AG201. “Fuehrer conferences on naval TECHNOLOGY | (London, 1948), appendix. . AG214. Crowther, James G., and Richard

affairs.’ Brassey, Thomas A. Naval annual —

AG202. Kemp, Peter K. Victory at sea, Whiddington. Science at war. London, 1947. 1939-45. London, 1957. An able account of | Good illustrative survey, but too exclusively

the British navy’s part in the war. from the scientist’s angle.

AG203. Ruge, Friedrich. Der Seekrieg, AG215. Mellenthin, Friedrich W. von. 1939-45. Stuttgart, 1954. Tr. by M. G. _ Panzer battles: a study of the employment

814 Guide to Historical Literature : of armor in the Second World War. Tr. by 1957. Best work on the French resistance

H. Betzler. Norman, Okla., 1956. A valuable movement.

study, based partly on documentary sources. See also files of Revue de la Guerre

AG216. Blackett, Patrick M. S. The mili- Deuxiéme Mondiale (Paris), a monthly pub-

tary and political consequences of atomic lication of the Comité d’Histoire de la

energy. London, 1948. Highly critical account Guerre. .

of alliedscientist. bombing strategy, by a leading | British ECONOMIC , ' AG217. Dornberger, Walter. V 2. Tr. by James Cleugh and Geoffrey Halliday. N.Y., AG229. Gordon, David L., and Royden 1954. Personal account of the German mili- Dangerfield. The hidden weapon: the story

tary pioneer of the long-range rocket. of economic warfare. N.Y., 1947. Lucid

AG218. Joubert, Sir Philip. Rocket. Lon- analysis and account by State Department don, 1957. A history of missile development Officials. _ and thoughts about the future, by an eminent AG230. Hancock, William K., and Mar-

British air marshal. garet M. Gowing. British war economy. AG219. Liddell Hart, B. H. The tanks. London, 1949. 2nd ed., 1953. [U.K. official

: V. 2, 1939-1945, London, 1959. | history: civil series.] The master volume of AG220. Watson-Watt, Sir Robert A. Three _ the series. Illuminating.

steps to victory. London, 1958. A vehement | AG231. Medlicott, William N. The eco-

personal account of the development of momic blockade. London, 1952 ff. [U.K. radar, radio direction-finding, and opera- official history: civil series.] Based on official tional research, by the foremost pioneer of documents. Deals with political as well as

the first two. economic problems. |

~ AG221. Banks, Sir Donald. Flame over AG232. Great Britain. Central Statistical Britain. London, 1946. Personal account of Office. Statistical digest of the war. London,

development of flame weapons; also of 1951. | “Fido” (fog-dispersal) and “Pluto” (cross- AG233. Walton, Francis. Miracle of World

channel pipelines). War II: how American industry made victory Pertinent works will be found in the Tech- possible. N.Y., 1956. Popular account.

| nical Services sub-series of the U. S. Army Certain volumes of the U. S. Army in

in World War II. World War II are relevant to the history of _ | , economic warfare and the role of industrial RESISTANCE, ESPIONAGE, potential. PROPAGANDA, ETC.

- BIOGRAPHY AND

- AG222. Zeller, Eberhard. Geist der Frei- AUTOBIOGRAPHY heit: der 20te Juli. 2nd ed., Munich, 1954. :

AG223. Bruce-Lockhart, Sir Robert H. AG234. Bryant, Sir Arthur W. M. The Comes the reckoning. London, 1947. A turn of the tide. London, 1957. Based on the | personal account of British political warfare | wartime diaries of Lord Alanbrooke.

| activities and difficulties, by its chief. AG235. Arnold, Henry H. Global misAG224. Jong, Louis de. The German fifth — sion. N.Y., 1949.

column in the Second World War. Tr. by. AG236. Bradley, Omar N. A _ soldier’s

C.. M. Geyl. Chicago, 1956. Judicious study | story. N.Y., 1951. |

which comes to conclusion that, while a AG237. Ciano, Galeazzo, conte. Diario,

fifth column did exist, its importance has 1939-43. See VE216.

been much overrated. AG238. Clark, Mark W. Calculated risk: | tary intelligence. London, 1954. Africa and Italy. N.Y., 1950.

| AG225. Leverkuehn, Paul. German mili- a personal story of the campaign in North ' AG226. Ritter, Gerhard. The German re- © AG239. Cunningham of Hyndhope, Ansistance. London, 1959. Abbr. tr. of Carl drew B., viscount. A sailor’s odyssey. N.Y. Goerdeler und die deutsche Widerstandsbe- and London, 1951. wegung (Stuttgart, 1954). The most bal- AG240. Gamelin, Maurice G. Servir. 3 v.. anced account, by a historian of high re- Paris, 1946-47.

pute. : AG241. Gaulle, Charles de. Mémoires de AG227. Dewavrin, André (‘Colonel guerre. 2 v. Paris, 1954-56. These volumes

7 Passy”). Souvenirs. 3 v. Monte Carlo and cover 1940-44 and are an important conParis, 1947-51. “Colonel Passy’” is the tribution to the history of France and World nomme de guerre of the chief of the War II. See also Maxime Weygand, En lisant B.C.R.A., which directed French resistance les Mémoires de guerre du Général de Gaulle

activities from London. (Paris, 1955).

AG228. Granet, Marie, and Henri Michel. AG242, The Goebbels diaries. Tr. and ed. . Combat: histoire d’un mouvement de re- by Louis P. Lochner. N.Y. and London, sistance de juillet 1940 4 juillet 1943. Paris, 1948.

The World Wars «B15 AG243. Graziani, Rodolfo. Ho difeso la AG251. Leahy, William D. I was there. patria. Milan, 1947. , See AH240. | AG244, Guderian, Heinz. Panzer leader. AG252. Manstein, Erich von. Verlorene

: 1952. cago, 1958.

Tr. by Constantine Fitzgibbon. London, Siege. Bonn, 1955. Tr., Lost victories, Chi-

AG245. Bor, Peter, ed. Gesprache mit AG253. Montgomery, Bernard L. The

Halder. Wiesbaden, 1950. memoirs of Field-Marshal the Viscount _ AG246. Sherwood, Robert E. The White Montgomery of Alamein. London, 1958.

House papers of Harry L. Hopkins. 2 v. AG254,. Reynaud, Paul. La France a

| |London, 1949. ) sauvé PEurope. Paris, 1947. - | | AG247. Hull, Cordell. The memoirs of AG255. Liddell Hart, B. H., ed. The Cordell Hull. See AB417. Rommel papers. N.Y., 1953.

AG248. Kesselring, Albert. Soldat bis zum AG256. Stimson, Henry L., and McGeorge

| letzten Tag. Bonn, 1953. Tr., The memoirs Bundy. On active service in peace and war. : of Field-Marshal Kesselring, London, 1953. N.Y., 1948. AG249. Kimmel, Husband E. Admiral ~AG257. Dedijer, Vladimir. Tito speaks.

Kimmel’s story. Chicago, 1955. See AF 34].

AG250. King, Ernest J.. and Walter M. AG258. Weygand, Maxime. Rappelé au Whitehill. Fleet Admiral King: a naval _ service. Paris, 1950. Tr. by E. W.. Dickes,

record. N.Y., 1952. Recalled to service, London, 1952.

, , SECTION AH HENRY L. ROBERTS and JANIS A. KRESLINS *

A bibliography of works on contemporary international relations, as in this and the following section, necessarily encounters many problems of definition and selection. In the first place, it must cut across national frontiers and may

, appropriately include works dealing with domestic developments as well as ! - with foreign affairs—the two are often inseparable. In the second place, it concerns many disciplines—history, political science, law, and economics, to name only the most obvious. Finally, many of the most significant books for a study of recent and current affairs are not histories but works of diagnosis, prescription, prediction, or exhortation. The subject of international relations, then, leads off in many directions, and any bibliography serving as a section in a survey

, of historical literature must be somewhat arbitrary in what it includes. The following items represent only a small fraction of the available literature. For a more extensive annotative bibliography the reader may consult Foreign affairs bibliography, 1919-32, 1932-42, 1942-52, edited respectively by William L. Langer and Hamilton Fish Armstrong, Robert Gale Woolbert, and Henry L. Roberts. Much material from these volumes has been used, with the permission of the Council on Foreign Relations, in the preparation of these sections. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS

BIBLIOGRAPHIES | 1919-52 in international affairs, contempo| rary history, and related fields. Based on AH1. Conover, Helen F. A guide to notes appearing quarterly in Foreign affairs, bibliographical tools for research in foreign but contains many thousand additional items.

| affairs. Washington, 1956. [Library of Con- AHS3. International bibliography of politigress.] Excellent, particularly for use in cal science. Bibliographie mternationale de

connection with current affairs. science politique. 1952 ff. Paris, 1953 ff. An-

, $16

AH2. Foreign affairs bibliography. 3 v. nual bibliography of books, articles, and ofN.Y., 1933-55. [Council on Foreign Rela- ficial publications. tions.| An extensive, annotated bibliogra- AH4. Meyriat, Jean. Etude des _bibliophy of books published during the years graphies courantes des publications officielles * The compilers of this section were assisted by William Diebold, Jr., Leland N. Goodrich, and

Oliver J. Lissitzyn.

International Relations: Political 817 nationales. A study of current bibliographies principles of geopolitics, containing numerof national official publications. Paris, 1958. ous excerpts from geopolitical writings.

A very useful guide and inventory. AH15. Goblet, Yann M. Le crépuscule

des traités. Paris, 1934. Broad conspectus of

ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND WORKS OF international affairs which favors the de-

REFERENCE | termination of foreign policy in accord with

geographical rather than historical or legal

AHS. Europa: the encyclopaedia of Eu- — considerations. :

rope; a survey and directory of European AH16. Whittlesey, Derwent S. The earth political, industrial, financial, cultural and and the state: a study of political geography.

scientific organisations, with sections on the New ed., N.Y., 1944. A solid general study. ,

varies.) See under AH6. | Holy See, international organisations, and

the United Nations. London, 1930 ff. (Title GENERAL WORKS .

AH6. Orbis: the encyclopaedia of extra- AH17. Bryce, James B., viscount. InterEuropean countries; a survey and directory national relations. N.Y., 1922. Mature reof political, industrial, financial, cultural and _ flective generalizations on the chief problems |

scientific organisations in the continents of in international relations, such as war and |

Africa, America, Asia and Australasia. Lon- its prevention, popular control of foreign don, 1939 ff. This and AH5 are useful ref- policy, etc. erence works, produced in loose-leaf form AH18. Burnham, James. The managerial to permit additions and revisions, published revolution: what is happening in the world.

since 1959 as the Europa Year Book. N.Y., 1941. Historically an important work AH7. Political handbook of the world: despite its inconsistencies. The author for-

parliaments, parties and press. N.Y., 1927 ff. sees an era in which the new ruling class (Annual. Title varies.) Compact reference will consist of those who manage the progiving names of leading members of the ductive machine. world’s governments, identifying political AH19. Mander, Linden. Foundations of parties and newspapers, and summarizing modern world society. Rev. ed., Stanford,

party programs. 1947. Comprehensive survey of the subject AH8. The statesman’s year-book. See of international relations.

BI33. | , AH20. Russell, Frank M. Theories of in- | AH9. Survey of international affairs. See ternational relations. N.Y., 1936. A historical

BI56. , | introduction.

AHI10. The United States in world affairs. AH21. Schuman, Frederick L. The com1931 ff. N.Y., 1932 ff. [Council on Foreign monwealth of man: an inquiry into power Relations.] (Annual.) Valuable survey of politics and world government. N.Y., 1952.

the foreign policy and problems of the Asserts that world government, the only

United States. In addition to the review and feasible escape from the existing situation, analysis of events, these volumes also con- can be attained, if at all, through a “voluntain useful chronologies and bibliographies. tary extension of the principles of federal-

| AH11. The year book of world affairs. ism to the whole society of nations,” and 1947 ff. N.Y., 1947 ff. (Annual.) Though not through the “functionalist” approach or called yearbooks, the volumes in this series by the way of collective security.

| contain articles and brief monographs on a AH22. Simonds, Frank H., and Brooks , | variety of specific political, legal, economic, Emeny. The great powers in world politics:

and cultural problems. international relations and economic na-

tionalism. New ed., N.Y., 1939. A standard

)|

POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY work. Emphasis throughout the book is on

the world’s economic resources—their dis-

AH12. Banciella y Barzana, José C. Es- tribution and their political significance.

pacio y economia. Madrid, 1945. A Spanish Bibliography. .

variation on the theme of geopolitics. Does AHZ23. Steiner, Harold A. Principles and not cover the world systematically, but con- problems of international relations. N.Y.,

centrates on certain areas interesting for 1940. Comprehensive summary of the prin- |

strategic or other reasons. ciples and a competent survey of the prob-

AH13. Boggs, Samuel W. International lems. Bibliography. boundaries: a study of boundary functions AH724. Strausz-Hupé, Robert, and Stefan and problems. N.Y., 1940. Authoritative T. Possony. International. relations in the treatise on the classification of boundaries, age of the conflict between. democracy and |

' their function in the life of nations, and dictatorship. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1954. A textthe various problems they create or solve. book which emphasizes the “principle of : AH14. Dorpalen, Andreas. The world of power accumulation” as the regulator of General Haushofer: geopolitics in action. the behavior of governments. Bibliographies.

N.Y., 1942. A simple exposition of the AH25. Strausz-Hupé, Robert. The zone of /

818 Guide to Historical Literature . . indifference. N.Y., 1952. Thoughtful com- AH33. Decker, Giinter. Das SelbstbestimmMentary on the contemporary crisis of the ungsrecht der Nationen. Gdottingen, 1955.

western community. : Extensive theoretical and historical analysis

of the principles and application of national |

POWER AND POWER POLITICS self-determination. Examples are drawn from all regions of the globe. Bibliography.

AH26. Aron, Raymond. The century of total war. Garden City, 1954. Though writing in the first instance as a Frenchman to POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES AND ~~.

Frenchmen, Aron’s very thoughtful and in- — IDEOLOGIES cisive analysis is of universal interest. Seeing :

the world in the midst of a chain reaction of Communism

wars, he seeks some way of mastering vio-

lence and yet preserving liberty. AH34. Almond, Gabriel A., and others.

AH27. Arnold, G. L. The pattern of The appeals of communism. Princeton, 1954. world conflict. N.Y., 1955. ‘‘Coexistence | Based on case studies in France, Italy, Engand the cold war are in fact two sides of land, and the United States, this book deals the same medal. To win the cold war is to with the appeals which have led people into . make coexistence possible.” In pursuit of | the Communist party.

this theme, the author emphasizes the im- AH35. Borkenau, Franz. World commu-

, portance of the Atlantic world and the need nism: a history of the Communist Interna- , to modernize backward countries with a tional. N.Y., 1939. The author, formerly a pragmatic use of public planning. member of the German Communist party, AH28. Morgenthau, Hans J. Politics was until 1929 rapporteur on the internaamong nations: the struggle for power and tional labor movement for the Comintern,

peace. See AlJ/5. but later forswore Marxism. This work, AH29. Ritter, Gerhard. The corrupting though not always objective, is an invalu-

influence of power. Essex, Eng., 1952. Using able mine of information about the worldThomas More and Machiavelli as contrast- wide activities of the Communist Internaing symbols, the author, an eminent German _ tional. Bibliographical notes.

: historian, discusses the problem of power AH36. ———. European communism. N.Y., | and power politics in modern times. The 1953. While in many respects stimulating work, originally appearing in 1940 as and informative, this is a somewhat disap-

Machtstaat und Utopie, was expanded and pointing sequel to the author’s earlier work. greatly revised after Hitler’s death, appear- Borkenau’s intricate exposition of the deing as Die Ddadmonie der Macht (Munich, velopments in Communist policy over the 1948), the basis of the English translation. last two decades is not always convincing . AH30. Schwarzenberger, Georg. Power and sometimes goes beyond available evi-

| politics: a study of international society. dence. Of particular interest is the section

| 2nd rev. ed., N.Y., 1951. This “introduction on France, which receives special attention : to the study of international relations and as the “stronghold of European commupostwar planning” is a work of wide scope nism.”

and deep learning. The author has digested AH37. Bouscaren, Anthony T. Imperial |

a vast amount of literature and has sought communism. Washington, 1953. Primarily a to give a sociological analysis of the funda- summary of Communist parties and activi- , mental forces in international politics. Bibli- ties around the world.

ography. , AH38. Degras, Jane, ed. The Communist |

: AH31. Strausz-Hupé, Robert. The bal- International, 1919-1943: documents. 2 vols.,

. ance of tomorrow: power and foreign policy N.Y., 1956-60. [Royal Institute of Internain the United States. N.Y., 1945..An effort tional Affairs.] These volumes of selected to evaluate the changing distribution of | documents on the aims and policies of the power in the world, especially industrial Communist International cover a major pe-

power, in terms of political rivalries. The riod.

inevitable result is to fix attention on the AH39. Ebon, Martin. World communism power potential of Russia and the Far East. today. N.Y., 1948. Author has painstakingly assembled a mass of relevant information

SELF-DETERMINATION about Communist parties throughout the : | world from Russia to Haiti. Bibliography. AH32. Cobban, Alfred. National self- AH40. Hunt, Robert N. C. The theory determination. N.Y., 1945. [Royal Institute and practice of communism. Rev. ed., N.Y., of International Affairs.] Important study in 1951. Concise and clear introduction to the area where political philosophy and in- Marxist theory and its development through

| ternational relations meet and overlap, based Lenin and Stalin. Bibliography. upon careful historical analysis of the rele- AH41. Communist International. Kom-

vant documentary material. munisticheskii Internatsional pered VII —

International Relations: Political | 819 © | vsemimmym kongressom. Moscow, 1935. An support, and hence that the new internaofficial collection of material on the policy tional order, which he definitely does not

and functions of the Comintern. identify with the Soviet system, must be

AH42. ———. Kommunisticheskii Inter- socialist. Bibliography. natsional vy dokumentakh. Moscow, 1933. : Huge collection of documents on the con- ~ Totalitarianism ©

gresses of the Communist International, : 1919-32. . AHS51. Arendt, Hannah. The origins of AH43. Lazitch, Branko M. Les partis totalitarianism. N.Y., 1951. Author derives

communistes d’Europe, 1919-1955. Paris, modern totalitarianism from three currents 1956. A concise manual on the Communist —anti-Semitism, overseas imperialism with parties of the various European states, giv- its undermining of the nation-state, and ing a short history of each party, its mem- tribal nationalism. Some of her historical bership and voting strength, and sketches of | generalizations are questionable and too

party leaders. much interpretation is from the particular AH44. Monnerot, Jules. Sociologie du experience of Germany; but the book

communisme. Paris, 1949. A stimulating if abounds in challenging and original insights, somewhat chaotic analysis of Soviet com- and it constitutes a major contribution to

munism—a ‘twentieth century Islam.” An our comprehension of this fearful pheabridged English translation has been pub- nomenon of the 20th century. Bibliography. lished as Sociology and psychology of com- AHS52. Friedrich, Carl J., and Zbigniew

munism (Boston, 1953). : K. Brzezinski. Totalitarian dictatorship and :

AH45. Possony, Stefan T. A century of autocracy. Cambridge, Mass., 1956. An efconflict: Communist techniques of world © fort, as the authors put it, “to delineate, on revolution. Chicago, 1953. An effort to de- the basis of fairly generally known and aclineate the Soviet pattern of conquest knowledged factual data, the general model through a historical survey of “the develop- of totalitarian dictatorship and of the soment of the Communist doctrine of conflict ciety which it has created.”

management.” AH53. American Academy of Arts and AH46. Rosenberg, Arthur. A history of Sciences. Totalitarianism: proceedings of a bolshevism from Marx to the first five years’ conference held at the American Academy

plan. N.Y. and London, 1939. _ of Arts and Sciences, March, 1953. Ed. by AH47. Seton-Watson, Hugh. From Lenin Carl J. Friedrich. Cambridge, Mass., 1954. to Malenkov: the history of world commu- Useful and stimulating symposium of ar- , nism. N.Y., 1953. Comparative analysis of _ ticles.

| Communist movements on the world scale. AH54. Wittfogel, Karl A. Oriental desA valuable general survey displaying com- potism: a comparative study of total power.

prehension and insight. Bibliography. New Haven, 1957. Massive study of the

AH48. Wetter, Gustavo A. Der dialektische roots of bureaucratic totalitarianism. The Materialismus. Rev. and enl. ed. from the term “hydraulic” is used to describe those original Italian, Vienna, 1952. Eng. transla- societies in which centralized control and tion from the German, N.Y., 1958. An excep- management of irrigation and agriculture tionally thorough, scholarly, and dispas- led to a static and pervasive despotism.

. _analytical, Slonateof the examination, both historical and Bibliography. . development of Soviet dialectical materialism, by a Jesuit professor Nationalism

of Russian philosophy. Bibliography. | | | AHS55. Flournoy, Richard W., and Manley | : Socialism O.. Hudson, eds. A collection of nationality , : laws of various countries, as contained in -AH49. Schumpeter, Joseph A: Capitalism, constitutions, statutes and treaties. N.Y.,

socialism, and democracy. 3rd ed., N.Y., 1929. [Carnegie Endowment for Interna- | | 1950. Stimulating and penetrating critique tional Peace.] An authoritative compilation.

of Marxian doctrines, a.prediction of the Bibliography. | .

“inevitable decomposition. of capitalist so- -AH56. Pinson, Koppel S. A bibliographi-

ciety,” and appraisal of the practicability of | cal introduction to nationalism. N.Y., 1935. socialism as an alternative, together with a A useful bibliography.

review of the history of Socialist parties in AH57, Hayes, Carlton J. H. Essays on

the principal countries. nationalism. N.Y., 1926. Excellent series. of : AH50. Sternberg, Fritz. Capitalism and studies on nationalism and its historical de- | socialism on trial, N.Y., 1951. Arguing in velopment. Bibliography. a

the framework of the under-consumptionist | AH58. ——. The historical evolution of tradition, the author elaborates his thesis modern nationalism. See C/2/. that capitalism was kept afloat by imperial- AHS59. Kohn, Hans. The idea of national, ism, that imperialism is no longer a feasible ism: a study in its origin and background,

820 Guide to Historical Literature N.Y., 1944. History of the idea of national- perialismen (1919) and Die sozialen Klassen ism from ancient Hebrew and Greek times im ethnisch homogenen Milieu (1927).

down to the present. Bibliography. AH72. Sternberg, Fritz. Der Imperialismus. Berlin, 1926. Full-length Marxist in-

Imperialism; Colonial Problems dictment of imperialism.

AH73. Touzet, André. Le probleme coAH60. Ragatz, Lowell J. The literature lonial et la paix du monde. 4 v. Paris, 1937-

. of European imperialism, 1815-1939. 3rd 38. The author of this comprehensive work

| rev. ed., Washington, 1947. Good, selective served as a high French official in Indo-

list of books and articles. China. V. 1 treats Germany’s colonial

AH61. Clark, Grover. A place in the sun. claims; 2, Italian and Japanese expansion; N.Y., 1936. Develops the thesis that col- 3 and 4, more general questions. Bibliograonies have been economically unprofitable phy.

to the imperial nations. AH74. Townsend, Mary E. European AH62. ——. The balance sheets of im- colonial expansion since 1871. See U66.

| perialism: facts and figures on _ colonies. AH75. Winslow, Earle M. The pattern of N.Y., 1936. [Carnegie Endowment for In- imperialism: a study in the theories of ternational Peace.] Statistical evidence to power. N.Y., 1948. Of interest for the support the thesis advanced in AH6/. Bib- author’s useful exposition and analysis of

liography. the various theories of economic imperial-

AH63. Cordero Torres, José M. Politica ism. Bibliography. colonial. Madrid, 1953. Extensive, system- AH76. Woolf, Leonard S. Imperialism atic treatise on colonial policy: the moral and civilization. N.Y., 1928. Brief survey of and political issues involved, the develop- the history of European imperialism in Asia ment of European colonialism, and future and Africa. problems.

AH64. Fanno, Marco. La teoria_ economica della colonizzazione. Turin, 1952. WAR; MILITARY PROBLEMS This study, based on much earlier theoreti-

cal writings of the author, deals both with Yearbooks and Handbooks

colonial ne loom ee nial | ane AH77. Armaments year-book. 15 v. Gethemselves evelopment © & colonial anes neva, 1924-40. [League of Nations. ] Annual

- AH65. Lenin, Vladimir I. Imperialism. tires. of armaments and military expendiN.Y., 1933. Translation of Lenin 8 i aTous AH78. Brassey’s annual. N.Y., etc., 1886 ff. | essay Anterp reting mo ern imp eriaiism as (Title and place of pub. vary.) This useful

the “highest stage of capitalism. rbook includes information on the world’s : AH66. Maalem, Colonialisme, iu Maul wo as | oe we . wae Ali. armies, navies,trusteeand airyear’ forces, as ©well

ship, 1946. Ambitious topi topics. . surveyindépendance. by an AlgerianParis, scholar. Bibliogarticles‘cl onlitmuitary

raphy AH79. Les flottes de combat. Paris, 1897 ff. AHO67, Mannoni, Dominique O. Prospero (Irregular. Title varies. ) The French equiva-

and Caliban: the psychology of colonization lent of Jane's fighting ships.

NY. 1956. Extremely interesting and stimu. ,,H80. Jane’s fighting ships. London,

: . standard reference. Illustrations and text.

lating psychological analysis of some of the 1898 if. (Title varies.) An annually revised ¢ more baffling features of human and social

relations in colonial areas, drawn from the )

author’s experience in Madagascar. The General Works

original French edition, Psychologie de la

colonisation, was published in 1950. Bib- AH81. Bouthoul, Gaston. Les guerres, |} liography. éléments de polémologie: méthodes, doc| AH68. Maunier, René. The sociology of trines et opinions sur la guerre, morpho-

colonies. See U226. logie, éléments techniques, démographiques,

AH69. Moon, Parker T. Imperialism and économiques, psychologiques, périodicite.

| world politics. N.Y., 1926. General account. Paris, 1951. This ambitious sociological inof imperialism and its expression in the quiry into the nature of war reviews the

19th and early 20th centuries. theories on the subject, discusses its eco-

AH70. Peffer, Nathaniel. The white man’s nomic, demographic, and psychological asdilemma: climax of the age of imperialism. pects, and classifies the causes of conflict.

N.Y., 1927. The economic side of im- AH82. Earle, Edward M., and others, eds.

perialism discussed without recriminations. Makers of modern strategy: military thought

| AH71. Schumpeter, Joseph A. Imperial- from Machiavelli to Hitler. See 7207.

ism and social classes. N.Y., 1951. A major AH83. Falls, Cyril B. A hundred years contribution to theories of imperialism, of war. N.Y., 1954. Able history of wartranslated from Zur Soziologie der Im- fare over the century 1850-1950, with par-

| International Relations: Political 821 ticular emphasis on strategy, tactics, weap- former chief of the disarmament section of -

ons, and administration. Bibliography. the League. |

AH84. Liddell Hart, Basil H. Strategy: AH92. Handbuch des Abristaungsprob| the indirect approach. 3rd ed., London, Jems. Ed. by Theodor Niemeyer. 3 v. Berlin,

1954. A major treatise on military strategy. 1928. A monumental treatment. V. 1 is | : Develops the thesis that frontal assaults systematic, written by an imposing array of and massive showdowns should be avoided, experts; the others include all important and that it is preferable to aim at the papers on the subject between 1816 and

enemy’s line of least expectation. 1925. , oo AH85. Montross, Lynn. War through the AH93. Schwendemann, Karl. Abriistung ages. Rev. and enl. ed., N.Y., 1946. History und Sicherheit. 2 v. Berlin, 1933-36. Useful

of the “art” of war from ancient Greek days compilation of source and reference ma- |

down to our own. Not much interpretation terial concerning disarmament and security of causes or of broader issues, but within questions. |

its restricted field a useful work of refer- AH94, Tate, Merze. The United States

ence. Bibliography. and armaments. Cambridge, Mass., 1948.

AH86. Nef, John U. War and human Summary of United States participation in progress: an essay on the rise of industrial disarmament conferences and schemes, par- oe civilization. Cambridge, Mass., 1950. To ticularly since World War I. Bibliography. combat the view that war is a stimulus to economic progress, this ambitious and schol- COLLECTIVE SECURITY

arly study traces the historical development | | .

of warfare and its weapons from the 16th AH95. Brugiére, Pierre F. La sécurité colcentury. Laying heavy stress upon the inde- lective, 1919-1945. Paris, 1946. Much of

pendent force of ideas, the author finds that this work consists of texts of relevant treaties, in the 20th century a failure in manners and pacts, conventions, and other international

morals has sanctioned the use of deadly instruments illustrating the rise and fall of weapons and brought on the age of total the League of Nations and the origins of

war. Bibliography. the United Nations. Bibliography.

AH87. Wright, Quincy. A study of war. AH96. Hogan, Willard N. International

2 v. Chicago, 1942. V. 1 of this important conflict and collective security: the principle work examines the history of warfare from of concern in international organization.

earliest times; while v. 2 analyzes war Lexington, Ky., 1955. A recognition that into its various political, sociological, eco- conflict among the members of a group nomic, cultural, and other causes and moti- affects the entire group, as the basis for a vations. The treatise concludes with sugges- system of collective security, with particu-

tions for the future control of war. lar reference to the period since World War I.

| PEACE; DISARMAMENT AH97. Hoijer, Olof. La sécurité inter-

nationale et ses modes de réalisation. 4 v. AH88. Hosono, Gunji. Histoire du dés- Paris, 1930. Examines in detail the working

armement. Paris, 1933. A history of de- of alliances and guarantees of neutrality, | militarization and the disarmament question agreements like the Locarno and Kellogg

before and after World War I. pacts, methods for the pacific solution of AH89. Lapradelle, Albert G. de. La paix disputes, and the problems of disarmament.

moderne (1899-1945) de La Haye a San AH98. Martin, Andrew. Collective secu-

Francisco: tableau d’ensemble avec la docu- rity: a progress report. Paris, 1952. Review mentation correspondante. Paris, 1947. Re- of 20th century efforts to regulate armaview of progress made toward institutional- ments, obtain pacific settlements of disizing peace since 1899, followed by the putes, and undertake collective action. Bib-

principal documents which illustrate the liography.

record. AH99. Raafat, Waheed. Le probleme de

. AH90. Lavallaz, Maurice de. Essai sur le Ja sécurité internationale. Paris, 1930. A désarmement et le pacte de la Société des substantial historical introduction followed Nations. Paris, 1926. A conscientious in- by an analysis of the problem as it prevestigation, covering the question as it sented itself at the Versailles peace conferpresented itself to the Versailles peace con- ence and during the first post-war decade. ference and as it was dealt with in various AH100. Rappard, William E. The quest

, drafts for a League covenant. for peace since the World War. Cambridge,

AH91,. Madariaga, Salvador de. Disarma- Mass., 1940. Efforts at arbitration, collective

ment. N.Y., 1929. One of the more out-_ security, and disarmament in the inter-war

standing ‘-books on the problem by the period. | |

822 Guide to Historical Literature | INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS SINCE WORLD WAR I -.-.

° . ‘ iod. =

DOCUMENTS; TREATIES consists of private papers found on the

. | estate of Herbert von Dirksen, German ‘am| United States bassador in London during that same per, - States: diplomatic papers. " Wathinston, AH108. Dokumenty Ministerstva inostran-

1861 ff. [Department of State.] (Title varies.) nykh Sel Sermanit 3 v. Moscow, 1946. This important collection of official papers vontams 138 documents selected from Gercomprises a series of volumes compiled on man loreign Office materials now in Soviet

, an annual basis. Special volumes include PCSS¢SS!D; dealing with German policy reThe Lansing papers, 1914-1920 (2 v., 1939); earang, Hungary, 1937-42 (v. 1), Turkey,

Japan, 1931-1941 (2 v. 1943); The Paris Tren, Gye 72 and Spain, tone 8 WO peace conference, 1919 (13 v., 1942-47); ‘houg the purpose behind their publicaThe Soviet Union, 1933-1939 (1952); The ‘08 apparently was to convict these three

conferences at Malta and Yalta, 1945 governments of f ull complicity in Nazi

(1955): and China, 1942 (1956). policy, this promise is not borne out. In

AH102. U. S. Senate. Committee on For- selecting documents, the compilers omitted eign Relations. A decade of American for- important accompanying telegrams and des- eign policy: basic documents, 1941-49, pre- patches i he hich reference is made in the pared at the request of the Senate Committee texts Publis ed. The documents, OF iginally on Foreign Relations by the staff of the all in German, appear here in Russian trans-

committee and the Department of State. lation. A French translation from the Rus- Washington, 1950. [Senate Doc.. 123, 81st sian has been _P ublished as Documents

Congress, Ist Session. ] secrets ai Ministére des Affaires EtranAH103. U. S. Department of State. Ameri- oe E09 Nena (3 In Pas. 1946). can foreign policy, 1950-1955: basic docu- : ini fe: a bibl nee h uropean War

- ments. 2 v. Washington, 1957. [Publication crimes trials: a DiblograpaAy- N.Y., 1951, 6446 of Department of State. General for- Excetrent guide to the voluminous literature

eign policy series 117.] This and AHJ/02 rar k oer anc ne id War IL

are very useful and comprehensive collec- mais neid alter the ene 0 One var

tions of documents. Contains an annotated list of materials pub- , | AH104. Documents on American foreign a STTer Matte 1941 and 1950. . relations. 1938 ff. N.Y., etc., 1939 ff. [V. | - Weinberg, Gerhard L. Guide to 1-13, World Peace Foundation: v. 14 ff., captured German documents. Montgomery,

| German |

Council on Foreign Relations.] (Annual. Ala nar A most ericeaniie wad and

Place of pub. varies.) Extremely useful guide to ifisca materials Ww ich through series which provides a wealth of documen- sale ture, co" scation, purchase, donation, tation for the contemporary historian. salvage, etc. were transferred non-German control during and aftertoWorld War II.

AH105. Documents on German foreign Soviet

policy, 1918-1945: from the archives of the AHI111. Degras, Jane. Calendar of Soviet

German Foreign Ministry. See AF355. documents on foreign policy, 1917-1941. AH106. Sontag, Raymond J., and James N.Y. and London, 1948. The document titles S. Beddie, eds. Nazi-Soviet relations, 1939- are arranged by year groups and country,

1941. N.Y., 1948. [U. S. Department of and references are given to Russian and State.] This selection from the immense other sources. mass of German documents captured by the AH112. ——, ed. Soviet documents on U. S. First Army tells the story of the foreign policy. 3 v. N.Y., 1951-53. These Russo-German rapprochement ending in volumes of selected documents from the the Nazi invasion of June 1941. An im- Revolution to the German invasion of 1941 portant source, but not well translated. bring together and translate much material AH107. Documents and materials relating not otherwise easily accessible.

to the eve of the Second World War. 2 v. AHI13. Meissner, Boris, comp. Das Ost-

: Moscow, 1948. [Ministry of Foreign Affairs pakt-System: Dokumentensammlung. 2nd

of the U.S.S.R.] This was published by the ed., Frankfurt-am-Main, 1955. Collection of Soviet government in reply to AH/06. V.1 documents relating to the post-1945 Soviet

. contains documents (in English translation) system of pacts and treaties in Europe and from the German Foreign Office relating Asia. chiefly to the Munich affair of 1938; v. 2 AH114. Shapiro, Leonard, ed. Soviet -

International Relations: Political 823 treaty series: a collection of bilateral treaties, ARMISTICE AND PEACE TREATIES agreements and conventions, etc., concluded

between the Soviet Union and _ foreign Reference Works

powers, 2 v. Washington, 1950-55. “ series qH124. Lapradelle, Albert G. de, ed. La

| which presents “every bilateral diplomatic documentation internationale: la paix de : instrument to which the Soviet Government yercaites. 14 pts. in 12 v Paris, 1929-39

| as become ap arty Of 19 1 . Important collection of minutes of peace Peeches, notes, Oliclal = communiques, — Conference commissions together with other

etc., dealing with Soviet foreign policy may documents .

be found in the titles listed below. AH125. ; Great Britain. Foreign Office ML tose entt vneshnei politid SSSR. Handbooks prepared under the direction of AH116. V =r weer ae the historical section of the Foreign Office. . - Vneshniaia politika SSSR: sbor- Ed. by Sir G. W. Prothero. 162 pts. in 25 v. ws “ okumentov. Moscow, 1946. Covers part London, 1920. Monographs prepared for in-

of the inter-war period. _ formation and use of the British delegates to

AH117. Vneshniaia politika Sovetskogo the Paris peace conference, and dealing with

Soiuza v period Otechestvennoi voiny. 3 v. practically every state and colony or dis- ,

Moscow, 1944-47. Covers the years of World puted area in the world at that time. Each War If. Two volumes in this SeTIeS have number presents a concise historical survey been translated into English as Soviet foreign indicating the status of the areas, summarrode) during the patriotic war (London, izing their international relations and prob; ws eae lems, and containing a considerable amount AHTLI8. Vneshniaia politika Sovetskogo of descriptive and _ statistical information. Soiuza 1945~, Moscow, 1949 ff. Presents the Convenient, sometimes excellent, introducmaterial since 1945 on an annual or semi- tions to the regions concerned.

annual basis. AH126. Schiicking, Walther M.,_ ed. , | Vorveroffentlichung aus dem Kommentar British, French, Japanese, Italian, etc. Analysis and critince iv Ve ne aty ran

sailles. |

‘ AHI19, Woodward, Ernest 1... and Rohan AH127. Kraus, Herbert, and Gustav R6diButler, eds. Documents on British foreign eer, eds. Urkunden zum Friedensvertrage

poueys ee. oncom tee - Bonn von Versailles vom 28. Juni 1919. 2 v. Ber- | ispensable source for the study ol britis lin, 1920-21. Documents supplementing foreign policy, and indeed of many aspects AHI26 | of international affairs, during the inter-war AHL28 Temperley, Harold W. V., ed period. The documents are being published A history of the peace conference of Paris.

simultaneously in three series, starting re- 6 v. London, 1920-24. [Royal Institute of | spectively with 1919, 1929, and 1938. . International Affairs.] Indispensable work

AH120. Italy. Ministero degli Affari Ester1. written by English and U.S. experts. Still a I documenti diplomatici italiani: ottava serie, standard account of the conference. how it 1935-1939 - 2. Rome, 195 2-93. Well-edited was organized, and how it carried out its

23-—Sep. 3, 1939. : |

collection of Italian diplomatic documents. duties Two volumes published cover period May ° AH121. Uyehara, Cecil H. Checklist of General Surveys

-archives in the Japanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Tokyo, Japan, 1868-1945: AH129. Churchill, Winston S. The world microfilmed for the Library of Congress, crisis; the aftermath. N.Y., 1929. The con1949-1951. Washington, 1954. A most useful cluding volume of Churchill’s brilliant mem-

guide. oirs of World War I, covering the years AH122. La délégation francaise auprés de 1918-22, the peace conference, the Rus-

la commission allemande d’armistice: recueil sian situation, the Near East crisis, the de documents publié par le gouvernement [Irish problem, and other controversial mat-

francais. 4 v. Paris, 1947-57. Important ters.

compilation of documents dealing with the AH130. Haskins, Charles H., and Robert _ - French-German armistice negotiations after H. Lord. Some problems of the peace con-

the initial defeat of France in 1940, ference. Cambridge, Mass., 1920. Deals

AH123. Documents on international af- chiefly with territorial and boundary prob-

fairs. 1928 ff. N.Y., 1929 ff. [Royal Institute lems. Bibliography. : :

of International Affairs.] (Annual.) Very AHI131. Lioyd George, David. Memoirs useful reference work designed to supple- of the peace conference. 2 v. New Haven, - ment and illustrate the corresponding vol- 1939. Though they contain much valuable umes in Survey of international affairs information as well as pungent portraits of

(AAY). the leading personages at Paris, these vol- |

824 Guide to Historical Literature umes are vitiated by the author’s desire to of the 440 articles of the Treaty of Verpresent his own case in the best possible _ sailles and the annexes thereto.”

light.

| AH132. Mantoux, Etienne. The Cartha- U. S. at the Paris Peace Conference ginian peace, or the economic consequences

_ of Mr. Keynes. N.Y., 1946. With minor ex- AH140. Bailey, Thomas A. Woodrow ceptions, this interesting book is a political | Wilson and the great betrayal. See AB4J5.

rather than an economic tract. It attacks AH141. ——. Woodrow Wilson and the Keynes’ Economic consequences of the lest peace. See AB414. peace and maintains that the thesis which AH142. Baker, Ray Stannard. What Wil- |

it established was an important factor in son did at Paris. Garden City, 1919. A

causing World War II. sympathetic contemporary interpretation.

AH133. Mantoux, Paul J. Les délibéra- AH143, ——-. Woodrew Wilson and world

tions du Conseil des Quatre (24 mars—28 settlement: written from his unpublished . juin 1919), 2 v. Paris, 1955. Notes on the and personal material. 3 v. Garden City,

sessions of the Council of Four at the Ver- 1922. While sympathetic with Wilson’s polisailles conference, taken by the author in cies, this work is primarily expository. V. 3 his capacity as interpreter. An important contains a very complete collection of docu-

source in supplementing the record pre- mentary material. pared by Sir Maurice Hankey in Papers re- AH144, Birdsall, Paul. Versailles twenty lating to the foreign relations of the United years after. See AF255. States: the Paris peace conference, v. 5 AH145. House, Edward M. The intimate

and 6. papers of Colonel House. Ed. by Charles AH134. Marston, Frank S. The peace Seymour. 4 v. Boston, 1926-28. The highly

. conference of 1919: organization and proce- important papers of President Wilson’s dure. N.Y., 1944. Valuable monograph confidential adviser, covering the period which traces the process by which the from House’s mission to Europe on the eve transition from war to peace was effected of the war through the peace conference of

between 1918 and 1920. Attention is 1919. :

primarily to organizational problems rather AH146. House, Edward M., and Charles than substance of the treaties. Bibliog- Seymour. What really happened at Paris:

raphy. the story of the peace conference, 1918-1919, AH135. Nicolson, Harold G. Peacemaking, by American delegates. N.Y., 1921. A series

1919. Boston, 1933. The first part of this of lectures by U. S. plenipotentiaries and book is a critique of the peace conference experts at the conference. in the light of experience, with a full and AH147. Kennan, George F. Soviet-Ameri-

intelligent, if subjective, appraisal of its can relations, 1917-1920. 2 v. Princeton,

misfortunes, mistakes, and merits. The sec- 1956-58. V. 1, Russia leaves the war, covers

ond part is made up of selections from the period from the November revolution the diary of the author, one of the British to Russia’s final withdrawal from the war

territorial experts at Paris. in March 1918. V. 2, The decision to interAH136. Carnegie Endowment for Inter- vene, discusses the events preceding and national Peace. Official statements of war following the decision by President Wilson

| aims and peace proposals, December 1916 to intervene with troops in northern Russia. , to November 1918. Ed. by James Brown A _ very valuable and illuminating study.

: Scott. Washington, 1921. An exhaustive. Bibliography. } compilation, useful for reference. | AH148. Lansing, Robert. The peace ne-

7 ~ AH137. Stephens, Waldo E. Revisions of gotiations: a personal narrative. Boston,

the treaty of Versailles. N.Y., 1939. Mono- 1921. An account by Wilson’s secretary of

- graph on the changes made in the treaty State. since its signature. Bibliography. AH149. Miller, David H. My diary at the AH138. Tardieu, André P. G. A. The conference of Paris: with documents. 21 v. truth about the treaty. Indianapolis, 1921. N.Y., 1924. An immense and exceedingly French ed., La paix (Paris, 1921). Able and valuable collection of documentary material,

vigorous defense of the treaty of Versailles by a legal adviser of the U. S. delegation.

: by Clemenceau’s chief lieutenant. The The forty sets printed were distributed

French and English editions differ consider- among the important libraries of the United

, ably, each omitting much that is in the States and Europe.

other. | | -AHI50. Shotwell, James T. At the Paris AH139. U. S. Department of State. The peace conference. N.Y., 1937. Professor

treaty of Versailles and after: annotations Shotwell was one of the leading experts in of the text of the treaty. Washington, 1947. Colonel House’s “inquiry.” Except for five An extensive gloss consisting of “factual introductory chapters of “retrospect,” this notes which briefly record the actions taken book consists of Shotwell’s. diary from | . in consequence of the provisions of most Dec. 3, 1918 to July 9, 1919.

; International Relations: Political 825 Other Countries in Post-World War I AH161. Carr, Edward H. International re- ,

| Settlements lations between the two world wars, 19191939. See AFSI.

AHI1S51, Albrecht-Carrié, René. Italy at AH162. ——., The twenty years’ crisis, ,

the Paris peace conference. N.Y., 1938. A 1919-1939: an introduction to the study of scholarly diplomatic history; richly docu- international relations. 2nd ed., London,

mented. Bibliography. _ 1946. Sharp criticism of some of the leading AH152. Almond, Nina, and Ralph H. concepts and institutions of the inter-war Lutz, eds. The treaty of St. Germain: a period; particularly critical of the Wilsonian

documentary history of its territorial and tradition. Oe

political clauses, with a survey of the docu- AH163. Craig, Gordon A., and Felix Gil_ ments of the supreme council of the Paris bert, eds. The diplomats, 1919-1939. Princepeace conference. Stanford, 1935. Careful ton, 1953. Seventeen authors collaborated

review of the history and provisions of jn this diplomatic history, based for the

the treaty. most part on the careers of individual diploAH153. Deak, Francis. Hungary at the mats and officials in the foreign offices. Paris peace conference: the diplomatic his- AHi64. Dotremont, Stanislas. L’arbitrage tory of the treaty of Trianon. N.Y., 1942. international et le Conseil de la Société des

Able history of the Hungarian question at Nations. Brussels, 1929. Authoritative monoAH154. Hofmannsthal, Emil von, ed. worked under the League system. ,

the Versailles conference. Bibliography. graph on the machinery of arbitration as it

Der deutsche und Osterreichische Friedens- AH165. D’Abernon, Edgar V. The diary vertrag. Vienna, 1920. Guide to the treaties of an ambassador. 3 v. N.Y., 1929-30. Im-

of Versailles and St. Germain. portant memoirs and impressions of the

AHI155. Luckau, Alma M. The German British ambassador to Berlin, covering the ,

delegation at the Paris peace conference. years 1920-26. N.Y., 1941. History of Germany’s participa- AH166. Duroselle, Jean B. Histoire diplo-

tion in the peacemaking of 1919. About matique de 1919 4 nos jours. Paris, 1953. 7 four-fifths consists of relevant documents. Though designed as a manual, this history

Bibliography. oe of the period 1919-51 is a solid and useful AH156, Pingaud, Albert. Histoire diplo- — synthesis. Confining itself to the traditional

matique de la France pendant la grande jimits of diplomatic history, it is based on guerre. 3 y. Paris, 1938-40. Competent nar- wide reading and acquaintance with the

rative by a former director of the ar- gources. Bibliography. |

chives at the French foreign office. Bibliog- AH167. Gathorne-Hardy, Geoffrey M. A raphy. short history of international affairs, 1920- | _ AH157. Rudin, Harry R. Armistice 1918. 4939, 4th ed., London and N.Y., 1950. One

New Haven, 1944. A sound, carefully docu- of the more satisfactory surveys of intermented history of the way the armistice pyational relations in the inter-war years.

came about. The record, as the author ex- First published in 1934, it has been revised , poses it on the basis of abundant docu- = and expanded to take account of subse-

mentation, punctures the claim that the quent events and new information. |

kaiser’s army was defeated, not in the AH168. Habicht, Max, ed. Post-war treatfield, but by the homeland’s “stab in the jes for the pacific settlement of interna-

back.” . tional disputes. Cambridge, Mass., 1931. AH158. Stein, Boris E. “Russkii vopros” Jarger part of volume is devoted to texts

na Parizhskoi mirnoi konferentsii, 1919- = of ali such treaties concluded in first dec1920 gg. Moscow, 1949. A Soviet diplomatic ade after World War I. Author also anastudy of the Russian question at the Paris |yzes and compares various types of agreepeace conference and of the complex pat- ment and systems of settlement. ~~ tern of civil war and intervention on Russia’s AH169. Haines, Charles G., and Ross

borders. J. S.. Hoffman. The origins and background

AH159,. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. The of the Second World War. 2nd ed., N.Y., forgotten peace: Brest-Litovsk, March 1918. = 4947. Useful factual history of the period

N.Y., 1939. Interesting, dramatic, and sub- petween the two world wars. |

stantial narrative. Bibliography. AH170. Holborn, Hajo. The political col-

7 lapse of Europe. N.Y., 1951. Rich and re| flective interpretation of the contemporary : INTER-WAR YEARS world scene in terms of the historical evolu-

oe General Treatments | tion of the European states-system. Author

concludes that in World War II the “col-AH160. Baumont, Maurice. La faillite de lapse of the traditional European system

la paix (1918-1939). 3rd rev. ed., 2 v., Paris, | became an irrevocable fact.” Bibliography.

1951. A solid and valuable history of the AH171. Howe, Quincy. A. world history

inter-war period. of our own times. 2 v. N.Y., 1949-53. Part ,

826 Guide to Historical Literature of a projected 3 v. series aimed at the lay- ysis of the Manchuria incident, the Lytton man. report, the attack on Shanghai, and the conAH172. Jordan, W. M. Great Britain, |comitant international crisis in the Far East.

France, and the German problem, 1918- Bibliography. 1939. N.Y., 1943. A serious effort to un- AH182. Wolfers, Arnold. Britain and ravel the main threads of ‘‘Anglo-French France between two wars: conflicting straterelations in the making and maintenance of gies of peace since Versailles. N.Y., 1940.

the Versailles settlement.” A good diplomatic history based on the

AH173. Lukacs, John A. The great powers material then available. Bibliography. _ _ . _and and eastemm Europe. N.Y., 1953. Stimulating | substantial survey of diplomatic rela- _ . tions in and relating to eastern Europe be- : Disarmament Conferences tween 1917 and the falling of the Iron Cur- ae tain. The author is generally critical of the ton conference. NY, 1922. A good general

| volicies of western powers, and especially account

se Gite Seats postion, VAS IME" AHII8A, Bouy, Raymond, Le désarmement

ography gavar la conference de Pondres. pans, tthe " . .; cholarly presentation o e work oe A Hi74. Rain, Pierre. L’Europe de Ver- London conference from the French view-

sailles (1919-1939): les traités de paix, leur point. Bibliography.

application, leur mutilation. Paris, 1945. An“ 4¥4185, Ichihashi, Yamato. The Washingexamination, undertaken in a clinical spirit, ton conference and after: a historical survey. of the reasons for and progress of the de- Stanford, 1928. An important original treat- — struction of the Versailles system. Nearly half ment. As secretary to Viscount Kato, author the vorume 18 devoted i; a discussion of the was in a position to follow closely the course

re a7s emselves. Bm eraP ye of negotiations. Each phase of the discus-

| . AH . Reyno ds, P ip A. British for- sions is taken up in detail and obstacles in eign policy in the inter-war years. N.Y., the way of agreement are discussed dispas1954. A concise, judicious survey and ap- ‘onatelv. Bibli h

praisal. British failures are seen to have re- Sn ee ) eT apny. .

i F oa : AH186. Loosli-Usteri, Carl. Geschichte der

su ted rom two errors—the pursuit of tr adi- Konferenz fiir die Herabsetzung und die

tional policies under changed and iNaPPrO- —-_-Begrenzung der Riistungen 1932-1934. Ziir-

Pats Oem: and me pursuit of con- ich, 1940. Comprehensive, systematic history evil. Biblioeraphy extent of not recognizing and appraisal of the politics of disarmament. AH176. Salvatorelli, Luigi. Vent? anni fra P/OHOstaphy. due Suerre. 2nd rev. ed., Rome, 1946. History pipe dream of peace: the story of the col-

| ? . AH187. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. The of the inter-war period covering domestic Janse of disarmament. N.Y., 1935. Good developments as well as international rela- short history of the disarmament conference;

: . . a sequel to the author’s earlier books, Infor-

AHI77. Smith, Sara R. The Manchurian mation on the reduction of armaments (CTISIS, 1931-1932: a tragedy in Anterna- (London, 1925) and Disarmament and

‘tional relations. N.Y., 1948. An able history security since Locarno, 1925-1931 (London,

: in which particular attention is given to 1932). oe U. S. policy and League behavior. . AH178. Sontag, Raymond J. European __.

diplomatic history, 1871-1932. N.Y., 1933. Kellogg-Briand Pact Reliable survey of European diplomacy.

| ~ AH179. Stein, Boris E. Burzhuaznye fal’si- AH188. Ferrell, Robert H. Peace in their fikatory istorii, 1919-1939. Moscow, 195.pubnme:ew ae orem wt .ane Briand pact. e Soviet answer to western postwar Haven, AnKellogg: adle monograpn. e lication of documents and memoirs relating author sees the agreement to renounce war the inter-war skilfully as theand product of some very shrewd diplo-toAH180. Suarez,period; Georges. Briand:argued. sa vie, macy some very unsophisticated popular son oeuvre, avec son journal et de nombreux enthusiasm in the United States. Bibliogdocuments inédits. 6 v. Paris, 1938-52. An raphy. important Briand biography based on his AH189. Miller, David H. The peace pact diary and numerous unpublished documents. of Paris: a study of the Briand-Kellogg Particularly valuable are the parts which treaty. N.Y., 1928. Account of the origins describe Briand’s international role in the and purpose of the Kellogg-Briand pact, with years of Locarno, Thoiry, and the Briand- a careful examination of the United States

Kellogg pact. government’s diplomatic correspondence with

| AH181. Willoughby, Westel W. The Sino- other signatory states.

Japanese controversy and the League of AH190. Shotwell, James JT. War as an

Nations. Baltimore, 1935. Monumental anal- instrument of national policy and its re-

, International Relations: Political , 827 nunciation in the Pact of Paris. N.Y., 1929. happy U. S.-Russian relations rests mainly

One of the best analyses of the pact. with the United States. While the extensive

, documentation provided for the U. S. half : - Locarno of the story warrants attention, if not ac-

spondence. | ceptance, the treatment of the aims and AH191. Bonnamour, George. Le rap- methods of Soviet foreign policy avoids the prochement franco-allemand. Paris, 1927. essential question. Bibliography. |

Review of the Locarno agreements and their

origins, with some documents and corre- Role of the Soviet Union

AH192. Giovannucci, Francesco S. Lo- AH202. Beloff, Max. The foreign policy carno. Rome, 1935. Detailed review of the of Soviet Russia, 1929-1941. 2 v. N.Y., origins and provisions of the Locarno pacts, 1947-49. Best single account of Soviet for-

including an appendix of texts of pertinent eign policy for these years. Cautious in

documents. a forcing conclusions upon the evidence, the

| AH193. Lemin, Iosif M. Vneshniaia author has been unusually conscientious in

politika Velikobritanii ot Versalia do Lo- assembling the evidence at time of writing. karno, 1919-1925. Moscow, 1947. A Soviet |= AH203. Carr, Edward H. German-Soviet

interpretation of Britain’s foreign policy relations between the two world wars, 1919- |

from Versailles to Locarno. | 1939. Baltimore, 1951. Six lectures on the

: - fluctuating relations between two losers of

Role of the United States World War I. Bibliography.

: AH204. Fischer, Louis. The Soviets in

AH194, Beard, Charles A. American for- world affairs: a history of the relations be-

eign policy in the making, 1932-1940: a tween the Soviet Union and the rest of the |

study in responsibilities. New Haven, 1946. world, 1917-1929. 2nd ed., 2 v., Princeton, | A hostile review of the foreign policy of 1951. Extensive, favorable treatment of BolPresident Roosevelt and Secretary Hull in shevik foreign policy, based in large measure context of U. S. moves toward involvement on Russian sources. Author had the advan-

in World War Il. © tage of friendship with leading Russian AH195. Borg, Dorothy. American policy diplomats in the 1920’s.

and the Chinese revolution, 1925-1928, N.Y., AH205. Potemkin, Vladimir P., ed. Istoriia | 1947. Well documented monograph with ap- diplomatii. 3 v. Moscow, 1941-45. Extensive

praisals of men and policies. Bibliography. Soviet interpretation of diplomatic history AH196. Christopher, James W. Conflict from antiquity to 1939. While indicating the in the Far East: American diplomacy in Soviet view, it is increasingly unsatisfactory China from 1928 to 1933. Leiden, 1950. as the narrative approaches contemporary Serves as a sequel to AH195. Value to the events. Little in the way of Russian diplospecialist is limited by narrow range of matic “revelations.” French edition, Histoire

sources consulted. Bibliography. ‘de la diplomatie (3 v., Paris, 1946-47).

| AH197. Fleming, Denna F. The United AH206. Taracouzio, Timothy A. War and | : States and the League of Nations, 1918-1920. peace in Soviet diplomacy. See X275. N.Y., 1932.

AH198, ——. The United States and world DIPLOMACY OF WORLD WAR II | organization, 1920-1933. See AH280. This | | | and AH197 are useful contributions to the Outbreak

study of U. S. foreign policy. | | | AH199. Kennan, George F. American AH207. Aoki, Tokuzd. Taihely6 sensd ]

diplomacy, 1900-1950. Chicago, 1951. Series zenshi. 3 v. Tokyo, 1950-53. History of

of lectures appraising the principles and events leading up to the Pacific war. Inapplication of U. S. foreign policy of half cludes many important documents. | a century. The burden of the message, ex- \ AH208. Beck, Jdsef. Dernier rapport: pressed in an undogmatic manner, is a_ politique polonaise, 1926-1939. See W164. : critique of the “legalistic-moralistic approach AH209. Bonnet, Georges E. Défense de la

to international problems.” paix. 2 v. Geneva, 1946-48. In these diplomatic

AH200. Lodge, Henry Cabot. The Senate memoirs the French foreign minister at the |

and the League of Nations. N.Y., 1925. A time of the Czech crisis is much concerned

contemporary Republican view of President with the defense of his own diplomacy. An Wilson’s League policy in Paris and Wash- important but controversial source.

ington. . AH210. Ciano, Galeazzo. Diaries and AH201. Williams, William A. American- papers. The diary of Mussolini’s son-in-law

Russian relations, 1781-1947. N.Y., 1952. and foreign minister underwent many vicisGreater part of book is devoted to the years _ situdes in the course of being preserved from 1917-39. After much research, the author — the Fascists and finding its way into print.

| concludes that the responsibility for un- An English translation of entries from Jan.

828 Guide to Historical Literature 1, 1939 to Dec. 23, 1943 was edited by largely undocumented, survey of the course Hugh Gibson, The Ciano diaries, 1939-1943 of German foreign policy from 1933 to 1945. (Garden City, 1946) (Italian edition, 2 v., The author, a professional diplomat, was an Milan, 1946). An earlier section, from Aug. assistant to von Ribbentrop, with whom he 23, 1937 to the end of 1938, is Diario 1937— was increasingly at odds. 1938 (Bologna, 1948), for which an English AH218. Namier, Sir Lewis B. Diplomatic

translation, Diary, 1937-1938 (London, prelude, 1938-1939. N.Y., 1948. Classic

1952) was published. A supplement to these study of the events immediately preceding “diaries” is L’Europa verso la catastrofe the outbreak of war. Somewhat outdated by (Milan, 1947), a collection of documents subsequent documentary publications. — from the files of the Palazzo Chigi containing AH219, ———. Europe in decay. London, minutes of Ciano’s conversations with for- 1950. Collection of book-review essays in-

| eign statesmen between 1936 and 1942 to- tended to keep readers abreast of material gether with other revealing memoranda, published after 4H2/8.

letters, and telegrams. An English transla- AH220. Noél, Léon. L’agression allemande tion, Ciano’s diplomatic papers (London, contre la Pologne. Paris, 1946. Author was 1948), was edited by Malcolm Muggeridge. French ambassador in Warsaw from 1935 to In all a valuable source for Italian foreign outbreak of war in 1939. Unhappily, when policy, but because of Ciano’s character and preparing these pages he had at hand neither the complex history of some of the docu- the files of the Quai d’Orsay nor his own ments, it is to be used with due caution. . personal papers. Nevertheless, he has much AH211. Coulondre, Robert. De Staline 4 of importance to say about Polish-French Hitler: souvenirs de deux ambassades, 1936-— —s relations during the inter-war period and

1939. Paris, 1950. Extremely valuable and in- about the immediate origins of World formative memoirs of the French ambassador War II.

in Moscow, from Nov. 1936 to Oct. 1938, AH221. Tasca, Angelo (pseud., Angelo | and then in Berlin until outbreak of the war. Rossi). The Russo-German alliance: August

Of particular interest is his account of the 1939-June 1941. Boston, 1951. Good review crumbling of the Franco-Soviet pact, France’s of the history of the alliance, from a dereluctance to give it military teeth, and the cidedly anti-Soviet point of view. obvious Soviet threat, after the Munich crisis, AH222. Schmidt, Paul. Statist auf diplo-

of a fourth Polish partition. matischer Biithne, 1923-45. Bonn, 1949. A

AH212. Gafencu, Grigore. Last days of witness to many of the most critical diplo_ Europe: a diplomatic journey in 1939. New matic encounters in European history be-

| Haven, 1948. The late Romanian foreign tween 1923 and 1945, Dr. Schmidt, former

minister recites his impressions of European chief interpreter of the German Foreign events and personages gained on a diplomatic Office, has written an absorbing and in-

tour before the war in 1939. formative volume of memoirs.

AH213. ——. Prelude to the Russian cam- AH223. Szembek, Jan. Journal, 1933-1939.

paign. London, 1945. Consists of two un- Paris, 1952. This diplomatic diary of the equal parts. The first contains a circumstantial former Polish under-secretary of state for account of Russo-German relations from the foreign affairs is an important source for the

Moscow pact of Aug. 21, 1939 to the Nazi background of World War II. Contains

~ jnvasion of Russia in June 1941; the second, almost daily entries for the years 1935-39, -and shorter, part reviews Rumanian foreign thus giving a very complete picture of Po-

oo policy during the war. land’s foreign policy in that period, as events ' AH214. Henderson, Sir Nevile. Failure of led to the invasion of his country. a mission: Berlin, 1937-1939. N.Y., 1940. AH224. Weinberg, Gerhard L. Germany Author, who was sent to Berlin as British and the Soviet Union, 1939-1941. Leiden, ambassador just before 1937, here gives an 1954. Careful examination, in the form of account of his two and a half years in the a chronological survey, of the period of the

center of European diplomacy. | Soviet-German non-aggression pact. Of par-

-AH215. Hofer, Walther. War premedi- ticular interest is the concluding chapter | tated, 1939. London, 1955. Able study, by a summarizing the points at which the author’s Swiss historian, of the immediate background findings differ from prevalent views of that

of World War II in the summer of 1939; ambiguous relationship. Bibliography. .

well assembled and directed to showing AH225. Weizsacker, Ernst H. von.

full responsibility for destroying the Memoirs. Chicago, 1951. Apologia of the | peace.Hitler’s head of the German Foreign Office under AH216. Holldack, Heinz G. Was wirklich Ribbentrop. He indicates his opposition to geschah. Munich, 1949. Well-documented his- __Hitler’s reckless rush to war, but does not

: tory of German foreign policy between 1933 substantially alter the picture of the back-

and 1941. ground of the war or the forces in Germany AH217. Kordt, Erich. Wahn und Wirk- — which made Hitler possible.

lichkeit. Stuttgart, 1948. Valuable, though AH226. Wheeler-Bennett, John W. Mu-

International Relations: Political ~~ 829 nich: prologue to tragedy. N.Y., 1948. Good mentation, their literary and dramatic qualion the background, development, and imme- ties. make them absorbing reading. First diate aftermath of the Munich crisis, though volumes are perhaps the most satisfying:

written before the publication of pertinent the inter-war years when Churchill was bat- : German and British documents. Bibliog- tling the current of appeasement and inde- |

raphy. cision, and the months of heroism when

. AH227. Wiskemann, Elizabeth. The Rome- ‘Britain stood alone against Hitler. The work

‘Berlin axis: a history of the relations be- concludes with Churchill’s resignation in tween Hitler and Mussolini. N.Y., 1949. 1945, but includes his views on the handling Makes good use of a mass of documentary and mishandling of relations with the Soviet 7

and personal material, some of it unpub- Union. | | |

lished, to show the progressive degradation AH235. Ciechanowski, Jan. Defeat in and enslavement of Fascist Italy by her victory. Garden City, 1947. Author served

, Axis partner. Bibliography. the Polish government-in-exile during the war as its ambassador in Washington, but | United States and Outbreak of the War was unwilling to continue under the regime |

| recognized by the Great Powers in the sum-

AH228. Beard, Charles A. President mer of 1945. His account of wartime negoRoosevelt and the coming of the war, 1941: _tiations with the U. S. and other allied a study in appearances and realities. New governments is an important source. Haven, 1948. An attack on Roosevelt’s con- AH236. Gaulle, Charles de. Mémoires de duct of U. S. foreign policy, in effect charg- guerre. See AG241.

ing him with forcing Japan to start war on AH237. Feis, Herbert. Churchill, Roose-

the United States in 1941. . | velt, Stalin: the war they waged and the . AH229. Feis, Herbert. The road to Pearl peace they sought. Princeton, 1957. An im- | Harbor. See AB426. portant history of the “Big Three” coalition AH230. Grew, Joseph C. Turbulent era: from 1941 to the collapse of Germany in | a diplomatic record of forty years, 1904- 1945. The author treads his way skilfully 1945. 2 v. Boston, 1952. Based largely on through a complex diplomatic crisis, and his Grew’s diary and letters; valuable as a his- unobtrusive judgments on wartime policies

torical source. Sections of greatest interest are both balanced and penetrating. . are the author’s review of events leading to AH238. Holborn, Louise W., ed. War and Pearl Harbor (he believes the United States peace aims of the United Nations. 2 v. missed an opportunity for a peaceful settle- Boston, 1943-48. Very useful collection of ment with Japan) and his work as acfing documentary .materials—declarations, state-

secretary of state in 1945. ments, speeches, etc. Bibliography.

AH231. Langer, William L., and Sarell AH239. Hull, Cordell. The memoirs of

E. Gleason. The world crisis and American Cordell Hull. See AB4/7.

foreign policy. 2 v. N.Y., 1952-53. This AH240. Leahy, William D. I was there. |

masterly study gives the most complete and N.Y., 1950. War memoirs of the former

authoritative account of U. S. diplomacy United States ambassador to Vichy and chief | from Roosevelt’s “quarantine speech” to _ of staff to Presidents Roosevelt and Truman. |

Pearl Harbor. — | Less readable than Stimson’s or Sherwood’s

AH232. Rauch, Basil. Roosevelt, from accounts and less informative than Hull’s os Munich to Pearl Harbor: a study in the memoirs, this volume nevertheless throws creation of a foreign policy. See AB427. valuable light on U. S. military planning, orAH233. Tansill, Charles C. Back door to = ganization of the armed forces, and relations

war: the Roosevelt foreign policy, 1933— with the Soviet Union.

1941. Chicago, 1952. The author sees Ger- AH241. Brookings Institution. Interna- many as having “been baited into war with tional Studies Group. The search for peace _ Britain and France,” and Japan as having settlements. By Redvers Opie and _ others. been “maneuvered into firing the first shot Washington, 1951. Informative survey of the

at Pearl Harbor.” Bibliography. difficulties in achieving agreement on peace

: , settlements during and after World War II. : Wartime Diplomacy AH242. Sherwood, Robert E. Roosevelt SCAH234. and Hopkins: an intimate history. Rev. ed., Churchill, Winston S. The Second N.Y., 1950. A well-written history and major

World War. 6 v. Boston, 1948-53. [1, The source of information, based on the Hopkins

gathering storm; 2, Their finest hour; 3, The _ papers. : Grand Alliance; 4, The hinge of fate; 5, AH243. Snell, John L., ed. The meaning

Closing the ring; 6, Triumph and tragedy.] of Yalta: Big Three diplomacy and the new These monumental, war memoirs give full balance of power. Baton Rouge, 1956.

expression to the personality and stature of Stressing the historical context in which the Britain’s great statesman. Of enormous value agreements were made, this study by four to the historian for their insights and docu- historians concludes that ‘“‘Yalta’s historical —

— ~=—-830 Guide to Historical Literature significance has been confused, its decisions mezhdunarodnogo prava i mezhdunarodnoi exaggerated, and its effect on the course of _ politiki. [Questions of international law and

| subsequent events distorted.” international politics.] Moscow, 1951. Col-

AH244. Stettinius, Edward R. Roosevelt lection of Vyshinsky’s speeches and remarks _

| and the Russians: the Yalta conference. at the Paris peace conference of 1946, the | | Fd. by Walter Johnson. Garden City, 1949. first and second sessions of the United Na-

The late Secretary of State, who was present tions General Assembly, and at press confer-

] at Yalta, adds his contribution to the picture ences and meetings. of that most controversial conference, of

which the Soviet Union was the host. Role of the United States

AH245. Vandenberg, Arthur H., Jr., ed. |

The private papers of Senator Vandenberg. AH255. Byrnes, James F. Speaking frankly. Boston, 1952. Major theme of these papers N.Y., 1947. Author’s account of his activities

| is the late senator’s transition from isola- as secretary of state in the early part of tionism to an advocacy of international the Truman administration begins with the

_ cooperation. Valuable for understanding of Yalta conference and runs through the

U. S. foreign relations in the years since meeting of the Council of Foreign Ministers Pearl Harbor, especially from the point of | at New York in Dec. 1946. An important view of a member of the legislative branch source of information for these two years.

of the government. AH256. Dennett, Raymond, and Joseph

| E. Johnson, eds. Negotiating with the Rus- | sians. Boston, 1951. Instructive symposium

POSTWA RE RN@ of the experiences of ten Americans who

have had the responsibility of negotiating

General Works with the Russians on a variety of issues over the years since World War II. As the editors

| AH246. Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Aus- note, “It is not intended to be a record of

wartige Politik. Deutsches und auslandisches American foreign policy as such; it is in-

oe Schrifttum zur Frage der Abristung 1945- tended to be a record of how we negotiate 1956. Frankfurt am Main, 1957. Useful bib- with Russians and what happens when we

. liography on the problem of disarmament do.” |

since 1945, AH257. Dulles, John Foster. War or

| : AH247. Beloff, Max. Soviet policy in peace. N.Y., 1950. Apart from giving us the Far East, 1944-1951. London and N.Y., the views of a leading figure in American 1953. [Royal Institute of International Af- public life, the book is useful as a concise fairs.] Useful survey, hampered by paucity exposition of the issues dividing the United

of sources. States and Russia.

. AH248. Royal Institute of International AH258. Forrestal, James. The Forrestal

' Affairs. Defense in the cold war. N.Y., 1950. diaries. Ed. by Walter Millis and E. S. DufAH249, ——_. Atlantic alliance. N.Y., 1952. field. N.Y., 1951. These pages from the

, This and AH248 are useful Chatham House’ diary of the late secretary of defense are , study group reports on western defense and both revealing and unsatisfying. They pro-

_ NATO in the early 1950's. © ' duce a remarkable sense of the author’s | AH250. Haines, Charles G., ed. The threat —bluntness and of the immediacy of his concern

| of Soviet imperialism. Baltimore, 1954. A with many vital issues, combined with some distinguished group of contributors discuss uncertainty as to whether they are a complete

the Soviet position toward the non-Soviet representation of the situation as it was or

world. - even the full and considered judgment of AH251. Meissner, Boris. Russland, die their author. The exceptionally difficult task

Westmachte und Deutschland; die sowje- of editing has been handied very well. tische Deutschlandpolitik, 1943-1953. 2nd ed.. = AH259. Goodrich, Leland M. Korea: a

} Hamburg, 1954. Valuable discussion of the study of U. S. policy in the United Nations. German problem in the negotiations of the N.Y., 1956. Careful examination of the han-

a _ big powers in the decade 1943-53. Heavily dling of the Korean question in the U. N.

documented. | from V-J Day to the armistice that halted AH252. Pick, Frederick W. Peacemaking the collective action of the United Nations

; in perspective: from Potsdam to Paris. Ox- against aggression.

ford, 1950. Useful historical survey of the AH260. Brookings Institution. Major prob- . international conferences from 1945 to 1949. lems of United States foreign policy. 7 v. AH253. Slessor, Sir John C. Strategy fer Washington, 1947-54. Useful annual series, the West. N.Y., 1954. Proposal for a mili- discontinued in 1954, presenting an over-all | tary and political strategy to deal with the view of the international situation and exSoviet Communist danger in an age of amining the principal problems confronting

atomic. and hydrogen bombs. . the U.S. policy maker.

| ) AH254. Vyshinskii, Andrei I. Voprosy AH261. Kaufmann, William W.; and |

. International Relations: Political 831 others, eds. Military policy and national ing both the selection of the materials in it security. Princeton, 1956. Eight thoughtful and the timing of its publication.

and informed essays on some of the thorni- } , :

est problems confronting the United States: Nuclear Weapons and International

the conduct of defense and foreign policies Relations | |

in a thermonuclear age.

AH262. Reitzel, William, and _ others. AH265. Bidrklund, Elis. International : United States foreign policy, 1945-1955. atomic policy during a decade. Princeton, | Washington, 1956. [Brookings Institution.] 1956. A Swedish admiral discusses and criti- _ | ‘Purpose of this useful work is to analyze cizes the various efforts and plans to achieve ° “the official purposes and actions of the control of atomic weapons. A serious but United States in its foreign policies and rela- not technical inquiry. Bibliography.

tions during the ten years since the war in AH266. Blackett, Patrick M. S. Atomic | . | order to try to recapture the key decisions | weapons and East-West relations. Cambridge, that were made and the grounds on which Eng., 1956. A British physicist succinctly : one course of action rather than another reviews the state of the atomic arms race was chosen.” Bibliography. _ (through 1955), and offers his judgment and

| AH263. Truman, Harry S. Memoirs. 2 v. criticisms of the various British and U. S.

Garden City, 1955-56. After a brief review political and strategic doctrines which . have of his early career, former President Tru- sprung ‘up along the way. Bibliography. man writes of the first months of his presi- AH267. Dean, Gordon. Report on the dency, which saw the end of World War II, atom. 2nd ed., N.Y., 1957. Straightforward,

the beginning of the chill which developed popular but sober description of the major , sions. Second volume covers the years 1946- the former chairman of the Atomic En- :

into the cold war, and the first atomic explo- aspects of the atomic energy program by 52, a period abounding in controversial ergy Commission. Chapters on secrecy, Sse-

_ issues. Valuable to the historian for its docu- curity and spies, the international atom, and . mentation, the work demonstrates the au- atomic development behind the Iron Curthor’s capacity for decision and his quite tain. uncomplicated view of very complex prob- AH268. Kissinger, Henry

Sepp, Hendrik: VB 212 : Sheehan, Donald H.: AB 43 . Septimius Severus: I 421 so Shelburne, William, earl of: VA 594

_ Serbia: AG 66; L 182; W 458, 466, 475, 477-481, Shelby, Charmion: Z15 . . 484, 487-488, 527, 529, 532-533, 543, 545, Sheldrake, T. Swinborne: C22 -— _~ _

: 830. See also Yugoslavia Shembavnekar, K. M.: R210

Séré de Riviéres, Edmond: U 24 Shen, Te-fu: O 503 : a Sergeant, Lewis: W 1173 / Shende, N. J.: D65 Sergent, Edmond: AC 352 | _ Sheng, Hung: O 632 _

Serédi, Justinian: W 810 oe Shen, Tsung-han: O 101 Serejski, Marian H.: W 111-112 Shén, Tsung-lien: N 468

Sérgio de Souza, 263 Sheng, Lang-hsi: O 920 Serindia: NAnténio: 377 | VD Sheng Sheng-tsu: N _467

Sering, Max: VD5 AI 58 . . . Shepherd, 131 Seris, Homero: | Shepherd, MasseyJack: H., jr.:AD D 557 —

..

Serle, Geoffrey: AD 142 ‘Shepherd, R. H. W.: AC 181 oe, Serle, Percival: AD 14 Shepherd, William R.: B 217; J 29; T29 . Serrano y Sanz, Manuel: Z 160 | Sheppard, Eric W.: VA 317 Sertoglu, Mitat: S 31 . Sherbowitz-Wetzor, O. P.: X 141

Service, Elman R.: 799-800 : Sherley, Anthony: $399 Service, Helen S.:: ZZ 800 Sherlock, Philip M.: AA 279. | Sestan, Ernesto: K 81 Sherman, Charles P.: I 279 Seth, Hira L.: R 595 - Sherrard, Owen A.: VA 125

.Seton-Watson, Sethe, Kurt H.: A 84 | . Sherrard, Philip: W 1326 | Hugh: AF 155-156, 205; AH 47; Sherring, Charles A.: N 439 :

—W 44, 355; X.219 . : _ Sherrington, Charles E. R.: T 722 Seton-Watson, Robert W.: T 465; VA 307; Sherwani, Haroon K.: .M 162 Co mS W 319, 620 : Sherwell, Guillermo A.: ZAdrian 841 : N.: [280 . Setterwall, Kristian: VB 19 Sherwin-White, Setton, Kenneth M.: K 248, 534; L 277, 296, 355; Sherwood, H. L.: AC 62 VE 59 Sherwood, Robert E.: AG 246; AH 242: Seuphor, Michel. See Berckelaers, Ferdinand L. Shibata, Akimasa: P 298 — SS Sevcenko, Ihor: X 161 . Shibeika, Mekki: AC 329 Severing, Carl: VF 193 Shibusawa, Eiichi: P 295, 299 Severus, Alexander: I 422 -. Shibusawa Sein Kinen Zaidan Ryumonsha: P 295 Sévigné, Marie de Rabutin-Chantal: VC 965-967 Shigakkai: P 105 : .

Seville: M 237; VD 70; Z 638 Shigaku kai: P 9-10. Sévres, peace Rof:158-159, S 252 Shigaku Zasshi:Okuma: O 1175 a Sewell, Robert: 648 /| Shigenobu, P442 294: a Sewell, William G.: AA 350 Shih, Kuo-ch’i: O Seymour, Charles: AF 303; AG 113; AH145- Shih, Nai-an: O 523 : |

146; VA 363 : . Shih, T’ing-yung: O 31 oo Seymour, Horatio: AB 601 : Shih chi: 7O 279 _ Seznec, Jean: T 106 Shih-hsiieh: O 1176 Seymour, Charles, jr.: C 261; T 591 Shih, Vincent Y. C.: O 581

Sforza, Carlo: VE 24, 197 | Shih-hstieh nien-pao: O 1177° . Sforza, Francesco: K 675; VE 400 — Shihosho: PO 86.213 . Sforza family: VE 252 Shih-yiian, Chao: . Shabad, Theodore: O 92, 166; X 45 Shilleto, A. R.: 1189 Shackleton, Ernest H.: U 262 | Shils, Edward A.: A 190, 199-200, 375

Shadick, Harold: OT 637 . Shimkin, Demitri B.: X 407 .Shadwell, Arthur: 752 Shimmi, Kichiji: P 143 ~ Shafer, Boyd C.: C 120 Shim’oni, Ya’aqov: S 193 e Shafer, Robert: G28. _ ) Shin’ichi, Shinagaku:Sato: O 1178 Shafer. Robert J.: Z 341 P 2 |. ._reShaftesbury, Anthony Cooper, earl: VA 577, 617 Shinn, Charles H.: AB 292 a oe

Shah, Chimanilal J.: D 184 Shinobu, Seizaburo: P 204 = °P 39 oo a . | Shah, Umakant P.: D 185 Shinto daijiten: Shaka Zulu: AC 213 : Shintoism: D 248-284; G 226, 267-268; P39, 259+

Shakespeare, VA 561 Shan states: Q 27 William: Shipley, Frederick W.:262 1124oe _ ae' ca : |

944 Index Joseph T.: C 285 Silberschmidt, Max: L 304 | Shippee,Shipley, Lester B.: AA 187 Silcock,-Arnold: 01065 | Ships and shipping: AA 290; AB 198, 200, 214; Silesia: W 191-192, 196, 369, 390

AG 68-69; AI 145, 177; C 201-207; K 450, Silk: VC 625; Z 634 453, 457-458, 464-465, 470; M 214; O 392, Sillery, Anthony: AC 542-543 506; P 210; R 361, 380, 394, 429; T 646-647, Silva, Duarte L.: Z 536 724; VC 611,. 613, 615; VE 265; Z 465, 633,. Silva, Innocéncio Francisco da: VD 239

640, 647 Silva, Lafayette: Z 605 :

Shiratori, Kurakichi: G 232 Silva, Maria F. G. da: Z 498 Shirendyb, B.: N 364 Silva Dias, José Sebastiao da: VD 323 aa

Shirin: O 1179 Silveira Camargo, Paulo F. da: Z 486 Shirokogoroff, Sergei M.: O 147-149, 756 Silver: H 315; K 498 Shirwani, Harun K.: M 244 Sim, Victor: Q 173

Shishmanov, Dimitur: W 1002 Simcoe, John Graves: AA 225

Shivaji: RDonald 341, 343H.:Simeoni, Luigi: KThomas 153; VES.: 40,AA 43 -351 Shively, P 281 Simey, Shock, Maurice: VA 343Simioni, Simionescu, Ion:VE W 286 596 :: Shodo, Shinmei: CH.:105 Attilio: Shoemaker, Richard B 18 Simkin, Colin G. F.: AD 334 7 Shoizhelov, S.: N 365 Simkins, Francis B.: AB 278 me, Shona tribes: AC 436 Simmons, Ernest J.: X 200. oo an Shortt, Adam: AA 1, 13, 44—45 Simmons, Jack: AC 99 Shotwell, James T.: A408; AB75: AG 88; Simmons, Pauline: O 1100 So

178 Simon, Alois: VC 1361 _ Shpakov, Aleksei I.: X 430 | _ Simon, Konstantin R.: X‘15 7 AH 150, 190, 323, 384; K 46; S288; W Simoes dos Reis, Anténio: Z-487

Showa period: P 185-197, 221, 226 - Simon, Herbert A.: A 112 ce

D 210 Simon, Walter M.: VF 91

-Shromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee: Simon, Maurice: D 322, 324 : Shryock, John K.: D 233; O 340, 945 Simonds, Frank H.: AH 22

Shryock, Richard H.: A 287; C222 Simoni, Leonardo: VE 220

-Shub, ShuDavid: Hsin-ch’eng: OSimons, 200 Simonides: . AF 345 : me, Anne P.: AH H 350365 .

Shuckburgh, Evelyn S.: H 68; I 408 * Simons, Menno: D482 ~ . Shukow (Zhukov), Evgenii M.: N 73 Simonsen, Roberto C.: Y 105; Z 668:

. Shukyo jiho: D 284 ' Simpson, Alan: AB 104; VA 508 _. Shunkov, Shunjo: DV.169 Simpson, Gecrge: 157; AA 221 . I.: X_ 98 Simpson, GeorgeAG.: A 184

301 Simpson, Frank A.: AD 304 : Shunami,Shumbo Shlomo:Ko D Tsuishokai: 312; $21 _.PSimpson, Frederick A.: VC 406-407

Shun-tsung: OD 365 oeSimpson, Simpson,Lesley John H.: AI 221 . . = Shuster, George N.: 567 B.: Z602; 301-302 Shuster, William M.: S 169 Sims, William S.: AB AG 74oo . Shvedova, Olga I.: X 8 . Simson, Otto G. von: K 619 Shwadran, Benjamin: AF 207; S 344 - Sinan: S 350 : Siam: P 153. See also Thailand Sinclair, Huia I.: AD 245 | Siberia: E 68; N 343; X 39, 59, 420 '- . Sinclair, John: VA 215

Siberian expedition, X 258-259, 662 oe Sinclair, Keith: AD 277, 285 an Sibert, Marcel: VC 444 ) Sinclair, Thomas A.: H 288, 360

Sichel, Walter S.: VA 585 | | Sind: R 186, 398 Sicily: H 234-240: 1 79, 170; K 99, 154, 156, 329; Singapore: AG 185; Q 173

L 158-159, 373; M 123; VE 291-295 Singer, Charles J.: A 272-273, 292; C 179; I 308; Sickman, Laurence C. S.: O 1066 J 90A. I.: D 315 Sidak, Jaroslav: W 472 Singer, Cyrus Siddhiqui, Akhtar H.: R 88 Singer, Dorothea W.: VE 412

Siddiqi, AmirAG H.: 164 M 243 Singer, Isidore: D 388 Sidi Rezeg: Singh, Durlab: R597 Sidorov, Arkadii L.: XX97100 Singh, Ganda:Jodh: D 200,D213 Sidorova, V. A.: Singh, Sieberer, Anton: VD 114 Singh, Jogendra: D 212 207 Siebert, Ferdinand: K 517 Singh, Kahn: D 190 Siebert, Wilbur H.: AB 234 : _ Singh, Khushwant: D 204 Siebold, Philipp F. von: P 152 , Singh, Mohan: D 209

Sieffert, G 211 Singh,Teja: Sher: D 211 : Siegel, JacobRené: S.: W 756 | _ Singh, D 200 | aan Sieges and blockades: AG 90, 231; S 103;. T 240, Singhal, C. R.: R 119 i 326, 329-330; VC 426-433; VE 101 = Sinha, Har N.: R 304 Siegfried, André: AD 326; AF145; B160; Sinha, Narendra K.: D 206

VC 61, 488 | Sinhalese: R 74, 76 .

Siemienski, Jézef: W 79 : Sinkiang: N 403. 408, 417-418

Sierra, Vicente Z 476 -Sinor, Denis: AFVD174 Sierra Leone: AC 24,de: 395-398 | Sinués Ruiz, Atanasio: 139:

Sievers, Harry J.: AB 559 Sion, Jules: N 36; W 929 =

Siéyés, Emanuel Joseph: VC 1100-1103 Siple, Paul: AF 248

Sifton, Clifford: AA 213 ; Sircar, Dineshchandra: R 305 . Sigalas, Antonios: L 112 Sirén, Osvald: G 145; 0779, 885, 1068, 1075,

\ Sigerist, Henry E.: C 218 | 1078, . Sigismund of Hungary: WA 781288-289; Sirich, John B.: VC 312 1082-1085 : Sigiienza y Géngora, Carlos de: Z 823 . Sirjamaki, John: AB 62 Siguret, J.: O 780 oo74; Sisic, Ferdinand: 183; WB.: 465, Sihler, Ernest G.: H 1 405 Sissons, LCharles AA515 232 a ]

Sikang: N 436 Six, Franz A.: T 70 Sikes, Edward E.: 1 309, 332 : Six, Georges: T 348; VC 557 Sikhism: D 190-214; R 693-694 Six Dynasties period: O 324-354

Sikhs: D 195-212; 620, 637 Sjogren, Silbernagl, Isidor: S 299RSjégren, Paul: VB 20 Otto: VB 40 . Silberner, Edmond: T 205, 702 Skachkov, Petr: O 21

Index . oe 945 Skalkowski, Adam M.: W 252 Smith, Thomas C.: P 229 = © Skalweit, Stephan: T 184 a Smith, Thomas Lynn: Z 551, 809:

Skanderbeg, George Castriotes: W 1063, 1090 Smith, Vincent A.: R 237, 306-307, 319, 345

Skaric, T. Vladislav: W 483 Smith,Watson: Walter B.: AB 196 _| Skeat, C.: VA 20 : Smith, E 103, 113 Skelton, Isabel M.: AA 233 . Smith, Wilfred C.: R 598-599 .

Skelton, Oscar D.: AA 234-235 Smith, William: AA 189, 236; B 203; D 387; . Skendi, 1077-1078, 16-17 Skerlic,Stavro: Jovan:WW1050, 533 1071, Smith, William 1084 R.: RH600 re a

| Skinner, George William: O 879; Q 260 Smith, William S.: F 214-215 —— : Skira, Albert: VC 811 . ~ Smithsonian Institution: G 10; Skodvin, Magne: VB 130 | Smogorzewski, Kazimierz M.: W 232.

Z 92 | |

Slade, William A.: AB 9 Smolitsch, Igor: X 206, 442 —s. . Slater, Gilbert: VA 141 Smothers, Frank: W 1237 | Slaughter, Gertrude: K 635 Smuta period: X 178-185 i Slave trade: AB 238, 640; AC 95, 482; U123; Smyth, Albert H.: AB 666

VD 310 Smyth, Charles H.: VA 554 :

Slavery: AA 273, 318, 320, 325, 337-338, 355, Smyth, Henry D.: AF 283: a .

371-372; AB 232-234, 236, 243, 262, 639; Snell, Bruno K.: H 332 G 184; H 45; 1278, 286-287; K 520-521; Snell, Edwin M.: AG 144 |

| L 30, 392; M 217; 0 296, 338; Q 18; R253; Snell, John L.: AH 243 . S 82, 85; VA 479; VC 774; Z 115-124, 510 Snelleman, Johannes F.: AA 358 -

Slavic countries and peoples: J 64; K 14, 186; Snellen, J. B.: P 139 ae L 29-30, 32-34, 173, 176, 382; W 4, 6, 13, 18, Sneller, Zeger W.: VC 1382 22-23, 31, 33, 41-43, 52, 56-59, 89, 94-95, Snodgrass, Neil S.: VA 212 7

927, 959, 1084; K 1, 22, 36, 62-64, 122, 164 Snow, Edgar P.: O 706, 724-725 _

Sleeman, William H.: R 424 Snow, Helen Foster: N 266

Slesser, Henry H.: VA 382 | Snow, Jean C.: K 587 : : Slessor, John C.: AG 211; AH 253i Snowden, Philip, viscount: VA 641

Slim, William J.: AG 191 Snyder, Louis L.: C 130 : :

Sloane, Joseph C.: VC 831 Snyder, Richard C.: AI 107 oo Sloane, William M.: VC 359 ‘So, Kwan-wai: O 582 Slodnjak, Anton: W 463 | Soares de Azevedo, Juliao: VD 289 Slonimsky, Nicolas: T 618 Soares de Souza, José: VD 239 Slosson, Preston W.: AB 60 oo Sobieski, Waclaw: W 119, 233 |

Slovenia: W 523-524, 526 Sobé6tka: W265 ~—.. .

Slusser, Robert M.: X 397, 658 Soby, James T.: VE 338 -_ Small, Albion W.: T 705; VF 80 : Soccatoo: AC 107

Small, R. C.: K 264 Social classes: A 205-206; AA 178, 347, 374-375°

Smalley, Beryl: K 585 . AB 188; AC 367, 412; AD 150; AF 204°: Smet, Joachim: L 301 L 321: M194; 132, 376, 520; 626:UQ162; 22: Smetana, Bedrich: W 417 R203, 563, O 609; T 338, 245-270, Smiles, Samuel: VA 596 VA 417-418, 449-473; VC 220, 231, 441-442. Smirnov, Nikolai A.: X 462 589, 648-663; VD 81; VE 228; VF 165;

: Smellie, Kingsley B.: VA 362, 373 F 257; 1223-224, 241, 243; K 393-394, 400:

| Smit, C.: VC 1339 . W 201, 1208; X 385, 632; Z 806 : Smith, Abbot E.: AA 352; AB 116 Social conditions: AB 85, 92-93, 149, 188, 324, | Smith, Adam: T 703-704; VA 409 345, 356, 359; AC 72, 188,191, 430, 523; Smith, Arthur H.: O 121-122, 596 AF 148, 203; AG 88-89; AH71; AI 169; Smith, Bruce L.: AI 242-244 8B 136; G 271, 274; K 366, 512, 530; L 394, Smith, Charles P.: AB 620 a 396, 399; M 167,182, 221; N 223, 261; O 118.

Smith, M.:ZAI 750-751, 926; W P 97-103; R502, 564; Smith, Chitra Clara A.: 76244 VA419, 449-473; VE 292; 382;.Z 787-809" > Smith, Clarence Jay, Jr.: S 275 Social history: 1282-296, 301-305; K 337-360, Smith, Cyril E.: K 581 423, 504-531; O 15, 18, 330, 446, 491; P 213Smith, David E.: A 241; C153 235; R123, 531, 562, 641; S 143, 317-346;

Smith, Edward C.: AB 254 T 131; VA 64, 164, 188, 211, 270, 399, 445. Smith, Edwin B.: VC 1035 : 486; VB 70, 75, 78, 94, 111, 121, 138, 208, Smith, Edwin W.: AC 50, 214 213; VC 131, 325, 566-793, 1375; VD 93.

_ Smith, G. H.: VC 143 . 145-156, 315-320; VE118, 132, 250, 263, Smith, G. M.: AG 96 . 266, 271, 280, 293; VF 118. 124, 207, 265,

Smith, George: O 542 298-315; W 149, 207, 217, 345, 382-389, 490,

Smith, George A.: D 317-318; F 34 . 523, 871-877, 1299-1315; X 236, 410; Y 111;

Smith, George E. K.: T 600-602 Z 140, 239, 249, 270, 418, 500, 787-809

Smith, Gerald B.: D 384 Social Science Research Council bulletins:

Smith, Gertrude: H 270 | AB 33, 253, 465-467 Oo Smith, Harrison: U 171 Social sciences: A 24, 27, 189-191, 194, 197, 204. Smith, HenryN.: L.: AB Z 685 246, 466,. 474, | Smith, Henry 478214, 476,224, 483;231-232, AA119; AB85, 359; 469-472, AC9:

265 | N 319; 017; P 332; 8 450;. VC 243, 731, .

Smith, Henry Preserved: D 332, 465; T 87, 114, ~ AD 201;_B 61-69, 96, 130-131, 137, 147;

- Smith, Smith,James Herbert A.: AH 463, 488; AI 185 757; Z 214 | M.: AB 172 Social welfare: AA 351; AB 315, 322, 325-326, Smith, Justin H.: AA 188; AB 221-222; Y 153- 345, 348-349, 378; AD 27-28, 349-351;

154 - AH 377; AI23; T 690; VA 234, 480-481.

Smith, Joseph: AB 603 485-486; VB 41, 104; Z 341, 787 Smith, Lois E.: Z 733 Socialism: AD 347-348; AH 49-50:.H 125: T 564.

Smith, Marian W.: A 226 567, 747-755; VA 170. 342. 352, 483; VC 285, Smith, Munroe: T 221. 237 353, 476, 706, 708, 721, 723, 725-728, 733-

Smith, Norman: AD 243 734, 741, 750. 754-756. 760, 767-768, 770;

Smith,Robert RobertS.: C.:VD Z 589 VE 380-386; 828; X societies 278 | Smith, 22 Societies. SeeW Learned . Smith, Robert Sydney: VD 166 Sociology: A 178, 188-208: AC 9. 22. 50-51, 195Smith, Sara R.: AH 177 198. 297, 299, 320. 334, 395-397, 409. 427.

Smith, Sidney: F 153. 246 438. 461-462, 484. 511; AE 23. 30-31, 33-35. .

Smith, Stephenson P.;: AD 235 , 96 -97: AF 71. 231; AH 44. 68; B 65-66, 233. TF

Smith, T. E.: @Q 157 245, 252; D 33, 358, 435, 438, 450, 475, 717; oe

946 Index F 258; G 46, 60, 134, 136, 139-140, 186, 266; Southern, Harold S.: AD 346 | H 33-36, 151, 162, 314; 1241; J 120; K 367, Southern, Richard W.: K 97 _ 504-531; M 194, 247; N 166, 220-225, 292, Southern Historical Society: AB 706 328-329, 363, 382-389, 440-443; O 116-149, AC 63; Native Aff. Dept.: AC 240 756; P 60; Q 78, 136; R 109, 535, 576; T 245~ Southern Rhodesia. Central African Archives: 270, 523, 551, 559-560, 568; U 226; VA 231; Southern states: AB 6, 57, 103, 109, 184, 187,

794, Robert: Y1000 106. OS sO. | Soden,461, Wolfram von:808 F 48,Southey, 90 Southill, William E.: O

; VC 330, 705-774; VF 320;.X 444; Z 106, 260, 229, 232, 235, 237-240, 262, 277; B 242

Soder, Josef: AH 366 | Southorn, Bella S.: AC 400

Sotér, Istvan: W 862__ Southwestern states: E 124; Y 118-119, 134 Sofia. Durzhavna Biblioteka Vsail Kolarov: Soviet Union. See Russia and Soviet Union

| W 919; Universitet: W 1036 Space and time: AF 288; T 590, 598

Sohm, Rudolf: Spae, Joseph P 265508; AC93; AE 55; Sohn, Louis B.: AHI 265 364-365 Spain: A 444;J.:AB395, Sohn, P. K.: N 212a, 249 AF 79-85, 110-111; B 104; D 664-666, 696; Sokol, Anthony E.: X 49 H 241; 137, 162-164; J 77; K 13, 171-175, Sokolov, Iurii M.: X 468 453, 528; L 166-168, 296; M 117-122, 219; Sokurova, M. V.: X 3-4 . | T 48, 170, 194, 225-226, 285, 307, 679, 697;

. Sola, Miguel: Z 617 | U 46, 101, 138, 214-216; VC 158; VD 1-231; Soldevila Zubiburu, Fernando: VD 49, 120 VE 48, 77, 255, 275, 293; VF 129; X 285-286;

Solleder, Fridolin: K 408 . ~Y 72, 97, 100-103, 117-154; Z 2. 14, 20, 42, Solomon, Bernard S.: O 365 44-45, 133, 261, 270, 283, 285, 426-477, 639Solomon Islands: AE 37, 52 640, 642, 674, 718, 721, 725, 728, 733, 799. Solomos, Dionysius: W 1325 Archivo General de Indias: Z 77-78; ComiSolon: H 382 : sién de Gobierno Interior: VD 142: Consejo Solérzano Pereira, Juan: Z 303 Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas: Soloviev, Sergei Mikhailovich: X 128, 538 VD 146, 220-221; Direcci6n General de Ar-

Soloviev, Vladimir Sergeevich: X 507 chivos y Bibliotecas: Z37; Direcciédn Gen-

: Soltau, Roger H.: VC 468 eral de Marruecos y Colonias: AC 30; Ejér-

Somalilands: AC 342-345, 473 : . cito: U29; Embajada, Mexico: Z 725;

Sombart, Werner: A 127; T 255, 654; VF 304 Madrid, Universidad: B 104; Ministerio de

Somerset, Edward: VA 91 . Educacién Nacional: Z38; Ministerio de Somervell, David C.: C78; VA 398 Fomento: Z 139, 144; Real Academia de la

Somerville, Robert: VA35660 Historia:Africa: VD 141AC 499-503 / Somme River: AG Spanish

- Sommer, Ferdinand: F 100-101, 103 Spanish-American War: AB 404 :

Somoza collection: 162 Spanish Armada: Son, Chin-t’ae: N 221ZSpanish Guinea: AC 499VA 85, 98 ; Songeon, Guérin: W 952 Spanish Main: Z 288 Songhai tribes: AC 447-448, 459 : Spargo, John W.: A 47

Sontag, Raymond J.: AF 39; AH 106, 178; T 498 Sparrman, Anders: AC 150

Soom, Arnold: VB 209 | Sparta: H 209-212, 214, 283 Soong family: O 671 Spate, Oskar H. K.: N Soothill, Jay H.: AA 331 Spaulding, Oliver L.: AB 439

34; R4

Soothill, William E.: D 226; G93, 188; O 193, Spear, Thomas G. P.: R 5, 91, 346-347 . Soper, 960, 970 | | Spears, Edward L.: AG 24~-25, 160 | Alexander: O 1066 Special Libraries Association: P 24

Sophia Alexeevna of Russia: X 185 Spector, Ivar: S 286; X 263 Sophocles, Evangelinus A.: L 43 Spedding, James: VA 563

Sorel, jAlbert: S 257; T 303; VC 286, 499, 521, Speech; A 54; HK 369; O 168, 177, 179, 186-187,

Sorel, Albert E.: VC 1054 : Speeckaert, Georges P.: AH 274

- Sorel, Georges: VC 1227-1228 © Speer, Robert E.: D 618

Soret, Marcel: AC 466Speigel, Speidel,Henry Hans: W.: AG Z 198 Soriano, D. H.: Q 223 669 Sorifu Tokeikyoku: P 329 , Speiser, Ephraim A.: F 63, 256; S 284

Sorley, William R.: VA 523 Speiser, Werner: N 116

Sorokin, Pitirim A.: A 325 Speke, John H.: AC 124-125 Sorre, Maximilien: A 137 on Spell, Jefferson Rea: VD 97 . Soso Nihonshi taikei: P 120 . . Spell, Lota M.: Z 39

Sotiriu, G.: LH.: 101AB Spellanzon, Cesare: VE 111 Soule, George 58 Spelman, Edward: I 95 Souli: W1131 Spence, William G.: AD 175 Soulié, Eudoxe: VC 215, 942, 1005 . Spencer, Alfred: R 391

- Soulié de Morant, George: O 530 Spencer, Floyd A.: W 1239

Soulier, Auguste: VC 445 Spencer, Joseph E.: N 33; Q 8, 183 Sousa, Alberto: Z 863 : Spender, John A.: VA 162, 631, 634

Sousa, Nasim: S 95 Spengler, Joseph J.: A 150-151 , Sousa Pedroso Carnaxide, Anténio de: Z 530 Spenser, Edmund: VA 562

Soustelle, Jacques: K Z 37 249| Sperling, } Speransky. Michael: X 508 | Souter, Alexander: Harry: D 324 South Africa: AC 25, 29, 38, 40, 90-94, 96, 134- | Speroni Vener. Julio: Z 430 | 151, 181, 185-186, 509-537; AD 291; U 61. Spiers, Richard P.: H 371 Automobile Assn.: AC 41; General Staff: Spies, Otto: S 354

AG 10; Comm. for Socio-Economic Dev. of Spiller, Robert E.: AB 470 oO

' Bantu Areas: AC 530; Public Lib: AC 10 °° Spinazzola, Vittorio: 1357 South African War: AC 525; AD 291 ; Spini, Giorgio: VE 80, 119, 234 .. South America: Y 1-209; Z 1-887. See also Latin Spinka, Matthew: D462, 485; K 44; L175; .

South African Company: AC 433 Spinden. Herbert J.: E114-115 = :

America; Western hemisphere . W 333 . South Asia: R 1-694 Spinks, George S.: VA 516 South Australia: AD 80-83 Spinning. See Textiles South Carolina: AB 278 Spire, Alfred: VC 760. Southampton: K 458 . Spiro, Melford E.: AE 32 Southeast Asia: Q 1-270 Spitsbergen: U 110

Southeast Asia Treaty Organization: AH 423 Spitz, Armand N.: AF 289 a

.

: Index 947

Spitz, Georges: AC408 460; U 24Henry ~ Steck, Francis B.: .Ya 117 Spooner act: AB Steed, W.: AF 311 Sporades: W Athletics 1117 . Steefel, T 481; 86;.VF Sports. See Steel:Lawrence AI 144; D.: C 181; VCVB 627 _ 128

Spratt, R C300 John:VB G 90 _: Springer,Philip: Anton H.: 233Steele, Steen, Sverre: 75 ee Sprott, W. J. H.: A 221 Steen de Jehay, Frédéric van den: S 300

Sprout, Harold H.: AB 436-437 - Steenberghen, Fernand van: K 552-553 Sprout, Margaret T.: AB 436-437 Steenstrup, Johannes: VB 82

Spulber,: Nicholas: W 272 . Stefanek, Antonin: W 428

352; X 156, 336-338 , Steidle, Wolf: I861 127: Srauta-sutras: G 60 | . Steier, Lajos: W Srb, Adolf: W 346 : Steiger, George N.: N 56; O 595 |

Spuler, Bertold: M2, 58, 142-143, 155; N35i- Steffens, J. Lincoln: AB 334, 604

242, 257 Stein, Aurel: O 307 oe

Srbik, Heinrich von: T 323, 442; VF 19, 61, 108, Stein, Arthur: I 241 |

Srinivasan, K. R.: E79 Stein, Boris E.: AH 158, 179; X 252 Srivastava, Ashirbadi L.: R 348 Stein, Ernst: 1147, 167; J 56; L 140-141, 233,

Srobar, Vavro J.: W 308 260-261 Ssu-Ma, Ch’ien: G 102; O 228-230 Stein, Guenther: O 726

Ssu-ma, Kuang: O 212, 325 . ' Stein, Heinrich, baron von: H 50; VF 89-90, 92, Stadelmann, Rudolf: T 634; VF 121. . Stein, Henri: VC 6, 15 Staden, Heinrich von: X 174 — oS Stein, Mark A.: G 73-74; N 374-377 | Stadtmiiller, Georg: L 174, 294; W 27, 1060 —- Stein, Rolf A.: N 427 . : |

Stacey, Charles P.: AA 190-191. | 94-95 | | .

Stahelin, Felix: I 169 . —_ Stein, Stanley J.: Z 670-671 . .

Stahlin, Otto: Karl: XH133, 202 : oe Stein, Werner: C 10Q.84 : : Stahlin, 359 | :Steinberg, Steinberg, David Stahlins, Jacob von: X 202 Sigfrid H.: BJ.: 183 : Stael-Holstein, A. von: N 497 Steindorff, George: F150 — . Stafford, Ronald S.: § 313 . Steiner, George A.: AB 376

Stahl, Kathleen M.: U 229 | . oo Steiner, H. Arthur: O713

Staley, Eugene: AI 70, 150, 171 Steiner, Harold A.: AH 23 -

Stalin, Iosif (Joseph) V.: AF 341, 350-352; Steingass, Francis J.: M 44 | AH 211, 237; 1738; W 501; X 102, 108, 304, Steinilber-Oberlin, Emile: D146. .

$22-523AG 7 Steinman, DavidFriedrich: B.: C211X ~— Stalingrad: 180 . Steinmann, Stallings, William S., jr.: E 116 Stekloff, G. M.: T502 753 a

- S$tambulov, Stefan: W 1011 Stel, Simon van der: AC.151 . Stammhammer, Joseph: VC 706. Stelling-Michaud, Sven: K 579 . Stamp, Laurence D.: AC 37; N 38; VA 32 | Stemplinger, Eduard: C 220 | ;

Stamp act:Friedrich: AB 129 . VF Stengers, Jean: VC 1366 .751 Stampfer, 190 Stenning, H. J.: T Stancioff, Anna (de Grenaud): W 983 . Stenton, Doris M.: K 510 |

Stancioff, Dimitri: W 1017 . Stenton, Frank M.: K 113, 148, 203, 384, 628

| Standard Oil Company: AB 307 Stephan, Maryvonne: AH 399 Stanford, Leland: AB 308 - : Stephan Batory of Poland: W 238 Stanford University: AD 96; AI 158 Stephanou, Pelodidas E.: L 345 :

Stange, VFH.: 330OStephanove, Constantine: W 1008 : Stange,Alfred: Hans O. 290-291 Stephen, James: U 174

Stanhope, Charles: VA 127 . Stephen, James F.: VA 339 Stanislaus Augustus of Poland: W 102, 152 Stephen, Leslie: VA 23, 525 oa

Stanley, George F. G.: AA 103, 192 Stephen, saint, king of Hungary: W 810, 887.

Stanley, Henry M.: AC 126-133 Stephen the Great of Romania: W 599, 708 -

Stanner, W. E. H.: AE 96 Stephens, Henry Morse: R 370; VD 265

Stanojevic, Stanoje: W 453, : Stephens, John L.: E 117 Stapel, Frederik W.: Q 108, 118 466 — Stephens, Waldo E.: AH 137 ;. :| Star Carr: E 27 Stephens, William R. W.: VA 490. Starcevic, Ante: W 516, 548 Stephenson, Carl: K 52, 192, 198, 383; VA 55

' Stark, Stark,Werner: Freya: S . Stephenson, GeorgeW.: M.:AB AB 211. C 430 189 Stephenson, Nathaniel 520 |

Starr, Chester G.: 1306 — Stephenson, Wendell H.: AB 57 | Starr, Chester S., jr.: 1214 - . Stepski Doliwa, Stephanie von: L 55 | Starr, Joshua: L G40-41 Sterckx, cardinal: VC VC 1361 Starr, Kenneth: 158 Stern, Alfred: T 296, 417; 1078 . a Stary, Zygmunt: W 253 Stern, Bernhard J.: A 282 Stasek, Antal: W 309 Stern, Curt: A 183 7 ‘Statham, Henry H.: T 596 Stern, Fritz R.: A 413, 484 | , Statistics: AA 90, 244, 274; AB 13, 269; AC 223; Stern, Philippe: R 282 :

AD 16, 72-73, 123, 192, 226, 379; AE 10-11; Sternberg, Fritz: AH 50, 72; T 517 AF. 8-10, 12; AG 95-97, 232; AH 8, 11, 62, Sternberg, Leo: G 250 : 342, 386, 397, 456, 468-469; AI 2-7, 148, 156, Stettinius, Edward R.: AH 244 202, 204, 212; B 133-152, 161-166; C 21, 23- Stevens, Bertram S.: AD 134 :

25; D352, 499; N 18. 185, 306-307; O 75- Stevens, Henry N.: U 55 78, 1132; P 48-53, 233, 329: R35, 37, 103, Stevens, R. H.: AG 149

151, 160, 171, 430, 509.. 513; S46. 453; Stevens, Sylvester K.: AE 64 . . U 292-324; VA27-28, 215. 430; VB45; Stevens, Thaddeus: AB 605 VE 438; W 99, 992, 1282, 1312; XK 424-425; Stevens, William O.: T 214 so

Y 16, 21; Z9 Stevenson, Henry N. C.: Q 723 Staton, Frances M.: AA 6 -. Stevenson, John R.: Z 455 Staufer family: L212 - ~~ .- Stevenson, Margaret: D 84, 182-183

::

Stauffer, Milton T.: O 1001 - ; Stevenson, Robert Louis: AE 70,. 89 | Staunton, George T.: O 614, 818 . Stevenson, Robert M.: T 272 . Stavenow, Ludvig: VB 98 ) - Stevenson, William B.: L272;M 86 Stavrianos, Leften S.: AF 181; S 65; W 28, 1112, Steward, Julian H.: Y 42; Z 93--94, 424.

1152-1153, Stewart, Charles: 349, 649 . Steam: A 294 1238 Stewart, Edgar I.: AB R541

948 Index | .

Stewart, George: D511; X 253 Stroven, Carl: AE 86 Stewart, James: VAB243 Strowski, F.: VC 141 “Stewart, James D.: 73 Struchkov, A. A.: X 298 Stewart, John H.: VC 204, 274 Struik, Dirk J.: C 152 Stewart, Watt: Z 113, 672 Strunk, Oliver: L 383-384 . Stewart, William: VA 635 Strupp, Karl: AH 471 Stewart, William D.: AD 348, 354, 366 Struthers, A. M.: VA 216 Stewart Island: AD 312 Stryienski, Casimir: VC 140, 210 Stickney, Edith P.: W 1279 Stryker, Lloyd P.: AB 573 . Stier, Hans E.: H 92, 121 Strype, John: VA 66 Still,. Bayrd: AB 332 Strzeszewski, Czeslaw: W 204 _ Stille, Aake: VBW.: 23AC Stuart, Graham 391; AC 314; Y 178 . Stillman, Calvin 70 Stuart, JohnH.: L.: AB O 679 Stillman, John M.: A 267 Stuart, Margaret: VA 204 Stillman, William J.: W 1248. Stuart-Jones, Edwyn H.: T 384 | Stillwell, Lewis D.: AB 213 Stuart period: VA 84, 99-120, 225, 269, 453, 466, | Stilwell, Joseph W.: O 859 > 563-585, 710 Stimson, Henry L.: AG 256; AH 503; O 857 Stubbs,. William: K 220

Stirbu,James: S.: W 641 Studemund, Wilhelm F. A.: 1251 : / Stirling, AD 171 Studenikin, Semen S.: X 292 Stirling, William G.: O 627 Stuergkh, Joseph M. A.: AG 32 Stites, Raymond S.: C 242 : Stupperich, Robert: X 198, 220 Stitt, George M.:W S 426 Sturmthal, Sturdza, Dimitrie: WAI 606 Stloukal, Karel: AdolfAD F.: Stoakes, Frank: AF 429 217 | Sturt, Charles: 172 78

Stock, Leo F.: AB 625 | Sturtevant, Edgar H.: F 54-56, 117 | Stock companies: AB 164, 304; VA 431; VD 308 Sturzo, Luigi: C 131; D 536; VE 367

Stock exchanges: T 734; VC 639 | Stutterheim, Willem F.: Q 133

Stocking, George W.: AI 147 Stuyt, Alexander M.: AH 483 Stoecker, Helmuth: O 849 : Su Ch’o: O 335 St6kl, Giinther: K 217; X 94, 340, 429 | | Su Tungpo: O 438-439 . Stoessinger, John G.: AI 222 : Suarez, Georges: AH 180; VC 1195 Stokes, Anson P.: AB 485; D 539 Subarian people: F 158 Stokes, Richard L.: AF 317 : Subbarao, Bendapudi: E 80; G 43; R 650

Stokvis, Harold J.: AH 372 Subira, José: VD 215 Stolpe, K VF 680310 Subrahmanya Aiyar, G.: 602 Stolper, Sven: Gustav: Suchier, Hermann: VC R 850 Stone, Julius: AH 333, 504 | Sucré, Antonio José de: Z 841

Stoodley, Bartlett H.: A 225 Sudan: AC 21, 28, 81, 157, 244, 262, 318-331, Storer, Edward: VE 186 364 Storey, Charles A.: D 698; M 19 Sudeten province: W 366

Storrs, Ronald:AA S 420 Sueji, Umehara: G 14-15, 17 Story, Norah: 44 .Suematsu, Yasukazu: G 261

Story, Sommerville: S 374 Suetonius Tranquillus, Caius: I 127

_ Stoughton, John: VA 491 oe Suez Canal: AF 224; R 380; S 292-296; VC 531 Stourm, René: VC 633, 637 Suffrage: H 175; S 47; VA 363; VC 770 Stowe, Harriet Beecher: AB 606 Suffren, Pierre André de: T 216

| Stoyan, P. B. See Pribicevic, Stojan Sufrin, Sidney C.: AI 172 Stoyanoff, Zachary: W 967 . Sugar: AA 326, 339; Z 411

Strachan, John: AA 202 Suger, Abbot: K 618, 641 Strachey, John: R 601 Suhrawardy, Shahid: M 60 Strachan-Davidson, James L.: I 277 — Suhle, Arthur: K 500 Strafford, Thomas Wentworth, earl: VA 569 Sui-chu: O 368-369

Strakhovsky, Leonid I.: AF 160, 188-189; K 14; Sui period: O 299, 355-402, 910

. W4; X 36, 256-257 : Sukumaland: AC 415

Strang, William: VA 368 Suleiman the Magnificent: S 76, 348-349

Stranjakovic, Dragoslav: W 550 , Suleiman the Merchant: O 389 : Stransky, Josef: WT360 : Sulla: “1114, 116 Strasbourg: 160, 163 Sullivan, Harry S.: AAB 22778, . Strasser, Daniel: AC 353 . ae Sullivan, Mark: Strategos, Xenophon: W 1198 Sullivan, Richard E.: K 87 Strathcona and Mt. Royal, lord: AA 240 Sullivan, Walter: U 271

Straub, Hans: C 216 Sullivan, William A.: AB 194 |

so Straubergs, VB N 205 —Sulyok, Sully, Maximilien, duc de: VC 932-933 Straiibig,Janis: Helmut: 334 Dezso: W 849

Straus, Hannah A.: T 340, 435 | Sulzbach, Walter: T 519 Strauss, Eli: M 199 Sumatra: G 20; Q 119 | Strauss, Eric: VA 279 Sumer: F 45, 47, 50, 80, 89-90, 94, 193, 256, 258,

Strauss, Leo: A 346 +314 Strausz-Hupé, Robert: AH 24-25, 31 _ Summerson, John N.: VA 543

516 X 191-192, 223-224

Strayer, Joseph R.: J 37, 40; K 139-141, 233, Sumner, Benedict H.: S 256, 266; T 527; W 45;

Streck, Maximilian: F 82 , Sun, E-tu Zen: O 18, 926 _ Strecker, Karl: 22; 33, 41| Sun, | Sun, Hai-po: G88 Street, CecilJ J. C.:KAF 338 Ta-kung: O 1091 Streit, Robert: Z 583 Sun, Tsu-chi: O 906 | Stresemann, Gustav: AF 327; VF 185-186 Sun Tzu: G 118 Strich, Michael: VFAA 222193 Sun. Sunday, Yat-sen:William O 648, 650-654; P 209 Strickland, Samuel: A.: AB 607 Strieder, Jacob: VF 299 Sundbarg, A. Gustav: VB 54 Strode, Hudson: AB 542 . Sunderland, Jabez T.: R 603

.

Stromberg, Roland N.: VA 520 Sundkler, Bengt G. M.: AC 531; D508 ~ Strong, Eugénie: Edward W.: A| 398-399 Sung,OYing-hsing: O 1124 1117 . Strong, I 362 Sung period: 381,Sung 403-441, Strossmayer, Joseph George: W 465, S15 Yun: R 263 Strothmann, Rudolf: D 672 Suolahti, Gunnar: VB 109| |

Strout, Cushing: A 385 Supilo, Frano: W 517, 547

Index 949 Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers: Szabé6, Istvan: W 876

D 267; Mehmed: N 295-296;SP40 196, 325-326 Szatmar, Siireyya, : | Szazadok: W 907peace | . e, of: W 778 © . Surgery: A 284 . . . Sze Mai-mai: O 1086 Surinam: AA 364, 369-370, 375-377; U 317 Széchenyi, Istvan: W 764 :

- Surmin, Djuro: W 318 . Szechwan G 160; Surveying: C 215 _ Szekfii, Gyula:province: W 753, 800, 863O. 500 a

. Surveys: AC 67-77, 291-295, 344, 382; AE 15-16; Szembek, Jan: AH.223; W 179 . AF 46-47, 198,. 210, 221; AH 9, 299-307; Szentpéteri, Imre: W 785-786 H 316; 1282; 36; K-30, 596; M174; N18, Szerémi, Gydrgy: W.818: _ 68, 89, 209, 217, 407; O 127, 410, 733, 747, Szilagyi, Sandor: W 892

AI 15-17, . 212-224; _B 153-160, 192-195; Szerb, Antal: W 891 :

787, 822, 1069; P 120, 122, 124, 127, 131; Szinnyei, Ferenc: W 893 i —

: R9, 154, 216, 232, 482; S 44-45; .153, 243; Szinnyei, Jézsef: W 893 | T 37-55, 652-658; U 151, 153; V&A 215, 300, Szyjkowski, Marjan: W 394 | |

445, 475; VB 41, 54, 63, 194; VC 229, 274; ° W 150, 397, 591, 647, 1002, 1146, 1192, 1304; T | x > 64, 260-261; Z 106, 436, 601, 603, 749, Susmel, Duilio: VE 208 ‘ Tabachovitz, David: L 50 | | Susmel, Edoardo: VE 204, 208 7 Tabohashi, Kiyoshi: N 259

Susta, Josef: W 427 Tabor: W 329 | |

-‘Sutch, William B.:T.: ADAD 350-351 Taboulet, Georges: Q 59Da165 _ | : Sutcliffe, James 146 || |Tachibana, Shundo: Sutherland, Carol H. V.: H 311; 1164, 377, 392; Tacitus, Caius Cornelius: 1125-126 ~~

VD 55 a | Tackenberg, Kurt: E 37

Sutherland, Ivan L. G.: AD 242 Tacna-Arica dispute: Z 705-706 — Sutherland, Lucy S.: R425 Tadic, Jorjo: W 467 | | Sutter, John A.: AB 608 - | OF Tadjhikistan SSR: N 396; X 328, 332, 653 °

Sutton,Eric: C. W. H.:327; VF VF 161 185 Taeger, Fritz: H Franz 284 | G.: $50 7 : _Sutton, AF Taeschner, Suvoroyv, Aleksandr Vasilievich: T 363 Taeuber, Irene B.: B 164; O 158; Z 102 Suzuki, Daisetz Teitaro: D 135, 147; O 971 Tafrali, Oreste: L 170-171 . - Svabe, Arveds: VB 193, 203, 214 Taft, Donald R.: AF 23; AI 223 ‘

Svalenius, Ivan: Ingvar: VB 165 | Taft, William Howard: AB 609»S. Svennilson, AI 71 . Tahir, Mehmed:

27 | Sverdlov, Iakov M.: X 524 | Tahiti: AE 25, 27, 56 | Sverdrup, Johan: VB 155 ~ Tai, Tung: O 181 Svoronos, Nicolas G.: W 1149-1151, 1263, 1300 Taine, Hippolyte A.: VC 206, 289, 1229. Sward, Sven Ola: Z 342 . . T’ai-p’ing period: O 410 Swain, J. W.: A 156 | . Taiping rebellion: O 578-584, 586 —

| Swain, Joseph W.: H 259; T 539 Taisho period:. P 204 | Swann, Nancy L.: O 298, 316 Taisho Showa Hennenshi Kai: P 83 Swarakowski, Witold S.: X Taiwan. 23 Taitou:See O 133. . Swaziland: AC 544-545 Formosa. .

Swearingen, Rodger: P 212 -. Takahashi, Kenji: .G 262 7 Z 110, 342: Treaties: VB 51. See also | Takakusu, Junjiro: D.131, 159; P 42; R 269° _~~. (268; Scandinavian countries Takamori, Saigo: P’292. - | Swedish War, 1655-56: W 139 Takayanagi, Shinzo: P 85 . Sweden: AB 501; AF 138; T 63, 319, .601, 664; Takahashi, Toru: N 281

Sweeney, James J.: C262 | Takigawa, Masajiro: -P 213 Sweet, Paul R.: VF 104 Takimoto, Seiichi: P 99, . Sweet, William W.: AB 486; D 523-525 Talat Pasha: S 384

101 ,

‘Sweet-Escott, Bickham: W 1304 Talbot, Percy A.: AC 377-378 Sweetman, Edward: AD 102 © Talbot, Thomas: AA 131

Swettenham, Frank: Q 162: Tallada Pauli, José M.: VD 163 .

Swillens, P. T. A.; VC 1396 Talleyrand-Périgord, Charles Maurice’ de:

. Swindler, Mary H.: H 378 VC 258, 1138-1140 Swinton, Ernest D.: AG 81 . Talleyrand-Périgord, Dorothée de Courlande:

Swire, Joseph: W 986, 1079 VC 1153K| |413 a

Swisher,Earl: Carl B.: Talon, AB 377, 610 Tallinn: Swisher, O 854 Jean: AA 208 Switzerland: AF 144-145; AH 477; 1169; T 600; Talvart, Hector: VC 843

VF 273-288, 339; W 853 Tamagna, Frank M.: O 692 |

Swoboda, Heinrich: H 265; T 304; VC 291 Tamas, Lajos: W628 : °.

Sydenham, 231 - Tambiah,M Henry R 77— . Sydenham,Charles, Edwardlord: A.: AA I 380 Tamerlane: 300;W.: R 349

Sydnor, S.: AB S 57,404 156T’an, Tamils: R77, 630,652 Sykes, Charles Christopher: Chéng-pi: O 1060 | .

Sykes, Marjorie: D611 | Tan, Chester C.: 0 594 . ! Sykes, Norman: D 540; VA 487, 513 Tanala people: AC 477 | Sykes, Percy M.: N 28; 391; R19; S 147 Tancred: K 634 .

_ Symbols: AB 478; O 168, 184-185 . Tandon, Mahesh P.: AF 239

Syme, David: Taney, Roger B.: 693 AB. 610 - . Syme, Ronald: 119,AD 120,176 126 T’ang, Leang-li: O 656,

Symes, Q 37. Tang, Lon: 86870 . :: Symonds, Michael: Richard: R 106 Tang, Peter S. H.: OG 732, Syndicalism: VC 672-674, 688 Tang, Sheng-Hao: AF 242

Sypher, Wylie: T 279 T’ang period: O 355~402; P 257 | Syria: AF 218-219: AG 169; E63; F39, 162- Tanganyika: AC .416—

oS 165, 233, 300-309; 152, 67, 178, 186-187; Tanganyika Territory: AC 241 L 276; M 38, 86-87, 95-99, 207, 227, 230; Tangier: AC 313-314 |

R627; S 18-19, 177-188, 318, 321, Tanguay, Cyprien: 17. .a| Syromiatnikov, Boris I.: X 76328. . Tangut period: O AA 451 Syros: W 1258 ~ Tani, Shin’ichi: P 283 ‘ .. Szab6, Dezs6: W 817 Tannenbaum, Frank: Y 48; Z 365 . oS Szabo, Stefan: W 752 ; Tannenberg: AG 48 _

950 Index Tanner, Joseph R.: VA 57, 100 Teaching. See Education Tanner, Vaino: AF 143 Technology: A 291-298; AB 300; AF 287-291; Tansill, Charles C.: AB 411, 423; AH 233; Y 190 © AG 93-94, 214-221, 233; .AH 86; AI 166;

Tanuma, Okitsugu: P 310 C 173-185, 252; E18; H 299; 1308; J 89-91; Tanzer, William: AD 389 | O 1102-1121; T 391-392, 412-416 : Tao, L. K.: O 123 Tedder, Arthur W.: AG 212 . Tao and Taoism: D 240-246; G 104-105, 109, Tee, Hilary: M 115 . 111; O 342-344, 951-952, 955-956 Teggart, Frederick J.: A 26, 300-301 . T’ao Ch’ien: OO350 Teikoku Chiho Gyosei Gakkai: P 321 Tao-Kwang: 574 Teikoku Toshokan: P 27 Tao-shih: O 966 a . Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre: G 153-154 T’ao Yuian-ming: O 351 Teixeira da Mota, Avelino: AC 497

Tapestry: K 148 . Telegraph: Z 658 Tapia y Rivera, Alejandro: Z 161 Teleki, Pal: P 58

_Tappert, Tapié, Victor L.: T 52; VC 184 . Tellenbach, Gerd: K 285 . Theodore G.: VF 51 Tellier, Michel Le: VC 946 .

Taqizadeh, Hasan: F 267 Tempels, Placied: AC 51 |

| Taracouzio, Timothy A.: AH 206, 497; X274- Temperley, Gladys: VA 551

275, 371 Temperley, Harold W. V.: AF 258; AH 128;

Taraporewala, Irach J.: F131 | S 261; T 17, 201, 421, 433, 468; VA 151, 687; Tardieu, André P. G. A.: AH 138 ) Tendulkar, Dinanath G.: R 604

| Tarbell, Ida M.: AB 60 oo W 968; X 217 .

Tarentum: H 240 . Téng, Ssu-yii: A 438; O9, 174, 177, 226, 545, Tariffs, customs: AI 30, 89-115; O 592-593, 874; -558, 578, 790, 822, 898

209; T 741-744; VA 478; VC 604; VF 116- Tennent, James: R78 - . | 117,Tarlé,Q308; Z 663 Tennessee: AB 182 7 Evgenii (Eugene): VC 561; .VE 101; Tennessee Valley Authority: AB 368

| T 330, 365; X 91, 210, 218, 659 - Tenney, Merrill C.: D 564 Tarn, 262, Manuel 322, 394, de: 398;VD Tentori, N William 400; R W.: 308H| 150, Teran, 14 Tullio: Z 40 | Tarnowski, Stanislaw: W 221 _ Tompkins, Stuart-R.: A 458 . Traub, Hugo: W 430 Tong, Hollington K.: O 669 Traub, Michel: AI 234

Tonga: Trautmann, 63 Tonnele, AE Jean:67 T 645 Travel. SeeReinhold: Voyages andXtravel Tooley, Ronald V.: U 118 Tread, John B.: Z 842 : i Topete, José M.: .Z 590-S91 | Treadgold, Donald W.: X 240, 420 Topography: F 39; H 31, 195, 235; 143, 45-47, Treat, Payson J.: P 241-242

. 50, 52, 350-351, 359; M 38; O 359; VA 261 Treaties and agreements: AA 174; AB 148, 643-

Torbet, Robert G.: D 526 644, 646; AD 271-272; AF 34, 41-43, 255Torii, Ryuzo: G 251; O 450 262, 279, 294-295; AH 95-100, 114, 122, 124Toro, Josefina del: U Z 35 67 159, 174, 183-193, 221, 265, 272, 146; 331Torre do Tombo: 332, 168, 454-455, 465; AI 45-60, 62-72, Torre Villar, Ernesto de la: Z 734 F 102; .H 280; J61; M141; N 243, 451; | Torre y del Cerro, Antonio de la: VD 78 O.828-831, 845, 1136; P95, 328; R371; Torrente, Vicente: Z 674 S47, 93-94, 205-206, 214, 254, 267; T 167,

Torres Asensio, Joaquin: U 47 177, 187, 491, 494, 496, 499; VA 227; VB 47, .

Torres Balbas, Leopoldo: M 219, 236; VD 183 51, 221; VC 498, 536, 539-540, 623; VD 32, Torres de Mendoza, Luis: Y 88; Z 135 79, 258; VE 163, 183, 211-212; W 38-39, 47,

Torres Lanzas, Pedro: Z 77-78 661, 688-689, 938, 972, 984; X75, 78-80, Torres-Rioseco, Arturo: Z 606 _ 209, 212, 229, 270-272, 658; Y 151, 162; Torrey, Norman L.: VC 1031 Trebizond: L 287-288, 327, 370 Tortajada Ferrandis, A.: VD 4 Tregonning, K. G.: Q 161

Torrey, Charles C.: D 451 OO Z690_ 7 .| Torzsay-Biber, George: W 732 Treharne, R. F.: B 218-219 | | Toscano, Mario: -VE 211 Treitschke, Heinrich von: VF 106, 139-140

Toshiaki, Honda: P 158 . Tremain, Marie: VE AA 378-379 6 : Toshimichi, Okubo: P 293 Tremelloni, Roberto: Totalitarianism: A109; AH24, 51-54; G143; Trend, John B.: VD 116 H 141-142; N 60 . Trenerry, Charles F.: T 674 Toth, Zoltan I.: W 739, 864 Trent, council of: T 122, 125, 281 Tothill, John D.: AC 330 Tretyakov, Petr: W 953 Totok, Wilhelm: B 4 Treue, Wolfgang: VF

164 7

Tott, Francois de: § 355 Trevelyan, George M.: VA 76, 81, 119-120, 142, Tou, I: OJoseph 416 150, 379, 448, 590-591, 620, 639; Toubert, H.: AG 97 445, VE 168-170

Toudouze, K 685; 789 Trevelyan, P.: VE | Toulmin,Georges: Stephen E.: VC A 255 Treves, Janet Piero:. H 37 400 Toulouse: K 451, 581 ’ Trevor-Roper, Hugh R.: AF 330; VA 418, 568; Toulouse-Lautrec, Henri de: VC 829 VF 209 .Tournebize, Henri F.: L 186 a Trewartha, Glenn T.: P 56 Tourneur, Victor: K 483 Trianon, treaty of: AH 153; W 842 Tourneux, Maurice: VC 256, 264 Trianon decree: T 329

Tournier, Jules: U 283 Triantaphyllides, Manoles A.: L 51

' 936 Tribot-Laspiére, Jean: VC 627

Tournon, Francois, cardinal de: O 993; VC 935- =‘ Tribes. See Clans and clan systems

- ‘Toussaint, Charmain E.: AH 452 Triffin, Robert: AI 127

, Toussaint, Gustavec: N 446 Trikoupes, €harilaos: W 1335 Toussaint, James R.: R79 . Trikotipes, Nikolaos: W 1199 Tout, Thomas F.: KTrimingham, 230 Trimborn, Hermann: 828331, 341-342; Toutain, H298 John S.: ACZ189, Touzet,J..André: AH 73 AF 244 Townsend, Mary E.: AH 74; U 66, 189; VF 146 Tripanis, C. A.: W 1324

Townsend, William C.: Z 858 Tripathi, Ram P.: R 350 Townsend, William J.: VA 497 - Tripoli: L 275 Townshend, Charles: AG 55 | Tripolitania: 1 63, 65 Townsley, W. A.: AD 86 _ Triple Alliance (Europe): T 494; VE 183 Towster, Julian: AF 192; X 288 ‘Triple Alliance (South America): Z 715

Toyama, Shigeki: P 2, 117, 169, 185 _. Triple Entente: T 494; W 1180, 1182 Toynbee, Arnold J.: A 323-327, 405; AF 11; Triska, Jan F.: X 658 B.156; C78; P195; S138, 310; VC 483; Tritton, Arthur S.: M 200

|

: VD 118; W 1193 | Troécsanyi, W 877Frederik: VB 107 . Toynbee, Jocelyn M. C.: 1385Zsolt: Troels-Lund, Toynbee, Veronica: VC 483 | Troeltsch, Ernst D.: A 364-366; D 435; T 131

Tozer, Henry F.: 139; W 1139 Trollip, A. E. G.: AC 526

Tozzer, Alfred M.: E 119Troshin, Trollope,A. Mark: 203 Trade. See Commerce P.: XN298

Trade unions: AB 319, 321, 369-371; AD 145- Trotskii, Lev: A 330; AF 186, 348-349, 352; . 146; C195; VA 474; VC 690-692; X 298; X 251, 525-526

: Trading Z 650,companies: 652 Trotter, Reginald C.: AA 9, 195 U 121-132 Trouton, Ruth: W 537

_Trager, Trafalgar: T 385-386 Trow-Smith, Robert: 414 Frank N.: Q 21P.: . Truchy, Henri: AI VA 36 Marcel: Traill, Catherine AA 194 Trudel, VC 516 | Traill,Trajan: Henry1143, D.: VA 447, 577 Truman, Harry S.: AH 263 187, 417-418 . Trumpp, Ernest: D 192 Tramond, Johannés M.: T 383; U7 Trust territories: AC 74, 370, 419, 543; AE 72, Trans-Himalaya: N 381 92-93; AF219; AH 66, 445-453; N 475; Transportation: AA-137; AB67, 301; AC 32; T 736-737; U 178, 198, 202. See also Depend-

614 Tryon, Rolla, M.: A 472 858, 864, 877 Tsaldares, Panaghes: W 1348 —

AD 153-154; AH 373; AI 177-185; C 201- encies; Mandates -

210; R191; S 258; T 722~726; VC 599, 608, Trusts. See Monopolies . Transylvania: W 587, 669, 673, 676. 678, 683, Ts’ai, Yiiansp’ei: O 1022

Trap, Jens P.: VB 37 Tsang, Li-ho: O 67, 106

Trapier, Elizabeth: VD 209-210 Tsao, Hsiieh-chin: O 634

|

, OO Index , 953 Tsapkin, N. V.: N 361 7 ' T’u-yti-hun: O 333 . Tscharner, Eduard H. von: O 893 Tveteraas, Harald L.: VB 17 ~

Tschizewskij, Dmitri. See Chyzhevs’kyi, Dmytro Twain, Mark. See Clemens, Samuel L.

Tschudi, Rudolf: D 681 Twitchell, Karl S.: AF 215 | Tse Chi t?ung—kien: O 236 + Twitchett, D. C.: O 372 :

Tseng Kuo-fan: O 584 os Tyan, Emile: D 682; M 191, 253 -

Tsiang, T’ing-fu. See Chiang, T’ing-fu Tyler, Moses C.: AB 141, 469 . | - _Tsirintanes, Nikolaos: W 1251 : Tymieniecki, Kazimierz: W 93 : | Tso Tsungt’ang: O 590 Tyndale, William: VA 344 Tsouderos, Emmanouel:. W 1225-1227 Tyrowicz, Marian: W 197 Tsuchihashi, P. Yachita: P 47 Tzu Hsi, empress: O 597 .

Tsuchiya, Takao: P 103, 218 ] . . Tsuda, Sokichi:..G 233; P 251, 260 U oy, Ts’ui, Chi: O 257. . .

Ts’ui, Hung: 0328 | a

Tsuji, Zennosuke: P.45, 126, 236; 254 _ Ubicini, J. H. Abdolonyme:S 119-120

Tsunoda, Ryusaku: .O 803; P90 ~ Uccelli, Arturo: C 182

Tsurumi, Yusuke: P 304 Uckert, Friedrich A: Zinaida C52 00V.- a| Tu, Lien-che: 01127 Udal’cova, Z. V. See Udal’tsova, Tu Fu: O 395-396. : | Udal’tsova, Zinaida V.: X 99 Tucci, Giuseppe: M 63; N 464-465, 496 Udaondo, Enrique: Z 68 : Tucker, Archibald N.: AC 57 | Ueberweg, Frederick: H 334 Tucker, Gilbert N.: AA 196 | Ueda, M.: G 215 Tucker, Glenn: AB177 .. | Uganda: AC 28, 242, 417-423 Tucker, Henry W.: AD 368 Ugaritic people: F 64 Tucker, William P.: Z 773 Ugolini, Luigi M.: W 1066-1067 Tucuman:. 171 BoZ _ Uhlir, Frantisek: W 369 Tudela,ZJosé: 42, 304 | Uhlirz,

Karl:VF VF240 240 Tudor, Mary: VA93 > _ . Uhlirz, Mathilde: : . Tudor period: VA 82, 84-98, 268, 449, 466 Uighurs: O 409 Tiimpel, Ludwig: VF 231 | Ujvary, Dezso: W 766 Tirk Tarith Kurumu: 8 455 _. , Ukrainian SSR: AA 42; X 21, 40, 123-124, 341-

Tuetey, 357, Zaka: 632, 647, 661oan 7 Tuetey, Alexandre: Louis: VC VC 347.257 Ullah, R 445

Tuffrau, Paul: VC 849 | Ullens de Schooten, Marie Thérése: S 338. Tufo, Morobé V. del: Q 158 __ Ullmann, Walter: K 301, 309 Tugwell, Rexford G.: Z 416, 425 Ulmann, Heinrich: VF 39 an

Tulloch, John: VA 518 , |_,Ulpian: I 255 | Tuma, Karel: W 432 Ulrich, F.: B75 : Tun, Li-ch’en: O 145 _ _ Ulug Beg: MCarolyn 304 Tunaya, Tarik Z.: S 131 : | Umehara, Sueji: G 181, 194, 234 T’ung, Shu-i: G 185 | .* Umiastowski, Roman: W 234

T’ung-chih period: OO588 | : Underhill, | Unat, Faik Evelyn: R.: $39 *-D | 597 : ; Tung Chung-shu: 313° Tung Tso-pin: G77, 80, 163, 179-180 Underhill, F. H.: AA 162 : Tung-fang tsa-chih: N 194. Underwood, Alfred C.: R 608 T’ung kien kang mu: O 236 Underwood, Horace H.: N 201 Tung-lin Academy: O 520-521 Unemployment: AF 63

Tun-huang: N 429, 446; O 151 Unger, W.: 113. | | Tunisia: AC 286, 294, 310-312; AG 174; 136, Ungnad, Arthur: F 49, 77, 82,85. — :

63-64; J 63; U 21 Ungureanu, Marie: K 394 - - _

Tipac Amaru: Z 327 Union of South Africa: AC 509-538; AG 10, Tupper, Charles: AA 230° 163-164. Archives Dept.:. AC 222; Off. of

Tupper, Henry A., jr.: D 386 Census and Stat.: AC 223- . ; Turberville, Arthur S.: K 332; VA 455-456; Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. See Russia

VD 193 . . and Soviet Union |

: Turchi, Nicola: I 337W - Union PostaleAccademia Universelle:Nazionale: AH 380. I 60 | Turdeanu, Emile: 1003 Unione Turgenev brothers: X 84 . Unions. See Trade unions

Turgot, Anne Robert Jacques: T 708;. VC 230, United Nations and its agencies: A 100, 476; | 695, 701, 1026-1027 a AA 51; AC 179, 197, 224; AF 2, 12, 135, 166, Turkestan: M 152; N 371-372, 382-383, 388, 399, 254, 265-266, 269, 367; AH 238, 259, 337404-406, 409-413; R 10; X 369 - 385, 428, 431, 452, 455-456; AI 4, 6, 13, 15_ Turkey: AF 230-232; AG 54, 59; D 697; J 54, 61; 17, 112, 142, 169; B65, 134-135; C11, 24, . L 37, 152, 189, 192, 304,°335; M 8, 10-11, 47, 104, 167; N 18, 90-91, 99, 293, 302; S 323, 57, 102, 124, 126, 129-130, 132-134, 136-138, 450; T 19; W 836, 850, 1136-1138; 1305-1307; 140-141, 151, 154; 160, 206, 260; O 308, 445; X 663; Z 395, 687, 692, 697 R 316, 324; S 5-10, 26-27, 30, 32-34, 41, 50, United States: A 460-463;.AA 36, 187; AB 159, 66-146, 182, 254, 268, 274, 288, 302, 308, 721; AC 71, 504; AE 63-64, 69, 71-72, 93;

. . 316, 319, 331, 355, 364, 459; T 534; W 12, AF 4, 32-33, 116-117, 419, 132, 136, 188, 137, 471, 770, 868, 961-968, 1069, 1107, 1140, 250-253, 269-270, 353-354, 362-365, 375-376;

1150-1151, 1155-1158, 1161, 1176, 1193, AG 12-13, 40, 74, 92-93, 137, 142, 144, 175, | _. 1201, 1258-1259, 1280,-1308-1310; X 55, 192, 192-193, 200, 204, 207, 229; 233; AH 10, 31,

' 339. See also Ottoman Empire 94, 101-104, 140-150, 194-201, 228-233, 255Turkmenistan SSR: X 332, 644 264, 275-276, 280, 368, 460,478; 490; AI.48, Turnbull Library: AD 223 — . 67, 81, 90, 113, 120, 125, 166, 168, 175, 177,

Turner, Arthur C,: VA 237 . 215, 220; B17-28, 30, 70, 86-87, 92-93, Turner, Francis C.: VA 118 | 95, 231-232; C163; D 374, 516-517, 519, Turner, Frederick J.: AB 190,.460 521-525, 527, 529, 539, 571; 607; E 92-93; Turner, Henry G.: AD 90 . mo J 6, 25, 84, 122; K 239, 337, 569; N 20, 75-

Turner, L. J. B.: R30 - 80, 117, 120, 244, 255, 293-295; 0.137, 313Turner, Leonard C. F.: AG 163-164 | 514, 729, 819, 851-855, 860, 900; P 188-189, | Turner, Ralph E.: C68 . | 240-243; Q201; R1; S 135; 283-284, 296, og Turner, Samuel: N 478 “= . 409; T 651, 679, 718, 7303; U 250; 254, 292- Turville-Petre, Gabriel: K 94 — 297; VA 15, 314; VB 65;° VC 529, 1340;

Tuscany: K 521;. . VDX170; 167,376-381, 771, 1166,639, 1238,662; 1289, Tutira: AD 320 VE — :146 1303; 211,W268, Y 1302121, |.

954 Index

. 129, 152, 163-164, 178-187, 190-193; Z206, | Vakalopoulos, Apostolos E.: W 1168 216, 220, 314, 332-333, 358, 362, 388, .526- | Vakar, Nicholas P.: X 358-359 ~~...

527, 698, 717-735. Army Dept.: AF 366; Val, M. Asuncién del: AC 30. . AG 12, 192-193, 200; Battle Mon. Comm.: Valdeavellano, Luis Garcia de: K 171; VD 50 AG 13; Census Bur.: AB 13; B165; Z79; Val’denberg, Vladimir: X 382 ) | Chief of Counsel for Prosecution of Axis | Valderrama Martinez, Fernando: AC 308

Criminality: AF 356;AB Commerce Dept: Valdivia,KPedro . Al 67; U 292-297; Congress: 632, 634Valencia: 502;de: VDZ265 169| ,: 638; P 244-245. Econ. Coop. Adm.: AI 134; Valency, Maurice: K 605

Educ. Off.: Z686; Fed. Trade Comm.: Valente, Angela: VE 103 Oo

| S 346; For. Broadcast Info. Serv.:. S 451; Valentin, Veit: C 66; VF 24, 122 For. Commerce Bur.: AC 379; For. and Valera, Eamon de: AF 314 : Dom. Commerce Bur.: O 905; Geography Valeri, Nino: K 152; VE 42, 180, 416 =

Off.: O 107; S 56-58; High Commissioner for Valéry, Paul: T 553 . . Germany: AF 358; Joint Committee on Valiani, Leo: VE 382 . Atomic Energy: AF 370; Lib. of Cong.: Valjavec, Fritz: T 230; VF 252; W46 . AB 21, 62, 659-661; AC 11-14, 290; AE 5; Valk, Marius H. van der: O 688 }

. AH 445; B 6-7, 12-14, 88-89, 92, 161-164; Valk, Sigizmund N.: X 28, 74 | D 47; F 15; N 199; 019, 38, 753, 905; Q 2, Vallaux, Camille: C 14; VC 59 54, 98, 156; R 120-121; S13, 20; U9, 112; Valle, José Cecilio del: Z 620

VA 21; W 1, 589, 911, 1045, 1113, 1239; X 6, Vallée-Poussin, Louis de la: G 45 . 21, 41; Z 23, 397, 739-740, 869, 887; Marine Vallentin, Antonina: VE 408 i . Corps: AF 277-278; AG 187; Mines Bur.: Vallentin, Rupert: U 165 O 103; Mutual Security Agency: Q240; Vallinkoski, J.: VB 12

Nat. Archives: Z43; Naval War Coll: Vallois, Henry V.: C 85; VC 62 . a

AH 462; President: AB 633; AH 368; Presi- Valois, Marguerite de: VC 938

dent’s Research Committee on Soc. Trends: Valori, Aldo: VE 191, 434 |

AB 359; Senate: AB 644; AH102; State Valsecchi, Franco: T 229, 478; VE 87-88, 163362, 364-365, 368-369; AH 101, 103, 105-106, §Vambéry, Armin: N 373, 390 |

Dept.: AB 391, 645-646; AF 353-355, 357, 164 .

139, 264, 276, 544; O 855;. P 243; S 295-296; Van Cleve, Thomas C.: K 154 X 18, 378-379; Y 163; Z 712; Supreme Court: Van de Wall, Constant: VC 1391

AB 160, 649; AF 252 . Van den Eynde, Damian: Z 45 .

Universal Postal Union: AH 380 a Van der Kerken, Georges: U 211 . Universities. See Colleges and universities — Van der Sprenkel, Otto B.: O 152

Unterberger, Betty M.: X 662 1101 Unwin, George: VA 597 Van Diemens Land: AD 48 . Se 7 .

‘Universities’ Mission: AC 190 Van Deusen, Glyndon G.: AB 535a, 555; VC

U 216 . - G Van Dorn, Harold A.: O 661 . 533 . ) Upanishads: 39, 67 Van Dusen, Henry P.: D Uralov, Aleksander. See Avtorkhanov, A. : Van Dyke, Paul: VC 153 . Unzueta y Yuste, Abelardo de: AC 500-501; Van Doren, Carl C.: AB 549.

.

Urals region: X F336, 410 | Van Leur, Hendrik Jacob C.: Q132 ©| io Urartaen people: 62, 115 Van Loon, W.: Y 86 Urban, George: W 851 7 Van Riebeeck Society: AC 66 Urban, Martin: W258-259 1057 . Van 2 Van Royen,Philippe: William:VC AI871 165. Urban II, pope: K Tieghem, _ Urbanek, 334aVan Vieck, George W.: Ure, PercyRudolf: N.: HW142 Van Werveke, H.:AB K 245 472ee' | Uren, Malcolm J. L.: AD171 | . Vance, John T.: VD 131; Z 755 ) Uria Riu, Juan: VD 187 a Ce Vancouver, George: AA 197 ; Ursu, Ion: W 713 os _ Vandal, Albert: S 356; T 331; VC 365

‘Urteaga, Horacio H.: Z 184 | Vandals: I 174 Uruguay: Z 65, 334, 430, 456, 462-463, 473, 619, Vandenberg, Arthur H.: AH 245 | ~ 687, 714 Vandenberg, Arthur H., jr.: AH 245

Useem, John: R 609 . Vandenbosch, Amry: Q 114; U 208

Useem, Ruth: R 609 Vanderbilt, Cornelius: AB 613 Usher, Abbott Payson: C183; K 479; T412;. Vanderpool, E.: H 174 VC 601; VD 165 | | Vandier, Jacques: F 18, 146 Usher, Roland G.: A 419 7 Vane, Henry the Younger: VA 571

, Uspenskii, Fedor I.: L 130, 341. Vanlande, René: W 1080

Usury: KAB 487; T 677 | Vanzetti, AB 355 Utopias: 505; VE 383; Z 463 |Bartolomeo: Varangians: X 144 , Utrecht, peace of: T 172, 174 ) Varennes de La Vérendrye, Pierre Gaultier de:

Uttar R |588 . Paul | AAA.:252 . 997 . } Utting,Uustalu, FrancisPradesh: A. J.: AC 398 Varg, O 856, Evald: VB 198 fy Varga, Eugen: AI 79, 88 4 Uyehara, Cecil H.: AH 121; P 327 . - Vargas, Getulio: Z 550, 850

Uzbek SSR: N 393-394; X 331-332 . Vargas Ugarte, Rubén: Z 305-306, 433

Uzuncarsili, Ismail H.: S 80-82, 100 Varkonyi, Agnes: W 902 .

. Uzunova, N.: X32 Varley, Douglas H.: AC 10, 15, 31; U 10

; . Varna: L V.: 305X. 464. | oe y | _ she, _Varneke, Boris gs OS Varnhagen, Francisco A. de: Y 104; Z 499, 523,

Vacandard, Elphége: K 333 | Varona, Enrique José: Z 620 Vaccaro, Gennaro: VE 19 ~Varona Guerrero, Miguel: Z 375

Vacietis, Jukums: 218 Varonic, A.: 362| a : Vath, 989VB Branislav: WX 370 Vagts, Alfons: Alfred: AO373; TVarsik, 204 Vasa, Gustav: VB 160 ne Vaidya, Chintamana V.: R 310 Vasar, Juhan: VB 208, 212 i Vaillant, George C.: E 120; Z 252 Vasari, Giorgio: .T 107; VE 330 , Vaillant, Pierre: K395 = Vasconcelos, José: Z 620 Vaillé, Eugéne: VC 616 . Vasdravellis, Iloannes: W 1262 : Vainshtein, Osip L.: T 64 Vasiliev, Alexander A.: J 65; L 9, 135, 147, 241, Vaissiére, Pierre de:. Vasmer, VC 648, 937 Vajda, Georges: K 559 Max: EL287; 30; XM 66,84 137. .aea

| , , Index , 955 Vassouras: Z 671 : Vicaire, Marie H.: K 654 oo oo, Vasubandhu: O 973 a Vicens Vives, Jaime: VD 122, 145, 159; Z 270...

Vatcher,Charles: William H.:VC AF 986 279 _| Vichy period:K.: VC K 478-485, 541 _ : Vatel, : Vickers, 117 Vatican: K 61. See also Papacy Vickery, Kenton F.: H 305 So; |

Vaucher, Paul: T 42,E.: 176TVico, Giambattista: VE 418 . I 394 | | Vaughan, Charles 554 Victor, Sextus Aurelius: Vaughan, Dorothy M.: J 61; M141; S254 Victor Emanuel II of Italy: VE 135, 422, 428

Vaughan, Richard: K 667. Victoria (Lake): AC 34

Vaussard, Maurice: VE 173 Victoria of England: AD 88-91; VA 147, 156, : Vazov, Ivan: 1012 | 457-459, 608-641 . . ||| Vazquez de Parga,W Luis: VD 187 > _ WVidal, César: VE127

Vecchietti, Tullio: VE 140-141 Vidal de La Blache, Paul M.: A139; C13; Veciana Antonio de:60-74 AC 502 . VC 38-39, 52, 138 |. a. Veda: GVilaldach, 24—25; 36, 41-42, Vidalenc, Jean: T 463 Vedder, Heinrich: AC 537 . Vidier, A.: VC 19 | 498 : | Vedia y Mitre, Mariano de: Z 843 _ Viegas, Luis A.: AC Vedovato, Giuseppe: AF 43 _ Vieira, Anténio: VD 282. . Veenendaal, Augustus J.: VC 1325 - WViekke, Bernard H. M.: Q 115; T 532 Vega Bolafios, Andrés: Z 162134 ; Viel-Castel, Horace VC| .1191. . Veitch, George S.: VA . _ Vienna: W de: 673 Veitch, Henry C.: AD 313 Vienna, congress of: T 336-338, 340-341, 432, Velazquez, Diego: VD 209 _ Vienna, peace of: T 162, 173, 179; VF 235

Veith, Georg: H 318; I 200 . 434-435 | . | Velazquez, Gonzalo: Z 356 | Viennet, Odette: T 717 _ Velen z Zerotina, Ladislav: W 412 : Viénot, Jean: VC 880 Velkov, Velizar: W913 | Viet-minh: Q 76 . . . Vella, Walter F.: Q 254-255 . Vietnam: O 799-800; Q 54-96. See also IndoVelleius Paterculus, Caius: I 124 china . Velsen, R. Fraenkel von: H 157 Vietsch, Eberhard von: T 427 - . Vendryes, Vendée:Joseph: VC A324 | Vieyra, Maurice: F 218 . : 42 . Vigener, Fritz: VF 347 Venezuela: Z 54, 63, 312, 340, 429, 434—440, 586, Vignaud, Henry: U 276 660 | | Vigouroux, Fulcran G.: F 24 | Venice: K 426-428, 467-471, 503, 562; L160, Vijayanagar: R 645 304; VE 261-269, 301; W 1243, 1255 Vikings: K 92 .

Venizelos, Eleutherios: AF 343; W 1204, 1338- Vilar, Pierre: VD 173 |

1343 Vilenskii-Sibiriakov, Vladimir D.: X 481

Venkatachalam, Sri Kota: R 161, 691 , Vilhena Moraes, Eugenio de: Z 585

Venkataraman, R.: H 652 Jean: T 747 | | Ventana Cave: E94 | _K. Villalobos, S.: ZVillain, 212

Venteres, Georgios: W 1178, 1297 - - Villanova: I 82-85 .

Ventris, Michael: H 47 Villard, Oswald G.: AB 530 | Venturi, Adolfo: VE 296 Villari, Linda: VE 239 | Venturi, Franco: VE 419; X 450 _ WVillari, Pasquale: VE 239. Venturi, Lionello: T 579; VE 300 Villarroya, Antonio: B 204 :

Verberne, Louis OG.990 J.:Villéle, K 178Jean Villat, Louis: : Verblest, Ferdinand: Baptiste, comteVC de: 341 VC 1164-1165

Vercauteren, Fernand: J 2 Viller, M.: L219 | | Verdross, Alfred: AH 484 Villeroy, Francois, duc de: VC 939

Verduin, Arnold R.: VD 34 Villiers, Alan J.: AE 76; R238 — Verdun: AG 37, 42 Vimeux, Achille L. de: VC ~ Verevkina, A. N.: X 10 . Vinacke, Harold M.: AB 430; N 49, 80, 133

904 | |

Verga, Ettore: VE 250 Vihas y Mey, Carmelo: VD 147, 175 Vergara, Saturnino: Z 340 Vince, Charles A.: H 62 Vergennes, Charles Gravier de: T1181, 195; Vince, James H.: H 62 :

VC 513 Vincent, Auguste: VC 1403

Vergniaud, Pierre: VC 1104-1105 SO ~ WVincent, John M.: A12-13 ©

Verissimo Mattos, José: Z 607 Vinci, Leonardo da: VE 318-320, 406-408

Verlinden, Charles: K 520; VD 164 Vindel, Francisco: Z 16, 80 Vermaseren, Maarten J.: D 300 Vindry, Fleury: VC 905 . Vermeer, Johannes: VC 1396 Viner, Jacob: AI 37-39, 109-111

Vermont: AB 213 Vinland: U 78-79; Y 69

Vernadsky, George: AF 347; K 182-183; N 354; Vinogradoff, Paul: X 182 ;

X 73, 126, 135, 139, 143, 157, 177, 211 _ Violante, Cinzio: K 423 _. . Vernant, Jacques: AF 26; AI 228 _ Viollate, Achille: AT 72 .

Verneau,Marjorie: Francesco: 173. Viollet, Paul: VC Vernon, VAT427 Vioten, Gerlof van:218-219 M 77, 183 Veronese, Paolo: VE 324 _ Mipper, Robert I.: X 171 .

Verri, VE—416 Virginia: AB 90-95, 156 7 Verriest,Pietro: Léo: K 373 7 _ ©| Nirji, Krishnakumari J.: R 653 Verrill, Addison E.: AA 308 Virtosu, Emil: W 642 Versailles: AH 124, 127, 137,. 139, 144, 174; . Viscardi, Antonio: K 604 AI 55; T 162 ; , Vischer, Melchior: K 290, 676.

Versailles treaty: AF 255, 292-293, 295, 353~354; Visconde do Rio Branco collection: Z 496 |

| AH 124-127, 137-139, 174; AI 45-60, 65-66 ° Visconti, Alessandro: VE 249 | .

Vespasian: 1 143, 416 | Vishniak, Mark: X 365 oo, . .

Vespucci, Amerigo: U 44, 90, 92-93; Y 77-78 _ Visintin, Luigi: U 34; VE 23 So

Vessberg, G. Olof: 1363 | | Visscher, Charles de: AH 485; AI180 —sy Vial, Paul: O 782T©538 | Visser, Marinus W.William de: P 256 Viallate, Achille: _ Visser ’tWillem: Hooft, A.:__| D. 506 Viana, Luiz: Z 866 Vissering, O 932-933 ; Viana, Oliveira: Z 546 Vissiére, Arnold J. A.: O 1009 Vianello, Carlo A.: VE 417 | ' Vistula region: W 133 . Vianna, Hélio: Z 675, 716 Viswanatha, Sekharipuram V.: R 311 : Viatkin, Mikhail P.: X 375 Vital statistics: B 161, 164-165; Z 102 , )

Viazemskii, princes: X 86 Vitkind, Nataliia I.: N 369 :

956 Index Vitrac, Maurice: VC 1135 Wade, Mason: AA 4] Vitruvius Pollio: I 371 Wade, Thomas F.: O 620 Vittorio Veneto: VE 176-178 Wade-Gery, Henry T.: H 28, 132, 134, 179, 194 Vitucci, Giovanni: I 424 de: . Wadham, Samuel: AD H.: 95 L 39 _ Vivero y Velasco, Rodrigo P 151 Wachter, Albert Vivien de Saint-Martin, Louis: B 198 Watjen, Hermann: Z 524 .

Vilachogiannes, G.: W 1128-1129 Wages and _ “salaries: K 502; O750; T 681;

Viachos, Nikolaos B.: W 1285 VA 428; VD 169

Vladimirescu, Tudor: W 642 Wagner, Albert M.: W 78

Viadimirtsov, Boris Y. (.): M 299; N 329, 346 Wagner, Anthony R.: K 216 ; . Vladisavljevic, Milan: W 519 Wagner, Ferenc: W 792 Vlastos, Alexandros M.: W 1247 Wagner, Fritz: T 147, 182

Viastos, Gregory: H 289 Wagner, Henry R.: U 48-49, 101; Y 134, 146; Vicek, Jaroslav: WM.: 405-406 Z 271 Richard: T 556 ) Viekke, Bernhard H. U 207 Wagner, _ Vochting, Friedrich: VE 288 Wagner, Robert L.: VC 71 : “ Voelcker, Heinrich: VF 233 Wagner, Walter: I 210

Volker, Karl: W 224 Wahl, Adalbert E. A.: TK310 || Vor6s, Ignac Faradi: W 779 Wahle, Ernst: 80 Vogel, Jean P.: D 154 Wahlgren, Erik: VB 60

Vogel, Julius: AD 371 :T Wait, Dorothy: AFAF 74 74 Vogel, Walther: K 409; 724 Wait, Peter: Vogt, Albert: L174, 245 Waitangi: ADGeorg: 271-272 |1 Vogt, Josef (Joseph): 154, 390; L 238 Waitz, K 11; VF Voigt, Fritz A.: W 1236 Wakamori, Taro: G 274 .

Voinovitch, Louis de: L 162 Wakefield, E. Jerningham: AD 279 Voitinskii, Grigorii N.: X 225 Wakefield, “Australia: AD 52 Vojnovitch, L. de: W 522 Walbank, Frank W.: H 67, 274, 297, 399, 401; Voionmaa, Kaarle Véin6o: VB 115 Wakefield,-Edward Gibbon: AD 372-373

Volga region: W 959; XWalcott, 336-337Robert: I 399 VA 392 . Volgin, Viacheslav P.: X 91 Volhynia: X Waldapfel,Burkhart: Eszter: WAH 831 Volkov, P.:Edward AF315 85 Waldecker, 288 A 279 | Vollmar, R.: D 374 : Walden, Paul: Vollmer, Hans: C 245 Waldersee, Alfred von: VF 143 Volney, Constantin F. C.: S 180 Waldschmidt, Ernst: N 58 Volpe, Gioacchino: VE 175, 183 . Wales: B 13, 32; K 318; VA 8, 40, 172-—192, 236, Volta River: AC 258 7 363, 661. Nat. Lib.: WA 173, 175; UniverVoltaire, Francois Marie Arouet: A 413-415, sity: VA 191

Volz, G. B.: T 202 | 257-258

. 484; C 48; VC 1028-1032; X 204 Wales, Horace G. Quaritch: G21; Q.15, 20,

| Von Erdberg, Eleanor: O 886 Wales, Num. See Snow, Helen Foster

Von Grunebaum, Gustave E.: D658; M 170, Waley, Arthur: G91-92, 104, 121, 207-208;

226, 269 Theodore =. O 384, 398-399, 453, 526,1079; 576, P 631, 1041-.| Von Laue, H.:352 A 422 1044, 279-280 Vondracek, Felix: W - Waley, Daniel: K 424 ot Voorhees, Melvin B.: N 299. Walford, Naomi: J 60; L 11, 119 Vooys, Cornelis G. N. de: VC 1292 Walkabout: AD 206.

Voretzsch, Karl: VC 90 . Walker, Bessie: I 126 Vorontsov, Mikhail Seménovich, prince: X 85 Walker, Curtis H.: K 644

Voroshilov, Klementi E.: X 527 Walker, Egbert H.: O 1106

. Voss, Hermann: VE 302, 339 Walker, Eric A.: AC 40,544 533-534 Voting. See Suffrage Walker, Ernest: VA Vournas, Tasos: W 1275 Walker, John: VE 325

Vouros, G.: W 1348 Walker, Richard L.: G 187; O 730, 916, 1138 .

Voyages and travel: AA 145. 169, 283, 289; AB 6, Walker, Williston: D 407, 466 199, 217-218; AD 260, 262, 279. 302: AE 47- Wall, Barbara: VE 337

49; B 190; E117; J 67-82; K 58; N 27, 29- Wallace, Lillian P.: T 485 30, 253, 332, 371-381, 426. 433-439; O 382, Wallace, Sherman L.: I 197 7 ~~ - 3384, 388-389, 391, 444, 453-454, 458. 462, Wallace, William: H 202 " 495-498, 637, 795, 812, 981, 991; Q253; Wallace, William S.: AA 11-12 R 262-263, 302, 313, 319, 332, 378, 386, 389, Wallachia:-W 604, 630, 635, 637 . 414, 426; S 2-3, 111, 180-181, 226; U 2, 51- Wallas, Graham: VA 601 52, 58; VC 590; W 1058; X 479, 505; Z.789- Wallbank, Thomas W.: R 610

791, 815 Wallenstein, Albrecht von: VF 60-61; W 425

_ Voznesenskii, Nikolai A.: X 303 Waller, Alfred R.: VA 533 Vreeland, Herbert H., III: N 327 Wallich, Henry C.: AF 124 Vretos, Andreas. Papadopoulos: W 1099 Walpole, Robert: T 176; VA 128, 588 en Vucinich, Alexander-S.: X.146, 459 Walpole, Spencer: VA 144, 618 Vucinich, Wayne S.: :A: 448; W 484 | Walrond, Theodore: AA 238 Vyshinskii, Andrei Ia-::- AH 254, 512; XK 528, 663 Walsh, Ernst H. C.: N 469

Vyskocil, Jan K.: oe W433 Walsh, Richard oo Walsh, W. H.: J.: A AB 327537; . J 81

|William Walsh,H.: Warren B.: X 664 . Ww Walsh, A 304 » Walsingham, Francis: VA 94 Waas, Adolf: K 249; L 270 Walter, Gérard: VC 254—255, 479, 736, 1033, |

Wace, Henry: D 387, 397 1064, 1071, 1089 : ;

Wachter, Leo de: VC 1282 / . Walters, Adelaide: AI 143 ©

Wackernagel, Rudolf: VF 277 Walters, Francis P.: AF 263; AH 306 ] Waddell, L. Austine: N 461, 498 Walters, Raymond, jr.: AB 550 :

Waddington, Albert: VF 225 Walton, Francis: AG 233 Waddington, Richard: T 187-188 Waltz, René: I 413 Wade, Charles E.: VA 572 Waltzing, Jean P.: 1 249 Wade, E. C. S.: VA 335 Walworth. Arthur C.: AB 622; P 163

Wade, IraS.:O.: 245 Walzel, Oskar: C 284 Wade, Mark AAVC 237 Wambaugh, Sarah: AH 334-335 | a :;

, Index | 957-

. _.Wang, Ch’eng: 0414 | | Watanabe, K.: P 42 Wang, Chi-chen: O 634, 705, 794, 1055 Water supply: C 213-214; O 924

Wang, Ching-ju: O 451 Waterhouse, Ellis K.: VA 538-539, 542 Wang, Chung-min: O 41O Waterhouse, Gilbert: AC 151 Wang, Gung-wu: 235 Waterloo: T 378; VC 376. Wang, 547 Waterman, Leroy: FEmily: 86. Wang,Hsien-ch’ien: I-t’ung: OO338; P 148 Waters, VE 403 :

.

Wang, Kai: O 1086N Waters, WilliamAA G.:289; VE AI 403181-185 Wang, Kuang-ch’i: 448 Waterways:

Wang, O 180 Watkin, E. I.:. D 486 Ernest: VA 169 Wang, Li: Ming-sheng: O 237 Watkins,

Wang, P’u: O 360, 405 Watkins, Watkins, William Myron W.: AI 147 Wang, Shen-tsu: O 845 P.: VA 475 Wang, T’ung-ling: O 275 Watson, J. Stevens: VA 56 Wang, Yen-wei: 834- Watson, AC 444 Wang, Ying-lin: O O88 Watson,Malcolm: Mark S.: AG 142 Wang, Yi-t’ung (I-t’ung): O 505 Watson, Sara R.: C211. Wang, Yii-ch’tan: O 295 Watson, Thomas E.: AB 615 . Wang An Shih: O 420 Watson-Watt, Robert A.: AG 220 Wang Ching-wei: O 665 . Watsuji, Tetsuro: P 252 Wang Ch’ung: O 315 Watt, Robert D.:

Wang, Tch’ang-tche (Ch’ang-chih): O 518 Watson, Burton D.: O 228 ]

Wang I: G 121 285 7

AD 94 |

- Wang Chung-hui: O 666 Watt, William Montgomery: D 720-721; M 284—

Wang: Liang: Kuo-wei: G 101 | Wattal, Pyare K.: AF 240 O 834 - Wattenbach, Wilhelm: J 19— ~ Wang Wang. Ling: O 1102, 1119. | Watters, Mary: Z 313 586 , Wang..Mang: O 287-291 . Watters, Thomas: O 388; R

Wang Shu-jen: O 499 Watts, Arthur P.: U 158

Wang, Yang-ming: O 517-518 Watzinger, Carl: F 232 Wanganui: AD 313 — Wauchope, Robert: E121 Wanklyn, Harriet G.: W 17 : Waugh, William T.: K 65 War criminals: VF 18. See also International Wavell, Archibald P.: AG 60, 98

Military Tribunal Waxman, Meyer: D 345

War of 1812: AA 125, 171; AB 176-177 © Way, A. G.: 198 ; War' of the Spanish Succession: VD 283 Wayte, S. W.: H 17

Warburg Institute: J 112-113 _ Weapons: AG 79-83, 215, 219, 221; G4177; Warburton, Alexander B.: AA 104 M 218; O 1118-1119; T 649 Warburton, Elizabeth A.: Z 659 Weatherwax, Paul: Y 161

Ward, Adolphus W.: T4, 314; VA 305, 533; Weaving. See Textiles

_W 1254 Webb, Beatrice: VA 376, 474, 481, 650

Ward, Charles H. S.: D124. Webb, Leicester: AD 151, 343 Ward, Edward: AD 302 Webb, Walter P.: AB 284; C 72; Y 155 Ward, Isabel A.: Q 87 . Weber, Alfred: A 124, 311; T 542 Ward, John M.: AD 54; AE 60 Weber, Friedrich: Z 272

Ward, Christopher: AB 146 : Webb, Sidney: VA 376, 474, 481, 650

Ward, John S. M.: O 627 Weber, Max: A 117, 190, 202; C 191-192; D 222;

Ward, John W.: 191 © T T560, Ward, Louis E.: AD 314AB Weber, Ottokar: 172 : 655

| Ward, Reginald S.: VC 1093. Weber, Paul:. VC 1384 »

: Ward, William E. F.: AC 394 Weber, Shirley H.: S 2~-3; W 1111 Ware, Caroline F.: A 387; C91 | Weber, Wilhelm: I 418

Ware, James R.: O 344-346 Webster, Charles K.: AH 324; S 262; T 336, 432,

Ware, Norman J.:Webster, AB 319 440-441; Z 213 . : Waris, Heikki: VB 111 Daniel: AB 616 Warmholtz, Carl G.: VB 18 Webster, Donald E.: AF 231; S 143 Warmington, Brian H.: 1 174 ) Wecter, Dixon: AB 60, 364, 455

wR 312 Wedgwood, Ralph L.: AI 179

| Warmington, Eric H.: C 200; H 27; 139, 292; Wedemeyer, André: G 263

_ Warner, Warner, Denis: AD 132 P Wedgwood, Cicely V.: T61; VA 4109, 569; Langdon: 287 VF 40, 59 . Warnsinck, Johan C. M.: AA 377 Weege, Fritz: 1347 _Warte-Cornish, Francis: VA 514 Weelen, Jean E.: VC 1019 Watren,: Charles: AB 159-160 ~ Weerawardana, I. D. S.: R80 |

Warren, Harris G.: AF 251; Z477 Wegele, Franz X. von: VF 348 | Warriner, Doreen: S 318 | Wegener, Caspar F.: VB 44 Warrington, John: K 288 an Wegerer, Alfred von: T 15, 511 Wars: AA 287, 322; AB 99; AD 283-287; AH 26, Wehberg, Hans: AH 322 “FI-87, 190, 206, 238, 257; AI 70, 150; B187— Wei, F. Cho-min:. D 223

188; C 288-293; D27; G118, 186; H 159, Wei, Henry: O 737 318-325; J92-94; K 71, 100-101; M R248; N 471; O 838; P 232; Q 15, 74-75, 78; 591;Wei WeiChao: lio: O G 33699| || T 20, 139, 206, 344-345, 420,.522, 697,-703; Wei period: O 299 _ . | U 124; VC 162-164, 528, 533, 550; VD 171; Wei shu: O 345

VE 47, 222; W11; X 275. See also World Weibull, Curt: VB 166

“War I; World War II ~ Weibull, Jorgen: VB 143 Warsaw: W 177, 204 . Weidenreich, Franz: G 2-4 Wartburg, Walther von: VC 78 Weidner, Ernst: F 9. 22. 77, 97, 102, 265 : Warth, Robert D.: A 330 Weigh, Ken Shen: O 867 . Warwick, Richard, earl of: K 684 Weights and measures: C 11, 161; M 32, 50 Washburn, George: S 372 Weil, Gustav: M 64 : : Washburn, Wilcomb E.: AB 95 Weil, Maurice H.: T 338

185, | . Weill-Raynal, Etienne: AI 59; VC 540 oe

Washington, George: AB 143, 614, 677; AH 183, Weill, Georges J.: A 95; T 431, 437;.VC 682

Washington Foreign Law Society: N 87 Weiller, Jean: AI 40

Wassberg, Gunnar C.: VB 17 Weimar republic: AF 86-89 .

Wassmuss, Wilhelm: S 404 : Weinberg, Albert K.: AB 209

958 Index . Weinberg, Gerhard L.: AH 110, 224; X 300 . Westermarck, Edward A.: C 141 oo

Weincke, Gustav K.: D 477 . Western Australia: AD 92-93 SO

| Weir, Margaret G.: M 72 Western Australian Historical Society: AD 198 Weir, T. H.: D 679; M 66 . Western European Union: AH 405 _—

Weis, Eberhard: VC 246 Western hemisphere: AA 1—378; AB 400; AH 424-

Weis, Paul: AH 506 - 444, 505; B 28; C 45; E 84-124; U 30, 45-46,

Weisbach, Werner: T 285 = 59, 77, 80, 82-83, 88-89, 91, 101-102, 108,

Weiss, Johannes: D 452 | 114; X 48, 50; Y 1-209; Z 1-887 | Weiss, Roberto: T 72; VE 58 _ Western states: AB 130, 180, 478 Weiss-Bartenstein, Walter K.: W 994 _ Westin, Gunnar T.: VB 62

Weissbach, Franz H.: F 82 Pay Westlake, Henry D.: H 201 Weissenborn, Wilhelm: I 93 - Westland, N.Z.: AD 315 -

| Weisskopf, A.;4AWestphal, 214 , Westminster statute: AD 296 . Weitzel,Walter Rolf: B Siegfried: AG 152-153

Weitzmann, Kurt: L 365-366, 372 Westphalia, peace of: T 55-70, 171; VF 62, 64

Weizmann, Chaim: S 445 Wethey, Harold E.: VD 208; Z 618 | . Weizsacker, Ernst H. von: AH 225 Wetter, Gustavo A.: A 310; AH 48 Welch, Doris V.: VC 29-30; VD 232 Weulersse, Georges: T 706-708; VC 701 7 Welch, Oliver J. G.: VC 1079 - Weygand, Maxime: AG 124, 258; VC 1231... -

Welch, Holmes: D 244 . Weulersse, Jacques: S 328 : Welch, Sidney R.: AC 89-94 Whaling: AD AB 267-268 Welch, William H.: AB 617 Wharton, Francis: 628 Wellek,Charles René:Bradford: T 261 .Ha 81, Whatmough, Joshua: I380 86__a Welles, 250 Wheare, Joan: AC : Welles, Sumner: AB 79; Z 376 : . Wheeler, J. E.: AI 179 | Wellesz, Egon: D 551; L 379, 385-386; N 112 - Wheeler, Mortimer: D 62; I 293 Ce Wellhausen, Julius: D 657; M 71-72, 184. Wheeler, Robert E. M.: E20, 82; G49; R 108, Wellington, Arthur Wellesley, duke of: T 379; 247

VA 606-607 . Wheeler, William R.: D 618

Wellington, John H.: AC 38 a Wheeler-Bennett, John W.: AF 94, 324; AH 159,

Wellington, N.Z.: AD 314 _ 187, 286; AI 60; VF 183, 188; W 353; X 239

Wellisz, Leopold: 206 Whetten, Nathan Wells, A. J.: B38WWhibley, Leonard: HL.: 21Z 802 .

Wells, Geoffrey H.: T 574; VA 623 Whiddington, Richard: AG 214 Wells, Kenneth E.: D 138; Q 262 Whitaker, Arthur P.: AB 395-396, 399-400;

Wells, Joseph: H 51 Whiston, William: I 189 . Welsch, Germaine: VE 410 . Z 344 - _ Welsh Bibliographical Society: VA 174 - , Whitaker, Joseph: B 144 - . Wells, W. B.: K 100 | AH 440-442; Y 132~133, 150, 177, 180-182;

. Wen, Ta-ya: Pei: O 361 White, L.:TAD Wen-chung G 154 White,Harold Harry D.: 740;61 VC_643

Wenckstern, Friedrich von: P 4 White, Horace: I 94 Wendel, Herman: W VC 485~—486 . : White, John: AD258 240. 7 Wendel, Hermann: 1053 White, John A.: X Wendt, Gerald: AF 284 oO White, John C.: R 693 Wendt, AG 42 White, Leonard 80-83 . : Weniger,Hermann: Erich: A 480-481 . | White, LeslieD.: A.:AB A 172-173

Wenley, Archibald: G 173; O 250, 1061 White, Lyman C.: AH 277 : Wensinck, Arent J.: D 712; M 179 White, Lynn T., jr.: J 89; K 329

Wentz, Abdel R.: D 527 “White, Morton G.: A 31, 322, 369; AB 453 Wentworth, William Charles: AD 173 _ White, Reginald J.:.VA 340 Wereszycki, Henryk: W 163 White, Theodore H.: O 676, 859

Werner, Chalmers: O 83 a White, William Allen: AB 618 a Werner, Edward T. C.: D 228 White, William C.: G 182-183, 192-193; O 1004

Werner, Martin: D 453 White Fathers: AC 180 oo,

Werner, Morris R.: AB 523, 531 : : White Mountain, battle of: W 332, 341, 384, 391

Werner Jannings collection: G177 White Yajur-Veda: G 41 ee

Werstadt, Jaroslav: A 452; W 314 . Whitehead, Alfred N.: A 242; C 140; T 264

408 . Whitehead, Henry: D 78 . Wertheim, Willem F.: Q 135 Whitehouse, Henry R.: VC 1178 . Wertenbaker, Thomas J.: AB 60, 94, 103, 107+ | Whitehead, Arthur W.: VC 911 : Werth, Alexander: VC 466, 489 Whitehill, Walter M.: AG 250

Wertheimer, Eduard von: W 903 Whitelaw, William M.: AA 198 |

171Whitfield, _ Whitfield, Ernest —Wertheimer, Werunsky,Mildred: Emil: WVF 427 John H.: A.; VE VC 57, 1006 244 . Werveke, Hans van: VC 1371 Whiting, Allen S.: O 869 Wesley, Charles H.: Y 49 | | Whiting, B. J.: K 17-18

Wesley, Edgar B.: A 470, 473 BS Whitley, William T.: VA 500 Wesley, John: D 609-610 . _ Whitney, Courtney: AF 280 Wessels, Cornelius: O 991 -; Whitney, J. P.: T 17

_ West, Edward W.: D 289 oe Whitney, William C.: AB 619

|

West, Geoffrey. See Wells, Geoffrey H. _ Whitney, William D.: A 53 West,Rebecca: John: AD 85 : a: Whitridge, Arnold: TAA 456 . West, W 462 Whitson, Agnes M.: 309,C354 . West, Robert: I 369 oe Whittaker, Edmund T.: 35. West, Robert C.: Z 307 oe Whittaker, Thomas: A356. | West, Warren R.: VC 530 sO Whittlesey, Derwent S.: AH 16; T 30 West Africa: AC 23, 33, 45, 58, 79-80, 82-83,. 86, Whyte, Arthur J.: VE 116, 161-162 . | 97, 101-116, 167, 185, 189; 354-400, 446-460 Whyte, Frederic: VF 143 a West Indies: AB 110; U 124; .157+171; Y 15, 98; Whyte, William F.: AD 184 | . . Z 28, 69, 222, 640 eo, - Wickizer, Vernon D.: N93 - Westcott, Allan F.: T 214, 381 .- -.° | Wickwar, William H.: VC 995 Westergaard, Harald: T 327. Dot Widajewicz, Jézef: W 132 Westergaard, Waldemar: A 442; U 164 7 Widengren, George: F 201

— Westermann, Diedrich H.: AC 58, 67, 215 - Widgery, Alban G.: D 26, 573.

Westermann, Johannes C.: VC 1340 - Wieder, Frederick C.: U 28 -:.. Westermann, William L.: 1286 - -- | - Wieger, Léon: D 228, 241; O 208 --

| - Index , 959 |

Wiel, Althea J.: K 417 Williamson, James A.: AA 290-292; U 102-103; Wielopolski, Alexander: W 252 ~ VA 82, 557; Y 84; Z 525 : Wiener, Philip P.: AB 450 . Williamson, Robert W.: AE 23 | Wiens, Herold J.: O797 . _ Willison, John S.: AA 239. a . Wieschhoff, AC 16,Willoughby, 76 . Willoughby, 281 Wiet, Gaston:Heinrich M 102; SA.: 223-224 HaroldCharles.A.: R.: D 560;AF F 30. . SO . Wigforss, Ernst J.: VB 164 Willoughby, Westel W.: AH 181; O 871 |

Wight, Martin: ACAH 393; U Willson, 234 Willson, Beckles: AA 240 -: es Wightman, David: 356 David H.: VA 105, 246 - | Wigmore, John H.: C 147 . Wilmot, Reginald W. W.: AG 197 |

Wijesekera, Nandadeva: R 81 SC Wilno: X 360 oO . Wilber, Donald N.:._R 20; S$ 149 _.. Wilson, Arnold T.: AG 61; M 15; $11, 151, 213,

Wilberforce, William: VA 602 293, 408, 440-441 : oo Wilbur, Clarence Martin: O 296, 721; X 262 Wilson, Ethel W.: AD 276 | 7 Wilbur, M.: D 484, 528 Wilson, Francis Wilbur, Earl Marguerite K.: U 127 | Wilson, FrankG.:P.:AH VA385. 534- |aoO .

' Wiiberforce-Bell, Harold: R 654 _ Wilson, Arthur M.: T 178; VC 517, 984° . Wiicken, Ulrich: H. 83, 114, 158, 395; 1 193 _ Wilson, George E.: AA 241 :

Wilcox,Francis Clair:O.:AIAH 115 . |Wilson, GeorgeB.:H.: AC 190 Wilcox, 351 Wilson, Godfrey AC 198. Wild, Leonard J.: AD 375 Wilson, Henry: AG 126 | - :

:::

Wild, Norman: O 504 - Wilson, Horace H.: R 408 o Wilder, Elizabeth: Z 589 ae Wilson, James: AB 620; AD 375: DO,

Wildlife:. AE 90 - . Wilson, James G.: AD 307 . Wilenski, Reginald H.: VC 807, 1392 - Wilson, John A.: F147.

Wiley, Bell 1.: AB 260-262 Wilson, Monica H.: AC 198, 445 . Wiley, William L.: VC 649, 778 | Wilson, Patrick G.: R7, 121, 122 — Wilhelm, Wilgus,Richard: A. Curtis: Z17, 81. | _. Wilson, R. Forrest: AB 606 c, | D 235;.G 96, 119; 0256... .. Wilson, Robert F.: AG 93-94 : Wilhelmy, Herbert: Z 764 . Wilson, Thomas: VA 301 | vs Wilkes, 254589 . Wilson, TrevorWilliam G.: AD 289-290 Wilkes,Charles: John: UVA , Wilson, J.: JQ — .

.

Wilkins, Ernest H.: VE 56, 348 Wilson, Woodrow: AB 350, 409, 414-415, 621iWilkins, George H.: U 248 623, 678; AH 140-143 oe Wilkinson, Bertie: K 222, 231 : . Wimsatt, Genevieve B.: O 421 “

Wilkinson, Henry C.: AA 310... Winchell, Constance M.: Bt -

Wilkinson, Henry R.: W 457 | Winckelmann, Johann Joachim: VF 328 -

Wilkinson, Spenser: T 355 . Winckelmann, Otto: VF 37 Wilkinson, William H.: N 270 Wind, Edgar: T 104 | -Will, Edouard: H 208 | Windelband, Wolfgang: T 155, 495 Willaert, Léopold: 990; VC 1359 : - Winder, R. Bayly: S 196 Willaert, P.: VCO1360 Windward Islands: AA 317 : /| Willard, James F.: J 25; K39 | | Winfield, Gerald F.: 098 © Willard, Myra: AD 150 | | oe Wing, Donald VA8 . Willcocks, William: S 333 Wingert, PaulG.: S.:B32; AC 166

Willeke, Bernward H.: 0996 464 |

Willcox, Waltzor F.: C 27; O 155-156 . Wingfield-Stratford, Esmé C.: - VA 106-108,

Willems, Emilio: Z 97, 114 : Wing-tsit Chan: D 159

Willert, Paul F.: VC 167, 1080 . Wininger, Salomon: D 349

Willetts, R. F.: H 35 . Winkelmann, Eduard: VB 190 Willey, Basil: T 259; VA 526-529 . Winkler, Friedrich: VC 1388 Willey, Gordon R.: E 92, 122 Winkler, Martin: X 488 -| William II of Germany: VF 150, 165, 311 Winship, George P.: Z 133 . 3

William III of England: VA 117, 580-581 - Winslow, Earle M.: AH 75;.T 521: William IV of England: T-185; VA 608 - Winslow, Edward:. AA 182 7

William IV of Hesse: VF 234 Winsor, Justin: AB 84; Y 66 oO

William, archbishop of Tyre: K 267 Winstedt, Richard O.: Q 159-160, 170-171 = | William, crown prince of German Empire: Winstedt, E. O.: I 393 eo

AGthe125 | | Wint, Guy A.: SEduard: 281 .WSoe. - William Conqueror: K 628 . Winter, 347,H.: 434; X 423 203 || Williams, Adair C.: VC 170-171 . Winter, Edward AC

129 . | . Winter, Zikmund: W 373, 389 | . Williams, CharlesDaniel R.: AB 667 | . . Wintgens, Hugo: AH 336See : Williams, D.: Wireless. Williams, David: VA 180, 188D587 . Wirth,.Fritz: I 359-360 a Radio es . Williams, Basil: AC 216; T 186; VA 80, 126-127, | Winter, Johanna M. van: AA 371 .

Williams, Charles Hanbury: T189 ~~ . Winternitz, Moriz: D 54; R 163 : |

Williams, E.: AA Wirth, . ei; Williams, Edward T.:332 O 260 Wisan,Louis: Joseph A E.:375 AB 402.

Williams, Eric E.: AA 355; Y 50 Wisconsin. State Hist. Soc.: AB 707-709; UniverWilliams, F. W.: P 161 sity: AB 710 . ne Williams, Francis: VA 652 Wiseman, Donald J.. F76 — oS

Williams, F.: K 16374 Wish, Harvey:Alfred AB8&SW.: _ SeD593: os : Williams,Harry Henry: AD Wishart, Williams, Herbert W.: AD 214 Wiskemann, Elizabeth: AF172; AH 227; Williams, John B.: AD 281 -— VE 212; W 16, 395° oo Williams, John H.: AI 128; Z 676 Wisset, Robert: R 430 os

Williams, Judith B.: VA6 Wissler, Clark: A171; Y40 . Williams, Mary W.: Z 867 Wissmann, Hermann von:. F.40, 235

Williams, Philip: VC 493 - Wissowa, Georg: H 12; 1302, 334 - | Williams, Samuel Wells: O 268, 561; P 161 Wist, Hans: O 915 ee .

Williams, T.: VA AB712 508: Witchcraft: Williams, T.Stanley Desmond: ' Witte, J. de:AC 1375324 ts Fo . Williams, Watkin: K 325, 637 . . Witte, Sergei Yulievich: X 509 : . Williams, William A.: AH 201 Wittek, Paul: L 190; M 11, 128-131 oo Williams, William R. J.: VA 182 . Wittfogel, Karl A.: AH 54; G 140-143; N 60;

Williamson, Henry R.: O 420 - O 446-448, 925 -* no .

960 Index | ,

Wittke, Carl F.: AA 59; AB 490, 493, 496 Wright, Arthur F.: O 242, 348, 357, 957, 1024,

Wittkower, VECharles 308, H. 332, 1026 Wittlin, Alma: SRudolf: 380 Wright, C.: 334 VC 852, 866 |. _

Wittram, Reinhard: VB 197; X 190, 193, 226 Wright, Frederick A.: H 362

‘Wolffiin, Heinrich: T 280; VE 304 Wright. George E.: D 319; F 36

Woermann, Karl: C 239 | Wright, Gordon: VC 463, 491

Wojciechowski, Zygmunt: W 120, 133-134, 229, Wright, H. Nelson: M 50

sa,. 235, 253 Wright, Irene A.: Z 273 :

«Wolbers, Julian: AA 369 Wright, John K.: AB 20; AF 20; B 189; J 75; Wolf, Abraham: A 293; T 391-392 . U 272; W10 |

Wolf, Charles, jr.:3;AI 172; Q 125 Wright, John N.: VA 212 ot. 7 Wolf, Gustav: A VF 5 Wright, Louis B.: AB 55; VA 450 Wolf, John B.: AF 67; S 269; T 139; VC 136 Wright, Mary C.: O 588 ; Wolfe, Bertram D.: AF 352 Wright, Quincy: AH 87, 453 7

-Wolfers, Arnold: AH 182; VA 313 | Wright, Stanley F.: O 592, 874 | Lo _- Wolff, Christian: O 892 oe Wright, Walter L., jr.: $110

_ Wolff, UWolff, Fritz: F 130 . ae Wright, Willard H.: A 315 : . Philippe: K 451 ae Writing: A 79-86, 404, 410, 446, 450, 460; D 690; ' Wolff, Robert L.: AF 157; L 180, 283; W 30. F 41, 43, 59, 69-71, 115, 121-122, 125-129,

Wolin, Simon: X 397 : 310; G 8, 82-89, 168, 180; H 6-7, 48, 75-82, | Wolinski, Janusz: W 225 192; J 21-24; K 15; L112; M 48-49, 51; Wollaston, Arthur N.: R 192 : O 171, 173-174, 181, 1081, 1090; R 212-213, Wolsey, cardinal: VA 85,90 =. « . } 618

Woltner, Margarete: X 463 __ - Wrong, George M.: AA 60, 64, 80-81, 199; Wong, K.H.:Chimin: 1112 Oy _ U Y 356 114 . Wong, W. 0159 : im O Wrong, Humphrey H.:188; AA 243,

Wong, Wen-po: 0351 Wronski, Stanley P.: A 470 | Wood, Alfred C.:L.S$W.: 98AD / Wroth, Warwick W.: LK.: 326-327 : | Wood,Wood, Frederick 325, 338 — Wu, Aitchen O 866 ‘ George A.: AD 46 Wu, Ch’eng-en: O 526 ‘Woo, Kang: O 54 . . Be , Wroth, Lawrence C.: AB 474; AE 51 .

‘Wood, Gordon L.: AD 95 . Wu, Ching-ao: N 462

- Wood, William A. R.: Q 251 Wu, Ching-tzu: O 635 . Wood, William C.: AA 105 ee Wu, Chin-ting: E 83

Woodbridge, George: AH 377; X 492 Wu, D. G.: G 157 | Woodhouse, Christopher M.: W 1160, 1232 Wu, empress: O 364 . Woodhouse, William J.: H 382. — Wu, Feng-p’ei: N 449-450 Woodring, Wendell: Z 396 oo Wu, G. D. See Wu, Chin-ting Woodruff, Douglas: J 59 oe Wu, K’ang. See Woo, Kang

Woodruff, Harry W.: AC 443 a Wu, Shih-ch’ien: O 329

Woodruff, Philip. SeeAB Mason, Philip 2Wu, Wu, Tse: G O184 Woodward, C. Vann: 57, 279, 615 Yiian-li: 747 Woodward, Ernest L.: AF35,. 361; AH 119; Wu I-t’ai. See Ou, Itai

« T 420, 449; VA 79-80, 688 . ) Wu Liang Tz’u: O 322 - Woodworth, Robert S.: A 209 a Wu Lien-teh: O 1112

-Wool: Woody, H.:Wu ABYung, 278 Wu period: (Yii-ch’uan): O 408 KRobert 438-440 empress O 598 Woolf, Leonard S.: AH 76; T 524, 562 | : Wist, Fritz R.: H 390

‘-Woolley, Charles L.: E 62-63 . . Wiistenfeld, Heinrich F.: M 31

.. Wootton, Barbara: A 194 sy, Wiirttemberg: VF 236

Worcester, Dean C.: Q 195 ” Wuilleumier, Pierre: H 240 Werk, Monroe N.: Y 46 _ Wulff, Oskar K.: L 360; X 471, 474 ‘Worcester, Donald E.: Y 136; Z 233. Wulf, Maurice M. C. J. de: K 544

* ‘Workman, Herbert B.: D579, 594; VA 497 Wundt, Wilhelm M.: A 48 « Werld Council of Churches: D 504, 506-507 Wuorinen, John H.: AF 142; VB 112 World Peace Foundation: AF 32, 376 Wurm, Stefan: X 55 World War I: AA 162; AB 74, 410-413; AD 57- Wurtzburg, Charles E.: Q 174 . # 58, 139, 292; AF 61; AG 1-130; AH 124-159, |§ Wurzbach, Constantin von: VF 354

- 502; 0645; $99, 132-133, 406; T 15, 488, | Wybo, Bernard: VC 617 .

-$01-504, 507, 510-511; VA 163, 166, 323; Wycherley, Richard E.: H 374 VC 538, 563-564, 1329; VE 190-191, 388; Wyld, Henry C.: VA 50 VF 17, 145, 149, 160, 265-268, 313; W50, Wylie, Alexander: O 30 149, 344, 489, 496, 544, 657, 941, 982, 987, Wyllie, Irvin G.: AB 457 1177, 1179-1180, 1186, 1189, 1191; X 236, Wynes, William A.: AD 108 World War II: AA 191; AB 372, 422-426, 428- Wynne, W. H.: AI 43

278-279; Z 699 Wynne, ‘Graeme C.: AG 44

| 429; AD 59, 140, 293-294; AF 40-43, 45, 108, Wyschinski, A. J. See Vyshinskii, Andrei Ia. 142-143; AG 131-258; AH 107, 169, 207-245; Wythe, George: Z 677-678

Al 81-88; O 675; P 189, 191-194, 197, 244— |

. | 245; Q VC 214-215; $279; VA 167, 324-325; x 9, 478-485, 1338; VE 210, 222-225, 337,

390; WF 213-216;° W 491, 650, 652, 837, 1212-1218, 1225, 1227-1228, 1230-1233, 1239; Xavier, Berenice: Z 539 : X 111, 267-268, 301-304, 353, 665-666; Xenophon: H 58-59

'. £689 . Xenopol,Jacob Alexandru D.: W 621, 629— . | Worm-Miiller, S8.: VB74, 127 Wormald, B. H. G.: VA 112 . Y

-sWormeley, K. P.:HVC 191 || --Wormell, D. W.: 204 ; . | : ‘Worship. See Religions Yakhontoff, Victor A.: N 84; O 723 -Wormington, Hannah M.: E 123-124 Ya Tsai: O 436

Worswick, George D. N.: VA 171, 437 Yakobson, Sergius: X 107 Worth, Alexander: AF 72 Yakschitch, Grégoire: W 487

Worthington, Edgar B.: AC 77 Yakutian ASSR: X 317

Woytinsky, Emma S.: AI 41-42; C 29-30 Yale Judaica series: D 323

Woytinsky, Wladimir S.: C 25, 29-30; Al 41~42 Yale oriental series: F 114

Wreszinski, Walter: F 20 Yale University: AB 711-712. Library: Z35_ -

a | : Index | 961 Yalman, Ahmed Emin: S 397 Yuzyk, Paul: AA 42 oo, Yalta conference: AH 243-244; X 379 Yzerndoorn, Reginald: AE 82

Yamagata, Aritomo: P 302 : . Yamigawa, Joseph K.: P 142. Z, : | Yanaga, Chitoshi: P 109 Yanai, Wataru: N 24 , : i Yanaihara, Tadao: AE 92; P 174 Zabala y Lera, Pio: VD 105 ]

| Yafiez Rivadeneyra, Manuel M.: VD 33 | Zabalburu, Francisco de: Z 145

Yang, Ch’en: 0327 ©O Zabriskie, Alexander C.: D 613 Yang, Chia-lo: 32 Zacek, Vaclav: W 396 | : , Yang, Ching-kun: O 143 Zach, Erwin von: O 353, 396

- Yang, Chu-dong: N 287 Zacharia von Lingenthal, Karl E.: L 90-91 Yang, Chung-liang: O 413 Zacharias, Hans C. E.: R 612

Yang, empress: O 421 Zachorowski, Stanislaw: W 126 . Yang, Gladys: G 121; O 632, 1057 Zaehner, Robert C.: D 301; F 209 Yang, Hung-lieh: O 912 Zaghi, Carlo: VE 97 ‘Yang, Li-ch’éng: O 1128 Zagorin, Perez: A 383-384. Yang, Lien-sheng: O 6, 198, 339, 443, 931 Zagorsky, Vladimir: W 520

Yang, Martin C.: 0133 © Zahler, Helene S.: AB 210. _. + Yang, Shih-ch’i: O 210 Zaide, Gregorio F.: Q 199, 206 Yang, Shou-ching: O 112 Zaionchkovskii, P. A.: X 221-222

Yang, Yii: O 478 Zakrzewski, Stanislaw: W 254-255 | Yang, Yung-ch’ing: D 224 ! . Zakythinos (Zakythenos), Denis (Dionysios) A.: Yang Ch’ing-chih. See Young, Ching-chi L 32, 263, 291, 313; W 1157-1158, 1288

Yang Chu: G 110 a Zaleski, Eugene: X 13 Yang Hsien-yi: G 121; O 632, 1057 Zalokostas, Christos P.: W 1222

Yang K’uan: G 125, 186 Zambaur, Eduard K. M. von: M 29; S 37 . Yang Tsun-i. See Young, T. I. Zambesi River: AC 122, 143 Yao AC $331 438 : Zampelios, Spyridon: W 1250 Yasa,tribes: Ibrahim: _32. Zancan, Paola:AC H 294 Yashiro, Kuniharu: P Zande tribes: 328 Yasodadevi, V.: RG655 K.: 1131 Yawata, Ichiro: 252Zangemeister, Zante: W 1256...

_ -Yayoi_ period: G 247, 252 Zanzibar: AC 424-425 | Ybot Leén, Antonio: Z 234 Zapheiropoulos, Demetrios G.: W 1218

Yemen: -D 671; O F 239 Otto: WI.: 798, 904 Yen, K’o-chiin: 216 Zarek, Zarubin, Ivan X 53 Yen, prince of: O 494 Zavala, Silvio A.: Y 53; Z 274, 308-309, 648

Yen period: O 331 Zavalani, Dalib: W 1088. | Yen-ching hsiieh-pao: O 1188 Zawirski, Zygmunt: A 65_ Yepes, Jestis M.: AH 325, 443-444; Y 172 Zaydan, Jurji: S 42 Yetts, Walter Perceval: G 172; O 953-954 Zdobnov, Nikolai V.: X 5

_Yewdalé;, Ralph B.:. K 631 Zea, Leopoldo: Y 158; Z 632

Yezo: G 239NZechlin, Egmont: CH.: 203; VF 127 “Yi, In-yong: 246 Zedler, Johann B 114 Yi, Nung«hwa: N 280 Zeichner, Oscar: AB 128... . Yi, Pyong-do: N 247, 253 Zelenin, Dmitrii K.: X 467 Yi, Sang-Baek: N 227, 277 Zeller, Berthold: VC 93 Yi, Sun-bok: N 249 _ Zeller, Eberhard: AG 222 | | Yin period: G 170, 178, 181, 184 Zeller, Gaston: T 56, 67, 151; VC 149, 198 Ynsfran, Pablo M.: Z 735 Zener, Karl E.: A 235 Yohannan, John VA D.: N69108 Zenha, Edmundo: Z 765 Yorke, Philip: Zenjo, Eisuke:. N 222

. Yoshida, Togo: P 55 : Zen’ kovskii, VasiliiSerge: V.: XKX454 Yoshino, Sakuzo: P 81 Zenkovsky, 485 7 Young, A. Morgan: P 184 Zenos, Andrew C.: D529 Young, Arthur: VC 590 Zerffi, George G.: A 415 Young, C. Walter: O 759 Zernov, Nicolas: D 502-503 Young, Catharine: VC 1095 Zervos, Christian: VD 214 . Young, Ching-chi: O 783 Zetland, Lawrence J. L. Dundas: R 613, 694 Young, George: S 123, 230 Zeumer, Karl: VF 11 Young, Géorge M.: VA 147, 457-458, 646 Zeuner, Friedrich E.: A 73

Young, P.: AIAlexandre: 44 Zeus: H755, 347 Young, Karl:John K 597 Zéevaes, VC 425, 758

Young, Peter: SAC 43917Zhdanko, T. A.: Young, Roland: Zhilin, Pavel A.:NX386-387 665 Young, T. I.: O 1108 Zhukov, Eugenii M.: C 76. See also Shukow, Ev-

Young plan: AI 47, 51 | genii M. | Younghusband, Francis E.: N 437, 479; 611 Zi, Etienne: 618-619 — :S Yrj6-Koskinen, Georg Z.: VB 88RZiadeh, NicolaOA.: M 227;

185 Yii, Shao-sung: O 1090 Ziauddin, M.: D690 ; Yu; Wen: O 318 «-Zibrt, Cenek: .W271 .-.

Yu period: O 408 Ziebarth, E.:Henri: H 15AC 467 Yiian, Chia-hua: O 708 | Ziéglé,

Yiian, Juan: G 96-97 Ziegler, Aloysius K.: VD 57 ‘Yuan Chwang: R 313 Ziegler, K.: H 70 Yiian, T’ung-li: O 14-15, 41 Ziegler, Theobald: T 547 .

. Yuan Mei: O 631 Ziekursch, Johannes: VF 120 Yiian pefiod: O 424, 474, 1125 . . Zielinski, Henryk: W100 _

.Yucatan: Yitian-ho',period: O 359 Ziemer, Gregor A.: AF 95 E 90, 107, 109, 117, 119; U 48; Z 255 Ziemke, Kurt: S 137 ;

Yueh, Shih: O 410 Ziffer, Bernard: W113 A 448; AF 176-177; AG 177; S 459; Zilliacus, Henrik: L 59 : . ” Yugoslavia: W 344, 446-585 Zimand, Savel:.R 614 : Yule, Henry: N 15, 29-30; O 457-459; R 164 ‘Zimbabwe: AC:159. 439 - .

Yunnan province: O 780 Zimin, A. A.: X 500

. Yust, Walter: AF 7; B 213 Zimmer, Heinrich R.: R 165

962 ' Index Zimmerman, Arthur F.: Z 829 Zoltowski, Adam: W 98 .

Zimmermann, Alfred: U 192 . Zorbas, N. K.: W 1291 - yt Zimmermann, Erich W.: AI 152 Zoroaster and Zoroastrianism: D 285-308; F.131,

. Zimmermann, Ludwig: VF 234 ; 133, 204-210, 213 re . Zimmern, Alfred E.: AF 264; AH 307; H 147 Zorraquin Bect, Ricardo: Z 747 -_ Zink, Harold: AF 117, 132 Zorzanello, Pietro: VE 7 . Zinkin, Zotiades, Zinoviev,Maurice: M. A.: A N 482134 - Zotz, Lothar George F.: E 38 B.: W 1284 . |

-_ Zinkeisen, Johann W.: M 136; S 67 . Zorzi, Alessandro: AC 121 .

Zionism: D 341-342; S 23, 197-203, 444-448 ~ Zscharnack. Leopold: C 34; F23

Zirnheld, Jules: Zsirai, Mikl6s: 761, 2 Zivanovic, Zivan: W VC 488 688 Zulueta, Francis de: W I 254 Zizka, John: W 328, 331 ] . | Zululand: AC 141, 213, 516

Ziatarski, Vasil N.: W 931, 957 Zung, Cecilia S. L.: O 1047 Zocca, Marie R.: AH 277._ || Zurayk, . Zupnick, Elliot: AIS 132. . Zoes, Leonidas C.: W1256 Constantine: 196 7 Zogu of Albania: W a1089 . Zurita, Jerénimo: 227, | } Zola, Emile: VC 443 7 Zuylen, Pierre van: VCVD 1332 Zoli, Corrado: U 204 : . Zweig, Ferdynand: W 180, 207

Zollinger, James P.: AB 608 Zwingli, Huldrych (Huldreich): D 480; VF 280Zolnai, Béla: W 905 281 .